Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order /

Khazarian / Zionists

Reading about the history of the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian Zionists and
their various factions is one thing. This section is a collection concerning the more recent exploits
and implementations of various types of schemes in their 'great work'.

This might seem a bit dark and depressing at times but keep in mind that their plans will not come
to fruition and are failing in real time. Articles within this section are not just about watching the
opposition, there are also articles showing how the people are pushing back and taking the dark
ones down.

Outspoken Vaccine Skeptic, Robert F. Kennedy Jr. To Head Federal Vaccine

Commission
January 13 2017 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject / Various

President-elect Donald Trump has undoubtedly ruffled feathers in staffing his administration, but
the choice of Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. - known for his skepticism on the safety of vaccines - to chair
a commission tasked with studying the efficacy of and issues concerning vaccinations, will
undoubtedly raise eyebrows from both sides of the issue.

Kennedy, according to USA Today, will chair the presidential commission to make sure we have scientific integrity
in the vaccine process for efficacy and safety effects, the environmental activist and politician told reporters after
meeting with Trump on Tuesday.

Related: Trump Asks Critic of Vaccines to Lead Vaccine Safety Panel

Kennedy noted the incoming president requested the meeting, as he has some doubts about the current vaccine
policies and he has questions about it. His opinion doesnt matter, but the science does matter and we ought to be
reading the science and we ought to be debating the science.

While advocates of the heavy vaccination schedule might find the choice of Kennedy - who has been castigated as an anti-
vaxxer - quite startling, he insisted Trump remains very pro-vaccine, as am I, and only seeks to ensure theyre as safe as
they can possibly be.

Related: Robert F. Kennedy Jr On Vaccines: Big Pharma Has Captured The Scientific, Regulatory, Law-Making
Processes

Corporate media hastily attacked the appointment of a skeptic to such an important commission; however, Kennedy insisted
in the press conference public health and safety remains the topic of concern.

President-elect Trump has some doubts about the current vaccine policies and he has questions about
it, Kennedy said, as reported by NBC News. He says his opinion doesnt matter but the science does matter,
and we ought to be reading the science and we ought to be debating the science.

Vaccination has frequently been a topic of bitter public dispute over the last few years, as parents of autistic children have
pegged the ingredient thimerosal - which, in part, contains notoriously toxic mercury - as the culprit for the affliction.

President-elect Trump has, himself, spoken out about blindly supporting a medical practice without thorough and long-term
investigation, as he stated in 2015 during a Republican primary debate;

I am totally in favor of vaccines. But I want smaller doses over a longer period of time. Same exact amount, but
 you take this little beautiful baby, and you pump - I mean, it looks just like its meant for a horse, not for a child, and
weve had so many instances, people that work for me. [in which] a child, a beautiful child went to have the
vaccine, and came back and a week later had a tremendous fever, got very, very sick, now is autistic.

Countless anecdotal cases of the onset of autism coincidentally following a certain round of vaccinations have left a growing
population of parents excoriating the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention for failing to diligently investigate effects of
contents of certain vaccines.

Related: Vaccine efficacy: Junk science at its worst

For its part, the CDC scoffs at such comparisons and has painted the anti-vaxx movement - and anyone daring to question
vaccination - under the broad brush of hysterics.

Research does not show any link between thimerosal in vaccines and autism, a neurodevelopmental
disorder, the CDCs website advises - and the conglomerate agency has ostensibly debunked the autism link
numerous times.

A vocal movement of parents whose childrens autism abruptly took hold after immunization, however, find grave fault with
the CDCs failure to at least address their concerns.

Autism Speaks, an advocacy organization for individuals with autism, which aligns with the CDC, told NBC News in a
statement, Over the last two decades, extensive research has asked whether there is any link between childhood
vaccinations and autism. The results of this research are clear: Vaccines do not cause autism.

Kennedy stated about vaccines at a documentary screening on the subject in 2015;

 They get the shot, that night they have a fever of a hundred and three, they go to sleep, and three months
later their brain is gone. This is a holocaust, what this is doing to our country.

Coming under intense backlash for the capricious use of that term, Kennedy later apologized, stating,

I employed the term during an impromptu speech as I struggled to find an expression to convey the catastrophic tragedy of
autism which has now destroyed the lives of over 20 million children and shattered their families.

Indeed, with the growing pandemic of autism - and the increased number of immunizations deemed necessary through
childhood - it would seem the appointment of someone who finds safety and study relevant would be crucial to the interest
of public health.

Related: The Shaken Baby Martyr: Top brain doctor who was struck off for controversial claims speaks out on how
jailed parents could be innocent

Kennedy is not, as the mainstream portrays, an unabashed anti-vaxxer - rather, he would like further study to prove or
disprove either side in the issue.

After all, as the new chair of the presidential commission to study vaccines, Kennedy said in 2015;

They can put anything they want in that vaccine and they have no accountability for it.

Perhaps more imperative than sounding alarms over skepticism, it would behoove the public to give Kennedys commission
a chance to either prove vaccinations safe and viable - or deleterious to the children theyre supposed to immunize from
disease.

Related Articles:

A New Billboard Reminds Parents Vaccines Can Kill Their Baby

Vaccine court confirms healthy 13 year-old boy was made tetraplegic by the chicken pox vaccine
 Bill Gates quietly funding effort to develop thousands of new vaccines that conveniently might become
pandemics

SIRVA: A Risk With Every Vaccine

Cleveland clinic doctor goes full anti-vaccine

10-month-old suddenly suffers 14 seizures a day after receiving new meningitis vaccine, video spreads
awareness

Head Holistic MD at Cleveland Clinic Threatened By Hospital For Writing Vaccine Danger Piece

Facts You Need To know About Syria & Syrian President Bashar Al Assad Fields
Questions From French Media And Defends Alternative Media
January 12 2017 | From: AustralianNationalReview / 21stCenturyWire

The Assad family belongs to the tolerant Islam of Alawid orientation.

Syrian women have the same rights as men to study, health and education.

Syrian women are not forced to wear the burqa. The Sharia (Islamic law) is unconstitutional.

Related: Ron Paul on Aleppo Aftermath: We Need a New Syria Policy

Syria is the only Arab country with a secular constitution and does not tolerate Islamic extremist movements.

Roughly 10% of the Syrian population belongs to one of the many Christian denominations, all fully integrated in
Syrian political and social life.

In other Arab countries the Christian population is less than 1% due to sustained hostility.
 Syria has banned genetically modified (GMO) seeds, stating his decision was made in order to preserve human
health,

Syria has an opening to Western society and culture like no other Arab country.

Its media and universities openly debate the global power elites influence in things. This means that they fully
grasp the fact that real power in the West lies not in the White House but rather with the complex and powerful grid
of elite think-tanks and central banks.

Throughout history there have been five popes of Syrian origin. Religious tolerance is unique in the area.

Prior to the current civil war, Syria was one of the only peaceful countries in the area, having avoided major wars
or internal conflicts.

Syria was the only country that admitted Iraqi refugees without any social, political or religious discrimination.

Syria clearly and unequivocally opposes Zionism and the Israel government.

Following a massive oil find in Syrias Golan Heights, occupied by Israel since 1967, Netanyahu recently asked
Obama to recognize its annexation of the territory. To consolidate its hold, plans are afoot to quadruple Israeli
settler numbers to 100,000.

And The Most Two Important Points:

Syria is one of the only countries in the Middle East without debts to the International Monetary Fund (Pre-
invasion Libya & Iran the only others)

Syria is the only Mediterranean country which remains the owner of its oil company, with an oil reserve of 2,500
million barrels, the operation of which has avoided privatization and is reserved exclusively for state-owned
enterprises.

So now ask yourself, why are we truly attempting to overthrow yet another government?

What are we hoping to fix here?

If the recent invasions and illegal assassinations of Presidents like Qaddafi and Saddam have taught us anything, it should
be the understanding of the blowback effect of such lawless actions by the West and the vacuum of chaos that always
supersedes it.

Debt Conquer. Invent a reason to invade and destroy, then offer $Trillions in IMF funding to rebuild conveniently
paid back by control of your oil fields and the free access to build gas pipelines to the west.

Related Articles:

Bolivian actress Carla Ortiz exposes what went wrong with Western media coverage of Syrian conflict

Syria Story Is A Fools Paradise

Western Media Credibility In Free Fall Collapse: Case In Point: UN Peace Council: The US Media Is Lying To The
American people. The War In Syria Is Not A Civil War, It's A Proxy Invasion By The United States

Syria: Attack On Aid Convoy Kills Twenty, Destroys Aid, And Obliterates US War Crimes In Support Of ISIS-Daesh
Terror Group?

I Am A Syrian Living In Syria: It Was Never A Revolution Nor A Civil War: The Terrorists Are Sent By Your
Government

The Boy In The Ambulance: US State Dept-Funded Groups Behind Latest 'Iconic Image' Designed To Demonize
Russia And Encourage Further Bloodshed In Syria

Checkmate! U.S. Loses Syria & Turkey; Erdogan Will Visit Putin + John McCain Is Directly Responsible For ISIS

Clinton Email Reveals: Google Sought Overthrow Of Syria's Assad

 In Syria, If You Cant Find Moderates, Dress Up Some Extremists

Paris-Syria Timeline Of Terror

The End Of The New World Order As Russia Shifts Balance Of Power: Russia's Syrian Operation To Smash
Terrorists, End Tyranny Of Banking Elite

Secret Pentagon Report Reveals US "Created" ISIS As A "Tool" To Overthrow Syria's President Assad & War is
Peace: US Needs External Enemy to Ensure Internal Unity

Syrian President Bashar Al Assad Fields Questions From French Media And Defends
Alternative Media

Recently we reported on the targeting of a French delegation to Syria, led by politician, Thierry
Mariani, by the US backed FSA (Free Syrian Army) Company 23.

Aleppo airport was shelled by this group of primarily US supported moderate rebels led by a defected Syrian
Arab Army colonel, Hassan Rajoob, just prior to the planned take off of the plane ferrying the delegation back to
Damascus.

Related: US, UK Paid White Helmets Help Al Qaeda Blocking Water To 5 Million Syrians

The delegation then met with Syrian President, Bashar Al Assad, on the 9th January 2017. Following the meeting, President
Assad met with and fielded questions from French media.

Related: US Backed Moderate Rebels Target French Delegation in Aleppo

 We always have hopes that the next (French) administration, or government, or president will want to deal with
the reality, to disconnect themselves from the disconnected policy from our reality. That is our hope..and they can
work for the interests of the French people.

The question now, after six years, as a French citizen, do you feel safer? I dont think the answer is yes. The
immigration problem, has it made the situation in your country better? []

This is the question the next administration, government, president should deal with in order to deal with our reality
not what is in their imagination as has been happening for the last six years.

(Fillons) rhetoric regarding the terrorists, or lets say the priority to fight the terrorists and not meddling in the affairs
of other countries are welcome, but we have to be cautious, because what we have learned in this region, during
the last few years, is that many officials would say something and do the opposite.

I am not saying M Fillon would do this, I hope not, but we have to wait and see because there is no contact. But so
far, what he is saying, if it is implemented, that will be very good.

If I want to send (a message to French politicians) I would say the self evident thing, that we have to work for the
interests of the Syrian citizens, and for the last six years the situation is going in the opposite direction. The French
politics harmed the French interests.

For the French people, I would say the mainstream media has failed in most of the west, the narrative has been
debunked because of the reality and you have the alternative media, you have to look for the truth.

Truth was the main victim of the events in the Middle East, including Syria.

I would ask any citizen in France, please search for the reality, for the real information, through the alternative
media. When they search for this information, they can be more effective, in dealing with their government, or at
least not allowing some politicians to base their politics on lies.

Related: Who Are Syria's White Helmets?

Facebook Knows A Whole Lot About Your Offline Life + The World's Best Security
Engineers Are Working On Flappy Bird
January 12 2017 | From: Digg / Inverse

Facebook has long let users see all sorts of things the site knows about them, like whether they
enjoy soccer, have recently moved, or like Melania Trump.
But the tech giant gives users little indication that it buys far more sensitive data about them, including their
income, the types of restaurants they frequent and even how many credit cards are in their wallets.

Related: How a 2011 Hack Youve Never Heard of Changed the Internets Infrastructure

Since September, ProPublica has been encouraging Facebook users to share the categories of interest that the site has
assigned to them. Users showed us everything from "Pretending to Text in Awkward Situations" to "Breastfeeding in
Public." In total, we collected more than 52,000 unique attributes that Facebook has used to classify users.

Facebook's site says it gets information about its users "from a few different sources."

What the page doesn't say is that those sources include detailed dossiers obtained from commercial data brokers about
users' offline lives. Nor does Facebook show users any of the often remarkably detailed information it gets from those
brokers.

"They are not being honest," said Jeffrey Chester, executive director of the Center for Digital Democracy.

"Facebook is bundling a dozen different data companies to target an individual customer, and an individual should
have access to that bundle as well."

Related: Privacy Advocates Walk Out in Protest Over U.S. Facial Recognition Code of Conduct

When asked this week about the lack of disclosure, Facebook responded that it doesn't tell users about the third-party data
because its widely available and was not collected by Facebook.

Our approach to controls for third-party categories is somewhat different than our approach for Facebook-specific
categories," said Steve Satterfield, a Facebook manager of privacy and public policy.

"This is because the data providers we work with generally make their categories available across many different
ad platforms, not just on Facebook."
Satterfield said users who don't want that information to be available to Facebook should contact the data brokers directly.
He said users can visit a page in Facebook's help center, which provides links to the opt-outs for six data brokers that sell
personal data to Facebook.

Limiting commercial data brokers' distribution of your personal information is no simple matter. For instance, opting out of
Oracle's Datalogix, which provides about 350 types of data to Facebook according to our analysis, requires "sending a
written request, along with a copy of government-issued identification" in postal mail to Oracle's chief privacy officer.

Users can ask data brokers to show them the information stored about them. But that can also be complicated. One
Facebook broker, Acxiom, requires people to send the last four digits of their social security number to obtain their data.
Facebook changes its providers from time to time so members would have to regularly visit the help center page to protect
their privacy.

One of us actually tried to do what Facebook suggests. While writing a book about privacy in 2013, reporter Julia
Angwin tried to opt out from as many data brokers as she could.

Of the 92 brokers she identified that accepted opt-outs, 65 of them required her to submit a form of identification such as a
driver's license. In the end, she could not remove her data from the majority of providers.

ProPublica's experiment to gather Facebook's ad categories from readers was part of our Black Box series, which explores
the power of algorithms in our lives. Facebook uses algorithms not only to determine the news and advertisements that it
displays to users, but also to categorize its users in tens of thousands of micro-targetable groups.

Our crowd-sourced data showed us that Facebook's categories range from innocuous groupings of people who like
southern food to sensitive categories such as "Ethnic Affinity" which categorizes people based on their affinity for African-
Americans, Hispanics and other ethnic groups. Advertisers can target ads toward a group 2014 or exclude ads from being
shown to a particular group.
Related: US Government Quietly Starts Asking Travelers for Social Media Accounts

Last month, after ProPublica bought a Facebook ad in its housing categories that excluded African-Americans, Hispanics
and Asian-Americans, the company said it would build an automated system to help it spot ads that illegally discriminate.

Facebook has been working with data brokers since 2012 when it signed a deal with Datalogix. This prompted Chester, the
privacy advocate at the Center for Digital Democracy, to filed a complaint with the Federal Trade Commission alleging that
Facebook had violated a consent decree with the agency on privacy issues.

The FTC has never publicly responded to that complaint and Facebook subsequently signed deals with five other data
brokers.

To find out exactly what type of data Facebook buys from brokers, we downloaded a list of 29,000 categories that the site
provides to ad buyers. Nearly 600 of the categories were described as being provided by third-party data brokers. (Most
categories were described as being generated by clicking pages or ads on Facebook.)
Related: Facebook Kills Pro-Trump Account In Free Speech Crackdown

The categories from commercial data brokers were largely financial, such as "total liquid investible assets $1-$24,999,"
"People in households that have an estimated household income of between $100K and $125K, or even "Individuals that
are frequent transactor at lower cost department or dollar stores."

We compared the data broker categories with the crowd-sourced list of what Facebook tells users about themselves. We
found none of the data broker information on any of the tens of the thousands of "interests" that Facebook showed users.

Our tool also allowed users to react to the categories they were placed in as being "wrong," "creepy" or "spot on." The
category that received the most votes for "wrong" was "Farmville slots." The category that got the most votes for "creepy"
was "Away from family." And the category that was rated most "spot on" was "NPR."

The World's Best Security Engineers Are Working On Flappy Bird

Fewer people want to engage in a modern "spy vs. spy."

Eugene Kaspersky explains hacking like its a bank robbery:

Imagine you visit your bank and there are a thousand people crowding the office, Kaspersky tells Inverse.

There are so many of them, you simply cant get inside. Theyre just messing around asking irrelevant questions,
shouting, and acting silly. Most workers at the bank wont be able to serve you or anyone else that day. Thats a
DDoS attack."

Later that night, someone unarms the alarms, breaks into the bank, cracks the vault, and steals all the money.
Thats hacking.

The bank in his metaphor is a server, and hackers in 2016 have had a banner year screwing with them. In October, a chunk
of code known as Mirai hijacked thousands of internet-connected devices to launch a record-size DDoS attack.

Together, they spewed access requests at a DNS server - a switchboard for the internet, basically - and brought down some
of the biggest sites on the internet: Twitter, Reddit, and Spotify among them. Again, merely an annoyance.
The more sophisticated attack on a server is when hackers - either lone wolves, loose collectives, or state-sponsored
snoops - retrieve information from a server and release it to the public to influence public opinion and even sway elections.
This scenario should be familiar to everybody by now.

The problem is, there just arent enough people smart enough to guard the vaults. Kaspersky would know. Hes a big deal in
the world of cybersecurity.

As the founder and CEO of cybersecurity giant Kaspersky Lab, hes often in the news for spotting security flaws for his
clients. He also cant find enough people to work for him.

There are more than 1 million unfilled security jobs worldwide, a number that could grow to 1.5 million by the end of the
decade, according to a report from technology conglomerate Cisco Systems.

Would a healthier cybersecurity industry have stopped the years biggest hacks - Wikileaks and DDoS attacks - from being
pulled off?
Eugene Kapersky

Protecting against these two threats requires different skills and different technologies, including the software and
hardware needed, Kaspersky tells Inverse. To some extent, theres an overlap of skills simply because IT
security people get to learn about both threats.

But DDoS attacks are ham-fisted and blunt. They dont do much damage and often dont keep a website down for long.
Whats more dangerous are targeted attacks carried out to destroy machinery or collect information. And there arent
enough security experts to stop those, either.

Perhaps the most famous example is the so-called zero day virus named Stuxnet.

Although the United States government still wont even address it, the destruction of uranium enrichment machinery in Iran
in 2009 - the kind that could provide ingredients for a nuclear bomb - is widely seen as an American ploy. The machinery
was destroyed after malware infected the program that regulated centrifuges.

It was brilliant, but it spread beyond its target of the Iran nuclear facility.
Eric Chien, an engineer at California-based security company Symantec, helped track how the weaponized code used in
Iran known as Stuxnet worked. (Kaspersky Lab also analyzed the virus over the course of about two years.)

At a panel after a screening of Zero Days, a documentary about the attack, Chien lamented that the next wave of computer
science graduates might be more interested in making freemium apps rather than uncovering international intrigue.

We go into the office thinking about how we are going to defeat these adversaries.

We see a lot of people getting into things like mobile or social, and people are creating Flappy Bird and people are
making millions of dollars", Chien said.

But what we both really love about this job and why were super-passionate about this, is its unique in some
sense. While we have competitors in our business - also creating security products - when we go in the office,
were not thinking about, Oh, how do we make another dollar? How do we beat our competitor?

We go into the office thinking about how we are going to defeat these adversaries. How are we going to defeat
these actors. And those actors are constantly changing.

Bruce Schneier, a cyber security expert and author, gets it. Young engineers might not see security as sexy, he
says. Which is weird to me, because I think its the coolest ever. Its spy versus spy.

At a hacking competition at New York University this year, one could find a lot of students who would agree with that
sentiment.
One of the annual competitive formats during NYUs Cyber Security Awareness Week is known as Capture the Flag, or
CTF, and it attracts the kinds of students who could help fill the computer security talent gap.

This year, students from all over the world competed in a 36-hour marathon, scrolling through endless lines of code to crack
security challenges.

The skills you learn in a CTF are exactly the type of outside-the-box thinking that is required, says David
Kohlbrenner, a Ph.D. student in security and systems at UC San Diego.

He got involved in cybersecurity purely through CTF, and is an original member of the Plaid Parliament of Pwning, a
dominant CTF team from Carnegie Mellon that won this years competition.

What the companies need are people who can solve a variety of different challenges and can approach them from
different angles, Kohlbrenner tells Inverse.

Kohlbrenner says the Mirai botnet responsible for Octobers massive DDoS attack was honestly trivial to set up, and a
continued dearth of security engineers (and, Schneier argues, a market failure to make the Internet of Things decently
secure) could keep it that way in the future.
Click on the image above to open a larger verion in a new window

Its clear companies need more manpower, whether thats to ward off DDoS attacks or server hacks. But when it comes to
recruiting, Schneier says new technology companies have the upper hand in attracting talented young programmers.

You dont want to work for Procter & Gamble, he says.

"You want to work for Google, or you wanna go work for Facebook, or the next high tech startup, Schneier says.

"But Procter & Gamble, turns out, needs maybe a couple dozen cybersecurity people.

Nick Winter, the co-founder of a gamified coding community called CodeCombat, agrees. No one is thinking, hmm, Im
gonna get a job at an insurance company".

Doesnt matter if they have all these interesting technological problems to solve and tons of important data to protect.
Theyre at a huge disadvantage there compared to any start-up in San Francisco or even, like, a tech-focused, big tech
company like Cisco.

Both Schneier and Winters examples are reminders that it isnt just tech companies - from router manufacturers to dating
apps - that have a lot to lose when security engineers are in short supply.

All companies become software companies, Winter says. And all data becomes more important and mission
critical.

Half of the 4,000 companies in a recent survey by Kaspersky Lab cited cybersecurity as a concern.
 The findings show a general shortage in full-time security staff and expert talent availability, which calls for the
need for more specialists in the field, reads a press release about the survey results.

Its up to universities like NYU to prepare students for an ever-changing field, Kaspersky says. Server attacks in the future
shouldnt feel like bank robberies that change elections.

The job market is changing too fast for the education system, Kaspersky says.

Universities are fairly conservative institutions, plus, of course, it takes considerable time to educate people.

We see that theres a growing number of IT security programs, and more and more people are getting interested in
the field, but the job market is expanding faster.

His advice for young programmers? Learn how to prevent attacks.

There are many skills that are in deficit that require very focused technical training Kaspersky says.

Intrusion detection, development of secure software, digital forensics. All these skills are in high demand, but
there are not many folks who have them.

US Deep State In Deep Trouble + A Deeper Understanding Of Technocracy

January 11 2017 | From: Sputnik / JonRappoport
US ruling power is in deep trouble because there are growing signs that the mass of citizens are
no longer beholden to the supposed authority residing in Washington.

Once the legitimacy of would-be authorities begins to collapse in the eyes of the people, then profound political
change is in the offing, as history shows us through countless empires that came and went often ignominiously.

Related: Creeping Technocratic Dictatorship: Google Can Access Medical Records; Microsoft Storing Data On Your
DNA

"The so-called American Deep State comprising the military-intelligence apparatus and its operatives in the
political and media establishment has put its credibility on the line over allegations of Russian interference in the
US elections."

Those allegations are threadbare, indeed baseless, despite concerted, overweening attempts by the Deep State to conjure
up something of substance.

Related: US Intelligence 'Laid Itself Open to Ridicule' by Accusing Russia of Hacker Attacks

The latest high-level intelligence report from the CIA, NSA, FBI and other US spy agencies on alleged Russian cyber
hacking may have wowed President Barack Obama, various members of Congress and the corporate-controlled news
media. Not so for ordinary Americans. Among rank-and-file citizens the reaction has been underwhelming to say the least.

And that should be a matter of anxiety for the ruling establishment. If the people can no longer be commanded,
then the whole foundation for power begins to erode like a sandcastle.

As a New York Times report put it:

"Whats the big deal? asks Trumps supporters on Russian hacking report.
Trump is quite a hit in Russia - here he is on sugar packaging in a Russian store

Related: How Trump May Have Just Caused Russia to Fall Back in Love with the USA

Among ordinary voters far removed from the Washington Beltway Bubble the consensus is one of derision towards the
once-revered US intelligence community.

"Sore losers, sour grapes, crybabies and absurd were just some of the disbelieving responses from ordinary
folks about claims that Russian agents directed by Russian President Vladimir Putin had tipped the US November
election in favor of Donald Trump over Hillary Clinton."

I dont believe the [US] intel report, said one man in Louisiana. Why is everybody so afraid of Russia? Im not
against Putin.

Related: WikiLeaks: US Intel Report on Russia Hacking 'Has Poor Sourcing and No Evidence'

Another man, a retired US air force officer, added:

"From the parts of the [US intel] report Ive seen it seems silly.

President-elect Trump, once again, seems more in tune with the real, pressing concerns of common citizens.

He emerged from his so-called briefing by US intelligence chiefs last Friday and pointedly refused to join the Washington
blowhards accusing Russia of an act of war.

Trump in fact followed up with a comment that it was only a stupid person would not want to have good relations with
Russia.

This was not the response that the spooks wanted from Trump. The CIA and their surrogates in the Obama administration,
Congress and the media were building up the US intel report like a witch-hunt against anyone who dares to dissent from the
allegations of Russian cyber interference.

Unlike warmongering Congress members such as John McCain and Lyndsey Graham, Trump has not jumped on the
bandwagon to demonize Russia.

"And the thing is that people beyond the thrall of the Deep State centered in Washington appear to agree with
Trump.

At a time of immense social challenges from poverty, unemployment, financial indebtedness, deteriorating
infrastructure and public services, and so on, a US policy of hostility towards Russia seems like an alien
distraction. A contemptible waste of priority and resources, not to say a reckless drumbeat to war between nuclear
powers."

Shocker: 'Proof' of Russia's Trump Support Was Compiled During Obama's Election

The US intelligence agencies, aided by the Obama White House and mainstream media, tried to muster gravitas to play its
Russian card against Trump.

But Trump and the popular sentiment out there are not responding in the deferential manner expected by the
spooks.

In fact, despite sensationalist headlines in the mainstream media about Putin ordering an influence campaign to help Trump
win the election, the US intelligence agencies are now in real danger of being exposed as ridiculous liars.
The collapse of the US establishment has been underway for sometime, but lately the momentum has quickened with the
election of Trump and the mainstream medias penchant for fake narratives.

Last week the Washington disgraced itself by running a story about Russia hacking into the US electric, a story which was
quickly exposed as fake news.

On the latest US intel report, as well as Trump and ordinary Americans, many observers from around the world were taken
aback by the amateurish dearth of evidence and generally low quality of analysis. Independent cyber security experts,
including US-based ones, poured scorn on the claims against Russia.

Related: US Readiness to Throw Rocks at Russia Marks Need for Policy U-Turn Ex-Adviser to Trump

The US spy agencies claim that they have supporting evidence that Russia hacked Hillary Clintons emails, but they say,
unconvincingly, that they cant disclose the information in order to protect sensitive sources and methods. Such a conjuring
trick just makes the US spooks and the subservient news media look even more ridiculous.
A major giveaway was the disproportionately huge focus that the US intelligence report devoted to trying to discredit
Russian news media outlets, RT and Sputnik.

The report claims that the news services are part of the Kremlins influence campaign and then cites its own ropey
rationale as evidence that Russia hacked the US election.

If thats the best that Americas national security guardians can come up with then we can be sure their case against
Russia is null and void.

There was a time in the American past when shadowy, unelected elites could control society through monopolistic, servile
media and servile politicians kowtowing to their supposed authority.

There was also a naive belief among people that the secret services were defending the nations best interests.

Not any more alas. People have got wise to the massive manipulation and criminality of such shadowy powers who
orchestrate wars and regime changes all around the world for the narrow benefit of elite corporate power.

Ordinary Americans pay with their lives and livelihoods for the machinations of the ruling cabal.

"The Deep State intel chiefs may have been fawned over by Obama, Congress and the media in their outlandish
claims of Russian subversion. But growing numbers of ordinary people in the US and around the world can see
through the lies and blatant agenda of hostility towards Russia an insane hostility that only serves the elite
interests of the Deep State."

The once feared, and revered, US Deep State is now facing a deep dilemma and maybe even an existential crisis. For it
knows deep down that its erstwhile credibility and authority are shot to pieces.
Down through history, the American rulers got away with their charade of inciting wars and conflicts through false flags and
contrived catastrophes: the not-so-secret Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, the fabricated Gulf of Tonkin incident that
escalated the US genocidal war on Vietnam, the dubious 9/11 terror attacks and Iraqs non-existent weapons of mass
destruction, to mention just a few.

This same warmongering American ruling class want another arms race, Pentagon-pumping Cold War with Russia. But this
time they have played a card that is all too evidently blank. The US spooks and their elitist establishment know that Trump,
the American people, Russia and the rest of world all know that they have nothing to offer.

No credibility, no morals and no authority, the US Deep State is in deep trouble.

A Deeper Understanding Of Technocracy

Technocracy is the basic agenda and plan for ruling global society from above, so we need to
understand it from several angles.
Consider a group of enthusiastic forward-looking engineers in the early 20th century. They work for a company that
has a contract to manufacture a locomotive.

Related: Technocracy: A Scientific Dictatorship

This is a highly complex piece of equipment. On one level, workers are required to make the components to spec. Then they
must put them all together. These tasks are formidable. On another level, various departments of the company must
coordinate their efforts. This is also viewed as a technological job. Organizing is considered a technology.

When the locomotive is finished and delivered, and when it runs on its tracks and pulls a train, a great and inspiring victory is
won.

And thenthe engineers begin to think about the implications. Suppose the locomotive was society itself? Suppose society
was the finished product? Couldnt society be put together in a coordinated fashion?

And couldnt the technology of organizing things be utilized for the job?
Related: "Smart City" Is Really Government Spying On An Unimaginable Scale

Why bother with endlessly arguing and lying politicians? Why should they be in charge? Isnt that an obvious losing
proposition? Of course it is.

But engineers could lay out and build a future society that would benefit all people. Hunger, disease, and poverty could be
wiped out. Eliminating them would be part of the uncompromising blueprint.

This insight hit engineers and technicians like a ton of bricks. Of course! All societies had been failures for the
same reason: the wrong people were in charge.

Armed with this new understanding, engineers of every stripe began to see what was needed. A revolution in thinking about
societal organization. Science was the new king. And science would rule.

Of course, for an engineered world to work, certain decisions would have to be made about the role of the
individual. Every individual. You couldnt have an air-tight plan if every human were free to pursue his own
objectives.

Too many variables. Too much confusion. Too much conflict. Well, that problem could be solved. The individuals
actions would be tailored to fit the coordinated operations of the planned society.
Related: Technocracy: evolution told as a fairy tale

The individual would be inserted into a pre-ordained slot. He would be one of the components of the locomotive. His life
would be connected to other lives to produce an exemplary shape.

Yes, this could imply a few problems, but those problems could be worked out. They would have to be worked out, because
the overriding goal was the forming of a world organization.

What would you do if one bolt (an individual human) in one wheel of a locomotive was the wrong size? You would
go back and correct the error. You would re-make the bolt.

Among sincere technocrats, the overall vision superseded the glaring problems.

Butother people entered the game. High-echelon Globalists saw technocracy as a system they could use to control the
population. Control was their goal. Period. What happened to the individual in the process was of no concern to them. The
individual had freedom or he didnt have freedom, and the Globalists overtly intended to wipe out that freedom.

Erasing hunger, poverty, illness? Nonsense.

For the Globalists, those realities would be exacerbated. Sick, weak, and debilitated people were easier to rule and
control and manage.

Essentially, a vastly misguided vision of a future technocratic utopia was hijacked. Something bad was made much worse.

In a nutshell, this is the history of technocracy. A locomotive is a society? No.

That was the first fatally flawed idea. Everything that followed was increasingly psychotic.

Unfortunately, many people in our world believe in Globalism, if you could call a partial vague view a legitimate belief.

They dreamily float on all the propaganda cover stories - greatest good for the greatest number of people; no more
poverty; equality of sharing; reducing the carbon footprint; a green economy; sustainable development;
international cooperation; engineering production and consumption of goods and services for the betterment of
everyone; and all of this delivered from a central platform of altruistic guides.

If you track down the specifics that sit under these pronouncements, you discover you discover a warped system of
planning that delivers misery and de facto slavery to the global population.
Related: Fabian Socialist Society

The collective utopia turns out to be a sham. Waking up is hard to do? Breaking up is hard to do? They must be
done.

A workable technological fix is a very nice achievement when the project is a machine. But transferring that glow of victory to
the whole of society is an illusion. Anything that calls itself education would tackle the illusion as the first order of business.

Related Articles:

Minds Like Machines

Robert Steele: The Soft Coup Collapses

Military Coups, Regime Change: The CIA Has Interfered In Over 81 Foreign Elections

As We Move Into 2017: The Cracks in the Empire are Here How will the U.S. Empire Dissolve?

The Op: Unelected Agents Now Infiltrating Critical Infrastructures

Obama Regime Moves To Federalize Elections

Editing Reality: Former Employees Admit Facebook Censors Conservative News

American Pravda: How The CIA Invented "Conspiracy Theories"

January 10 2017 | From: UNZ / ActivistPost / Various

With the sudden, bizarre rise of the Fake News accusations throughout the entire Corporate
Media megaphone and the equally bizarre and totally unsubstantiated CIA allegations that the
Russians had stolen the election for Donald Trump, this topic is highly pertinent.
A year or two ago, I saw the much-touted science fiction film Interstellar, and although the plot wasnt any good,
one early scene was quite amusing. For various reasons, the American government of the future claimed that our
Moon Landings of the late 1960s had been faked, a trick aimed at winning the Cold War by bankrupting Russia into
fruitless space efforts of its own.

Related: Trump Plans to Shrink, Reorganize CIA, Other Intel Agencies

This inversion of historical reality was accepted as true by nearly everyone, and those few people who claimed that Neil
Armstrong had indeed set foot on the Moon were universally ridiculed as crazy conspiracy theorists. This seems a realistic
portrayal of human nature to me.

Obviously, a large fraction of everything described by our government leaders or presented in the pages of our most
respectable newspapers - from the 9/11 attacks to the most insignificant local case of petty urban corruption - could
objectively be categorized as a conspiracy theory but such words are never applied.

Instead, use of that highly loaded phrase is reserved for those theories, whether plausible or fanciful, that do not
possess the endorsement stamp of establishmentarian approval.
Related: The 70 Greatest Conspiracy Theories in Pop-Culture History

Put another way, there are good conspiracy theories and bad conspiracy theories, with the former being the ones
promoted by pundits on mainstream television shows and hence never described as such.

Ive sometimes joked with people that if ownership and control of our television stations and other major media
outlets suddenly changed, the new information regime would require only a few weeks of concerted effort to totally
invert all of our most famous conspiracy theories in the minds of the gullible American public.

The notion that nineteen Arabs armed with box-cutters hijacked several jetliners, easily evaded our NORAD air defenses,
and reduced several landmark buildings to rubble would soon be universally ridiculed as the most preposterous conspiracy
theory ever to have gone straight from the comic books into the minds of the mentally ill, easily surpassing the absurd lone
gunman theory of the JFK assassination.

Even without such changes in media control, huge shifts in American public beliefs have frequently occurred in the recent
past, merely on the basis of implied association.

In the initial weeks and months following the 2001 attacks, every American media organ was enlisted to denounce and vilify
Osama Bin Laden, the purported Islamicist master-mind, as our greatest national enemy, with his bearded visage endlessly
appearing on television and in print, soon becoming one of the most recognizable faces in the world.
But as the Bush Administration and its key media allies prepared a war against Iraq, the images of the Burning Towers were
instead regularly juxtaposed with mustachioed photos of dictator Saddam Hussein, Bin Ladens arch-enemy.

As a consequence, by the time we attacked Iraq in 2003, polls revealed that some 70% of the American
public believed that Saddam was personally involved in the destruction of our World Trade Center.

By that date I dont doubt that many millions of patriotic but low-information Americans would have angrily denounced and
vilified as a crazy conspiracy theorist anyone with the temerity to suggest that Saddam had not been behind 9/11, despite
almost no one in authority having ever explicitly made such a fallacious claim.

These factors of media manipulation were very much in my mind a couple of years ago when I stumbled across a short but
fascinating book published by the University of Texas academic press. The author of Conspiracy Theory in Americawas
Prof. Lance deHaven-Smith, a former president of the Florida Political Science Association.
Based on an important FOIA disclosure, the books headline revelation was that the CIA was very likely responsible for the
widespread introduction of conspiracy theory as a term of political abuse, having orchestrated that development as a
deliberate means of influencing public opinion.

During the mid-1960s there had been increasing public skepticism about the Warren Commission findings that a lone
gunman, Lee Harvey Oswald, had been solely responsible for President Kennedys assassination, and growing suspicions
that top-ranking American leaders had also been involved.

So as a means of damage control, the CIA distributed a secret memo to all its field offices requesting that they
enlist their media assets in efforts to ridicule and attack such critics as irrational supporters of conspiracy
theories.

Soon afterward, there suddenly appeared statements in the media making those exact points, with some of the wording,
arguments, and patterns of usage closely matching those CIA guidelines.

The result was a huge spike in the pejorative use of the phrase, which spread throughout the American media, with the
residual impact continueing right down to the present day. Thus, there is considerable evidence in support of this particular
conspiracy theory explaining the widespread appearance of attacks on conspiracy theories in the public media.
But although the CIA appears to have effectively manipulated public opinion in order to transform the phrase conspiracy
theory into a powerful weapon of ideological combat, the author also describes how the necessary philosophical ground
had actually been prepared a couple of decades earlier.

Around the time of the Second World War, an important shift in political theory caused a huge decline in the respectability of
any conspiratorial explanation of historical events.

For decades prior to that conflict, one of our most prominent scholars and public intellectuals had been historian Charles
Beard, whose influential writings had heavily focused on the harmful role of various elite conspiracies in shaping
American policy for the benefit of the few at the expense of the many, with his examples ranging from the earliest
history of the United States down to the nations entry into WWI.

Obviously, researchers never claimed that all major historical events had hidden causes, but it was widely accepted that
some of them did, and attempting to investigate those possibilities was deemed a perfectly acceptable academic enterprise.

However, Beard was a strong opponent of American entry into the Second World War, and he was marginalized in the years
that followed, even prior to his death in 1948. Many younger public intellectuals of a similar bent also suffered the same fate,
or were even purged from respectability and denied any access to the mainstream media.

At the same time, the totally contrary perspectives of two European political philosophers, Karl Popper and Leo Strauss,
gradually gained ascendancy in American intellectual circles, and their ideas became dominant in public life.

Popper, the more widely influential, presented broad, largely theoretical objections to the very possibility of important
conspiracies ever existing, suggesting that these would be implausibly difficult to implement given the fallibility of human
agents; what might appear a conspiracy actually amounted to individual actors pursuing their narrow aims.

Even more importantly, he regarded conspiratorial beliefs as an extremely dangerous social malady, a major contributing
factor to the rise of Nazism and other deadly totalitarian ideologies.

His own background as an individual of Jewish ancestry who had fled Austria in 1937 surely contributed to the depth of his
feelings on these philosophical matters.
Meanwhile, Strauss, a founding figure in modern neo-conservative thought, was equally harsh in his attacks upon
conspiracy analysis, but for polar-opposite reasons.

In his mind, elite conspiracies were absolutely necessary and beneficial, a crucial social defense against anarchy or
totalitarianism, but their effectiveness obviously depended upon keeping them hidden from the prying eyes of the ignorant
masses.

His main problem with conspiracy theories was not that they were always false, but they might often be true, and therefore
their spread was potentially disruptive to the smooth functioning of society.

So as a matter of self-defense, elites needed to actively suppress or otherwise undercut the unauthorized
investigation of suspected conspiracies.

Even for most educated Americans, theorists such as Beard, Popper, and Strauss are probably no more than vague names
mentioned in textbooks, and that was certainly true in my own case. But while the influence of Beard seems to have largely
disappeared in elite circles, the same is hardly true of his rivals.

Popper probably ranks as one of the founders of modern liberal thought, with an individual as politically influential as left-
liberal financier George Soros claiming to be his intellectual disciple.
Related: George Soros World is Falling Apart, Blames Everyone but Himself

Meanwhile, the neo-conservative thinkers who have totally dominated the Republican Party and the Conservative
Movement for the last couple of decades often proudly trace their ideas back to Strauss.

So, through a mixture of Popperian and Straussian thinking, the traditional American tendency to regard elite
conspiracies as a real but harmful aspect of our society was gradually stigmatized as either paranoid or politically
dangerous, laying the conditions for its exclusion from respectable discourse.

By 1964, this intellectual revolution had largely been completed, as indicated by the overwhelmingly positive reaction to the
famous article by political scientist Richard Hofstadter critiquing the so-called paranoid style in American politics, which he
denounced as the underlying cause of widespread popular belief in implausible conspiracy theories.

To a considerable extent, he seemed to be attacking straw men, recounting and ridiculing the most outlandish conspiratorial
beliefs, while seeming to ignore the ones that had been proven correct.
For example, he described how some of the more hysterical anti-Communists claimed that tens of thousands of Red
Chinese troops were hidden in Mexico, preparing an attack on San Diego, while he failed to even acknowledge that for
years Communist spies had indeed served near the very top of the U.S. government.

Not even the most conspiratorially minded individual suggests that all alleged conspiracies are true, merely that some of
them might be.

Most of these shifts in public sentiment occurred before I was born or when I was a very young child, and my own views
were shaped by the rather conventional media narratives that I absorbed. Hence, for nearly my entire life, I always
automatically dismissed all of the so-called conspiracy theories as ridiculous, never once even considering that any of
them might possibly be true.

To the extent that I ever thought about the matter, my reasoning was simple and based on what seemed like good, solid
common sense. Any conspiracy responsible for some important public event must surely have many separate moving
parts to it, whether actors or actions taken, let us say numbering at least 100 or more.

Now given the imperfect nature of all attempts at concealment, it would surely be impossible for all of these to be kept
entirely hidden. So even if a conspiracy were initially 95% successful in remaining undetected, five major clues
would still be left in plain sight for investigators to find.
And once the buzzing cloud of journalists noticed these, such blatant evidence of conspiracy would certainly attract an
additional swarm of energetic investigators, tracing those items back to their origins, with more pieces gradually being
uncovered until the entire cover-up likely collapsed.

Even if not all the crucial facts were ever determined, at least the simple conclusion that there had indeed been some sort of
conspiracy would quickly become established.

However, there was a tacit assumption in my reasoning, one that I have since decided was entirely false.
Obviously, many potential conspiracies either involve powerful governmental officials or situations in which their
disclosure would represent a source of considerable embarrassment to such individuals.

But I had always assumed that even if government failed in its investigatory role, the dedicated bloodhounds of the Fourth
Estate would invariably come through, tirelessly seeking truth, ratings, and Pulitzers. However, once I gradually began
realizing that the media was merely Our American Pravda and perhaps had been so for decades, I suddenly recognized
the flaw in my logic.
If those five - or ten or twenty or fifty - initial clues were simply ignored by the media, whether through laziness,
incompetence, or much less venial sins, then there would be absolutely nothing to prevent successful conspiracies from
taking place and remaining undetected, perhaps even the most blatant and careless ones.

In fact, I would extend this notion to a general principle. Substantial control of the media is almost always an absolute
prerequisite for any successful conspiracy, the greater the degree of control the better.

So when weighing the plausibility of any conspiracy, the first matter to investigate is who controls the local media
and to what extent.

Let us consider a simple thought-experiment. For various reasons these days, the entire American media is extraordinarily
hostile to Russia, certainly much more so than it ever was toward the Communist Soviet Union during the 1970s and 1980s.

Hence I would argue that the likelihood of any large-scale Russian conspiracy taking place within the operative
zone of those media organs is virtually nil.
Indeed, we are constantly bombarded with stories of alleged Russian conspiracies that appear to be false
positives, dire allegations seemingly having little factual basis or actually being totally ridiculous.

Meanwhile, even the crudest sort of anti-Russian conspiracy might easily occur without receiving any serious mainstream
media notice or investigation.

This argument may be more than purely hypothetical. A crucial turning point in Americas renewed Cold War against Russia
was the passage of the 2012 Magnitsky Act by Congress, punitively targeting various supposedly corrupt Russian officials
for their alleged involvement in the illegal persecution and death of an employee of Bill Browder, an American hedge-fund
manager with large Russian holdings.

However, theres actually quite a bit of evidence that it was Browder himself who was actually the mastermind and
beneficiary of the gigantic corruption scheme, while his employee was planning to testify against him and was therefore
fearful of his life for that reason.
Naturally, the American media has provided scarcely a single mention of these remarkable revelations regarding what might
amount to a gigantic Magnitsky Hoax of geopolitical significance.

To some extent the creation of the Internet and the vast proliferation of alternative media outlets, including my own small
webzine, have somewhat altered this depressing picture.

So it is hardly surprising that a very substantial fraction of the discussion dominating these Samizdat-like publications
concerns exactly those subjects regularly condemned as crazy conspiracy theories by our mainstream media organs.

Such unfiltered speculation must surely be a source of considerable irritation and worry to government officials who have
long relied upon the complicity of their tame media organs to allow their serious misdeeds to pass unnoticed and
unpunished.

Indeed, several years ago a senior Obama Administration official argued that the free discussion of various
conspiracy theories on the Internet was so potentially harmful that government agents should be recruited to
cognitively infiltrate and disrupt them, essentially proposing a high-tech version of the highly controversial
Cointelpro operations undertaken by J. Edgar Hoovers FBI.
Until just a few years ago Id scarcely even heard of Charles Beard, once ranked among the towering figures of 20th century
American intellectual life. But the more Ive discovered the number of serious crimes and disasters that have completely
escaped substantial media scrutiny, the more I wonder what other matters may still remain hidden.

So perhaps Beard was correct all along in recognizing the respectability of conspiracy theories, and we should return to his
traditional American way of thinking, notwithstanding endless conspiratorial propaganda campaigns by the CIA and others to
persuade us that we should dismiss such notions without any serious consideration.

Related: Conspiracy Theorist Max Spiers Found Dead Days After Texting His Mother to Investigate if Anything
Happened to Him

Pharmaceutical Company Misleads Consumers, Caught In Painkiller Scam + Painkiller

Drugs More Fatal Than Heroin Or Cocaine
January 10 2017 | From: NaturalSociety / AustralianNationalReview

Drug giant Reckitt Benckiser was ordered by the Australian Federal Court to pull its so-called
targeted ibuprofen products off the shelves after the company admitted that these were identical
to the standard tablets.
Marketed under the name Nurofen, all products contained 200mg of ibuprofen, whether they were labelled as
standard, migraine, period pain, or back pain.

Related: DA Deliberately Conceals Fraudulent Studies Regarding Drugs

The specific products are about double the price of standard Nurofen. Fortunately, the court ordered that the specific
tablets be removed from Australian shops within 3 months, with a subsequent hearing planned to decide on a possible
fine. This ruling followed legal action by the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission in a rare victory
over the pharmaceutical industry.

The Nurofen line is also sold in the UK and New Zealand, but the British governments MHRA said there was no concern, as
it is not involved in the control over pricing. The company has also been ordered to pay the ACCCs legal costs, explain
itself to the public, and implement a consumer protection compliance program.

5 Alternative Pain Solutions

But what are some natural alternatives to ibuprofen?

In one clinical trial involving 150 female students, different groups were prescribed either 250mg of ginger powder, 250g of
mefenamic acid, or 400mg of ibuprofen, 4 times daily for the first 3 days of their menstrual period. Check out other health
benefits of ginger here.
The severity of their pain decreased in all groups, and there was no difference between the three groups in severity, pain
relief, or satisfaction with the treatment. Ginger is an anti-inflammatory as well as a circulatory stimulant, and has not been
associated with the side effects caused by ibuprofen.

Another study involving 204 patients with osteoarthritis compared the benefits of arnica (one of 5 natural pain
relievers we mentioned before) and ibuprofen, both as gel preparations, prescribed for 21 days.

In terms of pain and hand function, there were no differences between the two treatment groups, but there were slightly less
adverse effects reported by the arnica group, at 5 patients instead of 6.

Additionally, fish oil can be an alternative to pharmaceutical painkillers. Over three months, 250 patients with osteoarthritis
took either 1200mg (78% of participants) or 2400mg (22%) of the omega-3 fatty acids found in fish (EPA and DHA).

Fifty-nine percent of all patients stopped taking their prescription NSAID drugs for pain, while 60% said their overall pain
improved, and 60% again said their joint pain improved.
Eighty percent said they were satisfied with their improvement and 88% stated they would keep taking the fish oil. No
significant side effects were reported from the fish oil either.

While still illegal in most areas, cannabis is an increasingly popular natural alternative to pain of all levels of severity. In fact,
standardized extracts of cannabinoids such as Sativex have been approved in some regions for pain conditions including
neuropathic pain from multiple sclerosis and intractable cancer pain.

THC, which is responsible for the high of cannabis, has many anti-inflammatory mechanisms of action which contribute to
pain relief, including PGE-2 inhibition and decreased platelet aggregation.

It has 20x the anti-inflammatory potency of aspirin, and twice that of the steroid hydrocortisone, but without the horrible,
disfiguring side effects. CBD, which is antipsychotic and gives no high, relieves pain by the same mechanism as capsaicin,
as well as being anti-inflammatory by inhibiting TNF-alpha and by its antioxidant abilities.
Other cannabinoids, such as CBG and CBC, have their own painkilling properties.

With all of these alternatives and others, why support a dishonest corporation and aid them in paying for their well-deserved
legal costs?

Related: Big Pharma Dangerous Drugs and Drug-Injured Patients - Confessions of a "Medical Heretic"

Painkiller Drugs More Fatal Than Heroin Or Cocaine

A research conducted by a reputed pathologist has revealed that a prescription painkiller is taking
more lives than Class A narcotics like Heroin and Cocaine.
Prof Jack Crane of Ireland has said that the Tramadol painkiller is killing more people than any other drug and will
therefore be included in the Class A category.

Related: Non-Addictive Natural Pain Killer Kratom Relieves Chronic Pain, Depression - Leave Rx Drugs Behind

The UK has Tramadol listed in Class C drugs, which are considered the least harmful. If Tramadol is taken with alcohol or
other drugs, it can have life threatening effects. Tramadol is prescribed for medium to severe pain for patients.

Crane emphasises on the risks of Tramadol and suggests that it needs strict regulation. While many people in the UK are
illegally trying to acquire the drug, Crane feels that if Governments and law enforcement do not actively try to regulate illegal
Tramadol sales, it could cost many lives.

The report by Crane is revealed in opportune time with cannabis activists trying to legalise medicinal cannabis use and
growth under license.
A West Briton report revealed that Tramadol had claimed 20 lives in the UK in 2014.

In the USA, many patients have opioid addictions. A recent report by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health
Administrations revealed that a large number of Americans abused prescription painkillers.

1 out of 20 Americans above the age of 12 used psychotherapy drugs at some point. Many people blame Obamacare
policies for such drug and opium usage. The laws of Obamacare reimburse the fees of the patients depending on the
satisfaction the patient had during his or her stay at the hospital.

It is a rather tough choice for doctors and hospitals where on the one hand your reimbursement is on the line and on the
other hand you are fuelling psychotherapeutic drug addiction among your patients.

150 Terabytes! Norway Busts Largest Dark Web, Child Porn Networks In History - US,
UK Media Ignore Story
January 9 2017 | From: TheNewNationalist / IllegalNews / Various

Its one of the largest child sex abuse cases in history. A year-long special investigation called
Operation Darkroom resulted in the seizure of 150 terabytes of data material in the form of
photos, movies and chat logs containing atrocities against children as young as infancy,
Norwegian police announced at a news conference in late November.
Among the 51 perpetrators said to be involved, 20 have been arrested. The list of the accused includes highly
educated individuals, including two former or current elected politicians, one teacher, a lawyer and a police
officer.

Related: Massive Evidence Emerges That Satanic Voodoo Doughnuts of Portland May Be Heavily Involved in Child
Sex Trafficking

Yet, English-language media both in Europe and stateside in the U.S. have ignored the story.

As Norwegian news publication Tadens Krav reports, the material shows penetration of toddlers, children being tied,
children who have sex with animals and children who have sex with other children. One of the accused men had a pregnant
girlfriend and planned with another to commit offenses against the child when it was born, police said.

Some of the accused performed abuses directly online, including atrocities against their own children. Police stressed that
the case involves a network. The investigation is ongoing.
Related: Has John Key been Implicated in the #PizzaGate Child Sex Trafficking Ring?

So while the U.S. media busied itself with its campaign of denial, lies and cover ups involving Pizzagate and fake news,
this huge child sex abuse story broke in Norway. The story did appear on Associated Press wire, but did anyone run it?

The infamous crime syndicate rags The Washington Post had the story briefly on Nov. 20 but has since taken it offline, as
did The New York Times. German state news group Deutsche Welle and UK Independent provided a brief story, and
Sputnik ran a more thorough article. Fox News still has this up but would a thinking person even call this coverage?

It is a truly remarkable story with global implications. Take special note of the shocking file size - 150 terabytes! Its too
horrible to even contemplate. To put this into context, the Library of Congress holds about 600 terabytes of Web data. Its
online archive grows at a rate of about 5 terabytes per month.

Also note the horrifically sadistic nature of the material seized. And note that police are investigating the reach
as worldwide, which means it involves a massive scale of evil filth. But nobody in the criminally compliant
mainstream media thinks its newsworthy.

Adding insult to public-service journalism injury, the crime syndicate has shifted gears and rolled out entertainment media to
mock and lecture you. If you can stomach it, watch Stephen Colbert (below) reading unnaturally off of a script about fake
news, Pizzagate and Michael Flynn.

He engages in the same straw-man arguments we covered in our critique of the The New York Times skuldruggery. Colbert
puts forth all the usual deceptions involving Hillary Clinton, tunnels and basements before declaring Pizzagate was politically
motivated and fake. When you see this particular narrative, know that you are being gas-lighted and diverted.

Yeah, laugh it up, fellas. The New Nationalist (TNN) has said from the beginning that Pizzagate is a poor term. We prefer
pedogate. This goes far beyond just one perv hangout pizzeria. And, of course, it transcends the political spectrum,which
explains why there is no investigation.

The assertion that Pizzagate fake news is right-wing inspired is a scam. Perhaps its because of the word nationalist in
the name of our website that the media keeps citing us in its narratives.

And just below our masthead, it very clearly states that TNN is third position, meaning beyond the Hegalian left-right
dialectic.

We are true humanists, who insist on protecting children from criminals.

Related Articles:

Hillary Clinton Connected To Norway Pedophile Ring

Homosexual George Bush Pedophile Sex Ring and Blackmail of Congress

Clintons, Soros Implicated In Norway

5 Questions for Gareth Cheapest Pizza Morgan and his Opportunities Party #TOPNZ

Hollywood Paedophiles Exposed

California just decriminalized child prostitutes beginning Jan 1 legalization stirs outrage

Epic! Hero Uber Driver Saves Little Girl from Sex Slavery Then Praises Trump
 State Department & Jeffrey Epstein Tied to Child Trafficking Operation

Pope Francis proclaims zero tolerance to child molesters

Trafficking and Jeffrey Epstein w/ Conchita Sarnoff

Largest Pedophile Ring In History, 70,000 Members, Heads Of State, The Rats Scramble

Nicole Kidmans Father Dies Amid Pedophile, Child Murder Ring Allegations

Reddit Bans "Pizzagate" - "We Don't Want Witchhunts On Our Site" + #Pizzagate Was Merely Code For Child Sex
Trafficking

Pizzagate: How 4Chan Uncovered The Sick World Of Washingtons Occult Elite + The Clinton Child Sex
Trafficking Network: A Comprehensive Guide

Satanic Pedophilia Network Exposed In Australia - It Starts At The TOP, Just Like In The USA And UK

Retired Head Of Los Angeles FBI Tells All: Illuminati, Satanism, Pedophile Rings

PizzaGate Is 100% Real, Why Is Media Lying?

PizzaGate is entirely real, which is perhaps why the massive mainstream media cover-up attempt - to label
PizzaGate as a "fake news onslaught" (whatever that is) without reviewing ANY of the pertinent facts or Wikileaks
emails - is so troubling for those of us with a moral compass.

They're covering for a child trafficking and abuse ring operating in Washington, DC. That is not okay. None of this is okay.

10 Reasons Operation Darkroom Was Covered Up!

What is Operation Darkroom? Why is the mainstream media, trying so hard to cover it up?

Savile and the 9th Circle

PedoGate (PizzaGate) Connection to Finders Cult Protected by CIA, Chinese Pedophilia

Related: PedoGate PizzaGate Origins - CIA, Political and Financial Elites Featured in this Pedophilia Special

False Flag Terrorism: Murdering The Innocent In Order To Support The Lie + 15 Ways
To Detect A False Flag Operation
January 9 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / ActivistPost / Various

As my readers know, I reported, factually, on the Boston Marathon alleged bombing case. I
interviewed carefully the pro bono attorney, John Remington Graham, who intervened in behalf of
the Russian aunt, a lawyer in the Russian Federation, in behalf of the falsely convicted younger
Tsarnaev brother, Dzhokhar, the older brother having been murdered by the FBI.
Graham conclusively proved that the FBIs own evidence proved beyond any doubt that Dzhokhar Tsarnaev was
innocent, which means so was the older brother.

Related: False Flag Terrorism explained: A Star Wars Analogy

It is clear beyond reasonable doubt that there was no real bombing at the Boston Marathon and that the alleged terrorist
event, using crisis actors, was an orchestration designed to convince dumbshit Americans that they really were under a
Muslim threat. The entire foreign policy of the United States in the 21st century is based on an orchestrated Muslim
threat.

The orchestrated threat was also used for a practice exercise in closing down one of Americas largest cities in order to
manhunt with intent to kill a young man chosen as the villain for the orchestrated event.
Related: Heres why Nazionists Launched Multiple False Flag Operations this Year

American citizens were forced at gunpoint out of their homes while Homeland Security, a Nazi reminiscent name from the
Hitler era, disrupted the life of an entire city and its airport service in behalf of this orchestrated event that murdered
American civil liberty.

The entire exercise was based on a lie, an event that never happened, like Saddam Husseins weapons of mass
destruction, Assads use of chemical weapons, Russias invasion of Ukraine, and so forth. Just another lie in behalf of the
exceptional people.

A number of websites have disproved the false case against the Tsarnaev brothers. Attorney John Remington Graham has
brought the case to the justice authorities, but the US Department of Justice (sic) has no interest whatsoever in justice.

Now comes forward an attorney, Mary Maxwell with a book. It is available online free. I read the first eight chapters, which
was sufficient to comfirm me in my independent conclusion that there was no Boston Marathon bombing by terrorists.

I recommend to you Mary Maxwells account. However, I will say that I believe that she uses irony excessively and that on
occasions her irony gets in the way of the factual message. Knowing this, stick with it, and read her account.

Irony is the style that she has chosen, and we must respect a person prepared to stand up to the murderous American
establishment and to challenge one of the founding myths of the American Police State and Washingtons wars against the
world.
Read her book Marathon Bombing - Indicting the Players here.

Any US citizen that believes the falsified case of the Boston Marathon bombing is a dangerous and direct threat to American
civil liberty and to the lives of millions of people on planet Earth.

If Americans do not wake up to the orchesrations to which they are subjected, they will forfeit their freedom. The Russians
and the Chinese are individually and together more powerful than Washington, and they are not going to put up with the lies
with which insouciant Americans are content.

If Americans cannot take back their country from self-serving oligarchs, Americans are doomed.

Related: 9/11 False Flag Conspiracy - Finally Solved (Names, Connections, Motives)

15 Ways To Detect A False Flag Operation

A false flag formula is becoming readily apparent in the face of so many mass shootings and
bombings in the US. The phenomenon has become so commonplace in the last 3 years that its
becoming more American than apple pie.
According to ShootingTracker.com, there have been 353 mass shootings in the USA for 2015 so far. However, as
scary as that number is, the good news is that you dont have to be afraid of them like you may think. A very large
number of them - and all of them with any mass media significance and attention are false flag staged terror
events.

Related: False Flag Terror. A Historical Overview

Some have real victims, some do not, but either way, the most criminal of all institutions the Government is the
orchestrating force behind them.

They are scripted, pre-planned operations which are definitely not the result of random gun violence. Just as Obama stated
(by hiding the truth in plain sight), there is a pattern behind these mass shootings. The Controllers are following a
definite false flag formula.

Below is a list of the top 15 elements of this formula, which you can now use to detect a false flag operation as it occurs:

False Flag Formula #1: Drill at the Same or Nearby Time and Place

The exercise or drill at the same time, at the same place has became the sine qua non or indispensable element of the
recent false flag operation. Sometimes there are slight variations on this when the Government plans a drill nearby (a few
miles away) rather than at the exact place, or plans a drill earlier on in the day, so it can just coincidentally go live.
There was a twist in the case of the recent San Bernardino shooting: the Government planned regular drills in the building
where the shooting took place every month! (Think about it what are the chances of a real mass shooting occurring in a
building used for mass shooting drills?)

As Captain Eric H. May, a former US Army military intelligence officer, stated:

The easiest way to carry out a false flag attack is by setting up a military exercise that simulates the very attack
you want to carry out."

In the case of 9/11, there were no less than 46 drills occurring simultaneously during the event, according to Webster
Tarpley, author of Synthetic Terror: Made in USA.

In the case of the London 7/7 bombings, Peter Power admitted on radio that he was leading a team who were training for
that exact scenario when it unfolded!
There were active shooter drills in all of the false flag attacks of Sandy Hook, Boston Marathon, Charleston, San
Bernardino, the Norway attack, the 2nd Paris attack of 2015 and many many more.

Whats the point of having a drill at the same time and place? Here are a few of its purposes:

1. Distract and remove key personnel who would otherwise be at the scene to contain and investigate it;

2. Confuse other personnel who will treat the whole event in a different way if they think it is a drill rather than a
real event;

3. Slow down, reduce or eliminate an effective response, especially of police and other law enforcement, given the
removal and confusion of personnel;

4. Distract and confuse witnesses, the media and the public in general;

5. Provide a great cover and period of lower defenses and security to carry out an attack, which would otherwise
be difficult or impossible if defenses were at their usual or optimal operating level.

False Flag Formula #2: Foreknowledge

Another way you can tell that a mass shooting is a false flag op is if you find proof of foreknowledge of the event. As it so
happens, all of the notorious and publicized mass attacks of late have had evidence of foreknowledge. Going way back in
time, there was foreknowledge of the Pearl Harbor attack of 1941 that got the US into World War 2.
There were many aspects of foreknowledge on 9/11, including the BBC reporting WTC7 falling before it actually did, and
mysterious calls to people like author Salman Rushdie and San Francisco Mayor Willie Brown advising them not to fly to
NYC on Sept. 11th. Sandy Hook had blatant foreknowledge (with various webpages put up days before the event), as did
the Boston Marathon.

False Flag Formula #3: Eyewitnesses Have Conflicting Accounts

You can also spot a likely false flag operation when you see or hear of multiple conflicting witness accounts. In the case of
the Aurora Colorado Batman mass shooting, eyewitnesses claimed they saw an entire team of shooters, rather than the
single shooter James Holmes of the official narrative.

With Sandy Hook, we saw multiple scenes of law enforcement chasing men into the surrounding forest, yet the official
narrative declares the only shooter was Adam Lanza. In San Bernardino, too, witnesses stated they saw 3 white athletic
men, not the 2 brown husband-and-wife team we were told did the shooting.
Related: 1 Trillion Dollar Lawsuit Filed Against MSM For Staging 'Sandy Hook'

Conflicting eyewitness accounts can destroy the official narrative no matter what the detail is. On 9/11, various fireman told
us there were bombs in the building, contradicting the official story that planes alone took down the Twin Towers.
With Sandy Hook, Gene Rosens testimony itself was full of holes and was contradicted by that of the school bus driver and
the official report.

False Flag Formula #4: MSM Quickly Name and Demonize the Patsy

Have you ever wondered how quickly the MSM (Mainstream Media) discovers the name of the patsy? They had somehow
deduced that Osama bin Laden was responsible for 9/11 just hours after the attacks.

Have you ever wondered why the Government is so good at telling us who supposedly executed these attacks right after
they happen, with almost no time to investigate, yet cant seem to manage to actually stop these alleged terror attacks?
Related: President Putin Reveals Possession Of 9/11 Satellite Imagery Evidence Indicating US Government
Complicity In False Flag Attack

Without any evidence, the MSM endlessly repeated bin Laden like a crazy mantra after 9/11, despite the fact bin Laden
himself denied involvement in the attacks and that in the end he was never formally charged by the FBI.

Have you ever wondered why many of the patsies, or sorry, deranged mass shooters, are Muslim? That wouldnt have
anything to do with the fact that the Zionist Government and MSM are trying to paint all Muslims as crazy and scary, would
it? Nothing like a good dose of Islamophobia to take your freedom away

False Flag Formula #5: Patsy Has No Military Training, Yet Shoots Extremely Fast and Accurately

Another element of the false flag formula is the skilled and lethal patsy.

According to the official narrative of false flag ops like Sandy Hook and Aurora, we are supposed to believe that skinny and
non-muscular youths, without any discernible military training, were able to acquire expensive military gear (including armor,
guns, ammunition and more), wear that gear without getting bogged down in speed, and shoot incredibly fast and
accurately.

In San Bernardino, we are supposed to believe that a young mother was strong and skilled enough to participate in killing 14
and injuring 17 people while she was strapped up with body armor and holding heavy weaponry!

In these cases and more, the official story would have you believe that its no big deal or just a coincidence that the patsy
can acquire all this high-end gear and use it so well.

False Flag Formula #6: Patsy Gets Killed, Drugged or Suicided

It is also part of the false flag formula to ensure that the patsy, who is earmarked before the event to take the fall, cannot
speak out to rationally defend themselves. This is achieved in a number of ways. The simplest is to have the patsy kill
himself or herself by committing suicide.
Related: Case Closed: JFK Killed After Shutting Down Rothschilds Federal Reserve

Another favorite way is to take the patsy out in a thrilling high speed chase, which has the added benefit of drawing clueless
people in through the MSM and gushingly promoting the police state. Sometimes a patsy is killed in plain sight, just because
its so important to suppress his testimony (e.g. Lee Harvey Oswald in the JFK assassination).

A third way is to mind control and drug the patsy to such an extent that they become a zombie vegetable unable to articulate
anything, as was the case with James Holmes.

False Flag Formula #7: Shooter Leaves Manifesto

In this day and age, writing a manifesto is a strange and anachronistic thing to do. Yet, for some strange reason, shooters
manifestos seem to crop up an awful lot after mass shootings.

Conveniently for the Controllers, these manifestos provide a perfect explanation for the official narrative, and help fill in the
missing (non-existent) motive for the attack which probably pushes those on the fence over into believing the
Governments version of the event.

While the manifesto is not an element in every false flag operation, it is present in enough of them to be regarded as part of
the false flag formula.

False Flag Formula #8: Evidence Gets Conveniently Destroyed

Another element of the false flag formula is the deliberate destruction of evidence, so that the Controllers can cover their
tracks.
In 9/11, the scrap metal (in the smoldering ruins of the WTC towers) was immediately shipped off to China right from the
start; with Sandy Hook, the entire school was demolished; in San Bernardino, the supposed landlord of the supposed
shooters actually allowed MSM reporters into the suspects house to poke around and touch all their stuff, in complete
disregard for what could be a possible crime scene!

Could it get any more blatant?

False Flag Formula #9: No Obvious Motive for the Mass Attack

Have you ever wondered why there is no obvious motive in any of these mass shootings? Crimes are supposed to be
solved on the merit of motive and opportunity, yet to hide the reality of a false flag op, the MSM just lies about the motive
part, and chalks it up to a deranged shooter.
Other times we are offered the flimsiest of motives, such as people going on an all-out rampage because they had a
grievance with a co-worker. In San Bernardino, we were told the young mother, with a 1-year-old child, was aggressive and
psychotic enough to help kill 14 and injure 17 people at the risk of never seeing her child again!

Meanwhile, the real purveyors of these operations profit immensely from the ensuing fear, yet somehow the
majority of people dont seem to see that motive...

False Flag Formula #10: Immediate Calls for Gun Control

Gun control is obviously one of the key agendas behind all of these false flag mass shootings, since a disarmed population
is far easier to exploit and manipulate than an armed one. It is an obvious aspect of the false flag formula. Sometimes gun
control is even pushed in the immediate aftermath of the event when people are still in a highly emotional and suggestible
state.

Take a look at the behavior of Andy Parker, who we were told was the father of a victim killed in the Virginia mass shooting
of 2015.
Within hours of hearing the news of the death of his child, Parker had already contacted and talked with the
Governor of Virginia, and then appeared on TV saying he would be devoting his entire life to gun control.

In a similar fashion, Richard Martinez, the alleged father of a Santa Barbara mass hooting victim, appeared on TV right after
the death angrily pleading for more gun control. In both cases, the political agenda of gun control angrily dominated their
reactions, rather than grief or other emotions.

False Flag Formula #11: Fake Victims = Crisis Actors

The above 10 points are a useful outline of the false flag formula as it pertains to mass shootings with real victims, i.e. where
real people die. However, ever since the surreal Sandy Hook event, which still contains many unanswered questions, we
have entered the twilight zone of the false flag hoax.

This is a term used to describe the false flag mass attacks where no one dies where fake bodies, fake blood and fake
victims are used instead. In this way, the entire operation is more tightly controlled and less messy. A hallmark of the false
flag hoax is that the authorities never produce a credible piece of evidence showing an actual dead body of a victim.
Is this the same girl crying at all three massacres - Aurora, Sandy Hook and Boston?

The following 5 points relate to false flag hoaxes, and specifically to the people employed to pull them off crisis actors. It
is truly a testament to just how utterly fake our normal world is (the Matrix) that false flag ops have now descended to the
level where we have to question whether the event even happened at all.

There are organizations of crisis actors in the US (such as the IIF), and there is clear evidence crisis actors were
used at Sandy Hook, Boston Marathon and many others.
Related: Charlie Hebdo: French False Flag Terror Event

Government officials have been caught using the word actor to describe various players in these dramas; the MSM has
even resorted to calling them actors too (it was one of the buzzwords of the recent San Bernardino mass shooting).

False Flag Formula #12: Victims Get Killed Twice

The surreal quality of the false flag hoax reached point of absurdity when it was discovered that one of the victims was
reportedly killed twice!

We were told that Noah Pozner was one of the victims of the Sandy Hook shooting, yet his picture was also among
those killed in a Pakistan Taliban attack.

Apparently the recycling of fake victims is another part of the false flag formula.

False Flag Formula #13: Families of Victims Have Elite or Acting Backgrounds

Is it just a coincidence that the families of mass shooting victims have either elite or acting backgrounds? At the Sandy
Hook event, local CEO of the Newtown bank John Trentacosta (whose house was next to the Lanzas and had a lot of
unusual activity occurring there the day of Sandy Hook) was connected to the New York Federal Reserve (and thus the
international banking elite).

Francine Wheeler was formerly the personal assistant of former chief Democratic National Committee fundraiser Maureen
White whose husband Steven Rattner is a Wall Street investment banker and member of the Rockefeller CFR (Council on
Foreign Relations)!

Related: Censorship Shock: Amazon.com Bans Investigative Book Nobody Died At Sandy Hook Because It
Disagrees With Government Version Of What Happened

It was also noteworthy at Sandy Hook how acting showed up in the resumes of so many of the key players there. Gene
Rosen, David and Francine Wheeler (both professional actors) and others all had a background in acting. Father of Virginia
mass shooting victim Andy Parker is an actor (and a politician too). This fact supports the idea that another element of the
false flag formula is to watch for people with elite connections and acting backgrounds.

False Flag Formula #14: Families of Victims Show Little to No Emotion, and Even Snigger and
Laugh

Luckily for truth seekers, the majority of crisis actors used in these false flag events are poor actors who are utterly
unconvincing in the roles they play. The majority display little or no emotion after an alleged tragedy like losing a family
member child to a random and violent mass shooting.

It is true that humans do vary widely with emotional response and expression. However, with many of the crisis actors,
judging by their reactions, it simply strains credibility too much to believe that they have just have been through a harrowing
and traumatic ordeal.
Related: The Great Terrorism Hoaxes from Boston to Berlin #CrisisActors Exposed

Given the range of possible reactions to a tragedy like losing a loved one in a mass shooting, what are the chances that
many of the victims family members are so non-emotional, or so understanding, or so quick to forgive?

Its shameful enough that the crisis actors playing these roles are perpetrating a monumental deception on the public,
tugging at the average persons heartstrings solely to trick them.

However, on top of that, these actors have the gall to actually laugh to smile, snigger and giggle while pulling off their
atrocious stunts. The only conclusion to draw from this is that it must be pretty funny to get a paid gig like this fooling millions
of people

False Flag Formula #15: Families of Victims Receive Millions in Federal Payoffs

In the US, the land of the lawsuit, people are generally pretty fast to initiate a lawsuit if they feel they have been wronged. It
is highly strange, therefore, that none of the alleged parents of the Sandy Hook event decided to sue the Government for
negligence or to demand redress for any other grievance.
Additionally, many of the alleged parents received a total of millions in unsolicited federal payouts (check out the free
houses they magically got on Christmas day 2009) thats right, unsolicited.

The Federal Government just gave it over to them without asking! Ask yourself: is is more likely the Government would just
do this out of the goodness of its heart, or that the money was more like a bribe/blackmail/payout all rolled into one, awarded
to actors playing a part in a role and being sworn to silence?

Related: Sandy Hook Truth Bomb Patch Media's Blatant LIES About Jonathan Reich

Conclusion: Use the 15 Elements of the False Flag Formula to Be More Aware

These are 15 elements I noticed forming the false flag formula. There may well be more.

Meanwhile, use the knowledge you have of the false flag formula to become more aware, wise and hip to the deception, so
that the next time it unfolds (as it surely will), you will be among those that spot the fakery, rather than among those who are
too scared, shell-shocked and gullible to do anything other than buy the official narrative.

Related: Articles:

Turkish Nightclub a False Flag: Mistaken Prime Suspect? Turkish Nightclubs Security Taken Over Prior to Attack
Saudi survivor: There were three killers at Reina nightclub on New Year

Convenient? Active Shooter Kills 5 in Fort Lauderdale, CNN Claims Voices in His Head Told Him to Join ISIS

Florida Governor Reaches Out to Trump Multiple Times after Shooting Bypasses Lame Duck Obama

Berlin False Flag Faked - Video Hoax

Analysis by Ole Dammegard of Norway Breivik Massacre as a False Flag Event

Ian R Crane - The False Flag Agenda

Trump Confirms "No Effect On The Outcome Of The Election" Following Intelligence
Briefing + Experts Reveal The Tricks Mainstream Media Uses To Brainwash And
Control The Masses
January 8 2017 | From: Zerohedge / NaturalNews / Various

President-elect Trump has issued a statement following his briefing with various intelligence
agencies over the Russian hacking allegations, seemingly rejecting the Democrats' charges that it
was the Russians alone and that it had any effect on the outcome of the election.
Additionally, Trump promised to appoint a team to give him a plan to combat cyber attacks within 90 days of taking
office.

Related: Fake News, Mass Hysteria, And Induced Insanity

Not quite the "stunning" reaction that Nancy Pelosi had.

The mainstream media is very disappointed...

Related: Hacker Guccifer Calls US Allegations Against Russia 'Fake Cyber War'

Experts Reveal The Tricks Mainstream Media Uses To Brainwash And Control The
Masses

You may not know this, but intelligence agencies around the world have, for decades, infiltrated
target countries by having their agents and operatives pose as journalists (no, Im not an
intelligence operative).
That served two purposes: 1) it provided the operative with legitimate cover; and 2) it allowed the operatives
government to use the operatives media position to shape public opinion in the host country.

Related: Ten basic forms of fake news used by major media

Brainwash them, in other words, with propaganda.

But in truth, that kind of propagandizing and brainwashing is also done by institutional media pushing a specific political
agenda. Think back to our recently concluded presidential election cycle and what the mainstream media did in a failed
effort to get its anointed candidate, Hillary Clinton, elected.

They lied, made up narratives out of whole cloth, and tried to smear her opponent, now-President-elect Donald J.
Trump, in an effort to defeat him.

As reported by The Waking Times, experts denote a number of techniques that are used by the establishment media to
brainwash the public and create/control the daily narrative.

The Mainstream Media Are the Real Purveyors of Fake News

Edward Bernays is known as the father of modern propaganda. He was the first to use social engineering techniques spread
via the mass media of the day. In the early 20th century, he laid the groundwork for what became cultural programming at
the societal level by assisting in the transformation of a mostly rural, agrarian-based American society into a homogenized
culture of devout statists and consumers.
The principles he developed and implemented have greatly influenced the growth of American culture, how it grew and the
direction it took.

Having picked up Bernays torch in the 21st century, several experts on modern brainwashing, mind control and propaganda
have recently given insight into their craft.

Think about what is ailing our countries today, in terms of societal problems. There is corruption of so-called grassroots
movements that are actually funded by Left-wing billionaires such as George Soros and Bill Gates, and yet the movements
are portrayed by the establishment media very often as spontaneous and locally brewed, but all are attempting to achieve a
specific social and political result.

The efforts of these allegedly organic groups are amplified many times their size by the media, which gives them both
credence and a megaphone with which to shout their views. And what do they shout?

America is racist, bigoted, homophobic, unfair, politically broken, etc. Never are the calls for unity or praise for our country
given any attention at all.

Related: Former CBS Reporter Exposes Media Lies, Internet Shills & Astroturfing
Much of this is done via a technique known as astroturfing. Seasoned veteran investigative journalist Sharyl Attkisson
explains;

Astroturf is a perversion of grassroots. Astroturf is when political, corporate or other special interests disguise
themselves and publish blogs, start Facebook and twitter accounts, publish ads, letters to the editor, or simply post
comments online, to try to fool you into thinking an independent or grassroots movement is speaking.

Controlling Our Thoughts by Creating False Narratives

Another technique used is subliminal messaging. This is a cornerstone of mind control, and when a person is unwittingly
bombarded with cleverly concealed information, an emotion can be trigged leaving a persons intellect and better judgment
subjugated in favor of a mental process like fear or sexual desire.

You may never consciously understand or realize why you begin to adopt certain behaviors, products of lifestyles, but the
attraction is nonetheless real and that manifests itself through actual personal choices.

In a 2011 documentary called Programming the Nation, filmmaker, graphic artist and digital media producer Jeff Warrick, a
former advertising sales rep, provided examples of how subliminal messaging and other subconscious methods are
employed by ad executives and other media to create cultural norms and social programs like consumerism,
materialization of womens bodies, health choices and the glorification of violence.

Could such techniques really be contributing to a variety of social, political and economic problems currently
present in our culture? Such as obesity, anorexia, and other eating disorders? The ongoing war on terror?
 And what about the ever-increasing amounts of debt, that has tightened its grip on a growing percentage of the
population? the documentary says.

Other techniques include fake news - yes, by the mainstream media - omission (not covering an issue as though it wasnt
real or important); slanting coverage through the use of biased expert sources; and publishing falsified data and science as
though it were legitimate.

Related Articles:
The Great "Fake News" Scare Of 1530

Ty Simpson: Taking Down David Brock and His Illicit Fake News Empire Citizens Audit

CNN Runs Fake News Story About Russia Closing Anglo-American School in Moscow

Washington Post cant stop faking the news: U.S. electrical grid penetration story a complete fabrication

FakeNews: Russia hacks Vermont infrastructure! - Old Ukrainian malware found instead

Majority Are Still Falling for Fake News

Julian Assange with Sean Hannity Russians Did Not Hack the US Election

EU Creating Fake News Watchdogs for Upcoming Elections

Fake News Mainstream media Has Half of Hillary's Supporters Believing Russia Stole Election

Two of the worlds most evil people Bill Gates and George Soros behind Facebooks news censorship agenda

Julian Assange: Media Is Colluding with Democrat Party in America

Media blackout on death of NATO auditor was he assassinated to cover-up NATOs black budget?

Donald Trump Endorses Rand Pauls Audit The Fed Bill

DNC Refused to Give FBI Access to Its Servers - Gave Access to a DNC Consultant Tied to Anti-Russia Group

CIA Training Handbook: How to Fake Intelligence Plus Case Study on Faking Russians Hacking US Election

A Case Study in the Creation of False News

The Fake News Saga: From Official Policy to Mainstream American Discourse, Propaganda in the Making

New Twist on Fake News Russian Hacking Story

The Russian Hacking: How the Leaks From Clinton and the DNC Happened

Trump Fires All Obama Politically Appointed Ambassadors Effective Inauguration Day

The European Union Initiates Cashless Society Project

January 8 2017 | From: GlobalResearch

A few months back The Guardian ran an article stating that Swedes are blazing a trail in Europe,
with banks, buses, street vendors and even churches expecting plastic or virtual payment as if
the cashless society was something to be celebrated by modern society.
I dont use cash any more, for anything, said Louise Henriksson, 26, a teaching assistant. You just dont need it.
Shops dont want it; lots of banks dont even have it. Even for a candy bar or a paper, you use a card or phone.

Related: Europe Proposes Confiscating Gold, Cash, Bitcoin, & Prepaid Cards to Fight Terrorist Financing

Cash transactions are already outdated in Sweden. According to central bank the Riksbank, cash transactions will make
up up barely 0.5% of the value of all payments made in Sweden by 2020.

Likewise and according to The Independent, Denmark has moved one step closer to becoming the worlds first cashless
society, as the government proposes scrapping the obligation for retailers to accept cash as payment because, as they
say, its to do with the burden of managing change and notes.
Strange then that all this is happening in an environment where EUR bank note circulation is still rising.

The European Payments Council (EPC), a subdivision of the European Central Bank, are taking steps in their quest to fully
eliminate all cash. The reason is not to lift the burden off retailers or to make transactions more convenient but in reality to
raise desperately needed taxes.

Highly respected ArmstrongEconomics reports that the EPC are going full steam ahead to enable immediate payment
systems throughout not just the Eurozone but the entire European Union.

The Single European Payments Area (SEPA) has been devised with the ultimate goal of eliminating ATM cash machines
and force everyone to use their mobile phones or plastic cards, the project starting as early as November 2017.
In the absence of confirmed information on this point, it is likely that tourists and business people will be forced to pre-pay
Euros onto an App if they come from a country outside the eurozone, currently made up of Austria, Belgium, Cyprus,
Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, the Netherlands, Portugal,
Slovakia, Slovenia, and Spain.

The final goal of the EU Commission is best described in their own words:

The Single Euro Payments Area (or SEPA for short) is where more than 500 million citizens, over 20 million
businesses and European public authorities can make and receive payments in euro.

SEPA also means better banking services for all: transparent pricing, valuable guarantees ensuring that your
payments are received promptly and in full, and banks assuming responsibility if something goes wrong with your
payment.

This year, meetings and conferences called Towards a cashless society were started to get the information transfer across
to the infrastructure, supported very heavily by the banks.
It looks as though the initial battleground for banning cash will be Greece.

Greek banks propose a series of measures to combat tax evasion, strengthen the electronic transactions and limit
the use of cash in the economy. One of the measures proposed is a special tax on cash withdrawals.

Bankers reportedly stress that cash money can easily and largely be channeled in the black economy. Therefore, a
tax on cash withdrawals will drastically reduce cash transactions and by extension the black economy.

- From KeepTalkingGreece (27/11/16)

The proposal includes reforming the tax system by introducing a revenue-expenditure system. Households and/or
workers will only be taxed on the amount of income that is has not been spent. In this way, people will have a strong
incentive to seek receipts for any expenditure in order to increase their expenditure and reduce the tax amount they will
have to pay.

There will also be an obligation for all businesses and regardless of their size to pay electronically every salary and wage.
There is another tactic in play to push the cashless society even quicker. As Sratfor Global Intelligence reports:

The eurozone has found a new scapegoat for international crime: the 500-euro note.

The Continents leaders are seriously discussing decommissioning the euros highest denomination,
which is favored by crime groups for transferring massive sums across international borders.

Eliminating the bank note could help temper criminal activity, but in reality the implications are much broader. The
idea is just the most recent step in an ongoing process moving Europe, and indeed the world, closer to an entirely
cashless economy.

None of this will go down well in both Germany and Austria who experienced periods of extreme hyperinflation after the
world wars. This, along with life under dictatorships and in high-surveillance societies, has given both populations a fierce
desire to protect their privacy (please note) - something that is afforded by the anonymity of using cash - and to keep wealth
in physical form to avoid relying on systemic institutions.

There is another more sinister reason for forcing a cashless society. TruePublica reported last September that a deal had
been signed by the administrations of the US, UK and EU when it comes to bank depositors. We said that:

Procedures in the event of the failure of a systemically important bank clearly states that depositors are to be
protected that is, until options have ceased to exist.

Next time, the state will be last in line, not first. Depositor bail-in schemes are now a reality.

In other words, if a big bank fails you will be unable to cause a run on a bank by withdrawing your cash.
Indeed, the rescue of Italys Banca Monte dei Paschi di Siena, reported by all the press as imminent has one other thing in
common, none of them are sure if this will be full or partial nationalisation, state bail-out or a depositor bail-in.

What the authorities want to do is avoid this nightmare scenario that happened on Britains streets: The Economist (Sept
2007 just before the full blown financial crisis erupted) - The queues that formed outside Northern Rock, the countrys fifth-
biggest mortgage lender, represented the first bank run in Britain since 1866.

Related: Washington is Behind Indias Brutal Demonetization Project

The panic was prompted by the very announcement designed to prevent it. Only when the Bank of England said that it
would stand by the stricken Northern Rock did depositors start to run for the exit.

Attempts by Alistair Darling, the chancellor of the exchequer, to reassure savers served only to lengthen the queues of
people outside branches demanding their money.

Bitcoin Surge Explained and The Future Of Cryptocurrencies

The run did not stop until Mr Darling gave a taxpayer-backed guarantee on September 17th that, for the time being, all the
existing deposits at Northern Rock were safe.

In addition to all of this, the use of negative interest rates, never implemented in 5,000 years since the invention of money, is
designed to force money out of the banks and into the economy which can be manipulated simply by changing the rate
when required.

The holy grail of economic measurement is rising GDP, which has eluded the ECB policymakers since the financial
crash reared its ugly head leaving wave after wave of social crisis.

Its answer was to print money and push 50% more into the economy and yet achieved an inflation rate barely above zero.
Taxing cash at ATMs or forcing it out of banks via punitive interest will be the norm in a few years.

Finally, with all money moving electronically the banks and government have another distinct advantage over you.
Eighteen months ago, there was a run on the banks in Greece so the central bank imposed capital controls, highly
restricting the amount of cash that could be withdrawn daily. In the few weeks prior to those controls 45billion
was withdrawn and stuffed under mattresses. This wont happen again if there are no ATMs and cash transfers have all but
been eliminated.

One way to the other in the end, you are not going to be in control of your own money in a cashless society,
thats for sure.

Trump Will Repeal 60-70% Of Obamas Executive Orders & Trump To Repeal A Lot Of
Obamas Actions On Day One
January 6 2017 | From: 21stCenturyWire / RT / TheGatewayPundit / Various

In a recent interview former House Speaker, Newt Gingrich, told Fox that Trump will likely be
vetoing out the majority of executive orders made by Obama.
If we examine the mountain of executive orders that were penned under the Obama administration, we must
wonder if Gingrich isnt making a good point and an accurate assessment about President Elect Trumps intentions
with regards to his promise to drain the swamp.

Related: The 2 Rules that will guide Trumps administration

Obama had very little luck getting many of the draconian, unconstitutional policies his administration wanted to see enacted
approved by Congress so he leaned heavily on Executive Orders to push policies and conflicts that would not have been
approved by Congress otherwise.

Perhaps this will be one of the early indicators of how serious Trump is about rolling back policies that have proven to be
detrimental to Americans.

US President-elect Donald Trump may reverse up to 70 percent of President Barack Obamas executive orders, practically
erasing the legacy of the first African-American head of state, Former House speaker Newt Gingrich told Fox.

I think in the opening couple days, hes going to repeal 60 to 70 percent of Obamas legacy by simply vetoing out
all of the various executive orders that Obama used because he couldnt get anything through Congress, Gingrich
said in an interview with Sunday Morning Futures on Fox Business.
Related: On Vacation, Donald Trump Announces 8,000 New Jobs for the United States

Obama, who signed over 260 executive orders in his two terms in office, urged Trump, who will be inaugurated on January
20, not to circumvent Congress when trying to enact his agenda. Obama used his executive powers to push through labor,
climate and immigration reforms after Congress refused to go along with his proposed programs.

Related: US refusal to veto UN Israeli resolution symbolic gesture by lame duck Obama

My suggestion to the president elect is, you know, going through the legislative process is always better, in part
because its harder to undo, Obama told NPR last week. In my first two years, I wasnt relying on executive
powers because I had big majorities in Congress and we [were] able to get bills passed. Even after we lost
the majorities in Congress, I bent over backward consistently to try to find compromise and a legislative solution to
some of the big problems that weve got.

Related: We are rooting for his success: Obama on Trump victory as he urges smooth transition

Obama noted that Trump is entirely within his lawful power to sign new executive orders and if he wants to reverse some
of those rules, thats part of the Democratic process.
Gingrich believes that by exercising such power Trump will just sign Obamas legacy away.

I think President Obama is beginning to figure out that his legacy is like one of those dolls that as the air comes
out of it, it shrinks and shrinks and shrinks, Gingrich said.

Related: Trump White House Chief: Were Not Interested In Going To War All Over The World

During the election campaign Trump did promise to repeal Obamas initiatives, telling his voters in North Carolina in
September that his administration would eliminate every unconstitutional executive order and restore the rule of law to our
land.

That promise now seems a reality especially after Obama failed to honor his promise of a smooth transition to Trump after
his victory. The rift between the future administration and Obama's office became apparent on Friday when the US
abstained from voting at the UN Security Council, allowing an anti-Israeli settlement resolution to pass, despite a strong calls
for Trump to veto the document.

He [President Obama] is in this desperate frenzy. What hes actually doing is hes setting up a series of things to
distract Trump, which will make his liberal allies feel good about Democrats and hate Republicans when Trump
rolls them back, Gingrich noted.

ThinkProgress reviewed and broke down Obamas signed orders, which ranged from allowing military reserves to help with
crises abroad to letting federal workers leave early on Christmas Eve.

However international sanctions orders dominated Obama's agenda and covered 34 cases that targeted people from at
least a dozen countries ranging from Libya, North Korea, and Venezuela, to Yemen, Somalia, and Russia.

Related Articles:
 Nigel Farage commends Putins mature response to US diplomatic expulsions

Donald Trump Plans Revamp of Top U.S. Spy Agency

Trump questions claim of Russia hacking DNC, says he knows things other people dont

The Coup Against Truth

Competing Secret Space Programs Disclosure, Will Trump Do it?

The Inevitable Crash: Who Will The Elites Blame?

Media Freaked Out By Trump Using Twitter to Have a Direct Conversation With Americans

Trumps incoming spokesman questions Obama response to alleged Russian hacking

Insane Nazi Collaborator Soros Calls Trump Hitler

Insider Exposes Elites Plan to Overthrow Trump

George Soros Conjures Hitler In Attack On 'Ascendant Populists', Warns "Democracy Is Now In Crisis"

Trump To Repeal A Lot Of Obamas Actions On Day One

The New American Era

In an interview with ABCs This Week, Trumps incoming White House press secretary Sean Spicer said that
President-elect Donald Trump plans to repeal a lot of President Barack Obamas executive actions in his first day in
office.

Related: Trump Mocks CNN, NBC; Praises Putin: "Great Move On Delay - I Always Knew He Was Very Smart"

Spicer said that the Trump administration will immediately repeal a lot of the regulations and actions that have been taken
by this administration over the last eight years that have hampered both economic growth and job creation.

"It was one of two moves Spicer said Trump will make immediately after he takes the oath of office.
He didnt specify which executive actions Trump will repeal.

However, Trump has long been critical of Obamas moves on immigration, energy regulation and foreign policy,
and could look for ways to undo those and other actions.

Spicer also said Trump will begin reforms intended to bring a new brand to Washington with a restriction on
members of his administration becoming lobbyists for a period of five years after they leave Trumps government.

Its very forward-thinking, Spicer said.

 What weve had in the past is people who have looked in the rearview mirror. This time, were thinking forward. If
you want to serve in a Trump administration, youre going to serve this country, not yourself.

- CNN

Related: The Top 10 GREATEST TRUMP LINES from the 2016

Le Pen: Lets Frexit, Bring Back National French Currency & Frexit: Le Pen Promises
To Take France Out Of EU & NATO
January 6 2017 | From: Infowars / RT

Trump effect spreads worldwide as globalists lose control: French presidential candidate Marine
Le Pen said she wants to take France out of the Euro and reintroduce a new national currency after
a potential Frexit.

Le Pen, leader of Frances far-right party National Front, said she would hold a referendum on Frances place in the
EU and pledged to hold a vote within six months of winning the election.

More and more European citizens realize their economies have been suffocated by the euro, she told reporters at
a Paris press conference.

The French want less Europe and more France. I want a national currency with the euro as a common currency.
Le Pen is referring to the ECU (European Currency Unit) framework, which is a basket of currencies that served as an aid in
reducing fluctuations between European state currencies for two decades until the euro was introduced in 1999.

The ECU existed alongside a national currency, Le Pen stated. A national currency co-existing with a common
currency would not have any consequences for French daily life.

Le Pens deputy Florian Philippot explained that this proposal did not mean that Le Pen has changed her position about
leaving the euro.

A currency following the ECU model is not a currency you have in your wallet or your bank account. Its an
accounting currency between countries, he said.

It could be a model, maybe even a transitory one, he added.

Le Pens economic adviser Philippe Murer echoed a similar sentiment.

With a return to the ECU, we could retain a trace of the euro, said Murer, who is also Le Pens assistant at the
European Parliament.

We will only determine these questions after consulting the French people. The nation must be able to decide for
itself.

The two-round French presidential election will take place on April 23 and May 7 of this year, with Le Pen set to win at least
the first round of voting. Her political rise has been propelled by deep discontent with the refugee crisis, the economy, and
EU trade policy.
Frexit: Le Pen Promises To Take France Out Of EU & NATO

French presidential candidate Marine Le Pen said that NATO exists only to serve Washingtons
objectives, and that she planned to hold a Brexit-style referendum, in an interview with a Greek
newspaper.

Le Pen, the leader of France's far-right National Front and a candidate for the 2017 presidential elections, is known
for her Euroscepticism and anti-immigrant views. Together with France, she also suggested that Portugal, Italy,
Spain, Ireland, Greece and Cyprus should also leave the European Union.

Frexit will be a part of my policy, she said in an interview with Dimokratia.

The people must have the opportunity to vote for the liberation from slavery and blackmail imposed by technocrats
in Brussels to return sovereignty to the country.

Flowers and candles are placed near the Christmas market at Breitscheid square in Berlin, Germany, December 23, 2016
Hannibal Hanschke Schengen must go, populist politicians say following deadly Berlin attack

Along with her main rival, the center-right Francois Fillon, Le Pen has called for closer ties with Russia and has criticized
NATO expansion into eastern Europe.

Le Pen said that she would take France out of the alliance if she became president because, as she said, its existence is no
longer needed.
 It was established when there was a risk from the Warsaw Pact and the expansionism of the communist Soviet
Union, said Le Pen. The Soviet Union no longer exists, and neither does the Warsaw Pact.

Washington maintains the NATO presence to serve its objectives in Europe.

On the topic of immigration, Le Pen said she supported measures to restrict the flow of asylum seekers into Europe.

I am against the policy which would promote the entry of immigrants into Europe, which cannot accept them
this tsunami of migrants should be limited.

Europe does not have the power to ensure they all find work and opportunities to enrich themselves. Immigrants
are illegal since once they set foot on European soil... they have violated the law.

They must be sent back to their homeland."

However, when asked whether the National Front has ties to the far-right Greek party Golden Dawn, a group often
described as extremist, Le Pen said she neither has nor wants relations with them.

Le Pen is running against former Prime Minister Francois Fillon of the Republican Party in the French presidential elections
due to be held in May next year. A left-wing candidate for the Socialist Party has not yet been nominated, as incumbent
President Francois Hollande has stated he would not be running for a second term.
Part 3: 8 Signs That The Global Elite's Ship Is Sinking + The Bilderberg's Website
Hacked By Anonymous: "We Will Watch You"
January 6 2017 | From: TheMindUnleashed / Various

The last few weeks of 2016 brought with it some dramatic and tangible events that the political and
banking elite are scrambling to try and reverse the changes that have been happening.

To catch up, check out Part 1 and Part 2 as well.

Related: Wikileaks: Leaks Coming In 2017 'Will Blow You Away'

21. December 10th, 2016: U.S. House Representative from Hawaii Tulsi Gabbard introduces a bill that aims to stop the
U.S. government from funding and aiding terrorist groups like ISIL and al-Qaeda. Thought it got some mainstream media
attention, this topic is one that should be discussed everyday on the news as she just called out the U.S. government as a
nation funding ISIL. She asks, If you or I gave money, weapons or support to al-Qaeda or ISIS, we would be thrown in jail.
Why does our gov get a free pass on this? Will something big come of this? Well see.

22. December 11th, 2016: Researchers in the UK show that solar power is now able to generate more energy than fossil
fuels, thanks to a landmark study.
Controlling finance, politics and society with fossil fuels is coming to an end and will accelerate in its demise even quicker
now.

23. December 27th, 2016: Turkeys President Recep Erdogan says that the U.S. is helping ISIL and that Turkey has
evidence in the form of pictures and videos. The evidence has yet to be released, but would be a welcomed delight by most
of the international community, if true. His overall message corroborates with that of Tulsi Gabbards message: The U.S. is
funding ISIL. Will more people begin to speak out and voice the same message?

24. December 28th, 2016: Israeli Prime Minister Bejamin Netanyahu is now under criminal investigation for at least two
separate cases. Israeli police are investigating claims of bribery and aggravated fraud. Many people have long suspected
Netanyahu as engaging in illegal activities and being towards the top of the Cabals pyramid. Will the investigations lead to
anything major?
 25. December 30th, 2016: The Philippines President Rodrigo Duterte continues speaking his mind freely and calling out
major individuals and organizations while he is at it. This time, he has called out the Vatican for pedophilia and gold
hoarding. When talking about the fear of hell that the Vatican dispenses, Duterte said:

Do not believe it. That is what that religion is all about, they are instilling fear that you will go to hell if you are a
sinner. But you will only know if there is indeed a hell if you die Be careful about religion, it is about gold. It is
about gold. They have not done anything. Where is their God and their grace? There is the hypocrisy of it all.

He then went all out and made a bold claim: Catholicism is a sordid religion. It is about time to show you its
history. Pope Leo was sired and even had sex with his child.

With so much attention these days around pedophilia (remember, it is an established fact that the Vatican has paid out of $4
billion to sexual abuse claims in the past 50 years), it is good to see a major world leader call out another major organization
(the Vatican) for what they have done.

Duterte also calling for the real history of the Vatican to be revealed is another bold move. Keep your eyes on Rodrigo
Duterte. He has gained a reputation very quickly for speaking inconvenient truths .
 26. December 30th, 2016: The Bilderberg Clubs website is taken down by Anonymous and HackBack Movement and is
given a 1 year ultimatum to begin working for the benefit of humanity or the hackers will begin targeting the groups finances
and other assets. Their message was simple, yet strong:

Mind the current situation: We control your expensive connected cars, we control your connected house security
devices, we control your daughters laptop, we control your wifes mobile. We tape your secret meetings, we read
your emails, we control your favorite escort girls smartwatch, we are inside your beloved banks and we are
reading your assets. You wont be safe anywhere near electricity anymore.

27. December 30th, 2016: Russia continues to outplay and outmaneuver the U.S. in many regards. After embarrassing
defeat in Aleppo, Syria, the U.S. amped up its propaganda rhetoric and dismissed over 30 Russian diplomat, sending them
back to Russia from the U.S.

Instead of retaliating by dismissing the same number of U.S. diplomats, Putin said he would not sink to such a petty level
and decided not to dismiss any diplomats. Putin then invited the children of the U.S. diplomats over to Russia to join their
families for a New Years Eve celebration. Diplomacy and integrity will continue to win the battles. Times are changing.

28. December 30th, 2016: Neil Keenan releases an update exposing a massive plot that is taking place right now to try
and steal from the global collateral accounts. The parties involved are Yoshiaki Kobayashi, the Japanese Imperial Court, the
Japanese Royal Family, the Queen of England, Bill and Hillary Clinton and Mino Entebbe, among others.
For those that arent aware, the global collateral accounts are what JFK was murdered over as he was to use these
accounts to create a gold-backed Treasury note, along with legally exposing and ending The Federal Reserve and the CIA.

For more information on the global collateral accounts, read here.

2016 was quite a ride for most people. For the elite, we have seen tangible results that their plans for a world
government are failing. The people are not cooperating as the mass awakening continues.

May 2017 be the year that our world is set truly free.

Related: The Stage is Set for A Global Renaissance 2.0

The Bilderberg's Website Hacked By Anonymous: "We Will Watch You"

The Bilderberg Clubs website has been hacked, and the hackers have a big message they have
sent to the infamous club: Start working for humanity within the next year, or well hack and go
after your assets.
The Bilderberg Club is a group of European and American elite, which comprise of politics, global industry,
finance, media and academics, who have met annually since 1954. Their meetings are famously closed to the
public and blacked out to press coverage. Their last meeting was in Dresden, Germany, which took place in June of
this year.

Related: Anonymous Hacks Bilderberg

On December 30th, the hackers took down the Bilderbergs website and posted a message of their own:

Dear Bilderberg members, from now on, each one of you have 1 year (365 days) to truly work in favor of humans
and not your private interests.

The hackers, who claim to be from the HackBack Movement and Anonymous, took
down bilderbergmeetings.org and further posted an even more threatening message on the site:

Mind the current situation: We control your expensive connected cars, we control your connected house security
devices, we control your daughters laptop, we control your wifes mobile. We tape your secret meetings, we read
your emails, we control your favorite escort girls smartwatch, we are inside your beloved banks and we are
reading your assets. You wont be safe anywhere near electricity anymore.

We wonder what kind of backlash this might have, both for the hackers and for the Bilderberg members. It has been said
that the third world war is already happening, but happening not on a battle field, but in cyberspace.

Just last month, Barrett Brown was released from prison after serving more than four years behind bars for hacking
information related to the U.S. Army and U.S. Air Force. Brown claimed to be the unofficial spokesman for Anonymous and
has said he will continue his investigative journalism now that he is out of prison.
In the past couple years, Anonymous has claimed responsibility for dozens of high level hacks, including releasing
information about the KKK and affiliated politicians and hacking the ISIL terrorist group.

Anonymous also has released a threatening message to the mainstream media, which happened last month. Just a few
days ago, Anonymous also released a message to humanity saying that 2017 would be an exciting year in many regards.

What Is The Obama Regime Up To? + Seven Ways Obama Is Trying To Sabotage The
Trump Administration
January 5 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Breitbart / Various

Obama has announced new sanctions on Russia based on unsubstantiated charges by the CIA
that the Russian government influenced the outcome of the US presidential election with
malicious cyber-enabled activities.

The US Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has issued a report related to the declaration of 35 Russian
officials persona non grata for malicious cyber activity and harassment.

Related: Its A Plot, The Russians Are Coming: Obama Illegally Sanctions Russia for Nonexistent US Election
Hacking

The report is a description of:

Tools and infrastructure used by Russian intelligence services to compromise and exploit networks and
 infrastructure associated with the recent U.S. election, as well as a range of U.S. government, political and private
sector entities.

The report does not provide any evidence that the tools and infrastructure were used to influence the outcome of the US
presidential election.

The report is simply a description of what is said to be Russian capabilities .

Related: DHS/FBI Issues Joint Analysis Report: GRIZZLY STEPPE Russian Malicious Cyber Activity

Moreover, the report begins with this disclaimer: DISCLAIMER: This report is provided as is for informational purposes
only. The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) does not provide any warranties of any kind regarding any information
contained within.

Related: GRIZZLY STEPPE Russian Malicious Cyber Activity

In other words, the report not only provides no evidence of the use of the Russian tools and infrastructure in order to
influence the US presidential election, the report will not even warrant the correctness of its description of Russian
capabilities.

Related: 18 Major Scandals in Obamas Scandal-Free Presidency

Thus the DHS report makes it completely clear that the Obama regime has no evidential basis for its allegations on the
basis of which it has imposed more sanctions on Russia.

What is going on here?

First there is the question of the legality of the sanctions even if there were evidence. I am not certain, but I think that
sanctions require the action of a body, such as the UN Security Council, and cannot legally be imposed unilaterally by one
country. Additionally, it is unclear why Obama is calling the expulsion of Russian diplomats sanctions.

No other country has to do likewise. During the Cold War when diplomats were expelled for spying, it was not called
sanctions. Sanctions imply more than unilateral or bilateral expulsions of diplomats.
Second, it is clear that Obama, the CIA, and the New York Times are fully aware that the allegation is false. It is also clear
that if the CIA actually believes the allegation, the intelligence agency is totally incompetent and cannot be believed on any
subject.

Third, President Trump can rescind the sanctions in 21 days, a third reason that the sanctions are ridiculous.

So why are President Obama, the CIA, and the New York Times making charges that they know are false and for
which they have not produced a shred of evidence?

Related: Soros Launches Plan to Bring Down US and Israel

One obvious answer is that the neoconized Obama regime is desperate to ruin US-Russian relations past the point that
Trump can repair them. As the New York Times puts it;

Mr. Obamas actions clearly create a problem for Mr. Trump. The question the New York Times says, is whether
Trump stands with his democratic allies on Capitol Hill or his authoritarian friend in the Kremlin.

Can Trumps foreign policy be controlled by false allegations?

According to the New York Times, Trump has relented and agreed to being briefed by the CIA about the Russian hacking
now that Republicans such as Paul Ryan, John McCain, and Lindsey Graham have lined up with Obama and the CIA in
accepting charges for which no evidence has been presented.

However, a briefing without evidence would seem simply to further discredit the CIA in Trumps eyes.

As I have emphasized in my columns, facts no longer have a role in the United States and its empire. Allegations alone
suffice, whether in court cases, interrogation centers, foreign and domestic policies, or classrooms.

The US even bases its military invasions on false allegations - weapons of mass destruction. Indeed, the entirely
of US foreign policy since the Clinton regime has been based on nothing but false allegations.
The Russian government should have learned by now, but perhaps Moscow still thinks that facts matter in Washingtons
decisions.

Possibly we should consider that more is going on than meets the eye. Perhaps the propaganda about the Russian cyber
threat to democracy is being used to prepare American and/or European populations for an incident.

The CIA has morphed into a deep state that uses disinformation and propaganda to align decisions of Congress, the
executive branch, and foreign governments with secret behind-the-scenes agendas. Many books, such as Stephen
Kinzers The Brothers and Douglas Valentines CIA As Organized Crime have described some of these secret agendas.

Related: Trumans True Warning on the CIA

In order to deter Trump from restoring normal relations with Russia, an incident would have to be severe and irreversible.
Rather than accept defeat for their agenda of US world hegemony, the neoconservatives are prepared to take high risks.
The willingness to take risks is demonstrated by the public effort of the CIA Director to discredit the president-elect.

As expected, Putins response to the latest provocation is low key as the sanctions appear to be meaningless on the
surface.

Related: Stephen Lendman Reports President Putins Response To Obamas New Sanctions

However, in the event that something dangerous is below the surface, the Russian government might want to consider
putting its military forces on alert.

Related Articles:

Stephen Lendman Reports President Putins Response To Obamas New Sanctions

Obama Retaliates Against Russians Over Purported Cyberattack, But Is There a Double Standard?
 Russia sanctions childish, petulant & pointless revenge for Clinton loss UKs ex-Syria envoy

Russia Responds To Obama On Expelled Diplomats: New Hostile Steps Will Receive An Answer

Plane with Russian diplomats expelled from US lands in Moscow

Washingtons Intent is Economic Destabilization and Regime Change In Venezuela

Rescuing Boris - TIME Magazine, 1996

Russia to Obama: Put up or Shut Up

HuffPo Turns On Obama: He Presided Over The "Destruction Of The Democratic Party"

Refugees Surge 86% Year on Year: Ahead of Trump Presidency Obama Rushes Muslim Refugees into US

Benjamin Netanyahu SLAMS Obama and Kerry In Fiery Response

Seven Ways Obama Is Trying To Sabotage The Trump Administration

President Barack Obamas final weeks in office seem dedicated to setting foreign and domestic
policy on fire to make life as difficult as possible on his successor, Donald Trump.

Here are some of the biggest mousetraps Obama scattered across the White House floor on his way out:

Related: Assange: Obama Is Obviously Trying To Delegitimize Trump - Wikileaks founder says source of email
hack is '1000% Not Russia'
 1. Betraying Israel at the United Nations: Obamas refusal to block a United Nations vote against Israel, his
administrations shadowy machinations to bring that ugly motion to the floor, and Secretary of State John Kerrys long-
winded broadside against Israel will leave President Trump with a massive political crisis in the Middle East, and quite
possibly a security crisis, if terror groups and their political wings are emboldened by the rebuke of Israel.

Obamas Israel maneuver also damages American credibility, teaching would-be allies that the United States is not the best
friend to have. Americas erstwhile battlefield allies in Syria can teach the same lesson, assuming any of them are left alive
to take the podium.

This comes at the very moment aspiring hegemons in China and Russia are showing their allies how Beijing and Moscow
will go to the mat for them.

Related: Obama Publishes $7.4 BILLION Worth Of Regulations In One Night

Obamas team thinks it was clever to saddle Trump with an international edict the U.S. president cannot easily reverse.
They might not have thought this all the way through, because some of the options that are available to Trump could leave
internationalists, and Palestinian leaders, cursing Barack Obamas memory.

Note that even some commentators friendly to Obama, and sources within the Obama Administration itself, have described
the Israel vote as a deliberate act of sabotage aimed at Trump, because Obama is alarmed by some of Trumps
appointees.

2. A New Cold War With Russia: After eight years of relentlessly mocking anyone who said Russia was a major
geopolitical threat to the United States (most famously including his 2012 presidential opponent, Mitt Romney) Barack
Obama suddenly realized: You know what? Russia is a major threat!
He also awoke to the dangers of cyber-warfare, after an entire presidency of treating electronic espionage as a purely
political problem to be minimized and spun away, because taking it seriously made him look bad. Who can forget how
Obama left victims of the OPM hack twisting in the wind for weeks, because the administration didnt want to admit how
serious the attack was?

But then a top Democrat political operative fell for a crude phishing scam, and the Democratic National Committee got
hacked, so Obama well, he still didnt take cyber-espionage seriously.

He slapped the snooze bar again, because as one anonymous official put it, they thought Hillary Clinton was a
cinch to win the 2016 election, so they were willing to kick the can down the road.

No, it was Hillary Clintons loss in the election, and the desperate push to damage President-elect Trumps legitimacy, that
made the president who politely ignored China hacking 25 million American citizens private data get tough on information
security.

Tucker Carlson Destroys Leftist on Russian Election Hacking Claims

Related Articles:

Hannity Has Sit-Down Interview with Julian Assange It Was Not Russia

Robert Parry: John V. Whitbeck on the Criminal Insanity of the US Establishment Claiming Russians Hacked the
Election When It as the Establishment That Lost Under Its Own Byzantine Fraud-Friendly Rules

Intelligence Insider: Russian Hack Story Is A Giant Hoax

Robert Steele in Defence and Intelligence Norway: The Russians Did Not Hack the US Election a Few Facts
from a Former CIA Spy
Until now, states involved in cyber-espionage never got anything worse than a few carefully-chosen words of sour
disapproval from the expiring administration, but the Russkies received a sprinkling of sanctions, and 35 diplomats
were expelled.

Russia responded by unleashing an army of ducks and trolls from the depths of the Kremlin. The New Cold War is only a
few days old, and its already weirder than the old one was.

Presumably Obama thinks hes maneuvered Trump into a position that will make whatever rapprochement he might have
entertained with Moscow more difficult, or at least more politically costly for the new President.

Related: Buoyant Putin and Sinking Western Mis-Leaders

The end result might be easier relations between Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin, and a lingering memory of
how little Barack Obama cared about cybersecurity until it was politically expedient for him to freak out.

3. Ban on Oil Drilling: An overt act of sabotage directed at the American economy itself, leaving an especially heavy
bootprint on Alaska. Smug administration flacks spent the past couple of weeks assuring media talking heads that
Obamas unprecedented abuse of an obscure law was impossible for his successor to reverse.

Its like they stayed up all night, looking for executive actions that cant be undone by the new President four weeks later.

(Amusingly, Obama dropped this bomb on our energy sector just a few weeks after publicly advising Trump not to abuse
executive orders.)

Its likely that legions of lawyers will battle throughout 2017, and perhaps beyond, to determine if Obamas latest poke at
Trump (as Politico put it) really is irreversible. What a lovely parting gift from the departing President to the country that
elected him twice: a pile of gigantic wealth-destroying lawsuits!

4. National-Monument Land Grab: The other theoretically irreversible presidential edict discovered by Obamas
munchkins is the ability to designate national monuments. Another 1.65 million acres in Utah and Nevada was yanked off
the market in the last week of December, bring Obamas Antiquities Act acreage up to an unprecedented 553 million acres.
Related: Obama seizes Bundy Ranch area in massive last minute land grab

"This arrogant act by a lame duck president will not stand. I will work tirelessly with Congress and the incoming
Trump administration to honor the will of the people of Utah and undo this designation, thundered Senator Mike
Lee of Utah.

Sixty-five percent of his state is now under the wise and compassionate environmental protection of the same government
that turned the Colorado River into a toxic-waste dump.

5. Eliminating the National Immigration Registry: Just in case Trump got any ideas about using it as the basis for the
enhanced vetting he has promised for immigrants from terrorist-infested regions, the Obama administration killed a long-
dormant program called NSEERS that once committed the unforgivable politically-incorrect sin of tracking military-age males
from violently unstable Muslim-majority countries.

Its highly debatable whether the NSEERS program was of any practical use. When it pulled the plug, the Department of
Homeland Security noted that the post-9/11 program called for collecting data that is now routinely collected for most foreign
visitors, along with more sophisticated biometric information.

Almost everyone saw the elimination of these roles as a purely symbolic act - i.e. political sabotage directed at the incoming
President.

6. The Great Guantanamo Jailbreak: After paying little more than lip service to his promise to close the Guantanamo Bay
prison for much of his presidency, Obama went into overdrive in his last years, transferring over 150 detainees. A shocking
number of them ended up back on the battlefield.

Rep. Ed Royce (R-CA) of the House Foreign Affairs Committee wrote a Wall Street Journal op-ed this week to sound the
alarm about Obamas midnight push to empty out Guantanamo.

The White House has repeatedly released detainees to countries it knew lacked the intent and capability to keep
the detainees from returning to terrorism. The results have been deadly, Royce wrote, challenging the wisdom of
such Obama administration brainstorms as dropping al-Qaedas top bomb maker into Bosnia, a country with
limited security services but plenty of radical mosques and unemployed military-age males.
Related: 2017: The Year Of Microchipping Americans. The Law Was Just Passed

Royces committee has been investigating allegations the administration tried to pay the bomb-maker $100,000 to refrain
from passing his deadly skills along to eager apprentices. Hunting down the rest of the transferred prisoners who transferred
themselves right back into the global jihad will be a job for the Trump administration.

7. Depicting Trumps Election as a Disaster: Lets not forget Obamas acts of rhetorical sabotage, such as describing
Trumps presidential campaign as a crime against American class and racial harmony, or his wife wailing that all hope was
lost for Americas children. Trump himself has taken note of the many inflammatory President Obama statements and
roadblocks.

Its hard to remember a previous instance of the outgoing president attacking the legitimacy of his successor this way,
especially during the transition, before the new chief executive has actually done anything.

And its probably not over yet. The time for big executive orders is growing short, but Obama is always just one day away
from calling a press conference and saying something else that will make the transition more difficult.

Alex Jones To Announce Who Really Hacked the DNC

Of course he can still talk all he wants after January 20th, and hes given every indication he wont follow the dignified path
of his predecessors and allow the new president time to chart his own course, but theres no substitute for the bully pulpit of
the presidency.

The timber of Barack Obamas political voice will be very different on January 21st than it was on January 19th. More likely
than not, hell use it before he loses it.

Related: Obamas legacy of debt and disease: National debt doubles in just eight years while 10.7 million more
Americans now on food stamps to buy cancer-causing junk foods

Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists

Part 1: Click here Part 2: Click here Part 3: Click here Part 4: Click here

Part 5: Click here Part 6: Click here Part 7: Click here Part 8: Click here

Part 9: Click here Part 10: Click here Part 11: Click here Part 12: Click here

Part 13: Click here Part 14: Click here

http://www.wakeupkiwi.com/cabal-nwo-watch-1.shtml

Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists

Part 1: Click here Part 2: Click here Part 3: Click here Part 4: Click here

Part 5: Click here Part 6: Click here Part 7: Click here Part 8: Click here

Part 9: Click here Part 10: Click here Part 11: Click here Part 12: Click here

Part 13: Click here Part 14: Click here

Erdogan Says He Has "Confirmed Evidence" The US Supports ISIS + US Senator Says
ISIS Used As Tool By Saudis, US & Turkey When It Suits Their Interests
January 4 2017 | From: Zerohedge / RT

One year after this website demonstrated that Turkey was cooperating with the Islamic State, in the
very least trading cash in exchange for crude oil sold to various Turkish outposts (a trade which
was subsequently ended by the Russian air force), Turkey has flipped the tables and on Tuesday
Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan said he has uncovered evidence that US-led coalition
forces have helped support terrorists in Syria - including Isis.
"They give support to terrorist groups including ISIS" Erdogan said during a speech in Ankara on Tuesday, adding that
US coalition forces "give support to terrorist groups including Daesh, YPG, PYD. It's very clear. We have confirmed
evidence, with pictures, photos and videos."

Related: Erdogans Accusations re US Supporting Terrorists A Parting Shot For Obama

Which, incidentally, should also not come a surprise in light of the May 2015 declassified Pentagon report, which claimed
that ISIS was created as a Pentagon tool to overthrow Syria's president Assad.

Its very clear that the US-led coalition is supporting terrorist groups in Syria, Islamic State. They give
support to terrorist groups including Daesh (Arabic for IS).

We have confirmed evidence, with pictures, photos and videos.

- Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan

Related: Absolutely Stunning: Leaked Audio of Secretary Kerry Reveals Obama Intentionally Allowed Rise of ISIS

Nevertheless, the "pot calling the kettle black" comes at a sensitive time for both the US and Turkey, which are both pivoting
aggressively, one internally from Obama to Trump, while the other is shifting its foreign geopolitical allegiance from the US
to Russia, which may also explain today's outburst by Erdogan.
Related: Erdogan tells Israel: "We see Western weapons in Daesh hands"

Saying that the US have accused Turkey of supporting IS, speaking at a press conference on Tuesday the Turkish leader
blamed the US-led coalition for assisting terrorists themselves. Apart from IS, he also mentioned Kurdish People's
Protection Units in northern Syria (YPG) and Democratic Union Party (PYD) as groups supported by the coalition.

Earlier on Tuesday, Moscow accused Washington of "sponsoring terrorism" in Syria.

Commenting on the latest National Defense Authorization Act signed into law by President Barack Obama, the Russian
Foreign Ministry pointed out that the new bill "openly stipulates the possibility" of delivering more weapons to Syria, and
added that those arms "will soon find their way to the jihadists," which Russia would view as a "hostile act."

Erdogan's comments echoed those from the Iranian Defense Minister Hossein Dehghan, who told RT that Washington
appears unready to play a serious role in fighting Islamic State, as it has fostered terrorists itself and now wants them
to remain in the Middle East.

"The Western coalition is of a formal nature, they have no real intention to fight neither in Syria nor in Iraq. We
dont see any readiness on their part to play a truly useful and meaningful role in fighting IS, because its them who
have raised terrorists and they are interested in keeping them there, Dehghan said.

According to the Iranian defense minister, Tehran has never coordinated its operations with the Americans and will never
collaborate with them.
He then slammed the US' motives behind the "war on ISIS' saying that:

"Maybe the coalition forces would like to see terrorists weakened, but certainly not destroyed, because those
terrorists are their tool for destabilizing this region and some other parts of the world.

One wonders how long before Putin is blamed for this latest political scandal, because if indeed Erdogan does provide proof
of US support for the Islamic State, then the Pentagon will need a back story very fast, and what better scapegoat than the
Russian president.

US Senator Says ISIS Used As Tool By Saudis, US & Turkey When It Suits Their
Interests

Speaking to RT on the advance of ISIS militants from Mosul toward Palmyra, Virginia Senator
Richard Black (R) expressed doubt that the US-led coalition could have overlooked such a
regrouping, pointing to possible interests of the US and regional players.
Given that the territory between areas occupied by Islamic State (IS, formerly ISIS/ISIL) and Palmyra is a very
barren rocky desert, it is unconceivable that the American-led collation could not have seen this massive army
moving towards Palmyra, Senator Black told RT.

Related: Congresswoman Says US Is Arming ISIS, Introduces Bill to Stop It

"The Western coalition is of a formal nature, they have no real intention to fight neither in Syria nor in Iraq. We
dont see any readiness on their part to play a truly useful and meaningful role in fighting IS, because its them who
have raised terrorists and they are interested in keeping them there, Dehghan said.

I was surprised that ISIS was able to attack Palmyra. Its important to recognize that the distance from ISIS-held territory
[to] Palmyra is approximately 100 miles, added the senator, who has repeatedly voiced support for Syrian President Bashar
Assad in battling the jihadists.

The fact that the US-led coalition seemingly turned a blind eye to the imminent terrorist threat to the UNESCO world
heritage site is not a coincidence, he argues, but rather a part of the foreign policy strategy employed by the current White
House administration towards Islamic State.

Unfortunately, I believe, under the Obama administration, I think there have been great deal of coordination between
terrorist forces and the US-led coalition, Black said.

While the US, as well as other western countries and major regional players, do not share the same goals as the terrorists,
they have been seemingly sparing Islamic State if airstrikes against the terrorist group could have resulted in disadvantage
to Turkey, the key NATO member in the region and a US ally, which Black alleges, has engaged in economic relations with
terrorists.

Related: Decamped from Mosul ISIS fighters in Syria perfect for US narrative
 There [the terrorists] have not been loved by anyone, but they have been a major trading partner of Turkey, and
the United States withheld any attack when they first seized Palmyra travelling a hundred miles over open territory,
and, I confirm, there was not a single bomb dropped by the American-led coalition, he said.

This very selective approach to fighting terrorists gives reason to suggest that the US-led coalition is battling jihadists only
when it does not interfere with the narrow interests of its members, Black suggests, dubbing the coalitions efforts under
such circumstances as disastrously unproductive.

I think ISIS is often used as a tool between Turkey and the United States and as long as they are useful to one of
those parties they are protected and when they are not useful they are not protected, Black said, arguing that ISIS
served as tool of Turkey, Saudi Arabia, Qatar, the United States and NATO forcesfrom the very beginning of
the conflict in Syria.

At the same time, the senator commended the US-led offensive in Iraq, which has centered on liberating its second largest
city, Mosul, from militants, saying that the coalition was doing some very good work in Mosul and seems to be genially
poised to drive ISIS forces from Mosul.

Related: 'CIA created ISIS', says Julian Assange as Wikileaks releases 500k US cables

However, US President Barack Obamas recent decision to lift restrictions on the delivery of weapons to:

"Foreign forces, irregular forces, groups or individuals, who are supported by US military in Syria, plays into the
hands of terrorists and looks like a desperate last attempt by the outgoing administration, Black said.
The senator said that the looming change of commander-in-chief in the United States will be marked by a U-turn in Syria,
with the US cutting all its ties with militants.

When Donald Trump comes in, the support is going to be cut for the terrorists. We are not going on to the side of
the terrorists anymore, he said.

Sen. Black has been known as a fierce critic of the current US policy towards Syria, calling it insane in comments to the
Washington Post in April, when he argued that it is within our power to stop the bloodshed.

Related: Actress Angelina Jolie Humiliates Obama for the Whole World to See

In April, Black traveled to Palmyra and met with Syrian government officials. He has said that Syria being entrapped in the
military conflict is not the result of domestic issues but of a plot contrived by foreign intelligence, including that of the western
countries, Saudi Arabia and Turkey.

The government and people in Syria want peace, but regional countries dont, Black told Homs Governor Talal
Barazi at the time, as cited by the Syria Times.

US State Department Blueprint To Oust Duterte Leaked By US Embassy Insider

January 3 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Various
An elaborate blueprint to dislodge the Philippine president, Mayor Rodrigo Duterte, has emerged
through a local newspaper in the Philippines.

The Oust Duterte blueprint was allegedly written by the former US Ambassador Philip Goldberg, who started the
verbal tussle with the then-candidate Duterte when the former issued an unsolicited statement detrimental to the
candidacy, a few months ago, of the incumbent president.

Related: Duterte Says US Ambassadors Are CIA "Spies" As Alleged US Plot To Overthrow Him Emerges

If you want to understand how exactly the US State Department is conducting its regime change program without
the use of ground military invasion against a targeted state, just read on.

The Manila Times reports;

Not only did former United States Ambassador Philip Goldberg leave the Philippines with a legacy of fractured
relations between the two countries, he allegedly left behind a blueprint to undermine Duterte, a strategic
recommendation ostensibly to the State Department for the ultimate removal of President Rodrigo Roa
Duterte from office, according to a highly placed source.

It is not clear, however, if the State Department in Washington DC had given its imprimatur to the recommendation
by its former ambassador to the Philippines.

A document received over the weekend by The Manila Times from that source said Goldberg had outlined a list of
strategies to undermine President Duterte and called for his eventual ouster. The blueprint gave a timetable of
one-and-a-half years.

Quoting Goldberg, it said the political actors (the opposition) would need all the political weapons in their arsenal
to replace the Duterte administration and replace it with something more to the oppositions liking. He noted,
however, that (deposing Duterte) would be a challenge for the opposition.

Analyzing the Presidents weakness, Goldberg said that Mr. Duterte has no real friends outside of his region for
his propensity to mock and ridicule people close to him. He also said that the Presidents views are shaped not
by ideology or personal ambitions, but by old-fashioned nationalism where he holds the United States
accountable for the Philippines current state of poverty and dependency.

To bring down Duterte, the Goldberg plan calls for stoking public dissatisfaction with the President over unfulfilled
election promises, isolating the Philippines from the rest of the ASEAN by extending military assistance to member
countries except the Philippines, and/or through economic blackmail that aims to limit trade by some
ASEAN member countries with the Philippines.

Goldberg also encourages support for the opposition through aids and grants, sowing discontent among the
Duterte supporters and cultivating the cleavage between the congressmen and the senators over the Charter
Change issue.

In brief, the plan calls on the US government to employ a combination of socio-economic-political-

diplomatic moves against Duterte to bring him to his knees and eventually remove him from office.

The paper outlined the Ambassadors strategies to be employed such as:

Political and economic isolation of the Philippines in the region by engaging the leaders of Japan, Vietnam,
Cambodia and Laos and by highlighting the basic question of the risk of doing business in the Philippines.

Enhanced US military relationship with members of the Asean community except the Philippines.

Blackmail neighboring countries so they would turn against Duterte by reducing trade with the Philippines in
favor of Vietnam, Cambodia and Laos.

Deepen ties with Philippine officials (the opposition), the police/military and leaders in the region who share
the US concerns over Duterte.

Track corruption cases and highlight the failures of Duterte.

Focus on the needs of the people at the grassroots and assist the opposition groups in delivering those
failed promises through USAID such as alleviation of poverty, housing and education to name a few.

Utilize the media to expose the truth about Duterte his false vision for the Filipino people and his dangerous
international relationships with China and Russia.

Goldberg also recommends, change the political landscape by dividing the core leadership of Duterte by
sowing discontent among (his) partymates. He observed that some of the Presidents allies are privately
becoming concerned over his shift in foreign policy and the twist in the character of his economic and social
agenda that veers closely toward the Left.

The former US Ambassador underscores the need to stoke the fire between the defenders of the rule of law
and Dutertes Leftist group by highlighting the demands of the Left to free all political prisoners in the
country even before a formal peace agreement could be signed between the government and the CPP/NDF/NPA,
and an end to US military presence in the Philippines.

It is not clear from what the source said how Goldberg would go about weakening the Philippine currency, but it
states that such a scenario would lead to inflation (and would raise prices of food and other commodities).

(Authors note: He was wrong, though, in predicting that a weak peso would make our agriculture less competitive.
On the contrary, a weak peso would help strengthen our exports and make our products more competitive in the
global market.)

The paper also quoted Goldbergs recommendation to capitalize on a possible stalemate as a possible course
of action if and when the Lower House marginalizes the Senate on the voting on Charter Change. The Lower
House has already publicly declared that both the House and the Senate should vote as one and not separately,
as espoused by the Senators. Voting as one would, as some senators say, disenfranchise them given the sheer
number of the congressmen 240 representatives versus 24 Senators.
 There will be fallout as a result of the Charter Change stalemate. Many legislators will break away from the
administration as a consequence, Goldberg predicts.

In his observation, the US former envoy to the Philippines said that while President Duterte has been successful in
earning the support of the people for his campaign against drugs, his political and economic program has failed to
deliver the desired results. The US government, he said, should try to understand how Duterte thinks and what
his next moves would be.

With growing concern about the countrys security situation and economic discontent, the pressure is on Duterte
to deliver concrete results, the paper wrote, quoting Goldberg. In this increasingly sensitive environment a
country susceptible to favor political disruption, our approach must be measured. Opposition actors across the
political spectrum look at us (US) for cues, and our (US) influence is much greater than our footprint.

Goldberg also advises restraint in expressing public support for former President Fidel Valdez Ramos and Vice
President Leni Robredo, as well as other opposition leaders so as not to alarm the Duterte administration of
an impending destabilization or a coup. He admits, however, that the operation (coup) is obscured with
difficulties.

Two other options were presented by Goldberg, according to the paper: The rift among the Duterte supporters
should be exploited, or assist the Robredo-led opposition groups (to include the Catholic Church and
other religious groups, business sectors, civil society groups and the youth) in addressing the international
community regarding the shift in foreign policy issue, restoration of democracy and the protection of human rights
through constitutional means.

Goldberg predicts a worsening of the US-Philippine relations, more so on the issue of the US military presence in
the Philippines, more particularly during the last two years of the Duterte administration.

The paper also wrote that the former US ambassador to the Philippines wanted to know the views of Sen.
Bongbong Marcos on a variety of issues such as: the Enhanced Defense Cooperation Agreement (EDCA), China,
Human Rights and the US-PH relations.

- TheManilaTimes

Now, you understand how the United States has been scheming the political and economic affairs of the Philippine
citizenry for the last 113 years.

So, who exactly leaked Goldbergs anti-Duterte plot to the mainstream media?

Congressional Hearing re State Department Oust Duterte Covert Ops

There will be a congressional investigation soon, but allow this writer to disabuse your mind for a moment and lets explore
as to who could be behind the leaking of the Goldberg Oust Duterte plan.
Related: Philippines President Duterte Calls Out Vatican For Pedophilia & Gold Hoarding

First, we already know that the leak came directly from the highly placed source inside the US Embassy in Manila. But we
cannot expect that the people there would volunteer the information to the Philippine Congress.

Yet, there are only few specific highly placed personalities who should have access to the Oust Duterte blueprint left
behind by the former American Ambassador to the Philippines Philip Goldberg. In fact, we can only think of one potential
silent whistleblower as of now, and he is of Asian blood.

He was directly in front of the president when the latter expressed his candid assessment of the true root cause of the Moro
rebellion in Southern Philippines, justifying his preference for a shift to a federal-parliamentary system of government.

The United States were here. They lorded it over for 50 years and lived off with the fat of the land. But when
they want out, they went out and it was still a unitary type [of government]. And to hear them say,

We will cut your aid if this thing happens again Cmon, shut up!

Shut up! I do not need your assistance. Millennium Challenge? $400 million?

China is going to release to me $15 billion. Go home. I do not need you here."

Duterte further advices the West that;

You should be careful with Orientals With due respect to the Ambassador of the United States, when youre
dealing with Asians, be very careful of your language. You could not do that to the Japanese, and Koreans
theyd feel insulted.
 Why do you have to say, Well cut your aid if?

He said these statements point blank to the current Ambassador of the United States to the Philippines, Sung Kim, who was
sitting directly in front of the presidential podium at the inauguration of the Entrepreneurship for Peace in Sulu, the first
collaboration between the Duterte government and the local business community, i.e. progressive sector of the Oligarchy.

New Ambassador of the United States to the Philippines, Sung Kim, from South Korea

Would it be too farfetched to speculate that the newly arrived ambassador, who happens to be a Korean, was the one who
leaked the Goldberg blueprint to preempt the Khazarian plot to oust Duterte?

Surely, the ambassador is already making himself available to the children in the country.
On December 22, Ambassador Sung Kim and U.S. Marines from the Marine Security Guard Detachment from the U.S. Embassy in the Philippines
distributed toys to children at Reach Youth Ministries, a local organization that provides educational, livelihood, and values formation programs to
youth from the nearby San Andres Bukid communities. U.S. Embassy employees and local businesses donated the toys as part of the U.S. Marine
Corps Toys for Tots program

Yes, its all public relations BS, but its already a huge departure from his predecessor who prefers to spend his time
spewing garbage through the pro-US local media.

Commenting on what the president is doing to better the lives of his people is a big no-no in any foreign diplomacy. Other
ambassadors are not doing what he was doing, and quite frankly, he should be slapped with a persona non grata badge on
his way out.

He should have tucked his tongue to the bilateral relations only between his country and the host, and not comment on any
business involving a third party, unless the former ambassador was sowing intrigue between the people and the president,
which is of course what is now being revealed, outlined in the leaked blueprint that he allegedly wrote to begin with.

Why would the US State Department and the CIA want to remove Duterte from Office?

The primordial reasons why would they want to remove Duterte are his decisive Pivot to China and Russia and his highly
effective war on drugs.
Related: US Embassy in Manila denies existence of blueprint to oust Duterte

The first measure has dealt a destructive blow to the Clinton-Obama Pivot to Asia doctrine to mitigate the growing
influence of China in the region.

The second one, dented the CIA drug sales in the country, in a big way.

Dutertes Drug War Banging on CIA Drug Enterprise in Southeast Asia

The Philippine authorities have proclaimed victory over the war on illegal drugs as the largest drug bust ever in the history
of Philippine drug busting, involving PHP 6 billion worth of high-grade methamphetamine, led to the arrest of the most
sophisticated drug manufacturers so far.

Said group dismantles their equipment after every cooking session. Pre-raid NBI surveillance took about 4 months of hard
work.

Previous drug busting yielded the discovery of a 4.8 ton monthly capacity drug laboratory in Virac, Catanduanes and
hundreds more drug busting operations upon medium scale meth labs spread all throughout the country.

In addition to the domestic efforts to squeeze the fancy world of the local druglords, Duterte has been very active in
coordinating the countrys war on drugs with the rest of the ASEAN members he had already visited to, in the last 6 months.

If The Agency that is running the whole illegal drug enterprise is looking at these highly successful anti-drug operations, it
will be forced to act just to save its milking cow.
Related: I could sense a good rapport with Trump: Duterte

If the State Department, which sought to destroy the country from within, thats looking at this same decisive effort to change
the economic conditions of the Philippine population, so that they would never be slaves in foreign lands, no more, it must
seek to dislodge the authority spearheading these actions.

Duterte must be ousted from his position now.

If the State Department and the CIA should decide to pursue its ousting of President Duterte, as they have done in the past
to several Philippine presidents, it would not succeed now that the full spectrum of Philippine society, i.e. class A, B, C, D, E,
communist cadres, and Muslim secessionist groups in the South, are all with him in the march towards real and meaningful
change for all.

Related: Mayor Duterte is Not Genocidal, The West is. Heres the proof

Conclusions

Nationwide demonstrations spearheaded by the Catholic Church have so far netted only a few brainwashed students from
Catholic schools, and state universities.

Even a military coup is much harder to pull off due to the active engagement of the president as to their plight as the
protector of Philippine sovereignty. Duterte is one of the few presidents, if not the only leader, who actively visits the military
camps and military hospitals to let them know that a true government of the Filipino people is now in-charge of Philippine
affairs.

No wonder that the Presidential Security Guard made an extra effort lately to sing a few Christmas carols to their
Commander in Chief. In its entire history, this is the first time that they ever did this voluntarily to a sitting president
Their loyalty to their Oath and the Republic at large has never been put to question in the past. We can rest assured they
wont fail the president now and in the next 6 years of his term.

It would become even more difficult for the Oust Duterte operators starting next year, when his own national budget will be
in full swing and multiple infrastructure projects are being implemented.

The CIAs and US State Departments only option would be a lone assassin, just like that was used against the Russian
ambassador a few days ago.

Related: Putin Assures Envoy Karlovs Murderers to Feel the Heat of Russian Response

Filipinos may have long ropes, but when they lose it, they can do the extremes, too, and they are everywhere.

So, we can speculate with a high degree of certainty that if something will ever happen to the president during his term, a
destructive effect on the close relationships between the two governments will surely develop in the aftermath of such an
event.

To those people seeking his ouster, or his death, Duterte has this to say.

Some people say that I should be very careful with the CIA, and Id tell them, well, if its my
time, its my time.

But somebody has to stand up against them and say, you know, dont fuck with me.
 Dont fuck with me.

- Mayor Rodrigo Duterte, President of the Republic of the Philippines

Related Articles:

Duterte to Putin at APEC summit: Western nations start wars they are scared to fight themselves

Vatican Does Nothing to Help Drug Addicts, Just Collects Money at Mass | Duterte

Duterte says once threw man from helicopter, would do it again

Chinese military official says Moscow-Beijing relations are at best phase in history

Diary Of A Person Of Interest & Oxford PHD Katherine Horton "Intelligence Agencies
Are Attacking Me With Direct Energy Weapons!"
January 3 2017 | From: Endarken / Stop007.org

Kiwi journalist and activist Suzie Dawson has been extensively targeted by Western intelligence
agencies and their contractors. This video and the following one are very important. The second
one more so if you want to understand the how and why of exotic microwave 'Non-Lethal Weapons'.
In the wake of several attempts on her life, she had to leave New Zealand to live in exile in Europe.

Related: Electronic Torture + 21st-Century Bio-Hacking And Bio-Robotizing

In this unique documentary, Suzie discusses what it is really like to be a target of the Five Eyes; why she was targeted, who
she was targeted by, how they targeted her, what their end game is and how to try to counter it.

UPDATE: Since making this documentary Suzie has applied for asylum in Russia.

Suzie's original article titled 'Diary of a Person of Interest' can be found here.

Her debrief and speech notes from her 2015 talk of the same name can be read here.

The extent of the havoc wreaked by American political interests in New Zealand (particularly since 2008) is best explained by
Suzie's colossal article "The Desecration of New Zealand" which can be read here:

The Desecration Of New Zealand

Suzie says:

"Hey guys, thank you for watching and sharing my first film. The events depicted in it roughly cover the period
October 2011 to January 2015. Some may find the topics discussed here terrifying - but it is reality in this day and
age and to change it we have to face it.

There is a lot more yet to be revealed about my story, what I did and what has happened to me since becoming
exiled. So you can expect more content from me and soon. If you want to reach out, or to walk with me on my
journey you can follow me on Twitter: @Suzi3D or keep an eye on my website: Suzi3D.com.

The more friendly eyes I have on me, the safer I am and the better chance I have to be able to continue my work.
Please, pass this video on to anyone who you think may be a target, as the information presented here can be the
difference between sanity and a breakdown, to someone going through it. Thank you so much for your support.
Love, Suzie"
Viewing Guide:

Intro: 00:00:00
Part 3: Who Does It? 00:18:42
Part 1: Occupy 00:00:43
- State Agencies 00:19:04
- Our Purpose 00:02:25
- Private Agencies 00:21:37
Part 2: Why You? 00:05:27
Part 4: The Targets 00:24:04
- Occupy 00:05:58
Part 5: How? 00:26:43
- Anonymous 00:06:31
- Physical Surveillance 00:27:57
- Kim Dotcom 00:07:06
- Signals Surveillance 00:29:53
- Internet Party 00:08:19
- Public Surveillance 00:31:39
- GCSB 00:08:55
- Harassment 00:35:03
- FVEY 00:09:28
- Isolation 00:43:53
- Shihad 00:09:51
- Sabotage 00:47:56
- Snowden/Greenwald 00:10:42
- Entrapment 00:51:11
- Moment of Truth (#MoT) 00:10:56
- Social Engineering 00:51:57
- The Intercept/Nicky Hager/NSA 00:15:00
- Institutionalisation 00:55:09
- #TPPANoWay 00:15:41
- Assassination Attempts 00:58:25
- #NZ4Gaza 00:16:!5
Part 6: What Do They Want? 01:01:18
- #SaveGI 00:16:48
- What You Learn To Do 01:02:53
- Exile / Berlin 00:17:12
Credits: 01:04:26
- WikiLeaks 00:17:42

Related: TargetedIndividuals.com

Oxford PHD Katherine Horton "Intelligence Agencies Are Attacking Me With Direct
Energy Weapons!"
Related: Stop007.org

The Top 10 Most Outrageous Science Hoaxes Of 2016

January 2 2017 | From: NaturalNews

Science hoaxes were running rampant throughout 2016, pushed by the fakestream media (CNN,
WashPost, NYT, etc.) alongside complicit government organizations working in collusion with
dishonest corporations steeped in scientific fraud (Monsanto, Big Pharma, etc.).
2016 saw more science hoaxes than a typical year, with the media placing special emphasis on the Zika virus terror
campaign (rooted in total scientific hucksterism) and more climate change propaganda (all based on fraudulently
altered data).

Related: Seeding Doubt: How Self-Appointed Guardians Of Sound Science Tip The Scales Toward Industry

In every case, those pushing the science frauds claimed to have a divine monopoly on science while declaring all opposing
views to be unscientific.

In this way, much of the science in todays corrupt society has really become nothing more than a cult of scientism,
complete with faith in the correctness of socially-reinforced beliefs while exercising instant rejection of evidence that
contradicts the fairy tale narratives of the science elite.

Sadly, science in 2016 functioned more like a priesthood of dogmatists fervently demanding the obedient worship of
their unassailable assumptions. On every issue that matters, data were thrown out the window and replaced with fraud.
Related: The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And
GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud

To drive home the fraud, the scientifically illiterate lamestream media catapulted the propaganda to new heights, even
while remaining completely oblivious to the laughably false science they were promoting.

Here, I offer a summary of the most outrageous science hoaxes of 2016, along with a few links where you can explore more.
By the way, the video on the Cicret bracelet invention that claims to turn your arm into a mobile device touchscreen is
also a complete fraudulent hoax that has fooled millions of people, and I cover that in detail at the bottom of this article.

My primary message for 2017 is to stop believing in all the fake science being pushed by media, governments, academia
and corporate liars.

Science Hoax #1: Scientific Political Polling

Through the entire year, we were all subjected to an endless onslaught of so-called scientific political polls that almost
universally showed Hillary Clinton would win the election.

All the scientific polls were wrong, it turns out. (And yes, I called all this well before the election, on the record.)

What we now know is that the word scientific was slapped onto these fraudulent polls to try to give them an aura of
credibility when, in reality, they were all fabricated or distorted to give Hillary Clinton the appearance of certain victory.
But guess what? All the experts were wrong. But how is that possible if all these polls were scientific as claimed? Are the
pollsters now telling us that science is broken?

Or maybe, just maybe, they were making s##t up all along and there wasnt any real science behind the
scientific claim in the first place.

Science Hoax #2: The Zika Virus Terror Campaign

2016 saw the rolling out of an elaborate media-fronted Zika terror campaign designed to scare the entire country into
ridiculously believing that mosquito bites would cause millions of women in America to give birth to babies with shrunken
heads.

Yeah, I know, it sounds like something a Batman villain would threaten to unleash in Gotham City. Pay me one million
dollars or all your babies will be born with shrunken heads! Mwuah hah hah!
Related: Whos Behind The Zika Virus Outbreak & Fearmongering?

But, alas, the American sheeple bought the medical science hoax hook, line and sinker. Belief in the Zika virus microcephaly
hoax was so deeply embedded in the psyche of the nation that even when the Washington Post published a story admitting
there was no link after all, the vast majority of so-called scientists and doctors still believe the hoax!

So, for the record, Ill say it again in the hopes of educating all the scientifically illiterate scientists who still dont understand
actual facts: The original wave of shrunken heads in Brazil was caused by a larvacide chemical that was dumped into
the water supply, not by the Zika virus alone.

The Zika apocalypse predicted by all the doctors, scientists and TV talking heads simply did not materialize. And when
evidence contradicts your theory, you have to start questioning your theory. Otherwise, you arent a scientist. Youre just a
petty fool.

Science Hoax #3: The Flint Michigan Lead Poisoning Cover-Up

In order to poison a million black children with brain-damaging lead, the U.S. EPA masterminded a large-scale science fraud
that deliberately altered heavy metals testing results for the Flint, Michigan water supply.

Eventually, a few of the science scapegoats were charged with felony crimes for engaging in a conspiracy to alter water
quality test data, but no one from the EPA was ever charged or prosecuted for their role in the scheme. (This also proves, by
the way, that conspiracies are quite real and very much alive in our society right now.)
The result of all this was the mass poisoning of mostly African-American children with a toxic heavy metal thats well known
to damage cognitive function and impede learning.What a great way to raise more democrats!

Its all part of the new science of keeping the sheeple dumbed down so they will keep voting for corrupt criminals
like Hillary Clinton.

Instead of let them eat cake, the new progressive Jon Podesta version is, Let them drink lead!

Science Hoax #4: The Banning of GMO Labeling Nationwide by Scientifically Illiterate
Republicans

In the name of science, Republican lawmakers passed the so-called DARK Act to outlaw honest food labeling of
genetically engineered foods.

Apparently, Republicans believe that knowledge is a dangerous thing in the hands of consumers, therefore preventing
people from knowing what theyre eating is the best solution.
Related: Monsanto Promoting Worldwide Infertility? + Academic GMO Shills Exposed: Fraud & Collusion With
Monsanto

This was all accomplished via an unholy alliance among biotech corporate giants (like Monsanto) and right-leaning
lawmakers, most of whom have never met a toxic chemical they didnt absolutely love.

Notably, while Democrats are passing local laws that criminalize Big Gulp sodas, Republicans are blocking labeling laws as
a way to say, If you dont SEE the poison on the label, it doesnt actually count!

Keeping consumers in the dark is now the official science policy of the federal government.

Hows that for transparency?

Science Hoax #5: Climate Change Data Fraud

Democrats have their own science fraud, of course, and theres no better example than global warming / climate change.

An analysis of climate data reveals that 100% of U.S. warming has been faked by altering temperature data.
Related: Climate Scare Declared Officially Over- Error In Model Calculations Discovered

To the great frustration of celebritards like Matt Damon, the data dont show any warming at all unless you cook the
numbers first.

This means climate change science is actually more like climate change alchemy, which isnt science at all. Its more like
Tarot cards mixed with voodoo blended with AlGoratotalitaritopian idiocy.

Note to intelligent people: If the world were really warming, they wouldnt have to alter the temperature data, would
they?

Science Hoax #6: Abortion Organ Harvesting for Scientific Research

According to leftists, chopping up living human babies who have just been forcibly birthed in order to harvest their organs
and brains isnt unethical at all. Nope, its a tremendous advancement for scientific research, you see.

Organ harvesting isnt just limited to places like Communist China and North Korea: The practice is alive and well in
America, too. But in the U.S., it takes on a genocidal milestone because most abortions are carried out on black babies
yep, the very same black babies that were also intentionally poisoned by the EPA in Flint, Michigan (see above).
Hmmm there seems to be a pattern in all this, but I cant quite put my finger on it but it definitely seems to have
something to do with killing as many black babies as possible while labeling it all science.

Its noteworthy to remember that Adolf Hitlers eugenics programs were also conducted under the umbrella of
science.

It seems not that much has changed in almost 80 years except that instead of Jews being exterminated by the millions,
its now black babies being exterminated by the millions while democrats demand an open borders human blitzkrieg to
replace them all with socialist-leaning illegal aliens who are uninformed enough to vote for leftists.

Science Hoax #7: The California Vaccine Mandate

Another large-scale science hoax that also happens to place a disproportionate burden on African-American babies is the
California medical police state vaccine mandate pushed by Californias own Mercury Joker Dr. Richard Pan.

After receiving bribes from vaccine makers, the medical child molesting California state senator Richard Pan took part in a
media-backed medical terrorism campaign against Californias citizens, attempting to scare everyone into falsely
believing that the best way to protect the health of children is to inject them with mercury (instead of, I dont know,
maybe feeding them nutritious foods and vitamin D).
Related: Doctors Who Discovered Cancer Enzymes In Vaccines All Found Murdered

The entire vaccine mandate was founded on blatantly fraudulent quack science claims fronted by the child-murdering
vaccine industry, which continues to absurdly insist that vaccines pose zero risk to children (i.e. claiming they do not harm a
single childever). The claim is, of course, rooted in sheer delusion. But thats also what passes for legislation in
California.

We can only hope Californias #Calexit effort succeeds soon, so we can build a wall around California and stop the
contagious epidemic of lunacy from spreading Eastward.

Science Hoax #8: Janet Yellens Libtardtopia Economics Science

No summary of science quackery would be complete without bringing in the subject of economics. Yes, it qualifies as a
science at least if you ask the economists. (If you ask non-economists, it qualifies mostly as voodoo.)

Nevertheless, according to Janet Yellen and the decrepit wizards of collapse who are currently steering the global debt
Titanic directly into an array of large shards of icebergs, the best way to keep a global economy in balance is to create
endless new money until the whole thing explodes, at which point the system collapses to equilibrium where
everybody starves roughly the same amount (i.e. Venezuela).

To demonstrate this brilliant hypothesis, Yellen and her crotchety academic cohorts have been busy pumping trillions of fiat
currency dollars into the pockets of their bankster pals while raising interest rates to accelerate the debt avalanche
apocalypse timetable.
Ideally, they hope to trigger the whole thing to come crashing down sometime during Trumps first term. Then, theyll all
express total shock and dismay while pleading to the press that we should all Bring back Obama because he was a
monetary genius! (Or perhaps a radical Muslim sleeper cell working for the communists to subvert America, but thats
another hilarious satire article altogether.)

As a cherry on top, Obama also doubled the national debt in just eight years, all while handing Iran a path to nuclear
weapons, dissing Israel, subverting American culture, gutting the U.S. military and secretly telling his Russian counterparts
he would drastically reduce U.S. nuclear capabilities.

Yes indeed, the dream team of Obama, Clinton and Yellen has pulled off what Americas worst enemies could not: The
near-complete financial paralysis of the U.S. economy all while claiming Everything is awesome!

Thank God all the pensions across the country are fully funded, huh? Or that would be a real disaster.

Science Hoax #9: Transgenderism and the Lunatic Liberal Theory of Spontaneous Genetic
Transmutation

2016 also saw many gullible people being convinced to believe that a biological man can instantly transform himself into a
biological woman by declaring himself to be a woman.

At least one journalist even claimed that a transgendered man could become pregnant after declaring himself to be a
woman. Yes, science education in America has utterly collapsed at this point, replaced with liberal P.C. insanity and
delusional college lesson plans rooted in feelings rather than physical reality.

Across most of todays gender-confused college-educated youth, belief in the laws of genetic expression have been
replaced by belief that a persons sex is a choice. Its no longer permutations, phenotypes and genotypes its now
metrosexual, generation snowflake, pu##ified blathering idiocy with a diploma, safe space cry rooms and $100K in student
debt.
Sorry to burst their bubble of stupid, but sex classification isnt a personal choice. A simple genetic test shows you either
have XY chromosomes, XX chromosomes, or the far more rare extra-X-or-Y chromosome defect which typically leads to
serious physical and mental defects (including infertility).

Somebody please direct gender confused college snowflakes to the National Human Genome Research Institutes fact sheet
page on chromosomes.

According to todays college snowflakes, the National Human Genome Research Institute is a purveyor of HATE because
their fact sheet page says all these mean things about chromosomal defects:

Inheriting too many or not enough copies of sex chromosomes can lead to serious problems. For example,
females who have extra copies of the X chromosome are usually taller than average and some have mental
retardation.

Males with more than one X chromosome have Klinefelter syndrome, which is a condition characterized by tall
stature and, often, impaired fertility. Another syndrome caused by imbalance in the number of sex chromosomes is
Turner syndrome. Women with Turner have one X chromosome only. They are very short, usually do not undergo
puberty and some may have kidney or heart problems.

Thus, there are only two sexes in the biology of all mammals: Male and female. And no, you dont get to change them up
just because you think its trendy to be a gender-confused metrosexual snowflake.

This doesnt mean you cant be gay, by the way. Gay men still realize theyre men. They just choose male partners
instead of female partners. On the spectrum of personal freedom, I say people should be able to partner with
whomever they want.

Gay or straight, its all a personal choice as far as Im concerned, because its none of my business and stop shoving
your sexual preferences in my face, all you militant gay mafia activists.

Just be gay and be done with it. The gay rights war is over, and you already won it. Stop being bullies and thinking
youre still oppressed victims.
Marry whomever you want, but just #STFU about it already. Obama already lit up the White House with rainbows, for Gods
sake.

But to say that yesterday you were a male, but today youre a female now thats just technically bonkers. Youre not really
a female. Youre a male impersonating a female and thats it. Bruce Jenner, take note: You are not a woman, no matter
how much you want to impersonate one.

The greatest insult in all this was when some fashion magazine voted Bruce Jenner Woman of the Year, instantly
declaring that this guy who impersonates a woman is a better woman than all the other women. Dudes with dongs
out-women the women?

And thats celebrated by the women? Yeah, its insane. And all these same progressive women also insist that pervs with
dongs should be able to invade womens restrooms, too, because thats embracing gender identity and inclusiveness
blabbity blah blah.

Get a grip, people. Check your drawers and briefly fondle your hardware. If its junk, youre a dude, and stop playing with it
already. If it isnt, youre a woman. If you have both, go ask a doctor to run a genetic test and find out if you have ovaries.

Science Hoax #10: Every Science Journalist Working for the Fakestream Media

This is more of a collection of hoaxes rather than a single hoax. It all centers around the hilarious fact that most science
journalists are scientifically illiterate morons who only think they understand science.

I remember reading a science column in a major U.S. publication that claimed cell phones could run on water. (Yeah, I
know. I tried that by dropping my cell phone into a glass of water, but it turned off all the power for some strange reason.
Maybe I need special water?)
There has also been a wave of hilariously stupid media coverage for this bracelet computing project called Cicret that
ridiculously claims to turn your arm into a touchscreen.

The entire video promoting this Cicret bracelet is a complete fraud. Racking up almost 25 million views on Youtube, the
video shown here is accomplished purely with special effects overlays. The bracelet does not exist and cannot exist as
depicted in the video for the simple reason that light cannot bend around the curvature of your arm.

Incredibly, countless journalists across the mainstream media fell for this total hoax, stupidly believing that a hi-res
touchscreen rendition can be projected onto your skin from a bracelet that barely sits just a few millimeters above your skin
in the first place.

Question for brain dead science journalists: Do you really believe light rays from the Cicret can bend around your wrist and
then magically bounce off skin that isnt in a direct line of sight with the bracelet projector?

Seriously, you have to be incredibly stupid (or scientifically illiterate) to think the Cicret bracelet, as depicted in the videos,
can actually function. But that sure didnt stop publications from all across the world pushing the hype and convincing their
readers that this cool tech was real.
Related: Western Media Credibility In Free Fall Collapse: Case In Point: UN Peace Council: The US Media Is Lying
To The American people. The War In Syria Is Not A Civil War, It's A Proxy Invasion By The United States

And yes, the younger people are on social media these days, the more gullible they are, too. So special effects viral videos
can be very successful at raising millions of dollars in Kickstarter funds for devices that cannot ever exist because they
violate the laws of physics.

Its a whole new kind of financial scam thats legal because it only extracts money from people who are too stupid enough to
believe the viral videos. In summary, Kickstarter viral videos are a tax on stupid progressives the same way that the lotto
is a tax on stupid conservatives.

And now that Ive thoroughly offended everyone, lets wrap all this up

2016 Was a Bad Year For the Credibility of Real Science Lets Hope 2017 is Better

In summary, 2016 saw the pushing of numerous science hoaxes by the fakestream media, governments, academic
institutions and corporate propaganda whores like Forbes.com. (Oh, and we cant leave out the actual whores running
SNOPES, who were exposed as prostitutes and fetish bloggers.)

So how do we rescue science in 2017? Its simple: We start using science to tell the truth instead of allowing
governments and corporations to use science to lie.

A few fundamental scientific truths Id like to see finally embraced in 2017 would include:

Yes, there is extraterrestrial intelligence in the universe.

Yes, there is (or was) microbial life on Mars.

Yes, human consciousness is non-material and not located in the physical brain.

Yes, vaccines cause autism.

 Yes, flu shots still contain mercury.

Yes, there are many anti-cancer foods that can help prevent cancer.

Yes, transgenderism is a mental disorder, not a choice.

Yes, glyphosate causes cancer.

Yes, DEET is toxic to human neurology.

Yes, genetically engineered crops seeds are a genuine threat to the environment and the food supply.

Yes, water can retain non-physical properties that subtly alter its interactions with living systems.

No, carbon dioxide is not the enemy of mankind.

No, chemotherapy does not cure cancer. It often makes it worse.

No, harvesting organs from living human babies is not ethical science.

No, science journals are not unbiased, objective arbiters of truth.

No, scientific political polls are not reliable. They are bunk.

No, the experts are not as smart as they think they are. Mostly, theyre idiots who have attained high positions
of persistent idiocy in academia or government, and their job is to protect the idiocy for as long as possible,
making sure no one overthrows idiocy with intelligence.

Mathematical Report Proves Human Society Is Too Complex To Be Ruled By A

Government
January 1 2017 | From: TheMindUnleashed

Society is past the point of being governed. We no longer need a president to function as a healthy
society. In fact, the idea of central bodies of government ruling over differing classes of people is
just absurd.
We are all just too complex for a ruler! At least, this is what a recent report suggests.

Related: Open Source Government: True Government Of The People, By The People

Is There Hope for Us?

Prior to election day, Vices Motherboard published a report called Mathematics, which included proof that democracies
are irrelevant to our society today. Social policy, or the idea that one process can work for everyone, has been deemed
ludicrous as society is much too complex, and government always fails us in our expectations.

A Complex Organism

We, as humans, have become increasingly complex over time, which has no relation to democracy or communism. And this
complexity matters, says Yaneer Bar-Yam, the New England Complex Systems Institutes (NECSI)s director,

Theres a natural process of increasing complexity in the world that at some point will run into the complexity of
the individual. Once we reach that point, hierarchical organizations will fail.

Bar-Yam realized how ridiculous it was to organize society into sections of a few. Government officials are, in most
cases, detached from individual situations from lack of experience in the area.

Bar-Yam told Motherboard,

 We are raised to believe that democracy is good for us.

Is this true? I think Democracy is over-rated, and so are other systems such as dictatorships and communism. Their
centralized processes and democracies only focus on one or few groups of individuals, still leaving others with no ample
representation. It just fails!

Human Complexity

When discussing the individual needs of society, human action takes form as a possible solution to this problem. If you
look at the human as a unique creature as compared to another, you may get the idea of why we are much too complex
to be ruled as a group.

Humans are made from atoms, which make cells and then organs. If you try to describe an individual atom, its almost
impossible. Its only possible in relation to collective behavior of the whole. At least, its a bit easier.

This works in much the same manner when describing an individual person in a job, as opposed to a workforce. Its
easier to understand the pattern of an entire workforce than to catalog the daily behavior of one worker.

Is There a Solution?

Bar-Yam suggests a solution called a control hierarchy, which enables an individual to control only their own actions
separately from others. With this, one individual can influence others into taking the same actions.

If this works, it will prove much more effective than hoping the government will influence a larger group into following their
lead.

In fact, what government does, in a nutshell, is control groups of people as if they are much simpler beings.

Human Action
In fact, these arent new ideas. They are, in fact, ideas that surfaced in 1949 as well. Praxeology, or the study of purposeful
behavior (human action), said that humans exist and act for a reason, basically.

Action is will put into operation.

Economist Ludwig von Mises said that those who are detached from a situation cannot possibly know what will happen
inside the situation. Although science is pretty accurate at predicting what will happen in a situation, it cannot predict the
future without question.

Related: Government Versus Anarchy

And no matter the similarities from one situation to the next, there will always be incomplete knowledge with any given event
or within any new group. Its apparent that Mises understood the complexity of society way before Bar-Yam was involved in
the study.
Mises writes in Human Action;

Government means coercion and compulsion and is the opposite of liberty.

Both Mises and Bar-Yam concluded that complexities of the human being, especially the level in which humans have
attained at this point, makes it almost impossible for the government to rule effectively.

As we saw with the elections, numerous people refusing to vote, the desire for the governmental rule is on the decline.
Choosing leaders obviously doesnt matter as much anymore, and working as individuals to solve problems may just be
what we need to thrive as human beings.

2016: A Revolutionary Year & Why 2017 May Be The Most Astonishing Year Of Our
Lives
December 31 2016 | From: NaturalNews

As we approach the end of 2016, we have all shared extraordinary successes, breakthroughs and
revolutionary realizations that have reshaped human history.

2016 was a year when the corrupt establishment realized they could be defeated by passionate people calling out for
real change.

From the BREXIT vote in the UK to the rejection of the deep corruption of Hillary Clinton and the DNC, people everywhere
voted to overthrow the corrupt establishment and choose something radically different for human society.

All of us have been instrumental in seeing these changes take place.

We helped defeat the evil Clinton machine while exposing the fake news lies of CNN, the Washington Post, NYT, MSNBC
and all the other propagandists who pretend to be engaged in journalism.

In response, the Empire is determined to strike back. Fakebook has now appointed a cabal of actual whores at SNOPES to
censor independent journalism by labeling it fake news.

Indias financial minister has all but outlawed large denominations of cash currency, thrusting the entire nation into financial
chaos as part of a plan to exercise police state control over citizens financial transactions.

Germany is launching an actual Ministry of Truth to silence dissent, and the Obama subversion machine has announced a
wholly fabricated scheme to punish Russia for its so-called election interference... but its actually a thinly veiled attempt to
start World War III before Trump gets inaugurated on January 20.

Everywhere you turn, the globalist establishment is operating in panic mode to control financial markets, manipulate public
opinion, override common sense and silence the truth in all its forms.

This Can Only Mean We Are Close to Achieving Their Defeat

We now stand on the verge of a global revolution in freedom and transparency that could make the entire globalist system of
subterfuge, collusion and conspiracy all but obsolete. And you have a front row seat to all the action!

Great heroes of humanity like Edward Snowden, Julian Assange and Sharyl Attkisson have helped make this happen.
Champions of journalistic freedom like Glenn Greenwald at The Intercept have accelerated this trend, and I hope you agree
that we here at the Natural News network have made meaningful contributions in the same direction.
Truly remarkable movies have also gained recognition this year while waking people up by the millions to the shocking matrix
in which theyve been living. If I were to name the three most important films that gained traction in 2016, they would be:

The Big Short

Snowden (by Oliver Stone)

Boom Bust Boom

As more and more truth keeps coming out about really big issues - the massive global scandal of central banks and the
Federal Reserve; the great harm caused to millions of children by vaccines; the massive treatment scam of the corrupt
cancer industry; the total political corruption of the DNC and the Clinton mafia machine; the fake news propaganda of the
mainstream media; the George Soros agenda to initiate a race war in America; the Barack Obama sleeper cell KGB
subversion agenda to dismantle America; the total quack science hoax of man-made global warming; the Common Core
agenda to teach our children false history - the appetite for even more truth just keeps accelerating.

People have been fed lie after lie for so long that theyre now starving for truthful, honest information on every topic
imaginable. The collective job of the 'alternative media' for 2017 is to replace the imploding left-wing fakestream media.

Some Plans to Help Expand Human Knowledge and Consciousness

In 2017, NaturalNews is launching a live daily news video broadcast and they are also releasing a documentary film along
with launching dozens of new websites targeted to specific news themes (such as Enviro.news, which focuses on
environmental news).

Their goal is to bring expanded awareness, critical thinking and intelligent analysis of world events. The entire left-wing
media is an enemy of truth, and its joined by right-leaning organizations (such as Monsanto) which are also steeped in deep-
rooted evil.

The globalists are on the verge of criminalizing cash. The police state surveillance of private citizens has never been more
intense. The global banking cartels are right now plotting a major market crash and debt collapse in order to blame Donald
Trump for the ensuing financial turmoil.

2017 may be the year when the banks freeze all our accounts and transactions. Independent journalism websites may be
targeted for extreme censorship. Many patriots may face unprecedented escalations of death threats and attempted acts of
violence against us.

Yet none of these are sufficient reasons to stop marching forward for truth, transparency and the creation of a more free
society for everyone.
We must face tremendous evil head on and then defeat it. Otherwise, we will never know truth, freedom and real
contentment in our lives.

Recognize You Are Participating in a Spiritual Battle of Good vs. Evil

The time for humanity to fully awaken is now upon us. Yes, it means facing some disturbing realizations about the
true nature of the deep evil that infests our society.

From the pizza parlors in the US capital (that dont actually serve pizza, if you know what I mean), to the Satanic worship
across Hollywood and the pop culture elite, 2017 is most likely the year in which evil gets exposed and then
destroyed across every sector of our society.

It is time that we recognized the true nature of the epic battle between good and evil playing out before us and embraced
our roles in fighting on the side of truth to defeat deception. These are divinely inspired goals for our time, and they can
empower us to keep moving forward, even when we are bombarded by lies, smears and the politics of personal destruction.

Never surrender to the obedient masses. Never give in to the evil that infests our sick culture. Never look at a living human
infant and tell yourself its okay to chop that baby into pieces to be harvested for science.

Draw the line with strong ethical and moral boundaries. Reject seduction, conformity and self-destruction. Invest in your
knowledge, your health and your awareness, and you will be richly rewarded in 2017.

Trust in Your Expanded Consciousness and Critical Thinking Do NOT Worship any Human

Finally, do not ever surrender your dignity to any guru or leader or any cult of personality. Believe in yourself and your
God do not be deceived into worshiping any human being or the ground upon which they walk. Reject cultism in all its
forms, including political cultism, religious cultism and guru worship.

Do not ever fall for the false belief that you must be directed by someone else in order to find your higher truth. False prophets
abound. Many seem incredibly convincing. Most are complete frauds.

Be wary of false prophets. Seek truth in Mother Nature, God and the divine. Only in those realms will you be presented with
genuine truth, untainted by the selfish whims and thirst for power found among too many humans.
For the last eight years, many Americans have worshiped pure evil in the White House. Catholics have been deceived by their
Pope. Healing arts practitioners have been suckered into following many false prophets. Techno-cultists have been suckered
into believing that technology is their God. All of these have been convincing but false illusions.

We need to dispel the illusions that still infect the consciousness of the masses so that our global society can break
free from the false programming by which youve been indoctrinated.

There is much work to be done, and achieving it will require partnership among all truth tellers.

Thats why when you find the truth on any important topic, the most important thing you can do is share it with others.

So Correct: Trump Responds To Putins Holiday Letter + Putin To Democratic Party:

You Lost, Get Over It
December 31 2016 | From: RT / MSN / Various

President-elect Donald Trump has praised a very nice holiday letter from Russian President
Vladimir Putin, expressing hope about renewed cooperation between Moscow and Washington
after the change in management.
Extending his warmest Christmas and New Year greetings to Trump, Putin wrote that relations between Russia
and the US remain an important factor in ensuring stability and security of the modern world, according to an
unofficial translation of the letter made available by the president-elects transition team.

Related: Putins Withering Scorn for Barack Obama Laid Bare

 I hope that after you assume the position of the President of the United States of America we will be able by
acting in a constructive and pragmatic manner to take real steps to restore the framework of bilateral cooperation
in different areas as well as bring our level of collaboration on the international scene to a qualitatively new
level,said the letter, dated December 15.

A very nice letter from Vladimir Putin; his thoughts are so correct,Trump said Friday, in a statement to reporters
accompanying the letter. I hope both sides are able to live up to these thoughts, and we do not have to travel an
alternate path.

The statement comes a day after Trump posted a cryptic tweet advocating that the US must greatly strengthen and expand
its nuclear capability until such time as the world comes to its senses regarding nukes, sparking fears of a renewed atomic
arms race with Russia.

During the campaign, Trump has repeatedly argued it would be nice if [US] could get along with Russia, prompting
accusations from his Democratic rival Hillary Clinton that he was Putins puppet.

Democrats have also said that Russian hackers were responsible for the disclosure of emails both from the party and the
private account of Clintons campaign chair John Podesta, which were released by WikiLeaks prior to the November 8
election.

Recent Developments:
The NWO globalist establishment are in a desperate frenzy, kicking Russians out of the US in a frenzied attempt to
give credence to their lies about Russian hacking - while George Soros has a meltdown:

US expels Russian diplomats, closes compounds in cyber attack sanctions

Putin Announces Nationwide Ceasefire in Syria; Obama Expels 35 Russian Diplomats

Russia Warns Of "Proportional Response" To Obama's "Paranoia"

Time to move to bigger and better things - Trump after sanctions on Russia announced

Soros: Trump is a Would Be Dictator Who Threatens the New World Order

CFR Fears Collapse of UN Under President Trump

Russian Embassy: Obama Sanctions Attempt to Restart Cold War

Judge Jeanine: I'll Tell You What Hope is, Michelle

Putin To Democratic Party: You Lost, Get Over It

Russias President Vladimir Putin has a message for the White House and Democratic leaders who
accuse him of stealing their victory: Dont be sore losers.
That was how Putin answered a question Friday about whether Russia interfered in the U.S. presidential election in
favor of Donald Trump at the Russian leaders nationally televised annual press conference.

Related: Russian Foreign Ministry: Entire World 'Disgusted' by Obama's Disastrous Foreign Policy

Democrats are losing on every front and looking for people to blame everywhere, Putin said in answer to a
Russian TV host, one of 1,400 journalists accredited to the marathon session.

They need to learn to lose with dignity.

The Kremlin leader pointed out Republicans had won the House and Senate, remarking Did we do that, too?

Trump understood the mood of the people and kept going until the end, when nobody believed in him, Putin said,
adding with a grin.

Except for you and me.

Related: Donald Trump Wildly Cheered at Christmas Eve Church Service

Putin has repeatedly denied involvement despite the accusations coming from the White House, and the Kremlin has
repeatedly questioned the evidence for the U.S. claims. On Friday he borrowed from Trumps dismissal of the accusations,
remarking Maybe it was someone lying on the couch who did it.

And it's not important who did the hacking, it's important that the information that was revealed was true, that is
important, Putin said, referring to the emails that showed that party leaders had favored Hillary Clinton.

Putin has given one press conference a year at the end of December for the 12 years hes been president (taking a break
for the four years he was prime minister). He deflected a question from an American reporter about whether he will move up
2018 elections.

Some have speculated that the Kremlin leader might want to hold the elections earlier while his popularity soars above 80
percent. Putin has not made it clear whether he will run, though any suggestion that he might retire also seems premature.

Putin restated his interest in improved relations with the United States after the inauguration of Trump, who has promised
work closely with Russia in the fight against terrorism.
Related: Voters wanted to Make America Great Again!: Trump Slams Obamas Third Term Remarks

In the wake of the assassination of Russias ambassador to Turkey this week, Moscow and and Ankara have made a show
of their willingness to work together and, along with regional power Iran, bring a settlement to Syria.

Putin moved back the press conference a day to attend the funeral of his slain ambassador to Turkey, Andrei Karlov, who
was assassinated in a brazen public shooting by a man shouting slogans about the war in Syria.

Putin deflected a question about Trumps promise to upgrade the U.S. nuclear arsenal, saying Russia was also upgrading
its nuclear deterrent, so that it will be stronger than any aggressor. He blamed U.S. efforts to develop anti-missile
technology for creating conditions for a new arms race.

Preconditions for the new arms race were created when the U.S. withdrew from the anti-missile treaty. We are not
violating any agreements, Putin said. Representatives of the current U.S. administration started to say that they
are the strongest and most powerful in the world. Yes, indeed, they have more rockets, submarines, and aircraft
carriers. We can't argue with it."

Putin, always concerned about his high popularity rating, touted a few good-news items about the Russian economy, hailing
what he called record-low inflation of 5.5 percent, and congratulating villagers on this years harvest.
Related: Neocon Panic and Agony

In recent poll by the Yuri Levada Analytical Center that gave Russians an opportunity to select which events they consider
most important, 30 percent mentioned inflation, 28 percent mentioned the election of Trump, and 22 percent mentioned
Syria. Russias efforts to mediate the civil war are at the top of nightly news.

Related Articles:
Marxist Prof Lives In Fear As Consumer Confidence Skyrockets Under Trump

Are Russian Spetsnaz GRU Operators Securing Donald Trump From Khazarian Assassins?

Trump Secures Historic Victory with 304 Electoral College Votes

Only One Living President Has RSVPd For Trumps Inauguration

Trump's favorability surges one month after election

Poll: Americans Backing President-Elect Donald Trump Just Weeks After Bitter Campaign

Is Obama a Russian Agent?

Senate Quietly Passes The "Countering Disinformation And Propaganda Act" & Obama
Bans Free Speech In The Dead Of Night
December 30 2016 | From: ZeroHedge/ Infowars / Various

While we wait to see if and when the Senate will pass (and president will sign) Bill "H.R. 6393,
Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2017", which was passed by the House at the end of
November with an overwhelming majority and which seeks to crack down on websites suspected of
conducting Russian propaganda.
President Trump is going to have an awful lot of un-doing to do...

It calls for the US government to "counter active measures by Russia to exert covert influence carried out
in coordination with, or at the behest of, political leaders or the security services of the Russian Federation and the
role of the Russian Federation has been hidden or not acknowledged publicly, another, perhaps even more
dangerous and limiting to civil rights and freedom of speech bill passed on December 8.

Related: Gun Control FAIL: Mass Shootings Surge 240% During Obamas Presidency

Recall that as we reported in early June;

"A bill to implement the U.S. very own de facto Ministry of Truth has been quietly introduced in Congress. As with
any legislation attempting to dodge the public spotlight the Countering Foreign Propaganda and Disinformation Act
of 2016 marks a further curtailment of press freedom and another avenue to stultify avenues of accurate
information.

Introduced by Congressmen Adam Kinzinger and Ted Lieu, H.R. 5181 seeks a whole-government
approach without the bureaucratic restrictions to counter foreign disinformation and manipulation,
which they believe threaten the worlds security and stability.
Related: "Ministry of Truth" now active in America

Also called the Countering Information Warfare Act of 2016 (S. 2692), when introduced in March by Sen. Rob
Portman, the legislation represents a dramatic return to Cold War-era government propaganda battles.

"These countries spend vast sums of money on advanced broadcast and digital media capabilities, targeted
campaigns, funding of foreign political movements, and other efforts to influence key audiences and
populations, Portman explained, adding that while the U.S. spends a relatively small amount on its Voice of
America, the Kremlin provides enormous funding for its news organization, RT.

Surprisingly, Portman continued, there is currently no single U.S. governmental agency or department
charged with the national level development, integration and synchronization of whole-of-government
strategies to counter foreign propaganda and disinformation.

Long before the "fake news" meme became a daily topic of extensive conversation on wuch mainstream fake news portals as
CNN and WaPo, H.R. 5181 would rask the Secretary of State with coordinating the Secretary of Defense, the Director of
National Intelligence, and the Broadcasting Board of Governors to establish a Center for Information Analysis and
Response, which will pinpoint sources of disinformation, analyze data, and - in true dystopic manner - develop and
disseminate fact-based narratives to counter effrontery propaganda.
Related: Epic Montage Video Illustrates How Badly the Media Failed in 2016

Fast forward to Thursday, December 8, when the "Countering Disinformation and Propaganda Act" passed in the Senate,
quietly inserted inside the 2017 National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) Conference Report.

Here is the full statement issued by the generously funded Senator Rob Portman (R- Ohio) on the passage of a bill that further
chips away at press liberties in the US, and which sets the stage for future witch hunts and website shutdowns, purely as a
result of an accusation that any one media outlet or site is considered as a source of "disinformation and
propaganda" and is shut down by the government.

How North Korea and the Obama regime Both Use the Same Mind Control Techniques Against Their
Citizens

This eye-opening new video details how U.S. government propaganda under Obama parallels the socially-reinforced
mind control tactics used in North Korea, a radical left-wing dictatorship rooted in the cult worship of its leader.
Related: Obama Signs Portman-Murphy Kill Alt-Media Bill into Law Under Xmas Cover

Barack Obama is simply a more polite rendition of the same social control tyranny used by Kim Jong-Un. Angela
Merkel, in many ways, invokes the same tactics of disinformation and linguistic social control, deliberately lying to
the people of Germany in order to control them while the country is systematically destroyed to appease globalist
interests.

As I also state in the video, most Americans would be obedient Kim Jong-Un worshipers if they had grown up in North Korea.

The vast majority of individuals in western society today falsely believe they are independent thinkers, but thats only
because theyve been indoctrinated under a system of mind control thats very good at pretending to be based on freedom.

Watch the full video to see for yourself. (This video was recorded before the Nov. 8 Trump election victory, which provides a
least some glimmer of hope that the globalist agenda might be slowed.)

Senate Passes Major Portman-Murphy Counter-Propaganda Bill as Part of NDAA

Portman/Murphy Bill Promotes Coordinated Strategy to Defend America, Allies Against Propaganda and Disinformation from
Russia, China & Others

U.S. Senators Rob Portman (R-OH) and Chris Murphy (D-CT) today announced that their Countering Disinformation and
Propaganda Act legislation designed to help American allies counter foreign government propaganda from Russia,
China, and other nations has passed the Senate as part of the FY 2017 National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA)
Conference Report.
Related: How the Crackdown on Patriots Will Occur: Dissent Will Become Unthinkable

The bipartisan bill, which was introduced by Senators Portman and Murphy in March, will improve the ability of the United
States to counter foreign propaganda and disinformation by establishing an interagency center housed at the State
Department to coordinate and synchronize counter-propaganda efforts throughout the U.S. government.

To support these efforts, the bill also creates a grant program for NGOs, think tanks, civil society and other experts outside
government who are engaged in counter-propaganda related work. This will better leverage existing expertise and empower
local communities to defend themselves from foreign manipulation.

The passage of this bill in the Senate today takes us one critical step closer to effectively confronting the
extensive, and destabilizing, foreign propaganda and disinformation operations being waged against us.
While the propaganda and disinformation threat has grown, the U.S. government has been asleep at the
wheel.

Today we are finally signaling that enough is enough; the United States will no longer sit on the sidelines. We are
going to confront this threat head-on, said Senator Portman.

With the help of this bipartisan bill, the disinformation and propaganda used against our allies and our interests
will fail.

Congress has taken a big step in fighting back against fake news and propaganda from countries like
Russia. When the president signs this bill into law, the United States will finally have a dedicated set of
tools and resources to confront our adversaries widespread efforts to spread false narratives that
undermine democratic institutions and compromise Americas foreign policy goals, said Murphy.

Im proud of what Senator Portman and I accomplished here because its long past time for the U.S. to get off the
sidelines and confront these growing threats.

NOTE: The bipartisan Countering Disinformation and Propaganda Act is organized around two main priorities to help achieve
the goal of combatting the constantly evolving threat of foreign disinformation.

They are as follows:

 The first priority is developing a whole-of-government strategy for countering foreign propaganda and disinformation. The
bill would increase the authority, resources, and mandate of the Global Engagement Center to include state actors
like Russia and China in addition to violent extremists.

The Center will be led by the State Department, but with the active senior level participation of the Department of
Defense, USAID, the Broadcasting Board of Governors, the Intelligence Community, and other relevant agencies. The
Center will develop, integrate, and synchronize whole-of-government initiatives to expose and counter foreign disinformation
operations and proactively advance fact-based narratives that support U.S. allies and interests.

Second, the legislation seeks to leverage expertise from outside government to create more adaptive and responsive U.S.
strategy options. The legislation establishes a fund to help train local journalists and provide grants and contracts to
NGOs, civil society organizations, think tanks, private sector companies, media organizations, and other experts
outside the U.S. government with experience in identifying and analyzing the latest trends in foreign government
disinformation techniques.

This fund will complement and support the Centers role by integrating capabilities and expertise available outside the U.S.
government into the strategy-making process. It will also empower a decentralized network of private sector experts and
integrate their expertise into the strategy-making process.

In other words, the Act will:

i) Greenlight the government to crack down with impunity against any media property it deems "propaganda", and

ii) Provide substantial amounts of money fund an army of "local journalist" counterpropaganda, to make sure the
government's own fake news drowns that of the still free "fringes."

So while packaged politely in a veneer of "countering disinformation and propaganda", the bill, once signed by Obama, will
effectively give the government a full mandate to punish, shut down or otherwise prosecute, any website it deems offensive
and a source of "foreign government propaganda from Russia, China or other nations."

And since there is no formal way of proving whether or not there is indeed a foreign propaganda sponsor, all that will
be sufficient to eliminate any "dissenting" website, will be the government's word against that of the website. One
can be confident that the US government will almost certainly prevail in every single time.

Obama Bans Free Speech In The Dead Of Night

America adopts Soviet style media controls.

By slipping through the 2017 National Defense Authorization Act, President Obama has signed the Countering
Disinformation And Propaganda Act into law, effectively putting all speech under federal control.

Related: So Called Fake News Could be a Thing of the Past

The Sovereignty Of Sidekicks & John Key Era One Giant Facepalm
December 29 2016 | From: Katehon / NewZealandHerald

It should surprise no honest human being that New Zealand, along with Australia, Canada, and the
United Kingdom, is a part of historys first global empire.

This Atlanticist English-speaking empire first partially established itself after the defeat of Napoleon, and then
cemented itself more firmly after the First and Second World Wars.

Related: New Zealand Prime Minister John Key Resigns - Warned Of Arrest Status By John Kerry
It is headed by the United States, of course, but includes the United Kingdom in a grandfathered special relationship that
increasingly resembles the role a ventriloquists dummy plays in a cringe-worthy comedy routine.

The United Kingdoms former colony, New Zealand, thus, cannot honestly be described as a sovereign, independent, nation-
state, however much its citizens would like to believe this to be the case.

Rather, this small nation of fewer than five million souls continues very much as in the past, an extremely junior and
therefore even more extremely disposable sidekick who is good for a little public relations coup now and again but otherwise
of small importance.

Related: Former Head Of The NSA And CIA Makes Statements That Imply John Key Is Lying About Mass Surveillance

Before Kiwi readers throw up their hands in disgust, let it be argued that the good citizens of Aotearoa New Zealand should be
glad of this status. It gives them the opportunity to strike out for actual statehood. The imperial core may chafe and lash out,
but the stakes are so low it will likely allow full independence in the end.

The immediate obstacle remains New Zealand itself. Its elites, especially in the National Party (an ironic misnomer if ever
there was one), identify completely with the Atlanticist Empire.

This is proven by the career path of its globalist Prime Minister, who cut his teeth as a servile hatchet-man for The City of
London and whose most expensive residential property cuts a fine sky-line in Hawaii, USA.

Fortunately for New Zealand national independence, Prime Minister John Key has decided to resign his
position. This surprise move ultimately stems from the Atlanticist imperial defeats in Syria, Libya, Ukraine, and the
reversals to globalism in Britain, the EU, and the United States itself.

Sending Kiwi troops to Iraq over a year ago could even land Key in the dock at The Hague someday. He has certainly
breeched a fistful of United Nations binding resolutions, and may have directly contravened New Zealand statute law by
sending New Zealand forces to support terrorism in the Middle East.
Related: New Zealand Troops To Stay In Iraq For Another 18 months: John Key

In 2015, Key dispatched New Zealand armed forces to Camp Taji, Iraq, a former US base and prison north of Baghdad. There
soldiers train the Iraqi 16th Mountain Division, whose area of operation lies northward from Taji to the Turkish border.

It just so happens that this Kurdish region is known for the theft of oil belonging to the nation of Iraq and the sale of this illegal
commodity to Turkey, whose ruling clique uses it to launder ISIS-pirated oil from both Iraq and Syria.

Thus, the now running-for-cover, Key involved Kiwi armed forces in the furtherance of ISIS funding, arms and explosives
purchases, and terror attacks (including those in Paris, Egypt, Mali, and elsewhere).

Proof that the 16th Mountain Division is involved in this oil-running lies in the assassination of its commander outside his home
in July, 2015 (i.e., it is embroiled in a turf war over protection rights among Iraqi army units).
Related: Banker John Keys Corporate Repackaging Of War

Proof that the former Prime Minister knows this lies in the very recent Official Information Act lawsuit by Minister Ron Mark
which reveals that New Zealands armed forces are conducting absolutely no after action analyses on how the
16th Mountain Division has used its Kiwi training.

Turkeys involvement in supporting ISIS has been an utterly open secret for many, many years.

Surely the New Zealand Security Intelligence Service briefed the Prime Minister. The mainstream press has been briefing the
public on the issue since before 2013. As former US intelligence officer G. Murphy Donovan writes, Turkish support for
ISIS is the worst kept secret in Mesopotamia.

Turkey receives more US foreign aid than any other nation, apart from Israel and Egypt. This number-one son seeks and
receives permission for absolutely everything it does, including its laundering/brokering of ISIS oil and oil sales, and the
shootdown of the Russian Federations Su-24 bomber on November 24, 2015.
Related: What Is The Real Agenda Behind John Key's Drive To Change The New Zealand Flag: Due Authority - A Very
Silent Coup?

Its security services also provide ISIS with weapons and domestically manufactured explosive compounds. Most recently, its
military has invaded both Syria and Iraq in exactly those areas traversed by illegal oil and arms convoys.

And yet, the United States stoutly refuses to censure its tool, for reasons that should by now be pretty obvious ISIS is an
Operation Gladio-style manufactured enemy upon whom interventions may be blamed, because of whose existence popular
sovereignty, political liberty, and political equality may be restricted, and by whom, lastly, false flag attacks may be conducted.

ISIS resembles the Contras of the 1980s or UNITA of the 1970s. The phenomena is, at its core, a mere intensification of the
Al Qaeda model, which has served US imperialism so well since 1980. As former Reagan Administration official, Dr. Paul
Craig Roberts, states in a recent article:

Washington is not opposed to terrorism. Washington has been purposely creating terrorism for many years.

Terrorism is a weapon that Washington intends to use to destabilize Russia and China by exporting it to the
Muslim populations of those countries.
Related: Key Must Explain How GCSB Spying On Citizens Is Lawful + Pacific Action Needed Against Spy Net

The ultimate aim remains Atlanticist global hegemony and the looting of those two nations in order to repay twenty trillion
dollars of government debt, sixty-four trillion dollars of overall debt, and six-hundred and fifty trillion dollars of derivative
overhang.

This being the case, New Zealand involvement in Operation Inherent Resolve amounts to criminal participation in aggression,
theft on a global scale, and wholesale as opposed to retail terrorism. The United Nations has passed many resolutions on
these issues: for example, it declares all direct or indirect support for ISIS oil smuggling to be a breach of international law.

New Zealand statute law clearly prohibits all contravention of UN resolutions, whatever their nature, so its wilful entrance into
the ongoing violence in the Middle East, organised by the United States, the EU and NATO, is a crime of aggression.

Former Prime Minister John Key, as then commander-in-chief, has ordered New Zealand armed forces to train and
assist Iraqi military units who are culpably engaged in indirect support of ISIS. New Zealand troops, therefore,
indirectly support ISIS.

This is expressly sanctioned by the United Nations and is a violation of international law. And it must be stressed that this was
done with full knowledge. The Prime Minister cannot claim he did know that Turkey laundered ISIS oil with oil smuggled
through the operational zone north of Camp Taji.

Everyone in Iraq knows this. The Russian Federation has filmed the immense, and impossible not to notice, scale of the theft.
Footage shows at length oil heading for processing in Batman, Turkey, just across the border from Mosul.
Related: First It Was The Christchurch City Rebuild, Now Its The Skycity Convention Centre Contract: John Key
Fattening His Masters Again

With full knowledge but little concern, John Key has committed acts expressly prohibited by New Zealand statute law and is
pretty clearly subject to prosecution. This is the most likely reason for the banker-turned-politician to have resigned.

Now that John Key has removed himself from the office he has hesitated not one second to sell to Atlanticist hegemony,
perhaps the citizens of Aotearoa New Zealand can see to it that their country becomes an actual independent nation-state
with full sovereignty, complete with its own foreign policy (based on positive and respectful interaction with all nations, rather
than blind and cringing obedience to the global torture-master).

No honest human being could object.

John Key Era One Giant Facepalm

I'm not gonna lie. I'm glad to see the back end of him. Clothed, of course.
I could have chosen to dress up my column today with all sorts of nuanced, insightful, and charitable words about
John Key's departure. It'd be akin to going to someone's funeral that you consistently bagged - both publicly and
privately. Tacky.

Related: Penny Bright Talks Tough On Corruption

My motto: Why waste time being anything other than honest?

There were three issues (from the multitudes) that got to me personally during his time in power. Like everyone, it's why we
either like a politician or we don't. In 2008 I ticked National for my party vote. Like most of the rest of the country I was well
and truly over Helen Clark and Labour, with the Foreshore and Seabed debacle being the final straw for me.

Key appeared fresh and new, and above all, keen. He wanted the job of Prime Minister, and his childlike zeal on election night
was endearing. Within a year I was uncomfortable. Within two, it felt like I was sitting on a bed of nails.

I'm not sure of the exact moment I knew the Key train had uncoupled from its charisma caboose. All I know is the train
thundered on without me onboard.
Related: John Key Wants War Between Maori And Pakeha. Are You Going To Let Him?

Logically, it was likely when I realised that Key had no understanding of, or respect for, the environment. He seemed
to me to care only for running New Zealand like a huge corporation by squeezing every last dollar out of it - no matter
the downstream consequences.

I say "downstream" because my focus back then was firmly on water quality. The Key-led Government has played a massive
role in the funding of dairy and irrigation intensification since, leading in turn to the steady decline in the quality of our nation's
waterways.

I'm not so naive to think he was solely responsible for such cynical fare. However, as the frontperson for the tragedy
of losing our swimmable rivers, one must understand that some of us will never forgive such recklessness. A good
money man? Key's bold and brassy belief that he managed the Global Financial Crisis well is, shall we say, deluded. He got
lucky. Pure and simple.

I'll wager that within the next 12 months, and well before the 2017 election, our economy will match the global outlook
perfectly. It'll be munted. He is less an economic guru and more a tinny bastard, frankly.
Related: UK Minister Holds Top-Level Defence Talks In Wellington + John Key Called Out

I say this in complete awe at Key's uncanny ability to ride the rollercoaster of pure providence. Despite the poor getting
poorer, and the rich getting richer, he somehow managed to convince the wider electorate that he was a financial
whizz - as opposed to the money trading gambler he ultimately is.

Inequality has never been worse in this country, and that has to be the test. Key's reign encouraged many to hate on the poor.
Little did he and his cohorts comprehend, it also taught just as many to hate on the rich.

This will not be solved by a new face at the top, or by an obsequious media happy to create corny commentary for
those of you who actually care that he is exiting stage right.

My biggest thumbs down is reserved for the free licence he issued to a particular segment of male culture. It's never a good
thing when the public learn about the pubic. Key's predilection for appearing on trashy radio means we all possess the
knowledge - like it or not - that he doesn't trim his "downstairs", has urinated in the shower, and had a vasectomy.

Call me pass but the title of Prime Minister should mean something. Jumping in a cage and picking up a bar of soap - in a
nod to prison rape - is probably not a component of that.
Ponytail-gate sealed it. The man sent a message to the world - and I mean the world - that he was an unsophisticated
fool at best, and a creep at worst.

Since then the planet's got Trump, so maybe Key won't be remembered for those weirdnesses. However, his legacy is that he
contributed massively to the type of male culture in New Zealand that sees women as not much more than just pom-pom girls
cheering from the sidelines. On a good day.

So, those are my top three gripes, and you'll have yours. Is there any redeeming feature about Key that I could mention? Yes,
I think there is. Work ethic. He had a good one.
Related: Does John Key Run The NZ Meth Trade?

It's the end of an era that I'm glad to wave goodbye to. It was eight years of teeth gritting, face palming, guttural
groaning, a fair bit of drinking, and throwing things at the TV. If you think he's aged, you should see me.

So long John, and thanks for all the (dead) fish.

Why Are Public Officials Protecting GMO And The Pesticides Industry? Digging Down
Into The Cesspool Of Corruption
December 29 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

It is based on a cesspool of corruption that is most probably responsible for more death and
disease than the combined efforts of the tobacco companies ever were. It is sheer criminality that
hides behind corporate public relations, media misrepresentations and the subversion of
respectable-sounding agencies which masquerade as public institutions.
The agrochemicals-agritech industry should not be regarded as some kind of faceless concept because that lets
individuals off the hook. It is run by identifiable individuals who sell health-and environment-damaging products,co-
opt scientists, control public institutions and ensure farmers are kept on a chemical treadmill.

Related: Bayer and Syngenta knew: Ag giants discovered in secret tests that pesticides severely harmed bees

From CEOs and scientists to public officials and media/PR spin doctors, specific individuals can be identified and at some
stage should be hauled into court for what amounts to crimes against humanity.

In her numerous documents, Dr Rosemary Mason has described the devastating effects of agrochemicals and has singled out
certain individuals who, in a different world, would probably be standing in the dock to answer for their roles they have played
in poisoning the environment and damaging public health.

Mason has supplied ample, strong evidence to highlight how agrochemicals are killing us and how public institutions and
governments collude with the industry to frame legislation and polices to ensure its business as usual.
However, individuals act within circumstances not of their choosing; capitalism corrupts and it is not the concern of the
managers of private corporations to look after the interests of the public at large. A CEOs obligation is to maximise profit,
capture markets and defeat the competition.

The naive hope by many is that corporate social responsibility and consumers perception of a company will oblige
corporations to act in a manner that in some way serves the wider public interest. The other hope is that public officials and
institutions will safeguard this interest by holding private interests to account.

But in the cold, cynical world of free market capitalism, an interlocking directorate of state-corporate interests have for a long
time ensured that state institutions in liberal democracies are shaped and manipulated to facilitate the interests of private
capital.
The free market only exists in the warped delusions of those who churn out clichs about its sanctity. We need look no
further than the billions of taxpayer dollars that prop up US agriculture and agribusiness profits, for example, or, more
generally, how the state facilitates taxpayer-funded corporate welfare across the board.

The bottom line is to maximise profit for private corporations and, in Monsantos case, by all means possible, including the
unflinching defence of the health- and environment-damaging (but massively profitable) product glyphosate. Through political
influence and co-option, policies are put in place on Monsantos behalf, and the public is expected to sit back and take the
poison.

Its for their own good! And the relentless message is that there is no alternative, when, in reality, there are genuine
alternatives to a pesticide-drenched food and agriculture that is both commercially and politically motivated.
Related: Genetically Modified Organisms (GMOs) and the Mentality of Propaganda Control

Within the cesspool created, corporations bank on their political influence, media hacks, bogus science, lobbyists and public
relations departments and firms to churn out the message that they are serving the public interest, while clearly acting against
it.

And this leads us back to Dr Rosemary Mason and her new open letter to the European Chemicals Agency. As with her many
other open letters to officialdom, Mason takes us on a journey by naming names and shedding light on how corporate power
works to encourage scientific fraud and subvert public watchdogs and policy-making institutions with the aim of getting toxic
agrochemicals, especially glyphosate, onto the market and ensuring they remain there.

She addresses the letter directly to European Chemicals Agency (ECHA) Executive Director Geert Dancet.

Key Points From Masons Open Letter

Readers are urged to consult Masons 5,000-word open letter (open-letter-to-the-european-chemical-agency-about-scientific-

fraud-and-ecocide), where they can find all the relevant links, charts and references to support the points below.

1. Scientific fraud and glyphosate. The German government has accused the German Rapporteur Member State Federal
Institute of Risk Assessment (BfR) and the European Food Safety Agency (EFSA) of scientific fraud for using Glyphosate
Task Force (GTF) statistics that for some considerable time claimed them to be BfRs own work.

Mason demands that the ECHA must act to ban glyphosate immediately and asserts that human health and the environment
are being totally destroyed by it as well as the hundreds of other chemicals that have been registered illegally.

Mason writes:

The current EU legislation was originally set up to protect the pesticides industry. Monsanto and other
agrochemical corporations helped the EU to design the regulatory systems for their own products and chose which
country should be appointed as Rapporteur Member State.
 Regulation 1107/2009, Article 63 specified that: All confidential data shall be deleted or redacted. Much of the
industry data submitted to the German RMS was redacted.

2. Glyphosate, conflicts of interest and PR masquerading as science. By naming names (Alan Boobis, Angelo Moretti,
Chris Wolf, Michael Pragnell and others), Mason notes how key positions are held by individuals with proven links to the
agrochemicals industry. As a result, crucial decisions and documents are slanted accordingly.

Related: Verdict: Monsanto Guilty Of Crimes Against The Planet And Humanity

Mason mentions Critical Reviews in Toxicology and how, in 2016 Volume 46, Monsanto commissioned five reviews published
in a supplement to Critical Reviews in Toxicology. Monsanto also funded them. The whole point was to raise serious doubts
about the adverse effects of glyphosate by using junk science and to confuse the whole issue. Mason says that this is what
Monsanto paid the scientists for.

3. The ECHA might be preparing itself to support EFSA, the European Commissioners and the Glyphosate Task
Force (GTF) to re-license glyphosate in 2017. This is despite the fact that, of the 293 responses to ECHAs consultation, an
overwhelming majority supported the International Agency for Research into Cancer (IARC) position that glyphosate is
probably carcinogenic for humans.

4. The German government summoned Prof Dr Andreas Hensel before the Committee on Agriculture and Food
where he accused BfR of scientific fraud. BfR stands accused of endangering the population and of intentional falsification
of the content of scientific studies. In addition, Prof Dr Eberhard Greiser, a retired epidemiologist at the University of Bremen,
says of BfRs actions, Id say this is an intentional falsification of the content of scientific studies.

5. Evidence given to the International Monsanto Tribunal. Toxicologist Dr Peter Clausing:

 Ample evidence has been provided above showing that European Authorities twisted or ignored scientific facts
and distorted the truth to enable the conclusion that glyphosate is not to be considered a carcinogen, thereby
accepting and reinforcing the false conclusion proposed by the Monsanto-led GTF.

The German Federal Institute for Risk Assessment (BfR) and the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA)
committed scientific fraud.

In his evidence to the tribunal, Clausing systematically demolished arguments that the EU authorities used to dismiss the
significant findings of glyphosate-induced malignant lymphoma in mouse carcinogenicity studies.

Mason then goes on to discuss the wide-ranging evidence presented to the tribunal, including Lawyer Koffi Dogbevis
discussion of Monsanto and ecocide (destruction of the environment), which is a crime against humanity that is likely to be
subject to prosecution in the International Criminal Court.

She notes the vicious media campaign mounted against Professor Seralini and his team that was instigated by interested
circles from the chemical industry as well as the industry-financed British Science Media Centre.

6. Industry pressure on the EPA. The US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), having concluded that glyphosate is
not a carcinogen, invited public comments.

Public comments were invited on 16/09/2016 to the Scientific Advisory Panel of FIFRA (Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and
Rodenticide Act) on US EPA Glyphosate Issue Paper: Evaluation of Carcinogenic Potential. However, only four days before
the meeting it was suddenly delayed.
Related: Transgenic Wars - How GMOs Impact Livestock and Human Health Around the Globe

Why did US EPA delay the FIFRA SAP meeting at such short notice? Mason provides compelling evidence indicating the
industrys hand in trying to remove certain scientists from being included on the panel. The suggestion is that the EPA bowed
to intense industry lobbying from CropLife America (a US trade association representing the major manufacturers, formulators
and distributors of crop protection and pest control products).

7. EPA collusion with Monsanto. In 1991, an archival document showed that the US EPA Health Effects Division colluded
with Monsanto: glyphosate was to be changed from a Group C carcinogen to Group E (evidence of non-carcinogenicity for
humans).

Members of US EPAs Toxicology Branch of the Hazard Evaluation Division Committee, in a consensus review on March 4
1985, had classified glyphosate as a Group C carcinogen, based on the incidence in rats/mice of renal tumours, thyroid C-cell
adenomas and carcinomas, pancreatic islet cell adenomas, hepatocellular adenomas and carcinomas in males, but on June
26 1991 the Health Effects Division Carcinogenicity Peer Review Committee met to discuss and evaluate the weight of
evidence on glyphosate with particular emphasis on its carcinogenic potential.
In a review of the data the committee concluded that glyphosate should be classified as Group E (evidence of non-
carcinogenicity for humans). However, three of the Committee refused to sign and wrote: DO NOT CONCUR.

8. Monsantos sealed secret studies from the US EPA obtained under Freedom of Information. US Scientist Anthony
Samsel analysed Monsantos sealed secret long-term studies (15,000-20,000 pages) from the US EPA (on mice, rats, rabbit
and beagles) and showed that Monsanto knew that glyphosate was carcinogenic from the 1970s.

9. Glyphosate causes cataracts and interstitial damage and a range of diseases. Among Monsantos long term studies,
an unpublished study on albino rats in 1990 showed that glyphosate entered the eye and caused cataracts and tissue
damage.

The rate of cataract surgery in England increased very substantially between 1989 and 2004 from 173 (1989) to 637 (2004)
episodes per 100,000 population.

A 2016 study by the WHO also confirmed that the incidence of cataracts had greatly increased: A global assessment of the
burden of disease from environmental risks. says that cataracts are the leading cause of blindness worldwide. Globally,
cataracts are responsible for 51% of blindness an estimated 20 million individuals suffer from this degenerative eye disease.
In the US, between 2000 and 2010 the number of cases of cataract rose by 20% from 20.5 million to 24.4 million.
It is projected that by 2050, the number of people with cataracts will have doubled to 50 million.

Mason then goes on to describe in some detail how the municipalitys spraying of glyphosate effectively destroyed her nature
reserve near Swansea, Wales, and is responsible for cancers, neurological diseases and cataracts, just as Monsanto found
in long-term studies before it gained illegal registration with the US EPA.

10. The UK State of Nature Report 2016. One of the reports authors, Mark Eaton, says:

The report includes a new biodiversity intactness index, which analyses the loss of species over centuries. The
UK has lost significantly more nature over the long term than the global average with the UK the 29th lowest out of
218 countries.

It is quite shocking where we stand compared to the rest of the world, even compared to other western European
countries: France and Germany are quite a way above us in the rankings. The index gives an idea of where we
have got to over the centuries, and we are pretty knackered.

Mason provides a great deal of statistical evidence to highlight the massive increase (by crop type) in use of pesticides over
the years, not least glyphosate.
And she also provides a great deal of shocking data that highlights the increase in major diseases and the loss of biodiversity,
as set out in the State of Nature Report.

In finishing her open letter, Mason asks the various agencies responsible for protecting health and the environment:

Why are you all protecting the pesticides industry?

Then she adds:

Monsanto has been lying to you for the sake of money. They wanted to control the food CEO Hugh Grant and
the US EPA knew that glyphosate caused all of these problems. The corporation concealed the carcinogenic
effects of PCBs on humans and animals for seven years.

They have no plans to protect you and your families from the tsunami of sickness that is affecting us all in the UK
and the US.

Related: Maryland To Become First State In U.S. To Ban Bee-Killing Pesticides

The Beginning Of The End Of The War On Medicine
December 28 2016 | From: GreenMedInfo

The writing is on the wall, and conventional medicine should stop resisting change and start to
embrace it.

For nearly 100 years, there has been a serious war going on between the proponents of allopathic (conventional)
medicine and those who support natural or functional medicine.

Related: Arrested For Selling What?!

Functional medicine in the form of herbal, Ayurvedic, and Chinese medicine was dominant around the world for hundreds of
years. Then, in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, the germ theory of disease began to take over, along with technological
advances such as x-rays, the electron microscope, and the use of antibiotics.
Related: The Flawed Germ Theory; Unfortunately The Basis Of Modern Medicine

A new breed of medical school emerged to teach future doctors how to utilize these new diagnostic tools, medicines, and
operating procedures to defeat the external invaders of the body. Doctors became thoroughly convinced that most diseases
were caused by germs, bacteria, viruses, or rogue cells that needed to be cut out, killed, or controlled by these new medical
breakthroughs.

Natural medicine was dismissed as being outdated and unscientific. Medical schools stopped teaching this form of
medicine and medical licenses were given only to those who graduated from the new medical schools that had been
established across the world.

Naturopathic doctors were branded as quacks, as were chiropractors, nutritionists, acupuncturists, and all of the
other so-called natural medical practitioners.

But in the late 1940s and early 1950s, proponents of natural medicine started to push back. Under the unofficial leadership of
Linus Pauling, a small group of scientists and doctors began treating brain-related illnesses, such
as depression and schizophrenia, with diet and nutritional supplements.
Related: Nutritional Links To Cure Depression And Mental Illness

They were pleased with the results of this new approach and Pauling eventually coined the treatment protocols as
orthomolecular psychiatry.

While Pauling and other pioneers, like Abram Hoffer, were making strides on brain-related disorders, the rest of the human
body was also getting some attention. The hippy movement of the 1960s created a mini-groundswell of interest in
nonconventional treatments.

Nutrition and herbal remedies became the rage for these counterculture types. Others soon became believers as conventional
medicine proved to be less successful than many had hoped for. Visits to naturopaths, chiropractors, and acupuncturists
began to increase while reports of dangerous side effects from prescription medications continued to surface.
Related: Australia, New Zealand, Canada, England, USA: Medical Dictatorship

Early leaders in this holistic movement, such as Andrew Weil, Bernie Siegel, and Dean Ornish, emerged in the 1980s after
publishing groundbreaking books. Another early leader was Joseph Pizzorno, who co-founded Bastyr University in 1978 to
educate naturopathic doctors. It is now recognized as one of the premier schools in the world for natural medicine.

In the late 1970s and early 1980s there was also a movement to show that the brain and the body actually worked together for
the benefit of the whole person.

This flew directly in the face of over 400 years of traditional medical thinking, which started when French philosopher Rene
Descartes declared that the human brain was totally separate and not relevant to the health of the human body. Many doctors
have since disproved this theory and clearly established the connection between mind and body.

Another Step Forward

The nonconventional medical model has been called many things over the past 50 years, including:

Natural

Holistic

Alternative

Complementary

Integrative

Functional

Integrative and complementary became the key names in the early 1990s as efforts were beginning to bring the two
medicines together in order to better meet the needs of a confused and frustrated public.
This effort at integration took a major step forward during the 1992 presidential campaign. Apparently, Ross Perot, a third-
party candidate for president of the United States, asked Hans Nieper, a German physician, for some ideas on how to reform
the American Health Care System.

Dr. Nieper had gained considerable notoriety for his treatment of cancer and MS with totally natural substances.

Jon Eisen Submission To Health Select Committee

His reform proposal eventually made it into the hands of Bill Clinton who, after being elected, asked his close colleague Bill
Richardson to put together legislation that would help to accelerate research into, and utilization of, these natural medicine
protocols.

With the help of Senator Orrin Hatch of Utah, the legislation passed under the title The Dietary Supplement Health and
Education Act of 1994 (DSHEA). This bill not only protected the right of people to use dietary supplements, it eventually led
to funding for research on the efficacy of various nutritional supplements and natural treatments.

In the past 20 years, since those significant changes in policies were made at the national level, there have been many other
changes in the medical paradigm. Evidence has been mounting that the conventional medical model was simply not working.

Related: Australian School Kids Recreate Price-Gouging Pharma CEOs $750-a-Pill AIDS Drug for $2

Dangerous Signs Of Failure

While natural and holistic medicine are getting a big positive push forward, equally negative developments are
occurring regarding conventional medicine:

The percentage of our GDP allocated to healthcare expenditures is gradually increasing; it was 5.2% in 196021 and
is estimated to reach nearly 20% by 2021
 The US spends nearly twice as much as other industrialized countries on healthcare (per capita) and yet ranks near
the bottom in practically every measure of population health.

About 95% of every healthcare dollar is spent on treatment and less than 5% on prevention, despite the fact that
over 70% of many deadly diseases, such as type II diabetes, coronary artery disease, stroke, and colon cancer are
preventable by lifestyle choices.

An article in the New England Journal of Medicine reported that over $100 billion was spent on balloon angioplasty
and coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG) in 2007, yet only 3% of bypass patients experienced prolonged life span.

Prescription drugs cause 700,000 emergency room visits each year and over 41,000 deaths.

Recent evidence estimates that there are over 400,000 avoidable hospital deaths each year.

In the book Death By Medicine by Gary Null, et al., the total number of avoidable deaths by conventional
medicine was placed at over 783,936 per year.

Dr. David Eddy did a study on the scientific evidence behind conventional medical treatments. An article
in Business Week Magazine in 2006 quoted Dr. Eddys study and declared that only 20 to 25% of what was being
done to treat patients has been proven effective.

The Journal of Clinical Evidence reports that only 11% of typical conventional medical treatments may be
categorized as beneficial, by randomized controlled trials.

There are a few positive things to report on the conventional medicine front. In terms of acute care, there have been
tremendous strides made in the technology related to operations. Surgery has become less invasive with higher rates of
success for many operations.

However, there is still a problem related to the number of unnecessary operations being performed and prime examples
include knee surgery, back surgery, angioplasty, and heart surgery. If unnecessary operations were eliminated, acute care
could become the shining star for conventional medicine.

While conventional medicine was acquiring a very dismal track record on the treatment of chronic disease, the exact
opposite pattern was emerging for holistic/functional medicine.

Some examples include the following:

A large study published in the British medical journal Lancet Oncology found that diet (plant-based),
yoga, meditation, and lifestyle changes increased the length of telomeres. Shorter telomere length has been
associated with conditions such as hypertension, obesity, diabetes, heart disease, and prostate cancer.

The Institute of Medicine reported in the Wall Street Journal that a holistic approach to health care - which uses the
best of conventional medicine along with alternative therapies like meditation, yoga, acupuncture, and herbal
medicines - has been scientifically documented to be medically effective and cost effective.

The book Nutritional Medicine has over 15,000 scientific references proving that healthy foods and nutritional
supplements can prevent, and often reverse, nearly every chronic disease.

This pattern of strong evidence for holistic/functional medicine protocols has been reported in hundreds of articles in peer-
reviewed journals and yet the money-driven medical establishment has been able to hold off this trend with some clever
political spin tactics.

They have consistently attacked natural medicine using orthodox medical associations while big pharma uses its enormous
wealth to control Congress, large swaths of academia, and the media. Conventional medicine was thus able make it appear
that natural medicine was unscientific.

Related: Popular Kitchen Remedy Puts Antibiotic To Shame, Research Reveals

These tactics have weakened in the Internet era as more people are able to access information that is not controlled by the
mainstream media and their big pharma advertisers.

The Beginning Of The End

Conventional medicines house of cards is about to begin its big fall from grace with the recent announcement that the
prestigious Cleveland Clinic is going functional.

President and CEO of the Cleveland Clinic Dr. Delos Toby Cosgrove recently announced a number of significant
actions including:

The establishment of the first functional medicine grand rounds titled Functional Perspective on Food and
Nutrition: The Ultimate Upstream Medicine,

Research to test functional medicine models head-to-head against conventional medicine for a number of chronic
diseases, such as diabetes, asthma, and autoimmune diseases,

The creation of a Wellness Institute and the appointment of the nations first Chief Wellness Officer,

Creation of a Chinese Herbal Therapy Clinic, one of the first of its kind in the country,

The movement of the clinics $6.2 billion network of hospitals, family health centers, and outpatient clinics in a
decidedly holistic direction.

This is the most significant push in the holistic direction by any mainstream health care network in the United States and much
of the credit must go to Dr. Mark Hyman, who met with Dr. Cosgrove several times over the past two years. Dr. Hyman is the
Chairman of the Board of The Institute of Functional Medicine and one of the true leaders in the functional medicine
movement.
Related: Your Body is Designed to Heal Itself. Why Not Help it - Rather Than Hinder it?

For two years, Dr. Cosgrove tried to bring Dr. Hyman to Cleveland. Dr. Hyman resisted the CEOs overtures and actually told
him;

Toby, you dont want me there. Because if I go there Im going to tell you that most of what you are doing is
wrong; that in fact, you are harming people, that I would want to implement programs that are going to empty out
half your hospitals and clear out most of your procedure rooms, and reduce hospital stays and doctor visits
dramatically.

Are you okay with that?

Dr. Cosgrove did not waiver in his commitment to the new direction and has moved ahead with Dr. Hymans full support and
assistance.
Related: Introduction / Overview: The Healing Computer Technology

This dire pronouncement about conventional medicine is a very similar to a statement Dr. Hyman made at a US Senate
hearing on health care a few years ago when he said:

You will not solve the current healthcare crisis if you simply continue to do the wrong things better.

The writing is on the wall, and conventional medicine should stop resisting change and start to embrace it.

This is a battle that those who believe only in conventional medicine cannot win, and the more they resist, the more credibility
and respect they will lose. This is truly the beginning of the end of the war in medicine.

Related Articles:

Minute by minute diagram reveals the health concerns Red Bull causes your body

The Medical Mystery Behind America's Best-Selling Hair-loss Drug

CBS Reveals that Swine Flu Cases Seriously Overestimated

The CDC medical police state: the right to detain anyone

Things the FDA doesn't want you to know

Hospitals Can Kill YouAnd a New Study Shows Us Why

Over 120 Canadians euthanized since law passed in mid-June media

Mainstream Media Confirm Dalai Lama Is A CIA Asset
December 28 2016 | From: Geopolitics

That the Tibetan Dalai Lama is a CIA asset was just a conspiracy theory, has now been confirmed as
fact by the Los Angeles Times and the agency itself.

This brings to question how much of what the media consider as theory now would end up later on as fact?

Related: How Can We Stop Drug Trafficking When Its The CIA Thats Running The Show / The Philippines Fight The
Cabal

How much of what the media consider as fake news right now would end up later on as the accurate account of an event?

In short, what gives them the authority to determine what is factual and truthful when their own journalistic standards and
ethics include telling their readers mere half-truths for a while, i.e. when it is in the best interest of other institutions they are
still working with in the interim?

The Los Angeles Times reports:

For much of the 1960s, the CIA provided the Tibetan exile movement with $1.7 million a year for
operations against China, including an annual subsidy of $180,000 for the Dalai Lama, according to newly
released U.S. intelligence documents.

The money for the Tibetans and the Dalai Lama was part of the CIAs worldwide effort during the height of the Cold
War to undermine Communist governments, particularly in the Soviet Union and China. In fact, the U.S.
government committee that approved the Tibetan operations also authorized the disastrous Bay of Pigs invasion of
Cuba.

The documents, published last month by the State Department, illustrate the historical background of the situation
in Tibet today, in which China continues to accuse the Dalai Lama of being an agent of foreign forces seeking to
separate Tibet from China."
 The CIAs program encompassed support of Tibetan guerrillas in Nepal, a covert military training site in
Colorado, Tibet Houses established to promote Tibetan causes in New York and Geneva, education for Tibetan
operatives at Cornell University and supplies for reconnaissance teams."

- LA Times

Is the mainstream confirmation of the Dalai Lama as a CIA asset now can be considered the whole truth, or is there
something more to the story?

To dispel the Dalai Lama supporters doubts, the representatives of the Tibetan leader claimed in an interview
with The New York Times on October 2, 1998 that the subsidy earmarked for the Dalai Lama was spent on setting
up offices in Geneva and New York and on international lobbying.

However, the devil is in the detail.

Verkhoturov emphasizes that the denial was intended for those unfamiliar with the documents and facts. The
documents say that in 1963 the CIA allocated considerable funds for the Dalai Lamas entourage in Dharamsala,
India, where his residence was located. There were no offices at Geneva and New York at the time.

Furthermore, soon the role of the CIA in the 1959 Tibetan Uprising and the formation of the government in exile
also surfaced.

The US government viewed Tibet as a potential bulwark against China since 1949, when Chinese Communist
leader Mao Zedong declared the creation of the Peoples Republic of China (PRC).
A picture released by Chinese official news agency in August 1965 with a caption saying: New buildings are going up at the foot of the Potala Palace
(in the background, the former home of the Dalai Lama) in Lhasa. AFP 2016/ JU SHUI-CHU / XIHNUA

According to Memorandum for the 303 Committee (1968), the so-called CIA Tibetan program was partially
initiated in 1956 with the cognizance of the Committee, is based on US Government commitments made to the
Dalai Lama in 1951 and 1956.

The program consists of political action, propaganda, paramilitary and intelligence operations, appropriately
coordinated with and supported by [less than 1 line of source text not declassified], the document read.

The declassified memorandum stated that in September 1958 the 303 Committee approved the CIA covert
support to Tibetan resistance - just a year before the all-out uprising in the region erupted.

According to the publicist, the Dalai Lamas exile opened the door to the CIAs covert program aimed at recruiting
and training the Tibetan leaders followers and supporters in reconnaissance operations, sabotage, guerilla tactics,
data encoding and radio operator skills. According to some estimates, about 170-240 Tibetans had undergone this
special training.

The Memorandum for the Special Group (1964) reveals that the CIA planned to create a spy network in Tibet,
including approximately 20 singleton resident agents two road watch teams in Tibet to report possible Chinese
Communist build-ups, and six border watch communications teams.

Verkhoturov believes that this spy activity could have targeted Chinas nuclear program and the countrys first
nuclear tests on October 16, 1964.

However, Chinas Cultural Revolution - a sociopolitical movement that took place in the Peoples Republic of China
from 1966 until 1976 - dealt a heavy blow to the Tibetan spy network and eventually brought an end to the
espionage activity in the region.

As a result, the budget of the CIAs Tibetan program decreased to $1,165,000 in 1968.

According to Jonathan Mirsky, a historian of China, the CIA program finally ended with President Richard Nixons
visit to China in 1972.
 Still, in the early 1970s the CIA continued to allocate funds directly to the Dalai Lama, however, the amount
of these subsidies remains shrouded in secrecy.

In 1999, I asked the Dalai Lama if the CIA operation had been harmful for Tibet, Mirsky wrote in 2013, Yes, that
is true, he replied. The intervention was harmful, he suggested, because it was primarily aimed at serving
American interests rather than helping the Tibetans in any lasting way. Once the American policy toward China
changed, they stopped their help, he told me, Otherwise our struggle could have gone on.

- Sputnik

Indeed, theres more to the story and so, we need to continue exposing the false idols right at their own home turf.

Beyond the Dalai Lamas engagement with the CIA, his conviction to his own teachings has come to question when he was
caught wearing a Rolex while he preached about the great scourge of materialism in this world.

What Kind Of Man Wears Rolex?

When you think of Political figures who wear a gold Rolex you might think of U.S. Presidents, Dwight Eisenhower,
Lyndon Johnson or Bill Clinton, or even former U.S. Vice President Dick Cheney. When people think about Civil
Rights Leaders who have worn yellow gold Rolex watches, they might think about Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., or
Jesse Jackson.
One man who might surprise people with wearing a Yellow Gold Rolex President, is no other than His Holiness,
The Dali Lama of Tibet."
As mentioned, The Dalai Lama typically goes out of his way to make certain his watches never appear to be fancy
or ostentatious.

His holiness does so, by typically putting them on inexpensive stretchable Speidel Twist-O-Flex watch bands. In
this recent photo, we see the Dalai Lama with Prince Charles, and the Dalai Lama is wearing a yellow gold Rolex
Day-Date with a cobalt blue dial."
- RolexMagazine

From another site glorifying his love for watches

The Second War was still going on, and the Allies wanted to make a road over Tibet from Assam, in India, to
China.

So two American military representatives came with a letter from President Roosevelt and a box containing a gold
watch. A Patek Philippe. I was very excited. It was a very beautiful, very smart model. I still have it and it still
works.

The watch is most likely a Patek Phillipe Perpetual Calendar Ref. 1526 from around 1942. No doubt it has been
opened and dismantled more than once in its lifetime.
 Besides this cherished first watch, His Holiness has also been photographed in public wearing a Rolex Day-Date
and this two tone Rolex Datejust with a jubilee bracelet. I can only speculate what his collection might be worth
should it ever go up on auction.

- EdgarDaily

What about the holiness of his preachings on vegetarianism and non-violence?

Well, the CIA didnt just finance his rebellion against China, the agency also trained and supplied arms to those who were
willing to fight for him, according to Newsweek:

In the midst of this cold-war playground was Gyalo Thondup, who helped choose the first batch of trainees from
Kalimpong. But the big brother kept his younger sibling - the Dalai Lama was then in his early 20s - in the dark
about the spook business.

I didnt inform His Holiness about my contacts with the CIA and Indian intelligence, says Gyalo Thondup. This
was very dirty business.Under a full moon in October 1957, the first two-man team of CIA-trained Tibetans took off
from an old World War II grass airstrip in East Pakistan, near Dhaka. They rode in a B-17 sanitized of all
markings.
 The parachutists were Athar Norbu and another Tibetan named Lhotse - Tom and Lou to their handlers. They
were equipped with everything from dried beef to radios, from signal mirrors to folding-stock submachine
guns.

They landed smack on target, 60 miles from Lhasa, and quickly hooked up with the local resistance leader, Gompo
Tashi Andrugtsang, an influential trader whose legendary Khampas had been battling the Chinese for years.

The ragtag resistance waged a desperate struggle. In early 1958 many guerrillas were surrounded by 1,000
Chinese soldiers with artillery.

All our leaders were wounded, including Gompo Tashi, says one survivor. We kept hoping the CIA would drop
us some weapons, but they never came.

Help was on the way. In 1958 more than 30 Tibetans began training secretly at Camp Hale, not far from
Leadville, Colorado. Here about 300 Tibetans in all - assigned names like Jack, Rocky and Martin - were
schooled in the black arts of covert warfare, from spy photography and sabotage to Morse code and mine-laying.

We had great expectations when we went to America; we thought perhaps they would even give us an atom
bomb to take back with us, said one trainee, Tenzin Tsultrim.

- Newsweek

Enjoying the benefits of conniving with a certain entity while feigning ignorance of what crimes that same entity has
committed is the height of ones hypocrisy.

Its not only that one practices what one preaches, but the same must clean his own house first before he ventures out into the
world, and begin finding faults against another.

This week it was reported that a five-year old Tibetan girl had been allegedly raped by two Tibetan adult males in
the settlement of Mundgod, South India. As shocking as the alleged crime was the revelation that the Mundgod
camp officer and settlement officer had encouraged the father of the child not to pursue criminal charges against
the men.

Why? Out of fear of shaming HH the Dalai Lama and the Tibetan people. Sadly, I and others living in the Tibetan
community in exile were not surprised to learn this."

- HuffPost web cached article, Not in the Name of the Dalai Lama: Tibetan Reaction to Child Rape Reveals a
Deeper Malaise

Kalu Rinpoche says that he was molested by elder monkssexually abused by elder monks, and when he was 18 his tutor
in the monastery threatened him at knifepoint.

Its all about money, power, controlling. And then I became a drug addict because of all this misunderstanding and I
went crazy.

A gang of older monks who would visit his room each week... This was hard-core sex, he says, including penetration.

Most of the time, they just came alone, he says. They just banged the door harder, and I had to open. I knew what was
going to happen, and after that you become more used to it.

It wasnt until Kalu returned to the monastery after his three-year retreat that he realized how wrong this practice was. By then
the cycle had begun again on a younger generation of victims, he says. Kalus claims of sexual abuse mirror those of Lodoe
Senge, an ex-monk and 23 year old tulku who now lives in Queens, New York.
When I saw the video, Senge says of Kalus confessions, I thought, Shit, this guy has the balls to talk about it when I didnt
even have the courage to tell my girlfriend. Senge was abused, he says, as a 5-year-old by his own tutor, a man in his late
twenties, at a monastery in India.

False idolatry and false institutions are two great scourges on this planet. Both have created a strong, opaque barrier between
the mind and the Truth it is seeking.

The only way to know the Whole Truth and free humanity at last is to launch a great rebellion against them both.

Be prepared for what the mainstream media are doing right now, which is to publish some chosen truths to regain the peoples
trust, as they start filtering the social media networks for fake news.

Lets not fall for this shenanigan, not anymore.

Related: Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? + The Term Conspiracy Theory Was Invented By The CIA In Order
To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories

Exxon Mobil Is Fighting To Keep It's Dangerous Chemicals In Childrens Toys

December 26 2016 | From: TheIntercept

Most of us know Exxon Mobil Corp. as an energy giant, which makes sense given that it is the
worlds largest publicly held oil and gas company.
Rex Tillerson, the companys CEO, has spent his entire professional life prioritizing Exxon Mobils corporate
interests over human rights, the environment, and the diplomatic interests of the U.S., all of which has prompted
many journalists and commentators to point out that his appointment as secretary of state is not just a terrible
idea but a joke seemingly ripped from the pages of a Marxist comic book. [Comment: Blah blah blah, if you aren't
properly informed neither will your judgements be from afar].

Related: Yes, women are being poisoned by toxic chemicals from feminine hygiene products

Whats less well known is that Exxon Mobil is also one of the worlds biggest chemical companies, and that its chemical
interests also sometimes run counter to those of people in the U.S. and beyond.

Petrochemicals accounted for more than a quarter of Exxon Mobils $16 billion in net profits last year and wound up in wide
range of consumer products such as plastics, tires, batteries, detergents, adhesives, synthetic fibers, and household
detergents.

Among Exxon Mobils chemical products are phthalates, a family of chemicals widely used to make plastic pliable. Phthalates
are in everything from food containers and plastic wrap to rattles, pacifiers, bottle nipples, and teething toys for babies. More
than 75 percent of Americans have at least five of the chemicals in their body, according to a 2000 study by the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention.
Exxon Mobil insists its products pose no harm. In response to inquiries for this story, the company emailed a statement to The
Intercept saying that:

Exxon Mobil phthalates have been thoroughly tested, and evaluations by multiple government agencies in the
U.S., EU, and Australia show they are safe in their current applications.

(The email also included a link to the companys webpage on the health and environmental impacts of phthalates.)

But numerous independent studies have linked the chemicals to health problems, including cancer, neurodevelopmental
effects, endocrine disruption, and adverse harm to the male reproductive system.

Given the risks, Congress permanently banned several phthalates in 2008, temporarily banned a few others, and directed the
Consumer Products Safety Commission (CPSC) to study whether several other phthalates should also be removed from kids
products. The law required the CPSC to act within 180 days of its final decision.

An expert committee appointed by the CPSC came out with its final report on phthalates in 2014. After years of meetings,
public comments, and peer review, the panel of scientists decided that eight phthalates should be banned from use in
childrens toys.
Related: Warning: USDA allowing over 20 synthetic substances in organic foods

The report cited studies showing that babies who were exposed to higher levels of some phthalates in utero tended to have
smaller anogenital distances and other reproductive tract problems, effects that were also seen in animals exposed to
phthalates.

Despite the clear directive of the scientific experts and the Congress-mandated timeframe, the CPSC has yet to finalize its
ban. During the almost two years since the deadline passed, Exxon Mobil has been working hard to slow and reverse the
commissions decision, drafting at least one legislative rider designed to keep some of their phthalates on the market and
submitting lengthy comments and objections to the ban.

Exxon has been sending letters, having meetings, theyre just constantly in CPSCs face in a way designed to
suggest that, if you go the wrong way on this, were going to sue you, said Eve Gartner, an attorney with
Earthjustice.
Related: Artificial turf fields linked to cancer in young athletes

Gartner and a few other environmental advocates try to attend these meetings whenever possible, but they describe being
outgunned by the big companys lobbying efforts.

I dont have the time to attend all Exxons meetings, but they have the time to attend all of ours, said Jennifer
Sass, a senior scientist at Natural Resources Defense Council. Theres a lot more of them and they have a lot
more resources.

As a political force, kids are no match for one of the worlds biggest chemical companies, and theyll suffer for the lack of clout.
While the CPSC fails to finalize its own rule, more and more kids are exposed to phthalates.

The inaction speaks to the power of Exxon to frighten federal agencies away from doing their jobs, as Earthjustices Gartner
put it. And that was before the companys CEO had a top government job.

Related: McDonalds Engages in Massive Fast-Food-Is-Nutritious Propaganda in US High Schools

New Zealand's Israel Resolution: Peacemakers Seldom Win Friends

December 26 2016 | From: MSN

A UN Security Council resolution, calling for a ban on illegal Israeli settlements in the occupied
territories, has passed, with NZ taking a major role. Phil Smith outlines the background and the
blowback.
New Zealand has dared to go where even Egypt's strongman, President el-Sisi, feared to tread.

Related: How Britain wrought destruction on the Palestinian homeland

Abdel Fattah el-Sisi put a forward a resolution demanding an end to Israeli settlement building, but after an incredibly
inappropriate call from Donald Trump, el-Sisi withdrew it again. Exactly how Trump achieved that is anyone's guess, but
America's $1.5 billion aid package to Egypt may have been threatened.

President el-Sisi said he wanted to let Trump's incoming administration have first crack at the issue. It was obviously an
excuse. Trump's nomination for Ambassador to Israel is a hardliner who wants more settlement construction and who has
compared Jews who advocate for a 'two-state peace' to Capos (Jews who assisted in Nazi death-camps).

When el-Sisi retreated, New Zealand stepped up. Together with Venezuela, Malaysia and Senegal, New Zealand called for a
vote on the resolution, and for the first time since the Carter administration, the US declined to veto a rebuke over illegal
Israeli settlements.
The US noted that settlement construction had accelerated since the US vetoed a similar resolution in 2001, and that the
Obama administration has been warning Israel for eight years that this 'trend-line' was both making peace more difficult and
isolating Israel from the international community.

The Foundations of the Settlements

Settling population in militarily-occupied territory is contrary to the Geneva Convention, to international law and previous
United Nations rulings.

Settlement building is usually strategic. Settlements create 'facts-on-the-ground', making it more difficult to give back captured
territory (in this case, territory captured during the 1967 Six Day War). Hardliners believe the territory is theirs by God-given
right, but its return, at least in part, would be necessary for a lasting peace based on a two-state solution.

The tracts that are currently Palestinian controlled areas are an unworkable, disconnected patchwork of territories.

Related: Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israels Crimes Against Palestinians + Parallels Between Israel &
1930's Germany & Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A Rogue State

Settlements also increase local conflict by expropriating land and resources to construct and sustain the townships. Moderate
Israeli administrations have tended to restrict or demolish settlements, while hawkish governments look the other way, or - like
the current one - are gung-ho on expansions which push Palestinians into an ever-diminishing corner.
Related: Water war against Palestinians: Israel planned to supply West Bank with 40% less water than settlers

Former US President Jimmy Carter has repeatedly stressed that peace in Israel/Palestine is only likely when the Palestinians
also have a viable state, where middle class citizens have a reason to hope and work for a future. Some form of two state
solution has been American policy for decades.

Seeing this may be about to change, and after significant antagonism from Israeli PM Benjamin Netanyahu, President Obama
apparently believes it is time to allow a line in the sand.

Kiwi Peace-Broker

A few years ago, after the successful Bougainville peace talks, New Zealand imagined a role for itself as an international
peace broker. It was a nice idea that turned out to be harder than it sounded, but it marked an increased New Zealand
confidence to act independently, for good purpose.

This week's action is a further brave step from New Zealand. It has no obvious ulterior motives, but instead seems an attempt
to simply do the right thing and bugger the consequences.
A nation like New Zealand cannot throw its feather-weight around internationally in order to win friends. Frequently, the
opposite is achieved. A friend won with one action is alienated with the next, and nations often remember sleights more
strongly than support.

The Blowback

The blowback has already begun. Israel is apoplectic and has recalled its envoys to New Zealand and Senegal, and stopped
its Senegal aid programme. It called the resolution "despicable" and "an evil decree". The Israeli Ambassador to the UN said
the vote was "a victory for terror, a victory for hatred and violence."

New Zealand was already in Israel's bad books. In 2014 Israel refused to accept New Zealand's ambassador because he was
also to act as an envoy to the Palestinian Authority. In October 2015, Israeli officials reprimanded our Ambassador after New
Zealand dared propose a Security Council resolution that dared encourage a return to peace negotiations. Palestinian
supporters were equally upset, seeing the wording as supporting Israel.

But this time is worse. Israeli-New Zealand relations haven't been so poor since 2004, when New Zealand imprisoned
'Mossad spies' for attempting to fraudulently obtain a New Zealand passport. After a year, Israel apologised and
relationships were slowly mended.
Related: Israeli ministers okay draft bill to legalize Jewish settlements on private Palestinian land despite Supreme
Court ruling

This new rift may take longer. Much of the anger is being directed at the US, where President Obama could have chosen to
veto the resolution.

But Netanyahu's conservative government will not take kindly to us fronting a resolution that pointedly calls East
Jerusalem "occupied Palestinian territory".

New Zealand's government will have known blowback was likely. It has decided that, if you ask to be on the Security Council
you need to appear from behind the parapet and take a stand.

In an era where the world's mood seems to be trending towards resentment, aggression and extremism, a country wins few
friends by calling for tolerance or asking for restraint. But that doesn't mean that working for peace and goodwill isn't the right
thing to do.

Vigilant Citizen: 2016 Holiday Post

December 25 2016 | From: VigilantCitizen

Wow. 2016. Saying that it was a bad year would be the most unoriginal thing one could say.
Compliments of the season from New Zealand, wherever you may be.

But, seriously, it was a bad year. 2016 was, all at the same time, sad, divisive, horrifying, worrying and confusing. It
left many with a foul, disgusting taste in their mouth combined with a sense of dread for things to come.

Fortunately, there is more to life than what happens through the noise amplifier that is mass media.

I could go on for a long time about how 2016 annoyed the heck out of me, but I wont. Because, in the grand scheme of
things, what happens in mass media is ultimately unimportant.

Us getting caught up in the fear, the anger, the turmoil and the confusion of world events is what they want. Mass media
amplifies all of this destructive energy and forces the masses to bathe in it. People that are scared, hateful and confused can
easily be manipulated, and this is happening right now.

The Vigilant Citizen is about the exact opposite. It is about understanding what is toxic around us and rejecting it. Ultimately, it
is about focusing on what is truly important in life.
The global torment of the past year might actually have a silver lining. Indeed, faced with ugliness of recent events, many will
feel a need to be more self-centered... but in a good way.

Instead of giving attention to power-hungry psychopaths, they will want to pay attention to those immediately around them.
They will look for a deeper connection with friends, family and anybody that can bring more joy and warmth to their lives. They
will have further appreciation for things that are still pure, beautiful and wonderful.

Although mass media wants us to believe that everything is spoiled and corrupted, that is simply not the case. The same
timeless things that were revered and cherished thousands of years ago are still here today.
We are made to be in nature, to bask in its beauty and to be in tune with its harmony. We are meant to inhale fresh air and to
enjoy the sound of birds chirping. We are meant to reflect on life to the sounds of fire crackling and of water flowing. We are
meant to admire the night sky and to contemplate the stars.

We are meant to translate this beauty and harmony into love and care towards others. We are meant to seek deeper
truths, to discover spirituality and to express ourselves through artistic creation. In short, we are meant to be
fulfilled, awakened and enlightened human beings.

Unfortunately, everything in mass media goes in the opposite direction. It is about replacing beauty and harmony with fear,
dread and confusion. It is about unbalancing the mind and debasing the soul.

Do not let them have this power over you. Do not allow their sick mindset to poison your existence. This year, Ive published
several articles exposing the horrifyingly sick mindset of the elite. I cannot yet comment on why I had to remove some these
articles from the site, but I can confirm that there was nothing fake within them. Like a worm slithering in dirt, the elite fears
being exposed to the bright light of truth. It causes it to dry up and die.

Although some sick people might be in power for the time being, their time will come. In the words of the immortal Johnny
Cash, Gods gonna cut em down. Meanwhile, our time on Earth is short and precious. Will you spend this time fearful and
cowering or will you work on becoming the fulfilled, awakened and enlightened person you were intended to be?

This is what being a Vigilant Citizen is truly about. So please take advantage of this holiday season to fully connect
with what is truly important in life. Hug your loved ones, help those in need, read a good book, cook a great meal,
enjoy nature, pet a dog, play an awesome tune on the trombone and yell at a tree.

Because, despite the doom and gloom, the beautiful truth of this world is right there. You just need to look in the right
direction. To all Vigilant Citizens around the world, thank you for reading and thank you for your support. Have a merry
Christmas, a happy New Year and I will see you in 2017!

The Occult Origins Of Christmas

December 25 2016 | From: OmniThought

What most people do not know about Christmas is that it is a ritual contract created by the Dark
Forces to trick people to give them their consent.

What you need to know about rituals is that they have energetic binding forces attached to them.

These binding forces are not dependent upon personal knowledge or beliefs. By simply taking the ACTION to perform
the ritual, the effects and results are achieved, and therefore the people who performed the ritual are bound to whatever the
ritual is designed to do.

Christmas is saturated with occult symbolism linked to dark magic that is designed to bind you to the Christmas contract.
This contract is used by the Dark Forces to drain your energy and enslave your soul.
 However, when you become aware of it and remove your
consent and stop performing the ritual known as Christmas, the
magic spells of the Christmas contract cannot harm you
anymore. Be aware that magic can be used for good or evil
purposes.

If you have a hard time believing that magic is real, read my

informative article titled How Words Can Be Used as Magic
Spells. This article gives you a short introduction to how magic
works. If you plan to celebrate Christmas, it would be wise to
mediate before doing so.

During meditation, tell the Universe that you refuse to give your
consent to the Dark Forces. Furthermore, tell the Universe that
you are getting together on December 25th to spend time with
your family and friends, not to celebrate Christmas.

When you say these things, your mind generates energy

signatures and then projects them out into the Universe. These
energy signatures tell the Dark Forces that you are aware of
their Christmas contract and refuse to give them your consent.

If the Dark Forces do not honor your decision and harm you, they would violate your free will and therefore would have to
face the consequences for their actions. All thoughts, intentions, and actions are known by the Universe and there is no
escaping its laws.

I will be writing my own article about the hidden secrets of Christmas in about a week, so if you are interested in the occult
version of Christmas, keep an eye out for it. - PL Chang

Is Christmas really magic mushroom, sun and Saturn worship in disguise?

Christmas has come around again, and as we all scurry about hanging lights and stars everywhere, and adorning our trees
with red and white ornaments, how many of us reflect on the occult origins of Christmas? How many of us realize that this
merry festival has roots, in fact, in ancient traditions of magic mushrooms, Saturn worship and sun worship?
Jesus again pictured in religious artwork with magic mushrooms [beneath his feet]

Todays Christmas is truly a hodgepodge of ancient rituals and celebrations, with roots as far back as 4000 years to the
Mesopotamians. This is not surprising, for Christianity itself is a borrowed religion, built on top of previous Coptic (Egyptian),
Mesopotamian and Babylonian religions.

Christmas really has nothing to do with the alleged historical birthday of a human called Jesus. Lets take a look at some of
the traditions which have formed Christmas, so we can gain a deeper understanding of its symbolism.

The Christmas-Magic Mushroom Connection

John Allegro was a free-thinking Dead Sea Scrolls scholar and archeologist. In 1970 he wrote a fascinating and
highly controversial book entitled The Sacred Mushroom and the Cross, whose subtitle was A Study of the Nature and
Origins of Christianity within the Fertility Cults of the Ancient Near East. In it he put forth the unique idea that Christianity was
an expression of an ancient cult which worshipped sex and mushrooms.
 To straight-laced scholars and prim-and-proper Christian
apologists, this idea was simply too much for them to
contemplate, but Allegro (left) provided an impressive amount
of evidence to back his claims.

He showed how the mushroom specifically the red-and-white

magic mushroom Amanita muscaria came up again and
again in Christian art.

He explained how the Eucharist where Christians believe the

bread wafer is transformed into the body of Christ is a re-
enactment of the sacred ceremony of ingesting the flesh of the
Amanita magic mushroom.

Allegro argued that the entire story of the Jesus in

the Gospels was a code for the ancient journey of conscious
self-exploration, the hallucinogenic trip.

You can imagine how the majority of people reacted to his sex-
and-mushroom cult theory in 1970 in England!

Yet his ideas have merit. James Arthur and others after Allegro
further developed the idea of the Christmas-magic mushroom
connection.

Amanitas are also linked to fertility and sex; they have a sexual appearance, representing both the male and female. At
different stages of their growth life cycle, they resemble a phallus, breast and yoni.

It is interesting to note that Jesus pictured in religious artwork with amanita mushrooms around him. Is the red-and-white
Santa Claus or St. Nicholas a modern representation of the village shaman who had the knowledge of pharmacopeia? Is the
holy grail actually the mature Amanita with its edges curled up?
Is the Amanita magic mushroom the fabled Holy Grail?

Were Amanitas the source of power and insight for the old ruling class of priests? And perhaps most importantly, what part
does the Amanita play in humanitys origins and the extraterrestrial Annunaki who were mining for gold? These are
interesting questions to ponder as you decorate your tree in red-and-white with mushroom ornaments this year.

Note: Masonic and other insider have stated that the 'Holy Grail' actually has nothing to do with a cup or grail, that it
is a veiled reference to the 'Royal Bloodlines'.

The Christmas-Sun Worship Connection

Thanks to groundbreaking research of investigators like Jordan Maxwell (whose work was the basis of one major segment of
the hit movie Zeitgeist), people have begun to become aware of the link between Christmas and sun worship.

At its core, the Illuminati and secret societies that run the world are deeply into black magic, which, defined, is the use of
mostly unseen and unknown forces to gain power and control over others. The Illuminati are black magicians.

They utilize certain powers and then, through their control of the media and academia, put out disinformation and lies to
prevent people from believing in and accessing those very powers, lest their power base be eroded.
A typical Christian art interpretation of Jesus. Note the sun cross at the back

Christmas is all about the birth of the son. But what if it is actually the birth or rebirth of the sun? A sun that goes through a
spring, ascends to a height (summer solstice), then goes through a fall (autumn)? Christianity tells us that Jesus the son is
our savior. Yet literally speaking the sun is our savior; without the sun there would be little or no life on Earth.
So it is only natural that sun worship was practiced by early cultures all over the world, especially in the keys days following
the winter solstice, when the sun disappears over the horizon in northern latitudes for 3 days. Jesus was dead for the 3 days.
Is this the symbolic death of the sun?

December 25th is the first day when the son or sun makes his triumphant return. Many people make fun of early religions
and brand them as primitive, without actually realizing that Christianity itself has either stolen or built upon (depending on
your viewpoint) these exact traditions.

Is it purely a coincidence that the date of Christmas is always December 25th every year, exactly 3 days after the
22nd (or night of the 21st), the date of winter solstice? Is it another coincidence that Jesus is pictured everywhere
throughout Christian art on top of a sun cross, showing the suns journey through the 4 seasons every year? Is Christmas an
elaborate ritual to lure back the prodigal sun from death?

The Christmas-Saturn Worship Connection

Finally, we come to the Saturn connection. The Christmas-Saturn connection is far from the only connection Saturn has with
many modern (dark) activities. Saturn is the ancient roman god of time, harvest, law, tyranny and death. In the ancient Greek
pantheon he was Chronos, meaning time, and from which we get words like chronological.
Saturnalia was an ancient Roman festival in honour of the deity Saturn, held on 17 December of the Julian calendar and later expanded with festivities
through to 23 December. The holiday was celebrated with a sacrifice at the Temple of Saturn, in the Roman Forum, and a public banquet, followed by
private gift-giving, continual partying, and a carnival atmosphere that overturned Roman social norms: gambling was permitted, and masters provided
table service for their slaves.[1] The poet Catullus called it "the best of days."

For those investigating the global conspiracy, Saturn has particular significance. Why? Because Saturn and what it
represents is the object of worship of some of the secret societies that are running the planet today. Indeed, the worship of
Saturn is a theme running through the priest, the lawyer and the academic classes, as can be seen by the use of gowns and
square mortarboards in the color of black Saturns color.
To quote Jordan Maxwell:

When you graduate from high school you come out processionally with a black robe and wear the square
mortarboard on top of your head. The square mortarboards are, of course, used by the Freemasons for their
plaster, so that is why you wear a square mortarboard when you graduate, ultimately becoming an Alumni. It all
has to do with Freemasonry; it all has to do with the control of education in this country.

In the early first centuries A.D., Saturn had a very strong presence in the most powerful city in the world: Rome. Every year
from December 17th to 25th, there was a wild, licentious festival in his honor, named Saturnalia. For these 8 days of the
year, people would cut loose in a period of utter lawlessness; Roman courts were closed and Roman law dictated that no
one could be punished for damaging property or injuring people during the festival.

There was widespread intoxication, people running around naked, rape and orgies. There was even human sacrifice a
theme that continues to underly some of the strange, dark rituals practiced by todays ruling elite at places like Bohemian
Grove.
According to some sources, Christmas was invented to compete with the pagan celebrations like Saturnalia, because it was
just so popular. It was a successful strategy. Over time, the Church adopted many pagan rituals in their attempt to make
Christianity more attractive to converts.

What Does Christmas Mean to You?

Ultimately, we all imbue our lives and activities with our own sense of meaning. You can decide what Christmas means to
you.

However, it is always good to be aware of the occult origins and hidden symbolism of traditions and events, for as
Confucius said, the world is ruled by signs and symbols, not words or law. Symbols communicate directly with our
subconscious and guide our lives from behind the scenes, so choose consciously to which things you give your attention and
energy.

14 Eyebrow-Raising Things Google Knows About You

December 24 2016 | From: NetworkWorld

Some are fascinating, others are frightening - but here's how to find out what Google has on
you. Google may know more about me than I know about myself.
I'm not just saying that, either: I recently started poking around in Google's personal data repositories and realized
that, between my wide-reaching use of the company's services and my own brain's inability to remember anything
for more than seven seconds, Google may actually have the upper hand when it comes to knowledge about my life.

Related: Google Employee Sues the Company for Internal Spying Program

From face-tagged photos of my past adventures (what year did I go to Nashville, again - and who went with me to that Eddie
Vedder show?) to the minute-by-minute play-by-play of my not-so-adventuresome days (wait, you mean I really only left the
house once last Wednesday - and just to get a freakin' sandwich?!), Google's got all sorts of goods on me.

Heck, even my hopes and dreams (which may or may not involve sandwiches) are probably catalogued somewhere in its
systems. And the data itself is only half the story: Google also compiles oodles of stats - stats that, for better and for worse,
shed light onto the tech-connected habits of our modern lives. And don't doubt Apple does the exact same things either.

How many emails have you actually sent over the years, for instance, and how many thousands of web pages have you
pulled up in your browser? It really is enlightening, among other things, to see your actions broken down so precisely .

Before you freak out, though, remember: The only way anyone else could get at any of this info would be if they were to gain
access to your Google account - something two-factor authentication and good mobile security hygiene make highly unlikely.

And remember, too, that all this data collection is completely optional - and very much a tradeoff: By agreeing to let
Google store and use your data, you're getting access to an ever-expanding array of futuristic features at no
monetary cost.
Related: Titanpointe: The NSAs Spy Hub in New York, Hidden in Plain Sight

But the decision is ultimately in your hands. To learn more about how Google uses specific types of data and how you can opt
out of any or all areas of collection, see the "Opting out and taking control" section at the end of this story.

All of that being said, here are some of the more amusing - and maybe slightly surprising - things you might find about yourself
by prodding the right parts of Google's noggin. How many of these items actually apply to you depends on which Google
services you use and how exactly you use them.

To wit: Android users who take advantage of built-in features such as voice commands, location history and photo
backups will almost certainly have more data tracked by Google than non-Android users.

But anyone who regularly uses Gmail, Google search, Google Maps, YouTube, Chrome and/or other Google services from
any mobile device or computer will likely find at least some interesting nuggets from the following list.

1. A full history of your voice commands with any Google product - including actual audio
recordings

Everything you've ever said to Google, in one convenient place. OK, Google: Remind me how silly I sound when talking to my
phone (you know, when it seems like no one else is listening). If you use voice commands on Android or any other Google
product (for instance, voice searches in the Google iOS app when you're logged in with your Google account), head to the
"Voice & Audio" section of Google's My Activity site to see and hear a comprehensive list of everything you've ever said to that
inanimate object in your pocket.

And yes, your voice really does sound like that.

2. An objective breakdown of your real BFFs (according to Google)

Data doesn't lie. Discover whom among your Google contacts you interact with the most by clicking the "Contacts" header
on Google's account dashboard. Just be prepared to make up excuses if your significant other doesn't make the "Frequently
contacted" list.

3. How much stuff Chrome has saved about you

Your browsing habits, broken down into indisputable numbers.

If you use the Chrome browser and typically stay signed into it, check out your account's Chrome Sync settings page to see all
sorts of brag- and/or shame-worthy stats about your personal browsing habits - things like how many bookmarks you've
saved, how many tabs you have open across different devices and how many websites you've typed into Chrome's address
bar (since last resetting your browser's history).

Free cookie* if you guess within five points of any of your values. * A free browser cookie, that is. C'mon - what did you
expect?

4. How many Gmail conversations you've had

Provided you use Gmail's archiving system instead of permanently deleting messages, you may be in for a shock: Click the
aptly named "Gmail" header in Google's account dashboard, and get ready to see why your days always seem so short.

Case in point: I have 145,810 message threads in my Gmail account -- with just over 28,000 sent messages. Let me repeat
that: Twenty-eight thousand sent messages. No wonder I never get anything accomplished.

Related: Podesta Ignored Advice to Encrypt Sensitive Emails

5. A full history of everywhere you've ever been

File this one under "Cool Yet Creepy": Google Maps' Timeline feature contains a detailed diary of your every move -- down to
the minute.

No exaggeration: If you carry an Android phone and have opted into location history, the site will show you where you were
every moment of every day. And if you really want to weird yourself out, open Timeline from a desktop and click the year tab
in the upper-left corner of the screen. Select "All Time," then click the red box in the lower-left corner to see an ordered list of
your most visited places.
(My top four are currently my house, Target, the grocery and Barnes & Noble. What can I say? It's a wild and crazy life I lead.)

6. A full list of everything you've done from any Android device

Your smartphone is a fantastic tool for productivity-enhancing tasks like word processing, spreadsheet creation, and... oh, who
the hell are we kidding? You're using the thing for mindless web browsing and meaningless game-playing, just like everyone
else.You can see a detailed log of activity on your Android devices at Google's My Activity site.

Find out for sure what you're doing on your Android devices - or what someone else is doing on them, if colleagues or kiddos
ever get their hands on your phone - by opening Google's My Activity site. Select the option to "Filter by date & product," then
select "Android" and click the blue search icon.

Just don't let your boss see that you spent all of Tuesday's meeting "working" on Words With Friends.

7. A comprehensive collection of every site you've visited in Chrome - on any device

These days, Chrome isn't just a desktop browser - and if you're using the program from a phone or tablet as well as a regular
computer, you're bound to have quite the collective history.

See where you've been on the web (while signed in to Chrome) by opening Google's My Activity page and checking "Chrome"
in the filter list. You can search for specific keywords and even filter further by date -- a useful tool if you ever need to find a
site you pulled up somewhere but can't quite remember.

If you're not seeing your Chrome history on the My Activity page, go to the Activity controls and make sure the Web & App
Activity toggle is on and the "Include Chrome browsing history and activity from websites and apps that use Google services"
box is checked. (Also make sure that you're signed into Chrome on your various devices.) Your Chrome activity will be tracked
from this point forward.

As for the sites you'd rather not have recorded - well, amigos, let's just say that Incognito mode is your friend.

8. Exactly how many Google searches you've made this month

First and foremost, Google is a search engine -- so how much are you Googling? Get the skinny by scrolling down to the
"Search History" header in Google's account dashboard.

Click the header to see precisely how many times you've called upon Google's knowledge from any device while signed into
your Google account in the past month -- along with a breakdown of your most common search types and some of your most
frequently used queries. (Again: Incognito mode. Never forget.)

9. A running count of how many Android devices you've had connected to your account over the
years

Think you've been through a lot of phones and mobile devices? Calculate your official Android Geek Quotient score by pulling
up Google's account dashboard and looking for the "Android" header. The big green number beneath it will tell you how many
Android products have ever been associated with your account. (Hopefully yours isn't as high as my almost-silly-seeming
score of 78.)

You can get more detailed info on all the devices, too -- including when each product was last used and a list of all the apps it
has backed up to Google's servers -- by clicking the header. And a quick tip: If you want to get old, inactive devices out of your
hair, head to the Play Store settings page and uncheck the "Show in menus" option next to any phones or tablets that are no
longer relevant.

10. A running count of how many Android apps you've ever installed

Your Android app stats can be both enlightening and alarming. Trying out new apps is a great way to keep your mobile tech
feeling fresh -- to a certain point, anyway. See if you've crossed the line from adventurous to ridiculous by finding the "Play
Store" header on Google's account dashboard.

If you manage to top my current total of 1,191 apps, seek immediate help.

11. Some stats on your invite-accepting habits

Are you a person who tends to accept event invitations? Or do you say "no" more often than "yes"? If you're a Google
Calendar user who frequently interacts with other Google Calendar users, you can find out by clicking the "Calendar" header
at Google's account dashboard. That'll give you a breakdown of your accepting-vs.-rejecting activity over the past month,
including a handy pie chart to illustrate your temperament in visual form. Hey, at least there's no line graph on the lameness of
your excuses.

Related: Consumer watchdogs say popular toys are secretly spying on your children

12. How many images you've stored with Google Photos

I don't know about you, but I tend to take way too many pictures -- mostly of my 22-month-old daughter (and occasionally of
those damn squirrels that always run through my backyard and taunt me with their superior short-term memories).

Thankfully, Google Photos makes it simple for me to store all these images and access them anywhere -- and also to see at a
glance just how absurdly large my personal photo collection has gotten. To get the lowdown on your own virtual photo box,
mosey down to the "Photos" header in Google's account dashboard. And be sure to take a mental snapshot of the result.

13. A full list of all your activity in the Google Play Store

Everything you've ever searched for in the Play Store, in one centralized place.

Have you ever looked at or searched for something in the Play Store -- then tried to find it again later, only to realize your
memory was worse than your friendly neighborhood squirrel's? I know I have.

So use my trick: The next time you find yourself wishing for a time machine, just scamper over to Google's My Activity page.
Filter the results to "Play," and voila: You'll find a full list of every item you've viewed and every Play Store search you've made
while signed into your Google account. Now if only this thing had a way to tell me where I buried my acorn the other day...

14. How many YouTube videos you've watched this month

We've all been there: You're in the middle of something extremely productive (naturally) when a single YouTube link happens
to catch your eye. Watching one video seems harmless enough, right?

But then the inevitable happens: One video turns to two. Wait, what's that in the "Related" section - a clip of a bird whistling
the melody to Guns N' Roses' "Patience"? Click. Watch. Repeat. Before you know it, you're 19 videos in, and the afternoon is
over.
Discover just how much YouTube time-whittlin' you've done in the last month (while logged into your Google account) by
visiting Google's account dashboard and clicking the "YouTube" header. And for the love of Goog, if your monthly tally is over
200, think long and hard before clicking that next cat-dancing clip.

Opting out and taking control

Want to turn off specific types of data collection or delete existing info from your Google account history? The Google privacy
site is the best place to start; there, Google provides detailed information about how each type of data is used along with links
to opt out of any specific areas. You can also visit Google's Activity controls page for a simple single-page list of on-off
toggles.

If you're looking to clean up your history for anything that Google has been tracking, head to the My Activity site.

You can delete any individual item right then and there by clicking the three-dot icon in its upper-right corner and
choosing Delete, or click the "Delete activity by" link in the left column for an easy way to erase info based on date
and/or product.

Data collection controls can be also found on an Android device by opening the main system settings and selecting Google
(or, if you're on an older device, looking for the standalone Google Settings app) and then tapping "Personal info & privacy."

Related: The Terrifying Cost of "Free Websites

Top Doctors Reveal Vaccines Turn Our Immune System Against Us + Study Pulled
From Publication After Proving Truth Of Vaccinated Versus Unvaccinated Children
December 24 2016 | From: NaturalBlaze/ NaturalNews
The research is hard to ignore, vaccines can trigger autoimmunity with a laundry list of diseases to
follow. With harmful and toxic metals as some vaccine ingredients, who is susceptible and which
individuals are more at risk?

No one would accuse Yehuda Shoenfeld of being a quack. The Israeli clinician has spent more than three decades
studying the human immune system and is at the pinnacle of his profession.

Related: Nursing student expelled for questioning directives to use threats, lies to coerce patients to vaccinate

You might say he is more foundation than fringe in his specialty; he wrote the textbooks. The Mosaic of
Autoimmunity, Autoantibodies, Diagnostic Criteria in Autoimmune Diseases, Infection and Autoimmunity, Cancer and
Autoimmunity the list is 25 titles long and some of them are cornerstones of clinical practice.

Hardly surprising that Shoenfeld has been called the Godfather of Autoimmunology the study of the immune system turned
on itself in a wide array of diseases from type 1 diabetes to ulcerative colitis and multiple sclerosis.

But something strange is happening in the world of immunology lately and a small evidence of it is that the Godfather of
Autoimmunology is pointing to vaccines - specifically, some of their ingredients including the toxic metal aluminum as a
significant contributor to the growing global epidemic of autoimmune diseases.
Related: Trump: Vaccines Cause Autism And Will Be Investigated

The bigger evidence is a huge body of research thats poured in in the past 15 years, and particularly in the past five years.
Take for example, a recent article published in the journal Pharmacological Research in which Shoenfeld and colleagues
issue unprecedented guidelines naming four categories of people who are most at risk for vaccine-induced autoimmunity.

On one hand, vaccines prevent infections which can trigger autoimmunity, say the papers authors, Alessandra Soriano, of
the Department of Clinical Medicine and Rheumatology at the Campus Bio-Medico University in Rome, Gideon Nesher, of the
Hebrew University Medical School in Jerusalem and Shoenfeld, founder and head of the Zabludowicz Center of Autoimmune
Diseases in the Sheba Medical Center at Tel Hashomer.

He is also editor of three medical journals and author of more than 1,500 research papers across the spectrum of medical
journalism and founder of the International Congress on Autoimmunology.

On the other hand, many reports that describe post-vaccination autoimmunity strongly suggest that vaccines can
indeed trigger autoimmunity.

Defined autoimmune diseases that may occur following vaccinations include arthritis, lupus (systemic lupus
erythematosus, SLE) diabetes mellitus, thrombocytopenia, vasculitis, dermatomyosiositis, Guillain-Barre syndrome
and demyelinating disorders. Almost all types of vaccines have been reported to be associated with the onset of
ASIA.
Related: Herd immunity is a myth: Why un-vaccinated children are not a threat to others

ASIA or Autoimmune/inflammatory Syndrome Induced by Adjuvants (also known as Shoenfelds syndrome) - first appeared
in the Journal of Autoimmunology four years ago.

It is an umbrella term for a collection of similar symptoms, including Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, that result after
exposure to an adjuvant an environmental agent including common vaccine ingredients that stimulate the immune
system.

Since then an enormous body of research, using ASIA as a paradigm, has begun to unravel the mystery of how environmental
toxins, particularly the metal aluminum used in vaccines, can trigger an immune system chain reaction in susceptible
individuals and may lead to overt autoimmune disease.

Autoimmune disease results when the bodys system meant to attack foreign invaders turns instead to attack part of the body
it belongs to (auto is Greek for self). If the immune system is like a national defence system, antibodies are like drones
programmed to recognize a certain type of invader (a bacteria say) and to destroy them or mark them for destruction by other
special forces.
Autoantibodies are like drones that are misidentifying a component of the human body and have launched a sustained attack
on it. If they mistakenly target a component of the conductive sheath around neurons, for example, nerve impulses stop
conducting properly, muscles go into spasm and coordination fails; multiple sclerosis results.

If autoantibodies erroneously focus on joint tissue; rheumatoid arthritis results. If they target the islets of Langerhans in the
pancreas, Type 1 diabetes, and so on

Throughout our lifetime the normal immune system walks a fine line between preserving normal immune reactions
and developing autoimmune diseases, says the paper.

The healthy immune system is tolerant to self-antigens. When self-tolerance is disturbed, dysregulation of the
immune system follows, resulting in emergence of an autoimmune disease. Vaccination is one of the conditions
that may disturb this homeostasis in susceptible individuals, resulting in autoimmune phenomena and ASIA.

Who is susceptible is the subject of the paper entitled, Predicting post-vaccination autoimmunity: Who might be
at risk? It lists four categories of people:

1. Those who have had a previous autoimmune reaction to a vaccine

2. Anyone with a medical history of autoimmunity

3. Patients with a history of allergic reactions

4. Anyone at high risk of developing autoimmune disease including anyone with a family history of autoimmunity,
presence of autoantibodies which are detectable by blood tests and other factors including low vitamin D and
smoking.

Previous Reaction
Regarding those who have had a previous adverse reaction to vaccines, the paper cites five relevant studies including the
case of a death of a teenage girl six months following her third Gardasil injection against HPV virus.

Related: Gardasil Fully Exposed: HPV Vaccine Being Tested on Infants Has Killed, Permanently Injured Thousands

She had experienced a range of symptoms shortly after her first dose, including dizziness, numbness and tingling in her
hands, and memory lapses. After her second injection, she developed intermittent arm weakness, frequent tiredness
requiring daytime naps, worse tingling, night sweats, chest pain and palpitations.

A full autopsy was unrevealing but blood and spleen tissue analysis revealed HPV-16 L1 gene DNA fragments - matching the
DNA found in vials of the Gardasil vaccine against cervical cancer - thus implicating the vaccine as a causal factor.

The DNA fragments had also been found to be complexed with the aluminum adjuvant which, according to the report, have
been shown to persist for up to 8 to 10 years causing chronic immune system stimulation.

Although data is limited, Shoenfeld and his colleagues concluded, it seems preferable that individuals with prior
autoimmune or autoimmune-like reactions to vaccinations, should not be immunized, at least not with the same
type of vaccine.

Established Autoimmune Condition

The second group which the paper cites for vaccine exemption is patients with established autoimmune conditions. Vaccines
dont work so well in them, say Shoenfeld and his colleagues, and they are at risk for flares following vaccination.

Inoculations that contain live viruses including chickenpox, yellow fever and the measles, mumps and rubella triple vaccine
(MMR) are generally contraindicated for people with autoimmune conditions because of the risk of uncontrolled viral
replication. But inactivated vaccines are not such a good idea either because they usually contain the added ingredient
aluminum, linked to autoimmunity.

The immunologists describe recent studies in which patients with autoimmune rheumatic disease given the influenza vaccine
(without aluminum) suffered more joint pain and fever than controls and whose levels of autoantibodies (the drones that attack
self) increased after receiving the flu vaccine.
Related: How The CDC And Vaccine Court Create An Epidemic Of Autism

Whats more, they developed new types of autoantibodies that werent present before the vaccines, and those persisted. As
the presence of autoantibodies can be predictive of developing autoimmune disease in patients without symptoms, even
years ahead of disease onset, this is troubling to those who understand immunology.

A number of studies claim vaccines are safe for the overwhelming majority of patients with established autoimmune
diseases, the study allows, but they only looked at rheumatoid arthritis and lupus and not at severe and active cases so the
potential benefit of vaccination should be weighed against its potential risk, they cautioned.

Patients With a History of Allergy

Vaccine trials have usually excluded vulnerable individuals - only extremely healthy individuals with no allergies are
recruited. Its a selection bias, say Soriano and Shoenfeld, and has likely resulted in serious adverse events being
considerably underestimated in real life where vaccines are mandated to all individuals regardless of their susceptibility.

The true incidence of allergic reactions to vaccines, normally estimated at between one in 50,000 to one in a million doses, is
probably much higher and particularly where gelatin or egg proteins are on the ingredients list, they say.

Theres a long list of vaccine ingredients that are potential allergens: besides the infectious agents themselves, there are
those from hens egg, horse serum, bakers yeast, numerous antibiotics, formaldehyde and lactose, as well inadvertent
ingredients such as latex.
Related: New Study Confirms That Mercury Is Linked to Autism

Peoples allergic histories have to be taken before vaccination say the researchers. But some signs of reaction dont
show up until after the shot.

The public health nurse or GP might tell patients that a long-lasting swelling around the injection site after a vaccine is a
normal reaction, for example. But that is not what the immunologists say. [A]luminum sensitization manifests as nodules [hard
lumps] at the injection site that often regress after weeks or months, but may persist for years. In such cases, they say, a
patch test can be done to confirm sensitivity and to avoid vaccination.

According to a growing body of research, though, allergy may be only the beginning of many dangerous aluminum-induced
phenomena.

The Trouble With Aluminium

Aluminum has been added to vaccines since about 1926 when Alexander Glenny and colleagues noticed it would produce
better antibody responses in vaccines than the antigen alone. Glenny figured the alum was inducing what he called a depot
effect slowing the release of the antigen and heightening the immune response.

For 60 years his theory was accepted dogma. And over the same time, the vaccine schedule grew decade on decade, but few
ever questioned the effects of injecting aluminum into the body, which is strange considering its known toxicity.

A PubMed search on aluminum and toxicity turns up 4,258 entries. Its neurotoxicity is well documented. It affects memory,
cognition, psychomotor control; it damages the blood brain barrier, activates brain inflammation, depresses mitochondrial
function and plenty of research suggests it is a key player in the formation of the amyloid plaques and tangles in the brains of
Alzheimers patients.
Related: The WHO's condescending tips for EU healthcare workers to convince informed patients that vaccines are
safe

Its been implicated in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis and autism and demonstrated to induce allergy.

When kidney dialysis patients were accidentally infused with aluminum, the dialysis-induced encephalopathy (DAE) they
developed neurological symptoms: speech abnormalities, tremors, memory loss, impaired concentration and behavioural
changes. Many of the patients eventually went into comas and died. The lucky ones survived: when the source of toxicity,
aluminum, was removed from their dialysis they recovered rapidly.

With these new observations, researchers began investigating the adjuvant effects of aluminum and in the past decade there
has been a flurry of research. Far from being a sandbag that holds the antigen for a while and then gets excreted, it turns out
that aluminum salts trigger a storm of defence action.

Vaccines: A Violation of Human Rights

The video below is a rational discussion about vaccines with Christina Hildebrand, President of A Voice For Choice,
Inc. where she explains why mandatory vaccines are a violation of your human rights and how they are potentially
dangerous to you or your child's health.

Christina is passionate about ensuring people know what they are putting into their bodies - be it food, air, water or
medications. For the past 12 years, Christina has spent many thousands of hours researching and sharing her knowledge
within her local community.

However, with the growth of the Big Ag and Big pHARMa's influences on US politics, Christina realized that she needed to
take this to a different level and educate the masses on their right to informed choice and transparency of what goes into their
bodies.
Within hours of injection of the same aluminum oxyhydroxide in vaccines into mice, for example, armies of specialized
immune cells are on the move, calling in grid coordinates for more specialist assault forces. Within a day, a whole host of
immune system commandos are in play - neutrophils, eosinophils, inflammatory monocytes, myeloid and dendritic cells,
activating lymphocytes and secreting proteins called cytokines.

The cytokines themselves cause collateral damage but they send out signals, directing cell-to-cell communication and
recruiting other cells into action. If the next phase of the attack is launched: fibroblast growth factor, interferons, interleukins,
platelet derived growth factor, transforming growth factor and tumour necrosis factor might all be engaged.

Theres evidence that poorly understood and pesky inflammasomes, (currently a topic of cutting- edge cancer causation
research) such as the Nod-like receptor 3( NLRP) are activated too, but its all still too early to say exactly what theyre doing.

Related: The most evil people in medicine today

New research emerging from University of British Columbia has found that aluminum adjuvant injected into mice can alter the
expression of genes associated with autoimmunity.

And in their recent study published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, immunologists at the University
of Colorado found that even host DNA is recruited into the aluminum assault, that it rapidly coats injected alum, triggering
effects that scientists have barely scratched the surface of understanding.

The Significance of Macrophagic Myofasciitis

This mobility or translocation of aluminum in the body is perhaps the most disturbing of the mounting evidence in current
aluminum research. In 1998, French researcher Romain Gherardi and his colleagues observed an emerging condition of
unknown origin which presented in patients post-vaccination with Chronic Fatigue like symptoms including swollen lymph
nodes, joint and muscle pain and exhaustion.

Tissue biopsies of the patients deltoid revealed lesions up to 1 cm in diameter and unique from similar lesions of other
diseases. They went to the lab for analysis and to Gherardis astonishment, they mainly consisted of macrophages large
white blood cells in the immune system whose job is to swallow up foreign invaders in the body. Enclosed in the cellular fluid
of these phagocytes were agglomerates of nanocrystals of aluminum.
Related: Cannabis Oil Cured Girls Leukemia After HPV Vaccine Broke Down Her Body: Hayley Willar

Gherardi and his colleagues began injecting mice with aluminum to see what happened. Their research published in 2013
revealed that the metal particles were engulfed by macrophages and formed MMF-like granulomas that dispersed to distant
lymph nodes, spleen, liver and eventually brain.

This strongly suggests that long-term adjuvant biopersistence within phagocytic cells is a prerequisite of slow
brain translocation and delayed neurotoxicity, writes Gherardi in his February 2015 review of the relevant
research in Frontiers in Neurology.

A more frightening animal study of aluminum is that of Spanish veterinary researcher Lluis Lujans study of ovine ASIA.

After huge numbers of sheep in Spain died in 2008 in the wake of a compulsory multiple vaccine campaign against
bluetongue in Spain in 2008, Lujan set out to find out what killed them and he began by inoculating them with aluminum.

His 2013 study found that only 0.5% of sheep inoculated with aluminum vaccines showed immediate reactions of lethargy,
transient blindness, stupor, prostration and seizures

Characterized by a severe meningoencephalitis, similar to postvaccine reactions seen in humans.

Most of them recovered, temporarily, but postmortem exams of the ones who didnt revealed acute brain inflammation.
The delayed onset chronic phase of the disease affected far more of the sheep - 50-70% of flocks and sometimes virtually
100% of animals within a given flock, usually including all of those who had previously recovered.

The reaction was frequently triggered by exposure to cold and began with restlessness and compulsive wool-biting, then
progressed to acute redness of the skin, generalized weakness, extreme weight loss and muscle tremors, and finally, entered
the terminal phase where the animals went down on their front quarters, became comatose and died.

Related: Cancer industry profits 'locked in' by nagalase molecule injected into humans via vaccines... spurs tumor
growth... explains aggressive vaccine push

Post-mortem examinations revealed severe neuron necrosis and aluminum in the nerve tissue.

The immune systems reaction to aluminum represents a major health challenge, Gerhardi declares in his recent review, and
he adds that;

Attempts to seriously examine safety concerns raised by the bio-persistent character and brain accumulation of
alum particles have not been made A lot must be done to understand how, in certain individuals, alum-
containing vaccines may become insidiously unsafe.

Back to the problem of which certain individuals should avoid vaccination to avoid autoimmune disease.

People Prone to Develop Autoimmunity

Soriano and Shoenfelds identify a final category: anyone at risk of developing autoimmune disease. Since a number of them
have been shown to have genetic factors that would include anyone with a family history of autoimmune disease.

It also includes anyone who has tested positive for autoantibodies which can indicate disease years before symptoms show
up. Vaccinations, the doctors say, may trigger or worsen the disease.

Smokers too, have an exceptionally high risk of developing an autoimmune disease, says the report. The American Cancer
Society estimates that about 18% of Americans smoke. That means about 42 million Americans have an elevated risk of
developing an autoimmune disease and theyre stacking the odds with every vaccine.
Related: Vaccinations: An analysis of the health risks

And finally, factors that Shoenfeld and Soriano associate with high risk of developing autoimmunity are high estrogen and low
vitamin D - which means anyone taking birth control or hormone replacement therapy and, according to one 2009 study of
vitamin D status, about three quarters of American teens and adults should be wary of vaccines.

Shoenfeld doesnt seem to mean to exclude all of these people from immunization, however. The paper concludes that for
the overwhelming majority of individuals, vaccines carry no risk of systemic autoimmune disease and should be administered
according to current recommendations.

Which is in stark contrast to the body of the paper. The final word is cautionary about weighing the potential benefit of
vaccinationagainst its potential risk.

Its exemplary of a strange sort of schizophrenia in a wide range of recent immunology papers. The doctors seem to be trying
to reconcile a century of safe and effective vaccine dogma with the last decades worth of terrifying research findings.
Theres a lot of on the one hand and on the other hand in them.
Related: Gary Null: Are we being lied to about 'vaccine efficacy'?

The new research seems about to gain the upper hand, however. A 2013 overview of ASIA by six immunologists including
Shoenfeld, for example, is a catalogue of vaccine side effects from Gardasil deaths, narcolepsy epidemics, infertility, chronic
fatigue, dead sheep and aluminum-addled brains. It is rife with statements that would have been virtually unheard of inside
mainstream medicine a decade ago. Like this shocker:

Perhaps, in twenty years, physicians will be dueling with better characterized particles of autoimmunity, and the
vaccines may become fully safe as well as effective.

Nonetheless the recognition of ASIA has initiated the change to put more efforts in identifying the good, the bad
and the ugly of vaccines and in particular of adjuvants as triggers of autoimmunity.

Bad and ugly of vaccines? Whats wrong with the adjuvants? Thats not in the CDC hand-out.

Or How About This One:

Despite the huge amount of money invested in studying vaccines, there are few observational studies
and virtually no randomized clinical trials documenting the effect on mortality of any of the existing
vaccines.

One recent paper found an increased hospitalization rate with the increase of the number of vaccine doses
and a mortality rate ratio for 5-8 vaccine doses to 1-4 doses of 1.5, indicating a statistically significant
increase of deaths associated with higher vaccine doses.
 Since vaccines are given to millions of infants annually, it is imperative that health authorities have
scientific data from synergistic toxicity studies on all combinations of vaccines

That could be any anti-vaxxer jabbering onbut its not.

But Here is the Topper:

The US Supreme Court ruled that vaccines makers are immune from lawsuits charging that the design of the
vaccine is defective. Thus there is need for innovative clinical trial design and the vaccines themselves should be
redesigned.

Immunologists including the worlds leading authority on autoimmunity are saying it is time to take vaccines back to
the drawing board.

Autoimmune disease is the third leading cause of morbidity and mortality worldwide and now among the top 10 killers of
young American women.

The American Autoimmune Related Diseases Association estimates that 50 million Americans suffer from one of 88
autoimmune diseases - from type 1 diabetes to systemic lupus erythematosus - and some research puts the figure at one in
five globally.

At least 40 more diseases are suspected to be immune-mediated. Most of them are devastating - frequently crippling,
expensive to treat and incurable. And they are increasing at an astonishing pace.

Related: Mercury and autism: New research provides yet more damning evidence that mercury exposure leads to
ASD
At this stage, it looks like the more the research pours in, the harder it is going to get for pro-vaccine immunologists to keep
multiple personality disorder or complete nervous breakdown - at bay. Ten years of cutting edge research into aluminums
effects on the immune system has revealed primarily how wrong they were.

And how little they know. If, after 90 years, doctors finally have begun to seriously examine the mechanism and question the
merits of injecting metal toxins into newborn babies, what have they yet to discover? ASIA sounds awful. (Too bad for all the
people whose kids suffered through chronic fatigue when it was just a Freudian yearning to sleep with their mother.)

But what if, like Lujans sheep, the negligible minority that has been paying the price for the good of humanity is actually only
the tip of the iceberg? What if some people with no apparent adverse immune reactions still have nanocrystals of aluminum
silently depositing in their brains? What if ASIA really includes Alzheimers? ALS, autism? ADD? And thats just the As.

Related: New Transmissible Vaccine Spreads Like Virus, No Consent Necessary

Even if immunologists keep wearing their rose coloured glasses, and vaccine ingredients are only responsible for a tiny
fraction of the exploding autoimmunity, the ugly in vaccines will still get harder and harder to ignore.

When everyone on the planet is getting injected, 20 years is a long time for disabled people to stack up while scientists duel
with the characterized particles of autoimmunity.

In the fury over the Disneyland measles outbreak that is gripping the worlds vaccine promoters, time is running out for
doctors and researchers who see the bad and ugly side of vaccines and their adjuvants to do something about it.

Theres slim chance of a vaccine redesign in the absence of a profit incentive and a strong chance of universal vaccine
mandates for one and all - previous anaphylactic shock reaction or not.

Study Pulled From Publication After Proving Truth Of Vaccinated Versus Unvaccinated
Children

The censorship of science is nothing new. In Canada, for instance, there were serious concerns
about the federal governments increasingly strict regulations that prevented scientists from sharing
their findings with the public.
Censorship, on the whole, is a persistently under-acknowledged problem in our society. The election of Donald
Trump certainly showcased the fact that the mainstream media only portrays the narratives they want us to see.

In the latest instance of scientific censorship, an article from a scientific journal was unpublished, but only after vaccine
enthusiasts proclaimed that it needed to be removed. The study, you see, examined the differences in health outcomes
between vaccinated and unvaccinated children.

The studys results indicated that:

Vaccinated children were significantly less likely than the unvaccinated to have been diagnosed with
chickenpox and pertussis, but significantly more likely to have been diagnosed with pneumonia, otitis
media, allergies and NDDs (defined as Autism Spectrum Disorder, Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder,
and/or a learning disability).

From the mothers reports, the researchers found that vaccinated children were more likely to have allergies and
neurodevelopmental disorders (NDDs). The team noted that even after controlling for other factors, vaccination remained
significantly associated with the presence of an NDD.

VaxXed Stories: Social Engineering of Medical Professionals

Dr. Suzanne Humphries attends a meeting called "Confronting Vaccine Resistance: Strategies For Success" at NYU
Langone Medical Center in New York, New York on November 21, 2016.

This meetings speakers were Senator Richard Pan, Dr. Paul Offit and Dorit Rubenstein Reiss. Afterwards she comes out to
the VaxXed Bus to share what happened. Camera and editing by Joshua Coleman.

Indeed, those that were vaccinated were three times more likely to be diagnosed with an NDD such as autism. The
combination of preterm birth and vaccination produced an even higher risk of NDD, increasing the chances of it by more than
six-fold.

In the abstract, the researchers wrote in their conclusion;

In this study based on mothers reports, the vaccinated had a higher rate of allergies and NDD than the
unvaccinated. Vaccination, but not preterm birth, remained significantly associated with NDD after controlling for
other factors.

However, preterm birth combined with vaccination was associated with an apparent synergistic increase in the
odds of NDD. Further research involving larger, independent samples is needed to verify and understand these
unexpected findings in order to optimize the impact of vaccines on childrens health.

Baxter Dmitry from Investment Watch Blog notes that the study was unpublished from the journal Frontiers In Public Health.
Normally, one can still view the cached version in internet archives.

But Baxter says this too was removed, noting that a cached version available on internet archives has also been removed,
suggesting there is a serious campaign to stop members of the public from viewing the study.

Fortunately, a screenshot of the study was saved before the whole thing was scrubbed off the internet for good.
Prior to being removed from the internet, the study was subjected to massive amounts of scrutiny; apparently in this instance,
the use of surveys which are widely used for data gathering somehow invites bias.

Some of the colorful public comments included;

This study is of poor design, though not impossible results. Study relies of self-report of moms, inducing
bias, and, Another garbage vaccine study in Frontiers journal. Scientists, stop reviewing/publishing there.
This, of course, is not the first time that a study that showcased the potential ill effects of vaccines has been pulled from the
internet. In February, the journal Vaccine temporarily removed, and eventually retracted, a study that linked the HPV vaccine
to behavioral issues in mice.

Publishing research that contains information that conflicts with the mainstream narrative continues to prove to be a quick and
easy way to find yourself blacklisted and censored by conventional media. This just underscores the importance
of independent research and alternative media outlets.

Related: Big Pharma now wants to vaccinate babies while theyre still in the womb

10 More Signs That The Global Elites Ship Is Sinking + Viral Image Shows Why The
Global Elite Are Panicking - Former U.S. VP To Media We Dont Need You Guys
Anymore
December 23 2016 | From: WakingTimes / IUV / Various

Times are continuing to shift in a big way and humanitys rise over the darkness that has plagued
our planet for a very long time is gathering momentum by the day.

Remember, the elites modus operandi is to crush any form of hope or belief that things can or will get better.

Related: The Ongoing Historic Fall Of The Khazarian Empire

Truth prevails though and we are seeing the old world order crumble. 2017 is sure to be an exciting year. Continue to dream
big.

1. June 23rd, 2016: Britain votes to leave the European Union. While some are choosing to see this as an extremist act
whose focus was on securing the border from immigrants, there is a much bigger picture to that event.

While it must be said that the immigration issue is in the minds of some who were pro-Brexit (and thus needs to be humanely
and compassionately addressed), the bigger issue was that Britain reclaimed its sovereignty back from the imperialistic
banking and political cabal.
Related: Criminally Negligent IMF Head Lagarde Unpunished, Heres Why

As it has been reported in The Telegraph, a mainstream media outlet in the UK, the CIA and the U.S. State Department have
been heavily involved in the creation of the European Union from the very beginning.

As Professor Alan Sked said in the article: Voters in Britains referendum need to understand that the European Union was
about building a federal superstate from day one.

2. July 22nd, 2016: Wikileaks releases over 20,000 emails from the Democratic National Convention and shows the deep
collusion between the Clinton Campaign and the DNC itself. These revelations ultimately helped force the resignations of the
top 4 positions within the DNC.

3. October 8th, 2016: Shortly after Wikileaks began dumping the PodestaFiles, emails were revealed that John Podesta, the
Clinton campaign chairman, was receiving emails about UFO/E.T. disclosure as well as free energy technology, whose emails
came from former NASA astronaut Edgar Mitchell.
These are highly significant in the fact that it is admitted by Mitchell that such technologies do exist and that even the Vatican
knows of them.

Once these technologies are known about on an even wider scale, the lies and corruption of the oil industry will fall apart and
humanity can then reclaim its freedom.

4. October 10th, 2016: Turkey defies the banking cabal and signs the Turkish Stream gas pipeline deal with Russia.
Because Russia is in opposition to the cabal, or NWO, as some would prefer, this is a massive financial and geopolitical
game-changer.

5. October 20th, 2016: The Philippines president Rodrigo Duterte visits China with 200 Filipino businessmen to mend ties
with China. He also announces his separation from the U.S. (which is a blow to the cabal) and seeks an alliance with not only
China, but Russia too. The BRICS Alliance continues to grow.

6. October 30th, 2016: Icelands Prime Minister steps down as the activist, anti-establishment party, known as The Pirate
Party, comes in second in national elections and jumps its number of parliament seats from 3 to 10.
As more people around the world herald the call for true freedom, political parties reflecting such ideals will continue to prevail.
The Pirate Party is in over 40 countries around the world currently, and the movement continues to grow.

7. November 4th, 2016: Wikileaks emails reveal the Podesta brothers were invited to a spirit cooking dinner and involved
eating sperm and menstrual blood. While some surely laughed this off, keep in mind that former FBI special agent Ted
Gunderson spent several years investigating and exposing this information to the public, before being murdered.

We must also keep in mind that former BBC star Jimmy Savile was revealed to being involved in a massive, elite-ridden
pedophile ring.
Related: Report: Obama Threatened Putin With WAR Over Election Hacking Conspiracy Theory

The pedophilia and ritualistic claims against many of the elites is well known around the world and is a very serious issue. The
fact that even a small bit of this came out in the Wikileaks revelations is significant and a sign of the times. So much more is
coming.

8. November 8th, 2016: It was revealed by Neil Keenan that several globalists/cabalists, including Mark Carney of the Bank
of England, Janet Yellen of the Federal Reserve, the Rothschilds, Malaysian Prime Minister Najib Razak and others were
involved in a deal to steal 1 million metric tons of Gold from the global collateral accounts.

As of this writing, the deal has been stopped and it very beneficial to humanity.

While this story might not make much sense to many readers, understand that the global collateral accounts are the cabals
biggest financial secret on this planet. It is the reason JFK was killed and it also relates to 9/11.

9. November 13th, 2016: The European countries of Moldova and Bulgaria elect new presidents, both of whom are pro-
Russia. This is yet another major setback for the globalists plans of creating a superstate out of Europe. Watch for even more
countries to begin aligning with Russia.

10. November 15th, 2016: More than 200 rallies around the U.S. take place to protest the North Dakota pipeline that is
being attempted to form.

The world is continuing to awaken and sees the lunacy of oil and gas for energy. Clean solutions already exist.

What are some other stories that you believe are signs that the elites ship is sinking? Some believe that the election of
Donald Trump is a sign.

Further signs are the recent resignations of Cabal-placed heads of state, namely the resignation of the Prime Minister of New
Zealand, the Prime Minister of Italy and the President of France - all three of which announced their intention to resign their
positions withinn the same 24 hour period.

Related: The Liberation of Aleppo: A Regional Turning Point. Setback for US-Led Aggression

Viral Image Shows Why The Global Elite Are Panicking - Former U.S. VP To Media We
Dont Need You Guys Anymore
There is a direct correlation between populism growing across the globe, replacing the global
elite one by one, and the fall of the mainstream media. The media has not become irrelevant
because the globalists are falling, but rather the global elite are falling because the media has
become irrelevant.
That is a very important distinction and a lesson learned in 2016 that must not ever be forgotten.

Populism is described as a political doctrine that stems from a viewpoint of struggle between the populace and a ruling
faction. Nationalism on the other hand is defined as patriotic feeling, principles, or efforts.

Globalism is the exact opposite of both. Globalists believe what is best for the international community, should override what
is best for individual countries, basically sacrificing the welfare of a nations populace to benefit the international community
as a whole.

One Globalist Leader Left Standing

With the passing of the Brexit referendum in the UK which caused David Cameron, the Prime Minister, to resign, the election
of Donald Trump in the U.S. as a repudiation of globalist leader Barack Obama, the Italian referendum which
caused the Italian Prime Minister Matteo Renzi to resign, and the recent announcement by French President Francois
Hollande that he will not be seeking re-election, there is one global elite leader left standing

Angela Merkel, who has suffered some major losses herself in Germany.
Camerion, Obama, Merkel, Hollande, Renzi at G5 Summit

The image above, minus the X marks on their heads, has been going viral on social media, with messages like Three pro-EU
globalists down, one more pro-EU globalist to go, and four down, Merkel to go, according to the Independent UK, in an
article headlined Last world leader standing: The photo that shows just how much the world has changed in 2016.

Each of these leaders have been seen as betrayers by the populists in their respective countries, putting the good of
others above the good of those they were elected to represent, and each have been repudiated in elections and
referendums in 2016 by the very people they have betrayed with their globalist policies.

Jobs, manufacturing, the economy, all sacrificed by the five globalists above in pursuit of their New World Order, and all but
one will be gone in 2017, with Angela Merkel seeking a fourth term, despite a historic loss in the Berlin state election in
September, which many believe was a backlash against her open immigration policies.

Globalist Cheerleaders (Mainstream Media) Become Irrelevant

The globalist supporting media in each of the unexpected losses had campaigned hard to prevent populism from overcoming
globalism or to rephrase, to prevent the people from overcoming the elite and their agenda.
Before the Brexit vote, the media hyperventilated and claimed the whole world and markets would be thrown in turmoil, in an
attempt to influence the referendum results.

Headlines from before the referendum included Brexit would have huge economic impact and spark turmoil in global
markets from the Daily Mail and Brexit would create turmoil and damage Irish trade, from the Irish Times. One of the most
amusing headlines came from the UK Mirror at the time, who declared Brexit could end Britains hopes of hosting another
World Cup or Olympics.

The same hyperbolic headlines proceeded Italys recent referendum, with promising chaos if the No vote one and Renzi
resigns.

The same type of howling preceded the U.S. elections with dire warnings of what would happen if Donald Trump beat globalist
Hillary Clinton, where CNN headlined on November 6 with:

US election 2016: this is the global market turmoil that would be triggered by a Donald Trump victory, to which
not only didnt happen, but just the opposite occurred, as one day after the election, markets rallied and stocks
soared, with increases still being seen as CNBC reports today that Stocks have been on a rip-roaring rally
since the U.S. election.

One pattern here is that in every case, the mainstream media had attempted to influence the outcome, always in favor of the
globalists, but the more important pattern is that the populace in each instance in their respective countries.. ignored
them.

Ignored the consistent flow of skewed polls claiming the populist candidate or position had no chance, ignored the constant
negative stories being slammed out daily, in many case multiple times a day, against the candidate or position the media
didnt favor.
While polling over the decades has shown an increase of distrust toward the mainstream media, until 2016, they were still
able to influence primaries, elections, referendums and votes. those days are gone, and that is why the global elite are
panicking.

Former US VP to Media: "We Don't Need You Guys Anymore"

Former U.S. VP Dick Cheney recently sat down with Former Secretary of Defense Leon Panetta and CNNs Barbara Starr at
the Reagan Library, and said something horrifying to the mainstream media and the globalists.

Love him or hate him... the truth is the truth. Starr asked Cheney about the language of President-elect Trumps tweets and
after answering her Cheney stated:

I think one of the reasons people get so concerned about the tweets is it is sort of a way around the press. He
doesnt have to rely upon, uh, rely upon - this is the modern era, modern technology. Hes at the point
where we dont need you guys anymore.

The laughter from the audience is clearly heard but nothing from CNNs Starr, because those are the words the global elite
and the MSM are all terrified of because they are the truth.

That comment comes at the 3:20 minute mark in the clip below:
Bottom Line

The mainstream media and their fake news, along with their fake polls, using skewed demographics intended to create an
illusion meant to influence the public, has failed, and with it they took the last thing propping up globalism and touting it as the
way forward, in an attempt to create a New World Order.

The term leader of the free world has often been used to describe the United States and more commonly the U.S. President
of the United States, and having a populist U.S. President is a tremendous blow to globalists across the world, so it is no
coincidence that after an election to where the populist candidate won, Clinton teamed up with Green Party candidate Jill
Stein to petition for recounts in the three states that Trump flipped, which if successful would have handed the election to the
globalist candidate Hillary Clinton.

It is also no coincidence that organized protests, funded by globalist George Soros, have been seen across America after the
election or that we are seeing dire warnings of bloody Friday, with reports warning that ISIS could attack on inauguration
day.

The panicked globalists will not give up...

Fluoride Action Network: A Report From New Zealand

December 23 2016 | From: FluorideAlert

Two weeks ago legislation was introduced into the NZ Parliament in an attempt to force fluoridation
on the whole country. Currently, only half of New Zealands population is on fluoridated water. The
decision-making for fluoridation had been held by local councils since it was introduced starting in
the 1960s.

The proposed new legislation has only had its first reading at Parliament and must go through two more readings
before it becomes law. The next step is for this drafted legislation to go before the Health Select Committee and this
is where citizens can help make changes.
Related: The Question That Fluoridation Promoters Cant Answer

TV advert produced for Fluoride Free New Zealand. Shows that New Zealand is one of the few countries that still has
fluoridation and that other countries, without fluoridation, have just as good, if not better, teeth.

It also shows that there are public dental health policies that really work that could be implemented in NZ.

Fluoride Free NZ on Facebook / fluoridefree.org.nz

Legislation is often amended once the Committee involved has heard feedback from a wide range of people. So it is possible
that a strategic amendment might nullify the proposed legislation.

Interview With Dr. John Colquhoun, 1998

The legislation attempts to shift responsibility from the local councils to the District Health Boards (DHBs), but the DHBs are a
branch of the Ministry of Health in the Central Government, and are contractually obligated to do what the Ministry instructs.
The DHBs will only have a limited window with which to view the issue: they will only be allowed to consider dental health and
weigh that up against the costs of fluoridation.

Their purview will not include considering:

Health effects

Current fluoride exposure

A lternatives to fluoridation, like the Childsmile program in Scotland

ill not include consultation with the community

As far as dental health is concerned, the DHBs are being steered to a single survey carried out in 2009 that found a 40%
difference in dental decay rates. However, this survey was only a snapshot in time and did not take into consideration life time
residence.

The two studies published prior to this survey (that did look at life time residence), and a study published this year as well as
the New Zealand School Dental statistics (published every year) did not find any difference in decay rates. The only
differences that can be found in the School Dental statistics is for Maori children.

This fact distorts the picture because the non-fluoridated total includes the poorest area, with a high population of Maori
children, while the fluoridated total includes the wealthiest area. The sad irony in all this is that Maori children had perfect
teeth before the advent of western diets.

Related: Fluoride IQ Loss and the Brain

The Health Select Committee is inviting feedback from the public until the 2nd of February and will allow people to also speak
in person and by Skype to the Committee. The Hearing is likely to be February or March next year. This Committee is made
up of representatives from the top four political parties with the National Party (the current Government) making up the
majority.
The aim of Fluoride Free NZ (FFNZ) is to educate the Health Select Committee members in the hope that they will agree to
amendments to the legislation. We also aim to educate other Members of Parliament who are not on the Select Committee, so
that they are supportive of their members on the Select Committee making changes to the legislation.

Only 23 of the 67 NZ local councils still have any fluoridation, because FFNZ has managed to convince several councils to
stop over the past decade.

We also plan to put out as much publicity as our budget allows especially on health effects and the potential for fluoride to
damage to the brain so the general public become more informed and advise political parties and individual MPs that they
wont get their vote unless they change their stance.

As you will see from the Transcript and the video footage of the MPs that spoke at the first Parliamentary Reading of
the Bill - none of the MPs that spoke know very much about the subject.

Health Select Committee Chair Simon OConnor mistakenly credits his good teeth on taking fluoride tablets as a child.

Unbeknownst to him, the NZ Ministry of Health no longer recommends fluoride tablets because we now know
fluoride doesnt work by swallowing and fluoride tablets cause dental fluorosis!
Associate Health Minister Peter Dunne, who introduced the Bill, but fortunately is not on the Health Select Committee, has
called opponents of fluoridation tin-foil hat wearing, UFO-abducted pseudo-scientists.

He mustnt realise that he is insulting around half of the NZ population. Results from all referenda held in NZ show that people
tend to vote status quo. If a nationwide referendum was held tomorrow, we would have a good chance of winning.

Charges of anti-science are sounding rather ridiculous for those who have actually read the literature and even taken a
cursory look at the science presented by Michael Connett in the TSCA petition to the US EPA.

However, the ill-informed NZ media do not challenge these inaccurate and insulting attacks on fluoridation
opponents, thats why our advertising campaign is so important.

This really is crunch time for us in New Zealand. If we do not get changes to this draconian legislation, it will be nigh on
impossible to get it stopped where it has started and very, very difficult to resist its introduction to areas that dont have it, even
if the vast majority of the community, including local councillors, dont want it.

On the other hand, if we do get changes we could see an end to fluoridation completely in NZ and the fluoridated
world would get even smaller.

Why Does NZ Still Fluoridate?

Related: Undeniable Evidence From Numerous Studies Proves That Fluoride Causes Cancer

As many of your supporters know, when Prof Paul Connett was over here in New Zealand earlier in the year, we were able to
persuade a TV station in Auckland to host a 30-minute debate with a well-known NZ scientist, Prof Mike Berridge. We were
excited about this because Paul had been trying to get such a debate in NZ with someone who was pro-fluoridation for 12
years.

I think we can safely assume that our side won that debate because the proponents dont promote or mention this debate and
anyone who watched it can see that Paul won this debate. That is why during our campaign we are paying for this debate to
be aired again on NZ television 8 times on FACE SKY Channel 083.
You can also view the debate online anytime.

*If you have family or friends in NZ please send them this bulletin and encourage them to tell everyone they know that NZ is
under threat of mandatory fluoridation this includes Christchurch which has some of the most beautiful water in the world.

See all FAN bulletins online

Related Articles:

Water Fluoridation Linked to Diabetes and Low IQ

Study Finds Link Between Water Fluoridation And Diabetes

What's the only drug intentionally added to tap water? Fluoride

What does mandatory fluoridation mean for you?

Fluoride, the Only Drug Intentionally Added to Your Tap Water

Experts Admit That Fluoride May Be Completely Uselesss

Index of Fluorinated Pharmaceuticals

Hamilton to get two unfluoridated water filling stations

Kubrick Told Us about FLUORIDE in 1964

Fear, Bloodshed And Human Sacrifices Before Winter Solstice

December 22 2016 | From: VigilantCitizen

The killing of an ambassador in Turkey on live television and the attack of a Christmas market in
Berlin occurred at a crucial time of year.
The Russian ambassador with his killer standing behind him, moments before the gunshot

On December 19th 2016, Donald Trump was officially confirmed as President of the United States by the Electoral
College. Media coverage of this event was however eclipsed by attacks that ironically confirm why he was elected in
the first place. And these attacks will most likely greatly influence upcoming elections in Germany, France and the
Netherlands. A drastic change in political scenery is in the horizon, and it is fueled by fear, bloodshed and rejection
of globalism.

Related: Putin vows to destroy ISIL after ambassador killed

The assassination of a Russian ambassador on live television and the violent attack of a Christmas market in Germany are
events that are not only violent, but charged with intense symbolism meant to shock the public mind.

Whether this was coincidental or not, these events occurred right on the brink of the winter solstice a period that is historically
prone to blood sacrifices as it is a minor Sabbath in the occult calendar. Before Christmas, there was Saturnalia.

The origins of Christmas predate Christianity through the Pagan holiday called Saturnalia, which was a week-long
of lawlessness from December 17th through December 25th that honored Saturn and included human sacrifice,
intoxication, naked caroling and rape. During these seven days, there were no punishments for breaking any laws,
according to Roman law.

- In5d, Esoteric Meaning of Christmas

It was traditional to offer gifts of imitation fruit (a symbol of fertility), dolls (symbolic of the custom of human
sacrifice), and candles (reminiscent of the bonfires traditionally associated with pagan solstice celebrations). A
mock king was chosen, usually from a group of slaves or criminals, and although he was permitted to behave in an
unrestrained manner for seven days of the festival, he was usually killed at the end.

The Saturnalia eventually degenerated into a week-long spree of debauchery and crime giving rise to the
modern use of the tern saturnalia, meaning a period of unrestrained license and revelry.
 - Time and Date, Holidays and Traditions around the December solstice

On December 19th, the entire world witnessed a live murder, a carefully planned sacrifice.

The Russian Ambassador

Andrey Karlov, Russias ambassador to Turkey was shot dead on Monday evening as he delivered a speech at a photo
exposition. The killer, identified as Mert Altintas, was an off-duty member of Ankaras police force.

The entire scene was extremely surreal because, beyond the violence, it was visually perfect. It was a set piece made for
mass media.

Related: Russian Officials: Highly Likely Ambassador Assassination a NATO False Flag

Mert Altintas stood behind the ambassador, wearing a stylishly tailored black suit, which sharply contrasted with the
immaculate white background adorned with pictures of Russia. Several gunshots then wring out and the ambassador falls on
his back, suddenly lifeless. The gunman then walks around the body, yelling Allahu Akbar and Dont forget Aleppo until
police finally manages to reach him and shoot him down.
As one reviews this surreal scene, one wonders: How was this even allowed to happen? How come this 22-year-old, off-duty
cop, who is part of the riot squad, was the only person standing behind Karlov this entire time? Reports are now saying that
the gunman refused security check.

The off-duty police officer who assassinated Russias ambassador to Turkey refused to go through an X-ray
security check before the shooting - but was let into the event anyway, according to a report.

The Hurriyet Daily News reported Tuesday that the assassin, Mevlt Mert Altintas, simply flashed his police ID to
enter Ankaras Contemporary Arts Center - where Russian Ambassador Andrey Karlov was scheduled to speak at
a photo exhibition.

- Daily News, Assassin of Turkeys Russian ambassador refused security check before ambushing event

Related: Putin Assures Envoy Karlovs Murderers to Feel the Heat of Russian Response

Also, all signs point to the attack being ordered from above, Mert Altintas being the proverbial patsy.

It had been determined Tuesday if Altintas, 22, was part of a wider plan to take out the Russian ambassador. But
a senior Turkish official told the Associated Press Altintas likely did not act alone. The official, speaking
anonymously, called the killing fully professional, not a one-man action.

- Ibid.

Turkish authorities suspect that Altintas was under the influence of Fetullah Gulen, a Turkish preacher who is currently based
in the United States, in Pennsylvania. He is suspected of being a CIA operative conducting operations meant to
destabilize Erdogans government.

Although some draw comparisons between this event and the assassination that lead to WWI, it is unlikely that the killing will
cause significant change. It will most likely justify the Russian-Turkish involvement in Syria.

Berlin Attack
The truck used to conduct the attack with Christmas decorations stuck on the windshield. Sadly symbolic

Related: Statement from President-Elect Donald J. Trump on the Attack in Berlin

Around the same time the assassination occurred in Turkey, a horrific attack took place in Berlin killing 12 people and 48
others.

What authorities can say for certain is that a tractor-trailer with Polish license plates and laden with steel rods
jumped a sidewalk around 8 p.m. Monday and plowed into the market near the Kaiser Wilhelm Memorial Church, a
symbolic Berlin site whose spire, jagged from bomb damage, was intentionally left unrepaired after World War II.

- NY Times, Berlin Christmas Market Was Target of Terrorist Attack, Angela Merkel Says

This event was also charged with symbolic meaning. It was not simply about killing people, it was an attack on German
culture, history and tradition. Christmas markets are a German tradition originating from the Middle Ages where locals shop for
various goods while getting into the Christmas spirit.

The market that was attacked is situated near the Kaiser Wilheml Memorial church, a symbolic piece of German history.
Related: The CIA Strikes Again?

The truck and the wreckage it caused at the foot of the Church. Although not all Germans are religious, the building remains a
piece of local history.

This bloody attack is therefore custom-built to anger the German population who have to witness a beloved tradition being
turned into a bloodbath by terrorists.

This anger might very well translate into votes against Merkel (and her open-door policy to refugees) in the upcoming
elections. It might also influence the French elections where Le Pen is gaining traction.

At the time of writing this article, Berlin police detains a suspect who is said to be a refugee from Pakistan. However, police
also stated that they might have the wrong person and that the true culprit might still be on the run. No matter who finally gets
arrested, ultimate losers will be citizens who will have to suffer through even more scrutiny, monitoring and surveillance for
more security.
The elites motto is Ordo Ab Chao (Order Out of Chaos) and Merkels policy brought to Germany great deal of chaos. Now
people will crave for order. And that order might come at a terrible price.

In Conclusion

The two events described above were not only about killing people. They were about sending a message. They were charged
with symbolic meaning custom made for mass media and social networks.

These events occurred at a sensitive time of the year, the winter solstice, a minor Sabbath, historically celebrated with human
sacrifice. Whether this date was intentionally selected or not, the entire world was forced to witness a planned killing, a ritual
sacrifice carried out methodically as the killer screamed God is Great.

Top 10 Most Delusional Facts Of The Lunatic Left-Wing Fact-Checkers

December 22 2016 | From: NaturalNews

Since Facebook has announced its intention to erect a Ministry of Truth echo chamber by labeling
all news it doesnt like fake news, I thought it appropriate to unveil the top 10 most delusional
facts people will be subjected to if they keep viewing Facebook, CNN, or any other news
propaganda being put out by what has become the mentally ill political left today.
As anyone with a functioning brain already knows, the unhinged left is utterly clueless about the properties of
facts or where they come from. To them, facts are whatever their friends keep repeating, even if they have no
basis whatsoever in evidence or reality.

Related: The Western Presstitutes Are Firmly Based In Nazi Propaganda Techniques

In essence, facts are whatever they believe, while fake news is whatever you believe. (It really is that simple in their feeble
brains.)

So consider these top 10 most delusional facts well soon see rolled out as truth by the newly-sprung news
cartels operating inside Fakebook.

Fact #1: Eating Meat is Cruelty to Animals, But Harvesting the Organs of Living, Partially-Born
Human Babies Isnt Cruel at All

Somehow, the delusional left has decided that animals are conscious beings but not human babies. Yeah, its insane, I know.
Liberalism is best defined as a kind of mental illness where a person can hold two utterly contradictory thoughts in their head
at the same time while simultaneously believing them both.

To demonstrate this particular brand of lunacy, a Beastie Boy recently announced a new line of cruelty free sneakers with
proceeds to benefit abortion providers. Yep, no animals were harmed in the process of butchering these babies might as
well be the sicko slogan of the unhinged left.

Fact #2: If Not For the Burning of Fossil Fuels, Earths Climate Would Never Change at All

At first, they called their hoax global warming, but when it turned out the Earth wasnt warming at all - funny how that works
when you use actual data instead of fraudulently altered numbers - they had to roll out a more encompassing name: Climate
Change.

According to Climate Change cultists - named thusly because no amount of evidence can alter their faith in Climate Change
- Earths climate never changed at all until humankind came along and started burning fossil fuels.
But now - OMG! - every hurricane, flood, drought, forest fire and freezing arctic blast is automatically attributed to climate
change. Yep, especially among young leftists who have been indoctrinated by the lies of government-run schools, they think
their ancestors lived in a time when Earth was eternal Spring, with no climate variation or natural disasters whatsoever.

Its only because you and I are using air conditioning and driving SUVs that the planet has become angry, unleashing all sorts
of climatic changes that otherwise would have never occurred.

This explanation, you may have noticed, closely resembles the superstitions of 5th-century humans who largely believed that
bad weather and solar eclipses were caused by angry gods seeking to punish them. In over 1000 years, weve learned
nothing, it seems, and progressives have thrust us back to an era of incredible ignorance and superstition where scientific
evidence is abandoned for the sake of powerful cult-like beliefs.

Fact #3: People with XY Chromosomes Can Instantly Transform All Their Genes Into XX
Chromosomes by Declaring Themselves to be Women (the Theory of Spontaneous Genetic
Transmutation)

Ask any young liberal and theyll tell you there are at least 30 genders, maybe even more if you count TransUnicorn. If you
can stop laughing hilariously, ask them whether sex is determined by genetic expression or by a choice. They will insist its a
choice!
And just like that, the delusional leftists discard centuries of scientific knowledge in genetics, sexual reproduction, phenotype
expressions and physical reality. If you dare point out to them that transgenderism is a mental illness, they will label you a
purveyor of either hatred or fake news.

To them, a feeling is more REAL than actual science, you see. And if a young man sucks down enough bisphenol-A to start
feeling like a woman, then his womanhood is accepted as a fact by the deranged lunatic left. Some of them even insist that
such gender-fluid biological males can get pregnant and have babies!

I have named this hilarious bit of leftish delusional idiocy the Theory of Spontaneous Genetic Transmutation. This theory is
quite literally accepted as fact by nearly every liberal under the age of 30.

Fact #4: Media News Coverage During the Presidential Campaign Was Completely Fair to Both
Clinton and Trump, But the DNC Hacks Were One-Sided, and Thus Totally Unfair

Yep, according to the delusional left, the almost universally glowing media coverage of Hillary Clinton - alongside relentless
media attacks waged against Trump - were fair and balanced. But Trump won the election because the DNC hacks (which
were actually leaks from a Bernie Sanders supporter, not hacks at all) were totally unfair because they only leaked the emails
of the democrats, not republicans.

Kellyanne Conway: CIA Should Go and Testify and Stop Leaking to the Media
Hidden in that protest is an astonishing presumption that all the leaked DNC emails were true! And they reveal a deeply
shocking level of collusion inside the DNC to destroy Bernie Sanders and steal the nomination for Hillary Clinton.

Fact #5: Hillary Clinton Should be President Because She Won the Popular Vote, But When
Bernie Sanders Kept Winning the Popular Vote During the Primary, Clinton Somehow Got All the
Delegates Hmmm

Hilariously, the Clinton campaign (and all delusional leftists in general) only believes in popular votes when they win the
popular vote.

When they dont win the popular vote, they believe in rigging the delegates to make sure their candidate gets the delegate
votes even if they lost the popular vote. This is exactly how Hillary Clinton kept walking away with the vast majority of
delegates even in states where Bernie Sanders won the popular votes (sometimes in a landslide).

Beyond all that, the presidential election is not determined by popular votes, or else Donald Trump would have campaigned
heavily in places like New York City and Los Angeles.

The winner is determined by Electoral Votes, which is why Donald Trump campaigned in the areas that deliver
electoral victories. (Gosh, is he supposed to be a bad person for following the rules and winning by those rules?)

Judge Jeanine: I'll tell you what hope is, Michelle

If the Clinton campaign didnt think the Electoral College was fair, why didnt they protest it before the results revealed Hillary
to be the loser? The answer, of course, is because nearly every leftist in America was completely convinced that Hillary
Clinton would win the election (because thats what the media echo chamber told them).

Hilariously, this caused many of them to avoid going out to vote, thereby ensuring their ballot box loss. CNNs false media
narrative that Hillary was unbeatable, in other words, may have actually handed Donald Trump the election victory. (Such is
the price of extreme arrogance.)
 Fact #6: Theres No Such Thing as a Hate Crime Against White People

According to the lunatic left, hate crimes can only be committed by white people against people of color. The opposite
cannot occur because white people deserve to be beaten, raped, or shot by people of color, you see. (For the record, I am a
person of color, which means I am therefore incapable of committing any hate crime myself, you see.)

Thus, when a group of Black Lives Matter terrorists marches in the streets calling for the open murder of white people - or
dragging people out of their vehicles and beating them solely because of their white skin color - they are not engage in hate
crimes at all, according to the delusional left.

Instead, they are said to be engaged in social justice. Because, you see, violence is always called justice by the worst
criminals in every collapsing society.

This is why the entire left-wing media censors all news about black people attacking white people, but strongly emphasizes all
news about white people attacking black people. Its all part of controlling the narrative to paint the kind of one-sided
propaganda that the delusional left depends on for its very survival.

For the record, here at Natural News, we believe that there is no such thing as a thought crime. Crimes of violence are
crimes in and of themselves due to their actions. Attaching a layer of hate to the motivation behind such a crime is a grave
injustice.

Crimes should be prosecuted based on the actions of those who committed them, not on the words uttered while carrying
them out. Otherwise, we are admitting that words are crimes.

Fact #7: Guns Are Conscious, Self-Animating Objects That Leap Out Of Their Holsters and Shoot
People All On Their Own
According to delusional leftists who essentially believe in magic, guns are self-directed objects that shoot people all on
their own. Leftists truly believe that a gun in a room can leap to its feet, target individuals and discharge bullets without
needing to be actuated by the will of a person.

This is where the delusional left comes up with meaningless phrases like gun violence, placing the emphasis on the
inanimate object rather than the person deploying it. There is no such thing as gun violence any more than there is hammer
violence when murderers use hammers.

When Somali tribes commit mass murder against each other using machetes, the left never describes such events as
machete violence and tries to blame machetes. Ever wonder why? Because that would sound incredibly stupid.

But when it comes to guns, the left gladly invokes the phrase gun violence in order to blame guns rather than people. Its a
deliberately loaded phrase thats designed to blame guns rather than the mostly left-wing criminals who use them to commit
violence against society.

Similarly, when radical Islamic terrorists used an ice cream truck to mow down tourists in Paris, the left-wing media reported
the mass murder as being carried out by the truck! News reports proclaimed, TRUCK runs over 85 people or Authorities
are searching for TRUCK that murdered 85

Somehow, it never occurs to idiotic leftists that a terrorist was driving the truck. And if trucks are such murderous instruments
of death, then why isnt the left calling for a nationwide truck ban?

Fact #8: Only Progressives Can Identify Facts Everyone Else Doesnt Know What Theyre
Talking About

This fact is the best one of all. According to the delusional, fringe left, only people who support left-wing policies can
recognize or identify facts.

This twisted special sauce of circular logic is what leftists tell themselves when they proclaim their version of facts to be
absolute and authoritative, while anyone elses version of facts are nothing but lies and falsehoods.
Related: Facebook's plan to tackle fake news raises questions over limitations

Thus, the lunatic left believes it gets facts straight from God in a sort of divining ritual from which indisputable facts
emerge much like a genie might appear after vigorously rubbing a brass lamp.

This monopoly of facts is the sole domain of liberals, you see, and they know this because so many of them agree with that
supposition, thus proving it to be true by social consensus. They surveyed each other, you see, and now they cite the survey
which states that 100% of all people everywhere participate in surveys. This, too, is a fact of the delusional left-wing media.

(Its kind of convenient for journalists at the Washington Post when they merely need to cite each other as unnamed sources
for whatever news they happen to be fabricating at the moment, too.

Who needs actual intelligence sources when WashPost reporters can circle jerk each other for made-up quotes that get
worked into their front page fabrications?)

Fact #9: Intentions Count MoreThan Actions

Obama is a good President and a good person. How do we know that? Because he has good intentions.

Never mind the fact that he doubled the national debt to nearly $20 trillion. Never mind the fact that his DOJ masterminded a
gun-running operation to put illegal weapons into the hands of Mexican drug cartels (Operation Fast and Furious).

Never mind the indisputable observation that he was a race baiter who created division, hatred and distrust across Americas
cultural fabric. And pay no attention to the astonishing job loss, unemployment and plummeting wages caused by the
Obamacare scheme he championed as some sort of twisted, pathetic legacy.

Nope, youre not supposed to consider actual reality when it comes to judging people on the left. They are all given a pass on
their behavior as long as they have good intentions, you see.
This is why it doesnt matter to the left that Bill Clinton is an accused rapist, sexual molester and repeated attacker of multiple
women who have openly and publicly accused him of sexual assault.

According to the delusional left, Bill Clinton gets a free pass on all that because hes a good liberal. He has compassion, dont
you know? He supports abortion, carbon taxes and banning the Second Amendment. Thus, according to the left, it doesnt
matter how many women he raped, abused or molested.

Facts be damned. When it comes to protecting the champions of the political left, no amount of legitimate evidence of criminal
wrongdoing can overcome the lefts blind faith in their so-called leaders, even if they be pedophiles ordering sicko sessions
with minors like buying pizza off a menu.

Fact #10: Bigger Government is Always the Answer

No matter what challenges society may face, the disconnected left believes bigger government is always the answer.

Got a problem with people drinking too much soda? We need bigger government to function as food police and criminalize
large sodas offerings.

Are too many dementia patients forgetting where they are and wandering aimlessly across mall parking lots? We need bigger
government, the left insists, to microchip and track the location of all those afflicted with mental disorders. (Its true,
Congress just passed the law for government to microchip citizens.)
Cant afford your rent? Mobile phone bills? Groceries? Dont worry, the government will create a new program to take money
from all those who earned it and redistribute the funds to loyal democrat voters who consume it (while, of course, padding the
pockets of the politically connected elite along the way).

According to the delusional left, theres no problem too large that even larger government cant solve! Their utopian
economy, in fact, is a system where the free market is abolished and replaced by a centrally planned economy which
values equality above all else.

Our world already has a system like that, by the way. Its called Venezuela. And right now, all the self-righteous Venezuelans
who voted for equality are eating out of grocery store dumpsters while having their cash criminalized and confiscated by the
very same government they stupidly put into power. (Will socialists never learn?)

The Greatest Fact of All is the Fact That Leftists Have Increasingly Become Fact-Free Lunatics

So lets cut the crap. Almost everything the lunatic left insists is a fact turns out to be a fairy tale or outright lie. Polar bears
are going extinct! If you like your doctor, you can keep your doctor! Raising taxes on corporations is good for creating jobs!

Hillary Clinton believes in honoring the outcome of all democratic elections except for the ones she loses.
And if you lose an election in a democracy, the correct course of action, according to the left, is to keep threatening electoral
voters with murder until you get your way.

It turns out that, for the most part, leftists are fact-free lunatics. I could lay out a hundred striking examples of the lunacy and
contradictions of the delusional left, but you probably already see many of them yourself.

The left has become so deranged and disconnected from reality that their cheap tactics of race baiting and slandering
their political opponents simply dont work anymore.

The political left in America, which was once a semi-respected organization that opposed George Bushs corporate-run wars
and fought to reduce air pollution has become a twisted cabal of deranged fringe lunatics who have already crossed the
threshold of mental illness.
Now, with the help of Fakebook - which has become the online equivalent of Darth Vader - theyre going to try to steamroll
society with a whole new set of fabricated facts that will also fail miserably just like their recent election efforts.

Facts are stubborn things. More importantly, no one has a monopoly on them.

Those who try to censor whatever facts they dont agree with will only end up making the things they dispute increasingly
popular for the simple reason that human beings are curious about the world around them, and they dont take kindly to
having a homogenized, sanitized worldview shoved down their throats by self-proclaimed fact checkers who genuinely
belong in a psychiatric ward.

But dont take my word for anything. After all, everything Ive written here is merely my opinion. Open your eyes, explore the
world for yourself, and make up your own mind.

That simple act, by the way, will make you a lifelong enemy of the left which demands you remain blindly obedient to their
facts even when your own direct experiences contradict them.

Remember: The ultimate goal of the radical left is to make you abandon trust in your own senses, thoughts and logical
conclusions. Only then can they dominate your existence with their fabrications that any clear-headed person would instantly
see right through.

Related: As the Coup Against Trump Fails, the Threat Against His Life Rises

Putin: Attempts To Create A "Unipolar World" Have Failed

December 21 2016 | From: TheMindUnleashed

In what is becoming an almost weekly occurrence, Russias Vladimir Putin has just issued another
bombshell statement for the world to digest.
In an interview with Russias NTV channel, Putin discussed a range of topics including Donald Trump, world
geopolitics and finance.

Related: Former CIA Spy Says "Russian Hacking" Is Another Lie

Putin made waves though when he said the following:

I believe that it is not a secret, everyone can see, that many of our partners prefer to refer to the principles of
international law, because the balance of power is gradually being restored in our world.

But this is inevitable! Attempts to create a unipolar world have not succeeded. We are living in a different
dimension. Russia has always held this point of view-that, while protecting our national interests, we must respect
the interests of other countries. So, this is the way we establish relations with other countries.

Attempts to create a unipolar world have not succeeded. In other words, the plans of the New World Order, which
has wanted to create a one world government (unipolar) have failed.

The banking and political cabal behind this unipolar agenda are failing and Putin just called them out publicly.

But are they failing like Putin stated? If we look at real world evidence, and not the fake news being spewed out by most
mainstream media outlets, we can conclusively come to the understanding that yes, the twisted plans of the NWO are failing,
and countries are breaking away from their former controllers.

BRICS

While the elite controlled press has continuously branded Putin as a dictator (remember though that he received an 89%
approval rating last year) and isolated from the rest of the world, he has continued to make trade and diplomatic deals with
several other nations, as well as not falling for the attempts by the West and NATO to start WWIII.

One of the big reasons the West has done such blasting of Putin/Russia is because they have been leading the way in the
moves against the fiat-based, central-banking system. It has always been about the money.
Related: Donald Trump Completes Final Lap, Electoral College, to White House

The BRICS Bank, which consists of Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa, as well as the Asian Infrastructure
Investment Bank have stated that these two institutions were created to challenge the World Bank and International Monetary
Fund.

This Eastern Alliance has also made it no secret as to what their end-game is by continuing to import and mine more gold so
that their respective currencies can be backed up by metals. Such a financial system reset would immediately expose and end
the charade that The Federal Reserve, the IMF, World Bank and all central banks have been running on, which is fiat-based
currency. This will end the century-long manipulation and will hold accountable those who have been illegally using the global
collateral accounts.

The NWO knows that keeping fiat-based currencies and The Federal Reserve running is a way for them to stay in power. Any
attempts to cull this power is met with immense force.

Hence, we see such negative propaganda against Putin who is not only making diplomatic deals with more and more
countries who were once subservient to the Cabal (Turkey, Egypt, Philippines and more), he is also on the verge of
cleaning out the last of ISIL in Allepo, Syria, which Russia has said could be accomplished by the end of 2016.
Of course, as has been documented and released by The Pentagon in May of 2015, the U.S. created ISIL to try and
overthrow Assad so that they could create a pipeline that would run through Syria as a way to financially and politically control
a nation that has been defiant of the NWOs agenda.

Brexit

Brexit was another example of the balance of power shifting and of the unipolar agenda failing. We must remember too, that
while the border and immigration issue was present in the Brexit campaign, a much bigger situation was stopped when Britain
voted to leave the European Union. As Alan Sked said in The Telegraph;

We believe providing more context can help people decide for themselves what to trust and what to
share, the company said.

Weve started a program to work with third-party fact checking organizations that are signatories of Poynters
International Fact Checking Code of Principles. Well use the reports from our community, along with other signals,
to send stories to these organizations.

voters need to understand that the European Union was about building a Federal Superstate from day one. The author
of this incredible story that somehow made it into mainstream UK news, detailed how the U.S. State Department and C.I.A.
actively funded and advised on how to create this Federal Superstate.
Once again, Brexit was a defeat for those trying to create such a world order.

Additionally, a vote in Italy today could see the present government fall and an anti-Euro and anti-establishment party known
as The Five Star Movement come into power in the weeks ahead, which has said would hold a referendum as to whether Italy
should stay or leave the E.U.

Also, parties in France and The Netherlands are surging before elections in March and May that will decide if other anti-Euro
parties come into power.

What is clear though is that the dark, new world order agenda is falling and Vladimir Putin has just told the entire
world how he feels about the matter.

Fascinating times we live in.

Related: Putin & Co. Continue to Defy Khazarian Threats

Facebook To Become Left-Wing Propaganda Echo Chamber With Orwellian Plan To

Label Independent Journalism Fake + Facebook Jumps On Fake News Fact-Checker
Train, Will Roll Out With PolitiFact
December 21 2016 | From: NaturalNews / WashingtonTimes

Facebook has announced a new plan today that will very quickly transform the social media site into
an echo chamber of left-wing media lies and delusional propaganda (just like weve recently seen
pushed by the Washington Post).
The new effort will rely on left-wing fact checker organizations like Politifact and Snopes to determine the
truthiness of news stories, reports Business Insider. Those stories deemed by left-wing fact checkers to be
inaccurate will be buried in Facebook users feeds as a form of organized totalitarian censorship.

Related: PropOrNot: Evidence of a CIA Psychological Operation

This Ministry of Truth news dictatorship plan will, of course, transform Facebook into nothing more than a news bubble
where left-wing propaganda is repeated as fact while independent journalism is labeled fake.

This means all stories that are critical of vaccines, GMOs, Planned Parenthood or Hillary Clinton will be censored out of
existence. The political left, you see, doesnt seek to win any debate at all their goal is to ban the debate so that you never
read any views other than theirs. (They cant win any legitimate debates or legitimate elections, so they cheat.)

In essence, Facebook has now announced its going to become the North Korea of social media.

Facebooks Fact Checkers Are Left-Wing Propagandsts Who Despise Factual Journalism

We believe providing more context can help people decide for themselves what to trust and what to
share, the company said.

Weve started a program to work with third-party fact checking organizations that are signatories of Poynters
International Fact Checking Code of Principles. Well use the reports from our community, along with other signals,
to send stories to these organizations.

Facebook has announced it will introduce warning labels on stories they deem to be fake news, with the help of partisan
fact checking organisations such as Snopes and PolitiFact, reports Breitbart.com.

Business Insider reports that these organisations will include the likes of Snopes, ABC, Politifact, and FactCheck.org, all of
which have records of left-wing partisanship - particularly throughout the 2016 election.

For example, PolitiFact infamously said it was mostly false when Donald Trump claimed in a presidential debate that Hillary
Clinton wanted open borders. PolitiFact made this ruling despite Clinton being on the record at a paid speech saying
My dream is a hemispheric common market, with open trade and open borders.
Trump also said that Russia has 1,800 nuclear warheads and has expanded its arsenal while the U.S. has not. PolitiFact
admitted that Trumps claim was factual, but it rated the statement as half true for supposedly missing the big picture.

In both of these cases, PolitiFact went beyond mere fact-checking and moved the goal posts in ways that benefited Clintons
candidacy.

This type of ideological fact checking went beyond parody during Octobers presidential debates, with NBC taking
Trumps statement that Clinton acid washed her emails (a reference to the data deletion tool BleachBit) 100%
literally and declaring the statement false.

Its Time to Leave Facebook and Discover Alternatives Like Diaspora or Gab.ai

As Facebook turns into an echo chamber of mentally ill liberal whackos, informed people will look elsewhere for uncensored,
independent news. One of the best alternatives for Facebook is Diaspora, a network of independent social media hubs run by
independent, open source organizations like Natural News.

Our Diaspora hub is found at Share.NaturalNews.com, and its rapidly growing. There, youll receive every story we post,
unlike Facebook where 99% of our posts are deliberately buried by Facebook itself.
Gab.ai is also rapidly growing, promising uncensored free speech in a social media format. You can find my articles posted in
real time at these two accounts:

https://gab.ai/healthranger / https://gab.ai/NaturalNews

Join all these sources so that you can stay informed. Understand that Facebook, Google, Twitter, Yahoo and all the other
internet gatekeepers are now engaged in an all out war against independent news, hoping to censor it out of existence.

(Theyve lost the narrative, and they lost the election. Now theyre desperate to destroy whatever voices they dont control
but it will only cause them to lose their audience.)

A Mass Exodus Away From Fakebook

By censoring independent journalism, Facebook is going to lose tens of millions of users who will simply go somewhere
else. The left-wing propaganda swallowers who stay behind at Facebook will simply become increasingly misinformed and
mentally ill as they follow the left-wing media down the rabbit hole of delusional Russian hacker conspiracy theories and
hatred against America, the Constitution and the entire male population in general.

It wont be long, probably, before Snopes officially confirms that having white skin makes you a racist, or that all men are evil
due to their genetics.

Politifact might throw down its own delusional facts that claim Donald Trump was hypnotized by the Russians as a
Manchurian candidate to commit genocide against women (or whatever) whose body parts will be harvested for organ
donations to gray aliens from planet Cockamamie.

I cant wait for Snopes to confirm that people can transform XY chromosomes into XX chromosomes by declaring themselves
to be transgender. Before long, everything pushed by the left - from climate change lunacy to transgender psychosis - will
be rooted in sheer delusion that stands in complete contradiction to scientific reality.

Yet it will all be pushed by Facebook as verified fact. To the utterly insane left, facts are whatever they believe in,
no matter how disconnected from reality they might be.

We have now entered the Orwellian nightmare we all knew was coming. The good news is that you can simply change the
channel and escape the nightmare by avoiding Facebook altogether.

Its time to #DumpFacebook for good.

Related: Over The Top! MSM Calls For Banning Alex Jones From The Airwaves

Facebook Jumps On Fake News Fact-Checker Train, Will Roll Out With PolitiFact
Facebook announced Thursday that it is ready to roll out a process by which alleged fake news
is identified and flagged for users.
Concern for so-called fake news, which has permeated the media landscape since Democrat Hillary Clintons
Election Day loss to Republican Donald Trump, will now be met by Facebook in a major way.

Related: Facebook to Restrict Content by Morphing Into Virtual TV Network

The social media giants newsroom announced that it will partner with third-party organizations to identify hoaxes and
unreliable stories.

We believe providing more context can help people decide for themselves what to trust and what to
share, the company said.

Weve started a program to work with third-party fact checking organizations that are signatories of Poynters
International Fact Checking Code of Principles. Well use the reports from our community, along with other signals,
to send stories to these organizations.

According to Facebook, if the fact checking organizations identify a story as fake, it will get flagged as disputed and there will
be a link to the corresponding article explaining why. Stories that have been disputed may also appear lower in News Feed.

Still, CEO Mark Zuckerbergs company said its workforce and partners cannot become arbiters of truth while essentially
designating them as such. One of the organizations Facebook plans on teaming up with is Snopes, which bills itself as
an essential resource for truth.
Others groups the social media platform will work with include ABC News, FactCheck.org, PolitiFact, and The Associated
Press.

Conservative commentators were quick to put forth a who watches the watchmen counter-argument.

Sometimes the experts are also partisans who have an agenda. That was certainly the case with regard to
Obamacare, wrote Hotairs John Sexton on Thursday.

Health care wonks like Ezra Klein and Jonathan Gruber knew a great deal about the program.

They were also prepared to help their Democratic allies in government lie to the public if necessary to see it
succeed. Its not that they didnt know the truth its just that they werent going to share all of it (except occasionally
to a friendly audience).

Now imagine applying these new rules retroactively to this story. Would any story which challenged Obamas
statement be flagged as fake news prior to 2013?

The Weekly Standards Mark Hemingway concurred.

Two university studies show PolitiFact rates the GOP as liars over Democrats at a rate of 3 to 1 and 2 to 1
respectively. [] I once asked the head of PolitiFact to explain a university study suggesting they were
biased, Mr. Hemingway said in a series of tweets.

He no joke told me that based on what people tell him at parties he thinks hes fair. I could go on but
the idea of PolitiFact censoring political speech at any major social media network is horrifying.

Facebook, for all intents and purposes, dismissed such concerns as hyperbole over a work-in-progress with good intentions.

Were excited about this progress, but we know theres more to be done, the company wrote. Were going to
keep working on this problem for as long as it takes to get it right.
The New Zealand Road Toll Statistics They Tried To Bury
December 20 2016 | From: BreakingViews

I checked the latest road toll statistics a few days ago. Interesting. For the year from January 1, road
deaths were up from 291 last year to 300.

For the 12 months to Tuesday, they were up from 315 to 328. For driver fatalities, the figures were up from 138 to 151
(for the calendar year to date) and from 146 to 170 (over 12 months). These are not big increases, but they appear to
be more than mere statistical blips.

Related: The Rise And Rise Of Control-Freak Government

Even more interesting are some of the figures from a Ministry of Transport booklet called Alcohol and Drugs 2016.

Most of the tables in the booklet pull together figures covering the years 2013-2015 without breaking them down year by year.
They reveal that alcohol and/or drugs contributed to 12 per cent of fatal smashes.

This might come as a surprise. Given the official obsession with alcohol as a risk factor (all those checkpoints, all those TV
ads, all those earnest lectures from senior police officers every holiday period), I imagine most people would have thought the
ratio of deaths attributable to booze must be much higher.
But what especially interested me was whether road deaths involving alcohol had decreased since the legal blood-alcohol limit
was lowered on December 1 2014.

This is information of some importance, since the objective of the law change was to reduce the road toll. But you have to turn
to page 8 before you find any figures relating to the year after the new limits kicked in.

These reveal that the number of alcohol-affected drivers involved in fatal crashes actually increased from 70 to 90 in the 12
months after the new law came into effect.

This was not what we were led to expect. It is the opposite of what the new limit was intended to achieve, which was to deter
people who had been drinking from getting behind the wheel.

Opponents of the law change argued that it would punish safe, law-abiding motorists while hard-core drink-drivers
would continue to flout the law with impunity. That appears to be precisely what has happened.
Drink-drive fatalities last year were the highest since 2010. In the 20-24 age group, the number of alcohol-affected male
drivers involved in fatal crashes increased from 12 to 22 thats nearly double. For men overall, the number was up from 56
to 82.

If the numbers had gone the other way, Im sure the ministry would have been shouting from the rooftops. As it is, its hard to
escape the impression the figures were buried.

We shouldnt be in the least bit surprised that the law change hasnt delivered the promised improvement. Control-
freak policy-makers and poll-driven politicians refuse to accept that human behaviour cant conveniently be changed
by legislative decree.
Related: 8 Ways Control Freak Government Is Sabotaging Freedom And Making Life More Difficult For Us

Thats also apparent from the anti-smacking law (on average, one child continues to be killed by domestic violence every five
weeks while responsible parents risk prosecution for disciplining out-of-control kids with a harmless slap) and from laughably
ineffective dog-control rules, which have entered a whole new realm of fantasy with the expectation that owners of dangerous
dogs will obtain special high-risk dog owner licences, submit their dogs to good citizenship tests, have their properties
inspected and demonstrate they understand their legal obligations.

Yeah, right. Cant you just see gang members meekly queuing at council offices to fill in the forms and register their
blood-flecked pitbulls for obedience training?

Now heres the key point. Any benefits arising from lower blood-alcohol limits and so far there dont seem to be any should
be weighed against the social downsides.

As we brace for the annual bout of Christmas finger-wagging, we should ask whether New Zealanders enjoyment of
life has been unnecessarily diminished just to satisfy the bureaucratic urge to regulate and control.

Theres an economic cost too. Country pubs - the heart of some rural communities - are going out of business and wineries
can expect fewer summer visitors because people fret that a harmless tasting will push them over the limit.

Any supposed benefit must also be weighed against the undoubted change in the public attitude toward the police, who are
increasingly resented as bullies and harassers - unwilling or unable to attend burglaries, but never short of the numbers to run
alcohol checkpoints at all hours of the day, or to hamper law-abiding bar owners in their attempts to run a business, or to
make the staging of public events such as wine festivals so onerous that some participating companies decide that it's just not
worth the effort any more.

Comment: Anyone who still thinks the Police do not have quotas to meet for traffic and other 'offences' is deluded. It
has been established as fact and I and many others have heard it admitted.

QUOTAS = REVENUE

New Revelations On Obamas Birth Certificate Released

December 20 2016 | From: Infowars / TheGatewayPundit / Various
Long-awaited press conference to reveal new information.

Infowars reporters Lee Ann McAdoo and Margaret Howell cover Arizona Sheriff Joe Arpaios press conference on
President Barack Obamas birth certificate.

Related: Trail of Dead Bodies Leading To Obamas White House Worse Than Hillarys

Obama has been harassing Sheriff Joe Arpaio for eight long years. On Thursday Sheriff Joe got the last laugh. Arpaio
held a news conference to discuss Barack Obamas controversial birth certificate.

Whitehouse.gov: birth-certificate-long-form.pdf

Sheriff Joe says it has 9 points of forgery.

And the document to appears to be a created document that sources an official Hawaiian birth certificate belonging to
a Johana Ahnee.

ABC15 reported:

Maricopa County Sheriff Joe Arpaio and Chief Investigator Mike Zullo say nine points of forgery have been found
on President Barack Obamas birth certificate.

During a Thursday press conference, Arpaio and Zullo said their five-year-long investigation revealed new
evidence including forensic analysis showing the characters on the document were pieced together from
secondary sources.

RELATED: Maricopa County Sheriff Joe Arpaio criticized for probing President Barack Obamas citizenship

According to Zullo, the certificate released by the White House in 2011 appears to be a created document that
sources an official Hawaiian birth certificate belonging to a Johana Ahnee.

A video played during the press conference showed nine elements that were lifted and placed on the Obama
certificate in an apparent attempt to make it appear authentic.

My concern was not where the president was born, but whether the document presented to the people was a
fraud, Arpaio said of his offices investigation."

And with that, Sheriff Joe gets the last word in on Obama.

Related Articles:

Barack Obama Admits he was born in Kenya Speech

Who Is Obamas Boss? And Why It Matters

 Obama & other brainless imbeciles

Never Before Seen Video Obama on Race: I am saddened that whites are still superior.things could explode

Obama Threatens to Send Clear Message to Russia Then Boards a Plane to Hawaii for 2 Weeks

Obama Drops from 3rd to 48th in Forbes Most Powerful People List

Obamas Kids Are Adopted!! I Found The Real Parents!! 2016

Malia & Sasha Obama - Who are the REAL Parents?

Poll: Americans Backing President-Elect Donald Trump Just Weeks After Bitter
Campaign + A "Soft Coup" Attempt: Furious Trump Slams "Secret" CIA Report Russia
Helped Him Win
December 19 2016 | From: Breitbart / AllNewsPipeline / Various

President-elect Donald J. Trump heads into his Jan. 20 inauguration riding a wave of approval from
Americans, according to a national Remington Research Group poll conducted Dec. 11 and Dec. 12
with 1,945 voters.

America is five weeks removed from one of the most negative presidential campaigns in history, said Titus
Bond, Remingtons director of research.

Related: Top Pollster: Trump Could Create Long Term Majority And Change Politics as We Know It

Donald Trump has been able to improve his image in a very short span and if that continues he will govern with a
mandate, he said. Forty-seven percent of Americans view the president-elect favorably with 41 percent viewing
him unfavorably with 12 percent having no opinion.

The poll carries a 2.3 percent margin of error and was paid for and commissioned independent of any campaign or committee.

Related: Republican Elector Slams Coup Detat Attempt to Overturn a Fair and Legal Election

Bond said the direct reason for Trumps approval rating improving is the success of the stock market.

The Dow Jones Industrial Index closed Nov. 7 at 18,259.60, the day before the presidential election and the DJIA closed Dec.
9 at 19,756.85.

Trumps rebounding image could be attributed directly to the stock market, he said. Fifty-nine percent of
Americans believe stock market gains are attributed to the election of Donald Trump, with 30 percent saying
Trump is solely responsible for the gains. Just 30 percent of Americans believe the election of Trump had nothing
to do with the rise in the stock market.

The poll showed that people are siding with Trump against the press, he said.

Half of all Americans believe the media has been unfair in its coverage of Trump with 39 percent saying the media
has been fair, Bond said.
 The mainstream media is viewed negatively by 57 percent of Americans with just 25 percent viewing mainstream
media outlets favorably, he said.

Americans have a mixed opinion of the team the president-elect is putting together for his cabinet, Bond said.

Forty percent of poll participants said they approved of Trumps selections and 43 percent disapproved, he said.
Related: Forbes List of Worlds Most Powerful People: 1. Putin, 2. Trump 48. Obama

Americans are also split when asked if Donald Trump will make America great again, Bond said. Forty-three percent believe
he will and 43 percent do not believe he will, while 46 percent said they think the United States will be more safe under a
Trump presidency and 43 percent believe America will be less safe.

Remington Research Group is a polling firm that specializes in automated IVR technology. Remington Research Group
accurately predicted the outcome of the 2016 Presidential election and its surveys have been featured in
RealClearPolitics, Newsweek, U.S. News & World Report, the Wall Street Journal, 538 and numerous local media throughout
the United States.

Related: NYT Claims Trump a Threat to Democracy

A "Soft Coup" Attempt: Furious Trump Slams "Secret" CIA Report Russia Helped Him
Win

Recently the media propaganda wars escalated after the late Friday release of an article by the
Washington Post(which last week admitted to using unverified, or fake, news in an attempt to smear
other so-called "fake news" sites) according to which a secret CIA assessment found that Russia
sought to tip last months U.S. presidential election in Donald Trumps favor, a conclusion
presented without any actual evidence, and which drew an extraordinary, and angry rebuke from the
president-elects camp.
These are the same people that said Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction, Trumps transition team
said, launching a broadside against the spy agency.

Related: Washington Post goes full treason fabricates entire story falsely claiming Trump won because of
Russian hacks

"The election ended a long time ago in one of the biggest Electoral College victories in history. Its now time to
move on and Make America Great Again.

The Washington Post report comes after outgoing President Barack Obama ordered a review of all cyberattacks that took
place during the 2016 election cycle, amid growing calls from Congress for more information on the extent of Russian
interference in the campaign.

The newspaper cited officials briefed on the matter as saying that individuals with connections to Moscow provided WikiLeaks
with email hacked from the Democratic National Committee, Democratic nominee Hillary Clintons campaign chief and others.

Without a shred of evidence provided, and despite Wikileaks' own on the record denial that the source of the emails was
Russian, the WaPo attack piece claims the email messages were steadily leaked out via WikiLeaks in the months before the
election, damaging Clintons White House run.

Essentially, according to the WaPo, the Russians aim was to help Donald Trump win and not just undermine the U.S.
electoral process, hinting at a counter-Hillary intent on the side of Putin.

It is the assessment of the intelligence community that Russias goal here was to favor one candidate
over the other, to help Trump get elected, the newspaper quoted a senior U.S. official briefed on an
intelligence presentation last week to key senators as saying. Thats the consensus view.
CIA agents told the lawmakers it was quite clear - although it was not reported exactly what made it "clear" - that electing
Trump was Russias goal, according to officials who spoke to the Post, citing growing evidence from multiple sources.

And yet, key questions remain unanswered, and the CIAs report fell short of being a formal U.S. assessment
produced by all 17 intelligence agencies the newspaper said, for two reasons.

As we reported in November "The "Fact" That 17 Intelligence Agencies Confirmed Russia is Behind the Email Hacks
Isnt ActuallyA "Fact", and then also because aside from so-called "consensus", there is - once again - no
evidence,otherwise the appropriate agencies would have long since released it, and this is nothing more than another
propaganda attempt to build tension with Russia.

In fact, the WaPo admits as much in the following text, which effectively destroys the article's entire argument:

"The CIA presentation to senators about Russias intentions fell short of a formal U.S. assessment produced by all
17 intelligence agencies. A senior U.S. official said there were minor disagreements among intelligence officials
about the agencys assessment, in part because some questions remain unanswered.

For example, intelligence agencies do not have specific intelligence showing officials in the Kremlin
directing the identified individuals to pass the Democratic emails to WikiLeaks, a second senior U.S.
official said.

Those actors, according to the official, were one step removed from the Russian government, rather than
government employees. Moscow has in the past used middlemen to participate in sensitive intelligence operations
so it has plausible deniability.

...
 Ill be the first one to come out and point at Russia if theres clear evidence, but there is no clear
evidence - even now, said Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.), the chairman of the House Intelligence Committee and a
member of the Trump transition team. Theres a lot of innuendo, lots of circumstantial evidence, thats it.

And since even the WaPo is forced to admit that intelligence agents dont have the proof that Russian officials directed the
identified individuals to supply WikiLeaks with the hacked Democratic emails, the best it can do is speculate based on
circumstantial inferences, especially since, as noted above, WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange has denied links with Russias
government, putting the burden of proof on the side of those who challenge the Wikileaks narrative.

So far that proof has not been provided.

Related: Trumps Showdown with the Deep State

Nonetheless, at the White House, Deputy Press Secretary Eric Schultz said Obama called for the cyberattacks review
earlier this week to ensure the integrity of our elections.

This report will dig into this pattern of malicious cyberactivity timed to our elections, take stock of our defensive
capabilities and capture lessons learned to make sure that we brief members of Congress and stakeholders as
appropriate, Schultz said.

Taking the absurdity to a whole new level, Obama wants the report completed before his term ends on January 20, by none
other than a proven and confirmed liar: "The review will be led by James Clapper, the outgoing director of national
intelligence, officials said."

In other words, the report that the Kremlin stole the election should be prepared by the time Trump is expected to be
sworn in.
 We are going to make public as much as we can, the spokesman added. This is a major priority for the
president.

The move comes after Democrats in Congress pressed the White House to reveal details, to Congress or to the public, of
Russian hacking and disinformation in the election.

On Oct. 7, one month before the election, the Department of Homeland Security and the Director of National Intelligence
announced that:

The Russian Government directed the recent compromises of emails from U.S. persons and institutions, including
from U.S. political organizations. These thefts and disclosures are intended to interfere with the U.S. election
process, they said.

Trump dismissed those findings in an interview published Wednesday by Time magazine for its Person of the Year award.
Asked if the intelligence was politicized, Trump answered: I think so.

Related: 2016 Person Of The Year - Donald Trump

I dont believe they interfered, he said. It could be Russia. And it could be China. And it could be some guy in his
home in New Jersey.

Worried that Trump will sweep the issue under the rug after his inauguration, seven Democrats on the Senate Intelligence
Committee called on Nov. 29 for the White House to declassify what it knows about Russian interference. The seven have
already been briefed on the classified details, suggesting they believe there is more information the public should know.
On Tuesday this week, leading House Democrats called on Obama to give members of the entire Congress a classified
briefing on Russian interference, from hacking to the spreading of fake news stories to mislead U.S. voters.

Republicans in Congress have also promised hearings into Russian activities once the new administration comes in. Obamas
homeland security adviser Lisa Monaco said the cyberinterference goes back to the 2008 presidential race, when both the
Obama and John McCain campaigns were hit by malicious computer intrusions.

...

An interesting aside to emerge from last night's hit piece and the Trump team response is that there is now a full blown turf
war between Trump and the CIA, as NBC's Chuck Todd observed in a series of late Friday tweets:
To which Glenn Greenwald provided the best counterargument:
However, of the mini Tweetstorm, this was the most important aspect: the veiled suggestion that in addition to Russia, both
the FBI and the Obama presidency prevented Hillary from becoming the next US president...

...which in light of these stunning new unproven and baseless allegations, she may very well have renewed aspirations
toward.
...

So while there is no "there" there following the WaPo's latest attempt to fan the rarging fires of evidence-free propaganda, or
as the WaPo itself would say "fake news", here is why the story has dramatic implications. First, the only two quotes which
matter:

"...There is no clear evidence - even now, said Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.), the chairman of the House
Intelligence Committee and a member of the Trump transition team. Theres a lot of innuendo, lots of
circumstantial evidence, thats it.

...

"...Obama wants the report before he leaves office Jan. 20, Monaco said. The review will be led by [PROVEN
LIAR] James Clapper, the outgoing director of national intelligence, officials said."

And then the summary:

1. Announce "consensus" (not unanimous) "conclusion" based in circumstantial evidence now, before the
Electoral College vote, then write a report with actual details due by Jan 20.

2. Put a proven liar in charge of writing the report on Russian hacking.

3. Fail to mention that not one of the leaked DNC or Podesta emails has been shown to be inauthentic. So the
supposed Russian hacking simply revealed truth about Hillary, DNC, and MSM collusion and corruption.

4. Fail to mention that if hacking was done by or for US government to stop Hillary, blaming the Russians would be
the most likely disinformation used by US agencies.

5. Expect every pro-Hillary lapdog journalist - which is virtually all of them - in America will hyperventilate (Twitter is
currently on fire) about this latest fact-free, anti-Trump political stunt for the next nine days.

Or, as a reader put it, this is a soft coup attempt by leaders of Intel community and Obama Admin to influence the
Electoral College vote, similar to the 1960s novel "Seven Days in May."

Related: Michigan Elector: Anti-Trump Celebrities Are Not Smarter Than the American People

A CIA-Led Coup Against American Democracy Is Unfolding Before Our Eyes +

The Albuquerque Journal Asks The Relevant Question: Just Who Is Undermining
Election? Russians Or CIA?
December 19 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / AlbJournal

This article by Moon of Alabama is not conspiracy theory: The "Elite" Coup of 2016 - Read it
carefully. Check out the links.
Putin stands in brazen defiance of the New World Order globalist agenda - another thing that makes him a target

The article is a documented and accurate description of a coup that is underway. The extraordinary lies that are
being perpetrated by the media and by members of the US government have as their obvious purpose the prevention
of a Donald Trump presidency.

Related: Obama Must Declassify Evidence of Russian Hacking

There is no other reason for the extraordinary blatant lies for which there is not a shred of evidence. Indeed, there is massive
real evidence to the contrary. Yet the coup proceeds and gathers steam.

President Eisenhower warned us more than a half century ago of the danger that the military/security complex presents to US
democracy. In the decades since Eisenhowers warning, the military/security complex has become more powerful than the
American people and is demonstrating its power by overturning a presidential election.

Will the coup succeed?

In my opinion, former and present members of the US government and the media would not dare to so obviously and
openly participate in a coup against democracy and an elected president unless they expect the coup to succeed.

It is an easy matter for the ruling interests to bribe electors to vote differently than their states. The cost of the bribes is
miniscule compared to the wealth and income streams that a trillion dollar annual budget provides to the military/security
complex.

The fake news of a Putin/Trump election-stealing plot generated by unsupported allegations of present and former members
of US intelligence, the lame-duck President Obama, and the presstitute media provide the cover for electors to break with
precedent in order to save America from a Russian stooge.
Related: Larry Nichols: Globalists Readying Lawsuits to Shut Down Free Press

The CIA-controlled European media, the politicians in Washingtons European vassal states, NATO officials, and the
brainwashed European peoples will support the coup against Trump.

The only ones speaking against the coup are the voters who elected Trump - all of whom are alleged to have been deceived
by Russian fake news - the Russian government, and the 200 websites falsely described by the Washington Post and the
secret organization PropOrNot as Russian agents.

In other words, those objecting to the coup are the ones described by the coup leaders as those who made the coup
necessary.

I do not know that the coup will succeed, but looking at the commitment so many high level people have made to the
coup, I conclude that those bringing the coup expect it to succeed.

Therefore, we should take very seriously the expectation of success that those who control levers of power are
demonstrating.

Related Articles:

Obama Vows Retaliation Against "Russia Hacking", To Hold Press Conference On Friday

New York Times To Vacate 8 Floors From Its Iconic Building In Manhattan

The Albuquerque Journal Asks The Relevant Question: Just Who Is Undermining
Election? Russians Or CIA?
Congress needs to dust off its Magic 8 Ball. At this point, how else are our elected representatives
going to get to the bottom of allegations that Russia and its president, Vladimir Putin, tried to
influence the U.S. general election?
After all, the Central Intelligence Agency isnt being very open at least not with our elected representatives.

Related: Senate Quietly Passes The "Countering Disinformation And Propaganda Act"

Instead of briefing the House Intelligence Committee about the alleged Russian role in hacked emails made public during the
campaign which Democrats desperately seek to blame for Hillary Clintons loss the agency is leaking conclusions
without facts to the Washington Post, New York Times and television networks.

The media, naturally, are quick to report the anonymous bits of blame Putin information to the public.

So to the extent Putin meddled, our own spies have at least matched his efforts to discredit our electoral system.

To recap: Private emails from the Democratic National Committee and Clinton campaign were made public via
WikiLeaks, allegedly through hacking, even though the FBI had tried to warn the DNC back in September 2015 of
problems with its security system.

The agency couldnt get past the partys technical help desk harking back to Hillarys email security problems on
her own private server.
Pizzagate Podesta

Related: Heres the Public Evidence Russia Hacked the DNC - Its Not Enough

The media reported on the leaks daily and if a reporter had obtained the same information from inside sources,
there would be no controversy at all.

Todays uproar is over the source not the substance.

But the CIAs alleged conclusion that Russia intervened to help Trump win does not square with comments made
Nov. 17 by James Clapper, director of National Intelligence. He said he lacked good insight about whether there
was a connection between the WikiLeaks releases and Russia.

Congressional Republican leaders are taking the allegations seriously. The Russians are not our friends, Senate Majority
Leader Mitch McConnell said. House Speaker Paul Ryan called any Russian intervention;

"Especially problematic because, under President Putin, Russia has been an aggressor that consistently
undermines American interests.

But Intelligence Committee member Peter King of New York flatly accused the U.S. intelligence community of waging a
disinformation campaign aimed at undermining Trumps credibility if not changing the course of the Electoral College.

Not surprisingly, President Obama is seizing a newfound political opportunity and is taking a new interest despite
earlier claims of knowing all along of Russian shenanigans but choosing not to go public with whatever evidence he
had none of which he has produced.
This is from a man who plays imaginary golf

He has ordered an investigation into whether Russia has attempted to influence U.S. elections going back to
2008. He said the reported CIA findings should come as no surprise to anyone, as suspicions that Russia was trying to
influence the election were widely reported before the general election. Clinton herself spoke frequently about the possibility.

President-elect Donald Trump rejected the idea that Russia helped him win as ridiculous.

Concerning the source of the leaked emails, on Sunday he told Chris Wallace of Fox News;

"Personally, it could be Russia. I dont really think it is. But who knows? They dont know and I dont know.

The source of the campaign leaks remains an interesting question, but one unlikely to be answered credibly unless the CIA
coughs up its findings to Congress. Cooperation also might help answer the question of possible Russian motives if it was
involved:

Was it to cast doubt on the U.S. election system? If so, it was highly successful with the help of our own intelligence
community and desperate Democrats who simply cant accept that Trump won 306 Electoral College votes.

Though the CIA based its supposed findings of pro-Trump intervention on the fact that no Republican emails were leaked
before the election, the Republican National Committee says it wasnt hacked.

And Wikileaks co-founder Julian Assange stands firm in his claim the Russians were not the source of the leaks. Cyber
hacking has become one of the mainstays of life Yahoo most recently was hacked of more than one billion user
accounts.

And intervention into foreign elections is something many nations, including the United States, do regularly. Obama recently
tried to influence the Brexit vote.
And while nobody should feel good about foreign interests intervening in U.S. elections, the reluctance of the U.S.
intelligence community to share its information with official sources charged with making decisions about national
security, while leaking information via media outlets, is very disturbing, raising the spectre of a political coup by our
nations intelligence forces.

Related: Only a Counter-Coup Can Save American Democracy

Putin Lashes Out At Obama: "Show Some Proof Or Shut Up" + Someone Has Officially
Called The CIAs Bluff Over Russia
December 18 2016 | From: Zerohedge / TheAntiMedia

Putin has had enough of the relentless barrage of US accusations that he, personally, "hacked the
US presidential election."
The Russian president's spokesman, Dmitry Peskov, said on Friday that the US must either stop accusing Russia of
meddling in its elections or prove it. Peskov said it was "indecent" of the United States to "groundlessly" accuse
Russia of intervention in its elections.

Comment: If watching the 6pm news was not comical before it sure as hell is now. The Western Cabal establishment
is so desperate and pathetic, one must ask - just who among us anymore is so stupid as to believe this utter
propaganda - bullshit?

Related: Treason: Left-wing media attempting a soft coup in America by hyperventilating over self-contrived
Russian conspiracy fabrication

You need to either stop talking about it, or finally show some kind of proof. Otherwise it just looks very
indecent, Peskov told Reporters in Tokyo where Putin is meeting with Japan PM Abe, responding to the
latest accusations that Russia was responsible for hacker attacks.

Peskov also warned that Obama's threat to "retaliate" to the alleged Russian hack is "against both American and international
law", hinting at open-ended escalation should Obama take the podium to officially launch cyberwar against Russia.
Previously, on Thursday, Peskov told the AP the report was "laughable nonsense", while Russian foreign ministry spox
Maria Zakharova accused "Western media" of being a "shill" and a "mouthpiece of various power groups", and added that;

It's not the general public who's being manipulated," Zakharova said.

"The general public nowadays can distinguish the truth. It's the mass media that is manipulating
themselves."

Meanwhile, on Friday Sergei Lavrov, Russia's foreign minister told state television network, Russia 24, he was "dumbstruck"
by the NBC report which alleges that Russian President Vladimir Putin was personally involved in an election hack.

The report cited U.S. intelligence officials that now believe with a "high level of confidence" that Putin became personally
involved in a secret campaign to influence the outcome of the U.S. presidential election.

"I think this is just silly, and the futility of the attempt to convince somebody of this is absolutely
obvious,"Lavrov added, according to the news outlet.

As a reminder, last night Obama vowed retaliatory action against Russia for its meddling in the US presidential election last
month. "I think there is no doubt that when any foreign government tries to impact the integrity of our elections that we need
to take action and we will at a time and place of our own choosing," Obama told National Public Radio.

US intelligence agencies in October pinned blame on Russia for election-related hacking. At the time, the White House vowed
a "proportional response" to the cyberactivity, though declined to preview what that response might entail.
Meanwhile, both President-elect Donald Trump, the FBI, and the ODNI have dismissed the CIA's intelligence community's
assessment, for the the same reason Putin finally lashed out at Obama: there is no proof.

That, however, has never stopped the US from escalating a geopolitical conflict to the point of war, or beyond, so pay close
attention to what Obama says this afternoon.

According to an NBC report, a team of analysts at Eurasia Group said in a note on Friday that they believe the outgoing
administration is likely to take action which could result in a significant barrier for Trump's team once he takes office
in January.

"It is unlikely that U.S. intelligence reports will change Trump's intention to initiate a rapprochement with Moscow,
but the congressional response following its own investigations could obstruct the new administration's
effort," Eurasia Group analysts added.

At the same time, Wikileaks offered its "validation" services, tweeting that "Obama should submit any Putin documents to
WikiLeaks to be authenticated to our standards if he wants them to be seen as credible."
We doubt Obama would take the whistleblower organization on its offer, even if he did have any Putin documents to
authenticate.

Someone Has Officially Called The CIAs Bluff Over Russia

The scapegoating of Russia is now so widespread, Dirty Wars author and investigative journalist
Jeremy Scahill took to The Intercept to call the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) on its bluff.

In the article, Obama Must Declassify Evidence Of Russian Hacking, Scahill and Jon Schwartz called out U.S.
intelligence agencies for their record of deceit, asserting that the American people are not going to simply take their
word for it.
Related: Insane: Obama Threatens Russia Over Election Hacking Conspiracy

"U.S. intelligence agencies have repeatedly demonstrated that they regularly both lie and get things
horribly wrong, the article argues.

But when it comes to the CIAs case against Russias alleged interference with the latest U.S. presidential elections, its
impossible to claim the hearsay is based on facts if evidence is not made available to support the agencys claims.

Nevertheless, Scahill and Schwartz argue, its possible that Russia may have pulled some strings. But even if the Kremlin had
its reasons and acted on them, America is the country with the long history of election meddling - not Russia.

Take Hillary Clintons comments on the Palestinian elections, for instance. A leaked audio recording from 2006 revealed then-
senator Clinton advocated doing something to determine who was going to win in Palestines elections.

Comment: We are witnessing the final stage of the fall of the Khazarian / Zionist / Illuminati Cabal - and they are
throwing one hell of a tantrum on their way down in a desperate attempt to escape the inevitablity of their demise.

And yet here she is, hoping to use the Russia did it talking point to give censorship a boost. The CIA has its
own history of meddling in foreign elections.

In order to give Barack Obamas administration that extra push to release any proof the CIA has that the 2016 U.S. elections
were rigged, the Intercepts duo encouraged feds or whistleblowers to use the publications secure drop link, where a
patriotic whistleblower within the U.S. intelligence community may drop the leak that proves Russia is behind President-elect
Donald Trumps win. [W]e will verify its legitimacy and publish it, they added.
Related: Russian hack narrative revealed to be elaborate media hoax - leaks came from Bernie Sanders insider

This response seems fitting. After all, assertions are not evidence, and major publications like the Washington
Posthave been basing their Russia-related reports using nothing but assumptions.

Using an anonymous source, for instance, the WaPo reported that:

[U.S. intelligence] agencies have identified individuals with connections to the Russian government who provided
WikiLeaks with thousands of hacked emails from the Democratic National Committee and others.

But Reuters has since reported that [the] overseers of the U.S. intelligence community have not embraced a CIA
assessment that Russian cyber attacks were aimed at helping Republican President-elect Donald Trump win the
2016 election. This means the Office of the Director of National Intelligence (ODNI) has not endorsed [the CIAs]
assessment because of a lack of conclusive evidence.

Caitlin Johnstone put it best in an article for Newslogue:

"Believing something the CIA says is like trusting a meth addict with your car, and trusting the CIA when
theyre working with the Washington Post is like trusting a meth addict with your car and leaving your kid
in the back seat with the house keys and money for Taco Bell.

Unless proof is produced either by the CIA or a whistleblower, partisan voices crying wolf in Washington and in the media will
continue to run on empty, feeding their base with nothing but fake news. But wasnt that what we were told to unite over so
we could fight it effectively? Heres your chance, Mr. President.
At Least 6 Dead, Hundreds Sickened In Australia Asthma Attacks *Triggered By
Thunderstorm* + Something Very Strange Is Going On In The Pacific - A 'Perfect
Cocktail' Of 'Toxic Death Dumps'
December 18 2016 | From: HealthNutNews/ AllNewsPipeline / Various

A recent thunderstorm during southeastern Australias humid November spring, triggered a rash of
asthma attacks across Melbourne last Monday, leaving families grieving in its wake.

At least four people died: 20-year-old law student Hope Carnevali died waiting for responders from Ambulance
Victoria to arrive, paramedics also struggled to resuscitate 35-year-old Apollo Papadopoulos, who eventually
succumbed to the respiratory attack.

Omar Majoulled, 18, died two days before what would have been his high school graduation. And Clarence Leo reportedly
died early Wednesday. Several more remained in Melbourne intensive care units.

Thunderstorm Asthma Hits Kuwait 10 Days After Melbourne

Only 10 days after Melbourne was attacked with Thunderstorm Asthma we have the same occurrence of this VERY
RARE PHENOMENON happening across the world in Kuwait. This is not a coincidence. Both places don't have
similar pollen problems.

This is BIO WARFARE. This is as a result of Geoengineering (CHEMTRAILS) which have taken place for many years now.
The consequences are now being exposed.
We tried to warn everyone over 5 years ago but as always people turn a blind eye to anything that resembles the truth.
Is it too late? We shall see in the coming months and years.

Between 6 p.m. and 11 p.m. on Monday, Ambulance Victoria took about 1,900 calls, which is nearly six times the usual
volume- that works out to about a days work in five hours. In fact, at their peak, 200 calls came within a span of 15 minutes.

From the article:

Since the first such events were recognized in the 1980s, there have been scattered reports of asthma attack
outbreaks during thunderstorms around the globe, including Napoli, Italy and Atlanta. The largest confirmed
episode to date was in London in June 1994.

Six hundred-forty Londoners visited emergency departments with complaints of asthma or respiratory problems, of
which more than a hundred were hospitalized, according to a 2016 review published in the journal Clinical &
Experimental Allergy.

Allergy experts posit that during the spring season, storms increase pollens ability to penetrate deep into the lungs. Because
the storms concentrate pollen grains near the ground, the grains swell with so much water that they rupture into tinier pieces.

Once dispersed into the air, the particles basically form a fine allergenic mist that if inhaled, winds up in bronchial crevasses
normally too small for unbroken grains to enter.
As "changes in climate" brings about more severe weather, respiratory disease scientists predict these types of thunderstorm
asthma outbreaks to happen with increased frequency. Were not sure we agree with these scientists and know some others
who disagree.

Hope Carnavelis relatives said they waited for more than a half an hour for an ambulance to arrive and would have taken her
straight to the emergency room had they known. Our hearts go out to all the grieving families.

Something Very Strange Is Going On In The Pacific - A 'Perfect Cocktail' Of 'Toxic Death
Dumps'

Were Nearly 10,000 Hospitalized In Australia Victims Of A Bio-Weapon Attack?

All News Pipeline received an email on Thursday from a reader who lives in Australia who was very concerned that
the recent 'thunderstorms' that killed at least 4 people and put 8,500+ others into hospitals around the Melbourne,
Australia area were anything but 'normal' thunderstorms.

As Samantha tells us, she is very concerned that a possible bioweapon attack had been carried out upon Australia and while
ANP is unable to confirm her theory at this time, we will outline some very strong evidence below that proves something very,
very strange indeed is going on in Australia and throughout large parts of the Pacific .

For those who may have missed it, back on Monday November 21st, massive thunderstorms kicked up a major
health emergency after 'heavy rain caused rye grass pollen to absorb moisture and burst, dispersing smaller
particles that became trapped in people's lungs', according to official reports.

Leading to the deaths of at least 4 people and the hospitalization of almost 10 thousand, medical experts there described the
event as unprecedented:

When we've had people calling for ambulances - one call every four-and-a-half seconds at the peak - it was like
having 150 bombs going off right across a particular part of metropolitan Melbourne," she said.

"That's something we've never planned for and we need to do that better."

And while most Americans and people across the entire world now know that we'll never get the truth about real
issues from the rapidly dying mainstream media, as we do our own research, there is plenty of evidence to indicate
that 'weather modification' is now taking place across Australia as well.

First, for those who still don't believe in weather warfare or weather modification, we suggest you read Steve Quayle's book
"Weather Wars And Un-Natural Disasters" and read up on all of the weather modification patents long documented by Dane
Wigington over at his Geoengineering Watch website.
Related: Weather Weapons Are Real, They Have A Treaty To Regulate Them

As this Thursday story from The Watchers tells us, a spell of very unusual weather has been reported across Australia over
the last few days with widespread snow falling in Tasmania on November 24th of 2016, only days before the arrival of their
summer.

We're also told that heavy rains, landslides and floods recently hit New Caledonia, an island just outside of Australia with huge
rainfall. We also hear reports of the use of massive amounts of chemtrails over Melbourne prior to the 'thunderstorm asthma
outbreak'.
Related: Chemtrails & Geoengineering

As we learned from the recent SQnote which linked to this story from Strange Sounds telling us Tokyo had seen their first
November snow storm in more than 50 years, this indicates weather warfare manipulation was secondary to the earthquake
generation.

Is it just a coincidence that a hurricane and earthquake also hit just off of the Pacific coast of Central America as shared in this
linked Yahoo news story and seen in the Drudge Report.

Was what happened in Australia some kind of a 'dry run' for additional weather warfare attacks in the future, possibly
upon much larger populations?

Imagine such a situation happening where you live - suddenly and out of the blue, a massive thunderstorm hits with howling
winds and heavy rainfall, stirring up all of the poisons that have been delivered by chemtrails sprayed upon us, sending
thousands to the hospitals unable to breath and dying.

We can hear TPTB right now:

Just blame it on the weather... 'thunderstorm asthma'...yeah, that's it."

Well, ANP reader Samantha in Australia isn't buying it and, very few others are buying the official explanation either.

From theories of a perfect cocktail of poisons being sprayed upon them to 'toxic death dumps', we also see that
people from other parts of the world are also reporting death being sprayed upon them from above as well.

Will the world ever get the truth about chemtrails and weather modification? If you asked the MSM, any and all such talk is
'fake news', despite years and years of weather modification patents and official US govt documents to prove them wrong.
Why Now? Tangled Webs: Google, Microsoft, Facebook, The Internet Giveaway, And
The Wild, Wild West Of Information
December 17 2016 | From: AmericanPolicy

The use of lies and deception, or as the new term coming into vogue; fake news, has been a
standard tool of the trade for over a century by the government and their willing and/or unwilling
stooges in the mainstream media.

A few examples include Newspaper owners William Randolph Hearst and Joseph Pulitzer, with the unspoken
blessings of US President, William McKinley, spreading lies to stir up the masses enough to start a war with Spain.

Related: The Oppression of the Internet is Global

This allowed McKinley to start an American empire by taking over the Philippines, Guam, Hawaii, and Puerto Rico at the close
of the 19th century. In the following decades, the media has obediently followed along coving up such things as the
fraudulent Gulf of Tonkin incident, the governmental attack on the Branch Davidians, 9/11, and the Obamacare fiasco.

In spite of the lies and distortions presented by the government then spread by an obedient media, there were still
some journalists who were doing their job by reporting the truth.

In 1983, fifty companies controlled 90% of the American media, today it is just six multinational corporations. They are
Viacom, Comcast, Time-Warner, Disney, CBS, and News Corp and these companies are working very hard to make sure that
the news you hear is the news they and the government want you to hear.

From the anti-Muslim video that caused the killing of four Americans at Benghazi, lying about the state of the economy
before the 2008 meltdown, to the massive push to promote Obamacare, the main stream media is relentless in pushing the
government / corporatist agenda to its audience.
This control is the dream of every tyrannical state in history and the US government has almost achieved it.

Only, they have, like the American Army in the WWII Battle of Arnhem, pushed their power too far and too fast causing the
American people to no longer trust the main stream media.

In the spring of 2016, a major poll was conducted by the Media Insight Project, a partnership of The Associated Press-NORC
Center for Public Affairs Research and the American Press Institute; they found that just 6% of those polled have confidence
in the main stream media for news.

The bias and outright lies have become so bad that even a 30 year insider like Sharyl Attkisson commented on it:

There is unprecedented, I believe, influence on the media, not just the news, but the images you see everywhere.
By well-orchestrated and financed campaign of special interests, political interests and corporations. I think all of
that comes into play.
ICANN is arguably the single most powerful institution in the world - Jeff Baron

In every format, the main stream media is losing patrons. From failing newspapers to falling television ratings, the old model is
dying because of the internet.

The Internet has become the primary source for information for a huge percentage of Westerners today.

In fact, in the last 25 years the internet has transformed the world. It has completely revamped the way people do
business, communicate, purchase household goods, plan vacations, find friends, look up information and just about
every human activity imaginable.

Since it first became available for average people, the internet has been a way to find information the elites did not want
exposed and they have been looking to shut down that freedom of information for years.

Subsequently with the support of numerous multinational corporations like Microsoft, Google, Dell, Yahoo, Amazon,
and Facebook along with the blessing from globalist mouth pieces like the Council on Foreign Relations, the LA
Times, NBC, the International Chamber of Commerce and Human Rights Watch, President Obama failed to renew the
contract with ICANN effectively giving the control over the internet to a private company.
That company is ICANN (Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers) and it is a CA based nonprofit corporation.
In 1998, the Commerce Department began contracting with ICANN, to take over management of IANA (The Internet Assigned
Numbers Authority) and the internets domain name system.

The US Commerce Department has, for the most part, let ICANN govern itself, but it maintained the authority to pull the
nonprofits contract.

In essence ICANN records the numbers (easier for computers to use) using words (easier for humans to use)
through DNS.

Domain name system (DNS) is basically a directory for internet-connected devices that helps translate domain names to
numerical IP addresses. Without DNS it is difficult for people to access websites as it requires remembering large numbers of
IP address, a series of numbers such as 194.66.82.10.

So President Obama just ceded power over the allocation of domain names from Google.com to your churchs website
without the consent of Congress and over the objections of millions of citizens.
Those supporting the transfer are quick to report that there is nothing to fear from this transfer, after all ICANN is a private
company under a global multi-stakeholder group to oversee its Board of Directors. What can possibly go wrong with the
internet in the hands of a private company? Plenty.

ICANN is first and foremost, a complete monopoly. It has exclusive rights to allow and renew domain names and that
is a power it has not always been used benevolently.

It also has complete control over how much to charge for a top level domain such as .com, .net, .biz and several
times in the past, it has abused those powers.

For instance it allowed a top level domain named .sucks to be purchased by the company Vox Populi which charges $2,500 to
protect a companys or individuals name from being purchased and slandered with a .sucks after it, then failed to rein the
company in when it was running an extortion operation.

ICANN has also been accused numerous times of siding with those who have the most to pay its fees and since it costs over
a million dollars to have ICANN officially look into a complaint, not many decisions are overturned.

Another troubling aspect of ICANN is that ICANN has made a fortune off of its rapidly expanding list of Generic Top Level
Domain Names (gTLDs). Names like .lawyer; .google; .africa are going for at least $200,000 each and then annual fees.

The .web domain brought $135,000,000 into their coffers giving them not only a complete monopoly on issuing domains but
the means to create a very monopolistic self-supporting group of elites.

Amazon, the giant online retailer, applied to register the gTLD .amazon. ICANN has written limitations that govern the sale of
a domain name but since the name .amazon does not fall, into any of the categories that are forbidden there should have no
problems with Amazons request.

Only there was, the South American countries of Brazil and Peru, through the interest group Government Advisory Committee
(GAC), declared this application to be illegal, based on the fact that the Amazon River is a geographical area inhabited by
some 30million people.

ICANN sided with the governments proving that the advantage of being a monopoly is that you get to make up rules
as you go along. Amazon is now in the process of suing ICANN over the matter.

The exact same thing happened to the sports company called Patagonia when it filed for the .patagonia domain. The
governments of Argentina and Chile objected and ICANN decided against selling the name to the company.

This trend shows that not only are rules made to be broken but governments are meant to be appeased.
This pattern is more than disturbing considering that since 1998, nations that routinely censor the internet of their citizens
including Russia, China, Iran and Saudi Arabia have pushed extremely hard to place the functions of ICANN under the control
of the U.N.s Russian dominated International Telecommunications Union (ITU) and President Obama may very well have just
handed them their chance.

For, as stated above, ICANN holds a COMPLETE monopoly over the World Wide Web root zone and complete
monopolies in private hands are illegal in most of the world. When operating under contract with the Commerce
Department, ICANN becomes a legal monopolist as it becomes an instrumentality of government.

As L. Gordon Crovitz points out in his article U.S. Surrender: Internet Giveaway to the U.N.?, once ICANN became
independent, they lost that umbrella of US Government protection leaving them open to legal challenges from every despotic
government on earth looking to force them under the control of the United Nations.

Hence President Obama, in another case of: if you want your doctor, you can keep your doctor;

Simply lied again when he pledged that ICANN would not replace U.S. control for a government-led or an inter-
governmental organization solution.

This fact is verified on 10/14/16 When Obama gave a speech in Pittsburg, PA in which he glorified the days of the three major
networks delivering the news that most people trusted.

Obama went on to say:

We are going to have to rebuild within this wild-wild-west-of-information flow some sort of curating
function that people agree to.

There has to be, I think, some sort of way in which we can sort through information that passes some
basic truthiness tests and those that we have to discard, because they just dont have any basis in
anything thats actually happening in the world, Obama added.

That is hard to do, but I think its going to be necessary, its going to be possible. The answer is
obviously not censorship, but its creating places where people can say this is reliable and Im still able
to argue safely about facts and what we should do about it. he added.
There should be no longer any doubt as to why Obama went against Congress and the people to give away the internet; we
can no longer have the wild-wild-west-of-information flow out there to inform the people of what is really going on in the
world.

German Chancellor Merkel, speaking at a press conference with out-going President Obama on 11-17-16, reinforced what
ship we will soon see coming to the internet port; censorship. She christened the surge of populist or right wing politics as a
wave that engulfs us that emanates from the United States.

Look at the European parliament. There are a lot of people who are looking for simplistic solutions and are
preaching simplistic solutions which are very unfriendly policies. We have them here in Europe; too, we have them
in Germany too.

Digitization is a disruptive technological force that brings about deep-seated change and transformation in society.
Look at the history of the printing press, when this was invented what kind of consequences it had, or
industrialization, what consequences that had.

Very often, it led to enormous transformational processes within individual societies and it took a while until
societies learned to find the right kinds of policies to contain this, to manage and steer this. We live in a period of
profound transformation.

Directing her ire against the Germans who are angered with her flooding Germany with Muslim invaders and massive job loss,
she lashed out against PEGIDA, the anti-mass migration and counter-Islamisation movement, repeating their slogan:Wir Sind
Das Volk - We Are The People - the chancellor said:

The most important and noble task of politicians these days is to see that each and every person can find his
place. But those who purportedly belong to certain groups say we are the people, and not others.

In another of those frequent ironies so often dumped on the citizens, Merkel, a former (?) East German communist,
now says of PEGIDA:
 At the time when we had [this saying] in the GDR [East Germany] when the people stood in the streets and said
we are the people it filled me with great joy, but the fact these people have hijacked it does not fill me with joy.

How long will it be before other world leaders join Ms. Merkel and president Obama in demanding web censorship?

Certainly foreign media is now calling for it as Germanys Zeit newspaper published a piece calling for controls to prevent a
German Donald Trump, while Britains Independent former newspaper website published a list of fake news sites which
they claimed may have swayed votes towards Donald Trump.

Even the British news outlet The Guardian is in on the fake news bandwagon. That list is the same list being circulated by
Google and Facebook.

Consequently, now, the very instrument that has become the great equalizing force against corporatism/globalisms control
over the main stream media might now become just another weapon in their arsenal of global censorship.

Unfortunately, it is only one of several ways the internet is being manipulated for corporatist/governmental advantage. One
only needs to look at the two most popular search engines and the most popular social media site to see complete censorship
in action.

What kind of drug does one have to take to believe Microsoft is a friend? - Dr. Roy Schestowitz

Google, Bing and Facebook have an unbroken record of suppressing sites, postings and searches that dont follow their world
view. Of the three, Bing is certainly the smallest but being part of Microsoft, perhaps they try harder. Bing claims to be neutral
and in fact, the subscriber can set the search engine to their own preference of conservative; liberal; Christian; etc. so how
can they be biased?

Well the Bing headline on August 16, 2016 for the conservative bias setting in Bing featured three negative Trump articles:

Donald Trump plots strategy on ISIS - and campaign revival (CNN)

 Analysis: Making Sense of Donald Trumps Disjointed Foreign Policy Pitch (NBC News)

Early Voting Limits Donald Trumps Time to Turn Campaign Around (New York Times)

The first headline implies Trumps campaign had stalled and needs revival. The second inferred Trumps foreign policy was
chaotic and the third noted that the early vote will give Hillary such a lead that discouraged Trump supporters wont vote.

Microsoft, donated $650,000 to the Hillary Clinton campaign and both Bill and Melinda Gates were considered as possible
Vice Presidential running mates for her Presidential campaign.

This is the Bill Gates, founder of Microsoft, whose obsession with globalism and censorship is well known and on Sept. 20,
2016 at a conference in Vancouver, B.C. he openly stated that opposition to globalism is a huge concern, and says the
underlying issues of resistance to it warrant a close examination.

This is the same Bill Gates that along with Steve Ballmer (Microsoft CEO) spoke at the World Economic Forum in Davos,
Switzerland in early 2015 on the critical need for immigration and more H-1B visas because of a shortage of high tech
workers, and then laid off some 18,000 American high tech workers.

In 2010, China demanded that Google and Microsoft censor the results of their search engines in China.
Google resisted but Microsoft was more than willing to go along. Bill Gates even criticized Googles decision to uncensor their
search engine in China by saying:

Youve got to decide: do you want to obey the laws of the countries youre in or not? If not, you may not end up
doing business there.

Microsoft CEO Steve Ballmer then said If the Chinese government gives us proper legal notice, well take that
piece of information out of the Bing search engine.

Chinese President Xi Jinping also stopped in for dinner at Bill Gates house in September of 2015 before meeting with the
heads of Microsoft, Google and Facebook amongst other business leaders.

So great is the Bing Censorship of China that the Chinese Web anti-censorship monitoring service has gone to great lengths
to show that Bing censors content in China even more than the Chinese State owned search engine Baidu does. But dont
worry; Microsofts support of the ICANN was completely in the name of a free internet.
Privacy is no longer a social norm. - Mark Zuckerberg

Facebook is just as bad. In addition to being an outspoken advocate of globalism and a liberal, Facebook CEO Mark
Zuckerberg is the controlling force behind the most powerful social media platform ever created. Facebook controls the global
dialogue used by over a billion people with an invisible touch that is unprecedented.

Almost two-thirds of American adults get news from social media, with 44% of them getting their news from
Facebook alone.

This means Facebooks algorithms dominate the information of almost half the American public. As Gizmodos Michael Nuez
puts it, with Facebook, we dont know what were not seeing.

And he controls that platform with an iron grip.

Facebook has conducted numerous studies to better understand how information spreads in a social network. For
instance, in 2010 Facebook conducted a secret experiment on 61 million unknowing people by tampering with their
news feeds to find out how successfully it could manipulate the real-world voting habits of those people.

Later, Facebook released the findings and claimed that they increased voter turnout by more than 340,000 people. Facebook
regularly skews the news it posts; in 2012 it manipulated the feeds on 700,000 people without their consent to make them feel
sad and then published the results in the respected (?) scientific journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.
The results showed fairly conclusively that Facebook had found the key to intentionally influencing peoples emotions. That
year they did the same type of experiment on 1.9 million people to influence the US election. In 2014 Facebook used the
rainbow flag as another experiment to get people to be more accepting of same-sex marriage.

Facebook has made an empire of selling information about every person they can. It openly manipulates
the feeds and posts they allow on Facebook and the posts people are allowed to place for other members of Facebook.

Facebook is now reluctantly being forced to manipulate their algorithm to crack down on fake news being posted on
Facebook.

Though this sounds like a noble goal, the potential for censorship is unmistakable, especially when one looks at the
list of websites they plan on censoring.

The sites Facebook and Google are going to censor as fake was created by a self-proclaimed feminist assistant
professor at Merrimack College who did not like the sites her students citing in their research papers.

Sites like Breitbart; Realfarmacy; Lew Rockwell; Zerohedge; and World Net Daily.

Though all have posted articles that have proven to be false, Facebook has no problem with posting articles from even less
reliable news site like USA Today; MSNBC; CNN; BBC and the New York Times. Google is now planning on using this same
list to censor content. It does not take a rocket scientist to see where this censorship is headed.

In fact, in one of the most blatant acts of fake news to ever hit the news media was perpetrated by the New York Times in
early 1957, when a former war correspondent, Herbert L. Matthews, wrote numerous articles filled with the glories and praises
of a young Cuban revolutionary named Fidel Castro.

Article after article spewing from Matthews typewriter glowed with tales that eventually created a Robin Hood persona for a
murdering communist thug. It cannot be understated how important the fake news was to propel Castro into power. Yet
the New York Times stands as a purveyor of honest journalism according to our Ministry of truth.
The New York Times; Unrepentant Communist Enabler

We know where you are. We know where youve been. We can more or less know what youre thinking about. - Eric
Schmidt

The last of the big three masters of manipulation is Google, and they are arguably the biggest of the bunch. Google CEO Eric
Schmidt is about as open with his liberal bias as one could ever be. The Bilderberg attendee bankrolled a startup company
called The Groundwork to provide technical experts Hillary Clinton needed to run her campaign. Schmidt was instrumental in
getting Barack Obama elected both times as he was the main supplier of technical experts for all three campaigns.

Technology is right up Schmidts alley as Google is the defacto gateway to information. Google averages some 40,000
search queries every second equaling over 3.5 billion searches per day and 1.2 trillion searches per year worldwide.

Google conducts over 64% of all internet searches in the US and over 90% in some countries. Google has indexed some 45
billion web pages while Bing, its closest competitor has only 14 billion.

Of course the 45 billion web pages are only part of the Schmidt plan to control everything on earth. Schmidt has
stated that privacy is an excuse to hide wrongdoing:

If you have something that you dont want anyone to know, maybe you shouldnt be doing it in the first place.

In his plan to deprive you of your privacy, Schmidt has employed some of the worlds top technocrats to find ever
more powerful ways to pry into every corner of your life since Googles business is, literally, mass surveillance, and
they have become amazingly good at it.
They are also a contractor to the US Government, including the NSA and several military contractors as well. When
Edward Snowden revealed to the world the unimaginable world of government spying on US citizens, he also
revealed that the NSA has direct access to the information stored on Googles computers as they do to Facebook,
Twitter, Bing and every other company storing online information on you.

In a US News and World Report article published on 6/22/16, contributor Robert Epstein wrote an extremely troubling article
on just how powerful Google is. According to Epstein:

When Googles employees or algorithms decide to block our access to information about a news item, political
candidate or business, it causes opinions and votes to shift, reputations to be ruined and businesses to crash and
burn. Because online censorship is entirely unregulated at the moment, victims have little or no recourse when
they have been harmed.

Epstein then exposes blacklists that Google wields like Jack the Ripper did his knives with the first being the autocomplete
blacklist. This one is simple enough; it quietly guides the searcher to where the company wants you to go.

From directing away from negative articles on Hillary Clinton to pointing to negative articles on Donald Trump, there
is little doubt that Google had a large impact on the recent US election. In any search you make, the algorithm is your
spiritual guide.

Google maps is a stalkers dream showing just about every house and area in the US and huge sections of the world. They
did not ask for permission to film your house, they just did it.

Military installations and a few other places are excluded but chances are, your house is there.

Googles You Tube blacklist allows users to tag certain clips as inappropriate and Googles censors may or may not remove
them.
However, You Tube is notorious for removing politically and morally conservative videos on a regular basis while
never doing the same to liberal videos. They are also willing to work with foreign governments to determine which
videos will be allowed to be shown in the country.

The Google account blacklist can cut peoples access to their own email account as well as You Tube and other
Google products without any notice or recourse.

The Google News blacklist is insidious in every way. They are the biggest news aggregator on the planet, tracking
tens of thousands of news sources daily and converting them to numerous languages.

They have been accused on numerous occasions of excluding conservative news feeds as well as certain writers and
competing companies. This is an incredibly powerful and nearly unnoticeable tool to promote political, moral and/or religious
agenda.

Google Adwords blacklist is how Google gets the lions share of its money (some $56 billion annually) by selling keywords to
the highest bidders.
These keywords are how the website is found by searchers so if your site does not have them, you are going to sink.
On numerous occasions, Google has simply deleted those keywords on sites effectively making them invisible and
financially crushing them.

The search engine blacklist is a make or break situation for many web pages. Google, for many unknown reasons will push
web page down the list of rankings effectively ruining many businesses in a very short time.

The power to blacklist a site is Googles most dreaded weapon however. Google claims this power is to keep the internet
free from malicious malware which, they claim is a public service. The problems with this argument are many however.
Googles crawlers often make mistakes, blacklisting websites that do not contain malware.

Because of how extensively Google crawls the web, all the other main search engines use their blacklist which means that
once on the list, the site is effectively cut off from public access.

Google has used this power on numerous occasions on people they do not like.

Google even profits from this arrangement as they collect information from every user that accesses Googles results and then
sells it. Google has, for all intents and purposes, become the internet police man and they use this power to further their
globalist agenda on a regular basis and it is now supporting the same list of fake news sites that the British Independent and
Facebook are touting.

Google, Microsoft and Facebook have all three censored users on the behest of world governments and all three; have
consistently censored users for no apparent reason. They, along with Twitter (another social media monster) sided with
Obama to give away Americas right the control the internet.
Those who can make you believe absurdities, can make you commit atrocities. - Voltaire

Tragically, the US now finds every purveyor of media has been compromised and censored by those with globalist views.
Once ICANN loses its independence to the UN, the corporatist/governmental takeover will be complete.

Controlling access to information is every tyrants dream and our government is no different.

The main stream media did a masterful job of concealing the 2008 economic meltdown from the masses just like they have
the corruption of Hillary Clinton; the imploding Deutsche Bank; the growing threat of nuclear war with Russia; the threat of an
EMP from North Korea and now the escalating violence of the Clinton supporters after the election of Donald Trump.
It was only the access of the people to alternative news sites that alerted and continue to alert those willing to listen to truth
that news of these events get out at all.

Post-election America is now a powder keg awaiting a spark. The Green Party candidate for President, Jill Stein, started a
fund to recount the votes in three states in hopes of overturning the election of Donald Trump and now Democratic
candidate Hillary Clinton has joined her in what is only going to create a greater rift in our already shredded national tapestry.

Related: Michigan Recount Exposes Clinton Electoral Fraud: Half Of Detroit Votes Show Signs Of Tampering

This is only a part of the drama as now; the Washington Post has publically called the Drudge Report, Zero Hedge and former
Congressman Ron Paul agents of Russian Propaganda. As if on cue, the call has come from numerous governments on the
spread of hate speech in the US and the call to regulate it.

Which Mark Zukerberg is only too happy to oblige as he outlined a seven point plan to help stop the spread of fake news
on Facebook. So convincing is this fake news that it fools most students a new study finds which of course means that our
very Ministry of Truth will need to decipher it for us. In fact, the media is now calling on the FBI to investigate the fake news
without a shred of evidence to support them.

With a growing population of closed minded bigots unwilling to even listen to opposing opinions or facts, the US is slowly
returning to the Dark Ages with only a few sources controlling access to information.
Freedom loving people everywhere should all be asking themselves why this particular time was chosen for Obama to open
the door for the UN takeover of an already censored internet.

It is past time to look into a ham radio and other forms of communication that cannot be controlled by the elites. Here in the
Pacific Northwest we have an excellent source for information called the Radio Free Redoubt.

Time is of the essence as the days of the open internet are coming to a rapid close.

Hell is truth seen too late. Thomas Hobbes Leviathan

References:

1. Why the Media Lies So Much

2. Selling Empire: American Propaganda and War in the Philippines
3. 5 Times When The Mainstream Media Created Fake News And People Died As A Result
4. Waco, Texas: Where A Part Of Americas Heart And Soul Died.
5. The Great 9/11 Cover-up
6. ABC, NBC Ignore All Obamacare Failures in 2016, CBS Barely Covers
7. Six Corporations Control 90% of American Media
8. Hillarys Worst Crime Was Against the Filmmaker
9. The media and the financial crisis: Journalism failed
10. The Great ObamaCare Failure Our Corrupt Media Cant Talk About
11. Animated Map: The Battle of Arnhem
12. Just 6% of the People
13. Former CBS Reporter: I Was Called a Troublemaker for Pursuing Benghazi
14. Obama Admin Wants To Surrender US Control Over Internet To Global Bureaucracy
15. Statements in Support of the IANA Stewardship Transition
16. What Does ICANN Do?
17. Critics fear censorship as Obama hands control of internet to multi-national body
18. Heres Why We Should Go through the IANA Transition
19. US to Hand Over Internets Naming System, But Is ICANN Ready for Transition?
20. S. Surrender: Internet Giveaway to the U.N.?
21. Governing Cyberspace: ICANN, a Controversial Internet Standards Body
22. In Congressional Hearing, Stakeholders Highlight ICANNs Failures and Need for Reform
23. ICANN reports .sucks to the FTC over predatory pricing
24. ICANN Transition is Premature
25. ICANNs Amazon Problem
26. Amazon files appeal on rejected .amazon domain
27. Governments kill off Patagonias dot-brand bid
28. US hands internet control over to ICANN
29. Stop Obamas Internet Giveaway
30. Lie of the Year: If you like your health care plan, you can keep it
31. Obama: We Have to Change Wild West Media Landscape
32. Obama Says He Wants To Change The Free Flow Of Information
33. Merkel With Obama: Internet Disruptive Force that Has to Be Contained, Managed, and Steered by Government
34. Obama Merkel - Internet Censorship Will Control Middle Class Rebellion
35. Obama, Merkel Blame Social Media for Being Politically Disruptive
36. Microsoft is Still an Evil Company, Dont Believe the Reputation Laundering Campaigners
37. Liberal Media Bias
38. How Bing Search Engine Plays Politics in Election 2016
39. Tim Cook and Bill Gates Might Have Been on Hillary Clintons Vice President List
40. Gates Foundation accused of dangerously skewing aid priorities by promoting corporate globalization
41. Web censorship in China? Not a problem, says Bill Gates
42. Bill Gates: Voter opposition to globalization is a huge concern - and a wake-up call
43. Bill Gates says in order to keep talent in America the country must overhaul perverse immigration laws
44. Soros & Fellow Billionaires for Open Borders Lobby GOP on Amnesty
45. Microsoft Lays Off Thousands While Demanding More H1-B Visas
46. Xi Jinping in Seattle to meet with CEOs of Apple, Microsoft and other tech giants
47. New research claims that Microsofts Bing censors heavily within China, even more so than Baidu
48. Is Facebook Trying to Turn you Into a Globalist?
49. The end of Trump: How Facebook deepens millennials confirmation bias
50. Zuckerberg proves he is Facebooks editor by allowing Trumps hate speech.
51. Will Facebook Replace the News?
52. Facebook is a Media Company, Treat it as One
53. 61 million person experiment in social influence
54. Facebook Deliberately Experimented on Your Emotions
55. Facebook wants you to vote.
56. Did YOU change your Facebook picture to a rainbow?
57. Meet leftist prof who wrote hit list of fake news sites
58. HOW FAKE NEWS CREATED THE MYTH OF FIDEL CASTRO AS LATIN ROBIN HOOD
59. The New York Times; Unrepentant Communist Enabler
60. 1957: Matthews NY Times interview Castro in Sierra
61. Still Fronting for Fidel at the New York Times
62. Facebook Censorship
63. How Facebook Censors your posts
64. Facebook to crack down on spread of misinformation
65. The Top Ten Things We Cant Believe Eric Schmidt Ever Said
66. Of Course Facebook Is Biased. Thats How Tech Works Today
67. Wikileaks: Googles Eric Schmidt Planning Hillarys Campaign Since 2014
68. The Groundwork
69. Google defends its search engine against bias it favors Clinton
70. Eric Schmidt Dismisses Movie Driven Fear of AI
71. Google Search Statistics
72. Search Engine Ratings
73. Googles power of censorship: who controls the controllers of the internet?
74. Google controls what we buy, the news we read and Obamas policies
75. The new mind control
76. The NSAs Bulk Collection Is Over, but Google and Facebook Are Still in the Data Business
77. The New Censorship
78. NSA Prism program taps in to user data of Apple, Google and others
79. Youre a Criminal in a Mass Surveillance World How to Not Get Caught
80. Clinton to join recount that Trump calls scam
81. Washington Post: Drudge, Zero Hedge, & Ron Paul As Anti-Clinton Sophisticated Russian Propaganda Tools
82. Liberals are suddenly experts in Russian Espionage
83. Washington Post Peddles Tarring of Ron Paul Institute as Russian Propaganda
84. EUROPEANS CALL ON US LEADERS TO CURB HATE SPEECH
85. How Facebook plans to crack down on fake news
86. The Fake epidemic of fake news
87. Most Students Cant Tell the Difference Between Fake and Real News, Study Finds
88. Elite Media Plot New Censorship Regime
89. If you question the establishment, you are guilty of Espionage, says Corporate Media
 90. Radio Free Redoubt

Additional Reading:

Cortana: The spy in Windows 10

Google Is Burying Negative Search Suggestions For Hillary Clinton, New Study Shows
Google to Bias Search Engine Based on Facts
Google will soon ban fake news sites from using its ad network
Google is Liberal and Biased
7,000 Sources or just a few favorites
Analyzing the Google bias
Why we should care about Facebook and Googles political bias
How Google Skewed Search Results
You Think Google Wight be Biased?
Ban on Fake News: What is Fake News?
ICANNs War on Whois Privacy
ICANN Can Be Fixed
ICANN faces first post-transmission test of U.N. power
Obama Admin Wants To Surrender US Control Over Internet To Global Bureaucracy
FCC Commissioner Hits Back at Internet Handover Proponents
Internet giveaway day? US govt relinquishes control of webs address book
S. to relinquish remaining control over the Internet
Please Stop Sharing These Sites:
Fake news sites, deceptive memes, and the rise of post truth politics
Liberal News, Conservative News and Fake News
False, Misleading, Clickbait-y, and/or Satirical News Sources
List of Fake News Websites
Two-thirds of the worlds internet users live under government censorship: report
Donuts Inc.s major play for new Web domain names raises eyebrows
Not Obamas to Give Away
Clintons Russian roulette
*BREAKING* Anti-Trump Globalist Zuckerberg Weaponizing Facebook to Influence 2016 Election
Facebook admits human role in news operation but denies left wing bias
Fake News threaten Democracy, Obama Says
Using fake news against opposing views

The Question That Fluoridation Promoters Cant Answer

December 17 2016 | From: FluorideAlert

During 2016, I asked this question to many fluoridation promoters and have yet to receive an
adequate scientific answer.
I asked it in several audiences in New Zealand and also to promoters at a council hearing in Naples, Florida and most
recently at a debate in Cortland, New York with Johnny Johnson and Steve Slott. Neither Johnson nor Slott,
otherwise very vocal on promoting fluoridation, had an answer.

Related: Why Does NZ Still Fluoridate? TV Commercial FFNZ

The Question to Promoters of Fluoridation:

What primary scientific studies (not bogus reviews conducted by pro-fluoridation agencies) can you cite
that gives you the confidence to ignore or dismiss the evidence that fluoride damages the brain as
documented in over 300 animal and human studies (including 50 IQ studies).

If proponents cannot provide an adequate scientific answer to this question: fluoridation should be halted
immediately.

On Nov 22, 2016, Michael Connett, JD, asked this question to the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), on behalf of
FAN, Food & Water Watch, Organic Consumers Association, American Academy of Environmental Medicine, International
Academy of Oral Medicine and Toxicology, Moms Against Fluoridation, and several individual mothers, in a petition calling on
the EPA to ban the deliberate addition of fluoridating chemicals to the drinking water under provisions in the Toxic Substances
Control Act (TSCA).

The EPA has 90 days to reply, and if they fail to provide a satisfactory reply then they can be taken to Federal Court.

How you can take this further?

We are requesting that each one of you to ask this question of any promoter of fluoridation and keep asking it throughout
2017 until you can get an answer. Send that answer to us.

Based on responses we have seen so far we anticipate that there will be no satisfactory answers. In our view, there is no
scientific evidence that could justify ignoring the large number of scientific studies that fluoride damages the brain and thus no
justification for continuing this unethical and reckless practice of deliberately adding fluoridating chemicals to the drinking
water.
This in essence will be our 2017 campaign. Very simple, very direct and very important. We hope that you will support this in
two ways: a) ask this showstopper question in as many creative ways as you can and as many times as you can, and b)
support FAN financially.

Five More Ways to Take Action:

1. Send a letter-to-the-editor to your local newspapers

2. Sign on to FANs petition to the EPA.

3. Send the press release to your media outlets

4. Share this Facebook and this Twitter post.

5. Make a donation to support this campaign (see below).

Fundraising Update

Our new totals are $70,150 from 235 donors. We will be updatinng our running totals on a daily basis on our home
page: www.FluorideACTION.net

Related Articles:

Undeniable Evidence From Numerous Studies Proves That Fluoride Causes Cancer
 New Zealand Government Plans To Drown Its Citizens In Toxic Fluorides

Auckland: No Consultation Needed For Stopping Or Starting Fluoridation + Decision Is An Attack On Democracy

Fluoride: Poison On Tap Official Trailer

The Fluoride Deception

New Zealand Fluoridation Review Unscientific And Intellectually Dishonest Say International Reviewers

Fluoride Free New Zealand: Dirty Science

Secret Fluoridation Review Totally One-Sided Admits Chair

Harvard Research Finds Link Between Fluoridated Water, ADHD & Mental Disorders

Climate Scare Declared Officially Over- Error In Model Calculations Discovered

December 16 2016 | From: RickWells

Acclaimed climate realist and former adviser to British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher, Lord
Christopher Monckton, has some major news of a breakthrough discovery he has made in the area
of climate science. Comment: How long are the Cabal going to try to bury this latest hit?

Hes interviewed at the Global-Warming; an Inconvenient Lie conference in Phoenix, AZ by Millie Weaver, a
reporter for Infowars.

Related: Inconvenient Truths About the Man-made Global Warming Scam

Moncton is proud to be able to announce that he and his;

Team of very distinguished professors and doctors of science have discovered a major, significant,
substantial error in the way in which the computer models calculate how much warming they would
predict should be happening.

He says, Take that error away and there is no longer any climate problem. You might get one or two Celsius
of warming with a doubling of CO2 concentration but you wont get much more than that.

He says, All the suggestions that were facing some tipping point and suddenly we might see five or six, seven,
eight, ten, twelve, thirteen Celsius of warming for a doubling of CO2, the kind of dramatic figures that have been
appearing in some scientific papers, we can now prove that all of those very high end forecasts of how much
warming we might get are based on an error in mathematics.

Correct for the error and we are back down to a maximum of two, perhaps two and a half Celsius of warming for a
doubling of CO2.

Monckton says, I have been looking for this error in the mathematics for ten years. I have known it was
there but I didnt know what the error was, I just knew theyd made a mistake."

He then goes on to explain in some mathematical detail how he knew it, describing himself as a classical mathematician.

Related: With Ice Growing at Both Poles, Global Warming Theories Implode

He also has an announcement regarding a discovery by one of his esteemed colleagues, Professor William Happer of
Princeton, who discovered that the central estimate of global warming has been exaggerated by forty percent.

When his result is combined with the discovery by Monckton declares, officially, that the climate scare is over.
Infowars Reporter Millie Weaver interviews Lord Christopher Monckton who reveals a breaking
discovery which may prove the entire 'climate change' scare is based on faulty mathematics.

At the "Global-Warming; an Inconvenient Lie" conference in Phoenix, AZ Lord Monckton covers in depth the mathematical
discovery his team has made and announces that these findings have been submitted for proper peer review.

Related: Colleges Ban Free Speech Over Global Warming Skepticism

Michigan Recount Exposes Clinton Electoral Fraud: Half Of Detroit Votes Show Signs
Of Tampering
December 16 2016 | From: RussiaInsider

This is some next-level poetic justice: A Michigan recount backed by Jill Stein and the Democrats,
and intended to deligitimize Trump's astonishing victory on November 8, has actually
exposed widespread fraud in precincts which voted heavily for Clinton.

Hillary even sucks at cheating. Via the Detroit News:

Related: Pro-Monsanto think tank helped funnel Republican money into the Hillary Clinton campaign

Michigans largest county voted overwhelmingly for Democratic candidate Hillary Clinton, but officials
couldnt reconcile vote totals for 610 of 1,680 precincts during a countywide canvass of vote results late
last month.

Most of those are in heavily Democratic Detroit, where the number of ballots in precinct poll books did not match
those of voting machine printout reports in 59 percent of precincts, 392 of 662.
 According to state law, precincts whose poll books dont match with ballots cant be recounted. If that happens,
original election results stand.

Its not good, conceded Daniel Baxter, elections director for the city of Detroit."

Understatement of the millenium?

Clinton's legendary "blue firewall"

Related: Wikileaks: Colbert Report Gave Clinton Foundation Control Over Production

Here's the best part: Officials blame the scanners used to tally votes for the huge discrepancies. Hard to believe:

Once they started the Michigan recount in earnest, and knowing he would be exposed, the Detroit City Clerk
Daniel Baxter all of a sudden started claiming that the optical scanners which read the paper ballots did not work
the day of the election.

Baxter blamed the discrepancies on decade-old voting machines. That is his cover story. Nothing like this was
mentioned until he realized their voting fraud scheme would be detected.

Baxters claim is that, when trying to push the ballots through the readers, the ballots would be stuck and theyd
have to push them through again thus ACCIDENTALLY resulting in a double count.

He says the poll workers sometimes FORGET to adjust the machine count and instead let the ballot count
twice."
Sounds reasonable.

It gets worse, though. Vigilant citizens who observed the recount said that there were numerous signs of vote tampering in
Hillary-heavy precincts.

Related: Alleged FBI Insider Says Bill Clinton Will Die, Everyone Is Exposed including Elite Pedophiles, Benghazi
Server, False Flag Events, All Part of the Final Drama

Ken Crider, a 2014 Republican candidate for District 19 of the Michigan House of Representatives, said he watched the
recount effort in Cobo Hall in Detroit with his wife, Penny. In a Facebook post Tuesday, he claimed to have witnessed some
serious ballot discrepancies. Crider wrote:

Penny Crider and I just got back from helping watch the recount at Cobo Hall in Detroit. On Nov. 8th (Election
Day) the election officials at 8:00 p.m. shut down the polls.

They then reconciled the differences from the machine count and the voter count on the computer. At this point, a
Metal tag/seal with a serial number is put on the box and the box was taken away.

Pennys precinct, Detroit Precinct #152 had an unbroken seal and everything looked proper. The tag on the box
said 306 and the book said 306 and the ticket said 306, so there should be 306 paper ballots on the box, right.

Well when they pulled out the ballots the stack seemed short and when they finished separating the two page
ballot to count the Presidential page only guess how many ballots were in the box?

304 no, 299 nope, 200 nada, how about 100 wrong again. There were only exactly 50 paper ballots in a locked
sealed box that again was supposed to have 306. Hmm.

Oh I forgot to add, since there was a discrepancy in the two numbers, the original count stands.
 One more thing my precinct (sorry I forgot the number), had 525 votes on the book, tag and ticket and we
counted 525 ballots the election official was praising the Lord Hallelujah we have a countable precinct
Jill Stein had three (3) votes."

In other words: In Democratic Detroit, each vote was counted 6 times!

Just imagine the landslide popular vote victory Trump would have enjoyed if the Democrats played fair on Election Day.

Related Articles:

Report: Hillary Clinton Spent $1.2 Billion to Lose 2016 Election

A Clinton Fan Manufactured Fake News That MSNBC Personalities Spread to Discredit WikiLeaks Docs

Hillary Clinton Just Proved She Learned Nothing from Losing the Election

Report: Drunk Hillary Demanding Recount to Lift Her Spirits

The truth about Gaddafi's Libya, NATO's bombing, and the Benghazi 'consulate' attack

Money, Power and Oil. Exposing the Libyan Agenda: A Closer Look at Hillarys Emails

Report: Hillary Planning Yet Another Run For President in 2020

Former UK Ambassador Blasts "CIA's Blatant Lies", Shows "A Little Simple Logic
Destroys Their Claims" + Top Experts Dismiss Reported Claim That Russia Influenced
the US Election
December 15 2016 | From: BlacklistedNews / PaulCraigRoberts / InformationClearingHouse

I have watched incredulous as the CIAs blatant lie has grown and grown as a media story blatant
because the CIA has made no attempt whatsoever to substantiate it.
Former Ambassador Craig Murray

I have watched incredulous as the CIAs blatant lie has grown and grown as a media story blatant because the CIA
has made no attempt whatsoever to substantiate it.

Related: CIA: Washington Post Report Linking Russian Government to Trump & Election Hacking Is Outright Lie

A little simple logic demolishes the CIAs claims. The CIA claim they know the individuals involved. Yet under Obama
the USA has been absolutely ruthless in its persecution of whistleblowers, and its pursuit of foreign hackers through
extradition.

We are supposed to believe that in the most vital instance imaginable, an attempt by a foreign power to destabilise a
US election, even though the CIA knows who the individuals are, nobody is going to be arrested or extradited, or (if in
Russia) made subject to yet more banking and other restrictions against Russian individuals?

Plainly it stinks. The anonymous source claims of We know who it was, it was the Russians are beneath contempt.

As Julian Assange has made crystal clear, the leaks did not come from the Russians. As I have explained countless
times, they are not hacks, they are insider leaks there is a major difference between the two.

Related: The Conspiracy to Shut Down Truth, Donald Trump, and The American People

And it should be said again and again, that if Hillary Clinton had not connived with the DNC to fix the primary schedule to
disadvantage Bernie, if she had not received advance notice of live debate questions to use against Bernie, if she had not
accepted massive donations to the Clinton foundation and family members in return for foreign policy influence, if she had not
failed to distance herself from some very weird and troubling people, then none of this would have happened.

The continued ability of the mainstream media to claim the leaks lost Clinton the election because of Russia, while
still never acknowledging the truths the leaks reveal, is Kafkaesque.

I had a call from a Guardian journalist this afternoon. The astonishing result was that for three hours, an article was
accessible through the Guardian front page which actually included the truth among the CIA hype:

The Kremlin has rejected the hacking accusations, while the WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange has previously
said the DNC leaks were not linked to Russia.
 A second senior official cited by the Washington Post conceded that intelligence agencies did not have specific
proof that the Kremlin was directing the hackers, who were said to be one step removed from the Russian
government.

Craig Murray, the former UK ambassador to Uzbekistan, who is a close associate of Assange, called the CIA
claims bullshit, adding: They are absolutely making it up.

I know who leaked them, Murray said. Ive met the person who leaked them, and they are certainly not Russian
and its an insider. Its a leak, not a hack; the two are different things.

If what the CIA are saying is true, and the CIAs statement refers to people who are known to be linked to the
Russian state, they would have arrested someone if it was someone inside the United States.

America has not been shy about arresting whistleblowers and its not been shy about extraditing hackers. They
plainly have no knowledge whatsoever."

But only three hours. While the article was not taken down, the home page links to it vanished and it was replaced by a
ludicrous one repeating the mad CIA allegations against Russia and now claiming incredibly that the CIA believe
the FBI is deliberately blocking the information on Russian collusion.

Presumably this totally nutty theory, that Putin is somehow now controlling the FBI, is meant to answer my obvious objection
that, if the CIA know who it is, why havent they arrested somebody. That bit of course would be the job of the FBI, who those
desperate to annul the election now wish us to believe are the KGB.

It is terrible that the prime conduit for this paranoid nonsense is a once great newspaper, the Washington Post, which
far from investigating executive power, now is a sounding board for totally evidence free anonymous source briefing of utter
bullshit from the executive.

Related: Trumps Stock Market Rally Continues at Record Pace This Has Never Occurred in 110 Years!

In the UK, one single article sums up the total abnegation of all journalistic standards. The truly execrable Jonathan
Freedland of the Guardian writes Few credible sources doubt that Russia was behind the hacking of internal Democratic
party emails, whose release by Julian Assange was timed to cause maximum pain to Hillary Clinton and pleasure for Trump.

Does he produce any evidence at all for this assertion?

No, none whatsoever. What does a journalist mean by a credible source?

Well, any journalist worth their salt in considering the credibility of a source will first consider access. Do they credibly
have access to the information they claim to have?

Now both Julian Assange and I have stated definitively the leak does not come from Russia. Do we credibly have access?
Yes, very obviously. Very, very few people can be said to definitely have access to the source of the leak. The people saying it
is not Russia are those who do have access. After access, you consider truthfulness.

Do Julian Assange and I have a reputation for truthfulness? Well in 10 years not one of the tens of thousands of documents
WikiLeaks has released has had its authenticity successfully challenged. As for me, I have a reputation for inconvenient truth
telling.

Contrast this to the credible sources Freedland relies on. What access do they have to the whistleblower? Zero. They have
not the faintest idea who the whistleblower is. Otherwise they would have arrested them. What reputation do they have
for truthfulness? Its the Clinton gang and the US government, for goodness sake.

Related: The Wisconsin Vote Recount Raised Trumps Vote Count (And the Michigan vote recount found that in
Detroit some Hillary votes were multiplied by 6.)

In fact, the sources any serious journalist would view as credible give the opposite answer to the one Freedland
wants.

But in what passes for Freedlands mind, credible is 100% synonymous with establishment. When he says credible
sources he means establishment sources. That is the truth of the fake news meme. You are not to read anything unless it
is officially approved by the elite and their disgusting, crawling whores of stenographers like Freedland.

The worst thing about all this is that it is aimed at promoting further conflict with Russia. This puts everyone in danger for the
sake of more profits for the arms and security industries including of course bigger budgets for the CIA. As thankfully the
four year agony of Aleppo comes swiftly to a close today, the Saudi and US armed and trained ISIS forces counter by moving
to retake Palmyra.

This game kills people, on a massive scale, and goes on and on.

Related: FBI Disputes CIAs Fuzzy And Ambiguous Claims That Russia Sought To Influence Presidential Election

Top Experts Dismiss Reported Claim That Russia Influenced the US Election

Presstitutes such as the New York Times and Reuters continue to hype an alleged CIA finding that
Russians hacked Hillarys emails and used them to influence the election outcome.

As a number of experts have noted, there is no evidence whatsoever for the claim, which is in the category of fake
news.

Related: Anonymous Leaks to the WashPost About the CIAs Russia Beliefs Are No Substitute for Evidence

Julian Assange at Wikileaks, which released the leaked, not hacked, documents, denies that the Russians were involved.

William Binney, former top NSA official says that if Russia did it, NSA would have clear evidence. Binney said that:

They have failed to prove anything, which suggests they dont have proof and just want to war-monger
the public into a second cold war with the Russians.

After all, theres lots and lots of money in that for the military-industrial-intelligence-governmental
complex of incestuous relationships.

How To Instantly Tell If Russia Hacked the Election

December 11, 2016 "Information Clearing House" - "Moon Of Alabama" - Anonymous CIA officials claim that Russia hacked
the U.S. election by accessing emails from top Democratic officials and then leaking them to Wikileaks.

But the Washington Post notes:

Senate Republican Leader Mitch McConnell (Ky.) voiced doubts about the veracity of the intelligence, according
to officials present.
 ***

A senior U.S. official said there were minor disagreements among intelligence officials about the agencys
assessment, in part because some questions remain unanswered.

For example, intelligence agencies do not have specific intelligence showing officials in the Kremlin directing the
identified individuals to pass the Democratic emails to WikiLeaks .

***

Julian Assange, the founder of WikiLeaks, has said in a television interview that the Russian government is not
the source. [The former intelligence analyst, British Ambassador to Uzbekistan, and chancellor of the University of
Dundee (Craig Murray) who is close friends with Wikileaks Assange said he knows with 100% certainty that
the Russians arent behind the leaks.]

***

Ill be the first one to come out and point at Russia if theres clear evidence, but there is no clear evidence
even now, said Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.), the chairman of the House Intelligence Committee and a
member of the Trump transition team. Theres a lot of innuendo, lots of circumstantial evidence, thats it.

Indeed, some cybersecurity consultants claim that its impossible to ever know for sure who is behind hacks of this nature.

But thats wrong

In reality, it would be childs play to determine whether or not the Russians really hacked the Dem emails and shared
them with Wikileaks.

Related: Is The Deep State At War... With Itself?

Specifically, Edward Snowden says the NSA could easily determine who hacked the Democratic National Committees emails:
 Evidence that could publicly attribute responsibility for the DNC hack certainly exists at #NSA, but DNI traditionally
objects to sharing."

- Edward Snowden (@Snowden) July 25, 2016

But dont trust Snowden

The NSA executive who created the agencys mass surveillance program for digital information, who served as
the senior technical director within the agency, who managed six thousand NSA employees, the 36-year NSA veteran widely
regarded as a legend within the agency and the NSAs best-ever analyst and code-breaker, who mapped out the Soviet
command-and-control structure before anyone else knew how, and so predicted Soviet invasions before they happened (in
the 1970s, he decrypted the Soviet Unions command system, which provided the US and its allies with real-time surveillance
of all Soviet troop movements and Russian atomic weapons) confirmed to Washingtons Blog that the NSA
would definitely know who the hacker was.

Binney told Washingtons Blog in July:

Snowden is right and the MSM is clueless.

***

Do they have evidence that the Russians downloaded and later forwarded those emails to wikileaks? Seems to me
that they need to answer those questions to be sure that their assertion is correct.

***

You can tell from the network log who is going into a site. I used that on networks that I had. I looked to see who
came into my LAN, where they went, how long they stayed and what they did while in my network.

Further, if you needed to, you could trace back approaches through other servers etc. Trace Route and Trace
Watch are good examples of monitoring software that help do these things. Others of course exist probably the
best are in NSA/GCHQ and the other Five Eyes countries. But, these countries have no monopoly on smart
people that could do similar detection software."

In October, Binney told us:

If the idiots in the intelligence community expect us to believe them after all the crap they have told us (like WMDs
in Iraq and no we dont collect data on millions or hundreds of millions of Americans) then they need to give
clear proof of what they say. So far, they have failed to prove anything.

Which suggests they dont have proof and just want to war monger the US public into a second cold war
with the Russians.

After all, theres lots and lots of money in that for the military-industrial-intelligence-governmental complex of
incestuous relationships.

***

If you recall, a few years ago they pointed to a specific building in China that was where hacks on the US were
originating. So, lets see the same from the Russians. They dont have it. Thats why they dont show it. They want
to swindle us again and again and again. You can not trust these intelligence agencies period."
Related: Rogue Elements of the CIA Are Operating Against President-elect Trump

That same month, Binney told Newsweek:

U.S. officials know how many people [beyond the Russians] could have done this but they arent telling us
anything. All theyre doing is promoting another cold war.

Binney compared allegations about Russian hacks to previous U.S. fabrications of intelligence to justify the
invasion of Iraq in 2003 and the bombing of North Vietnam in 1964.

This is a big mistake, another WMD or Tonkin Gulf affair thats being created until they have absolute proof of
Russian complicity in the DNC hacks, he charged during a Newsweek interview. He noted that after the Kremlin
denied complicity in the downing of a Korean Airlines flight in 1983, the U.S. exposed the conversations where
[Russian pilots] were ordered to shoot it down. Obama officials have the evidence now of who hacked the DNC,
he charged. So lets see it, guys.

Last month, Binney explained:

If it were the Russians, NSA would have a trace route to them and not equivocate on who did it. Its like
using Trace Route to map the path of all the packets on the network. In the program Treasuremap NSA has
hundreds of trace route programs embedded in switches in Europe and hundreds more around the world. So, this
set-up should have detected where the packets went and when they went there.
In other words, theres no need to speculate on whether the Russians were the hackers. The NSA could easily determine
who was behind the hacks.

Of course, in an era where challenging officials to provide evidence may get one labeled as a Russian propagandist, the
question is how many people will stand up for the all-American value of questioning the proclamations of those in power:

Tucker Carlson DESTROYS Congressman Adam Schiff On Russian Interference In U.S Election

Related: Anti-Trump False Flag: Rogue CIA, Globalist Left Attempt to Overthrow Trump

New Zealand's 'Unusual' Earthquake Raises Complex Questions + USGS: Early 20th
Century Earthquakes May Have Been Man Made
December 15 2016 | From: Sott / Uncensored

A devastating earthquake has hit New Zealand, but this unusual event, with long duration slip on
several faults, will also provide an astounding data set for understanding a complex tectonic region.

Map showing location of the M7.8 epicenter (star), M > 3.0 aftershocks up until 04:20 NZ time on the 18th November (n = 1,782)
New Zealand was rocked by a magnitude 7.8 earthquake on Monday 14th November. This event had unusual aspects
of slip distribution, duration, and kinematics, from which we will learn a lot about earthquake mechanics as data are
collected.

Related: Seismic Testing Presents Significant Risk To East Coast

The event that started ~100 km north of Christchurch with displacements less than 1 m, propagated northward, creating the
largest surface displacements (so far observed) near the northern termination of the earthquake rupture, at the northeast tip of
the South Island.

At this early stage, based on preliminary data released by the New Zealand monitoring partnership GeoNet, I find three
properties of the earthquake particularly intriguing:

1. Slip Distribution

The large surface displacement at the northern end of the rupture explains why aftershocks are concentrated in the north, and
why areas north of the rupture, such as Wellington, experienced more damage than Christchurch, which is closer to but south
of the epicenter.

The earthquake adds insight to the discussion of whether an earthquake knows its size when it nucleates - this earthquake
started small, and only reached large slip late in its propagation. The USGS estimates the greatest displacements were over
100 km from the epicenter.

Left: Before | Right: After

Therefore, as suggested in recent findings by Meier et al., there seems to have been no way to expect the large size of this
earthquake from its small early slip. The question remains, why did the earthquake start small and get larger?

2. Type and Number of Faults

The area of the epicenter lies in the Marlborough fault system, known for strike-slip tectonics where crustal blocks slide
horizontally. However, coastal uplift associated with this earthquake demands at least a couple of meters of vertical motion,
related to collision or subduction, as well as at least 10 m of strike-slip.
Mapping of surface displacements has furthermore illuminated slip on as many as six faults.

Related: Astonishing Nasa photos show Kaikoura land raised by earthquake

The number of faults involved may explain the relatively long duration and complexity of slip. A question is whether the faults
represent a mixture of strike-slip and thrust faults, or a population of variably oblique-slip faults; another question is whether
the fault surface traces are linked to form a large fault at depth.

3. Slip Duration

The earthquake slip lasted longer than the one-minute slip duration typically considered to calculate local magnitudes. Initial
reports therefore underestimated the magnitude.

The long duration is intriguing; slow propagation is typical of earthquakes originating from the relatively shallow subduction
thrust interface, not faults on the continents.
Related: CERN Condensed Antipodal Point

Although this earthquake was not as slow as some 'tsunami earthquakes', this may imply rupture in a weak, low rigidity fault
zone (e.g., Bilek and Lay). The earthquake occurred in continental crust, but near a transition from continental transpression
on the South Island to westward subduction underneath the east coast North Island.

It has been suggested that subducted continental crust below the current strike-slip system is dehydrating, providing fluids that
weaken the overlying continental faults.

As more data emerge, we will therefore learn a lot about how deformation is transferred from a subduction zone to a strike slip
system, - also raising questions of what happens in the Cook Strait, between the two main New Zealand islands (see
also Pondard and Barnes).

Coastal Uplift After Kaikoura Quake

USGS: Early 20th Century Earthquakes May Have Been Man Made

A new study from the USGS suggests that some early 20th century earthquakes in southern
California might have been induced (man-made) by past practices that were used by the oil and gas
industry.
A new study from the USGS suggests that some early 20th century earthquakes in southern California might have
been induced (man-made) by past practices that were used by the oil and gas industry.

In the new study, scientists evaluated the likely cause of several significant earthquakes within the Los Angeles Basin
between 1900 and 1933, together with consideration of available oil industry records over this period.

They found that several damaging earthquakes, including a 1929 event near Whittier, California (estimated magnitude 5) and
the 1933 Long Beach earthquake (magnitude 6.4) might have been induced by oil and/or gas production during the early
decades of the Los Angeles-area oil boom.

During the early decades of the oil boom, withdrawal of oil was not balanced by injection of fluids, in some cases leading to
dramatic ground subsidence, and potentially perturbing the sub-surface stress field on nearby faults.

In the middle of the 20th century, so-called water-flooding techniques were increasingly employed to compensate for oil
withdrawal and to increase production of fields that were becoming depleted. Because industry practices have changed, the
results of this study do not necessarily imply a high likelihood of induced earthquakes at the present time.

It has been widely assumed that induced earthquakes do not contribute significantly to hazard in regions west of
the Rocky Mountains, but our research suggests that damaging induced earthquakes might have occurred in the
past, said Susan Hough, USGS seismologist.

Our study further suggests that the rate of natural tectonic earthquakes in the Los Angeles basin for this time
period might have been lower than previously estimated.

Earthquake rates have increased sharply in recent years in some parts of the United States, including in Oklahoma, where
earthquakes were formerly infrequent. Extensive past research has supported the conclusion that much of this increase is due
to disposal of wastewater into deep geologic formations.

The study, Potentially induced earthquakes during the early 20th century in the Los Angeles Basin, was published Nov. 1 in
the Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America.
Fake News Hysteria Hinges On The Laughable Assumption That Corporate-Run Media Has A
Divine Monopoly On Facts + US Lawmakers Move To Criminalize Fake News, Propaganda On The
Web
December 14 2016 | From: NaturalNews / Sputnik/ Various

The insidious assumption behind the fake news accusations being flung far and wide by the
fakestream media (CNN, NPR, WashPost, NYT, MSNBC, etc.) is that somehow the corporate media
has a divine monopoly on facts.

The Cabal Establishment is in Panic Mode as Alternative Media Blasts the Controlled-Mainstream
Media Out of the Water - the Corporate Media Lies are Being Exposed Virally, Worldwide.

The assumption is ludicrously demonstrated when MSNBC rolls out convicted liar Brian Williams to decry fake
news.

Related: Fake News: Who is Really Making the War on Truth?

Youd be hard pressed to find any fake news propagandist who churned out more fake news than Brian Williams and hes
still working at MSNBC!

Back in early 2015, Breitbart News presented a list of at least 32 times that NBC News let Williams present such fake news to
the American people - lies and disputed stories - including his false claims about being in a helicopter that was hit by an
RPG, reports Breitbart.com, one of the new media giants accused of publishing fake news by the collapsing lamestream
media.

As long as the government engages in intelligence activities that violate our rights secured by our Constitution,
any Intel Authorization bill should be opposed, Justin Amash told Sputnik News.

Williams also made up stories about Seal Team 6, the fall of the Berlin Wall, the Pope, Hurricane Katrina, quitting
college, rescuing a puppy from a house fire, and more, Breitbart continues.
If the Media Establishment Only Tells the Truth, Why are so Many of Their News Reports Obviously
Faked?

If the corporate-run media really had some sort of divine monopoly on facts, then none of us would be able to find examples
of laughably fake news on their websites, would we? Yet even the Washington Post has now been exposed for, if you can
believe it, faking a news story about fake news!

Any honest investigation can go right down the list: CNN, NYT, WashPost, HuffPost, LA Times, USA Today, NPR, MSNBC,
Fox News and so on every one of these news organizations has run genuinely fake news while claiming it was
fact.

Its not even difficult to find examples of these organizations deliberately fabricating fake news in order to alter the outcome of
the recent election.

Nearly all of them reported, for example, some variation of the absurd claim that Donald Trump cant win the
election.

These are also the same fake news organizations that obediently and enthusiastically repeated Obamas fabricated claims
about Obamacare. Remember If you like your doctor, you can keep your doctor?

Or how about the claim that Obamacare will save American families $2500 a year, on average? Not only were these glaring
examples of fake news, they were known to be false at the time they were published by the corporate-run media.

Another way the Media Fakes the News: Censorship of Important Stories they Dont Want you to
Learn
And then there are the stories the entire fakestream media censors because they dont want anyone to learn about actual
facts. As a particularly egregious example, it is an established fact that CDC scientist Dr. William Thompson publicly admitted
to falsifying scientific data at the CDC to obscure the statistical link between vaccines and autism in African-Americans. That is
not only indisputable, its also an incredibly important piece of news for the health of all Americans.

Did the fakestream media cover that story? Not by a long shot: They censored it.

Every single fakestream media organization across the country obediently blackballed the story. The censorship was
obviously coordinated, deliberate and malicious. Remember, censorship of important facts is another way the insidious
corporate-run media lies to its misinformed viewers.

Hilarious Videos of CNN Staging Fake Locations, Fake Missile Attacks and Fake Seafaring

CNN has forever used fakery, theatrics and false reporting to influence public opinion rather than report the news. Perhaps the
most hilarious example of dishonest CNN fakery is the Charles Jaco video from the first Gulf War.

In order to pretend to be covering the Gulf War from a live set in Saudi Arabia, CNN built a Saudi stage in the USA and
faked a SCUD missile attack on its news anchor Charles Jaco.

Hilarious, as the video shows below, while Charles Jaco grabs a gas mask, his co-anchor grabs a helmet (see the 7:00 mark
in the video below). Its funnier than a really bad SNL skit!

Remember, this was all broadcast as CNN Live, where CNN literally pretended this was all real and true.

Faking the news is a specialty of CNN, and there are countless examples of the network going out of its way to stage fake
sets, fake locations and even use actors following mass shootings to make sure the proper narrative is delivered to the
public.

For example, this video interview reveals a comprehensive collection of CNN news fakery such as the bizarre
moment when CNN anchors try to pretend they are not in the same parking lot.
That incident, detailed in this UK Daily Mail article, involved a CNN anchor and guest desperately trying to pretend they were
broadcasting live from distant locations when, in reality, they were in the exact same parking lot. (This is evidenced by the
simple fact that the exact same vehicles pass behind them, in the exact same sequence)

CNN frequently uses green screens to fake locations.

The hilarious video below shows CNN building an entire fake ship on a green screen set to try to create the illusion that their
reporter is on the scene in the Black Sea, covering US war ships near Ukraine.

During the hilariously bad fake set report, the CNN journalist even points off in the distance behind him to try to
make the green screen illusion more convincing:

Youll discover another jaw-dropping compilation of fake, scripted news from the mainstream media in this next
video, covering media fakery involving the Gulf War, the defamation of Ron Paul, 9/11 attacks, Bin Laden and more:

The entire Sandy Hook mass shooting narrative was deeply layered in all sorts of CNN fakery, including the use of actors
who were told to read lines to the cameras while sobbing uncontrollably for maximum effect.

Related: Censorship Shock: Amazon.com Bans Investigative Book Nobody Died At Sandy Hook Because It
Disagrees With Government Version Of What Happened

In one case, a cheerful white man is laughing it up in the background, then when signaled to approach the
microphone to speak on camera, starts hyperventilating and crying while reading his obviously scripted lines. (The
guy turns out to be a professional actor.)

In the same video, shown below, another actor is caught on a hot mic asking, Do you want me to read the card? right before
sobbing on camera, playing the part of a grieving parent.

Yet another Sandy Hook theatrical fake news hoax was the use of David Wheeler, a professional actor, as both a
grieving parent and a SWAT team sniper.

As with all the other actors rolled out for CNNs cameras, this professional actor performed a scripted role in order to evoke
a powerful emotional response with the sole purpose of repealing the Second Amendment (a necessary step before
America can be overrun and controlled by radical leftist communists).

The way he carries his sniper rifle (upside down, by the magazine) makes it laughably obvious to anyone familiar
with firearms that he has absolutely no clue how to carry a rifle

The Corporate-Run Media has Done Nothing but Fake the News for Decades
Search YouTube for terms like CNN green screen or crisis actors or Sandy Hook or faked news and you can spend
hour and after watching clear examples of outlandish news fakery by the mainstream media. It doesnt take long for any
intelligent, clear thinking individual to realize the mainstream media has been faking the news for decades.

CNN, in fact, can be best described as a fake news theater organization pretending to be engaged in legitimate journalism.

I even recorded a podcast on this very subject, discussing all the news fakery weve all been subjected to over the years by
the deliberate fabrications of the corporate-controlled media.

Come to think of it, you probably need to go back and revisit what you think is really true about many historic events covered
by the lying media: Oklahoma City, 9/11, Sandy Hook, the assassination of JFK and even the nuking of Japan in World War
II.

In every case, what was reported by the lying mainstream media was a scripted narrative, not a serious investigation into
what really happened.

Related Articles:
Whos Behind PropOrNots Blacklist of News Websites

Whos the Biggest Peddler of Fake News?

Denzel Washington Slams Mainstream Media For Peddling BS

Reddit Shadow Bans Infowars As Fake News War Accelerates

How the mainstream medias fake news undermines democracy and protects the corrupt establishment

Facebook, Google, Twitter, YouTube: A Spirit of Cooperation

Trump Labels CNN Fake News

US Lawmakers Move To Criminalize Fake News, Propaganda On The Web

The witch hunt for fake news and Russian propaganda has been kicked up a notch, after the
House passed a bill quietly tucked inside the Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2017,
designed to crack down on free speech and independent media.
Under "Title V - Matters relating to foreign countries, the bill seeks to "counter active measures by Russia to exert
covert influence carried out in coordination with, or at the behest of, political leaders or the security services of
the Russian Federation and the role of the Russian Federation has been hidden or not acknowledged publicly.

It lists media manipulation as:

Establishment or funding of a front group

Covert broadcasting

Media manipulation

Disinformation and forgeries

Funding agents of influence

Incitement and offensive counterintelligence

Assassinations

Terrorist acts

It is easy to see how this law, if passed by the Senate and signed by the president, could be used to
target, threaten, or eliminate so-called fake news websites, a list which has been used to arbitrarily define
any website, or blog, that does not share the mainstream medias proclivity to serve as the Public
Relations arm of a given administration, - Global Research reported.

The frightening attack on speech and independent media was opposed by only 30 members of the House, including Tulsi
Gabbard, Thomas Massie, and Justin Amash - who stated that he fought against it.
 As long as the government engages in intelligence activities that violate our rights secured by our
Constitution, any Intel Authorization bill should be opposed, Justin Amash told Sputnik News.

The bill must now pass through Senate, though a senior Rand Paul aide has told Sputnik News that the Senator is currently
holding the intelligence bill for several reasons - and that they are looking at this specific issue very closely.

Curiously, the bill which was passed on November 30, was introduced on November 22, two days before the Washington
Post published its Nov. 24 article citing experts who claim Russian propaganda helped Donald Trump get elected, Zero
Hedge noted.

The experts the newspaper cited was a group called PropOrNot, although it have refused to name the experts behind the
operation. The organization has promoted a Ukrainian hacker group on their Twitter feed.
PropOrNot also listed over 200 websites that they accuse of peddling Russian propaganda, including extremely popular news
websites on all sides of the political spectrum, including The Drudge Report, Zero Hedge, TruthOut, Sputnik News, and even
WikiLeaks.
Former presidential candidate Ron Pauls website is also mentioned in many of the articles on so-called fake news, an issue
that should be concerning to those who believe in free speech, including his son, Senator Rand Paul.

The elder Paul has long been a vocal supporter of freedom of speech, as it is enshrined in the Constitution of the United
States, and he and his supporters have repeatedly been the target of finger pointing and demonization.

In 2012, a risk-assessment report from a Missouri-based fusion center stated that support for Ron Paul's presidential bid was
a sign of membership in a domestic terrorist group."

Related: Washington Posts Piece on Fake News Promotes Fake List of Unreliable Sources

For purposes of this definition it does not matter whether the sites listed here are being knowingly directed and paid by
Russian intelligence officers, or whether they even knew they were echoing Russian propaganda at any particular point: If
they meet these criteria, they are at the very least acting as bona-fide useful idiots of the Russian intelligence services, and
are worthy of further scrutiny, the so-called experts cited by PropOrNot state.
Many of those listed on censorship hit lists are speaking out against the attempt to stop independent media.

Information is dangerous and with this new reactionary shift of people making ban lists of so called fake
news, it shows us how afraid they are of knowledge and differences of opinion that spur people to have
an open mind, Luke Rudkowski, the owner of We Are Change, one of the sites on the blacklist, previously
told Sputnik News.

Information is very dangerous for the establishment status quo that tried to keep things the way they
are.

The bill, Zero Hedge notes, will soon proclaim much of the internet to be criminal Russian propaganda if it is allowed to pass.

Related Articles:
Congress Admits CIA Moving To Ban Free Speech In America

If You Are For Peace You Are A Russian Agent

Fake News Viewed as Move to Ban Dissenting Voices

MSM Takes Fake News To The Next Level

Why Labeling Websites As Russian Propaganda is Dangerous

Endgame: Disclosure, The Antarctic Atlantis And New Ancient Extra-Terrestrial Ruins
December 13 2016 | From: DivineCosmos

The Establishment is threatened like never before. Are they about to disclose advanced, hi-tech
ruins under the ice in Antarctica, and a limited secret space program, to try to save the New World
Order agenda?
THE 'LOST CITY' OF ANTARCTICA

The 'Lost City' of Antarctica - Shock claims massive ancient civilisation lies frozen beneath mile
of Antarctic ice and could even be Atlantis

This is some of the most surprising, fascinating and relevant inside intel we have ever posted. Multiple groups
have urged us to get this out as fast as possible, and here we are.

Related: Secret Space Program: Countdown To Exposure On All Illuminati Fronts

The story is so incredible that you may need to just treat it like a sci-fi movie... but even if that's the only level you can accept
it at, you should still find this to be a most fascinating read!

Endgame - The Antarctic Atlantis

Introduction by David Wilcock

The truth is exploding across the internet. Millions are learning for the first time that there really is a negative elite running
the planet, engaging in child trafficking among other heinous crimes.

The Cabals brazen efforts to completely destroy this information are quite surprising to the millions who are only now
discovering the scope of the problem.
Although this information is extremely disturbing, it is also true. The only way we can heal as a planet is to face it and deal
with it, individually and collectively.

Part One of ENDGAME has spread more quickly than anything weve ever written before, getting its first 100,000 views in
less than 31 hours, hitting 150,000 in three days, and topping 10,000 Facebook Likes.

Related: ENDGAME: Disclosure and the Final Defeat of the Cabal

Perhaps not surprisingly, my (David Wilcocks) page was completely deleted off of Wikipedia after publishing this expose. It
was always heavily compromised but now it doesnt exist.

Our goal in Part One was to create a unified resource of information to show how rapidly the Cabal / NWO / Illuminatis
whole agenda is plummeting. Even if you have read and understood the data in Part One, you still have only identified one
small (and very negative) aspect of the Big Picture.

The full story is much deeper than most people could even imagine and reads like an epic series of sci-fi novels with great
surprises in each new volume.

Cosmic Disclosure is Not "Fake News"

If you are a viewer of our weekly Gaia show Cosmic Disclosure, or have been following previous updates on Corey Goodes
intel, then you are already familiar with this new reality.

Coreys experiences are so highly bizarre that most people identifying as skeptics couldnt even follow us more than 10
percent of the way if that. Nonetheless, Coreys intel has checked out with what many, many other high-level sources have
leaked to me over 20 years of time. The truth is extremely surprising and complex.

The intel also dovetails beautifully with the material in the Law of One series, which I have scientifically validated in three
different published books with over 2200 total references.
The Cabal has now taken the incredibly brazen step of black-listing 200 highly popular sites, including Gaia, our main portal
for disclosure TV episodes.

They are using Google, Facebook, Apple, Snapchat and other assets to prevent you from ever being able to find these sites
- even if your friends wanted you to see them.

YouTube has begun aggressively taking down every person posting videos on this scandal, including all three we mentioned
in Part One - David Seaman, Reality Calls and the Alex Jones video.

This is the work of a third-world fascist dictatorship - hardly what we would expect in a democracy. If this was truly all just a
big misunderstanding, why are they being so aggressive?

Why Block Gaia?

Why would Gaia have made it onto the short list of 200 Cabal-banned sites if Cosmic Disclosure was just a big joke?
How did we end up threatening the media elite enough that they literally do not want you to have any chance of finding it
even if your friends sent you the link on Facebook or Gmail? From the world we are working within, the answer is simple.
Child trafficking and spirit cooking at the highest political levels is still just the very beginning.

The whole subject of UFOs, ancient civilizations, advanced technology and ETs has been strictly controlled by this very
negative Cabal. Much of this classified information is incredibly positive and uplifting - including the idea of an imminent,
mass human evolution that many refer to as Ascension.

Related: Wikileaks Podesta Email Mentions ETs and Zero-Point Energy

The Cabal is the proverbial dragon guarding the huge pile of gold and treasure, and the gorgeous virgin being held prisoner.

If this group wasnt restricting our access to information, we would be living in a vastly more interesting world right now
with much greater technology.

Is Corey Telling the Truth?

By working around Corey for an average of one out of every six weeks over the last two years, I have seen ample evidence
that he is telling the truth - as he has seen and experienced it.

We have endured death threats, betrayal, financial hardship and incredibly toxic abuse. This journey has not at all been fun
or easy for him, nor for me. This is a spiritual war, not just a physical one. The Cabal is messing around with very real forces
that are extremely negative and can influence those around us.
It is all too easy to make mistakes and authorize attacks to come your way from these same forces.

In my case it comes mainly through the interference of others. This has been extremely difficult and exhausting, but it all
reads as fairly mundane stuff in the worldly sense.

In Coreys case he has had very horrible physical experiences that most would consider paranormal, including being
abducted by various human or ET groups.

The only way we can protect ourselves is to try to have as positive and loving of an attitude as possible. Nothing else is
sufficient. It is a moment-by-moment discipline.

Five Different Group Categories all Requesting Assistance

We also have five different major categories of groups that are now feeding us intel and requesting our assistance. We will
learn more about each of them as this update goes on.

Each of these groups is fighting as hard as they can to transform our planet, and have suffered horrible casualties
along the way:

1. The Earth Alliance. This is the group Dr. Pieczenik spoke on behalf of in Part One. It is comprised of brave
fighters in all 15 of the US intelligence agencies, and many international factions.

2. The MIC SSP (military-industrial complex secret space program). This is a series of factions that believed they
were the only game in town, up until recently. They are about to be publicly revealed.

3. The SSP Alliance. This is a breakaway group within an SSP that is much more advanced than the MIC version.
The SSP is controlled by the Cabal, but the SSP Alliance is definitely not.
 4. The Inner-Earth Alliance. There are several different human ET civilizations living in huge caverns beneath the
Earths surface. Each racial type we see on earth appears in these groups.

5. The Sphere Being Alliance. This is a group of super-advanced ETs that have been called The Guardians, and
manage the spiritual and physical affairs of entire solar systems.

It is not easy to have requests consistently coming at us from all five of these different groups, with the message always
being that each new piece of intel is extremely urgent to disclose.

We keep getting pounded with obstacles and challenges while trying to navigate and meet these expectations.

Despite periodic lapses in both of our productivity levels, Cosmic Disclosure has continued to come out with a new episode
every week, uninterrupted.

We are now under direct attack by the Cabal, as they are trying to wipe us out of existence with a total internet blacklist.

Gaia has several weekly shows, with more on the way, as well as over 7000 unique pieces of inspirational and truth-telling
media to watch.

The Cabals Final Salvage Plan

What we are hearing from various insiders now is that the Cabal is on the verge of total defeat for the first time in our
entire global history.

The Alliance has become ever-increasingly powerful as more and more people defect to it.

The Cabal knows they are out of time and as of right now, they have largely completed their negotiations on how they will
surrender. At the same time, the Cabal has dirt on the Earth Alliance that they do not want to see go public. Therefore it has
turned into more of a truce, where we will get part, but not all of the truth.
This is what we have been calling Partial Disclosure. We are against this happening and will continue fighting for Full
Disclosure, which will be much better for everyone.

Hundreds of thousands, if not millions of people are aware of what weve disclosed, and no one has freaked out about any
of it. The excuse that you cant handle the truth is nonsense.

The SSP Alliance, Inner Earth Alliance and Sphere-Being Alliance are all pushing for Full Disclosure as well, which they call
the Optimal Temporal Reality for our future.

What is Partial Disclosure Shaping up to look Like?

The Partial Disclosure plan includes some admission of wrong-doing, an outing and punishing of mid-level people, and a
beneficial global financial reset.

The cosmic aspect of the plan appears to involve three key revelations, perhaps in different stages:

1. A formal, public disclosure of the MIC SSP. They have two large, cloaked orbital platforms, flying black triangle
craft, and the ability to travel throughout our solar system.

2. The unveiling of ancient, high-tech ruins in Antarctica that have been newly excavated. This will prove that
Atlantis was very real, and far more advanced than we thought.

3. The revealing of extremely ancient ruins over 1.8 billion years old within the Earth and throughout our solar
system, often made of a crystalline transparent aluminum alloy.

Although this sounds pretty awesome, and would be a great leap forward, this is still only a Partial Disclosure that leaves
gaping holes in our understanding.

Another potential plan that is in the optional category involves the possible disclosure of a single ET group known as the
Tall Whites. This is the group that Charles Hall and others have met up with.
Related: Alien Civilizations May Number In The Trillions, New Study Says

The Cabal might try to introduce us to this group, explain they have been around for a really long time, and hope
that they can get us to follow a mystical new religion offered by these beings.

This would definitely not be in humanitys best interest. The rapidly-escalating downfall of high-level elite human trafficking
rings is bringing these issues to the immediate forefront. The Cabal has run out of time - and they know it.

For many years they have planned on using a partial disclosure to distract and inspire the public if the full nature of their
crimes were to become known.

The Details Have All Been Laid Out

Much of the history and scientific research to support this data, as well as the Full Disclosure version, was written into my
new book The Ascension Mysteries in an effort to help the Alliance groups.

The partial disclosure scenario may not include any active ET life operating around us today. The MIC SSPs party line will
be that apart from ancient visitors, or perhaps an occasional Gray or Tall White, we are alone.
The first two episodes of the recently re-booted X-Files TV show were a veritable blueprint for the partial disclosure of the
MIC SSP and its entire belief system.
The MIC SSP does not have the technology to travel outside our solar system, so we would still be kept in a box just a
slightly larger version.

The SSP has much greater technology that could heal our planet. The Cabal could still secretly pursue their depopulation
agenda as the partial disclosure unfolded over a 50 to 100-year period. The Cabal is hoping to re-brand itself as the good
guys as this partial disclosure scenario rolls out. It is their last and only chance to save their agenda.

Without further ado, I will hand the microphone over to Corey, who will continue our story from here with my co-authored
input. It is well worth your time to learn about what is going on.

The Secret Space Program

By now you probably are aware that I, Corey Goode, am a 20-year veteran of a Secret Space Program (SSP) that has
technology vastly superior to anything we see in the open world.

David Wilcock had been gathering a variety of insider testimonies for nearly 20 years when I began disclosing everything I
knew to him in October 2014. He was able to validate my testimony by having heard many of the same things from other
high-level insiders, at Cosmic Top Secret level and above.

The majority of this insider testimony was completely off the public record and did not appear anywhere online, nor in any
alleged fiction in the public domain.

Related: Evidence Grows For Secret Space Program Disclosures & Crimes Against Humanity Trials

There were so many points of correlation that we stopped counting somewhere after identifying about 60 different highly
specific examples. Davids knowledge of hyper-classified intel similarly convinced me that he was in contact with people who
had experienced the same world that I had.

He gained these contacts through being a highly public scholar in UFOs and alternative science who had proven, over many
years, that he could be entrusted with confidentiality.
It is Hard to Imagine

The level of secrecy involved is so high that it is hard for most people to even begin to imagine the world of the SSP.

An experience inside a true SSP base, on Earth or elsewhere in our solar system, would appear very similar to a scene from
the movie Men in Black or Guardians of the Galaxy.
Related: Email for John Podesta c/o Eryn re Space Treaty

An ever-increasing number of seemingly fictional movies, television shows and video games are preparing us for an
eventual disclosure.

Some groups on Earth have been aware that we are not alone, and have remained in active contact with extraterrestrials,
for thousands of years. Many more became involved when the Germans developed flying saucer technology, with ET
assistance, in the 1930s.
Related: Ancient Aliens: Aliens and the Third Reich

A vastly interconnected breakaway civilization has since developed, almost completely without any public
awareness.

William Tompkins Independently Validates

William Tompkins was unaware of me or any of my testimony when he wrote Selected By Extraterrestrials. Ours has strictly
been an Internet-based story, and Tompkins is a 94-year-old veteran who is not online.
Related: Secret Space Program Disclosure: Founders Of Solar Warden SSP With William Tompkins

During WWII, he debriefed 29 different US spies embedded in the German SSP at the time.

There are many astonishing points of correlation between what the two of us are saying again, far beyond any likelihood of
chance. Interviews with Tompkins were conducted for Gaia before he knew anything about my testimony, but it all lines up
beautifully.

There are several episodes where we compare these knowledge bases, and the results are very surprising.
Contact was Re-Awakened

I had basically been out of the loop in the SSP since the late 1980s, except for a number of encounters with them in the
1990s and early 2000s that were all very brief missions.

Much to my surprise, I was brought back into this world approximately four months after David and I began comparing
notes. I was taken to a base on the Moon that I was already familiar with, entitled the Lunar Operations Command or LOC.

Huffington Post: Solar Warden - The Secret Space Program

By this point, David had gathered the bulk of my testimony together and had thoroughly briefed the senior management of
Gaia on the story.

I was quite surprised to discover that an Alliance had formed within the SSP that wanted to share their remarkable
technology with the general population of Earth. This Alliance partially arose out of the SSP faction I worked within, known
as Solar Warden.

There are a total of five different SSP factions, and Solar Warden is made up of members from all five of them.
Related: Solar Warden: The Secret Space Program Built With Alien Technology

The Solar Warden code name was also discovered by the hacker Gary McKinnon and was independently verified by
William Tompkins.

Sphere-Being Alliance Ambassador

The SSP is already engaged with a diverse community of over 900 different humanlike civilizations they have regular,
ongoing trade with, as well as less frequent contact with many others.

I became a conduit for the SSP Alliance to speak with a group of highly powerful positive ETs that had remained mysterious
up until then.
These beings arrived in hundreds of gigantic spheres parked throughout our solar system. The spheres have been coming
in since the late 1990s, and have remained cloaked ever since.

David was aware of the spheres ever since they first arrived, as they were often being seen on NASAs own SOHO satellite
and were referred to as Sun Cruisers".
Related: Sun is a Portal for Hyperdimensional Space Travel based on Sacred Geometry

No other ET group had anything that was anywhere near this large in size, so it naturally was quite a source of interest.

Gonzales was Key

The man on the inside who ended up bringing me into this world again has been given the pseudonym Lt. Col. Gonzales
for security reasons.

He had experienced in-person contact with the Sphere Beings while in the SSP at about the same time I had experienced
similar contacts while living here in America. Gonzales did not report these encounters up the chain of command for some
time. Nor did I tell anyone about what I had experienced.

In late February 2015, the Sphere Beings asked for me by name through Gonzales. He did not know who I was, and his
superiors had to look me up and figure it out.

Related: Teslas Anti-Gravity Research In Use In Dozens Of Secretive Military Projects

Up until I was requested by name, the Sphere Beings had completely refused to interact with the SSP Alliance even
though the Alliance felt they were trying to do something positive for humanity. The negative ETs will seek out contact with
the most wealthy, powerful elites on earth to promote their tyrannical, dictatorial, service-to-self message.
The positive ETs seek contact with those who can help share their message of love, peace and service to others.

Thrown in the Middle

I effectively got thrown into the middle of a debate between the SSP Alliance and the Sphere Beings. Furthermore, the
Sphere Beings wanted me to serve as their ambassador, sharing their perspective not just with the SSP Alliance, but with
the general public on earth.

They are here to help guide us through an epic human evolutionary event that many call Ascension. I have been told this will
involve a massive release of energy from the Sun that triggers advancements in DNA and consciousness.
Related: Gene Roddenberry Based Star Trek On Secret US Navy Space Fleet

Wilcocks new book The Ascension Mysteries has references to ancient prophecies of such an event from many different
cultures.

The giant spheres are a form of living technology that is used to help smooth out this transition as much as possible. Without
the help of the spheres, such a transition would likely be catastrophic and largely unpredictable.

The Blue Avians

The main ET group I have interacted with has been the Blue Avians - a race of humanoids with large eyes and birdlike blue
feathers on their bodies.

We have since discovered that this is the same group that presented itself to the Egyptians, through avian-looking humanoid
gods such as Ra and possibly also Thoth.
Their originally positive teachings were greatly distorted into the negative, as was described in the Law of One series.

William Henry found ancient depictions of Blue Avians in Egyptian and other cultures, as reported in Cosmic Disclosure.
Bird-headed humanoids are seen in Babylonian and South American inscriptions as well as those of Egypt.
Certain Bible passages describe Archangel Gabriel as having a bird-like appearance.

Native American cultures also reported contact with The Bird Tribes, and the Japanese had the Tengu bird-men of the
mountains.
The Blue Avians are one of five mysterious, highly advanced ET races that are associated with the giant spheres.
The Law of One Series

Additionally, the Blue Avians have now absolutely confirmed that they were responsible for the creation of the Law of One
series from 1981-1984.

This was a series of 106 question-and-answer sessions between a Ph.D. physicist and UFOlogist and an extraterrestrial
intelligence communicating telepathically through Carla Rueckert.

David had been studying the Law of One material heavily since 1996 and had already written two New York Times best-
selling books on its complex science before we ever started speaking.

With that being said, the main Blue Avian I am in contact with, Raw-Tear-Eir, has given us a warning about quoting from the
Law of One as if it were a religion.

He said many people are starting to quote chapter and verse from it, and use it as a belief system that all new information
has to meld with or be questioned and possibly rejected. They made it clear that there are certain distortions in the Law of
One material that came from the people at L/L Research who presented it.

If we make it into a bedrock belief system, it can create a personal religion that can be damaging for the individual in their
emotional/ spiritual evolution.

Ultimately we must all exercise our own discernment and choose for ourselves what the truth is, without ever worshipping
any particular document or source.

Telepathic Contacts
It is also important to note that David has had telepathic contact with these same beings, such as through nightly dream
analysis, ever since November 10th, 1996.

Due to cosmic laws of free will, David has still never experienced the type of in-person contacts that are now happening to
me. He has been given a roadmap of stages to go through that could lead to these contacts, and writing his new
book Awakening in the Dream appears to be one key part of that process.

Since I had already been a part of the SSP in the 1980s, it did not violate my free will to be brought back into it later in life.

This almost obsessive focus with preserving free will is a regular element in every session of the Law of One series.

Complex and Multifaceted

This story is complex and multifaceted, far beyond anything I would ever dream of trying to invent. This has also not been a
profitable move for me to make. I would have had a significantly higher income if I was able to go back into the IT field
instead of continuing to fight for full disclosure, as I am now doing.

In the course of this work as an ambassador, I have come face-to-face with the highest levels of both the positive and the
negative sides of this battle.

Related: Alien cliques may be keeping Earth isolated - study

Some of these experiences have been so profoundly unpleasant that I can only laugh when people say they wish they could
be in my shoes.

The full narrative arc has been traced out in Cosmic Disclosure, our show on Gaia, as well as in these updates
at spherebeingalliance.com and at Davids website, divinecosmos.com.

Various Characters in the Story

I have also met up with an alliance of human-looking beings living in huge, habitable caverns inside the earth. My main
contact therein is a priestess named Ka Aree.
As described in previous updates, I also recently was introduced to an ambassador from a planet in a nearby star system
that recently overthrew their own negative-ET-driven tyranny.

His name is Ambassador Micca. They are now working, predominantly through dream contacts, to help educate us on how
to achieve our own freedom from these malevolent beings.

Lt. Commander Gonzales was my original contact with the SSP Alliance and he continues to pass along intel at this time, as
seen below.

He originally presented himself as a Lieutenant Colonel in the Air Force. This was his cover ID, and I recently found out he
was actually a Lieutenant Commander in the Navy.

Lastly, I have been interacting with a more earth-based SSP that is run by the military-industrial complex (MIC). The MIC
SSP is unaware of the greater space program I was a part of, as we will discuss.

So now, without further ado, we will pick up where we left off in the previous update at spherebeingalliance.com and in prior
episodes of Cosmic Disclosure.

A Visit from the MIC SSP

Once again in the early morning hours of Wednesday, October 26th, I awoke to find that I was walking in the parking lot
behind my house.

This type of sleepwalking technology is standard fare for the military-industrial complex (MIC) space program group that has
been contacting me in the recent past.

I immediately noticed the same stealth-looking MIC wingless craft that I was taken in last time. It was parked in the same
place it had been in the last time I was taken.
The same two airmen greeted me and asked me if I was physically able to walk up the stairs.

Since I had almost fallen after my knee buckled the last time they contacted me, they seemed as though they were being
overly cautious.

I went up the stairs, entered the craft and was brought to the familiar room where I had been chemically interrogated before.
This naturally caused me to feel extreme anxiety, since the original interrogations I went through were not pleasant to say
the least.

I was asked to sit in the same seat and was buckled in. Once again I was helpless, shackled into the same chair where I
had suffered greatly in the past. I soon heard the craft power up and we lifted off fairly quickly.
A Visit from Sigmund

A few minutes later the older military man who was in charge came into the room. Since he has white hair and a white
goatee, we have decided to call him Sigmund in an homage to Freud. Sigmund stated that he was a bit perplexed at the
information he had received from our last encounter.

In addition to enhanced interrogation through chemicals and technology, he had previously taken blood, hair and skin
samples and tested them for trace elements, using very advanced methods. The lab results once again confirmed that I had
been in the approximate off-planet locations I had claimed.

Related: Explosive Expos: The Secret Government, Anti-Gravity Technology And Black Budget Projects

The MIC space program people do not have any intelligence suggesting I had ever actually visited these locations. I was
never a part of their program. For this same reason, Sigmund clearly could not believe what he was seeing. My tests
proved, beyond any shadow of doubt, that there was much more to the secret space program than he knew.

As a high-ranking superior officer, this naturally came as quite a shock to him. He was led to believe that he had access to
all relevant compartments of the classified world.

The MIC Are Not the Only Game in Town

The people in the MIC space program have been taught that theirs is the only one that exists. They believe they are the top
of the crop, the best of the best, the be-all and end-all.

Since there is a plan in place to disclose their existence, we will now reveal as much about them as possible so you can
get a sense of what they do and dont know. They are aware of the existence of Luciferian cabal groups, practicing very
advanced black magic on a global scale.
This includes exacting protocols of performing specific ceremonies at specific times. It also involves hiding out in the open
and telling us what they are doing in symbolic form.

Events like the Grammy Awards, the Super Bowl half-time show or the Olympics opening and closing ceremonies are used
to broadcast occult images to millions of people.
This, in turn, authorizes the negative forces they are working with to exact greater control over the earth, and enhance their
worldly power as long as no widespread resistance develops.

They do this through seeding our co-creative consciousness with their agenda. Our collective focus is the root power of their
magic. The MIC people often believe that they are literally engaged in a Biblical war against an ancient evil that has taken
control of much of the Earth.

Advanced Technology (From Our Worldly Perspective)

The MIC SSP has at least two large space stations in earths orbit as well as a number of manned satellites. They are
roughly circular in shape and are large space stations with enough facilities for many people to work in various labs and so
forth.

They are also reported to possess floating aircraft carriers that look exactly the same as what we saw in The
Avengers and Captain America: The Winter Soldier.
They have black triangular craft that can travel around our solar system, as well as other stealth-looking varieties.

This technology makes them feel that if anything else was going on in our solar system, they would be able to see it. When
they see the crafts from other programs, or of any of a number of ET races, they are simply told that these craft are ours.

They are told that they are not on a need-to-know basis about that particular program and not to speak about their sighting
with anyone.

It is Very Compartmentalised

The Cabal is a very, very intelligent group. They built the MIC SSP from the very beginning to be disclosed at some point, as
a protective deception to hide the deeper-level SSP.

If anyone in the MIC SSP ranks made unwanted technological or informational breakthroughs, they would be quietly plucked
out - just as occurs here in our own level of the cover-up. Therefore, no one in the MIC SSP will successfully discover
portals that take them outside our solar system - as one of many examples.

Certain areas are cordoned off to them as no-fly zones - so they do not see the advanced ET civilizations that already exist
in our solar system.
If someone sees something they shouldnt have, and the idea that it is one of ours doesnt stick, they very likely would
disappear or be re-assigned.

The Cabal knew that if the people in the MIC SSP truly believed what they were being told was the whole and complete
truth, none of them could ever threaten the Partial Disclosure scenario. They could come forward and fight vigorously
against any alternative view of reality, because they believed in their heart and soul that they had been given the whole and
complete truth.

This is precisely what was happening with Sigmund, the commanding MIC officer who interrogated me, as we will review in
a minute.

They Believe We Are Alone

The MIC SSP are told that we cannot travel outside our solar system. This is due to gravitational and energetic conditions at
the boundary of our heliosphere that make any escape impossible with their current technology.

NASA has already revealed gravitational anomalies with our Pioneer deep space probes as they travel closer to the
boundary of our solar system, setting the stage for this announcement.
The MIC folks are also told that there is no need for us to go anywhere else, as we are already surrounded by an
embarrassment of riches beyond our wildest dreams.

There are many impressive prehistoric intelligent ruins to explore here from what they call the Ancient Builder Race. The
oldest of these ruins date back more than 1.8 billion years.
Most of their members believe that any ETs have long since come and gone from our solar system. The only exception is
time travelers from Earths own future who have come back and visited us.

Different Levels of Knowledge Depending Upon the Group

The MIC SSP is made up of different military and intelligence groups that have varying levels of knowledge of ETs. Some
think there are only four or five groups visiting us. Some dont think any have been here for thousands of years.

The top brass of each branch have basic knowledge of 50+ other ET groups that have visited us. This knowledge goes back
to the 60s and was standard info in the briefings then for NATO and the DOD, et cetera. It is much more complicated than
can be summarized in a paragraph or two.

The Mid-Level Narrative

The mid-level personnel have been told that some humans who have time-traveled here from our own future now look like
Grays. This is due to evolutionary changes from having lived underground for thousands of years.

One of the partial disclosure narratives was designed to focus on this idea namely that all the human-looking and grey-
looking ETs come from competing time lines in our future.
The higher-ups usually know about a handful of ETs that are here now, but they are ordered to keep silent about it.

Some MIC SSP groups believe that we are all the blood descendants, to varying degrees, of pre-Atlantean human ET
refugees that they call the Pre-Adamites, as we will discuss. This is also a key feature of the belief systems of the various
Cabal groups, at the higher levels.

The Cabal groups believe they have significantly more Pre-Adamite blood than the rest of us, and formed royal bloodlines
and elite ruling castes as a result.

Energetic Changes in Our Solar System

As Wilcock revealed in The Ascension Mysteries, one of his insiders has worked with the MIC SSP and has been thoroughly
educated in their views, as we are explaining them here.

The MIC SSP people are also aware that an energetic change is occurring in our solar system. They expect that this will
lead to a massive release from the sun in our near future.
The classic movie 2001 was intended to pave the way for the MIC programs eventual disclosure.
If a sufficiently massive sighting or a well-publicized data dump from a whistleblower got traction in the mainstream media,
the MIC SSP could have been revealed many years earlier.

2001 and 2010 installed all the key pieces of information we would be told, over time, in the aftermath of that eventual
disclosure.

If you try to explain to the MIC SSP that a much more advanced space program is operating around them, it is akin to
blaspheming a major religion in front of its devoted followers.

Pre-Adamites in the Ice

Now lets return to our scene where I am now on the MIC SSP craft, hearing what Sigmund was telling me. Sigmund
revealed that he had been stationed at several classified military installations in Antarctica. He had spent time in the very
area where the Anshar (inner earth group) had taken me on a reconnaissance flight.

He stated that an extremely ancient series of cities had been discovered flash-frozen deep under the ice-shelf. He confirmed
that there were also many animals and Pre-Adamites preserved in the ice.
Related: Is This a Huge Million-Year-Old, Man-Made Underground Complex?

He described the Pre-Adamites as beings with elongated skulls, with strangely proportioned bodies that were obviously not
designed for Earths gravity and atmospheric pressure. When we combine this with what Gonzales told me earlier, and the
academic research David compiled in The Ascension Mysteries, it does appear that some of these groups were giants by
our standards.

Other hybrid groups may have been bred to have more conventional heights, and / or adapted to Earths gravity over time
by becoming shorter.

The History of the Pre-Adamites

According to Sigmund, this Pre-Adamite group had apparently arrived here from another planet in our solar system that was
no longer hospitable.

They arrived here approximately 55,000 to 65,000 years ago, and began to create hybrids of their species and the
developing human population. This fit beautifully with what Gonzales and others had already disclosed, which in turn
became the central narrative of the second half of Davids The Ascension Mysteries.

What we now see as Antarctica was the seemingly mythical lost island of Atlantis.

The Buache map from 1754 depicts accurate sub-glacial topography of Antarctica.

No one in modern times even saw the continent itself until 1820.
Insiders tell us the Buache, Orontaeus Finaeus and other maps were copied over from ancient scrolls in the Vatican
Library.

Related: Vatican linked to United Nations video on integrating extraterrestrial life

The earth shifted on its rotational axis, perhaps due to a nuclear war, and the water that inundated the continent quickly
flash-froze into a gigantic ice shelf.

Sigmund stated that the hybrid survivors of this catastrophe - who were living on other continents at the time of the great
flood - completely lost access to their ancient cities for over 10,000 years/ These beings then began to breed with the
human populations in the regions they were stationed in at the time of the disaster.

One major faction of Pre-Adamites was constrained to the Americas, while the other survived in Europe, Africa and Asia.

Tompkins, Aldrin, the Dracto and Antarctica

The 29 embedded German spies Tompkins interviewed during WWII confirmed the Nazis were working with a violent,
aggressive reptilian race. This group is humanoid, but with reptilian features. They have been called the Saurians or the
Draco, and pose the biggest problem for everyone in our region of the galaxy.

Surprisingly, the Draco have a central base of operations in our solar system including huge under-ice facilities in
Antarctica.
Hypothetical examples only. No one we know has seen the inside of these bases.

This makes Buzz Aldrins latest alleged tweet extremely interesting. We do now know that this tweet was disinformation, but
the contents are still important to analyze.

We can prove that he had just visited Antarctica while wearing a shirt encouraging us to get to Mars ASAP.
We did hear that he was there to tour the Pre-Adamite ruins that are now on the verge of being disclosed to us, as part of
this transition plan.

Related Articles:

US General Blows Whistle on What Was Really Found on Mars, saying "There are structures on the surface..."

NASA ends cover-up, finally admits water flows on Mars, still won't admit proof of life known as a fact since 1976

Nasa finds WATER on Mars: Red Planet once had 1-mile deep oceans and STILL remains moist

Aldrin fell ill and had to be returned home.

The disinfo begins with him allegedly tweeting a pic of an alleged Antarctic pyramid, with the words, We are all in danger. It
is evil itself".

If this had actually been real and not another internet hoax, it strongly suggested that he was briefed on the existence of the
Draco, perhaps off the record, and it nearly gave him a heart attack.

Excavation Has Finally Been Allowed

My contacts in the SSP Alliance revealed that the Draco have finally allowed the US to excavate new Pre-Adamite
archeological sites under the Antarctic ice.
They have also granted permission for the small number of surviving Pre-Adamites to access these areas once again.

These Pre-Adamite people look and sound just like us, except that they have elongated skulls that they must keep hidden if
they are ever seen in public. David asked me how many of these people still live on earth. As of now I do not have any clear
intel on their numbers, but it is likely in the thousands, if not more.

The amount of ancient technology and information that has been found preserved in huge libraries under the Antarctic ice is
staggering.

He Finally Became Convinced

I was listening to Sigmund telling me his version of the story and watching his face as he shared the information.

He noticed me looking at him and wondering why he was sharing this with me. This caused him to break off from the current
topic. He then stated that the data they collected from me the last time we met had the telemetry that I had retained
subconsciously from the reconnaissance flight under the ice.

This finally convinced him that at least some of what I was saying was true. David asked me for clarification when I first
wrote this. Specifically, I had witnessed information on the heads-up displays in the Anshar Bus craft I was riding in.

Under Interrogation, I was able to recall specific telemetry from those displays that proved to be extremely accurate -
enough to meet Sigmunds quality standards.

Another Round

Sigmund then stated that he was going to alter my state of consciousness again to be able to dig deeper into my
experiences and see what else he could glean.

I told him I would prefer it if he didnt. I would be happy to answer any questions he had. He ignored me and walked over to
pick up a small device that had a metallic-looking cone at the end that looked like some sort of antennae. He then put in
some sort of ear-plugs and turned the device on. I heard the same high pitched noise that I had the last time.
At this point I lost consciousness, as has become the norm when this technology is used. Whatever conversation I have with
Sigmund under the influence of this technology is not available to me after it is over.

Leaving the Craft and Catching Another Ride

The next thing I am able to remember was walking back down the stairs of the craft, with both airmen assisting me down the
narrow stairs to the parking lot.

I walked back home and went into my living room. A blue orb was zig-zagging around as if it was waiting for me.

This is a phenomenon that has been ongoing since this all started in February 2015. It is the transportation system used by
the Blue Avians. Many people are starting to see blue or purple orbs, just as I had been told would occur. This is a key part
of our mass awakening process.

I indicated that I was ready to be transported and was taken back to the same Mayan Break-Away mothership I had been on
before.

Another Meeting With the Mayans

The Mayan Break-Away group started out in Mesoamerica, and thanks to a successful ET contact, they were able to
migrate off-planet. They have since become advanced enough to develop a unique technology that appears to be based on
the use of stone and consciousness.
They act as a healing group that have provided treatment to Gonzales and many other survivors of SSP enslavement and
torture.

There were now six of the Mayans in the room. Three of them were females. I had only seen a female on one occasion
before with any degree of closeness.

Gonzales was standing over by the floating stone console looking at it, while a Mayan was working the controls. He directed
his attention to me and greeted me. He walked up and scanned me with the same black stone sphere that he held in his
palm the last time.

He smiled and as he lifted it up, he said Please focus your intention on the magic 8 ball. He then scanned my head again
while I tried to focus on the black stone sphere as he requested. Once he finished his scan, he turned and walked over to
the floating console and somehow placed the stone sphere into the side of it.

He then looked over at the Mayans. They then went into the next room where another stone console was floating, and gave
us some privacy.
Seeding Information into the MIC SSP

Gonzales stated that he was sorry he couldnt share some of the details about why I was being abducted and interrogated
up until now. He stated that this was part of an operation that was seeding information into the ranks of this MIC SSP.

Apparently many of them are disillusioned and questioning whether or not they were indeed at the top of the intelligence
totem pole, as they had been led to believe. He stated that if this information gets to the right people within the MIC SSP, it
could hinder the wider plans of doing a partial disclosure of their program. These individuals now felt there was much more
going on in the programs than they had been told.

Gonzales further communicated that I had to be unaware of this operation so the interrogators would not figure out this info
was being given to them on purpose. I had assumed that a similar scenario was behind why I had been kept so completely
in the dark about what was happening to me -- and why all of this had been allowed to occur by the SSP Alliance and the
SBA.

More on the Pre-Adamites and Antarctica

Gonzales and I then talked about the conversation I had onboard the MIC SSP craft regarding the Pre-Adamites. Gonzales
confirmed that he had received the same intelligence from some of his SSP Alliance contacts.

The same data also appeared in the reconnaissance flight telemetry that the Anshar had shared with him.

Advanced Technology in Ancient Ruins

Gonzales soon moved to another topic. He stated that Cabal proxies had discovered pieces of ancient technologies hidden
in time-capsules in many of the ancient Sumerian ruins. These proxy agents completely razed these ancient ruins to the
ground looking for these time capsules.
Sumerian ruin for illustrative purposes only. Notice height of giant man.

These groups not only found several pieces of technology inside the walls of these ruins, they also located some new sites
buried below them that were much more ancient.

He stated that these artifacts were being stored in Mosul, Iraq at the moment.

Related: A.I., Black Goo. Archons, & NASAs Deep Dark Secret
Sumerian ruin in Ur. For illustrative purposes only

He stated that one of the reasons such a vigorous battle is occurring in Mosul at this time is because various groups are
fighting to recover these artifacts.

After these historical sites were destroyed, the Alliance sent operatives to other similar sites across the planet to do sonar
scans and try to locate more of these time-capsules. He stated that they were doing so in the dead of the night, and were
using very advanced technologies to try to detect other anomalies around these ancient sites.

The Pre-Adamites Want Control

According to Gonzales, the ancient technologies that were discovered in Iraq had belonged to this Pre-Adamite group. This
group wants the return of these technical artifacts immediately, considering them to be their private and personal property.

However, certain factions who are now in possession of them will not turn them over. These are earth human proxy groups
that the Cabal had sent on the behalf of the surviving Pre-Adamites. They got the cosmic equivalent of gold lust when they
saw the treasure.

What further complicates matters is that there are two different royal blood lines among these Pre-Adamites. These two
groups are in a type of competition over the control of the financial and political systems of various countries. As I have said
before, the people we are now calling Pre-Adamites all have psychopathic characteristics by our normal definition of the
term.

The elongated miter hats everyone wears in the Vatican are one of the ways they have been able to conceal themselves
while still operating amongst us.
For illustrative purposes only

The surviving Pre-Adamites apparently have blue eyes.

Related: Russian Prime Minister Medvedev: Aliens Are Already Here and the World Needs to Know about It

A Weakening of the Cabal Coalition

Gonzales stated that this argument over the Pre-Adamite ruins meant there was an obvious weakening of the Cabals
coalition.

This split in the ranks of these global syndicates was being exploited by the Alliance. It seems that many of these Cabal
groups now see that their organization is about to be fully exposed and brought to justice.

The disclosures David mentioned in Part One did not happen by chance. They are the direct result of the hard work of the
Alliance through outlets like Wikileaks. It appears that many of these people are positioning themselves to cooperate with
the Alliance during the prosecution phase.

This, of course, is a very helpful thing. David and I have both consistently stressed that whistleblowers should be seen as
heroes. It is very important that we not devolve into a witch-hunt mentality.

Issues With Memory

At this point the stone console behind him started flashing symbols in various colors of light. He turned his attention to the
control panel as I noticed two of the Mayans entering the room. All three of them walked to the floating stone console and
observed the symbols appearing in an obvious sequence.

He glanced over at me and asked me if I was still having issues with my memory. I stated that indeed I had noticed difficulty
in remembering things such as my childrens birthdates, et cetera. His forehead wrinkled up a bit. He said he wanted to
consult the Mayans to see what type of help they could offer.

He then smiled at me as a blue orb entered the room and zipped directly in front of my chest. He continued to smile as he
waved good-bye.

I was taken to my living room where I again laid on the couch and fell asleep.
Another Encounter With The Banished

Over the next two days, I was trying to make sense of what occurred. I attempted to meditate on the experiences to see if I
could remember what had happened while I was being interrogated.

On the following Saturday, however, I was completely distracted by another encounter with the Banished female that had
implanted entity attachments in me months earlier. This had been a highly unpleasant experience where I awoke to her
being in a hotel room I was staying in with my family. Everyone else was fast asleep when this happened.

She was completely uninvited. As soon as she noticed that I was aware of what was going on, she was able to make me
again go unconscious. I had still been recovering from the removal of the entity attachment by Ka Aree a few weeks prior.
During this recovery time Ka Aree had contacted me a few times to let me know my vibration was out of alignment and they
were having difficulty getting through to me.

Much of it had to do with the removal of entity attachments, but some of it had to do with some anger issues I had towards
an individual who I was working with. I was still carrying around a bit of trauma and resentment from my previous encounter
with the Banished, and the number of weeks it took for Ka Aree to let me know I had these entity attachments.
Now, I found myself face to face with this same woman from the Banished group. I had gotten up extremely early to do
some work while my family was still asleep.

An Unwelcome Intruder

I was once again sitting on my couch with my laptop on the coffee table. Suddenly I felt static electricity in the air and looked
over at the wall where my fireplace was. The wall was starting to warp and bend. I stood up and backed away to the other
side of the coffee table from the wall.

Right where the wall was warping and bowing inward, the same tall blonde female came walking through. She was taller
than I thought I remembered. She was a good 3 or 4 inches taller than me and was wearing a very revealing outfit.

She said Dont be afraid, I am Marra and I mean you no harm. I just stood there slack-jawed in disbelief. I was both
intrigued and a bit afraid after our last encounter. She sensed how I was feeling and smiled as if she was pleased by it.
She narrowed her eyes and smiled even bigger and began to walk towards me. I had part of the L-shaped couch behind me
and the coffee table in front of me. I was thinking of an escape route when all of a sudden there was a brilliant white flash.

Just in the Nick of Time

When my eyes had adjusted, I immediately saw Ka Aree and two men from the Anshar group approaching Marra, who now
had a frightened and shocked look on her face. I looked around and noticed that I was in a smaller domed room that had
one door that was covered by the hard light force field.

I had been portaled into an Anshar inner-earth city. The two Anshar men escorted Marra out of the room and down a
corridor. I was still feeling some of the after-effects of fear and anxiety from the moments in my living room with Marra.

Ka Aree walked briskly up to me, placed her hand on the side of my face and looked into my eyes. I immediately began to
calm down and my rapid breathing and heartbeat subsided. I asked her why the Banished was back, and what was her
intent.

Ka Aree stated that her intentions were not honorable, and that they intervened for good reason.

It is Vitally Important to Stay Positive and Loving

Ka Aree then stated that I would not be bothered by Marra again, but that I needed to keep an eye out for more of her kind
who will come looking for her eventually. I asked what would happen to Marra. Ka Aree stated that she will be placed in
stasis until upcoming events had fully played out.

She then gave me a hug and put both of her hands on my shoulders. She looked me in the eyes and told me that I needed
to let go of my anger with certain individuals that I am working with, and to focus on getting my vibration back in balance.

She gave me that huge infectious smile of hers, and then patted my shoulders and told me she was sending me back now. I
was still a little bit shocked and confused from the encounter with Marra, and Im sure my eyes showed it.
Re-Balancing My Vibratory State

After another brilliant flash of light, I was now standing in the same place I had been in prior to the transport. In the time
period since my last update, and up until this point of reporting, I have been brought before Raw-Tear-Eir on three
occasions. Each of them had to do with the re-balancing of my vibratory state, and the frustrating behavior and actions of
some people from my inner circle.

During these visits I was able to observe the cosmic scene and noticed that the giant blue spheres were becoming notably
more translucent. The nine metallic spheres were in about the same positions as they had been weeks earlier.

Meetings With the Earth Alliance

By this point we were getting fairly close to the time of the US Presidential election, which was indeed extremely contentious
as David had opened up with in Part One.

I had already been told many months ago that the SSP Alliance was in support of either Bernie Sanders or Donald Trump
winning the election. Both of these men are aware of the Cabal, are not a part of it, and want to see it taken down for the
betterment of humanity.

Just days before the election, certain allies I had in the FBI, DHS and FEMA reconnected with me. They were very excited,
because their data showed that Trump was likely to win.

Hack Attacks From a Panicked Cabal

This next phase of insider contact started a few days after I published my last update. It began with a series of hacking
attempts on my home computers. Three of the computers that I use for work began to pop up intrusion alerts. I disconnected
from the Internet and ran a few security scans on them out of an abundance of caution.

I found out these Cabal groups have apparently been in a state of panic for weeks, as more and more has been leaked
about their involvement in pedophilia and sex slave rings. They are also organ-harvesting their young victims to sell on the
black market. These are just a few of the crimes being committed.

The FBI Has Had Enough

The FBI has been quietly investigating these deplorable crimes for decades. Davids own insiders independently confirmed
this to him, and it has now gone public, as we saw in Part One.
The FBI investigators had brought this evidence to several Attorney Generals in the past, only to have them tell the FBI to
close their investigations. The FBI soon realized that major changes would have to occur before they would ever be allowed
to bring these people to justice.

The more they investigated, the more prominent and powerful names began to pop up. It appears that these sex slave and
pedophile rings have been associated with close to a third of everyone working in government organizations within the USA
and the EU.

It was determined that any attempt to prosecute them would be met by roadblocks.

This is One Key Reason Why the Alliance Favoured Trump

This appears to be one of the main reasons most of the FBI was behind Donald Trump in the election process.

They knew the Alliance was in favor of Trump becoming the next president. The FBI have been aware of the Alliance for
some time. The FBI believed that if Trump won the election, they would finally have their opportunity to bring this evidence
to an Attorney General who would actually prosecute.

This was such a contentious election process that it caused a huge amount of anxiety for people on both sides of the
political parties.
Former Allies Returned at the Last Minute

Since I had gone public, a few of my sources in the FBI, DHS and FEMA had broken off contact with me because of the
crackdown on whistleblowers in the Obama administration.

The day before the election, all three of these people contacted me and told me that Trump would win. They then began to
share quite a lot of inside information with me about the above-mentioned investigations.

Not So Sure

I have to admit that I was skeptical of Trump winning, and completely sickened by the details that were given about these
pedophilia rings.

I was also a bit suspicious that all three of these individuals contacted me to share intelligence so soon after I was warned
that a disinformation campaign against all SSP whistleblowers would occur. It was clear that I would have to vet these
sources all over again.

Time to Gather All the Intelligence

The following night I was as shocked as everyone else to see Trump actually win the election. I was able to confirm through
other sources that these three individuals were not attempting to discredit me. I then contacted them for a full download.

I found out that Soros is under investigation by the FBI for all he did prior to the election years before, and his involvement in
the current riots. Obama appears to be willing to agree to not pardon Hillary if some of his legacy is preserved somehow.

It appears Trump and Obama are keeping that option open, but I doubt it will occur after hearing all of the POTUS ties to the
Clinton investigation that keep popping up.

There is a very unsettled mood among the Establishment types. This was not supposed to happen. They tried to rig the
voting, but underestimated the voter turnout for Trump.
David captured a photograph of the front page of Huffington Post, now controlled by Verizon, on Election Day. It showed a
98% chance of Hillary winning and a 1.7% chance for Trump.
Vote Hacking Would Not be Sufficient

It turned out that there were so many voters for Trump that it outpaced the Soros-owned voting machine "glitches" that they
hoped would steal the election.

They had calculated that changing approximately one out of 100 votes for Hillary in the key swing states would be
sufficient and they were wrong.
I was clearly told that Soros was financing most of the riots right now, as I just said. There are also lots of revenge attacks
occurring against Russia from Cabal-type groups. I found out that things are very bumpy right now between the Alliance and
Cabal. They were NOT supposed to lose the POTUS position.

Very Sickening Information

As David shared in Part One, Dr. Steve Pieczenik revealed that the Alliance was behind the Pizzagate emails. They knew
exactly what we were going to find when they leaked them. The general population is being prepared for some very
sickening information about all levels of influence in the US Government.

We are going to find out how many influential people (from BOTH political parties) in the US and the EU have been a part of
this massive pedophile ring.
This sex-slave ring has also been used as a device to blackmail powerful people into paying large sums of money, as well
as to influence how they make policy decisions. Once these uncomfortable truths are disclosed, society will not only be
ready for more of the truth, they will take to the streets to demand it.

Once we see how much is hiding below the surface and that this is just "the tip of the iceberg," it will no longer be so easy
for any power group to control the people.

A Visit From a Drone

Shortly after I renewed these contacts, my wife came in the back door at about 1PM CST and told me a drone was flying all
around the back of our house. I ran outside to see a white drone flying around getting a good look at our house and the
parking lot behind us.
For illustrative purposes only. Not exactly how drone actually looked.

It then suddenly flew off quickly to its apparent take-off zone, which had to be pretty far away. I had recently learned that
there are similarities to electro-gravitic craft in the way drones operate and are controlled. It was further communicated that
some of these exotic craft have flight control systems that mimic game controllers or radio remote controls.

Full Sized Drones Will Appear in Our Skies as a Part of Partial Discolsure

I was told that in our near future, we will see our skies fill with three and four-rotor aircraft that look very similar to the drones
that are so popular right now.

I was also told these Tri and Quad-Copters would be almost completely automated, with advanced collision avoidance and
auto-pilot features. This scenario would be part of a limited and partial disclosure program. The Cabal had hoped this would
result in humanity not being told about anti-gravity technology until some time later.

I was told that the rotors and motors on these drones could be replaced by anti-gravity technologies as they are declassified
and become available. These craft will be used quite a lot by the military and police as well as by various civilian industries.
I Got Interested and Purchased a Drone

My interest was peaked to the point to where I decided to purchase a drone of my own to learn how to fly them for myself.
Since I purchased a cheap drone that doesnt have GPS, all I have done is crash it repeatedly.

I don't think it was a coincidence that a drone was performing an open reconnaissance of my house so soon after I bought
my own. This visitation happened in the same week where I had purchased a cheap drone at a local electronic toy store,
and only twelve hours after I had published my most recent report.

A Shadow Revolution

If you have read my last report, then you heard that a shadow revolution is occurring in the USA and is being supported by
the Earth Alliance. So much of this battle is occurring in the background and over the Internet that we are only now
beginning to see it bubbling up into the open.
I think we should all be meditating on a smooth transition and a full disclosure for humanity. Never before have the masses
been so fed up with the corruption that is blatantly occurring right in front of our eyes, with no accountability.

We are witnessing the beginning of a grand transition. There will be growing pains for sure, but the end result should make it
all worth it. If we can navigate through this time period honorably, we will have set ourselves up for the Consciousness
Resonance that we have been robbed of for millennia.

Antarctica and Cabal Surrender

Various world political and religious leaders have been brought down to Antarctica in the last year. The new archeological
finds are a major reason for this. They are excitedly taking tours of the findings.

According to sources, the Cabal plans on fleeing to an island in New Zealand, certain areas of South America, and
Antarctica.

If so, these meetings may very well be a signal to the Alliance that key members of these Secret Earth Syndicates are
preparing to escape justice from an angry American populace.

The Cabal had believed they could steal the election and once again escape their fates. They were wrong.
Related: John Kerrys Trip to the South Pole: Nazi Roots Revisited

Perhaps the strangest development of all was when US top diplomat John Kerry flew down to Antarctica right on Election
Day:

Related: U.S. Top Diplomat Kerry Flying To Antarctica During Presidential Vote

Buzz Aldrin visited the ruins as well, and something caused him to fall ill and need to leave the area before he was
scheduled to.
 Final Section

Corey had put together everything you just read just before our latest Gaia taping. In fact, the write-up was an essential
element of organizing his thoughts for our interviews. Not long after we returned home from the taping, additional surprising
experiences happened to both Corey and me.

I ended up with a planned power outage that was only supposed to last a few hours, but stretched on well past the time I
had to go to bed. Without electricity, the house became cold and dark, and I had to rely on my prepper supplies to live
comfortably which I basically did.

A Fairly Prolonged Power Outage May Occur

I saw that this could be a synchronistic warning of a mass power outage that would occur as we head into the final phase of
the Cabals takedown.

There have been long-standing rumors of an approximately two-week power outage, perhaps a bit longer, as the Alliance
goes through the final stages of arresting key Cabal operatives.

This is primarily intended to prevent them from fleeing and to minimize panic and civilian casualties during the arrest
process.

Shortly after my power outage, Corey and I got talking via Skype text, and the results were Goode enough that we will close
out our article with the notes of our conversations. By this point, Corey had new experiences that added even more to our
story - but he hadnt had time to write them up yet.

We have slightly edited and improved our conversation in order to make it more readable and add greater context in certain
areas.

Conversation Between Corey and David

[12/3/16, 2:14:11 AM]

D: We just had a day-long power outage. Everything was pitch black and they didnt turn it back on until after midnight, well
after everyone had to sleep in dire cold. What are your thoughts on the two-week power outage scenario? This seemed like
a five-alarm fire-level warning telling me to get ready for it being a lot longer than one night.

C: That is why I delivered the message to have a minimum of two weeks of supplies. I am definitely ready.

Unraveling Very Quickly

D: It does also appear that the Cabal will create a financial collapse to further try to ruin Trump if nothing else works.
Pizzagate was the number-one story on the internet yesterday, as evinced by it being the top of Digg, which is a content
aggregator. I photographed that. This whole thing is unraveling very quickly.
The more the mainstream media keeps saying there is no evidence and no victims whatsoever, the more the kids doing
this are waking up and fighting even harder. its very interesting.

So I am seriously wondering if the stuff could hit the fan BEFORE the inauguration. They may not be able to hold it off that
long and the Cabal may force things to come to a head sooner than that.

Most of the Agreements Have Been Made

C: Things are actually moving at a snails pace in the background right now. Just about all of the things we talked about that
were being negotiated between the Alliance and the Cabal have now been agreed upon... mostly. In the meantime, prepare
to see tons of elite-connected people resigning from their jobs. They will not flee the country, of course, but will "immigrate"
to a safe zone out of protest of Trump being president and ruining all of their hard work, et cetera.

D: Wow. How recently since the election did they come to a full agreement?

C: Most of these agreements were final just before the election, once the likely outcome had become apparent, but many
have occurred after the election.

D: Both of these data points can and should work their way into the update so it is current. I will see to that. Losing power for
this long was like a massive cosmic reset point for me. It does make sense that the Cabal would make an agreement once
they see what is happening.

However, their core teaching is betrayal is the first rule of the order, so it is unlikely that they will ever accept any deal and
actually do it.

The Antarctic Discovery

C: I have now had well over a dozen confirmations that indeed a HUGE F-ING discovery was made down in Antarctica.
Indeed there are many, many types of ruins and artifacts strewn out across the continent/ group of islands and in
underground facilities beneath the glacier-covered land.

D: Very cool.

C: The update is going to need an update to get current. But I can take care of that.

D: Did this Antarctica discovery get facilitated by icecap melting allowing new areas to be accessed, then coupled with
digging, or was it just the result of excavation?
C: There was some melting but mostly years and years of excavating. They use "Steam Blowers" to do most of their
excavation of artifacts and to create new areas when they need to build, I was told.

D: They must have hit the mother lode recently if it took them years to get there.

C: Mother-f-ing lode!

Many Square Miles of Ruins

D: That makes sense about the steam blowers. Are we talking about a Manhattan-sized area of buildings and working
technological artifacts? That good?

C: Many square miles of ruins have been detected, with only a small percentage that has actually been excavated thus far.

D: So its not like the ruins were protected in some sort of dome under the ice and left undamaged. They are all trashed up, I
assume, but there are still things in there that can be pulled out. Are any of the buildings in a fairly undamaged condition?

C: They were all flattened/ crushed or knocked over by the event that flash-froze the area. They have tons of trees/ plants
and wildlife frozen in place, like they were put on pause. They are also finding many Pre-Adamite bodies.

D: Interesting. I expected that everything would have been thoroughly smashed unless there were some very unique
conditions.

There will be a whole lot of giant animals - sloths, mastodons, toxodons, turtles and what so on. The biosphere was very
different then.

C: That is absolutely true. They are already pulling out a variety of bodies of flash-frozen prehistoric animals.

Corey is Being Used as a Dream Symbol

C: I just remembered that Ka' Aree told me many people are having dreams of me teaching them in small classes in
underground bases and in spaceships. This is because several different "groups" are using me as an avatar in dream
contact now as well as the people putting me in that place subconsciously. That is just freaky stuff and I don't like it. An
avatar could be used of me to do anything in most dream states.

D: I know the feeling. Weve both had thousands of people write in after images of us appear in their dreams. We have to
remind them that we are not literally traveling there, nor are we aware of what they experienced. Dreams are symbolic and
metaphorical in nature, and based on the work we are doing, these symbols usually represent peoples transcendent
aspect, in Jungian terms.

C: There is quite a lot of dream-scape communication going on from the Inner Earth groups as well as from the ETs and
black-ops Government types. People should definitely be paying close attention to whatever they remember right now.

The Cabal Finally Have Something to Feel Positive About

C: Most of my recent intel has about ancient technologies and ruins that are causing a major buzz in the "elite" communities.
It is interesting that we circle back to our pre-history during this time of times, as we decide how we as a collective will finish.

D: Maybe its nice that the elite finally have something to feel positive about. It may make them feel better about signing a
deal with the Alliance and actually NOT lying for once.

The Discoveries Have Captured Everyone's Attention

C: These groups are sort of in a lull between battles right now, and are all sort of focused on some of the recent discoveries.

D: They already have access to really cool stuff, but perhaps this is something that more of the earth-based groups get to
enjoy. Those groups havent necessarily been able to see the stuff off-planet. So it makes sense that there would be
excitement even though there has already been lots of cool stuff to see.

C: This is stuff they knew or heard in myth that existed under the ice, and inside other ruins around the globe. This is the
first time anyone has had access to it in roughly ten to eighteen thousand years. So yes... they are pumped.
D: Buzz appears to have been able to see it as well, only to then have some health issues.

C: His old heart probably about pounded out of his Mars Mission shirt.

What are We Going to Find?

D: Are any of the buildings intact and upright enough to walk around inside of them? Any power systems still functional?

C: It sounded like there are some that are not totally flattened above ground. Most of the stuff is below ground in caverns.
There are even more ancient sites from these Pre-Adamites that are below the ground, just like we would find a site if we did
a "dig". So they have been doing excavations on the surface, digging below the surface as well as in cavern cities/ military
complexes that belonged to this ancient group.

They are Going to Make it Public

C: Ancient Aliens will go nuts over this stuff.

D: Will as in they intend to make this part of the partial disclosure fairly early along?

C: I presume so, as they are not keeping a very tight lid on these discoveries very well and its during a time of an agreed-
upon agenda for partial disclosure.

D: Wow. That will be extremely exciting. They probably would prefer to start with something new and earth-based before
opening it up to anything off-planet. That makes a lot of sense.
They are Taking Out All the "Good Stuff" and Cleaning it Up

D: They are probably scrambling to remove all the good stuff before opening it up any further. That way, they only allow us
to discover the things they want discovered. So the best tech probably wont be there.

C: Yes, in fact they have been moving major artifacts already in the giant electro-mag subs under the rift system I had
mentioned before.

D: See, I just know too much of how this group works. Cynical from years of study, I guess.

C: Yup, their tactics have not changed for many hundreds of years. It is hard to be positive knowing all of the stuff going on
in the background, but I do the best I can.

When Did this All Start and What Did they Find?

D: Are a majority of the top Cabal people touring there at various times? And when did the discovery actually get excavated
to an appreciable degree?

C: The first discoveries occurred some time back, not sure. They had an idea of what was below the ice after doing very
high-tech scans from space. They had been excavating one site and discovered many, many others spread out across what
used to be dry ground. This happened over time.

They have been studying what they are finding, and moving some of it out before bringing in various bigwigs from various
secret societies. Then they do tours like the "Cabal Disneyland" they have in the stasis chamber in Ohio.
They are continuing to excavate, but know what is around in the areas where they have cleared away the ice. They are
worried that all of the steam excavation could cause the surface of the ice shelf to collapse down on the sites they have
uncovered.

I think they would have to go public in some sort of a way to go bigger on this excavation and widen it.

Why Couldn't You Talk About This Before?

D: Very interesting. Why was there a feeling of you not being able to discuss this before now? You had about three months
where you were alluding to this but couldnt go into details. I dont understand what the sensitivity factor was all about.

C: Preservation of Public Perception.

D: I dont get it. They didnt want you to be first to break the story? They want to maintain the narrative and do it their own
way instead of having it leaked?

C: The SSP had operatives in place on our end. That kept some of the info from coming out sooner. The Elite want to
maintain the narrative.

Alliance Personnel Would Have Been Compromised

D: So the SSP Alliance folks are the reason why this discovery is coming out sooner, as in now, through your leaks?

C: Yes, and all SSP and Alliance assets have been removed from the theater.

D: Right they had to clean it all up first.

C: Yes, they had assets in place in key labs and installations etc. All of that intel is being gathered right now. There are tons
of freaking labs down there studying all kinds of stuff.

D: I am sure there are or at least there were.

C: Carcasses of pre-historic animals are being packed up and sent on these subs as well.

D: That makes sense.

Maintaining Security for the Alliance

D: Is there a reason why you were ordered not to reveal this any sooner, considering these folks are the Alliance? I am not
sure I understand the structure of the timing.

C: The structure was that we couldn't talk about it without letting the cabal know who was giving the info. Then they would
find out assets were in place, identify who they were and kill them. So after the assets were removed, the info could come
out... most of it.

D: Wow. That makes perfect sense.

Why Would You be Briefed on Sensitive Intel?

D: I guess the next question is why are they telling you anything and then asking you not to leak it, considering you could be
abducted and have it extracted from you by electro-chemical means? I still dont understand why you are getting told things
you cant share.

C: They apparently wanted all this to get to the Air Force guy that questioned me for some reason during the time of
extracting the assets.

D: Wow. Very interesting about Sigmund. Now it is actually all making sense.
We Don't Want to Ruin it

D: I guess the only other thing that concerns me is if we leak this, couldnt the elite turn around and change plans, and
ensure that no one ever sees it? Or are they so close to defeat that it is going to see the light of day either way?

C: They may try to cover it up again, but things are so far gone for them it doesn't matter much.

Sigmund Has Finally Figured it Out

C: Sigmund was causing a LOT of problems for the SSP Alliance. He was hunting them down as traitors, pretty much. Once
he got this recent info from me, he then turned and has been asking a lot of angry questions from his superiors. So that
mission seems to be accomplished for now.

D: Unbelievable.

C: These missions are usually not clear for me as I move through them. It is a hard way to work for sure.

Why Couldn't He Have Got the Intel Through Other Means?

D: I dont know why he couldnt have just pulled phone records from my calls with Jacob and Henry Deacon and compared
it to what you were saying. There are far, far, far too many specifics to be fake.

C: He thinks they are all full of it and are gaming you as well.

D: Its not possible to telepathically download so many specifics from each other at that level of complexity. It would be
much easier for them to be telling the truth than for it to be some vastly coordinated deception. I just could never buy it, and
that is why I have always been behind you 100 percent.

C: Yea, they were trying to figure out if I was just one hell of a psychic pulling this stuff out of the ether.

This Has Been a Major Shift for the Positive

C: Whatever the truth really was, ole Sigmund was going to get to the bottom of it and find all security leaks for sure. He
does not screw around.

D: I am very glad to hear he is no longer destroying the SSP Alliance.

C: It was causing the SSP Alliance members that are a part of these programs in the military to be so shy that they were not
coming out of cover to report and do command and control work. So, yes this is a big deal.

D: And this was the guy at the center of the whole problem. This is very interesting. It is quite a relief that things have turned
around. You were used, definitely, but you may have saved the entire Full Disclosure scene in the process. Has the SSPAs
attitude towards us improved any since the Wrangler days? I would imagine this was a major win.

C: I don't think they have had a lot of time to talk bad about us for a while now. They are very happy Sigmund was leaving
them alone right now.

Even More Intel After Part One was Published

[Davids note: This was where we had left off, and were ready to go. Right after Part One went up, the MIC SSP seemed
very happy. We were then given the following intel.]

[12/7/16, 9:28:52 AM]

C: Wow to the frickin WOW! I got a nice chunk of info about the Pre-Adamite ruins and other things discovered in Antarctica
during a No-Questions Briefing this morning. It was from MIC SSP personnel sent by Sigmund.

The Pre-Adamites Went to Antarctica to Re-Inhabit Ancient Builder Race Ruins

It appears that there was already some ice on Antarctica w/the Pre-Adamites arrived. It was, of course, in a different position
than it is today much closer to the equator.

They went to this semi-tropical region even though it was not as hospitable as other places on the planet for a reason.
They were coming here with little technology from a dire situation, and wanted to take advantage of Ancient Builder Race
ruins and technology in Antarctica. There is at least one ancient builder race ruin complex there that is over 1.8 billion years
old.

Amazing Technological Remnants

The researchers found pretty amazing ancient tech remnants. One discovery was a complex of rooms with a gold/ copper
alloy mix that were in plates covering the ceilings, walls and floors of this complex.
Image of Botataung Temple in Yangon, Burma. Just for a general vision, not exact.

They had weird spirals and grooves in the plates. They were obviously for channeling large amounts of electricity. There
were other rooms that had a different atmosphere than we breathe, where the gravity is only about 36 percent of one actual
Earth "G.

Cannibalised Their Own Craft

It looks like the Pre-Adamites cannibalized the ancient builder race ruins and technology along with the technology they had
brought with them from their original world. It was "obvious" that they had also cannibalized the craft they arrived in to build
the oldest parts of this Pre-Adamite main city.

Dude... there are so many things they have found/ are finding. They have excavated little of what they have detected. I hope
to hear more soon. I was told to keep this under wraps until more info has come in. Sharing w/you though.

D: Two days later we got authorized to include this material, which I was very happy about. Additional intel came in as well:]

Dehydrated, Mummified Bodies

C: Amazing ancient ruins were found in large areas of Antarctica, along with flash frozen pre-historic animals and the
inhabitants of the cities at the time -- who were all killed in a major catastrophe.

They have found these people looked much the same as the bodies that were discovered while excavating the Pompeii Italy
eruption. The Adamites that were not mixed/ hybrid breeds were indeed in the 12-foot-tall range.

The bodies were all dehydrated and looked like rubber or dried leather.
For illustrative purposes only. Not actual example

Many had slight pot bellies w/fat pockets on them as they did on their chests like the dreaded man boobs.
Related: Egyptian hieroglyphics digitally restored to former psychedelic glory

They were wiry with very little muscle definition. They were in dress that was very similar to Egyptian, except it was more
lavish, colorful and pretty, with fine linens, et cetera.

Their style was similar to Ancient Egypt, but with a slightly different look on the headdresses and garments as well.

The Highest-Ranking MIC SSP Officers do Know About ET's

[12/9/16, 6:39:39 AM]

C: One clarification needs to be made for the article. The highest-ranking officers in the MIC SSP know there are a few other
ETs here in the solar system. They know of four or five that frequent the Earth, and over fifty that are known to have visited
Earth or our solar system. Only the bigwigs like Sigmund know about the larger number of ETs. They plan on reporting to
the masses that either no ETs are here now, or they may introduce us to a human-looking ET that has been here for a long
time.

D: It is very interesting to hear that the MIC SSP guys do know about some ETs and are not necessarily kept in the dark.
That was new.
C: Yes, many of the higher-ups know of a handful, like the info in the books that NATO had in the 60's. There are various
groups of military and intel groups that make up the MIC SSP with different narratives.

D: We can clarify all of that.

C: Most of lower ppl don't know of aliens and all of them have wanted to push the ancient aliens info and the story that
current ET's are time travelers. That is what they wanted to do to the public in partial disclosure.

D: This is very interesting and useful and we will definitely work it in there, as I did not know that.

Genetic Experiments Were Being Conducted

[12/10/16, 5:28:01 AM]

C: I am getting more and more... in chunks so to speak. There have been finds of complexes of genetics labs that were
creating all sorts of mixes and matches of humanoid species on Earth. They were mixing the DNA of each of the Earth
humanoids that were meant to be separate "experiments" of the Genetic Farmer Races.

This created all sorts of human hybrids. They also bred certain traits into small test populations to create different types of
humans (Giants, etc).

This Created Problems With the "Genetic Farmers"

They seemed to also be working on bringing back certain HUMANOID "Dinosaur" type races that had perished on Earth
long ago. This was a major problem for the Genetic Farmer Races (GFR's) whose current experiments were being
contaminated and hijacked.

For illustrative purposes only. Not based on exact intel.

Then this "global incident" occurred that purged most of the Pre-Adamite genetic experiments. The PA's were breeding
these humans as beasts of burden, and to protect and serve them. Working mines, etc... This sort of thing had been done to
humans on multiple occasions over the last few hundred thousand years.

Connection to the Cayce Readings

D: Fascinating. Are you aware that the Cayce Readings said that one of the two main reasons the Atlanteans were
destroyed by the Elohim were that they were playing around with genetics? They were apparently making hybrids between
humans and different types of non-human creatures.

C: No, I haven't looked at the Cayce stuff much at all.

D: This is just another example of where you hear things that so thoroughly validate stuff Ive been talking about for 20
years. Its amazing.

The Bodies Were Mummified

D: Did they succeed on getting reptilian species made?

C: There were different iterations of humanoid types of these species but I dont know how far along they were. Far enough
for them to get in trouble, I guess.

D: So they literally found these labs with bodies of different types of hybrids growing in the incubators?

C: Oh, the bodies are in very rubbery/leathery condition... The tests after excavation showed that the ice had quite a lot of
signs of salty sea water in it. They found a lot of animals and humanoids in the process of being created in these labs.

D: Just for specifics, are the humanoids seen inside cylindrical tubes or something along those lines as they are being
grown?
C: Nothing that specific, only that they were found in the process of being created in complexes of genetic labs.

D: It would have to be something like that. They would need protection as they were in the growth phase and they probably
make them to order in at least a semi-adult form.

C: Or grow them inside another beast of burden. The word "breed" was used.

D: That could be but I think it is more technological. Breeding could still be technological.

They Were in Survival Mode

C: The Pre-Adamites were doing things lower tech than they would like. They were here with very little of their tech or
comforts from home. They were in survival mode up until the global event.

D: Right. That makes sense.

C: Not sure if I told you but I did in my tweet... many Pre-Adamite bodies were found similar to the way bodies were found in
Pompeii. It has actually been nicknamed by some as the "Pompeii on Ice."

We Need to Expand Our Focus

C: Right now all of these SSP people and these beings are wanting people like us to focus outside of our choirs that we
preach to. Books, Speaking Events and TV shows that mainly market to people that are already awake is not going to really
get us anywhere overall in a larger sense.
What we do helps the group consciousness a lot for sure, but is not doing enough to reach a larger group of monkeys to kick
that 100th monkey effect into super high gear. This is what is needed for us to achieve the optimal temporal reality.

Conclusion

This now brings you up to date with our latest intel. Exciting changes are in store for humanity. It may seem hard to believe
any of these things are true. We understand that.

Bear in mind that one of the most important reasons why we are doing this is so that the Establishment cannot control the
narrative. We do not want Partial Disclosure. With Sigmund now aware that he has been lied to, that whole plan may no
longer work.

If you start hearing any of the things we have been saying here as mainstream news, then you can remember where you
heard it first. We can also expect that many more people will come back to this write-up after such an announcement, or
some variant of it, is made.

Doing the Work

Both David and I are working on releasing as much quality intel as possible in the time window that we still have. If the
Establishment were to release this intel first, then we would appear to be riding on their coat-tails.

The future is sure to be very interesting and the telltale signs of an Endgame are already visible. This is the greatest football
game in our recorded history and the outcome is not yet defined.

You can help steer this towards a positive result by maintaining a loving, positive attitude in your thoughts and actions
towards yourself and others.
Winning the Cosmic Battle

This is indeed a cosmic battle between good and evil, and the good guys are winning.

The key to success is in not allowing any negative information you encounter to affect your overall positive attitude and co-
creation of a better future.

You are already seeing major elements of what we have been telling you now appearing as widespread realizations, with
plenty of provable evidence.

The Cabals only real chance to stave off defeat and appease the Alliance is Disclosure. So we have some very interesting
experiences to look forward to in the near future.

Update by David Wilcock Before Posting: The Story is Already Leaking

We were urged to get this article out, in the strongest possible terms, as fast as possible. Corey's article went up Sunday
morning, December 11th, after we had worked on it all week as fast as we could.

Almost immediately after posting, the planned intel roll-out we were warned about started to happen. It was an incredible
"coincidence" that was obviously a very deliberate event:
Let's read a part of this for ourselves, as this was quite astonishing:

Related: The Lost City of Antarctica: Shock claims massive CIVILISATION exists beneath mile of ice

US Air Force Lt. Colonel Harold Z Ohlmeyer sent a letter in 1960 to Professor Hapgood saying his theory on the Piri Reis
map was correct.

He wrote:

The geographical detail shown in the lower part of the map agrees very remarkably with the results of the seismic
profile made across the top of the ice-cap by the Swedish-British Antarctic Expedition of 1949.
 This indicates the coastline had been mapped before it was covered by the ice-cap. This part of Antarctica [is] ice
free.

The ice-cap in this region is now about a mile thick.

Conspiracists now think Hapgood was right and he discovered that much of the south pole was ice free and also the
location of The Lost City of Atlantis.

The existence of this mythical utopia was first mentioned in the writings by ancient Greek philosopher Plato in 360 BC. The
Atlantis that Plato described was founded by people who were half god and half human around 9,000 years before his own
time.

If it did exist, this would be at a similar time that Professor Hapgood said shifts had occurred in the Earths crust.

And just a month ago further proof of an Antarctica Atlantis emerged in the form of pictures what appears to be huge
pyramids jutting out of its ice.

Click on the image below to view a short video in a new window

The astounding photos showed structures that bear an uncanny resemblance to the pyramids of Giza, which were built
thousands of years ago by the ancient Egyptians.

Could all of this mean one of the worlds greatest mysteries is about to be unlocked?

Things Are Getting Exciting!

I have barely even gotten enough sleep since we were told it was so urgent that we get this out as fast as possible.

Now, almost instantaneously after Corey posted the first version, without most of the images above, we get an article that
teases EXACTLY what we were telling you about.

What are the odds of this being a mere coincidence? As astonishing and over-the-top as this intel sounds, it all lines up
beautifully.

There is no way we could have "invented" a story like this simultaneously with the release of such a teaser in the
mainstream media. We were already talking about it in Part One!

Thank you for your support of our work. This is really starting to get exciting!

Pike River: The Great Disgrace

December 13 2016 | From: Uncensored / Archvival

The recent open letter from the directors of solid energy regarding pike river - the greatest disgrace
& corrupt act of treason in new zealands history.
Solid Energy's penned an open letter defending its plan to permanently seal the Pike River mine reiterating it won't
change its stance. The company's directors maintain it's not safe to re-enter the mine, and say anyone who disagrees
is being reckless.

Related: 'The town bully just went down' - Pike River families say control of mine's access road given to them

But families of the 29 men who died in the in the 2010 explosions are protesting near the site and say Solid Energy is ignoring
expert research that shows the mine can safely be re-entered. The mine is expected to be permanently sealed by February.

According to Dr Jacob Cohens mind-blowing book Murder at Pike River Mine (on the Internet, (the NZ intelligence agencies
have been trying to censor censoring it) or it is available through Mr Lawrie Drew at Greymouth (a father of one of the victims):

1. The 29 miners at Pike River Mine explosion in 2010 were all deliberately murdered, to facilitate Pike River Coal
Ltd to collect a $100 million insurance pay-out, turn the publics attitude away from underground coal mining and
reduce opposition to open-cut mining.

This would allow BATHURST RESOURCES LIMITED (at the time registered on the Australian Stock Exchange but now dually
listed) which foreign bankers also secretly control with Pike River Coal, to overtly come into New Zealand and buy up all of the
countrys coal resources and then open cut mine it which has by now almost been fully completed!
 2. Interestingly, Dr Cohen mentions in great detail with references from Bathursts own website, that just before the explosion
in the mine, BANK OF AMERICA was aggressively buying up shares in Bathurst Resources Limited. Guess who was working
for Bank of America before he became NZ Prime Minister.

3. COLLUSION BETWEEN THE DIRECTORS OF PIKE RIVER COAL LTD, THE DIRECTORS OF THE BIG
SHAREHOLDERS OF PIKE RIVER COAL, THE NEW ZEALAND GOVERNMENT, THE NZ PM, THE NZ MINISTER OF
POLICE, THE NZ JUDICIARY, THE NZ INTELLIGENCE AGENCIES, THE ROYAL COMMISSION INTO THE PIKE RIVER
COAL MINE DISASTER, THE MAINSTREAM MEDIA AND THE FOREIGN BANKING CRIMINALS THAT CONTROL THE
LOT AT THE TOP has ensured the New Zealand public have been totally brainwashed about the true facts of this
monstrous crime and cover-up.

4. And just to make sure the mine victims families, or the general public cant ever know the full truth about the crime, or
even get into the mine to inspect the crime scene, and cant sue the Government, the companies or Pikes criminal directors,
the spurious rat and High Court Judge heading the corrupt, Royal Commission of Inquiry.

Oh, the quandry for the corporate 'it', such that is has intentionally failed
According to Lawrie Drew, HAS EMBARGOED ALL THE CRITICAL EVIDENCE FOR 75 YEARS! And yes, this has all been
totally censored by the incredibly vile, corrupt mainstream media!

5. This means, in simple mans terms, that the corrupt lawyers and judiciary involved all now know, that when for example
the Government Department supposedly that wanted to bring CEO of Pike River Coal Peter Whittall to trial under Health and
Safety laws (actually it was just a pretence because they all knew that it would fail) all that Peter Whittalls legal counsel had to
say to the judge in the pre-trial hearing was:

Your Honour, as all the critical evidence has been been embargoed by the Royal Commission for 75 years, we
cannot get disclosure and my client cannot defend himself against the allegations because all the evidence is
being kept secret and cannot be accessed.

Judge: Case dismissed.

6. This therefore means that the NZ Government, police, the judiciary etc. at least at the top - ALL KNOW they are a pack of
lying criminals, including the drafters of this latest Open Letter FROM THE DIRECTORS OF SOLID ENERGY.

7. All I can say is, because of the widespread indifference of the the general public in putting up with this outrageous evil, we
all deserve the judgment coming on us all. Because inevitably it will come. If they will get away with this, what will be next?

8. Apparently, PM John Key was personally given a copy of Dr Jacob Cohens mind-blowing book so he cant say he was
not informed. Isnt it rather strange to see he is abruptly resigning around the same time they want to seal up the mine.

9. Finally these devils want to seal up the entrance to the mine with a 30 metre thick plug of concrete. 30 metres! Can you
believe it? They sure do want to make sure nobody ever investigates the crime scene dont they?

In the United States of America a similar coal mine explosion occurred at the Upper Big Branch Mine not long before Pike
River explosion when exactly 29 miners were also killed. Since then, the miners families have received millions of dollars in
pay-outs and the CEO of the company concerned Don Blankenchip is now in jail.
Yet here in New Zealand, not even one director has even been charged or brought to trial. We hear about the criminal
activities of government agencies in the United States being bad, but our government and corporate criminal cabal is a
hundred times worse! 29 miners cruelly killed, and yet nobody has even received a slap on the hand. What an utter disgrace.

Frankly, if we just sit back and put if with this rot and say nothing about the blatant lies being perpetuated by the mainstream
corporate media propaganda goons, nearly five million of us, seriously, I fear for the freedoms and liberties of every single
person in this country.

Isnt it about time things changed dramatically?

Truly.

Pike River Murder Of 29 Miners & Blocking Of Re-Entry

September 25 2014 | From: Dr Jacob Cohen & 'Jack' (see download link below)

A censored book claims corruption at the very highest level of Government, Poice, International
Bankers, Corporations and Media Propoganda - naming those who should be charged.
"Ive been watching the reports on TV and mainstream media over last couple of days, and hadnt realised that your
victims families had sought, successfully, under the Official Information Act the experts reports that say the drift 2.3
km access tunnel is now perfectly safe for re-entry, yet Solid Energy have been lying about this fact, and it is plain
what their delayed decision in October will be negative!"

"Clearly, there is something in the access tunnel that they know they dont want to be revealed to either you or the public.

It all points to the fact the serious allegations in Dr Jacob Cohens book, MURDER AT PIKE RIVER MINE are 100% correct,
and that all the miners were plainly murdered.

Further, in even greater support of Dr Cohens penetrating allegations now, is the undeniable fact that government intelligence
agencies (it couldnt be anyone else) have REMOVED and CENSORED the book almost entirely from the Internet. The only
copy I could find this morning was on this site below.

You can have a look at the few remaining references to it if you GOOGLE-search it and you will find the books references are
still there, but the book has been DELETED.

Perhaps, you and the families, could have copies of the book printed up and personally delivered to all MPs.

While this would not guarantee mine re-entry and police examination of some of the crime scene, at least it will mean that the
entire government, (representing the entire nation) has been properly informed of the real truth and the blatant cover-up,
headed by big business in collusion with the NZ Prime Minister John Key, brought out so vividly by Dr Cohen. "

Download a PDF copy of Dr Cohen's book here.

Rothschilds Greater Israel Plan Is Effectively Defeated

December 12 2016 | From: Geopolitics

On the eve of the complete recovery of Aleppo City, Rothschild puppet Obama issued a rather
strange last minute attempt at saving the anti-Assad operation by granting a waiver for military
restrictions on the nature of war materiel aid to its proxies, i.e. moderate rebels and Al-Nusra
terror operatives.
A White House press release Thursday announced that foreign fighters in Syria supporting US special
operations to combat terrorism in Syria would be excused from restrictions on military assistance.

Related: 10 Signs The Global Elite Are Losing Control

I hereby determine that the transaction, encompassing the provision of defense articles and services to foreign
forces, irregular forces, groups, or individuals engaged in supporting or facilitating ongoing U.S. military operations
to counter terrorism in Syria, is essential to the national security interests of the United States,President Obama
affirmed in the presidential determination and waiver.

The order delegates responsibility to the US secretary of state to work with and report to Congress on weapons export
proposals, requiring 15 days notice before they are authorized.

Obama announced a similar waiver of the Arms Export Control Act in September 2013, following the Ghouta chemical
attack in August of that year.

That order facilitated the transfer of US military weaponry to select vetted members of opposition forces battling Syrian
President Bashar Assad, while Thursdays order appears less narrow in scope.

Related: Obama grants waiver for military support of foreign fighters in Syria - White House

Why would he issue such 11th hour executive order after he admitted the US incapacity to topple the Talibans in
Afghanistan?
The most probable reason would be that once Aleppo is completely liberated, the full degree of US involvement on the ISIS
misadventures in Syria and Iraq would be exposed for all the world to see.

Civilians who escaped from terrorists talk about new crimes committed by militants of the so-called moderate
opposition in eastern Aleppo. Cases of torture, public executions and massacres of the population have been
confirmed.

Related: Syrian Army Controls 93% of Aleppo - Russian MoD

There wasnt any Plan B in Syria because there wasnt any need for it if only Hillary Clinton won the White House for the
Cabal.

All they could do now is to keep on imposing all sorts of sanctions against all Syrian allies as if they still control everything
just like before. Yet, while Russia and China have been buying more gold and other physical assets, the West keeps losing
on the economic front, and they just dont care because they, the policymakers, are all insulated from these crises.

While the politicians are barking at the Russian-led operations, US and EU companies are expressing their interest
in getting back to the Russian market.

Carter Page, a former adviser to US President-elect Donald Trumps presidential campaign, told Sputnik that US and
European companies are interested to get back to the Russian market.
Carter Page

There is a high level of interest amongst US as well as European companies to get back to the Russian market.
This interest cuts across a diverse array of sectors, Page told Sputnik.

He also commented on the recent Rosneft privatization deal. Page believes that efforts to punish the Russian oil
giant have backfired and primarily hurt Western companies:

The hostile efforts to punish Rosneft and their senior management team through Western sanctions have primarily
hurt Western companies, rather than their intended target. This weeks innovative transaction underscores these
constraints, as many other potential strategic investment partners were excluded, Page said.

Related: US, EU Companies Interested to Get Back to Russian Market - Trump's Ex-Adviser

The Obama desperate countermeasures to salvage the dire Daesh situation in Syria, and the expression of unwillingness on
the part of the business sector in the West are proof enough that the people are tired of wars and sanctions.

Still, tangible actions beyond the choice of lesser evil need to be done by the Europeans. The rise of the Pirate Party in
Iceland is a good template.

Elsewhere in Asia, the Khazarian Empire continues to lose some of its cooperative regimes. South Korean
President Park is impeached.

South Korean lawmakers voted overwhelmingly on Friday to impeach President Park Geun-hye over an influence-
peddling scandal, setting the stage for her to become the countrys first elected leader to be expelled from office in
disgrace.

The impeachment motion was carried by a wider-than-expect 234-56 margin in a secret ballot in parliament, meaning more
than 60 of Parks own conservative Saenuri Party members backed removing her. The votes of least 200 members of the
300-seat chamber were needed for the motion to pass.
The Constitutional Court must now decide whether to uphold the motion, a process that could take up to 180 days.

Related: South Korean parliament votes overwhelmingly to impeach President Park

Russia and Japan are also inching closer to a settlement of the Kuril Islands dispute.

Andrei Fesyun, an expert at the Higher School of Economics in Moscow, said that setting up joint ventures on the islands
was a highly complicated issue.

There was an idea to build a spa hotel there and other things but there are more to this than just economic gain
for business. For the Japanese the Kuril Islands are a very sensitive issue and what Prime Minister [Shinzo] Abe is
now doing is nothing short of a heroic feat.

He is the first Japanese Premier to openly say that he wants to have better relations with Russia. I can imagine
how much resistance he has to deal with, thats why I dont think we should expect any quick breakthroughs here.
One thing is clear: we are now ready to meet and talk things over, he said.

Fumio Kishida arrived in Moscow on December 3 for a two-day visit ahead of President Vladimir Putins planned official
trip to Japan later this month.
Lavrov said that Kishidas meeting with President Putin on Friday showed directions in which Japanese-Russian relations
should progress.

Meanwhile, Japans Foreign Ministry has expressed hope that President Vladimir Putins visit to Japan on December 15-16
would further strengthen relations between the two countries. According to the statement, Putin will meet with Japanese
Prime Minister Shinzo Abe in Nagato and in Tokyo.

Related: Against All Odds: Russia, Japan Inching Towards a Deal on Disputed Kuril Islands

The fall of the South Korean puppet government, and Japans peaceful re-engagement with Russia, will make it impossible
for the installation of the US THAAD missile system, in both countries.

We are hoping that all of these positive developments should not make way for any desperate attempt at pushing the red
button, as predicted by multiple sources.

The Fight to Save Us From Satan's Subliminal Rock Messages

December 12 2016 | From: AtlasObscura

In the 1980s, many politicians were convinced there were devious, secret messages hidden inside
popular records.
On April 27, 1982, members of the California Assemblys Consumer Protection and Toxics Committee gathered in
Sacramento to hear Robert Plant endorse Satan. This was not a straightforward testimonial.

Note: The following story essentially attempts to de-bunk the idea that the music industry is not satanic, and that
negative influences are utilsed. Whether the author is aware or not, both points are wrong, as the links included
and insider experience will attest. While it is an interesting enough read, the links take it apart on the way through...

Related: Demons Behind The Music Industry (Ex Illuminati Explains) & Illuminati - The Music Industry Exposed

For one thing, the Led Zeppelin frontman wasnt actually in attendance. Also, his pro-devil paeans could only be heard when
you played Stairway to Heaven backwards.

After circulating pamphlets with the backward masked declarations spelled out, thats precisely what Assemblyman Phillip
Wyman and panel witness William H. Yarroll II did. The relevant portion of the eight-minute classic was first played forward
for committee members and then reversed.

Heres what Wyman claimed could be heard:

I sing because I live with Satan. The Lord turns me off. Theres no escaping it. Heres to my sweet Satan.

Yarroll, who identified himself as a neuroscientist, noted that a teenager need only listen to Stairway to Heaven three
times before these backward messages were stored as truth.

It wasnt just Plant reverse-singing Satans praises, either. According to Yarroll, bands ranging from Styx to the Beatles also
had secret backmasked messages hidden in their music - messages that, in the words of legislative proposal A.B. 3741, had
the power to manipulate our behavior without our knowledge or consent and turn us into disciples of the Antichrist.
As the bills sponsor, Wyman wanted mandatory warning labels on all rock albums containing these morally dubious
backward messages.

Suppose young people have heard Stairway to Heaven two or three hundred times and there has been
implanted in their subconscious mind pro satanic messages or incantations? he told Terry Drinkwater the
following day on a CBS Evening News segment.

Indeed, this was the truly insidious part of backmasking. Even though you had to play records in reverse to decipher the
occultic messages, they could still subliminally imprint themselves upon young teen minds when played in the standard
direction.

During the same news segment, Yarroll described how the brain unscrambles a backward masked message:

We have it stored in the unconscious as a truth image, he said, and as the creative unconscious side of the brain
does, it goes through scanning the unconscious brain to go about and bring those truth images to the surface and
make them reality for us.

After calling the issue exciting and interesting, committee chairman Sally Tanner (D-El Monte) delayed an official vote until
the music industry and band members could weigh in on the matter. That day never came. But the national panic
surrounding subliminal satanic messages in rock music was about to reach fever pitch.

In the early 70s, backmasking - or the practice of recording vocals and instruments backwards and then reinserting them
into the forward mix of a song - was something a music savvy (and possibly stoned) Beatles fan might bring up.
A decade later, it had become a cause clbre for conservative religious leaders, school teachers, parents, and even
politicians.

Whether it was the reversed voice of Freddie Mercury declaring its fun to smoke marijuana on Another One Bites the
Dust or Styx imploring Satan to move through our voices on Snowblind, there seemed to be mounting evidence that rock
music was literally becoming a mouthpiece for the devil.

Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program

Believers held record-smashing parties, appeared on popular TV talk shows, wrote books, formed watchdog groups, and,
perhaps most importantly, called their government representatives to warn them.

By 1982, state and federal legislation was being introduced at a steady clip to combat rock and rolls hidden satanic agenda.
Two weeks after the California Assembly hearing in Sacramento, California congressman Robert Dornan introduced H.R.
6363 to the House. Also known as the Phonograph Record Backward Masking Labeling Act, the bill aimed to do the same
thing as Wymans A.B. 3741, only on a national level.
While it would ultimately be shuffled off to the Subcommittee on Commerce, Transportation and Tourism to die, other bills -
including one in Arkansas a year later - were passed unanimously by both house and senate members (then-Governor Bill
Clinton ultimately vetoed that one).

For its own part, the music industry responded with a bemused skepticism. Styxs James Young called the whole
idea of satanic backmasking a hoax perpetrated by religious zealots, and refused to attend any meeting or hearing
where the topic was discussed.

Then there was Bob Garcia of A&M Records, who declared;

It must be the devil putting these messages on the records because no one here knows how to do it.
Related: How Mnemonic Is Used To Program And Control Your Mind

A spokesman for Led Zeppelins record label, Swan Song Records, issued just one statement in response to the Stairway
to Heaven satanic allegations:

Our turntables only rotate in one direction.

Taken as a whole, these reactions only stoked the righteous (and possibly entrepreneurial) fires of religious leaders like
pastor Gary Greenwald, who started holding backmasking seminars all over the country.

Soon, books like Backward Masking Unmasked, Dancing With Demons, and The Devils Disciples: The Truth About Rock,
were exposing the sinister nature of rock and roll music, while watchdog organizations like Parents Against Subliminal
Seduction (P.A.S.S.) tried to block rock concerts at various venues.

The problem, as you may have already guessed, was that the whole thing was a bunch of diabolical tihsllub.

Lets pause here to do something most satanic backmasking proponents never did during the controversy: distinguish
between real engineered backmasking and the majority of messages people thought they were hearing during the 70s and
80s. The former is a technique that dates back to the advent of recorded music.

The latter is the result of what psychologists call pareidolia (more on that in a bit), and is simply the brains attempt to make
sense of the gibberish that results from phonetic reversals.

Related: 10 Ways To Protect Yourself From NLP Mind Control

Recording things backwards really began when the field of sound recording began, says Alex Case, president of the Audio
Engineering Society. After Thomas Edisons invention of the phonograph in 1877, there was rampant experimentation both
with recorded speech and music.

Its clear that part of the sales pitch when they were selling wax cylinder recorders would be to record someone speaking
and then play it backwards for them, says Case. Fittingly, the phrase mad dog (goddamn in reverse) seems to have
been a crowd favorite.

Real backmasking - intentional backwards music or speech in musical compositions - began to come into vogue during the
1940s with experimental composers like Pierre Schaeffer. Playing records (and later, tapes) backwards was, according to
Case, a way for musicians and composers to fool around with timbre and produce new and distinct sounds.

By most accounts, thats precisely what attracted the Beatles to the practice. The band famously used backward
instrumentation, including a backward guitar solo, on their 1966 album Revolver.

Rain, the B-side of Paperback Writer, has what is believed to be the first backward masked message in a pop song. Its
coda is a backwards version of the songs first line: When the rain comes, they run and hide their heads.
Yet while the Beatles may have popularized the practice, the satanic backmasking scare of the 1980s required more than
just the willful misrepresentation of a decades-old musical trend. It also needed some good old fashioned pseudoscience.

A drive-in movie theater in Fort Lee, New Jersey just happened to provide a perfect junk science laboratory. Over the course
of six weeks in 1957, unsuspecting filmgoers were the subjects of a grand marketing experiment.

Using a special high-speed projector, researcher and social psychologist James Vicary inserted the words drink Coke and
eat popcorn into movies that summer.

Invisible to the human eye, each message lasted for 1/3,000th of a second and was repeated in five-second intervals during
films on alternating nights.

By the end of the six weeks, Vicary claimed 45,699 people had been subjected to his subliminal inducements. He also
claimed that popcorn and Coke sales went up 57.5 and 18.1 percent, respectively.

At a press conference held later that same year, Vicary described the results of this now infamous study to help boost
interest in his new Subliminal Projection Company, an attempt to commercialize what he called a major breakthrough in
subliminal advertising.

The public and press went bonkers, and not in a good way.

The first sentence of an influential op-ed responding to the press conference by journalist Norman Cousins read: Welcome
to 1984.

He, like many others, wondered what such a technology could mean not just for advertisers who wanted to sell us stuff, but
also for governments seeking to steer public sentiment.
Related: The New Mind Control: Subliminal Stimulation; Controlling People Without Their Knowledge

For its own part, the FCC almost immediately threatened to suspend the broadcast license of any company that dared use
Vicarys machine.

In the years following the experiment, the CIA started looking into the operational potential of subliminal perception (they
found it exceedingly limited), and authors like Wilson Bryan Key began cranking out books such as Subliminal Seduction,
which claimed that sexual images (and the actual word sex) were being hidden in hundreds of ads.

But when the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation tried to replicate Vicarys claims by subliminally flashing the message
Call now during a popular Sunday night program, there was no increase in phone calls.

The station later told viewers they had inserted a message and asked them to guess what it might have been. Almost half of
the roughly 500 viewers claimed to have been made hungry or thirsty during the show, which aired during dinner time.
Vicarys study was clearly on the publics mind, which was problematic because it was completely made up. From the
beginning, Vicary refused to release key details about his study.

Not only was there never any independent evidence to support his claims about the effectiveness of subliminal advertising,
years later, Vicary admitted he had done only enough research to file a patent for his machine, and actually had collected
barely any data. Even worse, his machine didnt seem to work half the time once people did try to test it.

Of course, none of that mattered by the late 70s and early 80s. Subliminal messaging was being used in self-help tapes, in
department store Muzak to ward off shoplifters, and, if you believed Key, to sell the American public lots and lots of booze
and cigarettes.

Related: Television Mind Control Exposed

Fast-forward 25 years, when two psychologists from the University of Lethbridge in Alberta, Canada decided to figure out
why so many of their neighbors to the south were hearing devilish incantations in their rock music.

After being contacted by a skeptical local radio DJ who had attended one of pastor Gary Greenwalds backmasking talks,
John Vokey and his colleague Don Read agreed to come up with a series of experiments that would directly address the
idea of subliminal satanic messages.

The psychologists decided to start their study by recording a few simple passages from Lewis Carrolls Jabberwocky and the
23rd Psalm.

They wanted to find out whether the content of backward messages had any measureable influence on a listener,
consciously or otherwise.

They also wanted to see if the alleged backward messages people were hearing in rock music were perhaps more about
active construction on the listeners part and less about a devious satanic plan to corrupt young people.

After each passage was recorded forward in a few languages, Vokey and Read re-recorded them backward and played
them for 65 test subjects.

They found that the participants could discern things like the sex of the speaker with 98.9 percent accuracy when the
passages were played backwards. Subjects also displayed a better-than-chance ability to detect the language of the
backwards messages.

But when it came to deriving any kind of meaning from the passages, things didnt go as well. Another series of tests asked
subjects to categorize the content of the backwards messages as a nursery rhyme, Christian, satanic, or pornographic.

The results were no greater than chance, and the meaning of the backwards messages didnt appear to have been
understood at any level, says Vokey.

In a final experiment, the two psychologists listened to the backwards passages themselves and came up with some real
sounding phrases hidden within them. They found the following: Saw a girl with a weasel in her mouth, snatched her
nips, and, to their delight, I saw Satan. Listen below:
It wasnt as easy as it sounds, says Vokey. We had to drink a lot of beer to create those messages. The two
psychologists also invented control messages that didnt fit the phonological patterns of the samples.

Just as Vokey predicted, when subjects were instructed to listen for the phrases, they were unable to hear the control
messages but were successful in detecting the phonologically plausible ones at a rate of 84.6 percent. Mind you, this was
only after the phrases had been provided to them.

As Vokey and Read noted in their now famous article about the study, Subliminal Messages: Between the Devil and the
Media, this suggested you really could induce people to hear messages that werent there so long as they were plausible-
sounding interpretations.

How was this relevant to the satanic backmasking scare? Well, for one critical reason: Believers were almost always
providing the alleged backward masked phrases before having others listen to them. Its what happened at the 1982
California Assembly hearing, and it was the MO for religious leaders like Greenwald.

In what has become a staple of modern Intro to Psych perception lectures, professors will often play these backmasked
songs or similar garbled and distorted messages. When students arent given any guidance, almost all of them struggle to
make sense of the gibberish. Once supplied with a phonetically plausible phrase, however, suddenly they cant hear
anything but that phrase.

This is what psychologists call pareidolia. For the same reason some of us see faces on Mars and Jesus in toast, we also
can be led to hear things that arent there.

Our brains are exceptional pattern recognition machines, particularly when comes to sound and vision. Often, all it takes is a
little priming to get things rolling.

As many have noted, one of the many delicious ironies of the 80s backmasking panic is that it actually helped rekindle the
practice in popular music.

As rock bands began to regularly get accused of hiding secret satanic messages in their records, they figured: why not start
putting real messages in them? Many of these were sarcastic rebuttals to the backmasking controversy itself.

On ELOs fifth studio album, Face the Music, you can find this tongue-in-cheek message at the start of the song Fire on
High: The music is reversible, but time is not. Turn back, turn back, turn back.

Pink Floyd had some fun on The Walls Empty Spaces, as well. When played backwards, you can hear Roger Waters say:
Congratulations. You have just discovered the secret message. Please send your answer to old pink, care of the funny
farm.

Although the moral panic started to subside by the end of the 80s (less because of the scientific discrediting of subliminal
messages and more because records and cassettes gave way to CDs), musicians continued to play around with backward
masking throughout the 90s and early aughts.

Today, perhaps because most of us stream the music we listen to, hiding backwards messages in songs seems both quaint
and pointless.

Yet while Satan abandoned his plans to corrupt Americas youth through rock and roll, a devil-may-care attitude towards
science is keeping the belief in subliminal messages alive and well.
Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll

Related: Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll

Earlier this fall, author and journalist Ahmet Altan and his brother were arrested in Turkey. The charge? Sending out
subliminal messages suggestive of a coup attempt during a TV appearance.

Both men will stand trial for trying to overthrow the government or prevent it from carrying out its duties.

Backwards music may have fallen out of fashion, but backwards thinking is alive and well.

Related: How To Become Immune To Mind Control | How TV Affects Your Brain Chemistry For The Worse

IRD And Fraud Prosecution Inequalities In New Zealand

December 11 2016 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei / BruceJessonFoundation

Every year the IRD identifies about $1.2 Billion in Fraud committed by NZ business people - and
Welfare Fraud? $30 Million.
They have gone ahead and set up the technical bases last week to enable the immediate payments system
throughout Europe.

Related: New Zealand Government Has Pledged Millions Of Dollars Worth Of Taxpayer Funds To The Corrupt
Clinton Foundation & Clinton Health Access Initiatives

Every year the IRD identifies about $1.2 Billion in fraud committed by NZ business people. Yes, every year. It discovers
around $30 Million in welfare fraud (tiny by comparison).

Yet, as Dr Marriott discovered - welfare fraudsters are far more likely to be sent to prison than white collar criminals.
Remember our [Ex] Prime Minister is a banker and our country has been heisted by corporate money interests and our
welfare state is seriously in demise, thanks to the aforementioned!

Tax Fraud Vs Welfare Fraud

Im on the board of the Bruce Jesson Foundation which supports investigative journalism and each year funds a lecture on
some aspect of society.

This years lecture was by Dr Lisa Marriott from Victoria University Business School on her investigation into how and why
white collar tax fraud is treated far more leniently than welfare fraud.

Yet , as Dr Marriott discovered - welfare fraudsters are far more likely to be sent to prison than white collar
criminals. You can eatch her lecture below.
Why are those less advantaged in New Zealand society treated differently from those who are in relatively privileged
positions?

Why are white-collar tax evaders treated differently to welfare fraudsters? In the Annual Jesson Lecture in Politics for 2016,
Dr Lisa Marriott considers the circumstances where this occurs, aiming to highlight and challenge issues of equity, privilege,
and the construction of crime and criminals in New Zealand.

Related: 8 Ways Control Freak Government Is Sabotaging Freedom And Making Life More Difficult For Us

Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves
December 11 2016 | From: DaisyLuther

Lets talk about the education system, that cornerstone of civilized societies everywhere.
We all know that the future lies in the hands of our children. Thats why parents want to do everything they can to
give their kids a good start in life. We make careful choices about the food they eat, the friends they hang out with,
and the education they receive.

Related: Education Programming 101: Destroy Logic

Unfortunately, over the past decades, the education system in America has been churning out kids who are less interested
in the world around them, more dependent on others for safety, and programmed to accept whatever information theyre
provided without question.

Our education system is actually dumbing kids down instead of making them smarter. Its killing natural curiosity,
independent decision-making, and critical thinking. We all rant about Generation Snowflake, but these kids have grown up to
be exactly what theyve been taught to be.

The education system is working exactly as it was designed. This curriculum is a social experiment, designed to reduce
critical thinking and increase obedience. How else will children learn to be the type of citizens that governments want?

At school, you learn important things like the following:

How to respond to bells

How to reign in your attention span into 50-minute increments

How to multitask and learn 6 different subjects at the same time, while mastering none of them

How to follow the instructions of authority figures without question

How to recite things off by memory

How to feel about politically correct topics

How to squelch your individuality

 How to respond to questions to get the best grades

When the appropriate time is to visit the restroom, and how to ask permission to do so if the urge strikes at an
inopportune time

How you must show up to serve your sentence on the required days, regardless of whether you feel like it or
whether another opportunity has arisen

How to sleep and awaken at the times that are most convenient to your masters teachers, as opposed to the ones
that work with your personal circadian rhythms

How you will completely fail at life if you dont continue your education after high school

How to dive so deeply into debt that you must take any job you can get in order to pay off the student loans that
were supposed to help you get a good job

Basically, you learn to become a better slave. You learn to spend all day doing things you might hate, might find boring, or
might not understand.

But it isnt Just School that is the Problem

The problem runs far deeper than just the classroom. Its the system of learning itself. Even most homeschool
curriculums focus on a broad range of subjects directed by the parent. While many parents do a fantastic job
engaging their children in the lessons, there are children who just dont respond to a format in which they must
learn about 5 different subjects each day.

If you can awaken in a child the desire to know more... more about bugs and how they live... more about
microclimates... more about geology... more about the past... then you can teach a child how to learn.

In my opinion, the utter failure of the education system is that they dont create curious children. We moved quite a few
times, and rarely did I see children challenged, piqued, and tempted with knowledge. Instead, I observed drudgery,
boredom, and conveyor belt education.

If a child slips behind, they dont stop the belt, take the kid off, and help them catch up. They say, No child left behind and
they shove them along that belt, forcing them to try to learn the next installment of the lesson plan on top of the complete
lack of foundational information that they didnt understand in the first place.

A few years ago, I pulled my youngest child out of the public school system after a (cough) disagreement with the principal
there. For a couple of years, we slogged away using a state-approved curriculum for homeschool.
Not only did it bore the daylights out of her, I found it pretty torturous too. The whole time we did the standard curriculum, I
watched the curiosity that is the necessary spark to kindle the flame of learning, slowly die.

And that is the saddest death imaginable, because with it dies the future.

If you dont love learning new things, if you arent curious about the how and the why and the when and the where, how will
you ever jump into life with both feet, ready to explore new places, climb new mountains, and have new adventures?

Dont get me wrong - you need to learn to read and to write and to do math - but you also need to embrace the very idea of
learning something new and different, too.

So, we pulled out of all things school. I decided to trust my daughter. I will indulge her sharp wit, her natural
curiosity, and her love for photography.

I want to undo the damage done by the school system, with their laborious texts, their Common Core, and their
politically correct death-by-boredom.

If I dont want her to grow up to be a slave to the state, I decided, it was time to stop raising her in the same way the other
slaves are raised.

So, were unschooling.

What is Unschooling?

John Holt, widely known as the father of unschooling wrote:

This is also known as interest driven, child-led, natural, organic, eclectic, or self-directed learning. Lately, the term
unschooling has come to be associated with the type of homeschooling that doesnt use a fixed curriculum

This is the way we learn before going to school and the way we learn when we leave school and enter the world of
work
 Unschooling, for lack of a better term (until people start to accept living as part and parcel of learning), is the
natural way to learn. However, this does not mean unschoolers do not take traditional classes or use curricular
materials when the student, or parents and children together, decide that this is how they want to do it.

Learning to read or do quadratic equations are not natural processes, but unschoolers nonetheless learn them
when it makes sense to them to do so, not because they have reached a certain age or are compelled to do so by
arbitrary authority."

Can you really think of anything in the world that makes more sense than that?

Unschooling can be as simple as letting your child exhaustively indulge his or her curiosity about a subject by getting books
about it, attending a class on it, and going on field trips that are related to it. Alternatively, it can become a family affair of
travel, knowledge-seeking, and adventure.

The details are up to your and your child. The only rule is that the student directs it through his or her own interests.

Its real life, lived with passion, and therein lies an education more priceless than anything you could get behind the ivy-
covered walls of the fanciest school around. (In fact, my daughter and I are leaving soon on an epic road trip of more than
10,00 miles (If you want to follow along on our Great American Unschooling Tour, I wrote about the details here).
This is how people used to learn - they were free to develop their interests, to pursue their passions, and to investigate,
experiment, and think. Initially, education was a way for kids to have the world at their fingertips, especially if their parents
were illiterate and not able to expose them to things beyond their own farm.

But then, it became an indoctrination system that separates children from their families, forces them to conform, and stamps
out individual learning styles.

Let your Child Learn to be Free

When you no longer live by the school bell, the most beautiful thing can happen. You become free.

By learning when and what you want, you gain a true understanding of freedom, and who doesnt want that for
their children?

You can sleep when youre sleepy.

You can find out more about the things that make you curious.\

You can focus on one thing at a time if that is how you learn best.

You can make art when you want to make art, not when you finally finish all of the boring stuff youre forced to do.

You can eat when youre hungry.

You can become the master of your own future.

You can take what makes you the happiest and completely immerse yourself in it.

You can travel when the spirit moves you, not when you get a scheduled break from school.

You can learn about real life, not just get dumped into it when you graduate.

You can start a business of your own.

You can take a class that fascinates you just for the joy of taking the class

You can take field trips to learn from experts and personal experiences.

Best of all, when you unschool, your child lives a kind of freedom that will set them on the course for an adulthood of
freedom.
Is there any better gift than that? Is there any educational goal greater than teaching your child to be a free human being,
unfettered by bells, whistles, and authority figures?

Common Core Possibly Coming To A School Near You

After reading this bill it seems that Americas Common core is spreading like wild fire across the world under
different guises.

I read the bill and honestly alarm bells rang which makes the education reform a one size fits all, seems quite coincidental
parata decides to resign after this bill has passed: New Zealand Education Legislation Bill

Related: UN Adopts Global Common Core Education To Ensure Their Vision Of Global Totalitarianism

The Diabolical World Of George Soros: I Cannot And Do Not Look At The Social
Consequences Of What I Do
December 10 2016 | From: DaisyLuther / Uncensored / Various

Do you want to know who George Soros, the creepy grandaddy of globalization, really is? He told
us decades ago and nobody listened.
Check out the following chilling 60 Minutes interview from Deember 20, 1998.

Related: George Soros: A Psychopaths Psychopath

Soros destabilizes economies to add to his billions and he doesnt care about how this affects the people who suffer. During
the interview, he said, with regard to speculative market attacks:

I dont feel guilty. Im engaged in an amoral activity which is not meant to have anything to do with guilt."

Soros complete lack of guilt about anything seems to be an ongoing theme in his life. One segment of the interview is of
particular note the part that talks about his formative years.

To understand the complexities of his personality, you have to go back to the very beginning, to Budapest, where
George Soros was born 68 years ago to parents who were wealthy, well-educated, and Jewish.

When the Nazis occupied Budapest in 1944, George Soros father was a successful lawyer. He lived on an island
in the Danube and liked to commute to work in a rowboat. But knowing there were problems ahead for the Jews,
he decided to split his family up.

He bought them forged papers and he bribed a government official to take 14-year-old George Soros in and swear
that he was his Christian godson. But survival carried a heavy price tag.

While hundreds of thousands of Hungarian Jews were being shipped off to the death camps, George Soros
accompanied his phony godfather on his appointed rounds, confiscating property from the Jews.
(Vintage footage of Jews walking in line; man dragging little boy in line)

KROFT: (Voiceover) These are pictures from 1944 of what happened to George Soros friends and neighbors.

(Vintage footage of women and men with bags over their shoulders walking; crowd by a train)

KROFT: (Voiceover) Youre a Hungarian Jew

Mr. SOROS: (Voiceover) Mm-hmm.

KROFT: (Voiceover) who escaped the Holocaust

(Vintage footage of women walking by train)

Mr. SOROS: (Voiceover) Mm-hmm.

(Vintage footage of people getting on train)

KROFT: (Voiceover) byby posing as a Christian.

Mr. SOROS: (Voiceover) Right.

(Vintage footage of women helping each other get on train; train door closing with people in boxcar)

KROFT: (Voiceover) And you watched lots of people get shipped off to the death camps.

Mr. SOROS: Right. I was 14 years old. And I would say that thats when my character was made.

KROFT: In what way?

Mr. SOROS: That one should think ahead. One should understand and and anticipate events and when when
one is threatened. It was a tremendous threat of evil. I mean, it was a a very personal experience of evil.

KROFT: My understanding is that you went out with this protector of yours who swore that you were his adopted
godson.

Mr. SOROS: Yes. Yes.

KROFT: Went out, in fact, and helped in the confiscation of property from the Jews.

Mr. SOROS: Yes. Thats right. Yes.

KROFT: I mean, thats that sounds like an experience that would send lots of people to the psychiatric couch for
many, many years. W as it difficult?

Mr. SOROS: Not not at all. Not at all. Maybe as a child you dont you dont see the connection. But it was it
created no no problem at all.

KROFT: No feeling of guilt?

Mr. SOROS: No.

KROFT: For example that, Im Jewish and here I am, watching these people go. I could just as easily be there. I
should be there. None of that?

Mr. SOROS: Well, of course I c I could be on the other side or I could be the one from whom the thing is being
taken away. But there was no sense that I shouldnt be there, because that was well, actually, in a funny way, its
 just like in markets that if I werent there of course, I wasnt doing it, but somebody else would would would
be taking it away anyhow. And it was the whether I was there or not, I was only a spectator, the property was
being taken away. So the I had no role in taking away that property. So I had no sense of guilt.

And now, George Soros lives in America, according to some reports, in Bedford Hills, a suburb of New York City.

He donated millions to help Hillary Clintons failed presidential bid, and he funds organizations that organize
protests which often become violent.

We saw it in Ferguson and were seeing it right now in the anti-Trump protests going on across the US. Last week, I wrote:

Soros was busted for paying protesters to go into Ferguson and stir things up. This is not theory. Its FACT. The
Daily Mail reported that Soros spent $33 million to bankroll the protests. The Washington Times reported that it
was totally cool, though, because humanitarian that he is, Soros just wanted to help the civil rights movement.

What a guy. Of course, this seems to be a thing with the kabillionaires. The Ford Foundation and Rockefeller
foundation also fund social activism. Which is kabillionaire code for mess stuff up and wreak havoc.

And guess who footed the bill for the rent-a-thug protesters at Trump rallies in California and New York?
(Heres another source, too.) You guessed it. Everyones favorite Hungarian-American troll.

Keep in mind that the organization Black Lives Matter was born through the Ferguson riots.

If the Modus Operandi in these protests looks familiar, thats because MoveOn.org is organizing a lot of them,
and MoveOn is funded byyou guessed it: George Soros. The organization was originally founded to combat the
 impeachment of Bill Clintonare you seeing a link here? Another proud instigator is the Answer Coalition which
also are you sitting down? Has links to Soros

Someone who wants to see America ripped apart is causing this division. Last summer, it was leaked that Soros
attempted to destabllize Russia and depose Putin in 2012. Putin responded by banning Soros and all of his
organizations from Russia. In 2014, Putin issued an international arrest warrant for Soros."

This is the background of the billionaire philanthropist who is opposing the Trump presidency. Hes betting against America
right now, hoping to cash in and make billions when our economy crashes due to the instability he is causing.

Without one drop of remorse. Because

I cannot and do not look at the social consequences of what I do.

Related Articles:

George Soros Caught Red-Handed Funding Anti-Trump Protests, Paying Protesters $15/hr
 C.I.A. Links Top Hillary Donor George Soros to Terrorist Bombing

The Bizarre Media Blackout Of Hacked George Soros Documents

Soros Hack Shows Billionaire Tried to Buy Supreme Court Ruling on Immigration

Leaked Soros Document Calls For Regulating Internet To Favor Open Society Supporters

George Soros Warns Europe: Accept Refugees Or Face Extinction

Fomenting A National Crisis & Color Revolution: Soros-Funded Anti-Trump Protesters Riot In Cities Across US

George Soros Hacked, Thousands Of Open Society Foundations Files Released Online

How George Soros Singlehandedly Created The European Refugee Crisis - And Why

The Diabolical World Of George Soros

In a document which was released by DC leaks, George Soros' Open Society's Foundation stated: Our inclination is to
engage in activities and with actors that will understand and counter Russian influence and support to movements defending
traditional values.

Related: Shots Fired: Wikileaks Accuses Panama Papers' Leaker Of Being "Soros-Funded, Soft-Power Tax Dodge"
+
Rothschild's Primer: How To Launder Money In U.S. Real Estate And Avoid "Blacklists"

The Orwellian War On Skepticism: Battling Fake News & Institutional Investors Now
Dominate Media Company Ownership
December 9 2016 | From: GlobalResearch / Scoop

Under the cover of battling fake news, the mainstream U.S. news media and officialdom are
taking aim at journalistic skepticism when it is directed at the pronouncements of the U.S.
government and its allies.
One might have hoped that the alarm about fake news would remind major U.S. news outlets, such as The
Washington Post and The New York Times, about the value of journalistic skepticism. However, instead, it seems
to have done the opposite.

Related: Who is Behind Fake News? Mainstream Media Use Fake Videos and Images

The idea of questioning the claims by the Wests officialdom now brings calumny down upon the heads of those who dare
do it. Truth is being redefined as whatever the U.S. government, NATO and other Western interests say is true.

Disagreement with the Wests group thinks, no matter how fact-based the dissent is, becomes fake news.

So, we have the case of Washington Post columnist David Ignatius having a starry-eyed interview with Richard Stengel, the
State Departments Undersecretary for Public Diplomacy, the principal arm of U.S. government propaganda.

Entitled The truth is losing, the column laments that the official narratives as deigned by the State Department
and The Washington Post are losing traction with Americans and the worlds public.

Stengel, a former managing editor at Time magazine, seems to take aim at Russias RT networks slogan, question
more, as some sinister message seeking to inject cynicism toward the Wests official narratives.

Theyre not trying to say that their version of events is the true one. Theyre saying: Everybodys lying! Nobodys
telling you the truth!, Stengel said.

They dont have a candidate, per se. But they want to undermine faith in democracy, faith in the West.

No Evidence

Typical of these recent mainstream tirades about this vague Russian menace, Ignatiuss column doesnt provide any
specifics regarding how RT and other Russian media outlets are carrying out this assault on the purity of Western
information.

Its enough to just toss around pejorative phrases supporting an Orwellian solution, which is to stamp out or marginalize
alternative and independent journalism, not just Russian.
The Washington Post building in downtown Washington, D.C.

Ignatius writes:

Stengel poses an urgent question for journalists, technologists and, more broadly, everyone living in free societies
or aspiring to do so. How do we protect the essential resource of democracy - the truth - from the toxin of lies that
surrounds it? Its like a virus or food poisoning. It needs to be controlled. But how?

Stengel argues that the U.S. government should sometimes protect citizens by exposing weaponized information,
false information that is polluting the ecosystem.

But ultimately, the defense of truth must be independent of a government that many people mistrust. There are
inherent dangers in having the government be the verifier of last resort, he argues.

By the way, Stengel is not the fount of truth-telling, as he and Ignatius like to pretend.

Early in the Ukraine crisis, Stengel delivered a rant against RT that was full of inaccuracies or what you might call fake
news.

Yet, what Stengel and various mainstream media outlets appear to be arguing for is the creation of a Ministry of
Truth managed by mainstream U.S. media outlets and enforced by Google, Facebook and other technology
platforms.

In other words, once these supposedly responsible outlets decide what the truth is, then questioning that narrative will earn
you virtual expulsion from the marketplace of ideas, possibly eliminated via algorithms of major search engines or marked
with a special app to warn readers not to believe what you say, a sort of yellow Star of David for the Internet age.

And then theres the possibility of more direct (and old-fashioned) government enforcement by launching FBI investigations
into media outlets that wont toe the official line. (All of these solutions have been advocated in recent weeks.)
On the other hand, if you do toe the official line that comes from Stengels public diplomacy shop, you stand to get
rewarded with government financial support. Stengel disclosed in his interview with Ignatius that his office funds
investigative journalism projects.

How should citizens who want a fact-based world combat this assault on truth? Ignatius asks, adding:

Stengel has approved State Department programs that teach investigative reporting and empower truth-
tellers.

Buying Propaganda

After reading Ignatiuss column on Wednesday, I submitted a question to the State Department asking for details on
thisjournalism and truth-telling funding that is coming from the U.S. governments top propaganda shop, but I have not
received an answer.

Related: EU Demands Social Media Websites Censor Fake News Within 24 Hours

But we do know that the U.S. government has been investing tens of millions of dollars in various media programs to
undergird Washingtons desired narratives.

For instance, in May 2015, the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) issued a fact sheet summarizing its work
financing friendly journalists around the world, including:

Journalism education, media business development, capacity building for supportive institutions, and
strengthening legal-regulatory environments for free media.

USAID estimated its budget for media strengthening programs in over 30 countries at $40 million
annually, including aiding independent media organizations and bloggers in over a dozen countries.

In Ukraine before the 2014 coup ousting elected President Viktor Yanukovych and installing a fiercely anti-Russian and
U.S.-backed regime, USAID offered training in mobile phone and website security, skills that would have been quite helpful
to the coup plotters.

USAID, working with currency speculator George Soross Open Society, also has funded the Organized Crime and
Corruption Reporting Project, which engages in investigative journalism that usually goes after governments that
have fallen into disfavor with the United States and then are singled out for accusations of corruption.

The USAID-funded OCCRP collaborates with Bellingcat, an online investigative website founded by blogger Eliot Higgins.
Higgins has spread misinformation on the Internet, including discredited claims implicating the Syrian government in the
sarin attack in 2013 and directing an Australian TV news crew to what appeared to be the wrong location for a video of a
BUK anti-aircraft battery as it supposedly made its getaway to Russia after the shoot-down of Malaysia Airlines Flight 17 in
2014.

Despite his dubious record of accuracy, Higgins has gained mainstream acclaim, in part, because his findings always
match up with the propaganda theme that the U.S. government and its Western allies are peddling. Higgins is now
associated with the Atlantic Council, a pro-NATO think tank which is partially funded by the U.S. State Department.

Beyond funding from the State Department and USAID, tens of millions of dollars more are flowing through the U.S.-
government-funded National Endowment for Democracy, which was started in 1983 under the guiding hand of CIA Director
William Casey.

NED became a slush fund to help finance what became known, inside the Reagan administration, as perception
management, the art of controlling the perceptions of domestic and foreign populations.

The Emergence of StratCom

Last year, as the New Cold War heated up, NATO created the Strategic Communications Command in Latvia to further
wage information warfare against Russia and individuals who were contesting the Wests narratives.
NATO headquarters in Brussels, Belgium

As veteran war correspondent Don North reported in 2015 regarding this new StratCom, the U.S. government has come to
view the control and manipulation of information as a soft power weapon, merging psychological operations, propaganda
and public affairs under the catch phrase strategic communications.

This attitude has led to treating psy-ops - manipulative techniques for influencing a target populations state of
mind and surreptitiously shaping peoples perceptions - as just a normal part of U.S. and NATOs information
policy.

Now, the European Parliament and the U.S. Congress are moving to up the ante, passing new legislation
to escalate information warfare.

On Wednesday, U.S. congressional negotiators approved $160 million to combat what they deem foreign propaganda and
the alleged Russian campaign to spread fake news. The measure is part of the National Defense Authorization Act and
gives the State Department the power to identify propaganda and counter it.

This bipartisan stampede into an Orwellian future for the American people and the worlds population follows a shoddily
sourced Washington Post article that relied on a new anonymous group that identified some 200 Internet sites, including
some of the most prominent American independent sources of news, as part of a Russian propaganda network.

Typical of this new McCarthyism, the report lacked evidence that any such network actually exists but instead targeted
cases where American journalists expressed skepticism about claims from Western officialdom.
 McCarthyism is the practice of making accusations of subversion or treason without proper regard for evidence. It
also means "the practice of making unfair allegations or using unfair investigative techniques, especially in order to
restrict dissent or political criticism."

The term has its origins in the period in the United States known as the Second Red Scare, lasting roughly from
1950 to 1956 and characterized by heightened political repression against supposed communists, as well as a
campaign spreading fear of their influence on American institutions and of espionage by Soviet agents.

Originally coined to criticize the anti-communist pursuits of Republican U.S. Senator Joseph McCarthy of
Wisconsin, "McCarthyism" soon took on a broader meaning, describing the excesses of similar efforts.

The term is also now used more generally to describe reckless, unsubstantiated accusations, as well as
demagogic attacks on the character or patriotism of political adversaries.

Consortiumnews.com was included on the list apparently because we have critically analyzed some of the claims and
allegations regarding the crises in Syria and Ukraine, rather than simply accept the dominant Western group thinks.

Also on the black list were such quality journalism sites as Counterpunch, Truth-out, Truthdig, Naked Capitalism and
ZeroHedge along with many political sites ranging across the ideological spectrum.

The Fake-News Express

Normally such an unfounded conspiracy theory would be ignored, but because The Washington Post treated the
incredible allegations as credible the smear has taken on a life of its own, reprised by cable networks and republished by
major newspapers.
Related: My interview with former CBS star reporter: fake news

But the unpleasant truth is that the mainstream U.S. news media is now engaged in its own fake-news campaign
about fake news. Its publishing bogus claims invented by a disreputable and secretive outfit that just recently popped up
on the Internet. If that isnt fake news, I dont know what is.

Yet, despite the Posts clear violations of normal journalistic practices, surely, no one there will pay a price,
anymore than there was accountability for the Post reporting as flat fact that Iraq was hiding WMD in 2002-2003.

Fred Hiatt, the editorial-page editor most responsible for that catastrophic group think, is still in the same job
today.

Two nights ago, MSNBCs Chris Matthews featured the spurious Washington Post article in a segment that - like similar
rehashes - didnt bother to get responses from the journalists being slandered.

I found that ironic since Matthews repeatedly scolds journalists for their failure to look skeptically at U.S.
government claims about Iraq possessing WMD as justification for the disastrous Iraq War.

However, now Matthews joins in smearing journalists who have applied skepticism to U.S. and Western
propaganda claims about Syria and/or Ukraine.
MSNBCs Hardball host Chris Matthews

While the U.S. Congress and the European Parliament begin to take action to shut down or isolate dissident sources of
information all in the name of democracy - a potentially greater danger is that mainstream U.S. news outlets are already
teaming up with technology companies, such as Google and Facebook, to impose their own determinations about truth on
the Internet.

Or, as Ignatius puts it in his column reflecting Undersecretary for Public Diplomacy Stengels thinking;

The best hope may be the global companies that have created the social-media platforms.They see this
information war as an existential threat, says Stengel.

The real challenge for global tech giants is to restore the currency of truth. Perhaps machine
learning [presumably a reference to algorithms] can identify falsehoods and expose every argument that uses
them.

Perhaps someday, a human-machine process will create what Stengel describes as a global ombudsman for
information.

Ministry of Truth

An organization of some 30 mainstream media companies already exists, including not only The Washington Post and The
New York Times but also the Atlantic Council-connected Bellingcat, as the emerging arbiters or ombudsmen for truth,
something Orwell described less flatteringly as a Ministry of Truth.
Big Brother poster illustrating George Orwells novel about modern propaganda, 1984

The New York Times has even editorialized in support of Internet censorship, using the hysteria over fake news to justify
the marginalization or disappearance of dissident news sites.

It now appears that this 1984-ish MiniTrue will especially target journalistic skepticism when applied to U.S. government
and mainstream media group thinks.

Yet, in my four decades-plus in professional journalism, I always understood that skepticism was a universal journalistic
principle, one that should be applied in all cases, whether a Republican or a Democrat is in the White House or whether
some foreign leader is popular or demonized.
Related: The Ultimate Fake News List: The mainstream media is the primary source of the most harmful, most
inaccurate news ever

As we have seen in recent years, failure to ask tough questions and to challenge dubious claims from government
officials and mainstream media outlets can get lots of people killed, both U.S. soldiers and citizens of countries
invaded or destabilized by outsiders.

To show skepticism is not the threat to democracy that Undersecretary Stengel and columnist Ignatius appear to think it is.

Whether you like or dislike RTs broadcasts - or more likely have never seen one - a journalist really cant question its
slogan: question more. Questioning is the essence of journalism and, for that matter, democracy.

[In protest of the Posts smearing of independent journalists, RootsAction has undertaken a petition drive, which can
be found here.]

PETITION: Defend Independent Media From Fake News Attacks

Ask President-elect Donald Trump to take a stand against the establishment's desperate move to label
independent media as fake news.

This is a red level emergency.

Infowars, Breitbart, the Drudge Report and other independent sources are destroying the mainstream media
narrative like never before, and the establishment is getting desperate.

In an effort to try and censor the liberty movement and free speech, the mainstream media is now attempting to
label legitimate news sources like Infowars as "fake news" to push towards a government-led shut down of
Infowars.com.
 The Washington Post has even gone as far as to label sites like Infowars as "Russian propaganda fake
news" web sites, exemplifying the last attempt of a dying media conglomerate to force out any and all
dissenting voices.

Even more concerning, the United States House of Representatives quietly passed legislation
targeting 'Russian propaganda' websites.

But the calls for censorship do not end with the United States.

The European Union is demanding that Twitter, YouTube and Facebook censor illegal hate speech
within 24 hours and content that includes so-called fake news, a term so broad that it includes perfectly
legitimate news content.

Microsoft, Facebook, YouTube and Twitter have also announced that they will be ramping up efforts to remove
"extremist" content from their websites by using a shared database of offenders.

And perhaps most importantly, Twitter has recently gone on record stating the company will ban
President-Elect Donald J. Trump's Twitter account if he were to violate the company's "hate speech" rules.

We are calling on and asking President-Elect Donald J. Trump to take a stand against the establishment media's
"fake news" attacks and to stop the impending censorship of independent media platforms like Infowars.com and
others.

Click here to go to the petition page

Related: US House Bill 6393 Passed to Counter Russian Fake News & its Repeaters

Institutional Investors Now Dominate Media Company Ownership

Institutional investors now dominate the ownership and governance of New Zealand media
companies, according to the sixth annual update on local media ownership from the Auckland
University of Technology's Journalism, Media and Democracy Research Centre.
"For the first time in six years, our media companies are exclusively owned by financial institutions and it is in their
interest to push structural changes through," the report's author, Merja Myllylahti, says in a review of a sector in
which two major mergers are proposed: between news publishers NZME and the New Zealand assets of Australian
media firm Fairfax Media; and between Vodafone New Zealand and Sky Network Television.

Related: Is the US Government Behind the Fake News Media Attacks on President-elect Trump?

Media owners have largely pulled out of the sector, she notes.

"Many of the directors have no declared media interests, but have directorships in financial firms and corporate
advisory businesses.The board structures of media corporates support further consolidation."

The report lists the most significant events in New Zealand media ownership this year as:

NZME separating from its Australian parent APN News & media, to become a standalone NZX-listed company; Rupert
Murdoch's News Corp selling all its NZME shares, inherited as a result of the APN split; the proposed merger between
NZME and Fairfax's New Zealand assets; Vodafone proposing a merger with Sky Network Television; and TV3 owner
MediaWorks getting a new board and senior management.
NZME, publisher of the New Zealand Herald newspaper and website and the Newstalk ZB radio network among
other assets, is 85.6 percent-owned by financial institutions, she said.

Myllylahti painted a grim outlook for traditional news publishers, saying merging was;

Not a solution for NZMEs and Fairfaxs troubled business models".

"The market challenges remain the same."

She noted a report by David Kaynes, an Australian-based analyst for multinational investment bankers Citi, reported in
Australian media yesterday, suggesting Fairfax's flagship titles in Australia have no future if digital revenue continues to
decline.

The only way for the merged company to stabilise its revenue in the short-term is to implement cost savings and
cut hundreds of jobs, and it is their intention to do so," said Myllylahti.
The report notes that media and telecommunications consolidation is accelerating in many countries.

The relations and dependencies between news media corporations, social media companies, search engines,
chat providers, and news app companies became increasingly intertwined and complex" in 2016.

NZME and Fairfax are arguing they must merge to have a chance of competing with global platforms like Facebook and
Google, which are becoming go-to venues for news while hoovering up digital advertising revenues, which are a far smaller
than the total pool of advertising spend once available to newspaper publishers.
That's in spite of new evidence that the total proportion of all ad spending committed to digital channels is growing fast.

The Standard Media Index, a measure of New Zealand advertising spend, shows some 31.6 percent of total ad spending
was on digital from January to September this year was 31.6 percent, compared with 26.2 percent in the same period last
year and 11.6 percent for the same period five years ago.

Related: Why I named my web site no-more-fake-news in 2001

The War On Cash - One Giant Leap Forward For Government

December 9 2016 | From: ArmstrongEconomics

The European Payments Council (EPC), a subdivision of the European Central Bank, is taking one
giant step forward in their quest to eliminate all cash to increase taxes.
They have gone ahead and set up the technical bases last week to enable the immediate payments system
throughout Europe.

Related: Reserve Bank governor Wheeler not keen on bank deposit insurance

One of the stumbling blocks has been the fact you cannot transfer money same day for banks like to play with your money
and holding it for a few days. If the payment comes from overseas, the bank will not clear the funds usually for six weeks.

Unless money can become instant, it is really impossible to eliminate cash. The SEPA Credit Transfer Scheme will move to
allow instant transfers.

The goal is to eliminate ATM machines and force people to pay using their mobile phone beginning in November
2017.

Related: War On Cash Goes into Full Effect - Citibank Stops Accepting Cash at Multiple Branches

Of course, there is nobody thinking about tourism. How will an American pay for something on a vacation in Europe?

One suggestion behind the curtain I was recently briefed on was they could pay in advance and have an app that
then pays for things in Europe.

The hunt for taxes is getting pretty bad. The entire reason for the introduction of passports was by the Roman Emperor
Diocletian following the collapse during the 3rd Century.

Diocletian introduced wage and price controls, and doubled the number of bureaucrats at the governments command;
Lactantius was to claim that there were now more men using tax money than there were paying it.

A form of introducing a passport not to travel to foreign lands since civilization was the Roman Empire, but to be able to
travel within the Empire because you could not leave your home town until you paid your taxes.
King Henry V of England (13871422) is credited with having invented what considered the first true international passport.
The king saw this as helping his subjects prove who they were in foreign lands and not the subject of the king where they
traveled. The reason for this 1414 Act of Parliament was legal.

You were the property of your King. If you committed a crime in France, the French king could not punish you.

He had to send you back to your king in chains noting the crime you committed and asked that you be punished by your
king. This legal foundation of jurisdiction was not overthrown until the American Revolution, which gave birth to territorial
jurisdiction.

Since it was a revolt against monarchy, it was seen as implausible that if an Englishman committed a crime in America, that
they would still recognize the authority of the king and send him in chains to Britain to be punished. This new idea
of territorial jurisdiction is directly outlined in the 6th Amendment:

In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of
the State and district wherein the crime shall have been committed, which district shall have been previously
ascertained by law, and to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation; to be confronted with the
witnesses against him; to have compulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his favor, and to have the
Assistance of Counsel for his defence."

Related: Citibank To Stop Accepting Cash At Some Australia Branches

In Connected World, Users Are Getting Reared As Slaughter Animals + Facebook

Employees Are Quitting Because Of Users Being Censored
December 8 2016 | From: Arnoldit / TheAntiMedia
Yahoo, Facebook, Google, WhatsApp, Instagram and Microsoft all have one thing in common; for
any service that they provide for free, they are harnessing your private data to be sold to
advertisers.

Related: This $5 Device Can Hack Your Locked Computer In One Minute

Mirror UK recently published an Op-Ed titled Who Is Spying on You? What Yahoo Hack Taught Us About Facebook,
Google, and WhatsApp in which the author says:

Think about this for a second. All those emails youve written and received with discussions about politics and
people that were assumed to be private and meant as inside jokes for you and your friends were being filtered
through CIA headquarters. Kind of makes you wonder what youve written in the past few years, doesnt it?

The services be it free email or free instant messaging have been designed and developed in such a way that the
companies that own them end up with a humongous amount of information about its users.

This data is sugarcoated and called as Big Data. It is then sold to advertisers and marketers who in the garb of providing
immersive and customized user experience follow every click of yours online. This is akin to rearing animals for slaughtering
them later.
The data is not just for sale to the corporates; law enforcement agencies can snoop on you without any warrants. As pointed
out in the article:

While hypocritical in many ways, these tech giants are smart enough to know who butters their bread and that the
perception of trust outweighs the reality of it.

But isnt it the government who ultimately ends up with the data if a company is intentionally spying on us and
building a huge record about each of us?

None of the tech giants accept this fact, but most are selling your data to the government, including companies like
Samsung that are into the hardware business.

Is there are a way that can help you evade this online snooping? Probably no if you consider mainstream services and
social media platforms. Till then, if you want to stay below the radar, delete your accounts and data on all mainstream email
service providers, instant messaging apps, service providing websites and social media platform.

Related Articles:

How a Grad Student Found Spyware That Could Control Anybodys iPhone from Anywhere in the World

Google is Quietly Recording Everything You Say - Heres How to Hear It, Delete It, and Stop It

Twitter Threatens To Kill Trumps Account

Google will tell you how crowded your favorite bar is in real time

Facebook Employees Are Quitting Because Of Users Being Censored

The war on fake news embarked upon by Facebook, Google, and Twitter may be earning the
media goliaths brownie points with establishment politicos, but users - and even employees -
arent feeling as enthusiastic.

In the midst of backlash over the stunning victory of President-elect Donald Trump, which some people attribute to the
preponderance of apocryphal headlines disseminated by Internet search engines and social media platforms, the
companies are tweaking their algorithms in order to target specifically blacklisted sites, many of which happen to be
alternative media sites that question the political and media establishment.

Related: YouTube, Facebook, Twitter & Microsoft Removing extremist content in 2017

Many of the sites are also financially dependent on ad revenue earned by organic and referral traffic directed by Google,
Facebook, and Twitter.

Now, it appears Facebooks new algorithmic censorship practices are causing some of its employees to quit. According to
the New York Times, three current and former anonymous employees claim the company has had a new tool developed
specifically to restrict certain kinds of posts from appearing in users news feeds in certain geographic areas.
This form of censorship has been deployed under the auspices of facilitating Facebooks entry into the Chinese market.
Previously, the company did this in Pakistan, Russia, and Turkey, where the respective governments requested the ability
for third parties to review and block posted content. Facebook granted the requests and removed approximately 55,000 total
pieces of content.

Now Facebook wants access to 1.4 billion people in the worlds second-largest economy, China, and they are willing to
adhere to draconian censorship practices in order to do so. It could be a complete coincidence that this new push happens
to coincide with Facebooks crackdown on alternative media, which has caused several employees to tender their
resignations.

A Facebook spokeswoman responded to the report in a statement:

We have long said that we are interested in China, and are spending time understanding and learning more about
the country. However, we have not made any decision on our approach to China.

Our focus right now is on helping Chinese businesses and developers expand to new markets outside China by
using our ad platform.

The question now is whether there is a connection between two different but simultaneous pushes for censorship by the
largest social media platform in the world.

CIA MKULTRA: Drugs To Take Down The Nation

December 8 2016 | From: JonRappoport / Various

Drugs to transform individualsand even, by implication, society. Drug research going far beyond
the usual brief descriptions of MKULTRA.
The intention is there, in the record: A CIA document was included in the transcript of the 1977 US Senate Hearings
on MKULTRA, the CIAs mind-control program.

Related: Roseanne Barr: MK Ultra Rules In Hollywood

The document is found in Appendix C, starting on page 166. Its simply labeled Draft, dated 5 May 1955 (note: scroll down
to #123-125 in the document).

It states: A portion of the Research and Development Program of [CIAs] TSS/Chemical Division is devoted to the discovery
of the following materials and methods:

What followed was a list of hoped-for drugs and their uses.

First, a bit of background: MKULTRA did not end in 1962, as advertised. It was shifted over to the Agencys Office of
Research and Development.

John Marks is the author of the groundbreaking book, Search for the Manchurian Candidate, which exposed MKULTRA.
Related: MK-ULTRA - The CIA's Mind Control Program

Marks told me a CIA representative informed him that the continuation of MKULTRA, after 1962, was carried out with a
greater degree of secrecy, and he, Marks, would never see a scrap of paper about it.

Im printing below, the list of the 1955 intentions of the CIA regarding their own drug research. The range of those intentions
is stunning.
Some of my comments gleaned from studying the list: The CIA wanted to find substances which would promote illogical
thinking and impulsiveness. Serious consideration should be given to the idea that psychiatric medications, food additives,
herbicides, and industrial chemicals (like fluorides) would eventually satisfy that requirement.

The CIA wanted to find chemicals that would produce the signs and symptoms of recognized diseases in a reversible
way. This suggests many possibilities - among them the use of drugs to fabricate diseases and thereby give the false
impression of germ-caused epidemics.

Related: Implanting False Memories is Real, says Psychologist | A Memory Hacker Explains How to Plant False
Memories in Peoples Minds

The CIA wanted to find drugs that would produce amnesia. Ideal for discrediting whistleblowers, dissidents,
certain political candidates, and other investigators. (Scopolamine, for example.)

The CIA wanted to discover drugs which would produce paralysis of the legs, acute anemia, etc. A way to make
people decline in health as if from diseases.

The CIA wanted to develop drugs that would alter personality structure and thus induce a persons dependence
on another person. How about dependence in general? For instance, dependence on institutions, governments?

The CIA wanted to discover chemicals that would lower the ambition and general working efficiency of
men. Sounds like a general description of the devolution of society.

Related: Central Intelligence Agency collection: MKULTRA

As you read the list yourself, youll see more implications/possibilities.

Here, from 1955, are the types of drugs the MKULTRA men at the CIA were looking for. The following statements are direct
CIA quotes:

A portion of the Research and Development Program of TSS/Chemical Division is devoted to the discovery of the
following materials and methods:
 1. Substances which will promote illogical thinking and impulsiveness to the point where the recipient would be
discredited in public.

2. Substances which increase the efficiency of mentation and perception.

3. Materials which will prevent or counteract the intoxicating effect of alcohol.

4. Materials which will promote the intoxicating effect of alcohol.

5. Materials which will produce the signs and symptoms of recognized diseases in a reversible way so that they
may be used for malingering, etc.

6. Materials which will render the induction of hypnosis easier or otherwise enhance its usefulness.

7. Substances which will enhance the ability of individuals to withstand privation, torture and coercion during
interrogation and so-called brain-washing.

8. Materials and physical methods which will produce amnesia for events preceding and during their use.

9. Physical methods of producing shock and confusion over extended periods of time and capable of
surreptitious use.

10. Substances which produce physical disablement such as paralysis of the legs, acute anemia, etc.

11. Substances which will produce pure euphoria with no subsequent let-down.

12. Substances which alter personality structure in such a way that the tendency of the recipient to become
dependent upon another person is enhanced.

13. A material which will cause mental confusion of such a type that the individual under its influence will find it
difficult to maintain a fabrication under questioning.

14. Substances which will lower the ambition and general working efficiency of men when administered in
undetectable amounts.

15. Substances which promote weakness or distortion of the eyesight or hearing faculties, preferably without
permanent effects.

16. A knockout pill which can surreptitiously be administered in drinks, food, cigarettes, as an aerosol, etc., which
will be safe to use, provide a maximum of amnesia, and be suitable for use by agent types on an ad hoc basis.

17. A material which can be surreptitiously administered by the above routes and which in very small amounts
will make it impossible for a man to perform any physical activity whatsoever.

At the end of this 1955 CIA document, the author [unnamed] makes these remarks:

In practice, it has been possible to use outside cleared contractors for the preliminary phases of this [research]
work. However, that part which involves human testing at effective dose levels presents security problems which
cannot be handled by the ordinary contactors.

The proposed [human testing] facility [deletion] offers a unique opportunity for the secure handling of such clinical
testing in addition to the many advantages outlined in the project proposal.

The security problems mentioned above are eliminated by the fact that the responsibility for the testing will rest
completely upon the physician and the hospital. [one line deleted] will allow [CIA] TSS/CD personnel to supervise
the work very closely to make sure that all tests are conducted according to the recognized practices and embody
adequate safeguards.
In other words, this was to be ultra-secret. No outside contractors at universities for the core of the experiments, which by
the way could be carried forward for decades.A secret in-house facility. Over the years, more facilities could be created.

If you examine the full range of psychiatric drugs developed since 1955, youll see that a number of them fit the CIAs
agenda. Speed-type chemicals to addle the brain over the long term, to treat so-called ADHD.

Anti-psychotic drugs, AKA major tranquilizers, to render patients more and more dependent on others (and government)
as they sink into profound disability and incur motor brain damage.

Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program

And of course, the SSRI antidepressants, like Prozac and Paxil and Zoloft, which produce extreme and debilitating highs
and lows - and also push people over the edge into committing violence.

These drugs drag the whole society down into lower and lower levels of consciousness and action.

Related Articles:

Secret Deep-Black War to Hijack Your Mind

Investigating MK-ULTRA and psychedelic and environmental movements Brain database

Central Intelligence Agency collection: Stargate

The Stargate Project : Psychic Warriors and the CIA

New Zealands Elite Child Abuse Rings Exposed

December 7 2016 | From: MediaWhores / Various

Minister of State Organised Child Abuse - Anne Tolley - has announced there will be no
investigation into mass child abuse by the Crown. The Crown presumably has the God given right
to abuse as many Kiwi children as it likes and its none of tax payers business.
Fearless blog Lauda Finem that specialises in exposing NZs pedophile corporate elite and the justice system that
appears to systematically protect them has recently posted allegations that the NZ judiciary have also been caught
red handed covering up pedophilia in NZ.

Related: Tolley rules out apology for child abuse in state care
Related: District Court Judge Hinton Put On Notice, Supreme Court Advised Of Attempted Judicial Paedophilia
Cover-up

Nothing new to us at Media Whores. It has long been alleged that even New Zealands chief justice - Sian Elias - is married
to a serial child sex offender - Hugh Fletcher. So perhaps it is no surprise that pedophiles are protected by the NZ justice
system.

The Justin Davis Files floating around the web seems to suggest that the NZ judiciary is actively involved in the covering up
and protection of powerful pedophiles and pedophile rings in New Zealand including some MPs, and many top
businessmen, doctors and dentists in NZ.

Whistle Blower Justin Davis gives us a first hand look into the world of these pedophiles who use sophisticated date rape
drugs to drug and abuse children in their doctors rooms, dentistry clinics, churches and even MP offices.
Sian Elias

The drugs they use mean the victims usually do not even know they have been abused, and just wake up in a haze feeling
drowsy with no memory of the abuse but they will never be the same traumatised in the subconscious for life.

Every so often we see such cases float to the surface, but they are usually covered up and suppressed as quickly as
possible the fact is they are only the tip of the iceberg..they are likely all connected, and probably using the same drugs
and drug networks exposed by Justin Davis- drugs being distributed by top doctors and dentists around NZ.

Related Articles:

New Zealander charged with sex assaults on drugged backpackers

Jury finds former St John ambulance officer guilty on all eight sex charges

Hawkes Bay doctor accused of stupefying continues bid to keep name secret

Doctor granted permanent name suppression

Auckland professional caught with 6000 objectionable images

We have also recently seen the astounding situation of NZ Judge Lowell Goddard seeming to fudge the investigation into
the Westminister Scandal in the UK where over 100,000 children are alleged to have been abused by British MPs, Lords,
Judges and high profile entertainers. The NZ judiciary right in the thick of it. They are very much an International operation
that much is clear.
Lowell Goddard

Ironically it was the blogger Cameron Slater who exposed in 2014 that at least 5 sitting MPs have name suppression for
child abuse crimes.

Slater is obviously part of same establishment with his blanket protection of John Key and his gang, but was being put under
pressure during the Dirty Politics scandal and published it on his blog one day, presumably as a threat to those who he
works with and for.
Max Key

We know quite a few MPs have had to stand down in recent years Mike Sabin was one of them but the public are not
even allowed to discuss that case on the orders of the NZ judiciary.

We are aware that Nick Smith MP recently hired a Nelson lawyer to fight child abuse ring allegations circulating online. Nick
Smith was also tied up with the Civic Crache case in which young children came forward with stories of sexual abuse. Close
to the fire it seems, is the NZ Housing Minister.

Stephanie Key

Related: MP Nick Smith Hires Lawyer To Silence Child Abuse Ring Rumours

And then there was Prime Minister John Keys joke about the escaped pedophile killer Phillip Smith (there goes that name
again) on the world stage / G20 summit. John Key obviously thinks pedophilia is quite humorous.

Related: John Key's killer paedophile joke disgusts victims' family

The very fact they call these people Ministers is highly suspect it stinks of religious overtones and we all know too well
about the reputation of Church ministers. It is all the same church in our view.
John Key and his love for little girls ponytails and his highly sexualised children. Something is clearly not quite right with
the PM.

To their credit it was Radio NZ who reported on the 1000 children who have gone missing from Child Youth and Family
over the years the Government and Anne Tolley raced to counter the fall out by relabeling the Crowns apparent child
trafficking operation with a new name.

Radio NZ appear to spend most of their time covering this stuff up, but this article was good work on their part.

Related: 'CYFS need to listen to carers'

Facebook is awash with stories of Child Youth and Family now kidnapping children as young as 4 weeks old from their
breastfeeding mothers they do this using their laws and mandatory (and unverifiable) drug tests which they enforce on
poor parents who are reliant on their communist welfare / warfare system.
Related: 'CYFS Need To Listen To Carers'

So they take a breast feeding child off its mother at 4 weeks and place it in the hands of strangers where the statistics say
they are at least 10 times more likely to be abused.

How can the public be assured these kids are not being kidnapped to order by pedophiles who are connected to these
people who pose as Government and Justice? Perhaps these freaks feed off children in fact some argue this is often
the case.

There are numerous petitions online from families who have had their children kidnapped by the State under dubious
circumstances. Can you imagine knowing your kids have been taken by people with numerous documented ties to
pedophile rings and child abuse? Horrific.

Related: Government; Hold a Ministerial Inquiry into the taking of Children by CYFS
Related: Andrew Breitbart - Was he murdered for investigating pizzagate back in 2012?

Its was exiled NZ author Greg Hallett who first claimed (quote) The judiciary shows itself to be a paedophile and crime
creation movement whose primary goal is fatherless families. in his book available on Amazon New Zealand a
Blackmailers Guide.

Greg was denied a fair hearing by the same judiciary in NZ and then had a number of murder attempts on his life before
fleeing the Country back in 2007.

Further below we post some links to recent name suppression cases in which the NZ judiciary protect child sex offenders,
many of them caught red handed, some even with child murder videos but still escaped conviction. A reasonable person
would have to at least suspect that this is in fact a major goal of the judiciary in NZ- to protect child sex offenders.

You will know them by their deeds. Very wise words. Not by the fancy titles and honors they give themselves.

You can watch Greg Halletts interview with US researcher Jim Fetzer below - Greg maintains his sense of humor even as
the mafia chase him around trying to murder him- a true National / Kiwi hero, exposing the child abusers of NZ and their
global network and risking his own life to do so...

Recent name Suppression and related cases in NZ- the Nation is literally crawling with pedophiles and the judiciary
seem to go out of their way to protect them the list includes MPs, top businessmen and many more high profile
New Zealanders. Quite a club they are running.

Jury finds former St John ambulance officer guilty on all eight sex charges

Ex MP charged with indecent assault

Cabinet ministers brother accused of abusing two 11-year-olds

National MP Nick Smith found in contempt of court

Hon Dr Nick Smith, M.P and the Family Court

 Permanent name suppression for top professional

Name suppression for Auckland professional

Doctor granted permanent name suppression

Auckland professional caught with 6000 objectionable images

But they only give name suppression to protect the victims right?

Abused sisters lose High Court bid to name attacker

Investigated teacher refused to open laptop, but can still teach

GP accused of indecent assault finally loses his right to practice

Fight to keep name suppressed in couch-surfing case

Convicted rapist back tutoring

New Zealander charged with sex assaults on drugged backpackers

Permanent name suppression for prominent New Zealander

Prominent Auckland actor on sex charges retains name suppression

Sex offender Ronald Van der Plaats release angers Te Atatu community

Name suppression for New Plymouth man who imported pornography

Invercargill underage sex accused not guilty

Acquitted prominent NZer wins permanent suppression

Man jailed for 13 years for raping daughter

Name suppression threshold too high QC

Sex offender seeks further name suppression

Kiwi entertainer retains name supression

Suppression for man on rape charge

Community work and name suppression for child porn downloader

NZ actor facing sex charges keeps name suppression

Judge declines to lift suppression of kiwi actor on sex charges

Comedian says incident was drunken accident

Wellington child pornography offender discharged without conviction

Pharmacist suppression orders lifted

Upskirt filmer gets name suppression

 Name suppression for Auckland flasher

Teachers found guilty of misconduct over relationship with 13-year-old girl lose name suppression

Some argue its the same agenda as Political Marxism and it springs from these peoples ancient religious beliefs a
scientific and/or spiritual method of destroying communities for power and control - and New Zealand is suffering under it at
extreme levels under the John Key foreign banker regime, at least as much as it did under the Marxist Clark regime.

Related: John Boener Displays Some Creepy Behaviour

Mike Gillam Thompson & Toresen

Mike Gillam Private Investigator whom pedophile exposing website Lauda Finem has exposed many times. Such people
are deployed to help with cover ups Lauda Finem claims

Kiwis need to ask themselves- are we governed by a gang of child sex offenders that feed off our children?

Related Articles:

Every Awful Thing We Know About PizzaGate and the DC Pedophiles So Far

Podesta, Madelene Connection: The Smoking Gun

Pizzagate: The Bigger Picture

Evidence and Forensics of Ritual Abuse in Australia

A Nation Breathes a Sigh of Relief as its Filthy Lying PM Resigns the John Key Holocaust is Over!
Is The Global-Warming Hustle Finally Falling Apart?
December 7 2016 | From: JonRappoport

(Al Gore stuffed $98 million into his lockbox while "saving the world")

When you see a problem defined as a threat to all humans, you can be sure Globalists are using that fake or real
problem to impose control on all humans. (The Underground. Jon Rappoport)

Related: US-developed weapon system 'HAARP' may cause global warming - India

With the election of Donald Trump, climate change and global warming have come back into the spotlight. In a different way.

The science is settled isnt good enough now.

Neither is the Globalist plan to cut energy production in every country in the world, in order to rescue us from frying.

LA Times:

Donald Trump will be about the only head of state who does not believe in climate science or the responsibility of
his government to act, said Michael Brune, executive director of the Sierra Club

But all along, there have been dissenters from the manmade warming mantra; they just havent been allowed inside
government portals.
Freeman Dyson, physicist and mathematician, professor emeritus at Princetons Institute for Advanced Study, Fellow of the
Royal Society, winner of the Lorentz Medal, the Max Planck Medal, the Fermi Award:

What has happened in the past 10 years is that the discrepancies [in climate change models] between whats
observed and whats predicted have become much stronger.

Its clear now the models are wrong, but it wasnt so clear 10 years ago Im 100 per cent Democrat myself, and I
like Obama. But he took the wrong side on this [climate change] issue, and the Republicans took the right side

- The Register, October 11, 2015

Dr. Ivar Giaever, Nobel-prize winner in Physics (1973), reported by Climate Depot, July 8, 2015:

Global warming is a non-problemI say this to Obama: Excuse me, Mr. President, but youre wrong. Dead
wrong.

Green Guru James Lovelock, who once predicted imminent destruction of the planet via global warming:

The computer models just werent reliable. In fact, Im not sure the whole thing isnt crazy, this climate change.

- The Guardian, September 30, 2016

And these are but a tiny fraction of the statements made by dissident scientists who reject manmade global warming.

The science is only settled in government circles where leaders have climbed on board the Globalist plan to undermine
economies all over the world by grossly lowering energy production, as a way to reduce warming.
One of the major warming hustlers is, of course, Al Gore.

Consider facts laid out in an uncritical Washington Post story (October 10, 2012, Al Gore has thrived as a green-tech
investor):

In 2001, Al was worth less than $2 million. By 2012, it was estimated hed locked up a nice neat $100 million.

How did he do it? Well, he invested in 14 green companies, who inhaled - via loans, grants and tax relief -
somewhere in the neighborhood of $2.5 billion from the Federal government to go greener.

Therefore, Gores investments paid off, because the Federal government was providing massive cash backup to those
companies. Its nice to have Federal friends in high places.
For example, Gores investment firm at one point held 4.2 million shares of an outfit called Iberdrola Renovables, which was
building 20 wind farms across the United States.

Iberdrola was blessed with $1.5 billion from the Federal government for the work which, by its own admission, saved its
corporate financial bacon. Every little bit helps.

Then there was a company called Johnson Controls. It made batteries, including those for electric cars. Gores investment
company, Generation Investment Management (GIM), doubled its holdings in Johnson Controls in 2008, when shares cost
as little $9 a share. GIM sold when shares cost $21 to $26 - before the market for electric-car batteries fell on its head.

For a while, the going was good. To make it go good, Johnson Controls had been bolstered by $299 million dropped at its
doorstep by the administration of President Barack Obama.
On the side, Gore had been giving speeches on the end of life as we know it on planet Earth, for as much as $175,000 a
pop. (It isnt really on the side. Gore was constantly on the move from conference to conference, spewing jet fumes in his
wake.) Those lecture fees can add up.

So Gore, as of 2012, had $100 million.

The man has worked every angle to parlay fear of global-warming catastrophes into a humdinger of a personal fortune. And
he didnt achieve his new status in the free market. The Federal government has been helping out with major, major bucks.
This wasnt an entrepreneur relying exclusively on his own smarts and hard work. Far from it.

- How many scientists and other PhDs have been just saying no to the theory of manmade global warming?

A letter to The Wall Street Journal signed by 16 scientists just said no. Among the luminaries: William Happer, professor of
physics at Princeton University; Richard Lindzen, professor of atmospheric sciences at Massachusetts Institute of
Technology; William Kininmonth, former head of climate research at the Australian Bureau of Meteorology.

And then there was the Global Warming Petition Project, or the Oregon Petition, that just said no. According to
Petitionproject.org, the petition has the signatures of 31,487 American scientists, of which 9,029 stated they had
Ph.D.s.

Global warming is one of the Rockefeller Globalists chief issues.

Manipulating it entails convincing populations that a massive intervention is necessary to stave off the imminent collapse of
all life on Earth. Therefore, sovereign nations must be eradicated. Political power and decision-making must flow from
above, from those who are wiser.
Al Gore is one of their front men. He jets here and he jets there, carrying their messages. Hes their delivery kid.

And for his work, he is paid $100 million - a drop in the bucket.

A final note about the science of global warming -

A hypothesis is a provisional statement that remains to be confirmed through experiments. Confirmation means making a
correct prediction. Not just any prediction, but a useful one.

Take this hypothesis: The Earth has become warmer by X degrees over the past 1000 years.

Putting all the chatter aside, have scientists deployed this hypothesis to make accurate, specific, and useful predictions
about warming?

So far, the answer is no.

That eliminates, for the time being, the acceptance of the warming hypothesis. Many predictions have been made,
many alarm bells have been rung, many dire warnings have been issued, many threats have been launchedbut
no correct and useful predictions.

However, scientists will say their (rejected) hypothesis is also a statement of fact. That is, it is a summary of a warming trend
derived from thousands of measurements of temperatures, now and in the past, on land, sea, and air.

Scientists will also claim their investigation reveals humans have directly and significantly contributed to a recent warming
trend.

At this point, we are leaving the method of hypothesizing and predicting, and moving to a debate about the accuracy of all
those temperature measurements and the causes of any actual climate changes.
Among scientists, there is a great deal of disagreement about the accuracy of the measurements. Any fair examination of
studies and their critics will reveal that.

In this regard, the science is not settled. Far from it.

So: useless as a hypothesis, the assertion of manmade warming, as fact, is wide open to debate. To say the least.

Yet... based on this non-proof, Globalists want all national governments on the planet to commit to lowering energy
production by a significant and destructive percentage in the next 15 years - to save us from a horrible fate.

Their real agenda is clear:

The only solution to climate change is a global energy-management network. We (the Globalist leaders) are in the
best position to manage such a system. We will allocate mandated energy-use levels throughout planet Earth,
region by region, nation by nation, and eventually, citizen by citizen.

Yes, citizen by citizen.

This is the long-term goal. This is the Globalists Holy Grail. Slavery imposed through energy.

Related: Media falsely spinning Trump climate comments

New Zealand Prime Minister John Key Resigns - Warned In Person By United States
Secretary Of State John Kerry Of Arrest Status
December 6 2016 | From: TheGuardian / Secure

Key says he would vote for his deputy prime minister, Bill English, if he put his name forward for
leader, after shock announcement that he is quitting. The Cabal is falling and Key is the latest
casualty...

We are witnessing the publicised beginnings of the fall of the Khazarian Nazionist Luciferian Cabal right now

John Key, the New Zealand prime minister and leader of the National party, has resigned in a decision that has
taken the country by surprise.

Related: Italy Referendum: Prime Minister Renzi Quits as Voters Deliver Stinging Rebuke

Warning: Brace yourself for the horrific backslapping of Cabal minions... Wake up Rebecca.

Key held a media conference in Wellington at 12.45pm local time, after informing the cabinet of his decision.

His resignation will be effective from 12 December, when National MPs will meet to select a new leader.

Key said he would vote for his deputy prime minister, Bill English, if he put his name forward. English briefly led the party to
its worst-ever electoral defeat in the 2002 election, but has since served as a successful finance minister.

Key is widely regarded as one of the most popular prime ministers in New Zealands history. He was first elected in 2008,
and recently marked his 10-year anniversary as leader of the National party.

He said stepping down was the hardest decision he had ever had to make, but there was no way he could have served a
full fourth term.

This felt like the right time to go, he told reporters;

Sometimes youve got to make hard decisions to make right decisions, he said, adding it was an opportunity to
refresh the National partys leadership of the country and hopefully clinch a fourth term.
 I think one of the reasons governments fail at that fourth-term hurdle is leaders dont want to leave, everyone says
Ive seen this before. This is the chance to demonstrate newness about us.

He said he had a pretty long discussion about standing for a fourth term with his wife, Bronagh Key.

I dont feel comfortable looking down the barrel of the camera and not being honest ... On a family basis, I dont
think I could commit much longer than the next election.

He denied that Bronagh had given him an ultimatum, but said his leadership had come at a cost to his family.

Its been a decade of a lot of long, lonely nights for her and its the right time for me to come home.

His children, Max and Stephie, had suffered an extraordinary level of intrusion along with the opportunities that came with
being New Zealands first family.
Related: Radio Station George FM Warns Staff About Max Key

In the past year, Key has had to answer to questions about his sons burgeoning career as a DJ and social media
personality. Spending more time with his family was a major factor in his decision to stand down, he said.

Key said he believed the mark of a good prime minister was one who left the country in better shape than they found it.

Over time others will judge whether Ive done that. All I can say is I gave it everything I had. I have left nothing in
the tank.

One of his regrets was not getting the Trans-Pacific Partnership over the line, as well as his failed bid to change the flag.

He said he considered his economic management of the country as a mark of success, even though New Zealand had
weathered some crises during his government, including the Canterbury earthquake and the Pike River mining
disaster. Very few countries are in the financial position were in.

But Winston Peters, the leader of the New Zealand First party, said Key had consistently misled the public about the state of
the economy, and his resignation showed he was unable to muddy the waters anymore.

Key said he would remain in parliament long enough to avoid a byelection, but would step down as an MP before the next
election. He said he stood down hoping and believing New Zealand had been well served by the government I led.
Related: Banker John Keys Corporate Repackaging Of War

Comment: Key was warned to get the hell out by John Kerry (on his recent visit when he was also declined access
to a secret facility in Antarctica) because the Cabal is going down and Key is fairly well up on the arrest list.

The reason for his placement at #4 is not clear, perhaps because of his bankster history. We are told that in the #1
spot is George Soros, followed by Hillary Clinton in the #2 spot. Interesting times indeed.

He plans to remain in Auckland after leaving politics, and enter the commercial sector.

English, who has Keys backing to replace him, praised the prime ministers intelligence, optimism and integrity and said
he would be judged by history as one of New Zealands greatest leaders. He said the National caucus would now
consider the implications of the prime ministers decision, and that Key left behind a united team with plenty of talent.

He told reporters at a press conference that he learned from Key he was considering leaving in September. English had not
yet decided whether to stand for leadership, but would not rule it out.
Related: Does John Key Run The NZ Meth Trade?

Ultimately, that is a matter for the caucus ... Weve put a premium on stability and unity, and I dont think you
should expect to see the kind of public brawling that you see over leadership changes in Opposition.

The country benefits from stable, clear direction and government.

English pointed out that the caucus had only known about Keys resignation for a few hours.

Say it aint so, bro - Australian PM

The leader of the Labour party, Andrew Little, and the Green party co-leader, Metiria Turei, both wished Key well for the
future on Twitter.
Australias prime minister, Malcolm Turnbull, said he was disappointed to hear from his very good friend that he was
resigning.

I sent him one very short message: Say it aint so, bro.

Turnbull said Key was one of the most outstanding national leaders in the world today, whose influence was out
of proportion to the size of the country.

New Zealand has never boxed above its weight as much as it has done with John Key as its Prime Minister. He is
truly outstanding.

Turnbulls only consolation, he said, was that Keys resignation meant he might see more of him.
Related: New Zealand Troops To Stay In Iraq For Another 18 months: John Key

When Turnbull ousted Tony Abbott in September last year, he singled out Keys leadership as an inspiration.

Abbott also praised Keys fine innings on Twitter.

Australias opposition leader, Bill Shorten, said Key had been a good friend to Australia and wished him well.
The New Zealand dollar fell more than a quarter of a cent after the announcement.

The 'Smart' Meter Itself Is The Hazardous Condition + Studies On Radiation From
Smart Meters Show That Electromagnetic Frequencies Disrupt And Damage The
Nervous System
December 5 2016 | From: MichiganStopSmartMeters / NaturalNews

In the following article, originally written by Electrical Engineer William Bathgate, as a public
comment to the Michigan Public Service Commission, Mr. Bathgate considers safety issues with
the new electric meters as related to our current discussion of a proposed rule change concerning
emergency shutoffs for hazardous conditions.

Revisions to this article are indicated in blue and consist mainly in the addition of a section dealing with the lack of
lightning arrestors in the AMI meters. Case No. U-18120 Proposed Rule 460.137 37(1)(a) & 37(1)(i) A utility may
shut off or deny service to a customer without notice, if a condition on the customers premises is determined by
the utility or a governmental agency to be hazardous.

Related: What Do Smart Meters And Vaccinations Have In Common? + Another Vaccine Dump
I hold an electrical engineering and mechanical engineering degree and previously was employed through late 2015 for 8
years at the Emerson Electric Company.

While at Emerson Electric I was the Senior Program Manager for Power Distribution Systems and in charge of an RF and IP
based digitally controlled high power AC power switching system product line in use in over 100 countries and I was also
directly responsible for product certifications such as UL, CE and many other countries electrical certification bodies.

I am very familiar with the electrical and electronic design of the AMI meters in use because I was responsible for very
similar products with over 1 Million units installed across the world.

I have just reviewed the transcripts of the hearing held in Lansing on this subject and came to realize there were many
comments regarding the issues identified from the effects of both the RF emitting AMI meter and the non RF emitting AMI
Opt-Out Meter.

Related: "Smart City" Is Really Government Spying On An Unimaginable Scale

I have personally tested the RF emissions from the AMI meter and measured that the meter does not send data just a few
times a day as the utilities publish.

It actually sends an RF pulse about every 4-5 seconds constantly and a longer duration RF emission after midnight
running about 3-5 minutes.

There is no need for the AMI meter to send a pulse every 4-5 seconds all day just to synchronize and time stamp the clock
inside the meter, the meter only needs to send data once a day for 3-5 minutes.

All these pulse transmissions the AMI meter is doing is a complete waste of energy and because it is a short but
frequently pulsing signal that is not needed to measure power consumption, it is creating needless health effects
and is impacting consumers as evidenced in the testimony.

Some consumers have been affected to the point of near death experiences. The Mesh Network design is saturating the
environment with RF transmissions mostly for the purpose of the network synchronization not the consumption
measurement of power. I could not think of a worse network design for a power measurement device.

...
Analog Meters contained no electronic circuit boards and while not 100% immune from the effects of a lightning strike, they
are much more tolerant than the AMI meter.

Summary:

The MPSC has been asked to grant the Utilities the ability to turn off power to people and businesses without notice
for Dangerous or Hazardous conditions.

Based on my professional examination of the metering technology deployed with AMI meters, the meters themselves
are Dangerous or Hazardous due to their Lightning vulnerabilities, EMI and RF emissions.

There has been a disregard for the health and safety effects of these AMI meters on the general population by the utilities
and their AMI supplier. So by their own lack of definition of Dangerous or Hazardous all AMI meters deployed at present
need to be subject to shut off of service without notice due to Dangerous or Hazardous conditions.

Related: Hundreds Of Smart Meters Simultaneously Explode

...

The current AMI meters are not safe, as evidenced of the dramatic testimony of residents that are suffering terribly and the
engineering analysis such as I and many others in this field have performed.

Related Articles:
Smart Meters Not Needed After All For European Power Grid + How To Opt Out From Smart Meters

Utility Smart Meters A Probable Terrorist Connection Unveiled?

The Disturbingly Aggressive Roll Out Of Smart AKA Advanced Meters - While Children Starve And The Elderly
Freeze In Rural Aotearoa (NZ)

Kuia Worried Smart Meter Is Affecting Her Health

Nelson Woman Faces Hefty Power Bill Because Of Smart Meter - Contact Now In Damage Control

Studies On Radiation From Smart Meters Show That Electromagnetic Frequencies

Disrupt And Damage The Nervous System
For some years now, health and technology experts have warned that smart meters being installed
at homes all over the country may be emitting hazardous electronic waves that can damage the
nervous system.

Related: Reports Of Illness Prompt Audit Of Smart Meter Radiation

Now, as reported by Natural Blaze, a demonstration in a newly released video is groundbreaking in its portrayal of
just how smart meters are harming us.

Many people know that these smart meters communicate with power companies via microwave signals. What has was not
known until now is that additional frequencies from these meters are also transmitted in the 2 to 50 kilohertz range.

Several studies have shown that those same frequency ranges are disruptive to the human nervous system. Some studies
refer to it as "nerve block" in describing what takes place.

Natural Blaze further noted that these are not controversial studies, meaning there are no studies that show a different
result. Nerve block that is induced by frequencies in the 2 to 50 kHz range are a well-established fact. What's more, these
studies come from reputable sources, as well as the standard for electricity, the Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers.

The Evidence is Clear: Smart Meters Emit Harmful Energy Frequencies

As noted in the video, the meters emit radiation via the high frequencies. The video, which was produced by Warren
Woodward at his home, compared a standard analog energy meter to smart meters, which showed a major difference in
"the waveform."

"It's very disturbing," Woodward said.

Using equipment to measure electrical waveforms, Woodward and an assistant used an oscillator to measure waveforms
emitting first from the analog meter, and then from the smart meter. The signal differences were significant - enough to wake
someone at night, said Woodward's assistant, Paul.

As we previously reported, smart meters have been increasingly tied to a wave of mysterious conditions and illnesses.
Related: Not So Smart Technology: Safety Inspector Blows The Whistle On Fire Hazards Of 'Smart' Electronics

The EMF Safety Network, in particular, has documented complaints including sleep problems, stress, agitation, irritability,
headaches, memory and concentration problems, fatigue, disorientation, nausea, leg cramps and even cardiac symptoms.
Click the link above to see the full list of documented problems.

We noted that Cancer.org says smart meters "talk" to their central control systems using RF transmissions, based on cell
phone, pager, satellite, radio, power line, WiFi or Internet-communications methods. "Internet and cell phone applications
have become the preferred options because of their flexibility and ease of deployment," the organization noted.

Power Companies Will Not be Motivated on Their Own to Stop Installing Smart Meters

As Woodward noted, several studies have found that the frequencies being emitted by the smart meters are in fact causing
harm. That means "people injured by smart meters are not hypochondriacs," Woodward noted in the video.

He added that because of what his experiment has shown, it could be that people injured by the meters have legitimate
court cases against power companies that use them, via personal injury lawsuits.
Related: Top Biochemist Calls To Abolish Smart Meters, WiFi In Schools, And Baby Monitors

"This is real. You saw it on the oscilloscope," he continued, adding that he encouraged power companies and other
scientists to conduct their own research on this issue.

He also said that state utility regulators and public health agencies should now be spurred on to do their jobs, which used to
always include protecting the public by promoting public health and safety when it comes to smart meters. And finally, he
noted, the U.S. Department of Energy;

Will have to bring an immediate halt to the promotion and subsidization of the wireless 'smart' grid," because of
the harm it is causing humans.

It's not likely that power companies will move on their own, so it will take legal action on the part of those who are injured to
get them motivated enough to do the right thing. Most Americans are in favor of modernizing our power grid and making it
more efficient, but not at the expense of our health.

Related: Britains IoD: Smart Meters Are A Government IT Disaster Waiting To Happen

If You Question The Establishment You Are Guilty Of Espionage, Says Corporate
Media - Because Russia + The Fake News Furor And The Threat Of Internet
Censorship
December 4 2016 | From: ActivistPost / GlobalResearch

Mainstream, corporate media has launched a dangerous and slanderous campaign to label any
news outlet not spewing accepted governmental narrative as professional Russian propagandists -
and those unaware theyd apparently been duped by Russia, useful idiots.
Ordinarily, the complete dearth of proof this claim has even a shred of truth would cause a reflexive eye roll but
in this case, the American exceptionalist machine behind the supposed analysis calls for FBI and Department of
Justice to investigate possible violations of Espionage Act.

Related: Establishment Media Declares War On Their Competition As Fake News

Conflating legitimate journalism with espionage because it refutes a narrative acceptable to the establishment is
categorically ludicrous.

This irresponsible, criminal violation of ethics devoid of any journalistic integrity came from the Washington Post, which
reported two teams of independent researchers discovered The Russians were behind fake news articles to help
Donald Trump win the election and undermine faith in American democracy.

It could be said you cant make this up - but apparently thats exactly what these so-called expert researchers
did.

The flood of fake news this election season got support from a sophisticated Russian propaganda campaign that
created and spread misleading articles online with the goal of punishing Democrat Hillary Clinton, helping
Republican Donald Trump and undermining faith in American democracy, say independent researchers who
tracked the operation, the Post declared in its lede.

Russias increasingly sophisticated propaganda machinery - including thousands of botnets, teams of paid human trolls,
and networks of websites and social-media accounts - echoed and amplified right-wing sites across the Internet as they
portrayed Clinton as a criminal hiding potentially fatal health problems and preparing to hand control of the nation to a
shadowy cabal of global financiers.
Who would have thunk such a thing?

The effort also sought to heighten the appearance of international tensions and promote fear of looming hostilities with
nuclear-armed Russia.

Related: The Myth Of Aggressive Russia

However, as has been the highly-suspect tendency thus far in the corporate medias war on ostensible disinformation,
literally no evidence accompanied the Posts report - nor the analyses provided by these two putatively independent
research groups - making the article a prime example of libel.
Related: House Quietly Passes Bill Targeting "Russian Propaganda" Websites

In fact, the credibility of this reporting is so wet tissue paper-flimsy, even the mainstream outlet Fortune refuted the contents
in an article appropriately titled, No, Russian Agents Are Not Behind Every Piece of Fake News You See, because
the case starts to come apart at the seams the more you look at it.

Fortune notes one of the two research groups, the Foreign Policy Institute, is:

A conservative think tank funded and staffed by proponents of the Cold War between the U.S. and Russia, which
says it has been researching Russian propaganda since 2014.

PropOrNot, the other group publishing the exhaustive list of even award-winning sites, tweets and retweets anti-Russian
sentiments from a variety of sources, has only existed since August of this year, according to Fortune. And an article
announcing the launch of the group on its website is dated last month.
None of the supposedly multiple people responsible for the fledgling PropOrNot website are named, even by the Post.

Its executive director, whom the Post quoted on the condition of anonymity to avoid being targeted by Russias legions
of skilled hackers- a laughable excuse worthy of its own tinfoil hat - claims;

The way that this propaganda apparatus supported Trump was equivalent to some massive amount of a media
buy. It was like Russia was running a super PAC for Trumps campaign... It worked.

Once again, the Russia did it narrative belies the underlying establishment frustration and inability to come to
terms with the loss of democratic election - a loss alternative, independent media undoubtedly assisted, but not for
the tiresome reasons corporate outlets repeat ad infinitum.

Hillary Clinton did not lose the 2016 presidential election because some shady, Russian-government crafted cabal of non-
mainstream outlets plotted her downfall for the benefit of Donald Trump. Indeed, most of the outlets listed - including The
Free Thought Project - castigated both Clinton and Trump when pertinent information became available.

No, Hillary Clinton lost because - even faced with as contentious a character as megalomaniacal Trump - the American
populace has grown too weary of Washington politics-as-usual, foreign policy-as-usual, and corruption-as-usual.

Related: McCarthyism Is Breaking Out All Over - Paul Craig Roberts

Independent media did a phenomenal job reporting on revelations published by WikiLeaks, and equally stellar
slaying of U.S. government propaganda reported as legitimate news by irresponsible corporate media presstitutes,
who some time ago abandoned journalism for establishment acceptance.

Pointing fingers will never make this any less true - and, in actuality, only deepens the shameful dereliction of journalistic
duty.

To wit, the Posts regurgitating this thinly veneered anti-Russian agenda as fact, when literally no investigation was
undertaken - no one contacted the outlets on this list to offer their side, for example - is precisely the sort of fake news the
establishment insists it needs to fight.

Fortune points out:

Theres also little data available on the PropOrNot report, which describes a network of 200 sites who it says are
 routine peddlers of Russian propaganda, which have what it calls a combined audience of 15 million Americans.
How is that audience measured?

We dont know. Stories promoted by this network were shared 213 million times, it says. How do we know this?
Thats unclear."

Once again, we have literally unverifiable information coughed up by unknown entities, who employed unknown methods to
produce a blacklist of media sites - which incidentally includes a disparate mishmash from Ron Paul and Chris Hedges, to
the Drudge Report and Lew Rockwell - that the public should deem verboten because they said so. That, and because
Russia.

As The Intercepts Glenn Greenwald tweeted:

Yes, the WashPost is saying: some people who we wont identify, using methodologies we wont describe, created This
Important Blacklist!

Again, though its difficult not to laugh at this altogether ironic travesty, the peril lies in these unknown entities at
PropOrNot suggesting these outlets and the journalists behind them have violated the Espionage Act, the Foreign
Agent Registration Act, and other related laws, but determining that is up to the FBI and the DOJ.

Just two paragraphs prior, PropOrNot paradoxically claims it fiercely believe in the rights to freedom of expression and
freedom of the press, and have no interest in seeing anyone punished for exercising them.
Although PropOrNot flatly claims its questionably researched and flagrantly unvetted list shouldnt be considered
McCarthyistic, well, it is.

So in other words, any and every one who is anything but a liberal drone is now a Russian plant? Zero Hedge,
which also landed a spot on the Everyone the Establishment Dislikes Is a Russian Agent list, asked rhetorically. McCarthy
would be proud.

Related: The Major Purveyor of Fake News is the CIA-Corporate Complex

The Fake News Furor And The Threat Of Internet Censorship

In the weeks since the November 8 election, US media reports on the spread of so-called fake
news during the presidential campaign have increasingly repeated unsubstantiated pre-election
claims that the Russian government hacked into Democratic Party email servers to undermine the
campaign of Hillary Clinton.

There is more than a whiff of McCarthyism in this crusade against fake news on social media and the Internet,
with online publications critical of US wars of aggression and other criminal activities being branded as Russian
propaganda outlets.

Related: Fake News List Death Knell for MSM-Paul Craig Roberts

A case in point is an article published in the November 24 edition of the Washington Post headlined Russian propaganda
effort helped spread fake news during election, experts say.

The article includes assertions that Russian botnets, teams of paid human trolls, and networks of web sites and social
media accounts were used to promote sites across the Internet;

"As they portrayed Clinton as a criminal hiding potentially fatal health problems and preparing to hand
control of the nation to a shadowy cabal of global financiers.
Comment: Well they may not have been Russian bot-nets but they sure as hell were real people who have woken
up to the reality of that the psychopathic luciferial control-freak establishment wanted...

According to the Post, the exposure of Russian involvement in the spread of fake election news is based on the work of a
team of independent researchers and another anonymous group calling itself PropOrNot, which has expertise in computer
science, national security and public policy.

Oh for the love of Christ who do they think believes this hore shit anymore?

Pathetic.

Although no one from the PropOrNot organization is mentioned by name, the Post quotes the executive director of this
group anonymously. The organization has gone so far as to publish a list of 200 web sites - including WikiLeaks, the ultra-
right Drudge Report and the left-liberal Truthout - that are deemed routine peddlers of Russian propaganda.

It should be obvious that the Post report is itself an example of the state-sponsored pseudo-news that is
increasingly dispensed by the corporate-controlled media to promote the geopolitical and military aims of
American imperialism.

The New York Times has published similar articles, including one authored by David E. Sanger and posted on
the Times web site on November 25 under the headline US Officials Defend Integrity of Vote, Despite Hacking Fears.

Sanger, the chief Washington correspondent of the Times, is a regular sounding board for the military/intelligence
establishment, to which he is closely plugged in. He writes that:

Intelligence officials are still investigating the impact of a broader Russian information warfare campaign, in which
fake news about Mrs. Clinton, and about United States-Russia relations, appeared intended to influence voters.

He adds, Many of those false reports originated from RT News and Sputnik, two state-funded Russian sites.
The readers of this and virtually all other articles on the topic of Russias role in fake news will search in vain for a single
piece of evidence to substantiate the claims made.

Instead, the views and opinions of experts, usually unnamed, are cited and treated as indisputable fact - much in
the manner of Joe McCarthy and similar witch-hunters.

The editors and writers who produce these articles seem not even to notice that their publications have been caught in one
colossal lie after another - from the claims of Iraqi weapons of mass destruction used to justify the illegal invasion and
occupation of Iraq in 2003 to the more recent flood of government propaganda in support of neo-colonial wars in Libya and
Syria and drone killings in a growing number of countries - all justified in the name of human rights and the war on terror.

There are no institutions anywhere in the world more adept at producing fake news than the American corporate-
controlled media.

These same media outlets further discredited themselves by overtly slanting their news coverage of the election campaign
in favor of their preferred candidate, Hillary Clinton, and predicting that she would secure a decisive victory.

Blindsided by the support for Trump among disaffected and angry lower-income people and taken unawares by the electoral
collapse of the Democrats, the corporate media are responding to the growth of popular distrust by seeking to discredit
alternative news sources.

Related: Dear Donald Trump: Blockade the lying mainstream media and recognize the independent media as
America's real free press

This is not to deny the spread of false information and propaganda masquerading as news on the Internet.

Fabricated news stories and hoaxes have been circulating online since the World Wide Web began in the 1990s, but there
was a significant increase in fake political sites and content during the US elections.

Stories that stretched the truth or were entirely made up typically started on mock news web sites and were then amplified
by social media sharing.

Related: Putin awaits my application for citizenship, says Russian agent Paul Craig Roberts

Other false reports originated on platforms such as Facebook and Twitter and spread rapidly with the like, share and
comment features of social media.

An analysis published by Buzzfeed on November 16 showed that false political news stories in the final three
months of the election campaign, such as a report that the Pope had endorsed Trump for president, generated
more engagement on Facebook than the combined top stories of nineteen major US news organizations.

The Buzzfeed study noted the hyperpartisan right-wing nature of the top fabricated news items, as well as the spike in the
number of visitors to these sites during the final election months.

Another key aspect of online fake news has been the growth of its scope internationally. The Guardian reported in August,
for example, that a group of teenagers and college students from Veles, Macedonia set up dozens of political web site
faades to both influence and cash in on the Trump candidacy.

The Guardian report also pointed out that, although the pro-Trump sham news sites were more popular, both offshore and
domestic web sites became very popular and generated income for their publishers whether they were peddling phony
conservative or liberal misinformation.

That being said, the campaign in the corporate media against fake news on the Internet, including calls for social media
outlets such as Google and Facebook to vet the material that appears on their sites, is a reactionary attack on freedom of
the press.

It has already elicited positive responses from major Internet sites.

Both Google and Facebook have published statements acknowledging that they are working on systems that will
use third-party fact-checking of news content published on their services.

In the case of Facebook, this initiative - reminiscent of Orwells Thought Police - will be reinforced by barring
accounts identified as fake news sources from using online advertising tools.

Pressure to shut down or muzzle fake news sites and social media accounts are emanating from the offices of corporate
media organizations concerned about the loss of their influence over the public. Any moves to censor Internet content must
be opposed as an attack on democratic rights.

The measures being prepared today against fake news web sites and social media publishers will be perfected and used
tomorrow against the working class and the socialist media - the World Socialist Web Site - that articulates and fights for its
independent interests.

Related: FAKE NEWS: Newsweek Admits They Didnt Proof Read Madam President Issue; They Didnt Even Write
It

Could This Healthy 23 Year Olds Cardiac Arrest Have Been Caused by Exposure To
1080? + The Stock Deaths From 1080 Poison & How DOC Is Hiding Them In The Paper
Work
December 4 2016 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei

We will never know because the NZ laboratoy lost her heart!

This story crossed my path recently on Facebook. It is apparently an old one, coming as it does from 2006. It is
nevertheless a shocking story in more ways than one.

Related: 1080: NZ Animals Killed For No Reason In $80m Yearly 1080 Drops

Shocking and sad for the family of this young woman, Whitney Robie was only 23. She had been hiking in the South Island,
felt unwell, and after retiring to bed, died in her sleep of a sudden cardiac arrest it was later ascertained. Now they are left
with few answers and no real closure regarding the why of her death. Read on.

She had come here to our clean green paradise to live. Sadly she died here.
NZ is not clean and green people, it is severely polluted and toxic now -and worse, our authorities lie about that

Sudden accidental deaths (SADs) do happen however this story has some anomalies which could have but have not been
solved due to a medical blunder. It is thanks to a GP who followed up on Whitney & questioned friends at the hostel where
she was staying, that we have a little more of this story than we would otherwise have known.

Losing a heart for one thing is a shocker in itself. In a random and ordinary course of events such a mistake is feasible. But
with a sudden unexplained death of a very healthy, active young woman how could this possibly happen? When the
clues to her death clearly lay within an analysis of her hearts condition, how could they simply LOSE her heart? Well lose it
they did. Or so they say.

The official story about this loss can be found at the following link:

Family face long wait over backpackers lost heart

A journalist who has been following this story for some time and says it has been shared more than 150 times now,
has re posted it on Facebook with the attendant detail from when it first became news here is the train of events
as described by her (edited for brevity & omission of personal detail):

Regarding Whitney Robie, she went hiking on her own in a 1080d area (I believe it was gel/jelly) and felt unwell
that evening, said so, went to bed and had a cardiac arrest in the night.

She was 23. From the USA, her obituary described how she was full of life, fit, loved the outdoors and had moved
to NZ for an adventure.

She had no previous history of heart problems.

The Doctor concerned said he had gone to the hostel and spoken to the other guests straight after she died. Later
when he heard her death had been recorded as a heart attack, he advised and pressed the authorities to run tests
relating to possible 1080 exposure.

He was told however that the matter was now officially closed. Her heart was sent for post mortem and was lost
 by the govt laboratory. This Dunedin GP was so concerned that he made a submission to ERMA in 2007 that
included this account.

It was his opinion that the most probable cause of her death was 1080 poisoning, and that many others in NZ over
the years have also died from it but that their deaths are either mistakenly or deliberately misdiagnosed.

A letter to the editor in 2006 commenting on the actions of the Doctor involved gives further information about the
unexplained early deaths of people working with 1080."

Read the pdf here: Cancer-deaths-from-1080

Here are some points to consider about this story:

The 1080 Reassessment Application document for ERMA Oct 2006. Section 3.3 Hazard Classifications. Sub section 4.8.2
[has the] Heart as a target organ.

Related: Invasion of the Alien Species

4.8.2. Heart as a target organ That single or repeated sublethal exposures to fluoroacetate can have toxic effects
on the heart has been recognised for some time (e.g. Steyn 1934; Quin and Clark 1947; Hicks 1952).

In general, the action of fluoroacetate on the heart is to decrease the metabolic energy available in heart muscle,
which affects the conduction system controlling the rate and strength of heart beats (e.g. Chenoweth and Gilman
 1947)

Found on page 11 of the pdf

St Johns put out their Sudden Cardiac Arrest Annual Report in June and it shows the figures for rural as opposed to
urban. The rates are far far higher in rural areas.

Rural New Zealanders had more than double the incidence of cardiac arrest than those in urban centres
approximately 160 versus 78 (per 100,000 person-years).

1080 is effective as a poison regardless of the mode of entry. It can be absorbed by the intact skin, but not readily,
however it is easily absorbed through cuts, abrasions, and is rapidly absorbed through the gastrointestinal tract and through
the lungs. One teaspoon of 1080 is enough to kill 30-100 adults weighing around 150 pounds. The potential for misuse is
great

How toxic is 1080? Toxicologist explains Professor Ian Shaw explores why and how 1080 is so toxic and asks what
is the risk of a child dying from contaminated formula.

The main point is that although these deaths may or may not be attributed to 1080, more importantly, if
nobody looks and checks then we are left with this element of doubt.

Absence of evidence is not evidence of absence.

Plausible deniability is not good enough.

There are questions that are not being answered or even addressed.

It recently came to light from an Official Information request that DOC had lost 89 Kiwi , and yet they had
not tested one of them for 1080. Doing so is not rocket science.

A blogger, NZRose commented here recently:

My partner and I spoke to the poison people late last year. They are contracted to lay everything from cyanide to feratox to
take care of the pests on behalf of the NZ Government.

I will never forget them laughing as they said that the 1080 had been doubled more than a year prior to our conversation.
When we asked why they said to Kill the deer, and the activists arent even aware yet.

We responded with Well now they are. These people were too stupid to realise they were talking to the wrong people. (See
the whole comment here)
Proceed with Caution

And in the meantime, this is all evidence enough for us to be extremely wary of exposing ourselves in any way to 1080. It is
clearly a lethal product and by all reports right now, is being spread around quite indiscriminately. Finding it on walking
tracks, in streams and on public seating and anywhere near where humans are likely to be, is simply not good enough.

Families with young children walk these tracks. If you intend hiking in our bush, please avail yourself of data about when
1080 was last spread in the area where you intend walking.

You can obtain this from DOC. We recently heard of two women who were surprised during a picnic by a 1080 drop who
continue to experience illness, they believe, because of that unintended exposure. Clearly they were not aware of any
intentions by DOC to be dropping 1080 where they picnicked that day.

About 1080:
1080 is an alias for Monofluoroacetate, a chemical. Monofluoroacetate was originally developed and
marketed as an insecticide. It functions primarily by interfering with the citrate step in the Krebs cycle [5].
The Krebs cycle is the major and an essential mechanism by which all air breathing creatures utilize food
to produce energy.

It is therefore universally toxic to all animals, essentially every living thing except plants and some micro-
organisms. The degree of toxicity of 1080 is extreme, but varies somewhat among species. It is
categorised by the World Health Organization (WHO) as 1A, their highest rating, extremely toxic [1,2].

* The World Health Organization (WHO) classifies 1080 as Extremely Hazardous, most countries ban it outright.
NZ uses 85% of the worlds supply perhaps the world hasnt figured out what a wonderful thing it really is.
(References 1-5 are at the source)
*Dr Q Whiting-OKeefe (BA Chemistry, Math), MD, FACMI
What I deduct from all of this is that until the NZ government desists from using it, we the public must be very vigilant in
protecting ourselves. That to my mind includes warning others, particularly tourists who are sold our country on the basis of
being clean and green.

The corporations (and our government is one) have a priority (a legal mandate) of profits over people, so they are not going
to put your safety first. We believe it is far safer to err on the side of caution when there are any suspected or known risks.

Educate yourself on 1080 find links at our 1080 page to the many resources available. Search for further articles
exposing the risks of 1080 by searching categories at the left of any page. Note: for some reason, the Facebook sharing
button is not working in the meantime, to share please use the url. extreme care.

For further information on 1080 read here: Ban1080.co.nz/1080-facts

Watch a trailer at this link: TheGrafBoys.org/movies/preview You can purchase the Graf Boys excellent
documentaries on 1080 at this link: TheGrafBoys.org

See the TheGrafBoys Youtube channel and website for more videos.

See also: 1080science.co.nz

The Stock Deaths From 1080 Poison & How DOC Is Hiding Them In The Paper Work

Farmers talk of their losses in this clip from the Graf Boys 'Poisoning Paradise' doco. Deaths
described by those interviews include 6 cows, 13 deer, 250 sheep, 160 sheep, cattle and more.
When farmers are compensated for their losses theyre declared as, in one case, track maintenance and another,
stock food. Included for one farmer was the requirement to sign a confidentiality clause.

Complete dishonesty & whitewash by our authorities. Those mandated with ensuring your safety. Still trust them? The clip
goes on to discuss the risks of the poison entering our food chain.

These are very real risks if you listen to the eye witness evidence.
Possum exports rejected by Japan because theyd seen documentary evidence on 1080 poison drops amongst our animals.
A must watch. Please share. Show it to the nay sayers.

Related: Satanists Escape Plan Involves Killing Natives Of New Zealand

Climate Intervention: A Government Cover-Up Of Epic Proportions

December 3 2016 | From: WND

I recently addressed how CIA Director John Brennan gave a historic speech to the Council on
Foreign Relations, confessing something few thought they would ever hear: the federal
governments explicit and intentional climate intervention via operations like stratospheric aerosol
spraying or injections, or SAI.

What I didnt explain is that SAI is a ginormous federal geo-engineering cover up that is now being exposed, and
yet not a single mainstream media outlet has reported on it. Let me explain.

Related: The Real Fake News exposed: '97% of scientists agree on climate change' is an engineered hoax... here's
what the media never told you

In April, the U.S. Senate directed the Department of Energy (DOE) to review the findings of the National Academy [of
Sciences, or NAS] report, Climate Intervention: Reflecting Sunlight to Cool Earth, and to study the potential impacts of
albedo modification [or solar radiation management], a potential method of geoengineering, which included smaller scale
field trials.
Science magazine explained:

Albedo modification would work by lacing the atmosphere with tiny particles or aerosols that would reflect sunlight
and mimic natural processes.

For example, in 1991 the volcano Mount Pinatubo in the Philippines spewed 20 million tons of sulfur dioxide into
the stratosphere, which spans altitudes from 10 to 50 kilometers.

There, the sulfur dioxide produced aerosols that reflected enough sunlight to reduce global temperature by an
estimated 0.3C for 3 years.

Albedo modification might also work by using aerosols to seed cloud formation in a lower atmospheric layer called
the troposphere.

The U.S. Senate pushed the DOE to pursue albedo modification action a couple months before CIA Director Brennan gave
his blessing to stratospheric spraying as a government operation that potentially could help reverse the warming effects of
global climate change.

Whats crazy about all that government endorsement is that the February 2015 NAS report, on which the feds base their
entire toxic rain operation;

Warned explicitly that albedo modification shouldnt be deployed now because the risks and benefits
were far too uncertain.

What are those risks? Here are just three grave consequences that we know about:

Drought: The team under Chien Wang, a co-author of the NAS study and a senior research scientist at MITs Center for
Global Change Science and the Department of Earth, concluded that albedo modification would lead;

To dangerous changes in global weather: Precipitation would also decline worldwide, and some parts of the world
would be worse off. Europe, the Horn of Africa, and Pakistan may receive less rainfall than they have historically.

Loss of blue sky: According to a report by the New Scientist, Ben Kravitz of the Carnegie Institution for Science explained,
Releasing sulphate aerosols high in the atmosphere should in theory reduce global temperatures by reflecting a small
percentage of the incoming sunlight away from the Earth.
Related: Trump Picks Top Climate Skeptic to Lead EPA Transition

However, the extra particles would also scatter more of the remaining light into the atmosphere. This would reduce by 20
per cent the amount of sunlight that takes a direct route to the ground, and it would increase levels of softer, diffuse
scattered light, making the sky appear hazier.

Hazards to human health and other earth life: The gravest of all consequences of atmospheric aerosol spraying is that,
simply put, whats sprayed above us settles down upon us and in us, as well as other life on earth.

The U.S. governments own National Center for Biotechnology Information, or NCBI, released a report in January 2016, the
goal of which was Assessing the direct occupational and public health impacts of solar radiation management with
stratospheric aerosols. The NCBI concluded:

Our analysis suggests that adverse public health impacts may reasonably be expected from SRM via deployment
of stratospheric aerosols.

Little is known about the toxicity of some likely candidate aerosols, and there is no consensus regarding
acceptable levels for public exposure to these materials.

There is also little infrastructure in place to evaluate potential public health impacts in the event that stratospheric
aerosols are deployed for solar radiation management.

No wonder the co-author of the study on Climate Intervention, Dr. James Fleming, called geo-engineering like
SAI: untested and untestable, and dangerous beyond belief.
Related: A new study suggests that carbon-hungry plants help keep atmospheric CO2 levels in check

Another colleague and co-author, Dr. Raymond T. Pierrehumbert, the Louis Block professor in geophysical sciences at the
University of Chicago, and Swedens King Carl XVI Gustafn, chairman in environmental science at Stockholms Universitet,
took it one step further. He warned;

The nearly two years worth of reading and animated discussions that went into this study have
convinced me more than ever that the idea of fixing the climate by hacking the Earths reflection of
sunlight is wildly, utterly, howlingly barking mad.

(That is why Dr. Pierrehumbert prefers to call albedo modification by the name albedo hacking.)

Dr. Pierrehumber added: The report describes albedo modification frankly as involving large and partly unknown risks. It
states outright that albedo modification should not be deployed.'

So, why are the U.S. Senate and CIA director disregarding the dire and passionate warnings of scientists like Dr.
Pierrehumbert and Dr. Fleming by demanding that the Department of Energy proceed with trials on geo-engineering? In the
words of Dr. Pierrehumber, are they wildly, utterly, howlingly barking mad? Answer: Yes!
Is it a mere coincidence that the very government agencies that are spraying our stratosphere with toxic chemicals were the
actual sponsors of the NAS report? The NAS itself confessed:

The study was sponsored by the National Academy of Sciences, U.S. intelligence community, National
Aeronautics and Space Administration, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and U.S. Department of
Energy (italics mine).

Isnt that like your right hand quoting your left hand so that your right hand can grab what its already holding? Is
the NAS report another government push and ploy to collaborate and cite scientific proof to justify its clandestine
climate agenda?

Why else would the CIA and U.S. Senate be proceeding in climate aerosol spraying when the very scientists
preparing the study warned, Stop! Dont do it! Its crazy and dangerous!

The most colossal and tragic of all government cover-ups is the fact that the feds have been waging climate warfare for
more than 30 years, lacing our clouds and stratosphere with dangerous nano-particles, including environmental sulfates,
black carbon, metallic aluminum and aluminum oxide aerosols.

The truth is, for decades, the feds have been covertly and overtly running sky criminal operations behind (above!) our backs,
leaving humans and the rest of the planet life as lab rats of their toxic cocktail fallout.
Geoengineeringwatch.org reported that a 1978 750-page congressional report was recently discovered with a mountain of
information going back decades that confirms the ongoing extensive involvement of our government in climate
modification/weather warfare.

This document also confirms the involvement of foreign governments around the globe, even governments that would
otherwise have been considered hostile to US interests.'

Why hasnt a single mainstream media outlet reported on the CIA and DOEs march forward with SAI when the scientific
community has explicitly and repeatedly warned against it?

Why are geo-engineering researchers being stonewalled by government and media?

And why in hell are watchdogs on both the left and right dodging the feds intentional and hazardous climate intervention,
when they seek to uncover government cover-ups and conspiracies with the most scant of evidence?

Dane Wigington, the lead researcher for GeoengineeringWatch.org and a fierce fighter for government geoengineering
transparency, was absolutely right when he wrote: How big does the climate engineering elephant in the room need to be
before it can no longer be hidden in plain site?
How much more historical proof do we need of the ongoing climate engineering/weather warfare before the denial of the
masses crumbles? When will populations around the globe bring to justice all those responsible for the ongoing and rapidly
worsening worldwide weather warfare assault?

Is it a mere coincidence that, in October 2015, the feds put a universal gag order on agency employees in The National
Weather Service, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and the U.S. Dept. of Commerce?

Is it a mere coincidence that the Obama administration has spent more taxpayer monies for legal prosecutions of
government whistleblowers than all other U.S. presidents combined, resulting in 31 times the jail sentences?
Its time to blow the lid off the governments climate cover-up!

That is why my wife, Gena, and I encourage citizens everywhere to do their own research on geo-engineering and then
write their government representatives to demand action. We also encourage the support of the Legal Alliance of pro-bono
lawyers now amassed as a united front to fight the geo-engineering government cover-up in court.

To read or learn more immediately, I highly recommend the work and website of Dane
Wigington. GeoEngineeringWatch.org is loaded with great research on the many facets of climate intervention.

The Possibility Of Trump The Great + Donald Trump Said Willing To Consider A Gold
Standard
December 2 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / BusinessInsider

Liberals, progressives, and the left-wing (to the extent that one still exists) are aligning with the
corrupt oligarchy against president-elect Trump and the American people.
They are busy at work trying to generate hysteria over Trumps authoritarian personality and followers. In other
words, the message is: here come the fascists.

Related: Donald Trump believes in health freedom, not government dictates

Liberals and progressives wailed and whined about an all white male cabinet, only to be made fools by Trumps
appointment of a black male and two women, one a minority and one a Trump critic.

The oligarchs are organizing their liberal progressive front groups to disrupt Trumps inauguration in an effort to continue the
attempt to delegitimize Trump the way the paid Maidan protesters were used in Kiev to delegitimize the elected Ukrainian
government.

To the extent any of the Trump protesters are sincere and not merely paid tools of oligarchs, such as George Soros, military
and financial interests, and global capitalists, they should consider that false claims and unjustified criticism can cause
Trump and his supporters to close their ears to all criticism and make it easier for neoconservatives to influence Trump by
offering support.
Related: Trump to scrap Nasa climate research in crackdown on politicized science

At this point we dont know what a Trump government is going to do. If he sells out the people, he wont be reelected. If he is
defeated by the oligarchy, the people will become more radical.

We do not know how Washington insiders appointed to the government will behave inside a Trump presidency. Unless they
are ideologues like the neoconservatives or agents of powerful interests, insiders survive by going along with the current. If
the current changes under Trump, so will the insiders.

Trump got elected because flyover America has had all it can take from the self-dealing oligarchy. The vast bullk of
America has seen its economic prospects and that of children and grandchildren decline for a quarter century.

The states Hillary carried are limited to the liberal enclaves and oligarchys stomping grounds on the NE and West coasts
and in Colorado and New Mexico, where effete wealthy liberals have located because of the scenary. If you look at the
red/blue electoral map, geographically speaking Hillarys support is very limited.
Related: Fear and Loathing Inside The Deep State

We know that Hillary is an agent for the One Percent. The Clintons $120 million personal wealth and $1.6 billion personal
foundation are proof that the Clintons are bought-and-paid-for.

We know that Hillary is responsible for the destruction of Libya and of much of Syria and for the overthrow of the
democratically elected government in Ukraine.

We know that the Clinton regimes sanctions on Iraq resulted in the deaths of 500,000 children. These are war crimes and
crimes against humanity. We know Hillary used government office for private gain.

We know she violated national security laws without being held accountable. What we dont know is why groups that
allegedly are liberal-progressive-leftwing are such fervent supporters of Hillary.

One possible answer is that these groups are mere fronts for vested interests and are devoid of any sincere motives.

Another possible answer is that these groups believe that the important issues are not jobs for Americans and avoiding war
with nuclear powers, but transgender, homosexual and illegal alien rights. Another possible answer is that these groups are
uninformed and stupid.
Related: Trump Has Won, But the Battle Has Just Begun

What these protesters see as a threat in Trumps strong and willful personality is actually a virtue. A cipher like Obama has
no more ability to stand up to the oligarchy than a disengaged George W. Bush so easily stage-managed by Dick Cheney.

Nothing less than an authoritarian style and personality is a match for the well-entrenched ruling oligarchy and willful
neoconservatives. If Trump were a shrinking violet, the electorate would have ignored him.

Trump did not purchase his presidency with the offer of handouts to blacks, the poor generally, teachers unions, farmers,
abortion rights for women, etc. Trump was elected because he said:

Those who control the levers of power in Washington and the global special interests they partner
with, dont have your good in mind.

Its a global power structure that is responsible for the economic decisions that have robbed our working
class, stripped our country of its wealth and put that money into the pockets of a handful of large
corporations and political entities.

The only thing that can stop this corrupt machine is you.

Related: Trump's opponents see normal Americans as deplorables

It has been a long time since the electorate heard this kind of talk from someone seeking public office. Trumps words are
what Americans were waiting to hear.
As willful as Trump is, he is only one person. The oligarchy are many. As impressive as Trumps billion dollars is, the
oligarchs have trillions.

Congress being in Republican hands will spare Trump partisan obstruction, but Congress remains in the hands of interest
groups.

As powerful as the office of the president can be, without unity in government changes from the top dont occur, especially if
the president is at odds with the military with regard to the alleged threat posed by Russia and China.

Related: Putin: Trump and I are in agreement - US-Russia relations 'must be straightened out'

Trump says he wants peace with the nuclear powers. The military/security complex needs an enemy for its budget.

It is absolutely necessary that a lid be put on tensions between nuclear powers and that economic opportunity reappears for
the American people. Trump is not positioned to benefit from war and jobs offshoring.

The only sensible strategy is to support him on these issues and to hold his feet to the fire.

As for the immigration issue, the Obama Justice (sic) Department has just worsened the picture with its ruling that American
police departments cannot discriminate against non-citizens by only hiring citizens as officers. Now that US citizens face
arrest in their own country by non-citizens, the resentment of immigrants will increase.

Clearly it is nonsensical to devalue American citizenship in this way. Clearly it is sensible to put a lid on immigration until the
US economy is again able to create jobs capable of sustaining an independent existence.

If Trump can defeat the oligarchy and save America, he can go down in history as Trump the Great.

I think that this prospect appeals to Trump more than more wealth. Instead of trying to tear him down in advance,
he should be supported.

With Trumps determination and the peoples support, change from the top down is possible. Otherwise, change
has to come from the bottom up, and that means an awful lot of blood in the streets.

Related Articles:
Trump Quits All Business To Focus On Presidency
 Green Party Disowns Jill Stein Over Hillary Recount

More Lies From The Experts

Trump Is Meeting With An Ex-Bank CEO Who Wants To Abolish The US Federal
Reserve

Perhaps this is why the Elites were so desperate to prevent a Donald Trump Presidency? As
President-elects Donald Trumps transition rolls on, more and more attention is being paid to
possible selections for a variety of high ranking positions, and meetings that might help decide
these appointments.

Related: Trump Picks Top Climate Skeptic to Lead EPA Transition

On Monday, Trump met with John Allison, the former CEO of the Winston-Salem, NC-based bank BB&T and former
CEO of the conservative think tank The Cato Institute.

While it is unclear what Allison is being considered for, there have been reports that he is being considered for the Chair of
the Securities and Exchange Commission, Treasury Secretary, or a spot as the Federal Reserve Governor of Oversight.

The last possible appointment is interesting given Trumps statements on the campaign trail have questioned the future of
the Federal Reserves political independence. Allison actually takes that rhetoric a step further. While running the The Cato
Institute, Allison wrote a paper in support of abolishing the Fed altogether.
 I would get rid of the Federal Reserve because the volatility in the economy is primarily caused by the
Fed, wrote Allison in a 2014 article for the Cato Journal, a publication of the Institute.

Allison said in the article that simply allowing the market to regulate itself would be preferable to the Fed harming the
stability of the financial system.

When the Fed is radically changing the money supply, distorting interest rates, and over-regulating the financial
sector, it makes rational economic calculation difficult, wrote Allison.

Markets do form bubbles, but the Fed makes them worse.

Allison, in the same paper, also suggested that the governments practice of insuring bank deposits up to $250,000 should
be abolished and the US should go back to a banking system backed by a market standard such as gold.
Related: Trump Miracle -Deplorables Take Back America - Leftists Total Freak Out

Allison also argued for higher capital reserves of up to 20% of assets at banks. On the other hand, he also argued that the
government should repeal three of the broadest banking regulations.

We should raise capital standards, but it is even more important to eliminate burdensome regulations - including
Dodd-Frank, the Community Reinvestment Act, and Truth in Lending, wrote Allison.

About 25% of a banks personnel cost relates to regulations. Banks cannot pay the regulatory costs and have high
capital standards.

This is similar to Trumps desire to roll back regulation - including Dodd-Frank - on financial institutions, though he has back-
tracked somewhat on those promises.

It is unclear if any of Allisons policy views will ultimately become a part of Trumps plan going forward, but given the
unconventional nature of his ideas, the meeting is notable.

Donald Trump Weighs in on Marijuana, Hillary Clinton, and Man Buns

As for bringing back the gold standard, the global economy order until World War II, President-elect Trump thinks it will be
hard but is open-minded.

Bringing back the gold standard would be very hard to do, but boy would it be wonderful, he said. Wed have a
standard on which to base our money.
Related: Trump Trolls Media into Savaging Hillary Clinton

Whereabouts Of Julian Assange Remain A Mystery + Want To Know Julian Assanges

Endgame? He Told You A Decade Ago
December 1 2016 | From: Infowars / Wired / Various

Speculation is exploding about the fate of Wikileaks founder Julian Assange, whos been out of
public spotlight since Hillary Clinton lost the U.S. presidential election.

Wikileaks has responded by asking people to stop requesting proof of life, and that Ecuadorian President Rafael
Correa is to blame for controlling Assanges movement.
Want To Know Julian Assanges Endgame? He Told You A Decade Ago
[Archical but relevant] Amid a seemingly incessant deluge of leaks and hacks, Washington, DC
staffers have learned to imagine how even the most benign email would look a week later on the
homepage of a secret-spilling outfit like WikiLeaks or DCLeaks.
In many cases, theyve stopped emailing altogether, deleted accounts, and reconsidered dumbphones. Julian
Assange - or at least, a ten-years-younger and more innocent Assange - would say hes already won.

After another week of Clinton-related emails roiling this election, the political world has been left to scrub their inboxes,
watch their private correspondences be picked over in public, and psychoanalyze WikiLeaks inscrutable founder.

Once theyre done sterilizing their online lives, they might want to turn to an essay Assange wrote ten years ago, laying out
the endgame of his leaking strategy long before he became one of the most controversial figures on the Internet.

In Conspiracy as Governance, which Assange posted to his blog in December 2006, the leader of then-new WikiLeaks
describes what he considered to be the most effective way to attack a conspiracy - including, as he puts it, that particular
form of conspiracy known as a political party.

Consider what would happen if one of these parties gave up their mobile phones, fax and email correspondence -
let alone the computer systems which manage their [subscribers], donors, budgets, polling, call centres and direct
mail campaigns. They would immediately fall into an organisational stupor and lose to the other.

And how to induce that organisational stupor? Foment the fear that any correspondence could leak at any time.

The more secretive or unjust an organization is, the more leaks induce fear and paranoia in its leadership and
planning coterie.

This must result in minimization of efficient internal communications mechanisms (an increase in cognitive secrecy
 tax) and consequent system-wide cognitive decline resulting in decreased ability to hold onto power as the
environment demands adaptation.

WikiLeaks would publish its first leak the same month as that blog post, a communication from a Somalian Islamic cleric
calling for political assassinations.

Three years later itd put out the Pentagon and State Department leaks provided by Chelsea Manning, and six years after
that, leaked emails from the Democratic National Committee and Clinton advisor John Podesta would lead to the ousting of
DNC Chairman Debbie Wasserman Schultz and shake Hillary Clintons campaign.

The last decade has shown just how prescient Assange was. Take, for example, the Russian hackers who published private
files from the World Anti-Doping Agency after Russias athletes got banned from the Olympics for doping.

Now a group like WADA has to take everything they say to every person into account. They have to think, this could
leak, says Dave Aitel, a former NSA staffer and founder of the security firm Immunity who focuses on cyberwar and
information warfare. The idea is, If we can prevent them from having secrets, they have to operate very differently.'

That move comes straight from Assange.

It was a crappy, annoying manifesto, Aitel says. And it was ahead of its time by many years.

- Dave Aitel, Former NSA analyst

A spokesperson for WikiLeaks says Assanges essay was a thought experiment that the organization still believes to be
true. Organizations have two choices:

1. reduce their levels of abuse or dishonesty or

2. pay a heavy secrecy tax in order to engage in inefficient but secretive processes, the spokesperson writes.
As organizations are usually in some form of competitive equilibrium this means that, in the face of WikiLeaks,
organizations that are honest will, on average, grow, while those that are dishonest and unjust will decline.
 The more secretive or unjust an organization is, the more leaks induce fear and paranoia in its leadership and
planning coterie."

- Julian Assange, writing in 2006

Of course, Assanges claim that a political party leaks in direct proportion to its dishonesty looks almost laughable after the
last several months.

WikiLeaks has published leaks exclusively damaging to Clinton and the Democratic Party, while publishing nothing from
Donald Trump or his campaign. (Trump has, of course, faced the leaks of his 1995 tax returns and a damning video where
he brags about sexual assault.

But mainstream newspapers published both, and neither came from the sort of internal communications Assange wrote
about. Trump himself also famously doesnt use email, as good a security measure as anyone could hope for.)

In fact, the Department of Homeland Security and the Office of the Director of National Intelligence have both said that
recent WikiLeaks releases originated with Russian state-sponsored hackers seeking to influence US electoral politics.

Comment: Horse shit. The Cabal were so hard up for a cover story that they had a tantrum and tried to blame the
Russians. Fucking pathetic. These people are inept, worthless scum.
Assanges essay doesnt account for the possibility that a government might exploit or collude with a leak platform like
WikiLeaks. (WikiLeaks spokesperson denied that there has been any official claim that any documents published by
WikiLeaks have come from a state actor, somehow ignoring last weeks DHS and ODNI announcement.)

The notion in Assanges essay that only corrupt conspiracies keep secrets is one that Clinton herself has argued against -
ironically, something we know because she said it in a speech whose partial transcript WikiLeaks leaked last Friday.

Speaking to the National Multi-Housing Council in 2013, Clinton cited how President Lincoln secretly promised jobs to lame
duck Congressmen of the opposing political party if they agreed to vote for the 13th Amendment, which ended slavery.

If everybodys watching all of the backroom discussions and the deals, you know, then people get a little nervous, to say
the least, she said. So, you need both a public and a private position.

But the other point Assange makes - the secrecy tax that organizations pay when they try to avoid leaks - rings true. Any
organization that has tried to encrypt all its communications, delete them, or throttle, quarantine, and compartmentalize them
in the name of secrecy knows the toll that paranoia takes.

An authoritarian conspiracy that cannot think efficiently cannot act to preserve itself against the opponents it
induces...

When we look at a conspiracy as an organic whole, we can see a system of interacting organs, a body with
arteries and veins whose blood may be thickened and slowed till it falls, unable to sufficiently comprehend and
control the forces in its environment.

Let that be a warning to the Democratic Party and any other organization with secrets to keep. If the leaks dont kill you, the
fear of them just might.

The following articles are a cross-section of developments over recent weeks and months, some of which may
provide clues as to what has led to this strange situation:
 Why Did WikiLeaks Tweet a Picture of Gavin MacFadyen?

Ecuador Admits They Silenced Assange Because Clinton Leaks Were Interfering With US Election

Wikileaks Warns It Is Launching "Phase Three" Of Its Election Coverage

Julian Assange Gets Sweet Revenge After Hillary Cuts His Internet

Wikileaks Appears To Have Just Released Its First Insurance File, Fully Open And Unencrypted

Assange: WikiLeaks Will Publish Docs on Elections, Oil, War & Google, Every Week for Next 10 Weeks

Wikileaks: Hillary Clinton Proposed Killing Assange With Drone Strike

Assange ready to surrender to US

Renowned lawyer who represented Julian Assange died after being struck by train in West Hampstead

WikiLeaks Founder Just Revealed Why Sanders Really Dropped Out

Under Intense Pressure to Silence Wikileaks, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton Proposed Drone Strike on Assange

Wikileaks Cancels Highly Anticipated Tuesday Announcement Due to Security Concerns

Wikileaks Email Exposes Podesta Using Soviet Assassination Term Just Prior to Justice Scalias Death

FBI Found "Tens Of Thousands Of Emails" Belonging To Huma Abedin On Weiner's Laptop

Hillary Just Got Politically Assassinated: Wikileaks Just Released Her Full Isis Donor List With Names!

Shocking: Top 100 Bombshell WikiLeak Emails Revealed So Far

Google Is Funding A Ministry Of Truth With Corporate Media Outlets Known For
Deadly Deception + Heres Why Fake News Sites Are Dangerous
December 1 2016 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject / JonRappoport

While establishment Democrats trumpet all sorts of excuses for Hillarys loss, few are willing to
admit that she represented the alliance of bureaucratic corruption and corporate greed people are
sick of.
The most insidious excuse being pushed by the establishment Left (consisting of party leaders and much of the
mainstream media) is the so-called fake news trope.

Related: The Western War On Truth

No one denies that publishing articles about made-up events, and presenting that as real news, is a terrible thing, which
unfortunately gets shared without people taking the responsibility of verifying information.

But the censorship crusade being carried out by MSM is about more than actual fake news.

It is a vehicle for silencing alternative media and dissenting voices that represent a threat to the narrative. The
target is not just the alt-right but alternative news and views from a range of political categories.

MSM outlets such as NYMag, LA Times and the Independent immediately picked up on a list of False, Misleading,
Clickbait-y, and/or Satirical News Sources produced by a university professor. Without providing reasoning or examples to
back up the claim that this list should be taken seriously, it was held up as a blacklist to be avoided.

That may have been only the first salvo, as far greater plans are in the works, represented by something called the First
Draft Coalition.
Related: NZ's Media Already Very Concentrated, Lacks Diversity

Funded by Google News Lab, this coalition of over thirty major news and technology organisations aims to tackle issues
of trust and truth in reporting information that emerges online. Notable members include the New York Times, Washington
Post, CNN and BBC.

They have anointed themselves as a sort of Ministry of Truth, as Robert Parry describes in his examination of the fake
news subject:

It has also led to some very real harassment of the people caught up in the theory, including the owner of the
Comet Ping Pong pizzeria in the District, James Alefantis.

Alefantis has received hundreds of death threats over the past couple of weeks, he told the New York Times this
week, after Pizzagate enthusiasts decided that his restaurant was the secret headquarters of a child sex-trafficking
ring run by Hillary Clinton and members of her inner circle."

However, these self-appointed deciders have their own dubious history with accuracy in journalism.

We recently reported on five campaigns of deception that mainstream media have happily marched along with, resulting in
the suffering of millions and the whitewashing of American foreign policy. The New York Times and Washington Post were
particularly irresponsible with their reporting of falsities on nuclear weapons and WMD in Iraq.

They have long pushed the narrative for the foreign policy establishment, from ignoring the Iran-Contra scandal to providing
cover for U.S. machinations in Syria.
Related: The Major Purveyor of Fake News is the CIA-Corporate Complex

CNN silenced their own reporter who found evidence of human rights abuses being carried out in Bahrain, a Middle East
dictatorship that also happens to host the U.S. Navy Fifth Fleet.

But the irony of the First Draft Coalition goes even further. One of the founders of First Draft Coalition a citizen journalism
site called Bellingcat has published high-profile stories with false information, and, according to Parry, has a close
association with NATO through the Atlantic Council.

Despite Bellingcats checkered record and its conflicts of interest through the Atlantic Council, major Western
news outlets, including the Times and Post, have embraced Bellingcat, apparently because its articles always
seem to mesh neatly with U.S. and European propaganda on Syria and Ukraine.

Two of Bellingcats (or its founder Eliot Higginss) biggest errors were misplacing the firing location of the
suspected Syrian rocket carrying sarin gas on Aug. 21, 2013, and directing an Australian news crew to the wrong
site for the so-called getaway Buk video after the July 17, 2014 shoot-down of Malaysia Airlines Flight 17.

But like many news outlets that support establishment group thinks, Bellingcat wins widespread praise and
official endorsements, such as from the international MH-17 investigation that was largely controlled by Ukraines
unsavory intelligence agency, the SBU and that accepted Bellingcats dubious MH-17 evidence blaming the
Russians.

Parry believes that if this Ministry of Truth called the First Draft Coalition existed during Iran-Contra and the Iraq invasion,
the voices of dissent that ultimately exposed government and MSM lies would have been quashed.

U.S. intervention in Syria and the nurturing of the Salafist sect that went on to become ISIS - as well as the McCarthyist
aggression against Russia - all could not have happened without the support of Washington think-tanks and MSM
cheerleaders toeing the government line.
Related: Washington Post Disgracefully Promotes a McCarthyite Blacklist From a New, Hidden, and Very Shady
Group

So it comes back around to the problem of who gets to decide what constitutes fake news?

How can establishment outlets - who have purveyed a fake narrative of U.S. foreign policy that hides a truly
subversive, hegemonic and war-making nature - be trusted to tell us what is real?

There are undoubtedly great journalists among the members of the First Draft Coalition, who brave dangerous parts of the
world and the gauntlet of political retribution to bring us valuable information. Its the overarching agenda of establishment
media, acting as Praetorian Guard for Washingtons political elite, that has become so obvious and so troubling.

While its undeniable that some false or dubious stories get pushed during the heat of a political campaign and in
wartime and journalists have a role in fact-checking as best they can there is potentially a greater danger when
media insiders arrogate to themselves the power to dismiss contrary evidence as unacceptable, especially given
their own history of publishing stories that turned out to be dubious if not entirely false.

Its even more dangerous when these self-appointed arbiters of truth combine forces with powerful Internet search
engines and social media companies to essentially silence dissenting opinions and contrary facts by making them
very difficult for the public to locate.

Alternative media represent a choice for people who are fed up with the system, and it is the peoples responsibility to
research the news in order to achieve an accurate perspective on events.

It is not up to a self-proclaimed Ministry of Truth laden with the same corrupt baggage that acted as proverbial bouy for
Hillary Clinton during the campaign to dictate what is right and wrong.
Heres Why Fake News Sites Are Dangerous
Were not supposed to believe these fake news Individuals created their news operations on
their own.

Were not supposed to believe each individual had a vision of what the news is supposed to be and followed that
vision forward with great energy.

Related: 5 Times Corporate Media Got Caught Publishing Fake News Causing the Death & Suffering of Millions
Here is your daily mantra: Narrow the range of thought, narrow the range of thought.

Exposing elites who run the world?

Exposing pedophile networks?

Documenting the lies and fabrications of major media?

Laying bare the manipulations of Globalists?

Revealing the crimes of both major political parties in America?

Uncovering the spread of pharmaceutical devastation?

Tracking the ruthless ops of major corporations?

Yes, many so-called fake news sites do all this and much more - but something else is also going on.

Many of these sites were launched and are spearheaded by ONE man or woman.

No person outside the mainstream is supposed to be so emboldened by his/her own point of view and passion.

All points of view belong to a group.

An individual works for what he believes is true? He keeps his own counsel? He forges ahead, despite all opposition? He
may even, when all is said and done, make a profit from his own labors?

Were supposed to oppose these evils, and by the grace of governments and their shadow operators, we will emerge from
the darkness and find our salvation in a New Order of things.

And never - if you happen to disagree with what some independent news site is saying - NEVER entertain the idea
of starting YOUR OWN news operation and building it from the ground up to reflect YOUR OWN vision.
Related: Washington Post claims Natural News is controlled by the Russian government

NEVER. That is individual power, which is the horrible fate that would await you. DOING IT ON YOUR OWN? Avoid it
like the plague.

America was originally built on chipping away at peoples individual creations and tearing them down. Right? How else could
America have succeeded?

It is only by taking away independence in all its forms that we could have arrived at the cusp of this grand triumph
now: One Collectivist World.

If we give all our attention to the six corporations that own big media and deliver their news to us, we will arrive.

Hail, Caesar! Your followers salute you! Let the bands play. March to the tune. No individual ever built anything, no
individual can build anything, no individual ever will build anything.

Search for the media-teat of the State. Find it. And drink from it.

Related: The Fake News Witch Hunt: McCarthys Red Scare Redux

Ah. How rejuvenating.

In summary, independent news-site creators are fakes because theyre real.

Outside the mainstream, on their own, they launched and expanded their operations. Being real outside the mainstream is
fake, because the powers-that-be do not support that model.

Are we clear? I hope so.

You can be fake within the approved model: thats real. But if youre real outside the approved model: thats fake.
Got it?

Dont you see that the whole aim of Newspeak is to narrow the range of thought?

- 1984, George Orwell.

Did Orwell even think to obtain permission from the New York Times before writing that statement?

Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists

Part 1: Click here Part 2: Click here Part 3: Click here Part 4: Click here

Part 5: Click here Part 6: Click here Part 7: Click here Part 8: Click here

Part 9: Click here Part 10: Click here Part 11: Click here Part 12: Click here
 Part 13: Click here Part 14: Click here

http://www.wakeupkiwi.com/cabal-nwo-watch-14.shtml

Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists

Part 1: Click here Part 2: Click here Part 3: Click here Part 4: Click here

Part 5: Click here Part 6: Click here Part 7: Click here Part 8: Click here

Part 9: Click here Part 10: Click here Part 11: Click here Part 12: Click here

Part 13: Click here Part 14: Click here

New Zealands Reputation Stained By Corruption - Case In Point: The Turitea Wind
Farm
November 30 2016 | From: TuriteaDocuments

Observers of recent world events have witnessed a pushback against corruption and the poor
behaviour of governments. Unfortunately New Zealand is not corruption free. When making such a
claim there must be concrete evidence to back it up.
This evidence, which has taken more than six years to assemble, is provided in the link below.

Related: New Zealand Government Has Pledged Millions Of Dollars Worth Of Taxpayer Funds To The Corrupt
Clinton Foundation & Clinton Health Access Initiatives

The government, which self reports on its corruption status, secretly colluded with Mighty River Power, a then State Owned
Enterprise, and our local government authority, Palmerston North City Council [PNCC], to force a gigantic wind farm on the
local community; known as the Turitea wind farm.

This was initiated during the reign of former Prime Minister Helen Clark. The consummation of a hitherto punitive, secret
contract, which cancels the governments social contract with all New Zealanders, took place during the current
administration.
The Turitea Wind Farm is comprised of 60 turbines. The 60 3MW Turitea turbines are 10 metres taller than these at Tararua three and will tower over
the city

This mafia like contract imposes a 3 million dollar penalty on PNCC if it helps anyone affected by the wind farm and further
imposes unlimited liability if it changes its mind about supporting it.

A variation to the contract shows all participants would conspire to overthrow any decision by a court impeding the
wind farm.

The wind farm was "approved" and a consent issued by a judge, Shonagh Kenderdine. Kenderdine however was not a
judge as she had been automatically and compulsorily removed, by virtue of age, from the judicial register more than
13 months prior to issuing the consent at the conclusion of a Call-In process, which has higher legal authority than an actual
court of law.

This fraud by Kenderdine is certainly not a Commonwealth first. Kenderdine, without a warrant and just a member
of the public, took a very substantial bribe to bring the secret contract to a predetermined conclusion.

No one was supposed to find out. Virtually all the executive from the Prime Minister and Attorney-General down either know
about this or are actively in on the fraud.
"Judge" Shonagh Kenderdine being awarded the Insignia if a Companion of the Queen's Service Order for services to the judiciary by then New
Zealand Governor-General Sir Jerry Mateparae

They and a range of government agencies have been contacted on numerous occasions. These agencies include the Office
of the Governor-General, police, Financial Markets Authority, LCRO, Judicial Conduct Commissioner, Ministry for the
Environment, Serious Fraud Office, Environment Court, Law Commission, Ombudsman, Office of the Auditor General, etc.

With the exception of one, which was compelled to give the game away, all have maintained a code of silence.

The factual account linked below has all the hallmarks of a systematic fraud; corruption at the highest levels of government,
subversion and alienation of existing law, illegal payments, securities fraud, media collusion, and PNCC ratepayers facing
severe financial loss, the whole nine yards, but with two laughably novel twists.

1. The Turitea and Puketoi wind farms have been deliberately located right on top of three of the country's most
dangerous active fault lines.

2. A 49% share in Mighty River Power, which owns the consents, was subsequently sold to unwitting investors.

Despite assurances the earthquake risk was not revealed. Taxpayers and individual investors will bear the inevitable losses.

Below is part of the fault line map of New Zealand. The red box shows the area of the location of the Turitea Wind
Farm. The yellow box marks the town of Kaukoura, the worst hit area during the recent 7.8 magnitude earthquake.
Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

The recent 7.8 magnitude earthquake causing very serious damage at the top of the South Island is a stern reminder of the
certain vulnerability of the Manawatu and Wairarapa landscape to even greater events.

Conspiratorial corruption is here laid out with all the proof needed. The main participants are identified and their
actions laid bare. Be prepared for some surprises:

For more detail see this PDF document | Also visit: TuriteaDocuments

Related: Does The Local Government Act Amendment Bill Result In Amalgamation By Stealth? Local Body
Developments

Reddit Bans "Pizzagate" - "We Don't Want Witchhunts On Our Site" + #Pizzagate Was
Merely Code For Child Sex Trafficking
November 30 2016 | From: Zerohedge / FreedomOutpost / Various

For those not familiar with the movement, the "Pizzagate" subreddit was started by a group of
Trump-supporting internet sleuths who were attempting to use WikiLeaks' leaked Podesta emails
to connect the Clintons and John Podesta to the convicted sex offender, Jeffrey Epstein.
John David Podesta was the former chairman of the 2016 Hillary Clinton presidential campaign. He previously served as chief of staff to President
Bill Clinton and Counselor to President Barack Obama

That said, when the Podesta emails failed to reveal a "smoking gun" linkage, the sleuths instead turned their focus
to mulitple "pizza" references in Podesta's emails which then led to the speculation that those "pizza" references
must be code for something far more sinister.

Related: Pizzagate: How 4Chan Uncovered The Sick World Of Washingtons Occult Elite + The Clinton Child Sex
Trafficking Network: A Comprehensive Guide
As of November 24, the subreddit, r/Pizzagate, was officially banned by Reddit which posted the above notice to their site

According to the Washington Post, the "Pizzagate" sleuths are convinced that the "secret headquarters of a child sex-
trafficking ring run by Hillary Clinton and members of her inner circle" is located in the basement of a Washington
D.C. pizza shop called the Comet Ping Pong Pizzeria. The owner of the pizzeria, James Alefantis, says he has received
numerous death threats over the past couple of weeks and has been forced to go to the FBI for protection.

It has also led to some very real harassment of the people caught up in the theory, including the owner of the
Comet Ping Pong pizzeria in the District, James Alefantis.

Alefantis has received hundreds of death threats over the past couple of weeks, he told the New York Times this
week, after Pizzagate enthusiasts decided that his restaurant was the secret headquarters of a child sex-trafficking
ring run by Hillary Clinton and members of her inner circle."
Related: Obamas Homosexual Bundler Arrested for Child Rape

According to the New York Times, Alefantis first heard of Pizzagate after he started receiving threatening messages on
Instagram and Facebook. Aside from some friendships with prominent democratic insiders like David Brock and Tony
Podesta, Alefantis told the Times he's not sure how this conspiracy theory got linked to his business.

None of it was true. While Mr. Alefantis has some prominent Democratic friends in Washington and was a
supporter of Mrs. Clinton, he has never met her, does not sell or abuse children, and is not being
investigated by law enforcement for any of these claims. He and his 40 employees had unwittingly become real
people caught in the middle of a storm of fake news.

From this insane, fabricated conspiracy theory, weve come under constant assault, said Mr. Alefantis, 42,
who was once in a relationship with David Brock, a provocative former right-wing journalist who became an
outspoken advocate for Mrs. Clinton.

Mr. Alefantis suspects those relationships may have helped to make him a target. Ive done nothing for days
but try to clean this up and protect my staff and friends from being terrorized, he said.

Mr. Alefantis mingles with other Washington chefs and his establishment helped him to be named No. 49 in GQ
magazines 50 most powerful people in Washington in 2012.

His customers include some high-powered locals, such as Tony Podesta, the brother of John Podesta,
whom Mr. Alefantis knows casually. Mr. Alefantis and Mr. Brock, who is the founder of Media Matters for
America, a website that tracks press coverage critical of the Clintons and works to debunk misinformation in the
conservative press, broke up five years ago.

While WaPo says the Pizzagate sleuths have failed to uncover any actual evidence of their accusations, the dismissal of
their efforts by the media only seems to be strengthening their resolve.
 "Pizzagate has yet to produce any actual evidence for its extremely weighty and life-ruining accusations, but
every debunking of its claims - including the one in the Times - has only convinced its believers that they must be
right, and that the circle of pedophiles and sympathizers trying to cover up their findings must be even bigger and
more powerful than they imagined."

In fact, after the Reddit ban, one former moderator of the Pizzagate subreddit posted the following message
on r/The_Donald:

Finally, we are not finished. Obviously the entire mod team and everyone else is tightening up our opsec
and putting on our battle-armor.

To those who pressured Reddit into this censorship: none of us are turning back. We have all made life
insurance videos. We have all vowed to continue this fight. You have only increased our number. This morning
we were numerous, tonight we are legion."

Reading between the lines, we'd say they're not quite ready to give up on Pizzagate.
#Pizzagate Was Merely Code For Child Sex Trafficking

The Pizzagate scandal is the latest news to be broken by Wikileaks. It's real. It's disgusting.
It's criminal.

It's nothing more than predatory pedophiles in high positions using code words for ordering a pizza to refer to
wanting to engage a child in sex, and it looks like Hillary Clinton's campaign manager's brother was right in the
middle of it, along with Thalemic Spirit Cooking advocate Marina Abromovic.

Related: #PizzaGate Norway? Pedophiles: Politicians, Police Reportedly Among 20 Arrested Suspects

Now, many web sites and social media are being censored for reporting on the subject.

Remember when Julian Assange was leading America down the road of the corruption at the heart of the Clinton
Foundation? Well, this is what he was going after. He was trying to make the American people aware of the depravity of
those who represent them.

Infowars gives a brief synopsis of what took place and how it could be understood, including the symbolism, which is taken
directly from unclassified FBI documents that list symbols and logos used by pedophiles to identify sexual preferences.

Pizzagate Is Real: Something Is Going On, But What?

A warning to viewers, the following images are disturbing.

This all began after Wikileaks founder Julian Assange released hundreds of thousands of secret documents detailing a
corrupt DNC, a backstabbing Clinton foundation and the modus operandi of a clumsy criminal campaign attempting to attain
the keys to the most powerful seat on Earth.

But the real truth Assange was leading us to was hidden between the blurred lines of Hillary Clintons campaign manager
John Podestas released emails.

Fast forward past John Podestas brother Tonys casual email exchange with Thalemic Spirit Cooking adherent Marina
Abromovic. That was simply an introduction. The Rosetta Stone was needed next. A Verification that high level Washington
D.C. Predatory Pedophiles were using a code to communicate child sex trafficking as casually as ordering a pizza.

All hidden in plain view. The FBI has long known the symbols pedophiles are using to operate.
Now, isn't that interesting that the FBI, the same unconstitutional agency that violated federal law in running Operation
Pacifier that distributed tens of thousands of pictures and video of underage children in sex acts.

This is also the same agency that criminally operated 23 child porn sites in order to arrest those who looked at what they
were providing.

Keep in mind, this is the same agency, whose director confirmed that Hillary Clinton broke the law, but would not
recommend she be prosecuted for her crimes.

We know James Comey has ties to Clinton Foundation donors, which has amassed him seven figures. Could it be that Mr.
Comey is trying to keep something else like Pizzagate from coming out?

Infowars reported:

The Rosetta Stone was needed next. A Verification that high level Washington D.C. Predatory Pedophiles were
using a code to communicate child sex trafficking as casually as ordering a pizza. All hidden in plain view."

"The FBI has long known the symbols pedophiles are using to operate," the report continues.

"An FBI Unclassified document from WikiLeaks reveals 'Symbols and Logos Used by Pedophiles to Identify Sexual
Preferences... to include those who sexually abuse children as well as those who produce, distribute, and trade
child pornography, are using various types of identification logos or symbols to recognize one another and
distinguish their sexual preferences.

To specifically indicate the pedophile's gender preference, members of pedophilic organizations encourage the use
of descriptions such as 'boylove,' 'girllove,' and 'childlove.'

These symbols have been etched into rings and formed into pendants, and have also been found imprinted on
coins.

Investigators should also be attentive to pedophilia symbols advertised on Web sites. During examinations of
computer files, investigators should be conscious of subjects who try to conceal child pornography by labeling
them with symbols instead of the typical suggestive explicit names."

"Nowclues. The menu from Comet Ping Pong," the report added.

"Notice the symbol of the ping pong paddles and its clever resemblance to the FBI documents symbol for Child
Love. Hang on New York Times before you declare this fake news from your Ivory Tower.

Now look at the symbol for Besta Pizza just two doors down from Comet Ping Pong Pizza, boldly using the symbol
for boy lover as was recorded on the Unclassified FBI Document.

The evidence begins to reveal that Besta Pizza and Comet Ping Pong Pizza maybe competing for the lucrative
Washington D.C. Pedophile market right out in the open."
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Additionally, it was discovered that Andrew Kline is the owner of Besta Pizza, whose corporation is Uptown Pizza. In
an article from Vanity Fair in 2011 (archived copy) Kline is identified.

The person who made the discovery said he was "not directly accusing Andrew of anything," but simply wanted
these facts made known"

Besta Pizza logo contained known pedophile symbolism

 Best Pizza logo removed symbolism within the last few days

Andrew Kline owns Besta Pizza.

Andrew Kline worked/works as an attorney in Human Trafficking Prosecution Unit of the DoJ

Andrew Kline was appointed to this position by Bill Clinton

We are also seeing some censorship taking place on reports on Pizzagate. Mac Slavo of SHTFPlan.com writes;

"The evidence is now overwhelming whatever the full truth of the matter, something is very, very suspicious about the
"pizza code" that has been discovered in the leaked Podesta emails that many believe is connected to a ring of pedophilia
activity.

Independent researchers have been scouring the web for supporting information, and have pieced together a disturbing pile
of circumstantial evidence connecting many of DC's most powerful to lewd comments, references to illegal sex acts and
child trafficking, dark art and more.

John Podesta - to see what he is up to here be sure to watch the fillowing video
It is very likely that this could go to the very top, where powerful people are protected by people with ranking positions inside
the power structure."

The De-Occulting of John Podesta

In case you still doubt that these people are part of an occult organisation hiding in plain site and rubbing it in your faces -
the following will remove any doubt as to such...

"Perhaps that is why many channels and researchers are meeting censorship, threats and bans," he added. "Reddit's thread
on the topic, which was quickly becoming the definitive gathering place for the information, was shut down.

Meanwhile, the entire The Daily Sheeple website was shutdown temporarily over a copyright claim about an image in "pizza
gate" story (see video at bottom).

Numerous YouTube accounts have been suspended or blocked as well. Read more: The Disturbing, Disgusting Pedophile
Code Hidden in the John Podesta Emails."

Slavo then introduced a video from SGT Report on the "scrubbing" of social media accounts and censoring of websites.

"While the NY Times tries to soft peddle #PizzaGate, Reddit tries to kill the Sub-Reddit investigation and Twitter attempts to
censor breaking news on the global pedophile ring it's too late. The genie is out of the bottle. We will not be stopped. Truth
will be revealed. Because #PizzaGate is a WORLDWIDE CITIZEN INVESTIGATION NOW. And the pedos are running
scared."

Take a look for yourself and see if this might be, in part, the reason for going after outlets and labeling them as "fake news"
that seriously question and attempt to bring to the light things the mainstream media won't touch with a ten foot pole.

Pizzagate is a Worldwide Citizen Investigation Now

While the NY Times tries to soft peddle #PizzaGate, Reddit tries to kill the Sub-Reddit investigation and Twitter attempts to
censor breaking news on the global pedophile ring - it's too late. The genie is out of the bottle. We will not be stopped. Truth
will be revealed. Because #PizzaGate is a Worldwide Citizen Investigation now. And the pedos are running scared.

And then there is this, this, this and this:

PizzaGate Definitive Factcheck: Oh My God

Is PizzaGate real, sort of real, or blown out of proportion? Researcher Megan (twitter.com/zeduslepedus) gave all of this an
independent look on her own, in case I was seeing connections that were not there. Sadly, I've perhaps been too tame in
my coverage here- these are totally sick people. NO doubt in my mind. None whatsoever. My God.
 NYT's Defense Of PizzaGate DC Pedophiles Blown Apart

Shame on The New York Times. Shame on Cecilia Kang. Shame on disgusting James Alefantis. America is watching,
sickos. The entire world is watching. And we are very, very angry. Global justice.

Related: PizzaGate - NYT Defense Trashed - Reddit Bans PizzaGate - Elite Pedophilia Network Defensive?
UPDATE 2

#PizzaGate: What We Know So Far

Related: Reddit Bans Pizzagate Investigation into D.C.-area Child Sex Ring - Labels it a Witch Hunt

#PizzaGate the Documentary, Pedophilia Involving Podesta Emails, Clinton, Obama, David Brock,
DNC

This is the complete and definitive documentary on the Pizza Gate Pedophilia Scandal involving John & Tony Podesta,
Hillary & Bill Clinton, Barack Obama, the DNC, Andrew Kline and Arun Rao of the DOJ, David Brock of Media Matters, and
many more.

For further research all the links have been compiled on my steemit blog: here.

Related: 1 in 3 Refugee Kids Vanished After Calais Jungle Camp Demolition - Charity

Planned Obsolescence: How The Products You Buy Are Designed To Break
November 29 2016 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

How many times have you bought an electronic device, only to find out that it has stopped
functioning properly just a short time after your purchase (or just after the Warranty ended)?
Planned Obsolescence: The absurd practise of designing products with a limited lifespan in order to maximise profits, based on the notion that infinite
economic growth can be balanced by the finite resources of the planet...

You spent so much money on it, and suddenly youre sad to know that its not working well anymore.

The result? Wasted expenses, labor, energy and finite resources, not to mention the toxic waste that ends up in landfills,
poisoning the planet. But why is that so? Why is it that most products lifespan is so short, considering the advanced modern
technological means of production?

Enter planned obsolescence.

Cyclical Consumption & Planned Obsolescence

Our economic system is based on consumption - the more we buy, the more money moves into the economy, and hence
the more the economy grows. If money stops moving, the economic system is bound to collapse, since people will not be
paid or have money to pay for the products and services they need or want.

There are two main ways our society manages to keep people buying stuff:

Firstly, through advertising. Were exposed to thousands of advertisements each and every day whose sole purpose is to
convince us to keep on shopping under the promise that doing so will make our lives better.

Through advertising, companies have managed to make us confuse our needs with our wants, thus making us desire to
acquire things that we dont truly need, so that we can fill in their pockets by emptying our own.
Secondly, through planned obsolescence, although this is not yet understood by many. If you didnt know, planned
obsolescence is a production technique that compels people to buy more and more stuff unnecessarily, by providing people
with products of short lifespan.

Instead of creating goods with the intention to last for as long as it is technically possible - considering that we are living in a
finite planet with finite resources as well as the importance of saving material and human energy - companies, whose sole
interest is to make sales, purposefully design products of low quality that will soon break, in order to assure repeat
purchases.

Planned Obsolescence & The Phoebus Light Bulb Cartel

In the early 20th century, technical efficiency brought about by industrial development in the US increased dramatically,
which resulted in the production of higher quality goods at a much quicker pace.

Although that was a great success from a technological standpoint, the fact that the goods produced had increased lifespan
was found to slow down consumption - hence it was an anathema for the economy.
In order to prevent this from happening even further, people were encouraged to make more purchases, but it was found
that this alone couldnt make a significant difference.

The solution given in the 1930s was to make it legally mandatory for all industries to produce goods of lower
lifespan, which was believed to help reduce unemployment and increase consumption.

This brings us to the case of the Phoebus light bulb cartel.

In the 1930s, a single light bulb could last for up to 25,000 hours, but the cartel forced all companies produce bulbs limited to
a maximum life of 1,000 hours in order to increase demand. Below is a trailer of The Light Bulb Conspiracy, a feature
documentary film that investigates the evolution and impact of planned obsolescence.

The Light Bulb Conspiracy

In order to make sure that people make repeat purchases, most manufacturers today create products that have short life
cycles. In other words, the products sold by most companies have been intentionally designed in such a way that they will
break shortly after theyve been purchased, so as to urge the general public to buy more of them in the future.

Market Efficiency vs Technical Efficiency

In our economic system, which is based on cyclical consumption, technical efficiency is only damaging to the market
efficiency - both cannot co-exist by any means.

Increased technical efficiency decreases market efficiency, which is disrupting the flow of our economy.
But how stupid is it to keep on having such an economic system, knowing how technically inefficient it is as well as its
tremendous negative impacts on society and the natural world?

Instead of urging people to buy more and more, would it not be wiser to make use of our current scientific knowledge to
create an economic system that is based on technical efficiency and environmental sustainability?

I would like to leave you now with these questions in mind, which will hopefully help you to realize how obsolete our
economic system is and urge you to seek out information about how alternative economic systems can be implemented that
would actually promote social and environmental well-being.
The Truth About Money Is Out & Austerity In 8 Minutes: Why It Does Not Work, Why It
Is Still Practised
November 28 2016 | From: TheGuardian / Yanis Varoufakis

The truth about money creation and Austerity. Back in the 1930s, Henry Ford is supposed to have
remarked that it was a good thing that most Americans didn't know how banking really works,
because if they did, "there'd be a revolution before tomorrow morning".

In 2014, something remarkable happened. The Bank of England let the cat out of the bag. In a paper called "Money
Creation in the Modern Economy", co-authored by three economists from the Bank's Monetary Analysis
Directorate, they stated outright that most common assumptions of how banking works are simply wrong, and that
the kind of populist, heterodox positions more ordinarily associated with groups such as Occupy Wall Street are
correct.

Archival: Russell Norman Starts Talking About The Fraudulent Money Creation System A Month Ago And Has Just
Resigned

In doing so, they have effectively thrown the entire theoretical basis for austerity out of the window.

To get a sense of how radical the Bank's new position is, consider the conventional view, which continues to be the basis of
all respectable debate on public policy. People put their money in banks.

Banks then lend that money out at interest either to consumers, or to entrepreneurs willing to invest it in some profitable
enterprise. True, the fractional reserve system does allow banks to lend out considerably more than they hold in reserve,
and true, if savings don't suffice, private banks can seek to borrow more from the central bank.
The central bank can print as much money as it wishes. But it is also careful not to print too much. In fact, we are often told
this is why independent central banks exist in the first place.

If governments could print money themselves, they would surely put out too much of it, and the resulting inflation would
throw the economy into chaos. Institutions such as the Bank of England or US Federal Reserve were created to carefully
regulate the money supply to prevent inflation.

This is why they are forbidden to directly fund the government, say, by buying treasury bonds, but instead fund private
economic activity that the government merely taxes.

It's this understanding that allows us to continue to talk about money as if it were a limited resource like bauxite or
petroleum, to say "there's just not enough money" to fund social programmes, to speak of the immorality of government debt
or of public spending "crowding out" the private sector.

The Bank of England has admitted that none of this is really true. To quote from its own initial summary:

Rather than banks receiving deposits when households save and then lending them out, bank lending creates
deposits" "In normal times, the central bank does not fix the amount of money in circulation, nor is central bank
money 'multiplied up' into more loans and deposits."

In other words, everything we know is not just wrong it's backwards. When banks make loans, they create money.
This is because money is really just an IOU.

The role of the central bank is to preside over a legal order that effectively grants banks the exclusive right to create IOUs of
a certain kind, ones that the government will recognise as legal tender by its willingness to accept them in payment of
taxes.

There's really no limit on how much banks could create, provided they can find someone willing to borrow it. They will never
get caught short, for the simple reason that borrowers do not, generally speaking, take the cash and put it under their
mattresses; ultimately, any money a bank loans out will just end up back in some bank again.
So for the banking system as a whole, every loan just becomes another deposit.

What's more, insofar as banks do need to acquire funds from the central bank, they can borrow as much as they like; all the
latter really does is set the rate of interest, the cost of money, not its quantity.

Since the beginning of the recession, the US and British central banks have reduced that cost to almost nothing. In fact, with
"quantitative easing" they've been effectively pumping as much money as they can into the banks, without producing any
inflationary effects.

Austerity In 8 Minutes: Why It Does Not Work. Why It Is Still Practised

What this means is that the real limit on the amount of money in circulation is not how much the central bank is willing to
lend, but how much government, firms, and ordinary citizens, are willing to borrow.

Government spending is the main driver in all this (and the paper does admit, if you read it carefully, that the
central bank does fund the government after all). So there's no question of public spending "crowding out" private
investment. It's exactly the opposite.

Why did the Bank of England admit all this? Well, one reason is because it's obviously true.

The Bank's job is to actually run the system, and of late, the system has not been running especially well. It's
possible that it decided that maintaining the fantasy-land version of economics that has proved so convenient to
the rich is simply a luxury it can no longer afford.

But politically, this is taking an enormous risk.

Just consider what might happen if mortgage holders realised the money the bank lent them is not, really, the life savings of
some thrifty pensioner, but something the bank just whisked into existence through its possession of a magic wand
which we, the public, handed over to it.

Historically, the Bank of England has tended to be a bellwether, staking out seeming radical positions that ultimately become
new orthodoxies. If that's what's happening here, we might soon be in a position to learn if Henry Ford was right.

Going With The Flow: The Global Battle For Your Personal Data
November 26 2016 | From: ArtsTechnica

Should governments be allowed to impose localisation requirements to protect privacy?

It's a clich that "data is the new oil"- a metaphor that dates back to at least 2006. Like oil, data is beginning to drive
conflict, as different political blocs fight for control of how this valuable resource flows around the world.

Related: Former Head Of The NSA And CIA Makes Statements That Imply John Key Is Lying About Mass
Surveillance

That tussle is at a critical juncture because of the confluence of three major factors: The Snowden revelations about
massive online surveillance; key judgments by Europe's top court; and attempts by the US to use major trade deals to lock
in unrestricted data flows globally.

The growing awareness of the importance of data flows to both technology and the world's economy is reflected in the
number of reports on the topic that have been issued recently. For example, in April 2014, McKinsey published "Global flows
in a digital age," which noted:

Global online traffic across borders grew 18-fold between 2005 and 2012, and could increase eightfold more by
2025. Digital technologies, which reduce the cost of production and distribution, are transforming flows in three
ways:

Through the creation of purely digital goods and services, digital wrappers that enhance the value of physical
flows, and digital platforms that facilitate cross-border production and exchange."
A month later, the European Centre for International Political Economy (ECIPE) issued a report that aimed to:

Quantify the losses that result from data localisation requirements and related data privacy and security laws that
discriminate against foreign suppliers of data, and downstream goods and services providers."

Data localisation in this context means keeping data within the same country - or legal bloc, in some cases - where it
originated.

According to ECIPE's econometric modelling, if the European Union were to introduce economy-wide data localisation
requirements that applied across all sectors of the economy, its GDP would suffer a loss of 1.1 percent as non-EU
companies run fleeing to the hills.

ECIPE said domestic investments would fall by 3.9 percent, and the economic losses suffered by EU citizens would total
156 billion (182 billion, $193 billion).

The Snowden Revelations

One reason why many countries were and still are considering data localisation requirements that would force companies to
keep data within national or legal boundaries, is the Snowden leaks.

These showed the NSA and GCHQ carrying out surveillance on a hitherto unsuspected scale.

In particular, Edward Snowden revealed that both agencies spied on data as it flowed across US and UK borders to
and from other countries.

An obvious way to avoid this problem is to keep data in the country where it is generated, to minimise opportunities for
foreign interception.

That too has issues - for example, it's easier for national governments to spy on and demand information - but it does place
obstacles in the way of external intelligence agencies like the NSA and GCHQ.
Related: New Zealand Prime Minister Uses Bogus Islamic State Threat As Excuse To Ramp Up National Security
And Surveillance Powers

One country that has already adopted this approach is Russia, which passed a data localisation law in 2014. LinkedIn's
failure to comply means that the soon-to-be Microsoft subsidiary faces the prospect of Russian ISPs blocking access to its
site. As Ars has reported, China too is bringing in data localisation requirements.

Perhaps even more important than Snowden's impact on governments' future data localisation policies have been the
knock-on consequences of his revelations for the "Safe Harbour" framework that has governed data flows from the EU to
the US since 2000.

In 1998, the EU's directive on data protection went into effect, which prohibited the transfer of personal data to non-
European Union countries that do not meet the 28-member-state bloc's "adequacy" standard for privacy protection - in other
words, that offered sufficient safeguards for personal data.

The Safe Harbour website explains:

"In order to bridge these differences in approach and provide a streamlined means for US organisations to comply
with the Directive, the US Department of Commerce in consultation with the European Commission developed a
'Safe Harbour' framework and this website to provide the information an organisation would need to evaluate - and
then join - the US-EU Safe Harbour programme."

Snowden's leaks showed the NSA gaining access to personal data held by major US online companies like Facebook as
part of the PRISM programme.
Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Related: Surveillance: The Hidden Ways Youre Tracked

As a result, the Austrian privacy activist Max Schrems brought a legal challenge to data transfers made between the EU and
the US using the Safe Harbour framework.

As his site puts it:

"Safe Harbour does not allow for [data] forwarding as it is performed under PRISM. If it would allow such
forwarding the 'Safe Harbour Decision' would itself be illegal under Regulation 95/46/EC [the EU directive on data
protection]."

Further Reading: Europes highest court strikes down Safe Harbour data sharing between EU and US

Since Facebook has its European headquarters in Ireland, Schrems took his complaint to the Irish data protection agency.
According to Schrems, the Irish data protection commissioner argued that "he does not have any duty to investigate the
complaint and later argued that the legal view expressed in the complaint is 'frivolous'." As a result, Schrems' complaint was
not investigated.
Related: Not Just Surveillance: 3 Current Phenomena Exposing 1984 As An Instruction Manual For The State

Schrems sought a judicial review by the Irish High Court, which then asked the Court of Justice of the European Union
(CJEU) to rule on issues raised by the Safe Harbour framework. On October 6 last year, Europe's top court handed down its
judgment, which effectively struck down Safe Harbour.

The central problem, the court found, was that PRISM allowed:

"Access on a generalised basis to the content of electronic communications," which the CJEU said "must be
regarded as compromising the essence of the fundamental right to respect for private life," and therefore
unacceptable under EU law.

Unless a suitable replacement for Safe Harbour could be found, data flows across the Atlantic would be illegal, and
companies continuing to transfer EU personal data to the US risked large fines.

What was needed was an upgraded version of Safe Harbour, otherwise US companies faced the prospect of being forced to
keep all the personal data of their EU users within the European Union, something they insisted they were reluctant to do.

After fraught negotiations, the new Privacy Shield framework was announced on July 8. The European Commission claimed
it was "fundamentally different" from Safe Harbour, and ruled out "indiscriminate mass surveillance":

The EU-US Privacy Shield will ensure a high level of protection for individuals and legal certainty for business. It is
fundamentally different from the old 'Safe Harbour': It imposes clear and strong obligations on companies handling
the data and makes sure that these rules are followed and enforced in practice.

For the first time, the US has given the EU written assurance that the access of public authorities for law
enforcement and national security will be subject to clear limitations, safeguards and oversight mechanisms and
has ruled out indiscriminate mass surveillance of European citizens' data.
 And last but not least the Privacy Shield protects fundamental rights and provides for several accessible and
affordable redress mechanisms."

Reactions to the new Privacy Shield were mixed. Microsoft called it "an important achievement for the privacy rights of
citizens across Europe, and for companies across all industries that rely on international data flows to run their businesses
and serve their customers."

Schrems, by contrast, said:

"Privacy Shield is the product of pressure by the US and the IT industrynot of rational or reasonable
considerations. It is little more than an little upgrade to Safe Harbour, but not a new deal. It is very likely to fail
again, as soon as it reaches the CJEU."

Joe McNamee, executive director of European Digital Rights, agreed with this view:

"We now have to wait until the court again rules that the deal is illegal and then, maybe, the EU and US can
negotiate a credible arrangement that actually respects the law, engenders trust and protects our fundamental
rights."

Further Reading: Welcome to the machine: Yahoo mail scanning exposes another govt spy tool

News that Yahoo had been secretly scanning customers' e-mails greatly increases the likelihood of the Privacy Shield
scheme being thrown out by the EU's top court. Snowden tweeted that during the Privacy Shield negotiations the US
insisted that this kind of spying would never occur. As a result, the CJEU judges are unlikely to be impressed by any claims
that Privacy Shield complies with EU laws.
A legal challenge to the Privacy Shield framework has already been filed, but not at the Court of Justice, which heard and
threw out Safe Harbour. Instead, Digital Rights Ireland is asking the lesser-known General Court of the European Union to
annul Privacy Shield, still on the grounds that it affords insufficient privacy protection to EU citizens.

General Data Protection Regulation

A successful challenge to Privacy Shield would be a serious problem for US companies wishing to move personal data out
of the EU. At the end of 2015, the European Parliament, the Council, and the Commission reached an agreement on "new
data protection rules, establishing a modern and harmonised data protection framework across the EU," including
the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), which greatly extends the reach and force of EU privacy laws.

Related: You Can Defeat Mass Surveillance: Heres How (Pictorial Guide)

Chapter 5 of the GDPR confirms the need for something like Privacy Shield to regulate the flow of data outside the EU, and
spells out huge fines for companies that flout the new GDPR rules - up to 20 million, or four percent of the total worldwide
annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher.

Stricter GDPR rules, coupled with the prospect that personal data might need to remain within the EU's borders, may
represent a threat for US companies, but they are also a business opportunity for cloud computing services.

For example, the newly-formed Cloud Infrastructure Services Providers in Europe (CISPE) recently announced that it had
created:

"The first-ever data protection code of conduct requiring cloud infrastructure services providers to offer their
customers the ability to exclusively process and store data within the EU/EEA territories."
 The CISPE added:

Under the CISPE Code of Conduct, cloud infrastructure providers cannot data mine or profile customers personal
data for marketing, advertising or similar activities, for their own purposes or for the resale to third parties. The
CISPE Code precedes the application of the new European Union (EU) General Data Protection Regulation
(GDPR)."

US companies are also cashing in on the demand for EU-based processing and storage. For example, last
November Microsoft opened data centres in Germany, which it claimed would be immune to requests from the US
government to hand over data - thus attempting to address the key problem of surveillance that emerged in the Schrems'
judgment.

While the above looks like some type of military facility it is actually a Microsoft data center

Related: iSucker: Big Brother Internet Culture

More recently, Microsoft announced it had invested a total of 2.3 billion ($3 billion) in setting up its European cloud
computing facilities.

Further Reading: Microsoft is building data centres in Germany that the US government cant touch

The New York Times quoted Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella as saying:

"=Were building our global cloud infrastructure in Europe so it can be trusted by the multiple constituents. We can
meet the data residency needs of our European customers."

The newspaper also noted that other US giants are also investing heavily in EU facilities:
 Amazon Web Services, the largest player, announced last week that it would soon open multiple data centres in
France and Britain. Google, which already has sites in countries like Finland and Belgium, is expected to finish a
new multimillion-dollar data complex in the Netherlands by the end of the year."

Trade Deals

Although those moves might suggest that US Internet companies are resigned to a future where keeping the personal data
of EU citizens within the EU will be the norm, that's not the case. The main strategy of the online giants is doing everything
they can to stop data localisation happening; the new data centres are more like an insurance policy, in case they aren't
successful.

These multinational megacorps have a range of weapons at their disposal, but the most powerful is trade agreements. As
Ars has reported, today's big trade deals go far beyond simply removing tariffs.

Now, the emphasis is on harmonising national regulations in order to remove "non-tariff barriers." Prompted by
Stateside Internet companies, the US tries to use trade deals to persuade other countries to agree to unhindered
cross-border data flows, and to ban data localisation requirements.

One of the main battlefields here is the Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP). Recently, senior US
politicians sent a letter to the US Trade Representative, Michael Forman, who is responsible for US trade negotiations. The
politicians wrote:

TTIP must include clear and enforceable commitments on digital trade, but the EU has not engaged meaningfully
in this sector, particularly regarding cross border data flows and data server localization requirements."
As part of the TTIP deal, the politicians say, the EU must permit easy cross-border data flows by loosening its stringent
privacy protections, and forbid member states from requiring data localisation.

Further Reading: CETA: The Canadian TTIP nobody noticed until it was (almost) too late

TTIP is in limbo after Donald Trump won the US presidential election, and may even be dead, so the argument over how
data flows should be treated there will not re-commence for many months, if ever. But there are two other major deals
seeking to regulate European data flows, the Trade in Investment Services Agreement (TISA) - an international treaty
between 23 parties including the US and EU - and the Comprehensive Economic and Trade Agreement (CETA) between
Canada and the EU.

A recent study, entitled "Trade and privacy: complicated bedfellows?", suggested that new free trade deals should contain a
binding provision which fully exempts the existing and future EU legal framework for the protection of personal data from the
scope of the agreements.

However, in a commentary on the report, the activist Ante Wessels had doubts about the efficacy of this approach. He
wrote:

Trade and privacy are indeed difficult bedfellows. It is an open question whether data protection-proof free trade
agreements are possible."

If, indeed, that is the case, the report further suggests "the EU should not enter into additional commitments
concerning free data flows in new and enhanced disciplines that lack any reference to the partys privacy and data
protection laws."

One of the organisations that commissioned the report, BEUC, explained its position as follows:

Under the CISPE Code of Conduct, cloud infrastructure providers cannot data mine or profile customers personal
data for marketing, advertising or similar activities, for their own purposes or for the resale to third parties. The
 CISPE Code precedes the application of the new European Union (EU) General Data Protection Regulation
(GDPR)."

Related: How To Start Browsing The Web Anonymously

It's still not clear what the European Commission intends to do on this important issue. According to a report on EurActiv;

European Commission officials have struck a deal that could put a clause guaranteeing international data flows
into a trade agreement with 22 countries outside the bloc, including the United States and Australia [TISA]. But the
commission is in deadlock over whether to cave to pressure from the US despite criticism that salvaging the pact
on services could undermine EU privacy law."

According to the EC's summary of the latest round of TISA talks, data flows and localisation of computing facilities
will "Continue to require in-depth discussions between Parties."

Once again, the election of Donald Trump is likely to be a complicating factor here .

Further Reading: WikiLeaks releases secret TISA docs: The more evil sibling of TTIP and TPP

The position of the European Parliament is more straightforward, since it has adopted a text on TISA in which it calls on the
European Commission "to immediately and formally oppose the US proposals on movement of information."
Boris Johnson addresses supporters during a rally for the "Vote Leave" campaign

Post-Brexit Problems

Finally, it's worth noting there are major implications here for the UK as it heads towards Brexit. The UK's new Information
Commissioner, Elizabeth Denham, recently gave a speech called "Transparency, trust and progressive data protection," in
which she directly addressed the question of what the EU's new GDPR would mean post-Brexit:

The fact is, no matter what the future legal relationship between the UK and Europe, personal information will
need to flow. It is fundamental to the digital economy.

In a global economy we need consistency of law and standards - the GDPR is a strong law, and once we are out
of Europe, we will still need to be deemed adequate or essentially equivalent.

For those of you who are not lawyers out there, this means there would be a legal basis for data to flow between
Europe and the UK."

Whether or not the UK is a member of the EU, and whatever its formal relationship might be, if British companies - for
example, in the financial sector - want to process EU personal data, the protection in the UK must be "adequate or
essentially equivalent" for data flows from the continent to be permitted. It is therefore likely that the UK government will
need to bring in data privacy laws that align closely with the GDPR.

However, it's worth remembering that the reason why Safe Harbour was struck down, and why Privacy Shield may suffer the
same fate, is that the EU's highest court deemed the surveillance carried out by the NSA as excessive and therefore illegal.
Related: The Entire Internet History of UK Citizens Now Viewable by Government Organizations Such as Police,
Military, Taxes, Jobs and Pensions

But we know from Snowden's documents that GCHQ's Tempora programme is just as invasive - indeed, Snowden said that
historically: "They [GCHQ] are worse than the US."

That raises the interesting question of whether the CJEU would find that GCHQ's surveillance of data flows is also excessive
and therefore illegal under EU privacy laws if a challenge were brought by someone like, say, Schrems.

Further Reading: GCHQs data-mining techniques revealed in new Snowden leak

The UK government has managed to sidestep this issue so far. But once the UK is outside the European Union, continental
companies will not want to risk fines of up to four percent of their global turnover by sending personal data to a country
which may be judged a privacy pariah by the courts.

As data progresses from being the new oil that helps powers modern economies, to becoming the very life-blood that keeps
them alive, data flows will become a key strategic issue for all governments.

That's especially true for the UK, which will depend on them for its new, and as-yet undefined, relationships with the world's
nations, their citizens, and their companies.

Related: The Key To Ending Mass Surveillance? Maths

Is Psychiatry Bullshit? + Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In

Medical School
November 26 2016 | From: Sott / GlobalResearch

Some Psychiatrists View The Chemical-Imbalance Theory As A Well-Meaning Lie.

In the current issue of the journal Ethical Human Psychology and Psychiatry, Australian dissident psychiatrist Niall
McLaren titles his article, "Psychiatry as Bullshit" and makes a case for just that.

Related: The Myth Of Mental Illness: Psychiatry Is A Fraud And It Is All About Control + Opposition Defiant
Disorder - Non-Conformity And Anti-Authoritarianism Now Considered An Illness

The great controversies in psychiatry are no longer about its chemical-imbalance theory of mental illness or its DSM
diagnostic system, both of which have now been declared invalid even by the pillars of the psychiatry
establishment.

In 2011, Ronald Pies, editor-in-chief emeritus of the Psychiatric Times, stated;

In truth, the 'chemical imbalance' notion was always a kind of urban legend - never a theory seriously propounded
by well-informed psychiatrists."

And in 2013, Thomas Insel, then director of the National Institute of Mental Health, offered a harsh rebuke of the
DSM, announcing that because the DSM diagnostic system lacks validity, the: "NIMH will be re-orienting its
research away from DSM categories."

So, the great controversy today has now become just how psychiatry can be most fairly characterized given its record of
being proven wrong about virtually all of its assertions, most notably its classifications of behaviors, theories of "mental
illness" and treatment effectiveness/adverse effects.

Among critics, one of the gentlest characterizations of psychiatry is a "false narrative," the phrase used by investigative
reporter Robert Whitaker (who won the 2010 Investigative Reporters and Editors Book Award for Anatomy of an Epidemic)
to describe the story told by the psychiatrists' guild American Psychiatric Association.

In "Psychiatry as Bullshit," McLaren begins by considering several different categories of "nonscience with scientific
pretensions," such as "pseudoscience" and "scientific fraud."

"Pseudoscience" is commonly defined as a collection of beliefs and practices promulgated as scientific but in reality
mistakenly regarded as being based on scientific method. The NIMH director ultimately rejected the DSM because of its lack
of validity, which is crucial to the scientific method.

In the DSM, psychiatric illnesses are created by an APA committee, 69 percent of whom have financial ties to Big
Pharma.

The criteria for DSM illness are not objective biological ones but non-scientific subjective ones (which is why homosexuality
was a DSM mental illness until the early 1970s).

Besides lack of scientific validity, the DSM lacks scientific reliability, as clinicians routinely disagree on diagnoses because
patients act differently in different circumstances and because of the subjective nature of the criteria.

"Fraud" is a misrepresentation, a deception intended for personal gain, and implies an intention to deceive others
of the truth - or "lying." Drug companies, including those that manufacture psychiatric drugs, have been convicted
of fraud, as have high-profile psychiatrists (as well as other doctors).

Human rights activist and attorney Jim Gottstein offers an argument as to why the APA is a "fraudulent enterprise"; however,
the APA has not been legally convicted of fraud.
To best characterize psychiatry, McLaren considers the category of "bullshit," invoking philosopher Harry Frankfurt's 1986
journal article "On Bullshit" (which became a New York Times bestselling book in 2005).

Defining Bullshit

What is the essence of bullshit? For Frankfurt, "This lack of connection to a concern with truth - this indifference to how
things really are - that I regard as of the essence of bullshit."

Frankfurt devotes a good deal of On Bullshit to differentiating between a liar and a bullshitter. Both the liar and the bullshitter
misrepresent themselves, representing themselves as attempting to be honest and truthful. But there is a difference
between the liar and the bullshitter.

The liar knows the truth, and the liar's goal is to conceal it.

The goal of bullshitters is not necessarily to lie about the truth but to persuade their audience of a specific
impression so as to advance their agenda. So, bullshitters are committed to neither truths nor untruths,
uncommitted to neither facts nor fiction. It's actually not in bullshitters' interest to know what is true and what is
false, as that knowledge can hinder their capacity to bullshit.

Frankfurt tells us that liar the hides that he or she is "attempting to lead us away from a correct apprehension of reality." In
contrast, the bullshitter hides that "the truth-values of his statements are of no central interest to him."

Are Psychiatrists Bullshitters?

Recall establishment psychiatrist Pies' assertion:

 In truth, the 'chemical imbalance' notion was always a kind of urban legend - never a theory seriously propounded
by well-informed psychiatrists."

What Pies omits is the reality that the vast majority of psychiatrists have been promulgating this theory. Were they
liars or simply not well-informed? And if not well-informed, were they purposely not well-informed?

If one wants to bullshit oneself and the general public that psychiatry is a genuinely scientific medical specialty, there's a
great incentive to be unconcerned with the truth or falseness of the chemical imbalance theory of depression.

Bullshitters immediately recognize how powerful this chemical imbalance notion is in gaining prestige for their profession
and themselves as well as making their job both more lucrative and easier, increasing patient volume by turning virtually all
patient visits into quick prescribing ones.

Prior to the chemical imbalance bullshit campaign, most Americans were reluctant to take antidepressants - or to
give them to their children.

Related: Big Pharma Caught Manipulating Antidepressant Drug Trials Putting Teenagers in Grave Danger

But the idea that depression is caused by a chemical imbalance that can be corrected with Prozac, Paxil, Zoloft and
selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor antidepressants sounded like taking insulin for diabetes.

Correcting a chemical imbalance seemed like a reasonable thing to do, and so the use of SSRI antidepressants
skyrocketed.

In 2012, National Public Radio correspondent Alix Spiegel began her piece about the disproven chemical imbalance theory
with the following personal story about being prescribed Prozac when she was a depressed teenager:

My parents took me to a psychiatrist at Johns Hopkins Hospital. She did an evaluation and then told me this story:
"The problem with you," she explained, "is that you have a chemical imbalance. It's biological, just like diabetes,
but it's in your brain.

This chemical in your brain called serotonin is too, too low. There's not enough of it, and that's what's causing the
 chemical imbalance. We need to give you medication to correct that." Then she handed my mother a prescription
for Prozac. "

Related: 7 Facts About Depression That Will Blow You Away

When Spiegel discovered that the chemical imbalance theory was untrue, she sought to discover why this truth had been
covered up, and so she interviewed researchers who knew the truth.

Alan Frazer, professor of pharmacology and psychiatry and chairman of the pharmacology department at the University of
Texas Health Sciences Center, told Spiegel that by framing depression as a deficiency - something that needed to be
returned to normal - patients felt more comfortable taking antidepressants.

Frazer stated;

If there was this biological reason for them being depressed, some deficiency that the drug was correcting, then
taking a drug was OK."

For Frazer, the story that depressed people have a chemical imbalance enabled many people to come out of the closet
about being depressed.

Frazer's rationale reminds us of Edward Herman and Noam Chomsky's book Manufacturing Consent, the title deriving from
presidential adviser and journalist Walter Lippmann's phrase "the manufacture of consent" - a necessity for Lippmann, who
believed that the general public is incompetent in discerning what's truly best for them, and so their opinion must be molded
by a benevolent elite who does know what's best for them.
There are some psychiatrists who view the chemical imbalance theory as a well-meaning lie by a benevolent elite to ensure
resistant patients do what is best for them, but my experience is that there are actually extremely few such "well-meaning
liars." Most simply don't know the truth because they have put little effort in discerning it.

I believe McLaren is correct in concluding that the vast majority of psychiatrists are bullshitters, uncommitted to either facts
or fiction. Most psychiatrists would certainly have been happy if the chemical-imbalance theory was true but obviously have
not needed it to be true in order to promulgate it.

For truth seekers, the falseness of the chemical imbalance theory has been easily available, but most psychiatrists
have not been truth seekers.

It is not in the bullshitters' interest to know what is true and what is false, as that knowledge of what is a fact and what is
fiction hinders the capacity to use any and all powerful persuasion. Simply put, a commitment to the truth hinders the
capacity to bullshit.

About the Author

Bruce E. Levine is a practicing clinical psychologist. His latest book is Get Up, Stand Up: Uniting Populists, Energizing the
Defeated, and Battling the Corporate Elite.

Psychotropic Drugs, Are They Safe?

Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School.

Myth # 1:

The FDA (US Food and Drug Administration) tests all new psychiatric drugs

False. Actually the FDA only reviews studies that were designed, administered, secretly performed and paid for by the
multinational profit-driven drug companies.

The studies are frequently farmed out by the pharmaceutical companies by well-paid research firms, in whose interest it is to
find positive results for their corporate employers. Unsurprisingly, such research policies virtually guarantee fraudulent
results.

Myth # 2:

FDA approval means that a psychotropic drug is effective long-term

False. Actually, FDA approval doesnt even mean that psychiatric drugs have been proven to be safe either short-
term or long-term! The notion that FDA approval means that a psych drug has been proven to be effective is also a false
one, for most such drugs are never tested prior to marketing for longer than a few months (and most psych patients take
their drugs for years).

The pharmaceutical industry pays many psychiatric researchers often academic psychiatrists (with east access to
compliant, chronic, already drugged-up patients) who have financial or professional conflicts of interest some of them even
sitting on FDA advisory committees who attempt to fast track psych drugs through the approval process.
For each new drug application, the FDA only receives 1 or 2 of the best studies (out of many) that purport to show short-
term effectiveness. The negative studies are shelved and not revealed to the FDA. In the case of the SSRI drugs, animal lab
studies typically lasted only hours, days or weeks and the human clinical studies only lasted, on average, 4- 6 weeks, far too
short to draw any valid conclusions about long-term effectiveness or safety!

Hence the FDA, prescribing physicians and patient-victims should not have been surprised by the resulting
epidemic of SSRI drug-induced adverse reactions that are silently plaguing the people.

Indeed, many SSRI trials have shown that those drugs are barely more effective than placebo (albeit statistically significant!)
with unaffordable economic costs and serious health risks, some of which are life-threatening and known to be capable of
causing brain damage.

Myth # 3:

FDA approval means that a psychotropic drug is safe long-term

False. Actually, the SSRIs and the anti-psychotic drugs are usually tested in human trials for only a couple of months
before being granted marketing approval by the FDA. And the drug companies are only required to report 1 or 2 studies
(even if many other studies on the same drug showed negative, even disastrous, results).

Drug companies obviously prefer that the black box and fine print warnings associated with their drugs are ignored by both
consumers and prescribers. One only has to note how small the print is on the commercials.
Related: Key Factors To Overcoming Depression Without Drugs

In our fast-paced shop-until-you-drop consumer society, we super-busy prescribing physicians and physician
assistants have never been fully aware of the multitude of dangerous, potentially fatal adverse psych drug effects
that include addiction, mania, psychosis, suicidality, worsening depression, worsening anxiety, insomnia,
akathisia, brain damage, dementia, homicidality, violence, etc, etc.

But when was the last time anybody heard the FDA or Big Pharma apologize for the damage they did in the past?

And when was the last time there were significant punishments (other than writs slaps and chump change multimillion
dollar fines) or prison time for the CEOs of the guilty multibillion dollar drug companies?

Myth # 4:

Mental illnesses are caused by brain chemistry imbalances

False. In actuality, brain chemical/neurotransmitter imbalances have never been proven to exist (except for cases of
neurotransmitter depletions caused by psych drugs) despite vigorous examinations of lab animal or autopsied human brains
and brain slices by neuroscientist s who were employed by well-funded drug companies.

Knowing that there are over 100 known neurotransmitter systems in the human brain, proposing a theoretical chemical
imbalance is laughable and flies in the face of science.
Related: Low-Serotonin Depression Theory Challenged

Not only that, but if there was an imbalance between any two of the 100 potential systems (impossible to prove), a drug
that has never been tested on more than a handful of them could never be expected to re-balance it!

Such simplistic theories have been perpetrated by Big Pharma upon a gullible public and a gullible psychiatric
industry because corporations that want to sell the public on their unnecessary products know that they have to
resort to 20 second sound bite-type propaganda to convince patients and prescribing practitioners why they
should be taking or prescribing synthetic, brain-altering drugs that havent been adequately tested.

Myth # 5:

Antidepressant drugs work like insulin for diabetics

False. This laughingly simplistic and very anti-scientific explanation for the use of dangerous and addictive synthetic
drugs is patently absurd and physicians and patients who believe it should be ashamed of themselves for falling for it.

There is such a thing as an insulin deficiency (but only in type 1 diabetes) but there is no such thing as a Prozac deficiency.

SSRIs (so-called Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors an intentional mis-representation because those drugs
are NOT selective!) do not raise total brain serotonin.

Rather, SSRIs actually deplete serotonin long-term while only goosing serotonin release at the synapse level while at the
same time interfere with the storage, reuse and re-cycling of serotonin (by its serotonin reuptake inhibition function).
(Parenthetically, the distorted illogic of the insulin/diabetes comparison above could legitimately be made in the case of the
amino acid brain nutrient tryptophan, which is the precursor molecule of the important natural neurotransmitter serotonin.

If a serotonin deficiency or imbalance could be proven, the only logical treatment approach would be to supplement the
diet with the serotonin precursor tryptophan rather than inflict upon the brain a brain-altering synthetic chemical that actually
depletes serotonin long-term!

Myth # 6:

SSRI discontinuation syndromes are different than withdrawal syndromes

False. The SSRI antidepressant drugs are indeed dependency-inducing/addictive and the neurological and psychological
symptoms that occur when these drugs are stopped or tapered down are not relapses into a previous mental disorder -
as has been commonly asserted - but are actually new drug withdrawal symptoms that are different from those that
prompted the original diagnosis

The term discontinuation syndrome is part of a cunningly-designed conspiracy that was plotted in secret by
members of the psychopharmaceutical industryin order to deceive physicians into thinking that these drugs are
not addictive.
Related: Dr. Kelly Brogan's Takedown Of Big Pharma's SSRI Anti-Depressant Drug Lies Hits Bestseller Lists

The deception has been shamelessly promoted to distract attention from the proven fact that most psych drugs are
dependency-inducing and are therefore likely to cause discontinuation/withdrawal symptoms when they are stopped.

The drug industry knows that most people do not want to swallow dependency-inducing drugs that are likely to cause
painful, even lethal withdrawal symptoms when they cut down the dose of the drug.

Myth # 7:

Ritalin is safe for children (or adults)

False. In actuality, methylphenidate (= Ritalin, Concerta, Daytrana, Metadate and Methylin; aka kiddie cocaine), a
dopamine reuptake inhibitor drug, works exactly like cocaine on dopamine synapses, except that orally-dosed
methylphenidate reaches the brain more slowly than snortable or smoked cocaine does.
Related: Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist

Therefore the oral form has less of an orgasmic high than cocaine.

Cocaine addicts actually prefer Ritalin if they can get it in a relatively pure powder form.

When snorted, the synthetic Ritalin (as opposed to the naturally-occurring, and therefore more easily metabolically-
degraded cocaine) has the same onset of action but, predictably, has a longer lasting high and is thus preferred among
addicted individuals.

The molecular structures of Ritalin and cocaine both have amphetamine base structures with ring-shaped side
chains which, when examined side by side, are remarkably similar. The dopamine synaptic organelles in the brain (and
heart, blood vessels, lungs and guts) are unlikely to sense any difference between the two drugs.

Myth # 8:

Psychoactive drugs are totally safe for humans

False. See Myth # 3 above. Actually all five classes of psychotropic drugs have, with long-term use, been found to be
neurotoxic (ie, known to destroy or otherwise alter the physiology, chemistry, anatomy and viability of vital energy-producing
mitochondria in every brain cell and nerve). They are therefore all capable of contributing to dementia when used long-term.
Related: The Shocking Truth About Antidepressant Drug Studies + Peter Breggin MD: How Do Psychiatric Drugs
Really Work?

Any synthetic chemical that is capable of crossing the blood-brain barrier into the brain can alter and disable the brain.
Synthetic chemical drugs are NOT capable of healing brain dysfunction, curing malnutrition or reversing brain damage.

Rather than curing anything, psychiatric drugs are only capable of masking symptoms while the abnormal emotional,
neurological or malnutritional processes that mimic mental illnesses continue unabated.

Myth # 9:

Mental illnesses have no known cause

False. The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM, published by the American Psychiatric Association, is pejoratively
called the psychiatric bible and billing book for psychiatrists.

Despite its name, it actually has no statistics in it, and, of the 374 psychiatric diagnoses in the DSM-IV (there is now
a 5th edition) there seem to be only two that emphasize known root causes.

Those two diagnoses are Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Acute Stress Disorder. The DSM-V has been roundly
condemned as being just another book that laughingly pathologizes a few more normal human emotions and behaviors.

In my decade of work as an independent holistic mental health care practitioner, I was virtually always able to detect many
of the multiple root causes and contributing factors that easily explained the signs, symptoms and behaviors that had
resulted in a perplexing number of false diagnoses of mental illness of unknown origin.

Many of my patients had been made worse by being hastily diagnosed, hastily drugged, bullied, demeaned, malnourished,
incarcerated, electroshocked (often against their wills and/or without fully informed consent).

My patients had been frequently rendered unemployable or even permanently disabled as a result all because temporary,
potentially reversible, and therefore emotional stressors had not been recognized at the onset.
Because of the reliance on drugs, many of my patients had been made incurable by not having been referred to
compassionate practitioners who practiced high quality, non-drug-based, potentially curable psychotherapy.

The root causes of my patients understandable emotional distress were typically multiple, although sometimes a
single trauma, such as a rape, violent assault or a psychological trauma in the military would cause an otherwise
normally-developing individual to decompensate.

But the vast majority of my patients had experienced easily identifiable chronic sexual, physical, psychological, emotional
and/or spiritual traumas as root causes often accompanied by hopelessness, sleep deprivation, serious emotional or
physical neglect and brain nutrient deficiencies as well.

The only way that I could obtain this critically important information was through the use of thorough, compassionate (and,
unfortunately, time-consuming) investigation into the patients complete history, starting with prenatal, maternal, infant and
childhood exposures to toxins (including vaccines) and continuing into the vitally important adolescent medical history (all
periods when the patients brain was rapidly developing).
My clinical experience proved to me that if enough high quality time was spent with the patient and if enough hard work was
exerted looking for root causes, the patients predicament could usually be clarified and the erroneous past labels (of
mental illnesses of unknown origin) could be thrown out.

Such efforts were often tremendously therapeutic for my patients, who up to that time had been made to feel guilty,
ashamed or hopeless by previous therapists.

In my experience, most mental ill health syndromes represented identifiable, albeit serious emotional de-compensation due
to temporarily overwhelming crisis situations linked to traumatic, frightening, torturous, neglectful and soul-destroying life
experiences.

My practice consisted mostly of patients who knew for certain that they were being sickened by months or years of
swallowing one or more brain-altering, addictive prescription drugs that they couldnt get off of by themselves.

I discovered that many of them could have been cured early on in their lives if they only had access and could afford
compassionate psychoeducational psychotherapy, proper brain nutrition and help with addressing issues of deprivation,
parental neglect/abuse, poverty and other destructive psychosocial situations.
Related: Officials Declare Eating Healthy A Mental Disorder

I came to the sobering realization that many of my patients could have been cured years earlier if it hadnt been for the
disabling effects of psychiatric drug regimens, isolation, loneliness, punitive incarcerations, solitary confinement,
discrimination, malnutrition, and/or electroshock.

The neurotoxic and brain-disabling drugs, vaccines and frankenfoods that most of my patients had been given early on had
started them on the road to chronicity and disability.

Myth # 10:

Psychotropic drugs have nothing to do with the huge increase in disabled and unemployable American
psychiatric patients

False. See Myths # 2 and # 3 above. In actuality recent studies have shown that the major cause of permanent disability in
the mentally ill is the long-term, high dosage and/or use of multiple neurotoxic psych drugs any combination of which, as
noted above, has never been adequately tested for safety even in animal labs.
Related: Neuroscientist Shows What Fasting Does To Your Brain & Why Big Pharma Wont Study It

Many commonly-prescribed drugs are fully capable of causing brain-damage long-term, especially the anti-psychotics (aka,
major tranquilizers) like Thorazine, Haldol, Prolixin, Clozapine, Abilify, Clozapine, Fanapt, Geodon, Invega, Risperdal,
Saphris, Seroquel and Zyprexa, all of which can cause brain shrinkage that is commonly seen on the MRI scans of anti-
psychotic drug-treated, so-called schizophrenics commonly pointed out as proof that schizophrenia is an anatomic brain
disorder that causes the brain to shrink! (Incidentally, patients who had been on antipsychotic drugs for whatever reason
have been known to experience withdrawal hallucinations and acute psychotic symptoms even if they had never
experienced such symptoms previously.)

Of course, highly addictive minor tranquilizers like the benzodiazepines (Valium, Ativan, Klonopin, Librium, Tranxene,
Xanax) can cause the same withdrawal syndromes. They are all dangerous and very difficult to withdraw from (withdrawal
results in difficult-to-treat rebound insomnia, panic attacks, and seriously increased anxiety), and, when used long-term, they
can all cause memory loss/dementia, the loss of IQ points and the high likelihood of being mis-diagnosed as Alzheimers
disease (of unknown etiology).

Myth # 11:

So-called bipolar disorder can mysteriously emerge in patients who have been taking stimulating
antidepressants like the SSRIs

False. In actuality, crazy-making behaviors like mania, agitation and aggression are commonly caused by the SSRIs. That
list includes a syndrome called akathisia, a severe, sometimes suicide-inducing internal restlessness like having restless
legs syndrome over ones entire body and brain.

Akathisia was once understood to only occur as a long-term adverse effect of antipsychotic drugs (See Myth # 10). So it was
a shock to many psychiatrists (after Prozac came to market in 1987) to have to admit that SSRIs could also cause that
deadly problem.
Related: Antidepressants Arent Needed Most Of The Time

It has long been my considered opinion that SSRIs should more accurately be called agitation-inducing drugs rather than
anti-depressant drugs.

The important point to make is that SSRI-induced psychosis, mania, agitation, aggression and akathisia is NOT bipolar
disorder nor is it schizophrenia!

Myth # 12:

Antidepressant drugs can prevent suicides

False. In actuality, there is no psychiatric drug that is FDA-approved for the treatment of suicidality because these drugs,
especially the so-called antidepressants, actually INCREASE the incidence of suicidal thinking, suicide attempts and
completed suicides.
Related: The Roots Of Mental Health - Maybe Theyre Not In Our Heads + Rising Rates Of Suicide: Are Pills The
Problem?

Drug companies have spent billions of dollars futilely trying to prove the effectiveness of various psychiatric drugs in suicide
prevention.

Even the most corrupted drug company trials have failed! Indeed what has been discovered is that all the so-called
antidepressants actually increase the incidence of suicidality.

The FDA has required black box warning labels about drug-induced suicidality on all SSRI marketing materials, but that was
only accomplished after over-coming vigorous opposition from the drug-makers and marketers of the offending drugs, who
feared that such truth-telling would hurt their profits (it hasnt).

What can and does avert suicidality, of course, are not drugs, but rather interventions by caring, compassionate and
thorough teams of care-givers that include family, faith communities and friends as well as psychologists, counselors, social
workers, relatives (especially wise grandmas!), and, obviously, the limited involvement of drug prescribers.

Myth # 13:

Americas school shooters and other mass shooters are untreated schizophrenics who should have been taking
psych drugs

False. In actuality, 90% or more of the infamous homicidal and usually suicidal school shooters have already been
under the care of psychiatrists (or other psych drug prescribers) and therefore have typically been taking (or withdrawing
from) one or more psychiatric drugs.

SSRIs (such as Prozac) and psychostimulants (such as Ritalin) have been the most common classes of drugs involved.
Antipsychotics are too sedating, although an angry teen who is withdrawing from antipsychotics could easily become a
school shooter if given access to lethal weapons. (See www.ssristudies.net).

The 10% of school shooters whose drug history is not known, have typically had their medical files sealed by the authorities
probably to protect authorities such as the drug companies and/or the medical professionals who supplied the drugs from
suffering liability or embarrassment.
Important Comment: It should be noted that in most cases such 'False Flag' shooter events, that Mind-Controlled
assets are used in order to carry out events pushing Cabal-driven agenda's such as gun control. In virtually EVERY
case the 'perpetrators' are on multiple prescription drugs for mental health issues.

This is not a comfortable subject but it is one that you will need to confront sooner or later, as the truth will become
common knowledge at some point. Interspersed with the rest of this section are details of the reality which hides
behind the prescription drugs and their side effects -

Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program

The powerful drug industry and psychiatry lobby, with the willing help of the media that profits from being their handmaidens,
repeatedly show us the photos of the shooters that look like zombies.

They have successfully gotten the viewing public to buy the notion that these adolescent, white male school
shooters were mentally ill rather than under the influence of their crazy-making, brain-altering drugs or going
through withdrawal.

Contrary to the claims of a recent 60 Minutes program segment about untreated schizophrenics being responsible for half
of the mass shootings in America, the four mentioned in the segment were, in fact, almost certainly being already under the
treatment with psych drugs prior to the massacres by psychiatrists who obviously are being protected from public
identification and/or interrogation by the authorities as accomplices to the crimes or witnesses.
Related: CIA MKULTRA: They Intended To Use Drugs For Everything

Because of this secrecy, the public is being kept in the dark about exactly what crazy-making, homicidality-
inducing psychotropic drugs could have been involved.

The names of the drugs and the multinational corporations that have falsely marketed them as safe drugs are also being
actively protected from scrutiny, and thus the chance of prevention of future drug-related shootings or suicides is being
squandered.

Such decisions by Americas ruling elites represent public health policy at its worst and is a disservice to past and
future shooting victims and their loved ones.
Related: Confession Of A Human Programmer: Illuminati Mind Control

The four most notorious mass shooters that were highlighted in the aforementioned 60 Minutes segment included the
Virginia Tech shooter, the Tucson shooter, the Aurora shooter and the Sandy Hook shooter whose wild-eyed (drugged-up)
photos have been carefully chosen for their dramatic zombie-look effect, so that most frightened, paranoid Americans are
convinced that it was a crazy schizophrenic, rather than a victim of psychoactive, brain-altering, crazy-making drugs that
may have made him do it.

Parenthetically, it needs to be mentioned that many media outlets profit handsomely from the drug and medical industries.

Therefore those media outlets have an incentive to protect the names of the drugs, the names of the drug
companies, the names of the prescribing MDs and the names of the clinics and hospitals that could, in a truly just
and democratic world, otherwise be linked to the crimes.
Related: Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? + The Term Conspiracy Theory Was Invented By The CIA In
Order To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories

Certainly if a methamphetamine-intoxicated person shot someone, the person who supplied the intoxicating drug would be
considered an accomplice to the crime, just like the bartender who supplied the liquor to someone who later committed a
violent crime would be held accountable.

A double standard obviously exists when it comes to powerful, respected and highly profitable corporations.

A thorough study of the scores of American school shooters, starting with the University of Texas tower shooter in 1966 and
(temporarily) stopping at Sandy Hook, reveals that the overwhelming majority of them (if not all of them) were taking brain-
altering, mesmerizing, impulse-destroying, dont give a damn drugs that had been prescribed to them by well-meaning but
too-busy psychiatrists, family physicians or physician assistants who somehow were unaware of or were misinformed about
the homicidal and suicidal risks to their equally unsuspecting patients (and therefore they had failed to warn the patient
and/or the patients loved ones about the potentially dire consequences).

Related: Censorship Shock: Amazon.com Bans Investigative Book Nobody Died At Sandy Hook Because It
Disagrees With Government Version Of What Happened
Most practitioners who wrote the prescriptions for the mass shooters or for a patient who later suicided while under the
influence of the drug, will probably(and legitimately so) defend themselves against the charge of being an accomplice to
mass murder or suicide by saying that they were ignorant about the dangers of these cavalierly prescribed psych drugs
because they had been deceived by the cunning drug companies that had convinced them of the benign nature of the
drugs.

Myth # 14:

If your patient hears voices it means hes a schizophrenic

False. Auditory hallucinations are known to occur in up to 10% of normal people; and up to 75% of normal people have had
the experience of someone that isnt there calling their name. (www.hearing-voices.org/voices-visions).

Nighttime dreams, nightmares and flashbacks probably have similar origins to daytime visual, auditory and
olfactory hallucinations, but even psychiatrists dont think that they represent mental illnesses.

Indeed, hallucinations are listed in the pharmaceutical literature as a potential side effect or withdrawal symptom of many
drugs, especially psychiatric drugs.

These syndromes are called substance-induced psychotic disorders which are, by definition, neither mental illnesses nor
schizophrenia.

Rather, substance-induced or withdrawal-induced psychotic disorders are temporary and directly caused by the
intoxicating effects of malnutrition or brain-altering drugs such as alcohol, medications, hallucinogenic drugs and
other toxins.

Psychotic symptoms, including hallucinations and delusions, can be caused by substances such as alcohol, marijuana,
hallucinogens, sedatives, hypnotics, and anxiolytics, inhalants, opioids, PCP, and the many of the amphetamine-like drugs
(like Phen-Fen, [fenfluramine]), cocaine, methamphetamine, Ecstasy, and agitation-inducing, psycho-stimulating drugs like
the SSRIs).

Psychotic symptoms can also result from sleep deprivation, sensory deprivation and the withdrawal from certain drugs like
alcohol, sedatives, hypnotics, anxiolytics and especially the many dopamine-suppressing, dependency-inducing, sedating,
and zombifying anti-psychotic drugs.
Examples of other medications that may induce hallucinations and delusions include anesthetics, analgesics, anticholinergic
agents, anticonvulsants, antihistamines, antihypertensive and cardiovascular medications, some antimicrobial medications,
anti-parkinsonian drugs, some chemotherapeutic agents, corticosteroids, some gastrointestinal medications, muscle
relaxants, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medications, and Antabuse.

The very sobering information revealed above should cause any thinking person, patient, thought-leader or politician to
wonder:

How many otherwise normal or potentially curable people over the last half century of psych drug propaganda
have actually been mis-labeled as mentally ill (and then mis-treated) and sent down the convoluted path of
therapeutic misadventures heading toward oblivion?

In my mental health care practice, I personally treated hundreds of patients who had been given a multitude of confusing
and contradictory mental illness labels, many of which had been one of the new diseases of the month for which there was
a new psych drug of the month that was being heavily marketed on TV.

Many of my patients had simply been victims of unpredictable drug-drug interactions (far too often drug-drug-drug-
drug interactions) or simply adverse reactions to psych drugs which had been erroneously diagnosed as a new
mental illness.

Extrapolating my 1,200 patient experience (in my little isolated section of the nation) to what surely must be happening in
America boggles my mind.

There has been a massive epidemic going on right under our noses that has affected millions of suffering victims
who could have been cured if not for the drugs.

The time to act on this knowledge is long overdue.

The Revenge Of Les Dplorables & It Is Up To Us
November 26 2016 | From: LindsayPerigo / PaulCraigRoberts

"It's morning again in America," said Ronald Reagan when running for re-election in 1984. The
facts and the voters backed him, and he was returned to the presidency in a landslide.

America in 2016 has endured a dark night far longer and blacker than that inflicted by Jimmy Carter, but the
reinstatement of morning should be no more difficult for Trump than Reagan given The Donald's astounding sweep
of both Houses of Congress as well as the Electoral College.

Related: Trump is 'The End' of Central Banking as We Know it: Fund Manager

What is most gratifying is to tote up all the disgusting things that voters repudiated, contrary to the pontifications of the usual
insufferable suspects in the media.

The media in fact are foremost among the disgusting repudiated.

Their brazen abandonment of any pretence of a distinction between reportage and commentary, their explicit
avowal of a duty to root for the inexpressibly corrupt Clinton, their shameless ignoring of her criminality, their
comprehensive unprofessionalism - in all of this the mainstream media have written their own epitaph and earned
the contempt towards them evinced by voters. Journalism is dead; long live journalism.

Trump's victory is also a rejection of the cult of milksoppery in the Republican Party. Milquetoasts Mitt and McCain lost, just
as surely as one of their kind would have failed this time, where Trump succeeded, boldly staking out controversial positions
and standing by them through pathetic wailings from namby-pamby mealy-mouths.

One hopes that in the world at large in this age of weasel-words the lesson will be learned: conviction not only matters, it
succeeds; cowardice is not only repulsive, it loses.
The tyranny of Political Correctness was set back yesterday (terminally, one hopes). No matter how loudly and relentlessly
certain gargoyles of the Social Justice Warrior variety screeched "bigot, sexist, racist, xenophobe, misogynist," none of it
stuck.

The American common man," Ayn Rand once wrote, "is uncommonly wise."

It would seem, after decades in which it has appeared to be touch and go, the common man has decided he's not going to
be intimidated and neutered by the demented shriekers after all.

The leading repository of PC, academia, took a hit too. One college exempted students from sitting exams because of the
trauma occasioned by Trump's victory, thus exposing itself and its moronnial charges to withering nationwide ridicule that
one hopes will be mortal.

Enough of the lunatic asylums of micro-aggressions, safe zones, imaginary racism and real hatred of whites for being white,
males for being male, etc.

It seems the swamp may be drained of ditzy "celebrities" as well, since so many have announced their intention of leaving
the U.S. in the event of a Trump victory.
Let's hope the likes of Miley Cirus and Whoopi Goldberg cart their empty heads off to somewhere appropriate, like North
Korea or Iran. (Judge Ruth Bader Ginsburg has threatened to come to New Zealand. Please, no! We have enough career
feminazis here already!)

Hijacking the Supreme Court, nurturing Islamic extremism, dismantling the military, Marxist medicine, Sanctuary Cities for
rapists and murderers... all these cornerstones of Obama's demonic agenda also took a battering from which decent human
beings must hope they'll never recover. (Donald Trump must remember the electorate did reject these abominations and not
pander to their perpetrators in the name of "unifying." Good and evil are irreconcilable.)

Civilisation has been given a reprieve. My own projection of the inexorable, irreversible decline of the Land of the Free
into "Airhead America," defined by Jesse Watters' vox pops, has been shown to be too pessimistic, at least for now.

Les Deplorables have struck back. May their blows be lethal. May it soon be morning again in America.

In the meantime, to every swamp-dwelling supporter/enabler of Hillary Clinton, arguably the most evil person ever to run for
the White House, I say... Hahaha!

Related Articles:

Farage: I Am Prepared to Help Britain Work with President Trump

Putin talks Trump, Brexit, TTIP at APEC briefing in Lima

Radical Disaffection Engendered by Elitist Groupthink?

Civil Rights & Law Enforcement Groups Are Strongly Supporting Sen. Jeff Sessions for Attorney General

Praise for President-elect Donald J. Trump's Selection of Gen. Flynn for National Security Advisor

Trump and the Collapse of Capitalism (COC): Foibles, Fables and Failures, The Financial Press and its Keepers
 Clinton Recount Effort Debunked Before it Even Began

Hillary Re-Emerges Looking Like Death Warmed Up

Hillary Clinton Screaming Obscenities and Throwing Objects in Election Night Meltdown

It Is Up To Us

Did Donald Trump win the election because he is a racist and misogynist and so are the American
people?

No. Thats BS from the Oligarchs well-paid whores in the media, liberal progressive activist groups, think tanks
and universities.

Did Trump win because he stole the election? More BS. The Oligarchs controlled the voting machines.

They failed to steal the election, because the people outsmarted them and told the pollsters that they were voting for Hillary.
This led to the presstitutes propaganda that Hillary was the certain winner, and the Oligarchs believed their own
propaganda and didnt believe it necessary to make certain of their victory.
Related: Trump is playing everyone: Of course he's going to prosecute Hillary Clinton... he's just posturing to
prevent an Obama pardon

Trump won the presidency because he spoke directly and truthfully to the American people, telling them what what they
knew to be true and had never before heard from any politician:

Our movement is about replacing a failed and corrupt political establishment with a new government controlled by
you, the American people. The establishment has trillions of dollars at stake in this election. Those who control the
levers of power in Washington and the global special interests they partner with, dont have your good in mind."

"The political establishment that is trying to stop us is the same group responsible for our disastrous trade deals,
massive illegal immigration and economic and foreign policies that have bled our country dry."

Its a global power structure that is responsible for the economic decisions that have robbed our working class,
stripped our country of its wealth and put that money into the pockets of a handful of large corporations and
political entities. The only thing that can stop this corrupt machine is you."

"The only force strong enough to save our country is us. The only people brave enough to vote out this corrupt
establishment is you, the American people.

Trump did not promise voters a bunch of handouts. He didnt say he would fix this and that. He said that only the American
people could fix our broken country and identified himself as an agent of the people.

The people won the election, but the Oligarchy is still there, as powerful as ever. They have already launched their attack
using their whores in the media and liberal progressive groups in attempts to delegitimize Trump with protests, petitions, and
endlessly false news reports.

George Soros, using the money he made by his attack on the British currency, will pay thousands of protesters to attempt to
disrupt the inauguration.
Related: Fomenting A National Crisis And Color Revolution: Soros-Funded Anti-Trump Protesters Riot In Cities
Across United States

What about Trumps government? As Trump discovered, finding appointees who are not part of the Oligarchys economic
and foreign policy establishment is very difficult.

Washington is not a home for critics and dissidents. Consider Pat Buchanan, for example. As a White House official in two
administrations and a two-time presidential candidate, he is experienced, but Washington has marginalized him.

Moreover, even if there were a stable of outsiders, they would be eaten alive by the insiders. Trump will have to take
insiders. But he has to pick insiders who are to some extent their own person. General Michael Flynn as National Security
Adviser is not a bad pick.
Flynn is the former head of the Defense Intelligence Agency who advised the Obama regime against employing ISIS against
Syria.

Flynn has publicly stated on television that the appearance of ISIS in Syria was a willful decision of the Obama
regime. In other words, ISIS is Washingtons agent, which is why the Obama regime has protected ISIS.

Trumps chief of staff (Priebus) and chief strategist (Bannon) are reasonable choices. Sessions (Attorney General) and
Pompeo (CIA) are disturbing appointments based on their media-created reputations. But in the US where there is no
honest media, we dont know the truth of the reputations.

Nevertheless, if Sessions does support torture, he is disqualified as attorney general, because the Constitution prohibits
torture. The US cannot afford yet another attorney general who does not support the US Constitution.

If Pompeo actually is so poorly informed that he opposed the Iran settlement, he is not fit to be CIA director. The CIA itself
said that Iran had no nuclear weapons program, and with Russias help the matter was resolved. Does Trump want a CIA
director who neoconservatives could use to restart the conflict?

The views of Sessions and Pompeo could be products of the time and not visceral. Regardless, Trump is a strong and willful
person.
If Trump wants peace with the Russians and Chinese, appointees who get in the way will be fired. So lets see what
a Trump government does before we damn it.

Presstitute reports of extreme neoconservative John Bolton and former US attorney and NY Mayor Rudy Giuliani being
candidates for Secretary of State do not seem credible. If Trump intends to get along with Putin, how can he do that if his
Secretary of State wants war with Russia?

Trump should find an experienced diplomat who negotiated with the Soviets. Richard Burt, who had a major role in the
Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty, is the sort of person it would make sense to consider. Another sensible candidate would
be Jack Matlock, Reagans Ambassador to the Soviet Union.

If Trump wants peace with Russia, the Secretary of State is the important appointment. If Trump wants to stop the
Oligarchys rip off of the American people, the Secretary of the Treasury is the important appointment.

Under the last three presidents, treasury secretaries have been agents for the banks-too-big-to-fail and for Wall Street.

It is now a tradition for the financial gangsters to own the Treasury. It remains to be seen if the tradition is too strong for
Trump to break.

Related: Trump team rejects NY Post description of media meeting

The Oligarchy is trying to discredit the Trump Presidency before it exists. This effort is discrediting liberal and progressive
groups by identifying them with nonenforcement of the immigration laws and with homosexual and transgender rights,
issues not on the agenda of an electorate whose economic fortunes have been declining and who are tired of 15 years of
war that serves only the hegemony agenda of the neoconservatives and the profits and power of the military/security
complex.

According to The Saker, Putin has begun removing the Atlanticist Integrationists, Russias Fifth Column, from influence.

Lets see if Trump can remove our fifth columnists - neoconservatives and neoliberal economists - who have sold
out the American people and Americas integrity.

If Trump fails, the only solution is for the American people to become more radical.

Related Articles:

Shifting Gears: MSM & Western Politicians are Changing Tune

Putin & Co. Continue to Defy Khazarian Threats

 Kissinger Speaks Of Opportunity To Mold Trump

Heres Why Trump Is The Perfect Scapegoat for Obamas Failures

Trump Releases A Video Outlining His Policy Plans For First 100 Days

Trump's transition team has finally gotten more specific, outlining their vision for his first few months as president. On the
docket: Quit the TPP, cancel restrictions on American energy, reduce regulations, protect American infrastructure,
investigate visa abuses and impose a five-year ban on executive officials lobbying once they've left the administration.

In The Wake Of Trumps Historic Victory The 4th Estate Is Rightfully Burning To The
Ground
November 26 2016 | From: TheGatewayPundit / Infowars

Thanks to Wikileaks we know at least 65 MSM Reporters Were Meeting with and/or Coordinating
Offline with Top Hillary Advisors.

The info-fascists in the political and corporate media classes have a new meme in their war on information they
dont like: the scourge of so called fake news.
Related: Proof Mainstream Media Publishes Fake News

Even President Obama (who will never pass up a microphone except to avoid quelling violent anti Trump-nuts) is railing
about the fake problem of fake news. But watch out. Youll notice Obama and his media enablers conveniently add hyper-
partisan sites to their list of declared enemies of the people.

Facebooks Mark Zuckerberg just announced to his liberal masters that he will go after fake news and cites as an
example some outrageous story printed on an unheard of clickbait site. But his real target, as it is for corporate
media and liberal politicians, are sites such as the one you are on now.

The fact is the media and its losers on the campaign trail are desperately trying to avoid self reflection after being exposed
as partisan hacks themselves throughout the campaign. Its a reality confirmed on election night as newscasters and
experts collectively acted as if their puppies were being summarily executed in front of their eyes.

Related: After Election Loss Hillary Clinton Looks Like Death

But the only true death was that of their credibility. With no more electronic wall maps to desperately poke on in hopes
of finding more Hillary votes, they have nowhere to turn in the aftermath except to invent another enemy besides
Republicans, Trump and good ideas.

Youll notice the hyper partisan category only includes such conservative sites such as Breitbart, the Blaze and The
Gateway Pundit. There is no mention of Daily Kos, Media Matters, or Buzzfeed. Nor is there any mention of CNBC, CNN or
ABC which are staffed on air by hyper partisans and former employees of the Clintons.

Thats mainly because the Conservative sites were wickedly effective in balancing the left wing moonbattery which rotted
seconds after being printed.

It is true that bias is seen in what is reported and stated. But most media bias comes in the form of what is NOT
reported and NOT stated.

The sites currently targeted told the truths the corporate mainstream media was unwilling to tell because of their support of
one ideology and one candidate.

And, more importantly, these sites relegated corporate media into nothing but a bunch of third world government -speak
mimics. And much like it was with the government ghouls so it was with the liberal media hacks both open and closeted:
Smarter Americans flushed them on Election Day.
Related: Mainstream Media Corruption

It should be noted the Conservative sites being targeted in his fake news jihad make no mystery of where they stand
politically. Its why Americans seem to trust them MORE not less, as they dont have to sit there and decipher the views of
who is behind the information.

But Mainstream media pretends to be objective when its not. Its consumers know better and feel lied to en masse.

The good (and accurate) news is that there is no hope for the info fascists. There is no recovery. The liberal
ayatollahs will never win as they attempt to stomp on free speech and sites that show them as clothesless emperors.

And their #NeverTrump partners typing away in usual suspect NRO circles have been exposed as well. Having been
humiliated after joining forces with Libs to attack the outsider and get Hillary Clinton elected , their operations are now the
dumpster fires that they so arrogantly called the Trump movement.

How Trump Destroyed Mainstream Media Forever

Related: How Trump Destroyed Mainstream Media Forever

Gallup shows only a third of Americans trust mainstream media. That was a month before the election.

Once the advertisers start to shed them the revolution will be complete.

The fourth estate is rightfully burning to the ground. This election was a huge victory for non-traditional media.

It truly reminded the right people of our never ending - and never to be abridged - freedom to discern.
Related: New York Times publisher vows to 'rededicate' paper to reporting honestly

Obama Declares War On Infowars, Breitbart

With the intention to censor independent media, President Obama is now spearheading the fervent
assault on so-called fake news.

This war on fake news began after anti-Trump world leaders, heads of social media platforms and the
mainstream press realized they lost the presidential election because they no longer had credibility and influence
over the US population.

Related: Who is Behind Fake News? Mainstream Media Use Fake Videos and Images

Obama made clear his desire to limit news reports by populist media at a press conference in Lima, Peru, on Sunday where
he also defended the Trans-Pacific Partnership.

If, generally, weve got elections that arent focused on issues and are full of fake news and false information and
distractions, then the issue is not going to be whats happening from the outside; the issue is going to be what are
we doing for ourselves from the inside, he claimed. The good news is thats something that we have control
over.

These assertions come in conjunction with statements he made last week at a press conference in Germany alongside
Chancellor Angela Merkel.

Part of ways changed in politics is social media and how people are receiving information, he said.
Related: Entrenched Western Media Propaganda Accepted As Truth

In a recent interview in the The New Yorker, Obama targeted some of what he likely considers his enemies in the media by
name.

People didnt see me coming. In southern Illinois, in those counties I won, I was at VFWs and fish fries hearing
peoples stories and talking to folks, so that they knew me, he said. They werent getting me through Fox or Rush
Limbaugh or Breitbart or Red State.

But as former congressman Dr. Ron Paul points out, the origin of fake news isnt independent media sites like Infowars and
Breitbart, but rather the establishment media which has hit all-time lows in public trust and ratings.

These are the news sources that told us if you like your doctor, you can keep your doctor, Dr. Paul revealed.

They told us that Hillary Clinton had a 98% chance of winning the election.

They tell us in a never-ending loop that The economy is in great shape!

President-elect Donald Trumps campaign was famous for powerful, simple slogans, such as Make America Great Again
and Drain the Swamp, and was bolstered by a massive wave of social media support fueled by stories originating from
alternative media outlets which are now being falsely smeared as fake news by the corporate press.

Related: Ron Paul Reveals Hit List of Alleged Fake News Journalists
Escaping The Matrix: 10 Ways To Deprogram Yourself
November 25 2016 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

Think of the way most people live. They force themselves to wake up in the morning, dress up,
drive straight to work, drive back home about 8 hours later, watch TV, and sleep, only to repeat the
same routine next day for almost their entire lives.

We consider this kind of living as normal and even healthy, but if you stop and think about it, its not healthy at all.

Life is so precious and beautiful, and instead of making the most out of it, we choose to waste it just because we have been
programmed to do so. Habits, tradition and belief systems have turned us into mindless automatons who dont enjoy life and
just follow a predetermined path that was handed to us by society.

This programming, however, can be broken, if we realize that the way we live is preventing us from squeezing the juice out
of life, and gather the courage to transform how we think and act. Then, life can be turned into a beautiful celebration filled
with laughter, play, and love.

How to Deprogram Yourself

Below are 10 tips that will help you to deprogram yourself and escape the matrix youve been trapped into since the day you
were born:

1. Break Free From the Shackles of Organized Religion.

Dogmatic, organized religion imposes on people what to think and what not to, what is good and what is bad, what is right
and what is wrong. Thus religion prevents people from using their critical thinking, seeking the truth, and reaching to their
own conclusions.
Related: Religion: How It Was Employed As A Control System To Divide & Conquer

On the contrary, it teaches them to blindly follow a set of morals and rules. The result? Emotional suppression and suffering.
If you want to reclaim your individuality, honestly express yourself and walk on the path of understanding, be sure to
break the chains of organized religion and start your own quest for the truth from scratch.

2. Stop Giving Your Power Away to Authority

From a very young age, most of us were taught to doubt ourselves and do only what authority commands us to, even if we
didnt feel like doing so. Now, as adults, we dont trust ourselves, and so we choose to let others have power over our lives.

We vote for politicians who do nothing but lie to us in order to satisfy their inner hunger, being under the illusion that by
voting we are granted the power to choose our future, when in reality the choices we are presented with are very limited and
almost exactly the same.
So we allow a small group of people to manipulate us for their own personal gain, foolishly believing that they
want to contribute to the betterment of society.

If we truly want to start creating a positive change in the world, we need to stop giving power to a few others and hold them
responsible for our lives, and instead start taking responsibility in our own hands so that we can become the creators of our
destiny.

3. Question the Current Economic System

Money, in essence, is created out of debt, thus creating the illusion of scarcity of resources, which compels people to
compete in the market, who have to waste most of their life working as wage slaves.
This inevitably results in the tremendous suffering and social conflict that prevails all around the world.

In addition, our economic system requires people to consume without end so that money can keep on circulating in
the economy, thus urging us to continuously buy things we dont need and which are going to end up in landfills, poisoning
the very environment that we depend on and sustains us.

If you dont like this kind of living and would like to create a positive change in your life and the world, Id highly recommend
you to research further into the immensely negative consequences of our economy, and educate yourself on alternative,
more technically efficient and environmentally sustainable economic systems.

4. Detach Yourself from Materialism

Being brought up in a consumer culture, we believe that money can buy everything we need and will bring happiness into
our lives. So we choose to buy more and more things without end, but we always end up feeling dissatisfied and hungry for
more stuff.
Having some nice things is fine - but knowing where to draw the line for yourself is key - many people lose their way

The truth is that money can only provide us with substitutes for what we truly need, but not the real deal. What we need is
neither possessions nor services, but things such as love, friendship, and creativity. So dont be concerned about which is
the next best thing you can buy, and instead invest your time and efforts in achieving heart-opening and mind-expanding
experiences that money cant buy.

5. Be Mindful of What You Put Into Your Body

Is what youre eating contributing to your health or is it poisoning your physical organism? Is what youre eating
environmentally sustainable, or is it negatively impacting the natural world? These are some important questions that all
people should ask themselves.

Most people choose to eat foods which are filled with sugar, preservatives, and which are empty of nutrients or contain
animal-derived products, unaware that their food choices are detrimental to their health, contribute to the suffering and death
of tens of billions of animals, and have a tremendously negative impact on the environment.

From now on, be sure to choose carefully what you choose to put into your mouth, and I assure you that this is one of the
best things you can do for yourself and the world.

6. Choose Your News Sources Wisely

Knowledge is power, but we are drowning in an ocean of information. Corporate media presents us all the time with biased
information so as to fool us into believing the lies they tell us just so that they can manipulate us exactly the way they want.

A true seeker of knowledge does not accept anything on belief but seeks out for facts and tries to develop a spherical
understanding of the matter he/she is looking into.

If you dont like being mislead and desire to better understand whats going on in the world, do your best to collect
information from as many sources as possible and use critical thinking in order to reach to your own conclusions about
whats true or not.

7. Read Eye-Opening, Mind-Empowering Books

There have been many wise persons whove written down their thoughts on lifes problems and how they can be overcome.
There have been many persons who have criticized the workings of society and offer their insights on how we can
help create a more beautiful world.

Books can be immensely helpful to open our eyes and improve the quality of our life, but not many people spend much of
their time reading books - or they just choose to read for entertainment reasons alone.

To get the most out of reading books, be sure to not just pick any book and read - read those ones which touch your mind
and heart and provide you with new perspectives that help you to better understand yourself and the world.

8. Escape the Herd Mentality

Just as every person alive, you are a unique individual with unique talents and gifts to offer to the world. Unfortunately,
society has suppressed our individuality since the day we were born. Weve been programmed to doubt ourselves and
conform to what is considered as normal.

This, however, prevents us from embracing ourselves and creating our own path in life, which is causing us immense
emotional pain. From today, distance yourself from the herd mentality and start paying attention to your inner voice - doing
so will allow you to follow your calling and live the way you truly want to live.

9. Creatively Express Yourself

A great way to deprogram yourself from the normalcy of modern life is to focus your attention on creativity. Were all born
creative, but slowly slowly our creativity has been suppressed so much that weve almost forgotten that were creative
beings.

To be creative means to think outside the box and see life from different perspectives. Most importantly, to be creative
means to find out new ways of living and realize that you have the power to manifest the kind of life you desire.

10. Develop Mindfulness

Lastly, learning how to live in the present moment is the most important way to break free from your conditioning. By being
mindful of the here and now, youll be able to respond to whatever happens each and every moment spontaneously, without
being a victim of your past.

There are many meditation techniques out there that can help you to become mindful, so find the ones that you like most
and stick to them until you see positive results in your life.
 The Matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy. But when youre inside, you look around, what do you
see? Businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are trying to save. But until we
do, these people are still a part of that system and that makes them our enemy.

You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inured, so
hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it.

- Morpheus, The Matrix

Scotland Just Banned Fracking Forever + Fracking Hell: The Untold Story
November 25 2016 | From: TheAntiMedia / GreenMedInfo

Scotland - In one fell swoop, Scotland banned fracking - permanently - when parliament
narrowly voted in favor of cementing the countrys temporary moratorium on the controversial
practice.
With the original intention of conducting full health and environmental impact assessments before continuing with
all unconventional oil and gas extraction - including fracking - Scotland implemented a temporary halt to all such
procedures in January 2015.

Related: Fracking industry dumping radioactive waste in landfills, exposing homes and schools to cancer-causing
chemicals

Members of the ruling Scottish National Party abstained from the vote, which passed 32 to 29, though SNP Energy Minister
Paul Wheelhouse claimed the government remains deeply sceptical of fracking and none would be allowed to proceed
unless distinct evidence proved the practice causes no harm, the Guardian reported.

Scottish Labour Party environment spokesperson, Claudia Beamish, said following the vote;

The SNP government must now clarify whether or not they will respect the will of parliament and introduce an
outright ban on fracking. It would be outrageous for this important vote to be ignored.

While ignoring the will of lawmakers could potentiate serious divisions - and, as the Guardian noted, represents a significant
defeat for the new parliament - SNP has no explicit obligation to follow the non-binding vote.

There is no doubt about the science,Beamish continued, to meet our climate change goals and protect our
environment we need to develop low carbon sources of energy, not another fossil fuel. Labours position is clear:
no ifs, no buts, no fracking.
Opposition Conservative Party members expressed frustration over the fracking defeat, as the unconventional extraction
method could boost jobs and the countrys economy.

In sharp contrast to the vote in Scotland, the U.K.s North Yorkshire County Council recently gave the go-ahead to ree drill
tests for shale gas - after five years of being frack-free - despite significant protest.

One council planning officer claimed 36 letters supported restarting fracking - while 4,375 had opposed the move.

Friends of the Earth and Frack Free Ryedale issued a joint Peoples Declaration condemning the decision, which stated, in
part:

We, as people united across Yorkshire and across Britain, declare that we remain opposed to fracking in
Yorkshire, in Britain, and across the world. We know that fracking carries serious risks to local people, to our
health, our water, our wildlife, and contributes to climate change."

We are extremely disappointed that North Yorkshire County Council has not listened to the overwhelming wishes
of the locally elected representatives of Ryedale and local people and has approved Third Energys application to
frack our county."

This decision is not in our name.

Related: There Are 'Fracking' Chemicals In Your Toothpaste, Detergents And Ice Cream

On the Scottish vote, Lothian MSP and Land Reform spokesperson for the Scottish Greens, Andy Wightman, introduced a
successful amendment calling for radical and ongoing reform to democratise land.

Following the vote, he said;

With the notable exception of the Tories, there is clearly an appetite for radical land reform in this session of
parliament and tonights vote puts the pressure on government to deliver on that expectation the Guardian
reported.

Activists within the SNP agitating for bolder action on land reform should question their partys decision in
chamber today.

Related: Duke Study Finds A "Legacy Of Radioactivity," Contamination From Thousands Of Fracking Wastewater
Spills

Fracking Hell: The Untold Story

5,000 gallons of toxic petrochemicals per well, and the industry is projecting between 3,000 - 4,000
wells per year for the next 30 years!
An original investigative report by Earth Focus and UKs Ecologist Film Unit looks at the risks of natural gas
development in the Marcellus Shale.

From toxic chemicals in drinking water to unregulated interstate dumping of potentially radioactive waste that experts fear
can contaminate water supplies in major population centers including New York City, are the health consequences worth the
economic gains?

Marcellus Shale contains enough natural gas to supply all US gas needs for 14 years. But as gas drilling takes place, using
a process called hydraulic fracturing or fracking, toxic chemicals and methane gas seep into drinking water. Now experts
fear that unacceptable levels of radioactive Radium 226 in gas development waste.

Fracking chemicals are linked to bone, liver and breast cancers, gastrointestinal, circulatory, respiratory,
developmental as well as brain and nervous system disorders. Such chemicals are present in frack waste and may
find their way into drinking water and air.
Waste from Pennsylvania gas wells - waste that may also contain unacceptable levels of radium - is routinely
dumped across state lines into landfills in New York, Ohio and West Virginia. New York does not require testing
waste for radioactivity prior to dumping or treatment.

So drill cuttings from Pennsylvania have been dumped in New Yorks Chemung and other counties and liquid waste is
shipped to treatment plants in Auburn and Watertown New York. How radioactive is this waste? Experts are calling are for
testing to find out.

New York State may have been the first state in the nation to put a temporary hold on fracking pending a safety review, but
it allows other states to dump toxic frack waste within its boundaries.

With a gas production boom underway in the Marcellus Shale and plans for some 400,000 wells in the coming decades, the
cumulative impact of dumping potential lethal waste without adequate oversight is a catastrophe waiting to happen. And now
U.S. companies are exporting fracking to Europe.

Fracking Hell: The Untold Story

Donald Trumps Media Summit Was A "Fucking Firing Squad" + Trump Is "The End"
Of Central Banking As We Know It: Fund Manager
November 24 2016 | From: NewYorkPost / CNBC

Donald Trump scolded media big shots during an off-the-record Trump Tower sitdown on Monday,
sources told The Post.
It was like a fucking firing squad, one source said of the encounter. Trump started with [CNN chief] Jeff Zucker
and said, I hate your network, everyone at CNN is a liar and you should be ashamed, the source said.

The meeting was a total disaster. The TV execs and anchors went in there thinking they would be discussing the
access they would get to the Trump administration, but instead they got a Trump-style dressing-down, the source
added.
A second source confirmed the fireworks.

The meeting took place in a big boardroom and there were about 30 or 40 people, including the big news anchors
from all the networks, the other source said.

Trump kept saying, Were in a room of liars, the deceitful, dishonest media who got it all wrong. He addressed
everyone in the room, calling the media dishonest, deceitful liars. He called out Jeff Zucker by name and said
everyone at CNN was a liar, and CNN was [a] network of liars, the source said.

Trump didnt say [NBC reporter] Katy Tur by name, but talked about an NBC female correspondent who got it
wrong, then he referred to a horrible network correspondent who cried when Hillary lost who hosted a debate -
which was Martha Raddatz, who was also in the room.
The stunned reporters tried to get a word in edgewise to discuss access to a Trump administration.

[CBS Good Morning co-host Gayle] King did not stand up, but asked some question, How do you propose we
the media work with you? Chuck Todd asked some pretty pointed questions.

David Muir asked, How are you going to cope living in DC while your family is in NYC? It was a horrible meeting.

Trump spokeswoman Kellyanne Conway told reporters the gathering went well.

Excellent meetings with the top executives of the major networks, she said during a gaggle in the lobby of Trump
Tower. Pretty unprecedented meeting we put together in two days.

The meeting was off the record, meaning the participants agreed not to talk about the substance of the conversations.

The hour-long session included top execs from network and cable news channels.
Among the attendees were NBCs Deborah Turness, Lester Holt and Chuck Todd; ABCs James Goldston, George
Stephanopoulos, David Muir and Martha Raddatz; CBS Norah ODonnell, John Dickerson, Charlie Rose, Christopher Isham
and King; Fox News Bill Shine, Jack Abernethy, Jay Wallace and Suzanne Scott; MSNBCs Phil Griffin, and CNNs Jeff
Zucker and Erin Burnett.

Arthur Sulzberger, publisher of the New York Times, plans to meet with Trump on Tuesday.

There was no immediate comment from the Trump Team.

Trump Is "The End" Of Central Banking As We Know It: Fund Manager

The surprising election win for Donald Trump is raising questions across a range of policy areas,
with the future role of monetary stimulus and central banking being one of them.
Trump's policies are "about spending money and then printing money, so it's the end of central banking as we
know it since the beginning of the (1980s)," Beat Wittmann, partner and chairman at Porta Advisors, told CNBC on
Monday.

The president-elect wants to provide the economy with a strong fiscal stimulus, promising to invest $1 trillion on
infrastructure and cutting taxes. But, according to several analysts, this strategy is set to increase inflation as well as the
U.S. budget deficit.

A Shock Boost
Janet Yellen

Related: Globalist's Desperation: Janet Yellen & Her Criminal Cohorts

This is a completely inappropriate time to engage in further fiscal stimulus," David Kelly, chief global strategist at
JP Morgan Asset Management, said in a note.

This is because the federal deficit is already rising, growing from 2.5 percent of gross domestic product (GDP) in fiscal 2015
to 3.2 percent of GDP in 2016, and if Trump's fiscal plans are implemented in full, national debt would go up to 105 percent
of GDP by 2026, he added.

Also, given that the U.S. economy is considered as in full employment, "a shock boost to aggregate demand through tax
cuts would likely boost inflation and imports more than domestic production," Kelly said.

If these inflationary pressures materialize, the Federal Reserve could be forced to tighten its policy at a faster pace.

But apart from impacting monetary policy through his economic policies, the president-elect could pave the way for changes
inside the Federal Reserve.

I think she is very political," Trump said in September regarding Janet Yellen, the chair of the Fed.

"And to a certain extent, I think she should be ashamed of herself," he added.

Trump has often criticized the central bank regarding its independence.
Seven Vacancies

According to the Wall Street Journal, Trump could change the formation of the Fed over the next 18 months, during which
seven vacancies will be available in the bank's board of governors.

He might also be willing to work with the GOP-controlled Congress to rewrite the laws governing the Fed's structure and
disclosures, possibly embracing proposals central bank officials have seen as threats to their policy-making independence,
the newspaper reported.

Related: Trump Releases A Video Outlining His Policy Plans For First 100 Days

Pizzagate: How 4Chan Uncovered The Sick World Of Washingtons Occult Elite
+ The Clinton Child Sex Trafficking Network: A Comprehensive Guide
November 24 2016 | From: VigilantCitizen / CivilanWarCollege

Posters over at 4Chan and Reddit have been conducting an extremely bizarre investigation
following the John Podesta e-mail leak (Hillary Clintons campaign chairman) and the results are
surreal: Theyve apparently uncovered an elite child trafficking network which celebrates its
tendencies using code words and disturbing artworks.
Warning: This article contains disturbing material

Related: Largest Pedophile Ring In History, 70,000 Members, Heads Of State, The Rats Scramble

In my article Clintons Campaign Chairman John Podesta Invited to an Occult Spirit Cooking Dinner by Marina Abramovi, I
explained how a mundane dinner invitation found in the Podesta e-mail leaks was actually a clear link to bizarre occult
ceremonies happening at the highest levels of power. While that by itself was rather shocking, it appears to only be the tip of
a very disgusting iceberg.

4Chan effectively unearthed a strange network of high-powered people who, through art, events and social media, actually
celebrate a culture that revolves around death, torture, cannibalism and child abuse. Most of this disturbing material was
not even hidden, it was out there in the open, exposed on business walls and posted on social media.

Furthermore, an analysis of the Podesta e-mails revealed that the network appeared to communicate using code words to
coverup their shady dealings.

Understanding #PizzaGate

The epicenter of this entire thing is, believe or not, a hipster pizza place named Comet Ping Pong.

Comet Ping Pong

Comet Ping Pong is a family friendly pizzeria where people can eat, drink and play ping-pong.
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

The Comet Ping Pong menu contains a logo that is strikingly similar to the child lover logo used in these circles. Also, Play
Eat Drink = PED.

The owner of Comet Ping Pong is James Alefantis who is, for some reason, ranked #49 in the top 50 Most Powerful People
in Washington of GQ magazine.

Alefantis as featured on the GQ website. He is described as D.C. Radical Chic

Alefantis boyfriend is David Brock, the founder of liberal media watchdog group Media Matters for America. He was
described by Time magazine to be one of the most influential operatives in the Democratic Party.

The power couple was heavily involved in Hillary Clintons campaign.

An invitation to a Clinton fundraising event featuring Chef James Alefantis of Comet Ping Pong, Clintons campaign chair John Podesta and others

Heres an e-mail sent by Alefantis to John Podesta:

A leaked John Podesta e-mail from James Alefantis sending him the H logo with a pizza. Alefantis is in direct connection with some of the most
powerful people in the world

In short, Alefantis is very connected to very powerful people. Now lets look at his Instagram account, which was publicly
accessible until 4Chan began prying in. The account is filled with bizarre and disturbing pictures - often involving small
children. Here are some examples (I cant even post them all).
A young girl with her arms taped to a table with a man standing behind her. One of the comments say This is pretty creepy bro. This is beyond
creepy bro

A young girl inside a basket as if she was about to be bought. Many pictures allude to buying and owning children while preying on this innocence
A closeup picture of another baby. Alefantiss (aka jimmycomet) posted #hotard which is slang for being a ho and a retard. Yes, he posted this
next to the picture of an INFANT

Another strange pic involving a child and a weirdly placed yellow beads necklace. Also, notice the hashtag #chickenlovers
Heres a definition of chicken lover found with a basic web search.

A pic of a German baby doll for sale. Buying babies appears to be an important hobby
Pills n bills before a trip. The comment Ping Pong in London sounds tempting is obviously code for something else

A picture posted by the barman at Comet Ping Pong. It heavily alludes to the fact that pizza means something else in their strange code.
A screenshot from a child beauty pageant girl wanting pizza

A rather upsetting picture of a baby holding Euros. There is not a guest at the Pizza place, this is happening in Europe? Why is this guy in Europe
with a baby spending Euros?
Making out with a dead dog. Dont google babybirding"

A closeup of the eye of a dead pig

For some reason, Alefantis posted a picture of a cavernous room. EVERY SINGLE comment next to this picture is EXTREMELY CREEPY, almost as
if they knew that something awful was about to happen there
I am not quite sure what is happening here, but there is clearly a bizarre, 'Eyes Wide Shut', ritualistic aspect to it involving young people
This is the mural prominently on display at Comet Ping Pong by artist Arrington de Dionyso. It depicts strange people holding the heads of smaller
people
This is another painting de Dionyso. His work often contains MKULTRA-related themes such as dual personalities (two heads), the exploitation of
children often mixed with occult symbolism

A regular guest at Comet Ping Pong is the performer Majestic Ape from the group Heavy Breathing.
A screenshot from a video of Majestic Ape hosting a birthday party at Comet Ping Pong
A screenshot from one of Majestic Apes music video where she jokes about sigh

Heres another video of that Ape joking about sigh.

Another radical artist that is close to Comet Ping Pong is Marina Abramovic.

A picture of Marina Abramovic posted by Alefantis holding a bundle of sticks

Abramovic on the cover of dust magazine covering the eyes of a shirtless child
A screenshot from Marinas Spirit Cooking video where she throws pig blood at a statue shaped like a small child

Lady Gaga and Marina at the 20th Annual Watermill Center benefit in a place called Devils Heaven (cant make this up). They are partaking in
pretend cannibalism

Lady Gaga with a friend during the same event. Why are there children there? RUN AWAY KID!
Related: Nicole Kidmans Father Dies Amid Pedophile, Child Murder Ring Allegations

The Podesta Wikileaks dump revealed that John Podesta and his brother Tony were personally invited to Marinas Spirit
Cooking event.

John Podesta

A screenshot of John Podesta sitting in his office during an interview. Hanging on the wall is a painting that clearly alludes to cannibalism

John David Podesta was the Chairman of the 2016 Hillary Clinton presidential campaign. He previously served as Chief of
Staff to President Bill Clinton and Counselor to President Barack Obama.

Wikileaks released thousands of Podestas e-mails and it was soon discovered that an inordinate amount of messages
referred to pizza and hot dogs. Often times, these words were used in bizarre contexts and in sentences that did not make
any sense.
One of many e-mails where pizza clearly alludes to something else
Some observers believe that handkerchiefs are used as mementos in MK abuse. This is a painting from Monarch mind control survivor Kim Noble
depicting a victim being abused. Theres a piece of cloth underneath the child. The body appears to be levitating, which represents dissociation after
extreme trauma

Read my full article about Kim Noble here

This is an ad for Comet Ping Pong which appears to use the same dissociation symbolism

Then theres John Podestas brother Tony, whose strange taste in art has even made the news. Heres an article from the
Washington Post describing how guests were horrified by the art inside Podestas bedroom.
Podestas most notable piece is Louise Bourgeois The Art of Hysteria a sculpture of a headless man violently arching
back. This sculpture was posted by Alefantis on Instagram. He apparently visited Podestas home.
The sculpture depicts the violent physical reaction of patients suffering from hysteria.

The physical tension of the hysterical arch an intense muscular contraction, resulting in immobility and paralysis
of the limbs is emblematic of an equally extreme emotional state. Bourgeois makes this highly vulnerable
position even more so by suspending her male figure from the ceiling.

- National Gallery of Canada

Bourgeois was inspired by studies on hysteric women. The subject of her art is however a man

The sculpture is also strikingly similar to one of Jeffrey Dahlmers headless victims. I wont post the picture in this article but
it can be found here. Dahlmer was a serial killer who abused and cannibalized young men. He often placed his victims in
symbolic positions and took pictures of them.

An article from Washington Life describes Podestas love from Marina Abramovic (do see the links connecting?) as well as
under-the-radar artist named Biljana Djurdjevic.

If youve ever dreamed of strolling through a museum with a slice of pizza and glass of wine in hand, you need to
befriend superlobbyist Tony Podesta.

Known about town as a legendary political fix-it man, Podesta has turned his Kalorama home into a shrine to
contemporary art, ranging from relatively under-the-radar artists such as Serbian painter Biljana Djurdjevic to
those who are much better known (like French sculptor Louise Bourgeois). ()

Currently he has collected from 40 different artists in some depth, with his top five being Marina Abramovic, Vik
Muniz, Bourgeois, Olafur Eliasson and Antony Gormley.

Washington Life, Inside Homes: Private Viewing

Podesta has a large paint of Djurdjevic in his living room. Heres another painting by Djurdjevic.

Rationalize it all you want, but this is a painting of a child being tortured
In Conclusion

This article only contains some of the findings uncovered by private investigators online. What has been exposed is, most
likely, only the tip of the iceberg of a huge, complex network that has many ramifications. Each thread could probably be
investigated further and lead to even more disturbing facts connecting even more high-powered individuals.

Going through the material of this article is a difficult and painful process, but it exposes the true mind-state and
philosophy of the occult elite.

They publicly celebrate a specific culture of death, abuse and dehumanization through their art and events, leaving
us to only speculate about what they do behind closed doors.

The symbolism in the above images is in perfect accordance with the occult elites culture that I have been describing on
Vigilant Citizen for years. The Pizzagate investigation reveals, at best, the disturbing culture of the elite and, at worst, an
all-out child trafficking ring.
And dont believe that only Democrats are into this.

This is the true culture of the occult elite, a circle of powerful people who operate far above political parties, and far
above the law.

Related Articles:

MP Nick Smith Hires Lawyer To Silence Child Abuse Ring Rumours

60 Minutes Makes 'Special' On UK's VIP Paedophiles

Major Satanic Ritual Abuse / Paedophile Network Exposed In Australia

Satanic Pedophilia Network Exposed In Australia - It Starts At The TOP, Just Like In The USA And UK

Retired Head Of Los Angeles FBI Tells All: Illuminati, Satanism, Pedophile Rings

The Clinton Child Sex Trafficking Network: A Comprehensive Guide

The best way to tell this story is to start learning about it in the way that it was understood by us
who researched first. Rather than go in some chronological order of events that could stretch back
decades we will start with the recent Wikileaks dump of John Podestas emails.
This article begins to detail a highly sophisticated network of child sex trafficking involving dozens of people very
close to Hillary Clinton.

Related: Persons of Interest James Achilles Alefantis aka jimmycomet at Comet Ping Pong

I have also made a nodal network map using the relationships from this article in a visual format - Take a look.

General History

A video detailing the political corruption of John Podesta. It is important to first realize the level of surface level deceit, and
then learn about the motivation and the blackmail that is required to be in this kind of a political position. Also keep in mind
where John competes with his brother Tony over their art collections.

Abby Martin Exposes John Podesta:

Here is a data dump of global pedophile-ring implicating governments and etc. Some of this information overlaps into the
web which we will discuss.

Important Foundation Information

According to the FBI:

Pedophiles, to include those who sexually abuse children as well as those who produce, distribute, and trade child
pornography, are using various types of identification logos or symbols to recognize one another and distinguish
their sexual preferences.
 To specifically indicate the pedophiles gender preference, members of pedophilic organizations encourage the
use of descriptions such as boylove , girllove, and childlove. These symbols have been etched into rings and
formed into pendants, and have also been found imprinted on coins."

Child trafficking Block in Washington D.C.

All of the businesses shown on this map are involved with the Clinton campaign/foundation in some fashion as well as the
child sex trafficking. The corner of Connecticut and Nebraska Avenues in D.C. Details are below.
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Tony Podesta
Tony Podesta, John Podestas brother and the guy who has a pasta obsession according to many e-mails did a 3
to 4 month trip to Japan with Dennis Hastert where they both taught students.

In his first year of graduate school, Hastert spent three months in Japan as part of the People to People Student
Ambassador Program. One of Hasterts fellow group members was Tony Podesta (then the president of the Young
Democrats at University of Illinois at Chicago Circle)."

Hastert admitted to molesting kids when he did work as a teacher. Tony Podesta still keeps in regular contact with Hastert.

Tony Podesta has a Huge vault underneath his house

They are known for purchasing awkward works, such as video installations, that many other private collectors
will not consider. Its easy to store them, but difficult to display them, says Podesta.

To get round the problem, he and his wife have excavated a huge subterranean vault beneath their house outside
Washington a white space 5m square and 4m high in which it will be possible to show very complicated video
pieces on all four walls."

- TheGuardian

Tony and Heather Podestas art collection contains a wide assortment of things that disturb the author of this Washington
Post article.
Which recently was deleted from Washington Posts website.

One shows a boy seemingly born from a sewing machine. Another finds a young girl knitting her own hair. A third
has a naked woman immersed in blood-red liquid.

Folks attending a house tour in the Lake Barcroft neighborhood in Falls Church earlier this year got an eyeful when
they walked into a bedroom at the Podesta residence hung with multiple color pictures by Katy Grannan, a
photographer known for documentary-style pictures of naked teenagers in their parents suburban homes.

They were horrified, Heather recalls, a grin spreading across her face."

Going to see Rachel Rose

Youtube: Pause at 0:10, attendee wearing counterclockwise spiral ring.

Remember this pose for later when we get to Sasha Lords and Comet Ping Pong

Clinton campaign chairman John Podestas New York office features an oil painting in which two men are preparing to eat
another human.

This article refers Tony Podestas home as a shrine to the artist Biljana Djurdjevic who I would not recommend googling
unless you have a strong stomach for paintings that border on stuff that looks illegal.

If it were photographs they WOULD be illegal.

He has collected from 40 artists in some depth with the top 5 being: Has collected from 40 different artists in some depth,
with his top five being Marina Abramovic, Vik Muniz, Bourgeois, Olafur Eliasson and Antony Gormley.

But as for the pizza references the article itself closes in the CREEPIEST WAY- : He regularly opens his house to casual
pizza parties co-hosted by his friend James Alefantis, the owner of Comet Ping Pong.

Over 200 pies emerge from the outdoor pizza oven as guests wander through the house and garden while studying his art
collection. Remember the Serian connection, as it comes up a lot.
Above is art from Biljana Djurdjevic, Tony Podestas favorite artist

Related: How Art Can Be Used To Pay For Human Trafficking

Marina Abramovic: Spirit Cooking

Another image shows Abramovic posing with a bloody goats head a representation of the occult symbol
Baphomet.

Speaking of cutting into your fingers

Probably nothing, but lets continue. Here's Lady Gaga with Abramovic at a Spirit dinner.
Abramovic was paid $10,000 by the Clinton Foundation for one of her performances.

Following the Pizza Chain

John - Hosting pizza party at Belmont for HFA on April 10.

Maya Harris is joining, but need you. Can you come? Thanks much, Tony

- Wikileaks

In 2012 Harris was Vice President for Democracy, Rights and Justice at the Ford Foundation. One of the issues
she addresses through her position is the problem of child brides.
 Harris grew up in the San Francisco Bay Area. When she was eight, she and her sister worked to get the
apartment building they lived in to open an unused courtyard as a place for children to play.

Maya Harriss sister is Kamala Harris.

As a deputy district attorney in Alameda County, Kamala Harris specialized in child sexual assault cases, a
focus she carried into her two terms as the elected district attorney of San Francisco.Her younger sister, Maya
Harris West, was the executive director of the American Civil Liberties Union of Northern California and is now a
vice president at the Ford Foundation.

- Bloomberg

Now, this is likely nothing. Turns out this pizza party was advertised online and was going to be held at John Podestas
home. Unlikely hes referring to any illicit when its publicly advertised right? Are we back to normality?

The weird thing though is that the pizza chef is a guy who was blackmailed of 850Gs on the threat of releasing derogatory
information about him.

But it gets weirder.

He talks about cooking in strange ways. But sometimes when he says cooking, we know he means either things. Take
Spirit Cooking. This is something he seems to enjoy with his friends.

Shes looking forward to do doing this with Podesta and maybe his brother.

Dear Tony, I am so looking forward to the Spirit Cooking dinner at my place. Do you think you will be able to let
me know if your brother is joining? All my love, Marina

- Wikileaks

Thats not all. There is another email here about pizza. It is in regards to a jpg picture in the attachment.
re: pizza.jpg Nice

As John said, it doesnt get any better than this."

So the picture is of pizza AND a child (and two women). This gets us nowhere? Or somewhere?

Well, it turns out pizza is internet slang for child sex. It started out as child porn = cheese pizza and then became just
pizza in some circles.

So who are the two women in the picture of the little girl, with the pizza?

They were Laura Ling and Euna Lee who were arrested in North Korea while reporting on sex trafficking. They were freed
and must have taken this picture. But how come the second we get away from sex trafficking we are right back to it?

This links the phrase pizza with child sex trafficking through their own emails.

That pizza party image is ccd to both Huma Abedin, and Zach Shwartz of Shangri-La Entertainment. Shangri-La
Entertainment is owned by Steve Bing, major Democratic party donor, friend of both Bill Clinton and the famous Hollywood
madam and procurer of sex, Heidi Fleiss.

Who went to go pick these women up during their report on sex trafficking? Bill Clinton and Steve Bing.

On August 5, 2009, a 737 private aircraft owned by Stephen Bing and based out of hangar 25 at the Burbank
airport in Southern California, was utilized in the return of American reporters Laura Ling and Euna Lee who had
spent 5 months of a 12-year sentence in North Korea.

Former President Bill Clinton was instrumental in their return, and accompanied the reporters back to the U.S. Bing
reportedly covered the cost of the entire flight, estimated to be around $200,000.

- TheDailyBeast
Now why did Bill Clinton make it such a high priority for him to go to North Korea personally to get these women back?

Or rather, what did the North Koreans have on Bill that made him jump to their command?

Lets keep looking.

How about this pizza chat:

Mary not free Would love to get a pizza for an hour? Or come over

Tony Podesta

So Mary isnt around, and hes hungry? And he wants to get a pizza for an hour?

Ive gone for pizza in an hour, Ive never had a pizza for an hour. Could be reaching, who knows.

- Wikileaks

Pizza for and hour, and then this.

If you will be around for dinner or pizza on Sunday

Dinner or pizza? Pizza is dinner, but maybe not to the elites. Odd, maybe nothing.
- Wikileaks

But does Nancy Pelosi have a pizza place as front company? It seems she may. Do these people need excuses to discuss
pizza, or is there a more legitimate purpose?

What is this front company, Concurrent Technologies Inc. - doing donating so much to the Clinton Foundation?

A tech company fronting for an adult video store that makes frequent $1,500 dollar donations.

These guys treat pizza like its very important. See this message about this pizza related handkerchief that was left behind.

This is one of the oddest parts. If this isnt code, what is it?

Hi John, The realtor found a handkerchief (I think it has a map that seems pizza-related. Is it yorus? They can
send it if you want. I know youre busy, so feel free not to respond if its not yours or you dont want it. Susanna

I just came from checking the Field house and I have a square cloth handkerchief (white w/ black). I also meant to
inquire yesterday about the pillows you purchased. I can send them as well, if you let me know where they are
in the house.

- Wikileaks

Handkerchiefs are used as a BDSM sex code.

His handkerchief is pizza related.

White usually seems to mean kissing/handjob or Virgin/Pedo, the black may mean something else to them. But she says the
color, and says its a pizza related handkerchief.
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Pillows is slang for ordering a prostitute at a luxury hotel.

That message about pizza and pillows is from someone at the Sandler Foundation.

The Sandler Foundation pays John Podesta $7,000 a month.

I dont even know what to think of this one, also from the Sandler Foundation. My god. I know John Podesta does cook but
what are we supposed to think about this? Playing dominos on cheese? WTF??

John.

I think you should give notice when changing strategies which have been long in place. I immediately
realized something was different by the shape of the box and I contemplated who would be sending me something
in the square shaped box.

Lo and behold, instead of pasta and wonderful sauces, it was a lovely, tempting assortment of cheeses, Yummy. I
am awaiting the return of my children and grandchildren from their holiday travels so that we can
demolish them.

Herb.

Ps. Do you think Ill do better playing dominos on cheese than on pasta?

- Wikileaks
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Peter Kadzik is the person at the Department of Justice who is currently in charge of the Clinton Foundation investigation.
As you know, the DOJ refuses to prosecute the child trafficking case here. Also, you know that Peter Kadzik is Podestas
friend who kept him out of jail.

Unfortunately, Peter Kadzik goes to Tony Podestas birthday party before the Pizza Extravaganza. Kadzik is there, along
with Alefantis, and so on.

The Posto restaurant is another part of it they DELETED FUCKING EVERYTHING after Podesta was hacked. And they
periodically have FOODIE FUNDRAISERS. You know for people who like food. Its all in the Wikileaks emails.

Jeffrey Epstein
Jeffrey Edward Epstein is an American financier and sex offender.

Former President Bill Clinton was a much more frequent flyer on a registered sex offenders infamous jet than
previously reported, with flight logs showing the former president taking at least 26 trips aboard the Lolita Express
- even apparently ditching his Secret Service detail for at least five of the flights, according to records obtained
by FoxNews.com.

Epstein, who counts among his pals royal figures, heads of state, celebrities and fellow billionaires, spent 13
months in prison and home detention for solicitation and procurement of minors for prostitution.

He allegedly had a team of traffickers who procured girls as young as 12 to service his friends on Orgy Island, an
estate on Epsteins 72-acre island, called Little St. James, in the U.S. Virgin Islands."

Ghislaine Maxwell: - Jeffrey Epsteins teen sex slave was ordered to hand over any correspondence between her and the
billionaire pedophile over the past 17 years, a Manhattan judge ruled in March.

Ghislaine is also shown at the bottom of the article in the image with the Podesta brothers and missing Madelein Mccann

Susan Alefantis

Sister of James Alefantis. Wrote a letter in support of Christopher Kloman:

Link

Link

Link

Backup
Christopher Kloman was sentenced to 43 years in prison for mutliple counts of child molestation;

Link

Backup

Also on the list is Kenneth Starr:

Link

Comet Ping Pong

A front company for child sex trafficking:

Comet Ping Pong logo next to the FBI declared pedophilia symbol

Podesta e-mails make multiple mention of Comet Ping Pong, family-friendly restaurant / venue with ping-pong for
kids (example email):

Comet Ping Pong seems to be the central hub for the pedophile ring, as it comes up the most in emails and through all the
connections.

From their website: Friends of Comet Ping Pong: heavy breathing, the washington ballet, politics & prose, hemphill fine
arts, don rockwell, transformer, apple, metrocurean, modern times coffee house, modern art notes, media
matters,brightestyoungthings, pandahead magazine, dr pong, bucks fishing and camping, sasha lord presents, squareforms

Go look into most any of those groups and you will find an entire chain of supplemental evidence.
James Alefantis on right

Comet Ping Pong owned by James Alefantis, once listed 49th most influential person in DC by GQ.

James Alefantis caught in love triangle with chief of Media Matters (A left wing attack organization which also looks to be
money laundering,) David Brock (a paranoid who rambles about right wing hit teams, and is allegedly open with his coke
use

Media Matters chief David Brock paid William Grey (Alefantiss boyfriend) $850,000 after being threatened with damaging
information involving the organizations donors and the IRS a deal that Brock later characterized as a blackmail payment.

Brock accused William Grey of making repeated threats to expose him to the scorn or ridicule of his employees, donors
and the press in demanding money and property.

We recently found the instagram account of James Alefantis.

The contents of it are indescribably bizarre and the contexts of the posts and comment chains are weird. Alefantis does not
have any children nor do his closest associates, but the photos seem to be a near constant assortment of different children
of a variety of ages, intermingled between posts about gay bars, clubs, photos of common rape drugs, and piles of foreign
currency.

After it being trawled through for 24 hours it has been set to private. A large set of archived copies can be seen here in the
next section. Similarly the instagram and twitter accounts of Comet Ping Pong are being edited selectively.

The accounts of the people favoriting and commenting on these posts are equally bizarre in both content, context, and
demeanor.

Elis father has a blog where we found Eli in a Changeling costume. A Changeling is an occult symbol usually depicting a
Replacement for a child stolen by a fairy (gay/pedo) or by a demon/devil.
The primary artist at Comet Ping Pong is Sasha Lord. Looking at her work you can see the esoteric, occult, pedophilia
symbolism.
Besta Pizza
A front company for child sex trafficking, directly next door to Comet Ping Pong.

Besta Pizza, which is located right next to BOTH COMET PING PONG and Bucks Fishing & Camping (which is the the
other business James Alefantis owns) is using a pedophilia symbol as their logo.

EDIT The Andrew Kline connection here is wrong (for anyone whos heard about the ownership connection.)

And so is Politics and Prose for their exterior sign. The Ampesand has a spiral in it. This is not used in any of their
letterheads.

Politics and Prose is owned by Lissa Muscatine, who comes up in both the leaked Clinton E-mails and Podesta e-mails over
300 times.

TerraSol Artisans

Related: TerraSol Website

TeraSol Artisans across the street from James Alefantiss businesses (Comet Ping Pong, Besta Pizza, and Bucks) is also
using a derivation of a pedophilia symbol. They were also visited by Hillary Clinton herself.
Across the street is the Beyond Borders more on the Clinton Haiti connection elsewhere.

- Sashalordpresents

- Invitation

Podestas invitation to an AFTER party at David Brock home (pic related, was attached in email)

- Wikileaks

David Brock is described as batshit crazy by Neera Tanden. His work history also shows temperamental behavior and
volatility.

- Wikileaks

NY Times article being discussed is this one.

- NewYorkTimes

The company that planned the event has a long roster.

- Detail

- Detail

Heres a party tip: If youre hosting an impromptu dinner and want guests to show up, have Academy Award-
winner Mira Sorvino as your guest of honor.
 Thats exactly what Kimball Stroud did after Sorvino attended a briefing on child trafficking on Capitol Hill with
Sens. Ron Wyden (D-Ore.) and John Cornyn (R-Tex.), filmmaker Libby Spears (Playground) and several
survivors of child trafficking.

- Detail

Related: Star Of Hobbit Films Elijah Wood Says Hollywood Is Masking A Child Sex Epidemic

An Open Secret documentary on Hollywood pedos revealed that several major Hollywood pedos had mansion
pedophile parties called after parties.

Brock Pierce is mentioned as the ringleader of the parties

- Brock Pierce

- Backup

Pierce supports non-profit and advocacy efforts, and is a member of the Clinton Global Initiative.

Get served at Comet Ping Pong, a hipster-heavy pizza parlor in the Upper Northwest with rough concrete walls, bathrooms
hidden behind secret panels, and table tennis galore
Podesta e-mail with HRC pizza logo says to donate to PizzaPAC.com registered to one JZ Drizin; Most recent tweet is
retweet from Pizza Packet, company that sells and delivers nothing but seasoning packets for pizza

However, Pizza Packet is owned by Itchie Gross; Richard Itchie Gross LinkedIn profile (now deleted) had picture of a
commercial jet. Color scheme appears very similar to Jeffrey Epsteins personal 727.

Address for Dr. Itcuie Gross, MD, who does not seem to have an NPI number, goes to 533 Bedford Avenue, Brooklyn, NY;
Does not look like a doctors office; two young children can be seen at the entrance.

Angels of Love Deals From Heaven deals with Haitian kids, based in Florida, Follows Pizza Packet on Twitter.

- Detail

Google Maps indicates that it is the only house on the street with all windows barred; Does not look like a business of any
sort.

Haiti

Laura Silsby and Charisa Coulter, women who planned to start an orphanage, New Life Childrens Refuge, in the Dominican
Republic; Arrested with several children in Haiti; Huma e-mailed HRC with regular updates; Silsby represented by attorney
convicted of sex trafficking; Allowed to leave the country

- Wikileaks

- Wikileaks

- Wikileaks

- HarvardHumanRightsJournal

- Wikileaks

WikiLeaks e-mail discusses pricing of transporting children:

- Wikileaks
Dyncorp

This email: [ Wikileaks ] from Hillary Clintons archive mentions Dyncorps hiring an adolescent boy dancer from
Afghanistan for some sort of event that, at least to most folks, looked very inappropriate.

Here is a direct quote:

According to my reporting, the week of April 13th, the DynCorp regional commander from Konduz, Flint
Chambers, allowed his men to hire a 15-year-old boy dancer to do tribal dances at a DynCorp party on the training
site.

Some 15 or so DynCorp employees in attendance pulled out a single chair and had the boy do mock lap dances.
This was captured on video.

The video shows DynCorp employees putting dollar bills in the boys waistband, just as they would a strippers
garter. The revelry lasted about 45 minutes.

This is sent directly to Hillary Clinton from Cheryl Mills who is one of her big time lawyers. Why would a LAWYER be
messaging Hillary this if she didnt have direct ties to DynCorp?

I did some investigating into DynCorp and they were involved in a sex scandal slavery in Bosnia in 1999:
 It's employees accused of rape and the buying and selling of girls as young as 12.

[Quote from article]

They have a long history of this. In 2005 the Chicago Tribune accused the government of covering up child trafficking.

According to this Portguese article Hillary is in favor of DynCorp.

In her emails there is another about inappropriate behavior by department contractor.

- Wikileaks

DynCorp is known for a gross history of sexual assault. The CEO is Lewis Von Thaer, and the parent organization of
DynCorp is Cerberus Capital Management.

Hillary Clinton has ties to both Cerberus and DynCorp. Cerberus gave $40,628 to her campaign.

The state department lost $1 billion dollars and DynCorp is to blame.

What is ironic is they appointed Jack Lew (Hillarys right hand man, according to the article) to look into it. DynCorp has a
history of stealing money.

1991 State of the Nation It appears that Dyncorp broke the original investigation on this. Dyncorp was the
accountant for roughly $2.7 trillion missing 1991-2001. Also missing in 1996 or 1997; $60 billion missing out of
HUD. Dyncorp appears to be the accounting division of the US government these days.
 - NewsFollowUp

Hillary covered up for DynCorp.

1. The Washington Post wrote about it to her

2. Later they publish a story saying the DynCorp employee was fired and no mention of the boy

3. Nothing ended up being done

- So WikiLeaks Is Evil For Releasing Documents But DynCorp Gets A Pass For Pimping Young Boys To Afghan Cops?

And here are the sensitive but unclassified documents from her emails.

- DocumentCloud

What is most disgusting is we now know Hillary has covered up for Weiner texting an underage girl and Laura Silsbys crew
of kidnapping children from Haiti for trafficking.

- DailyMail

- Truthfeed

Random Information for Later Sorting

Ruby, Emerson and Maeve are the children of Alexandra Tydings, the actress who played the goddess Aphrodite on Xena
the Warrior Princess.

She is married to Benjamin Luzatto, son of Tamara Luzzatos ex husband.

Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

And the Controlled Mainstream Media Disinformation Begins: Fake News Onslaught Targets Pizzeria as Nest of
Child-Trafficking

The World Is Actually Becoming A More Peaceful Place

November 23 2016 | From: TheMindUnleashed

Is it too good to be true? Is the world actually becoming more peaceful?

In Chinese philosophy, yin and yang describe how seemingly opposite or contrary forces may actually be complementary, interconnected, and
interdependent in the natural world, and how they may give rise to each other as they interrelate to one another. The yin yang (taijitu symbol) shows
a balance between two opposites with a portion of the opposite element in each section

With the advancement in technology and the rise of alternative media continuing to spread, we are now witness to
many things we previously were not.

Related: The Inevitability Of A [Hopefully] Peaceful Revolution

With that, some might reject the statement that the world is becoming a more peaceful place, however, it is simply that we
are now catching on camera and video some acts of violence that then spread on social and alternative media.

We see that it is not that the world is becoming more hostile and violent, it is just that we are now catching these things on
camera more than ever. As Harvard psychologist Steven Pinker says;

The news is a systematically misleading way of viewing the world.

In fact, there is statistical and real-world evidence to support the statement that the world is becoming a more peaceful
place.
As we can see in the image below, the amount of deaths around the world due to war has trended downward for quite some
time, outside of the small uptick in the past couple years.

In his 2011 book, The Better Angels of Our Nature, Harvard psychologist Steven Pinker states that the decline of violence
is, the most significant and least appreciated development in the history of our species.

He also stated that between 1945 and 1990 there were 30 wars that killed over 100,000 people each, which included wars
in Tibet, Uganda, Greece, China, Mozambique, Algeria and Guatemala. Pinker adds;

With the exception of last years small wars in Ukraine, the zone of war has contracted to a crescent from Central
Africa through the Middle East into South Asia.

The Harvard psychologist also said that in his book, The Better Angels of Our Nature, he has proven statistically that other
forms of violence has also declined, including murder, capital punishment, torture and domestic violence.

Recent Examples of Peace

In somewhat recent years, wars in Iran, Peru, Chad, Angola, Sri Lanka and Lebanon have ended, which is another positive
and continuing trend.
In regards to violent war, it is happening in fewer places than what we might believe due to the medias influence

While it is on shaky grounds, there also still exists a ceasefire in Ukraine. Additionally, the Afghanistan government in late
September signed a peace deal with Hezb-i-Islami, which is the first peace deal signed by the Afghanistan government
since war with the Taliban broke out in 2001.

In October, thousands of Palestinian and Israeli women marched together for two weeks on a peace march which they
called March of Hope.

The march ended in front of Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahus home in Jerusalem, which was done in attempt to
get peaceful dialogue started again between Israel and Palestine.

Just a few weeks ago a United Nations resolution was passed in which 123 nations voted for (38 against) a ban on
destructive nuclear weapons, which will be discussed starting in March of 2017.

As Kate Hudson, the chairwomen for the Campaign for Nuclear Disarmament said;

Its very encouraging to see so many countries say loud and clear its time for the world to move on from nuclear
weapons.

Also, less than one week ago, the Colombian government and the FARC Rebels signed a revised peace treaty, which is
ending a war that has been occurring there for over the past 50 years. What We Can Do As Dr. Martin Luther King Jr once
said;
 The news is a systematically misleading way of viewing the world.

One way to effectively organize is to participate in synchronized meditations, which is meditating with other people at the
same time. Before this is dismissed as fantasy and wishful thinking, it must be remembered that group intention and
synchronized meditation has been studied over 600 times, in 33 countries and by over 250 independent research
institutions.

The result of synchronized meditations has been labeled the Maharishi Effect. Its most notable study was when 7,000
individuals meditated over a period of three weeks each morning and evening, which lowered global terrorism by 72%.

While it might sound unbelievable to some, in the fields of social science, social psychology and quantum physics, it is a
very serious and respected topic.

While there are numerous things we can do to cultivate more peace in our lives and the world around us, such as using non-
violent communication, smiling more often, gardening, connecting with ourselves in a deeper way, or being more grateful,
synchronized meditations are an extremely beautiful and powerful way for people to organize and create ripples of peace in
the fabric of our world.

What can you do in your life right now that creates more peace within yourself and with the world around you?

Related: Peace Foundation Project To Get Peer Mediation In Every School In NZ

Seeding Doubt: How Self-Appointed Guardians Of Sound Science Tip The Scales
Toward Industry
November 23 2016 | From: TheIntercept

At a time when public mistrust of science runs high, and non-experts are hard-pressed to separate
fact from industry-sponsored spin, Sense About Science, a charity based in London with an
affiliate in New York, presents itself as a trustworthy arbiter.
The organization purports to help the misinformed public sift through alarmist claims about public health and the
environment by directing journalists, policymakers, and others to vetted sources who can explain the evidence
behind debates about controversial products like e-cigarettes and flame retardants.

Related: Scientific American Writer Exposes The Tribal Cultist Arrogance And Dogmatic Lunacy Of Science
'Skeptics'

One reason the public is so confused, suggested Tracey Brown, the groups director, in a recent Guardian op-ed, is that the
media feeds alarmism by focusing on who sponsors scientific studies, rather than asking more important questions about
whether the research is sound.

Even when there is no evidence of bias, Brown contended, journalists attack industry-funded research, running exposs on
subjects such as fracking, genetically modified plants, and sugar. Brown lamented that what she called the who funded it?
question is too often asked by people with axes to grind.

Browns downplaying of concerns about such research invites skepticism. Since the mid-1990s, numerous studies have
shown that industry-funded research tends to favor its sponsors products. This effect has been documented in research
financed by chemical, pharmaceutical, surgical, food, tobacco, and, we have learned most recently, sugar companies.

In the 1960s, the sugar industry secretly paid scientists to minimize the role sugar plays in causing heart disease and blame
saturated fat instead, according to a study published in the September issue of JAMA Internal Medicine.
Related: The Sugar Conspiracy - Professor John Yudkin: The Man Who Tried To Warn Us About Sugar

For decades, industry-funded research helped tobacco companies block regulations by undermining evidence that
cigarettes kill.

Precisely because of the very real risk of bias, prestigious scientific journals have long required researchers to disclose their
sources of support.

Journalists in pursuit of transparency have good reason to ask, Who funded it?

Sense About Science claims to champion transparency. The organization has campaigned to see the evidence behind
policy decisions and asked for pharmaceutical companies to release all the results of clinical trials, not just the positive
ones.

Nearly 700 organizations have signed on to the clinical trials initiative since it began last year. These are salutary efforts,
and Brown points out that with the exception of one program funded by publishers, none of the groups projects
are underwritten by companies. But this sidesteps a larger issue.

Sense About Science does not always disclose when its sources on controversial matters are scientists with ties to the
industries under examination. And the group is known to take positions that buck scientific consensus or dismiss emerging
evidence of harm.

When journalists rightly ask who sponsors research into the risks of, say, asbestos, or synthetic chemicals, theyd be well
advised to question the evidence Sense About Science presents in these debates as well.
A man holds a tobacco sample at the Seita-Imperial tobacco research center on May 29, 2012, in Fleury-les-Aubrais, France

In 2002, Dick Teverne, an English politician and business consultant, founded Sense About Science to expose bogus
science, he explains in his memoir, Against the Tide.

Through his consulting work, Taverne had cultivated relationships with energy, communications, food, and pharmaceutical
companies. Sense About Sciences early sponsors included some of Tavernes former clients and companies in which he
owned stock.

Taverne must have known the power of media narratives about science firsthand, because he had experience with the
tobacco industry, which labored mightily to change the conversation about its product in the face of evidence that cigarettes
were lethal.

According to internal documents released in litigation by cigarette manufacturers, Tavernes consulting company, PRIMA
Europe, helped British American Tobacco improve relations with its investors and beat European regulations on cigarettes in
the 1990s.

Taverne himself worked on the investors project: In an undated memo, PRIMA assured the tobacco company that:

The work would be done personally by Dick Taverne,because he was well placed to interview industry opinion
leaders and would seek to ensure that industrys needs are foremost in peoples minds.

During the same decade, Taverne sat on the board of the British branch of the powerhouse public relations firm Burson-
Marsteller, which claimed Philip Morris as a client.
Related: Heres How Industry-Funded Research Is Making Us Sick And Fat + Like Tobacco And Big Pharma, The
Sugar Industry Has Manipulated Research For 50 Years

The idea for a sound science group, made up of a network of scientists who would speak out against regulations that
industrial spokespeople lacked the credibility to challenge, was a pitch Burson-Marsteller made to Philip Morris in a 1994
memorandum.

Its not hard to identify traces of this approach in Tavernes later work. Writing in his 2005 book, The March of
Unreason, Taverne complained that eco-fundamentalists and fearmongers had fomented a backlash against science and
technology, which had in turn produced a multiplication of health and safety regulations.

That year British Petroleum donated 15,000 pounds to Sense About Science, and Taverne argued in the House of
Lords that as much as 80 percent of global warming might be attributable to solar activity, even though that theory had
been discredited two years earlier. Taverne, who stepped down as chairman of Sense About Science in 2012, did not
respond to The Intercepts requests for comment.

Sense About Science established an American affiliate in 2014, under the direction of a Brooklyn-based journalist named
Trevor Butterworth. In financial documents, Sense About Science claims Sense About Science USA as a sister organization
with close ties and similar aims.

High-profile scientific publishers, as well as such reputable institutions as the Shorenstein Center on Media, Politics and
Public Policy and the Columbia Journalism Review, have promoted Butterworths services to scientists and journalists.
Why Scientists Disagree About Global Warming by Craig D. Idso, Robert M. Carter, S. Fred Singer

Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say
'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

From 2003 to 2014, Butterworth contributed to the website of an organization called STATS, a nonprofit that promoted
statistical literacy. STATS had its own connections to the tobacco industry, in this case through founder Robert Lichter, a
conservative political scientist and now a communications professor at George Mason University.

Lichter also co-founded and continues to run the Center for Media and Public Affairs, which Philip Morris hired in 1994 to
survey news reports about tobacco as part of its strategy, outlined in a memo from March of that year, to counter personal
and public bias in stories about cigarettes health risks.

Lichter, like Sense About Sciences Tracey Brown, has argued that industry money doesnt necessarily taint the
science it supports.

In 2003, a congressional report charged the George W. Bush administration with stacking a government committee on
childhood lead poisoning with industry scientists.

Lichter appeared as an analyst on CNN and said;

Studies have found that scientists who have consulted for industry do not differ in their assessment of risks, of
health risks, from scientists who have not consulted for industry.

Lichter did not respond to The Intercepts requests for comment or citations to these studies.

Before STATS was dissolved in 2014, and its web site adopted by Sense About Science USA, it received regular grants
from free-market sources. Between 1998 and 2014, STATS received $4.5 million, 81 percent of its donations, from the
Searle Freedom Trust, the Sarah Scaife Foundation, the John M. Olin Foundation, Donors Trust (a fund largely sustained by
Charles Koch), and other right-wing foundations.

Searle, which describes its mission as promoting economic liberties, gave STATS $959,000 between 2010 and 2014.

Anti-regulatory foundations, including these, spent over half a billion dollars between 2003 and 2010 to;

Manipulate and mislead the public over the nature of climate science and the threat posed by climate
change, according to a 2013 study by Drexel University sociologist Robert Brulle.

A worker sprays foam before removing asbestos from a ceiling at Jussieu University in Paris, France, on March 25, 1999

With these roots Sense About Science should not surprise anyone when it promotes anti-regulatory voices on issues like
asbestos. In a 2006 brochure called Science for Celebrities and purporting to correct misperceptions about synthetic
chemicals, Sense About Science offers John Hoskins, a toxicologist formerly of the Medical Research Council Toxicology
Unit at the University of Leicester.

Under the rubric Toxic effects depend on dose, Hoskins reassures us:

Away from the high doses of occupational exposure a whole host of unwanted chemicals finds their way into our
bodies. Most leave quickly but some stay: asbestos and silica in our lungs, dioxins in our blood. Do they matter?
No!

More than two decades ago, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the International Agency for Research
on Cancer declared asbestos a proven human carcinogen.

Since then, as countries continue to mine asbestos, industry groups have argued that certain varieties, including chrysotile
and crocidolite, are not so toxic.
In response, several groups, including the Collegium Ramazzini, an international body of occupational and environmental
health experts, have issued consensus statements warning that no form of asbestos is safe at any dose.

In calling for a universal ban on all forms of asbestos in 2010, the Collegium Ramazzini observed that the asbestos
industrys attacks on evidence that irrefutably links its product to cancer closely resemble those used by the tobacco
industry.

Brown maintains that Sense About Science has not disagreed with the scientific consensus on asbestos, and she notes that
dose and type of exposure are the issue. But when I asked Hoskins why his position differed from the scientific consensus,
he shrugged over email, Once upon a time the consensus was that the earth is flat.

Hoskins further replied;

Unfortunately, to say that within a population low-level exposure of many chemicals must be dangerous is not
borne out by reality, much to the chagrin of those who live in the fantasy world of chemical-free.

Hoskinss rsum states that he has represented the Chrysotile Institute in discussion with the governments of several
countries. But he did not disclose this relationship to the Epidemiology, Biostatistics and Public Health journal when he co-
authored two scientific papers disputing claims that chrysotile or crocidolite caused a rare cancer in exposed populations.

When his industry ties came to light, the journal issued errata for both papers to disclose this competing interest.

(Hoskins denies any conflict of interest, insisting that his role in authoring the papers was confined to providing
information the other authors requested. Yet all but one of the other authors had also failed to disclose their
asbestos interests, which now appear in the errata.)

Soon after the first paper appeared, eight public health researchers wrote a letter to the editors of Epidemiology,
Biostatistics and Public Health expressing outrage that the journal would publish a paper with gross mistakes and no
scientific content.

A group that included many of the letters signatories asked the journal to consider retracting the second paper, citing
seriously misleading information.

But the journals editors declined to retract the papers, which remain in the technical literature, casting doubt on the scientific
consensus that all forms of asbestos are hazardous to human health.

Flames threaten to jump a ridge that firefighting aircraft have painted red with fire retardant above Cajon Boulevard at the Blue Cut Fire on Aug. 18,
2016, near Wrightwood, California

It's hard to make a case for the safety of a substance like asbestos, which most people know causes cancer. Other
commercial products are easier to defend, not because they are less hazardous, but because consumers are not as familiar
with the evidence questioning their safety and utility.

Scientists have known since 1997 that flame retardants, for example, can cause cancer.

These brominated and chlorinated chemicals are used in a wide range of consumer products, including nursing pads and
car seats. For more than three decades, studies in animals and humans have linked them to cancer, developmental delays,
and other serious health problems.

By 2010, the evidence was so persuasive that nearly 150 scientists from 22 countries signed a statement warning that flame
retardants are a concern for persistence, bioaccumulation, long-range transport, and toxicity. Flame retardants fire safety
benefit not only remains unproven, the scientists asserted, but the chemicals form highly toxic byproducts when burned.

Sense About Science has long relied on dubious numbers to insist on the efficacy of these chemicals.

In 2006 it published a pamphlet on misconceptions about chemicals in which it claimed that British laws requiring flame
retardants in furniture had reduced fire deaths by 20 percent, citing a 2000 European Commission report called Flame
Retardants.
A European Commission press officer told me she knows of no such report.

The reference to the 20 percent reduction in fire deaths is repeatedly quoted in papers and publications from
flame retardant industries and associations, and they always refer to Flame Retardants, DG Environment Video
2000, which we cannot find.

On the contrary, she told me, it is simply not possible to correlate fire deaths to non-flammability requirements.

Who did make the claim? Flame retardant industry trade groups, including the European Flame Retardant Association and
the Bromine Science and Environmental Forum, run by Philip Morriss longtime PR firm Burson-Marsteller.

Where Flame Retardants are Found:

Realted: The Rise Of Scientific Fundamentalism

The U.S.-based Citizens for Fire Safety also repeated the claim until it disbanded, following revelations in 2012 that leading
flame retardant producers ran the organization, not the grassroots group of staff and volunteers committed to national fire
safety its literature asserted.

The same year, Sense About Science again called on John Hoskins, identified as an independent toxicologist, this time to
fact-check a study that found potentially carcinogenic flame retardants in sofas. In his response, Hoskins wrote: The bottom
line is that danger of fire is many, many times greater than any imagined danger from chemicals used to prevent it.
 Everything I wrote about flame retardants was taken from published works, Hoskins told me.

Reviewers at the time found nothing to criticize and I have had no comment from the thousands of people who
must have read the pieces.

Sense About Science reprinted its guide on chemicals in 2014. The trade-off between fire risk and toxicology is changing,
and we represented that newer precautionary thinking in our most recent publications, Brown, the groups director, told The
Intercept in an email.

The new guide acknowledged allegations of side effects from flame retardants, including persistence in the
environment and toxicity to humans and animals.

But it also retained the unsupported claim that regulations requiring the chemicals saved lives.

The guide even retained the text that countered concerns about traces of flame retardants found in childrens bodies by
asserting that because the chemicals protected children from death or injury from fire;

To fail to expose them to such chemicals could be regarded as negligent.

Scientists who reviewed human studies had come to a different conclusion the year before. They warned that although such
links were impossible to prove conclusively, the evidence suggested that childrens exposure to flame retardants could have
serious health consequences, including neurobehavioral and developmental problems. The scientists called for regulatory
oversight.

A scientist holds a flask containing bisphenol A, a chemical used to make plastics that numerous scientific studies have linked to developmental and
reproductive disorders
Related: The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And
GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud

Of all the controversial chemicals in the public eye, the one Trevor Butterworth, Sense About Science USAs director, has
most fervently defended is bisphenol A, a compound used to make plastics. BPA is found in hard plastics, the lining of
canned drinks and foods, thermal receipts, and other consumer and industrial products, including cigarette filters.

Manufacturers produce billions of pounds of BPA each year. Its market value is projected to reach $20 billion by 2020. And
numerous studies and scientific consensus statements have linked BPA, which can interfere with hormone signaling, to
developmental and reproductive disorders.

Leading reproductive biologists released a consensus statement in 2007 warning that the wide range of adverse effects of
low doses of BPA in laboratory animals exposed both during development and in adulthood is a great cause for concern
with regard to the potential for similar adverse effects in humans.

Two years later, while working for STATS, Butterworth published a 27,000-word investigation sharply questioning the validity
of the scientific studies and news reports about BPAs health effects.

Related: Chemical Exposure Linked To Rising Diabetes, Obesity Risk

Butterworths central claim was that a handful of scientists, journalists, and environmental activist groups had ignored good
science in a crusade to paint BPA as the biological equivalent of global warming.

He singled out a widely acclaimed special report by Milwaukee Journal-Sentinel reporters Susanne Rust and Meg Kissinger
called Chemical Fallout.

These reporters, he claimed, relied on flawed studies by independent researchers and unfairly dismissed the industry-
funded studies that found no harm.

But the independent studies were not, in fact, flawed. Regulators just didnt consider them useful, because, like many such
academic studies, they didnt measure toxicity but tested hypotheses about how BPA could alter living systems.

BPA trade groups have long insisted that the substance is metabolized too quickly to cause harm.

Butterworth cites a 2009 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention study that measured BPA concentrations in newborns
to make the same case. The study, he argues, provides important evidence that infants - even those born prematurely - are
able to detoxify BPA in the same way as adults.

Related: Why Touching Receipts Can Harm Your Health

The CDC study he cited was designed to gauge exposure, not metabolism. BPA has been detected in the urine of nearly
every American tested. Premature babies fragile systems make them particularly vulnerable to environmental contaminants.

The researchers suspected that the use of plastic medical devices in neonatal intensive care units might expose premature
infants to higher than average levels of BPA. And thats exactly what they found: Average BPA concentrations in
hospitalized premature babies were about 10 times higher than those measured in adults.

The authors noted that although premature babies appear to have some ability to metabolize BPA, their detoxification
pathways are not expected to be functional at adult rates until months after birth.

Butterworth ended his critique of what he called the BPA is dangerous thesis by suggesting that banning the chemical
could result in greater harm:

What if some parents who turned to glass bottles for fear of leaching BPA drop and break them, causing injury
to their babies?

Butterworths arguments have reverberated across an echo chamber of free-market organizations, including Philip
Morriss product defense law firm, Koch-funded think tanks, chemical and food-packaging industry trade
groups in Europe and the U.S., and an ostensibly neutral environmental health research foundation run by a chemical
industry PR firm.

Reached by email for comment, Butterworth did not account for his questionable characterization of the CDC study. He
said that his critique relied on the work of scientists from regulatory agencies involved in risk assessment, and that these
scientists had criticized smaller studies that claimed adverse effects.

He maintained that studies assessing the effects of low doses of BPA are inconsistent and unlikely to capture significant
results because of methodological and statistical problems.

The year after Butterworths 2009 investigation, the anti-regulatory Donors Trust awarded STATS $86,000 for its research
efforts, and the Grocery Manufacturers Association, which belongs to the BPA Joint Trade Association, gave Lichters
Center for Media and Public Affairs $10,000 for research support.
Related: The Top 10 Tricks Used By Corporate Junk Science

Butterworth continued to defend BPA in news outlets and in 2013 made his case on a blog for Coca-Cola, another BPA
Joint Trade Association member.

That year Coca-Cola gave more than $30,000 to Butterworths future partner, Sense About Science, which hosted a BPA
forum the next year. (Since then, Sense About Science has not received corporate donations, which represented less than
3 percent of our income, Brown wrote in an email.)

In the forum, a Q&A on social media, Sense About Science put forward a representative of the British Plastics Federation
and a toxicologist whose longstanding ties to the chemical industry the organization did not disclose. Participants were
assured that BPA posed no risk to human health.

Several plastic industry trade sites praised the event. One welcomed Sense About Sciences efforts, reporting that plastic
packaging was stoutly defended.
Sales staff exhale vapor while demonstrating their electronic cigarette products at the Vape China Expo at the China International Exhibition Center
in Beijing on July 23, 2015

The tobacco industry pioneered tactics to fight regulations by manufacturing doubt about the scientific consensus that
cigarettes kill. So it should be no surprise to encounter a strategy among defenders of the e-cigarette that also centers
around doubt. If we dont know for certain that a product is safe, we might urge caution.

Sense About Science has argued the opposite: so long as we dont know the product is unsafe, medical professionals have
no business urging regulation.

E-cigarettes turn chemical solutions into a nicotine-filled mist, which consumers ingest without the added harm of
tobacco tar.

When the devices hit the American market in 2007, sales quickly took off. Tobacco companies increasingly dominate the
industry, which is projected to be worth $54 billion by 2025. A recent national survey found a sharp rise in e-cigarette
smoking among high school students - from 1.5 percent in 2011 to 16 percent last year.

The skyrocketing popularity of e-cigarettes among young people worries public health experts because so little is
known about the devices safety.

E-cigarettes are too new for scientists to have assessed their long-term health risks. British and American scientific bodies
have reacted to this paucity of evidence with different views of the relative dangers.
Last year, Public Health England joined other British public health organizations in encouraging smokers to use e-cigarettes
as an aid in quitting tobacco. The Royal College of Physicians effectively endorsed this view in April, when it argued against
regulating a product that could help smokers quit.

But American public health officials worry that nicotine, which is as addictive as heroin and cocaine, will hook young
smokers and cause lasting harm to their still-developing brains. Nicotine is linked to immunosuppression as well as
cardiovascular, respiratory, and gastrointestinal disorders.

There is evidence that it interferes with chemotherapies and may even play a role in cancer. Researchers are just beginning
to study whether the more than 7,000 flavoring chemicals, which typically arent disclosed on e-cigarettes, are safe when
inhaled.

Back in 2012, the British Medical Association called for a ban on the devices in public in order to:

Ensure their use does not undermine smoking prevention and cessation by reinforcing the normalcy of cigarette
use.

BMA reaffirmed this judgment as recently as this past June, despite the opposing position of the Royal College of
Physicians. Sense About Science reacted to BMAs call for a ban by asking the association to produce evidence that e-
cigarettes caused harm.

This move towards heavy regulation appears to be driven by the fear that e-cigs might be harmful or act as a
gateway to conventional tobacco - despite little or no evidence for either claim, the organization argued on its
website in 2013, two years before Public Health England endorsed e-cigarettes as a tool to quit smoking.
Such regulations, Sense About Science stated, could do more harm than good by inhibiting access to products that may
help reduce harm from smoking tobacco cigarettes.

Although Sense About Science has demanded evidence that e-cigarettes cause harm, it seems poised to cast doubt on the
evidence when it turns up. In August, the organization challenged the relevance of research presented that month at a
cardiology conference showing that nicotine in e-cigarettes can stiffen arteries, an early indication of heart disease.

Sense About Sciences expert dismissively compared the effects of nicotine documented in the research to those
of watching a thriller or a football match.

In the United States, just this past May, the Food and Drug Administration moved to regulate e-cigarettes, including banning
sales to those 18 and under. The CDC, too, takes the health risks of nicotine seriously. Last fall, the centers called for
strategies to reduce the use of all tobacco products, including e-cigarettes.

The potential long-term benefits and risks associated with e-cigarette use are not currently known, the
CDC reported. What is known is that nicotine exposure at a young age may cause lasting harm to brain
development, promote nicotine addiction, and lead to sustained tobacco use.
David Koch, executive vice president of chemical technology for Koch Industries, listens as U.S. Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke, not
pictured, speaks to the Economic Club of New York on Nov. 20, 2012

Having established itself as a credible voice in debates about science and industrial regulation in the United States and
Britain, Sense About Science has set out for what may prove to be its most challenging assignment.

In July, following Britains vote to leave the European Union, Sense About Science established an EU branch in Brussels,
the headquarters of the European Commission, which has placed tighter restrictions on e-cigarettes, chemicals, and other
potentially risky consumer goods than the United States has mustered.

The new branch of Sense About Science plans to monitor the use and abuse of scientific evidence in EU policy.

Both Sense About Science and Sense About Science USA undertake some initiatives that serve the public interest. But the
founder of the British organization worked with the architects of the tobacco industrys disinformation strategy, and both
groups have been known to promote science that favors private interests over public health.

When an organization claims to serve as a neutral arbiter in high-stakes debates about science, it pays to do what
Sense About Science does: ask for the evidence.

Related: Official Science: The Grand Illusion

The Fifth Estate Casts It's Shadow Like A Massive Mothership

November 22 2016 | From: CosmicConvergence

Before Long the Mainstream Media Will be History: BIG MOTHER is watching Big Brother!
The biggest story on planet Earth has gone virtually unnoticed.
It is now common knowledge that whoever controls the media effectively controls the world. Those who do control
the entire planetary realm are only able to do so because they have controlled the mainstream media for as long as
it has been in existence.

Related: Alex Jones: The Media is a Joke, We Have Won

This ironclad control has enabled the World Shadow Government to exert power over the flow of information throughout
every sphere of life for centuries.

In fact, it is the Fourth Estate that holds the true power over the other three. Only by the power of the press is the WSG able
to keep the governments and corporations of the world in check.

A New Era Dawns

Since the advent of the Internet in 1995, the Fifth Estate has been growing by the day. It has taken over 20 years for it to
finally come into its own.

2016 will be long remembered as the year when the Fifth Estate became a force unto itself, so much so that it
profoundly affected the outcome of this years U.S. presidential election.

The campaign season of this election cycle has been the most dynamic and electrifying, surprising and captivating in
American history.

No one has ever seen anything like it. Because the nation still finds itself steeped in the depths of the Great Recession,
there are millions of young adults out of work. Many of them live at home with mom and dad and with very few possessions
except a smartphone or a tablet, a laptop or a desktop.
It is in this environment that the citizen journalist has been born. They are by and large unemployed, bored and angry
that the American Dream has eluded them. Some of them believe that the dream has become an American nightmare and
want to know why.

As they seek answers to this inquiry, they are stumbling upon long-hidden truths that have made them deeply distrust
the mainstream media (MSM)with a vengeance.

"The MSM is comprised not only of all print, video and audio forms of media but also book publishing, movie
production, music production, TV programming, social networks among others."

So heres the current context: While the banksters bankrupted the USA in order to swell the ranks of the jobless and
unemployed, especially among the youth who they intended to fight their unlawful and unprovoked wars of aggression
around the world, something unexpected happened.

The banksters unwittingly created an army of writers and bloggers, e-book authors and essayists, Facebook
posters and Twitter tweeters, YouTube video producers and Instagram photojournalists.
Related: Whoever Controls The Media Controls The World

What else was there to post about this year but the exceedingly dramatic 2016 presidential election, as well as the coming
Second American Revolution. No matter what side of the fence these folks are on, they are busier than if they had a 9 to 5
with the local corporation.

And theyre loving every minute of it because they are learning how the world really works. And, why they really
have no job or even a prospect of a job.

The Rise of the Citizen Journalist

The Internet is the place where many will find their future job. Not the one working for a Fortune 500 corporation; rather, a
real job that will assist with the transformation of post-modern society.

As these young Internet practitioners expand their skill sets, deepen their knowledge base, and broaden their experience,
they have quickly acquired the right stuff to function as a one-person, multi-media platform.

This single development has contributed significantly to the rapid establishment of the Fifth Estate.

As a matter of fact, the now defunct specialty of investigative journalism has seen a massive rebound. These young
journalists have no advertisers to appease and can therefore go after whatever they choose to investigate. Bloggers and
videographers are tearing up the terrain with their incisive blogs and documentaries, respectively.
Related: Google, Corporate Press Launch Attack On Alternative Media

Upstart authors are now writing Pulitzer Prize level reports and series on topics ranging from the Holocaust Industry to the
rigged 2016 U.S. presidential election, from the US Government-coordinated terrorist attacks on 9/11 to the CIA-conducted
assassination of John F. Kennedy.

These citizen journalists all share one thing, and that is a passion for the truth.

They see a world in total disarray and are desperately trying to make some sense of it. In their ardent search for the truth
they unwittingly find themselves becoming world-class journalists. And it is only their pursuit of the truth that has set
them free from the ranks of the unemployed.

Not only do many these folks now have control of their destiny, they are not bound to a corporate agenda like their parents
and grandparents were. Nor are they bound to the conventions of traditional, university taught journalism that keeps their
MSM peers in a tighly controlled box. They are free to think for themselves and to follow the truth wherever it leads them.
Four Horsemen - an award winning independent feature documentary which lifts the lid on how the world really
works.

Such a liberation of genuinely creative energy has created a supernova in the firmament of worldwide media. So
many young journalists have been born into their Internet-based profession that there is now a crowded field of competition
to be dealt with.

This has forced many into various specialty niches which has posed a real threat to the MSM journalists who are now
primarily generalists because of the severe budget cuts over several years throughout that industry.

The Truth Shall Set You Free

The MSM is soon to be overwhelmed by the Alt-Media. Little did the controllers of this planetary realm know that one day -
in the not-too-distant future - they will see a world transformed by the vast number of truth-speakers and fact-writers who
they helped create.

The readership and viewership of the Alt-Media will be filled with billions of souls who are likewise truth-seekers who know
that the MSM is positively not the place to find it.

Truly, this rapidly evolving saga is The Greatest Show on Earth at this very moment in time. It is a global drama of such
epic proportions that soon the entire planetary civilization will have gone through an unparalleled metamorphosis.

For as We the People find our voices and put our pens to paper and take to our keypads to speak truth to power,
so, too, will the peoples of the world.
Related: Who REALLY Controls The Mainstream Media?

When the Alt-Media becomes an echo chamber of truth that replaces the MSM echo chamber of falsehood, the world will
have taken a great leap forward toward the restoration of both personal and national sovereignty. It is only in this global
context that the world community of nations will experience a durable peace and genuine brotherhood.

Then, many things like political integrity and social equality, economic stability and financial security, religious tolerance and
racial respect, civil justice and environmental protection, will all occur naturally and spontaneously.

These are only some of the ways that The Truth Shall Set You Free.

The MOTHERSHIP

There is a very powerful and fast-growing movement afoot that identifies with the meme of the Mothership. One of the
various tag lines of this extraordinary phenomenon, that is quietly manifesting under the radar, is this:
BIG MOTHER is watching Big Brother!

For the uninitiated, the emerging Fifth Estate is BIG MOTHER. The slowly dying Fourth Estate is Big Brother. There is no
question that the tide is gradually changing. And, that the traditional control of information is being altered in profound and
fundamental ways.

Hence, it is only a matter of time - a relatively short period of time - that a veritable sea change will occur on planet Earth.
That moment of highly anticipated change will transpire when the Mothership appears to everyone in all its glory.

Think of it this way: Were a massive Mothership to slowly glide across the sky over New York City and then Washington,
DC and then Miami, Florida, on the very same day, would not the whole order change in a day and a night?!

The Alt-Media is like a Mothership that is slowly approaching Earth as it disseminates forbidden truth and lost information,
deep wisdom and esoteric knowledge across the entire planetary realm.

Then, one day, when nary a soul expects it, looming over the horizon, is this inconceivably enormous Mothership casting a
shadow the size of a solar eclipse. Imagine that out of that Mothership comes darting a multitude of smaller starships, each
one carrying a payload of truth and banner of justice.

More than likely every reader of this post has already contributed to this Project Multi-Media Mothership.

If you have a simple blog or a Facebook page, a website or a Twitter feed, a YouTube channel or an Instagram
account, you have already set loose your starship into the skies of planet Earth via the World Wide Web.

Conclusion

Its time for every truth-seeker to get on board the Mothership. You have been baptized into the Fifth Estate. Please do
not take your responsibilities lightly, you just may be the one who everyone is waiting for to post that vital piece that finally
takes the whole God-forsaken System down, once and for all!
Remember, from this point forward, it is BIG MOTHER who will be watching Big Brother.

Related: The Multi-Media Mothership Platform: Beta Version

Julian Assange: Google Is Not What It Seems - They Do Things The CIA Cannot
November 22 2016 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject

Julian Assange cautioned all of us a while back, in the vein of revelations similar to those provided
by Edward Snowden, that Google - the insidious search engine with a reputation for powering
humanitys research - plays the dark hand role in furthering U.S. imperialism and foreign policy
agendas.
Now, as the Wikileaks founder faces days of questioning by a Swedish special prosecutor over rape allegations
inside his Ecuadorian Embassy haven in London today - and particularly in wake of the presidential election -
Assanges warning Google is not what it seems must be revisited.

Related: How Vodafone censors your Internet

Under intense scrutiny by the U.S. State Department for several controversial Wikileaks publications of leaked documents
in 2011, Assange first met Google Executive Chairman, then-CEO, Eric Schmidt, who approached the political refugee
under the premise of a new book.

Schmidt, whose worth Forbes estimates exceeds $11 billion, partnered with Council on Foreign Relations and State
Department veteran, Jared Cohen, for the work, tentatively titled The Empire of the Mind - and asked Assange for an
interview.

Later acknowledging navte in agreeing to meet the pair of tech heavyweights, Assange found afterward how enmeshed in
and integral to U.S. global agendas Schmidt and Cohen had become.
In fact, both have exhibited quite the fascination with technologys role in burgeoning revolutions - including, but not-at-all
limited to, the Arab Spring.

Schmidt created a position for Cohen in 2009, originally called Google Ideas, now Google Jigsaw, and the two began
weaving the companys importance to the United States into narratives in articles, political donations, and through Cohens
former roles at the State Department.

That same year, Schmidt and Cohen co-authored an article for the CFR journal Foreign Affairs, which, seven years hence,
appears a rather prescient discussion of Googles self-importance in governmental affairs. Under the subheading
COALITIONS OF THE CONNECTED, they wrote [all emphasis added]:

In an era when the power of the individual and the group grows daily, those governments that ride the
technological wave will clearly be best positioned to assert their influence and bring others into their
orbits. And those that do not will find themselves at odds with their citizens.

Democratic states that have built coalitions of their militaries have the capacity to do the same with their
connection technologies. [] they offer a new way to exercise the duty to protect citizens around the world
who are abused by their governments or barred from voicing their opinions.

Perhaps appearing laudable on its surface - at least to some degree - as Assange pointed out, there is a self-
mischaracterization by the American and other Western governments and inaccurately-monikered non-governmental
organizations that their interests in other nations affairs are innately good.

This cult of government and non-government insiders have a firm belief their goals should be the unassailable,
unquestionable motivator for American imperialism - whatever the U.S. thinks best as a benevolent superpower, so should
the rest of the non-evil world.

They will tell you that open-mindedness is a virtue, but all perspectives that challenge the exceptionalist
drive at the heart of American foreign policy will remain invisible to them, Assange wrote in When Google
Met Wikileaks.

This is the impenetrable banality of dont be evil. They believe that they are doing good. And that is a
problem.
Cohen, an Adjunct Senior Fellow at the notorious Council on Foreign Relations, lists his expertise in Terrorism;
radicalization; impact of connection technologies on 21st century statecraft; Iran, and has worked for both Condoleezza
Rice and Hillary Clinton at the Department of State.

Fortune, calling Cohen a fascinating fellow, noted that, in his book Children of Jihad, the young diplomat and technology
enthusiast advocates for the use of technology for social upheaval in the Middle East and elsewhere.

Under the auspices of discussing technological aspects at Wikileaks disposal for the upcoming book, Schmidt; Cohen; Lisa
Shields, a CFR vice president at the time; and Scott Malcomson - who would shortly afterward be appointed Rices lead
speech advisor for her role as the U.S. ambassador to the United Nations - descended on Assanges safe haven in Norfolk,
outside London.

It wasnt until weeks and months after this gathering Assange fully realized how closely Google operates in tandem with the
government of the United States - and how perilous the innocent mask of its public intentions truly is in light of such
cooperation.

Ironically enough, in Wikileaks publishing three years later of the Global Intelligence Files - internal emails from private
security firm, Stratfor - Cohens and Googles true depth of influence became strikingly apparent. Assange wrote:

Cohens directorate appeared to cross over from public relations and corporate responsibility work into
active corporate intervention in foreign affairs at a level that is normally reserved for states. Jared Cohen
could be wryly named Googles director of regime change.

According to the emails, he was trying to plant his fingerprints on some of the major historical events in the
contemporary Middle East.

He could be placed in Egypt during the revolution, meeting with Wael Ghonim, the Google employee whose arrest
and imprisonment hours later would make him a PR-friendly symbol of the uprising in the Western press.

Meetings had been planned in Palestine and Turkey, both of which - claimed Stratfor emails - were killed by the
senior Google leadership as too risky.

Only a few months before he met with me, Cohen was planning a trip to the edge of Iran in Azerbaijan to engage
the Iranian communities closer to the border, as part of Google Ideas project on repressive societies.

However, most significantly, Stratfor vice president for intelligence Fred Burton, also a former official with the State
Department, wrote in one of those emails:

Google is getting WH [White House] and State Dept support and air cover. In reality they are doing things the
CIA cannot do . . . [Cohen] is going to get himself kidnapped or killed.

Might be the best thing to happen to expose Googles covert role in foaming up-risings, to be blunt. The US
Govt can then disavow knowledge and Google is left holding the shit-bag.
Of course, the massive company - its various facets now under the umbrella of Alphabet, Inc. - has never been fully absent
government involvement. Research for what would become ultimately become Google had been undertaken by company
founders Larry Page and Sergey Brin in cooperation with the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) - the
strictly secretive technological testing and planning arm for the Department of Defense.

Indeed Googles continued coziness with the diplomacy, military, and intelligence wings of the United States government
should not be, though perpetually are, ignored.

Related: iPhones Secretly Send Call History to Apple, Security Firm Says

Political establishment bulldogs on both sides of the aisle and their cheerleader corporate media presstitutes will continue
for months or years to debate the failed presidential bid of Hillary Clinton and the apparently-shocking rise and election of
Donald Trump, but technology played a starring role in those events. Several reports last year cautioned Googles
algorithms could swing the election - and not only the American election, but national elections around the globe.

We estimate, based on win margins in national elections around the world, said Robert Epstein, a psychologist
with the American Institute for Behavioral Research and Technology and author of one of the studies, that
Google could determine the outcome of upwards of 25 percent of all national elections.

Considering lines between the tech giant and the government have essentially been abandoned, this revelation puts power
and influence into acute, if not terrifying, perspective.

Googles ties with the Pentagon and intelligence communities never ceased.
Related: UK spy agencies broke privacy rules by secretly collecting citizens' confidential information for more than
10 years

Revealed by a Freedom of Information Act request cited by Assange, Google founder Brin, together with
Schmidt, corresponded casually by email with National Security Agency chief Gen. Keith Alexander in 2012, discussing a
program called the Enduring Society Framework. Alexander wrote to Brin:

Your insights as a key member of the Defense Industrial Base are valuable to ensure ESFs efforts have
measurable impact.

According to the Department of Homeland Security, the Defense Industrial Base is the worldwide industrial complex that
enables research and development, as well as design, production, delivery, and maintenance of military weapons
systems, subsystems, and components or parts, to meet U.S. military requirements .

It also provides:

"Products and services that are essential to mobilize, deploy, and sustain military operations.

Although Schmidt and Cohen ultimately watered down their book title The Empire of the Mind into the more palatable and
less blatantly imperialistic, The New Digital Age: Reshaping the Future of People, Nations, and Business, its message
amounted to self-congratulatory justification for broader foreign policy goals.
Nefarious warmonger Henry Kissinger, for one, praised the work, which included telling lines by the Google execs, such as:

What Lockheed Martin was to the twentieth century, technology and cyber-security companies will be to
the twenty-first.

So ubiquitous has Google become, its presence - like similarly U.S. government-connected Facebook - is nearly
indispensable in the daily lives of hundreds of millions worldwide.

However well-known is the government intelligence framework in such platforms, it would be ill-advised to ignore the far
darker Machiavellian aspects of private corporate technologys intersection with global political agendas - and the force that
coalition wields around the planet.
John Key Tries to Backpedal: Google more of a worry than spy agencies - PM

Whether or not the American establishments empire suffered a blow in the election of Donald Trump will be a debatable
point for some time, but its a veritable guarantee its cogs - seeing themselves as the planets saviors - have planned in
advance for just such an occasion.

"If the future of the internet is to be Google, Assange noted, that should be of serious concern to people all over
the world - in Latin America, East and Southeast Asia, the Indian subcontinent, the Middle East, sub-Saharan
Africa, the former Soviet Union, and even in Europe - for whom the internet embodies the promise of an alternative
to US cultural, economic, and strategic hegemony.

Empire will remain empire until its dying breath - particularly if it functions under the obstinate belief it, alone, can save the
world. Julian Assange should be praised for the transparency and insight he and Wikileaks have readily given the world,
instead of excoriated and blamed for faults which lie in the establishment framework - it is this political, intelligence, and
military web deserving of a pointed finger.

Related: Encrypting Your Laptop Like You Mean It

The Masses Are Awakening

November 21 2016 | From: FinalWakeUpCall
The truth about how the masses are so easily manipulated was reversed by the election of anti-
establishment candidate Donald Trump as President of America.

The Deep State, while unwilling to leave the outcome of the election to the will of the people, made a major
miscalculation in the common sense of the majority of people.

Related: Reclaiming The Earth: Steps Towards A Collective Awakening - Max Igan

They were convinced that with the help of the MSM, Wall Street and Big Business their totalitarian regime could continue in
the illusion of democracy. But contrary to their expectations Trump won with a landslide difference,see attached chart, too
much to be manipulated into a victory by Killary.

More than half of all Americans woke up thanks to the efforts of the internet in exposing the truth, thanks to internet blogs
like Final Wake Up Call, Trumps tireless input, Julian Assanges fearless email-publicity,

Snowdons spy exposures, and many other contributors, that cancelled out the MSM historic blatantly false publicity. The
eyes of many people were opened to discover that most of the public supplied info is wrought and manipulated and
completely false.

Trump Has Better Coverage than Verizon

Ordinary people are discovering the lies, treason, corruption, etc. and that all terrorist attacks are false flags initiated by their
own governments, in serving the manipulation of the masses emotions, creating fear, for the sole purpose of advancing
their new world order agenda 2030.

If the ruling elites have to murder a few thousand innocent citizens with a dirty bomb, a chemical weapon or have
to execute a scripted nuclear terrorism accident that is fine with them.

Anything to stay in power is justified in their minds, no matter how destructive and cruel.

Fear is their weapon of choice to command peoples obedience. They try to control everyones mind by staging violence,
staging wars, staging terrorism and so on.

With Trump on the way to the White House, the party is just getting started and vigilance must be greater than ever,
because everything Trump does is going to reflect on the rest of the world. If you think the election has been chaotic and
confusing, wait until after the President-elect is inaugurated on the 20th of January next year.

The Deep States Power Structure

The main source of the Deep States power is their control of the process of creating and distributing money, i.e. their
ownership of most of the worlds central banks. They have used this money-power to bribe, blackmail and assassinate
people at top levels of power in order to enforce their control.
They also control the corporate media and have been using every propaganda tool at their disposal to rig society and
markets where necessary.

Trump as president will have the enormous, daunting task of rebuilding the national economy, which has been
systematically wrecked by Bush Jr. and the Obama Admin. The global rejection of the US-Dollar will become a vulnerability
very soon.

Monetary Change

Sweeping monetary change is expected in the coming months. Difficult times may lie ahead. Many issues have to be
resolved. The monetary system is rigged, and should be abolished in its present form, to return the money creation into the
hands of the people. It is time for change.

Here is a short plan, two simple points to materialise just that;

Honest money; Re-establish a gold-backed currency. Abolish all Central Banks.

Smaller government Cut taxes by 50%. Balance the budget.

These two simple points will instantly eliminate the Elites power, which would be a major achievement. Real money and a
balanced budget will force big cutbacks.
Related: NEIL KEENAN UPDATE | Recommendations & Background For President-Elect Donald J. Trump

The useless wars will end. The misallocation of precious, scarce resources will be greatly reduced. People will once again
borrow, lend, spend, and invest real money, carefully. As a result real wealth will soar.

The people behind Donald Trump are the human-friendly Gnostic bloodline - in shrill contrast to the present Elites Deep
State that is run by the satanic Archon bloodline illuminati.

The Gnostics recruit geniuses of all ages who are not part of the ruling Archon bloodline families. These archon families who
are now in a state of absolute terror, literally fighting for their survival are fleeing to Antarctic bases, presumably trying to pull
off something horrific.

Corrupt, Arrogant Establishment

In the end, Hillary Clinton became the face of a corrupt, arrogant and out-of-touch Establishment, while Donald Trump
emerged as an almost perfectly imperfect substitute for populist fury that had been brewing beneath the surface.

American voters chose him in part because they felt they needed a blunt instrument to smash the Establishment that has
ruled and misruled America for at least the past one hundred years.
It is an Establishment that has not only stolen almost all the new wealth that the country has produced in the past century
but it has furthermore sent the U.S. military into wars of choice in pursuit of personal agendas as if the lives of working-class
soldiers are of no value.

Ultimately, the Establishments own foolishness has caused its demise. Unable to master the economic crisis they
have created, they purposely crushed the Greek Spring simply because they had the power to do so.

They pushed the majority of Europeans into austerity-induced hopelessness. They obligated millions of workers into
temporary jobs, while their austerity-pressurising measures pushed a great part of the population into poverty.

The EU is a corporatised, militarised, entrenched bureaucracy that is fully operational and staffed by unelected
officials who are in essence running the country. This shadow government harbours the hidden face of a
government that has no respect for the freedom of its citizenry.

Across Europe, electoral battles with populist ideology are nearing; Germany, where the right-wing Alternative for Germany
(AfD) party is gearing up for its first run at the federal parliament; France, where the far-right National Front leader Marine le
Pen has a plausible shot at the presidency; Austria, where a candidate from a hard-right party could take the less powerful
presidency; and not to forget the UKIP-party in Britain with their superb drive for change to exit the EU.
Italy will be next, as they have a referendum on their Prime Minister Matteo Renzi, where Beppe Grillos five-star
movement will have an excellent crack on bringing about change.

Who or What is the Deep State?

The Deep State is comprised of the militarised police, which have joined forces with state and law enforcement
agencies in order to establish themselves as a standing army.

It is the combination of spy agencies that have created a surveillance state and turned all of us into suspects.

Its the courthouses and prisons that have allowed corporate profits to take precedence over due process and justice. Its the
military empire with its private contractors and defence industry that is bankrupting the nation.

In every aspect it is a government that is no longer friendly to freedom and is working overtime to render the
citizenry powerless in the face of the governments power grabs, corruption and abusive tactics.

The government bureaucracy will continue to churn out laws, statutes, codes and regulations that reinforce its powers and
value systems and those of the police state and its corporate allies, rendering the rest of us petty criminals.
The average citizen unknowingly commits three felonies a day, thanks to this overabundance of vague laws that render
otherwise innocent activity illegal.

As an example, small farmers who dare to make unpasteurized goat cheese and share it with members of their
community will continue to have their farms raided.

The Deep State not only holds the populace in enslavement through the nations money, but also controls Wall Street that
supplies the cash that keeps the political machine inactive, operating as a distracting marionette theatre. Its just a puppet
show, intended to divert our attention from the silent coup being carried out by the shadow government.

This is fascism in its most covert form, hiding behind public agencies and private companies to carry out its dirty
deeds.

If there is anything the Deep State requires, it is an undisclosed, uninterrupted cash flow and the confidence that things will
go on as they have in the past. It is even willing to tolerate a degree of gridlock: Partisan mud wrestling over cultural issues
may be a useful distraction from its agenda.
The main source of the Archon bloodlines power is their control of the creation and distribution of money, which is
subsequently applied in their conquest strategy of Divide and Conquer. This is facilitated by their ownership of most of the
worlds central banks.

They have used this money power to bribe, blackmail and assassinate people at the top levels of power in order to
ensure their control.

They also control the corporate media and have been using every propaganda tool available, creating the impression that
Hillary Clinton was winning a close race against Donald Trump.

Fake Money

The voting process, the economy, the media, the government, the courts practically everything is rigged in favour of the
Establishment status quo.
The Central Bankers fake money along with a multitude of rules and regulations imposed on the people has done its
mischief.

And now, with the key-lending rate nearing and even dropping below zero for the past eight years, the economy
has been misled, distorted, and depleted. Corporations alone have increased their debt load by 100% since the
crisis began.

In a money system backed by gold as was agreed upon in the Bretton Woods system that practically existed up until 1968,
there is a limit on how much credit can be put into the system.

Most people date the demise of the gold-backed dollar to 1971, when President Nixon defaulted on Americas promise to
convert foreign-held dollars into gold at a fixed rate of $35 an ounce.

But in actual fact, it was President Lynden Johnson who in 1968 removed the requirement for the Fed to back its notes with
gold with the implementation of the passage of the Gold Reserve Requirement Elimination Act, thus facilitating the Fed to
issue paper currency at will.

Previously each dollar had to be backed by gold.

Gold tied to the dollar is inherently tied to the real economy of production, services, resources, labour, and to profits and
losses. Gold and silver have long served as hedges against market volatility, and as a protection against politicians
indebting their citizens.

The Ratio of Credit to GDP

Under the gold-backed money system, the ratio of credit to GDP was fairly constant. Until the 1970s, it was about 1.5
to 1. More than anything else, this represented the abiding connection between the dollar, credit, and real economic output.
People couldnt lend what they didnt have.

And they couldnt have it if they didnt earn it (GDP). But by taking away the gold, as they did from 1968 to 1971, the
limitation was taken away.

Credit was allowed to run wild.

Now, the ratio of credit to GDP is about 3.2 to 1for every dollar of real GDP output. In other words, there are more than three
dollars of debt against each dollar earned. That represents about $35 trillion of unfinished transactions borrowing and
buying but never repaying over the past 40 years, and that should not have been permitted to happen.

The traces of this exorbitant debt can be seen in the houses and apartments, shopping malls, corporate debt, golf
courses, wars, bonuses, credit card bills, mortgages, and cruise liners $35 trillion worth of things that would not
have existed, had it not been for the Central Bankers fake money.

And now, the Central Banks cannot withdraw their fake money, or their cheap credit as the economy depends on it. And so
does almost everyone in the economy. Their response to the next crisis would be more of the same.

So, a return to the gold standard; revalue precious metals in relation to all debt, and that would make the monetary reset as
it should be; with the money creation in the hands of the people through the treasury department of peoples government;
not any longer in privately owned central banks as is the case is today.

The Transition From a Fascist State to a Capitalist State

The Gold price will rise during the coming period of transition; the transition from a fascist state to a capitalist state will see
numerous elite figures and established institutions put under legal scrutiny. Some will be jailed, while some institutions will
be reformed or vanish.

The Gold price will respond to the legal strains on these former power centers.

Trump knows what a fair, sound currency means, since he is an intelligent man. He will eventually embrace the
Gold Standard as a necessary stepping stone toward US-Economic Reconstruction, while the Gold price will
ultimately find its true value.

DOW & Gold $125,000 - Hyperinflation is Coming - Clif High

Linguistic Internet data mining expert Clif High predicted that:

"Trump would win the election and that Hillary Clinton would go missing after the election.

Sure enough, Hillary was missing the night of her defeat. What does that mean? High thinks;
 "That there was a breakdown among a very delicate relationship among a lot of powerful parties that failed to
deliver as promised.

The plan didnt work. So, now there is no real plan B. There never could be under the circumstances. The world
is in a situation where there cant be a plan B for the Federal Reserve, for example. They (FED) have to go on a
certain path, theyre doomed.

That is true of the criminal organisation called CGI (Clinton Global Initiative). Any criminal gang, no matter where it
is in the social order, progresses along a certain path, runs into opposition and dies. It always happens, and it
always will.

Coment: We have a lot of respect for Clif and appreciate his work. However it is not completely dependable. On the
other hand much of what his system has alluded to in the past has been far more reliable than many other 'seers'
and so the insights that he offers are worth taking into consideration - given that no one person / system is able to
see the entire picture.

For an engine that Clif himself describes as running on the collective psychic capability of humanity, when we are
dealing with a massive awakening-in-progress, such a system is not going to be able to play the game to the full
extent of it's capacity when it does not have all of the pieces...

And so do not panic.

Related: So Youve Woken Up Now What?

10 Signs The Global Elite Are Losing Control

November 21 2016 | From: AnoNews

Karma is on the way for the elite. The greedy powers are having a devastating defeat in their war
plans for Syria, their grip over humanity is coming to an end. Over the last decade the global elite
are imposing power and control over the world.
They have acted like some evil villain in the comics, but after 9/11 the plan met an overdrive and then turbo charged
during the financial crisis of 2008.

Related: Are You Awake? Or Just Informed

It was meant to fail because humans are born to have a free will, not to fall under control like livestock. The more the elite
tries to control humanity, the more entropy occurs. Entropy, for those who dont know, the absence of order, and the
possibility of disorder is firm.

Even though the elite has wealth and still controls the masses, they are now resigned to behaving like villains and control
freaks. This reveals their dark side that was hidden throughout time.

People are becoming aware, at least as fast as the elite is able to build their prison matrix.

Here are Ten Signs that the Elite are Losing Control Over the People:

1. Official Lies no Longer Effective

Their lies do not reach people. In past times when official lies, for example about war and peace, were believed. In the end,
how evil would it be to lie about such things?

Usually people have a wish to believe they are being told the truth when life and death is being considered.

2. No Confidence in Politics
USA politicians have a worthless approval rating. The trust in government is lowering around the world.

Moreover, mainstream polls show only 10% of the public has confidence in Congress. In other words, 90% dont believe in
their governing. Watch this town hall exchange below where a man threatens US Senator John McCain with arrest for
treason to his face.

3. No Confidence in Media
Should we ask why media failed to mask the lies about the alleged Syria chemical event? With all their monopoly might over
the airwaves, they can no longer claim that black is white because officials say so.

The latest polls reveal that 77% of the population no longer has trust in corporate TV news.

4. Banksters Rejected
Hungary recently became the first country to follow Icelands lead by shedding international bankers IMF and is
thinking on making prosecution of past prime ministers who enslaved the people with debt.

Look for this trend to continue even if nations decide to default to break free.

5. Vatican Abruptly Cleaning Up its Act

Under the previous Pope, Pope Benedict, scandals were born from the Vatican ranging from covering up pedophile priests
to money laundering and fraud. Moreover, Benedict in an unknown move, suddenly retired to make way for the Pope
Francis.

Pope Francis with all his energy is working energetically to reclaim the churchs calm and modest reputation. Whether this is
an excellent or a PR move, it reveals that the church was being forced into such a dramatic twist in plot to save itself from
losing all credibility.

Victor Hugo, No army can stop an idea whose time has come.

6. Mutiny Among Soldiers

At last, Soldiers, who are outlawed from making political declarations, are steadily speaking out against US military
adventurism.

Once, Einstein famously said The pioneers of a warless world are the young men (and women) who refuse military
service.

7. Militarised Police State

One of the darkest signs that the elites power is diminishing is the construction of the militarized police state
specifically trained to combat domestic civil unrest.

Local cops with tanks and other combat equipment are working with Feds at Fusion centers, active Army units are on
American soil for the first time in history, the NSA spy grid is used by the IRS and DEA, and the disposal of due process for
Americans under the NDAA are just some of the tyrannical tactics which plan is to secure the elite criminals from public
comeback.

They are evidently frightened, and they should be since they did harm to the American people and the Constitution.

Related: Terrifying Global Events: Triggers For Mass Awakening?

8. Serious Secession Movements Everywhere

A state breaking away from a larger political entity which was an ultra-modern notion, until now.
In America, secession movements are succeeding over the public in parts of Colorado and California.

In Europe, serious secession movements are taking place in Spain and Scotland, as well as several EU nations
considering the idea of dropping out the the euro.

Decentralization equals Entropy!

9. GMO Food being Rejected Everywhere

Control the food and you can easily control people. True in theory, but practice proves quite the opposite. GMO leaders like
Monsanto are revealed to the public.

All of their economic and political strength cannot defeat the spread of knowledge about the malevolence of pesticide-
soaked Frankenfoods.

Furthermore, GMO fields are burned by people who are protesting in America and around the world.The informed nations
continue to dispose of their products, and labeling laws are gaining traction.

10. Cannabis Liberation

Many reading this will think marijuana legalization is a superficial development. However, it is a major signpost that the
elites grip is fading. Immense resources are spent to keep cannabis illegal.

Cannabis has proved to be a powerful medicine for physical, mental, and spiritual health throughout the ages. This plant
represents an enormous threat to the power structures and their industries, since its seemingly senseless illegality.

The approaching global reverse of the tyrannical policy of prohibition is the first of many compromises to come.

Related: Manifesto Of The Awakened

Donald Trump's First Interview Since Winning The Election: Key Highlights And Full
Transcript
November 20 2016 | From: ZeroHedge / Various
In his first televised interview since winning the election this week, a "more serious, more
subdued" Donald Trump spoke to CBS' 60 Minutes coorrespondent Lesley Stahl from his
penthouse in the Trump Tower.

As CBS' Lesley Stahl summarized the interview, "what we discovered in Mr. Trumps first television interview as
president-elect, was that some of his signature issues at the heart of his campaign were not meant to be taken
literally, but as opening bids for negotiation.

Related: During Two Days of Protests, CBS Sat On Clip Of Trump Urging Calm

Before we get into the nuances of Trump's interview whose full transcript is presented at the end of this post, for those
pressed for time here are the key highlights from Trump's interview:

Trump says he will talk with FBI Director Comey before deciding whether to ask his resignation, says "I respect
him a lot"

Trump, on pledge to appoint special prosecutor to investigate Clintons, says "I don't want to hurt them. They're
good people"

Trump says he is "fine" with same-sex marriage; says He Does Not Intend To Overturn Supreme Court Ruling on
Gay Marriage

Trump confirms he will forego salary as president

Trump tells protesters: "don't be afraid"

Trump condemns harassment of minorities

Trump vows to name pro-life, pro-gun rights Supreme Court justices

Among many things discussed, Trump told Stahl that Clintons phone call conceding the election was lovely and
acknowledged that making the phone call was likely tougher for her than it would have been for me, according to previews
of the interview released by CBS.

Trump said she couldnt have been nicer. She just said, Congratulations, Donald, well done,' Trump told Stahl. And I said,
I want to thank you very much. You were a great competitor. She is very strong and very smart.

Trumps tone in the interview contrasted his attacks on the campaign trail, in which he nicknamed Clinton Crooked
Hillary and encouraged chants to Lock her up! during his rallies.

Related: Trump Campaign Manager Calls on Democrats to Tell Paid Protesters to Cut it Out

Trump also told Stahl that former president Bill Clinton called him the following day and couldnt have been more gracious.
He said it was an amazing run one of the most amazing hes ever seen, Trump said. He was very, very, really, very
nice.

During the campaign, Trump had tried to use Bill Clintons infidelities as a way to attack and embarrass Hillary Clinton. For
the second presidential debate, Trump had sought to intimidate his competitor by inviting women who had accused the
former president of sexual abuse to sit in the Trump family box. Debate officials quashed the idea.

In the interview with Stahl, Trump did not rule out calling both of the Clintons for advice during his term. I mean, this is a
very talented family, he said. Certainly, I would certainly think about that.

Ironically, Trump was also asked if he would appoint a special prosecutor to investigate Hillary's private server as he
suggested he would during the second debtate.

Im going to think about it.... I don't want to hurt them," he said in the 60 Minutes interview.

Um, I feel that I want to focus on jobs, I want to focus on healthcare, I want to focus on the border and immigration
and doing a really great immigration bill. We want to have a great immigration bill. And I want to focus on - all of
these other things that weve been talking about.

Trump also reiterated on 60 Minutes that he may keep portions of the Affordable Care Act, something he had mentioned
he might do after meeting with President Barack Obama in the White House on Thursday.
Related: Trump, Putin, Xi speak by phone, aim to improve ties

When Stahl asked whether people with pre-existing conditions would still be covered after Trump repealed and replaced
Obamacare, Trump said they would because it happens to be one of the strongest assets.

Also, with the children living with their parents for an extended period, were going to very much try and keep
that, Trump added, referring to portions of the healthcare act that cover children under their parents insurance
through age 26. It adds cost, but its very much something were going to try and keep.

When Stahl questioned whether there would be a gap between the repeal of Obamacare and the implementation of a new
plan that could leave millions of people uninsured, Trump interrupted her.

"Nope. Were going to do it simultaneously. Itll be just fine. Its what I do. I do a good job. You know, I mean, I
know how to do this stuff, Trump said.

Were going to repeal and replace it. And were not going to have, like, a two-day period and were not going to
have a two-year period where theres nothing. It will be repealed and replaced. I mean, youll know. And it will be
great healthcare for much less money.

Trumps campaign promises included fully repealing the Affordable Care Act, forcing Mexico to pay for a border wall and
banning Muslims from entering the U.S., however in the last few days Trump appears to have taken a more moderate
stance on these matters and now seems to be walking back his more extreme positions.
Related: Readout of President-Elect Donald J. Trump's Call with Russian President Vladimir Putin

Trump was also asked for his take on the Supreme Court and Roe v Wade.

On this important issues Trump said that he is:

"Pro-life. The judges will be pro-life. Theyll be pro-life, theyll be - in terms of the whole gun situation, we know the
Second Amendment and everybodys talking about the Second Amendment and theyre trying to dice it up and
change it, theyre going to be very pro-Second Amendment.

But having to do with abortion if it ever were overturned, it would go back to the states. So it would go back to the
states." He added that perhaps women "will have to go to another state."

On the topic of violence in the streets since his election victory, Donald Trump says he's "saddened" to
hear some of his supporters are inciting violence: "If it helps. I will say this...Stop it"

Trump said had he heard about reports of racial slurs and personal threats against African Americans, Latinos and gays by
some of his supporters.

Donald Trump: I am very surprised to hear that - I hate to hear that, I mean I hate to hear that -

Lesley Stahl: But you do hear it?

Donald Trump: I dont hear it - I saw, I saw one or two instances

Lesley Stahl: On social media?

Donald Trump: But I think its a very small amount. Again, I think its -
Lesley Stahl: Do you want to say anything to those people?

Donald Trump: I would say dont do it, thats terrible, cause Im gonna bring this country together.

Lesley Stahl: Theyre harassing Latinos, Muslims -

Donald Trump: I am so saddened to hear that. And I say, Stop it. If it-- if it helps. I will say this, and I will say
right to the cameras: Stop it.

Trump was also asked about his opinion on demonstrators:

Lesley Stahl: [T]here are people, Americans, who are scared and some of them are demonstrating right now,
demonstrating against you, against your rhetoric -

Donald Trump: Thats only because they dont know me. I really believe thats only because -

Lesley Stahl: Well, they listened to you in the campaign and thats -

Donald Trump: I just dont think they know me.

Lesley Stahl: Well, what do you think theyre demonstrating against?

Donald Trump: Well, I think in some cases, you have professional protesters. And we had it - if you look at
WikiLeaks, we had -

Lesley Stahl: You think those people down there are -

Donald Trump: Well Lesley -

Lesley Stahl: are professional?

Donald Trump: Oh, I think some of them will be professional, yeah -

Lesley Stahl: OK, but what about theyre in every city. When they demonstrate against you and there are signs
out there, I mean, dont you say to yourself, I guess you dont, you know, do I have to worry about this? Do I have
to go out and assuage them? Do I have to tell them not to be afraid? Theyre afraid.

Donald Trump: I would tell them dont be afraid, absolutely... We are going to bring our country back. But
certainly, dont be afraid. You know, we just had an election and sort of like you have to be given a little time. I
mean, people are protesting.

If Hillary had won and if my people went out and protested, everybody would say, Oh, thats a terrible thing. And
it would have been a much different attitude. There is a different attitude. You know, there is a double standard
here.
To read the full transcript visit this page.

Related Articles:

Blocks Of Anti-Trump Protest Buses Caught On Tape

Trump Transition Web Site Gives Lengthy Mention of 10th Amendment

Trump: Im Reopening 9/11 Investigation

All Corporate Lobbyists Fired From President Trumps Transition Team

STANDING OVATION for Donald Trump on New York Night Out (Except from sulking reporters)

Donald Trump and the Equilibrium to Come

TPPA Dead In The Water At Last: Why Do Some NZ Commentators Continue To

Believe It Was A Free Trade Agreement?
November 20 2016 | From: KiwiWatch

The Trump victory has finally consigned the TPPA to the bin, certainly in its current form, yet here
in NZ our government has invested heavily into a treaty of the globalist elites pronouncing it free
trade when the main body of the treaty was the description of the powers the multi national
corporations would have over the sovereign laws of signatory countries.
How come it is only Trump who saw just how this treaty was going to impact his own country and our own
government and its commentators are all in favour? We were hell bent on consigning our national laws to the trash
in favour of multi national corporates.

Related: TPP has 'no chance' if Trump wins: Key

The TPPA was an agreement that was central to the US globalist establishment as represented by their candidate Hillary
Clinton and her announced pivot towards Asia having first completely destroyed the Middle east militarily. It was seen by
many as a mechanism for US multi nationals to challenge the emergence of China as a global trading and military force.

Globalists are behind the de-stabalising of nations and the implementation of trade deals according to their terms the world
over with George Soros as always in the thick of it.
Right now the city of Florence in Italy is facing being sued by multi national company McDonalds for $20m in lost
future profits because the Florence city council disallowed McDonalds to build one of their stores in what the
Florence people deemed to be a sensitive geographical site.

The NAFTA trade agreement already allows this sort of practice and the TPPA only enhances these powers further. Obama
was pushing for the TPPA and TTIP (with its fines for any government daring to impose standards that cost these multi
national companies money) as one of his legacies.

Now on the bright side, these trade agreements to enable corporations to block public laws protecting the environment,
consumers and society at large are now presumably dead.

5 Reasons NZ Should Not Sign The TPPA

Of course Trump recognised that multi national corporations of the U.S., companies like Apple, Microsoft, McDonalds,
Monsanto do not bring their corporate profits back home for the benefit of America and Americans as redistributed through
the tax system.

Mostly they employ hundreds of accountants and lawyers to disguise earnings and file their global returns in tax havens
virtually avoiding any contribution in tax to the Federal government in the U.S.

Multi nationals are not patriotic companies for America in that sense, they are simply the means of the elite owners to
extract massive profits for the elites and avoid contributing to the benefit of society wherever they are. Take Apple as an
example.

APPL sits on billions of cash hidden in accounts all round the world. As an APPL shareholder this is your asset, but do they
pay this out to shareholders in dividends? Hell No!

The corporate owners and directors keep this locked away for themselves, shareholders and the customers are only the
pawns that enable the company to be this money making machine.
I dont think Trump is impressed by this sort of behaviour and hes stated that getting these companies to pay up their fare
share to the Federal government will largely eliminate the need for tax increases, the reason why he is introducing tax cuts
for everyone.

The globalist agenda appears to have hit a wall with Trumps victory and they are reacting badly to his election making sure
the riots continue in cities around America busing in rioters from other states to keep the reaction going, as Soros is doing
right now.

The Hawkes Bay Today published and article today quoting Special Trade Envoy Mike Petersens comment that world
trade is now a lot more complicated because TPPA is dead his main emphasis being dairy access to the U.S. yet he goes
on to say NZ is still in a strong trading position.

Yes it is, look at the agreement with China, now we can complete agreements like that with who we wish individually and
without multi nationals being able to over ride sovereign laws of the signatory countries.

Lets face it, the claim of the TPPA proponents was that it was only going to increase New Zealands GDP by $1bn in 20
years time and now there is no reason why that still cant be the place with much more safety.

Frankly we should all be rejoicing. Thanks Donald Trump!

TPP Dead, Now Stop PPP Crony Capitalism by Another Name

Multinational corporations still looking to take advantage of America

Toll roads & other Public-Private Partnerships (PPP) are being offered as the means of Trumps $1 Trillion
Infrastructure Plan.

They are crony capitalism by another name, not trickle-down economics but the metaphor from Outlaw Josey Wales - Dont
PPP down my back & tell me its raining.

PPP contains much of the crony capitalism, ownership & control by multinational corporations that we hoped to stop in TPP.
10 Recent Signs That The Global Elite's Ship Is Sinking
November 19 2016 | From: TheMindUnleashed

Times are continuing to shift in a big way and humanitys rise over the darkness that has plagued
our planet for a very long time is gathering momentum by the day.

Remember, the elites modus operandi is to crush any form of hope or belief that things can or will get better. Truth
prevails though and we are seeing the old world order crumble. 2017 is sure to be an exciting year. Continue to
dream big.

Related: The 5 Biggest Threats To Humanity Exposed

1. June 23rd, 2016: Britain votes to leave the European Union. While some are choosing to see this as an extremist act
whose focus was on securing the border from immigrants, there is a much bigger picture to that event.
While it must be said that the immigration issue is in the minds of some who were pro-Brexit (and thus needs to be
humanely and compassionately addressed), the bigger issue was that Britain reclaimed its sovereignty back from the
imperialistic banking and political cabal.

As it has been reported in The Telegraph, a mainstream media outlet in the UK, the CIA and the U.S. State Department
have been heavily involved in the creation of the European Union from the very beginning. As Professor Alan Sked said in
the article: Voters in Britains referendum need to understand that the European Union was about building a federal
superstate from day one.

2. July 22nd, 2016: Wikileaks releases over 20,000 emails from the Democratic National Convention and shows the deep
collusion between the Clinton Campaign and the DNC itself. These revelations ultimately helped force the resignations of
the top 4 positions within the DNC.

3. October 8th, 2016: Shortly after Wikileaks began dumping the PodestaFiles, emails were revealed that John Podesta,
the Clinton campaign chairman, was receiving emails about UFO/E.T. disclosure as well as free energy technology, whose
emails came from former NASA astronaut Edgar Mitchell.
These are highly significant in the fact that it is admitted by Mitchell that such technologies do exist and that even the
Vatican knows of them. Once these technologies are known about on an even wider scale, the lies and corruption of the oil
industry will fall apart and humanity can then reclaim its freedom.

4. October 10th, 2016: Turkey defies the banking cabal and signs the Turkish Stream gas pipeline deal with Russia.
Because Russia is in opposition to the cabal, or NWO, as some would prefer, this is a massive financial and geopolitical
game-changer.

5. October 20th, 2016: The Philippines president Rodrigo Duterte visits China with 200 Filipino businessmen to mend ties
with China.
He also announces his separation from the U.S. (which is a blow to the cabal) and seeks an alliance with not only China, but
Russia too. The BRICS Alliance continues to grow.

6. October 30th, 2016: Icelands Prime Minister steps down as the activist, anti-establishment party, known as The Pirate
Party, comes in second in national elections and jumps its number of parliament seats from 3 to 10. As more people around
the world herald the call for true freedom, political parties reflecting such ideals will continue to prevail. The Pirate Party is in
over 40 countries around the world currently, and the movement continues to grow.

7. November 4th, 2016: Wikileaks emails reveal the Podesta brothers were invited to a spirit cooking dinner and
involved eating sperm and menstrual blood. While some surely laughed this off, keep in mind that former FBI special agent
Ted Gunderson spent several years investigating and exposing this information to the public, before being murdered.
We must also keep in mind that former BBC star Jimmy Savile was revealed to being involved in a massive, elite-ridden
pedophile ring. The pedophilia and ritualistic claims against many of the elites is well known around the world and is a very
serious issue. The fact that even a small bit of this came out in the Wikileaks revelations is significant and a sign of the
times. So much more is coming.

8. November 8th, 2016: It was revealed by Neil Keenan that several globalists/cabalists, including Mark Carney of the
Bank of England, Janet Yellen of the Federal Reserve, the Rothschilds, Malaysian Prime Minister Najib Razak and others
were involved in a deal to steal 1 million metric tons of Gold from the global collateral accounts.

As of this writing, the deal has been stopped and it very beneficial to humanity. While this story might not make much sense
to many readers, understand that the global collateral accounts are the cabals biggest financial secret on this planet.
It is the reason JFK was killed and it also relates to 9/11.

9. November 13th, 2016: The European countries of Moldova and Bulgaria elect new presidents, both of whom are pro-
Russia. This is yet another major setback for the globalists plans of creating a superstate out of Europe. Watch for even
more countries to begin aligning with Russia.

10. November 15th, 2016: More than 200 rallies around the U.S. take place to protest the North Dakota pipeline that is
being attempted to form. The world is continuing to awaken and sees the lunacy of oil and gas for energy. Clean solutions
already exist.
What are some other stories that you believe are signs that the elites ship is sinking? Some believe that the election of
Donald Trump is a sign. Do you agree or disagree with that? Share with us in the comments section what events you feel
should be included in the upcoming Part 2 of this ongoing story. If we agree, well post it in Part 2.

Related: Tragedies never end until the Truth is widely known

Do You Really Understand The Health Risks From Microwave Technology? + The
Health Effects Of Microwave Radiation Spelled Out
November 19 2016 | From: ActivistPost / EnergyFanatics / Various

One of the most definitive, expansive and inclusive peer-reviewed papers Ive ever read on any
subject was published July 25, 2016 online at Electronic Physician as an open access article that
I sincerely hope everyone in the media and healthcare industries will take extremely seriously.
Especially those who are promoting more and more smart appliances and devices that transmit electromagnetic
frequencies and radiofrequencies - microwaves, which damage human health more than we are being told by
government health agencies at all levels (local, state and national), manufacturers, employers and school districts
that even mandate their uses as new technologies to learn and to implement.

Related: Cellphone Radiation Warning Sparks First Amendment Battle

New technologies are fine IF and WHEN they take into consideration and implement safeguards for human health,
which is not the case with microwave technology, but has been the "dream warfare" technology for the United States
military and other governments, so anything goes, including our being bombarded with so much microwaves, we now are
experiencing more adverse health effects attributed to what's scientifically termed "Non-thermal Adverse Health Effects."
Related: Electronic Torture + 21st-Century Bio-Hacking And Bio-Robotizing

The U.S. military has had a GREAT interest in keeping microwave safety standards higher than they should be and not as
applicable as the science demands.

Dr Magda Havas, PhD, Environmental & Resource Studies, 1600 West Bank Drive, Trent University, Peterborough, ON,
Canada, K9J 7B8 on her website published the following incriminating unclassified U.S. Army documents information as to
why microwaves are not safe, nor made safer, due to U.S. military involvement with its electronic warfare techniques, which
harm everything.

There are two disturbing paragraphs in the document "Biological Effects of Electromagnetic Radiation (Radiowaves and
Microwaves) - Eurasian Communist Countries (U)". Prepared by U.S. Army Medical Intelligence and Information Agency
Office of the Surgeon General and released by the Defense Intelligence Agency.

Adams, R.L. and R.A. Williams. 1976. 34 pp. Unclassified, which clearly indicate the U.S. military's perspective opposing
more stringent guidelines for microwave radiation.

No. 1: "If the more advanced nations of the West are strict in the enforcement of stringent exposure standards,
there could be unfavorable effects on industrial output and military function.

The Eurasian Communist countries could, on the other hand, give lip service to strict standards, but allow their
military to operate without restriction and thereby gain the advantage in electronic warfare techniques and the
development of antipersonnel applications." [Page vii]

No. 2: "Should subsequent research result in adoption of the Soviet standard by other countries, industries whose
practices are based on less stringent safety regulations, could be required to make costly modifications in order to
protect workers.

Recognition of the 0.01 mW/cm2 standard could also limit the application of new technology by making the
commercial exploitation of some products unattractive because of increased cost, imposed by the need for
additional safeguards." [Page 24]

Below is the copy and paste job of the Introduction from A review on Electromagnetic fields (EMFs) and the reproductive
system, which I hope my readers will take seriously and also take necessary steps to protect yourselves, your children, your
pets and your home environment.

Generation Zapped

This is SERIOUS stuff no one is taking as seriously as we ALL should. Those smart gadgets just may be making you
more sick than you can imagine. With 61 References, I think the Electronic Physician article needs to be taken seriously
with revisions made to EMF/RF standards by the U.S. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) to reflect them.

"People in the modern world frequently are exposed to electromagnetic fields (EMFs). Human exposure to EMFs
comes from many sources, and situations are different in people's everyday lives.

EMFs emanate from power lines, computer devices, televisions, radios, and telephones. There are many factors
that influence the degree to which people may be affected by EMFs. For example, body weight, body-mass index,
bone density, and the levels of water and electrolytes can alter the conductivity of and biological reactivity to EMFs
(1, 2).

Therefore, the effects of this environmental pollution can depend on gender, tissue density of the body, the
period of life, and the exposure levels to EMFs.

Beginning in 1960 when the biological hazards caused by EMFs first were studied, human health became an
important focus in the workplace and at home (3).

Although, the biological effects of EMFs are still controversial, in general, the negative effects should not be
ignored.

Currently, people are exposed to various types of EMFs, which are non-ionic radiation that cannot release
electrons.

They are energy in the form of oscillating electric and magnetic fields that are transformed from one point to
another. Many forms of physical energy, such as X-rays, UV light, and sunlight produce EMFs (4).

There are several references that classify EMFs, but, in general, they can be considered to consist of four different
types. The first type of EMFs refers to extremely low frequency (ELF) EMFs, which are EMFs that are below 300
HZ, and they are produced by military equipment and railroads.

The second type, known as intermediate frequency (IF) EMFs, have frequencies in the range of 300 Hz to 10
MHZ, and they are produced by industrial cables and electrical equipment in homes, such as televisions and
computer monitors.

The third type is hyper frequency (HF) EMFs that have frequencies in the range of 10 MHz to 3000 GHz and are
produced by mobile phones and radio broadcasting. Radio frequencies (RFs) also are a part of this category,
which has frequencies up to 100 MHz (4).

There are also static EMFs that are produced by MRI and geomagnetism and have specified with zero frequency
(3).

In 1979, Wertheimer and Looper showed that there is a direct relationship between EMFs and the increased
incidence of leukemia in infants (5).

If the body's biological system is exposed to EMFs, which produce electric currents and fields, which, in fact, deal
with the current and voltage, the normal physiological balance is upset.

If the density of the electric current increases to the stimulation threshold, membrane depolarization of the nerves
and muscles may result. Electric and magnetic fields at environmental levels may extend the lifetime of free
radicals and result in damage to people's deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) (6).

Some epidemiological studies have been done in various populations, but most have been done in laboratory
animals and cell lines (4).

The biological effects of EMFs generally can be divided into thermal and non-thermal effects (7). Thermal effects
are defined as the heat generated by EMFs in a specific area.

The non-thermal effects depend on the absorption of energy and changes in the behavior of tissues without
producing heat. EMFs have high penetration power, and they are capable of moving charged particles, such as the
electrons and ions of large macromolecules and polymers (7).

So EMFs can have devastating effects on tissue with high concentrations of electrons and ions.

EMFs that cause changes in the behavior of cells (8) and tissues alter the function of the cardiovascular system (9)
and bone marrow (7).

Electromagnetic fields can have several different effects on cellular components (10), including disorders of cell
proliferation and differentiation (10), damaged DNA in cells, chromosomal abnormalities (11), blood
disorders (9), birth defects (12), and various mutations, including those associated with long-term exposure to
EMFs.

Under the influence of these fields, the balance of the CNS and the hormonal and respiratory systems become
weak, resulting in decreased activity of the mentioned organs (13, 14).

Research on the effects of EMFs on the endocrine system has focused mostly on melatonin and the derived
tryptophan produced by the pineal gland (15).

Most of the harmful effects of EMFs act through the protein synthesis process (16, 17). In this regard,
enzymes, due to their combination of amino acids, are affected, and their catalytic activity is decreased (4).

Studies concerning the cytotoxicicity and genotoxicity effects of EMFs mostly have focused on fibroblasts,
 melanocytes, lymphocytes, monocytes, and muscular cells in people and on the granolosa cells of rats (18).

A declassified 1976 Defense Intelligence Agency report showed that military personnel exposed to non-thermal
microwave radiation experienced "headaches, fatigue, dizziness, irritability, sleeplessness, depression,
anxiety, forgetfulness, and a lack of concentration (19).

A 2015 study showed that 2.4 GHz WiFi may be one of the major risk factors for brain tumors and other
neurodegenerative diseases (20). Another 2015 paper showed that polarized EMF (man-made) was much more
active biologically than non-polarized EMF (21).

Another paper showed that rabbits experienced heart arrhythmia and increased blood pressure when exposed to
2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (22). A long-term study conducted by Lennart Hardell, a Swedish scientist, on glioma and acoustic
neuroma brain tumors showed that RF is carcinogenic.

The scientist called for RF to be labeled an IARC Class 1 Carcinogen and recommended urgent revision to safety
guidelines (23). A 2011 study by Nora Volkow showed that radiation from cell phones, in areas next to the
antenna, increased the metabolism of glucose in the brain.

Increased metabolism of glucose is associated with cancer. The study showed that biological changes occur at
levels lower than the current FCC guidelines (24)."

The Health Effects Of Microwave Radiation Spelled Out

On 14 July 2016 the FCC (Federal Communications Commission) of the USA made space available
in the radio spectrum for consumer devices to operate within the 25 GHz to 100 GHz of the
electromagnetic spectrum. It went on to say:

Related: Heads in the Sand , Pies in the Sky - Health Canada Denies the Proven Dangers of Microwave Radiation
"The Commission has struck a balance between new wireless services, current and future fixed satellite service
operations, and federal uses. The item adopts effective sharing schemes to ensure that diverse users including
federal and non-federal, satellite and terrestrial, and fixed and mobile can co-exist and expand.

Nowhere in its document is mention made of consumer safety or well-being. I guess that is fair of the FCC because
historically, it is not interested in matters of microwave radiation and consequent thermal and non-thermal effects on the
population. Lets face it, and most people find this hard to believe, the FCC works purely on behalf of the telecoms
industries in granting them access to the airwaves, no more and no less.

Industry was very happy to hear the FCC announcement on granting access of large portions of the radio spectrum for yet
more of its toys and other consumer devices.

Qualcomm for example talks much about the massive internet of things, yet nowhere on its 5G musings is
mention made of consumer safety or well-being.

Related: Why It Matters: Council Votes 7-0 in Favour of Better Cell Phone Warnings on Advice of Brain Tumour
Association

That pink elephant in the living room regarding safety brings me to the point of this article. The FCC and the telecomms
industry rub their hands with glee because lots of money is going to be made as 5G devices rollout yet no recent safety
studies have been carried out on consumer safety.

No doubt both the FCC and industry will point regulators to the old, out-dated and one-dimensional so-called safety studies
(thermal effects) produced by the ICNIRP.

This private organisation is comprised of people and individuals who work in the telecommunications industries
with no background in epidemiology, toxicology, radio frequency safety or medical practice.

The implications of 5G on consumer well-being and safety do not look good for one reason: devices that will operate within
the 5G electromagnetic spectrum will use antennas that are physically small i.e. from a few millimetres to a centimetre in
length.

This means that industry will produce a variety of different antenna systems to do different things.

The weird fact of operating within this very high frequency range is that signals are mostly line of sight or they are
easily reflected, refracted or lost within the differing build composition of urban environment structures.
Related: The Gloves Come Off On EMF / Mobile / WiFi Radiation + Understanding The Dangers Of The 5G Rollout

In other words, without careful antenna design and recognition of many of the pitfalls trying to propagate microwave signals
within urban environments, the signal can be easily degraded or completely lost.

In response to these challenges, the advantages in using very small physical size antennas in the millimetre wavelength is
you can feed many antennas in various configuration arrays e.g. vertical or horizontal arays, waveguide, coned or highly
directional beam type designs.

These types of antenna designs focus most of the transmitted power into specified directions.

This is bad news for consumers because these very small physical size antennas will pack a mighty punch to our biological
systems if we step into them.

Getting back to consumer safety and well-being and all things microwave, it is clear that the latency period for adverse
biological effects from devices using microwave frequencies from say 1 GHz to 5 Ghz is approximately 10 20 years.

In 2016 there are now many thousands of peer-reviewed medical and epidemiological studies that show, illustrate
or correlate, adverse biological effects with use of mobile phone technology or WIFI.
Related: The Science is Overwhelming At This Point Wifi Industry Appeals Brain Tumor Association Ordinance

Using frequencies even higher than 5 GHz (and up to 100 GHz) will compress the timeframe in which cancers and other
biological effects show themselves within society.

It is anyones guess on what might happen in terms of biological safety yet it is clear to see that the pulsed nature of these
high frequency, high signal intensity signals do not harbour good news for humanity, particularly in relation to the functioning
of our DNA.

Nowadays, exposure to microwave radiation or frequencies used by WIFI, mobile phones, smart phones, smart meters,
WIFI-enabled audio devices, WIFI-enabled fridges, most baby monitors and a whole host of other esoteric electrical
devices were recently classed as Class 2B carcinogens.

Point of sale literature excludes this fact on any advertising blurb and it is also fascinating that the small print embedded
deep within mobile phone product literature say that you should not put these devices directly to your skin, body or face. If
you do, you exceed the so-called safe exposure thresholds put in place for these devices.
Related: 5G Telecomm Radiation The Perfect Tool To Mass Modify Human Brain Waves + More Studies Reveal
Dangers

Getting back to the very small physical length of the antennas that will be used for 5G devices, it is very clear to surmise that
if these devices talk to each other using highly efficient, directional antennas, the ERP (effective radiated power) will be
huge.

If you happen to walk into this intensely focused beam of microwave radiation, what will this level of signal intensity do to
your biology?

Yet again, time will tell unless we get our arses into gear and demand proper safety studies from industry and independent
academia that focus on thermal and non-thermal effects on our biology.

Just like the advent of modern mobile phone technology, it is us, the consumers, who provide the guinea pig role in terms of
safety.

Sufferers of EHS (electro-hyper-sensitivity) will need to be aware of any 5G device simply because the electron volt
assault on their compromised bodies will be easily and instantly felt.

It is they who will suffer first and in time, everyone will be affected because one other fact the telecoms industries have not
mentioned is that in order to develop an efficient network of signals within an urban environment, many thousands of new
transmitter sites will need to be installed.
Related: Gestapo In The USA: FCC Intimidates Press And Kills Free Speech At 5G Rollout

The physical small size of these antennas means they can be covertly installed into all sorts of urban structures which
suggest that for urban dwellers at least, there will be no escape from exposure to these highly damaging microwave
frequencies.

I also feel that when these antennas are in place, it will be relatively easy to alter and manipulate brain wave
function of its users and others close by.

The amount of ancillary information that can be piped or attached to the main carrier frequency of such a
telecommunications network system is potentially, huge. Police forces the world over use Tetra as a systems of
communication.

This system also includes a sub-carrier frequency of about 16 Hz which is very close to our natural brainwave
patterns.

Could this 16 Hz ancillary pulsed ELF (extremely low-frequency) be responsible for instilling aggressive behaviours in our
police force personnel?

The zombie apocalypse might just be around the corner unless of course, we refuse to comply. That is our choice.

Related: Wireless Mouse, Wireless Keyboard, Tablet - See the Wireless Radiation Measured

Establishment Media Declares War On Their Competition As Fake News

November 18 2016 | From: ActivistPost / Various

The establishment media is dying. This is not a biased view coming from alternative media, it is
a fact borne out by metrics and opinion polls from within the establishment itself.

It was true before the recent election, and is guaranteed to accelerate after their shameless defense of non-reality
which refused to accept any discontent among the American population with standard politics.

Related: Desperate: Establishment Media Says Everything Apart From Itself Is Fake

Now, with egg on their face after the botched election coverage, and a wobbling uncertainty about how they can maintain
multiple threads of a narrative so fundamentally disproven, they appear to be resorting to their nuclear option: a full shut
down of dissent.

Voices within independent media have been chronicling the signposts toward full-on censorship as sites have encountered
everything from excessive copyright infringement accusations, to de-monetization, to the open admission by advertising
giants that certain images would not be tolerated.

However, until now these efforts have appeared random, haphazard, and rife with retractions and restorations of targeted
sites and content. A massive backlash of reader outrage toward these restrictive measures has confirmed that most
consumers dont like the idea of being given boundaries to their intellectual freedom.
That said, there has been a notable increase of hoax websites beginning to populate the information stream. We can attest
that this has been an incredible annoyance as we are bombarded daily with new outrageous claims and rabbit holes that
readers expect us to sift through.

Most times, a cursory glance at the About page or any disclaimers quickly shows where this information is coming from.

Other times, a bit of common sense and discernment about why a site that has just appeared on the scene (check Alexa for
this info) would have EXCLUSIVE BREAKING content under the banner of an apparent local news channel or a name
that is the twisted version of a legitimate news outlet.

But even with those caveats, weve all been taken in at one time or another and have had to retract or update articles as
necessary, or apologize to our e-mail list for sending out a given link. This does jam up the works, but it is the tax we all
must pay if we believe in the free-market of ideas and information.

Were not perfect, but at least we have never been deliberately misleading like CNN and others often have been.
The government recently legalized using propaganda against US citizens. They wielded all of their establishment
media force to sell their lies. And now theyre frustrated that people still prefer the truth as they see it naturally.

As The Verge highlighted in a recent article, "Two-thirds of the worlds internet users live under government censorship."
Although this is roundly decried by establishment media as evidence of declining freedom, this is exactly the path we are
heading toward at the behest of that same media within those areas that have managed to thwart such a reality.

The voices of the corporate media are making a show of calling Facebook to task for evidently not having stringent
enough algorithms to discern legitimate news from deliberate hoax. We are being told that this very likely led to the
election of Trump, and that this has become a major problem in need of a major solution.

The first shots are being fired as we speak. Yesterday we learned that Facebook and Google would take swift action against
fake news by de-monetizing or banning them outright.

"Moving forward, we will restrict ad serving on pages that misrepresent, misstate, or conceal information about the
 publisher, the publishers content, or the primary purpose of the web property, a Google spokesperson said in
a statement given to Reuters.

This policy includes fake news sites, the spokesperson confirmed. Google already prevents its AdSense program
from being used by sites that promote violent videos and imagery, pornography, and hate speech.

- Source

This is problematic on a number of levels, not least of which is the vague notion of what constitutes violent imagery and hate
speech. War, of course, is what should first come to mind when thinking of violence. Police shootings and other clashes
might qualify as well, but routinely populate the most mainstream of sources. And one persons hate speech is another
persons dissent.

The second component is that of transparency, where we see claims about any effort to conceal information about the
publisher. Again, very vague, but as any journalist worth their salt knows, it is anonymity which leads to the truth more often
than not, especially when threats against journalists and whistleblowers are demonstrably on the rise.

Today, the mainstream media named us as one of the top fake news sites to avoid. Its quite an honor.

US News (linked above) has published a list of websites that it deems unworthy of support, and is essentially urging to be
de-monitized or banned based on the previous calls to action.

"Here are several fake news sites that have become popular on Facebook, and which should be avoided if youre looking for
the facts:"
- Source

Firstly, the grouping of satire, hoax, and propaganda is troubling, as the definitions of each arent even remotely related to
one another.

Satire is literature and has a tradition dating back thousands of years; it has been recognized as an essential component of
intellectual and political freedom. A deliberate hoax, we can all agree, is lacking integrity, purposely deceptive, and can be
legitimately harmful or dangerous.

Propaganda, though, is aligned with the State; and most commonly is directed and funded by the State. That is a serious
accusation and one that is entirely without merit for this website. It is also an especially ironic and dubious accusation
coming from an outlet called US News.

Yet were proud to be biased for peace, love, and liberty. Anyone against those principles is serving fake news as far as
were concerned.

Related: The Real Reason Why The UN Wants Control Over The Internet

All of this is to say that we are entering dangerous new territory, as the Internet itself is under a new regime with the transfer
to ICANN, an international body. If 2/3 of the globe is under digital dictatorship, what else is the likely outcome from such
international control over information?

However, it is also an exhilarating time to be a part of such mammoth upheaval, where the entrenched apparatus of
the State itself has declared information to be its enemy and to acknowledge that it must do everything in its power
to maintain its tenuous monopoly on the truth.

The unfortunate reality for them is that the truth will always be more efficient and, therefore, simpler to disseminate than the
complexities of lies and true propaganda.

Related Articles:

The Bizarre Media Blackout Of Hacked George Soros Documents

Infowars Announces Fake News Analysis Center

15 Facts About The Imploding U.S. Economy That The Mainstream Media Doesnt Want You To See

This Video Proves The Media is Lying About Trump

 Lamestream Media Suddenly Cares About Free Speech!

Trump Campaign Manager Calls on Democrats to Tell Paid Protesters to Cut it Out

Fomenting A National Crisis And Color Revolution: Soros-Funded Anti-Trump

Protesters Riot In Cities Across United States
November 18 2016 | From: Sott / Various

Globalist investor in murder and mayhem George Soros is at it again, funding his MoveOn.org to
organize post-election "sour grapes" protests around the country in response to underdog
Trump's surprising President-elect victory.

Complicit crime partner mainstream media is having a field day deceitfully spinning these top down, billionaire
driven demonstrations as a spontaneous, grassroots populist uprising against racist dictator Donald. From a press
release from MoveOn.org:

Related: Soros And Liberal Mega-Donors Plot For War With Donald Trump

"The gatherings - organized by MoveOn.org and allies - will affirm a continued rejection of Donald Trump's bigotry,
xenophobia, Islamophobia, and misogyny and demonstrate our resolve to fight together for the America we still
believe is possible."
The Soros-affiliated machine further boasts:

"Within two hours of the call-to-action, MoveOn members had created more than 200 gatherings nationwide, with
the number continuing to grow on Wednesday afternoon.

The Washington oligarchy's propaganda ministry wants the world to believe a groundswell of concerned, mindful citizens
have taken to the streets in a surge of moralistic patriotic fervor determined to derail the spread of Trump's legitimacy as the
so called leader of the "free world," that is if you still believe living in a fascist totalitarian police state called Amerika
is still "the free world."

Thanks to the likes of the Clintons, Obama and the Bushes who've for decades conspired to strip away all our constitutional
rights and freedoms in the name of New World Order deep state tyranny, "the free world" no longer exists on this planet.

But the self-righteous, follow-the-leader sheep of befuddled malcontents rioting in the streets across America
haven't a clue with propaganda lies now owning them.

Related: Trump Campaign Manager Calls on Democrats to Tell Paid Protesters to Cut it Out

In every large city in America that voted heavily for Hillary, a Soros organized and financed mercenary army has been
unleashed engaging in violent destructive behavior.

We're all supposed to accept MSM reporting that tens of thousands of fellow Americans who in good conscience just can't
accept a Trump-led United States are joining forces in righteous solidarity, defiantly marching now in large numbers crying
foul that that a "xenophobic racist" is soon to be our president.

They're violently hitting the streets in robotic, monkey see, monkey do support for a former serial rapist president
and his thug wife who intimidated and silenced all his victims and who also lost Tuesday's election.
Related: Secret Recordings Fueled Mutinous FBI Investigation of Clintons Despite DOJ Orders To "Stand Down"

And as far as their track record, the Clintons have been consistently supporting and implementing the globalist agenda that
exploits racial tensions promoting racial and religious division and war against dark skinned people.

Though the Clintons have always paid lip service pretending to support minorities in order to secure their votes,
they have never done anything beneficial for people of color.

Take a look at how they raked in millions from their Haiti post-earthquake scam, leaving the Western Hemisphere's poorest
nation's people abandoned, still suffering and thoroughly ripped off. If you want to get real with racism and sexual
perversion, than look no further than the Clintons.
But in a truth-starved, deep state world, the automatons now running violently in America's streets have systematically
been conditioned to be oblivious to the truth.

In Hillary and Bill's belated concession speech, each conspicuously wore purple in a symbolic covert message giving the
greenlight to the latest Soros' funded "color revolution" taking place in America.

As Paul Craig Roberts incisively observes, the anti-Trump protesters are mere tools of the oligarchy to "de-legitimize"
the Trump presidency the same way Soros funded while Hillary's US State Department NGO's were used to disfavor
the democratically elected Ukraine president three years ago that led to his overthrow in February 2014.

Soros-Hillary's blood-soaked hands in past color revolutions sponsored by the CIA destabilized the Middle East and North
Africa during 2011's Arab Spring Uprising that included Syria, Tunisia, Egypt, Libya among others.
Related: Thanks to WikiLeaks, we now have direct email evidence of the collusion between the MSM and Hillary
Clinton

The subversive objective is regime change by inciting domestic tensions and upheaval designed to destabilize wherever
Empire encounters resistance to its brutal rape and pillaging.

Lingering effects from these abominable, highly illicit Soros-Clinton operations interfering with the internal affairs of targeted
sovereign nations around the world are still lethally raging as wars in Ukraine, Syria, Libya and Yemen, chaotic disaster in
Venezuela, simmering violent tensions periodically boiling over in Armenia's Nagorno-Karabakh, South Sudan and now the
Philippines as well among many more.

Any nation state that refuses to be chewed up and spit out by US Empire/World Bank/IMF economic hit job becomes a
CIA/NGO target for violent coups and insurrections, and now it's USA's turn using the Trump presidency as its next victim.

As if the bloodshed and violence that George Soros' filthy money has caused around the globe isn't enough, as of late he's
been especially active in America trying to create race wars on US soil.
Related: Trumps Opponents See Normal Americans as Deplorables - Paul Craig Roberts

Spending millions to send busloads of his mercenary army of agitators to foment riots and violence in inner cities
right after another white cop kills another unarmed black man in Ferguson and Baltimore, Soros as a huge $25
million Clinton campaign donor also deployed mentally handicapped individuals to disrupt and incite brawls at
Trump rallies this year blaming it on opponents Sanders and Trump.

The bloodsucking Soros thrives on stirring up trouble and hostilities around the globe, pitting various people and groups
against each other as part of his elitist strategy to divide and rule over the world.

Since the late 1980's the double trouble kingpin has conspired insurgence and regime change revolts in Eastern European
nations like Poland and the Czech Republic and ran the show dictating at will with his money and unbridled power what
Secretary of State puppet Hillary needed to do in Ukraine, Albania and elsewhere in order to continue receiving both his
financial support and "guidance."

This week the Soros and Clinton paid minions are out in full force deployed onto the streets of Washington, New York,
Boston, Baltimore, Philadelphia, Chicago, Los Angeles, San Francisco, Oakland, Portland, Seattle and Austin, totaling over
a couple dozen cities.

Related: Blocks Of Anti-Trump Protest Buses Caught On Tape

As a matter of fact, photographic evidence proving the protests are nothing more than artificially staged "civil disturbances"
inflicted on America by Soros, a fleet of chartered buses showed up in Austin, Texas.

But of course the loyal Clinton presstitutes are creating the false narrative that an authentic citizen uprising is
organically growing out of moral indignation for Trump, and they're milking it for all its worth with headlines like
"Anti-Trump Protests Spread Around Nation."

Ironically it was supposed to be all the disgruntled Trump diehards who would angrily rise up in arms after the rigged
election triggers a violent national citizen revolt from Trump supporters. But instead it's the violent rabblerousing Hillary
camp starting fires and spreading anarchy in America's streets.
With purple Hillary and MSM's subtly hidden blessings, mainstream coverage of the ensuing violence and property damage
continuing to erupt for a third straight day in a row is predictably being downplayed. Reuters reports:

"The protests were for the most part peaceful and orderly, although there were scattered acts of civil disobedience
and damage to property."

Reuters goes on to explain only "a handful of protesters" were arrested in Portland, Oregon.

That said, in stark contrast, this is what "peaceful" pro-Hillary demonstrations actually look like. Enraged Trump haters
went out seeking revenge against the Donald's supporters celebrating early Wednesday morning at Times Square,
promptly crashing Trump's party with violent clashes. Pro-Hillary supporters resorted to widespread violence in at
least two dozen US cities.

Reports that American flags have been burned in multiple cities is actually right in synch with Hillary and her
globalists' masterplan to erase all sovereign borders in favor of their one world government.

So will the globalists' trade agreements like TPP and TTIP that Hillary secretly supports put the final nail in the
coffin of America as a sovereign independent nation.

The so called peaceful demonstrators turned into violent rioters in a number of locations like Oakland and Portland, setting
fire to garbage and tires and breaking windows.

An unruly mob of 7,000 Oakland protesters quickly grew out of control, engaging in acts of arson starting about 40 different
fires, throwing rocks, bottles, M-80's and Molotov cocktails at police injuring three officers who then fired tear gas to break
up the crowd as thick plumes of smoke filled the embattled city skies.

Related: PROOF The Trump protests utilizing paid professional protesters financed by George Soros
An Oakland police patrol car was also torched. One entire Oakland block was seriously vandalized. Protesters spray painted
graffiti messages "kill Trump" and "fuck Trump" as they set fires. At least 30 were arrested during the Oakland rampage.

The more vocal pro-Hillary outbursts began surfacing on America's college campuses. At the University of Oregon and
California universities like UCLA and UC Berkeley the anti-Trump forces converged... a far cry from the 60's and early 70's
when these same colleges were the bastions of the antiwar peace movement.

Now the same schools are spawning violence in support of their nasty crime boss who vowed to bomb
Russia and Iran. Meanwhile, the object of their violent hatred is a noninterventionist vowing to help Putin kill the
very same terrorists that their favored losing candidate helped create and continues supporting.

Sadly, times have vastly changed not for the better. Too many university students today are media brainwash victims.

Related: Report: Three Million Votes in Presidential Election Cast by Illegal Aliens

Across America hundreds of protesters have been arrested. In Los Angeles about 3,000 demonstrators gathered in two
places, disrupting traffic commandeering the 101 freeway that passes through the downtown area. Another contingent of
angry anti-Trump protestors assembled outside of Los Angeles city hall.

A bloody head of Trump was burned in effigy. In all, 29 people were reported to be arrested in LA. A confrontation between
police and protesters in Orange County's Santa Ana witnessed a brick thrown into a police cruiser, two other cars damaged
and two businesses vandalized with 10 arrests.

4,000 protesters in Portland disrupted downtown traffic and forced train delays, shattered windows, lit a fire in a dumpster
and vandalized 19 vehicles at a car dealership. A group of violent anarchists led the crowd inciting property destruction
although a number of demonstrators chanted "peaceful protest."

But likely the Soros paid agitators succeeded in turning the protest into a riot, resulting in at least 26 arrests. Denver
protesters walked onto Interstate 25 shutting down both sides of the freeway for a half hour. 500 demonstrators assembled
in Louisville.
In New York City over 30 were arrested gathering in two locations, one outside the Trump Tower and another at Columbus
Circle. Clinton loyalists Lady Gaga, Madonna and Cher joined the Trump Tower protesters on Wednesday night where
American flags were burned as well as in Philadelphia and Washington. 15 arrests were made at the Trump Towers in New
York for disorderly conduct.

Speaking of has-been celebrities, in dire desperation the last week of her campaign, Hillary paraded her A-list
of star power onto the stage playing the pied piping idolatry card as a last gasp cheap ploy to condescendingly buy
votes from the younger generations.

Beyonc, husband Jay Z, Katy Perry, Miley Cyrus, LeBron James and Bruce Springsteen all payed homage to their favorite
crime boss. Meanwhile, Cher, Lena Dunham, Samuel L. Jackson, Barbra Streisand, Amy Schumer, Jon Stewart, George
Lopez, Al Sharpton, and Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsberg have all gone on public record stating that they plan
to move out of the country if the rigged election still fails to get their murdering crime boss queen elected. Good riddance!

On Friday evening protests were organized in Miami and West Palm Beach as well. 1000 demonstrators each marched in
Milwaukee and Minneapolis, slightly less in Columbus, Ohio. Up to 2,000 marchers in Chicago gathered at Trump Tower
while others attempted to obstruct traffic.
Related: Anti-Trump Protests: Proof Of Professional Activist Involvement

USA Today counted over 50 protests since Tuesday night and over a dozen more known already planned.
The MoveOn.org supplying the centralized organizers of these nationwide protests in reaction to a Trump presidency is
intended to spread and grow over time into a political movement throughout the country.

Soros is prepared to fuel the protests with deep pockets and paid professional anarchists designed to incite
widespread violence, vandalism and civil unrest throughout the US.

The treasonous aging billionaire is seeking regime change right here in America in plain sight, clearly a direct
assault on our nation's democratic principles, against both the democratically elected leader as well as against the
will of the American people who specifically voted for the outsider as a rejection of the very corrupt dirty power
politics game represented by Soros, Hillary and her Democratic Party.

Related: Break Up the Democratic Party: Its Time for the Clintons and Rubin to Go - and Soros Too

The hypocritical hubris of these diehard Clinton supporters is projected on full display when they resort to lawbreaking
anarchy violence at the same time that misguided, flowery language flows out of their mouths. In the words of one New York
protester:

"There's a man who's the human embodiment of hate who's going to become our next president, so the best thing
we can do is try to connect with people who are representing love and connection...

Hmm, like the most dangerous, warmongering presidential candidate in US history who promised the world that America
would go to war against both Russia and Iran... or the vicious, demonic mastermind who buys violence, death and
destruction like they're commodities on a monopoly board, or like the "loving" protesters spreading violence across America
right now, all in the name of love and connection.

Meanwhile, anti-Trump death threats showed up on Twitter calling for Trump and his Vice President-elect Mike Pence to
be assassinated. That's how some who object to Trump show their love.

If it were angry Trump supporters on a wild rampage like this, mainstream media would be calling protesters
committing this exact same behavior as hateful, anti-American racists bent on causing race wars in cities across
America, forcing the government to take measures to quell such out of control, Trump-inspired violent anarchy and
hate.

In the same way that Soros and the media giants both engage in race baiting that foments further violence and unrest in
places like Ferguson and Baltimore as part of a sinister globalist agenda, the same diabolical dynamic is currently underway
with the media inciting American citizens to hit the streets in protest and a meta-message to spread violence and bloodshed
that will invariably be blamed on Donald Trump, who is being demonized just like Putin and Assad.

The disturbing truth here is there's a hidden Soros-Clinton-MSM agenda purposely adding fuel to the fire so that
paid Soros-Hillary shills violently act out in efforts to lead another color revolution coup staged as an "out of
control crisis" and "national rebellion."

Remember the operative word here is perception where MSM covertly creates and stages a false narrative that a national
emergency will warrant President Obama to opportunistically call out the National Guard in order to stabilize the nation
"bordering on civil war," thus handing him the excuse to declare martial law prior to Trump's inauguration in January.

Or if that particular endgame scenario fails to materialize, as long as the civil unrest and widespread violence continues to
grow nationally, the ruling elite may engineer some other form of false flag crisis like a cyberattack on the US banking
infrastructure, then subversively blame the Trump-Putin duo for the conspiracy.
Related: Soros, Liberal Billionaires Meet in DC to Plan War on Trump

Or if Trump does manage to outlast his January inauguration date and become president, you can bet that the globalists will
soon thereafter unleash a full blown financial crisis where their house of cards global economy collapses like dominos into a
worse depression than the one that followed the 1929 stock market crash that they also initiated.

President Trump of course would be accused of causing that catastrophe as well.

That's why this election was rigged by preprogrammed voting machines to deliver the outcome that has shocked so many.
Once the elite deemed Hillary to be damaged goods and a liability with all her nonstop scandals and criminality, suddenly a
decision was made to fix the election so a narrow margin of victory could be claimed by Donald Trump.

Comment: The narrative that Trump is controlled opposition is yet another desperate attempt to derail positive
developments in the battle against the Cabal.

When just before the election Hillary and Bill were both accused of being pedophiles by honest members of the New York
Police Department and the FBI after discovering evidence on Anthony Weiner's laptop, directly connecting the Clintons to
their billionaire buddy, registered sex offender and fellow pedophile Jeffrey Epstein's international child sex slavery
trafficking ring, the elite conceded defeat and threw Hillary under the bus.
With this worldwide child sex ring threatening to expose not only the Clintons but the likes of the Bushes, Prince Andrew,
other members of European royalty, multiple high court judges in both North America and Europe, prominent politicians in
both US Congress as well as European parliaments, high ranking military officers and world famous entertainers as part of a
Satanic worshipping cabal that rules the world,

But it's too late for that now as the cat's already been let out of the bag .

Courageous whistleblowers in both law enforcement and journalism are pushing for the ugly truth to be fully exposed as the
best opportunity to remove this criminal cabal from power once and for all, seeking justice by placing the perpetrators on trial
for their unlimited high crimes that include treason, war atrocities, pedophilia, human genocide and crimes against
humanity.

An international truth and reconciliation commission will need to be organized to facilitate those from lower levels of this
international cabal to come forth providing evidence and testimony to hold those guilty at the top fully accountable. This tall
order is what "draining the swamp" will really be all about.
Getting rid of the subhuman scum that have controlled virtually all human affairs over the past few centuries will pave the
way for a new beginning where such advanced technologies as free energy and a resource-based global infrastructure can
be developed and built to sustain a population of 11 billion people.

By purging the crime cabal leaders and their puppet masters, the ruling elite's plan to commit human genocide by drastically
reducing the world population from its current 7.4 billion to just over a half billion people will be circumvented. Once we
"drain the swamp" of these Satanic mass murderers, a social, economic and spiritual transformation will then finally be freely
in place to promote humans into living in harmony and peace on this earth the way that God originally intended.

Related Articles:

Clinton Foundation: Admits hiding Qatar's $1M 'donation'; Killary at the 'center of the wheel'

Podesta email bombshell: Clinton campaign was heavily funded by Monsanto

Huma Abedin Said To Suffer Emotional Breakdown

FBI Now 99% Certain at Least 5 Foreign Agencies Hacked Into Hillarys Server

What? Clinton Camp Says Media Bias Caused Loss

Martin Armstrong Exposes "The Real Clinton Conspiracy" Which Backfired Dramatically

Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton walk in to a bar

This is the email that hacked Hillary Clintons campaign chief

Memo to Hillary Supporters: Trump Won, Stop Whining and Grow Up

How Hillary Clinton Stole the Democratic Nomination from Bernie Sanders, Did Not Legally Win the Popular Vote
Are Microwave Transmission Weapons Of Mass Destruction Being Used To Trigger
Catastrophic Earthquakes? + New Zealand Earthquake: The Worlds Biggest Offshore
Seismic Blasting Ship The Amazon Warrior
November 17 2016 | From: GeoEngineeringWatch / TheContrail

Are unimaginably powerful microwave transmissions actively and aggressively being used as
weapons of mass destruction? If all available evidence is examined, the logical conclusions are
chilling.

Understanding the full potential of the power that can be projected from the ionosphere heater installations (like
HAARP) is difficult and complex.

Related: Worlds Biggest Seismic Testing Ship Amazon Warrior Parked On Top Of New Zealand Fault Line & 6.2
Aftershock Shakes New Zealand After Powerful 7.8 Earthquake Kills At Least 2

We all know and understand that microwave transmissions produced in our countertop ovens can heat a cup of water
(or frozen TV dinners) at blinding speed. Unfortunately, most don't know and thus have never even considered (let alone
investigated) what massively powerful and interlinked microwave transmissions can do to the planet.

When immensely powerful microwave transmissions are bounced off the atmosphere (facilitated by the atmospheric aerosol
saturation) and directed back into the Earth's strata (in a seismically sensitive location), the triggering of seismic activity
becomes scientifically possible.
The constant jet aircraft spraying of reflective and electrically conductive particles into the atmosphere (as part of the
ongoing climate engineering/geoengineering assault) is a verifiable fact. Is New Zealand, yet again, the victim of microwave
transmission super-weapons?

There is a long list of shocking facts surrounding a number of recent catastrophic earthquakes. It is imperative to examine
these facts without preconceptions or programmed denial.

Let's start with the month leading up to the extremely destructive 2010 earthquake in Haiti, MIT satellite monitoring detected
a radical increase in ULF (ultra low frequency/microwave) radio transmissions over the quake epicenter.

Spacecraft Saw ULF Radio Emissions over Haiti before January Quake

A French satellite observed a dramatic increase in ultra low frequency radio waves over Haiti in the month before
the M7.0 earthquake earlier this year.

DEMETERs is an unusual mission. Its job is to monitor low frequency radio waves generated by earthquakes.

Today, a group of geoscientists release the data associated with the M 7.0 earthquake that struck Haiti in January.
They say that DEMETER saw a clear increase in ultralow frequency radio waves being emitted from the Earths
the crust in that region in the build up to the quake.

The anecdotal evidence of electromagnetic effects associated with earthquakes is legion. Various accounts link
earthquakes with mysterious light and heating effects."

After the Haiti quake, the US military moved in and occupied the country. In addition, the long drawn-out Clinton Foundation
reconstruction debacle began.
The following year a deadly earthquake struck Christchurch, New Zealand. Many circumstances surrounding this disaster
were also troubling. Did US officials know the earthquake was coming? Some excerpts from a report on the disaster are
below.

"Was the Christchurch earthquake a terrible natural disaster, or was it a terrible MAN MADE disaster?

9 members of US Congress were in Christchurch for a summit meeting on Feb 21 & 22 but left Christchurch 2.5
hours before the earthquake hit and relocated to Wellington even though the meeting was not due to finish until the
evening of Feb 22nd.

The US Secretary of Homeland Security, Janet Napolitano, was supposed to be visiting Christchurch and speaking
at the summit meeting on Feb 22, but on Feb 18 announced she was cancelling her visit 3.

The Deputy Administrator of FEMA (US Federal Emergency Management Agency), Timothy Manning, just
happened to be in Christchurch at the time with a US delegation.

All of the rest of the delegation left Christchurch shortly before the quake hit except for Mr Manning who stayed
behind, and then after the quake hit he assisted with directing the emergency response.

Exactly the same thing happened with FEMA delegates with the Haiti earthquake. In Haiti , the FEMA delegates
just happened to be there at the time conducting training exercises for responding to major earthquakes."

Recent releases from Wikileaks resulted in the headline below:

Hillary Clinton Emails Show Advanced Warning of Christchurch Earthquake.

In the days before the catastrophic Japanese Earthquake (that occurred on March 11, 2016), world renowned research
institution, MIT, yet again, noted extremely profound and anomalous atmospheric heating directly over the quake
epicenter. MIT published the following report:

"Atmosphere Above Japan Heated Rapidly Before M9 Earthquake

Infrared emissions above the epicenter increased dramatically in the days before the devastating earthquake in
Japan, say scientists.

They say that before the M9 earthquake, the total electron content of the ionosphere increased dramatically over
the epicentre, reaching a maximum three days before the quake struck.

At the same time, satellite observations showed a big increase in infrared emissions from above the epicentre,
which peaked in the hours before the quake. In other words, the atmosphere was heating up."
Though the science community is desperately trying to link pre-quake atmospheric heating to some unknown phenomenon
of an atmospheric coupling with the pressure buildup in the strata, is this a rational conclusion?

The much more logical and straightforward conclusion is this, the atmospheric heating is being intentionally created by the
global network of ionosphere heaters as immense microwave signals are bounced off of the atmosphere and back down into
the planet.

Unfortunately, the science community is not allowed to even consider this possibility, let alone talk about it. In the period
preceding the decimating Japanese earthquake, US Japanese relations were very strained.

The post-quake scenario of US/Japanese relations seemed to suddenly be unquestionable, was there a connection? Was
the catastrophic quake just a natural event? Or an engineered warning to Japan?

On the 13th of November, 2016, another catastrophic earthquake struck near Christchurch, New Zealand.

The list of troubling questions surrounding this earthquake is long and growing. Below are some quotes from seismologist
Anna Kaiser (who is investigating the latest New Zealand earthquake activity):

"We don't know what we are dealing with right now but it may be it involves potentially more than one fault we
need to figure out what was going on before and after the 7.5 magnitude quake "

Kaiser went on to say this:

"We're working very hard this is looking quite complex. The epicenter was possibly just south of the Hope fault,
but it did look like "something else was going on.

The seismologist statements are only the beginning, there are many more concerning factors surrounding the latest New
Zealand Earthquake that should be considered.
In spite of the unfolding US election circumstances, in the days before the latest New Zealand quake John Kerry first went to
Christchurch, and then on to McMurdo Station, Antarctica.

The stated purpose of Kerry's visit was to examine the effects of global warming and the record low sea ice, but this trip at
this time was criticized by some.

"US Secretary of State John Kerry is scheduled to head back to New Zealand after checking out summer in
Antarctica.

He's been criticized for heading to such a remote place while the US election riveted the world

He tweeted a photograph of himself boarding C-17 cargo plane in Christchurch saying "headed to Antarctica to see
firsthand some of the drastic effects of climate change".

In Antarctica he was scheduled to meet with scientists and researchers at McMurdo Station, the largest research
station of the US Antarctic programme, as well as visit surrounding areas on Ross Island, and the US
Government's Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station.

He is the first secretary of state and the most senior US government official to ever travel to Antarctica.

He is hosted by the US National Science Foundation, which manages the US Antarctic program me."
In fact Antarctica has just broken a new climate record, with record low winter sea ice. After a peak of 18.5 million square
kilometers in late August, sea ice began retreating about a month ahead of schedule and has been setting daily low records
through most of September.

Though Antarctic sea ice (and global sea ice) are at record shattering low levels, why else might John Kerry go to McMurdo
Station at this exact window of time? Could the ionosphere heater (microwave transmission) facility that is constructed at
McMurdo be a factor?
Noctilucent clouds in the skies above Antarctica are an ominous harbinger of the atmospheric damage that is occurring there

"Many are under the belief that HAARP, now labeled IRI, no longer exists Operationally due to the
Gakona, AK spin. One must understand that these Frequency Generators are Globally Ubiquitous. There are so
many that are of dissimilar designs, and go by different acronyms, it is not seen as functionally one and the same.

In the case of McMurdos Radome and all of the Radar equipment there; Raytheon has had the contracts
beginning to end. The National Science Foundation and Raytheon Polar Services Company are housed in the
same building. For years the station has grown. It can house 1258 personnel and an average of 200 winter over."

Raytheon is one of the largest private "defense contractors" on the planet, this corporation is also the holder of
numerous climate engineering patents including some that relate directly to ionosphere heaters. The power structure is likely
microwaving the skies for a multitude of reasons, none of those reasons are in the interest of the common good.

Shocking atmospheric flashing lights were filmed in the skies above New Zealand as the massive Earthquake was
occurring.

Kerry returned to Christchurch from Antarctica, and then promptly (and conveniently) departed only hours before the
catastrophic earthquake struck.

The statement below is from CBS news.

 "Sec. John Kerry had left the country before it struck, and just landed in Singapore on his way to Oman when news
of the quake was reported.

Is it just a coincidence that US officials always seem to safely depart quake impact zones just prior to the event?

Then there is this headline to consider:

"Worlds Biggest Seismic Testing Blast Ship Amazon Warrior Parked on top of New Zealand Fault
Line

Is this just a coincidence?

Another point of interest, New Zealanders protested against US Oil exploration continued right up to the day before the
quake. Then there was the conflict in New Zealand over the visit of a US warship, this story was covered the day before the
quake hit.

The New Zealand Prime Minister's apparent apprehension about the US election results just days prior to the quake are also
of interest.

Finally, could known massive oil deposits just off the New Zealand coast also be a part of the equation?

Microwave transmission signals/rings near Antarctica are clearly visible in the satellite composite image shown below.
The regions of New Zealand near the epicenter have been constantly assaulted with aerosols spraying and microwave
transmissions.
The uniform ribbing of aerosolized cloud cover is a clear indication of microwave transmission exposure.

Though some "official" sources try to explain this type of cloud pattern as being a result of the underlying land topography,
this explanation is patently false.

The same patterns are now regularly seen over oceans as well as land as is shown in the satellite photo below that was
taken of New Zealand directly over the quake region.
The image below bears testimony to what the global power structure does to those that try to get in the way of their agendas
and operations.

This photo is of the bridge of the Greenpeace ship "The Rainbow Warrior". It was bombed and sunk by the French Secret
Service in order to prevent the ship and its crew from witnessing ongoing illegal and unimaginably destructive nuclear
detonations.
Over 2 decades ago I dove alone on the wreck of the Rainbow Warrior, as it laid on the seafloor off the coast of New
Zealand. I swam through the area shown above, around the ship, and examined the gapping bomb blast hole in the hull of
the once noble vessel. I hovered over the wreck and contemplated the tyranny of those who rule the world.

We are all at a crossroads, and the horizon is darkening rapidly. The power structure wields weapons of unimaginable
destruction, they can only do so because of the order-followers that carry out their insanity. As the saying goes, "we have
seen the enemy, and they are us".

It is up to us, the people, all of us, to refuse any further participation in the insanity. It is up to us to fully investigate and fully
face the whole truth. It is up to us to prioritize the fight for the greater good because we owe that debt to our children, to the
planet, and to the whole.

Make your voice heard, while you can, while it can still matter.

New Zealand Earthquake: The Worlds Biggest Offshore Seismic Blasting Ship The
Amazon Warrior

Dots: Super-supermoon, Climate change huckster American Politician, Amazon Warrior, Oil
Exploration and Mapping for drilling, Earthquake M7.5 and plates shifting generating many
aftershocks the entire length of the fault line through NZ.

The 11/13/16 quake, with a magnitude of 7.8, was much stronger than the magnitude-6.3 quake in 2011. But it also
was much deeper - striking 23 kilometers (14 miles) below the earth's surface. The 2011 quake had a depth of just 5
kilometers (3 miles). The shallower a quake is, the more destruction it tends to cause.
The evil empire are after New Zealand's unobtainium. First shake up the locals, destroy infrastructure, weaken the economy
and then extort deals to rape the resources of the country.

If you were planning to do seismic blasting off the coast of a Country, the best time to do it would be with the super full moon
wouldnt it? So that people only discuss that as the possible reason.

Kaikoura was clearly the target now destroyed, and that basin is full of the precious oil for the foreign bankers and the only
thing stopping them was the people of Kaikoura - now homeless and to be relocated by NZ Navy ship. Kaikoura is also
known for its whale populations, the area should be protected from ALL sonic oil exploration and Naval activity!

The Worlds Biggest Seismic Testing Ship - The US "Amazon Warrior" - Parked On Top Of New
Zealand Fault Line during the November 13, 2016 Earthquake!

The Worlds biggest seismic blasting ship the Amazon Warrior was photographed off Rarangi Beach in Cloudy Bay last
night. Right on top of a major fault line. The ship was met with protests when it arrived on the 13th! It was seen off the
Coast of Kaikoura on Nov. 13th, but its ETA from Panama was 10 am on Nov 14th in Wellington.
The Amazon Warrior came from Panama, was seen off of Kaikoura on the 13th and then went to anchor off of Cloudy Bay
at the top of the South Island, across the channel from Wellington. If you are steaming to NZ from Panama, and your
destination is Wellington, then there is no need to go an extra 95 miles south before arriving at your charted destination;
after a long sea journey of 7,353 miles.

This fact alone shows that there was something very fishy going on in the state of Aotearoa.

If their scheduled arrival was for 10am on the 14th in Wellington, then their trip to Kaikoura was already calculated into their
original ETA. The AW's estimated project-to-project transit speed is 17 knots or 19.5633 mph. Thus traveling the 7353 miles
to NZ will take around 16 days, and the last report in Vessel Finder was Oct 25, 2016 17:52 UTC which was probably the
departure time from Panama.

Roughly Oct 26 to Oct 13 is 19 days, so they left plenty of leeway to ensure they could make it to Kaikoura before heading
to Wellingtonhowever rather than 3 days leeway, it is only 2 days because NZ is one day ahead of Panama.

On a ship like the Amazon Warrior... to travel 95 miles distance from Kaikoura to Wellington it takes around 5 hours, so they
have 1.75 days to engage in their seismic mayhem. The ship only pulled into Cloudy Bay to avoid the protesters at
Wellington. Yea, rather obvious isn't it. By their deeds shall they shall be known.
Further information on the Amazon Warrior is available here and here.

The Amazon Warrior is owned by WesternGeco which is a geophysical services company. It is headquartered in
the Schlumberger House on the property of London Gatwick Airport in Crawley, West Sussex, and also has an office in
Denver CO. The company provides reservoir imaging, monitoring, and development services.

The company, a business segment of Schlumberger, offers 3D and time-lapse seismic surveys, electromagnetic surveys,
and multicomponent surveys for delineating prospects and reservoir management.

The giant defense contractor Raytheon, now holds all 12 HAARP patents. HAARP devises can be made mobile on ships,
such as the HAARP Sea-Based X-Band Radar (SBX) platform.
A HAARP phased array antenna system was transmitting the 2.5Hz ULF frequency and it triggered the 9.0 magnitude
earthquake off of Japan and ensuing tsunami.

The earthquake inducing 2.5 Hz ULF frequency was being broadcasted for two days prior to March 11, 2011during which
time the sky over Tokyo turned red as the ionosphere was pulled down into the oxygen rich atmosphere. DARPA is also
developing an airborne version of HAARP.

Related: HAARP to blame for Japan Quake?

Any country that is in the way of an oil pipeline, has valuable and strategic resources, or threatens to drop the $US dollar
standard is in danger of being chemtrailed, HAARP zapped and attacked with earthquakes and extreme weather events.

The earthquake frequency can be focused on an area during a solar flare event or full moon and once the earthquake is
triggered, a seismic research vessel like the Amazon Warrior can take readings of the shockwaves moving through the
earths crust and get an excellent picture of oil deposits even at very deep levels.

Ray Tomes:

America and NZ tested a system of using bombs to cause seismic activity and make tsunamis as a weapon in
1944 off the coat of NZ (yes, 72 years ago). "Preliminary modelling suggests that the earthquake was caused by a
rupture of a northeast-striking fault that projects to the surface offshore"

Related: What happened in New Zealand's magnitude 7.5 earthquake?

The Amazon Warrior is due to commence imminent seismic testing for oil on behalf of Norwegian Oil giant Statoil. Seismic
testing involves the dragging of a seismic airgun along the seabed, emitting seismic blasts every 10 seconds, 24 hours a
day, from now until next May.
Statoil acquired their permit from American multinational oil corporation Chevron, and the permit extends along the eastern
seaboard and to depths that are unprecedented for New Zealand.

Seismic blasting has been proven to be disruptive and harmful to sea life, including marine mammals, and is opposed by
coastal fishing interests and eco-tourism operators including Ngi Tahus Whale Watch ventures.

Chevron Corporation (NYSE: CVX) is an American multinational energy corporation. One of the successor companies of
Standard Oil, it is headquartered in San Ramon, California, and active in more than 180 countries.

Standard Oil Co. Inc. was an American oil producing, transporting, refining, and marketing company. Established in 1870
by John D. Rockefeller as a corporation in Ohio, it was the largest oil refiner in the world of its time.
Tesla-HAARP-Earthquakes

Tesla quaked Manhattan around Houston St. with a small resonant device attached to a beam in his workshop/lab, and
smashed it with a hammer when it started to shake things to a dangerous level, which stopped the quake instantly.

One of his basic working principles was resonance, mechanical and electromagnetic. It's how the Tesla coil drives up huge
voltage on a low current.

HAARP is an adaptation of Tesla technology used for nefarious purposes. The microwave array broils the Upper
Atmosphere to 100F with a focused and steerable electromagnetic beam, that lifts areas of the ionosphere by heating those
areas. Electromagnetic waves then bounce back onto earth and penetrate everything - living and dead.

Along with chemtrails and this heating of the atmosphere with HAARP dries up precipitation thus producing drought. I learnt
somewhere they
HAARP uses sunspot cycles, sunspots, solar flares, hurricanes, fault tension build ups etc... for a EMF assisted corporate-
political warfare. HAARP is boost assist and director of natural energies. They can even reflect of the moon to generate
massive explosions.

On the HAARP web site in 2001 discussed successful moon bounce experiments (done since the 1960's by HAM radio
operators) see: HAARP array may use Moon as a reflector to reach distant targets on Earth to create Nuclear-Sized
Explosions Without Radiation!. In order to target the moon you need a steerable array and three arrays minimum are
required.

Related: HAARP likely not Primary Ionospheric array in Alaska

HAARP is capable of creating weather like hurricanes and tornadoes and tsunamis and earthquakes. It is also capable of
altering peoples moods.
NASA tomographic image of the subducted Farallon Plate in the mantle beneath eastern North America

Earth tomography is used by the oil and gas industry to find deposits. Tomography refers to imaging by sections or
sectioning, through the use of any kind of penetrating wave or mechanical method. ELF waves or extremely low frequency
waves can trigger an earthquake on faults that have built up tension.

Thus a ship like Amazon Warrior with even weak exploratory ELF waves can trigger fault lines into concussive domino effect
earthquakes of any magnitude depending on how much tension is held in the tectonic ridges.

HAARP Weapon How to Make an Earthquake

Conclusion

It appears that the earthquake was accidentally triggered by the Amazon Warrior's exploratory ELF waves...then they
quickly pulled out of the area to avoid being held responsible, but didn't go to Wellington due to the protest, and possible
fear of reprisal from the New Zealand Navy.

However it is illegal to travel through New Zealand waters and conduct personal "business" PRIOR to checking in officially
at one's port of entry first.

I conclude that the 11/13 quakes were accidentally triggered by an oil exploratory vessel working for Chevron. So
Chevron should be made responsible for picking up the tab for repairing the damage to the countrys infrastructure
and the lives of the people by this little chiropractic adjustment to the backbone of New Zealand.
The ship went about their business conducting their "research" in New Zealand territorial waters PRIOR to officially
checking in with customs.

Plus this sortie was premeditated due to the original ETA, and so their actions were criminal and secretive... by going for the
gold (oil) first before being invited into the country.

However reading the shenanigans of US officials in Christchurch before and after the 2011 quake....it appears that the
11/13/16 quake swarm was likely deliberate, and appears to be an act of economic war.

Related Articles:

Earthquakes: Worldview of New Zealand, Macquarie Island, Guadalupe Island & Nova Scotia / Nov. 13, 2016

New Zealand on NASA EOSDIS Worldview: A Collection of Various Screenshots / 2016

Goldman Sachs And the Sacking of New Zealand

Goldman Sachs appears to be undertaking economic warfare on areas to drive up the prices of its commodities
and stocks, and to lay claim to resources.
Canadian wildfires, pipeline attacks in Nigeria and the Gulf Oil Spill are likely sabotage undertaken by Goldman Sachs to
drive up prices for its own benefit.

In New Zealand now, the Christchurch and Kaikoura quakes and the Rena shipwreck toxic spill event are acts of
war against a sovereign nation for economic gain and to intimidate and demoralize Kiwis into submission to the
poisoning and sacking of their country.

On 5 October 2011 the Rena ran aground near Tauranga, New Zealand, resulting in an oil spill. The spill has been
described as New Zealand's worst maritime environmental disaster.
The ship was carrying 1,368 containers, eight of which contained hazardous materials, as well as 1,700 tonnes of heavy fuel
oil and 200 tonnes of marine diesel oil.

Related: Rena Oil Spill

The election of the ex-Goldman Sachs exec John Keys is key to the implementation of the disaster capitalization
and resource rape of New Zealand.

Related: Goldman Sachs Plans for the depopulation of the East Coast of New Zealand for Oil & Gas Drilling by BP,
Shell Oil & Todd Energy

Goldman Sachs Now Sees Chevron Better Off Than Exxon Mobil. Goldman Sachs is now buying and selling enough natural
gas to make it one of the key players on the market - even reportedly overtaking oil major Exxon Mobil and Chevron.
According to a recent regulatory filing, Goldman Sachs bought and sold 1.2 trillion cubic feet of physical gas in the U.S. in
2015, which equates to 25 percent of the countrys residential consumption and more than double its 2013 volumes.

These figures turn Goldman Sachs and its J Aron commodities division into the seventh largest gas marketer in North
America.

Related: Goldman Sachs Is Now Bigger Than Exxon, Chevron in Nat Gas Trading

Goldman Sachs, Chevron, the owners of the Amazon Warrior and the American Military Industrial Machine should be
charged with war crimes, deliberate environmental sabotage and held accountable to damages.

John Kerry is in Bed with Goldman Sachs as is Evidenced by their Joint white Washing Projects
Secretary of State John Kerry and Lloyd C. Blankfein, chairman and CEO of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (NYSE: GS),
in partnership with Harvard Kennedy School have announced the first-ever cross-border exchange and leadership program
to support emerging women leaders across the private and non-profit sectors in the Middle East and Northern Africa.

Senator John Kerry appears to be Goldman Sachs running man, or rather flying manbut appears to be innocent of their
crimes of international disaster capitalism.

John Kerry is the most Carbon Intensive Politician on the Planet - I guess we now know why John Kerry was making a
short notice / unexplained trip to NZ right in the middle of a fierce US elitecon.
He went to Antarctica, which has a HAARP at the US base. Kerry is said to be on a climate saving mission. Speaking
Sunday in Wellington, New Zealand before flying to Oman via Singaporeafter NZ he flew to Oman, and another Arab Gulf
states and then Morocco before winging to Peru and then back home.

John Kerrys current trip could be said to be responsible for 853.4 metric tons of CO2 as many as 52 average Americans
produce in a year. The average CO2 emission for aircraft at 53.3 pounds per air mile. [ CarbonFootprint.com ]

Natural Health: The Silver Bullet To Medical Vampires + Australia To Search Out And
Prosecute Anti-Vax Nurses And Midwives; Calls For Public To Turn Them In
November 16 2016 | From: Sott / NaturalBlaze / Various

It turns out that unvaccinated children aren't little time bombs walking around ready to blow and
spread devastating disease in their wake. That's a myth. It's told by the medical cartel, for their
own obvious reasons.
And it turns out that children raised in a healthy way are strong, and have strong immune systems. This was once
viscerally known and understood and accepted as a truism.

Related: CDC Blocks Whistleblower From Vaccine Injury Testimony

Those who insist on 50 or 60 shots of germs and toxic chemicals for every child, like it or not, are participating in an ongoing
criminal enterprise.

Their vision is unnatural and perverse.

It turns out that stimulating the production of antibodies - which is the purpose of vaccines - is not the be-all and
end-all of existence. It isn't the road to health. It isn't an automatic lease on life.

Every aspect of a child's life contributes to, or detracts from, his immune-system health and strength. This is traditional
knowledge. This basic tree of knowledge has been shaken and hacked at by decades of remorseless propaganda from
official medical/government/corporate mob bosses.

The vaccine establishment has become a protection racket. Take your shots or pay the social and political consequences.
Natural health is a reality. It isn't a stunt.

When smallpox ravaged England, it wasn't the lone work of a virus. It was sewage in the city streets, horrendous
overcrowding, lack of basic nutrition, grinding poverty. It was also the smallpox vaccine:

"Smallpox, like typhus, has been dying out (in England) since 1780. Vaccination in this country has largely fallen into disuse
since people began to realize how its value was discredited by the great smallpox epidemic of 1871-2 (which occurred after
extensive vaccination)." (W. Scott Webb, A Century of Vaccination, Swan Sonnenschein, 1898.)

And then there is this:

The combined death rate from scarlet fever, diphtheria, whooping cough and measles among children up to fifteen
shows that nearly 90 percent of the total decline in mortality between 1860 and 1965 had occurred before the
introduction of antibiotics and widespread immunization.

In part, this recession may be attributed to improved housing and to a decrease in the virulence of micro-
organisms, but by far the most important factor was a higher host-resistance due to better nutrition."

- Ivan Illich, Medical Nemesis, Bantam Books, 1977

Improve environmental conditions and the standard of living, and you pave the way for natural health. It's not a
mystery. It never was.

The basic purpose of promoting these dud "epidemics" that come down the pipeline every few years is: to
convince the population that they can't live in a state of natural health; there is no such thing as natural health;
everyone must live their lives under the constant supervision of doctors.

This is becoming the central myth of our times. It is becoming the primary form of surrender. Natural health is a silver bullet
to medical vampires.
Related: Former UK Govt Science Chief Warned Of MMR Vaccine-Autism Link

How many studies can you find that investigate the factors of health in children who do quite well without overriding medical
attention? How many studies in peer reviewed journals examine large groups of healthy unvaccinated children? None.

Health is basically a non-medical condition. The primary medical psyop is the effort to erase that understanding.

Every healthy unvaccinated child is a refutation of the medical cartel.

If your business is sickness, and you're unscrupulous, it stands to reason you'll try to find more and more
sickness, even, and especially, where it doesn't exist.

You'll never study health, because it would put you out of business.

Related Articles:

CDC vaccine science covers up giant conflict of interest

30,000 Indian Girls Suffering From Cancer Vaccine Tests Conducted By The Gates Foundation

The Toxic Science of Flu Vaccines

Media dare not report wave of paralyzed children caused by vaccines

Australia To Search Out And Prosecute Anti-Vax Nurses And Midwives; Calls For
Public To Turn Them In
While Australia whines about the lack of democracy and freedom in places like Syria, it is doing
everything in its power to ensure that nothing resembling either of those things is allowed within
its own borders.
Apparently having found itself in a race with France, Germany, the UK and the United States, for which country can
eliminate personal liberties, freedom of speech - or even thought - while launching wars all across the world on the
basis of protecting those things, Australia is proving itself to be a capable competitor.

Related: CDC police will eventually arrest the unvaccinated as diseased criminals

The examples of Australias thought control policies are legion, but the most recent is surrounding the vaccination hysteria in
the ability of free adults to choose whether or not they accept toxic chemicals (or life-saving medicines with no side effects)
into their bodies.

According to a report by the Guardian, the Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia has announced a fatwa of jihad against
nurses and midwives who discourage vaccination or are critical of vaccines.

After releasing vaccination standards the boards statement reads:

The board is taking this opportunity to make its expectations about providing advice on vaccinations clear to
registered nurses, enrolled nurses and midwives. The board expects all registered nurses, enrolled nurses and
midwives to use the best available evidence in making practice decisions."

Of course, when the board says best available evidence it means vaccine fanaticism and unquestioning
adherence to faith-based science.

Under Australian law, promoting false, misleading or deceptive information will be prosecuted by the Australian health
practitioner regulation agency. The NMBA is specifically targeting nurses and midwives who question the safety or
effectiveness of vaccination via social media.

The statement goes even further by urging members of the public to report nurses or midwives who are doing so even on
social media.

Obviously, Australia must consider one of its founding documents to be George Orwells 1984 although we are afraid
Australian leadership may have missed the point of the book.
Related: The end of medical freedom and the rise of mandatory vaccinations

Professor of Midwifery at the University of Western Sydney, Dr. Hannah Dahlan supports the new policy. She says;

I agree that they have a very serious obligation to provide the best available evidence, and it is of course
concerning that some are taking to social media in order to express a position not backed by science.

But Dahlan also says that she is worried that the policy may have some unintended effects.

The worry, she says, is the confirmation bias that can occur, because people might say: there you go, this is
proof that you cant even have an alternative opinion. It might in fact just give people more fuel for their belief
systems.

Actually, this is undeniably proof that you cant even have an alternative opinion. In case Mrs. Dahlans degree did
not require an understanding of logic, banning someone from expressing an alternative opinion does indeed serve
as proof to them that they are not allowed to have an alternative opinion.

In all fairness, neither Dahlan nor the NMBA are saying you cannot have an alternative belief that contradicts the Borg. They
are merely saying that if you express that belief even on social media, you will lose your job, have your license to practice
taken away and possibly be sent to jail.

If anyone ever proved Voltaires statement that in order to learn who rules over you simply find out who you are not
allowed to criticize the NMBA has closed the case.
Remember, when Dahlan worries about positions that are not backed by science, she does not mean science, but Big
Pharma, the NMBA that Big Pharma owns and the Australian government. Coming from a government that only 40 years
ago did not even consider its indigenous people to be humans, we definitely say there is room for error.

Predictably, the Australia Medical Association is getting in on the act too. The AMA President, Dr. Michael Gannon
stated, Immunization saves lives. That is an undeniable fact."

Notwithstanding the redundancy of the latter part of the brilliant Dr. Gannons statement, that immunization saves
lives is very deniable and is in no way a fact.

Gannon also touted the governments no jab, no pay policy as having improved public health because 6,000 children whose
parents who had previously registered as conscientious objectors were effectively threatened with the possibility of not being
able to feed those children, losing them, or losing their homes into vaccinating.
Of course, Gannons statement proves nothing, except that 6,000 children were vaccinated, not that public health
was improved.

Indeed, according to Gannons logic, we could disembowel 795 million people and claim that we eliminated world hunger.
Thankfully, no one is arguing to do that, but lets hope that Dr. Gannon is never made president of the World Food Program.

In all seriousness, however, the new initiative by the NMBA is just yet another example of the downward spiral of Australia
and most of the Western world into authoritarianism and into a scientific dictatorship.

While Westerners shiver in fear over Vladimir Putin defending his borders, they are none the wiser as their own
countries march directly down the same path as Russia in the early 20th century.

Related: CDC vaccine whistleblower and the silence that kills

Eight Ways Control Freak Government Is Sabotaging Freedom And Making Life More
Difficult For Us
November 16 2016 | From: TheDailySheeple

Its no secret that the US government continues to grow larger, more oppressive, and more
authoritarian with each passing year. Comment: This is an American article but the principles are
global.
If one were to attempt to write down all of the ways the government impedes liberty and stomps all over the people
it is supposed to serve, it would take days perhaps weeks to accomplish.

Related: The Rise And Rise Of Control-Freak Government

The truth is that any form of authoritarian control - any type of government, whether constitutional,
democratic, socialist, fascist, or anything else - will result in a set of masters forcibly oppressing a group
of slaves.

That is what authority is - all it ever has been, and all it ever could be, no matter how many layers of
euphemisms and pleasant rhetoric are used in an attempt to hide it."

- Larken Rose

So, this list is by no means exhaustive, but here are 8 ways the control-freak US government is sabotaging freedom and
making life more difficult for citizens.

1. The War on Drugs

Cannabis has been illegal at the federal level since 1970, when Congress placed it under Schedule I. It was supposed to be
a provisional classification. Back then, not much was known about the plant.

In 1972, the National Commission on Marijuana and Drug Abuse released a report favoring decriminalization of cannabis.
The Commissions chairman, Raymond P. Shafer, presented a report to Congress and the public entitled Marihuana, A
Signal of Misunderstanding, which favored ending marijuana prohibition and adopting other methods to discourage use.
The Commissions report said that while public sentiment tended to view marijuana users as dangerous, they actually found
users to be more timid, sleepy, and passive. It concluded that cannabis did not cause widespread danger to society. It
recommended using social measures other than criminalization to discourage use, and compared its use to that of alcohol.

But the Nixon administration took no action to implement the recommendation, and the reasons are pretty damn nefarious:

President Richard Nixon saw pot prohibition as a way to destroy the antiwar left, according to clandestine
recordings made by Nixon in the White House as well as statements from his staff to the press.

Nixon convened The National Commission on Marihuana and Drug Abuse (what became known as the Shafer
Commission) to engineer scientific support for cannabiss Schedule I placement.

I want a goddamn strong statement on marijuana, Nixon said in tapes from 1971. Can I get that out of this
sonofabitching, uh, domestic council? I mean one on marijuana that just tears the ass out of them.

Nixon aid John Ehrlichman told journalist Dan Baum in 1994, according to an article published in Harpers Magazine in
2016, the truth about the origins of the War on Drugs:

"You want to know what this was really all about? The Nixon campaign in 1968, and the Nixon White House after
that, had two enemies: the antiwar left and black people. You understand what Im saying?

We knew we couldnt make it illegal to be either against the war or black, but by getting the public to associate the
hippies with marijuana and blacks with heroin, and then criminalizing both heavily, we could disrupt those
communities.

We could arrest their leaders, raid their homes, break up their meetings and vilify them night after night on the
evening news.

Did we know we were lying about the drugs? Of course we did."

The War on the People is a more apt title for Nixons sinister plan. Unfortunately, the consequences did not end with his
reign: the long-term effects have been devastating to society. The US has the highest incarceration rate in the world (land of
the free, indeed), and about half of those imprisoned are locked up on drug charges. Who pays for the drug war and the
associated mass incarceration? Taxpayers. Each year, the war on drugs costs us $51,000,000,000.

And theres no end in sight.

On August 11, 2016, the US Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) announced for the 4th time that it would not reclassify
marijuana. The plant will remain a Schedule I drug. Despite a substantial and growing body of evidence that cannabis NOT
a danger to society and even offers incredible health benefits, the agency has opted to keep it illegal at the federal level.

Why? Well, it just might have something to do with the DEAs highly profitable Domestic Cannabis Eradication/Suppression
Program.

In 2014, via this program, 4,300,833 cannabis plants were seized, 6,310 arrests were made, and the value of assets
seized from cultivators totaled $27,342,950.59.

Even states that have legalized marijuana for recreational use are not immune from the DEAs eradication programs:

"Last year, they continued in Washington and Oregon. Full state breakdowns have not been provided, but a DEA
spokesman said that just under 36,000 marijuana plants were destroyed in Washington last year at a cost to
federal taxpayers of about $950,000, or roughly $26 per plant.
 In many states, the eradication program money is used to fund aerial operations involving helicopters searching for
marijuana plants. Sometimes, overzealous or untrained officers seize perfectly legal plants, like okra, mistaking
them for marijuana."

On August 31, the DEA announced that it was going to wage war on another medicinal plant kratom. The agency plans to
list it under Schedule I, like cannabis.

A group of kratom vendors filed a lawsuit against the government to block the move, angry advocates took to social media in
protest, and scientists expressed concern over whether they would be able to continue kratom research.

After widespread and VERY vocal outrage, the DEA announced it would postpone the schedulingto allow time for the US
Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to expedite research on the plant.

Translation: The DEA is going to get the FDA to pretend to investigate kratom. The FDA will not actually conduct any
research, but will claim that it did, and will say it found that kratom is dangerous. The FDA will tell the DEA that listing the
medicinal plant under Schedule I is justified.

The DEA will do that very thing, and the War on Drugs will shift its focus from cannabis (which is expected to become legal
in at least five more states this year) to kratom.

You see, we cant have kratom being legal and available, because it poses a serious threat to Big Pharma, and
pharmaceutical companies and the FDA have a cozy relationship.

The FDA has a lot to lose by allowing medicinal plants to be fully legal: the agency has collected $7.67 billion in user fees
since pharmaceutical manufacturers began paying the fees in 1992.

It costs big bucks to get the FDA to put its seal of approval on a drug. Both cannabis and kratom show a great deal of
promise in treating and managing a wide range of serious and chronic health problems.

Kratom can be used in place of prescription opiates in the management of pain and also can treat opiate
addiction.
Related: The Truth About Addiction And Recovery

And because both cannabis and kratom are plants that are easily grown, we dont need Big Pharma to provide
them for us.

Meanwhile, one of the most dangerous and widely abused drugs remains legal and commonly prescribed: opiate painkillers.
Since 1999, prescription opioids have killed over 190,000 people.

It used to be that police departments focused on solving real crimes ones with an actual victim. But theres no money to be
made there. While the number of rapes that occur in the US is said to be steadily declining, the country still frequently finds
itself among nations with the highest number of confirmed rapes in the world.

Obtaining physical evidence of rape is crucial to convicting offenders, and that evidence is collected via the use of rape kits.

But it seems that police departments dont really care about nabbing rapists. After all, whats in it for them?

As we recently reported:

"Last year, Harold Medlock, Chief of Police for the Fayettville Police Department in North Carolina, admitted that
between 1995 and 2008, 333 of their rape kits were destroyed to make more space in their evidence room, of
which, 167 were for unsolved crimes."

Even when these kits arent destroyed, many of them sit around for years without being tested. Its been estimated that there
is a massive backlog of about 400,000 rape kits in this country, though the actual number may be even higher since many
police departments dont keep track of this statistic.
Rapists are free, roaming the streetswhile non-violent drug users are locked in cages.

Law enforcement departments and the government are using sophisticated surveillance and tracking technology to watch
us and catch us breaking the smallest of laws (license plate readers can now inform police if you have not gotten car
inspections or complied with emissions test requirements, for example).

You would think that all of this technology would mean more actual, violent crimes are being solved. Not so in fact, despite
the ever-growing police state, cops are solving LESS murders:

"In criminal justice, clearance rates are used as a measure of crimes solved by the police. The clearance rate is
calculated by dividing the number of crimes that are cleared (a charge being laid) by the total number of crimes
recorded.

In the United States, the murder clearance rate in 1965 was more than 90 percent. Since the inception of the war
on drugs, the murder clearance rate has plummeted to an average of less than 65 percent per year.

This decline is in spite of there being far fewer murders. It is also in spite of new technological developments to
help police solve crimes, like DNA testing, advanced forensic labs, and unethical spying devices like the stingray."

Solving rapes and murders are not profitable endeavors for police departments.

Speaking of that, theres something else government thugs like to do

2. Civil Asset Forfeiture

This racket allows armed government thugs cops to seize your property cash, jewelry, cars and even your
home without charging or convicting you with a crime. The Fifth and Fourteenth Amendments are supposed to
prohibit the governmental takings of life, liberty, or property without due process of law, but the thugs have found a
way around that.

In civil asset forfeiture cases the government proceeds directly against your property. YOU dont need to be convicted of a
crime, so criminal procedure does not apply. And because the forfeiture is against your property, you are a third party
claimant in related court proceedings.

This practice is, in essence, legalized theft.

Asset forfeiture creates huge incentives for law enforcement officers to police for profit. The money can be used for
salaries and to purchase advanced equipment and all kinds of fun stuff for police departments.

In 2014 alone, federal authorities seized over $5 billion in assets. Thats more than the $3.9 billion stolen by everyday
criminals in the same year.

Thats right: Law enforcement agencies are stealing more from us than the criminals cops are supposed to protect us from.
Wrap your head around that.

3. Expanding Police State

George Orwells classic novel was not meant to be an instruction manual, but here we are.

As Brandon Turbeville explains:

"Americans may not be able to admit it to themselves but the military soldiers parading on the streets as police
officers, police-operated tanks, and horrifying number of imprisoned citizens have spoken for them. The number of
Americans brutalized physically and mentally by those who are sworn to serve and protect are speaking clearly
enough.

The relatively recent concept of pain compliance, rough interrogation, and rough rides coupled with the long
held tradition but fast increasing commonality of direct beatings, shootings, murders, and on-site executions by
police in America have had the final say."

And we, the taxpayers, are being forced to pay for this.

The amount spent on domestic counter-terrorism since 9/11 is a shocking $1 trillion. This is only for homeland security
measures, not the overseas so-called War on Terrorism. Yet, we are more likely to be killed by a police officer than by a
terrorist. Go figure.

4. For-Profit Prisons

Yes, there are industries that profit from people being locked up. Police unions, private prison corporations, and prison
guard unions are three of them.
Continuing the War on Drugs, which leads to nearly half of all imprisonments, benefits the alcohol and beer industries, and
of course Big Pharma (those industries hate competition!). All of these groups have powerful lobbies that influence policy.

5. Destruction of the Healthcare System

The Obama administration promised Americans that the Affordable Care Act (ACA) would allow us to keep our plans and
our doctors, that our premiums would be lower, that families making less than $250,000 per year would not see any form of
tax increase, that we would have more choices and lower costs, and that every American would be insured.

Not a single one of those promises has been kept. In fact, the opposite of every one of those claims is now true, and
the middle class is suffering the most.
Prior to the birth of the ACA, government meddling in healthcare made it more expensive, as the Mises Institute explains:

"The U.S. health care cost crisis didnt start until 1965. The government increased demand with the passage of
Medicare and Medicaid while restricting the supply of doctors and hospitals. Health care prices responded at twice
the rate of inflation.

The history of medical cost inflation and government interference in health care markets appears to support the
hypothesis that prices were set by the laws of supply and demand before 1980 and perhaps 1990.

Even the degree of monopolization and nationalization promoted by politicians before 1965 was not enough to
cause significant cost inflation and spending increases until demands created by Medicare and Medicaid
outstripped the restricted supply of physicians and hospitals."

This should have been a cautionary tale, but government is not one to learn from history (nor does it care, as long as there
is a chance to extort money from the people). Instead of butting out of the healthcare market, the government doubled
down.
Also from Mises:

"...Americans also spend large amounts of private funds on health care. And, thanks to continued increases in
health care regulation brought on by Obamacare, health care premiums will continue to increase.

In June the Associated Press reported: Premiums for popular low-cost medical plans under the federal health care
law are expected to go up an average of 11 percent next yearPremiums are going up faster in 2017 than they
have in past years, said Cynthia Cox, lead author of the analysis.

Essentially, Americans pay twice for health care. They pay once through taxation and regulation which increases
subsidies. The subsidies in turn raise prices, just as subsidies always do (ceteris paribus). And then, Americans
pay a second time when the time comes to pay those subsidy-inflated prices out of pocket."

Expect this to get worse. As Obamacare collapses, single payer will be ushered in.

Related Articles:

Obamacare is totally imploding just like we warned five years ago at Natural News

The deepest secrets of Obamacare

Obamacare premiums skyrocket by double-digits as economically traumatized Americans scream ENOUGH!

Statement on Obamacare Premiums Exploding in 2017

Gruber on Rising Premiums: Obamacare Working as Designed

 6. Eminent Domain

If the government wants your private property for their purposes, they may take it or regulate it through the power of eminent
domain. Government officials can legally force you to sell them your property if they want the land for redevelopment plans,
for instance.

In 2005, the U.S. Supreme Court decided (Kelo v. London) that held government officials could use eminent domain to take
private property based on nothing more than a promise to generate more tax revenue.

A large eminent domain case is currently being argued in Connecticut, and it is particularly disturbing. Instead of the
government contacting a private developer to advance a redevelopment plan (as in Kelo), the reverse is happening.

That is, the government of West Haven didnt come up with the idea to tear down private properties to build a shopping mall
a private developer did, and it is using the force of government to get what it wants. This is not only wrong, but is
unconstitutional.

Speaking of government taking property

7. Property Taxes

You dont truly own much in the US these days. Even if your home or car is paid for in full, the government will expect you to
pay taxes on those pieces of property for eternity. And if you fail to pay, guess what? Theyll come and take itno matter
how little you owe.

In one particularly heinous example of this, a woman lost her home over an unpaid interest charge of a
whopping $6.30.

"All you have to do is miss a tax payment for the harsh reality of home ownership to slap you in the face.

Eileen Battisti of Aliquippa, PA, found that out the hard way. When Anthony, her husband, died in 2004, she paid
off the mortgage with proceeds from his life insurance.
 In September 2011, she lost her home, valued at around $280,000, over an unpaid interest charge of $6.30.

Her house was sold at auction for $116,000."

In July 2015, Battisti won back her home after four years of court battles over the property.

Xui Lui of Georgia purchased a condo in 2011. She paid for the unit in cash, but didnt pay a $95 tax bill for the property that
year.

In 2014, Lui received notice that her home was sold at auction over the unpaid bill, despite her having paid all city and
county taxes every year except for the first year she bought the condo!

Certified letters warning Lui of the outstanding tax bill were returned to the city because a clerical error didnt include her full
address.

City officials themselves never picked up on the problem either, despite the fact that the notices sent to Lui kept
being returned to sender. The problem? The warnings were mailed without Luis name or address posted on the
letters.

An October 2014 update on this case states that Lui was offered the option to keep her condoif she paid $300 in late fees
for something that wasnt even her fault.

In the article Dear Homeowner: If Youre Paying $260,000 in Property Taxes Over 20 Years, What Exactly Do You
Own?

Charles Hugh Smith says, If we understand property taxes as a lease from the local government for the right to gamble on
another housing bubble arising, we see ownership in a different light.:
 "If the homeowner owes local government $13,000 a year in property taxes, what does the homeowner own once
they pay $260,000 in property taxes over 20 years?"

8. Excessive Taxation

Grover Norquist, president of Americans for Tax Reform (ATR), said:

"The American income tax is perhaps the most dramatic example of how government grows at the expense of
liberty. Slowly. Constantly. Inexorably."

A chart created by ATR shows just how much the income tax alone has grown since its inception:
In 2015, Americans handed over more than five trillion dollars to federal, state, and local governments about 30 percent of
what they earn.

If you worked during all 52 weeks of 2015, more than 16 weeks of your labor went to the IRS. Thats almost $1 trillion more
than we spend on food, clothing, and housing put together.

Of course, the income tax is far from being the only tax we are forced to pay, as Michael Snyder explains:

"...there are dozens of other taxes that Americans pay every year. Of course not everyone pays all of these taxes,
but without a doubt we are all being taxed into oblivion. It is like death by a thousand paper cuts.

Our politicians have become extremely creative in finding ways to extract money from all of us, and most
Americans dont even realize what is being done to them. By the time it is all said and done, a significant portion of
the population ends up paying more than half of what they earn to the government."

Snyder then goes on to list 97 other taxes Americans pay. NINETY-SEVEN.

I believe Ron Paul and Judge Andrew Napolitano said it best

This concludes Part 1 of our exploration of the ways government stomps all over us. Stay tuned for Part 2.

Worlds Biggest Seismic Testing Ship - Amazon Warrior - Parked On Top Of New
Zealand Fault Line & 6.2 Aftershock Shakes New Zealand After Powerful 7.8
Earthquake Kills At Least 2
November 15 2016 | From: MediaWhores / RT / Various

If you were planning to do seismic blasting off the coast of a Country, the best time to do it would
be with the full moon wouldnt it? So that people only discuss that as the possible reason.
The Worlds biggest seismic blasting ship the Amazon Warrior was photographed off Rarangi Beach in Cloudy Bay
last night. Right on top of a major fault line.

Related: Smoking Gun For Christchurch Killer Quake: Hillary Clinton Emails Show Advance Warning Of
Christchurch Earthquake

Green MP Steffan Browning reported it on his Facebook page hours before the giant quakes.

The post has been shared over 400 times at time of this post:
The ship was met with protests when it arrived on the 13th:

Related: Oil protesters throw 'unwelcoming party' on Wellington Harbour

There are trillions of dollars worth of Oil and Gas around NZs shores:

Related: North oil may be worth trillions

It has now been well reported (in the real / social media) that the US State department had advanced knowledge of the
Christchurch Quakes with John Key saying they were man made earthquakes.

Surely the oil company banker would know? Plus the usual dose of foreign spies with extra passports on scene as there
always is with most of these events.
Kaikoura was clearly the target now destroyed, and that basin is full of the precious oil for the foreign bankers and the only
thing stopping them was the people of Kaikoura - now homeless and to be relocated by NZ Navy ship.

Related: Auckland Council backs away from oil exploration stance

And I guess we now know why John Kerry was making a short notice / unexplained trip to NZ right in the middle of
a fierce US elitecon...

Related: Evidence of global warming overwhelming - Kerry

US disaster relief FEMA was in Christchurch the week before the Christchurch earthquake also. Strange how they seem to
know when the quakes will strike isnt it.
Surely John Key, Simon Bridges and their fellow foreign banker mafia should now be rounded up for questioning.
People have died.

Or perhaps Kiwis should just be thankful they havent been carpet bombed, like the same club has done to Iraq, Libya and
Syria for their resources. And Afghanistan for its opium of course.
The USGS website showed that the entire "Ring of Fire" volcanic area was triggered, with over 30 local aftershocks at the time of writing

The semi-retarded Government sponsored experts are all over the media today explaining that there is no way such ships
have the technology to trigger such a large quake.

As if they would have access to accurate info on the latest military technology.

Related: The Transatlantic Trade & Investment Partnership (TTIP) Is Dead + Earthquakes

6.2 Aftershock Shakes New Zealand After Powerful 7.8 Earthquake Kills At Least 2
A new earthquake measuring 6.2 has struck 39km west of Kaikoura, New Zealand. This is one of
the most powerful in a series of tremors that followed a 7.8 magnitude quake which struck the
town, located some 180km northeast of Christchurch, on Sunday.

Local residents Chris and Viv Young look at damage caused by an earthquake along State Highway One near the town of Ward, south of Blenheim
on New Zealand's South Island, November 14, 2016

The quake took place at around 12:30am GMT at a depth of 8.3 kilometers, and was initially measured at 6.8, but
was later downgraded to 6.2 by USGS.

Related: Christchurch: The Man-Made Earthquakes - What Really Happened, How And Why

Meanwhile GeoNet, the official source of geological hazard information for New Zealand, measured the latest quake at 6.3
and said its depth was around 35 kilometers.
At least two people were killed following the initial quake which struck New Zealand just after 11:00am GMT on Sunday
(12:02am Monday local time).

The ministry of civil defense immediately issued a warning saying that a destructive tsunami with waves of up to five
meters (16 feet) was possible. The ministry treated the possibility of a tsunami as an event of life-threatening or national
significance.

Tsunami warning sirens notified residents in coastal areas of New Zealand to leave for higher ground. Police and
emergency workers mobilized in the wake of the quake to help with evacuations. Authorities eventually downgraded tsunami
warnings around the country after people fled and the waves arrived two hours later.

We've canceled the tsunami warning in place for Wellington to Banks Peninsula. Based on all available data, the tsunami
threat has now passed, Civil Defense said in their latest bulletin, stressing that coastal areas could still experience
unusual, strong currents and sea level fluctuations.

New Zealand Prime Minister John Key confirmed that at least two people were killed. Police said one person died in
Kaikoura and another died in Mt. Lyford, a nearby ski resort, AP reported. Police also say that several people had suffered
minor injuries in Kaikoura.

A local state of emergency was declared in Kaikoura and Hurunui. Roads in Canterbury and Marlborough have been
severely damaged. Trains and ferries between North and South Islands were also affected by the quake. Authorities are
now assessing the extent of the damage from the quake.

After the initial 7.8 disaster, all trains on South Island were initially stopped but KiwiRail later resumed services between
Christchurch and Invercargill, local media reported.
Related: Tsunami alert lifted after New Zealand earthquake, aftershocks kill 2

Power and phone lines outages were also reported in addition to the structural damage to homes.

It was the most significant shock I can remember in Wellington, PM Key told reporters. There will be quite major costs
around roads and infrastructure.

Related: New Zealand earthquake: thousands stranded and towns cut off

This Was Not A Vote, It Was An Uprising

November 15 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Dear Readers: The article below has come to me. I am unable to ascertain if it is a published
statement or one of those items sent around the Internet. Nevertheless, I do believe that it captures
the attitude of those Americans who in the vast majority of the states gave their vote to Donald
Trump.
The optimism expessed in the article might be unrealistic. In order to prevail over the Oligarchy, President Trump
will need a government as strong as he appears to be. He cannot find the strength he needs for his government
among the usual Washington, Wall Street, and corporate sources. If he selects from these people, he will be
impotent.

Related: Relaxed & full of good ideas: Farage first UK politician to meet US President-elect Trump

The question is: who is his transition team? Are they focused on making nice with the Oligachs? If so, there will be no
change.

Related: President-Elect Donald J. Trump Announces New Implementation Phase of Presidential Transition Team

The Democratic Party failed America for the eight years of the Clinton Regime, which committed war crimes and overthrew
a sovereign government on the basis of lies. The George W. Bush Regime originated the Middle East wars entirely on the
basis of lies.
These wars have resulted in the deaths, maiming, and dislocation of millions of peoples who have sought refuge
from Americas aggression in Europe.

The corrupt Obama Regime has continued and expanded Bushs illegal wars and stupidly brought the US into conflict with
Russia and China, either one of which can destroy the United States of America.

Now we have the psychopath George Soros funding hired protesters, who are bussed from protest to protest, in an effort to
delegitimize the Trump presidency.

This is an act of treason, but oligarchs such as Soros are above the law. They are never held accounable. Trump should
arrest Soros and put him on trial.

Henningsen: US Anti-Trump Protests Similar to Soros Color Revolutions Abroad

Related: Has George Soros Committed Treason?

Trump says that he wants to bring the oligarchs under the law. If he fails, America fails with him.

This wasnt an election. It was a revolution.

It was midnight in America. The day of the election millions Americans got up and stood in front of the Machine, the great
iron wheel that had been grinding them down. They stood there even though the media told them it was useless.

They took their stand even while all the chattering classes laughed and taunted them as white trash racists.

They were fathers who couldnt feed their families anymore. They were mothers who couldnt afford health care. They were
workers whose jobs had been given to foreigners in foreign countries so that the incomes of oligarchs could rise.

They were sons who didnt see a future for themselves. They were daughters afraid of the undocumented illegals flooding
into their towns. They took a deep breath and they stood.
They held up their hands and the great iron wheel stopped.

Blue America crumbled. The Blue States fell one by one. Ohio. Wisconsin. Pennsylvania. Iowa. The white working class that
had been overlooked and trampled on for so long got to its feet. It rose up against its oppressors. The rest of the nation,
between the West coast and the North East coast - the fly-over zone - rose up with it.

They fought back against their jobs being shipped overseas while their towns filled with migrants that got everything while
they got nothing. They fought back against a system in which they could go to jail for a trifle while the elites could violate the
law and still stroll through a presidential election.

They fought back against being told that they had to watch what they say.

They fought back against being held in contempt because they wanted to work for a living, take care of their families, and
protect the sanctity of marriage.
And they won.

This wasnt a vote. It was an uprising.

Like the ordinary men chipping away at the Berlin Wall, they tore down an unnatural thing that had towered over them. And
as they watched it fall, they marveled at how weak and fragile it had always been. And how much stronger they were than
they had ever known.

Who were these people? They were the neglected in the fly-over country that is the heart of America. They didnt
have univeristy degrees, and they had never set foot in a Starbucks to pay $5 for a cup of coffee.

They were the white working class. They didnt talk right or think right. They had the wrong ideas, the wrong clothes and the
ridiculous idea that they still mattered.

They were told they were wrong about everything. Illegal immigration. Black Lives Matter, but not jobs for the oppressed
middle class. Manufacturing is unnecessary for an economy in which financial profits are all important. Transgendered
bathrooms. Same gender marriages. Americans were supposed to bow down and surrender to a handful of perverts.

60 Minutes Preview: Donald Trump

Told that the future belongs to the metrosexual dot com transgendered globalist, and not to the guy who once had a good
job before the globalist corporations with Washingtons blessings sent it to China or Mexico, real Americans revolted.

White trash American couldnt change anything, declared the pundits. But instead of adapting to the inevitable future of
Americas demise, they got in their pickup trucks and drove out to vote.
And they changed everything.

Barack Hussein Obama boasted that he had changed America. And he did for the worse. A billion regulations,
millions of immigrants, a hundred thousand lies and it was no longer our America.

White Trash America voted and sent Obama to Hell. They walked through him and through the Democratic Party like the
wet paper bag that they are.

Voters abandoned the party that had sold out the American people. More black Americans voted for Trump than voted for
Romney.

The election repudiated the Obamas, the Clintons, the celebrities, and the media. Americans turned the One
Percents world upside down.

CNN is weeping. MSNBC is wailing. ABC calls it a tantrum. NBC damns it. It wasnt supposed to happen. The same
machine that crushed the American people for six straight terms, the mass of neoconned government, globalist corporations
and oligarch-financed non-profits that ran the country, was set to win. Or so they thought.

Instead the people stood in front of the Machine. They blocked it with their votes even though the media told them Hillary
was the certain winner.
Related: Anti-Trump Protests: Proof Of Professional Activist Involvement

They mailed in their absentee ballots even while Hillary Clinton was planning her fireworks victory celebration. They looked
at the empty factories and barren farms. They drove through the early cold. They waited in line. They came home to their
children to tell them that they had done their best for their future. They bet on America. And they won.

They are tired of the absence of affordable health care and recognize the fraud of Obamacare.

They are tired of unemployment and of being lied to.

They are tired of watching their sons come back in coffins so that the military/security complex could continue to
loot America with their wars.

They are tired of being called names and watching the theft of their country.

They understood that Trump was right. The election was their last hope, their last chance to save themselves and
their country. And they did.
Related: We the People are TAKING AMERICA BACK from the lawless, corrupt, incompetent criminals running
Washington and the media

This election was not about who gets to use the female toilet. It wasnt about whether it is racist to enforce the immigration
laws. It wasnt about how men, however uncouthly, express their sexual interest in women.

It was about suffering Americans, whose names no one except a server and the NSA will ever know, fighting back
against their oppression.

It was about the homeless woman guarding Trumps star.

It was about the betrayed Democrats searching for someone to represent them in Ohio and Pennsylvania. It was about the
union men who refused to sell out their futures and vote for a Democrat who is an agent of the One Percent.

The media will never interview those men and women. We will never see their faces. But they are us and we are them. They
came to the aid of a nation in peril.

They did what real Americans have always done. They did the impossible.

Related Articles:

Why Hillary Clinton Wont Challenge The Election

Warning! Elite Will Try To Kill Trump

Trump Makes History! Takes Michigan Gains 306 Electoral Votes to Win Historic Race

The miracle and meaning of Donald Trump's victory

Memo to Trump: Do not waver, and do not compromise; We the People got your back

Alex Jones / Donald Trump Thanks Humanity For Standing With Truth

Oprah Offers A Message Of Hope As U.S. Grapples With The Reality Of A Trump Presidency
 EU Sourgraping, ASEAN Members are Singing Amidst Trump Emergence

10 Monumentally False Claims Made By Conventional Medicine About Health + How

Far Has The Medical Profession Fallen From The Hippocratic Oath?
November 14 2016 | From: NaturalBlaze / PreventDisease / Various

The grossly deceptive world we live in couldnt be better exemplified than by conventional
medicine. More and more people are expressing their distrust.

They see right through conventional medicines crooked corporate greed-driven hidden ulterior motives.

Related: The Flawed Germ Theory; Unfortunately The Basis Of Modern Medicine

It starts with a deliberately narrow corporate-sponsored curriculum in medical schools. This essentially mechanistic,
pharmaceutical drug-based approach to health takes the focus of attention away from other alternative health practices
to reduce competition.

In research institutions, ulterior motives find their way into corporate-sponsored bad science to favour desired experimental
outcomes related to profit. Crooked approval bodies then turn a blind eye to a new products potential harm while there are
agendized political self-interests from corrupt politicians having their hand in allowing the product to get into the market.

Then theres the paid-off mainstream media to repetitively spread the related lies, deception and cover-ups. In
short, money is stronger than truth.

The health care system is a dismal failure because of these greed-driven corporations, governments and related crooked
institutions. Indeed, they dont have our best interest at heart and are capable of doing far more harm than good.
In light of this, here are 10 monumentally false claims made by conventional medicine about health:

False Claim #1 The Zika Virus Causes Birth Defects

Because of a lack of scientific evidence, particularly from Brazil in recent months, the claim that the Zika virus causes
microcephaly (severe birth defects resulting in an abnormally small head circumference) has received some major
challenges. The CDC claimed that Zika was mainly transmitted via the mosquito Aedes Aegypti.

They stated that the transmitted virus finds its way into the pregnant mother and then infects her foetus causing
microcephaly.

However, the Brazilian health authorities admitted that there was some other cause-and-effect relationship because of the
lack of evidence supporting the mosquito claim. This was backed up by a recent study from the New England Journal of
Medicine. Having examined 12,000 Zika-infected women no microcephaly was found. So it was concluded that Zika does
not cause microcephaly.

Consider the media-hyped hysteria prior to this conclusion. What about the unnecessary toxic chemical spraying to kill off
the disease-carrying mosquitoes, forced abortions, vaccines and drugs used as countermeasures based on a false
pretext? Then there are the biotech companies who greatly benefited from manufacturing their GM mosquitoes.

The Zika claim was a deliberately created scam for profit and the advancement of hidden agendas, such as a depopulation
agenda (Agenda 21 aka 2030), typical of a false flag disease. Whether its Zika or any other claim more people need to
wake up and recognise the patterns that make up a false flag disease to then take the necessary opposing action
 False Claim #2 - EMFs (Electromagnetic Fields) Dont Cause Harm

The harmful effects of invisible EMFs are only perceived when ill-health manifests as a consequence of usage: Used in
conjunction with the various wireless apps, cell phones, laptops, tablets then there are smart meters, microwave ovens
and other radiations sources, these EMF sources interfere with our own natural bio-electromagnetic energy fields.

Do your research and pay heed to the potential dangers of this deceptively harmful technology.

Related: Electromagnetic Hypersensitivity From Microwave Technology Finally Medically Proven

False Claim #3 - Only Conventional Medicine Can Effectively Treat The Life-Threatening Illnesses
Such As cancer, Heart Disease And Diabetes

As already mentioned with medical schools, when it comes to the treatment of disease, anything outside of conventional
medicines mechanistic, pharmaceutical drug-based approach is basically ignored.

Very little, or not enough time (if any time at all), is devoted to the highly effective roles played by the mind-body-spirit
connection, nutrition, water and the environment in health and healing.
In relationship to health and healing, how can anyone not give these factors serious attention when they address the very
fabric of our being?

This wilful ignorance has made conventional medicine blind to the facts that there are cheaper, non-toxic, natural, alternative
approaches that have produced highly effective results though addressing the above factors and are capable of curing life-
threatening disease.

Related: Medical Establishment Doesn't Like Baking Soda Cancer Treatment Because Its Too Effective And Too
Cheap

False Claim #4 - Diet / Nutrition Does Not Play A Major Role In The Prevention / Reversal Of
Cancer

Following on from 2, using cancer as an example and the role nutrition plays in the prevention/reversal of the life-threatening
illnesses. Conventional medicines wing, the Cancer Research establishment, has basically ignored the life-saving, healing
capabilities of diet/nutrition. Take, for instance, the acid and alkaline diets:
Related: Clive de Carle: How You Can Restore Your Health, Enabling Your Body To Self-Repair From Virtually Any
Disease Or Affliction

It has been established that the bodys blood pH lies somewhere between 7.3 7.45. If your blood pH is outside this range
then youd be dead. If someone eats toxic acid foods (essentially junk food) frequent and long-term, lowering the bloods pH,
then this could lead to a serious illness such as cancer.

The healthier option is to eat alkaline foods (e.g. pineapple juice, greens such as broccoli, spinach, watercress and the anti-
cancer B17 rich foods like apricots or almondsetc) that alkalize the body, give rise to a higher blood pH.

Further, conventional medicine has invalidated, suppressed or even ridiculed a number of brilliant and
humane innovators with their cancer cures related to diet/nutrition.

There are, for examples, the highly effective Gerson Therapy pioneered by Max Gerson, Harry Hoxeys herbal remedies and
Dr Tullio Simoncinis Cancer is a Fungus using sodium bicarbonate injections. All these innovations deal with a metabolic
dietary deficiency related to a frequent and long-term bad acid diet.

Related: The 20 Biggest Cancer Lies You've Been Brainwashed To Believe By The For-Profit Cancer Industry +
Cancer Cures Exposed: Natural Medicine Revealed As The Answer

False Claim #5 - Mammograms Are Saving Lives

Not true. All the cancer establishment can say for sure is that mammograms detect cancer. For breast cancer, the early
detection claim is a myth because at this stage it cannot be known whether the cancer will turn out to be benign or harmful.
Although there is no proof, the cancer establishment is more likely to say that the cancer will be harmful: Theres a lot of
money to be made from their offered treatment so biasing; erroneously concluding test positive results regularly occurs.

For instance, from a recent Swedish study involving some 60,000 women it was found that 70% of the cancer detected
mamographically were not tumours as claimed. They were in fact benign.

Incidentally, mammograms increase the chances of cancer because of the radiation effects. The safer, alternative option for
breast cancer screening is infra-red thermography.

False Claim #6 - GMOs Are Safe While Feeding The World With Higher Yields

Tainting ecosystems; chemical toxicity, destroying species, wreaking havoc on farmlands, creating superweeds giving rise
to superbugs and introducing unnatural factors into our food supplies the harmful effects of GM foods are beyond dispute.
For well over 50 years, the biotech industry has had one major misunderstanding: Its the idea that 1 gene codes for 1
protein. After completion of the Human Genome Project in the early part of this millennium it was shown that the 1 gene
codes for 1 protein theory had not been correct and was oversimplified.

Inserting one gene into a plants DNA has not just given rise to 1 protein but a number of other toxic rogue proteins landing
to illnesses for consumers of GM foods.

Not feeding the world and unnecessary GM foods have produced lower than anticipated yields.

False Claim #7 - Vaccines Are Safe And Effective

Officials of sorts making the blanket statement that vaccines are safe should be held morally and criminally responsible.
Consider the toxic overload children receive before the age of 6 years from some 30 plus different vaccinations (and ri$ing),
assaulting their developing immune systems, resulting in a number of illnesses or deaths.
Often associated with vaccination is the term immunization. This in fact is a misnomer. Vaccination is NOT
immunization and this needs to be legally and scientifically challenged.

Toxic, poisonous vaccines with their aluminium, mercury-based compounds, carboxylic acids, formaldehyde, protein foreign
bodies and the many other nasty little critters have counterproductive synergistic effects when injected into the
body: Thus, vaccines do the opposite to immunize, as immunity is not allowed to naturally develop.

Related: Mainstream Medicine Accidentally Handed Us Hard Core Backhanded Proof That Vaccines Cause Autism

False Claim #8 - Fluoride In The water Stops Tooth Decay

The claim that fluoride stops tooth decay is highly questionable with many contradictory findings. For example, tooth decay
in fluoridated countries is no different to non-fluoridated countries.
There have also been a number of studies to show that it is a nasty poison detrimental to health. Health institutions such as
the American Medical Association have allowed these shocking revelations go by unheeded.

Essentially fluoride - at a concentration a little as 1ppm disrupts our enzymes responsible for DNA repair by half
causing premature ageing and:

Affects our nervous and hormonal systems by denaturing (putting out of shape) our enzymes.

Lowers IQ

Is a carcinogen.

Affects thyroid function

May cause infertility

Causes fractured bones

Calcifies the pineal gland

Dont drink fluoridated tap water. Drink filtered water (e.g. reverse osmosis) instead.

False Claim #9 - High Cholesterol Means Youll Have A Heart Attack Imminently

Conventional medicine with the help of the mainstream medias fanfare and fear mongering has managed to pull the wool
over so many peoples eyes on this one.
The claim that high cholesterol means a heart attack is on its way is a myth that has made billions for Big Pharma from
statins drug sales as unnecessary treatment.

Contrary to popular belief:

Atherosclerotic plaque formations (narrowing or clogging of arteries) indicative of heart disease can manifest
regardless of blood cholesterol levels.

The body produces around 3 times more cholesterol than that from your diet. So a steady diet of low cholesterol
foods is highly unlikely to reduce your blood cholesterol.

Stains used to lower cholesterol have failed to reduce heart mortality and totally mortality rates.

Dont be a sucker for the great cholesterol deception.

False Claim #10 - The Symptoms Are The Cause Of Illness

No! The symptoms are just indicators or the knock-on effects of some underlying root cause.

Treat the symptoms and not address the root-cause then the illness will forever return.

More and more people are becoming aware that this is how conventional medicines Big Pharma drug treatment works and
why it is failing us while they make tons of money on returning customers who will never be cured

Sadly, indeed, many people are still clueless to this deception while getting even sicker due to the drugs side effects.

Related: Doctor Robert Scott Bell Explains The History Of Modern Medicine + Why Medical Researcher Calls
Doctors 'The Most Brainwashed People On The Planet'

Finally

Dont take for granted what health authorities are telling you or dont blindly go into agreement with the sheep-like
masses when it comes to health matters. Save yourself the unnecessary suffering or even death. Know that by
doing your own vigilant and careful research your health is in YOUR hands.

You can read more from Paul A. Philips at his site NewParadigm
How Far Has The Medical Profession Fallen From The Hippocratic Oath?
The Hippocratic Oath is one of the oldest binding documents in history. While the classical oath
calls for "the opposite" of pleasure and fame for those who transgress the oath, fewer than half of
oaths taken today insist the taker be held accountable for keeping the pledge.

Some doctors see oath-taking as little more than a pro-forma ritual with little value beyond that of upholding
tradition, but how far have modern Physicians come from the Hippocratic Oath as it was intended to protect
patients in doing no harm?

Related: Medical Deaths And The Corruption Of Healthcare

CTV recently reported that 1 in 18 experienced a potentially preventable injury while hospitalized. Of those, 1 in 5
experienced multiple harmful events during their stay. Kelly Kliewer was one of those affected. In 2004, she went in for
carpal tunnel surgery.

Once in surgery, though, the anesthesiologist gave her a paralytic instead of an anesthetic. According to Kliewer;

I stopped breathing, it paralyzed all my organs, went into respiratory distress and had to get put on a ventilator."

She is still seeing a psychologist for PTSD from the ordeal.

Intensive Care Medicine published a study on medical errors in 2001. Five American intensive care units hosting a total of
851 adult patients were reviewed. The study concluded, "Of 5,744 observations in 851 patients, 187 (3.3%) medication
administration errors were detected. the therapeutic classes most commonly associated with errors were vasoactive drugs
61 (32.6%) and sedative/analgesics 48 (25.7%)."
In 1999, the Institute of Medicine released a report called To Err Is Human: Building a Safer Health System. In the report, it
was estimated that as many as 98,000 hospital deaths per year were a result of hospital errors.

While regulatory authorities sprang to action, putting reporting systems in place and trying to enforce accountability, some
recognized that the additional structures would not be enough. Physicians need to be aware of themselves so that errors
could be turned around quickly and patients would not suffer consequences.

This is the modern version of the Hippocratic Oath:

I swear to fulfill, to the best of my ability and judgment, this covenant:

I will respect the hard-won scientific gains of those physicians in whose steps I walk, and gladly share such
knowledge as is mine with those who are to follow.

I will apply, for the benefit of the sick, all measures which are required, avoiding those twin traps of overtreatment
and therapeutic nihilism.

I will remember that there is art to medicine as well as science, and that warmth, sympathy, and understanding
may outweigh the surgeon's knife or the chemist's drug.

I will not be ashamed to say "I know not," nor will I fail to call in my colleagues when the skills of another are
needed for a patient's recovery.

I will respect the privacy of my patients, for their problems are not disclosed to me that the world may know. Most
especially must I tread with care in matters of life and death. If it is given me to save a life, all thanks. But it may
also be within my power to take a life; this awesome responsibility must be faced with great humbleness and
awareness of my own frailty. Above all, I must not play at God.

I will remember that I do not treat a fever chart, a cancerous growth, but a sick human being, whose illness may
affect the person's family and economic stability. My responsibility includes these related problems, if I am to care
adequately for the sick.
 I will prevent disease whenever I can, for prevention is preferable to cure.

I will remember that I remain a member of society, with special obligations to all my fellow human beings, those
sound of mind and body as well as the infirm.

If I do not violate this oath, may I enjoy life and art, respected while I live and remembered with affection thereafter.
May I always act so as to preserve the finest traditions of my calling and may I long experience the joy of healing
those who seek my help.

Sadly, the rise of the profit-driven pharmaceutical industry proves that this oath often falls by the wayside.

We must take responsibility for our own health.

Natural treatments that bring the body into balance are the best way to avoid damaging hospital visits.

Related: The NWO Depopulation Agenda Is The Only Explanation Why Expensive Mainstream Medicine Is Lethal

The Anti-Trump Protesters Are Tools Of The Oligarchy + Media Attempts To Discredit
Donald Trump Before His Presidency Even Begins
November 13 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / TheSiriusReport / Various

Reform always provokes rage on the part of those who profit by the old order. Arthur M.
Schlesinger, Jr., The Crisis of the Old Order
Who are the anti-Trump protesters besmirching the name of progressives by pretending to be progressives and by
refusing to accept the outcome of the presidential election? They look like, and are acting worse than, the white
trash that they are denouncing.

Related: Anti-Trump Protesters Admit Answering Craigslist Ad and Getting Paid to Protest Trump

I think I know who they are. They are thugs for hire and are paid by the Oligarchy to delegitimize Trumps presidency in the
way that Washington and the German Marshall Fund paid students in Kiev to protest the democratically elected Ukrainian
government in order to prepare the way for a coup.

The organization, change.org, which claims to be a progressive group, but might be a front, along with other
progressive groups, for the Oligarchy, is destroying the reputation of all progressives by circulating a petition that
directs the electors of the Electoral Collage to annul the election by casting their votes for Hillary.

Remember how upset progressives were when Trump said he might not accept the election result if there was evidence that
the vote was rigged? Now progressives are doing what they damned Trump for saying he might do under certain conditions.

The Western presstitutes used the protests in Kiev to delegitimize a democratically elected government and to set it up for a
coup. The protest pay was good enough that non-Ukrainians came from nearby countries to participate in the protest in
order to collect the money.
Related: Ron Paul: Trump Needs To Resist Neocons And Shadow Government Elites

At the time I posted the amounts paid daily to protesters. Reports came in to me from Eastern and Western Europe from
people who were not Ukrainian but were paid to protest as if they were Ukrainians.

The same thing is going on with the Trump protests. CNN reports that for many Americans across the country, Donald
Trumps victory is an outcome they simply refuse to accept. Tens of thousands filled the streets in at least 25 US cities
overnight. This is the exact reporting that the Oligarchy desired from its presstitutes and got.

I hope no one thinks that simultaneous protests in 25 cities were a spontaneous event.

How did 25 independent protests manage to come up with the same slogans and the same signs on the same night
following the election?

What is the point of the protests, and what interest is served by them? As the Romans always asked, who
benefits?
There is only one answer: The Oligarchy and only the Oligarchy benefits.

Trump is a threat to the Oligarchy, because he intends to stop the giveaway of American jobs to foreigners. The jobs
giveaway, sanctified by the neoliberal junk economists as free trade, is one of the main reasons for the 21st century
worsening of the US income distribution.

Money that was formerly paid in middle class wages and salaries to American manufacturing employees and
college graduates has been re-routed to the pockets of the One Percent.

When US corporations move their production of goods and services sold to Americans offshore to Asian countries, such as
China and India, their wage bill falls. The money formerly paid in middle class incomes goes instead into executive bonuses
and dividends and capital gains to shareholders.

The ladders of upward mobility that had made America the land of opportunity were dismantled for the sole purpose of
making a handful of people multi-billionaires.
Trump is a threat to the Oligarchy, because he intends peaceful relations with Russia. In order to replace the profitable
Soviet Threat, the Oligarchy and their neoconservative agents worked overtime to recreate the Russian Threat by
demonizing Russia.

Accustomed to many decades of excess profits from the profitable Cold War, the military/security complex was angry when
President Reagan brought the Cold War to an end. Before these leaches on American taxpayers could get the Cold War
going again, the Soviet Union collapsed as a result of a right-wing coup against Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev.

The military/security complex and their zionist neoconservative agents cooked up the war on terror to keep the money
flowing to the One Percent.

But as hard as the presstitute media worked to create fear of the Muslim threat, even insouciant Americans knew that the
Muslims did not have thousands of ICBMs carrying powerful thermo-nuclear weapons capable of destroying the entirety of
the United States in a few minutes.

Neither did the Muslims have the Red Army capable of overrunning all of Europe in a couple of days. Indeed, the
Muslims havent needed an army. Refugees from Washingtons wars enabled by Europeans are overrunning
Europe.

The excuse for the annual trillion dollar ($1,000 billion ) military/security budget was missing. So the Oligarchy created the
New Hitler in Russia. Hillary was the Oligarchys principle agent for heating up the new Cold War.
Related: Missing CEO Of Clinton Foundation, Eric Braverman Appears To Be In FBI Custody. Missing Arms Dealer
Mark Turi Who Was The Benghazi Fallguy Possibly Dead

Hillary is the tool, enriched by the Oligarchy, whose job as President was to protect and to increase the trillion dollar budget
of the military/security complex. With Hillary in the White House, the looting of the American taxpayers in behalf of the
wealth of the One Percent could go forward unimpeded. But if Trump resolves the Russian threat, the Oligarchy takes an
income hit.

Hillarys job as President was also to privatize Social Security in order that her Wall Street benefactors can rip off
Americans the way that Americans have been ripped off by the insurance companies under Obamacare.

Those Americans who do not pay attention think, mistakenly, that the FBI cleared Hillary of violating National Security
protocols with her email practices. The FBI said that Hillary did violate National Security, but that it was a result of
carelessness or ignorance. She got off from indictment, because the FBI concluded that she did not intentionally violate
National Security protocols.

The investigation of the Clinton Foundation continues.

In other words, in order to protect Hillary the FBI fell back on the ancient common law rule that there can be no crime
without intent. (See PCR and Lawrence Stratton, The Tyranny of Good Intentions.)

One would think that protesters, if they were legitimate, would be celebrating Trumps victory. He, unlike Hillary,
promises to reduce tensions with powerful Russia, and we hope also with China. Unlike Hillary, Trump says he is
concerned with the absence of careers for those very people protesting in the streets of 25 cities against him.
Related: Trump Reveals Policy Goals: "Building That Wall", End "War On Coal", Repeal Obamacare, Dismantle
Dodd-Frank

In other words, the protests against the American people for electing Trump as their president are pointless. The protests
are happening for one reason only. The Oligarchy intends to delegitimize the Trump Presidency. Once President Trump is
delegitimized, it will be easier for the Oligarchy to assassinate him. Unless the Oligarchy can appoint and control Trumps
government, Trump is a prime candidate for assassination.

The protests against Trump are suspicious for another reason. Unlike Hillary, Obama, and George W. Bush, Donald
Trump has not slaughtered and dislocated millions of peoples in seven countries, sending millions of refugees
from the Oligarchys wars to overrun Europe.

Trump earned his fortune, and if by hook or crook, not by selling US government influence to foreign agents as Bill and
Hillary did.

So what are the protesters protesting?

There is no answer except that they are hired to protest. Just as the Maidan protesters in Kiev were hired to protest
by US and German financed NGOs.
The protests in Kiev were equally pointless, because presidential elections were only months away. If Ukrainians really
believed that their president was conspiring with Russia to keep Ukraine from becoming a Western puppet state and wished
to become a puppet state regardless of the costs, the opportunity to vote the government out was at hand.

The only reason for the protests was to orchestrate a coup. The US did succeed in putting their agent in control of the
new Ukrainian government as Victoria Nuland and the US ambassador in Kiev confirmed in their telephone conversation
that is available on the Internet.

The Maidan protests were pointless except for making a coup possible. The protests were without any doubt arranged by
Washington through Assistant Secretary of State Victoria Nuland, a neoconservative brought into the State Department by
Hillary Clinton for the purpose of creating conflict with Russia.

Trump is being protested in order to make him vulnerable in the event he proves to be the threat to the Oligarchy
that he is thought to be.

Trump won the presidency, but the Oligarchy is still in power, which makes any real reforms difficult to achieve. Symbolic
reforms can be the product of the contest between President Trump and the oligarchs.
Related: A 'Deplorable' Speaks Out: "Sorry Snowflake, But It's Not Over"

Karl Marx learned from historical experience, and Lenin, Stalin, and Pol Pot learned from Karl Marx, that change cannot
occur if the displaced ruling class is left intact after a revolution against them.

We have proof of this throughout South America. Every revolution by the indigenous people has left unmolested the Spanish
ruling class, and every revolution has been overthrown by collusion between the ruling class and Washington.

Washington has conspired with traditional elites to remove the elected presidents of Honduras on a number of occasions.
Recently, Washington helped elites evict the female presidents of Argentina and Brazil. The presidents of Venezuela,
Ecuador, and Bolivia are in the crosshairs and are unlikely to survive.

Washington is determined to get its hands on Julian Assange. To achieve this Washington intends to overthrow the
Ecuadoran government that, in defiance of Washington, gave Julian Assange political asylum.
Hugo Chavez

Hugo Chavez had the power to exile or to exterminate the Spanish ruling class in Venezuela when the ruling class
participated in a CIA coup against Chavez. But before the CIA could kill Chavez, the people and the military forced his
release. Instead of punishing the criminals who would have murdered him, Chavez let them go.

According to Marx, Lenin, and Stalin, this is the classic mistake of the revolutionary. To rely on good will from the overthrown
ruling class is the certain road to the defeat of the revolution.

Latin American has proved itself unable to learn this lesson: Revolutions cannot be conciliatory.

Trump is a dealmaker. The Oligarchy can permit him the sheen of success in exchange for no real change. Trump is not
perfect. He might fail on his own. But we should back him on the two most important elements in his program: to reduce
tensions between the major nuclear powers, and to halt Washingtons policy of permitting globalism to destroy Americans
economic prospects.
Comment: While Paul Craig Roberts may have his doubts he should know one thing: Trump knows what is really
going on and he understands that he is up against the Illuminati cabal - and he is very clear on what the stakes are.

If tensions between nuclear powers worsen, we wont be here to worry about other problems. The combination of the
economy hollowed out by globalism and immigration is an economic nightmare. That Trump understands this is reason to
support him.

Note: Some believe that Trump is a ruse conducted by the Oligarchy. However, as Hillary is the bought-and-paid-for
representative of the Oligarchy, such an elaborate ruse is unnecessary.

It is preferable for the Oligarchy to win on its own platform than to install a president on the opposite platform and then
change him around. Another sellout increases the anger of the people. If Hillary had won, the Oligarchy would have had the
voters mandate for their platform.

Related: Insider: Elites Conspiring Against President-Elect Trump

Watch Donald Trump And President Obama Describe Their First Meeting

In a moment that most thought would never happen, Donald Trump and President Obama met for the first time at The White
House on Thursday. The two men described what was apparently a productive meeting.

Media Attempts To Discredit Donald Trump Before His Presidency Even Begins
After Donald Trump was elected president of the United States on November 8th, we started to see
a flood of both mainstream and alternative media sources making all sorts of claims regarding
Trump allegedly, according to advisors or other such sources, eyeing certain people to work for
his administration.

These claims are false and are merely another attempt to discredit Trump and make it seem like he is already acting
in contradiction to things he said during his presidential campaign. This has been confirmed to us through certain
channels.

Related: The Silent Majority Fights Back

Admittedly that sounds equally as vague as what these media sources are claiming, but we would urge to you to just wait
and see what unfolds over the next few months, especially after Trumps inauguration in January 2017.

We have seen mainstream media trying to portray Trump as a racist, a bigot and a sexist and you will see more of this as
they are trying to incite fear and anger in Trumps opponents.

You will also see some alternative media sources trying to convince people that Trump is just another cabal stooge and that
nothing is ever going to change because of this.

Nothing could be further from the truth and in our opinion, the only reason they are doing this is because, quite simply, they
want to keep their jobs. And the only way to do that is to make people fear the almighty cabal, because that is the sort of
rhetoric these sources have been thriving on for years.

They do not like the fact that things are truly changing.
Related: The Clintons and Soros launch Americas Purple Revolution

Again, we would urge you to just sit back and wait until Trump officially takes office and we can deal with the facts, instead
of investing your time and energy in rumours about who supposedly did what and why. The truth will become apparent for all
to see in due course.

We have been saying for well over a year now that Donald Trump would become the next US president, provided they didnt
kill him. Now that he has been officially elected, we are fully confident that Mr. Trump will do what is right. That doesnt mean
that he is a saint and certainly not a saviour, but he is the right man for the job.

However, it is not going to be an easy ride and it is going to take time before he can truly make America great again, so
dont expect miracles. It is likely to get worse before it gets better, specifically in Western nations.

That said, we are certainly on the right path and people around the world are waking up more and more to what is going on
around them and next year we will start to see a lot of political shifts with upcoming elections in European countries.

So let us try and stay grounded and look objectively at the reality that is unfolding. That is the only way to discern
fact from fiction. As the saying goes, cooler heads will prevail!

Related: Craigslist Ad Exposes Paid Anti-Trump Protesters Being Recruited for STAGED Event

Max Keiser: Trump's presidency will be an acid test for US constitution

Donald Trumps presidency will be a fantastic test to see whether the US constitution actually works and a reasonably
intelligent guy with good intentions can appear from the private sector to take the role, said RT host and financial analyst
Max Keiser.

Related Articles:

The Signs Were There: Revenge Of The Forgotten Class

 Soros MoveOn Organizes Anti-Trump Protests Around Country

Chelsea Clinton being groomed to run for Congress

Mainstream Media Blames Whitelash For Trumps Victory

"Protester" Propagates Discontent

Obama and Trump Smoke Peace Pipe

We Have Won the Revolution!

Trump called out bigotry of establishment

Commentary: The Unbearable Smugness Of The Press

November 12 2016 | From: CBSNews

The mood in the Washington press corps is bleak, and deservedly so. [Comment: Whilst this
article comes from the heart of the controlled mainstream media, at least they are becoming aware
of the errors of their ways...]

It shouldnt come as a surprise to anyone that, with a few exceptions, we were all tacitly or explicitly #WithHer,
which has led to a certain anguish in the face of Donald Trumps victory.

Related: The Globalization Of Media: A Failing Strike Force

More than that and more importantly, we also missed the story, after having spent months mocking the people who had a
better sense of what was going on.

This is all symptomatic of modern journalisms great moral and intellectual failing: its unbearable smugness. Had Hillary
Clinton won, theres be a winking we did it feeling in the press, a sense that we were brave and called Trump a liar and
saved the republic.

So much for that. The audience for our glib analysis and contempt for much of the electorate, it turned out, was rather
limited. This was particularly true when it came to voters, the ones who turned out by the millions to deliver not only a rebuke
to the political system but also the people who cover it.

Related: Obama Decries 'Wild West' [Independent] Media Landscape

Trump knew what he was doing when he invited his crowds to jeer and hiss the reporters covering him. They hate us, and
have for some time.

And can you blame them? Journalists love mocking Trump supporters. We insult their appearances. We dismiss them as
racists and sexists. We emote on Twitter about how this or that comment or policy makes us feel one way or the other, and
yet we reject their feelings as invalid.

Its a profound failure of empathy in the service of endless posturing. Theres been some sympathy from the press, sure: the
dispatches from heroin country that read like reports from colonial administrators checking in on the natives.

But much of that starts from the assumption that Trump voters are backward, and that its our duty to catalogue and
ultimately reverse that backwardness. What can we do to get these people to stop worshiping their false god and accept our
gospel?

We diagnose them as racists in the way Dark Age clerics confused medical problems with demonic possession. Journalists,
at our worst, see ourselves as a priestly caste. We believe we not only have access to the indisputable facts, but also a
greater truth, a system of beliefs divined from an advanced understanding of justice.
Related: Western Media Credibility In Free Fall Collapse: Case In Point: UN Peace Council: The US Media Is Lying
To The American people. The War In Syria Is Not A Civil War, It's A Proxy Invasion By The United States

Youd think that Trumps victory the one we all discounted too far in advance would lead to a certain newfound humility
in the political press. But of course thats not how it works. To us, speaking broadly, our diagnosis was still basically correct.
The demons were just stronger than we realized.

This is all a whitelash, you see. Trump voters are racist and sexist, so there must be more racists and sexists than we
realized. Tuesday nights outcome was not a logic-driven rejection of a deeply flawed candidate named Clinton; no, it was a
primal scream against fairness, equality, and progress. Let the new tantrums commence!

[Comment: Boy oh boy, do these media whores have a rude awakening coming...]

Thats the fantasy, the idea that if we mock them enough, call them racist enough, theyll eventually shut up and get in line.
Its similar to how media Twitter works, a system where people who dissent from the proper framing of a story are attacked
by mobs of smugly incredulous pundits.

Journalists exist primarily in a world where people can get shouted down and disappear, which informs our attitudes toward
all disagreement.
Related: Who Owns New Zealand's Media?

Journalists increasingly dont even believe in the possibility of reasoned disagreement, and as such ascribe cynical motives
to those who think about things a different way. We see this in the ongoing veneration of facts, the ones peddled by
explainer websites and data journalists who believe themselves to be curiously post-ideological.

That the explainers and data journalists so frequently get things hilariously wrong never invites the soul-searching youd
think it would. Instead, it all just somehow leads us to more smugness, more meanness, more certainty from the reporters
and pundits. Faced with defeat, we retreat further into our bubble, assumptions left unchecked. No, its the voters who are
wrong.

As a direct result, we get it wrong with greater frequency. Out on the road, we forget to ask the right questions. We cant
even imagine the right question. We go into assignments too certain that what we find will serve to justify our biases.

The publics estimation of the press declines even further -- fewer than one-in-three Americans trust the press, per Gallup -
which starts the cycle anew.
Related: Putin Begs Media To Wake Up + The Demonization Of Vladimir Putin

Theres a place for opinionated journalism; in fact, its vital. But our causal, profession-wide smugness and protestations of
superiority are making us unable to do it well.

Our theme now should be humility. We must become more impartial, not less so. We have to abandon our easy
culture of tantrums and recrimination. We have to stop writing these know-it-all, 140-character sermons on social
media and admit that, as a class, journalists have a shamefully limited understanding of the country we cover.

Whats worse, we dont make much of an effort to really understand, and with too few exceptions, treat the economic
grievances of Middle America like theyre some sort of punchline.

Sometimes quite literally so, such as when reporters tweet out a photo of racist-looking Trump supporters and jokingly
suggest that they must be upset about free trade or low wages.

We have to fix this, and the broken reasoning behind it. Theres a fleeting fun to gang-ups and groupthink. But its not worth
what we are losing in the process.

Related: Mainstream Media Achieve Historic Milestone + Trust This: New Zealanders Don't Trust MPs, Bloggers,
The Media

Trump On FBI Backing Off: Clinton Being Protected By A Rigged System

+ Clinton's Guilt a 'Moot Point' - 'She Cannot Take the Oval Office'
November 9 2016 | From: Infowars / FoxNewsInsider / Various

"You can't review 650,000 emails in eight days."

But there was one omission, probably because it describes a type of administration that the Greeks never
envisaged. For want of a better term, Ill call it control-freak government.

Related: Sean Hannity Rips FBI After Clearing Criminal Hillary for the Second Time

GOP nominee Donald Trump declared Sunday that Hillary Clinton is being protected by a rigged system as it was
announced by FBI Director James Comey that the bureau is discontinuing its investigation into her home email
server for a second time.

Right now she is being protected by a rigged system. Its a totally rigged system, Trump said Sunday evening
during a rally in Sterling Heights, Mich.

Follow

ABC News Politics

.@realDonaldTrump responds to FBI letter: "You can't review 650,000 new emails in
8 days." http://abcn.ws/2fRPfAm
5:38 PM - 6 Nov 2016


9797 Retweets

9797 likes

You cant review 650,000 emails in eight days. You cant do it folks.

Trump exclaimed, referring to the sheer volume of material that was reportedly recovered from a computer belonging to the
disgraced Anthony Weiner, who was in a relationship with top Clinton aide Huma Abedin.
 Newt Gingrich Just Exposed The Real Reason Why James Comey Let Hillary Go. Oh My:

As Trump iterated his disgust at the fact that the FBI was suspending its investigation again, the raucous crowd
chanted lock her up.

Its unbelievable, unbelievable, what she gets away with. Trump said, adding that he believes the investigations
into her crimes will go on for a long time, likely concluding in a criminal trial.

Trump urged that the rank and file special agents at the FBI wont let her get away with her terrible crimes.

Hillary Clinton is guilty. She knows it, the FBI knows it, the people know it, he said. And now it is up to the
American people to deliver justice at the ballot box on November 8. Trump told supporters.

Hillary Clinton is the most corrupt person ever to seek the office of the presidency of the United States, he added.

We dont want it taken away from us, Trump later said of the election. We dont want it taken away.

Trump surrogates also questioned how thoroughly the FBI was able to review the material and conclude that no further
action was needed in the case:
Related: Is Clinton a Threat to World Peace?

Trumps Campaign Manager Kellyanne Conway appeared on the Today show Monday morning, and described the email
investigation as a hot mess.

In a further appearance on Morning Joe,Conway said:

 The fact is, serious point, we already know what Hillary Clinton would do with classified information.

We already know that shes unfit and unqualified. Conway added.

Clinton's Guilt a 'Moot Point' - 'She Cannot Take the Oval Office'

This week on Justice, Judge Jeanine Pirro offered her final Opening Statement before Election Day
2016.

Pirro laid out the case for why Democratic presidential candidate Hillary Clinton cannot be allowed to move back into the
White House.

We cannot have a country led by a president subject to ongoing criminal investigations, potential indictments and
never-ending hearings. We cannot have a president under that level of scrutiny, that inevitably leads to even more
questions and more investigations," she said.

"Irrespective of what happens to her - whether she's indicted or even guilty - it doesn't matter. Her guilt is a moot
point. She cannot take the oval office."

Pirro called Tuesday's decision "the most important election of your lifetime.":

How do you think the world is going to look at the United States when a woman under federal criminal
investigation, who's lied repeatedly to the American people, is elected? Do you think they'll take her at her word?

How many countries already own her through the Clinton family 'charitable' foundation - which was used to raise a
minimum of $100 million for her husband. How many countries like Morocco own her because they gave $12
million for five minutes with Bill Clinton?" she said, "Just think: We can even have our own world joke."

"It's time to vote for the person who believes in the Constitution - the only one who will bring changes - the one
who doesn't give a darn about political correctnes - the one who knows how to create jobs, and wants to make
America great again," Pirro said.

Video: Podesta Caught Throwing Hot Tub Parties with Children

Can U.S. Elections Really Be Stolen? Yes

Is election theft possible in the United States? And might the suspects live closer to home than the Kremlin? Professor Mark
Crispin Miller, author of numerous books and articles on computerized election fraud, explores the very real possibilities.

Related Articles:
Stephen Lendman Sums Up The NYT - NYT Scare Tactics for Hillary

Latest Most Damaging Wikileaks

US Public Lacks Confidence in Elections

FBI Puppet Comey Folds On Massive Investigation

Criminal President Obama Encourages Illegal Aliens to Vote Promises No Repercussions

WikiLeaks says email publication servers under targeted DoS attack since #DNCLeak2

Hillary Loses the Left

Busted, Here Are The Complete Election Results [?]

Wikileaks Releases 8,200 Emails From DNC Hack; Reveals Collusion Between CNN And Democrats

Donald Trump Wins 2016 Presidential Election

Donald Trump's Argument For America

Catherine Austin Fitts: What's About To Happen To The Economy

November 9 2016 | From: Sott

"How is the government going to get people to pay their taxes if the government is not viewed as
legitimate?"- Catherine Austin Fitts
The world economy is designed to fail through the mechanism of a banking system that requires all users of
money to pay usury every time a transaction takes place.

Related: More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, Theyre Coming For Your Democracy"

In this way, the financial systems of the world can be manipulated into a managed collapse, thereby causing global chaos so
that the world's nations and citizens can be tricked into demanding a global currency managed a global elite.

Who is Catherine Austin Fitts?

Catherine is the president of Solari, Inc., publisher of The Solari Report, and managing member of Solari
Investment Advisory Services, LLC, based in the US.

Catherine served as managing director and member of the board of directors of a Wall Street investment bank and
as Assistant Secretary of Housing and Federal Housing Commissioner at the United States Department of
Housing and Urban Development in the first Bush Administration.

Catherine offers a unique perspective on how to navigate the opportunities and risks in the global financial Isystem
and political economy.

The Solari Reports mission is to help people build wealth in ways that build real wealth in the wider economy.

She believes that personal and family wealth is a critical ingredient of both individual freedom and community
health and wealth.

Catherine graduated from the University of Pennsylvania (BA), the Wharton School (MBA) and studied Mandarin
Chinese at the Chinese University of Hong Kong. She lives in Tennessee, USA.

Problem, reaction, solution. Economic hit man John Perkins wrote about this strategy as it was used in the 20th century to
bring developing nations under the control of the international monetary fund and transnational profiteers, and at present this
scheme is being globalized.
 If an EHM is completely successful, the loans are so large that the debtor is forced to default on its payments after
a few years. When this happens, then like the Mafia we demand our pound of flesh.

This often includes one or more of the following: control over United Nations votes, the installation of military
bases, or access to precious resources such as oil or the Panama Canal.

Of course, the debtor still owes us the money - and another country is added to our global empire."

- John Perkins, Confessions of an Economic Hit Man

For decades now, the dollar has been in a slow burn style of collapse, and while many journalists, primarily outside of the
mainstream, have been warning the world about how and why this is happening, we're quickly approaching a turning
point, where the slow burn moves into something more severe.

While at first glance this seems like a frightening potentiality, the truth is that an economic collapse may very well be our
best chance at freeing ourselves from the rule of the Gods of Money.

A Whistleblower Warns Us and Gives Us Hope

Speaking to Greg Hunter of USA Watchdog news, former Wall Street banker and former Assistant Secretary of Housing
and Federal Housing Commissioner at the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development in the first Bush
Administration, Catherine Austin Fitts explains why the slow burn is about to come to an end.

The system has the capacity with monetary policy in one sense to keep going forever if the force and military
capacity is there to do it, but at some point, you burn through the fat, you burn through the muscle and then you
have to change institutions."

- Catherine Austin Fitts

During the financial crisis of 2008, the government was able to prevent an uncontrolled firestorm collapse of the system by
colluding with the chiefs of the financial sector, giving them bailouts of extraordinary magnitude, then inflating the dollar by
the Federal Reserve's introduction of quantitative easing.
Eight years later, this tactic has reached its limit, however it has given the public significant reason and time to understand
why our economy functions the way it does, and people are losing faith in our leadership.

"It's going to be extremely difficult to get people to continue to pay their taxes when they're highly
confident the money's not being spent legally and it's going to the advantage of small parties or things
that they don't understand. And so you can't move further without institutional overhaul."

- Catherine Austin Fitts

The thing that frightens her most is the fact that groups within the U.S., such as ALEC, are already calling for changes in the
law and even a new constitutional convention to overhaul these institutions.

The financial sector has already been operating outside of the law and beyond the constitution for some twenty plus years,
and if we haven't been using the constitution, she notes, then why do they wish to change it?

"If you want to enforce the Constitution or fix things, that's what you do. The reason you get a Constitutional
Convention is you want to tear it up because you're worried, now that people realize the extent of the corruption,
that they're going to try and enforce."

- Catherine Austin Fitts

Her warning is that as people continue to wake up to the corruption of our government and financial rulers, the entrenched
elites who are fully invested in destroying the middle class will fight tooth and nail to prevent us from holding them
accountable, by means of bringing more Draconian laws into place to protect themselves.
In this light, the economic war that is brewing isn't completely technical, it is social as well, quickly becoming class
warfare. The world's financial elite are in grave danger of being held to the fire for their crimes, and surely they
know they how quickly things can change in favor of the populous, as historical events like the French Revolution
have shown.

Prepare Now

As individuals stuck in the debt-slave matrix, there is very little we can do to challenge this sort of massive global scheme as
it's happening, however, preparing now for collapse is our best chance of chucking our burden of debt to these people, if
they are even human, and of creating a future without such obvious criminal financial tyranny holding us back.

Working now to expose these criminals is imperative so that when the ball drops, ordinary people understand why, how and
who is truly to blame, thereby making resisting to the takeover possible.

Taking care of personal emergency preparations by gathering healthy storable foods, networking in your community, and
having plans in place to survive are absolutely necessary at this stage, and once this is done, efforts to awaken others are
critical.

The Rise And Rise Of Control-Freak Government

November 8 2016 | From: BreakingViews

The ancient Greeks left us several words describing various forms of government: Democracy,
Autocracy and Oligarchy, to give just three examples.
But there was one omission, probably because it describes a type of administration that the Greeks never
envisaged. For want of a better term, Ill call it control-freak government.

Related: How the Oligarchy Has Prepared the Groundwork for Stealing the US Election

This is a form of government in which policy-makers, politicians and bureaucrats constantly devise new ways of controlling
our behaviour on the pretext that they have to protect us from our own foolishness. Perhaps we could call it a bullyocracy.

Control-freak government is based on the supposition that were all basically incapable of making our own responsible
decisions.

We need paternalistic minders and a suffocating regulatory regime to stop us from getting into trouble.

This busybody culture pervades our lives slowly and insidiously, eventually reaching the point where we become so
accustomed to it that we assume its the natural order of things and accept restrictions on what we can do without a murmur
of complaint.
In the meantime it restricts individual autonomy, erodes personal responsibility and piles needless extra costs on society.

One tiny example: Small-scale cheesemaker Biddy Fraser-Davies recently protested that at least half the $40,000 annual
income from her four jersey cows gets swallowed up by government fees.

Fraser-Davies, who farms near Eketahuna, has been hounded for years by food safety officers from the Ministry for Primary
Industries. This, incidentally, is the same government department that turns a blind eye to the large-scale, illegal dumping of
fish.

Elderly women (Fraser-Davies is 74) are clearly a much more tempting target than big, hairy fishing companies . She says
she was recently billed $10,000 for testing 10 of her cheeses and calculates the cost comes to $240 per kilo.
On radio recently, she recalled that after she featured on Country Calendar in 2009, the Food Safety Authority pounced
within minutes because it had no record of her having filed a risk management plan. I suppose we should be impressed by
the authoritys 24/7 vigilance (it was a Saturday night, after all), but this suggests an almost obsessive level of control-
freakery.

To my knowledge no one ever fell sick or died from eating Fraser-Davies cheeses, unless shes buried the bodies
somewhere on her farm. Perhaps the MPI should send some men to start digging the place up.

To her credit, she refuses to be cowed by the public-sector commissars. This sets her apart from most timid New Zealand
business owners, who keep their heads down and meekly comply. Presumably, getting offside with the enforcers is more
trouble than its worth.

The MPI justifies its cheese-testing regime because theres a theoretical risk of harmful pathogens. Eliminating risk can be
used to justify all manner of bureaucratic meddling. Its all part of the grand mission to create a perfect world where Nanny
State keeps us all safe.
A priceless example was the edict that went out years ago forbidding brass bands from playing on the backs of trucks. I
must have missed the news reports about hapless tuba players toppling from truck decks and being crushed under the
wheels while playing God Rest Ye Merry Gentlemen in Christmas parades.

Perhaps I also missed hearing the anguished cries of builders and roofers plummeting from house rooftops. There must
have been an epidemic of such deaths to justify the requirement that safety scaffolding now be erected around the roofs of
houses under construction.

I'm told even chimney sweepers are now saying they cant work without protective scaffolding, which can bump up
the cost of the job from $200 to $1000.

It goes without saying theres an element of risk in many undertakings. The crucial consideration should surely be whether
the action taken to minimise risk is proportionate or, to put it another way, whether the cost of trying to eliminate risk far
outweighs any possible benefit.
Compulsory scaffolding around rooftops may have averted a few broken limbs, but at what cost to house owners and home
buyers?

The police, too, have been captured by a control-freak mentality. Just look at their heavy-handed enforcement of
liquor controls. Wellington Police have an alcohol harm reduction officer (how Big Brother is that?) who gives
the impression of being on a moral crusade.

And while police numbers are stretched and burglars are able to strike with apparent impunity, there always seem to be
enough officers to operate drink-drive checkpoints in the hope of nabbing some harmless mug whos unwittingly had one
glass of sauvignon blanc too many.

Its another case of low-hanging fruit. Burglars are hard to catch; women on the way home from bowls, not so
much.
Speaking of which, I wrote a column in this space roughly a year ago criticising the lower drink-drive limits introduced in
2014, which I predicted would catch out responsible, otherwise law-abiding people while hard-core recidivist drunk drivers
would continue to behave as they always had.

I also said I would quite likely get pinged myself, since the new limits had made it much harder to judge when you were at
risk of breaking the law.

My column attracted a pompous response from an overpaid poo-bah in the New Zealand Transport Agency. He wrote that
there was no such thing as safe drink-driving, thus confirming what Id suspected: that the objective of the law change was
to deter us from drinking altogether.

But heres the thing: road deaths have increased since drink-drive limits were lowered, from 293 in 2014 to 319 in
2015 and 263 so far this year compared with 253 at this time last year.

Its a crude measure, admittedly, but it reminds us of what the economist Milton Friedman said about the folly of
judging things by their intentions rather than their results.

Of course a few more country pubs have gone out of business in the meantime, because the people who previously
socialised in them are terrified of having one too many and getting caught.

But why should the city-dwelling bureaucrats worry? They never drank in them anyway. And if they go one over the limit at a
fashionable Thorndon caf, they can just call a cab.

Theirs is a different world from the one inhabited by the people whose lives they seek to control.

Related: Obama regime planning massive false flag terror attacks to halt a Trump victory and save democrats from
being indicted
FBI, CIA, NYPD Officials Set To Drop The Hammer: Video Evidence Of Bill Clinton
And Six Government Officials Taking Part In Sexual Acts With Minors To Be Released
Before Election
November 8 2016 | From: DCClothesline / Various

The 2016 Presidential election is about to get even crazier. Earlier this week Joe Joseph
reported that recent Wikileaks point to the Clinton family having ties to a child porn abduction ring
in Haiti.

On top of that, emails appear to confirm that both Bill and Hillary Clinton previously joined convicted
pedophile Jeffrey Epstein at his sex slave island, with Fox News having confirmed that Former President Bill
Clinton flew with Epstein on his private jet at least 20 times. As Fox News notes, the plane was outfitted with a bed
where travellers would often engage in group sex.

Related: Dont Act So Shocked! Of Course Hillary Clinton is a Satanist

The evidence of criminal activity identified via Anthony Wieners laptop is so damning that the NYPD was preparing arrest
warrants for a number of Clinton campaign officials. A Brietbart report indicates that the investigation was stifled earlier this
week by the Justice Department after huge pushback.

And while the Obama administration and liberal mainstream news sources are doing everything in their power to keep the
thousands of Wikileak revelations at bay, according to a developing story from the Gateway Pundit, it will be impossible for
them to contain the fallout from what comes next.

As early as this weekend we could see the most explosive email, video and photographic evidence yet. According to
members of the hacking collective Anonymous, 4Chan, and Hillary State Department target Kim Dotcom, a government
insider has provided undeniable evidence that Bill Clinton and six other government officials engaged in sexual acts with
minors.

Kim Dotcom, apparently privvy to the evidence, posted a series of Tweets this week as highlighted by The Daily Sheeple:
With the last one coming Friday evening:

It appears Dotcoms Tweet was in reference to a 4Chan post archived at The Free Republic which indicates in no uncertain
terms that a government official has the evidence that confirms Bill Clinton is indeed a sexual predator:
Related: FBI Exposes Clinton Pedophile Satanic Network

Until this month, Wikileaks and Anonymous have worked together in building an efficient, detailed, comprehensive set of
documents that would be responsible for the incarceration of Hillary Clinton, Bill Clinton, and 21 individuals ranging from the
DNC, FBI, CIA, and Clinton foundation. These documents will show without a doubt, evidence of Treason,
Obstruction of Justice, Election Fraud, Manipulation and Bribery.

This was intended to be the October surprise. But before the release of these documents, we were contacted by a
member of the FBI, as well as another from the CIA, and a week later by the NYPD. All with information retaining to
something much darker than we ever imagined.
Related: RNC: Comeys Eleventh-Hour Announcement Doesnt Change The Fact That The Clinton Foundation Is
Under Investigation for Bribery

Due to the nature of these leaks, we all worked together as efficiently as possible to ensure two objectives:

1. That all necessary information would be given to the public in an organized, searchable, manageable way.

2. Those who provided us with this information would be able to find safety before these releases were made (This
concern wasnt without warrant).

The new leaks being released this week will provide documents in the form of emails, pictures, and videos. Within
these will be evidence of Bill Clinton, as we as at least 6 other Government officials, taking part in sexual acts with
minors.As well as evidence of Human trafficking that also include minors.

We believe these pictures and videos were taken for the purpose of political manipulation. In order to make sure all
participants followed through on a previously agreed agenda.
These documents were given to us by an American Government official when he had come to learn that this crime had
been covered by Hillary and her staff through methods including bribery and blackmail. He also told us that due to the
restricted access to these documents, they would soon know he was the one who released them to us.

We tried to make arrangements for him to exit the country safely, but he was killed before those arrangements could be
carried out. We are still not sure if this is because they became aware of the leak, or if they were scared that he may in the
future. In either case, his identity will be made public in this next set of leaks so that he can be honored for the hero that he
was.

We will not only be releasing these documents, but we have multiple members of the FBI, CIA, and NYPD who will be
publicly verifying their authenticity once their safety is assured.

This hack has not come from Russia or anyone else they may try to blame this on. This is a leak from Americas own
Government Officials who fear for their safety had the opposed them directly due to reasons that will be made clear soon.

We thank you for your patience, as well as your determination and assistance in helping us expose the corruption that has
infested our own government. Democracy will be restored to America.

Remember remember the 5th of November.

Related: FBI Director Comey Just Put A Trump Sign On His Front Lawn

If true, then sometime this weekend we will see the end of the Clintons. While they can cover up tens of thousands of email
chains and be protected from prosecution by the Justice Department for bribery or pay-for-play, no one will stand in the way
if actual sex tapes come to light, especially if minors are involved.

Perhaps this is why FBI Director Comey operated with such haste in recent weeks and publicly re-opened the Clinton
investigation, because no one will want to be a friend to Bill or Hillary after this hits the internet.

- Courtesy of SHTFplan.com

Editors Note: There have been rumors about this for days, but please understand that they are only rumors, until they are
confirmed with a release of evidence. Sometimes we publish stories before they fully develop, but we always try to keep our
readers in the loop. Mac Slavo is on the money more often than not, so I decided to publish this one as soon as I could get
the information out. Stay vigilant. - Dean Garrison

Update 7:45 PM Though it is still too early to tell, it would appear that Mac Slavo was ahead of the game again. After
publication of this article, the hacker group Anonymous released part 1 of the Clinton child sex scandal.

Related: FBI Agent Suspected in Hillary Email Leaks Found Dead in Apparent Murder-Suicide

Anonymous Posts Clinton Underground Child Sex Scandal: Part 1

Anonymous just posted the first in a series of exposes on Hillary and Bill Clintons involvement in
a massive child trafficking and pedophile sex ring.
Read it all - this is not a post you can skim.

Anonymous: Part 2 will either be posted later tonight (EST) or tomorrow morning.

Report: Bill Clinton Wasnt Only One to Go to Sex Slave Island, Hillary Went with HimSix Times

Background on: Spirit Cooking"

Code words: Translations i.e. Pizza

First Some Background on Lolita Island

Related: Criminal Roots: A Shocking Expos On The Clinton Family And Their Rise To Power

Citing a well-placed source in the New York Police Department, Blackwater USA founder and retired Navy SEAL Erik
Prince claims that among the 650,000 Huma Abedin emails on her estranged husbands laptop is evidence Hillary Clinton,
as well as former President Bill Clinton, was a visitor to convicted pedophile Jeffrey Epsteins Caribbean hideaway, known
as Orgy Island.

Prince told the Breitbart News Daily radio show that Abedin and her estranged husband, former Democratic Rep. Anthony
Weiner, are now cooperating with authorities in multiple investigations of Bill and Hillary Clinton.

They found State Department emails, he said of FBI investigators.

They found a lot of other really damning criminal information, including money laundering, including the fact
that Hillary went to this sex islandwith convicted pedophile Jeffrey Epstein. Bill Clinton went theremore than 20
times. Hillary Clinton went there at least six times.

In May, FoxNews.com reported Bill Clinton was a much more frequent flyer on Epsteins infamous Boeing 727 Lolita
Express jet than previously reported.

Flight logs show he took at least 26 trips and apparently even ditched his Secret Service detail for at least five of the flights.
The manifests for the trips, between 2001 and 2003, identified fellow passengers by their initials or first names,
including Tatiana.

The jet was reportedly outfitted with a bed where passengers had group sex with young girls. FoxNews.com reported in
Julythat attorneys for Epstein touted his close friendship with Bill Clinton and even claimed the billionaire helped start the
Clinton Global Initiative.
Prince Andrew is a pal of Epstein's and has also been implicated in goings-on at the island

Emails that surfaced in August showed famed defense attorney Roy Black was deemed too controversial to host an event
for President Obama because he represented Epstein against charges of trafficking nearly three-dozen underage girls for
sex for himself and his powerful friends.

Black and co-counsel Alan Dershowitz were able to secure a deal in 2008 in which Epstein pleaded guilty to only one count
related to prostitution with a minor. Epstein registered as a sex offender and served, partly in home detention, just 13
months of a 19-month sentence.

So disgusting

Prince said the NYPD wanted to do a press conference announcing the warrants and the additional arrests they were
making in the Weiner investigation but received huge pushback from the Justice Department

The amount of garbage that they found in these emails, of criminal activity by Hillary, by her immediate circle, and
even by other Democratic members of Congress was so disgusting they gave it to the FBI, and they said, Were
going to go public with this if you dont reopen the investigation and you dont do the right thing with timely
indictments. Prince told Breitbart News Daily.

Abedin, who has been at Hillary Clintons side throughout the 2016 campaign, was immediately removed from the campaign
trail after FBI Director James Comey informed Congress last Friday of the discovery of the 650,000 emails and the decision
to reopen the investigation into Hillary Clintons handling of classified information. More here.
Below is the Anonymous post:

The Clinton investigation is now connected to a massive child trafficking and pedophile sex ring operating within
Washington, D.C.

Over the next few days, and this November 5th, we will be referencing evidence and exposing the Clinton foundations for
multiple incidences of child trafficking and sex scandals.

Hillary Clinton is being investigated by the FBI for involvement in an elite Washington pedophile ring, according to veteran
State Department official Steve Pieczenik.

Billionaire pedophile Jeffrey Epstein, his relationship with Bill Clinton, Alan Dershowitz, Prince Andrew and other famous
names, and their connection to a high-level sex scandal is exposed by Conchita and Cristina Sarnoff.
The FBI wants to know everything about the Lolita Island that Jeffrey Epstein owns. Lucky for them Anthony Weiner knows
a lot about the Underage sex Island that Bill Clinton would visit and Weiner is ready to Talk.

Hillary has a LONG history of interest in Ms. Silsby. Wikileak emails dating back till at least 2001 have been found in her
archives discussing Lauras NGO.

Laura had claimed she planned to build an orphanage in the Dominican Republic, but authorities in the country said she
never submitted an application for this purpose. They instead located to Haiti.

Related Articles:
Media Continued to Focus on the Fate of the U.S. Missionaries Being Held on Trafficking Charges

Statement for "After" Flight Goes Wheels Up

Haiti Prosecutors Urge Prison for US Missionary

Missionary Stumbles on Road to Haiti

One of the first things Hillary did when she took over the scene in Haiti was to get Laura off the hook

The attorney who represented Laura Silsby A man who was himself convicted as a sex trafficker

WikiLeaks: Pricing how much it costs to transport children

Again, this was the same group that got busted by Haitian Authorities trying to Traffic kids

Theyre in the Clinton Emails

Pitch for funding or some shit, super sketchy

This looks like Mills & co are drafting statements following extradition
Jorge Puello (real name JORGE TORRES ORELLANA) is their lawyer who also was charged in el salvador for child sex
trafficking.

The children were sent to the SOS Childrens Village orphanage in Croix-des-Bouquets, a suburb of Port-au-
Prince, and it became clear that most (if not all) of them were not orphans.

NLCR missionaries maintained that they were told that the children were orphaned. In turn, people in Calebasse
and SOS Childrens Villages accused the missionaries of lying about their intentions.

Although the childrens relatives were told that they would be able to visit them and eventually take them back, the
NLCRs mission statement clearly outlined plans for adoption.

So, how was Hillary Clinton part of this, and wheres the child sex trafficking? Mostly in the fevered imaginations of
the excitable internet detectives of The Donald, who decided that since Clinton discussed the case in emails with
Huma Abedin and other aides, she was going out of her way to help the child abductors escape justice.

This leaves out one tiny detail: as secretary of State, Clintons job was to help American citizens arrested in other
countries.

Huma emailed her articles about the case, and from there, Reddit decided that can only mean theyre all child
traffickers trading children all over the world for sex slaves, and probably hitching rides on Jeffrey Epsteins sex
plane, too.

For more raw links visit: DCClothesline

Assange: Clinton Resisted FBI, And Now Theyre Out For Payback + He Points Out
Hillarys Emails Confirm Oligarchic Control
November 7 2016 | From: RT / Various
Hillary Clinton sparked an FBI backlash, which is now surfacing, when she stonewalled the Feds,
who were trying to investigate her private server, Julian Assange said during the John Pilger
Special, courtesy of Dartmouth Films, which is now available in full on RT.

If you go to history of the FBI, it has become effectively America's political police. And the FBI demonstrated with
taking down the former head of the CIA [David Petraeus in 2012] over classified information given to his mistress
that almost no one was untouchable. The FBI is always trying to demonstrate that. No one can resist us, Assange
told the Australian journalist during the 25-minute interview.

Related: Watch / Read Full Iinterview Here

But Hillary Clinton very conspicuously resisted the FBI's investigation. So, there is anger within the FBI because it
made the FBI look weak.

FBI director James B. Comey threw a spanner into the presidential race that threatened to become a Clinton procession last
week, when he claimed that the agency had potentially obtained new information pertaining to Clintons use of a personal
email server, set up shortly after she became Secretary of State in 2009, when they obtained the laptop of Anthony Weiner,
the ex-husband of close Clinton aide Huma Abedin. Weiner was being investigated for an unrelated sexting offense.

Clinton has categorically denied mishandling classified information by using a vulnerable personal email address for State
Department business. Fox News has alleged that the FBI has obtained new evidence from Weiners computer that shows
that Clinton was very likely hacked."
Related: The Podesta Connection to Washington Deplorables

The right-wing network has also claimed that there is a high priority FBI investigation into whether favors were exchanged
by Clinton for donations to her husbands foundation, though other media have refuted these claims, saying that an earlier
investigation into the Clinton Foundation, which cleared the power couple, remained closed.

Assange, whose WikiLeaks website has over the last ten months released three sizable batches of emails, relating to
Clinton herself, the Democratic National Committee, and her campaign manager John Podesta, said the FBI has cause to
investigate Clinton.

There's a thread that runs through all of these emails. There is quite a lot of "pay-to-play," as they call it - taking
giving access in exchange for money for many individual states, individuals and corporations. Combined with the
cover-up of Hillary Clinton's emails while she was Secretary of State this has led to an environment where the
pressure on the FBI [to investigate] increases, Assange said.

Regardless of whether Clinton ever faces charges, Assange asserted that Clinton was beholden to corporate and political
entities that have been hidden from the electorate during the race to the White House.

She's this centralizing cog, so that you've got a lot of different gears in operation from the big banks like Goldman
Sachs, and major elements of Wall Street, and intelligence, and people in the State Department, and the Saudis,
and so on.

She's is the, if you like, the centralizer that interconnects all these different cogs. She's smooth central
representation of all that, and all that is more or less what is in power now in the United States, stated Assange,
who said that the leaked emails presented a clear picture of this nexus of influences.
Assange also insisted that despite his image, projecting hope and change, President Barack Obama became very close to
banking interests during his own initial White House campaign in 2008.

In fact, one of the most significant Podesta emails that we released was about how the Obama cabinet was
formed and half the [first] Obama cabinet was basically nominated by a representative from Citibank. It is quite
amazing, Assange said.

Libya was Hillarys War

According to Assange, Clintons emails reveal a masterplan, hatched months before the Wests intervention in Libya in
March 2011, to make it the signature conflict of her tenure as secretary of state, and a podium from which to realize her
presidential dreams.

Related: Former FBI Official: Clintons are a Crime Family & Something Big is about to Happen
 Libya more than anyone else's war was Hillary Clinton's war. Barack Obama initially opposed it. Who was the
person who was championing it? Hillary Clinton. That's documented throughout her emails, Assange said.

There's more than 1,700 emails out of the 33,000 of Hillary Clinton's emails we published just about Libya. It's not
about that Libya has cheap oil. She perceived the removal of Gaddafi and the overthrow of the Libyan state
something that she would use to run in the general election for president.

So late 2011, there's an internal document called the "Libya Tick Tock" that is produced for Hillary Clinton, and it's
all the... it's a chronological description of how Hillary Clinton was the central figure in the destruction of the Libyan
state.

But the scheme not only failed on a personal level, after Clinton was largely blamed for allowing a jihadist ransacking of a
US compound in Benghazi in 2012, but also continues to haunt the country, which remains in a state of civil war, and
Europe.

Related: Associated Press reporter admits faking news stories for Hillary Clinton... stunning admission reveals how
AP prints whatever the Clintons want, Facts Be Damned

As a result, there [have been] around 40,000 deaths within Libya. Jihadists moved in, ISIS moved in. That led to
the European refugee and migrant crisis, because not only did you have people fleeing Libya, people then fleeing
Syria, destabilization of other African countries as a result of arms flows, said Assange.

Over the course of the interview, Assange also expounded on his views on Donald Trump, the relationship between
WikiLeaks and Russia, and his plan to leave the Ecuadorian embassy, where he has lived as a legal fugitive since 2012.

The full transcript of the interview is available here, and previous excerpts here, and here.

Watch Homeland Security Chairman Make Hillary GASP With 1 Word: Treason
Related: FOX News: Indictment Likely in Clinton Foundation Case, FBI Found NEW Emails on Weiner Laptop

Related Articles:

Hillary Admits Clinton Foundation Donors Fund ISIS

Assange: Clinton is a cog for Goldman Sachs & the Saudis

The FBI is going to bring down the DOJ... and America will cheer as the Clinton crime regime is finally toppled

FOX News: Indictment Likely in Clinton Foundation Case, FBI Found NEW Emails on Weiner Laptop

Wikileaks Reveals Clinton Email Where They Are Literally Pricing How Much It Costs to Transport Children

FBI Finds Previously Unseen Hillary Clinton Emails On Weiner's Laptop

THIS IS MASSIVE! Watch Homeland Security Chairman Make Hillary GASP With 1 Word

Hillary Literally Became the Definition of Pathological Lying on Google Yesterday

Department of Homeland Security Chairman Officially Indicts Hillary Clinton Of Treason

Who Is This Man?

 Spirit Cooking: Clinton Campaign Chairman Practices Bizarre Occult Ritual

Bombshell: Hillary Clintons Satanic Network Exposed

Clintons Campaign Chairman John Podesta Invited to an Occult Spirit Cooking Dinner by Marina Abramovi

Hillary Camp Blames PUTIN for John Podesta Invite to Satanic Spirit Cooking Party

Hacker Guccifer 2.0 Issues Warning: Democrats May Rig Election on November 8

4Chan, Anonymous, and Kim DotCom Say They Have Pics, Video of Bill Clinton Sex with Minors

Market Indicator Gives Trump An 86% Chance Of Winning The Election

ICE Officers Warn Hillary Immigration Plan Will Unleash Gangs, Cartels & Drug Violence Nationwide

NYPD Blows Whistle on New Hillary Emails

John Podesta Emails Exposing Elite Pedophilia and Satanic Rituals Including Child Murder Snuffing

Faded Rose: YouTube (8:46) Alex Jones on Hillary Clintons Top Aide - John Podestas Cult, Pedophilia, &
Snuffing Connections - Temple Found in NY, NYPD Demanding FBI Do Its Job

Trump Slams Stupid Obama, Says Hillary Got Away With Murder

Can The Oligarchy Still Steal The Presidential Election?

New Zealand Government Has Pledged Millions Of Dollars Worth Of Taxpayer Funds
To The Corrupt Clinton Foundation & Clinton Health Access Initiatives
November 6 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview / WakeUpNZ

The New Zealand government will continue supporting the Clinton Foundation's flagship project
by donating a further $6 million despite a new wave of recent controversy surrounding the
charitable organisation.

Question: WHY is John Key sending our money to a knowingly corrupt operation? Does this make him complicit in
the ongoing fraudulent machinations of the Clinton related criminal Cabal activities? Does he even have any choice
at this juncture? And what the hell will happen to John Key when this whole farce comes falling down given the
mathematical certainty of just that outcome?

Related: Clinton Charities Raked in Millions of Taxpayer Dollars

The Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade (MFAT) tells NBR it has "no intention to further review our support for the Clinton
Health Access Initiative (CHAI)."

CHAI began as an initiative under the Clinton Foundation but has since been separated out to a non-profit organisation with
a focus on reducing the cost of HIV/AIDS medicine in sub-Saharan Africa.

CHAI accounts for almost two-thirds of the Clinton Foundation's annual income and expense according to online disclosures
and was, until recently, vice-chaired by Chelsea Clinton with former US President Bill Clinton serving as a board member.

Following political pressure, CHAI released a list of all of its donors from the past six years, along with how much they had
donated in August.
Related: Wikileaks Confirms Hillary Sold Weapons To ISIS + Wikileaks Will Release More Emails On The Clinton
Foundation FBI Has Enough Evidence To Indict

It turns out, MFAT was on the list and near the top alongside the likes of the World Health Organisation, Save the Children
and the Rockefeller Foundation, which all donated between &US1-5 million. The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation was one
of CHAI's biggest donors, along with the Australian government, which donated more than $US25 million to the
organisation.

MFAT says it has donated to the CHAI since 2013 through New Zealand's Aid Programme.

The programme has been providing funding and technological assistance for the agriculture-strengthening component of a
project in Rwanda and Ethiopia.

MFAT had an original budget of $13.7 million to distribute to CHAI, of which $7.7 million has been distributed to date, with a
further $6 million remaining. It has a $1.7 billion budget over three years, of which most will be delivered through
international organisations such as CHAI, an MFAT spokesman says.
MFAT's only support for CHAI has been through the funding of a project that aims to significantly reduce child malnutrition
and raise incomes in Rwanda and Ethiopia, he says.

In Hot Water

CHAI has recently found itself at the centre of controversy in the US. US presidential candidate Hillary Clinton as been
forced to defend the Clinton Foundation on her campaign trail, following accusations by her Republican rival Donald Trump,
along with other Republicans, that wealthy donors may be expecting favourable treatment from the US Government.

Although Mrs Clinton denies this, the foundation last month revealed that it will no longer receive donations from foreigners
to corporations if Mrs Clinton won the race for the White House. But the organisation made no mention of CHAI at the time.

After weeks of speculation, in early September a CHAI spokeswoman announced that the initiative would take steps to
sever ties with the Clinton family and if Mrs Clinton is elected president and would spin CHAI into a "completely
independent" charity.

Clinton Health Access Initiative, Inc.

Cumulative Donations By Donor (January 2010 to June 2016)

Funding Ranges: (in Donor's Name:

$USD)

1. Above $25 Million Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Global Affairs Canada, Ikea Foundation, Norwegian
Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Australian Government, ELMA Foundation, UK Department
for International Development, UNITAID

2. $10 Million to $25 Million Children's Investment Fund Foundation, Swedish International Development
Cooperation Agency

3. $5 Million to $10 Million Bill, Hillary and Chelsea Foundation, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
(CDC), Elton John AIDS Foundation, Embassy of Ireland, New Zealand Ministry of
Foreign Affairs and Trade, Sheik Mohammed Hussein Ali Al Amoudi, STOP AIDS
NOW, United Nations Children's Fund, World Health Organisation

Related: The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation Exposed

But CHAI does not plan on implementing restrictions on where it can raise money - meaning it can still accept donations
from New Zealand.

The controversy did not stop there. Just weeks after CHAI's decision, US Republican Congresswoman Marsha Blackburn
released a 17-page report slamming CHAI's "self-serving" philanthropy in sub-Saharan Africa.

The report, titled: The Clinton Foundation and the "India Success Story: Self-serving philanthropy, watered down drugs and
money in sub-Saharan Africa, alleges the Clinton Foundation "likely facilitated the distribution of watered-down HIV/AIDS
medications in sub-Saharan Africa through it's Health Access Initiative [CHAI].

The report scrutinises the relationship the relationship between CHAI and Indian pharmaceutical company Ranbaxy, which
partnered with the initiative in 2003, working with CHAI to combat HIV/AIDS in sub-Saharan Africa. Ranbaxy Laboratories,
now owned by Sun Pharma, is a multinational pharmaceutical company.

Related: Bill Gates And George Soros Fund Monsanto And A World Depopulation Agenda

One of CHAI's main roles is to bring together buyers of antiretroviral drugs used to fight HIV/AIDS, such as governments,
non-profits and multilateral aid organisations, with sellers such as Ranbaxy.

The initiative has, by most accounts been successful in bringing down the price of the lifesaving drugs and has been
welcomed by the global community. But Ranbaxy has run into problems with US regulators.

Ms Blackburn's report says a former employee of the company turned whistleblower, Dinesh Thakur, confirmed the
company's HIV/AIDs antiretrovirals were adulterated.

The US government took Ranbaxy to court in 2007 resulting in the company pleading guilty to seven felonies and paying a
half billion dollar fine in 2013.
Related: Hillary Clintons Relationship With The Rothschild / Rockefeller Establishment Is Now On Full Display

Ms Blackburn also suggests the adulterated drugs may have "increased patient mortality rates" in the region.

MFAT won't comment on the report but says its funding is focused on providing technical assistance for agriculture-
strengthening components of projects in Rwanda and Ethiopia, as well as working with local farmers to aid in the
development of factories to produce food.

Comment: Horse shit. This is a PR spin - once the money is released to the Clinton Foundation, MFAT and the New
Zealand government have NO IDEA as to what use they are put. Then again, they very may well know all too well.

Related: Indian Doctors Sue Bill Gates For Harming Children With Deadly 'Humanitarian' Vaccines + Dr. Robert
Rowen Reveals The Raw Truth About Vaccines At The Vaccine World Summit

$13.7 Million Dollars Of New Zealand Taxpayer Funds Pledged To Shady Clinton
Charity

It has been revealed that millions of New Zealand taxpayer dollars have been donated by
the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade (MFAT) to Hillary Clintons charity, the Clinton Health
Access Initiative (CHAI), a non-profit organisation created from the Clinton Foundation with the
stated goal to reduce HIV/AIDs in Africa.
An MFAT spokesman confirmed to the NBR that between January 2010 and June 2016, $7.7 million of taxpayer
funds had already been donated and another $6 million was to follow, keeping to a pledge to donate $13.7 million
made by the government organisation in 2013.

Related: Prime Minster John Key caught channeling millions of dollars of taxpayer's money to 'ethically
compromised' Clinton Foundation

ACT party member David Seymour commented:

In a world where New Zealanders can crowdsource to buy a beach, its not clear what role there is for the
government to collect taxes and contribute it to a global charity which is more than capable of reaching out and
raising its own money.

The big question is, why is our government sending millions of dollars overseas while at the same time cutting funding for
crucial services which desperately need the money here in New Zealand?

To fully understand how Clinton charities operate and decide whether a single taxpayer dollar should have been donated,
we first need to look at some of the controversies.

Over the past 15 years, the Washington Post can reveal the charities have raised over $2 billion dollars, mainly from big
corporates, foreign governments and political donors. Many have called the contributions pay for play, where powerful
donors exchange funds for future political favours.

Speeches make up a large part of the revenue stream, with the Clintons earning hundreds of thousands per speech from
the likes of big Wall Street banks including Goldman Sachs as revealed by WikiLeaks.
Related: The Clinton Chronicles

Hacked emails also released by WikiLeaks revealed that in 2012, Qatar pledged to donate US $1 million to the Clinton
Foundation raising a question of ethics after Hillary promised that while she was serving as secretary of the state donations
from foreign governments would no longer be accepted due to the potential influence on foreign policy.

It was also been revealed the Clinton charities utilised the devastating Haiti earthquake to implement disaster capitalism,
funneling funds into Haiti under the pretense of aid but only for the funds to flow away from the Haitians desperately in need
and instead to companies who had made previously large donations to the Clinton Foundation.

Then there is the $145 million pay for play contributions made to the Clinton Foundation by shareholders of Canadian
company Uranium One, a mining company with concessions in Kazakhstan and the US.

Uranium One sought to sell these concessions to the Russians, but the deal had to be approved by a government
committee due to the implications to national security.
Related: Criminal Roots: A Shocking Expos On The Clinton Family And Their Rise To Power

In return for the contributions and the extra $500,000 Bill Clinton received in speaking fees from a Russian investment bank,
the 20% purchase of US uranium assets by the Russians was approved, knowing this purchase would mean the production
of more nuclear weapons against Americas own interests.

The Clinton Health Access Initiative has also had its share of controversy.

US Congresswoman Marsha Blackburn recently released a 71 page report which slammed CHAIs self-serving
philanthropy in Africa, after the charity was found distributing watered down HIV/AIDS medications to sick Africans.

According to the report, these cheaper drugs which were provided by Ranbaxy Laboratories:

Subjected patients to increased risks of morbidity and mortality.

Ranbaxy later was found guilty of selling badly made generic drugs and fined a record US$500 million.
Related: Leaked DNC Emails Prove Once And For All That The Conspiracy Theorists Were Right All Along + FBI
Source: Clinton Foundation Can Bring Down Entire Government

If Hillary is elected president, she has committed to changing how the Clinton Foundation operates. Bill Clinton has said:

The Foundation will accept contributions only from U.S. citizens, permanent residents, and U.S.- based
independent foundations, whose names we will continue to make public on a quarterly basis. And we will change
the official name from the Bill, Hillary & Chelsea Clinton Foundation to the Clinton Foundation. While I will continue
to support the work of the Foundation, I will step down from the Board and will no longer raise funds for it.

However, CHAI, which receives around 60% of the funds from the Clinton Foundation, has yet to decide whether it will also
refuse foreign government donations if she was to win, and when asked for comment on CHAI the Clinton campaign
spokesman declined.

Theres no doubt the Clinton charities have done some incredible work overseas through CHAI, but the manner in which
these charities are utilised as vehicles for personal benefit can not be ignored.

With strong financial ties to Wall Street, big pharmaceuticals and other large corporate sponsors, its clear the charities are
being used as avenues to channel funds under the guise of philanthropy.

What is of great concern here in New Zealand is the level of taxpayer funded donations made to Hillarys charity without
public knowledge, and how quiet the mainstream media has been about it.
John Key and the National Party clearly have no issue using millions of taxpayer funds as bribes, revealed by the
corrupt Saudi sheep deal, so it should be of no surprise to see the government fund a shady charity found to be
acting only for self serving interests.

We need to hold our government accountable for where taxpayer funds are being applied, especially when gifted to charities
operated by corrupt American political figureheads.

Our country currently can not afford to be sending millions of dollars overseas. Instead of donating the remaining $6 million
pledged to CHAI, we demand that MFAT reallocate the funds within New Zealand to help assist those struggling under our
poverty and homelessness crisis.
For an excellent review of the Clinton Foundation, please have a read through the Washington Posts
feature Inside the Clinton Donor Network.

We also highly recommend watching the in-depth documentary Clinton Cash, which discusses the pay for play model and
resulting corruption which can be viewed here.

Putins Compelling Exposure Of The Egregious Lawless Behaviour Of The Western

Dark Cabal In The Wake Of The True Revolution Of The Masses
November 5 2016 | From: StankovUniversalLaw / Kremlin / Various

Speech at the Valdai International Discussion Club, October 27, 2016.

President of Russia Vladimir Putin:

Related: Vladimir Putins Third Way: As Seen Through the Nooscope

Tarja, Heinz, Thabo, colleagues, ladies and gentlemen,

It is a great pleasure to see you again. I want to start by thanking all of the participants in the Valdai International Discussion
Club, from Russia and abroad, for your constructive part in this work, and I want to thank our distinguished guests for their
readiness to take part in this open discussion.

Our esteemed moderator just wished me a good departure into retirement, and I wish myself the same when the time
comes. This is the right approach and the thing to do. But I am not retired yet and am for now the leader of this big country.
As such, it is fitting to show restraint and avoid displays of excessive aggressiveness. I do not think that this is my style
in any case.

But I do think that we should be frank with each other, particularly here in this gathering. I think we should hold candid, open
discussions, otherwise our dialogue makes no sense and would be insipid and without the slightest interest.

I think that this style of discussion is extremely needed today given the great changes taking place in the world. The theme
for our meeting this year, The Future in Progress: Shaping the World of Tomorrow, is very topical.
Related: Can The American People Defeat The Oligarchy That Rules Them?

Last year, the Valdai forum participants discussed the problems with the current world order. Unfortunately, little has
changed for the better over these last months. Indeed, it would be more honest to say that nothing has changed.

The tensions engendered by shifts in distribution of economic and political influence continue to grow. Mutual distrust
creates a burden that narrows our possibilities for finding effective responses to the real threats and challenges facing
the world today.

Essentially, the entire globalisation project is in crisis today and in Europe, as we know well, we hear voices now saying that
multiculturalism has failed.

I think this situation is in many respects the result of mistaken, hasty and to some extent over-confident choices made
by some countries elites a quarter-of-a-century ago. Back then, in the late 1980s-early 1990s, there was a chance not just
to accelerate the globalisation process but also to give it a different quality and make it more harmonious and sustainable
in nature.

But some countries that saw themselves as victors in the Cold War, not just saw themselves this way but said it
openly, took the course of simply reshaping the global political and economic order to fit their own interests.

In their euphoria, they essentially abandoned substantive and equal dialogue with other actors in international life, chose
not to improve or create universal institutions, and attempted instead to bring the entire world under the spread
of their own organisations, norms and rules.
They chose the road of globalisation and security for their own beloved selves, for the select few, and not for all. But far from
everyone was ready to agree with this.

We may as well be frank here, as we know full well that many did not agree with what was happening, but some were
unable by then to respond, and others were not yet ready to respond.

The result though is that the system of international relations is in a feverish state and the global economy cannot extricate
itself from systemic crisis. At the same time, rules and principles, in the economy and in politics, are constantly being
distorted and we often see what only yesterday was taken as a truth and raised to dogma status reversed completely.

If the powers that be today find some standard or norm to their advantage, they force everyone else to comply.

But if tomorrow these same standards get in their way, they are swift to throw them in the bin, declare them
obsolete, and set or try to set new rules.
Thus, we saw the decisions to launch airstrikes in the centre of Europe, against Belgrade, and then came Iraq, and then
Libya. The operations in Afghanistan also started without the corresponding decision from the United Nations Security
Council.

In their desire to shift the strategic balance in their favour these countries broke apart the international legal framework that
prohibited deployment of new missile defence systems.

They created and armed terrorist groups, whose cruel actions have sent millions of civilians into flight, made
millions of displaced persons and immigrants, and plunged entire regions into chaos.

We see how free trade is being sacrificed and countries use sanctions as a means of political pressure, bypass the World
Trade Organisation and attempt to establish closed economic alliances with strict rules and barriers, in which the main
beneficiaries are their own transnational corporations.
And we know this is happening. They see that they cannot resolve all of the problems within the WTO framework and so
think, why not throw the rules and the organisation itself aside and build a new one instead. This illustrates what I just said.

At the same time, some of our partners demonstrate no desire to resolve the real international problems in the world today.

In organisations such as NATO, for example, established during the Cold War and clearly out of date today, despite
all the talk about the need to adapt to the new reality, no real adaptation takes place.

We see constant attempts to turn the OSCE, a crucial mechanism for ensuring common European and also trans-Atlantic
security, into an instrument in the service of someones foreign policy interests. The result is that this very important
organisation has been hollowed out.

But they continue to churn out threats, imaginary and mythical threats such as the Russian military threat.
Related: Hillary Clintons Strategic Ambition In A Nutshell. Regime Change in Russia Putin is an Obstacle

This is a profitable business that can be used to pump new money into defence budgets at home, get allies to bend
to a single superpowers interests, expand NATO and bring its infrastructure, military units and arms closer to our borders.

Of course, it can be a pleasing and even profitable task to portray oneself as the defender of civilisation against the new
barbarians. The only thing is that Russia has no intention of attacking anyone.

This is all quite absurd. I also read analytical materials, those written by you here today, and by your colleagues
in the USA and Europe.

It is unthinkable, foolish and completely unrealistic. Europe alone has 300 million people. All of the NATO members
together with the USA have a total population of 600 million, probably.

Putin Warns Americans: You're Being Distracted!

Of all the internal problems the Presidential candidates could solve - Clinton harps on about "Russian aggression"
and mainstream media goes into Russophobic overdrive.

But Russia has only 146 million. It is simply absurd to even conceive such thoughts. And yet they use these ideas in pursuit
of their political aims.

Another mythical and imaginary problem is what I can only call the hysteria the USA has whipped up over supposed
Russian meddling in the American presidential election.

The United States has plenty of genuinely urgent problems, it would seem, from the colossal public debt to the increase
in firearms violence and cases of arbitrary action by the police.
You would think that the election debates would concentrate on these and other unresolved problems, but the elite
has nothing with which to reassure society, it seems, and therefore attempt to distract public attention by pointing
instead to supposed Russian hackers, spies, agents of influence and so forth.

I have to ask myself and ask you too: Does anyone seriously imagine that Russia can somehow influence the American
peoples choice? America is not some kind of banana republic, after all, but is a great power. Do correct me if I am wrong.

Putin expressed hopes that a new US president will work with him to rectify the dangerous deterioration in relations between
the US and Russia. Obviously, this cannot happen if the new president is Hillary.

Related: President Putin Asks US To Stop Provoking Russia

The question is, if things continue in this vein, what awaits the world? What kind of world will we have tomorrow? Do we
have answers to the questions of how to ensure stability, security and sustainable economic growth? Do we know how we
will make a more prosperous world?

Sad as it is to say, there is no consensus on these issues in the world today. Maybe you have come to some common
conclusions through your discussions, and I would, of course, be interested to hear them.

But it is very clear that there is a lack of strategy and ideas for the future. This creates a climate of uncertainty that has
a direct impact on the public mood.

Sociological studies conducted around the world show that people in different countries and on different continents tend
to see the future as murky and bleak. This is sad. The future does not entice them, but frightens them. At the same time,
people see no real opportunities or means for changing anything, influencing events and shaping policy.

Yes, formally speaking, modern countries have all the attributes of democracy: Elections, freedom of speech, access
to information, freedom of expression. But even in the most advanced democracies the majority of citizens have no
real influence on the political process and no direct and real influence on power.
People sense an ever-growing gap between their interests and the elites vision of the only correct course, a course
the elite itself chooses.

The result is that referendums and elections increasingly often create surprises for the authorities.

People do not at all vote as the official and respectable media outlets advised them to, nor as the mainstream parties
advised them to. Public movements that only recently were too far left or too far right are taking centre stage and pushing
the political heavyweights aside.

At first, these inconvenient results were hastily declared anomaly or chance. But when they became more frequent, people
started saying that society does not understand those at the summit of power and has not yet matured sufficiently to be able
to assess the authorities labour for the public good.

Or they sink into hysteria and declare it the result of foreign, usually Russian, propaganda.

Friends and colleagues, I would like to have such a propaganda machine here in Russia, but regrettably, this is not
the case. We have not even global mass media outlets of the likes of CNN, BBC and others. We simply do not have this
kind of capability yet.
As for the claim that the fringe and populists have defeated the sensible, sober and responsible minority - we are
not talking about populists or anything like that but about ordinary people, ordinary citizens who are losing trust
in the ruling class. That is the problem.

By the way, with the political agenda already eviscerated as it is, and with elections ceasing to be an instrument for change
but consisting instead of nothing but scandals and digging up dirt who gave someone a pinch, who sleeps with whom, if
youll excuse me.

This just goes beyond all boundaries. And honestly, a look at various candidates platforms gives the impression that they
were made from the same mould the difference is slight, if there is any.

It seems as if the elites do not see the deepening stratification in society and the erosion of the middle class, while
at the same time, they implant ideological ideas that, in my opinion, are destructive to cultural and national identity.

And in certain cases, in some countries they subvert national interests and renounce sovereignty in exchange
for the favour of the suzerain.
This begs the question: who is actually the fringe? The expanding class of the supranational oligarchy
and bureaucracy, which is in fact often not elected and not controlled by society, or the majority of citizens, who
want simple and plain things stability, free development of their countries, prospects for their lives and the lives
of their children, preserving their cultural identity, and, finally, basic security for themselves and their loved ones.

People are clearly scared to see how terrorism is evolving from a distant threat to an everyday one, how a terrorist attack
could occur right near them, on the next street, if not on their own street, while any makeshift item from a home-made
explosive to an ordinary truck can be used to carry out a mass killing.

Moreover, the terrorist attacks that have taken place in the past few years in Boston and other US cities, Paris, Brussels,
Nice and German cities, as well as, sadly, in our own country, show that terrorists do not need units or organised
structures they can act independently, on their own, they just need the ideological motivation against their enemies, that is,
against you and us.
The terrorist threat is a clear example of how people fail to adequately evaluate the nature and causes of the growing
threats. We see this in the way events in Syria are developing. No one has succeeded in stopping the bloodshed
and launching a political settlement process.

One would think that we would have begun to put together a common front against terrorism now, after such
lengthy negotiations, enormous effort and difficult compromises.

But this has not happened and this common front has not emerged. My personal agreements with the President
of the United States have not produced results either.

There were people in Washington ready to do everything possible to prevent these agreements from being
implemented in practice.

This all demonstrates an unexplainable and I would say irrational desire on the part of the Western countries to keep making
the same mistakes or, as we say here in Russia, keep stepping on the same rake.

We all see what is happening in Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya and a number of other countries. I have to ask, where are
the results of the fight against terrorism and extremism? Overall, looking at the world as a whole, there are some results
in particular regions and locations, but there is no global result and the terrorist threat continues to grow.

We all remember the euphoria in some capitals over the Arab Spring. Where are these fanfares today?

Russias calls for a joint fight against terrorism go ignored. Whats more, they continue to arm, supply and train
terrorist groups in the hope of using them to achieve their own political aims.
Related: Hillary Clinton embraces George Soros radical vision of open-border world

This is a very dangerous game and I address the players once again: The extremists in this case are more cunning, clever
and stronger than you, and if you play these games with them, you will always lose.

Colleagues, it is clear that the international community should concentrate on the real problems facing humanity today,
the resolution of which will make our world a safer and more stable place and make the system of international relations
fairer and more equal.

As I said, it is essential to transform globalisation from something for a select few into something for all. It is my firm belief
that we can overcome these threats and challenges only by working together on the solid foundation of international law
and the United Nations Charter.

Today it is the United Nations that continues to remain an agency that is unparalleled in representativeness and universality,
a unique venue for equitable dialogue. Its universal rules are necessary for including as many countries as possible
in economic and humanitarian integration, guaranteeing their political responsibility and working to coordinate their actions
while also preserving their sovereignty and development models.

The NSA leaked the DNC emails because they hate Hillary - Judge Napolitano

Related: Assange: WikiLeaks did not receive Clinton emails from Russian govt

We have no doubt that sovereignty is the central notion of the entire system of international relations. Respect for it and its
consolidation will help underwrite peace and stability both at the national and international levels.

There are many countries that can rely on a history stretching back a thousand years, like Russia, and we have come
to appreciate our identity, freedom and independence.

But we do not seek global domination, expansion or confrontation with anyone.

In our mind, real leadership lies in seeing real problems rather than attempting to invent mythical threats and use
them to steamroll others.

This is exactly how Russia understands its role in global affairs today.

There are priorities without which a prosperous future for our shared planet is unthinkable and they are absolutely obvious.
I wont be saying anything new here.

First of all, there is equal and indivisible security for all states. Only after ending armed conflicts and ensuring the peaceful
development of all countries will we be able to talk about economic progress and the resolution of social, humanitarian
and other key problems.

It is important to fight terrorism and extremism in actuality. It has been said more than once that this evil can only be
overcome by a concerted effort of all states of the world. Russia continues to offer this to all interested partners.

It is necessary to add to the international agenda the issue of restoring the Middle Eastern countries lasting statehood,
economy and social sphere.

The mammoth scale of destruction demands drawing up a long-term comprehensive programme, a kind of Marshall Plan,
to revive the war- and conflict-ridden area. Russia is certainly willing to join actively in these team efforts.

We cannot achieve global stability unless we guarantee global economic progress. It is essential to provide
conditions for creative labour and economic growth at a pace that would put an end to the division of the world into
permanent winners and permanent losers.
The rules of the game should give the developing economies at least a chance to catch up with those we know
as developed economies.

We should work to level out the pace of economic development, and brace up backward countries and regions so
as to make the fruit of economic growth and technological progress accessible to all.

Particularly, this would help to put an end to poverty, one of the worst contemporary problems.

It is also absolutely evident that economic cooperation should be mutually lucrative and rest on universal principles
to enable every country to become an equal partner in global economic activities.

True, the regionalising trend in the world economy is likely to persist in the medium term. However, regional trade
agreements should complement and expand not replace the universal norms and regulations.

Russia advocates the harmonisation of regional economic formats based on the principles of transparency and respect
for each others interests. That is how we arrange the work of the Eurasian Economic Union and conduct negotiations with
our partners, particularly on coordination with the Silk Road Economic Belt project, which China is implementing.
We expect it to promote an extensive Eurasian partnership, which promises to evolve into one of the formative centres
of a vast Eurasian integration area. To implement this idea, 5+1 talks have begun already for an agreement on trade
and economic cooperation between all participants in the process.

An important task of ours is to develop human potential. Only a world with ample opportunities for all, with highly skilled
workers, access to knowledge and a great variety of ways to realise their potential can be considered truly free.

Only a world where people from different countries do not struggle to survive but lead full lives can be stable.

A decent future is impossible without environment protection and addressing climate problems. That is why the conservation
of the natural world and its diversity and reducing the human impact on the environment will be a priority for the coming
decades.
Another priority is global healthcare. Of course, there are many problems, such as large-scale epidemics, decreasing
the mortality rate in some regions and the like. So there is enormous room for advancement.

All people in the world, not only the elite, should have the right to healthy, long and full lives.

This is a noble goal. In short, we should build the foundation for the future world today by investing in all priority areas
of human development.

And of course, it is necessary to continue a broad-based discussion of our common future so that all sensible
and promising initiatives are heard.

Colleagues, ladies and gentlemen, I am confident that you, as members of the Valdai Club, will actively take part in this
work.
Your expertise enables you to understand all angles of the processes underway both in Russia and in the world, forecast
and evaluate long-term trends, and put forward new initiatives and recommendations that will help us find the way
to the more prosperous and sustainable future that we all badly need.

Thank you very much for your attention.

Video Version of Full Speech:

Addendum:

Media comments on Putins Valdai Speech:

Putin takes part in Valdai clubs final session (LIVE UPDATES) - RT

Vladimir Putin Addresses 13th Annual Valdai Discussion Club (VIDEO) - Sputnik

Putin says Russia showing restraint in Syria but patience may run out - Reuters

Putin says Russia has no option but to clear Aleppo of militants - Reuters

Putin urges new Marshall Plan for Middle East to see recovery and growth - TASS

Putin says Russia does not plan to get militarily involved in Iraq, Libya - Reuters

Russia threat exaggerated by West to justify military spending Putin - SKY News

Putin: Russia is not going to attack anyone - TASS

Putin is sure Russia and Ukraine will find way to end crisis - TASS

Russias Putin says cyber attacks are unacceptable - Reuters

Putin urges US not to provoke Russia to actively protect national interests - TASS
 Calling Trump Moscows favorite is nonsense created by media - Putin - RT

Putin says U.S. hysteria over Russia is election ploy - Reuters

Putin rejects claims of Russian interference in US election - AP

Russias Putin says Trump behaves extravagantly to get message across - Reuters

Russias Putin says Obama administration does not stick to any deals - Reuters

Biggest Election Fraud In History Discovered + Former Clinton Colleague Speaks Out
November 5 2016 | From: Infowars / Various

Shocking video reveals secret software designed to rig elections.

Bev Harris, the countrys leading vote fraud expert, joined the Alex Jones Show Monday to reveal the results of a
bombshell investigation into vote shaving software.

Related: NBC Caught Preparing Hillary Victory Results Before Election

Used in precincts all across the country, the software deemed the most devastating election theft mechanism yet found
allows votes to be fractured and rounded up or down to sway the results for any candidate.

Related: How Americas Elections Are Hacked, Missing Link Discovered

According to Harris, a member of the non-partisan Black Box Voting investigative team, this latest discovery constitutes
the missing piece that blows the lid off of wide-scale voter fraud.
Related: How Voting Machines Are Programmed In Order To Steal Elections

It was put in the system in 2001 but it came into wide use in 2006, Harris said. It took someone with a special set
of skills to know what to look for.

A mini-documentary by Black Box Voting on the discovery shows real-time demonstrations with the secretive software.

Related: Vote Fraud Expert: Election Theft Algorithm Uncovered

It can give contract signing authority to whoever the user chooses, the videos description states. All political
power can be converted to the hands of a few anonymous subcontractors.

It runs silently, invisibly, and can produce plausible results that really pass for the real thing.

Further analysis on the malicious software provided by Alex Jones reveals how this revelation ties into the 2016 presidential
election.

Related Articles:
Rigging the Rigged U.S. Elections & A Counter- Coup?

Hillary Now Stealing The Election: Top Elections Expert

Princeton Professor Shows How Easy it Is to Hack an Election in Just 7 Minutes

Black Box Voting - Ballot Tampering in the 21st Century

The Failure of Democracy, How The Oligarchs Plan To Steal The Election

Confessed Clinton Colleague, Larry Nichols: "Hillary Must Be Stopped"

Counter-Coup: US Intelligence Joins With WikiLeaks To Put Down The Criminal

Cabal Seeking To Extend Control Over US Government + Hillary Clinton Goes Full Tin
Foil Hat
November 4 2016 | From: StevePieczenik / NaturalNews / Infowars / Various

We are watching history unfold before us with such sound and fury that we are likely to never
witness comparable events again in our lifetime.
As of today, I am now convinced that the deep state has turned on Hillary Clinton and will unveil damning evidence
in the next few days that will end the Clintons' reign of terror over America and collapse her bid for the presidency.

Related: Mutiny At The FBI: Comey warned by his own agents to indict Clinton or watch the FBI's reputation go
down in flames

The mainstream media, of course, will never report this news for the simple reason that they are the propaganda arm of the
criminal Clinton cartel. As such, they will lie to the public to the bitter end, even as the Clinton Titanic sinks with all of them
on board (in deep, frigid waters, no less, with no more lifeboats to be found).

The so-called "deep state" - the powerful insiders who really run the intelligence services and inner layers of untouchable
bureaucracy - has decided Hillary Clinton is too damaged to defend any longer.

Even if she were to win by stealing the election, she would be so mired in criminal investigations and political illegitimacy
that she would rip the nation to shreds while fighting for her own political survival.

It has now been decided, I believe, that Hillary Clinton will be taken out of power by releasing criminally damaging emails
which have long been held by the NSA and FBI.

[Note: Remember, this article represents just one line of observation in terms of how this could play out - however
the video below denotes actions that are already in play.]
Related: Unprecedented Crisis, Collapse of the Clinton Apparatus? Hacker Whistleblowers, Trump, and the FBI
Converge

This will likely happen before the coming weekend. Once that is accomplished, the next goal will be to wait for President
Trump to take office, then destroy the U.S. economy through a controlled, global debt collapse so that Trump can be
blamed for the near collapse of western economies.

(Remember: The deep state isn't pro-Trump. They're still all about defending the establishment. But Hillary is one
bridge too far for even the statists to stomach...)

Instead of allowing Hillary Clinton to take power and destroy America from the top, in other words, deep state power brokers
have reverted to "Plan B" which is to let Trump take the White House, then destroy America through the controlled
demolition of its currency and economy.

This is simpler than it sounds. Bringing down the debt pyramid of a nation carrying nearly $20 trillion in national debt isn't
exactly rocket science. All they have to do is stand back and stop manipulating the markets and stop printing new money for
a few months while raising interest rates. Monetary gravity will do the rest...
In the mean time, Hillary Clinton and a long list of her co-conspirators are going to find themselves charged
with obstruction of justice, lying under oath, destruction of evidence, conspiracy, corruption and other serious charges that
will lead to serious prison time for many.

The criminal racket of the Clintons is about to implode. The participants will be charged under the RICO Act for
"racketeering" activities, for which ample evidence already exists.

A New Video from Steve Pieczenik Describes Some of This

In this video, intelligence insider Steve Pieczenik lays out how high-level intelligence insiders are now working in concert to
"reverse the Clinton coup" that's attempting to take over America and destroy it from within.

Even if you don't believe Pieczenik - and I fully realize he's controversial in his own way - this short video is a very
important "must watch" explanation to know what people in the intelligence community are doing... "we've initiated a
counter-coup..."

Steve Pieczenik was Deputy Assistant Secretary of State under Henry Kissinger, Cyrus Vance and James
Baker. His expertise includes foreign policy, international crisis management and psychological warfare.

He served the presidential administrations of Gerald Ford, Jimmy Carter, Ronald Reagan and George H.W.
Bush in the capacity of deputy assistant secretary.

As we constantly emphasize, 95% of those working for the US Government are good people trapped in a
bad system. A tipping point appears to have been reached in which these good people are now saying to
the corrupt political class: ENOUGH!
The Clintons are Going to Go "Full Murder" In a Last Ditch, Desperate Effort to Save Themselves

Beware of what may yet unfold in the coming days. Like a cornered wild animal, the Clintons are extremely dangerous when
they realize they have nothing to lose by going "full murder" in an attempt to save themselves.

I will not be surprised the least bit if bodies of people in high places start piling up over the next week. Watch for news
reports of mysterious car crashes, swimming pool accidents or "natural" deaths involving people like James Comey, who'd
better have armed security personnel around him at all times.

Related: Hillary Admits In Leaked Email That Clinton Donors Are Funding ISIS

Look for desperate measures such as the Clintons attempting to blackmail Obama, Comey or anyone who they think might
serve as leverage to save their own skins. We might also see desperate false flag attacks unfold in the next few days,
although that's increasingly unlikely since it seems the Clintons are now on their own (they would need the assistance of
Obama to pull off another Sandy Hook, you see).

A Deal has Already Been Struck With Obama

Most likely, deep state operatives have already struck a deal with Obama to avoid prosecuting him for his own serious
crimes as long as he stays out of the way as Hillary Clinton's head is served up on a platter.

This likely explains why Obama is now publicly saying he trusts Comey (and refuses to go to bat for Hillary). There's no love
lost between Obama and the Clintons (remember 2008?).

As all this is going down, the propaganda ministry of the Clinton regime - CNN, NYT, Washington Post, etc. - is going to
explode into an all-out "bat-s##t crazy" conspiracy theory phase where they blame the Russians, extraterrestrials, Bigfoot
and the Loch Ness Monster for everything that's imploding around the Clintons.
Related: The Failure of Democracy, How The Oligarchs Plan To Steal The Election

Mainstream media news reports are going to increasingly sound like sociopathic babble from crazy people grasping at
whatever outlandish theories they can invoke. Maybe crop circles were created by the Russians as a secret code to
Wikileaks and Donald Trump, eh?

Meanwhile, conspiratorial operatives like George Stephanopoulos fully realize they are probably going to jail for
collusion and sedition, so they have nothing left to lose by desperately trying to put Hillary in the White House via any
means at their disposal, including totally faking negative news against Donald Trump (which is, of course, the entire news
mission of CNN at this point, a disgraced propaganda network run by anti-American traitors).

If the Vote is Stolen for Hillary Clinton, All Hell Breaks Loose

Should the globalist Soros operators manage to steal the vote, bribe the electoral voters or rig the black box voting
machines sufficiently to place Hillary Clinton in the White House, all Hell breaks loose across America:

The FBI goes into full indictment mode to push criminal charges for the Clinton criminal regime.

Donald Trump launches a massive legal challenge to the election outcome, dispatching an army of lawyers to
level a vast assortment of charges involving coordinated voter fraud, the rigging of voting machines, the attempted
bribery of Electoral voters and so on.

The U.S. military revs up its plans for an armed military coup to depose Clinton and restore democracy. This one
should be especially entertaining to watch unfold if it gets activated... (and yes, YOU will beg for a short-term
military dictatorship as long as they promise to depose Clinton and restore open, fair and free elections).

Armed U.S. citizens prepare for a massive march on Washington to take back their democracy and restore a
lawful society where the political elite don't get away with corruption, fraud and murder. Expect this march to be
joined by police officers and federal law enforcement officials of all kinds.
Related: NSA Whistleblower: US Intelligence Worker Likely Behind DNC Leaks, Not Russia

The NSA likely goes into "full dump" mode to unleash every scrap of damning criminal evidence against Hillary
Clinton. This will likely be joined by CIA assets who already have the goods on the Clintons and their "Lolita
Express" pedo joy rides.

Wikileaks, Anonymous and every former NSA analyst goes into "destroy the Clintons" mode and begins to hack
and expose every last shred of email evidence ever possessed by the Clintons and anyone close to them.

Anonymous alone has enough technical clout to accomplish this with little or no outside help. (I expect Kim
Dotcom to be aiding this entire effort as well, as he rightly holds extreme hatred toward Hillary Clinton... as do we
all, come to think of it.)

The establishment Republicans in the U.S. Congress will, as usual, meekly surrender to the democrats, pulls
down their britches and bend over to prepare to take it in the rear because that's what they do best when the going
gets tough.

Totally useless politicrats like John McCain can't get their pants around their ankles quickly enough when
democrats start accusing them of something. These useless heaps of human baggage will be tossed out of
Washington as the revolution unfolds, replaced with individuals who actually honor the U.S. Constitution (like Rep.
Louie Gohmert).

I Root for All Groups Working to Save America and Expose the Criminal Politicians

Bring out the marshmallows and weiners, folks: This is going to be the most bizarre campfire front row seat to U.S. history
that anyone has witnessed in over 200 years.

Try not to trip and "face plant" into the flames as all this unfolds. It might be a smart idea to have some preparedness
supplies at the ready, since no one really knows just how nasty this is all going to get. (And thank God Hillary doesn't have
her fingers on the nuclear launch codes, or she'd probably launch them just to change the narrative...)
Related: This Viral Video Has Hillary Running Scared

As for me, I'm with anybody who's trying to save America, restore democracy and throw the establishment criminals in
prison.

Like almost everybody else, I've had enough of the lies, the corruption, the media deceptions and the incessant blood
sucking parasites in Washington D.C. who are too arrogant and stupid to realize just how much they're universally
despised.

The revolution is ON. Anonymous, Wikileaks, Project Veritas, the FBI and the NSA have all been activated. There's no
stopping them now, and all the details of all the crimes of the Clintons are about to spill onto the stage of history, dirty deeds
and all.

Be warned, you are probably not psychologically prepared for the truth about what the Clintons really are. You will probably
vomit.

Internal Coup Against Hillary Clinton Has Begun: Red Alert

Inside the Invisible Government

The Path to Total Dictatorship: America's Shadow Government and Its Silent Coup
 Clinton Emails Linked To Political Pedophile Sex Ring FBI Insider

FDNY Fireworks Detail for Hillary Clinton Prompts Questions

'Clinton is in serious trouble': Internet pirate Kim Dotcom warns 'there's unpublished material yet to come'

Hillary Clinton embraces George Soros radical vision of open-border world

Hillary Clintons Strategic Ambition In A Nutshell. Regime Change in Russia Putin is an Obstacle

The World Purposely Destabilised

Hillarys Girlfriend Caught In Yahoo Attack

Forget the FBI cache; the Podesta emails show how America is run

Wikileaks Releases Clinton Foundation Bombshell: If This Story Gets Out, We Are Screwed

Hillary Clinton is an alcoholic

Is This Why Comey Broke: A Stack Of Resignation Letters From Furious FBI Agents

650,000 Emails Found On Anthony Weiner's Laptop; DOJ Blocked Foundation Probe

Clinton operative 'Dirty' Donna Brazile let Hillary Clinton CHEAT at the debates

John Podesta's Best Friend At The DOJ Will Be In Charge Of The DOJ's Probe Into Huma Abedin Emails

Investigating Donald Trump, F.B.I. Sees No Clear Link to Russia

Feds Leak Details of New Clinton Investigation / Weinergate - Could this be the end of Hillary's campaign?

The Director of the FBI Reopens the Hillary Case

Clintons Are Under Multiple FBI Investigations as Agents Are Stymied

Trey Gowdy Just Joined Trump And Gave The Best Media Attack

Guilty as Sin Uncovering New Evidence of Corruption and How Hillary & the Democrats Derailed the FBI
Investigation

Hillary Clinton Goes Full Tin Foil Hat

Clinton resorts to pushing outlandish accusations in attempt to divert attention from herself

With her campaign going up in flames, Clinton resorts to red-baiting and finger pointing, obvious projection that
ironically exposes her own corruption.
The Globalization Of Media: A Failing Strike Force
November 3 2016 | From: JonRappoport

I begin this piece with three quotes from my work-in-progress, The Underground:

There is a media metaphysics. Its basic principle states that nothing exists until it becomes information. Now we
have a new twist: information only becomes real when it reaches a mind already attuned to it. In other words, the
tree falling in the forest makes a sound only if a user/consumer who wants a tree to fall receives video and audio of
the event

Related: Mainstream Media Achieve Historic Milestone + Trust This: New Zealanders Don't Trust MPs, Bloggers,
The Media

Information can be dressed up a thousand different ways. But it tends to have an elastic quality. By that I mean you
eventually get to see the person who dressed it up. Thats a problem for chronic liars who inhabit the press. They expose
themselves, even though they dont want to. It takes a surprisingly small push to expose the whole operation. This is
happening now, right in front of our eyes.

The basis of big media is theater. News is theater. Its directors and producers think theyre doing a first-rate job. But
theyre sadly mistaken. Gaps and obfuscations are growing larger. The outright non-sequiturs and gibberish are becoming
more apparent. The audience is wising up to the farce. Who are these fools who direct the news?

Theyre simply people who want to sell their souls and have found an elite buyer. But that transaction doesnt contain any
guarantees about shelf life. Mainstream news is decaying, and the expiration date is approaching. Like civilizations, the
petty princes of information rise and fall

Globalized media. Its nice plan. Lets examine it.

Related: Western Media Credibility In Free Fall Collapse: Case In Point: UN Peace Council: The US Media Is Lying
To The American people. The War In Syria Is Not A Civil War, It's A Proxy Invasion By The United States

The new technocratic media is based on profiling users. There is no impactful news unless each member of the audience is
surveilled and analyzed on the basis of what he already likes and wants.

Shocking? Its to be expected. How else would technocrats parlay the untold hours theyve spent sizing up their
consumers/users?

Several years ago, I wrote:

Tech blather has already begun, since Jeff Bezos, CEO of Amazon, bought the Washington Post at a fire sale.
Jeff Genius will invent new ways to transmit the news to people on the go and make the Post a smashing
success. Mobile devices. Multiple platforms.

Digital taking over from print. Ads customized to fit readers interests (profiling). News stories customized to fit
readers interests (more profiling).

In other words, non-news. If you thought media were irrelevant and deceptive before, you havent seen anything. The new
news will create millions of virtual bubbles in which profiled users can float contentedly, under the cozy cottage roofs of their
favorite little separate paradigms.

The tech giant Apple has waded into this territory with an app that will deliver news to users. Yahoo:

Apple News, part of the upcoming iOS 9 operating system, aims to be the primary news source for users of the
iPhone and iPad Apple says its news app follows over a million topics and pulls relevant stories based on your
specific interests

Joshua Benton of the Nieman Journalism Lab said the app will be important because through the awesome power
of default, Apple distribution puts it in an entirely other league. This [news] app will be on hundreds of millions of
devices within 24 hours of its debut.
Translation: Profiling their users down to their toenails, Apple will present them with virtual bubbles of news they
want to see and read.

Not just one overall presentation for all; no, different news outlets for Apples audiences.

Related: I Used to Be a Human Being

This introduces a whole new layer of mind control.

Youre an Obama fan? Here are stories confirming your belief in the Prophet.

You want neo-con on the rocks with a conservative Republican twist? Heres some war footage thatll warm your heart.

Do you believe government gridlock is our biggest concern? Congress cant get anything done? Weve got headlines for
that from here to the moon.

Tuned into celeb gossip? Heres your world in three minutes.

The idea: convince users, one day at a time, that what they already believe is important IS the news of the day.

Its Decentralized Centralization. One media giant carving its global audience up into little pieces and delivering them a
whole host of different algorithmically appropriate lies and fluff and no-context psyops.
Related: Obama Decries 'Wild West' [Independent] Media Landscape

And for fringe users? Youre doubtful about GMOs? Well, look at what Whole Foods is planning for their healthier produce
section. Cheer up. Nothing about Maui voters declaring a temporary ban on devastatingly toxic Monsanto/Dow experiments
or the dangers of Roundup.

Youre anti-vaccine? Sorry, you dont count. Youre not a recognized demographic. But heres a piece about a little
unvaccinated boy who was involved in car crash on the I5.

Does this sound like science fiction? It isnt. Its the mainstream look of the near-future. Search engines are already
personalizing your inquiries. US ABC national news is climbing in the ratings because its giving viewers lighter stories,
and spending less time on thorny issues like the Middle East.
Related: Who Owns New Zealand's Media?

The mainstream news business is desperately looking for audience; and treating every user as a profiled social-construct-
bundle of superficial preferences is their answer.

Mr. X, weve studied the little virtual bubble you live in, and now we can sell you your own special brand of truth.

Hello, audience. Were going to pitch you on becoming full-fledged obsessed consumers, as if there is no other worthy goal
in life - and then were going to profile you from top to bottom, to find out exactly what kind of obsessed consumer you are,
so we can hit you and trigger you with information that uniquely stimulates your adrenal glands

The one-two punch.

Trey Gowdy Joins Trump and Gives a Great Mainstream Media Attack

Any actual event occurring in the world will be pre-digested by robot media editors and profilers, and then split up into
variously programmed bits of information for different audiences.

Who cares what really happened? In the new world, there is no what really happened. Thats a gross misnomer. A faulty
idea. A metaphysical error.

No, there is only a multi-forked media tongue that simultaneously spits out a dozen or a hundred variations of the same
eventbecause different viewers want and expect different realities.
Related: Hidden Truths About The Mainstream News Media

In 1984, Orwells Big Brother was issuing a single voice into the homes of the population. That was old-school. That was
primitive technology. That was achieving unity by hammering unity into peoples skulls. This, now, is the frontier of unity
through diversity.

We want to make all of you into androids, through basic PR and propaganda and a pathetic excuse for education.
However, we recognize youll become different varieties of androids, and well serve that outcome with
technological sophistication. Trust us. We care about what you prefer.

User A: Wow, did you see the coverage of the border war in Chula Vista?

User B: War? They had a fantastic exhibit of drones down there. At least a hundred different types. And then I
watched an old WW2 movie about aerial combat.

User C: Chula Vista? They had a great food show. This woman made a lemon pie. I could practically taste it.

User D: That wasnt a border war. It was a drill. And then afterwards, these cops gave a demonstration of all their
gear. Vests, shields, communication devices, flash-bangs, auto rifles with silencers, batons. I watch drills all over
the country. Love them.

User E: Chula Vista? The only thing I saw on the news was sunny and mild this week. I watch all the weather
channels. I love them.

BUT when a Big One comes along, like the 2016 national election in the US, the separate tunes come together and ring as
one. Then the overriding need to extend Globalisms goals (in the person of Hillary Clinton) blot out every other priority.
Related: Alternative Media Is Winning: 60% Of Americans [ Read: The West ] Distrust Mainstream Media

Then the major media twist whatever they need to twist. Then its the same bubble for everyone.

One problem, though. Major media have been lanced thousands of times by alt news sites, and by Wikileaks and Project
Veritas. This attack has exposed the truth and the Clinton crimes.

And alt news reflects the growing interest of the public in whats actually happening on many fronts.

The technocratic plan for the news is failing.

It was a nice plan, but Its turning out to be a dud.

Alt media are forcing public awareness of one giant scandal after another: Hillary/Obama support for ISIS; pro-vaccine liars;
the collapse of Obamacare; the GMO hustle; pesticide damage... on and on and on.
Related: Mainstream Media Manipulation / Controlling The Narrative + Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information War

The result? Major media are being backed into a corner, where they must defend lies and build monolithic lies for
EVERYONE all the time. The idea of creating separate news for each profiled user is collapsing.

Major media are playing defense against the rest of the world.

Its quite a party. And it has no expiration date.

A final note: Trump, Wikileaks, Project Veritas, Drudge, and many alt news sites created a perfect storm in 2016, raining
down on major media.

It was and is unprecedented.

The mainstream press has been exposed down to its roots, as never before. The lying, the collusion, the arrogant
sense of entitlement, the desperation, the corruption - its all there to see, for anyone who has eyes and a few
working brain cells.

Expect more to come, regardless of the outcome of the election. The train has really left the station

Dear Mainstream Media

You f**king suck! Youve almost succeeded in destroying the 4th estate and you should be ashamed of yourselves.

This is why 94% of the American people dont trust you. When are you going to get that through your thick skulls?

You lie, you smear, you ingratiate yourselves with wanton abandon.
Dear mainstream media: Youve betrayed your profession, sacrificed its once sacred principles, and stabbed the American
people in the back.

Related: Six Giant Corporations Control the Media, and Americans Consume 10 Hours of Programming a Day

Cancer, Cancer Everywhere... But Not In The Elite's Presidential Suites

November 3 2016 | From: ActivistPost

A recent cancer symposium, with a surgical focus, met in Boston to discuss how surgical
oncology is experiencing an exciting evolution and the ways in which we treat cancer are
changing.

However, there are indications that the cure for cancer may have already been found and that those who have it are
keeping it close to their chests.

Related: The Man Who Discovered The Cause Of Cancer Wrote A Book On Curing It

In order to support this contention, which may be seen as alarming and extreme, one must look at the rates of cancer
among the general population and compare these to the rates of cancer deaths among world leaders.

And the latter is almost non-existent.

In the US, cancer is the second leading cause of death, exceeded only by heart disease. According to recently breaking
news, Australia now lists cancer as its leading cause of death. In the rest of the developed world, cancer is near the top of
the list.

A recent list published by the World Cancer Research Fund International shows that Denmark leads the pack in terms of
cancer rates.

Related: 5 Facts On Cancer That Conventional Medicine Is Now Aggressively Claiming Are Myths + Amish Have
Lower Rates Of Cancer, Ohio State Study Shows

Indeed, the list of the fifty countries with the highest cancer rates might lead one to believe that cancer is a disease of
prosperity. Conspicuously absent from the list are countries in the Third World - in particular Africa.

Cancer will fell approximately of all those living in the developed world. However, this particular manifestation of the Grim
Reaper gives world leaders a wide berth.

Since 1980, when the exiled Shah of Iran succumbed to lymphatic cancer in Egypt, the deaths by cancer of those leading
their nations can be counted on the fingers of one hand. And what is most telling about those on this short list is where they
stood on the political spectrum.
Related: Modern Life Is Killing Our Children: UK Cancer Rate In Young People Up 40% In 16 Years + 12 Things a
Cancer Doctor Should Never Say

Hugo Chavez, the colorful and controversial President of Venezuela between 1999-2013, was a Socialist and
prominent adversary of US foreign policy and neo-liberalism. Before succumbing to cancer in 2013, Chavez made a
much publicized radio announcement in which he speculated that the US government gave him cancer.

Chavez has been quoted as saying, Would it be so strange that theyve invented the technology to spread cancer and we
wont know about it for 50 years? He is also quoted as saying:

Fidel [Castro] always told me, Chvez take care. These people have developed technology. You are very
careless. Take care what you eat, what they give you to eat... a little needle and they inject you with I dont know
what.

Since his death Venezuela has crumbled into economic chaos.

Vaclav Havel, who was the last president of Czechoslovakia and the first President of the Czech Republic, is somewhat of a
more ambiguous character.

While he is seen as being a pivotal player in breaking up the Soviet bloc, and therefore bringing what is popularly termed
democracy to a formerly Communist country, he may have also been serving US and CIA interests, either unintentionally
or otherwise.

In his period of political dissidence, prior to ascending to power, Havel was imprisoned a number of times, the longest
incarceration being four years. As President, Havel was instrumental in dismantling the Warsaw Pact and expanding NATO
into Eastern European countries. Havel died of lung cancer in 2011 at the age of 75.
Related: Dangerous Products That Were Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life + The Cancer Risk To People
Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Dont

Jack Layton, the head of Canadas New Democratic Party, succumbed to an unspecified, newly diagnosed cancer in 2011.

The NDP occupies the furthest left of Canadas political spectrum. Indeed, there has never been an NDP head of state in
Canada.

So when the NDP swept the national parliamentary elections in 2011, winning 103 seats, the NDP became Canadas Official
Opposition. Laytons tenancy as head of the opposition was short lived, however. Layton succumbed to cancer less than
four months later, passing on in August of 2011.

He had been committed to ousting the conservative Harper government. Following Laytons death, the NDP tumbled from its
position and currently occupies third place in Canadas parliament.
Related: 5 Cancer Myths Busted

As Prime Minister of the tiny island of Barbados, David Thompson could only marginally have been considered a world
leader. The population of Barbados is less than 300,000, mostly black. Barbados, also known as Little England, is an
independent state with the British monarch as hereditary head of state.

Thompson was in office from 2008 until October of 2010, when he passed away from pancreatic cancer, one of the most
deadly forms of the Big C.

Statistically, since cancer is listed as cause of death in roughly of all deaths, one might logically expect that one quarter of
the US Presidents and one quarter of the US Vice Presidents, to pick one example, would have cancer listed as cause of
death.

With 44 Presidents and 47 Vice Presidents, one might think that somewhere in the realm of 24 or so might have
succumbed to cancer.

However, there are none. Zero. Zilch. A search for cancer as a cause of death for German, French or British leaders in the
past forty years produces only one name, that of former French President Francois Mitterrand, who succumbed to prostate
cancer in 1996 at the age of 80.
Related: Hospital Fires Leading Cancer Surgeon For Telling The Truth About Medical Establishment

Mitterrand was the first French President who was a Socialist and he led the nation for fourteen years, as its longest serving
President.

Since the 1972 throat cancer death of Edward VIII - who abdicated the throne in 1936 - no members of British
royalty have died of cancer.

In October of this year, the World Cancer Leaders Summit will be convening in Paris, France. The announcement for this
Summit states that The World Cancer Leaders Summit brings together global decision makers who can shape the way our
generation addresses the task of eliminating cancer as a life threatening disease for future generations.

Their announcement also states:

The Summit plays a pivotal role in this portfolio of global events by ensuring that the 2020 targets detailed in the
World Cancer Declaration are appropriately recognised and addressed at the highest political levels.

However, those at the highest political levels are often seen as escaping repercussions for criminal behavior and worse.
The idea of the Teflon-coated political elite is an idea that has now gained general - albeit grim - acceptance.

Given the probability that the cure may already exist, in light of the unusual lack of incidence of fatal cancers afflicting the
powerful, one might want to ask the Summit if the world leaders might be willing to share... please?

Related: The Truth About Cancer

The Real Reason Why The UN Wants Control Over The Internet
November 2 2016 | From: DeWeeseReport

By its very nature, the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) is a non-
profit organization exclusively run by Technocrats.

As such, it is an apolitical body that is happy to serve whatever form of governance exists as long as funding is
received and salaries are paid. To a Technocrat, a world run by science and technology is better than any other
form of governance.

Related: The UN Releases Plan to Push for Worldwide Internet Censorship

That Technocrats have played a supporting role in world history is unquestioned. Scientists, engineers and technicians
played a huge role in the Communist dictatorship in the former Soviet Union (For instance, see Science and the Soviet
Social Order).
Related: Vampire Technocrats Fly To Jekyll Island To Stop Trump

Technocrats likewise played a central role in support of Adolph Hitler and National Socialism (See Scientists, Engineers and
National Socialism). In both cases, the Technocrat goal was not necessarily Communism or Nazism, but rather the
methodical exercise of science according to its Scientific Method.

In other words, the process was more important than the outcome and in both cases, the outcome was not questioned or
resisted, but simply accepted.

Reality Check: Obama Administration Has Handed Over The Internet to a Private Corporation

The reason that ICANN formerly served the interests of the United States was simply that it answered to our governments
judicial, legislative and executive branches. In other words, the U.S. held the umbrella over ICANN and that was enough to
keep it working for our national interests and not for someone elses interests.

Obama changed that when he cut ICANN loose on September 30, 2016 by letting the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority
(IANA) contract expire without being renewed. After expiration, we forever lost the right to renew the contract again.

So, ICANN is now a free-agent looking for shelter in the same way that a boll weevil looks for a cotton plant: it needs a
host organization in order to practice its craft, and, I dare say, it doesnt care one whit who that host is.

What does ICANN do?

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

It is no secret that the United Nations is making a play to become host to ICANN. In particular, the UNs International
Telecommunications Union (ITU), run by the Peoples Republic of China, is expected to play the central role in this effort.

However, whether it is the ITU or some other UN agency is immaterial because it will still be the UN in the end.

But, why the UN? Because it is the fountainhead of the plans and operations to establish Technocracy as the sole global
economic system while destroying capitalism and free enterprise. Technocracy is the issue here. Others know it as
Sustainable Development or Green Economy, but the correct historical term is Technocracy.

In February 2015, the head of climate change at the UN, Christiana Figures, stated,

This is the first time in the history of mankind that we are setting ourselves the task of intentionally, within a
defined period of time to change the economic development model that has been reigning for at least 150
years, since the industrial revolution. [emphasis added]

What is unclear about this? Sustainable Development, or Technocracy, is a resource-driven economic model regulated by
energy rather than by supply and demand plus monetary currencies. In 1938, the original Technocrats defined Technocracy
as

The science of social engineering, the scientific operation of the entire social mechanism to produce and distribute
goods and services to the entire population.

To achieve its Utopia goals, the UN must have ICANNs steering wheel and throttle. But while everyone is stressing over
Internet censorship of web sites and the suppression of free speech, the real prize is completely overlooked: The Internet of
Things (IoT).
In terms of follow the money, IoT is expected to generate upwards of $3 trillion by 2025 and is growing at a rate of at least
30 percent per year. In other words, it is a huge market and money is flying everywhere. If the UN can figure out a way to
tax this market, and they will, it will provide a windfall of income and perhaps enough to make it self-perpetuating. Currently,
the UN is financed by contributions from member states.

But, what is the IoT and who cares? IoT are the connections between inanimate objects and the humans that depend upon
them. The digital Smart Meter on your home communicates energy usage via WiFi to the utility company; but it also
communicates with the major appliances in your home and can even control them remotely without your consent or
knowledge.
The smart phone that you carry communicates with cell towers and localized signal receptors to create a map of your every
movement. Smart home technology lets your stereo send sound to remote wireless speakers and to light bulbs equipped
with sensors.

The security camera that you installed to watch your home while you were on vacation can communicate with other
cameras, microphones, the police department, etc. Examples go on and on.

ICANN issues the so-called IP addresses that are assigned to all these devices on a global basis. The original addressing
scheme, IPV4, was based on four blocks of up to three digits each, punctuated with a period (e.g., 192.168.2.14). This
scheme allows for a discrete address for up to 16.8 million devices.

A few years ago, IPV4 ran out of numbers, forcing Internet service providers, corporations and other organizations to
improvise internal numbering systems, known as proxy servers, to issue safe addresses to devices within their own
domain. These systems are not only fragile, but they are bloated beyond reason and generally easy to hack.

To fix this, ICANN devised a new IP numbering system called IPV6, which adds two more blocks of numbers (e.g.,
192.168.2.14.231.58).

This scheme provides for 3.41038 addresses, or 340 trillion, 282 billion, 366 million, 920 thousand, 938 - followed by 24
zeroes. There is probably a way to say this number, but I cannot imagine what it would be. Its somewhere beyond a trillion
trillion unique numbers for every human being on earth!

Thus, IPV6 provides a way to assign a unique and directly addressable number to every electronic device on earth for
centuries to come.
As IPV6 rolls out to the world, the modified mission for ICANN will be to inventory and categorize the device attached to
each IP address. For instance, all the air conditioners in the world would be directly addressable from a single list. Likewise
for all computers, all automobiles, all cameras, all phones, all refrigerators, all articles of clothing, etc.

Whoever has control over and access to this data will literally be able to control the entire world, down to the last minutiae
and that is the United Nations exact mission: inventory, monitor and control.

But, this concept was set in history long before the technology existed. The original bible of Technocracy, the Technocracy
Study Course (1934), laid out the hard requirements necessary for its implementation:

1. Register on a continuous 24 hour-per-day basis the total net conversion of energy.

2. By means of the registration of energy converted and consumed, make possible a balanced load.

3. Provide a continuous inventory of all production and consumption

4. Provide a specific registration of the type, kind, etc., of all goods and services, where produced and
where used

5. Provide specific registration of the consumption of each individual, plus a record and description of
the individual.

- Scott, Howard et al, Technocracy Study Course, p. 232

As I thoroughly documented in my book, Technocracy Rising: The Trojan Horse of Global Transformation, the United
Nations is indeed the engine of modern Technocracy and as such, it is acting in a perfectly predictable manner.
Related: Technocracy: A Scientific Dictatorship

It seeks to establish a global Scientific Dictatorship where it controls all resources, all production and limits all consumption
to its own liking. These Technocrats will dutifully apply their pseudo-scientific methodology to every problem in the world,
and simply issue instructions to the net to make it so.

Yes, free speech will decrease and censorship will increase, but that pales in comparison to the real prize of the IoT
that the United Nations desperately wants and needs in order to accomplish its own twisted goals.

Congress never understood this when they passively let Obama fail to renew our contract with ICANN. However, Obama
and his globalist handlers understood it perfectly well, which makes the deception and treachery of it even worse.

Thanks to this scurrilous bunch, the world has just been sold into digital slavery, from which there may be no return.

Related: Warning: Dont Share This Article, Facebook Might Ban You!

Whose Work Was The Inspiration For The First [Supposedly] Nuke-Free Country?
November 2 2016 | From: HelenCaldicott / GregHallett

New Zealand was the first country in the world to pass national nuclear-free legislation. Marilyn
Waring reflects on how Dr. Helen Caldicotts influence culminated in the passage of the
cornerstone of New Zealands foreign policy.
If you were growing up in New Zealand and Australia post World War II, theres a chance you knew about the United
States using the Marshall Islands as a nuclear testing site from 1947 until 1962.

In an agreement signed with the United Nations, the U.S. government held the Marshall Islands as a trust territory and
detonated nuclear devices in this pristine area of the Pacific Ocean - leading, in some instances, to huge levels of radiation
fall-out, health effects, and the permanent displacement of many island people.

In all, the U.S. government conducted 105 underwater and atmospheric tests. You would have also known that the British
conducted seven atmospheric tests between 1956 and 1963 on traditional Aboriginal land, in Maralinga, Australia.
It may be that you read Neville Shutes 1957 novel On the Beach, in which people in Melbourne, Australia wait for deadly
radiation to spread from a Northern Hemisphere nuclear war.

This book made a memorable impact on Helen when she read it as a teenager. When I was a teenager, some years later, I
read Bertrand Russells 1959 classic, Common Sense and Nuclear Warfare.

Both Helen and I saw Peter Watkins The War Game, a BBC documentary drama about nuclear war and the consequences
in an English city. In New Zealand the film was restricted for children unless accompanied by an adult, so I had to get my
father to take me. The War Game won the Oscar for the best documentary in 1965.
France began its series of over 175 nuclear tests at Mururoa, in the South Pacific, in 1966. At least 140 of these tests were
above ground.

In 1973, the New Zealand and Australian governments took France to the World Court for continued atmospheric testing,
and forced the last tests underground. The testing finally came to an end in 1976.

In New Zealand the U.S. Navy made regular visits between 1976 and 1983 with nuclear-powered and, most likely, nuclear-
armed, ships.

These visits produced spectacular protest fleets in the Auckland and Wellington harbours, when hundreds of New
Zealanders - in yachts of all sizes, in motor boats and canoes, even on surf boards - surrounded the vessels and tried to
bring them to a complete stop.

By 1978, a campaign began in New Zealand to declare borough and city council areas nuclear-free and, by the early 1980s,
this symbolic movement had quickly gained momentum, covering more than two-thirds of the New Zealand population.

Helen Caldicott and I had not met up to this point, but these were shared parts of our history and consciousness when Helen
visited New Zealand in 1983.

Helen Caldicott graduated with a medical degree from University of Adelaide Medical School in 1961. She moved to the
United States, becoming an Instructor in paediatrics at Harvard Medical School and was on the staff of the Childrens
Hospital Medical Centre in Boston, Massachusetts.
In the late 1970s, Helen became the President of Physicians for Social Responsibility. This group was founded when Helen
was finishing medical school, quickly making its mark by documenting the presence of Strontium-90, a highly radioactive
waste product of atmospheric nuclear testing, in childrens teeth.

The landmark finding eventually led to the Limited Nuclear Test Ban treaty, which ended atmospheric nuclear testing.

But it was the Three Mile Island accident that changed Helens life. An equipment failure resulted in a loss of cooling water
to the core of a reactor at the Three Mile Island Nuclear Generating Station in Pennsylvania, causing a partial meltdown.

Operator failure meant that 700,000 gallons of radioactive cooling water ended up in the basement of the reactor building.

It was the most serious nuclear accident to that date in the U.S. Helen published Nuclear Madness the same year. In it she
wrote:

As a physician, I contend that nuclear technology threatens life on our planet with extinction. If present trends
continue, the air we breathe, the food we eat, and the water we drink will soon be contaminated with enough
radioactive pollutants to pose a potential health hazard far greater than any plague humanity has ever
experienced.

In 1980, Helen resigned from her paid work positions to work full time on the prevention of nuclear war.

In 1982, Canadian director Terre Nash filmed a lecture given by Helen Caldicott to a New York state student audience.
Nashs consequent National Film Board of Canada documentary If You Love this Planet was released during the term of
U.S. President Ronald Reagan, at the height of Cold War nuclear tensions between the United States and the Soviet Union.

The U.S. Department of Justice moved quickly to designate the film foreign propaganda, bringing a great deal of attention
to the film. It went on to win the 1982 Academy Award for Documentary Short Subject. That same year, Helen addressed
about 750,000 people in Central Park, New York in the biggest anti-nuke rally in the United States to that date.

In 1983, I was serving as a member of the New Zealand parliament, having been elected eight years earlier at the age of
23.

Our parliament established a Disarmament and Arms Control Select Committee to conduct hearings on the possibility of
making New Zealand a nuclear-free zone.

During this critically important time, Helen was invited to New Zealand on a lecture tour. The documentary If You Love This
Planet was shown at her speaking engagements. I did not get to meet her, nor hear any of her lectures in person, as I was
working in parliament every night. But I did follow the media coverage.

Helen told the magazine the Listener about having observed five-star generals in U.S. congressional and senate committees
complaining that the Russian missiles were bigger than the American ones.

The Russian missiles are very big (and) inaccurate and clumsy. America has very small, very accurate missiles,
which are better at killing people and destroying targets, she explained.

A frequent message in her talks to New Zealand audiences was the redundant overkill capacity of both superpowers.
Caldicott noted to her audiences that [T]he U.S. has 30,000 bombs and Russia 20,000.

I had sat in a New Zealand parliamentary committee hearing some months earlier, when a government colleague,
brandishing a centrefold of a Russian submarine, excitedly called for us to Look at how big it is.
I had thought that no one would believe me if I had repeated such an inane banality - when an adult male was more
impressed by the size of the submarine than its capacity to destroy life on this planet.

Helens public addresses were grounded in the potential impact of nuclear weapons. Imagine a 20-megaton bomb targeted
on Auckland, she told audiences in New Zealand.

The explosion, five times the collective energy of all the bombs dropped in the Second World War, digs a hole
three-quarters of a mile wide by 800 feet deep and turns people, buildings and dirt into radioactive dust.

Everyone up to six miles will be vaporised, and up to 20 miles they will be dead or lethally injured. People will be
instantly blinded looking at the blast within 40 miles. Many will be asphyxiated in the fire storm.

Helen did not hold back, explaining that nuclear war means blindness, burning, starvation, disease, lacerations,
haemorrhaging, millions of corpses and an epidemic of disease. Helens dramatic and blunt style reduced many in her
audiences to tears.

She always ended her talks with a call to action - especially to parents - as she strongly believes that nuclear disarmament
is the ultimate medical and parenting issue of our time.

To those who would claim New Zealand was not a target she had a short reply:

Trident submarines in ports are targeted. They are a first strike target. It is much easier to destroy subs when they
are in dock than it is when they are submerged in the ocean.
In 2015, I asked Helen how she managed to deliver such bad news and yet keep her audiences with her. Being a doctor
helps because you have to learn to negotiate with a patient and with language they can understand, she explained.

You have to convert the medical diagnosis and treatment to lay language. I also have to keep them awake
sometimes by letting them laugh because it relieves their tension and because the stuff I say is pretty awful. Helen
told me that she practices global preventative medicine.

Helens tour through New Zealand in 1983 had a huge, and lasting, impact. At one stop, Helen addressed over 2,000 people
at a public event in Auckland. The librarian with whom I corresponded looking for old newspaper reports of Helens visit,
wrote to me:

Her chillingly detailed description of the effects of a nuclear device detonated over the hall in which we were sitting
remains rooted in my psyche to this day!

The other message I most recall is the dichotomy she evoked between the destructive drive of old men rulers, the
instigators of war, versus the procreative energy of mothers most impelled to oppose them - which, however
reductive, retains the compelling logic of a truism!

Helens approach was transformative in New Zealand. Helens speaking events packed auditoriums, and overflows of
audiences had to be accommodated using loud speaker systems.
People responded strongly to this woman, whose life work involved caring for children, speaking about medical effects of
fallout, and speaking without the use of the clichd military and defence ideological rhetoric that treated people as if they
were simpletons who couldnt understand.

Her speeches inspired people to act. After Helen spoke, the volume of mail delivered to my parliamentary office increased -
particularly from women.

On May 24, 1983, 20,000 women wearing white flowers and armbands and holding banners with peace signs marched
quietly up a main street in Auckland to hold a huge rally and call for New Zealand to be nuke-free. It was one of the largest
womens demonstrations in New Zealands history.

In her book, Peace, Power and Politics How New Zealand Became Nuclear Free, Maire Leadbetter writes:

I am one of many activists who think of Helen Caldicotts visit as the point when the peace movement began to
grow exponentially Helen had a magical ability to motivate previously passive citizens to become activists.

Shortly after Helens visit to New Zealand, in 1984, I advised that I intended to vote for the opposition-sponsored nuclear-
free New Zealand legislation. This prompted conservative Prime Minister Rob Muldoon to call a snap election. Muldoon told
media that my feminist anti-nuclear stance threatened his ability to govern.

The new Labour Government of 1984 passed the New Zealand Nuclear Free Zone, Disarmament and Arms Control Act in
1987, the worlds first national nuclear-free legislation. Dr. Helen Caldicotts influence had culminated in the passage of the
cornerstone of New Zealands foreign policy.

New Zealand's Nuclear History?

Unfortunately, technically speaking, New Zealand is NOT nuclear free. We have food-irradiating facilities
(sounds super healthy) and according to researcher Greg Hallett - a whole lot more in our past...
According to Hallett, "The Wairakei Geothermal Power Station was not for the production of power, but was built by
the British Atomic Energy Commission to produce heavy water for the manufacture of nuclear weapons."

The Wairakei Geothermal Power Station was a front for heavy water production to be used for nuclear power and
the production of deuterium and tritium for hydrogen bombs. These were a thousand times more powerful than the
first atom bomb and were first tested in at least three different locations."

...

During the nuclear scare, Kiwis were buying houses in Taupo to be away from a nuclear blast, which they thought
would be aimed at Auckland and Wellington.

The funny thing was, Taupo was the only nuclear target the Russians had in New Zealand. At least one nuclear
weapon was aimed squarely at the Wairakei Geothermal heavy water power station which produced much of the
heavy water for the Western world.

...

But more importantly, New Zealand took over the production of nuclear detonators from Norway in 1961. Norway
was producing detonators for nuclear bombs during and after World War Two and they paid quite a heavy price in
casualties. After World War Two the Norwegians said, A plague on both of your houses. Take this shit away, and
they stopped production."

The Americans didnt want the job as theyd be under attack, so New Zealand held its hand up highest and
produced nuclear detonators in secret.

Thats Walter Nashs duplicitous Labour government for you [195760]. He was charged with sedition while
fronting as a man of peace and producing nuclear detonators. No doubt he on-sold any secrets gained to the
Russians. But this also has a more recent history to it.

...

If you went up the hill towards Eastbourne then took the alternative route through the gorse-covered hills to
Wainuiomata at the back of Gracefield, there was a sign saying Nuclear Research Facility. This is where the firing
devices for the nuclear blast at Mururoa were made.

New Zealand supplied the nuclear detonation gear to the French via the British. Yes, it was New Zealand that
provided the detonation gear for the atmospheric nuclear tests at Mururoa Atoll from July 1966, and for the
underground tests from 1975. "

...

There was a big stink in the armed forces about the anti-nuclear protests because they violated secret military
pacts that went back years. Labour wanted the military to act against the pacts and thats why the military decided
to take part in the killing of Prime Minister Norman Kirk."

...

In 1981, the known gay and child sex abuser Colin Moyle was re-elected to Labour and became the Minister of
Agriculture and Fisheries from 198490. He assisted the Russians in placing submarine locator beacons for
Russian nuclear-powered submarines for a nuclear strike against America."

...

Helen Clarks anti-nuclear policy only applied to American ships. Russian nuclear-armed vessels were never
questioned. Such duplicity is consistent with those converted to an agenda-driven ideology from a foreign country
for non-national purposes, in exchange for hiding their sexuality. This results in treasonous activities tantamount to
war and thats what we got so very close to nuclear war from NZ.

...

"New Zealand is the only Nuclear-Free State that fails to put to print its history of manufacturing nuclear material.
As well as heavy water, New Zealand also manufactured detonators for nuclear bombs and Prime Minister
Muldoon was set on testing a nuclear power station in at least three different locations."
Many Scientific Truths Are, In Fact, False + A Scientist Explains Why "Everything Is
Fucked"
October 31 2016 | From: QZ / Inverse / Various

In 2005, John Ioannidis, a professor of medicine at Stanford University, published a paper, Why
most published research findings are false, mathematically showing that a huge number of
published papers must be incorrect.

He also looked at a number of well-regarded medical research findings, and found that, of 34 that had been
retested, 41% had been contradicted or found to be significantly exaggerated.

Related: The Rise Of Scientific Fundamentalism

Since then, researchers in several scientific areas have consistently struggled to reproduce major results of prominent
studies. By some estimates, at least 51% - and as much as 89% - of published papers are based on studies and
experiments showing results that cannot be reproduced.

Related: Crisis In Science Research: Over 70% Of Researchers Fail To Reproduce Another Scientist's Experiments

Researchers have recreated prominent studies from several scientific fields and come up with wildly different results.

And psychology has become something of a poster child for the reproducibility crisis since Brian Nosek, a psychology
professor at the University of Virginia, coordinated a Reproducibility Initiative project to repeat 100 psychological
experiments, and could only successfully replicate 40%.
Related: Some Of The Biggest Lies Of Science

Now, an attempt to replicate another key psychological concept (ego depletion: the idea that willpower is finite and can be
worn down with overuse) has come up short.

Martin Hagger, psychology professor at Curtin University in Australia, led researchers from 24 labs in trying to recreate a
key effect, but found nothing. Their findings are due to be published in Perspectives on Psychological Science in the coming
weeks.

Why Are They Getting it Wrong?

No one is accusing the psychologists behind the initial experiments of intentionally manipulating their results. But some of
them may have been tripped up by one or more of the various aspects of academic science that inadvertently encourage
bias.

For example, theres massive academic pressure to publish in journals, and these journals tend to publish exciting studies
that show strong results.

"Journals favor novelty, originality, and verification of hypotheses over robustness, stringency of method,
reproducibility, and falsifiability, Hagger tells Quartz.

Therefore researchers have been driven to finding significant effects, finding things that are novel, testing them on
relatively small samples.

This has created a publication bias, where studies that show strong, positive results get published, while similar studies that
come up with no significant effects sit at the bottom of researchers drawers.
Related: The Top 10 Tricks Used By Corporate Junk Science

Meanwhile, in cases where researchers have access to large amounts of data, theres a dangerous tendency to hunt for
significant correlations. Researchers can thus convince themselves that theyve spotted a meaningful connection, when in
fact such connections are totally random.

A Sign of Strength

The idea that papers are publishing false results might sound alarming but the recent crisis doesnt mean that the entire
scientific method is totally wrong. In fact, sciences focus on its own errors is a sign that researchers are on exactly the right
path.

Ivan Oransky, producer of the blog Retraction Watch, which tracks retractions printed in journals, tells Quartz that ultimately,
the alarm will lead to increased rigor.

"Theres going to be some short-term and maybe mid-term pain as all of this shakes out, but thats how you move
forward, he says. Its like therapy - if you never get angry in therapy, youre probably not pushing hard enough. If
you never find mistakes, or failures to reproduce in your field, youre probably not asking the right questions.

For psychologists, who have seen so many results crumble in such a short space of time, the replication crisis could be
disheartening. But it also presents a chance to be at the forefront of developing new policies.
Related: Official Science: The Grand Illusion

Ioannidis tells Quartz that he views the most recent psychology reproducibility failures as a positive.

"It shows how much effort and attention has gone towards improving the accuracy of the knowledge produced, he
says.

Psychology is a discipline that has always been very strong methodologically and was at the forefront at
describing various biases and better methods. Now they are again taking the lead in improving their replication
record.

For example, theres already widespread discussion within psychology about pre-registering trials (which would prevent
researchers from shifting their methods so as to capture more eye-catching results), making data and scientific methods
more open, making sample sizes larger and more representative, and promoting collaboration.

Dorothy Bishop, a professor of developmental neuropsychology at Oxford University, tells Quartz that several funding
bodies and journals seem to be receptive to these ideas and that, once one or two adopt such policies, she expects them to
spread rapidly.

Doing Science on Science

Each scientific field must adopt its own methods of ensuring accuracy. But ultimately, this self-reflection is a key part of the
scientific process.
Related: The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And
GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud

As Bishop notes, Science has proved itself to be an incredibly powerful method. And yet theres always room for further
advancement.

"Theres never an end point, says Bishop. Were always groping towards the next thing. Sometimes science does
disappear down the wrong path for a bit before it corrects itself.

For Nosek, who led the re-testing of 100 psychology papers, the current focus on reproducibility is simply part of the
scientific process.

"Science isnt about truth and falsity, its about reducing uncertainty, he says.

Really this whole project is science on science: Researchers doing what science is supposed to do, which is be
skeptical of our own process, procedure, methods, and look for ways to improve.

A Scientist Explains Why "Everything Is Fucked"

But that doesn't mean we should give up.
Between the duping of the American public from Big Sugar, shocking moral fact-checks on some of historys most
groundbreaking experiments, and failure after failure of science research weve accepted as truth, science is
teetering on the verge of being, well, fucked.

Related: Junk Science Week: Science Is On The Verge Of A Nervous Breakdown

Actually, it might be too late.

Those fears drove University of Oregon psychologist Sanjay Srivastava, Ph.D., to design the fictitious course Everything Is
Fucked. The imagined ten-week seminar, written up as a syllabus on his blog, is Srivastavas version of a reality check for
young scientists:

Do you seriously think youre going to cure the worlds diseases and elevate humanity through technology? You wont -
because everything is fucked.

This may seem a little harsh. After all, arent CRISPR, the discovery of Martian water, and the newly not-endangered panda
and whale proof that science is alive and well?
But thats the problem with science, Srivastava argues: Were so intent on focusing on the results that we dont see the path
toward finding these results, and thats fucked up. Would CRISPR have become 2015s biological buzzword if academic
journal editors hadnt decided gene editing papers were worth publishing?

What else did we find out (or not find out) about Mars that wasnt deemed publishable? Can we even trust the data showing
the pandas and whales are thriving? We dont know, and not only is it fucked up, it raises questions about the foundations of
modern science altogether.

The everything in Everything Is Fucked, Srivastava explains, refers to scientific methods, the ways researchers acquire
funding, the universities that support research, and our channels for publishing and disseminating scientific knowledge.

He defines something as fucked if:

"It presents hard conceptual challenges to which implementable, real-world solutions for working scientists are
either not available or routinely ignored in practice.

For Srivastava, the way we discover and share scientific knowledge is so riddled with these problems that theres no way we
can fully trust what we believe to be true.

Take week eights theme, Scientific publishing is fucked. In the science community, a published paper in an academic
journal is professional currency; everyones striving to collect them, and anyone who doesnt have one is professionally
broke. Academic journals - big-name, respected publications like Nature, Science, and the New England Journal of
Medicine - are academias banks.

Related: Academic Oligarchy: Majority Of Science Publishing Is Controlled By Just Six Companies

In Srivastavas view, this is troublesome, because it means theyre in control. The problem is, theres this incentive to find
things that meet the publishable standards, he says, referring to science that shows positive results, like a drug that
promises a cure.

If journals only pay attention to the success stories, it means theyre ignoring all of the research that doesnt produce sexy
results. In turn, the temptation to falsify results and fudge graphs only grows stronger.

Scientists behind the unsexy studies are screwed: If they dont get published, they dont get tenure at research institutions or
grants to continue their work, and their scientific pursuits inevitably come to a standstill.

Related: Scientific American Writer Exposes The Tribal Cultist Arrogance And Dogmatic Lunacy Of Science
'Skeptics'

But does their work deserve to come to an end? Most of those studies are not wrong or useless, because negative
results are often just as useful for advancing scientific discovery as positive ones.

But they arent treated that way because they dont make for good publishing.

"Thats really where it starts: Publication decisions becoming hinged, not on whether its a good question, but on
whether the answer comes out, one way or another, Srivastava says.
The cycle continues, and fucked-ness persists.

He has other, finer bones to pick. In week six, he discusses the issue of replicability, which is the idea that an experiment
needs to be repeatable. If its not, the data it produces is, statistically, a one-off, and therefore pretty much useless.

And yet, there are an alarming number of scientific studies out there that are not replicable, cited by everyone from Big
Pharma to the federal government.

Related: A Totalitarian Society Has Totalitarian Science

He claims that the scientific profession as a whole is fucked in week ten because the pressure on scientists to publish more
papers, faster, leads to smaller sample sizes, which in turn lead to weaker, less statistically sound results.

The scientists that design better, more thorough experiments may be doing better science, but because they arent
publishing as many studies, theyre ultimately viewed as less accomplished.

"Where do truth and publishability depart? Srivastava ponders. When it comes time to hire people, were still
going to hire someone with more papers.

If it sounds like a massive clusterfuck, then Srivastava has made his point. Does that mean the pursuit of science in 2016 is
a completely futile endeavor?

No, Srivastava surprisingly argues. Look to week seven - Interlude - for a scientific salvation, right about the time when his
fictional students consider switching to a liberal arts degree, which can be distilled to this: Sure, everything is fucked, but its
up to the next generation of scientists to make science less so.

Theres hope, and the replicability crisis might ironically offer that by being a cautionary tale for the arrogance of science.
The rest of us should be at least calmed by the fact that sexy results are garnering more upturned eyebrows and head
scratching than ever before.

Related: Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social
Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

Someone Elses Country - The Neoliberal Revolution In New Zealand

October 31 2016 | From: AlisterBerry

The Globalist's test case trial of Corporatisation: In the early 1980s a group of free market
economists came to dominate policy at the New Zealand Treasury.

With the election of the Labour Party in 1984 and the appointment of Roger Douglas as finance minister, the new
right elite took power and began relentlessly and ruthlessly turning New Zealand into their vision of the model free
market state.

"A coherent and comprehensive account of the years which will define this country for a century to come." - New Zealand
Herald.
Clinton Disaster Continues - FBI Reopens Investigation Into Clinton Emails + Busted:
Early Votes Are Already Being Switched - Even More Corruption Exposed On Video
October 30 2016 | From: Infowars / Zerohedge / Various

FBI looking into "new developments" after previously recommending no charges against
Democrat candidate.

The FBI on Friday announced it is reopening its investigation into Hillary Clintons private email server, another
shocking October surprise for the Democrat candidate days from the presidential election.

Related: Recent Poll Shows More Americans Want Clinton Indicted than Want Her to Be President

In a letter to committees and lawmakers relevant to the matter, FBI Director James Comey cited recent developments for
the bureaus decision to look into new emails which may contain classified information and how they may relate to its
previous investigation.

"In previous congressional testimony, I referred to the fact that the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) had
completed its investigation of former Secretary Clintons personal email server. Due to recent developments, I am
writing to supplement my previous testimony, Comey wrote in the letter obtained by CNBC.

In connection with an unrelated case, the FBI has learned of the existence of emails that appear to be pertinent to
the investigation.

I am writing to inform you that the investigative team briefed me on this yesterday, and I agreed that the
FBI should take appropriate investigative steps designed to allow investigators to review these emails to
determine whether they contain classified information, as well as to assess their importance to our
investigation.

Although the FBI cannot yet assess whether or not this material may be signifcant, and I cannot predict how long
it will take us to complete this additional work, I believe it is important to update your Committees about our efforts
in light of my previous testimony, Comey stated.
Republican Congressman Jason Chaffetz, who led an Oversight Committee effort to pursue perjury charges against Hillary,
tweeted about the FBIs announcement.
Back in July, Comey announced the FBIs investigation into Clintons use of a private email server during her tenure as
secretary of state would not result in a recommendation to the Justice Department to pursue charges.

"Although the Department of Justice makes final decisions on matters like this, we are expressing to Justice our
view that no charges are appropriate in this case, the FBI director stated in a speech at the time.

A Clinton campaign spokesman did not immediately respond to a request for comment, reported the Washington
Post on Friday.

Related: Most Americans want Hillary indicted for email scandal Poll

Democrat vice presidential pick Tim Kaine said hes got to read a little more when asked about the FBI investigation during
an early voting site visit in Tallahassee, Florida, Friday.

Likewise, Hillary ignored questions shouted at her from reporters when she disembarked from her campaign plane for a rally
in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, according to the Associated Press.
She did not address the FBI announcement during her speech.

Reports state the campaign was unaware of the news until they touched down in Iowa as her plane did not have wi-fi:
However, one Wall Street Journal writer claims the plane does indeed have wi-fi:

Related: Watergate's Bob Woodward: "Clinton Foundation Is Corrupt, It's A Scandal"

So it just happens to go out today? asks the American Mirrors Kyle Olson.

The campaign later released a statement saying FBI Director Comey should provide the American public more information
than is contained in the letter he sent to eight Republican committee chairmen.
Already we have seen characterizations that the FBI is reopening an investigation but Comeys words do not match that
characterization, the campaign claimed.

Speaking at a campaign rally in Manchester, New Hampshire, Republican presidential candidate Donald Trump jumped on
the bureaus decision to reopen its case:

The FBI has just sent a letter to Congress informing them that they have discovered new emails pertaining to the
former Secretary of State Hillary Clintons investigation. And they are reopening their case into her criminal and
illegal conduct that threatens the security of the United States of America.

Hillary Clintons corruption is on a scale we have never seen before. We must not let her take her criminal scheme
into the Oval Office.

I have great respect for the fact that the FBI and the Dept. of Justice are now willing to have the courage to right
the horrible mistake that they made. This was a grave miscarriage of justice that the American people fully
understood and it is everybodys hope that it is about to be corrected.

CNBC reports, Stocks turned negative after the report of the new probe, adding that Many analysts have said
that markets were pricing in a Clinton victory in November.

Related: Statement On Attempted Coverup Of Clinton's Emails At The State Department

Robert Creamer's Illegal $20,000 Foreign Wire Transfer Caught On Tape

Project Veritas has just released Part IV of it's multi-part series exposing numerous scandals
surrounding the DNC and the Clinton campaign, including efforts to incite violence at Trump rallies
and, at least what seems to be, illegal coordination between the DNC, Hillary For America and
various Super PACs.

Disgraced Democratic operative Robert Creamer participated in daily calls with the Hillary Clinton campaign, and worked directly with President
Barack Obama to organize issue campaigns.

Part IV focuses on a $20,000 foreign donation made by an undercover Project Veritas journalist to Americans
United for Change (AUFC). Ironically, shortly after the $20k donation wire was released, the contributor's "niece"
was offered an internship with Creamer's firm, Democracy Partners.

Related: "Dont Repeat That To Anybody" - Hillary Clinton And Donna Brazile Personally Implicated + The
Presstitutes Have Set Up The Election To Be Stolen

In the new video, Creamer says:

Every morning I am on a call at 10:30 that goes over the message being driven by the campaign headquarters
I am in this campaign mainly to deal with what earned media with television, radio, with earned media and social
media, not with paid media, not with advertising.

He also mentions a conference call discussing a woman potentially coming forward to accuse Trump of inappropriate
behavior.

Creamer, a seasoned Chicago activist who is married to Rep. Jan Schakowsky (D-IL), whose Republican opponent, Joan
McCarthy Lasonde has called for her to resign over her husbands activities, also talks about his work with Barack Obama,
whom he says he has known since the 1980s, when Obama was a community organizer in Chicago: Hes a pro, Ive known
the President since he was a community organizer in Chicago.

Related: Wall Street Journal Lashes Out The Press Is Burying Hillary Clintons Sins

Elsewhere, Creamer adds: I do a lot of work with the White House on their issues, helping to run issue campaigns that they
have been involved in. I mean, for immigration reform for the the health care bill, for trying to make America more like
Britain when it comes to gun violence issues.

In the effort to prove the credibility of the undercover donor featured in the videos and to keep the investigation
going, Project Veritas Action made the decision to donate twenty thousand dollars to Robert Creamers
effort. Project Veritas Action had determined that the benefit of this investigation outweighed the cost. And it did.

First thing, like I said, thank you for the proposal. And Id like to get the $20,000 across to you. The
second call Im going to make here is to my money guy and hes going to get in touch with you and auto
wire the funds to you, said the PVA journalist.

Creamer told the PVA journalist to send the money to Americans United for Change. Shortly after the money
was released, the donors niece - another Project Veritas Action journalist - was offered an internship
with Creamer.

In an effort to see how far Creamer would go with the promise of more money, another Project Veritas journalist
posing as the donors money liaison requested a meeting with Creamer. During that meeting, Creamer spoke
about connections he had with Obama and Clinton.

AUFC President, Brad Woodhouse, subsequently returned the money, after Project Veritas started to release their
undercover videos, citing "concerns that it might have been an illegal foreign donation."

Oddly, Woodhouse was not terribly concerned about the "legality" of the donation when he chose to accept it a month prior.

In an unexpected twist, AUFC president Brad Woodhouse, the recipient of the $20,000, heard that Project Veritas
Action was releasing undercover videos exposing AUFCs activities. He told a journalist that AUFC was going to
return the twenty thousand dollars.

He said it was because they were concerned that it might have been an illegal foreign donation. Project
Veritas Action was pleased but wondered why that hadnt been a problem for the month that they had the
money.

Related: Statement on Hillary Clintons Deliberate Incitement of Violence at Trump Rallies

While the latest video focuses on the "$20,000 illegal foreign contribution" from an undercover Project Veritas
journalist, the following comments from Robert Creamer were also rather intriguing in light of recent White House efforts to
vehemently deny any connections between he and President Obama.

"Oh Barack Obama's was the best campaign in the history of American politics, I mean the second one, I mean the
first was good too. I was a consultant to both, the second one, was everything hit on every level and every
aspect.

He's a pro. I've known the President since he was a community organizer in Chicago.

I was just at and event with him in Chicago actually, on Friday last. He is just as good as ever. I do a lot of
work with the White House on their issues. Helping to run issued campaigns that they have been involved in. I
mean, for immigration reform for the...the health care bill...trying to make America more like Britain when it comes
to gun violence issues."

Video 1 revealed DNC efforts to incite violence at Trump rallies. Video 2 provided the democrat playbook on how to commit
"mass voter fraud". Video 3 directly linking Donna Brazile and Hillary Clinton to efforts to disrupt Trump events.

See the first 3 videos and more in this earlier article:

Related: "Dont Repeat That To Anybody" - Hillary Clinton And Donna Brazile Personally Implicated + The
Presstitutes Have Set Up The Election To Be Stolen

Clinton Insider: Rigging Only Way Hillary Can Win

Shes going to lose and she knows it, he said.

Nichols explained that the establishment is already doing what it can to prevent an open and transparent election.

The DNC filed a lawsuit to try to force the removal of poll watchers at the polls, he said. Why would they do that
if they know theres no cheating going on? Why would they fight the voter ID if they dont plan to have massive
voter fraud?

The mainstream media and the Clinton campaign are also doing everything they can up until Election Day to make
everybody believe that the election is already over in Hillarys favor, Nichols said.

Folks, do not believe it, he said. The polling is a part of this game plan to destroy your confidence in your ability
to win.

I believe Donald Trump is winning, Nichols added. Youre winning. Youve just got to stay the course.

Nichols warned that voters must take extra steps to ensure their vote isnt being altered.

Youve got to make people at the precinct prove that your vote was recorded properly, he said. If they cant show
you proof, then demand a paper ballot.

The damning videos provided by Project Veritas exposing high-level Democrat operatives discussing how they steal
elections illustrate that worries about voter fraud arent unfounded, with even the New York Times acknowledging a recent
survey showing that most voters fear their ballot wont count because they believe the political process is so dominated by
corporate interests.

Related: Maryland Trump Supporter: They Switched My Vote to Hillary

Hillary's #1 Aide Huma Abedin: Undeniable Ties to Terrorists & 9/11 Funders

Related: The Failure of Democracy, How The Oligarchs Plan To Steal The Election

Related Articles:

Facebook goes full Orwellian, begins deleting PRIVATE messages that mention Hillary Clintons crimes

Clinton Fixer: Nothing I have heard Trump comes close to the sexual and moral corruption of the Clintons
 Meet The Man Who Can Expose "The Real Hillary Clinton Scandal"

WikiLeaks Just Dropped Bombshell About Hillarys Health The Truth, Revealed

Mainstream Media Attempts To Defend Hillary And Attack Wikileaks, Fails Epically

Here Are Hillary Clinton's Three Speeches To Goldman Sachs For Which She Was Paid $675,000

Statement On Clinton Campaign Misleading Misleading On Contents Of Secret Server

Hillary's ties to Monsanto mean more GMOs, less transparency in labeling

Proof: Hillary Clinton Is Worse Than Putin

Hillarys Dark Secret Revealed Before Final Debate

Hillary Admits Shadow Government In Control

FBI Files: Hillary Clinton Stole Furniture From State Dept.

Wikileaks Emails Prove Obama Lied When He Said He Didnt Know Hillary Was Using Unsecure Email Server

Hillary Leaks Nuclear Secrets During Debate

False Flag Red Alert Potential for Murders Intended to Frame Trump and Twist Narrative with CNN Complicity

The Wikileaks List: At Least 65 MSM Reporters Were Meeting with / Coordinating Offline with Top Hillary Advisors

DNC Nomination Elections were Fabricated against Sanders

Hillary Clinton embraces George Soros radical vision of open-border world

SHOCKING Report Documents Massive Election Theft by the Democrats

Former Ohio Governor Triggered By Questions About Voter Fraud

Leaked Memo Exposes Shady Dealings Between Clinton Foundation Donors And Bill's "For-Profit" Activities

Statement On More Clinton State Department Corruption

Trump Attacks Hillarys Wild Spending Binge of Taxpayer Dollars

Leak Exposes Who Ordered Hillary To Leave behindThe 4 Men In Benghazi

Hillarys Massive meltdown"If that f - - - ing bastard wins, we all hang from nooses!

GCHQ Hired New Zealand Firm For Mass Hack Capabilities - Snowden Leak
October 29 2016 | From: Sott

Documents obtained by the Intercept show UK spies got the NZ-based firm Endace to create data
capture technology that scooped up information.
The CEO of Endace, which was founded in 2001 as an outgrowth of an academic project, was recently bought and
then cut loose by the US company Emulex.

Related: Endace Bid Bad News: Founder

At the time of its return to independent status, CEO Stuart Wilson said;

"Operating as an independent company again allows us to continue to deliver innovative solutions to our
customers under the Endace brand they've known and trusted for more than 15 years."

The firm boasts it can provide:

"100 percent accurate network recording, any speed, any network and works with the world's top 10
telecommunications giants and a number of leading US defense departments among others."

The revelations include confirmation that Endace is bound by the UK's Official Secrets Act, which prevents any
disclosure of its work for the British authorities.

A cache of leaked documents seen by the Intercept, which conducted an investigation alongside Television New Zealand,
are said to detail "the firm's key role helping governments across the world harvest vast amounts of information on people's
private emails, online chats, social media conversations, and internet browsing histories."

The Intercept says the leaks highlight "the vital role played by the private sector in enabling the spying."

The Auckland-based firm operates under the motto "power to see all" and uses an eye as its emblem.

Endace maintains it contributes to New Zealand's export market and helps clients fighting terrorism, crime and state-
sponsored cyber warfare.
Private Eyes - Obscure Company Enabling Worldwide Mass Surveillance

It was a powerful piece of technology created for an important customer. The Medusa
system, named after the mythical Greek monster with snakes instead of hair, had one main
purpose: to vacuum up vast quantities of internet data at an astonishing speed.

The technology was designed by Endace, a little-known New Zealand company. And the important customer was
the British electronic eavesdropping agency, Government Communications Headquarters, or GCHQ.

Related: Private Eyes

Dozens of internal documents and emails from Endace, obtained by The Intercept and reported in cooperation
with Television New Zealand, reveal the firm's key role helping governments across the world harvest vast amounts
of information on people's private emails, online chats, social media conversations, and internet browsing
histories.

The leaked files, which were provided by a source through SecureDrop, show that Endace listed a Moroccan security
agency implicated in torture as one of its customers. They also indicate that the company sold its surveillance gear to
more than half a dozen other government agencies, including in the United States, Israel, Denmark, Australia,
Canada, Spain, and India.

Some of Endace's largest sales in recent years, however, were to the United Kingdom's GCHQ, which purchased a variety
of "data acquisition" systems and "probes" that it used to covertly monitor internet traffic.
Documents from the National Security Agency whistleblower Edward Snowden, previously disclosed by The Intercept, have
shown how GCHQ dramatically expanded its online surveillance between 2009 and 2012. The newly obtained Endace
documents add to those revelations, shining light for the first time on the vital role played by the private sector in enabling
the spying.

Stuart Wilson, Endace's CEO, declined to answer questions for this story. Wilson said in a statement that Endace's
technology:

"Generates significant export revenue for New Zealand and builds important technical capability for our country."

He added: "Our commercial technology is used by customers worldwide ... who rely on network recording to
protect their critical infrastructure and data from cybercriminals, terrorists, and state-sponsored cybersecurity
threats."

Endace says it manufactures technology that allows its clients to "monitor, intercept and capture 100% of traffic
on networks."

The Auckland-based company's motto is "power to see all" and its logo is an eye.

The company's origins can be traced back to Waikato University in Hamilton, New Zealand. There, in 1994, a team of
professors and researchers began developing network monitoring technology using university resources.

A central aim of the project was to find ways to measure different kinds of data on the internet, which was at that time only
just beginning to take off. Within a few years, the academics' efforts proved successful; they had managed to invent
pioneering network monitoring tools. By 2001, the group behind the research started commercializing the technology - and
Endace was formed.

Today, Endace presents itself publicly as focused on providing technology that helps companies and governments keep
their networks secure. But in the past decade, it has quietly entered into a burgeoning global spy industry that is worth in
excess of an estimated $5 billion annually.
In 2007, Endace representatives promoted their technology at a huge surveillance technology trade show in Dubai that was
attended by dozens of government agencies from across the world. Endace's advertising brochures from the show, which
described the company's products and promoted the need for greater state surveillance, were published by WikiLeaks in
2013.

One Endace brochure explained how the company's technology could help clients:

"Monitor all network traffic inexpensively."

It noted that telecommunications networks carry many types of information: Skype calls, videos, emails, and
instant message chats.

"These networks provide rich intelligence for law enforcement," the brochure stated, "IF they can be accessed
securely and with high precision."

The United Kingdom's geographic location - situated between North America, mainland Europe, and the Middle East - made
it a good market for Endace.

Many major international undersea data cables cross British territory, and according to top-secret documents from
Snowden, as much as 25 percent of all the world's internet traffic flows through the U.K.
The country's spies have worked to exploit this, with GCHQ tapping into as many of the cables as it can, sifting through
huge volumes of emails, instant messages, social media interactions, and web browsing records as they are being
transmitted across the internet.

As of 2009, GCHQ's surveillance of undersea cables was well underway. The agency was measuring the amount of traffic it
monitored in tens of gigabits per second (10Gs) - the equivalent in data of about 1 million average-sized emails every
minute.

The electronic eavesdropping agency was tapping into 87 different 10Gs capacity cables and funneling the collected
data into its processing systems for analysis.
By March 2011, GCHQ's aim was to tap into 415 of the 10Gs cables, and its longer-term goal was to "grow our internet
access to 800 10Gs." The agency wanted to build what it described as the largest covert surveillance apparatus in the
world. And in an effort to fulfill that plan, it turned to Endace's technology.

Leaked documents and emails from Endace, obtained by The Intercept, lay out a series of deals the company made with
GCHQ to help it broaden its mass surveillance capabilities.

A confidential February 2010 Endace statement of work for GCHQ, for instance, outlined a 245,000 ($299,500) deal to
upgrade "monitoring solutions" for the British agency that were designed to intercept large amounts of internet traffic and
send it into "memory holes" - repositories used to store the data.

Between November 2010 and March 2011, GCHQ purchased more technology from Endace, including specialized
surveillance technology built for "FGA only," a code name the company often uses in its internal documents to refer to
GCHQ; it stands for "friendly government agency."
A November 2010 company document said that "FGA" had an order of 20 systems scheduled for delivery in March 2011.
Each system was equipped with two "data acquisition" cards capable of intercepting 20Gs of internet traffic.

The total capacity of the order would enable GCHQ to monitor a massive amount of data - the equivalent of being able to
download 3,750 high-definition movies every minute, or 2.5 billion average-sized emails an hour.

Endace added in the document that "a potential for 300-500 systems over the next two to three years is being
discussed" and noted that it was soon anticipating another order of "30-40 additional systems."

Indeed, the following month a new $167,940 purchase order for 27 more systems arrived, and the items were swiftly
dispatched for delivery to GCHQ's headquarters in Cheltenham, England.

The records of the Endace sales are confirmed by internal GCHQ documents, provided by Snowden, which describe the
company's data capture devices being used as part of mass surveillance programs.

GCHQ documents from 2010 and 2011 repeatedly mention the Endace products while discussing the capture of "internet-
derived" data to extract information about people's usage of services such as Gmail, Hotmail, WhatsApp, and Facebook.
GCHQ declined to comment for this story.

Throughout the summer of 2011, at Endace's offices in Auckland, New Zealand, the orders from GCHQ were continuing to
flow in. Meanwhile, the company's engineers were busy turning their sights to new technology that could vastly increase
surveillance capability.

Endace was developing a powerful new product for GCHQ called Medusa: interception equipment that could capture
internet traffic at up to 100 gigabits per second.

Medusa was first logged in Endace's sales systems in September 2011. Endace staff produced weekly status reports about
their progress and updated GCHQ at biweekly review meetings.

By November 18, 2011, the first version of Medusa arrived at GCHQ. "FGA are very pleased with the prototypes we
delivered last week," Endace noted.

Apparently after testing the Medusa prototype, GCHQ requested some refinements. One feature the agency wanted was
called "Separate MAC insertion by IP type."

This suggests the British agency may have sought the ability to target individuals by searching internet traffic for the
built-in hardware address of their computers, routers, or phones.
Notably, the Medusa status reports reveal that Endace was using taxpayers' money to develop the new equipment for
GCHQ. They state that the Medusa system was being built for "FGA" with funding from the Foundation of Research Science
and Technology, the body that handed out New Zealand government research grants.

In 2010, Endace received two grants totaling $11.1 million. A public announcement for the first grant - issued in July 2010 -
said the funding was for "50% of the cost of a series of substantial product developments over the next two years," but did
not say what the products were nor who they were for.

A New Zealand government spokesperson told The Intercept that he could not immediately give a "definitive" answer on
whether the funding body had known Endace would use the grants to develop surveillance technology for GCHQ, but said it
was:

"Highly unlikely Endace would have provided that information, as they were under no obligation to do so."

Endace has never publicly disclosed any of its work with GCHQ, likely because it is subject to strict confidentiality
agreements.
In one contract obtained by The Intercept, GCHQ states that Endace staff are bound to the U.K.'s Official Secrets Act, a
sweeping law that can be used to prosecute and imprison people who disclose classified information.

GCHQ warned Endace that it must not "make any press announcements or publicize the contract or any part thereof in any
way."

Endace leaked client lists show three main categories of customers: governments, telecommunications companies,
and finance companies.

The government clients appear to be mostly intelligence agencies. A 2008 Endace customer list included: GCHQ;
the Canadian and Australian defense departments (where their electronic spy agencies are located); a U.S. government
contractor called Rep-Tron Systems Group, located in Baltimore, Maryland; and Morocco's domestic surveillance
agency, the DGST.

Other Endace customer lists contained in the leaked trove include the U.S. Army and the U.S. Navy's Space and Naval
Warfare Systems Command, called SPAWAR; the Israeli Ministry of Defense (home of its Unit 8200 electronic spy
agency); the government of India, the Spanish Ministry of Defense; and Denmark's Defense Intelligence Service.

Endace's apparent dealings with the Moroccan agency, the DGST, are particularly controversial. Moroccan authorities
have been persistently accused over more than five decades of committing a range of severe human rights abuses.

Amnesty International, in a 2015 report, specifically singled out the DGST agency as a key perpetrator of recent
abuses, accusing it of detaining people incommunicado and using brutal torture methods that included beatings, electric
shocks, sexual violence, simulated drowning, drugging, mock executions, and food and sleep deprivation.

Sirine Rached, Amnesty's North Africa researcher, told The Intercept that sales of surveillance technology to Morocco raised
major concerns.

"In Morocco, digital surveillance is intimately linked with repression of peaceful dissent - people who are
peacefully protesting or criticizing the authorities face intimidation, arrest, unfair trials, and sometimes
imprisonment," said Rached.

"We fear that the more that these surveillance tools are sold [to Moroccan agencies], the more we will see human
rights abuses, especially in relation to freedom of expression and information."

Endace declined to comment on its dealings with Morocco. Stuart Wilson, Endace's CEO, claimed in a statement that he
had to keep details about the company's customers confidential in order to help them "battle cyberthreats and breaches."
Alongside its government clients, Endace has many major corporate customers.

Endace's sales lists include finance industry giants such as Morgan Stanley, Reuters, and Bank of America.

Endace's website says it provides financial companies with its monitoring technology to help "high-frequency traders to
monitor, measure, and analyze critical network environments."

In addition, Endace sells its equipment to some of the world's largest telecommunications companies, among them AT&T,
AOL, Verizon, Sprint, Cogent Communications, Telstra, Belgacom, Swisscom, Deutsche Telekom, Telena Italy,
Vastech South Africa, and France Telecom.

Some of these companies may use the Endace equipment for checking the security of their networks. But a key strand of
Endace's business involves providing technology for telecommunications firms that enables law enforcement and
intelligence agencies to intercept the messages and data of phone and internet users.

A company product strategy document from 2010 said that Endace had "seen early success" providing a Lawful Intercept
product to the major U.S. telco and internet company Sprint Corporation.

All telcos and internet companies in the U.S., Europe, New Zealand, and a number of other countries are required by law to
have "intercept capable" equipment on their networks.

When police or spy agencies want private data about a customer (with or without a warrant, depending on the country), it
can be extracted easily.
When installed on a network, Endace's surveillance equipment can be used to perform targeted monitoring of individual
people, but it can also be used to enable dragnet spying.

In one of the leaked Endace documents obtained by The Intercept - under a section titled "customer user stories" - the
company describes a situation in which a government agency has obtained "the encryption keys for a well-known program."
An Endace surveillance "probe," the document suggests, could help the government agency "unencrypt all packets sent
by this program on a large network in the last 24 hours."

Once the data has been decrypted, the agency will be able to "look for the text string 'Domino's Pizza,'" Endace joked, "as
they have information suggesting this is the favorite pizza of international terrorists."

Clintons Leaked Emails Confirm Libya Plunder By Killing Gaddafi + Libya: From
Africas Richest State Under Gaddafi, To Failed State After NATO Intervention
October 29 2016 | From: Geopolitics / Various

It was broad daylight robbery and murder when US , France, and the rest of NATO, hunted down
Muammar Qaddafi, and destroyed the most prosperous nation in Africa, i.e. Libya., in 2011.
The above picture is taken during the G8 Summit Italy, in 2009. Libya used to be one of few countries with
sovereign central banks.

Muammar Qaddafi, President of the African Union at that time, was planning to issue gold denominated African dinar to
replace Francs in Francophone Africa, to help his African brothers from centuries of economic plunder.

But thats not all.

The West just hated Muammar Qaddafis internal policies which were kept from the rest of the world by Rothschild
controlled mainstream media.

Here are some examples:

There is no electricity bill in Libya; electricity is free for all its citizens.

There is no interest on loans, banks in Libya are state-owned and loans given to all its citizens at zero percent
interest by law.

Having a home considered a human right in Libya.

All newlyweds in Libya receive $60,000 dinar (U.S.$50,000) by the government to buy their first apartment so to
help start up the family.

Education and medical treatments are free in Libya. Before Gaddafi only 25 percent of Libyans were literate.
Today, the figure is 83 percent.

Should Libyans want to take up farming career, they would receive farming land, a farming house, equipments,
seeds and livestock to kickstart their farms are all for free.

If Libyans cannot find the education or medical facilities they need, the government funds them to go abroad, for
it is not only paid for, but they get a U.S.$2,300/month for accommodation and car allowance.

If a Libyan buys a car, the government subsidizes 50 percent of the price.

The price of petrol in Libya is $0.14 per liter.

Libya has no external debt and its reserves amounting to $150 billion are now frozen globally.

If a Libyan is unable to get employment after graduation the state would pay the average salary of the profession,
as if he or she is employed, until employment is found.
 A portion of every Libyan oil sale is credited directly to the bank accounts of all Libyan citizens.

A mother who gives birth to a child receive U.S.$5,000.

40 loaves of bread in Libya costs $0.15.

25 percent of Libyans have a university degree.

Gaddafi carried out the worlds largest irrigation project, known as the Great Manmade River project, to make
water readily available throughout the desert country.

These things Qaddafi was doing while the West maintains its exceptionalist mindset of being the epitome of freedom and
democracy throughout the globe. Nothing could be farther from the truth.

These are the faces of the people that would murder him more than a year later.

Now, with the fall of CIA Daesh Islamic State in Syria, Libya is hosting the highest population of ISIS terrorists, and added
itself to a growing number of failed states in the region.

ISIS Massacred Over 300 West African Migrants In Libya

The Khazarian Nazionist agenda in the Middle East, and the methods being used against the Arabs and Africans, are still
the same methods that were used by Western pirates not too long ago in the Pacific, which includes:

Bribery of local overlords to help them loot the country; Saudi Arabia is a perfect example; Leaders in Latin
America were also subjected to the same attacks by economic hitmen;

Removal of uncooperative leaders through color revolutions;

Total destruction of the State through divide and conquer by pitting clans and warlords against each other;

For the last 400 years, another resource rich country like the Philippines fall victim to all three methods.

The Project for the New American Century (PNAC) has a hit list of Arab nations to conquer obviously with little regard for
Arab casualties. Such hit list includes a total of seven countries beginning with Iraq, then Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Iran,
Somalia, and Sudan.
Related: Its A US-led Invasion, Not Civil War in Syria | US Peace Council

The leaked Clinton email confirms that what they did and continue to do in Libya is the fulfillment of this hit list:

France's Client and Gaddafis Gold:

From: Sidney Blumenthal

To: Hillary Clinton
Date: 2011-04-01 21:00

Subject: FRANCES CLIENT & QADDAFIS GOLD

UNCLASSIFIED U.S. Department of State Case No. F-2014-20439 Doc No. C05785522 Date: 01/07/2016

RELEASE IN FULL CONFIDENTIAL April 2, 2011

For: Hillary
From: Sid
Re: Frances client & Qaddafis gold

A high ranking official on the National Libyan Council states that factions have developed within it. In part this
reflects the cultivation by France in particular of clients among the rebels. General Abdelfateh Younis is the leading
figure closest to the French, who are believed to have made payments of an unknown amount to him. Younis has
told others on the NLC that the French have promised they will provide military trainers and arms.

So far the men and materiel have not made an appearance. Instead, a few risk assessment analysts wielding
clipboards have come and gone. Jabril, Jalil and others are impatient. It is understood that France has clear
economic interests at stake. Sarkozys occasional emissary, the intellectual self-promoter Bernard Henri-Levy, is
considered by those in the NLC who have dealt with him as a semi-useful, semi joke figure.

Rumors swept the NLC upper echelon this week that Qaddafi may be dead or maybe not.

Qaddafi has nearly bottomless financial resources to continue indefinitely, according to the latest report we
have received:

On April 2, 2011 sources with access to advisors to Saif al-Islam Qaddafi stated in strictest confidence that while
the freezing of Libyas foreign bank accounts presents Muammar Qaddafi with serious challenges, his ability to
equip and maintain his armed forces and intelligence services remains intact.

According to sensitive information available to this these individuals, Qaddafis government holds 143 tons of
gold, and a similar amount in silver.

During late March, 2011 these stocks were moved to SABHA (south west in the direction of the Libyan border
with Niger and Chad); taken from the vaults of the Libyan Central Bank in Tripoli. This gold was accumulated prior
to the current rebellion and was intended to be used to establish a pan-African currency based on the Libyan
golden Dinar.

This plan was designed to provide , the Francophone African Countries with an alternative to the French
franc (CFA). (Source Comment: According to knowledgeable individuals this quantity of gold and silver is valued
at more than $7 billion.

French intelligence officers discovered this plan shortly after the current rebellion began, and this was one of the
factors that influenced President Nicolas

UNCLASSIFIED U.S. Department of State Case No. F-2014-20439 Doc No. C05785522

Date: 01/07/2016
 Sarkozys decision to commit France to the attack on Libya. According to these individuals Sarkozys plans are
driven by the following issues:

a. A desire to gain a greater share of Libya oil production,

b. Increase French influence in North Africa,

c. Improve his internal political situation in France,

d. Provide the French military with an opportunity to reassert its position in the world, address the concern of his
advisors over Qaddafis long term plans to supplant France as the dominant power in, Francophone Africa. )

On the afternoon of April 1, an individual with access to the National Libyan Council (NLC) stated in private that
senior officials of the NLC believe that the rebel military forces are beginning to show signs of improved discipline
and fighting spirit under some of the new military commanders, including Colonel Khalifha Haftar, the former
commander of the anti - Qaddafi forces in the Libyan National Army (LNA). According to these sources, units
defecting from Qaddafis force are also taking a greater role in the fighting on behalf of the rebels.

- Source

They were monitoring where the gold is heading, and they got what they wanted.

Fortunately for us, they were interrupted in Syria and Iran as the BRICS, and 180 more allied countries, decided to standup
to these few old men and women with kleptocratic and eugenics tendencies.

But it is extremely important to remind ourselves that the United Nations and mainstream media were complicit to all of
these high crimes committed against the sovereign people of Libya, and other countries.

We cannot afford to lower our guards however the covert NWO geopolitical game is played.

Libya: From Africas Richest State Under Gaddafi, To Failed State After NATO
Intervention

It has been five years since the Western-backed assassination of Libyas former president,
Muammar Gaddafi, and the fall of one of Africas greatest nations.
In 1967 Colonel Gaddafi inherited one of the poorest nations in Africa; however, by the time he was assassinated,
Gaddafi had turned Libya into Africas wealthiest nation. Libya had the highest GDP per capita and life expectancy
on the continent. Less people lived below the poverty line than in the Netherlands.

Related: Hillarys War Crime: The Murder of Muammar Gaddafi. We Came, we Saw, he Died.

After NATOs intervention in 2011, Libya is now a failed state and its economy is in shambles. As the governments control
slips through their fingers and into to the militia fighters hands, oil production has all but stopped.

The militias variously local, tribal, regional, Islamist or criminal, that have plagued Libya since NATOs intervention, have
recently lined up into two warring factions. Libya now has two governments, both with their own Prime Minister, parliament
and army.

On one side, in the West of the country, Islamist-allied militias took over control of the capital Tripoli and other cities and set
up their own government, chasing away a parliament that was elected over the summer.
Tripoli

On the other side, in the East of the Country, the legitimate government dominated by anti-Islamist politicians, exiled 1,200
kilometers away in Tobruk, no longer governs anything.

The fall of Gaddafis administration has created all of the countrys worst-case scenarios: Western embassies have all left,
the South of the country has become a haven for terrorists, and the Northern coast a center of migrant trafficking. Egypt,
Algeria and Tunisia have all closed their borders with Libya.

This all occurs amidst a backdrop of widespread rape, assassinations and torture that complete the picture of a state that is
failed to the bone.

America is clearly fed up with the two inept governments in Libya and is now backing a third force: long-time CIA
asset, General Khalifa Hifter, who aims to set himself up as Libyas new dictator.

Hifter, who broke with Gaddafi in the 1980s and lived for years in Langley, Virginia, close to the CIAs headquarters, where
he was trained by the CIA, has taken part in numerous American regime change efforts, including the aborted attempt to
overthrow Gaddafi in 1996.
In 1991 the New York Times reported that Hifter may have been one of 600 Libyan soldiers trained by American
intelligence officials in sabotage and other guerrilla skillsto fit in neatly into the Reagan Administrations eagerness to
topple Colonel Qaddafi.

Hifters forces are currently vying with the Al Qaeda group Ansar al-Sharia for control of Libyas second largest city,
Benghazi.

Ansar al-Sharia was armed by America during the NATO campaign against Colonel Gaddafi. In yet another example of the
U.S. backing terrorists backfiring, Ansar al-Sharia has recently been blamed by America for the brutal assassination of U.S.
Ambassador Stevens.
Hifter is currently receiving logistical and air support from the U.S. because his faction envision a mostly secular Libya open
to Western financiers, speculators, and capital.

Perhaps, Gaddafis greatest crime, in the eyes of NATO, was his desire to put the interests of local labour above foreign
capital and his quest for a strong and truly United States of Africa.

In fact, in August 2011, President Obama confiscated $30 billion from Libyas Central Bank, which Gaddafi had
earmarked for the establishment of the African IMF and African Central Bank.

In 2011, the Wests objective was clearly not to help the Libyan people, who already had the highest standard of living in
Africa, but to oust Gaddafi, install a puppet regime, and gain control of Libyas natural resources.
He may not have been a Saint, but for over 40 years, Gaddafi promoted economic democracy and used the
nationalized oil wealth to sustain progressive social welfare programs for all Libyans. Under Gaddafis rule,
Libyans enjoyed not only free health-care and free education, but also free electricity and interest-free loans.

Now thanks to NATOs intervention the health-care sector is on the verge of collapse as thousands of Filipino health workers
flee the country, institutions of higher education across the East of the country are shut down, and black outs are a common
occurrence in once thriving Tripoli.

One group that has suffered immensely from NATOs bombing campaign is the nations women. Unlike many other
Arab nations, women in Gaddafis Libya had the right to education, hold jobs, divorce, hold property and have an
income. The United Nations Human Rights Council praised Gaddafi for his promotion of womens rights.

When the colonel seized power in 1969, few women went to university. Today, more than half of Libyas university students
are women. One of the first laws Gaddafi passed in 1970 was an equal pay for equal work law.

Nowadays, the new democratic Libyan regime is clamping down on womens rights. The new ruling tribes are tied to
traditions that are strongly patriarchal.

Also, the chaotic nature of post-intervention Libyan politics has allowed free reign to extremist Islamic forces that see gender
equality as a Western perversion.
Five years ago, NATO declared that the mission in Libya had been one of the most successful in NATO history.

Truth is, Western interventions have produced nothing but colossal failures in Libya, Iraq, and Syria.

Lest we forget, prior to western military involvement in these three nations, they were the most modern and secular states in
the Middle East and North Africa with the highest regional womens rights and standards of living.

A decade of failed military expeditions in the Middle East has left the American people in trillions of dollars of debt. However,
one group has benefited immensely from the costly and deadly wars: Americas Military-Industrial-Complex.

Building new military bases means billions of dollars for Americas military elite. As Will Blum has pointed out, following the
bombing of Iraq, the United States built new bases in Kuwait, Bahrain, Qatar, the United Arab Emirates, Oman and Saudi
Arabia.

Where in the World is the US Military?

Following the bombing of Afghanistan, the United States is now building military bases in Pakistan, Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan
and Tajikistan.

Following the recent bombing of Libya, the United States has built new military bases in the Seychelles, Kenya, South
Sudan, Niger and Burkina Faso.

Given that Libya sits atop the strategic intersection of the African, Middle Eastern and European worlds, Western control of
the nation, has always been a remarkably effective way to project power into these three regions and beyond.

NATOs military intervention may have been a resounding success for Americas military elite and oil companies but for the
ordinary Libyan, the military campaign may indeed go down in history as one of the greatest failures of the 21st century.

Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists

Part 1: Click here Part 2: Click here Part 3: Click here Part 4: Click here

Part 5: Click here Part 6: Click here Part 7: Click here Part 8: Click here

Part 9: Click here Part 10: Click here Part 11: Click here Part 12: Click here

Part 13: Click here Part 14: Click here

http://www.wakeupkiwi.com/cabal-nwo-watch-13.shtml

Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists

Part 1: Click here Part 2: Click here Part 3: Click here Part 4: Click here

Part 5: Click here Part 6: Click here Part 7: Click here Part 8: Click here

Part 9: Click here Part 10: Click here Part 11: Click here Part 12: Click here

Part 13: Click here Part 14: Click here

"Dont Repeat That To Anybody" - Hillary Clinton And Donna Brazile Personally
Implicated + The Presstitutes Have Set Up The Election To Be Stolen
October 28 2016 | From: Zerohedge / PaulCraigRoberts / Various

Last week, Jame O'keefe and Project Veritas Action potentially altered the course of the U.S.
election, or at a minimum raised serious doubts about the practices of the Clinton campaign and
the DNC, after releasing two undercover videos that revealed efforts of democrat operatives to
incite violence at republican rallies and commit "mass voter fraud."
While democrats have vehemently denied the authenticity of the videos, two democratic operatives, Robert
Creamer and Scott Foval, have both been forced to resign over the allegations.

Related: Rigged: Twelve Ways the Two-Party Tyranny Rigs the US Electoral System to Block Out Independents,
Small Parties, and 70% of the Eligible Voters

Many democrats made the rounds on various mainstream media outlets over the weekend in an attempt to debunk the
Project Veritas videos. Unfortunately for them, O'Keefe fired back with warnings that part 3 of his multi-part series was
forthcoming and would implicate Hillary Clinton directly.

Now, we have the 3rd installment of O'Keefe's videos which does seemingly reveal direct coordination between Hillary
Clinton, Donna Brazile, Robert Creamer and Scott Foval to organize a smear campaign over Trump's failure to release his
tax returns.
Per Project Veritas:

"Part III of the undercover Project Veritas Action investigation dives further into the back room dealings of
Democratic politics. It exposes prohibited communications between Hillary Clintons campaign, the DNC and the
non-profit organization Americans United for Change.

And, its all disguised as a duck. In this video, several Project Veritas Action undercover journalists catch
Democracy Partners founder directly implicating Hillary Clinton in FEC violations.

In the end, it was the candidate, Hillary Clinton, the future president of the United States, who wanted
ducks on the ground, says Creamer in one of several exchanges. So, by God, we would get ducks on the
ground.

It is made clear that high-level DNC operative Creamer realized that this direct coordination between Democracy
Partners and the campaign would be damning when he said: Dont repeat that to anybody.

Within the video both Clinton and Brazile are directly implicated by Creamer during the following exchange:

"The duck has to be an Americans United for Change entity. This had to do only with some problem between
Donna Brazile and ABC, which is owned by Disney, because they were worried about a trademark
issue. That's why. It's really silly.

We originally launched this duck because Hillary Clinton wants the duck.

In any case, so she really wanted this duck figure out there doing this stuff, so that was fine. So, we put all these
ducks out there and got a lot of coverage. And Trump taxes. And then ABC/Disney went crazy because they
thought our original slogan was 'Donald ducks his taxes, releasing his tax returns."

They said it was a trademark issue. It's not, but anyway, Donna Brazile had a connection with them and she
didn't want to get sued. So we switched the ownership of the duck to Americans United for Change and
now our signs say 'Trump ducks releasing his tax returns.' And we haven't had anymore trouble."

As Project Veritas points out, this direct coordination between Clinton, Brazile and Americans United For Change is a
violation of federal election laws:

"The ducks on the ground are likely 'public communications' for purposes of the law. It's political activity
opposing Trump, paid for by Americans United For Change funds but controlled by Clinton/her campaign."

Here is the full video just released:

As a reminder, below are parts 1 & 2 of the Project Veritas series in case you missed them.

Video 1 revealed DNC efforts to incite violence at Trump rallies:

Video 2 provided the democrat playbook on how to committ "mass voter fraud":

The Presstitutes Have Set Up The Election To Be Stolen

Over the course of its history, the New York Times has reported on many American elections that
have been rigged or stolen or are suspected of having been being rigged or stolen. For example,
as a supporter of the black civil rights movement, the NY Times has many stories in its archives of
elections rigged by disenfranchisement of black voters.

But this was when the NY Times was an independent voice before it became a whore for the Oligarchs who rule
America. When the NY Times reported that black Americans could have no confidence in the integrity of American
elections, the NY Times did not denounce itself for delegitimizing American democracy.

Related: What Is At Stake In The Election - Paul Craig Roberts

The NY Times forgot all of this when it published Max Fishers article yesterday. Fisher fished up scholars among the
Hillary advocates, and they obligingly told him that Trumps questioning of the integrity of American elections were the
tactics of a would-be dictator who is at work delegitimizing democracy so that he can take over.

What Fisher and his scholars overlook is that the US government is already delegitimized in the eyes of the American
population, as well as foreign populations.

If the US government was not already delegitimized, Donald Trump would not have been successful in what, despite
Trumps damnation by the presstitutes, was an easy sweep-aside of the Establishments candidates for the Republican
presidential nomination.
Aerial photos show how downtown Detroit has been turned into a tiny urban island, surrounded by abandoned housing blocks

The US government is delegitimized, not only in the eyes of Americans, but also in the eyes of most of the world. Millions of
Americans have lost their jobs, their careers, their hopes, because corrupt bought-and-paid-for-Washington enabled
Globalism to send the futures of the American people to China and India.

Millions of Americans lost their homes, because the corrupt Federal Reserve came down on the side of five banks too big
to fail at the expense of the American people.

Millions of Americans along with much of the world know that the US government has been slaughtering millions
of peoples in seven countries based on lies, wasting not only countries and the lives of millions of peoples, but
trillions of American dollars that Americans needed for their welfare.

Saddam Hussein had no weapons of mass destruction. Assad did not use chemical weapons.

Gaddafi was innocent of all the absurd charges that Washington used to destroy Libya, a country that had the most
progressive social system on earth.

Russia did not invade Ukraine.

The Taliban had nothing whatsoever to do with 9/11.

Yet countries are in ruins because of Washingtons war crimes justified by transparent lies.

If the NY Times does not know this, the organization is too stupid to justify its existence. Of course the Times knows it. But
the NY Times is no longer a newspaper. It is a cog in the Ministry of Propaganda that works to create a Matrix in which
brainwashed Americans accept the dictates of the Oligarchs.
The purpose of the Times article is to discredit in advance criticism of an election that the ruling Oligarchs intend to steal. If
the Times believed that Hillary would have a clear election victory, there would be no point to Fishers article.

We see voluminous signs of the intended theft of the election.

For example, Hillarys lead in the polls is based on the pollsters skewing the affiliation of those polled to Democrats. The
percentage of Democrats in the samples is far higher than their percentage of registered voters.

Related: This Is How WaPo's Latest Poll Gave Hillary A 12 Point Advantage Over Trump

It the past it was difficult to steal elections unless they were very close. Exit polls were a check on vote count, and the
disenfranchisement of blacks could be risky if it attracted the attention of the US Department of Justice.
The new method, which is unfolding before our eyes, steals the election in advance with the Oligarchs candidate far ahead
in the polls (now by 12 points according to the latest fiction) and by making anyone who questions the faked results into a
fascist dictator.

Obviously, if Hillary was really ahead by 12 points - a landslide - there would be no need for Fishers article or for the
constant drumbeat against Trump.

Judging from the hysteria, as reflected in Fishers NY Times article, for example, the Oligarchs are aware that objections to
their rule have elevated Trump.

In order to hold on to power, the American Oligarchs must smash Trump and put their bought-and-paid-for-candidate, Hillary
- whom the Oligarchs have provided along with Bill a personal fortune of $120 million and endowed the Clinton Foundation
with $1,600 million - into the Oval Office.

Pollsters by nature of their business are unreliable.

If truthful results offend the establishment political organizations, the pollsters are out of work. Polls have to serve the
Oligarchs or the polling firms go down. Trump is an outsider toward whom the ruling Oligarchy is totally opposed, which is
why Americans support him.

Therefore, polling firms are adverse to betting their future on poll results favorable to Trump, especially when the whores
who constitute the American print and TV media, such as the NY Times, are all out to put Hillary in the White House.

As Hillarys public statements have made clear, Hillary is antagonistic toward Russia and the Russian government, calling
the president of Russia the new Hitler. She promises conflict with Russia, which would certainly be nuclear and end life on
earth.
Trump says in the face of contrary ruling neoconservative opinion that he sees no point in conflict with Russia and no point
in NATOs continued existence a quarter century after the purpose of NATO collapsed with the Soviet Union.

Trump might not be successful in appointing a government that serves his instincts, but at least he gives us hope of avoiding
military conflict with Russia and China. With Hillary there is no hope whatsoever.

My opinion is that the world would not survive Hillarys first term. I have known the neoconservatives since the
1970s. They are crazed fanatics, and they hate Russia. Hillary is their agent.

It is unclear that the Russian government understands, or takes seriously, the neoconservative ideology of US world
hegemony. Putins hesitant, indecisive behavior in Syria has done more to set himself and Russia up for demonization than
to defeat ISIS.

Related: By Cooperating With Washington On Syria Russia Walked Into A Trap

The Western world is corrupt and evil. The list of its victims is almost endless. What disconnect makes some Russians
desire association with the Western world?

How the Media and Democrats Rig the Perception of Trump

Democratic heads roll after video shows agitators planted at Trump rallies

The Orchestrated Trump-Putin Connection

Leaked emails prove that the Trump-Putin connection was orhestrated as campaign talk
to deflect attention from damaging content of Clintons released emails.

Slaughter Donald for Putin bromance: #Podesta15 emails reveal ISIS strategy diversion for Clinton

Integrity Of US Elections Among Lowest Of All Countries

According to Shyla Nelson, the co-founder of Election Justice USA, US elections are manipulated in many ways, including
voter suppression, unauthorized registration purges, district gerrymandering, gross exit poll variances, the privatization of
voting machinery, and the lack of transparency in ballot processing our elections will continue to rank among the lowest in
the world in integrity.
US elections are so corrupt that the US has threatened Russian diplomats with arrest if they attempt to monitor the US
November presidential election.

US Gives Another Reason to Believe Its Democracy Is Deeply Flawed

Bill Clintons Rape Victims (the ones we know about)

Juanita isn't the only one: Bill Clinton's long history of sexual violence against women dates back some 30 years

But we must not tolerate Trumps lewd comments.

Bill and Hillary are lawless because they have never been held accountable. As the justice system has given Hillary a pass,
will voters hold her accountable in November, or will the American public also give her a pass?

Hillary Has Never Been Held Accountable For Anything

What is worse, Hillary laughing about her success in getting a child rapist off or Trumps lewd comments about women?
Why is it that the TV women cant come up with the right answer? How can democracy function when a propaganda ministry
takes the place of the media?

'I never trusted a polygraph again': Hillary Clinton LAUGHS in 30-year-old interview as she recalls how she helped
a suspected child rapist walk free after the prosecution lost crucial evidence

Exclusive: Hillary Clinton Took Me Through Hell, Rape Victim Says

A Comparison of Trumps and Hillarys Crowds

Trumps crowds are hundreds of times larger than Hillarys, so how is it that she is
in the lead? We are being told lies in order to cover up the coming election theft.

Donald Trump vs. Hillary Clinton Rally Crowds

 Poll of Likely Voters Finds 53% Want Hillary Indicted

If 53% of voters want Hillary indicted, how can she be leading in the presidential race?

Which of the polls is wrong?

Most Americans want Hillary indicted for email scandal poll

Rigged Elections Are An American Tradition

Rigged Elections Are An American Tradition

Trump's Speech to the New World Order

Related Articles:

SHOCKING Report Documents Massive Election Theft by the Democrats

Former Ohio Governor Triggered By Questions About Voter Fraud

Putin Just Exposed US Election Rigging By Trolling The State Dept. In The Most Hilarious Way

'Rigged' Debates? Questions Arise Again Over Lighted Screen At Hillary's Podium

New Podesta Email Exposes Playbook For Rigging Polls Through "Oversamples"

Trump: Democrats Are Rigging The Polls

Media Rigging Polls To Suppress Voter Turnout!

Proof Media Is Working For Hillary To Steal The Election

New Wikileaks Confirm Media Rigging Polls For Hillary

Clinton Campaign Admits Making False Claims Against Trump

How To Stop Election Fraud

Destroying Election Integrity By Executive Order

Calibration error changes GOP votes to Dem in Illinois county

North Carolina voters report voting machines switching their votes to GOP candidate

Voting Machine in Chicago Switches Republican Votes into Democratic Votes

After Obama Attacked Trup, Trump Pulled Out His Secret Weapon & Shot Back

Texas County Switches to Paper Ballots after Electronic Voting Glitches

 Top Clinton Ally Caught Accepting $20k Foreign Donation

More Reports of Votes Flipping From Trump to Clinton in Texas

Video: Hillary Supporters Beg For Election Fraud

Trump Warns Of Vote Flipping On Machines

ABC Poll Oversamples Dems by 9%, Claims Hillary Leading

Ignoring The Law To Rig Elections

Donald Trump Has Won The 2016 Presidential Election

Secret Space Program Disclosure: Founders Of Solar Warden SSP With William
Tompkins
October 28 2016 | From: SphereBeingAlliance

In this episode, we have deeper insights into the Secret Space Program, with the astonishing
disclosures of William Tompkins, our 94-year-old aerospace engineer who is clearly one of the
founding fathers of the very Solar Warden program which he named - that same code name - that
Corey later worked in.

In this first interview that we're going to show you, Tompkins gets into detail about one of the craft designs that he
was working on for the Navy. Let's take a look.

Related: David Wilcock: The Ascension Mysteries

Naval Galactic Battle Group

William Tompkins: So we talked before about the different types. And this is a two-kilometer long spacecraft carrier, and
it's streamlined to a degree.

Related: Boeing's "You Just Wait" Ad Reveals 100 Year Partial Disclosure Timeline - Analysis: Disproving Partial
Disclosure, Insider Testimony, And Steering Collective Consciousness Toward The Full Disclosure Timeline

And so in one of the big design review meetings, one of the managers said, Wait a minute, Bill, it's a vacuum out there. You
don't have to make it pointed. You don't have to have atmosphere to go working through.

And so I said, Well, that's true, but the electromagnetic protection system, which we still are not sure how we're going to
word, may or may not be capable of handling all of the different types of vehicles or weapons that could be . . . being used
on us. And also, under certain conditions, we actually can get into the planet's atmosphere and operate. So anyway, we got
around that one.

Now, if you can picture here this area down in here [Bill points to the bottom, center of the craft] . . . I'm going to switch
these, and you're going to see the lower part of the hull.
Related: Evidence Grows For Secret Space Program Disclosures & Crimes Against Humanity Trials

Click on the image above top open a larger version in a new window

And what you see there is the different classes of attack and fighter aircraft returning to the mothership, or the spacecraft
carrier, and with a vacuum-controlled entry sections. Actually, they would design to fold down so that you're already in
support of making inside landing.

Nobody actually flies in these squadrons controlling any of the vehicles. It's all automatic, so you're not going to be hitting
the walls or any of this kind of thing.

But very quickly, you can open these hatches on the side. The hatch then becomes sort of a platform to possibly land on if
you're too low. And this answers the question of how do we handle the large spaces aboard the ships that are going to be
operating on the missions.
Related: Gene Roddenberry Based Star Trek On Secret US Navy Space Fleet

So what we had done then was, using the same type of design concepts, we looked at the Marines' missions. We looked at
the communication missions. We actually came up with virtually hundreds, then, of missions and sub-missions that we then
in the tank [think tank] made recommendations back to the Navy themselves.

And one admiral, when he saw that first illustration, he made the statement that just the shape of that's going to scare them
away. They'll turn around and go back, because it is a pretty hot configuration.

Some of the others are not as good and actually some of them are rectangular, depending on what the mission is required
to accomplish.

GaiaTV: Cosmic Disclosure

David: So that's a pretty technically detailed diagram. And it's just one of a variety of things that come from this guy who has
no financial interest in this. His book didn't sell very much. He's just living on a fixed income. And yet, that degree of
precision in the art doesn't seem like it would be coming from somebody who's trying to make something up.

So I'm curious about how similar that looks to anything that you saw?

Corey Goode: That was most likely one of the concept designs that probably got fine-tuned. But there could be a craft that
looks like that out there that I hadn't seen. I didn't see all of our vessels out there.

Now, that looked very similar to longer, wedge-shaped vessels that I saw that had areas coming up off the top almost like
you see on a Navy vessel on the ocean.

Related: Siemens Implicated In Tracking Forced Labour & Slaves In Space

And also, it had stealth edges. The corners were very much like the stealth ships that you see how they curve.

David: Well, and something kind of caught my eye, which is that in his discussions with his superiors on the design, they
said, Oh, you don't need to worry about aerodynamics. It's not going through an atmosphere.

But what I'm thinking of is, Wait a minute. There's all this charge that you've got to move through even in space. There's
inertia and there's electromagnetic fields.

So do you think that part of the reason why everything has an aerodynamic shape is that the basic vacuum energy of space
itself has some sort of resistance that you have to cut through when you go through it?

Corey: They don't all have the aerodynamic shape.

David: Oh, Okay.

Corey: And as far as moving through charged particles and all this stuff in space, that's what the material on the outside of
the craft and the electromagnetic shielding is for.

David: But in a case like this, for that particular mission, if it's also going to go through a planet's atmosphere, it would be
good to have some aerodynamic qualities.

Corey: Right. The vessels that travel inside our atmosphere and out are usually going to be somewhat aerodynamic, even
though with the propulsion systems they have they are not traveling through the atmosphere per se. They are in a bubble.
And inside that bubble, the bubble is traveling.

David: Is there a reason for why stealth technology seems to involve these different flat panels that are kind of arranged at
different angles? What's going on there?

Corey: It deflects radar, lidar, different waves, away from the receiver of the radar or lidar. So how it works is if you send it
out and it hits a flat surface that is angled right, it's going to come back and you're going to get a report from that wave
bouncing back.

If you have sharp angles, then very little of that wave is going to bounce back. The rest of it's going to be dispersed, and the
waves will bounce off, but they're not going to hit the detector.

David: Well, I know that my insider Pete Peterson described that when the stealth was rolled out for Gulf War I, that it had in
fact been mothballed for 20 years and was a very archaic and almost useless piece of technology by that time. Here he's
[Tompkins] doing something in the 1950s that looks like stealth.

Corey: Yeah.

David: So that's pretty darn interesting.

Corey: Stealth goes way back.

David: Really?
Corey: Right. Stealth was being developed soon after the discovery and invention of the radar.

According to insiders the Lockheed SR-71 Blackbird is an example of vastly outdated technology that had been mothballed - but was later hauled out
to give the public a glimpse of what their dollars had been used to develop at drastically overcharged rates (with the bulk of the funds being chanelled
into the SSP's). By the time the public got to see this - it had been decomissioned junk for decades.

David: Wow! So I noticed in the second image that he showed that you have these very, very large doors, or hatches, as he
was calling them, that open up on the side of the craft, and then a lot of little triangular wedges going in.

So what was your feeling when you saw that part of the illustration?

Corey: Well, as far as the doors opening, I had seen elevators that lift aircraft, move aircraft around. But if you have a door
opening out, that can cause a lot of logistical problems if you're in battle or if you are traveling at a high rate of speed.

So usually, they have the doors open like this [side to side], up and down, and not protrude out.

David: Right.

Corey: But if there was another purpose and a need for it, I could see why they would develop it.

David: What about the actual shape of all those craft that were going into the larger craft?

Corey: Yes, that was very familiar. And the fact that he mentioned in these newer vessels or carriers, they do fly drones.
They have people all inside [buildings or large craft] sitting in long rows flying drones, and they control a number of drones
apiece.

David: Really.
Corey: Yeah. Little constellations of drones.

David: So what would this type of craft that he was designing be used for? Is it an attack craft? Is this a support craft?

Corey: It can be offensive and defensive, but usually these craft are designed to be offensive for attacking an enemy.

David: Does the Space Program have any proclivity towards doing an offensive attack on a civilization that they think they
could conquer and overwhelm? Or is there also . . . is it mostly going to be defensive when they're out there trying to see
what's around and getting attacked?

Corey: Well, it depends on who is in charge of, I guess, the Navy assets at the time. These people follow orders. So if they
have a problem with attacking another species, they have to follow orders.

David: Well, in the case of a movie like Avatar, we have a clear example of our own government / military-industrial
complex, in what would appear to be the future, having developed a space program, going to another planet with people
who are tall and have blue skin, but there was something there that they really wanted, which was this unobtainium.

Do you think Avatar is describing something that is actually happening? Are there certain cases where planets are invaded
for their materials?

Corey: Well, I do know that certain aspects of the ICC, but especially Dark Fleet, are going out on offensive conquering
missions. And they're doing this alongside the Reptilians.

David: Well, and I do also remember Pete Peterson telling me that many of the craft that you see in Avatar are exactly
identical to stuff that he had actually seen or worked on. I'm wondering if any of them look familiar to you when you saw the
movie?

Corey: I didn't witness a whole lot of craft that flew inside of an atmosphere.

David: Ah.

Corey: So all of those craft were clearly designed to fly inside of some sort of a dense atmosphere. The craft that I saw
were not built to operate in atmosphere.

David: All right. Well, speaking of James Cameron, not only do we have Avatar, he also had that movie The Abyss,
where he describes extraterrestrials underneath the surface of the ocean.
And here we have William Tompkins in a very interesting discussion about undersea bases. Let's take a look.

Under Sea Bases

Tompkins: I did get hired by General Dynamics for a Navy program. And this program was to locate German submarines
anti-submarine warfare program.

And what's interesting about this is that the Navy selected the Lockheed P-3 patrol bombers to be the air vehicles to locate
German ships and submarines.

Lockheed P-3 patrol bomber

German "U-Boat" submarine

This is the Cold War now, and so there was roughly 15 other NATO countries who were using the same aircraft, the same
electronics, the same sensing systems and the communication system all of it engineered and designed in US.

And so the United States had 120 of these, and the NATO countries had like another 60 of them, all out looking for German
[and/or Russian] submarines.

But that's not quite the numbers. It's more like we had 2,000 of these and NATO had another 1,000 of these not quite that
high. And remember, there were only 11 Soviet submarines operating at that time. There were many of them that were in
training operations, but they weren't tactical.

And so here we've got 2,800 P-3 aircraft flying all around the planet 24 hours a day looking for submarines.

Well, gee whiz, that's not exactly what we were doing either. And there's a title to the program, which is the mission ASW
anti-submarine warfare. But there's also one which is ASUW. And so the U is for 'unidentified extraterrestrials'.

And so this was the second-largest amount of military money allocated for a program on the planet. It's peacetime, but it's
sort of a war condition. And we have all of these airplanes out, and it became necessary for a group, which I then was
manager of, working for Data Graphics, which is a subsidiary of General Dynamics.
Related: Secret Space Program: Countdown To Exposure On All Illuminati Fronts

And later on, I worked for the corporate office on the red team at the corporate level.

And when we look at the size of this program, the number of personnel that have to be trained to fly these aircraft, the
upgrading continually of the sensing systems, the underwater systems of the satellite system programs that were required to
be on board these aircraft, it's absolutely unreal.

What we were really doing was looking for extraterrestrial vehicles in the ocean and in the large lakes and their bases on the
bottom of the ocean.

People don't realize how much money, how much time, and how many people have to be involved in these programs.

And what are you doing? You're looking for extraterrestrials. Do you realize what we're saying? I mean, you're looking for
extraterrestrial vehicles and bases. Your Navy is.

David: Well, the first thing that strikes me about the interview footage that we just saw here is the scope of this classified
military operation to try to actually identify who is on our planet, where are they, what is their infrastructure, what is their
agenda?

It would have to involve a massive amount of effort. So what were your thoughts on that?

Corey: I have heard of operations similar to what he was talking about, of fleets that were combing the ocean looking for
submerged bases, and also USOs unidentified submersible objects, I believe.

Now, from what I understood, very few people in that fleet would know what they were actually looking for. Everyone would
go about doing their normal jobs. It'd just be a normal mission or a training mission, they'd be told. But very few intelligence
people in that fleet would know exactly what was going on.

David: Well, to have 2,800 P-3 aircraft airborne at all times this is obviously before the era of accurate geostationary
satellites.

Corey: Right.

David: We're talking about a massive, massive operation here. How long do you think this had to have been done for?

Corey: Until they had strong enough sonar that would penetrate to the deepest parts of the ocean, and until we had the
satellite coverage we needed. They had some sort of groups of aircraft or Navy vessels that were combing the ocean
looking for non-terrestrials.
David: Do you think that there might have been a temptation at some point to tell the public, Hey, we're aware of this
extraterrestrial presence. We're doing the best we can. We're cataloging it now.

Or was it just really important the whole thing be secret to avoid a panic of some kind?

Corey: Well, just in general, the Navy . . . I mean, you hear loose lips sink ships. Information is very compartmentalized to
begin with, but this is not long after World War II, so everybody still had a different mindset than we do today.

If the government told you to stick a lit cigar in your ear, you'd say, Yes, sir. Give me another. That's just the way people
were programmed.

David: So Tompkins is also discussing another point of corroboration with some things that you've said, which is that there
were, in fact, underwater bases to be seen.

So could you review for us what your knowledge is about the existence of these bases, and where are they, what do they
look like, who's in them, etc., etc.? Are there different types . . .

Corey: Yeah.

David: . . . that would be underground or underwater?

Corey: And there's a number of different types that are underwater. I even read about large underwater bases that were
mobile, that moved along the bottom of the ocean and was doing some sort of core sampling or testing of the material that it
was passing over.

And if you located where one of these were, you would then have to track it since they now were moving. So they would
have ships that would just track a mobile underwater base.

David: Well, before we taped this segment, we were looking at just something like that on the Internet. Let's take a look right
now at that little . . . This is an excerpt from a video describing something very similar to what Corey just described two-
and-a-half-mile wide, round object that seems to be tracing patterns on the sea floor.
Images from video on possible undersea ET exploration craft

So do you think that that is an example of one of these craft?

Corey: That very well could be. I mean, a two-mile-wide object is not going to be pushed in that unusual way under the
ocean by a current.

David: So what would they be doing in a case like that? What's the objective?
Corey: From what I was told, these were like bases, but also laboratories. They were going around doing core samples,
finding out what was at different depths below the surface, below the floor of the ocean.

David: Why would somebody want to have an undersea base if there's a honeycomb Earth and they could just pop into one
of those combs underground?

Corey: There's a lot of different regions inside the honeycomb Earth that belong to different groups that they claim as their
territory.

Also, under the ocean . . . There are a lot of different beings coming here that could care less about us, could care less
about any animals flying in the sky or running around. All they care about is the life forms in the ocean and the ocean itself.
They see the ocean as a life form. And a lot of these are aquatic species.

David: So what do you think was going on when James Cameron made The Abyss? It seems a very specific idea was
being conveyed. We also have reason to believe that some of his other movies had disclosure in them as well, like Avatar.
What do you think The Abyss was intended to get people ready for?

Corey: It was most likely groups within the military-industrial complex starting to seed our consciousness, which is what
they've been doing through movies and television shows for a long time.

David: Yeah. That definitely makes sense, because this is an ongoing effort of four generations now of disclosure to get us
ready for the truth.

Corey: Right. And as you've already reported, when Sony got hacked, it was proven that DARPA and these other groups
were passing on ideas for movies and television shows.

David: Exactly. All right. Well, we have one more really exciting piece of footage for you to see here with our interview with
Tompkins. And this time, he is describing his personal experience with one of the most infamous and legendary events in
UFO lore less known up until recently, a lot less known than Roswell, but several years before Roswell.

We're talking about the Battle of Los Angeles. Let's take a look now.

Battle of Los Angeles

Tompkins: February 1942, we were living in a very large home which had been converted to four apartments two
upstairs, two down.
We had a great big enormous deck that ran all the way across this real high-celinged building. So we were four blocks from
the ocean, okay? We can't see the ocean, because it's down low and trees are in the way.

So my brother and I are laying on our floor listening to the radio and looking at some papers, and my dad says, Get out
here out on the deck. Get out here NOW! And we got up, and we went out to the back deck.

So right above the horizon of all the trees and stuff and buildings is this dot a white dot. It's just there. And it's got to be
some aircraft flying in to come over and land at the airbase, but it's not moving. It's just a bright dot.

And off of this dot, to the left, is a little beam. It's like a pencil beam, but you can see it.

This is out over the ocean, like maybe inside the breakwater, because we couldn't see the ocean, and we don't know how
far out it is. It could have been 10 miles out. What in the world was that?

So we're watching it for about five minutes, and then there was a flash a brilliant flash into our eyes.
It lit up the trees, the back, the side of everything got lit up.

And it went out.

And we looked and looked and looked, and everything was gone nothing else. So we went to bed.

12:30 at night, the anti-aircraft guns started firing. What we're talking about is this fantastic situation, the Los Angeles event
the Battle of Los Angeles, okay?
The anti-aircraft guns all started firing.
We go outside. Here's this massive thing right above us this big [Bill holds his hands about 3-ft. apart] right above us,
maybe 7,000 feet.

The anti-aircraft shells are blowing up on the bottom of it all around it. There's eight searchlights all focused on this as
they're shooting at it.
And, of course, nothing is happening. And it parks there for an hour and a half. While it's parked, hundreds of different types
of vehicles most of them circular, but some cigar-shaped, large ones came in underneath, being fired on where they're
still trying to shoot this thing down.
They came around him. They came over him all night long.

Now, it got boring after awhile, so we went to bed at 3:00 a.m. I don't know how it gets boring, okay? We went to bed at 3:00
a.m.

Now, when it started, everybody came outside. All of us are standing there watching this event.
Now, what was not published was that the breakwater is full of Navy ships who used up all of their ammunition that five-hour
period not just the coastal artillery who used up all of their ammunition, okay?

Your whole two Pacific navies, the Eastern Navy and the Western Navy, used up all their ammunition.

They finally quit, of course, just before daylight, and everybody went back inside.

But from the standpoint of all of us out there watching this, nobody got a heart attack. Nobody got sick. Nobody got scared.
Nobody got frightened.

On the other side of the planet, London, was being bombed by the Germans. And they're trying to get into shelters.

We had a five-hour war, except they didn't shoot at us. But nobody got sick. The only persons who were actually wounded
was from shrapnel. A couple of guys actually were killed.

Almost a million people in California watched an event for five hours of a massive extraterrestrial battle group that came
over California with a mission.

David: Well, this is obviously one of the great classic events in UFO lore, something that just can't be covered up. Did you
ever hear about or read about this battle on the smart-glass pads or in any of the briefings that you had on the inside?

Corey: I read that it had occurred. The only thing that I saw that wasn't reported here is that during the same time period, we
did recover a non-terrestrial craft from the ocean in that general vicinity.

David: Really?

Corey: Yeah. I don't know if that would have been one of these smaller craft that he saw or the large one. To me, it seemed
as though they were unaffected by the anti-aircraft.

David: But it is possible that one of them took a stray hit or something and landed in the ocean.

Corey: It could be. Or the Battle of LA craft and these other craft that sound like came out of it could very well have been
searching for . . . It might have been a rescue operation.
You know, there's a number of things it could have been. They could have been probing our defenses, or maybe making a
point to some of our leaders after a recent meeting.

David: Well, let me run this idea by you. This is something I discussed on Wisdom Teachings. It's worth repeating and
getting your thoughts.

If you go back to Fatima, Portugal, right after Portugal enters into World War I, which is this horrible, devastating thing where
tens of millions of people are dying, ultimately, you have these kids who start to be in contact with what appear to be
spiritual beings that ultimately leads to a mass sighting of a silvery disk in which 90,000 people witnessed this thing.

And then they're soaked in rain, but when the whole thing's over they were miraculously dry. The craft appears to shoot
rainbow colors all over the sky. 90,000 witnesses . . . That would have been the end of the cover-up if it had happened in
our times.

Corey: Right. And a million people seeing this in Los Angeles, and sounds like Long Beach and other areas today, with
everyone having an iPhone, it would yeah, it would be over.

David: So do you think it's possible that both the Fatima sightings and the Battle of LA could be benevolent groups that are
showing us these things as we enter into war, to try to steer us away from warfare perhaps?

Corey: It very well could be, because with their technology, they could have flattened the whole city with very little effort.

So they were obviously not there for some sort of offensive operation maybe an intelligence operation, rescue recovery
operation, or there to make a point. But I really don't know exactly why this incident occurred.

According to what I've heard, there was some treaty signed that this type of open sighting, open mass sighting, is against a
treaty.

David: Right.

Corey: So there had to have been a good reason why it happened.

David: Now, we've heard from guys like Benjamin Fulford in some of his disclosures that he was told by Pentagon insiders
that 75% of all production money for Hollywood films is coming from the Pentagon through various backdoor firms.

So let me just ask you first if you have ever heard anything like that?

Corey: Oh, yeah. Yeah. A lot of money from the DoD (Department of Defense) and Pentagon is going in for propaganda.

David: So why do you think the Battle of Los Angeles movie would be made? Do you think maybe they're confusing
people's Google search so that they're going to find this movie instead of any real information?

Corey: Well, they know that that was a very significant occurrence UFO-wise in American history. Nearly a million people
saw it.

David: Right.

Corey: So it was already in our consciousness. So that's a tool for them. And they they being different military intelligence
groups are trying to spin the narrative that all of these beings coming in are negative, and that they are here to invade.
And this one obviously wasn't, because it didn't attack.

David: Do you think maybe creating a movie with the same title blocks people from finding the original incident at all?

Corey: It could do that, or it could just put the whole sci-fi spin on it to where . . . You know, we're already programmed to
roll our eyes any time we hear anything alien or UFO. That's probably part of the effort.

David: I was fortunate enough at one of my conferences to have a woman stand up who was a little girl during the time that
this happened and witnessed the entire thing. And it was quite fascinating.

We let her speak for some time to the audience. It was quite spontaneous.

The point is, a million people is a lot of witnesses. It's kind of amazing that we still have a UFO cover-up after something like
that.

Corey: Yes, but the propaganda and the programming that has come from these intelligence groups has been very
effective. So there's a good chance that if something like that happened today and we didn't get photos, a lot the people that
witnessed it themselves would, after a few days, be like, Oh, that didn't happen. Or just forget about it and move on.

David: Well, another interesting thing regarding the Battle of Los Angeles is the War of the Worlds broadcast. The original
broadcast with Orson Welles was in 1939. But then when the movie came out, it was after this had happened.

And we have multiple eyewitnesses saying that the craft that you see in the War of the Worlds movie is very similar to the
one in the Battle of Los Angeles, except that it has a little periscope on the top.
So why do you think they would actually put the real craft into the movie?

Corey: Well, they're always hiding things in plain sight. So if you were to see something similar to War of the Worlds, on
some level you might be willing to discount it, thinking, Oh, that's military, or that's some concept that's being used for a
movie.

You're going to jump to that instead of aliens automatically. That's possible.

David: Well, do you think also that putting those exact same craft into War of the Worlds where they become hostile
attackers . . .

Corey: Oh, yeah.

David: . . . instead of peaceful demonstrators, could be like a form of mass mind control?

Corey: Well, sure. If you see a certain craft design and see it destroying cities in a movie, well, if you see it in real life, what
are you programmed to think?

They could be coming down to say, Hello, and maybe give you a ride and show you around the solar system, but you've
been programmed to run and hide because you think that it's an invasion.

David: Exactly. Do you think it's possible that we could have another mass demonstration like that at some point that there
could be another event like that if, for example, this Mohammad Treaty gets overturned?

Corey: Absolutely. If the treaty that's supposed to prevent that is overturned, there are a lot of non-terrestrials that want to
be up in the sky and over populated areas to let us know that they're here.

David: Now, you also mentioned in some of your recent briefings that both the SSP Alliance and the Cabal are concerned
about the possibility of wreckage crashing into a major American city.
So just real briefly, since we're talking about these battles in the air, what are they thinking would happen, and how would
that play out on the world stage?

Corey: Well, they're afraid that some of their weapons platforms that have been up in orbit, and advanced craft, could
possibly fall into a populated urban area with all of the activity that's going on up there. There are shootdowns happening.

So they are ready to pounce on any crash. They have cover stories in place saying, This was a nuclear-powered satellite
that crashed. It's contaminated a large area. So stay in your homes or leave the city.

And then they will focus on cleaning up the debris.

David: So this is something that they're actually very concerned about.

Corey: Absolutely. That is . . . I've heard a number of times that they're worried.

David: Are there more battles happening in our atmosphere now than there were before between these cloaked craft?

Corey: Yes. It's kind of reached a crescendo in recent times. There are human-piloted craft fighting each other, human-
piloted craft fighting non-terrestrials and different non-terrestrial groups that are having skirmishes.

David: So what would we expect if they tried to cover this up? What would be the kind of headlines we'd see or the stories
we'd hear?

Corey: Just like the example I just gave, that some sort of secret satellite had crashed or something like that. They're not
going to say a UFO crashed.

David: Or a nuclear event . . .

Corey: Right.

David: . . . maybe a nuclear waste dump or spill

Corey: Test craft.

David:. . . chemical emission. Something like that.

Corey: Right. Something that's going to scare people.

David: Right.

Corey: Like some sort of disease or any number of things.

David: All right. Well, you saw it here first. This is Cosmic Disclosure. I'm your host, David Wilcock, here with Corey
Goode. And we're reviewing footage from William Tompkins absolutely mind-blowing stuff.

Donald Trump Lays Out Historic Plan For First 100 Days In Office: End Corruption,
Stop The Crooks In Washington And Unleash Economic Abundance For America
October 27 2016 | From: NaturalNews / Various

For anybody who is still dopey enough to swallow the Cabal's embarassingly desperate Hillary
Clinton propaganda that is being heaved about by the pathetic Western mainstream meda, this is
going to be one hell of a wake up call...
Donald J. Trump just delivered an historic speech that lays out his plan for the first 100 days in office. [These
statements have the establishment Cabal in a mad panic].

Related: Donald Trump Exposes Globalist Control & Criminal Clintons Live In Florida Speech + All-Out Effort To
Destroy Trump Proves He's Not Part Of The Establishment

Highlights are listed here. Actual quotes from Donald Trump:

"The system is totally rigged and broken."

"The dishonest mainstream media is a major part of this corruption. They lie and fabricate stories to
make a candidate that is not their preferred choice look as bad and as dangerous as possible....

They're trying desperately to suppress my vote and the voice of the American people...

They're trying to poison the mind of the American voter."

"If they can fight somebody like me, who has unlimited resources, just imagine what they can do to
YOU...'

"The rigging of the system is designed for one reason: to keep the corrupt establishment and the special
interests in power at your expense."

"We will never solve our problems by relying on the same politicians who created these problems in the
first place. Hillary Clinton is running against all the American people..."

"[This 100-day plan is] a contract between Donald J. Trump and the American voter... to bring honestly,
accountability change to Washington D.C."

"We will drain the swamp in Washington D.C. and replace it with a new government of, by and for the
People."
 "This is my pledge to you. If we follow these steps, we will once more have a government of, by and for
the people. We will make America great again."

This Video Could Win The Election For Trump

A. Six Groundbreaking Political Reforms that Will End Corruption in Washington

1. A constitutional amendment to impose term limits on all members of Congress.

2. A hiring freeze on all federal employees, exempting military, public safety and public health.

3. A requirement that for every new federal regulations, two existing regulations must be eliminated. "Regulations are
killing our country and our jobs..."

4. A five year ban on White House and congressional officials becoming lobbyists after they leave government. service.

5. A lifetime ban on White House officials lobbying on behalf of a foreign government.

6. A complete ban on foreign lobbyists raising money for American elections.

Former FBI Assistant Director Endorses Trump Our Constitution is At Stake!

James Kallstrom, former Assistant Director of the FBI offered a passionate endorsement of Trump on Stuart Varneys show
this week. Hes deeply concerned about the direction our country is going in.

Heres a partial transcript:

Ex-FBI Assistant Director Makes First-Ever Political Endorsement for Trump With Emotional Plea to America

"Im endorsing Donald Trump. Ive know him 40 years. Ive never endorsed a candidate. Hes a good human being.
Hes a generous person.

Hes got a big heart. Hes done hundreds and hundreds of things for people without fanfare. Hes a good guy. Hes
a patriot of this country.

And regardless of what he says, his acts show that he is not that person. Hes been in this Hollywood crowd that
talks like that, a lot of people talk like that.

He doesnt do these things. Hes a good guy. Ive known his family from the time they were kids. Look at his
children. Could you find a better family than he brought up in this country?
He is not a fan of Hillary Clinton.

He's absolutely right. This election really is that serious.

B. Seven Actions to Protection American Workers

1. Totally renegotiate NAFTA, "one of the first deals out country has ever made."

2. Announce withdrawal from the TPP, "a potential disaster for our country."

3. Direct the Secretary of the Treasury to label China a currency manipulator. "What they have done to us by playing [with]
currency is very sad... I blame our politicians for letting this take place."

4. Direct the Secretary of Commerce to identity all foreign trading abuses that unfairly impact American workers, and to
use "every tool" under American law to end those abuses.

5. Lift restrictions on production of $50 trillion worth of job-producing American energy reserves, including shale, oil, natural
gas and clean coal. "And we will put our miners back to work."

6. Lift Obama / Clinton roadblocks that allow this vital energy infrastructure projects to go forward. "We're going to allow
the Keystone pipeline ... to move forward."

7. Will cancel billions in payments to UN climate change programs and use the money to fix America's water and
environmental infrastructure.

Jon Voight Just Destroyed Hillary Clinton, George Soros, and Robert Deniro

Jon Voight has a message that every American needs to hear, and it is all about how important this election is. And trust
me, folks, he didnt hold ANYTHING back!

In his Plea to save America, Voight tackles all the biggest issues facing America including:

Dangerous Refugees, Obamas failed Presidency, No Jobs , Robert De Niro being a Hillary shill, Freedom of religion
under attack, George Soros selling Jews to Nazis, and Hillary Making the Supreme Court Socialist

And that list is just the half of it folks. Trust me when I say, you just gotta see this one for yourself

See what I mean? Pretty great rant if you ask me.

Plus, its good to see at least 1 major A-list actor supporting Donald Trump this election (sorry Scott Baio). I guess Hillarys
money doesnt buy off everyone.

So thank you, Jon Voight, for believing in America enough to put yourself and your career at risk to make a difference. We
hope more Americans can be inspired by the great work you do.

Related: 'May God protect the real truth and may Donald Trump win this presidency': Jon Voight issues 'plea to
save America' and lashes out at Robert De Niro AGAIN

C. Five actions to restore security and constitutional rule of law in America

 1. Cancel every unconstitutional executive order and action issued by Obama.

2. Begin the process of selecting a replacement for Justice Scalia.

3. Cancel all federal funding for sanctuary cities.

4. Remove two million criminal illegal immigrants from the country, and cancel visas to foreign countries that won't take
them back.

5. Suspend immigration from terror prone regions where vetting cannot safetly occur.

Donald Trump vs. Hillary Clinton Rally Crowds

D. Substantial tax policy changes that will create jobs, simplify tax forms and reduce taxes on the
middle class by up to 35%
1. Reduce taxes for the middle class. "The largest tax reductions are for the middle class... they have been forgotten. The
middle class family with two children will get ... a 35% tax cut."

2. The number of tax brackets will be reduced from 7 to 3. Tax forms will be greatly simplified.

3. The business rate will be lowered from 35% to 15% and the trillions of dollars in corporate money overseas will be
brought back at a 10% rate. (This will allow businesses to invest in American operations that will create millions of new
jobs.)

4. End the offshoring act, establish tariffs to discourage companies from laying off their workers and relocating to foreign
countries.

Side comment: We are going to work on fixing the VA hospital problem. "We have illegal immigrants that are treated far
better than our veterans."

Donald Trump Roasts Hillary Clinton

Donald Trump just beat Hillary Clinton right where it hurts tonight. This video needs to be seen by everyone. Seriously. This
video will go down in history. Donald Trump walked out on stage and said something that will change the election forever!

E. Donald Trump's Proposed Acts for Serious Reform

1. Infrastructure Reinvestment Act would restore investment in our domestic infrastructure (bridges, roads, water systems).

2. School Choice and Education Opportunity Act will give parents the right to send their child to the schools of their
choice. "We're going to end Common Core and bring education supervision to local communities... Our current system is not
working." We will expand vocational and technical education, and make 2- and 4-year colleges more affordable.

3. Repeal and Replace Obamacare Act: Fully repeal Obamacare and replace it with health savings accounts. The ability to
purchase health insurance across state lines (to create competition), and let states manage Medicaid funds. Reforms will
include cutting the red tape at the FDA. We want to speed the approval of lifesaving medications.
 4. Affordable Childcare and Elder Care Act would allow caregivers to deduct care costs from their taxes. Creates tax free
dependent care savings accounts.

5. End Illegal Immigration Act: Fully funds the construction of a wall on our southern border, with the understanding that
the country of Mexico will be reimbursing the United States for the full cost. Establishes 2-4 year mandatory prison
sentences for those illegally re-entering the USA if they have multiple prior deportations or felony convictions.

6. Restoring Community Safety Act: Creates a task force on violent crime, increases funding for programs to train and
assist local police. "Put violent offenders behind bars or out of our country..."

7. Restoring National Security Act: Rebuilds our military by eliminating the defense sequester and expanding military
investment. "Peace through strength... we need a strong military." It also provides our veterans with the ability to receive
public VA treatment or visit a private doctor of their choice.

Additional comment: "We are going to protect our vital infrastructure from cyber attack."

8. Clean up Corruption in Washington Act: Enact new ethics reforms to reduce corrupting influence of special interests and
donors.

Stay informed at Trump.news and Newstarget.com

Watch the Full Speech Here: Donald Trump Delivers Historic Speech in Gettysburg, PA 10/22/16

Related: Trump could be First in History to Win all 50 States according to Linguistic Genius

Related Articles:
Trump Cleveland Rally Has 1.7 MILLION Views Hillary Cleveland Rally has 3,825 Views

Mainstream Media Losing Power to Stop Trump

THE WIKILEAKS LIST: At Least 65 MSM Reporters Were Meeting / Coordinating Offline with Top Hillary Advisors

Statement on Hillary Clintons Deliberate Incitement of Violence at Trump Rallies

Media plotting with Clinton operatives to gun down democrats and blame it on Trump

At Trump Rally In PA, WOMEN FOR TRUMP Signs Are Everywhere!

Man Behind Brexit Issues Warning For America

Why The Nobel Peace Prize Is A Complete Joke

October 27 2016 | From: TrueActivist

Numerous war criminals, such as Barack Obama and Henry Kissinger, have won the Nobel Peace
Prize over the years, which seems fitting as Alfred Nobel himself was known as the merchant of
death.
2016 Nobel Peace Prize Winner, Colombian President Juan Manuel Santos, and 2009 Nobel Peace Prize Winner, US President Barack Obama
have both been responsible for tens of thousands of civilian deaths

Since its founding in 1901, the Nobel Peace Prize has ostensibly been the most prestigious international
award recognizing those who have done the most or the best work for fraternity between nations, for the abolition
or reduction of standing armies and for the holding and promotion of peace congresses.

However, the Norwegian committee, which chooses the peace prize winner annually, uses no formal definition of peace
and has been criticized for the politicizing the award numerous times.

Peace certainly was not a fort of Alfred Nobel, the Swedish arms dealer who created the prizes which bear his name.

Nobel invented dynamite in 1867 and was the owner of Bofors AB, a steel producer that Nobel transformed into a major
manufacturer of cannons and other weapons.

Today, what remains of Bofors is owned by Saab AB and United Defense Industries. His reputation during his lifetime was
so notorious that newspapers labeled him the merchant of death due to the massive wealth he received;
 "Finding ways to kill more people faster than ever before.

Perhaps, it is no surprise then that the Nobel Peace Prize has been awarded to several war criminals over the course of its
115-year history.

Past winners of the Nobel Peace Prize include Henry Kissinger, former US secretary of State as well as Shimon Peres,
a founding father of Israel who was largely responsible for their covert nuclear program.
Peres

Kissingers award was especially controversial as two members of the Nobel committee resigned in protest. Kissinger
received the award in 1973 alongside Le Duc Tho, of North Vietnam, for the peace agreement ending the Vietnam War.

Le Duc Tho refused to accept the award alongside Kissinger, claiming that the peace agreement was a sham. Kissinger,
that same year, had organized a bloody coup in Chile, which overthrew the democratically elected president Salvador
Allende and replaced him with brutal dictator Augusto Pinochet, who went on to rule for 17 years.

This years winner of the Nobel peace prize, Colombian President Juan Manuel Santos, is the head of one of Colombias
wealthiest families and, as president, has overseen the genocide of Colombias largest indigenous group, the Wayu. This
genocide has resulted in the death of 14,000 children in only 5 years.
Pinochet

Yet, the peace prize winner whose actions have most flagrantly belittled all that the prize purports to stand for is current US
president Barack Obama. In 2009, Obama was awarded the prize for Obamas promotion of nuclear nonproliferation and for
Obamas outreach to the Muslim world.

Even Obama expressed that he felt undeserving of the award and used his acceptance speech to promote the decidedly
Orwellian idea of a just war.

Obamas outreach to the Muslim world has since materialized in the form relentless bombing campaigns in 7 Muslim
countries, which have caused tens of thousands of civilian casualties, as well as the rise of terror groups such
as ISIS and Al-Nusra, which have benefited handsomely from US arms deals.
In addition, Obamas promotion of nuclear nonproliferation resulted in Obamas plan announced this January
to modernize the US nuclear arsenal at a cost of $1 trillion over the next 30 years as well as the likelihood of nuclear war
with Russia higher than ever.

Obama has also overseen the countrys largest arms deal with Saudi Arabia, funder of ISIS and murderer of Yemeni
civilians, with over $115 billion arms sold over his 8 years as president.

It seems that Obama, perhaps more than any other questionable recipient of the award, fully displays the
schizophrenic nature of the Nobel Peace Prize the public promotion of peace alongside a dark, sinister history of
promoting and profiting from war.

Heres How Industry-Funded Research Is Making Us Sick And Fat + Like Tobacco
And Big Pharma, The Sugar Industry Has Manipulated Research For 50 Years
October 26 2016 | From: DaisyLuther / NaturalBlaze

A scathing new study has put artificial sweeteners under the spotlight and is supporting what
health writers have been saying for years.
The researchers have found that most of the previous studies into the sweeteners touting their alleged health
advantages over using sugar as a sweetener, were written or sponsored by the companies that produce the
products.

Related: The Top 10 Tricks Used By Corporate Junk Science

"A trio of researchers from John Hopkins University in Maryland, the University of California San Francisco, and
Australias University of Sydney took an extensive look at 31 past reviews on the potential weight loss effects of
artificial sweeteners.

They found that studies directly funded by sweetener companies or published in industry-funded journals were
more likely to find positive health benefits compared to reviews funded independently or by the competing sugar
industry.

Similarly, reviews authored by scientists who had a relevant financial conflict of interest were also less likely to
shine a harsh light on sweeteners, either directly via positive results or by putting a positive spin on negative
results when discussing their conclusions."

- Source

Note that even the healthy sweetener that is supposedly made from stevia hardly contains any stevia at all - Truvia is still
made up of terrible chemical ingredients that are hazardous to your health.
Earlier this month it was discovered that the sugar industry paid the equivalent of nearly $50,000 in todays dollars to fund a
review back in 1967 that concluded fats were the leading cause of heart disease and sugar had little nothing to do with
heart disease risk.

"In the 1950s, studies showing a link between coronary heart disease (CHD) and sugar intake started to emerge.

When the sugar industry (which many not-so-affectionately call Big Sugar) got wind of this not-so-sweet news,
they paid scientists to downplay the link and promote saturated fat as the culprit instead, a new study has
revealed.

The research, published in JAMA Internal Medicine, was based on thousands of pages of Sugar Research
Foundation (SRF) documents, reports, and statements that Cristin E. Kearns, a postdoctoral fellow at UCSF,
discovered in the basement at Harvard University.

The SRF (known today as The Sugar Association) sponsored its first CHD research project in 1965 a literature
review published in the New England Journal of Medicine. The reviews objective was established by SRF, and the
group contributed articles for inclusion and received drafts. The SRFs funding and role was not disclosed.

Why is this a big deal?

Big Sugar paid Harvard scientists the equivalent of about $50,000 in todays dollars to influence the review, and
subsequently spent $600,000 ($5.3 million in 2016 dollars) to teach people who had never had a course in
biochemistry that sugar is what keeps every human being alive and with energy to face our daily problems.

- Read the rest of this article here

For years many industries have delayed the publication of research that may put their products in a bad light, others have
simply paid off researchers to point the finger of blame at other products, as did the Sugar Association in 1967.

The revelations over sweeteners come as no surprise, but they should remind us that we need to do our own research
rather than taking something at face value just because there was a study.
Drugs companies, the oil industry, and tobacco companies have all used such tactics in the past.

This isnt new. The FDA upholds these studies all the time, and products that could literally kill us end up on the store
shelves marked as safe, false nutritional information that supports the sugar lobby and the grain lobby is touted as the truth,
and Americans get sicker and fatter as a result.

Industries and individual companies have paid researchers to lie or distort the truth on their behalf in order to sell more of
their products. Not only is this shameful behavior from the companies, but also from the researchers that compromised their
science to accommodate them.

The results of such spurious research have an even further effect. Fewer people start to trust medical and scientific
research - including well-executed and honest research.
The answer as always it to look behind the headlines, find the counter arguments, track down the source of the funding, and
make your decisions accordingly.

PS: The best quality low-carb sweetener weve gotten our hands on is Agave 5 you can find it here.

Related: The Shocking Story of How Aspartame Became Legal + What Is Aspartame? Five Surprising Facts You
Never Know About This Chemical Sweetener

Like Tobacco And Big Pharma, The Sugar Industry Has Manipulated Research For 50
Years
Dont you love people who cling to scientific research without ever questioning who sponsored
that research? Using archival documents, a new report published by JAMA Internal
Medicine examines the sugar industrys role in heart disease research.
The study suggests that the sugar industry sponsored research to influence the scientific debate to cast doubt on
the hazards of sugar and to promote dietary fat as the culprit in heart disease. Governments worldwide agreed just
like they did with the tobacco industry and big pharma.

Related: The Sugar Conspiracy - Professor John Yudkin: The Man Who Tried To Warn Us About Sugar

The sugar industry was instrumental in influencing the prevailing thinking about fat, obesity and related diseases holding that
quantifying calories should be a principal concern and target for intervention.

Part of this thinking is that consumed calories - regardless of their sources - are equivalent; i.e. a calorie is a calorie. There
needs to be a greater qualitative focus on the sources of calories consumed (i.e. a greater focus on types of foods) and on
the metabolic changes that result from consuming foods of different types.

Calorie-focused thinking is inherently biased against high-fat foods, many of which may be protective against obesity and
related diseases, and supportive of starchy and sugary replacements, which are likely detrimental.

The intake of dietary fructose increased significantly from 1970 to 2000. There has been a 25% increase in available added
sugars during this period. The average person has a daily added sugar intake of 79 g (equivalent to 15% of energy intake),
approximately half of which was fructose.
Related: New Zealand Considers Taxing Sugar While New Zealand Government Invests $240m In Coca Cola And
Fast Food Chains

A report - authored by Cristin E. Kearns, Laura A. Schmidt, and Stanton A. Glantz of the University of California, San
Francisco - examined internal documents from the Sugar Research Foundation (which later evolved into the Sugar
Association).

The Sugar Research Foundation started doing research on coronary heart disease research in 1965; its first project was a
literature review published in the New England Journal of Medicine in 1967.

The review focused on fat and cholesterol as the dietary causes of coronary heart disease, downplaying sugar consumption
as a risk factor.

UCSF researchers have recently claimed sugar should be controlled like alcohol and tobacco to protect public health since it
is fueling a global obesity pandemic, contributing to 35 million deaths annually worldwide from non-communicable diseases
like diabetes, heart disease and cancer.

Like manufacturers from both Big Tobacco and Big Pharma who denied the presence of any danger in their products and
even spent millions of dollars trying to discredit the research that points to problems, the Sugar Industry followed suit.
Related: Rumsfeld & Monsanto Team Up To Bring You Neuro-Toxic Aspartame & Splenda

While the Sugar Research Foundations funding and role were not disclosed, internal documents reveal that the
organization set the reviews objective, contributed articles to be included, and received drafts - a smoking gun linking the
industrys influence over the research it paid for, writes Marion Nestle in a related commentary, also published in JAMA
Internal Medicine.

This 50-year-old incident may seem like ancient history, but it is quite relevant, not least because it answers some
questions germane to our current era. Is it really true that food companies deliberately set out to manipulate
research in their favor?

Yes, it is, and the practice continues, writes Nestle, the Paulette Goddard Professor of Nutrition and Food Studies
at NYU Steinhardt."

Industry-sponsored nutrition research, like that of research sponsored by the tobacco, chemical, and
pharmaceutical industries, almost invariably produces results that confirm the benefits or lack of harm of the
sponsors products, even when independently sponsored research comes to opposite conclusions, Nestle adds.

Nestle says the report should serve as a warning to policymakers, researchers, clinicians, and journalists in carefully
interpreting studies funded by food companies with vested interests in the results, and highlights the need to find better
ways to fund studies and to prevent and disclose conflicts of interest.

Related: Big Tobacco Misrepresented Dangers From Cigarettes, Same For Big Pharma With Vaccines

Why Children Hate School + Digital Media And Kids: How Much Is Too Much?
October 25 2016 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / TheConversation
Children come out of the womb with an inborn desire to better understand themselves and the
world they live in - they desire to explore new perspectives, to discover different realities and make
sense of existence.

But why is it that later on, once they become school students , most children begin to lose interest in learning?

Why do children feel bored in classroom, are uninterested in reading books, and in general hate school? These are some
questions that I am going to answer here, with the aim to shed some light on the negative aspects of our current education
system and provide suggestions on how it can be improved for the benefit of the new generations and hence the future
of humanity.

Suppressing Children Through Schooling

When I was a school student, I was feeling very unhappy. I wanted to spend my time outside in nature and play with other
children, but I was forced to stay for hours upon hours every day in a small classroom where play was out of question.

I wanted to express myself through art and sports, but I was made to sit down learning maths, history, and other things that I
couldnt care less about learning at that age. I wanted to communicate my thoughts and emotions with my peers, but I was
told not to talk or move unless I was given permission first.

What I loved doing, I was not allowed to do, and what I hated doing, I was forced to do. No wonder I was so
unhappy.

In most places around the world, school is a very traumatic experience for the majority of children. Children from a very
young age are sent to school, whether they like it or not.
There they usually have to be confined in a room for 6 to 8 hours every weekday (except on holidays) for about 12
years of their life, to obey to rules, to follow orders and to learn things they are not interested in.

What children truly want is to have fun, to play, to communicate and form social connections, to explore the great outdoors,
to ponder and create - and barely any of those things they are allowed to do in school.

School, as you can understand, is suppressing children in all sorts of ways, which is turning their life into an ongoing hellish
experience. So how can children not hate school? Its only natural that they do.

Education as Indoctrination

Although school is supposed to be the place where children learn to think and become wiser individuals, in reality
school is preventing them from developing their critical thinking.

At school, an authority figure (i.e. teacher) is hired to have students unquestionably accept and repeat in a parrot-like
fashion what they are being taught by him/her. Those students who do so are rewarded with good grades, while those who
choose to think for themselves are being punished with bad grades or by being expelled from school.

I remember once, when I was a high school student, I took the courage to openly disagree with the opinions of my religion
teacher. She was teaching a class on worlds religions, but being Christian herself, she provided us students with biased
information.

She would do her best to talk in a negative way about all other religions in order to prove the superiority of Christianity.
And it's not just a dig at Christianity. All religions do the same thing.

When I presented her with some solid arguments against the Christian dogma, she soon afterwards started to treat me as a
bad student, by giving me lower grades and talking to me in a disrespectful manner.

All I tried to do was to raise questions and use critical thinking, but to her that meant questioning God, which she thought
is an inappropriate thing to do.

At school, students are not taught how to think, but what to think, and the difference between the two is tremendous.

Instead of learning how to utilize logic and come to their own conclusions through critical thinking, school is stunting their
intelligence by filling their minds with information that they have to accept on belief alone.

Not surprisingly, once students graduate from school, they are so indoctrinated that they cannot make intelligent
choices in life and deal with the challenges they encounter along their lifes journey.

Rethinking Our Education System

If we dont want our children to be mindless automatons, we need to start thinking differently about our education
system.

We need to start searching for ways to help children grow into conscious, healthy beings, instead of repressing their
emotions and killing their intelligence - which is what schooling is currently doing. In order for this to happen, however, we
first need to realize what the true meaning of education is.

Education is not passing exams in order to get a certificate and find a well-paying job - it is cultivating
the mind and spirit in order to find health, happiness and peace.

Education is not the imposition of opinions and ideologies of the elder on the youth - it is mastering the
art of thinking critically and acquiring the ability to process emerging information.

Education is not memorizing knowledge - it is developing understanding and learning how to put
knowledge into practice.

Up until now, the role of school has been to force students to fit into the mould of what we consider normal living.

To be normal in our sick society means to do work that we hate doing, to doubt ourselves and be afraid to think for
ourselves, to blindly believe in dogmas, to bend down in submission to authority and follow orders - in short, to
live a life of ignorance and pain.

Its about time we realize that schools function should not be to adjust children into an unhealthy society, but to
help create a healthy society instead, starting from the children themselves, who will form the future of our
civilization.

The purpose of schooling should be to provide children with the tools that will enable them to develop to their full potential
on multiple levels- emotional, intellectual and spiritual. School should give children the freedom to express themselves,
evolve their talents and assist them in the creative process of acquiring essential practical knowledge and skills.

Most importantly, school should be the place where the needs of children are being understood, accepted, and taken care
of, so that children can grow their wings of consciousness that will allow them to chase their dreams.

Then, children will no longer hate school, but, on the contrary, love it and embrace the learning experience it offers.
Digital Media And Kids: How Much Is Too Much?

Any time a new technology is introduced, it disrupts values, routines and behaviors. This goes
back well before the printing press replaced oral histories or the telephone replaced face-to-face
conversations, but is evident today in our regular habits of checking our smartphones for
notifications.

Kids are growing up with the expectation of auto-playing streaming videos and having access to our phones
when we need them to be quiet.

Human anxieties about these changes can take years to resolve, as we slowly figure out how to control the technology to
meet our values and needs, rather than being controlled by it.

With the rapid pace at which new digital products and services are being developed, parents report feeling particularly
overwhelmed. They fear missing out on what benefits tech might hold for their families, yet dont fully trust that electronic
devices and apps are designed or marketed with their childs best interests in mind.

We doctors used to urge parents to discourage media use under age two, and to limit kids use to two hours a day, at most.
But we have now arrived at a more nuanced understanding of the various ways in which children use digital tools.

Through review of the updated science, interviews and focus groups with parents from diverse backgrounds, and our own
clinical experience, we are now recommending that parents use media as a teaching tool a way to connect and create
instead of just to consume.
As a developmental behavioral pediatrician, parent of two young boys and lead author of the new American Academy of
Pediatrics policy statement Media and Young Minds, I hope to help parents shape tech use in their homes based on their
human ideals and values.

Main Principles to Keep in Mind

This new policy statement represents the best medical research and academic scholarship about electronic media and
health and development of children from birth through age five. Along with the associated family media-use planning
website, it focuses on how parents can use electronic media together with their young children to encourage family
connection, learning and digital literacy skills, in several ways:

1. We emphasize teaching children that media use means more than just entertainment. It can also involve
connecting with others: Videochatting, for example, is fine at any age, although infants need their parents help to
understand it. Another great use is for creating and learning together letting the child take photos and record videos or
songs, as well as looking up craft ideas. We hope parents will feel comfortable seeing digital media as a tool to meet their
parenting needs, and not the thing-in-itself that controls us or our children through the attention economy or gamification.

2. As far as entertainment, we recommend trusted content producers such as Sesame Workshop and PBS Kids,
who design apps with the childs and parents needs in mind. There is also Common Sense Media, a great site for
finding information on digital products and answering any tech-related parenting question you can imagine.

3. We recommend having unplugged spaces and times of day so that both parent and child can play, be bored, or
talk without distraction or feeling a need to to multitask.

4. We ask parents to test apps and watch videos with their children to determine if they are good fits for their
childs temperament, rather than letting the child make all of these choices. Parents are the best people to decide
whether a particular app or video is appropriate for the childs current stage of development and knowledge.

5. Parents should not feel pressure to introduce their children to technology early in life for the sake of seeking a
competitive advantage. Kids will catch up when they are older or in school. But, if parents want to introduce media early,
the youngest age we recommend is 18 months. At that age, its important to note, parents must play or view along with the
child for there to be any educational benefit, such as learning new words. Otherwise, that expensive tablet may just be a
portable TV or cause-and-effect toy.

Time Limits and Rules Remain Important

We still recommend time limits (one hour of entertainment media per day which does not include videochatting, taking
pictures, using with parents as a learning tool and the like) and rules, for several reasons.

First, pediatricians are trained to be child advocates, making us naturally protective. In our day-to-day experiences with
families in clinics, we see children having difficulties with sleep, obesity, school, relationships or behavior that appear to be
intertwined with problematic media habits.

We hear parents asking for concrete guidance from us about the role digital devices might play in their families lives. They
want to know what to let their child watch and how much of it.

They ask about how to make sure their child can be tech-savvy without ending up in a position where the child prefers and
will choose digital play to the exclusion of other important activities.

Parents also tell us that they dont want their child to be spoon-fed information by online media. In addition, theyre
concerned about apps determining their childs play ideas. And they want help finding alternative activities to really
encourage the creativity, persistence, and cognitive and social-emotional skills kids need to flourish in school.

Overall, the research still shows that excessive media use is associated with poorer sleep, higher obesity risk and
developmental outcomes such as poor executive function (the boss of our brain that helps us focus, control impulses and
plan), so we want parents to prioritize unplugged, social and unstructured play as much as possible.

Parents have always been interpreters of the world for young children. If kids are to grow up with a healthy concept of what
digital tools are and how to use them effectively, creatively and kindly, we need to teach them.
This means both guiding them directly and modeling with our own behavior from the very start. The longer-term goal is to
raise kids who see us, their parents, as guides when they encounter weird stuff online or have negative interactions on
social media.

We want to raise kids who dont react to negative emotions by spewing out their feelings - sometimes at others expense -
online, nor binge on videos or games.

We want to raise kids with good sleep habits, healthy bodies, a variety of interests and curiosity about the world, who feel
good about their learning and their relationships, both on and offline.

We hope our new guidance can help us all - parents, medical professionals and children alike - achieve that.

The Ongoing Philippine Revolution Is Catching Fire: Rebellion Against Western NWO
Cabal
October 25 2016 | From: Geopolitics

Asians have learned a lot from its experience with Western intrusions over the last 300 years.
Theyve been duped and swindled of their historical assets, not just once, but multiple times
during this period, and all recent clandestine attempts at subverting the ongoing BRICS Alliance-
led global reformation for purposes of usurping again their growing geostrategic influence, have
all been averted.
For those who have been following this website from the very beginning, its very clear that our humble purpose is
to encourage the people to take tangible action towards individual emancipation.

Related: Regime Change In The Philippines

One cannot have real freedom without ever fighting for it. If others are claiming to be fighting it for you, it must be a scam.
And we have fallen victims to these people for the last several years.

Weve given them the benefit of the doubt, but most, if not all, of them fell short of our minimum expectations.

Historical Background

Asians have learned a lot from its experience with Western intrusions over the last 300 years. Theyve been duped and
swindled of their historical assets, not just once, but multiple times during this period, and all recent clandestine attempts at
subverting the ongoing BRICS Alliance-led global reformation for purposes of usurping again their growing geostrategic
influence, have all been averted.

The Corporation: History & Revolution

Hidden History of the Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia

The Khazarian Mafia 2.0

There is now a solid ASEAN regional consensus to repel all coercive interference from the outside, in parallel with its active
involvement in matters of combating terror in some parts of Mainland Eurasia.

Being of significant geostrategic importance to the US government, the recent unequivocal statement of pursuing an
independent foreign policy of the Duterte government has dealt a huge blow to the geopolitical ambitions of its former
colonial master.

Certainly, this would result to numerous attempts at assassinating the Philippine president, color revolution, or a military
coup, like what happened to at least five non-conformist leaders in the past.

More than a hundred years ago, we saw the assassination of the leader of the Katipunan who rose up to remove the
Spaniards, Gat. Andres Bonifacio, in the hands of the elitist Gen. Emilio Aguinaldo, just as the revolution was gaining the
upper hand.
This was preceded with a firing squad of Dr. Jose P. Rizal by the Jesuits, and followed by the CIA assassination via plane
crash of Ramon Magsaysay.
Emilio Aguinaldo

Consequently, Gen. Aguinaldo appointed himself as the 1st president of the new Philippine Republic. It turned out, Pres.
Aguinaldo was a puppet of the United States. His presidency marked the beginning of a systematic US plunder of the
country.

Fast forward to 1986, the combined Jesuit-CIA-Manila Oligarchy instigated the Yellow Revolution, which successfully
overthrow the Mascosian dictatorship which paved the way for an unhampered 15 years of massive privatization of
government-owned utilities, the most critical of which, i.e. energy generation, water supply, mass media, either went to
prominent families, or to some West-controlled corporations, where Vatican corporate fronts are also deeply invested until
now.
Between mid-1998 and early part of 2001, the poorest of the population saw a glimmer of hope under president Erap
Estrada, but the Oligarchy was quick enough to dislodge him through an impeachment, subsequently installing Gloria
Arroyo.

The latters term of office was itself put under constant Oligarchy threat when it was clear that China is threatening the local
monopolies with large investments in infrastructures and communications, the very same thing that the Duterte
administration is pursuing during his visit to China.

Pointing to his own experience, now Mayor Erap Estrada is warning his countrymen to see the bigger picture

In a telephone interview with The STAR, Estrada also called on Filipinos to support the Presidents war on drugs, despite
criticisms from the US and other Western nations.
 'The Philippines is a sovereign country. The US should not interfere with the purely internal affairs of the
Philippines, particularly on President Dutertes campaign against illegal drugs, Estrada said.

He recalled that when he was president, the US tried to meddle in his all-out war against the Moro Islamic Liberation Front
(MILF).

Estrada stressed its the Presidents duty to prevent the country from becoming a narco-state where drug lords dictate on
officials.

"What will happen if all the elected officials like governors, congressmen, mayors and others are funded by drug
lords? What will happen if we will allow narco-politics to reign in the country? These officials will be beholden to the
drug lords and they will just say, yes sir, yes sir, to all their orders and interest, Estrada said.

All peace-loving Filipinos should throw their all-out support to the campaign of the President against illegal drugs.
Not because the US is helping us, we will just allow it to interfere in our internal affairs. We are a sovereign
country. We have our own Constitution. The President is right with what he is doing, the mayor said.

In a statement released by the Manila Public Information Office (PIO), Estrada voiced his support for Dutertes veering
toward China. Unlike the US, China has never interfered in Philippine affairs, the former president said.
Related: Philippines not Cutting Ties with US

The Arroyo government would have installed, in cooperation with ZTE, Corp., a national internet broadband that covers the
entire country, but the PLDT-Globe duopoly sabotaged the whole plan using a crying patsy, Rodolfo Lozada, claiming he
was about to be assassinated for having known too much about the highly corrupt transaction.

This was later on proven to be of no basis by the Supreme Court, leading to the recent release of the now Congresswoman
Gloria M. Arroyo, while the former government employee cum crying patsy, Lozada, is now facing corruption lawsuits.

The skillful CIA-Vatican machinations about our local politics is at the core of our maldevelopment.

We are deliberately made to crawl on the mud in exchange for some American junk, and to make us constantly
subservient to the good graces of the Europeans. They have rigged the entire system, i.e. political, economics, education,
mass media, and cultural, gravely in favor for just one section of our society, i.e. Spanish mestizos, the descendants of the
conquistadors.

Most noticeably, these conquistadors have cornered 80% of the national budget for decades, making the infrastructure
projects to be concentrated only in Metro Manila and nearby provinces. Both the Visayas and Mindanao regions were
purposely left out.
The rise of a Duterte within that same corrupt exceptionalist system is a huge anomaly.

Until now, their own mass media and so called experts could not understand what just happened, and what will continue to
happen in the immediate future, unless they act again to prevent it.

They are reportedly planning to remove the president, but all attempts are unsuccessful so far. The 400 tycoons who went
with him to China is proof that the Oligarchy is disunited.

Being the first texting capital of the world, the nation immediately embraced the social media like a virus. The socio-political
consciousness immediately expanded like a firestorm.

Our own website statistics are showing that they are now ready to accept conspiracy theories, dig exotic technologies like
HAARP, and above all, they are now laughing at the Bobo, or stupid journalists fronting the mass media.

The Duterte Phenomenon 2016 is the Resumption of the Revolution in 1896

The campaign baller band worn by Duterte during the campaign period was auctioned and able to fetch P1 million from Mr. Johnny Sy, a
businessman attending the PH-China Business Meet and Greet event

Related: Dutertes State Visit to China is Oversubscribed, Makes U.S. Restless

True accounts about the Philippine Revolution against the Spaniards and the Americans in 1896 onwards are now being
shown on the big screens.

We need more movie producers doing the same materials so that offline audience can see the bigger picture of whats really
going on in the country.
The recent visit of the president to China which saw the signing of major investments on infrastructure projects and
telecommunications, which should enhance interisland physical and digital connectivity, something that the local Spanish
Oligarchy didnt want to happen ever, in pursuance to their continued divide and conquer strategy, since our Datu
Lapulapu cut off the head of the first European invader, Magellan.

The Duterte Phenomenon is breaking all established norms and challenging suppressive taboos from politics to religion.

Political correctness is being shattered one cuss word at a time.

The local Vatican infrastructure trembled when their money laundering, pedophilia and chronic hypocrisy were all exposed in
response to their church-wide campaign against Duterte prior to his election.

His academic failure earlier on is now serving him well. He wasnt properly institutionalized, that he can afford to think
independently from the norms, and even from his own cabinet secretaries who, like him, are all constantly hard at work.

His presidential family is the best team we ever have.

The mainstream media love to quote him literally, since they could do nothing better. Worse, these robots even went to
extreme lengths of splicing his long monologues, because the method serves their employers agenda.

But the people have learned a lot of their own history from the last 3 months, just by listening to many of his elaborate
diatribes against the Exceptionalist West.

Those off the cuff verbal retaliations, which are mere token summations of the peoples condemnation of all the
sufferings inflicted upon them for almost five centuries by the same people now criticizing the efforts to rid the
country of drugs, crimes and narco-politics, will continue to underscore the importance of taking real actions now
that we have the momentum.

Dutertes noisy strategy is working, the US State Department doesnt know how to respond.

If he is assassinated now, the world would at least know why. And so, in the last few days, nobody in the West
would have thought that he will do the unthinkable.

The Philippines will now chart its own course away from the corrosive diktats of the West, and as equal among nations on
Earth, which even China and Russia have expressed their own commitment not to intervene in any of its internal affairs, but
only in matters of mutual progressive developments and regional security.

This major pivot away from the 113-year old Western containment which, no matter what Dutertes lieutenant would say
afterwards, cannot be undone in the foreseeable future.

Yes, there may be some pockets of resistance to his radical decisions and pronouncements back home, but the merit of his
actions today can surely be felt later on. All visionaries like him know that.

In the meantime, his able lieutenants can only be more diplomatic to attenuate the full impact of the presidents statement

But we knew how the president went on to show Obama and the rest of the ASEAN leaders, some pictures from the US
Archives about how the US mercenaries massacred hundreds of women and children in the crater of Mt. Bud Dajo in
1906, only hours after he apologized for calling Obama a son of a bitch.

This means that once the other half of the population has gotten over with their Hollywood brainwashing, the country will be
able to complete its Pivot to BRICS in no time. This is, of course, not directed at the good people of America, but against the
foreign policies of their corporate government.

This ongoing Philippine Revolution, as inspired by the Duterte Phenomenon, will be long, and will be fought hard in honor of
those who died valiantly during the struggle of 1896 onwards, for the survival of the nation and the welfare of the next
generations.

Our only hope is for the rest of the world to see this as an inspiration to do something with what they already have right now.

The Philippine Revolution 2016 is Your Revolution, Too

Related: Dutertes China Visit a Turning Point

Even if we won this one, the enemy of humanity will just move on to the next target. The Western military industrial
complex is currently building a drone base in Africa.

That will be their next battleground, after their impending defeat here in Southeast Asia and the Middle East. The region has
been subjected to Ebola bioweapon attack earlier purposely to remove the population in areas of great importance to the
mining companies.

It is for this reason that all peoples around the world need to get on board now. We must seize the moment when
leaderships of highly populated and highly industrialized counties are rising up to the root cause of the worlds problem.

Dont ever think that nobody reads your social media post, because they will. And when you have struck the right
chord, it will spread like wildfire. And in time, youll see that your own little revolution will continue to grow much
larger than you would have ever imagined.
Most of all, remember that courage is contagious. You need only look at Duterte to see that this is already happening now
as more and more in the alternative media are catching up to the Duterte Phenomenon.

This has always been the case all throughout time. All it takes is one passionate visionary leader, and a few good generals
to change the course of history.

For some time now, we are seeing major yet covert military actions in the Middle East between two large factions
vying for planetary control.

This hybrid war being directed against the age old enemy of humanity is headed by visionaries who would rather act silently,
and just let the outcome do the talking afterwards.

While successfully keeping our common enemy constantly at the disadvantage, the rest of the population is mostly kept in
the dark.

When these silent visionaries are assassinated, nobody will know what they have done until theyre gone.

Who would have known outside of Libya that Mummar Kaddafi was a good leader, giving free healthcare, free education,
and a visionary for planning to use a gold-backed currency for Africa?

Related: Clintons Leaked eMails Confirm Libya Plunder by Killing Qaddafi

Imagine what a loud mouth like Dutertes could contribute to the efforts of China, Russia, and Iran in toppling the most
vicious, most arrogant US State Department and the Khazarian Criminals behind the facade.

So that, it wasnt really surprising at all when the Russian ambassador readily jumped at the latest opportunity to engage the
man constructively when Duterte said:
 'I will also go to Russia to talk to Putin and tell him that there are three of us against the world - China,
Philippines, and Russia. Its the only way.

Of course, hes not referring to the world, but the Old World Order.

Heres how the Philippine president can be very effective

' by directly taunting the CIA, as he did last week when he said You want to oust me? You want to use the
CIA? Go ahead, the president may have removed the favorite US short-cut of dealing with intransigent rulers.

The biggest threat to the US is the loss of the Enhanced Defense Cooperation Agreement, reached under
Dutertes predecessor, which allows the US to rotate ships, aircraft, and personnel through five Philippines bases,
an arrangement seen as crucial to projecting U.S. military power on Chinas doorstep.

Meanwhile, every attempt by the U.S. to raise questions about Dutertes campaign against drugs, in which more
than 3,000 people have been killed since he took office in June, has only made him angrier: he has derided
Obama as a a son of bitch and said he should go to hell.

It doesnt seem to help to say anything because the minute you say something, he just lets loose his
barrage of obscenities, said Murray Hiebert, deputy director of the Southeast Asia Program at the Center for
Strategic and International Studies. I think for the U.S. to just blast him constantly is probably not very
effective.

Related: Obama Admin Stunned By Duterte: "The Minute You Say Something, He Lets Loose His Barrage Of
Obscenities"

Now, if he is constantly doing his thing, he might be able to wake more people up, encourage more countries to
join in the fold of the Reformists, and hopefully bring down the Khazarian Criminal Empire for good.

US Losing the Pivot to Asia Fulcrum

The geostrategic importance of the Philippines cannot be overestimated. It is a major doorway to Southeast Asia, where $5
trillion of physical trading passes by annually, and the fulcrum by which the Clinton Pivot to Asia doctrine was
formulated upon.

The Chinese government fully understood that, and the top officials of the Bank of China have acknowledged the same even
during the recent signing of the some 17 trade and infrastructure development agreements worth $24 billion, recently.

So that, it is so easy to speculate that since it is to Chinas geostrategic advantage to help develop the country, most
economic projects in the Philippines from here on will be underwritten by Bank of China, and to some degree by any of the
three BRICS infrastructure banks, i.e. Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank [AIIB], Silk Road Fund, New Development Bank
[NDB].

Any possible attacks of whatever form on the Philippines will be repelled from here on by this newly reestablished alliance,
as the Chinese have more to lose to the Western aggressors, than we are.
Indeed, we are already seeing this covert intervention most notably with the recent HAARP attack directed towards Luzon,
which could have inflicted the same damage as Typhoon Haiyan in late 2013, but have fizzled out right away without
significant loss of life, i.e. 13 casualties only as opposed to 8,000 in 2013.

Interestingly, the recent typhoon is said to be the most lightning filled storm according to one witness. It might be the
HAARP signals wrestling each other out, i.e. a separate HAARP signal can be directed at the eye of the storm, or the LPA,
to raise its temperature up and kill the storm.

Ultra-high HAARP voltage and low pressure gas with high moisture content wont go together nicely, hence the
lightning discharges.

Related: Keep Your Aid! Philippines to Obama

Moving Onwards

Our immediate concern now is his scheduled visit to Japan next week. Although hes very popular with the Japanese
people, the CIA might move to eliminate him while he is in the country. We know that there are already some movements
towards this direction, here and abroad.

We just hope that the Japanese people remember what had happened to them on March 2011, which is just a repeat of the
massively devastating attack on Indonesia which wiped out 120,000 lives in 2006.

Japan, for its part, is going for bilateral talks in settling their territorial dispute with China, as their visiting Foreign Minister
Fumio Kishida told Duterte early on.

When a CNN reporter asked Duterte, upon his arrival from China, who he prefers between Clinton and Trump, he
responded, My favorite hero is Russian President Vladimir Putin.

Vladimir Putin happens to have issued a very stern warning after the United States sabotage the last bilateral ceasefire

If the two countries China, and Russia could work together to provide security and ensure the Philippines military and
foreign policy separation from the United States, that would mean a total checkmate for the Khazarian Criminal Cabal here
in Asia, because the Chinese Navy is already in Vietnam just a day after Obamas recent cozying up with the Vietnamese
leader, as we have mentioned earlier.

Chinese military personnel will participate in activities with the Vietnamese navy and will also meet with Hanois provincial
leaders. This will be the last stop for the Chinese fleet on their way home after visiting Myanmar, Malaysia and Cambodia,
according to Senior Colonel Wang Hongli, commander of the task force.

Related: Chinese Naval Fleet Visits Vietnam Amid South China Sea Tensions

Hackers Cripple US Internet In Wide-Scale Cyber Attack: Possible Internet "Killswitch"

Test For Staged Cyberwar Or US Election False Flag Event
October 24 2016 | From: Aljazeera / Various

WikiLeaks implied its supporters may be behind the attack and asked them to "stop taking down
the US internet".
Several of the world's best-known websites were inaccessible across parts of the United States on Friday after
hackers unleashed a series of attacks on a company that acts as a switchboard for the internet.

Related: Massive Cyber Attack a Dress-Rehearsal for the US Election?

The attacks affected access to Twitter, Paypal, Spotify and other customers of the infrastructure company in New
Hampshire called Dyn, which processes large volumes of internet traffic.

"The attacks came in waves," Al Jazeera's Rob Reynolds, reporting from Los Angeles, said. "First targeting the
East Coast of the United States, spreading then to the other parts of the country and even to Western Europe."

"The websites that were disrupted were some of the top names in the internet: CNN and the New York Times,
AirBnB, Reddit, HBO ... a whole variety of sites were attacked."

"Dyn is kind of a middle man that directs users to different websites and routes traffic from server to server in a
complex way," said Reynolds.

The attackers used hundreds of thousands of internet-connected devices that had previously been infected with a malicious
code that allowed them to cause outages.

October 16 2016:

U.S. To Use Internet Kill Switch By November In Cyberwar With Russia

'The US government is preparing to activate an internet kill switch according to cyber security experts,
and the groundwork has been laid to blame the unprecedented act on Russia.'

October 21 2016:
 Someone Attacked Americas Internet

Twitter, Reddit and Spotify were collateral damage in a major online assault

This article discusses the national Standard Operating Procedure 303 that enables the shut-down of all Internet
and cellular devices. It also discusses the new Executive Order on Space Weather events.

We have two separate issues here:

First, the government is terrified of a public that is able to record and share information in real time. This
makes it difficult for the government to continue with its massive campaign of lies. The Facebook censoring of all
statements that connect Hillary Clinton to her many crimes is emblematic of what the government wants to do
across the board - mind control and the end of freedom of speech are part of the Obama-Clinton-Soros-
Zuckerberg agenda.

Second, the government has a legitimate need to be able to shut down all electrical systems when a solar
storm is about to hit, by shutting them down these systems avoid being fried and weather the storm, they can
be turned on again once the storm passes, as if nothing had happened.

The two should not be confused.

The false accusations against the Russians are a US Government PSYOP against the American public, a last
desperate attempt to distract the public from the very real multi-billion dollar charity fraud and influence pedding
crimes of Bill and Chelsea and Hillary Clinton, with Barack Obama, Loretta Lynch, and James Comey fully
complicit in all those crimes.

This type of attack is known as a distributed denial of service attack [DDoS]. They used affected computers to fire requests
at the servers of Dyn simultaneously and essentially overwhelm it.

"The complexity of the attacks is what's making it very challenging for us." Dyn's chief strategy officer, Kyle York,
told Reuters news agency.

Operation of a Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) Attack:

Related: This Is Why Half the Internet Shut Down

York said that at least some of the malicious traffic was coming from connected devices, including webcams and digital
video recorders, that had been infected with control software named Mirai.

Security researchers have previously raised concerns that such connected devices, sometimes referred to as the Internet of
Things, lack proper security.

The Mirai code was dumped on the internet about a month ago, and criminal groups are now charging to employ it in cyber
attacks, said Allison Nixon, director of security research at Flashpoint, which was helping Dyn analyse the attack.

The Department of Homeland Security last week issued a warning about attacks from the Internet of Things, following the
release of the code for Mirai.

'Attacks Continue'

On Friday, Dyn said in a statement that it had resolved one morning attack, which disrupted operations for about two hours,
but disclosed a second a few hours later that was causing further disruptions. By Friday evening, it was fighting a third.

"The company fought back and was able to get things under control again," our correspondent said. "But there
were additional waves of attack. So this seems to be an ongoing situation."
Attacking a large domain name service provider like Dyn can create massive disruptions because such firms are responsible
for forwarding large volumes of internet traffic.

The disruptions come at a time of unprecedented fears about cyber threats in the US, where hackers have breached
political organisations and election agencies.

The US government has formally accused Russia of conducting cyber attacks against US political organisations during the
campaign for the November 8 presidential election, including hacking of Democratic Party emails.

The US Department of Homeland Security and the FBI said they were investigating the attack on Dyn.

"We still don't know who is responsible for this attack," Reynolds said. "But it certainly seems to be an attack that
took coordination and possibly a lot of resources. So this is not some teenaged kid in a basement somewhere
hacking for fun."

"The purpose behind their attack is also very vague since nothing was stolen. It was just disruptive, so
some people are theorising that someone is trying to figure out how to shut down the internet."

WikiLeaks, a whistle blowing organisation that has been publishing hacked emails that allegedly belong to Democratic
presidential nominee Hillary Clinton's campaign chairman John Podesta, implied in a tweet that its supporters may be
behind the attack and asked them to "stop taking down the US internet".
WikiLeaks has recently said that founder Julian Assange's internet access has been cut by an unidentified state actor.

Ecuador's government later admitted that it had partly restricted internet access for Assange, who has lived in the South
American country's UK embassy to avoid extradition to Sweden since mid-2012.

WikiLeaks' decision to publish documents affecting the US election was entirely its own responsibility, and the country did
not want to meddle in election processes or favour any candidate, Ecuador said.

Related: Ecuador Admits They Silenced Assange Because Clinton Leaks Were Interfering With US Election

Jimmy Carter: The U.S. Isnt A Democracy, Its An Oligarchy + Evo Morales:
Imperialism And Capitalism Are The Root Causes Of Issues Humanity Is Facing
October 23 2016 | From: TrueActivist / Sott

The former U.S. president asserts that money controls politics in the U.S. and that both parties
greatly benefit from the system.
In case you missed it, former U.S. president Jimmy Carter appeared on the Thom Hartmann Program in 2015 and,
during the interview, stated that the political scheme in the United States is far from what it seems.

Carter stated that America is now an oligarchy in which unlimited political bribery has resulted in a total
subversion of the political system as a payoff to major contributors.

Related: The Overthrow Of America - By Its Enemies Within

It doesnt matter which party you support, he says. After all, both Democrats and Republicans look upon this unlimited
money as a great benefit to themselves, he asserts. His claim is supported by a study conducted by Princeton University,
which you can read about here:

Related: Princetons Study Confirms Americas Government: And its Not Democratic
A portion of the transcript follows:

HARTMANN: Our Supreme Court has now said, unlimited money in politics. It seems like a violation of principles of
democracy. Your thoughts on that?

CARTER: It violates the essence of what made America a great country in its political system. Now its just an oligarchy,
with unlimited political bribery being the essence of getting the nominations for president or to elect the president. And the
same thing applies to governors and U.S. senators and congress members.

So now weve just seen a complete subversion of our political system as a payoff to major contributors, who want and
expect and sometimes get favors for themselves after the elections over.

The incumbents, Democrats and Republicans, look upon this unlimited money as a great benefit to themselves.
Somebodys whos already in Congress has a lot more to sell to an avid contributor than somebody whos just a challenger.

Watch a clip from the interview below:

Related: The British Woke UP - Can The Americans?

Evo Morales: Imperialism And Capitalism Are The Root Causes Of Issues Humanity Is
Facing

The main objective of humanity should be "to eradicate" capitalism and imperialism,
recommended the Indigenous head of state.

On the International Day of Peace, Bolivian President Evo Morales condemned the imperialist and warmongering
policies of Israel and the United States during his address at the United Nations General Assembly in New York
Wednesday.

"Israel's warmongering policies are probably one of the most barbaric examples in the world," said
Morales, vigorously condemning Israeli attacks against Palestinian civilians.

"We have to stop the genocide against the Palestinians."

" As for the U.S., they must immediately end the blockade on Cuba and gave the island reparations", he said.

Imperialism and capitalism are the root causes of the issues humanity is facing in the 21st century, he added, and the main
objective of humanity should be "to eradicate" capitalism.

"Capitalism is the worse enemy of life and humanity, and of future generations; it destroys Mother Earth;
concentrates wealth the hands of a few; and generates extreme poverty," he told global leaders.

"If we don't build another system soon for society, we will replace sustainable development with sustainable
death," he warned.

"A lot of people in the world are either refugees or displaced, because of global warming or because of the
wars and conflicts, while more than 800 million people in the world are hungry," he stated.

"This is the face of capitalism."

"We condemn violence and terrorism but in order to address terrorism we must address the roots of this
plague: wealth is concentrated in the hands of a few: the greater the poverty and inequality, the greater the
discrimination, which encourages violence."

The leader highlighted that since Bolivia kicked out U.S. military bases, the fight against drug trafficking has significantly
improved, as the U.N. documented - contradicting what Washington argues.

"Terrorism and drug trafficking are twins that the North American empire uses in order to invade and
control the world, I am certain of that," he said.

"When the Drug Enforcement Agency was in Bolivia, only half of the drugs seized was incinerated, the
other was to get rich," he said, quoting information from military officials.

He also rejected the management of Luis Almagro as the head of the Organization of American States, "We don't need a
manager from the empire to govern us," he said, stressing that the existence of the OAS would no purpose if the
organization did not respect the sovereignty of peoples.

He expressed his support for the Venezuelan government of Nicolas Maduro which has been targeted by Almagro.

France: Entire Swiss Branch Of Rothschilds Banking Empire Under Criminal

Investigation Following David De Rothschild Indictment
October 23 2016 | From: PoliticalVelcraft

It has taken many years to bring this case against Rothschild and his company the Rothschild
Financial Services Group, which trapped hundreds of pensioners in a bogus loan scheme between
the years of 2005 and 2008. Rothschild Unionises With Rockefeller To Congeal Funds 2012.

[In Their Defense] According to Bloomberg, [& after 11 years of stall tactics] The Swiss unit of Eddy de Rothschild
said its the subject of a French probe regarding a former business relationship managed by a former [David?]
employee.

Related: Rothschild Bank Now Under Criminal Investigation Over Missing $4 Billion In Global Corruption Probe

"Eddy de Rothschild (Suisse) SA is actively participating in the criminal investigation under way, the Geneva-
based bank said in an e-mailed statement on Friday. The bank denies all the allegations that have been made
against it.
Jean-Baptiste Simon Chardin, Boy building a House of Cards , 1735; Waddesdon, The Rothschild Collection (Rothschild Family Trusts)

Related: The Truth Is Out: Last Chapter Of The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia?

"Eddy de Rothschild, a private banking and asset management firm established in Paris in 1953, oversees about
150 billion euros ($164 billion) and is led today by Benny de Rothschild and his wife Ariane. The Swiss unit traces
its roots to the acquisition of Banque Privee in Geneva in 1965.

The company has no further comment at this time, according to the statement. Officials in Geneva werent
immediately available to respond to a telephone call from Bloomberg News on Friday."

- Bloomberg

Last year, David de Rothschild was indicted by the French government after he was accused of fraud in a scheme that
allegedly embezzled large sums of money from British pensioners.

One by one the pensioners lost their money and pressed charges against the notorious banker, beginning a case that would
take many years to get even an indictment.
In June, Paris-based liaison judge Javier Gmez Bermudez ruled that Rothschild must face a trial for his crimes, and
ordered local police to seek him out in his various mansions that are spread throughout the country.

Related: Jean-Claude Van Damme just took over a mainstream news show to expose the delusional elite

"It is a good step in the right direction. The courts are now in agreement with us that there is enough evidence to
interrogate Baron Rothschild. The first thing they will have to do is find him.

Once they have done that they can begin to question him. It is a real breakthrough moment for everyone involved,
lawyer Antonio Flores of Lawbird told the Olive Press after the ruling."

In short, independently of what happened to the investment, Rothschild advertised a loan aimed at reducing
inheritance tax, which is a breach of tax law, he added.

While news of a single Rothschild being indicted is certainly noteworthy, a particularly important announcement was made
this Friday.

The French government announced that it has launched an investigation into the entire Swiss branch of the Rothschilds
banking empire. The Rothschild empire has been instrumental in helping move the global elites wealth from traditional tax
havens like the Bahamas, Switzerland and the British Virgin Islands to the U.S.

In April, the Free Thought Project reported on the above the law tax haven established inside the United States by the
Rothschilds: Obamas Reaction to Panama Papers Exposed as a Sham - Rothschilds Continue US-Based Tax Haven

After opening a trust company in Reno, Nev., Rothschild & Co. began ushering the massive fortunes of the worlds most
wealthy individuals out of typical tax havens, and into the Rothschild run U.S. trusts, which are exempt from the international
reporting requirements.
CAN ANYONE SAY ~ ANTITRUST & RICO?

The Rothschild banking dynasty is a family line that has been accused of pulling the political strings of many different
governments through their control of various economic systems throughout the world.

Related: Rothschild Weather Mafia: Violation Of Antitrust Laws

Historically, there is ample evidence to show that the family has used insider trading to bilk money from both private and
public funds.

During the Battle of Waterloo in the Napoleonic wars, Nathan Rothschild was responsible for one of the oldest cases of
insider trading, which led to the Rothschild family robbing a whole nation blind.
In 1815 when the battle of Waterloo took place, there were no quick methods of communication like we have today, so
messengers were used for communication in times of war.

Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World

The Rothschilds took advantage of this by having spies on the frontlines of the battle who would return information to the
family faster than the messengers used by the military.

When the British won the war, Nathan Rothschild, was of course, the first to know, and he immediately went to the stock
exchange and started selling stocks while putting out the rumor that the French had won the war.

This created a panic on the floor of the stock exchange and investors all over England began frantically selling their stocks.
With the price of all stocks plummeting Rothschild was able to buy out the whole English market for a fraction of its cost.

When word returned that the English had actually been victorious, the value of the market soared, and overnight Nathan
Rothschild expanded his familys wealth, and cemented their position as one of the richest families in the world.

Related: An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan
Submission On The NZ Intelligence And Security Bill
October 22 2016 | From: KeithLocke

The NZ Intelligence and Security Bill unnecessarily allows for greater surveillance of New
Zealanders by our intelligence services and intrudes further on our privacy.

The definition of national security is so broad that it could enable even more surveillance of legitimate political
dissenters by the intelligence services than has happened to date.

Related: New Zealand Intelligence And Security Bill

The Bill should not be proceeded with.

Threats Faced by New Zealand

Any discussion of whether the intelligence services should be granted extra powers should begin with a discussion of the
threats facing New Zealand.

The fact is that we are a remarkably peaceful people. In the last 100 years there is not one proven case of politically
motivated act by a New Zealander causing death. [My only qualification is that the Wellington Trades Hall bombing in 1984,
which resulted in one death, may have been politically motivated.]
Related: New Zealand Prime Minister Uses Bogus Islamic State Threat As Excuse To Ramp Up National Security
And Surveillance

The only proven terrorist act was committed by non-New Zealanders, namely the French agents who bombed the Rainbow
Warrior in Auckland Harbour in 1985, killing a Portuguese photographer.

Non-state terrorism has proven to be a problem in some Western countries, especially those, unlike New Zealand, that are
heavily involved in foreign wars, or have a socio-economically marginalised Muslim population, or have a body politic
significantly prejudiced against Muslim people.

There is no global terrorist threat. The majority of nations are not threatened by non-state terrorism.

Of course, there is always the possibility of a politically motivated violent act, causing death, taking place on New Zealand
soil, but it would be an exceptional event. It would not, by itself, justify enlarging the present powers of New Zealands
intelligence services.

The Bill Massively Increases the Collection of Personal Information on New Zealanders

There are several reasons why granting the GCSB power to spy on New Zealanders will result in a much greater intrusion
on the privacy of New Zealanders.

Firstly, the GCSBs intelligence collection is less targeted than that traditionally carried out by the Security Intelligence
Service. We already know that the GCSB collects bulk information on satellite communications accessed by at its Waihopai
spy station (which is part of the Five Eyes network).
Related: The [Cabal Controlled] American Empire Is A Threat To Every Nations Security
There is nothing in the proposed legislation stopping this from continuing. Nor will anything in the Bill prevent the
international communications of New Zealanders being drawn down into the satellite dishes at Waihopai to be stored and
later analysed, because such communications dont identify NZ citizenship.

We know from the Snowden documents that the whole direction of the Five Eyes network (including the GCSB) is to
collect, store and share with each other as much raw communications and social media data as is technically
possible - on the basis that some of it may later be useful.

The all-inclusive definition of information infrastructure in Clause 4 covers any electronic communication, and Clause 66
allows the GCSB access to any such transmitted or stored communication.

There are no clear limits to what can be collected and through what means.

Secondly, because the GCSB shares a mass of its raw data with its four Five Eyes partners [loosely provided for under
Clause 13], the result of this sharing will be a greater intrusion into the privacy of New Zealanders, as well as its misuse
against New Zealanders.

We know from the Snowden papers that the data collected by the Five Eyes is mainly used to spy on other governments or
political dissenters, for political ends which are often contestable.

For example, the GCSBs proven spying on, Roberto Azevedo, the (successful) Brazilian candidate for WTO director-
general, was aimed at giving New Zealander Tim Groser the edge in the contest.

Related: No Public Accountability For The GCSB, Prime Minister Goes Back On His Word + Documents Shine Light
On Shadowy New Zealand Surveillance Base

This was spying to advance the governments neo-liberal trade and investment agenda, personified by former Trade
Minister Groser, an agenda which is contested by other New Zealand political parties.

Thirdly, we also know from the Snowden papers that Five Eyes partners are providing intercept information about New
Zealanders. In 2012 Tony Fullman, a New Zealand citizen, had his house raided on the basis of information passed on to
the GCSB by the US National Security Agency.

His crime was to be a peaceful advocate of democracy in Fiji.

Related: The Raid: In Bungled Spying Operation, NSA, GCSB & SIS Targeted Pro-Democracy Campaigner
Analysis of the Snowden papers showed he was one several Fiji pro-democracy activists who had their Gmails and
Facebook posts monitored by the NSA.

Fourthly, the warrant system contained in the Bill will not prevent information on many law-abiding New Zealanders being
taken from the mass of intercept data collected by the GCSB and Five Eyes. The warrants can be very broad in their
catchment.

Related: "Smart City" Is Really Government Spying On An Unimaginable Scale

They can be for a class of persons (Clause 61), or they can be what are called purpose-based warrants (Clause 64).
Either way such warrants can cover a lot of people, such as those New Zealanders attending a mosque or group of
mosques, or all those New Zealanders travelling to certain countries.

Fifthly, GCSB can pass on to other agencies for analysis anything from its mountain of electronic intelligence data. All it
has to do is define that information as incidentally-obtained intelligence under Clause 91. Remember such intelligence
doesnt need to have anything to do with real or potential criminal activity.

All that is required is that there is believed to be a potential threat to New Zealands security as determined by
the agencies.

Under Clause 91 information incidentally obtained on legitimate political dissenters could be kept or passed on.

Using Intelligence Information Against Legitimate Dissenters

There is an inherent contradiction in the legislation. Clause 22 says that collecting intelligence is not justified when it is
infringing the right of persons to engage in lawful advocacy, protest, or dissent in respect of any matter.
 However, this can be overridden when national securityis deemed at risk.

As defined in Clause 5 national security can include any activity, even if it is not criminal activity, which affects
New Zealands status as a free and democratic society or threatens international security or the quality
of life of the New Zealand population or represents acts of foreign interference, that may cause serious
damage to New Zealands economic security or international relations.

What this means is that the intelligence services are authorised to act in secret to monitor and help counter perfectly legal
activity if those agencies define it as contrary to national security, whether that activity is carried out by New Zealanders or
non-New Zealanders.

All of the types of legal political activity targeted under the national security label are politically contestable.

For example, dissenters in New Zealand believe the Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement threatens our national
security in that the agreement threatens our status as a free and democratic society and our quality of life and
could, by increasing global inequality, threaten international security.

Related: The Secret Government Rulebook For Labeling You A Terrorist

The present New Zealand government believes the opposite, that the anti-TPPA dissenters threaten national
security, and under this Bill could use the intelligence services to monitor those dissenters.

New Zealand anti-TPPA dissenters believe it is perfectly proper, under our Bill of Rights, to coordinate campaigning against
the TPPA with international NGOS (eg. Greenpeace and Oxfam) or other governments without these foreign NGOs or
governments being spied on for committing acts of foreign interference that may cause serious damage to New
Zealands economic security or international relations.

New Zealand should champion a free global debate among people, organisations and nations over free trade and
investment pacts, without any involvement of security services.

Unfortunately, that is not the case, as we have seen in the Groser/WTO case and in the NSAs spying on European
governments during trade negotiations, as disclosed in the Snowden documents.

Related: NZ Government Accused of Spying on WTO Top Job Candidates

GCSB spying on Pacific Governments Unjustified and Contrary to our Interests

The GCSB electronic spying on Pacific Island governments, exposed in Snowden papers and rightly criticised by several
Pacific leaders, is an unjustified and illegal breach of their right to privacy. It negatively affecting our relations with these
states, none of whom are conducting electronic spying on us.

Spy agencies focus on political critics of the NZ government, not those engaged in illegal activity.

The fundamental problem is that the SIS and GCSB are primarily agencies for political spying on legal activity. While part of
the Bills definition of national security [Clause 5] covers unlawful acts (ie: those which have a political motive), in practice
the agency does little in this area, for two reasons.

The first, which I aludded to earlier, is that in recent years there have been not been politically motivated criminal
acts of any consequence.

Secondly, we already have an institution, the Police, which is dedicated to detecting and prosecuting politically
motivated illegal acts such as the bombing of the Rainbow Warrior in 1985, or the securing of fraudulent New
Zealand passports by Mossad agents in 2004.

A perusal of those personal SIS files that have been released proves that the overwhelming bulk of the agencies
work has been directed against perfectly legal dissent.

This is likely to continue under the terms of this Bill. My own SIS file, which covers 51 years of my life, records only my legal
political activities as a dissenter. I have no criminal record.

Oversight Mechanisms Inadequate

There has been some improvement in oversight mechanisms, but they are still inadequate. While more people from outside
the service will be involved in granting surveillance warrants this wont act as much of a check if those people accept the
Bills ethos that political spying to advance a governments political agenda is ok.

The Intelligence and Security Committee in the Parliament will remain relatively toothless.
Related: The Entire War On Terror Has Been A Lie And These Charts Prove It

The GCSB and SIS Directors can still block information going to the Committee by defining it as sensitive (Clause 163). It
is good, however, that the Inspector-General will now have access to all security information (Clause 142).

Much will now depend on the quality of the Inspector-General as a check on abuses in the system, and as someone who
can listen to whistleblowers. However, in relation to whistleblowers, I strongly oppose new provision 78AA (Clause 207)
providing for 5 years in prison for those who disclose anything classified.

Related: CFRs RAND Corporation: Terror From Everywhere Requires More Surveillance

Whistleblowing is sometimes the only way to expose wrongdoing in public institutions and the SIS and GCSB are not
exceptions. Particularly worrying is the potential for journalists to be penalised (under 78AA 2 (b) (ii)) for publishing classified
material that exposes wrongdoing.

An Independent Cybersecurity Agency Needed

The GCSB currently has one useful responsibility, cybersecurity [see Clause 15], but this function should be devolved to a
new independent government cybersecurity agency, which involves and coordinates its work with the Police and other
relevant agencies.
Related: The Corporate US Government Are The Terrorists - The Islamic State Is A Big Lie

The GCSB, tasked with breaking in to computers and creating back door entry in to communications devices, is not the best
agency to protect our IT systems.

Recommendations

I ask the Select Committee be bold and challenge the need for the SIS and the GCSB, given that our Police force is
perfectly adequate to deal with politically motivated criminal behavior, and we dont need a state agency to monitor our non-
criminal political behavior.

The GCSBs cybersecurity function should be devolved to a new independent agency.

I recommend the Select Committee not proceed with this Bill in its present form.

Overall it puts New Zealanders in a worse situation than in already existing legislation, in relation to both their
personal privacy and their right to untrammeled freedom of expression.

Related: Not Just Surveillance: 3 Current Phenomena Exposing 1984 As An Instruction Manual For The State

However, given the Bill is likely to have the numbers to proceed I do support the deletion (or amendment) of any Clauses
which extend the scope of GCSB and SIS spying on non-criminal political activity.

I have already mentioned the problems with Clauses 4, 5, 13, 15, 61, 64, 66, 91, 163 and 207. Conversely, I support all
measures in the Bill which may improve, even if marginally, the accountability of SIS and GCSB operatives. I have
mentioned, for example, Clause 142 which I support because it removes the existing restraint on the Inspector-General
accessing all security information.

Related: Washington Admits, War On Terror Is Designed To Be Permanent State of War

Real Reason Trump's Being Treated Like He's Crazy For Refusing To Accept Election
Results + Top Highlights From The Final Presidential Debate
October 22 2016 | From: OpEdNews / Infowars

The mainstream media and the duopoly corporate parties - both Republican and Democratic - have
gone into full force attack on Donald Trump for his refusal to accept the election results, which he
has repeatedly said are rigged. It's time a candidate who has been the victim of a rigged election
speaks up.

Everywhere you turn today the mainstream media is united in attacking Donald Trump for refusing to say he will
accept the results of the election he considers rigged.

Related: Donald Trump Exposes Globalist Control & Criminal Clintons Live In Florida Speech + All-Out Effort To
Destroy Trump Proves He's Not Part Of The Establishment

Related: Rigged Elections Are An American Tradition

Related: Public Awakens To Massive Election Fraud

They're saying that his attitude undermines democracy, that it shows no respect for the election system our country is based
upon. Really? As publisher of OpEdNews.com I've published over 10,000 articles on election integrity, questioning the
trustworthiness and raising the concern that elections can be hacked or corrupted.

We know, through Wikileaks, that Hillary and the Clinton campaign rigged, in many ways, the Democratic primary, using the
State Department to influence the FBI, lying and deceiving within the DNC, collaborating with the mainstream media. Trump
has every reason to believe that the Clinton campaign will do all it can to rig the election.
Related: Trump Is Right: Heres Proof Hillary & Obama Founded ISIS + Obama Admits Were Training ISIL

Bernie Sanders accepted the results of the primary, even after some of the Wikileaks revelations began to come out. I'm not
judging him for doing that. His rationale is he negotiated the most progressive Democratic platform in history.

If Bernie had challenged the results, especially after the Wikileaks revelations, if he'd called for his supporters to take action,
to go to the streets, to make noise to demand a legal response - to the rigging, to the FBI corruption of the law.

It appears that Trump will fight such rigging. He's started fighting it already. He's preparing his supporters to be furious, to
take action. I don't know what kind of action, but they'll be ready for action. In reality, Trump has done much to sabotage his
campaign, perhaps not intentionally, but because he is a narcissistic who is unable to control his impulses.

But his message that he does not trust the election is not a bad one for democracy. It is a good one. It is getting millions of
people to look more closely at the election system and process.

The risk of corruption of electronic voting, with the inability to do a verifiable recount is very real, yet the mainstream media
have literally mocked those who raise the concern as conspiracy theorists. Chuck Todd, current host for Meet The Press, is
one of the worst.
Related: Wikileaks Confirms Hillary Sold Weapons To ISIS + Wikileaks Will Release More Emails On The Clinton
Foundation FBI Has Enough Evidence To Indict

It's hard to believe that the mainstream media are so obtuse or stupid to ignore the obviousness of the problem of
an electronic voting system. That suggests that their indignance, their outrage is a drama aimed at embarrassing,
intimidating and making people who are inclined to believe Trump feel foolish.

This media offensive aimed at challenging the idea that the election is rigged goes hand in hand with the massive campaign
Clinton and Obama are orchestrating, selling Wikileaks as a propaganda agent being used by the Russians.

Let's start with the statement by NBC's Bryan Williams, who said;

"The disqualifying moment for Americans who believe in and respect a peaceful transition of power came along
with an audience gasp in the room when Donald Trump refused under direct questioning to say he would honor the
outcome of the election, the will of the voters."

This is from a man who was suspended from NBC because he lied about his experience.

Then, there's David Gregory, a hack who was dumped from hosting Meet The Press, who said, "This Is a Death Blow for
Donald Trump."

Lawnews.com reports:

'University of California-Irvine election law professor Rick Hasen said, "Our democracy is a fragile thing which
depends upon accepting the rules of the game."'

Mediaite.com reports that Joe Scarborough of Morning Joe on MSNBC had a different take, quoting him as saying, "How
many people in Scranton, Pennsylvania care about what he said in that answer compared to people in news rooms that are
whimpering and whining with their, you know, soy lattes?"
And further, Mediaite reports Scarborough said;

'"I think for elites and media people ["] to try to boil that entire debate down to that one answer, that's very
predictable," he said. The notion that Trump said he would challenge the election was a media fiction, Scarborough
insisted. "He never said that! Which is extraordinary - the leap that all the media has made," he said.'

The list is long and deep. This message, that the election system is trustworthy, is a core part of keeping the crooked
corporate system up and running.

If millions of people start questioning our election process, if they question Hillary's win, who knows where it will go?

One thing I am sure of. We need more people waking up to the reality that the system IS broken, that the system
has been rigged for a long time, that big corporations and the plutocrats have been at war with the middle class.

Related: Excellent Trump / Farage Speech & Hillary Thinks Mr. Brexit Is Just Another Right-wing, Xenophobic,
Sexist, Bigot That You Should Promptly Ignore

Bill Moyers said it 13 years ago. It's even worse now, and a big part of the reason it's worse is because most Americans,
especially liberals, the ones who supported Hillary in the primary, have not awakened to the reality.

It's freaking the powers that be out that a presidential candidate is speaking the truth about the system.

I can't bring myself to vote for Clinton or Trump, but at least Trump is bringing some truth to the process. It's no surprise that
the powers that be are trying to make Trump look crazy.

Related Articles: Election Rigging, Hacking and Voter Fraud

Hacking Democracy in Less than 60 Seconds

Former Congressman Joe Scarborough Exposes the Rigged Voting System

 Watch this Voting Machine Test Failure

Elections in Australia, Canada, England, Germany, Netherlands

Spains Orwellian Citizens Security Law Gag

Why Vote When Our Votes Really Dont Count

Doug Caseys Top Five Reasons Not to Vote

Top Highlights From The Final Presidential Debate

Lies,lies,and more lies. Hillary stood poised with an air of smug arrogance. Supposedly
emboldened by her thirty years in a variety of undeserving roles in government where she racked
up zero beneficial major accomplishments.

Donald stood by reserved and battle worn after enduring along with the American people a unification of fraud from
the globalists bought and paid for mainstream media propaganda machine, the tremendous amount of scathing
info from the Wikileaks, Another torpedo to the democrats from James O' Keefe, and the FBI's announcement that a
four star general will face prison time for charges that are dwarfed by Hillary's email breach of national security.

Related: Only Half of Americans Realize Election System Is Rigged

Related: Rigging the Election - Video I: Clinton Campaign and DNC Incite Violence at Trump Rallies

I don't know about you but how can we believe a word Hillary says. And why should we?

Related: Presidential Debate Check: 12 Hillary Lies Debunked + Lots More

Trump Relies On Intelligence Hillary Relies On Ignorance

It is more obvious than ever what seperates Trump and Clinton on how they view their voters. Trump made a
statement tonight on how he relies on American voters seeing through propaganda, while Wikileaks emails show
Democrats rely on voter ignorance.

Related:Hillary Smiles At America's Destruction

Hillary Presidency Means Immediate War With Russia

Hillary Clinton wants nothing more than to go to war with Russia and Vladimir Putin after blaming them for hack
they clearly had nothing to do with.

Related: It Turns Out Assange Wasn't Kidding & NWO Hyper-Desperate Attempts To Manage Clinton Train Wreck
Proven: Hillary Clinton Is TPP Puppet
Wikileaks and Donald Trump once more remind the public that Hillary Clinton called the TPP the 'gold standard' for
trade deals.

Related: The Clinton Chronicles

Trump Calls Clinton Foundation Corrupt Organization

Donald Trump hits Hillary with her crimes against the people of Haiti and how her foundation kept the donations
that were meant to rebuild Haiti.

Related: Debate Post-Mortem: Trump Crushes Clinton - "You Should Be In Jail"

Weather Weapons Are Real, They Have A Treaty To Regulate Them

October 21 2016 | From: Geopolitics

There is still a sizable portion of our society who cannot grasp the reality of weather altering
devices and technologies which have made us all unsure about which weather is real, and which
ones are not.

This poses a big problem for those who understand how these weather devices are being used, but want to inform
the public about the impending danger of the draconian laws that have been legislated based on the false pretext of
global warming.
Related: Ten Years On: Al Gore's 'Inconvenient Truth' Propaganda Film Turns Out To Be Total Bunk - How Is His
Profit From Carbon Taxes Not Criminal Fraud?

Surely, Al Gores Inconvenient Truth movie and his green energy companies continue making money for the guy, but when
the lie became impossible enough to sustain, they have begun using the more generic term, i.e. climate change.

Kilimanjaro Still Has Snow

One of the first glaring claims Gore makes is about Mount Kilimanjaro in Africa. He claims Africas tallest peak will be snow-
free within the decade. Gore shows slides of Kilimanjaros peak in the 1970s versus today to conclude the snow is
disappearing.

Well, its been a decade and, yes, theres still snow on Kilimanjaro year-round. It doesnt take a scientist to figure this out.

Wednesday 14 September 2016 9:00AM - Sunday 25 September 2016 5:00PM Kilimanjaro, Tanzania

Related: An Inconvenient Review: After 10 Years Al Gores Film Is Still Alarmingly Inaccurate

Climate does change, its been that way since the birth of our solar system, but the phrase is now synonymous to abnormal
weather patterns, flash flooding, forest wildfires, and to some extent, even earthquakes, all of which could be the handiwork
of highly covert government entities trying to justify their subsequent invasive policies.

All of these calamitous events can affect the economic productivity and greatly hamper the development of the targeted
regions on the planet. Indeed, weather weapons are a very effective tool for geopolitical coercion.

Related: U.S. Attacked Philippines with HAARP

The nations possessing these weather weapons agreed that they wont be used in wars and geopolitical conflicts. But who
can ever refuse the power to play like the mythical gods of thunder and lightning?

We are not only talking here about cloud seeding technologies like Wikipedia would like us to limit our understanding
about weather warfare:
Weather warfare is the use of weather modification techniques such as cloud seeding for military purposes.

"Weather warfare is the use of weather modification techniques such as cloud seeding for military purposes.

Prior to the Geneva Convention, the United States used weather warfare in the Vietnam War. Under the auspices
of the Air Weather Service, the United States Operation Popeye used cloud seeding over the Ho Chi Minh trail,
increasing rainfall by an estimated thirty percent during 1967 and 1968. It was hoped that the increased rainfall
would reduce the rate of infiltration down the trail.

With much less success, the United States also dropped salt on the airbase during the siege of Khe Sanh in an
attempt to reduce the fog that hindered air operations.

A research paper produced for the United States Air Force written in 1996 speculates about the future use
of nanotechnology to produce artificial weather, clouds of microscopic computer particles all communicating with
each other to form an intelligent fog that could be used for various purposes. Artificial weather technologies do not
currently exist "

- Wikipedia (the trusted source...)

The above phrase, Artificial weather technologies do not currently exist is in disagreement to the statement made by the
US Air Force during a budget hearing for HAARP, like so:

HAARP, or High Altitude Auroral Research Program, is said to be an experimental electromagnetic wave propagator which
could deliver radio signals in any desired frequencies with a twist of a button, to strike at any target. But as that US
congressional hearing suggest, the Air Force is already using a more advanced version, they are now willing to abandon the
existing HAARP site in Alaska.
There are, of course, radar systems mounted on mobile platforms which could emit high powered EM signals, and can be
positioned in any of the 1,000 US military bases, for steering weather disturbance to any triangulated terrestrial and
extraterrestrial targets.

The other side of this all-in-one ultrahigh powered radio broadcast technology is to foster positive disposition, fry the
electronics of an incoming ICBM, or MiRVs simultaneously, and render their thermonuclear/chemical warhead inert, and
deliver controlled rainfall on arid deserts of Africa so that food abundance is assured at last.

Related: When Plutocrats Own The Weather & Nobody Is Buying The Climate Change Hoax Anymore

Yes, the most versatile weather weapon is staring right in plain sight and is using that same technology still being used in
the wireless broadcast industry today.

The only notable difference is that the weaponized version is using billion watts of sheer power which is very feasible just by
transforming the transmission voltage from a few hundred volts into the range of hundreds of million volts which is what
Tesla was actually playing with.

Consider three radar installations firing upward in a triangle configuration, all at the same time. Those three hot nodes will
then experience high gas pressures, and as a result, their common center will then become the low pressure area [LPA],
which will be news broadcasted by your weather channel as where the potential typhoon will come from.

The fact that they can move the three points of attack will make the typhoon steerable to hit at any desired target.

For more in-depth study, the researcher can refer to the US Patent 4686605 by clicking on the image below:
But no, the United Nations, Inc., or any of its subsidiary corporate states, are not capable of providing these
commonsensical solutions any time soon. It can only afford to pay lip service to those pressing problems, because the Old
Men running the show cant get over with their myopic appreciation of the power entrusted to them, which they use only to
impress young women.

Considering that our body, like everything else in nature, is made up of EM waves propagating at certain frequencies in
space, we can also be altered, or our bodily functions can be influence for any desired effect.

If at certain microwave frequencies, a radar system can cook the atmosphere to increase gas pressure, and change the
weather, it can also be used to deliver modulated brain wave frequencies to stimulate docility, or hyperactivity to destroy an
entire targeted population without firing a single bullet.

This is the reason why the authorities sought to limit, or eradicate, its use in actual conflict scenario.
Convention on the Prohibition of Military or Any Other Hostile Use of Environmental
Modification Techniques

The States Parties to this Convention,

Guided by the interest of consolidating peace, and wishing to contribute to the cause of halting the arms race,
and of bringing about general and complete disarmament under strict and effective international control, and
of saving mankind from the danger of using new means of warfare,

Determined to continue negotiations with a view to achieving effective progress towards further measures in the
field of disarmament,
Recognizing that scientific and technical advances may open new possibilities with respect to modification of the
environment,

Recalling the Declaration of the United Nations Conference on the Human Environment, adopted at Stockholm on
16 June 1972,

Realizing that the use of environmental modification techniques for peaceful purposes could improve the
interrelationship of man and nature and contribute to the preservation and improvement of the environment for the
benefit of present and future generations,

Recognizing, however, that military or any other hostile use of such techniques could have effects extremely
harmful to human welfare,

Desiring to prohibit effectively military or any other hostile use of environmental modification techniques in
order to eliminate the dangers to mankind from such use, and affirming their willingness to work towards the
achievement of this objective,

Desiring also to contribute to the strengthening of trust among nations and to the further improvement of the
international situation in accordance with the purposes and principles of the Charter of the United Nations,

Have agreed as follows:

Article I

1. Each State Party to this Convention undertakes not to engage in military or any other hostile use of
environmental modification techniques having widespread, long-lasting or severe effects as the means of
destruction, damage or injury to any other State Party.

2. Each State Party to this Convention undertakes not to assist, encourage or induce any State, group of
States or international organization to engage in activities contrary to the provisions of paragraph 1 of this
article.

Article II

As used in article 1, the term environmental modification techniques refers to any technique for changing
through the deliberate manipulation of natural processes the dynamics, composition or structure of the Earth,
including its biota, lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere, or of outer space.

Article III

1. The provisions of this Convention shall not hinder the use of environmental modification techniques for
peaceful purposes and shall be without prejudice to the generally recognized principles and applicable
rules of international law concerning such use.

2. The States Parties to this Convention undertake to facilitate, and have the right to participate in,
the fullest possible exchange of scientific and technological information on the use of
environmental modification techniques for peaceful purposes. States Parties in a position to do so
shall contribute, alone or together with other States or international organizations, to international
economic and scientific co-operation in the preservation, improvement and peaceful utilization of the
environment, with due consideration for the needs of the developing areas of the world.

Article IV

Each State Party to this Convention undertakes to take any measures it considers necessary in accordance with
its constitutional processes to prohibit and prevent any activity in violation of the provisions of the Convention
anywhere under its jurisdiction or control. Blah, blah,blah.

In witness whereof, the undersigned, being duly authorized thereto, have signed this Convention at Geneva, on the
18 day of May 1977.
 - Convention on the Prohibition of Military or Any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification
Techniques

The reality on the ground is far from being straightforward, i.e. countries possessing weather weaponry may not be actively
firing at each other, but that doesnt mean that the United States government, for example, is not using the same capability
against its own people, or its smaller nation allies, you know, to keep them in line.

The chemical based geoengineering, for instance, is being extended to spray harmful chemicals instead of merely cloud
seeding.

Historical Perspectives

It was Dr. Nikola Tesla who tried to give us wireless power so that global prosperity can be achieved by providing free and
unlimited access to energy, for the benefit of all.

Related: Unraveling Nikola Teslas Greatest Secret: Radiant Energy

He constructed a magnifying transmitter which could deliver both power and data wirelessly to far off distances. In the
process, he realized the vast potential of his device and the dangers it may pose when the technology falls into the wrong
hands.

On April 28, 1997 U.S. Defense Secretary William Cohen made the following statement:

'"Others [terrorists] are engaging even in an eco-type of terrorism whereby they can alter the climate, set off
earthquakes, volcanoes remotely through the use of electromagnetic waves

So there are plenty of ingenious minds out there that are at work finding ways in which they can wreak terror upon
other nations
 Its real, and thats the reason why we have to intensify our [counterterrorism] efforts.

In February 1998, the European Parliaments Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy held public
hearings in Brussels on the U.S based weather warfare facility developed under the HAARP program.

The Committees Motion for Resolution submitted to the European Parliament:

'Considers HAARP by virtue of its far-reaching impact on the environment to be a global concern and calls for its
legal, ecological and ethical implications to be examined by an international independent body; [the Committee]
regrets the repeated refusal of the United States Administration to give evidence to the public hearing into the
environmental and public risks [of] the HAARP program.

- European Parliament, Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy, Brussels, doc. no. A4-
0005/99, 14 January 1999

The weapons referred to by Secretary Cohen are longitudinal EM wave interferometers (LWIs). Longitudinal EM waves
easily travel through the ocean and earth with very little loss. In a distant interference zone, there appears real EM energy
again, of the kind we have in our textbooks.

However, the energy arises from spacetime itself in the interference zone, as proven by M.W. Evans, P.K. Anastasovski,
T.E. Bearden et al., On Whittakers Representation of the Electromagnetic Entity in Vacuo: The Production of Transverse
Fields and Energy by Scalar Interferometry, Journal of New Energy, 4(3), Winter 1999, p. 76-78. (That entire issue of JNE
contains some 60 papers by the Alpha Foundations Institute for Advanced Study (AIAS), dealing with the kind of higher
symmetry electrodynamics needed to understand such weapons).

Though tested in prototype in the 1950s, the first strategic LWIs were deployed in Russia in April 1963, and were used to kill
the U.S.S. Thresher nuclear attack submarine, underwater off the East coast of the United States, in April 1963. The
signatures of the kill are 100% decisive.
USS Thresher

One day later, the same weapon placed an enormous electromagnetic burst (explosion) deep underwater, 100 miles north
of Puerto Rico. From the surface of the ocean there arose a giant cone of water, rising a half mile into the air, turning into a
mushroom, and falling back into the sea.

This was the second test of the new Russian strategic LWIs, under KGB control. By this test and the fact that the West did
not even recognize what killed the Thresher, Khrushchev managed to stay in power another two years or so, after his Cuban
Crisis fiasco where he lost face in front of the entire world.

World-wide weather engineering started in earnest by the Russians on July 4, 1976 - as a quirky sense of humor and
bicentennial gift to the United States. The weapons have been used to shoot down aircraft, etc. worldwide also, mostly as
tests, and have also destroyed ICBMs shortly after launch.

Related: Eco-Terrorism Correspondence

Both the scientific and political priesthoods are being used by the plutocrats at the highest totem pole of our society to
impose upon humanity a world of endless scarcity in all aspects of our existence. They justify this policy by saying that if
everything is free and easily accessible, people get lazy and just play around. Whats wrong with that?

We are the only species in the entire solar system that consented to making life very difficult after we have
discovered ways and means to make it easier.

"When I first joined the American Physical Society sixty-seven years ago it was much smaller, much gentler, and
as yet uncorrupted by the money flood (a threat against which Dwight Eisenhower warned a half-century
ago).

The giants no longer walk the earth, and the money flood has become the raison dtre of much physics
research, the vital sustenance of much more, and it provides the support for untold numbers of professional jobs.
 For reasons that will soon become clear my former pride at being an APS Fellow all these years has been turned
into shame, and I am forced, with no pleasure at all, to offer you my resignation from the Society.

It is of course, the global warming scam, with the (literally) trillions of dollars driving it, that has corrupted
so many scientists, and has carried APS before it like a rogue wave.

It is the greatest and most successful pseudoscientific fraud I have seen in my long life as a physicist.

Anyone who has the faintest doubt that this is so should force himself to read the ClimateGate documents, which
lay it bare. (Montfords book organizes the facts very well.)

I dont believe that any real physicist, nay scientist, can read that stuff without revulsion. I would almost make that
revulsion a definition of the word scientist.

So what has the APS, as an organization, done in the face of this challenge? It has accepted the corruption as the
norm, and gone along with it

- Top Scientist Resigns From His Post At The University Of California Admitting Global Warming Is A Big Scam

In February 1998, the European Parliaments Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy held public
hearings in Brussels on the U.S based weather warfare facility developed under the HAARP program. The Committees
Motion for Resolution submitted to the European Parliament:

"Considers HAARP by virtue of its far-reaching impact on the environment to be a global concern and calls for its
legal, ecological and ethical implications to be examined by an international independent body; [the Committee]
regrets the repeated refusal of the United States Administration to give evidence to the public hearing into the
environmental and public risks [of] the HAARP program.

- European Parliament, Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy, Brussels, doc. no. A4-
0005/99, 14 January 1999

The Committees request to draw up a Green Paper on the environmental impacts of military activities, however, was
casually dismissed on the grounds that the European Commission lacked the required jurisdiction to delve into the links
between environment and defense. Brussels was anxious to avoid a showdown with Washington. (see European Report, 3
February 1999).

The possibility of climatic or environmental manipulations as part of a military and intelligence agenda, while tacitly
acknowledged, has never been considered relevant. Military analysts are mute on the subject.

Meteorologists are not investigating the matter, and environmentalists are strung on global warming and the Kyoto protocol.
Related: 'Conspiracy Theorists' Vindicated: HAARP Confirmed Weather-Manipulation Tool

Ironically, the Pentagon, while recognizing its ability to modify the Worlds climate for military use, has joined the global
warming consensus. In a major study (pdf) , the Pentagon has analyzed in detail the implications of various global warming
scenarios.

Related: Environmental Warfare and Climate Change

Power is never given, or handed down in a silver platter. It must be taken away from those who are incapable of using it
wisely for the good and benefit of all lifeforms everywhere.

In lieu of these deplorables, we must put in management positions the visionaries, engineers and technologists, so that only
the progressive use of science and technology is given the light of day.

This is the revolution worth fighting for.

US Attorney General Finally Admits Weed Isnt A Gateway Drug - Prescription Pills Are
+ Study Proves Medical Marijuana Can Replace Dangerous Pharmaceuticals
October 21 2016 | From: TheAntiMedia / NaturalNews / Various

The National Institute on Drug Abuse is a U.S. federal research institute focused on [advancing]
science on the causes and consequences of drug use and addiction to apply that knowledge to
improve individual and public health.
Though it admits the majority of people who use marijuana do not go on to use other, harder substances, it
still describes marijuana as a gateway drug.

Related: New Discovery Proves Humans Have Been Using Cannabis for at Least 2,400 Years

But U.S. Attorney General Loretta Lynch recently told a group of Kentucky high school students the role of marijuana in the
national drug abuse debate has been overstated.

While discussing how heroin abuse and how individuals often develop an addiction, Lynch argued:

'[I]ndividuals [start out] with a prescription drug problem, and then because they need more and more, they turn to
heroin. It isnt so much that marijuana is the step right before using prescription drugs or opioids - it is true that if
you tend to experiment with a lot of things in life, you may be inclined to experiment with drugs, as well. But its not
like were seeing that marijuana as a specific gateway.

Attorney General Lynch added that instead of trafficking rings, what introduce[s] a person to opioids [is] the
household medicine cabinet.

The event she attended was part of the Prescription Opioid Heroin Epidemic Awareness Week, a campaign designed by the
White House that includes 250 different events highlighting the importance of prevention, enforcement, and treatment.

As expected, the campaign focused on advertising the official approach to drug abuse, encouraging the public to
support the Obama administrations approach to the opioid crisis.

Measures embraced by the administration include expanding evidence-based prevention and treatment programs,
increasing access to the overdose-reversal medicine naloxone, and supporting targeted enforcement activities.

But nowhere in the official campaign page is there a list of practical solutions to the opioid crisis, an admission of guilt, or a
concession stating that, despite marijuanas official federal classification, cannabis is not seen as the root of the problem by
the very head of the United States Department of Justice.

In early August, the Obama administration said no to a bid urging the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) to reconsider
how marijuana is classified under federal drug control laws. Currently, the DEA lists marijuana as a Schedule I drug, along
with heroin, the pivot drug of the opioid epidemic.
But as the Attorney Generals comments demonstrate, the federal government fails to take its own classification
methodology seriously, choosing instead to contend that prescription drug abuse is a much bigger issue.

Related: All signs point to a corporate takeover of the marijuana industry by Bayer, Monsanto

Per its federal classification, marijuana should be seen as a threat as dangerous as heroin, and yet Lynch appears to
contend the abuse of legal drugs is keeping federal agents busy - not the enforcement of her agencys own rules.

What Lynch is failing to discuss on the federal governments anti-opioid abuse campaign trail is the racist, opportunistic
roots of the failed and decades-long drug war in America.

But as American states begin to shift their approach to some of the targets of this nationwide anti-drug campaign, legalized
marijuana is able to accomplish what many drug war apologists claimed criminalization would achieve: bringing down the
drug cartels. But as the Washington Post report demonstrates, legalizing pot is not enough.

While powerful drug cartels have seen legalized marijuana taking a chunk out of their profits, the criminalization of other
drugs such as heroin continues to put addicts in harms way.

With drug cartels seeing an increase in demand due to the pressure mounting from the growth of the relationship
between the government and the pharmaceutical industry, dangerous alternatives to heroin, such as fentanyl, are sold on
the street as regular heroin.
Without legal means to produce the drugs the market demands, these cartels are not concerned with the quality of their
product nor the health of their consumer.

When looking at the destruction stemming from the illegal drug trafficking industry, we are able to trace it back to the
criminalization of drug commerce and use - and yet government officials prefer to live in the dark ages, upping their
involvement with the war on yet another drug epidemic entirely manufactured by crony kingpins.

Study Proves Medical Marijuana Can Replace Dangerous Pharmaceuticals

Opponents of medical marijuana laws have often claimed that legalizing marijuana use would lead to rampant drug abuse
and have an adverse effect on society. Now that these laws have been instituted in some states for a few years, however,
evidence is mounting that the opposite is actually true.

In fact, it turns out that medical marijuana is so effective at treating pain that it's keeping many patients off prescription
painkillers, which are a bigger threat to society than marijuana use, medical or otherwise, could ever be.

In a recent study, researchers discovered that Medicare reported savings of $165.2 million in 2013 on the prescription
medications that are used to treat some of the conditions that can also be treated with marijuana.

These included depression, pain, seizures, nausea, glaucoma, anxiety, spasticity and sleep disorders. You may recall that
2013 was the year that 17 states put medical marijuana laws into place, along with the District of Columbia.
These impressive savings accounted for half a percent of the Medicare Part D budget for that year. In the study, all of the
claims for prescriptions filed for the medications in question from 2010 to 2013 by Medicare Part D patients were reviewed.

Decreases were noted in the number of prescriptions that were written for medications other than marijuana for most of the
conditions studied. For example, in states with legal medical marijuana, the prescriptions for pain medications were lower by
a remarkable 1,826 daily doses compared to the states where medical marijuana is not legal.

The researchers estimate that Medicare could have saved $468 million on prescription drugs if every state had a medical
marijuana law in place.

The sole exception was glaucoma, and this could be due to the fact that marijuana's effects on the condition tend to only last
for about an hour. Prescriptions for medicines that marijuana is not used for, such as blood thinners, did not drop.

Researcher Ashley Bradford of the University of Georgia, who was the study's lead author, said: "The results suggest
people are really using marijuana as medicine and not just using it for recreational purposes."

Medical Marijuana Could Alleviate The Nation's Opioid Crisis

This is good news for those suffering with these ailments, with marijuana proving to be a safer alternative to conventional
medicine. Take the example of opioids, a type of painkiller that has been responsible for a slew of deadly overdoses.
A University of Michigan study found that patients with chronic pain who used medical marijuana reported a drop in their use
of prescription opioids amounting to 64 percent. They also reported experiencing fewer side effects, and a 45 percent
improvement in their quality of life since turning to cannabis for pain management.

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 40 people die each day from overdosing on these
drugs.

Bad News for Big Pharma

Anything that can steer people away from death-inducing prescription painkillers and other dangerous medications is a very
positive step, no matter what your personal feelings are about marijuana.

Of course, Big Pharma does not share this view, as it threatens their profits, which also explains why they are hoping people
won't catch on to the benefits of CBD oil from hemp for issues such as epilepsy.

Not only is marijuana very effective for many people, but it carries very few side effects, and is often more affordable than
the pills Big Pharma is trying to push on people. This latest study showing that marijuana is replacing dangerous
pharmaceuticals for many people might be bad news for Big Pharma, but it's good news for everybody else.

Why the War on Cannabis?

"Smart City" Is Really Government Spying On An Unimaginable Scale

October 19 2016 | From: BlacklistedNews

"Smart PGH" (Smart City) and their 'smart spine system' is one of the most intrusive, government
funded, TOTAL surveillance networks ever dreamed up.
Columbus, Ohio, actually won $50 million in DOT grant money to turn their city into a "Smart City" calling
it "SmartColumbus." The city of Columbus will receive an additional $90 million in pledges from public and private
sector partners.

Related: Money Talks: From smart meters to power politics

"Smart PGH's" tag line at the end of the above video is chilling, "If It's Not For All, It's Not For Us". As "Smart PGH's"
documents reveal, 'smart city' surveillance spies on All of Us.

Pittsburgh, actually received close to $11 million to help turn their city into a "smart city".

City of Pittsburgh Smart Cities Challenge Proposal Video

Smart Columbus

(Fast forward to approx., 2:18 to see the numerous corporations involved in 'Smart Cities')

Not much is known about "SmartColumbus," but you can bet it's probably a carbon copy of "Smart PGH."

The document below, reveals "smart cities" are really just a euphemism for government spying on an unimaginable scale.

City of Pittsburgh's Proposal, Beyond Traffic: The Smart City Challenge (SCC)

The City of Pittsburgh sees the confluence of transportation and energy as the key to U.S. Department of Transportations
(USDOT) Smart City Challenge. To meet the challenge, we will develop an open platform and corresponding governance
structure to improve the safety, equity, and efficiency of our transportation network and its interaction with the energy and
communications networks.

By building on existing technology deployments and increasing fixed and mobile sensors over a number of
major Smart Spine corridors that connect with primary commercial centers and amenities, Pittsburgh will collect,
analyze, visualize, and act on information to improve mobility for residents.

The non-proprietary nature of our platform allows the City of Pittsburgh and its partners to set an open, national standard for
a municipal service delivery platform, which enhances industry and supports innovation.

According to the SCC, 'smart spines' use advanced technology like real-time adaptive traffic signals and vehicle-to-vehicle
(V2V) communication at intersections.

"Smart PGH" is working with Uber to spy on customers. (see page 4)

It appears that "smart cities" are part of the government's "Vision Zero" program, see page 6 of SCC's 'Enabling Hierarchy'
diagram. Also on page 6, under the subject 'Data Collection Network' they mention, "Social Media Assets" otherwise known
as social media spying. (more on that below)

Uber, Lyft and Bike Share to spy on customers.

Page 13:

In addition, we [Smart PGH] would like to work with Pittsburgh Bike Share, Uber, Lyft, and others to move towards more
robust V2V communications that allow Port Authority buses, City fleet, bike share bicycles, ride-sharing services, etc. to
become safer by sensing one another on Pittsburghs streets. Bicycle tracking has already begun, Ford Motor Company has
given Palo Alto, $1.1 million to equip bicycles with GPS devices.
Joshuah Mello, the citys chief transportation official, said the main draw of the new smart-bike system, operated by Motivate
and sponsored by Ford, is that it will be part of a network growing in Bay Area cities from San Jose to San
Francisco, making it one of the largest systems in the entire world.

What he should say is, this makes it one of the largest bicycle surveillance systems in the entire world! What follows, are
some of the most chilling intrusions of government spying to date. Govt spying on social media.

Page 14:

Voluminous streams of data will be generated by sensors on fixed and mobile assets and citizens themselves using apps
and social media.
Smart cities will spy on everyone's behavior and emotions.

Page 18:

To address Vision Element #9, SmartPGH will deploy our Citizens as Sensors effort aimed at extracting relevant data from
social media. Scrubbing these sites and app will provide information on what people are doing in different places across
Pittsburgh, data that can be used to infer behavior and data that can detect changes in behavior due to physical
modifications made by SmartPGH and the City of Pittsburgh.

Pittsburgh can more easily detect if the modifications it is making are producing the desired changes or if they are leading to
unanticipated outcomes or unhappy residents.

For example, changes to the number of check-ins citizens make to restaurants and retail establishments following the
parking rate change can provide evidence of how much this change has impacted dining and shopping behaviors, providing
valuable feedback not just on residents emotional reactions but also the wider economic impact of such decisions.

"Citizens as Sensors" really, means government spying on social media posts, FourSquare, Twitter etc.,. Below is an
excerpt from Page 12 of "Citizens as Sensors".

"At a different level many users volunteer information to Web 2.0 sites as a convenient way of making it available
to friends and relations, irrespective of the fact that it becomes available to all."

Govt to spy on staircases, sidewalks, bicycles, trails, buses and trains.

Pages 3 and 22:

Moreover, residents utilize the city's unique system of 712 public staircases, 40 miles of on-street bike infrastructure, 31
miles of trails, and numerous sidewalksand on a daily basis.

Companies like Sidewalk Labs, make a profit out of spying on pedestrians.

The Port Authority of Allegheny County operates a comprehensive transit network in the city, which includes 18.4 miles of
busway, 26.2 miles of light rail, 72 local bus routes and two funiculars.

Power companies and the govt collaborate to spy on everyone.

Pages 22 & 23:

The City of Pittsburgh is in conversation with Duquesne Light and partner-company DQE Communications regarding the use
of their extensive network of dark fiber. Most of the network capacity is currently dark and available for use by partners
including the City of Pittsburgh.

To make the most of their network, Duquesne Light recently built a wireless communication infrastructure to support the
increased data-flow between their electric meters and the companys centralized operating center.
This effort has evolved into a high-capacity, resilient, wireless network covering the entirety of the City of Pittsburgh and the
surrounding 817-square-mile service territory.

The grid of microgirds will spy on everyone's health, electrical and gas usage.

Page 23:

The grid-of-microgrids is designed to connect critical infrastructure like hospitals, universities, and data and
telecommunications centers. Other partners in the effort include the UPMC health system, NRG energy, Duquesne Light
and Peoples natural gas.

Govt spying on Pittsburgh residents is frightening.

Page 23:

PennDOTs Western Regional Traffic Management Center includes a fully integrated Centralized Software System, a Media
Partner room that broadcasts live on-air reports of traffic conditions, and, a state of the art video wall capable of displaying
160 video images.
The center monitors and/or controls ITS devices on 12 freeway corridors, including many within Pittsburgh's limits.

These devices include: 293 CCTV cameras, 37 Highway Advisory Radio transmitter locations, 86 Highway Advisory Radio
signs with beacons, 200 Microwave Traffic Detectors, 24 Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radios, 93 Digital
Wave Radar Vehicular Detector units and many more specific ITS-related items.

List of govt agencies spying on residents:

Allegheny County

Penn DOT and the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania

Southwestern Pennsylvania Commission

Port Authority of Allegheny County

Pittsburgh Parking Authority

Port of Pittsburgh Commission

Pittsburgh Bike Share

Utilities including energy distribution, water, and natural gas

University Partners, particularly University of Pittsburgh and Carnegie Mellon University

Major freight operators in Pittsburgh

Representatives of the Business and Philanthropic Communities

Citizens and Community Stakeholders Industry partners

Page 24:

The model for the WPRDC is unique because it is designed to be extensible and inclusive, able to host datasets from any
municipality, non-profit, or researcher with data to share. By bringing together various levels of government, civil society,
and academia around information resources, we have begun to improve our regions capacity for innovation and evidence-
driven policy-making.

The WPRDCs web resources provide machine-readable data downloads and APIs of key administrative data on topics
such as property assessment, building inspection, public health, crime, and asset management.

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Seven companies work with Surtrac to spy on everyone.

1. Surtrac works with FLIR a thermal sensor company that specializes in identifying individual vehicles by their thermal
signature. Surtrac was developed by Carnegie Mellon University,

Surtracs' Econolite specializes in spying on motor vehicles. They also invented 'autoscope' surveillance cameras in
the early 1990's. Fyi, Surtrac's Autoscope Vision (AV) also spies on bicyclists.

AV delivers stop bar vehicle and bicycle detection, advanced vehicle detection, bicycle differentiation, traffic data collection,
and HD video surveillance.

Surtrac boasts, about they're newly-developed, full-field-of-view object-feature tracking. In other words, the government can
track an individual vehicle or bicyclist throughout an entire city!

There are plans to integrate Surtrac with the Port Authority of Allegheny County bus fleets using 'Clever Devices'. (more on
that below)

2. Citilog, is a mirror image of Econolite but specializes in spying road sensors that are imbedded in every road, highway
tunnel and bridge.
 3. Metrotech, turns current traffic intersection cameras into connected surveillance systems that spy on vehicles and
Bluetooth signals.

4. Wavetronix, can track an individual vehicles speed, even if they change lanes. Wavertronix also knows the type of
vehicle you're driving, watch the video below to find out more.

5. Traffic Control Products, bill themselves as a supplier of premium sensor equipment to the traffic industry. Currently their
vehicle surveillance equipment is being used in Ohio, Kentucky, Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Indiana and Michigan. Traffic
Control Products boasts about having a staff of software specialists that manage, their surveillance systems.

6. Path Master, provides 'surveillance equipment' and training for their equipment.

7. Clever Devices, is a company that specializes in spying on trains and buses.

"SmartColumbus," "Smart PGH," "Smart City," "Vision Zero," CCTV cameras, license plate readers, Wi-Fi readers and
Shotspotter are turning our cities into COMPLETE surveillance centers!

What's it going to take, to motivate an apathetic populace to speak out and demand a stop to govt spying?

s Related Articles:

Klahoma Man's Tests Negate Smart Meter Safety Claims

Ontario Pulls Plug on 36,000 Rural Smart Meters: Is Big Energy Imploding?

Do Not Resist: The Police Militarization Documentary Everyone Should See

October 19 2016 | From: TheIntercept

On a sunny afternoon last summer, Craig Atkinson, a New York City-based filmmaker, stood in a
front yard in South Carolina surrounded by several heavily armed police officers.
The officers, members of the Richland County Sheriffs Department tactical team, were descending on a modest
one-story house looking for drugs and guns. The team smashed through the windows of the home with iron pikes,
then stormed the front door with rifles raised.

Related: Leaked Catalogue Reveals a Vast Array of Military Spy Gear Offered to U.S. Police

Inside, they found a terrified family of four, including an infant. As the family members were pulled outside, Atkinsons
camera captured a scene that plays out with startling regularity in cities and towns across the country, one of many included
in his new documentary, Do Not Resist, an examination of police militarization in the United States.

And it's not just hapening there.

The police begin rooting through the trash. Where the fuck is the weed? one officer asks, as the team ransacks a car
parked in the driveway. Boy that was sweet, another says, commenting on the speed of the raid. One officer finds a
backpack, which yields a bit of marijuana - its not enough to roll a joint, but its something.

The officer in charge questions the owner of the backpack, a young African-American man. In a conversation captured on
Atkinsons microphone, the young man, a local community college student, tells the officer he runs a small landscaping
business.

Knowing hes being taken into custody, with his hands cuffed in front of him, he asks the officer for a favor: Can he remove
the $876 in his pocket set aside for new lawn-care equipment and give it to one of his employees to go to the hardware
store? Instead of handing the cash to the arrestees co-worker, the tactical team seizes the money.

I never one time said youre a bad person, the officer tells the young man before hes led off. I just have
a job to do, and you happen to be in the middle of it.

The pernicious practice of civil asset forfeiture, which allows law enforcement to grab cash or property during the course of
raids, then requires people to prove the assets were not related to criminal activity in order to get them back and allows
police to keep the assets if they fail to do so - has been well documented.

Whats less common is to see one of those interactions play out on camera. Capturing those kinds of moments is what Do
Not Resist is all about.

Trailer for Do Not Resist, a New Documentary Examining Police Militarization in the United
States:

Related: There Is No Excuse For The American Police

Atkinsons directorial debut has already taken home this years prize for best documentary at the Tribeca Film Festival and
is currently making the rounds in select cities around the country.

Radley Balko, author of Rise of the Warrior Cop: The Militarization of Americas Police Forces, has called the
film terrifying, powerful, and important.

Based on substantial on-the-ground reporting, Do Not Resist is both unsettling to watch and necessary to see.
See also: DoNotResist.com

The film begins in Ferguson, Missouri, on a rainy night of protest in August 2014 that erupted into a melee of tear gas and
screaming.

It then quickly moves to a seminar with Dave Grossman, a law enforcement guru who gives trainings on lethal force and the
application of a warrior mentality in the name of the law.

The policeman is the man of the city, Grossman begins, before explaining that cops hes spoken to routinely
describe their first on-the-job kill as a prelude to the best sex of their lives.

Both partners are very invested in some very intense sex, Grossman says.

Theres not a whole lot of perks that come with this job. You find one, relax and enjoy it.

Grossman believes that a violent reckoning between law enforcement and critics of police militarization is fast approaching.

We are at war, Grossman tells the crowd, and you are the front-line troops in this war.

The language reflects a theme that runs throughout Do Not Resist.

Atkinson began the project three years ago in the wake of the Boston Marathon bombings. The images of armored cars and
commando cops in the streets resonated for him on a personal level. Atkinsons father spent 29 years as a police
officer outside Detroit - 13 of them on a SWAT team, where he held the rank of commander.

Atkinson and his brother would take part in their dads training, playing the part of hostages when they were little and mock
shooters when they were big enough to handle weapons.
Watching the footage from Boston, it was obvious to Atkinson that something profound had shifted since his dads days on
the force. He set out to create a film that would capture that shift.

The Do Not Resist crew attended expos and trade shows, community meetings and federal hearings, training seminars
and SWAT contests. All told, the team traveled to 19 states, went on roughly 20 police ride-a-longs, observed half a dozen
raids, and interacted with hundreds of police officers.

The hope was to be on-hand for an incident in which a SWAT teams use of heavy weapons would be unquestionably
warranted.

I thought the whole time I would be able to show something that would kind of reflect the entire scope of what a
SWAT officer might go through sometimes, where you actually do need the equipment, Atkinson explained.

Instead, the filmmaker repeatedly found himself watching police with military-grade weaponry executing dubious search
warrants.

The frequency of the raids was particularly shocking, with one of the officers in the film claiming his team does 200 such
operations a year.

By comparison, Atkinson notes, his father performed a total of 29 search warrant raids over his entire 13 years in SWAT -
according to some estimates, SWAT teams now carry out between 50,000 to 80,000 raids across the country annually.

The search warrants, were told, are always used for massive drug dealers and kingpins, and then we run in these
homes and we never found anything, Atkinson said.

Beyond the day-to-day breaking down of doors, Do Not Resist explores the growing role of private surveillance companies
in local policing, and law enforcements thirst for technology that can predict crimes before they happen.

An analyst inspects video feeds of a wide-scale aerial surveillance system being utilized by local police departments
The film highlights Persistence Surveillance Systems, a company offering low-cost aerial surveillance honed in Fallujah to
domestic law enforcement. Were not out to watch the whole world, just all the world thats got crime, Ross McNutt, the
president of the company, insists.

Thats the next wave in the militarization of police, Atkinson told The Intercept in an interview.

What we found was a whole slew of retired military officers now in the private sector now selling the exact same
surveillance technology that they just got back from Iraq and Afghanistan with to local law enforcement for small
money on the dollar.

The intent of Do Not Resist, Atkinson said, is to provide a glimpse inside the realities of American policing, challenge the
policing-for-profit model that has caused departments in economically depressed communities to treat their citizens as
walking ATM machines, call out a warrior culture that divides law enforcement from the public theyre sworn to serve, and
flag the dangers of war-zone technologies being applied domestically.

For the most part, the reaction from law enforcement has been positive, Atkinson said.

Ive had a lot of law enforcement really respond well to the film and say that it reflects these issues that a lot of
them have been working on themselves, he said.

As for his father, Atkinson said, watching the film stirs up uncomfortable feelings.

His major reaction was just disappointment in seeing how far the mission creep had actually gone, he said.

Its obviously disappointing to see something that you were dedicating your life to so completely, evolve into
something that you would never want to be a part of.

Related Articles:
New Zealand: Family denounces cold-blooded execution by police

Globalists are pitting blacks against whites in America to incite a bloody race war... here's how we can all win
together by refusing to be manipulated into hatred and rage

Leaked Memo Reveals Soros Plan for Federally Controlled Police

Police Murder Because They Are Trained To Murder - Paul Craig Roberts

How the Dallas Shootings Serve the Elites Race Wars and Police State Agenda

Dallas police shootings: Social Engineering and the American Police State

The Tamir Rice Story: How to Make a Police Shooting Disappear

The Police Are Victimized By Their Training

913 people shot dead by US police in 2015

Donald Trump Exposes Globalist Control & Criminal Clintons Live In Florida Speech
+ All-Out Effort To Destroy Trump Proves He's Not Part Of The Establishment
October 17 2016 | From: NextNewsNetwork / NaturalNews / Various

Do you want to see the most epic destruction of the Clintons and the Obama Administration ever
recorded? Of course you do.

There's no longer any question whatsoever about whether Trump is an insider or outsider.

Related: How Julian Assange Turned WikiLeaks Into Trumps Best Friend

This election will determine whether we are a free nation or whether we are not a democracy, but are in fact controlled by a
handful of global special interests, rigging the system, and our system is rigged."

The full speech is available here: Donald Trump Responds To False Harassment Allegations: Florida Speech

This election will determine whether we are a free nation or whether we are not a democracy, but are in
fact controlled by a handful of global special interests, rigging the system, and our system is rigged.

This is reality, you know it, they know it, I know it and pretty much the whole world knows it.
 The establishment and their media enablers, wield control over this nation through means that are very
well known. Anyone who challenges their control is deemed a sexist, a racist, a xenophobe and morally
deformed.

They will attack you, they will slander you, they will seek to destroy your career and your family, they will
seek to destroy everything about you including your reputation.

They will lie, lie, lie. And then again they will do worse than that.

They will do whatever is necessary, the Clintons are criminals, remember that. They are Criminals.

This is well documented and the establishment that protects them has engaged in a massive cover up of
widespread criminal activity at the State Department and the Clinton Foundation in order to keep the
Clintons in power.

Never in history have we seen such a cover up as this."

All-Out Effort To Destroy Trump Proves He's Not Part Of The Establishment
There's no longer any question whatsoever about whether Trump is an insider or outsider. The all-
out attack on Trump by the leftist media, democrats and the republican establishment now confirm
that the political elite are terrified of Donald Trump and will do anything to stop him.

As proof, just consider the "hot mic" lewd talking tape that was rolled out last Friday. This recording of Trump
speaking in a lewd, insensitive way about his sexual exploits with women was surreptitiously recorded over a
decade ago. It's now being seized upon by the same leftist media that whitewashes the entire history of Bill
Clinton's sexual assaults against women as well as Hillary's long history of extreme profanity and cursing at
everyone around her.
Related: The Donald Lives!

Over the last two days, many members of the Republican establishment have seized upon the tape to denounce Trump yet
again, ridiculously proclaiming they hold the moral high ground in America only because they've never yet been caught
hiring prostitutes or sodomizing little boys. (Yeah, do you really think these power-hungry Washington insiders are CLEAN
LIVING people? Get a grip...)

Fascinatingly, That's Actually Happening Right Now Across America, as Far as I Can Tell, is Three
things:

1. The people who were already opposed to Donald Trump are even more disgusted with his hot mic recording. But that
alone doesn't change the election because they weren't voting for him in the first place. Just because they hate him more
doesn't mean they get to vote twice. He lost their vote on day one when he said Rosie O'Donnell was a pig (or whatever he
said).

2. The people who have been supporting Donald Trump aren't surprised at all by his rude, crude demeanor in private.
Trump isn't the kind of president you elect when times are great and you need a polite head of state to represent your nation
with subtlety and etiquette.

Trump is an attack dog you elect as a last resort to try to save your country from being run into the ground by a
criminal cartel of government thugs. Trump, in other words, is a political SOLDIER. And soldiers talk s**t about
everybody, including men, women and especially their enemy. I don't care what he SAYS in private. I care what he DOES to
save America from being utterly overrun and destroyed.

3. People are realizing that EVERY power-seeking person has had similar moments of lewd talk in the past. From Barack
Obama's, Gotta have them ribs and p***y too! to the President's B*tch ni**a buy your own damn fries! escapade, the truth is
that everybody in power has moments of lewd, inappropriate speech.

If you think Hillary hasn't spoken this way to her own Secret Service guards, you're simply not informed about reality. Check
out 56 documented examples of Hillary Clinton cursing like mad over the last three decades.

The Trump Movement is Bigger than Donald Trump - It's Larger than Any One Person, No Matter
How Foul
The other big ah-ha in all this is that even if Donald Trump were to bow out of the election, the Trump movement
would continue to grow.

You didn't really think this was all about one man, did you? The rising up of people against the corrupt criminal elite is a
global phenomenon that's much larger than any one person.

The "Trump movement" isn't about Donald Trump the person -- who is a crude, aggressive political outsider -- it's about the
idea of demanding an end to government corruption and political elitism.

The Trump movement is about ending the Clinton nightmare for America. It's about giving the finger to Washington D.C. and
taking back our democracy from a corrupt class of professional criminals who have been in power for far too long.

Voting for Donald Trump isn't a vote for the person, it's a vote for the movement: the idea that real people across America
might regain their freedom from tyranny and oppression. It's about stopping the deliberate destruction of America by the
Obama / Clinton crime cartel, restoring accountability at the highest levels, and even indicting and imprisoning key
members of the criminal Washington elite.

A Do-or-Die Moment for America

This is a do-or-die moment for America. It's a simple choice between the ultimate corrupt insider (Hillary) vs. a total political
outsider that the entire establishment is desperately trying to destroy (Trump). If we elect Clinton, it's over for America. We
go down the rabbit hole of police state totalitarianism, the utter destruction of the Bill of Rights and will most likely end up in
a protracted civil war.
If we elect the outsider, we have one last chance to halt the tyranny, end the Clinton nightmare and send the political elite
packing.

This November 8th, we must elect the outsider regardless of how lewd, crude or insensitive he is in his private,
personal conversations. We aren't electing him to be a Saint. We're electing him to stop the Devil. Sometimes, you need a
nasty attack dog to get that job done.

Truth be told, if Donald Trump turned to Hillary Clinton and blasted her with the most vicious, horrific words imaginable,most
of America would cheer. It has really come to that.

As Zero Hedge correctly explains;

 There is a large swath of the American electorate that is simply fed up with the establishment and are intent upon
sending an outsider to shake up Washington... the more crass the better."

Curse at the man if you want, but don't abandon the movement. Vote Trump on November 8th, and stop the Clintons once
and for all. Stay informed at Trump.news

Related Articles:

Billionaire Trump Supporter Dan Pea Goes Off on Profanity-Laced EPIC RANT for Trump

The Speech That Will Make Donald Trump President

All Polls Favoring Clintons Candidacy Are Fake-Here Is How to Tell

Trump Says Federal Reserve Propped up Obamas False Economy With Cheap Money

This Video Will Get Donald Trump Elected

Break-down of the second 'presidential' debate. Trump takes off shackles, delivers well deserved blows to Killary

Putin Sympathises With Trump

Aborting the Trump Revolution

Trump: Debate Was Rigged, Media Is Fabricating Stories From Inside Sources

Marcus Aurelius: Donald Trump As A giant middle finger

Bill O'Reilly: Media conglomerates have "ordered employees to destroy Trump"

Epic: Trey Gowdy Sweeps the Floop with Obama, Gets Standng Ovation

Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The
Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters
October 16 2016 | From: AmericanPolicyCenter / NaturalNews / Various

Sustainable Development: The Transformation of the Western World

Some think that the planet is in danger of global warming and over consumption. They really believe that the only
way to fix the problem is to control the flow of resources and wealth, which literally means changing human
civilization and the way we live.

This is an immense subject and many more articles are available in the Agenda 21 section of this website. This
article is from the US but the principles of Agenda 21 are global - it came from the UN.

The problem is, that requires a forced transformation of our entire society to comply, and that ultimately leads to a thirst for
power and topdown control that will eventually lead to tyranny.

In his book, Earth in the Balance, Al Gore warned that a wrenching transformation must take place to lead Western
countries away from the horrors of the Industrial Revolution.
Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

The process to do that is called Sustainable Development and its roots can be traced back to a UN policy document called
Agenda 21, adopted at the UNs Earth Summit in 1992.

Sustainable Development calls for changing the very infrastructure of the nation, away from private ownership and control of
property to nothing short of central planning of the entire economy often referred to as top-down control.

Where and when did the term Sustainable Development originate?

The term sustainable development was born in the pages of Our Common Future, the official report of the 1987 United
Nations World Commission on Environment and Development, authored by Gro Harlem Brundtland, Vice President
of the World Socialist Party.

For the first time the environment was tied to the tried and true Socialist goals of international redistribution of wealth. Said
the report;

Poverty is a major cause and effect of global environmental problems. It is therefore futile to attempt to deal with
environmental problems without a broader perspective that encompasses the factors underlying world poverty and
international inequality.

The term appeared in full force in 1992, in a United Nations initiative called the U.N. Sustainable Development Agenda 21,
or as it has become known around the world, simply Agenda 21. It was unveiled at the 1992 United Nations Conference on
Environment and Development (UNCED), ballyhooed as the Earth Summit.
In fact, the Earth Summit was one of the provisions called for in the Brundtland report as a means of implementing
Sustainable Development around the world. More than 178 nations adopted Agenda 21 as official policy. President George
H.W. Bush was the signatory for the United States.

What is Sustainable Development?

The 1989 Websters Dictionary defines Sustainable Yield as a requirement that trees cut down in a forest area be replaced
by new plantings to ensure future lumber supplies. Thats what most people think Sustainable Development means.

Proponents of Sustainable Development argue that it is about preserving resources for future generations. Whats wrong
with that? Nothing in theory.

That would be sustainable with a small s. Just common sense usage of natural resources. The problem is, major forces
now promoting it intend for Sustainable Development to be spelled with a capital S. They intend for a Socio-economic
political movement that probes, invades and changes every aspect of human civilization.

And thats the problem.

Imagine a world in which a specific ruling principle is created to decide proper societal conduct for every citizen.

That principle would be used to consider regulations guiding everything you eat, the kind of home you are allowed to live in,
the method of transportation you use to get to work, what kind of work you may have, the way you dispose of waste,
perhaps even the number of children you may have, as well as the quality and amount of education your children may
receive.

Sustainable development encompasses every aspect of our lives.

According to its authors, the objective of sustainable development is to integrate economic, social, and environmental
policies in order to achieve reduced consumption, social equity, and the preservation and restoration of biodiversity.

Top Sustainability Fallacies:

Lie: Sustainability is about protecting the environment

 Reality: It is a political movement to replace capitalism with governement control of everything

Lie: Free market capitalism is the principle cause of planetary degradation and is not sustainable

Reality: It is government control of the economy that is not sustainable

Lie: Private property is a source of social injustice, and too valuable to be subject to free markets

Reality: The right to own and use private property is a fundamental source of wealth creation

Lie: Green energy creates jobs

Reality: Green energy is unreliable, uncompetitive and renders industry unable to compete in world
parkets

Lie: C02 is a pollutant

Reality: C02 is the gas that all plants and crops breathe. More C02 = better agricultural production

Lie: The sustainability movement isn't trying to take away anyone's property rights or freedoms

Reality: The sustainability movement is relentlessly attacking property rights and freedoms

Lie: Climate change is catastrophic and anthropogenic and must be addressed through C02 abatement
schemes

Reality: Man made climate change is a hoax with numerous provable data points and thousands of
scientists going on the record - which is ignored by the cabal-controlled mainstream media

Lie: Compact development reduces pollution

Reality:Reality: Dense development is always correlated with intense pollution levels

Lie: Subways and mass transit can replace cars

Reality: They cannot. If they could there would be no cars in Manhattan

Lie: Compact urban development is more affordable for government

Reality: Empirical evidence proves compace development requires higher tax rates. Urbanisation strains
police, fire, educational and social services

Lie: Afforable housing for people of all income levels will ensure healthier better balanced
neighbourhoods
 Reality: Low income housing usually creates more problems than it solves thereby damaging
communities

The Sustainablists insist that society be transformed into feudal-like governance by making Nature the central organizing
principle for our economy and society, not human need or wants.

This idea essentially elevates nature above Humans [we are all on this planet, their premise is bullshit]. As such,
every societal decision would first be questioned as to how it might effect the environment.

To achieve this, Sustainablist policy focuses on three components; land use, education, and population control and
population reduction.

Here is a direct quote from the report of the 1976 UNs Habitat I conference which said:

Land... cannot be treated as an ordinary asset, controlled by individuals and subject to the pressures and
inefficiencies of the market. Private land ownership is also a principle instrument of accumulation and
concentration of wealth, therefore, contributes to social injustice.

Some officials claim that Sustainable Development is just a local effort to protect the environment and contain development -
- just your local leaders putting together a local vision for the community.

Yet, the exact language and tactics for implementation of Sustainable Development are being used in nearly every city
around the globe from Lewiston, Maine to Singapore.

Local indeed.

In short, Sustainable Development is the process by which the world is being reorganized around a central
principle of state collectivism using the environment as bait.

One of the best ways to understand what Sustainable Development actually is can be found by discovering what is NOT
sustainable.

According to the UNs Biodiversity Assessment Report, items for our everyday lives that are NOT sustainable
include:

Ski fields

Grazing of livestock

Plowing of soil

Building fences

Industry

Single family homes

Paved and tarred roads

Logging activities

Dams and reservoirs

Power line construction

Economic systems that fail to set proper value on the environment (capitalism, free markets).
Maurice Strong, Secretary General of the UNs Rio Earth Summit in 1992 said;

Current lifestyles and consumption patterns of the affluent middle class involving high meat intake, use of
fossil fuels, appliances, home and work airconditioning, and suburban housing are not sustainable.

This goal is exactly the policies that are written into such legislation as Cap and Trade, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water
Act.

It is also the policy behind the many corporate commercials seen nightly on television which advocate Going Green".

They are all part of the efforts to modify consumer behavior to accept less, deal with higher energy prices, restrict
water use and place severe limitations on use of private property all under the environmental excuse.

And one of the most destructive tools used to enforce Sustainable Development policy is something called
the precautionary principle.

That means that any activities that might threaten human health or the environment should be stopped - even if no clear
cause and effect relationship has been established - and even if the potential threat is largely theoretical.

That makes it easy for any activist group to issue concerns or warnings by news release or questionable report against and
industry or private activity, and have those warnings quickly turned into public policy just in case.

Many are now finding non-elected regional governments and governing councils enforcing policy and regulations.

As these policies are implemented, locallyelected officials are actually losing their own power and decision-making ability in
their elected offices. More and more decisions are now being made behind the scenes in non-elected sustainability
councils armed with truckloads of federal regulations, guidelines, and grant money.

Related: Agenda 21: What Sustainable Development Really Means For You

The Three E's

According to its authors, the objective of Sustainable Development is to integrate economic, social, and environmental
policies in order to achieve reduced consumption, social equity, and the preservation and restoration of biodiversity.

The Sustainable Development logo used in most literature on the subject contains three connecting circles labeled along the
lines of Social Equity; Economic Prosperity; and Ecological Integrity (known commonly as the 3 E's).

Social Equity

Sustainable Developments Social Equity plank is based on a demand for social justice. Social Justice is described as the
right and opportunity of all people to benefit equally from the resources afforded us by society and the environment.

According to Sustainablist doctrine, it is a social injustice for some to have prosperity if others do not. It is a social
injustice to keep our borders closed.

It is a social injustice for some to be bosses and others to be merely workers. Social justice is a major premise of
Sustainable Development.

Another word for social justice is Socialism or Marxism. Karl Marx was the first to coin the phrase social justice.

Most recently the theory of social justice has been used to justify government takeover of health care. Today, the phrase is
used throughout Sustainablist literature.

The Sustainablist system is based on the principle that individuals must give up selfish wants for the needs of the common
good, or the community.

This is the same policy behind the push to eliminate our nations borders to allow the migration of those from other nations
into the United States to share our individually-created wealth and our taxpayers-paid government social programs.

Say the Sustainablists, Justice and efficiency go hand in hand. Borders, they say, are unjust.

Under the Sustainablist system, private property is an evil that is used simply to create wealth for a few. So too, is business
ownership. Instead, every worker / person will be a direct capital owner.
Property and businesses are to be kept in the name of the owner, keeping them responsible for taxes and other expenses,
however control is in the hands of the community (government).

Under Sustainable Development individual human wants, needs, and desires are to be conformed to the views and
dictates of social planners.

Harvey Ruvin, Vice Chair of the International Council on Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI) said:

Individual rights will have to take a back seat to the collective in the process of implementing Sustainable
Development.

Economic Prosperity
Sustainable Developments economic policy is based on one overriding premise: That the wealth of the world was made
at the expense of the poor.

It dictates that, if the conditions of the poor are to be improved, wealth must first be taken from the rich.

[But this mandate does not apply to not the "elite" of course].

Consequently, Sustainable Developments economic policy is based, not on private enterprise, but on public / private
partnerships.

In the free-market of the past, most businesses were started by individuals who saw a need for a product or service and
they set out to fill it. Some businesses prospered to become huge corporations, some remained small mom and pop
shops, others failed and dissolved.

Most business owners were happy to be left alone to take their chances to run their businesses on their own, not
encumbered by a multiplicity of government regulations.

If they failed, most found a way to try again. In the beginning of the American Republic, governments main involvement was
to guarantee they had the opportunity to try.

In order to give themselves an advantage over competition, some businesses -- particularly large corporations
now find a great advantage in dealing directly with government, actively lobbying for legislation that will inundate
smaller companies with regulations that they cannot possibly comply with or even keep up with.

This government / big corporation back-scratching has always been a dangerous practice because economic power should
be a positive check on government power, and vise versa. If the two should ever become combined, control of such massive
power can lead only to tyranny.

One of the best examples of this was the Italian model in the first half of the Twentieth Century under Mussolinis Fascism.

Together, select business leaders who have agreed to help government impose Sustainablist green positions in their
business policies, and officials at all levels of government are indeed merging the power of the economy with the force of
government in Public / Private Partnerships on the local, state and federal levels.

As a result, Sustainable Development policy is redefining free trade to mean centralized global trade freely
crossing (or eliminating) national borders.

It definitely does not mean people and companies trading freely with each other. Its real effect is to redistribute
manufacturing, wealth, and jobs out of our borders and to lock away natural resources.

After the regulations have been put in place, literally destroying whole industries, new green industries created with federal
grants bring newfound wealth to the partners. This is what Sustainablists refer to as economic prosperity.

The Sustainable Development partnerships include some corporations both domestic and multination. They in turn are
partnered with the politicians who use their legislative and administrative powers to raid the treasury to fund and enforce the
scheme.
Of course, as the chosen corporations, which become a new elite, stamp out the need for competition through government
power, the real loser is the consumers who no longer count in market decisions. Government grants are now being used by
industry to create mandated green products like wind and solar power.

Products are put on the market at little risk to the industry, leaving consumers a more limited selection from which to choose.
True free markets are eliminated in favor of controlled economies which dictate the availability and quality of products.

Ecological Integrity

Nature has an integral set of different values (cultural, spiritual and material) where humans are one strand in
natures web and all living creatures are considered equal.

Therefore the natural way is the right way and human activities should be molded along natures rhythms. from
the UNs Biodiversity Treaty presented at the 1992 UN Earth Summit.

This quote lays down the ground rules for the entire Sustainable Development agenda.

It says humans are nothing special just one strand in the nature of things or, put another way, humans are simply
biological resources.

Funny that, the Cabal see us as "Human Resources" also. What a coincidence...

Sustainablist policy is to oversee any issue in which man interacts with nature which, of course, is literally everything.

And because the environment always comes first, there must be great restrictions over private property ownership and
control.

This is necessary, Sustainablists say, because humans only defile nature. Under Sustainable Development there
can be no concern over individual rights.
Individual human wants, needs, and desires are conformed to the views and dictates of social planners.

The UNs Commission on Global Governance said in its 1995 report:

Human activity combined with unprecedented increases in human numbers are impinging on the planets
basic life support system.

Action must be taken now to control the human activities that produce these risks.

Under Sustainable Development, limited government, as advocated by our Founding Fathers, is impossible because, we are
told, the real or perceived environmental crisis is too great.
Only government can be trusted to respond. Maurice Strong, Chairman of the 1992 UN Earth Summit said:

A shift is necessary toward lifestyles less geared to environmentally-damaging consumption patterns. The shift will
require a vast strengthening of the multilateral system, including the United Nations.

The politically based environmental movement provides Sustainablists camouflage as they work to transform systems of
government, justice, and economics.

It is a masterful mixture of socialism (with its top down control of the tools of the economy) and fascism (where
property is owned in name only with no individual owner control).

Sustainable Development is the worst of both the left and the right. It is not liberal, nor is it conservative.

It is a new kind of tyranny that, if not stopped, will surely lead us to a new Dark Ages of pain and misery yet unknown to
mankind.

UN Report: Habitat I Conference:

"Land cannot be treated as an ordinary asset, controlled by individuals and subject to the pressures and
inefficiencies of the market.

Private land ownership is also a principle instrument of accumulation and concentration of wealth,
therefore, contributers to social injustice."

Related: Environmentalism Is a Green Pagan Religion

The Reinvention of Government

Six months after his inauguration, President Bill Clinton issued Executive Order #12852 which created the Presidents
Council On Sustainable Development (PCSD) on June 29 1993.

The Councils Membership included:

Twelve Cabinet-level Federal Officials

Jonathan Lash, Pres. World Resources Institute

John Adams, Ex. Dir. National Resources Defense Council

Dianne Dillon-Ridgley, Pres. Zero Population

Michelle Perrault, International V.P., Sierra Club

John C. Sawhill, Pres. The Nature Conservancy

Jay D. Hair, Pres. World Conservation Union (IUCN)

Kenneth L. Lay, CEO, Enon Corporation

William D. Ruckelshaus, Chm., Browning-Ferris Industries & former EPA Administrator

Some of these members were representatives of the same groups which helped write Agenda 21 at the UN level, now
openly serving on the Presidents Council to create policy for the implementation of Sustainable Development at the federal
level.

With great fanfare the Council issued a comprehensive report containing all the guidelines on how our government was to
be reinvented under sustainable development.

Those guidelines were created to direct policy for every single federal agency, state government and local community
government. Their purpose was to translate the recommendations set forth in Agenda 21 into public policy administered by
the federal government.

They created the American version of Agenda 21 called Sustainable America - A New Consensus.

The Four Part Process Leading to Sustainable Development

So how is this wrenching transformation being put into place? There are four very specific routes being used. In the rural
areas its called the Wildlands Project.

In the cities its called Smart Growth. In business its called Public / Private Partnerships. And in government its
called Stakeholder Councils.
The Wildlands Project

"WE MUST MAKE THIS PLACE AN INSECURE AND INHOSPITABLE PLACE FOR CAPITALISTS AND THEIR
PROJECTS... WE MUST RELCAIM THE ROADS AND PLOWED LANDS, HALT DAM CONSTRUCTION, TEAR
DOWN EXISTING DAMS, FREE SHACKLED RIVERS AND RETURN TO WILDERNESS MILLIONS OF TENS OF
MILLIONS OF ACRES OF PRESENTLY SETTLED LAND.

- Dave Foremen, Earth First.

The Wildlands Project was the brainchild of Earth Firsts Dave Foreman and it literally calls for the re-wilding of
50% of all the land in every state back to the way it was before Christopher Columbus set foot on this land.

It is a diabolical plan to herd humans off the rural lands and into human settlements. Crazy you say! Yes. Impossible? Not
so fast. From Foreman, the plan became the blueprint for the UNs Biodiversity Treaty and quickly became international in
scope.

But how do you remove people from the land? One step at a time. Lets begin with a biosphere reserve. A national park will
do. A huge place where there is no human activity.

For example, Yellowstone National Park, devoid of human habitation can serve as its center. Then a buffer zone is
established around the reserve.
Inside the buffer only limited human activity is allowed. Slowly, through strict regulations, that area is squeezed until human
activity becomes impossible.

Once that is accomplished, the biosphere is extended to the former buffer zone borders and then a new buffer zone is
created around the now-larger biosphere and the process starts again. In that way, the Biosphere Reserve acts like a
cancer cell, ever expanding, until all human activity is stopped.

And there are many tools in place to stop human activity and grow the reserve.

Push back livestocks access to river banks on ranches, many times as much as 300. When the cattle cant reach the
stream, the rancher cant water them -- he goes out of business. Lock away natural resources by creating national parks.

It shuts down the mines -- and they go out of business. Invent a Spotted Owl shortage and pretend it cant live in a forest
where timber is cut. Shut off the forest.

Then, when no trees are cut, theres nothing to feed the mills and then there are no jobs, and -- they go out of business.
Locking away land cuts the tax base. Eventually the town dies. Keep it up and there is nothing to keep the people on the
land so they head to the cities. The wilderness grows just like Dave Foreman planned.

It comes in many names and many programs. Heritage areas, land management, wolf and bear reintroduction, rails to
trails, conservation easements, open space, and many more.

Each of these programs is designed to make it just a little harder to live on the land a little more expensive a little more
hopeless, literally herding people off their land and into designated human habitat areas cities.

In the West, where vast areas of open space make it easy to impose such polices there are several programs underway to
remove humans from the land. Today, there are at least 31 Wildlands projects underway, locking away more than 40
percent of the nations land.
The Alaska Wildlands Project seeks to lock away and control almost the entire state.

In Washington State, Oregon, Idaho, Montana parts of North and South Dakota, parts of California, Arizona, Nevada, New
Mexico, Wyoming, Texas, Utah, and more, there are at least 22 Wildlands Projects underway.

For example, one project called Yukon to Yellowstone (Y2Y) creates a 2000 mile no-mans land corridor from the Arctic to
Yellowstone.

East of the Mississippi, there are at least nine Wildlands projects, covering Maine, Pennsylvania, New York, West Virginia,
Ohio, Virginia, Tennessee, North and South Carolina, Georgia and Florida. Watch for names of Wildlands Projects like
Chesapeake Bay Watershed, Appalachian Restoration Project and Piedmont Wildlands Project.

How Did We Get Here? J. Gary Lawrence - Bill Clinton's Advisor for Sustainable
Development:

"Participating in a UN advocated planning process would very likely bring out many... right wing
conspiracy groups... who would actively work to defeat any elected official... undertaking Local Agenda 21.

So we call our process something else, such as "Comprehensive Planning", "Growth Management", or
"Smart Growth.""

Smart Growth
The second path is called Smart Growth. The process essentially puts a line around a city, locking off any growth
outside that line.

Such growth is disdainfully labeled Urban Sprawl. The plan then curtails the building of more roads to cut off access to the
newly created rural area. Inside the circle, concerted efforts are made to discourage the use of cars in preference to
public transportation, restricting mobility.

Because there is a restriction on space inside the controlled city limits, there is a created shortage of land and houses, so
prices go up. That means populations will have to be controlled, because now there is no room to contain more people.
Cities are now passing green regulations, forcing homeowners to meet strict guidelines for making their homes
environmentally compliant, using specific building materials, forcing roof replacements, demanding replacement of
appliances, and more.

Those not in compliance will be fined and will not be able to sell their homes. There are now efforts underway to impose so-
called smart meters which replace thermostats in homes.

Homeowners will not have control of such meters. Instead, the electric company will determine the necessary temperature
inside each home.

Government agencies or local policy boards will be tasked with the responsibility to conduct an energy audit in each home to
determine the steps necessary to bring the home into energy compliance. In Oakland, California, such restrictions will cost
each homeowner an estimated $36,000.
Related: Not So Smart Technology: Safety Inspector Blows The Whistle On Fire Hazards Of 'Smart' Electronics

The Cap N Trade bill contains a whole section on such restrictions for the nation, and most local communities are now busy
creating development plans that encompass many of the same restrictions.

There is now a new push to control food production under the label of Sustainable Farming. Food sheds are now being
advocated.

These are essentially government run farms located just outside the smart growth area circling the city.

Food is to be grown using strict guidelines which dictate what kinds of food is to be produced and the farming
practices to be used.

These are essentially based on the blue print of Chinese Agrarian villages that cannot possibly grow enough food to feed
the community unless populations are tightly controlled. True Sustainable farming programs discourage importing goods
from outside the community.

A Red Agenda Marked With a Pretty Green Name: "Sustainability"

Agenda 21 spread like an INFECTION: UN Agenda 21 > ICLEI > NGO's > Central / Regional Planners

Planning associations provide sample ordinances based on ECLEI doctin that originated in UN Agenda
21

Municipal plans become manifestos

Stake Holder Councils

Inside the cities, government is increasingly controlled by an elite ruling class called stake holder councils. These are mostly
Non-governmental organizations, or NGOs, which, like thieves in the night, converge on the community to stake their claim
to enforce their own private agendas.
The function of legitimately elected government within the system votes to create a system of boards, councils and even
regional governments to handle every aspect of day-to-day operation of the community.

Once in place, the councils and boards basically replace the power of elected officials with non-elected, appointed rulers
answerable to no one.

The councils are controlled by a small minority in the community, but they are all - powerful. They force citizens to seek
permission (usually denied) for any changes to private property.

They use such excuses as historic preservation, water use restrictions, energy use, and open space restrictions.
They will dictate that homeowners must use special green light bulbs and force stores to only use paper bags,
for example.

They over-burden or even destroy business, creating stiff regulations on manufacturing and small business in the
community. They may dictate the number of outlets a business may have in a community, not matter what the population
demands. For example, in San Francisco there can only be seven McDonalds.

They can dictate the kind of building materials owners can use in their private home or whether one can build on their
property at all.

Then, if they do grant a permit for building, they might not decide to let the property owner acquire water and
electricity for the new home and they may or may not give you a reason for being turned down.

As part of Sustainable health care, they may even dictate that you get the proper exercise as determined by the
government. Again, San Francisco has built a new federal building the greenest ever built.

The elevators will only stop on every third floor so riders are forced to use stairs for their own health, of course.

These councils fit almost perfectly the definition of a State Soviet: a system of councils that report to an apex council and
then implement a predetermined outcome. Soviets are the operating mechanism of a government-controlled economy.

So Many Things Making So Little Sense: (US)

EPA drives industries overseas where the pollution increases

EPA embraces ethanol while blaming farming for pollution

Master plans across America overtly ignore property rights

Environmental nooses rob property rights and individual freedoms based on unsettled science, distorted
 statistics and exaggerated predictions

Focus on Social Equity eclipsing life-liberty property (Why?)

Municipal master plans have become manifestos

People in tears across America

Public / Private Partnerships

The fourth path to imposing Sustainable Development is Public/Private Partnerships (PPPs). Unfortunately, today,
many Conservative / Libertarian organizations are presenting PPPs as free enterprise and a private answer for
keeping taxes down by using business to make a better society.

There are certain areas where private business contracts to do jobs such as running school cafeterias through a competitive
bid system. That type of arrangement certain does serve the tax payers and provides better services. Thats not how PPPs
are used though Sustainable Development.

In truth, many PPPs are nothing more than government-sanctioned monopolies in which a few businesses are
granted special favors like tax breaks, the power of eminent domain, non-compete clauses and specific guarantees
for return on their investments.

That means they can fix prices, charge beyond what the market demands, and they can use the power of government to put
competition out of business. That is not free enterprise. And it is these global corporations that are pushing the green
agenda.

If you can stomach reading this horse shit, click on the image above
PPPs were the driving force behind the Trans Texas Corridor, using eminent domain to take more than 580,000 acres of
private land - sanctioned by the partnership with the Texas government. And PPPs are taking over highways and local water
treatment plants in communities across the nation.

PPPs in control of the water system can control water consumption a major part of the Sustainable Development blueprint.

Fueled by federal grant programs through the EPA, the auto industry has produced and forced onto the market
green cars that no one wants to buy, such as the Chevy Volt.

For its part of the partnership, government passed regulations that keep gas prices high to make them more inviting.

The federal government has entered into many partnerships with alternative energy companies in a move to force wind
power and solar power on an uninterested public. Again, such industries only exist though the power and of government
determined to enforce a certain political agenda. They would never survive in an honest free market.

Using government to ban its own product, General Electric is forcing the mercury- laden green light bulb, costing 5
times the price of incandescent bulbs. Such is the reality of green industry, which depends more on government subsidy
and grants than on customers.

Related: These Light Bulbs Cause Anxiety, Migraines, And Even Cancer

The North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) is the root of the Free Trade process and the fuel for PPPs between
international corporations and government, thereby creating an elite class of connected businesses or what Ayn Rand
called the power of pull.

Success in the PPP world is not based on quality of product and service, but on who you know in high places.

To play ball in the PPP game means accepting the mantra of Sustainable Development and helping to implement it, even if
it means going against your own product. Thats why Home Depot uses its commercials to oppose cutting down trees and
British Petroleum advocates reducing the use of oil.

It is not free enterprise, but a Mussolini-type fascism of government and private industry organized in a near impenetrable
force of power. And its all driven by the Agenda 21 blueprint of Sustainable Development.
 ICLEI: Charter 1.7 - Principles
The Association shall promote, and ask its individual members to adopt, the following Earth Charter
Principles to guide local action:

6. Prevent harm as the best method of environmental protection and, when knowledge is limited, apply a
precautionary approach.

7. Adopt patterns of production, consumption, and reproduction that safeguard Earths regenerative
capacities, human rights, and community well-being. (Communitarianism with forced sterilization?)
(9) Eradicate poverty as an ethical, social, and environmental imperative.

9. Eradicate poverty as an ethical, social, and environmental imperative.

10. Ensure that economic activities and institutions at all levels promote human development in an
equitable and sustainable manner.

11. Affirm gender equality and equity as prerequisites to sustainable development and ensure universal
access to education, health care, and economic opportunity.

14. Integrate into formal education and life-long learning the knowledge, values, and skills needed for a
sustainable way of life.

What Kinds of Groups Promote this in the U.S.A.?

Many people ask how dangerous international policies can suddenly turn up in state and local government, all seemingly
uniform to those in communities across the nation and around the globe.

The answer meet ICLEI, a non-profit, private foundation, dedicated to helping locally elected representatives fully
implement Agenda 21 in the community.

Originally known as the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI), today the group simply calls
itself ICLEI Local Governments for Sustainability.

In 1992, ICLEI was one of the groups instrumental in creating Agenda 21.

The groups mission is to push local communities to transform the way governments operate, creating a community plan,
creating a wide range of non-elected planning and councils which then impose severe regulations and oversight policies,
affecting every homeowner, every business, every school; literally every aspect of the citizens lives.

And its having tremendous success.

Currently there are over 600 American cities in which ICLEI is being paid dues with tax dollars from city councils to
implement and enforce Sustainable Development. ICLEI is there to assure that the mayors keep their promises and meet
their goals. Climate change and the goal to cut the communities carbon footprint is, of course, the ICLEI mantra.

Heres just some of the programs ICLEI provides cities and towns, in order to spread their own particular political
agenda in the name of community services and environmental protection, they include:
 Software programs to help set the goals for community development which leads to controlling use of private
property;

Access to a network of Green experts, newsletters, conferences and workshops to assure all city employees
are in the process;

Toolkits, online resources, case studies, fact sheets, policy and practice manuals, and blueprints used by other
communities;

Training workshops for staff and elected officials on how to develop and implement the programs;

And, of course, theres Notification of relevant grant opportunities this is the important one money with
severe strings attached.

ICLEI recommends that the community hire a full time sustainability manager, who, even in small towns, can devote 100%
of his time to assure that every nook and corner of the government is on message and under control.

Using environmental protection as the excuse, these programs are about reinventing government with a specific political
agenda. ICLEI and others are dedicated to transforming every community in the nation to the Agenda 21 blueprint.

In addition to ICLEI, groups like the Sierra Club, Nature Conservancy and Audubon Society, NGOs which also helped write
Sustainable Development policy have chapters in nearly every city. They know that Congress has written legislation
providing grants for cities that implement Sustainablist policy. They agitate to get the cities to accept the grants.

If a city rejects the plan, they then agitate to the public, telling them that their elected representatives have cost the
city millions in their tax dollars. In the end, through such tactics, the NGOs usually get their way.

The NGOs are joined in their efforts by professional planning groups and associations such as the American Planning
Association (APA), The Renaissance Planning Group, and the International City/County Management association (ICMA).
IN fact there are literally hundreds, if not thousands, of non-profits, NGOs and planning groups living off the grant money,
working to enforce Sustainable Development policy at every level of government.
 The APA - Professional Planners [or Anti-Capitalist Political Advocacy?]
APA embraces ICLEI Programmes(s)

1.1 "The built envoronment is a primary contributor to climate change" ...Business as usual will not
suffice."

1.3 Social Equity and Climate CHange (&Environmental Justice)

2.4 #6: "Should reduce reliance on coal..."

2.4 #10: Growe food for local consumption(Starve the world?)

2.4 #14: Reduce VMT (Vehicle Miles Travelled)

2.4 #15: Cap & Trade for carbon ...needed.

Land Use #15: Create city-funded housing repair programs

Transportation #4: Increase CAFE standards

Here Are Just a Few to Watch For:

The American Planning Association (APA) is the nations leading enforcer of Sustainable policy. It came into being in 1978
and can be found in literally every community in the nation. It doesnt have the same open ties to the UN as does
ICLEI, but is every bit as involved, if not more so.

The APAs Growing Smart Legislative Guide Book is found in nearly every university, state and county in the
country. It is the planning guide preferred by most urban and regional planners.

The American Planning Association is one of many members of the PCSD. They partner with ICLEI & ICMA in the
implementation of sustainable development. ICMA, International City / County Management Association, is an organization
of professional local government leaders building sustainable communities worldwide.
Christchurch, New Zealand

ICMA provides technical and management assistance, training, and information resources in the areas of performance
measurement, ethics education and training, community and economic development, environmental management,
technology, and other topics to its members and the broader local government community.

They are aided in their efforts through such as the U.S. Conference of Mayors, National Governors Association, National
League of Cities, the National Association of County Administrators and several more groups that are supposed to
represent elected officials.

The Renaissance Planning Group is an urban planning firm. They played a critical role in Floridas Forever Program. The
Forever Program is Floridas premier conservation and recreation lands acquisition program. Florida Forever is the
largest public land acquisition program of its kind in the United States.

With approximately 9.8 million acres of conservation land in Florida, more than 2.4 million acres were purchased under the
Florida Forever and P2000 programs.
Propaganda from idiots for idiots

In 2007, the Virginia state legislature passed HB 3202 mandating that counties with the prescribed growth rate establish
high density urban development areas. As a result, to date, 67 counties in the Commonwealth of Virginia are required to
establish urban development areas.

The process and proposed land use planning that is being implemented, follows the very same policies called for in Agenda
21s biodiversity plan. This requirement by the state forces local governments to compromise your private property through
zoning measures called for in the Smart Growth program for sustainable development.

The American Farmland Trust (AFT) formed in 1980, works to acquire and control farmer development rights and the
purchase of Agriculture Easements which drastically reduce, if not eliminate private ownership of the land.

PlannersNetwork.org
APA embraces ICLEI Programmes(s)

Statement of Principles:

"We believe planning should be a tool for allocating resources... and eliminating the great inequalities of
wealth and power in our society... because the free market has proven incapable of doing this."

The Danger is in the Process

Sustainable policies are being sold universally to the public as a means to protect the environment and control growth. That
is simply the excuse for the policies being implemented in its name.

The real problem is the PROCESS through which Sustainable Development is being forced on unsuspecting citizens.

The comprehensive land use plans are being steered by planning groups through manipulation by facilitated stakeholder
consensus councils.

Though their meetings are open to the public, they are void of any public input.

The predetermined outcome severely restricts land use and compromises private property ownership in an already
distressed market.
They answer to no one and they are run by zealots with their own political agenda imposing international laws and
regulations.

Local homeowners have no say in the process and in most cases are shut out. Sometimes they are literally thrown
out of council meetings because they want to discuss how a regulation is going to affect their property or
livelihood.

Communities have dealt with local problems for 200 years. Some use zoning, some dont. But locally elected town councils
and commissioners, which meet and discuss problems with the citizens, are how this nation was built and prospered.

Today, under Sustainable Development, NGOs like ICLEI and the APA move in to establish non-elected boards, councils
and regional government bodies.
Despite the Senates refusal to ratify the Biodiversity Treaty in 1994, the Agenda 21 policies called for by the convention, are
being implemented nationwide. No matter where you live, rest assured Agenda 21 policies are being implemented in your
community.

Proponents of Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development attempt to ridicule those who oppose the programs as being
paranoid radicals who are spreading conspiracy theories about what they call an obscure 20 year old UN document.

Yet, in 2012 the UN sponsored Rio+20, in which 50,000 delegates from around the world to celebrate Agenda 21 and
find means to complete its implementation.

Sustainable Development is not about saving the environment. It is about a revolutionary coup. It is about establishing
global governance and abandoning the principles of Natural Law on which America was founded.

The politically-based environmental movement provides Sustainablists camouflage as they work to transform global systems
of government, justice, and economics.

Its a masterful mixture of Socialism, (with its top-down control of the tools of the economy); fascism (where property is
owned in name only with no private control); and Corporatism, (where partnerships between government and private
business create government sanctioned monopolies.)

Sustainable Development is the worst of both the left and the right. It is bad policy pushed by both liberal and
conservatives.

It is a new kind of tyranny that, if not stopped, will surely lead all human kind to a new Dark Ages of pain and
misery.

What has Sustainability Become?

Unfortunately, the environmental movement has been hijacked as a convenient excuse to attack
capitalism; blame America; transfer wealth; impinge on Constitutional rights; and install a government-run
socio-economic system.
 United Nations paradigm: Capitalism and private property rights are not sustainable, and pose the single
greatest threat to the world's ecosystem and social equity.

How to Fight Back Against Sustainable Development

Be aware of the world in which your elected officials live.

See below: ICLEI doesn't come with flashing lights that say "ICLEI".

It comes wrapped in a plain green package labelled "Smart Growth" or "Sustainability":

To begin the effort to fight back against Sustainable Development it is vital to first understand the massive structure you are
facing.

You need to know who the players are and you need to understand the political world your officials are operating in.

This may help you to understand that perhaps they arent all evil globalists, but, perhaps, good people who are
surrounded by powers that wont let them see the reality of the policies they are helping to implement.

Im certainly not making excuses for them, but before you rush in and start yelling about their enforcing UN policies on the
community, here are some things you should consider.

In most communities, you mayor, city council members and county commissioners are automatically members of national
organizations like the National Conference of Mayors, National League of Cities, and the national associations for city
council members, and the same for commissioners.

Those in the state government also have the National Governors Association and state legislators have their national
organization.

For the past twenty years or more, each and every one of these national organizations have been promoting Sustainable
Development and related policies. The National Mayors Conference and the National Governors Association have been
leaders in this agenda, many times working directly with UN organizations to promote the policy.

That is the message your local elected leaders hear; from the podium; from fellow officials from other communities; from
experts theyve been told to respect; in committee meetings; from dinner speakers; from literature they are given at such
meetings.

They are told of legislation that will be soon be implemented, and they are even provided sample legislation to
introduce in their communities.

Back home, they are surrounded by a horde of stakeholder groups, each promoting a piece of the agenda, be it policies for
water control, energy control, development control, specific building materials control, historic preservation and control of
downtown development, conservation easements and development rights for control of rural property.

These groups like ICLEI, the American Planning Association, the Renaissance Planning Group, and many more, are heavily
involved with state and federal plans. They arrive in your community with blue prints, state and federal plans, grants and lots
of contacts in high places.

There are official programs for going Green, Comprehensive land use plans, and lots of programs for the kids in the
classrooms.
There is also a second horde involved in the Sustainablist invasion state and federal agency officials including EPA
agents; air and water quality agents; Interior Department officials, HUD officials, energy officials, Commerce Department
officials, and on and on all targeting your locally elected officials with policy, money, regulations, reports, special planning
boards, meetings, and conferences, all promoting the exact same agenda.

And dont forget the news media, both locally and nationally, also promoting the Sustainablist agenda, attacking anyone not
going along, ready to quickly use the extremist label against them.

The message is clear - Sustainable Development is reality politically correct, necessary, unquestionable, and it
has consensus.

Is your head spinning yet? Think of the affect all of this has on a poor local official who just thought he would run for office
and serve his community. This is his reality. This is what he thinks government is supposed to be because, after all,
everyone he is dealing with says so.

Now, as he is surrounded by all of these important, powerful folks, along comes a local citizen who tells him that some guy
named Tom DeWeese says all of these programs are from the UN and are taking away our liberty.

Who? He said what? Come on, Im not doing that. And I dont have time to talk about it. I have another meeting to go to.

If we are going to successfully fight Agenda 21, it is vitally important that we all recognize this reality as we plan to
deal with it and defeat it. With that in mind, I offer the following ideas.

How to Fight Back

First and foremost, dont try to fight alone. If you try to attend local meetings by yourself you will be ignored. You will need
others to plan and implement strategy.

You have family and friends. Start with them. Ask them to help look into some local policies. Even if they start off skeptical
about your concerns, it wont take them long to see the truth.

Check out of there is a local tea party or even a local Republican group. Churches are a target of such policies. Alert people
at your church and ask them to help fight back.

Find people to help you!

Research: Dont even begin to open up a fight until you know certain details. First, who are the players in your
community. What privately funded stakeholder groups are there? What is their agenda?

What other communities have they operated in? What projects? What results? Who are their members in your community?

Are they residents or did they come from out of town? (That could prove to be valuable information later in the fight).
Finding this information may be the hardest of your efforts. They like to operate out of the spotlight.

Its not likely that the town will carry official documentation of who it is working with. It probably will require that you attend
lots of meetings and hearings. Take note of who is there and their role. Do this quietly. Dont announce to the community
what you are doing. Dont make yourselves a target. You may have to ask questions and that may raise some eyebrows.
But stay out of the way as much as possible.
Second, get all the details on the plans your community is working on. Has there already been legislation passed? Most of
this information can be found on the town website. Knowing this information will help you put together a plan of action.

Once you have it, you can begin to take your fight public.

With the information you have gathered, begin to examine the effect the policies will have on the community and its
residents. Find who the victims of the legislation or regulation may be. This will be of great value as you confront city council.
People understand victim stories especially if it is them. It is the best way to undermine the process and help get people
to join your cause.

You will find that Conservation Easements have raised taxes as much of the county land is removed from the tax rolls
someone has to make up for the lost revenue and the payment of easements. Are stakeholder groups helping to get
landowners to sign up for the easements and if so do they get any kind of kickbacks?

Who are getting the easements? You may find the rich land owners have found a great loophole to cut their own property
taxes as the middle class makes up the short fall. This will help bring usually disinterested people to your cause.

Does the community plan call for reduction of energy use? If so, look for calls for energy audits and taxes on energy use.
The audits mean that the government has set a goal to reduce energy use. It may follow that government agents are going
to come into your home to inspect your energy use.

Then they are going to tell you what must be done in your home to cut usage. That will cost you money. Dont fall for the line
that it is all voluntary to help you save money.

They havent gone to this much trouble to be ignored. Regulations are not voluntary.

These are just a couple of examples of what to look for as you do your research.

There are many more, including meters on wells to control water use, smart meters to take away your control of your
thermostat; non elected boards and councils to control local development and implement smart growth, leading to
population growth; Public / Private Partnerships with local and large corporations to go Green; creation of open space;
pushing back live stock from streams, enforcing sustainable farming methods that restrict energy and water use in farming
practices; and much more.
It all leads to higher costs and shortages, in the name of environmental protection and conservation and controlling growth
(anti-sprawl, they call it).

Your goal is to stop Sustainable Development in your community. That means a campaign to stop the creation of non-
elected regional government councils that are difficult to hold accountable.

It means to stop local governments from taking grants that come with massive strings attached to enforce compliance.

And it means you must succeed in removing outsider organizations and Stakeholder groups that are pressuring your elected
officials to do their bidding. Civic Action: Armed with as much information as you can gather (and armed with the ability to
coherently discuss its details) you are ready to take your battle to the public.

First, it would be better for you to try to discuss it privately with some of your elected officials, especially if you know them.
Tell them what you have found and explain why you are opposed.

First discuss the effects of the policies on the average citizen. Explain why they are bad. Only very slowly should you bring
the conversation around to the origin of such polices - Agenda 21 and the UN.

Dont start there. It is important that you build the case to show that these policies are not local, but part of a
national and international agenda. If this conversation does not go well (and it probably wont) then you have to
take it to the next level to the public.

Begin a two fold campaign. First, write a series of letters to the editor for the local newspaper. Make sure that you are not
alone.

Coordinate your letters with others who will also write letters to back up and support what you have written. These will
generate more letters from others, some for your position and other against you.

Be prepared to answer those against you as they are probably written by those Stakeholders who are implementing the
policies in the first place. This may be a useful place for you to use what youve learned about these groups to discredit
them.
Second, begin to attend Council meetings and ask questions. The response from the council members will determine your
next move. If you are ignored and your questions met with silence or hostility, prepare a news release detailing your
questions and the background you have as to why you asked those questions.

Pass the news release out to the people at the next meeting as well as the news media. Attend the next meeting and the
next demanding answers. Be sure to organize people to come with you.

Dont try this alone. If necessary, have demonstrators outside city hall carrying signs or handing out flyers with the
name and picture of the officials who wont answer your questions along with the question you asked including
the details you have about the policy.

The point in all of this is to make the issue public. Take away their ability to hide the details from the public. Expose the
hoards of outsiders who are dictating policy in your community. Force the people you elected to deal with YOU not the
army of self-appointed stakeholders and government officials. Shine a very right spotlight on the roaches under the rock.

If the newspaper is with you, great, but you will probably find it working with the other side. It may be difficult to get a fair
shake in the newspaper or on radio.
Thats why you deliver your news releases to both the media and the public. Get signs, and flyers in stores if necessary. And
keep it up for as long as it takes. Dont stop the public demonstration until you had acquired victory, or at least started a
public debate.

The final step is to use the energy you have created to run candidates for office against those who have ignored and fought
you. Ultimately, that is the office holders worst nightmare and may be the most effective way to get them to respond and
serve their constituents.

New Tactic

As mentioned in the beginning, over the past couple of years, as weve educated people on Agenda 21 and its UN origins,
the natural reaction by concerned citizens and activists has been to rush into city hall and accuse their elected
representatives of implementing international policies on the town.

This has, of course, been met with skepticism and ridicule on the part of some of the elected officials (egged on by the NGO
stakeholder groups and planning organizations).

Today, the promoters of Agenda 21, including ICLEI and the American Planning Association (APA) have worked
overtime to paint our movement as crazed conspiracy theorists wearing tin foil hats and hearing voices.

So, its time to change tactics.

Here is an undeniable fact: Agenda 21 / Sustainable Development cannot be enforced without usurping or diminishing
private property rights. So, we need to begin to challenge the plans that affect private property rights.
However, as we move in that direction, we must have a clear understanding of what property rights are. Many people today
have little or varying ideas of property rights.

Forty years ago people understood things like No Trespassing, My home is my castle, and step across that line and
suffer the consequences. Such ideas today seem quaint and antiquated to many, especially with government invading
private property at will.

Sometimes, in order to purchase property or to get access to services, we sign documents that say government or utility
agents are free to come on our property at will. The idea of Keep Out is almost unheard of.

However, to demand that your private property be honored and protected a definition must be established before you start
the effort.

As you stand in front of the elected officials at their regular meeting, ask them simply;

As you bring these planners into our community and begin to implement their programs, what guarantees do I
have that you will protect my private property rights?

At this point you havent mentioned Agenda 21, and you havent attacked planning. You are simply asking a non-
combative question.

They will assure you that they are in full support of protecting private property.

And then you say;

Well, Im happy to hear that. But, I would really like to have that in writing.

And you present the resolution to them. If you can read it aloud to the meeting, so much the better. They may say they need
to take it under consideration and will get back to you. Fine.

Make sure you are back at the next meeting to ask about it. If they say No. You simply ask Why? and take it from there.

Do not attempt this alone. The key to this effort is persistence and organization.

If they have refused to sign it then you need 5 or 10 people to stand up and ask why. You need to escalate this at each
meeting until it becomes a public issue -
 Why wont your elected officials sign a simple document that says they will protect your private property rights?
What are they hiding in the plans they are presenting to us?

This can and will lead to protests, letters to the editor and other media available to you. Put the elected officials names on
signs carried by protestors who are rallying outside the next council or planning meeting .

Make them the issue. What you are really doing is laying the ground work for a campaign to defeat them in the next election.
It is also important to do research into what planning groups, non-governmental organizations (NGOs) federal grants and
agencies may be involved in the process. All of them have a background.

Find out who they are and what they have done in the past in other communities and present that info to your fellow citizens
as a warning of what is to come. I recommend that you create a rapid response team to be prepared to immediately
respond in the media to anything they do. Make them scared to act.

ICLEI / Agenda 21 Dogma

Elevates nature above humans

40 chapters of socialist control mechanisms

Human settlements;

Educate with environment as central principle

Unsustainable: Ski lodges, Golf courses, asphalt, fossil fuels, consumerism, irrigation, commercial
farms, livestock grazing.

Fighting ICLEI

If ICLEI is in your city, the details about Agenda 21 and the UN connection is easier. Your community is paying them dues
with your tax dollars. Here is how to handle them:

If your council derides your statements that their policies come from the UNs Agenda 21, simply print out the home
page from ICLEIs web site: www.iclei.org
This will have all of the UN connections youve been talking about, in ICLEIs own words.

Pass out the web page copies to everyone in the chamber audience and say to your elected officials;

Dont call me a radical simply for reporting what ICLEI openly admits on its own web site. Im just the one pointing
it out you are the ones who are paying our tax dollars to them.

Then demand that those payment stop. You have proven your case.

Stopping Consensus Meetings

Most public meetings are now run by trained and highly paid facilitators whose jobs is to control the meeting and bring it to a
preplanned conclusion. If he is good at his job, the facilitator can actually make the audience think the consensus they
have reached on and issue or proposal is actually their idea.

This is how Sustainable Development is being implemented across the nation, especially in meetings or planning boards
that are advertised as open to the public.

They really dont want you there and the tactic is used to move forward in full view of the public without them
knowing what is happening. There is nothing free or open about the consensus process.

It is designed to eliminate debate and close discussion.

To bust up the process you must never participate, even to answer a question.

To do so allows the facilitator to make you part of the process. Instead, you must control the discussion.

Here is a quick suggestion on how to foul up the works:

Never go alone to such a meeting. You will need at least three people the more the better.

Do not sit together. Instead, fan out in the room in a triangle formation.

Know ahead of time the questions you want to ask: Who is the facilitator?

What is his association with the organizers? Is he being paid?

Where did these programs (being proposed) come from? How are they to be funded?

One question to ask over and over again, both at facilitated meetings and city council meetings, is this:

With the implementation of this policy, tell me a single right or action I have on my property that doesnt
require your approval or involvement. What are my rights as a property owner?

Make them name it.

You will quickly see that they too understand there are no property rights left. By asking these questions you are putting his
legitimacy in question, building suspicion among the rest of the audience, destroying his authority.

They will try to counter, either by patronizing and humoring you, at first, or, then becoming hostile, moving to have you
removed as a disruptive force.

Thats where the rest of your group comes in. They need to back you up, demand answers to your questions. If you have
enough people in the room you can cause a major disruption, making it impossible for the facilitator to move forward with his
agenda.

Do not walk out and leave the room to him. Stay to the end and make him shut down the meeting.

In Conclusion

These suggestions on how to fight back are, admittedly, very basic and elementary. They are meant only to be a guideline.
You will have to do your homework and adapt these tactics to your local situation.

These tactics are designed to create controversy and debate to force the Agenda 21 issue out of the secret
meetings and into public debate where they belong.

Many of these same tactics can be used at all levels of government, right up and into national legislation.

Our plan is to demand answers from elected officials who want to ignore us.

They must be taught that such actions have consequences. As we learn new, successful tactics, Ill share them
with activists across the world.

The American Policy Center is now a partner in a new effort to create tactics and provide education to activists called
Sustainable Freedom Lab - and hopefully it can serve as a resource for thw eorld, not just America. Here activists can share
their findings, successful tactics and research with the rest of the movement.

The website is www.sustainablefreedomlab.com.

The exciting news is that, finally, people are starting to understand that Agenda 21 is destroying our nations and they are
beginning to fight back. The UN Agenda 21 house of cards is being exposed and it will fall with continued efforts and
exposure by the people, and for the people - not just America - Worldwide.

The battle to stop the UNs Agenda 21 is ragging on the local level across the world.

Related Articles:

Australian Ex-Politician Whistle-Blower Ann Bressington Exposes Agenda 21

 Inevitable NIMBY Backlash Begins

Six Issues That Are Agenda 21

Palmy Beyond Petrol

Leaked plans for Auckland Suburbs: Will Apartments be Built in Your Backyard?

UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under
Corporate Masters

This week, Michael Snyder published an important article entitled The 2030 Agenda: This Month
The UN Launches A Blueprint For A New World Order With The Help Of The Pope.

That article references this UN "2030 Agenda" document that pushes a blueprint for so-called "sustainable
development" around the world.

Related: Agenda 2030 Translator: Decoding The UNs New Sustainable Development Goals

This document describes nothing less than a global government takeover of every nation across the planet.

The "goals" of this document are nothing more than code words for a corporate-government fascist agenda that
will imprison humanity in a devastating cycle of poverty while enriching the world's most powerful globalist
corporations like Monsanto and DuPont.

In the interests of helping wake up humanity, I've decided to translate the 17 points of this 2030 agenda so that readers
everywhere can understand what this document is really calling for.
To perform this translation, you have to understand how globalists disguise their monopolistic agendas in "feel good"
language.

Here's the point-by-point translation. Notice carefully that nowhere does this document state that "achieving human
freedom" is one of its goals.

Nor does it explain HOW these goals are to be achieved. As you'll see here, every single point in this UN agenda is to be
achieved through centralized government control and totalitarian mandates that resemble communism.

Translation of the UN's "2030 Agenda Blueprint for Globalist Government" (Controlled by
Corporate Interests)

Goal 1. End poverty in all its forms everywhere

Translation: Put everyone on government welfare, food stamps, housing subsidies and handouts that make them obedient
slaves to global government. Never allow people upward mobility to help themselves.

Instead, teach mass victimization and obedience to a government that provides monthly "allowance" money for basic
essentials like food and medicine. Label it "ending poverty."

Goal 2. End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture

Translation: Invade the entire planet with GMOs and Monsanto's patented seeds while increasing the use of deadly
herbicides under the false claim of "increased output" of food crops.
Engineer genetically modified plants to boost specific vitamin chemicals while having no idea of the long-term consequences
of genetic pollution or cross-species genetic experiments carried out openly in a fragile ecosystem.

Goal 3. Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages

Translation: Mandate 100+ vaccines for all children and adults at gunpoint, threatening parents with arrest and
imprisonment if they refuse to cooperate. Push heavy medication use on children and teens while rolling out "screening"
programs. Call mass medication "prevention" programs and claim they improve the health of citizens.

Goal 4. Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all

Translation: Push a false history and a dumbed-down education under "Common Core" education standards that produce
obedient workers rather than independent thinkers. Never let people learn real history, or else they might realize they don't
want to repeat it.

Goal 5. Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls

Translation: Criminalize Christianity, marginalize heterosexuality, demonize males and promote the LGBT agenda
everywhere. The real goal is never "equality" but rather the marginalization and shaming of anyone who expresses any male
characteristics whatsoever.
The ultimate goal is to feminize society, creating widespread acceptance of "gentle obedience" along with the self-
weakening ideas of communal property and "sharing" everything.

Because only male energy has the strength to rise up against oppression and fight for human rights, the suppression of
male energy is key to keeping the population in a state of eternal acquiescence.

Goal 6. Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all

Translation: Allow powerful corporations to seize control of the world's water supplies and charge monopoly prices to "build
new water delivery infrastructure" that "ensures availability."

Goal 7. Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all

Translation: Penalize coal, gas and oil while pushing doomed-to-fail "green" energy subsidies to brain-dead startupsheaded
by friends of the White House who all go bankrupt in five years or less.
Especially when ACTUAL "Green Energy" - actual "Free Energy" technologies and so many other advanced "Clean" technologies have been
suppressed by the Cabal to control us and give them leverage to impinge their bullshit fascist New World Order sustainablility on us. Or try, at least.

The green startups make for impressive speeches and media coverage, but because these companies are led by corrupt
idiots rather than capable entrepreneurs, they always go broke. (And the media hopes you don't remember all the fanfare
surrounding their original launch.)

Goal 8. Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and
decent work for all

Translation: Regulate small business out of existence with government-mandated minimum wages that bankrupt entire
sectors of the economy. Force employers to meet hiring quotas of LGBT workers while mandating wage tiers under a
centrally planned work economy dictated by the government. Destroy free market economics and deny permits and licenses
to those companies that don't obey government dictates.

Goal 9.) Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster innovation

Translation: Put nations into extreme debt with the World Bank, spending debt money to hire corrupt American corporations
to build large-scale infrastructure projects that trap developing nations in an endless spiral of debt.
See the book Confessions of an Economic Hit Man by John Perkins to understand the details of how this scheme has been
repeated countless times over the last several decades.

Goal 10. Reduce inequality within and among countries

Translation: Punish the rich, the entrepreneurs and the innovators, confiscating nearly all gains by those who choose to
work and excel. Redistribute the confiscated wealth to the masses of non-working human parasites that feed off a
productive economy while contributing nothing to it... all while screaming about "equality!"

Goal 11. Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable

Translation: Ban all gun ownership by private citizens, concentrating guns into the hands of obedient government enforcers
who rule over an unarmed, enslaved class of impoverished workers.
Criminalize living in most rural areas by instituting Hunger Games-style "protected areas" which the government will claim
are owned by "the People" even though no people are allowed to live there. Force all humans into densely packed, tightly
controlled cities where they are under 24/7 surveillance and subject to easy manipulation by government.

Goal 12. Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns

Translation: Begin levying punitive taxes on the consumption of fossil fuels and electricity, forcing people to live under
conditions of worsening standards of living that increasingly resemble Third World conditions.

Use social influence campaigns in TV, movies and social media to shame people who use gasoline, water or electricity,
establishing a social construct of ninnies and tattlers who rat out their neighbors in exchange for food credit rewards.

Goal 13. Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts

Translation: Set energy consumption quotas on each human being and start punishing or even criminalizing "lifestyle
decisions" that exceed energy usage limits set by governments. Institute total surveillance of individuals in order to track and
calculate their energy consumption.

Penalize private vehicle ownership and force the masses onto public transit, where TSA grunts and facial recognition
cameras can monitor and record the movement of every person in society, like a scene ripped right out of Minority Report.

Goal 14. Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development

Translation: Ban most ocean fishing, plunging the food supply into an extreme shortage and causing runaway food price
inflation that puts even more people into economic desperation.

Criminalize the operation of private fishing vessels and place all ocean fishing operations under the control of government
central planning. Only allow favored corporations to conduct ocean fishing operations (and make this decision based entirely
on which corporations give the most campaign contributions to corrupt lawmakers).
 Goal 15. Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests,
combat desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity loss

Translation: Roll out Agenda 21 and force humans off the land and into controlled cities. Criminalize private land ownership,
including ranches and agricultural tracts. Tightly control all agriculture through a corporate-corrupted government
bureaucracy whose policies are determined almost entirely by Monsanto while being rubber-stamped by the USDA.

Ban woodstoves, rainwater collection and home gardening in order to criminalize self-reliance and force total dependence
on government.

Goal 16. Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice for all
and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels

Translation: Grant legal immunity to illegal aliens and "protected" minority groups, which will be free to engage in any illegal
activity -- including openly calling for the mass murder of police officers -- because they are the new protected class in
society. "Inclusive institutions" means granting favorable tax structures and government grants to corporations that hire
LGBT workers or whatever groups are currently in favor with the central planners in government.

Use government agencies to selectively punish unfavorable groups with punitive audits and regulatory harassment, all while
ignoring the criminal activities of favored corporations that are friends of the political elite.

Goal 17. Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the global partnership for sustainable
development

Translation: Enact global trade mandates that override national laws while granting unrestricted imperialism powers
to companies like Monsanto, Dow Chemical, RJ Reynolds, Coca-Cola and Merck.

Pass global trade pacts that bypass a nation's lawmakers and override intellectual property laws to make sure the world's
most powerful corporations maintain total monopolies over drugs, seeds, chemicals and technology. Nullify national laws
and demand total global obedience to trade agreements authored by powerful corporations and rubber-stamped by the UN.

Total enslavement of the planet by 2030 As the UN document says, "We commit ourselves to
working tirelessly for the full implementation of this Agenda by 2030."
If you read the full document and can read beyond the fluffery and public relations phrases, you'll quickly realize that this
UN agenda is going to be forced upon all the citizens of the world through the invocation of government coercion.
Nowhere does this document state that the rights of the individual will be protected.

Nor does it even acknowledge the existence of human rights granted to individuals by the Creator.

Even the so-called "Universal Declaration of Human Rights" utterly denies individuals the right to self defense, the right to
medical choice and the right to parental control over their own children.

The UN is planning nothing less than a global government tyranny that enslaves all of humanity while calling the
scheme "sustainable development" and "equality."

1984 has finally arrived. And of course it's all being rolled out under the fraudulent label of "progress."
However, it is not too late. Awareness is required before action may be taken.

It Turns Out Assange Wasn't Kidding & NWO Hyper-Desperate Attempts To Manage
Clinton Train Wreck
October 16 2016 | From: MadMimi / Various

It turns out Assange wasn't kidding. He is delivering tranches of 1,000 or so hacked emails a day
from major political organisations and politicians.

The Anti NWO Legions worldwide are going wild with the new revelations. I am totally amazed. It's like going to a
carnival where suddenly you get to see all the clowns acting out the games you've only vaguely been told about
and a whole lot more.

Related: Assange: WikiLeaks Will Publish Docs on Elections, Oil, War & Google, Every Week for Next 10 Weeks

Some of the emails are some of the missing 30,000 emails which Hillary Clinton had scrubbed off her illegal home servers.

They include classified documents (totally illegal), declarations of her true intents to finish the job of stripping
away all border authority and regulations from the U.S. Government, as well as handling over all economic
regulatory functions to mysterious international cartels of unknown people and demonstrations of collusion with
Ivy League academics to keep the U.S. population complacent, obedient and ignorant (the Orwellian program for
mass tyranny).

Collectively some of these emails clearly demonstrate that:

Every statement ever made by Hillary Clinton about her scrubbed emails and illegal servers was a lie. She never told the
truth a single time about any of it. She lied to Congress, the FBI, the Mass Media, the public and minimally should end up
with a 20 year sentence (but watch Obama attempt to "pardon" her on his last day in office).
Ditto Libya and Syria. Clinton is the chief warwhore in the visible U.S. government officialdom other than Obama, who
supported and managed high level arrangements to take these countries down, make them failed states and create a
refugee flux into Turkey and Europe. She was number two in the chain of command and is directly responsible.

"Hillary for Prison" is exactly right and that is exactly how she will end.

Related: Arms Dealer Ties Hillary to Arming ISIS in Libya, Syria

A million people by rights ought to show up at the next presidential debate wearing Hillary For Prison t-shirts and V face
masks. They should loudly demand that the FBI immediately arrest her and her crony FBI director for High Crimes and
Misdemeanors.

Fortunately, Trump halfway rose to how he needs to be on Sunday night. He began to use some of the Assange
Ammunition and he is now daily making more and more use of it. His campaign is really just beginning.

Trump powerhouse advertising is now just starting to hit through the mass media. It is going to get pretty intense.

And very weird. The Assange document dumps also clearly demonstrate that most of Hillary's "appearances" are now just
staged promos with hired actors.
Related: Hillary Clintons Involvement with ISIS Confirmed by Wikileaks

She no longer apparently has the stamina to travel nor the tolerance to deal with live audiences, which attract so few people
they are easy to disrupt. So the entire campaign she is now running is entirely fake and is completely dependent on the
televised debates to provide her with a sense of presence with a powerful, presidential personality.

That and advertising but her promo people do not know how to connect with where the audience, the public, is going. More
important than advertising is the clear revelation that most of the major mass media organizations and personalities are
literally taking their directions about what to say about her and how and when directly from the Clintons.

In other words, the NWO shadow government has given the Clintons virtual "Goebbels-like" diktat over the U.S. Mass
Media. Clinton even gave diktat to the New York Times.

They now have a serious problem on their heads. The gofers and busybees who produce the content of the Mass Media
now know without a doubt that everything being said is "collusive", coordinated, bullyboy crap.

They are now being hit daily with the real truth and they can no longer deny they are riding with gangsters who have nothing
to say except more lies from the CIA factory. This is going to induce huge stress and confusion in the operations and
content of the Mass Media.

I suspect that it is going to be psychological malfunction which brings down the entire stinking NWO edifice.

Anderson Cooper and his cohorts in all the Warcast Media are as naked as it gets. Less than 10% of the population
believe what they say. By the end of this month it will be less than 1%.
The people are not happy

Can you imagine standing in a newsroom in New York reading a CIA-scripted or Hillary-scripted concoction of half truths
with the clear knowledge that 95% of your audience thinks you are a lying sack of jackass crap?

The lights are going out on the Warcast Media and I suspect that some individuals will blow their programs, melt their fuses
and begin to blabber incessantly about the corruptions.

Related: Trump: Hillary Meets In Secret With International Banks To Plot Destruction Of US Sovereignty

Related Articles:
Hillary Caught on Camera Admitting she Hides Information from Investigators

Wikileaks Emails Show DOJ Communicated With Clinton Campaign

Hillary Shaken by Who Trump Invited to Sit in Front Row at Debate

Wikileaks Releases Hillary's Paid Wall Street Speech Transcripts: Hundreds Of "Sensitive" Excerpts

Hillary Clinton caught using child actors to plant scripted questions

56 examples of outrageously foul, lewd language spewed by Bill and Hillary Clinton over the last three decades

Chelsea Clinton Just Got Busted

Hillary Clintons Key Aide Huma Abedin Is a Lightning Rod for Attacks
 Photos: Whats That Under Hillarys Pantsuit During Last Nights Debate?

Follow the Money: Clinton Corruption Case Study

Lester Holt Caught Violating Debate Rules

Clinton Foundation Pockets Massive Payoffs for Mining Rights - Hammond Ranch Part Of The Deal!

How many illegitimate children has Bill fathered? How many sexual assault victims has Hillary threatened?

Guccifer 2.0 Releases Clinton Foundation Docs Dems Funneled TARP Funds to their PACs

Trump: Hillary Cant Discuss The Issue Because She Created The Problems

Guccifer 2.0 Drops Alleged Clinton Foundation Documents

Bill Clintons Biggest Secret Has Been Exposed

Bill Clinton Gropes Stewardess on Plane With Cameras Rolling

Scientists cringe as Hillary claims hurricanes are caused by people - says that Trump can't stop them but she can

Hillary Shocked! By Trumps Sex Talk But Heres Video of Hillary Threatening Sex Assault Victims in 1998

Trump: WikiLeaks Emails A Window Inside Clinton Corruption

Reality Check: DNC Chair Donna Brazile Did Leak Townhall Question To Clinton Campaign

Leaked Emails Reveals Clinton Campaign Plotted Supreme Court Threat Over Obamacare

Obama Decries 'Wild West' [Independent] Media Landscape

October 16 2016 | From: Yahoo

President Barack Obama on Thursday decried America's "wild, wild west" media environment for
allowing conspiracy theorists a broad platform and destroying a common basis for debate.
Comment: Oh my, the establishment are having a wee cry now. They are not in carte-blanche control of the news
media anymore.

Recalling past days when three television channels delivered fact-based news that most people trusted, Obama said
democracy require citizens to be able to sift through lies and distortions.

"We are going to have to rebuild within this wild-wild-west-of-information flow some sort of curating function that
people agree to," Obama said at an innovation conference in Pittsburgh.

"There has to be, I think, some sort of way in which we can sort through information that passes some basic
truthiness tests and those that we have to discard, because they just don't have any basis in anything that's
actually happening in the world," Obama added.

His remarks came amid an election campaign that has seen Republican candidate Donald Trump repeat ideas and take on
key staff from right-wing media outlets.

They also come at the end of an eight-year presidency in which Obama has been plagued by false scandals over his place
of birth that have forced him to play media-critic-in-chief.
For much of that time, Republicans and Democrats -- which their own media sources -- could rarely agree on even the most
basic facts to build a debate.

"That is hard to do, but I think it's going to be necessary, it's going to be possible," he added.

"The answer is obviously not censorship, but it's creating places where people can say 'this is reliable' and I'm still
able to argue safely about facts and what we should do about it."

Anyone can read between the lines here. They are desperate for something they are not going to get...
The Global Financial System Is About To Shift: Part II
October 15 2016 | From: TheMindUnleashed

Part 2 is a continuation from Part 1, which is a Mind Unleashed exclusive interview with Neil
Keenan, the man who is working to open the Global Collateral Accounts.
These accounts are arguably the banking cabals deepest secret in regards to planetary wealth and relates to
historical events like the Bretton Woods Agreement and JFK trying to end the Federal Reserve.

Q: Youve stated in some of your updates that youre working with multiple intelligence agencies, presidents and
prime ministers. Can you go into more detail on that for us without divulging things that cant yet be said?

I will not reveal any name or agency. My team knows who they are and that is all that matters at this time.

Q: Some people say that Sukarnos son is M1 and that he is working to open the accounts. Is that true? How does
Edy Seno fit into this picture?

There are many people who make many claims about opening the accounts and they have done so for many years in
which they have not completed one legal deal.

They are told to return home when they fly to Hong Kong or England attempting to cash things in.
Their great successes happened with illegal transactions whereas the Governmental Corporations steadily utilized the
assets for their own personal needs.

The Elders have been rightful in illegally utilizing some of the global currencies or gold considering that they have not been
paid one cent to this very day for providing the assets with security and safety.

The Elders have placed their own lives on the line for many years with some of them having either been killed or
imprisoned and for what? Protecting the humanitarian assets!

The rightful depositors will not hesitate in granting some sort of stipend for doing a great job under extreme pressure once
they are opened. I will see to it.

One final note here. If there is a Sukarno in charge then one simple question answers all this: Who does the Sukarno Trust
belong to? It is not a Sukarno! It is Edy Seno.
Neil Keenan with Edy Seno in Indonesia

He is the heir to the Sukarno Trust due to his fathers and familys allegiances to President Sukarno during his reign and the
West is attempting to steal all his assets if possible.

Edy is real and secure in his ways and feels very humble and sorry that he has not been able to open the accounts for
humanity seeing the accounts, as stated, are owned by the depositors that being the Dragon Family.

On the other hand Edy has many real assets belonging to the trusts but the West has shut him down with hopes of utilizing
the assets themselves. Nothing has ever been returned to the East. Soon, when things open up the West will
receive humanitarian packages issued by a professional team of people but the East will get theirs as well.

No more thievery and or slavery.

We can stop the Globalist movement and we absolutely will once we get things going. UBS, Credit Suisse, HSBC (already
being cleaned up by the family and & Sister. Do not play with Sister she is one piece of big banking knowledge) and others
like the EU, the Federal Reserve and THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA corporation will be exposed soon should they
not adhere to the new found principles of fairness and honesty.
In November of 2011 I was issued a deed of Authorization and Agreement from Dr. Edy Seno Soekanto, who was sworn in
to be the legal heir of record as stated in the last will and testament of the late legal holder of the Family Inheritance
Guarantee, as attached to all the gold deposits.

This was ordered by President Sukarno between 1948 and 1968 when he was granted such Inheritance Guarantee as
payment for his services to the World.

Dr. Soekanto swears that President Sukarno [often also spelt 'Soekarno'] had designated to him the collection all
those funds known as the Family Inheritance Guarantee and the accumulated interest thereon, and that
he has been acknowledged by depository bank, as evidenced by the bank instruments, books, record and ledgers
and codes in his possession, as the sole recognized heir to.

Under this agreement, and because of his severe and long-term chronic illness, Dr. Soekanto granted me [Neil Keenan]
the authority to act as one of his Attorneys in Fact: "To act jointly and/or severally and to undertake all means and methods
to recover the funds owing to him and the People of Indonesia.
Presidents Soekarno and Kennedy

Dr. Soekanto has further agreed and confirmed that he also holds the full secret Book of Codes, The Maklumat
Book and Ledgers and all records of the accounts as delivered to him and that, upon their request, he will deliver
or cause delivery of the originals of such books for presentment any court determined to have such
jurisdiction and for any other purpose I may require or need for the Books.

I have custody of certified copies of the said Book of Codes, The Maklumat Book and Ledgers, and with his POA,
authorization to use them when needed. Copies were given to others for safekeeping under my direction.

Q: Some organizations have come out in what appears to be an attack on you and your mission Neil. OPPT is one
that comes to mind. What is OPPT and who were they working for?
I have no reason to speak of OPPT ever again. We spent time, effort and money exposing them and they disappeared.
They are literally nothing more than a Cabal shill effort no matter where they hide.

They, Swiss Indo, Red Dragons, Karen Hudes (Hades) and others have no say and are worthless. If you wish to see what
happened between any of the above and Neil Keenan and Group K please go to neilkeenan.com and look into the archives
and you will see how we dealt with such matters.

Q: How come more bankers or politicians do not speak of the global collateral accounts? What percentage of those
in the know actually know that these accounts exist?

Lets be very clear about this point. The higher levels know very well about this matter and they used to play with the
notes daily, gambling them away. Imagine gambling with someone elses money when it does not matter if you win or
lose. This is what they did at the higher levels. The ones that have spoken about it have been killed or suicided(thrown off
roofs most likely amongst other things)

Would you speak of it? This is why those in the know, no matter which side of the fence they reside on, are following
my moves as close as you could imagine.

Q: Once open, what will these accounts be used for? Will free energy projects be involved too? Which ones are in
mind? Are you working with people/organizations/government who can bring these technologies out to the
masses?

The GCA have been allocated (by The Dragon Family) to be used for humanitarian purposes. Virtually any positive
development that one can imagine that will benefit the people of this world and our environment will fall within the scope of
this mandate.

This will clearly require the removal of those comprising the entity known as the Cabal and their enslavement of humanity
both financially and otherwise, and the ending of their legacy of control, depopulation and environmental destruction.
By definition this includes the release of free energy technologies along with thousands of other beneficial technologies that
have been suppressed, some of which for well over a century.

I am in contact with researchers and developers who have very advanced technologies which are waiting to be released,
once it is safe and practicable to do so.

Q: How much gold and metals actually exist in these accounts? Will this help to transform our financial system?

The amount of mined and processed gold is vastly underreported. There exists almost 14 times more gold bullion than is
acknowledged in terms of the status quo line on the topic.
In short, what this means is that there are far more physical assets with tangible value than are required to back our global
currencies and to fund the remediation of every issue that we face in our world.

Q: After the accounts are open, what is expected to happen in the following 3 months initially? The following year
after they are opened?

I have no idea how long it is going to take to set things up. It will not be an easy job and it will involve the people of the
planet and fixing things that have been broken by the West in their attempts towards taking over the Planet with their
Globalist policies. I am sure not so long, although we will surely find out!

Q: What role is the BRICS playing in resetting the financial and political systems of the world?

BRICS is doing what I (Group K) proposed years ago by holding the Monaco Accords and as well pushing for an Eastern
Financial System (think BRICS Bank, Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank, etc.).

All the ideas were there and they utilized them to get to where they are but they can be financially stronger and will be in the
very near future.

Q: What role specifically is Vladimir Putin playing? Is he helping humanity?

Yes. If either Vladimir Putin / Russia and or China turned their heads for one week it would be the end of the West as we
know it. They are what keeps us alive and standing in terms of maintaining balance. One slip and the West (whose leaders
do not represent we the people) will come down to the point where we will have to release the Kraken.

Expos On Cabal-Driven Worldwide Terrorism Implemented By The United States And

It's Allies
October 15 2016 | From: Sott / GlobalResearch / Various

J. Michael Springmann worked for the State Department in the 1980s, in Saudi Arabia. What he
witnessed and experienced did not make much sense at the time, but what he later learned put it
all in context, and helped to explain the entire course of U.S. foreign policy for the next 30 years.
In short, just as the CIA provided funding and training for radical Mujahideen to fight the Soviets in Afghanistan,
they have been doing the same thing ever since. Prior to 9/11, this legion of foreign fighters was used to destabilize
and destroy Yugoslavia. Afterward, Iraq, Libya, and today Syria.

Related: The US War on Terror Has Cost $5 Trillion and Increased Terrorism by 6,500%

For this entire period of time, al-Qaeda has been a fighting force for America, a fact that has been known for years, but
which is only now going mainstream due to American failures and Russian successes in Syria.

Today, we interview Mr. Springmann about his time at the consulate in Jeddah, and the events that led him to blow the
whistle and expose the reality of the U.S.'s creation and support of terrorism around the globe.

In the second hour of the show, we discussed the latest Trump and Clinton leaks, and how they reveal what everyone
should have already known: politicians are two-faced and corrupt, and fairly unsavory individuals. Brent closed the show
with another Police State Round-up on police un-accountability.

Running Time: 02:04:03 | Download: OGG, MP3

You can visit Mr. Springmann's website here: michaelspringmann.com

His book is Visas for al-Qaeda: CIA Handouts That Rocked the World

America: Addicted To War

Since 1776, US has been at war 93% of the time. Thats 222 out of 239 years!
The U.S. has only been at peace for 21 years total since its birth

Related: US seeks to enforce global dominance by unleashing war on countries who oppose it Assad

Since the United States was founded in 1776, she has been at war during 214 out of her 235 calendar years of
existence. In other words, there were only 21 calendar years in which the U.S. did not wage any wars.

To put this in perspective:

Pick any year since 1776 and there is a bout a 91% chance that America was involved in some war during that
calendar year.

No U.S. president truly qualifies as a peacetime president. Instead, all U.S. presidents can technically be considered war
presidents.

The U.S. has never gone a decade without war.

The Americans Stand on Our Side and Give us Weapons - Jabhat al-Nusra (Al Qaeda) Commander
in Syria

US weapons are being delivered to Al-Nusra Front by governments that Washington supports, a militant
commander has told German media. RT discusses the interview with Jrgen Todenhfer, the journalist who spoke
to the Al-Nusra commander.

Related: Al-Qaeda Leader in Syria Admits US Is Backing Them in Interview

The CIA has been coordinating weapon deliveries on the Turkey-Syria border, German journalist Jurgen Todenhofer, who
recently spoke with a Jabhat al-Nusra commander, told RT. He added that the US knows that the weapons it delivers to
rebels end up with terrorists.

This is a game everybody knows. Its very clear that the Americans know that their weapons will in the
end be in the hands of terrorists, Todenhofer said speaking to RT.
The only time in the U.S. went five years without war (1935-40) was during the isolationist period of the Great Depression.

In most of these wars, the U.S. was on the offense. Admit- tedly some of the wars were defensive. However, the above list
leaves out covert CIA operations and other acts which could be considered war.

Lets update whats happened since 2011:

2012 War on Terror in Afghanistan, Iraq, Somalia, Syria and Yemen

2013 War on Terror in Afghanistan, Iraq, Somalia, Syria and Yemen

2014 War on Terror in Afghanistan, Iraq, Somalia, Syria and Yemen; Civil War in Ukraine 2015 War on Terror in
Somalia, Syria and Yemen; Civil War in Ukraine

Related: The Bush / Cheney / Rumsfeld Strategy for Iraq

Related: How Intelligence Was Falsified To Support Invasion Of Iraq

So we can add four more years of war. That means that for 222 out of 239 years or 93% of the time America has been
at war. (We can quibble with the exact numbers, but the high percentage of time that America has been at war is clear and
unmistakable.)

Indeed, most of the military operations launched since World War II have been launched by the U.S. And Ameri- can military
spending dwarfs the rest of the world put together.
No wonder polls show that the world believes America is the number 1 threat to peace. Sott Comment: Rather staggering,
dont you think? Also, for many of the war years, the US had multiple opponents. After all this war practice, we might rightly
expect a simple bombing raid on ISIS to produce results.

Related: Confession of a CIA Agent: They Gave Us Millions to Dismember Yugoslavia

Americas history reflects violence. Its blood-drenched. It glorifies war. It does so in the name of
peace. However, this agenda is not driven by the American people so much as it is driven from up
on high by the Cabal leadership who manipulate the sleeping masses to buy into actions that only
appear to be "American".

The US / NATO is the tool and the scapegoat of the 'global elite's' New World Order.

America believes war is peace. Its part of the national culture. Eventually its self-destructive. Todays super-weapons make
the unthinkable possible.

Hyman Rickover knew. He knew decades ago. He founded Americas nuclear navy. In 1982, he told Congress:

I do not believe that nuclear power is worth it if it creates radiation. Then you might ask me why do I have nuclear
powered ships?

That is a necessary evil. I would sink them all. I am not proud of the part I played in it. I did it because it was
necessary for the safety of this country.

Thats why I am such a great exponent of stopping this whole nonsense of war. Unfortunately limits attempts to
limit war have always failed.

The lesson of history is when a war starts every nation will ultimately use whatever weapon it has available.
 Every time you produce radiation, you produce something that has a certain half-life, in some cases for billions of
years.

I think the human race is going to wreck itself, and it is important that we get control of this horrible force and try to
eliminate it.

In his Der Ring des Nibelungen operas (the Ring), Richard Wagner portrayed his apocalyptic version. He did so musically.
Gotterdammerung (Twilight of the Gods) prophesied the end of the world.

Related: U.S. Admits Israel Is Building Permanent Apartheid Regime - Weeks After Giving It $38 Billion

Einstein feared it. He didnt know what WW III weapons would be used. He said World War IV will be fought with sticks and
stones.

Bertrand Russell was an Einstein contemporary. He knew. He warned. No one listened. He asked:

Shall we put an end to the human race, or shall mankind renounce war. Its the only way to live in peace. The
alternative is annihilation."

The choice is clear. The wrong one assures disaster. Americas heading humanity toward it. A slow-motion train wreck
looms. The big one. Theres no second chance. Theres no coming back.

Historian Harry Elmer Barnes (1889 1968) once said:

 If trends continue as they have during the last fifteen years, we shall soon reach this point of no return, and can
only anticipate interminable wars, disguised as noble gestures for peace.

Historian Arnold Toynbee worried about WW III. Only pigmies in remote jungles, apes and ants might be left to carry on the
cultural traditions of mankind, he said.

According to HG Wells:

If we dont end war, war will end us.

Related: Pentagon Paid PR Firm $540mn to Make Fake Terrorist Videos

America wages permanent wars. It does so against enemies it creates. During the Cold War, Active Defense and AirLand
Battle prepared strategies for how America would fight.

Soviet Russia was targeted. Todays its modern day Russia. Its China. AirSea Battle targets both countries. More on that
below.

In 1998, US Space Command: Vision for 2020 discussed Americas grand strategy.

In 2000, DOD Joint Vision 2020 called for full spectrum dominance over all land, surface and sub-surface sea, air, space,
electromagnetic spectrum and information systems.
Related: Top USA National Security Officials Admit Turkey Coup

It did so with enough overwhelming power to fight and win global wars against any adversary. Nuclear and other mass
destruction weapons would be used preemptively.

In 1961, General Curtis LeMay believed nuclear war with Soviet Russia was inevitable. He wanted thousands of missiles
launched preemptively. He called retaliation against major US cities a small price to pay.

At the same time, General Lyman Lemnitzer urged a surprise nuclear attack strategy. Jack Kennedy expressed disgust. He
walked out of a National Security Council meeting. He wanted none of it.

He told Secretary of State Dean Rusk: And we call ourselves the human race.

Secretary of Defense McNamara categorically rejected LeMay and Lemnitzer. He should have fired them on the spot. Other
extremists then and later urged the same lunacy.

Crazies have great influence today. Todays weapons make earlier ones look like toys. Armageddon could happen. Rogue
states cant be trusted. America most of all.
Eisenhower warned;

Against the acquisition of unwarranted influence. He named the military-industrial complex.

The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist, he stressed.

Militarism writ large is the national pastime. Its a national addiction. The business of America is war. Its multiple wars. Its
permanent ones. Its ravaging one nation after another.

Its doing so for wealth, power, resource control, and unchallenged global dominance.

Armed Drones: President Obama's Favorite Weapon

President Barack Obama has received much credit for drawing down American involvement in Iraq and
Afghanistan, but less attention has been paid to his administration's embrace of armed drones.

Related: Armed Drones: President Obama's Favorite Weapon

His expansion of covert drone strikes goes far beyond that of former President George W. Bush, and has blurred the line
between warfare and assassination.

The classified processes used by the White House for approving these remote killings in foreign countries - countries which
the U.S. is not officially at war with - has people questioning not only the Obama administration's tactics, but also the
collateral damage of civilian casualties left in its wake.
Related: Classified U.S. Defense Network Outage Hits Air Forces Secret Drone Operations

Related: Why Elites Love Drones

America never was the land of the free and home of the brave. Its a war on humanity society. Its a let em eat
cake one.

Its an out-of-control rogue state. Its ideologically over-the-top. It spends more on militarism and wars than the rest of the
world combined.

Doing so lets war profiteers gorge themselves at the public trough. Doing so makes peace impossible. Warrior
nations eventually self-destruct. Nations that live by the sword die by it. Americas no exception.

According too Navy Live, Air-Sea Battle (ABS):

Is designed to develop force over the long-term. (It) seeks to provide decision makers with a wide range of options
to counter aggression from hostile actors.

It targets China and Russia. It reflects the US commitment to maintaining escalation advantage during conflict and
sustaining security and prosperity in the global commons.

Its interoperable air and naval forces that can execute networked, integrated attacks-in-depth to disrupt, destroy,
and defeat enemy anti-access area denial capabilities.

Paul Craig Roberts quoted Amitai Etzioni. He asked:

Who Authorized Preparations for War with China?

The Pentagon has concluded that the time has come to prepare for with China, and in a manner well beyond
crafting the sort of contingency plans that are expected for with a wide range of possible confrontations, he said.

"Its a momentous decision. It hasnt received proper attention. Americas posture is largely Pentagon driven.
 It stands out even more prominently because (a) the change in military posture may well lead to an arms race with
China, which could culminate in a nuclear war; and (b) the economic condition of the United States requires a
reduction in military spending, not a new arms race.

The start of a new term, and with it the appointment of new secretaries of State and Defense, provides an
opportunity to review the United States China strategy and the militarys role in it.

This review is particularly important before the new preparations for war move from an operational concept to a
militarization program that includes ordering high-cost weapons systems and forced restructuring.

History shows that once these thresholds are crossed, it is exceedingly difficult to change course.

In September 2001, Congress approved the Authorization for Use of Military Force (AUMF). It did so for the use of United
States Armed Forces against those responsible for the recent attacks launched against the United States.

Carte blanche war-making authority was granted. Americas war on terror began. Its waged on humanity. It does so out of
control. It targets manufactured enemies at home and abroad.

It calls independent nations existential threats. Russia and China are targeted. They represent Americas [The
Cabal New World Order's] final battleground.

Challenging them risks WW III. Obamas no peacemaker. Hes a cold-blooded warrior. They threatens humanitys survival.
His 2010 Nuclear Posture Review (NPR) reflects Bush era strategy.

Related: Hillary Clintons Involvement with ISIS Confirmed by Wikileaks

Related: Military Blogger Alleges U.S. Now Aids ISIS to Oust Assad

Its old wine in new bottles. It reserves the right to use nuclear weapons preemptively. Americas only enemies
are ones it invents. Peace is verboten. So is disarmament. Theyre both non-starters.

Washington targets more nations to destroy. It invents reasons for doing so. It threatens humanity in the process.
Preemptive nuclear war assures it. Americas lunatic fringe may launch what cooler heads deplore. Elements in it have
mushroom shaped cloud delusions.
Nuclear war assures turning planet earth into an uninhabited wasteland. Toxic proliferation already is destroying life slowly.

ISIS Was Created by the CIA and Mossad

Related Articles:
Its A US-led Invasion, Not Civil War in Syria | US Peace Council

Hillary Clintons involvement with ISIS confirmed by Wikileaks

President al-Assads interview given to Associated Press

Russia Bombs 30 CIA, Qatari, Mossad Officers in Secret Allepo Bunker

Russia Ready to Confront US Plan B in Syria

Expert: Mainstream Medias Coverage of Syria Serves Power Elite

UN blames US, EU sanctions for punishing Syrian civilians, stalling aid work leaked report

The Syria White Helmets Exposed as US UK Agents Embedded with Al Nusra and ISIS

MSM Syria Lies Need to Be Exposed

How We Know ISIS was 'MADE IN THE USA

Wayne Madsen: Yes, The USA Created ISIS Along With

5 Times the United States Helped ISIS

ISIS was created by the CIA and Mossad

Govt Task Force Confirms US Intelligence Faked Reports to Manipulate Public About ISIS

Extension of the [Engineered] world conflict

The Privatization of War: Mercenaries, Private Military and Security Companies (PMSC)

WHO Publishes Strategies For EU Healthcare Professionals To Convince Vaccine

Deniers Vaccines Are Safe + News On Vaccine Safety Reveals Rampant Corruption
October 14 2016 | From: NaturalBlaze / AustralianNationalReview

Vaccines are taking a big hit on the refusal side from more and more people doing their due
diligence and becoming more fully engaged in knowing what supposedly safe vaccines really are
about: Fraud and deceit on the part of the U.S. CDC and FDA, plus vested-interest tobacco
science from Big Pharma and vaccine manufacturers publishing falsified research and data, who
export their brand of pseudoscience.
Nothing confirms that more than the documentary movie VAXXED currently making the rounds in local movie
theaters and on the Internet.

Related: VAXXED Documentary Explored with Filmmakers on Antidote

In view of the all the developing negative vaccine research and adverse health issues, the World Health Organization
(WHO) apparently is trying to come to vaccines rescue by publishing the 44 page 2016 document, How to respond to vocal
vaccine deniers in public.

What I found most amazing and ironically curious, if not pathetic, is the information on page 34 in Chapter 6 How to
Protect Yourself, referring to the healthcare professional who is encouraged to go out and spread the vaccine
gospel. Paradoxically, the WHO makes the following statement:

"Remember

You have the right to say No. Your personal safety comes first. Consider the context and time of the discussion,
and weigh up whether it is safe for you to take part.

Your mind stores thousands of pieces of information which it uses to warn you that something is wrong. Trust your
instincts when you feel uncomfortable, get away from whatever situation you are in. You will only know if you were
wrong if you ignore your instincts is it worth the risk?"

Apparently, WHO believe doctors have the right of personal safety first, but what are the rights of innocent infants, toddlers,
teens and adults from being forced to be vaccinated immediately after birth and into adulthood with Big Pharmas poison
needles?

Trust your instincts when you feel uncomfortable, get away from whatever situation you are in, is excellent advice to
parents when being badgered about vaccines, I offer.
Related: Vaccines Have Become Even More Scary Than Ever

However, the WHO thinks that only applies to medical proselytizers and not those who are bullied into taking vaccines or
else suffer untold consequences like your families are discharged from their medical practices! Or, how about having Child
Protective Services showing up at a refusers front door?

The WHO apparently has concerns about security threats to healthcare professionals from vaccine refusers. I wonder why,
especially when children have been damaged for life and parents are getting extremely fed up with how they are treated by
the medical and legal professions, healthcare regulatory bodies especially in the USA, e.g., CDC, FDA, state and local
health agencies and even school districts.

On page 6 of that report, we see the Goal stated as:

"Make the public audience more resilient against anti-vaccine statements and stories; support the vaccine
hesitants in their vaccine acceptance decision."

Readers need to read page 9: how the WHO defines various members of the anti-vaccine movement. However, the WHO
does not say anything about all the fines and ethical problems leveled against the pharmaceutical industry because of its
inherent bad business practices that have evolved into class action lawsuits and billion-dollar fines from the U.S. CDC /
FDA!
Related: Flu Vaccines are Toxic

What is it that the WHO doesnt seem to be getting about the problems with the pharmaceutical industry for which it
apparently is one of its key promoters?

Personally, I just love this remark on page 15:

"Remember, you are presenting the scientific consensus."

And that sad statement is KEY, since the REAL science is totally different than consensus science!

Consensus science is that which researchers agree to lie about or withhold data about or even discard data into a trash can
about, e.g., MMR vaccine-Autism connection and CDC whistleblower William Thompson, PhD, admission or perform
incorrect vaccine trials, e.g., placing aluminum adjuvant into control subjects vaccines, when those vaccines should be
adjuvant-free!

Thats consensus science!

Scientific consensus ignores scientific studies, especially when it comes to vaccine ingredients, or so it really
seems. My book Vaccination Voodoo, What YOU Dont Know About Vaccines discusses most of the toxic ingredients in
vaccines from what scientific studies have found those ingredients are capable of doing as published in peer review
literature.
Its not what I have made up; its what published scientific journal articles say about neurotoxins, aluminum in as many as
four formulations, ethylmercury (Thimerosal) thats still found in trace amounts in many vaccines given to infants (YES, thats
a real FACT), formaldehyde / Formalin, dangerous polysorbate 80 thats been shown to cause infertility in animal studies
plus other problems, sodium borate plus a shopping list of ingredients such as foreign DNA from animals like monkeys-
mouse brain-cattle-insects, including human diploid cells (a line of aborted fetal cells).

Let me not forget to mention mycoplasmas and genetically modified organisms. How can all that scientific crap be injected
into a less than 25 pound infant and no health damages occur, especially to their not-fully-developed immune system?

Something is terribly wrong with consensus science when it has to bully others into taking harmful products! The WHO
apparently recognizes that and is trying to do damage control for the next pandemic that probably is in the wings. Heres a
hint: Zika. Or, the refugee crisis in the EU.

On page 22 we read the admonition to;

"Emphasize high safety instead of low risk."

How ridiculous a mantra, when each vaccine package insert [2] recites contraindications and adverse events, including
Guillain-Barr syndrome. But then, its consensus science not to tell patients that information as their right under fully
informed consent.
On page 23, proselytizers are cautioned about telling the truth. However, the WHO does not tell them how to keep their
noses from growing two feet long or whats called the Pinocchio syndrome.

On page 24, WHO reiterates the sorry mantra about consensus science:

"11. Underline scientific consensus

Research in the area of climate change shows that the belief in a scientific fact increases when consensus is
highlighted [60][30]. However, identifying a scientific consensus requires a thorough understanding of the specific
area of interest and a layperson will not gain that knowledge all by himself [61].

Therefore, highlighting the scientific consensus in public is a powerful tool to transfer essential scientific knowledge
and increase belief in a scientific fact, especially when presented in a simple and short message [62][63]."

Underline scientific consensus with regard to vaccine safety and efficacy.

Boy, has WHO really placed itself precariously out on the credibility limb its sawing off when it includes climate change as
scientific fact.

With weather geoengineering, Solar Radiation Management, chemtrails, HAARPs around the globe and the information
about smart clouds I discussed thats in the U.S. Air Force report about owning the weather by 2025 in my article Whats
Up With the Newest Presidential Executive Order?, WHO ought to be embarrassed beyond embarrassment, plus be
regarded as the Illuminatis toady it apparently is.

WHO wants proselytizers to Emphasize social benefits of vaccines. Does that mean that herd immunity is not discussed
for what it really is - treating humans like cattle? What are the social benefits of vaccines when lives and families are
damaged?

When there is total denial by doctors and others with almost no recourse at law in the USA because the U.S. Congress
disenfranchised healthcare consumers rights by giving vaccine manufacturers a get out of jail free card from any legal and
financial liability for product damage from vaccines?
Related: Shock Report: Testing Reveals Glyphosate Present in Childhood Vaccines

But things are different in the European Union where lawsuits are being filed against vaccine manufacturers, and thus one of
the probable reasons for WHOs How to respond report.

How about the Algorithm of how to respond on page 29! Studying that algorithm should give everyone some clever hints
on how to respond to the proselytizers, I think.

The WHOs bibliography of References ought to be studied as a strategy play book to use in beating them at their own
game regarding vaccine consensus science, I offer. There are 51 member states in the European Union. The recent
manufactured refugee crisis in the EU probably is of much concern to WHO, since many refugees obviously will need to be
convinced to take those poison needles.

News On Vaccine Safety Reveals Rampant Corruption

When people hear about life threatening conditions such as seizure, cardiovascular ailments and
encephalitis, the first thing that comes to their minds is viruses. These are the harmful side effects
of Gardasil, an HPV vaccine that are given to 9-year-old children.
There are many more vaccines that pose similar health dangers that are being given to children.

Related: Parents of vaccine-damaged children wrongly imprisoned, as doctors blame 'shaken baby syndrome'

NaturalNews Talk Hour reveals the harmful side effects of vaccination with PhD scholars Judy Mikovits and
Jonathan Landsman that our government doesnt want you to know.

Dr Mikovits feels that the possibility of latent viruses released into the system in the form of vaccines can be unleashed due
to the response of dendritic cells in our body, which release inflammatory messages to cytokines, triggering inflammation.
She terms this response as cytokine storm.

The Shocking Truth About Mandatory Vaccines Revealed

This response of the body could lead to permanent damage to the bodys immune system, which would ultimately lead to a
lifetime of diseases.

The body can have very severe effects from vaccination, a phenomenon known as vaccine injuries. Diseases like myalgic
encephalomyelitis, postural orthostatic tachycardia syndrome, autism and polycystic ovarian syndrome can also be caused
by vaccine injuries.
Related: Vaccine for Flu Has 25000 Times More Mercury Concentration Than Drinking Water

The government has always hidden the harmful effects of vaccination on the grounds of coincidence or no specific reason.
Some members of the health administration have even gone as far as saying that the after effects of vaccination are actually
psychogenic in nature.

Dr Mikovits new publication, Plague, draws to the many responses that the government have, or have had for vaccine side
effects.

The side effects arent just caused by the antigens present in the vaccines. The additives used in most vaccines to
trigger immune response are also very toxic in nature and are equally harmful to our system, if not more.

The alternative media is flooded with the singular admission of a whistleblower at the CDC that lab results were
faked. The alternative media is flooded with 127 papers on the connection of thimerosal with autism.

Here we have a 188 page document with nothing but references to articles DATING BACK TO 1926 WHEN
ALUMINUM WAS FIRST USED AS AN ADJUVANT IN VACCINES to the present day with a bloom that was
noticed in articles around 1999 when Scientific American had an article called GENETIC VACCINES as noted in
my book Timeline.

What we are talking about here makes the recent British expose on the cover-up of vaccine science look like
neighborhood kids playing in the sandbox.

Credit to the Red Hens who discovered it @ www.vaccinefraud.com

The use of of ingredients like Polysorbate 80, which have detergent properties, has also been discovered.
Vaccines also have amounts of inflammatory additives and neurotoxins such as MPL and aluminium hydroxide respectively.

Related: Vaccines containing aluminum shown to cause neurological damage

Borax, a sodium compound present in vaccines, depletes important micronutrients from the body such as zinc, magnesium
and calcium. Dr Mikovits also reveals that vaccinations should not be given to children under 3 years, as it affects brain
development.

Dr Mikovits is a pioneer in the field of immunology and a PhD scholar from George Washington University.

Related Articles:
U.S. Federal Court Rules Autism & Brain Damage Caused By Big Pharma Vaccine!

Big Pharma developing baby vaccines for PREGNANT women

Toddler injected with 37 vaccines before the age of two left paralyzed and wheelchair-bound for life

How much money do pediatricians really make from vaccines?

Lead developer of HPV vaccine admits it's a giant, deadly scam

Dispelling Vaccination Myths

San Antonio district attorney states 'Vaccines cause autism'

Prominent District Attorney Blames Vaccines for His Childrens Autism

Press Release: Vaccine Safety Documentary Pulled from East End Film Festival Amid Outside Pressure

BANNED Man Made Epidemic Film Available Online

The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super
Secret Societies
October 14 2016 | From: GlobalResearch / AtlasObscura

The Four Horsemen of Banking (Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup and Wells Fargo)
own the Four Horsemen of Oil (Exxon Mobil, Royal Dutch/Shell, BP and Chevron Texaco); in
tandem with Deutsche Bank, BNP, Barclays and other European old money behemoths. But their
monopoly over the global economy does not end at the edge of the oil patch.
According to company 10K filings to the SEC, the Four Horsemen of Banking are among the top ten stock holders
of virtually every Fortune 500 corporation.

Related: Central Banking and The Federal Reserve System

So who then are the stockholders in these money center banks?

This information is guarded much more closely. My queries to bank regulatory agencies regarding stock ownership in the
top 25 US bank holding companies were given Freedom of Information Act status, before being denied on national
security grounds. This is rather ironic, since many of the banks stockholders reside in Europe.

One important repository for the wealth of the global oligarchy that owns these bank holding companies is US Trust
Corporation founded in 1853 and now owned by Bank of America.

A recent US Trust Corporate Director and Honorary Trustee was Walter Rothschild. Other directors included Daniel Davison
of JP Morgan Chase, Richard Tucker of Exxon Mobil, Daniel Roberts of Citigroup and Marshall Schwartz of Morgan Stanley.

J. W. McCallister, an oil industry insider with House of Saud connections, wrote in The Grim Reaper that information he
acquired from Saudi bankers cited 80% ownership of the New York Federal Reserve Bank- by far the most powerful Fed
branch - by just eight families, four of which reside in the US.
Jacob Rothschild and David Rockefeller kicking it

They are the Goldman Sachs, Rockefellers, Lehmans and Kuhn Loebs of New York; the Rothschilds of Paris and London;
the Warburgs of Hamburg; the Lazards of Paris; and the Israel Moses Seifs of Rome.

CPA Thomas D. Schauf corroborates McCallisters claims, adding that ten banks control all twelve Federal Reserve Bank
branches.

He names N.M. Rothschild of London, Rothschild Bank of Berlin, Warburg Bank of Hamburg, Warburg Bank of Amsterdam,
Lehman Brothers of New York, Lazard Brothers of Paris, Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York, Israel Moses Seif Bank of Italy,
Goldman Sachs of New York and JP Morgan Chase Bank of New York.

Schauf lists William Rockefeller, Paul Warburg, Jacob Schiff and James Stillman as individuals who own large shares of the
Fed. The Schiffs are insiders at Kuhn Loeb. The Stillmans are Citigroup insiders, who married into the Rockefeller clan at
the turn of the century.
The Federal Reserve Board 1913

Eustace Mullins came to the same conclusions in his book The Secrets of the Federal Reserve, in which he displays charts
connecting the Fed and its member banks to the families of Rothschild, Warburg, Rockefeller and the others.

The control that these banking families exert over the global economy cannot be overstated and is quite intentionally
shrouded in secrecy. Their corporate media arm is quick to discredit any information exposing this private central banking
cartel as conspiracy theory. Yet the facts remain.

The House of Morgan

The Federal Reserve Bank was born in 1913, the same year US banking scion J. Pierpont Morgan died and the Rockefeller
Foundation was formed. The House of Morgan presided over American finance from the corner of Wall Street and Broad,
acting as quasi-US central bank since 1838, when George Peabody founded it in London.
J.P. Morgan

Peabody was a business associate of the Rothschilds. In 1952 Fed researcher Eustace Mullins put forth the supposition that
the Morgans were nothing more than Rothschild agents. Mullins wrote that the Rothschilds;

preferred to operate anonymously in the US behind the facade of J.P. Morgan & Company.

Author Gabriel Kolko stated; Morgans activities in 1895-1896 in selling US gold bonds in Europe were based on
an alliance with the House of Rothschild.

The Morgan financial octopus wrapped its tentacles quickly around the globe. Morgan Grenfell operated in London. Morgan
et Ce ruled Paris. The Rothschilds Lambert cousins set up Drexel & Company in Philadelphia.

The House of Morgan catered to the Astors, DuPonts, Guggenheims, Vanderbilts and Rockefellers. It financed the launch of
AT&T, General Motors, General Electric and DuPont. Like the London-based Rothschild and Barings banks, Morgan
became part of the power structure in many countries.

By 1890 the House of Morgan was lending to Egypts central bank, financing Russian railroads, floating Brazilian provincial
government bonds and funding Argentine public works projects. A recession in 1893 enhanced Morgans power. That year
Morgan saved the US government from a bank panic, forming a syndicate to prop up government reserves with a shipment
of $62 million worth of Rothschild gold.
It's a little known fact the the Monopoly man was based on J.P. Morgan

Morgan was the driving force behind Western expansion in the US, financing and controlling West-bound railroads through
voting trusts. In 1879 Cornelius Vanderbilts Morgan-financed New York Central Railroad gave preferential shipping rates to
John D. Rockefellers budding Standard Oil monopoly, cementing the Rockefeller/Morgan relationship.

The House of Morgan now fell under Rothschild and Rockefeller family control. A New York Herald headline read, Railroad
Kings Form Gigantic Trust. J. Pierpont Morgan, who once stated;

Competition is a sin, now opined gleefully, Think of it. All competing railroad traffic west of St. Louis placed in the
control of about thirty men."

Morgan and Edward Harrimans banker Kuhn Loeb held a monopoly over the railroads, while banking dynasties Lehman,
Goldman Sachs and Lazard joined the Rockefellers in controlling the US industrial base.

In 1903 Bankers Trust was set up by the Eight Families. Benjamin Strong of Bankers Trust was the first Governor of the
New York Federal Reserve Bank.

The 1913 creation of the Fed fused the power of the Eight Families to the military and diplomatic might of the US
government. If their overseas loans went unpaid, the oligarchs could now deploy US Marines to collect the debts. Morgan,
Chase and Citibank formed an international lending syndicate.

The House of Morgan was cozy with the British House of Windsor and the Italian House of Savoy. The Kuhn Loebs,
Warburgs, Lehmans, Lazards, Israel Moses Seifs and Goldman Sachs also had close ties to European royalty. By 1895
Morgan controlled the flow of gold in and out of the US.

The first American wave of mergers was in its infancy and was being promoted by the bankers. In 1897 there were sixty-
nine industrial mergers. By 1899 there were twelve-hundred. In 1904 John Moody founder of Moodys Investor Services
said it was impossible to talk of Rockefeller and Morgan interests as separate.
Public distrust of the combine spread. Many considered them traitors working for European old money. Rockefellers
Standard Oil, Andrew Carnegies US Steel and Edward Harrimans railroads were all financed by banker Jacob Schiff at
Kuhn Loeb, who worked closely with the European Rothschilds.

Several Western states banned the bankers. Populist preacher William Jennings Bryan was thrice the Democratic nominee
for President from 1896 -1908. The central theme of his anti-imperialist campaign was that America was falling into a trap
of financial servitude to British capital.

Teddy Roosevelt defeated Bryan in 1908, but was forced by this spreading populist wildfire to enact the Sherman Anti-Trust
Act. He then went after the Standard Oil Trust.

In 1912 the Pujo hearings were held, addressing concentration of power on Wall Street. That same year Mrs. Edward
Harriman sold her substantial shares in New Yorks Guaranty Trust Bank to J.P. Morgan, creating Morgan Guaranty Trust.
Judge Louis Brandeis convinced President Woodrow Wilson to call for an end to interlocking board directorates. In 1914 the
Clayton Anti-Trust Act was passed.

Jack Morgan J. Pierponts son and successor responded by calling on Morgan clients Remington and Winchester to
increase arms production. He argued that the US needed to enter WWI. Goaded by the Carnegie Foundation and other
oligarchy fronts, Wilson accommodated.

As Charles Tansill wrote in America Goes to War;

Even before the clash of arms, the French firm of Rothschild Freres cabled to Morgan & Company in New York
suggesting the flotation of a loan of $100 million, a substantial part of which was to be left in the US to pay for
French purchases of American goods.

The House of Morgan financed half the US war effort, while receiving commissions for lining up contractors like GE, Du
Pont, US Steel, Kennecott and ASARCO. All were Morgan clients.
Morgan also financed the British Boer War in South Africa and the Franco-Prussian War. The 1919 Paris Peace Conference
was presided over by Morgan, which led both German and Allied reconstruction efforts.

In the 1930s populism resurfaced in America after Goldman Sachs, Lehman Bank and others profited from the Crash of
1929. House Banking Committee Chairman Louis McFadden (D-NY) said of the Great Depression;,

It was no accident. It was a carefully contrived occurrenceThe international bankers sought to bring about a
condition of despair here so they might emerge as rulers of us all.

Sen. Gerald Nye (D-ND) chaired a munitions investigation in 1936. Nye concluded that the House of Morgan had plunged
the US into WWI to protect loans and create a booming arms industry. Nye later produced a document titled The Next War,
which cynically referred to the old goddess of democracy trick, through which Japan could be used to lure the US into
WWII.

In 1937 Interior Secretary Harold Ickes warned of the influence of Americas 60 Families. Historian Ferdinand Lundberg
later penned a book of the exact same title. Supreme Court Justice William O. Douglas decried;

Morgan influencethe most pernicious one in industry and finance today.

Related: America's 60 Families

Jack Morgan responded by nudging the US towards WWII. Morgan had close relations with the Iwasaki and Dan families
Japans two wealthiest clans who have owned Mitsubishi and Mitsui, respectively, since the companies emerged from
17th Century shogunates.

When Japan invaded Manchuria, slaughtering Chinese peasants at Nanking, Morgan downplayed the incident. Morgan also
had close relations with Italian fascist Benito Mussolini, while German Nazi Dr. Hjalmer Schacht was a Morgan Bank liaison
during WWII. After the war Morgan representatives met with Schacht at the Bank of International Settlements (BIS) in Basel,
Switzerland.

The House of Rockefeller

BIS is the most powerful bank in the world, a global central bank for the Eight Families who control the private central banks
of almost all Western and developing nations. The first President of BIS was Rockefeller banker Gates McGarrah - an
official at Chase Manhattan and the Federal Reserve.

McGarrah was the grandfather of former CIA director Richard Helms. The Rockefellers - like the Morgans - had close ties to
London. David Icke writes in Children of the Matrix, that the Rockefellers and Morgans were just gofers for the European
Rothschilds.
John D. Rockefeller

BIS is owned by the Federal Reserve, Bank of England, Bank of Italy, Bank of Canada, Swiss National Bank,
Nederlandsche Bank, Bundesbank and Bank of France.

Historian Carroll Quigley wrote in his epic book Tragedy and Hope that BIS was part of a plan;

to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country
and the economy of the world as a wholeto be controlled in a feudalistic fashion by the central banks of the world
acting in concert by secret agreements.

The US government had a historical distrust of BIS, lobbying unsuccessfully for its demise at the 1944 post-WWII Bretton
Woods Conference. Instead the Eight Families power was exacerbated, with the Bretton Woods creation of the IMF and the
World Bank. The US Federal Reserve only took shares in BIS in September 1994.

BIS holds at least 10% of monetary reserves for at least 80 of the worlds central banks, the IMF and other multilateral
institutions. It serves as financial agent for international agreements, collects information on the global economy and serves
as lender of last resort to prevent global financial collapse.

BIS promotes an agenda of monopoly capitalist fascism. It gave a bridge loan to Hungary in the 1990s to ensure
privatization of that countrys economy. It served as conduit for Eight Families funding of Adolf Hitler- led by the Warburgs J.
Henry Schroeder and Mendelsohn Bank of Amsterdam. Many researchers assert that BIS is at the nadir of global drug
money laundering.
The Bank for International Settlements is the Mac Daddy at the top of the Worldwide Reserve Banking System, not just the US Federal Reserve

It is no coincidence that BIS is headquartered in Switzerland, favorite hiding place for the wealth of the global aristocracy
and headquarters for the P-2 Italian Freemasons Alpina Lodge and Nazi International. Other institutions which the Eight
Families control include the World Economic Forum, the International Monetary Conference and the World Trade
Organization.

Bretton Woods was a boon to the Eight Families. The IMF and World Bank were central to this new world order. In 1944
the first World Bank bonds were floated by Morgan Stanley and First Boston.

The French Lazard family became more involved in House of Morgan interests. Lazard Freres - Frances biggest investment
bank- is owned by the Lazard and David-Weill families - old Genoese banking scions represented by Michelle Davive. A
recent Chairman and CEO of Citigroup was Sanford Weill.

In 1968 Morgan Guaranty launched Euro-Clear, a Brussels-based bank clearing system for Eurodollar securities. It was the
first such automated endeavor. Some took to calling Euro-Clear The Beast. Brussels serves as headquarters for the new
European Central Bank and for NATO.
In 1973 Morgan officials met secretly in Bermuda to illegally resurrect the old House of Morgan, twenty years before Glass
Steagal Act was repealed. Morgan and the Rockefellers provided the financial backing for Merrill Lynch, boosting it into the
Big 5 of US investment banking. Merrill is now part of Bank of America.

John D. Rockefeller used his oil wealth to acquire Equitable Trust, which had gobbled up several large banks and
corporations by the 1920s.

The Great Depression helped consolidate Rockefellers power. His Chase Bank merged with Kuhn Loebs Manhattan Bank
to form Chase Manhattan, cementing a long-time family relationship.

The Kuhn-Loebs had financed along with Rothschilds Rockefellers quest to become king of the oil patch. National City
Bank of Cleveland provided John D. with the money needed to embark upon his monopolization of the US oil industry.

The bank was identified in Congressional hearings as being one of three Rothschild-owned banks in the US during the
1870s, when Rockefeller first incorporated as Standard Oil of Ohio.
One Rockefeller Standard Oil partner was Edward Harkness, whose family came to control Chemical Bank. Another was
James Stillman, whose family controlled Manufacturers Hanover Trust.

Both banks have merged under the JP Morgan Chase umbrella. Two of James Stillmans daughters married two of William
Rockefellers sons. The two families control a big chunk of Citigroup as well.

In the insurance business, the Rockefellers control Metropolitan Life, Equitable Life, Prudential and New York Life.
Rockefeller banks control 25% of all assets of the 50 largest US commercial banks and 30% of all assets of the 50 largest
insurance companies.

Insurance companies - the first in the US was launched by Freemasons through their Woodmans of America - play a key
role in the Bermuda drug money shuffle.

Companies under Rockefeller control include Exxon Mobil, Chevron Texaco, BP Amoco, Marathon Oil, Freeport McMoran,
Quaker Oats, ASARCO, United, Delta, Northwest, ITT, International Harvester, Xerox, Boeing, Westinghouse, Hewlett-
Packard, Honeywell, International Paper, Pfizer, Motorola, Monsanto, Union Carbide and General Foods.
The Rockefeller Foundation has close financial ties to both Ford and Carnegie Foundations. Other family philanthropic
endeavors include Rockefeller Brothers Fund, Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, General Education Board,
Rockefeller University and the University of Chicago - which churns out a steady stream of far right economists as
apologists for international capital, including Milton Friedman.

The family owns 30 Rockefeller Plaza, where the national Christmas tree is lighted every year, and Rockefeller Center.

David Rockefeller was instrumental in the construction of the World Trade Center towers. The main Rockefeller family home
is a hulking complex in upstate New York known as Pocantico Hills.

They also own a 32-room 5th Avenue duplex in Manhattan, a mansion in Washington, DC, Monte Sacro Ranch in
Venezuela, coffee plantations in Ecuador, several farms in Brazil, an estate at Seal Harbor, Maine and resorts in the
Caribbean, Hawaii and Puerto Rico.
Allen Dulles

The Dulles and Rockefeller families are cousins. Allen Dulles created the CIA, assisted the Nazis, covered up the Kennedy
hit from his Warren Commission perch and struck a deal with the Muslim Brotherhood to create mind-controlled assassins.

Brother John Foster Dulles presided over the phony Goldman Sachs trusts before the 1929 stock market crash and helped
his brother overthrow governments in Iran and Guatemala.

Both were Skull & Bones, Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) insiders and 33rd Degree Masons.

The Rockefellers were instrumental in forming the depopulation-oriented Club of Rome at their family estate in Bellagio,
Italy.
Their Pocantico Hills estate gave birth to the Trilateral Commission. The family is a major funder of the eugenics movement
which spawned Hitler, human cloning and the current DNA obsession in US scientific circles.

John Rockefeller Jr. headed the Population Council until his death. His namesake son is a Senator from West Virginia.
Brother Winthrop Rockefeller was Lieutenant Governor of Arkansas and remains the most powerful man in that state.

In an October 1975 interview with Playboy magazine, Vice-President Nelson Rockefeller- who was also Governor of New
York- articulated his familys patronizing worldview;

I am a great believer in planning- economic, social, political, military, total world planning.

But of all the Rockefeller brothers, it is Trilateral Commission (TC) founder and Chase Manhattan Chairman David who has
spearheaded the familys fascist agenda on a global scale. He defended the Shah of Iran, the South African apartheid
regime and the Chilean Pinochet junta.
He was the biggest financier of the CFR, the TC and (during the Vietnam War) the Committee for an Effective and Durable
Peace in Asia- a contract bonanza for those who made their living off the conflict.

Nixon asked him to be Secretary of Treasury, but Rockefeller declined the job, knowing his power was much greater at the
helm of the Chase. Author Gary Allen writes in The Rockefeller File that in 1973;

David Rockefeller met with twenty-seven heads of state, including the rulers of Russia and Red China.

Following the 1975 Nugan Hand Bank/CIA coup against Australian Prime Minister Gough Whitlam, his British Crown-
appointed successor Malcolm Fraser sped to the US, where he met with President Gerald Ford after conferring with David
Rockefeller.

7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Secret Societies

In clandestine corners of the world, the elite come together in secrecy. Some of them dont mind
that we know of these society meetings, while others maintain that they do not organize at all.
Illustration by Miss Alice Heighes Donlevy of the "Secret Society Buildings of New Haven," with the former Skull & Bones headquarters at left center
(circa 1869-1903)

Yet doormen speak to their friends, initiation rites are leaked, people peek in windows, chanting in far underground
lairs can be heard by a passerby. Conspiracy theorists have long held that someone, and not the Fates, is
manipulating our world, and perhaps in these secret societies the strings are being pulled.

Here is a list of seven groups so secret some members will never admit to their involvement, and their meeting places hiding
in plain sight.

Skull and Bones Tomb

New Haven, Connecticut

The Tomb

Ivy league Yale University is considered to be one of the most selective higher educational institutions in the United States,
if not the world. Its motto lux et veritas translates to "light and truth." On the historic campus in New Haven, Connecticut,
there is a building where "light and truth" are reserved for carefully selected members and alumni.

What is known about the Skull and Bones secret society is minimal. The organization started in 1832. An official roster of its
members was published up until 1971. Bonesmen, as members are called, have been heads of corporations, senior
government officials, Supreme Court justices, and even presidents.

Theories about what the Skull and Bones actually do range from its members controlling the Central Intelligence Agency,
being a part of a global network aimed at world domination, to being a branch of the Illuminati.
Related: The Order / Skull and Bones / Chapter 322

Its also unknown exactly what happens in The Tomb, the group's headquarters, but there are strange rumors of what is
contained in the windowless sandstone building. The Egypto-Doric style of the structure makes it appear as an immense
sepulcher.

The tomb is thought to hold secret documents containing the roster of all members, ritual details, as well as
multiple stolen relics. Some of the bones rumored to be in The Tomb include the skulls of Geronimo, Pancho Villa, Martin
Van Buren, and the gravestone of Elihu Yale, the school's founder. Bonesmen are also known to take other societies'
belongings in a show of thievery and cunning known as crooking.

Bilderberg Club: Hotel de Bilderberg

Oosterbeek, Netherlands (note that this is not the office of the organisation, but the place of it's inaugural meeting).

Hotel de Bilderberg

In November of 1954, 50 delegates from 11 countries in Western Europe and 11 Americans spent three days in Oosterbeek,
Netherlands, at the Hotel de Bilderberg.

The purpose of the meeting was said to foster conversations between Europe and North America. Those in attendance
included a prince, a prime minster, and the head of the CIA. Since that meeting, each year a group of international leaders
in the fields of politics, business, media, and communications have met to discuss were not exactly sure.

There is no agenda, no resolutions are proposed, no voting of any kind is executed, and no positions or policy statements
are issued.
Related: The True Story Of The Bilderberg Group

The meetings are held in a different location each year and each year the topics of the meeting are up for the general public
to theorize over.

The roster of attendees is never officially made public, but there have been leaks over the years. Conspiracy theories
abound, especially because of the groups intense level of secrecy. Many believe the group is conspiring to impose capital
domination, a world government, or a planned economy. What is certain is that the more prominent you are, the more likely
youll be to get an invitation to next years Bilderberg conference.

Scientology's Trementina Base

Trementina, New Mexico

Trementina Base, New Mexico

Scientology is most visible today because of celebrity members like Tom Cruise and John Travolta, yet the organization has
been aggressive over the years in tackling critics and maintaining its secrets. One of the most controversial religious groups,
some characterize the movement as a cult.

Basic Scientology belief holds that humans are immortal beings who have reincarnated and have lived on other planets
before finding themselves now on Earth. One of the things that makes the religion controversial is its assertive nature, often
turning to character assassination or litigation in dealing with skeptics and critics who question their practices. The church is
also extremely secretive, holding many of its teachings from members until they have made it through multiple levels.

Scientology operates several churches called Celebrity Centres that are opened to the public, but are primarily meant for
"anyone with the power and vision to create a better world. The Church of the Spiritual Technology, or CST, is reserved for
the most trusted of members.
Related: Going Clear: Scientology And The Prison Of Belief

Many of these members manage elaborate bases including the Trementina Base. The official word from the church is that
the base is a location used to preserve Scientology founder L. Ron Hubbards writings, which are said to be engraved on
steel sheets and encased in titanium cases. Its thought that Trementina is more than just a location to archive Hubbards
works, however.

Trementina contains underground dwellings and tunnels, but whats most interesting about the base is what you see from
the outside. Aerial photographs above the base show huge images dug into the Earth.

The images are that of the churchs logo. Former members have claimed that the symbols are to mark the return point for
members when they travel into the future. Other members have stated that this is the place where Hubbard is supposed to
go when he returns.

The Illuminati: Domus Sanctae Marthae

Vatican City, Vatican

Related: The Jesuits & The Vatican

Pope Francis entering Domus Sanctae Marthae

Established in 1776 in Bavaria, Germany, this group of freethinkers, humanists, and academics opposed superstition,
prejudice, religion, and its influence over the public, and they supported the advancement of women.

The Illuminati were a shadowy group, believed capable of influencing movements in government and the arts. The group
was infiltrated and shut down a decade after its founding, or so the official record goes. Conspiracy theorists have long been
obsessed that the world has been controlled by the Illuminati for generations.

There are many modern groups that claim to be the descendants of the original Bavarian Illuminati; they go so far as to use
the name Illuminati in their title, but there is no evidence that these recent organizations are tied to the original.

Related: The Order Of The Illuminati: Its Origins, Its Methods And Its Influence On World Events

Besides its actions, what is a major mystery of this group is the location of its headquarters. Theorists have claimed many
prominent locations are the headquarters of the Illuminati from Disney World in Orlando, Florida, the Mormon Temple in Salt
Lake City, Utah, the Statue of Liberty in New York City, Big Ben in London, the Eiffel Tower in Paris, the Pentagon in
Washington, D.C., and, among many others, the Vatican.

The theory that the Illuminati headquarters is located at the Vatican is especially interesting due to the group's opposition to
the church. It's believed by conspiracy theorists that the church was long ago infiltrated by the society and so that would
make its leader, the pope, one of the Illuminati's highest ranking members.

Today, the pope resides in a simple room at Domus Sanctae Marthae, a guest house adjacent to St. Peter's Basilica. The
five-story building containing 106 suites and 22 single rooms is for clergy who are in town on official Holy See business, or
perhaps for an Illuminati meeting or two.

Ordo Templi Orientis: Bay Area Thelemic Temple

Oakland, California

Mural of Aleister Crowley at the Abode of Chaos

The Order of the Temple of the East was founded between 1895 and 1906 in either Austria or Germany. It is believed
wealthy industrialist, Carl Kellner, began the religious movement, but it was famed occultist Aleister Crowley whose name
and additions to the group shrouded it in curiosity and mystery.

OTO was modeled somewhat after another secret society, Freemasonry. But Crowley added a layer, his own self-created
belief system called Thelema. Thelemas practices and beliefs are written out in a book titled The Book of Law and its core
belief is: Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the Law.

Ideas from occultism, and Eastern and Western mysticism, found their way into Thelema and thus OTO. The religion is
highly secretive and members move through the order in a series of rites and rituals, moving up levels in the forms of
initiations. Levels have curious names such as Minerval, Master Magician, Illustrious Knight, Grandmaster of Light, and so
on.
There are two components at the core of OTO: magical rituals, which have been rumored to include tantric sex, the
summoning of angels and demons, and astral projection.

Then there is the gnostic mass, reminiscent of a Catholic mass only because it contains a host and wine toward the end.
The gnostic mass includes elaborate costumes, and at the climax of the mass it's believed that the host turns into the Body
of God and the wine the Blood of God.

There are multiple locations of worship called camps, oases, or lodges. The majority of them keep their locations secretive
to the greater public. The relatively small location in Oakland is an oasis. They hold a weekly gnostic mass in a temple
decorated in candles and Egyptian imagery.

Its unknown exactly what takes place during initiation ceremonies and what knowledge is shared during these events.
According to Crowley's autobiography, The Confessions of Aleister Crowley: "the OTO is in possession of one supreme
secret. The whole of its system [is] directed towards communicating to its members, by progressively plain hints, this all-
important instruction.

Priory of Sion: Bibliothque Nationale de France

Paris, France

National Library of France Reading Room

The secret of this secret society is that many people believe in its existence, but scholarly claims have repetitively stated the
group is a complete myth, constructed by the imagination of a madman.

The myth begins that the Priory of Sion was a group charged with protecting the descendants of Jesus of Nazareth and
Mary Magdalene who eventually went on to settle in France.

It was leaked in the 1970s that the Bibliothque Nationale de France in Paris, the French National Library, was in
possession of a file called Dossiers Secrets d'Henri Lobineau that pointed to the Priory of Sion being located in France.

The file contained an introduction, maps of France, genealogies, newspaper clippings, letters and a list of grand masters of
the Priory of Sion that included Sir Isaac Newton, Victor Hugo, and Leonardo Da Vinci.
The authenticity of these files has been questioned ever since they were left at the library. Eventually, they were traced to
Pierre Plantard. It is believed Plantard planted the document at the library in order to perpetuate an elaborate hoax. He
himself claimed to be a descendant of Jesus' bloodline.

Academics went on to agree that the Priory of Sion was a hoax constructed by Plantard. Yet, books, articles, and movies
continue to be made about this group. Whether or not there is a secret society dedicated to protecting a family descendant
from biblical times we may never know.

Rosicrucianism: Rosicrucian Park

San Jose, California

Rosicrucian Egyptian Museum grounds

Several manifestos were anonymously published in the early 17th century that told of legends, mysticism, alchemy, and the
Order of the Temple of the Rosy Cross. One of these documents was the Fama Fraternitatis which was published in Cassel,
Germany.

The Fama spoke of the 15th century German doctor and mystical philosopher Christian Rosenkreuz who traveled through
parts of the Middle East where he learned esoteric wisdom, studying in places such as Turkey and Egypt.

There, he claimed to learn extensive knowledge regarding nature and the universe. When he returned, he attempted to
share what he learned but he was dismissed. He then formed a like-minded group called the Fraternity of the Rose Cross.
Related: The Rosicrucians

The year of his birth and death remain shadowy, but some documents claim he lived over 106 years. The group upheld
Christian beliefs, but strongly opposed Roman Catholicism, and was also said to have influenced Freemasonry along with
hundreds of other groups, many of which have adopted titles with similar names throughout modern times.

At its simplest form, the group aimed to promote a Universal Reformation of Mankind. Some reports claim that the
requirement for membership was that one must have been capable of using more than the average amount of brain power.

During Rosenkreuzs life, the group was thought to have only consisted of a handful of members, each of whom was a
doctor.

All members took an oath to remain bachelors, and also to treat the sick without payment and to find a replacement for
themselves before they died. Interest in the group peaked between 1607 and 1616 with the appearances of the anonymous
works that included the Fama Fraternitatis which ranged with content that included mysticism and apocalyptic warnings.

The Rosicricians were into their alchemy

Whether Rosenkreuzs original idea continued is unknown. One of the hundreds of groups claiming to be tied to the original
is the Ancient Mystical Order Rosea Crucis that has some connection to occultist Aleister Crowley. AMORC claims to be
devoted to the study of elusive mysteries of life and the universe.

They utilize ideas from major philosophers, including Thales and Pythagoras, healing techniques, alchemy, symbolism, and
mysticism. The group claims its history can be traced to pharaoh Thutmose III in 1477.

The AMORC headquarters is located at Rosicrucian Park in San Jose, California, which spans a city block and includes
several structures. The park is home to elaborate gardens, a research library, a planetarium, a temple, and it houses the
ashes of Harvey Spencer Lewis, founder of the secret society.
The Global Financial System Is About To Shift: Part I
October 13 2016 | From: TheMindUnleashed

Behind all the chatter of who will be the United States next President, there is something much
larger playing out. Something bigger than most people could even believe.

Though what you are about to read is indeed real and will soon be undeniable.

With almost all of the real money, that being gold, silver, metals, jewels and all the legitimate notes, bond and certificates,
the nations of the Eastern hemisphere are poised to shift the entire global financial system back to the rightful owners of this
massively large cache of assets.

What is known as the global collateral accounts, is something John F. Kennedy was working on opening up for humanity.
These accounts are what the Bretton Woods agreement was based upon (though fraudulently). These accounts are what
almost every nation and what all of the big banks have been unlawfully abusing.

Now though, an international alliance is working together to open these accounts for the benefit of humanity, which is being
spearheaded by a man known as Neil Keenan. Here are answers from Neil Keenan directly to questions we have asked
him.
Neil Keenan, John F Kennedy and President Soekarno

Related: To learn more about Neil Keenan and his work visit neilkeenan.com - in particular the History & Events
Timeline

This has been done as to educate a larger audience on what the global collateral accounts are as well as to prepare that
same audience for the large events that will be occurring in the very near future.

Q: For those that dont know what the global collateral accounts are, can you give us an explanation of what
they are and what purpose they are used for?

The term Global Collateral Accounts refers to the vast holdings of a Chinese consortium of depositors known as The Dragon
Family and their legacy is centuries old. These physical assets are for the most part located in Asia in secure underground
facilities comprising a total value in the order of 94 Quadrillion US Dollars.

Primarily the asset holdings are comprised of gold bullion, along with other precious metals and gemstones plus a great deal
of paper currency, notes and bonds.
The Silk Road or Silk Route was an ancient network of trade routes that for centuries were central to cultural interaction through regions of the
Asian continent connecting the East and West from China to the Mediterranean Sea

The accumulation of these assets began centuries ago, largely by way of the Silk Road trade routes which saw great wealth
accumulated by those in the equatorial region where there was an abundance of resources and produce, that were
purchased by people in other parts of the world in gold.

These were the days when payments were made in tangible assets with real value not FIAT currencies represented by
worthless paper. There have been many attempts to steal from the asset pool of the Global Collateral Accounts over the
centuries, and in part, the reason why these assets have come to be stored in bunkers in South East Asia, was for safe
keeping.
Count Albert of the Dragon Family with Neil Keenan

The assets are watched over and protected by local family groups who are known as The Elders.Unfortunately some of
these people, after a few generations in their role as guardians have come to confuse the terms guardian with the
depositor.

Q: Who is / are the Dragon Family? What is their role with the global collateral accounts?

The Dragon Family is, in fact, a organization that operates between old families within China and Taiwan, above the political
divide of the two independent Chinese Governments.

The Chinese are remarkable in this regard in that old family ties and functions supersede political arrangements which,
though they might last for generations, are regarded as inconsequential over the passage of time to most Chinese.

Attached to this is the wealth of several nations. The Dragon Family abstains from any public view and knowledge but acts
for the good and better benefit of the World and have had to deal with higher levels of the global financial
Organizations, Committee of 300 and in particular, the Federal Reserve System.
The Mount Washington Hotel, situated in Bretton Woods, New Hampshire, United States

The Golden Dragons (Dragon Family) signed an agreement with the BIS / Bretton Woods / China in 1944 in which their
assets would be implemented as collateral in order to be used by the world at large for humanitarian purposes. At all times
the Dragon Family have been considered as being the Depositors.

This agreement was not signed by the Committee of 300 and / or the Federal Reserve or anything as of any official status,
but by the nations at large including the United States which was not a real government but a corporation controlled by
foreign interests.

Additionally, the US government borrowed a huge amount of collateral assets from the Dragon Family many years ago. The
base of the lent asset funds from the Dragon Family to the US Government were the Gold and Silver. Therefore the US
government was able to issue huge amounts of USD as currencies (FRNs) via the FRB system.

During the course of their relations over the last century, the Dragon Family has accumulated great wealth (and Trillions and
Trillions in interest payments still owing), in the form of a variety of Notes, Bonds and Certificates that are an Obligation of
the Federal Reserve System.
The Federal Reserve Bank of New York

These Bonds have values ranging in the many thousand of Trillions of United States dollars. The Western nations are run at
the discretion of the Committee of 300 and a number of nefarious collectives with various factions and groups including The
hidden Hand and The Federal Reserve System and many other such criminal outfits that worked towards maintaining
control over the Western hemisphere and its people.

This essentially is where we end up with the NWO.

The Dragon Familys investment was with respect to the best interests of the UN termed Third World nations and
especially such berated nations, however the stated intentions never made it to manifestation in said lands; which was
absolutely prevented by the Khazarian-run globalists who have been hiding within Judaism as cover and leveraging the anti-
semitism as a crybaby diversion for centuries.

The Humanitarian accounts were illegally and fraudulently repatriated almost immediately upon signing of the Bretton
Woods agreement and this has continued unabatedly almost o this day.
The financial doors have been closed to the cabal for a while and we are now observing the beginnings of a resistance-
driven man-made collapse / subversion of Cabal control.

The Cabal-driven West have been laboriously attempting to engineer a financial collapse given that they control much of the
food production and finance thereby leaving you, the people with little or nothing other than starvation or slavery should
they allow you to live only to be sucked dry by financial usury, unlawful taxation and the pharmaceutical industry, to name
but three machinations within their armory of assault.

The United Nations Agenda 21, and now also Agenda 2030 states publicly and in their own writing for anyone to see that
they wish to eliminate 80% of the people on the planet.
Related: Agenda 2030 Translator: Decoding The UNs New Sustainable Development Goals

A final note here is that the theft of the Global Collateral Accounts by the West did not include the Dragon Family, therefore
the East has waited a very long time to be finally in control of their own destiny without Western interference. Although the
Cabal are attempting to create a Third World War so that everyone is taken down with them.

Q: Was JFK was working with President Sukarno of Indonesia to open the accounts?

Yes. In 1963, President John F. Kennedy entered into an Agreement with President Sukarno to provide the funds to allow
the United States Treasury to print its own currency, thus subverting the right to print the currency held by the Federal
Reserve. [Note: Some publications spell Sukarno as Soekarno but it should be made clear that both spellings refer to the
same man, unless the author of any particular piece of writing is confused.]
JFK, Soekarno and Johnson

The Agreement would have transferred some 59,000 tons of gold to underpin this currency. The problem with this was that
the US domestic currency would have then been backed by gold which would have been a violation of international
agreements meant to stabilize currencies.

Pictures dont lie. John Kennedy was emotionally high at this meeting, as was Sukarno, but unbeknownst to them, Vice
President Johnson was a member of secret societies, the likes of which Kennedy had spoken against.

My Pentagon sources advised me that Johnson was involved in the murder of JFK. The entire scenario was set up not only
because of what Kennedy was doing in terms of ending the Federal Reserve System and replacing it with the new United
States Treasury currency, but also with regards to the dismantling of the CIA.

In addition it involved both Texaco and Standard Oil and their loss of income in West Papua.

In delivering all of the information that Johnson was getting from Kennedy and Sukarno in Washington D.C. to his cabal
bosses, the Cabal managed to stop Kennedy from moving forward by assassinating him.
With their plans, the Cabal had to stop Kennedy because he wanted to take down the Illuminati et al and the Federal
Reserve System. The daily reports to the Cabal from Lyndon Johnson in Jakarta, Indonesia, doomed Kennedy to his
assassination.

For his painstaking efforts, a CIA coup saw Sukarno removed from presidency and replaced by General Suharto, who then
imposed a lifetime of home imprisonment upon Sukarno.

Upon Kennedys return to the United States, he was assassinated in Dallas, Texas, Lyndon Johnsons home state.
Furthermore it has been reported that before JFK was even officially declared dead, Lyndon Johnson himself had been
sworn in as the new President of the United States.

Now do you believe that Lee Harvey Oswald killed JFK? Absolutely not. Lyndon Johnson, George H.W. Bush and the Cabal
were responsible for the assassination of JFK.
Lyndon Johnson

Eight days after signing the Green Hilton Memorial agreement with President Sukarno of Indonesia, President Kennedy was
assassinated. President Johnson suspended the EO-11110 as issued by Kennedy and transferred the bullion to the Federal
Reserve. In Indonesia, President Sukarno was gradually being placed under house arrest.

The Green Hilton Agreement was not implemented until 1968 when Sukarno fell from office and at a time when Global
Trade made it imperative to have a Global Currency.

Q: What is your role with these accounts and how were you chosen to be involved?

It all started when I (Neil Keenan) was approached by the Dragon Family (DF), through a diplomat representative named
Akihko Yamaguchi.
Akihko Yamaguchi and Neil Keenan

Because of the assistance and political connections that I had provided him with previously, Yamaguchi persistently sought
out myself to provide direct services on his behalf related to international banking and trading transactions in furtherance of
Dragon family humanitarian programs (which are to be implemented when the Global Collateral Accounts are lawfully
opened).

Q: What is the Monaco Accords and what was accomplished there?

In August of 2011, myself and a very powerful political associate arranged a secret meeting of 57 global finance ministers
(none from any Western nations) aboard a yacht in Monaco for the purpose of setting up a new worldwide, asset-backed
financial system.

Word of the gathering reached the Rockefellers, the pre-eminent U.S. clan of that oligarchy, who dispatched Senator Jay
Rockefeller to essentially crash the party as an uninvited guest.
I physically blocked Rockefeller at the gangplank. When Rockefeller demanded;

Dont you know who I am? I responded, Yes, youre exactly the person we dont want on this boat.

After Rockefellers unceremonious ejection, the yacht was then buzzed by Blackhawk helicopters before French fighter jets
gave a warning pass overhead, whereupon the helicopters retreated.

Within several months, the agreement realized from that meeting, the Monaco Accords, was made official by its co-hosts,
and that document has now been signed by over 180 countries. This was an unprecedented collective step toward wresting
control from the criminal planetary domination by the West. Out of this was born the BRICS alliance.

Note that Part 2 to this interview will be released on Thursday October 13th. Neil will answer how much gold is
actually in existence with these accounts, what role the BRICS is playing, which governments and agencies he is
working with and what role Vladimir Putin is playing on a global level.

In the meantime, check out these related articles:

The Connection Between JFK, 9/11 and the Global Collateral Accounts

The Alliance That is Taking Down The New World Order

The Most Important Meeting Since JFKs Death Just Took Place
Out Of Hand: More People Are Using More Devices More Often Than Ever Before -
Increasingly, Thats A Pain Point
October 10 2016 | From: Buzzfeed

For Cassandra Smolcic, the trouble began at her dream internship. Handpicked to spend a summer
working on movies at Pixar, the 26-year-old logged marathon hours, and more than a few all-
nighters, at her computer and tablet.

At first, she managed to ignore the mysterious pinching sensations in her hands and forearms. But by the time her
internship ended and a full-time job offer rolled in, she could barely move her fingers.

For Skylar, a 12-year-old in South Florida who loves her laptop, phone, and tablet, the breaking point came at the start of
sixth grade last fall. Suddenly her neck, shoulders, and back felt strained whenever she rolled her head, as if invisible hands
were yanking muscles apart from the inside. All her neck-rolling, she worried, made her look like she was trying to cheat off
someones test.

To be a perpetually plugged-in, emailing, texting, sexting, swiping, Snapchatting, selfie-taking human being in 2016, a little
thumb twinge is the price of admission. There are the media-anointed outliers: the Candy Crusher with a ruptured thumb
tendon, the woman who over-texted her way to WhatsAppitis.

And then there are people like the 18-year-old woman who said;

If Im scrolling down Tumblr for more than half an hour, my fingers will get sore.

When I hold my phone, a 22-year-old complained, cradling her iPhone in her palm, my bottom finger really
hurts.

A 30-year-old software engineer said his fingers naturally curl inwards, claw-like: I remember my hand did not
quite use to be like that.

Amy Luo, 27, suspects her iPhone 6s is partly to blame for the numbness in her right thumb and wrist.

Compared with her old iPhone, she said, you have to stretch a lot more, and its heavier.

Dr. Patrick Lang, a San Francisco hand surgeon, sees more and more twenty- and thirtysomething tech
 employees with inexplicable debilitating pain in their upper limbs. I consider it like an epidemic, he
said, particularly in this city.

To be clear, no one knows just how bad this epidemic is. At best, we learn to endure our stiff necks and throbbing thumbs.
At worst, a generation of people damage their bodies without realizing it.

In all likelihood, we are somewhere in the middle, between perturbance and public health crisis, but for the time being we
simply dont - cant - know what all these machines will do to our bodies in the long term, especially in the absence of
definitive research.

What we do know is that now more people are using multiple electronics - cell phones, smartphones, tablets, laptops,
desktops - for more hours a day, starting at ever earlier ages.

But we werent built for them.

Growing up in the Rust Belt city of Greensburg, Pennsylvania, Smolcic was the kid who was always sketching characters
from movies and cartoons. And in her adolescent years in the 90s, computers became an important tool for honing her
artistic talents: She made clip-art greeting cards and banners, and high school newspaper layouts, on desktop computers.

At Susquehanna University, she went all in on graphic design as a career after she took a computer arts course on a whim.

That meant long hours on various iMacs, and even more screen time when she went on to earn a masters in graphic design
at the Savannah College of Art and Design. Over the years, shes also carried a flip phone, a Motorola Razr, a Dell laptop,
and, at the moment, a MacBook Pro and an iPhone 6s.

Machines were crucial to Smolcics burgeoning artistic career, as they are to so many of our lives. But itd be hard to call
them human-friendly.

Consider the minimum biomechanics needed to work a smartphone. Put aside all the other risks - of getting depressed and
lonely; of sacrificing sleep, hearing, eyesight, and focus; of dying while snapping selfies on cliffs, or texting
while walking or driving. The act of just using the thing is precarious.
Our heads sit atop our necks and line up with our shoulders and arms, just as a two-footed species should. But a forward-
leaning head shakes up this graceful arrangement: The upper body drifts back, the hips tilt forward, and pretty much
everything else - the spine, the nerves below the neck, the upper limb muscles - tightens up.

Slouching is all too easy when we hold a phone in our outstretched hand or reach for a mouse. When we type on our
laptops cross-legged or sprawled on our stomachs, our necks and shoulders strain from leaning into the low screens. (Yes,
as counterintuitive as it sounds, you probably shouldnt put a laptop on your lap.)

Our hands are uniquely capable of grasping objects, a useful trait for our branchswinging primate ancestors. Especially
remarkable are our opposable thumbs, free to flex, extend, curl, and press in all sorts of directions. But their inherently
unstable joints didnt evolve to be constantly pushed beyond their range of motion. Yet they are when we flick through our
phones or, worse, tablets.

To Dr. Robert Markison, its clear: Virtually none of Silicon Valleys inventions, from the clunky Macintosh 128K of 1984 to
the sleek iPhone 7, have been designed with respect for the human form. Markison is a San Francisco surgeon who
depends on his hands to operate on other peoples hands.
He so believes in technologys potential to harm - and treats so many young startup workers who confirm that suspicion -
that he almost exclusively uses voice recognition software. He also has his own line of smartphone styluses that double as
pens, with colorful barrels made of manually mixed pigments, pressure-cast resin, and hand-dyed silk.

On a recent afternoon in his office, Markison asked me to make a fist around a grip strength measurement tool, with my
thumb facing the ceiling. It felt powerful, easy.

Then he had me turn my palm to the floor, the keyboarding stance of a white-collar worker, and do the same thing; my grip
immediately lost a noticeable amount of strength.

Theres no reason to think a mouse is a good idea, Markison said.

Of course, many people with office jobs probably suspect that already. During the 80s and 90s, when computers - then also
known as video display terminals - invaded workplaces around the world, employees felt their arms and fingers go numb,
and headlines warned of the harm these newfangled devices appeared to be inflicting.

In the early 90s, telephone operators, journalists, clerical workers, and employees from other fields filed hundreds of
lawsuits against the manufacturers of equipment such as computer keyboards, which they blamed for severe arm, wrist, and
hand injuries.

All that worry woke a generation up to the physical (and psychological) toll of automated, ultra-efficient work. Then came
furniture and appliances to align technology with our bodies.

Ergonomic mice are gripped vertically, and foot mice save clicks.
Slanted and split keyboards let hands relax. Desks convert to a standing position or have adjustable split levels for monitors
and keyboards. Some software transcribes speech, other software alerts your boss when you type too fast.

But these inventions have been largely for desktops. The dizzying rise of cell phones, tablets, and laptops, fueled by the
rush to make screens ever more portable and ubiquitous, have all but left human-centered design principles in the dust.

Chances are good youre reading this on your phone. In fact, chances are good your phone was the first thing you looked
at this morning and the last thing you looked at last night.

Wake up to a phone alarm. Scroll, bleary-eyed, through email, texts, Facebook, Twitter, Instagram. Field more news and
email on your phone on public transit (or, er, in the car).

Sit behind a computer of some kind at work or school. All day your buzzing phone demands to be held, whether youre out
to lunch or, admit it, on the toilet.

Come reverse commute, youre once again head down on your phone, or an e-reader, until you finally take a break at home
- by watching Game of Thrones on your laptop or tablet. Bonus points if you play Words With Friends while you do it.
Related: Companies Develop Safe Screens That Filter Blue Light Emitted By Electronic Devices

Scientists dont definitively know how all this activity affects our bodies. While some studies link hand ailments to
heavy computer and video game use, far fewer have examined new devices like smartphones.

The phones have only been out 10 to 15 years at best, said Jack Dennerlein, who directs the Occupational
Biomechanics and Ergonomics Laboratory at Harvard University.

We havent had the long-term exposures to start seeing some of the more chronic issues that come up later in
life.

No reliable measurement of technology-related ailments exists. The closest thing is an annual survey of workplace injuries
by the US Bureau of Labor Statistics, whose data suggests that cases of musculoskeletal disorders, including carpal tunnel
syndrome, have dropped over the last two decades.

But these figures are at best a very crude measure of problems, said Dr. Kurt Hegmann, who directs the University of
Utahs Rocky Mountain Center for Occupational and Environmental Health. As Dennerlein put it: Theyre better than
nothing.

Hegmann offers some theories for why the numbers are shrinking: High-risk jobs like manufacturing are decreasing.
Panicked workers in the 90s likely reported nonexistent ailments before the hysteria subsided. Some offices may have
became more ergonomic.

And there are other reasons the numbers are probably off: Non-work-related factors like obesity can contribute to carpal
tunnel, and if youre constantly sending work emails but also Instagramming for fun, its hard to blame your sore hand on
work alone.
However widespread phone-linked injuries may or may not be, a small cluster of studies suggests that they are real. A
2011 study of nearly 140 mobile device users linked internet time to right thumb pain, as well as overall screen time to right
shoulder and neck discomfort.

Another found that smartphone overuse enlarges the nerve involved in carpal tunnel, causes thumb pain, and hinders the
hands ability to do things like pinch.

Upright, an adults head puts about a dozen pounds of force on the spine, according to a 2014 paper. But tilted 15 degrees,
as if over a phone, the force surges to 27 pounds, and to 60 pounds at 60 degrees. (Thats the weight of four Thanksgiving
turkeys.)

Its harmful when youre younger, because the bones are still malleable and pliable and they may be disformed
permanently, said New York spinal surgeon Dr. Kenneth Hansraj, who wrote the paper after treating a
patient head down in his iPad, playing Angry Birds four hours a day.

Older people can suffer too, he said, because their spines are prone to narrowing, making them susceptible to
injury.

But the doctor insists hes no cell phone basher.

I love the ability to have a cup of coffee and contact 10 of my friends in 10 countries with one text and say, I love
this coffee, he said.

Im just saying, my message is to keep your head up and be cognizant of where your head is in space.

Skylar started using an iPad a couple years ago to watch movies in the car.

Then, at age 10, she got a MacBook Air and a rose-gold iPhone 6s, says her mother, who requested to withhold her last
name to protect her identity.

Game-playing, filming lip-sync sessions, Snapchatting weird faces, checking Instagram, FaceTiming, and texting, not to
mention doing homework on the computer, keep Skylar busy three hours or so a day.

Recently, she discovered Friends, a show about a group of friends that do a lot of weird things and they always meet up at
every single day at Central Perk. Its a coffee shop.

When the Pew Research Center surveyed teens in 2011, one-quarter had smartphones. In 2015, three-quarters did.
According to Common Sense Media, a San Francisco nonprofit that surveyed more than 2,600 young people across the US
last year, 8- to 12-year-olds log nearly two hours a day on tablets, smartphones, and other mobile devices.

And the habit starts even younger: 38% of children under 2 have played games or watched videos on a mobile
device.

Even lower-income teens, who are less likely to own the latest gadgets, may be catching up to their wealthier peers: In a
2015 study of 350 children under age 5 in a low-income community in Philadelphia, most already had their own mobile
device, and in fact had started using one before their first birthday.

Its not like an hour that goes by I dont check my phone, unless Im asleep, you know, said Kendall Holle, 15.

Its bad. Its bad. As soon as I wake up, open my eyes, brush my teeth, wash my face, Im on my phone, making
snaps.

I wake up and I start snapping, said Jeff Ren, 19.

When my phone got taken away, confessed Sara, 15, I cracked.

I just dont feel normal without my phone on me now, said Howard Lin, 18. It would just feel like somethings
missing.

But researchers arent studying how so much gadget exposure, so young, affects childrens physiology - at least not to the
degree theyre studying how it affects their learning, playing, and thinking.
The American Academy of Pediatrics recommends that children under age 2 avoid screen time completely, and that older
children have no more than two hours a day. After more than 15 years, its now rethinking these guidelines.

In a world where screen time is becoming simply time, our policies must evolve or become obsolete, it has
explained.

When I asked if physical risks were being weighed along with social and psychological ones, Dr. Ari Brown, whos
leading the overhaul of the recommendations, told me by email that the particular question you are asking is
not being addressed by our group.

Meanwhile, people like Diane Cho didnt see the pain coming and dont know what will happen next.

At the news site she recently left, Cho spent her days typing 10 hours at a time, mostly on a laptop, and reading her phone -
until her right arm went periodically numb, immune to icing.

A huge reason why I wanted a career change was literally my arm was falling apart, she said. My body was just
aching. Shes 26.
 George McIntire, 27, occasionally sees his right thumb act up: It starts twitching back and forth, its shivering, and
its going really fast too.

Tanner Bell, a 17-year-old who makes DIY craft videos on YouTube and helps companies digitally market to teens,
feels his thumbs cramp twice a week.

It doesnt even happen when Im holding it, it could happen later on in the day or night, he said. Theres an extra
tension sort of like a tingling.

After trading volleys of texts with a long-distance girlfriend, Vincent Hennerty, 26, ended up with early-stage carpal tunnel.
Cutting back on video games was annoying, as was doing push-ups on his knuckles.

Still, nothing could prepare him for what one might call the ultimate sacrifice.

When I was with girls, he recalled, I would either have to finger them less during sexual intercourse or messing
around, or Id have to be in a position where my wrists were completely straight.

This, he said, weighed on me the most: I need to stop texting.

When neck rubs and ice packs didnt soothe Skylars stiff neck, her mother took her to Dean Fishman, a local chiropractor
and physical therapist. He sees so many people like her that in 2009 he started the Text Neck Institute outside Fort
Lauderdale, Florida.

The clinic now handles 700 visits a month, he says.

 I started to notice very early on, when texting started to become popular as far as communicating goes, that I was
seeing more and more younger people coming in with complaints we hadnt seen before - headaches, neck pain,
arm pain, said Fishman, whose youngest patient so far has been a 3-year-old iPad-loving girl. So-called text
neck is not a blunt force trauma, he said.

Youre not going to see a lot of bulging or herniated discs overnight. Over time, its going to be microtraumas that
end up being a bigger symptom for our patients.

Patients are utterly, unnervingly unaware of their own bodies.

When these younger people are in the middle of studying on their digital device, or if theyre in the middle of
gaming or the excitement of texting with their friends, they dont perceive pain, Fishman said.

Its not until they put it down, lay down at night, and feel pain, and dont attribute it to what theyve been doing
during the day.

Cyrene Quiamco is not a patient, but has all the markings of a future one.

I dont even know when I dont check Snapchat, said the 27-year-old, who Snapchats for brands like MTV, Jolly
Ranchers, Pixar, and Disneyland - and charges $10,000 to $30,000 per Story.

Its like, Im in a restaurant, and then I dont spend all of the time Im there (on Snapchat), but then I spend five
minutes checking whats in my Snapchat feed. Its not one sitting, its various sittings throughout the day.

How many texts does she send a day? Oh gosh, more than a thousand. She added, I never actually thought
about how many that would be.

Two to three hours a day, Quiamco draws colorful, detailed cartoons for Snapchat on her phone.

Youre so focused on creating it because you dont want to stop, even when a pang runs up her forearm, she
 said. I tell my mom, Hey, Im getting hand cramps by using the phone. She says, Youre going to develop
something. If you lose your hand, thats everything.

She laughed.

As a 6-year-old, Smolcic fell in love with The Little Mermaid. As a grown-up graphic designer at Pixar, across the bay from
San Francisco, she got to make her own mark on films like Monsters University, Cars 2, and Finding Dory. For Toy Story 3,
she crafted the logo of pink teddy bear and chief antagonist Lots-o-Huggin Bear; for the Scotland-set Brave, she whipped
up Celtic patterns for furniture and costumes.

Meetings with famous directors and other pinch me moments overflowed during her five years there.

Theres just all those amazing little life lessons buried into the entertainment aspect of it that do make an impact
on people, she said of Pixars movies. It felt special to be part of that.

Despite the grueling hours, Smolcic didnt seriously believe that hand injuries could be a hazard of the trade. But once the
aches arrived, they stayed.

Even when she felt normal after a monthlong break, the stabbing sensations would flare up when she jumped back into
work. Pixar was supportive, she said, and gave her an elaborate work station with a motorized standing and sitting desk, a
sideways mouse, programmable foot pedals, ergonomic chairs, extra monitors, and a tablet sensitive to touch.

Doctors and specialists put her through one treatment after another, some less conventional than others: acupuncture,
acupressure, breathwork, massages, physical therapy, personal training, biofeedback, myofascial release, NeuroKinetic
Therapy, reflexology, naturopathy.
According to some of her many medical professionals, her diagnosis was fibromyalgia, a musculoskeletal pain disorder.
Others called it a repetitive strain injury.

Thats probably the first term that comes to mind for these types of impairments. But occupational health experts shy away
from it because it lumps together a lot of different ailments. Take carpal tunnel syndrome: A compressed nerve in your
forearm numbs and weakens your hand.

But painful thumb tendons, the cord-like structures that link muscle to bone, might mean de Quervain syndrome. Tendinitis
(inflamed tendons) shouldnt be confused with trigger finger (inflammation around a tendon). And for anything too vague or
early-stage to neatly fit a diagnosis, theres the handy label of nonspecific pain.

To make things more confusing, none of these injuries can be easily blamed on technology. You can fiddle with gadgets
your whole life without a sore thumb. Or your ailment can build over years, making it hard to know whether gadgets are the
sole cause.

Recovery, too, varies. All you may need to do is vigilantly sit up straight and take breaks, whereas others would need
anything from a steroid shot to surgery.

These nuances can confound primary care physicians, who dont necessarily know when to refer patients to specialists -
who in turn dont always have all the answers either.

People go to the hand surgeons, who are frustrated because theyre not surgical patients, so they send them to
therapy, said Melanie Johnke, who runs Golden Gate Hand Therapy in San Francisco. And Im not a doctor,
either, meaning she cant make official diagnoses or prescribe medications.

As Savir put it: If I go to the doctor, what is he going to say? Dont hold your phone that way. Whats the point?

Despite knowing everything we should do, from sitting straight and stretching to taking breaks and using a phone stylus,
we probably dont and wont follow suit. And maybe thats just how things are now. Maybe only technology can save us from
ourselves.

Tech giants like Apple, Google, and Microsoft are racing to turn their machines into mind readers. Every swipe saved, every
frictionless convenience engineered, keeps us coming back for more: Its a business strategy that also happens to be
ergonomically friendly.

Speech recognition software - Siri, OK Google, Alexa, Dragon - promises to take the manual labor out of internet browsing
and looking up directions.
But it doesnt work perfectly, which isnt news to anyone whos yelled at Siri, and its still kind of weird, frankly, to talk to your
phone in public.

Im in a shared office space, and I dont know how that would work out, said Saima Jamshed, 42, who has
chronic pain in her right arm.

Then there are the machine learningpowered apps that, seemingly magically, cue up the next word in your message,
person to call, or video to watch, based on your past activity and keystrokes.

See (as of last week) Googles new messaging app Allo, which comes with prepackaged responses and predictive texts. But
accepting their help does require sacrificing privacy to an unsettling degree.
Related: Whatever You Do, Do Not Use Google Allo: Snowden

Of course, we could also use technology less. We certainly seem to want to. Virtually all 30 or so people who spoke to me
wished they could leave their phones at home, stop refreshing their notifications, watch less YouTube. Asked to guess how
much time this all amounted to, they answered: too much.

Cutting back would almost definitely be healthier. But we may not be willing to do that.

Skylar has almost fully recovered, thanks to physical therapy at the Text Neck Institute and exercises at home. Her mother
says shes diligent about setting her devices at eye level (and telling everyone else to as well), just like the doctor told her to.
But she isnt actually cutting back on screen time.

The peer pressure is intense: All her friends have phones, and some have iPads and computers.

Sometimes it gets annoying when I go to a friends house and all we do is play on our phone or watch something
on our iPad, Skylar said. I went to their house to play with them or hang out with them, not just go on our
electronics and be silent the whole time.

When I was growing up, her mother, Kerri, recalled, the phone was in the house, so if you left the house, the
phone rang and somebody would call you later. It was a non-negotiable break when the world had to accept that
you were physically untethered from your device. Now, Kerri said, its just everywhere.

Smolcic has largely disconnected from technology, just not by choice.

When she was 28, a pain management specialist gave her the devastating news: She would never fully recover. She hung
on for a few more years, but finally left in October 2014 for a San Francisco design agency where, she hoped, her role
would be less hands-on. I really felt like Id tried everything I could, she said.

But the work and pain remained more or less the same, so this March, she left the agency, and design, for the foreseeable
future. Her lifes work hurt.
Since then, shes been using money saved up to travel through Hong Kong, Greece, and Iceland, with stops to see
shamans and alternative healers in Indonesia, Thailand, and Mexico. Shes also writing, which she now believes to be her
true calling.

Composing an 1,800-word essay this spring - through a combination of typing and recording voice memos - took a month
and a half because she could only work for an hour a day. Now she says she can write for several hours at a time with
almost no pain, and shes working on a memoir partly about her injuries.

At 33, Smolcic believes that shes 90% recovered. She cant be sure its permanent - but even if so, she no longer wants a
trade design job.

I think Id be okay with not having a lot of the luxuries I had in my San Francisco life, she said, as a trade for
having more time to be actively living and out in the world, as opposed to being behind a desk.

But despite all that she believes technology has cost her, physically and emotionally, Smolcic hasnt been able to resist
turning to her iPhone and MacBook on the road this year.

They are a source of directions and travel tips, an outlet for writing and music, a camera to record memories, a line of
communication to friends and family. These machines, she wrote to me this summer, put so much power at my
fingertips. And now that shes feeling better, she uses them all the time.
Debate Post-Mortem: Trump Crushes Clinton - "You Should Be In Jail"
October 12 2016 | From: ZeroHedge

From the no-handshake start, following the most awkward Bill-Melania pre-debate greeting, it was
clear the gloves were off.

While Trump started apologetically, once Clinton opened up ad hominem character attacks, The Donald turned it
up to '11'.

Related: The 7 Most Savage One-Liners Trump Dropped Right to Hillarys Face at Second Presidential Debate

Lashing out at Bill's indiscretions "his actions are worse than words", Hillary's lying "you should be in jail... I will call for
a special prosecutor", and the biases of the moderators"it's one of three here" even the crowd cheered.. before being
quickly shushed. Online polls, unbiased commentators, and the Mexican Peso agreed Trump won.
A picture paints a thousand words...

Melania meets Bill...

No handshate at the start...

Hillary appeared to attract a fly...

"You should be in jail"

"I will bring a special prosecutor"

Follow

NBC News
Trump: If elected, I'd "instruct my attorney general to get a special prosecutor" to
investigate Clinton emails
6:45 PM - 9 Oct 2016

203203 Retweets

325325 likes

Brief Transcript:

TRUMP: "Bernie Sanders and between super delegates and Debra Wassermann Schultz and I was
surprised to see him sign on with the devil.

The thing that you should be apologizing for are the 33,000 e-mails that you deleted and you acid washed and the
two boxes of e-mails and other things last week that were taken from an office are are now missing.

I didn't knowledge I would say this, but I'm going to and I hate to say it. If I win, I am going to instruct my attorney
general to get a special prosecutor to look into your situation. There has never been so many lies, so much
exception.

There has never been anything like it. We will have a special prosecutor. I go out and speak and the people of this
country are furious.

The long time workers at the FBI are furious. There has never been anything like this with e-mails. You get a
subpoena and after getting the subpoena you delete 33,000 e-mails and acid watch them or bleach them. An
expensive process.

We will get a special prosecutor and look into it. You know what, people have been -- their lives have been
destroyed for doing 1/5 of what you have done. You should be a shamed.

COOPER: "Secretary Clinton, I will let you respond."

CLINTON: "Everything he said is absolutely false. It would be impossible to be fact checking Donald all the
time. I would never get to talk and make lives better for people.

Once again, go to Hillary clinton.com. You can fact check trump in realtime. Last time at the first debate we had
millions of people fact checking and we will have millions more fact checking.

It's just awfully good that someone with the temperament of Donald Trump is not in charge of the law in our
country."

TRUMP: "Because you would be in jail."

COOPER: "We want to remind the audience to please not talk out loud. Do not applaud. You are wasting
time."
"I was surprised to Bernie sign on with you the devil..."

Trump slams Clinton over "Deplorables" comment...

The Interruption count remained high...

Online polls show it as an overwhelming win for Trump. - DrudgeReport
And then - 90 minutes after the debate ended - CNN finally releases their poll of 537 Voters!

What a total embarrassment!

Finally, the most real-time indicator of performance...

It's on like Donkey Kong.

Congressman Long Statement On Donald J. Trumps Debate Victory

America saw tonight why we cannot stand another four years of the Clinton-Obama record of stagnant economic
growth and declining respect throughout the world. Donald Trump showed tonight he understands Syria is much
more complicated than Hillary would like for it to be.

He is the only candidate with workable plans to reinvigorate our countrys economic engine by bringing back jobs,
and he is the only candidate that can help America regain its place as a strong and respected nation.

America will be a safer place to raise a family under Trump's leadership.

- Congressman Billy Long (R-MO)

Related: Jon Voight to Voters: Let Donald Trump Know We Are Completely Behind Him

Hillary Destroys Syria, Blames Russia

She fails to mention her role in funding ISIS.

Hillary Clinton is one of the founders of ISIS and almost completely responsible for the destruction of of Syria, but now shes
blaming that on Russia.
Busted! Bill Clinton's Face When Trump Brings Up The Rape Allegations is Priceless

Epic Moment. Donald Trump brought up Bill Clinton's rape allegations during the Presidential Debate as the world
is finally learning about the Clinton's lifetime pattern of abuse towards women.

Why does Hillary Clinton blame her husbands victims and then destroy their lives and reputations?

Related Articles:
Report: Trump Planned To Have Sexual Abuse Accusers Confront Bill Clinton At Start Of Debate

Paul Craig Roberts - Engage In Sex, Not War

Wanna Know How it Went? Just Look at This Picture

This Was The Week The World Got Really Anxious About Globalization's Future
October 11 2016 | From: Bloomberg

Markets might never be the same again.

Weak global trade, fears that the U.K. is marching towards a hard Brexit, and polls indicating that the U.S. election
remains a tighter call than markets are pricing in have led a bevy of analysts to redouble their warnings that a
backlash over globalization is poised to roil global financial markets - with profound consequences for the real
economy and investment strategies.

From the economists and politicians at the annual IMF meeting in Washington to strategists on Wall Street trying to advise
clients, everyone seems to be pondering a future in which cooperation and global trade may look much different than they
do now.

Brexit

Suggestions that the U.K. will prioritize control over its migration policy at the expense of open access to Europe's single
market in negotiations to leave the European Union - a strategy that's being dubbed a "hard Brexit" - loomed large over
global markets.

The U.K. government is strongly supportive of open markets, free markets, open economies, free trade, said Chancellor of
the Exchequer Philip Hammond during a Bloomberg Television interview in New York on Thursday. But we have a problem
- and its not just a British problem, its a developed-world problem - in keeping our populations engaged and supportive of
our market capitalism, our economic model."

Trade

Citing the rising anti-trade sentiment, analysts from Bank of America Merrill Lynch warned that:

Events show nations are becoming less willing to cooperate, more willing to contest," and a backlash against
inequality is likely to trigger more activist fiscal policies.

Looser government spending in developed countries - combined with trade protectionism and wealth redistribution - could
reshape global investment strategies, unleashing a wave of inflation, the bank argued, amid a looming war against
inequality.

U.S. Treasury Secretary Jack Lew did his part to push for more openness. During an interview in Washington on Thursday,
he said that efforts to boost trade, combined with a more equitable distribution of the fruits of economic growth, are key to
ensuring U.S. prosperity.

Rolling back on globalization would be counterproductive to any attempt to boost median incomes, he added.

Trump

Without mentioning him by name, Lew's comments appeared to nod to Donald Trump, who some believe could take the
U.S. down a more isolationist trading path should he be elected president in November.

The emergence of Donald Trump as a political force reflects a mood of growing discontent about immigration,
globalization and the distribution of wealth," write analysts at Fathom Consulting, a London-based research firm.

Their central scenario is that a Trump administration might be benign for the U.S. economy.

However, in our downside scenario, Donald Dark, global trade falls sharply and a global recession looms. In this
world, isolationism wins, not just in the U.S., but globally," they caution.

Analysts at Standard Chartered Plc agree that the tail risks of a Trump presidency could be significant.
Related: Excellent Trump / Farage Speech & Hillary Thinks Mr. Brexit Is Just Another Right-wing, Xenophobic,
Sexist, Bigot That You Should Promptly Ignore

The main risk with potentially tough negotiating tactics is that trade partners could panic, especially if global
coordination evaporates."

They add that business confidence could take a big hit in this context.

The global trade system could descend into a spiral of trade tariffs, reminiscent of what happened after
the Smoot-Hawley tariff of 1930, and ultimately a trade war, possibly accompanied by foreign-exchange
devaluations; this would be a lose-lose deal for all."
Market participants are also concerned that populism could take root under a Hillary Clinton administration.

We believe the liberal bases demands on a Clinton Administration could lead to an overly expansive federal
government with aggressive regulators," write analysts at Barclays Plc.

"If the GOP does not unify, Clinton may expand President Obamas use of executive authority to accomplish her
goals."
Managing Risks

No matter who wins in November, Citigroup Inc. Head FX Strategist Steven Englander warns that investors are failing
to hedge against rising event risks, with the U.S. election serving as a possible stress test for global markets.

If everyone is positioning to pull the trigger on positioning as soon as they know the outcome, the repressed
volatility may emerge in a very sharp burst," he points out.
Amid political attacks on the apparent inequities generated by monetary policy in the U.K., sluggish trade challenging
Chinese growth, and the rise of populist movements in Europe, there are plenty of reasons why market players should snap
up volatility hedges, analysts say.

In our view, volatility is going to heat up in the coming months given the U.S. election, China's potential response
against a stronger currency, and Italian political risks," concluded Martin Enlund, chief currency strategist at
Nordea Markets.

The New Snowden? NSA Contractor Arrested Over Alleged Theft Of Classified Data
October 11 2016 | From: ActivistPost

A contractor working for the National Security Agency (NSA) was arrested by the FBI following his
alleged theft of state secrets.
More specifically, the contractor, Harold Thomas Martin, is charged with stealing highly classified source codes
developed to covertly hack the networks of foreign governments, according to several senior law enforcement and
intelligence officials.

Related: Snowden 2.0: New NSA Contractor Whistleblower, Arrested for Stealing Spy Malware

The Justice Department has said that these stolen materials were critical to national security.

Martin was employed by Booz Allen Hamilton, the company responsible for most of the NSAs most sensitive cyber-
operations.

Edward Snowden, the most well-known NSA whistleblower, also worked for Booz Allen Hamilton until he fled to Hong Kong
in 2013 where he revealed a trove of documents exposing the massive scope of the NSA dragnet surveillance. That
surveillance system was shown to have targeted untold numbers of innocent Americans.

According to the New York Times, the theft raises the embarrassing prospect that an NSA insider managed to steal highly
damaging secret information from the NSA for the second time in three years, not to mention the Shadow Broker hack this
past August, which made classified NSA hacking tools available to the public.
Related: NSA Contractor Arrested Over Alleged Theft Of Top Secret Material

According to a Department of Justice press release, Martins residence in Maryland was raided by the FBI on August 27th,
2016. During the raid, investigators found hard-copy documents and digital information stored on various devices and
removable digital media.

The FBI claims that a large percentage of the materials uncovered at Martins home were marked as US government
property and contained highly classified information including Top Secret and Sensitive Compartmented Information (SCI).

Investigators also have claimed to have located government property with a combined value of over $1,000, which Martin
allegedly stole. If convicted, he faces up to 11 years in prison for the theft of government property and the removal of
classified material.

Snowden himself took to Twitter to comment on the arrest. In a tweet, he said the news of Martins arrest is huge and
asked, Did the FBI secretly arrest the person behind the reports [that the] NSA sat on huge flaws in US products? It is
currently unknown if Martin was connected to those reports as well.
It also remains to be seen what Martins motivations were in removing classified data from the NSA. Though many suspect
that he planned to follow in Snowdens footsteps, the government will more likely argue that he had planned to commit
espionage by selling state secrets to adversaries.

According to the New York Times article on the arrest, Russia, China, Iran, and North Korea are named as examples of the
adversaries who would have been targeted by the NSA codes that Martin is accused of stealing.

However, Snowden revealed widespread US spying on foreign governments including several US allies such as France and
Germany. This suggests that the stolen source codes were likely utilized on a much broader scale.

Surveillance-Related Articles:

Inside Menwith Hill: The NSAs British Base at the Heart of U.S. Targeted Killing

Apple Logs Your iMessage Contacts - and May Share Them With Police
 A Walking Tour of New Yorks Massive Surveillance Network

Yahoo Reportedly Spied on Millions of Users' Emails for the Government

Yahoo Caves in to NSA, FBI and Secretly Monitors its Email Accounts for US Government

Ex-Yahoo Employee: Government Spy Program Could Have Given a Hacker Access to All Email

The Clinton Chronicles

October 10 2016 | From: JeremiahFilms

The Clinton Chronicles: An Investigation into the Alleged Criminal Activities of Bill Clinton is a
1994 film that accused Bill Clinton of a range of crimes. Back in '94 these criminal psychopaths
were just getting warmed up, as history now attests...

Many people involved in the research and investigations reported by this film have been murdered or died under
questionable circumstances.

Related: 50+ Instances Anti-Clinton Activists Were Found Dead Under Mysterious Circumstances

The names and faces of the key players who Clinton used to build his Circle of Power - as well as those who got in his
way and lost their jobs, reputations, virtue and lives!

From Whitewater to ADFA (Clinton political Machine).

From millions in drug smuggling in Mena, Arkansas. To Money laundering with the BCCI.

From Gennifer Flowers to Paula Jones.

From Vince Fosters Suicide to the gangland slaying of private investigator Jerry Parks.
 The documentary uncovers the shocking truth the controlled media and Clintons dont want you to know!

Watch The Clinton Chronicles for the whole story:

Part One

Part Two

Part Three

Part Four

Related: Follow the Money: Sanders Says the Clinton Foundation's Foreign Donors "Raise Serious Questions"

Wikileaks Releases Over 2,000 Emails From Clinton Campaign Chair As State
Department Releases Deleted Emails
October 9 2016 | From: RT

The internet whistleblowing group Wikileaks released over 2,000 emails involving Hillary Clinton
campaign chairman John Podesta.
The release comes the same day the State Department published 350 emails previously deleted from Clinton's
private server.

Related: Assange: WikiLeaks to release all US election docs by November 8

WikiLeaks will release documents on the US presidential elections before November 8, the groups founder, Julian Assange,
said in an eagerly anticipated address in Berlin to mark WikiLeaks 10th anniversary.

Related:Wikileaks: Hillary Clinton Proposed Killing Assange With Drone Strike

At first inspection the emails date as far back as 2008 to 2016 and cover the gamut from the mundane like "Hillary Clintons
Chipotle Order to Call with HRC to My position on the Iran deal sent from Nancy Rotering to John Podesta.

Wikileaks said Podesta is a long-term associate of the Clintons and served as Bill Clintons chief of staff from 1998 to 2001.
The State Department released 350 pages of Clintons emails on Friday, following a court order last month.

Newly disclosed emails show top Obama administration officials in close contact with Clintons presidential campaign in
2015 about potential fallout from the former secretary of states use of a private email server.
According to those email disclosures, the White House was instructing Secretary of State John Kerry to avoid questions
about Clintons email arrangements, according to the Wall Street Journal.

The emails were obtained by the Republican National Committee as part of a Freedom of Information Act lawsuit seeking
records of Clintons time in office.

Among them is an email in 2011 about a discussion paper from Huma Abedin on thoughts on post-Gaddafi Assistance &
Governance which talked about how to form a new Libyan government, work on a constitution, shore up oil contracts to
revenue, understand past conflicts with the Gaddafi administration and its alleged failure share hydrocarbon dollars, and the
theft of private property from members of the monarchy.
Podesta served during Bill Clinton administration. Wikileaks warned on its 10th anniversary it would be releasing more
emails.

Related: Hillary Caught on Camera Admitting she Hides Information from Investigators

How Can We Stop Drug Trafficking When Its The CIA Thats Running The Show / The
Philippines Fight The Cabal
October 9 2016 | From: Geopolitics

Historically, illegal drugs were being used to destroy sovereign countries, and by now the
Philippines war on drugs is a regular headline by CIA funded journalists and media networks, and a
constant object for criticism of the Soros Open Society Foundation funded pseudo-non-
government organizations, for being brutal and violative of human rights.
Those same critics, however, failed to put their money where their mouth is, especially when it comes to helping the
Duterte government rehabilitate close to a million drug surrendered.

Related: Duterte wants to liberate Philippines from U.S. shackles: foreign minister

They would rather focus our attention into the 3,700 deaths, some of which are the direct result of the decisive police action,
and the rest were victims of the drug syndicates who are now cleaning their own ranks from squealers, i.e. those who have
surrendered and subsequently named their suppliers.
 The same bleeding hearts who chose to ignore the fact that
the statistics related to crime are just the same as in past
administrations.

Only this time it is the criminals who are dying, because

once a poor brat is hooked into meth, he must do whatever
he can get his fix for the day, which include cell phone
snatching, daylight robbery, etc.

Other sordid crimes relating to meth addiction were also

brought to light including cannibalism, and in the realm of
politics, it has sent a former justice secretary to the present
senate, on top of congressmen and mayors who are already
funded with drug money for years.

In short, the Philippines war on drugs is a necessary

measure that must be taken before the country plunges
completely into another failed state.

Still at 100th day in office, the Duterte government is able to

reduce the crime rate to 50% nationwide using only the
national budget crafted by his predecessor.

The same budget, which does not include the establishment

of rehabilitation centers necessary to help the projected 4
million drug dependents, and for whom the US, EU and UN
human rights advocates could help more than just paying
lip service to the 3,750 so called victims of extrajudicial
killings.

To those who would rather criticize the sensible actions of the Philippine government that is enjoying 97% trust rating, are you
really raising concerns over human rights vilolations, or just in it to protect the illegal drug industry?

CIA Drug Trafficking Exposed by Political Prisoner

The Real Drug Lords: A brief history of CIA involvement in the Drug Trade

1947 to 1951, France

According to Alfred W. McCoy in The Politics of Heroin in Southeast Asia, CIA arms, money, and disinformation enabled
Corsican criminal syndicates in Marseille to wrestle control of labor unions from the Communist Party.

The Corsicans gained political influence and control over the docks - ideal conditions for cementing a long-term partnership
with mafia drug distributors, which turned Marseille into the postwar heroin capital of the Western world. Marseilles first
heroin laboratones were opened in 1951, only months after the Corsicans took over the waterfront.

Early 1950s, Southeast Asia

The Nationalist Chinese army, organized by the CIA to wage war against Communist China, became the opium barons of The
Golden Triangle (parts of Burma, Thailand and Laos), the worlds largest source of opium and heroin.
Related: Duterte Winning vs. NarcoPolitics Left by Pro-West Liberal Party; Crossing the Rubicon towards BRICS

Air America, the ClAs principal airline proprietary, flew the drugs all over Southeast Asia. (See Christopher Robbins, Air
America, Avon Books, 1985, chapter 9)

1950s to early 1970s, Indochina

During U.S. military involvement in Laos and other parts of Indochina, Air America flew opium and heroin throughout the area.
Many Gls in Vietnam became addicts. A laboratory built at CIA headquarters in northern Laos was used to refine heroin. After
a decade of American military intervention, Southeast Asia had become the source of 70 percent of the worlds illicit opium
and the major supplier of raw materials for Americas booming heroin market.

1973-80, Australia

The Nugan Hand Bank of Sydney was a CIA bank in all but name. Among its officers were a network of US generals,
admirals and CIA men, including fommer CIA Director William Colby, who was also one of its lawyers.
With branches in Saudi Arabia, Europe, Southeast Asia, South America and the U.S., Nugan Hand Bank financed drug
trafficking, money laundering and international arms dealings. In 1980, amidst several mysterious deaths, the bank collapsed,
$50 million in debt. (See Jonathan Kwitny, The Crimes of Patriots: A True Tale of Dope, Dirty Money and the CIA, W.W.
Norton & Co., 1 987.)

1970s and 1980s, Panama

For more than a decade, Panamanian strongman Manuel Noriega was a highly paid CIA asset and collaborator, despite
knowledge by U.S. drug authorities as early as 1971 that the general was heavily involved in drug trafficking and money
laundering.

Noriega facilitated guns-for-drugs flights for the contras, providing protection and pilots, as well as safe havens for drug
cartel otficials, and discreet banking facilities. U.S. officials, including then-ClA Director William Webster and several DEA
officers, sent Noriega letters of praise for efforts to thwart drug trafficking (albeit only against competitors of his Medellin
Cartel patrons).
The U.S. government only turned against Noriega, invading Panama in December 1989 and kidnapping the general once
they discovered he was providing intelligence and services to the Cubans and Sandinistas. Ironically drug trafficking through
Panama increased after the US invasion. (John Dinges, Our Man in Panama, Random House, 1991; National Security
Archive Documentation Packet The Contras, Cocaine, and Covert Operations.)

1980s, Central America

The San Jose Mercury News series documents just one thread of the interwoven operations linking the CIA, the contras and
the cocaine cartels. Obsessed with overthrowing the leftist Sandinista government in Nicaragua, Reagan administration
officials tolerated drug trafficking as long as the traffickers gave support to the contras.

In 1989, the Senate Subcommittee on Terrorism, Narcotics, and International Operations (the Kerry committee) concluded a
three-year investigation by stating:

There was substantial evidence of drug smuggling through the war zones on the part of individual Contras, Contra
suppliers, Contra pilots mercenaries who worked with the Contras, and Contra supporters throughout the region...
U.S. officials involved in Central America failed to address the drug issue for fear of jeopardizing the war efforts
against Nicaragua.

In each case, one or another agency of the U.S. govemment had intormation regarding the involvement either
while it was occurring, or immediately thereafter. Senior U S policy makers were nit immune to the idea that drug
money was a perfect solution to the Contras funding problems.

- Drugs, Law Enforcement and Foreign Policy, a Report of the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations,
Subcommittee on Terrorism, Narcotics and Intemational Operations, 1989

In Costa Rica, which served as the Southern Front for the contras (Honduras being the Northern Front), there were several
different ClA-contra networks involved in drug trafficking. In addition to those servicing the Meneses-Blandon operation
detailed by the Mercury News, and Noriegas operation, there was CIA operative John Hull, whose farms along Costa Ricas
border with Nicaragua were the main staging area for the contras.
Hull and other ClA-connected contra supporters and pilots teamed up with George Morales, a major Miami-based Colombian
drug trafficker who later admitted to giving $3 million in cash and several planes to contra leaders.

In 1989, after the Costa Rica government indicted Hull for drug trafficking, a DEA-hired plane clandestinely and illegally flew
the CIA operative to Miami, via Haiti. The US repeatedly thwarted Costa Rican efforts to extradite Hull back to Costa Rica to
stand trial.

Another Costa Rican-based drug ring involved a group of Cuban Amencans whom the CIA had hired as military trainers for
the contras. Many had long been involved with the CIA and drug trafficking They used contra planes and a Costa Rican-
based shrimp company, which laundered money for the CIA, to move cocaine to the U.S. Costa Rica was not the only route.

Guatemala, whose military intelligence service - closely associated with the CIA - harbored many drug traffickers, according
to the DEA, was another way station along the cocaine highway.

Additionally, the Medellin Cartels Miami accountant, Ramon Milian Rodriguez, testified that he funneled nearly $10 million to
Nicaraguan contras through long-time CIA operative Felix Rodriguez, who was based at Ilopango Air Force Base in El
Salvador. The contras provided both protection and infrastructure (planes, pilots, airstrips, warehouses, front companies and
banks) to these ClA-linked drug networks.
At least four transport companies under investigation for drug trafficking received US govemment contracts to carry non-lethal
supplies to the contras. Southern Air Transport, formerly ClA-owned, and later under Pentagon contract, was involved in the
drug running as well.

Cocaine-laden planes flew to Florida, Texas, Louisiana and other locations, including several militarv bases Designated as
Contra Craft, these shipments were not to be inspected.

When some authority wasnt clued in and made an arrest, powerful strings were pulled on behalf of dropping the case,
acquittal, reduced sentence, or deportation.

1980s to early 1990s, Afghanistan

ClA-supported Moujahedeen rebels engaged heavily in drug trafficking while fighting against the Soviet-supported
govemment and its plans to reform the very backward Afghan society. The Agencys principal client was Gulbuddin
Hekmatyar, one of the leading druglords and leading heroin refiner.

CIA supplied trucks and mules, which had carried arms into Afghanistan, were used to transport opium to laboratories along
the Afghan Pakistan border.
The output provided up to one half of the heroin used annually in the United States and three-quarters of that used in Western
Europe.

US officials admitted in 1990 that they had failed to investigate or take action against the drug operabon because of a desire
not to offend their Pakistani and Afghan allies. In 1993, an official of the DEA called Afghanistan the new Colombia of the drug
world.

Mid-1980s to early 1990s, Haiti

While working to keep key Haitian military and political leaders in power, the CIA turned a blind eye to their clients drug
trafficking. In 1986, the Agency added some more names to its payroll by creating a new Haitian organization, the National
Intelligence Service (SIN).
SIN was purportedly created to fight the cocaine trade, though SIN officers themselves engaged in the trafficking, a trade
aided and abetted by some of the Haitian military and political leaders.

Washingtons Hidden Agenda: Restore the Drug Trade

In 2014 the Afghan opium cultivation has once again hit a record high, according to the United Nations Office on Drugs and
Crimes 2014 Afghan Opium Survey.

In the course of the last four years, there has been a surge in Afghan opium production. The Vienna based UN
Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) reveals that poppy cultivation in 2012 extended over an area of more than
154,000 hectares, an increase of 18% over 2011. A UNODC spokesperson confirmed in 2013 that opium
production is heading towards record levels."
Source: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crimes 2014 Afghan Opium Survey.

According to the 2012 Afghanistan Opium Survey released in November 2012 by the Ministry of Counter Narcotics (MCN)
and the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC). potential opium production in 2012 was of the order of 3,700
tons, a decline of 18 percent in relation to 2001, according to UNODC data.

There is reason to believe that this figure of 3,700 tons is grossly underestimated. Moreover, it contradicts the UNOCDs own
predictions of record harvests over an extended area of cultivation.
While bad weather and damaged crops may have played a role as suggested by the UNODC, based on historical trends, the
potential production for an area of cultivation of 154,000 hectares, should be well in excess of 6000 tons. With 80,000
hectares in cultivation in 2003, production was already of the order of 3600 tons.

It is worth noting that UNODC has modified the concepts and figures on opium sales and heroin production, as outlined by the
European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiction (EMCDDA).

A change in UN methodology in 2010 resulted in a sharp downward revision of Afghan heroin production
estimates for 2004 to 2011. UNODC used to estimate that the entire global opium crop was processed into heroin,
and provided global heroin production estimates on that basis.

Before 2010, a global conversion rate of about 10 kg of opium to 1 kg of heroin was used to estimate world heroin
production (17). For instance, the estimated 4 620 tonnes of opium harvested worldwide in 2005 was thought to
make it possible to manufacture 472 tonnes of heroin (UNODC, 2009a).

However, UNODC now estimates that a large proportion of the Afghan opium harvest is not processed into
heroin or morphine but remains available on the drug market as opium

- UNODC, 2010a). EU drug markets report: a strategic analysis, EMCDDA, Lisbon, January 2013 emphasis added

There is no evidence that a large percentage of opium production is no longer processed into heroin as claimed by the UN.

This revised UNODC methodology has served, through the outright manipulation of statistical concepts to artificially
reduce the size of of the global trade in heroin.

According to the UNODC, quoted in the EMCDDA report:

 An estimated 3 400 tonnes of Afghan opium was not transformed into heroin or morphine in 2011. Compared with
previous years, this is an exceptionally high proportion of the total crop, representing nearly 60 % of the Afghan
opium harvest and close to 50 % of the global harvest in 2011."

What the UNODC, whose mandate is to support the prevention of organized criminal activity has done is to obfuscate the
size and criminal nature of the Afghan drug trade, intimating without evidence that a large part of the opium is no longer
channeled towards the illegal heroin marke.

In 2012 according to the UNODC, farmgate prices for opium were of the order of 196 per kg.

Each kg. of opium produces 100 grams of pure heroin. The US retail prices for heroin (with a low level of purity) is, according
to UNODC of the order of $172 a gram. The price per gram of pure heroin is substantially higher.

The profits are largely reaped at the level of the international wholesale and retail markets of heroin as well as in the process
of money laundering in Western banking institutions.

The revenues derived from the global trade in heroin constitute a multibillion dollar bonanza for financial institutions and
organized crime.

The following article first published in May 2005 provides a background on the history of the Afghan opium trade which
continues to this date to be protected by US-NATO occupation forces on behalf of powerful financial interests.

The Spoils of War: Afghanistans Multibillion Dollar Heroin Trade

Since the US led invasion of Afghanistan in October 2001, the Golden Crescent opium trade has soared. According to the US
media, this lucrative contraband is protected by Osama, the Taliban, not to mention, of course, the regional warlords, in
defiance of the international community.

The heroin business is said to be filling the coffers of the Taliban. In the words of the US State Department:
 Opium is a source of literally billions of dollars to extremist and criminal groups [C]utting down the opium supply
is central to establishing a secure and stable democracy, as well as winning the global war on terrorism,

- Statement of Assistant Secretary of State Robert Charles. Congressional Hearing, 1 April 2004

According to the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC), opium production in Afghanistan in 2003 is estimated
at 3,600 tons, with an estimated area under cultivation of the order of 80,000 hectares. (UNODC at www.unodc.org/unodc ).
An even larger bumper harvest is predicted for 2004.

The State Department suggests that up to 120 000 hectares were under cultivation in 2004. (Congressional Hearing, op cit):

We could be on a path for a significant surge. Some observers indicate perhaps as much as 50 percent to 100
percent growth in the 2004 crop over the already troubling figures from last year.

(Ibid)

Operation Containment

In response to the post-Taliban surge in opium production, the Bush administration has boosted its counter terrorism
activities, while allocating substantial amounts of public money to the Drug Enforcement Administrations West Asia initiative,
dubbed Operation Containment.
The various reports and official statements are, of course, blended in with the usual balanced self critique that the
international community is not doing enough, and that what we need is transparency.

The headlines are Drugs, warlords and insecurity overshadow Afghanistans path to democracy. In chorus, the US media is
accusing the defunct hard-line Islamic regime, without even acknowledging that the Taliban in collaboration with the
United Nations had imposed a successful ban on poppy cultivation in 2000.

Opium production declined by more than 90 per cent in 2001.

In fact the surge in opium cultivation production coincided with the onslaught of the US-led military operation and the downfall
of the Taliban regime. From October through December 2001, farmers started to replant poppy on an extensive basis.
The success of Afghanistans 2000 drug eradication program under the Taliban had been acknowledged at the October 2001
session of the UN General Assembly (which took place barely a few days after the beginning of the 2001 bombing raids). No
other UNODC member country was able to implement a comparable program:

Turning first to drug control, I had expected to concentrate my remarks on the implications of the Talibans ban on
opium poppy cultivation in areas under their control

We now have the results of our annual ground survey of poppy cultivation in Afghanistan. This years production
[2001] is around 185 tons.

This is down from the 3300 tons last year [2000], a decrease of over 94 per cent. Compared to the record harvest
of 4700 tons two years ago, the decrease is well over 97 per cent.

Any decrease in illicit cultivation is welcomed, especially in cases like this when no displacement, locally or in other
countries, took place to weaken the achievement.

- Remarks on behalf of UNODC Executive Director at the UN General Assembly, Oct 2001

United Nations Coverup

In the wake of the US invasion, shift in rhetoric. UNODC is now acting as if the 2000 opium ban had never happened:

The battle against narcotics cultivation has been fought and won in other countries and it [is] possible to do so
here [in Afghanistan], with strong, democratic governance, international assistance and improved security and
integrity.

- Statement of the UNODC Representative in Afghanistan at the :February 2004 International Counter Narcotics
Conference, www.unodc.org/pdf/afg

In fact, both Washington and the UNODC now claim that the objective of the Taliban in 2000 was not really drug eradication
but a devious scheme to trigger an artificial shortfall in supply, which would drive up World prices of heroin.
Related: Duterte calls out devil Ban Ki-moon & EU in latest tirade

Ironically, this twisted logic, which now forms part of a new UN consensus, is refuted by a report of the UNODC office in
Pakistan, which confirmed, at the time, that there was no evidence of stockpiling by the Taliban. (Deseret News, Salt Lake
City, Utah. 5 October 2003)

Washingtons Hidden Agenda: Restore the Drug Trade

In the wake of the 2001 US bombing of Afghanistan, the British government of Tony Blair was entrusted by the G-8 Group of
leading industrial nations to carry out a drug eradication program, which would, in theory, allow Afghan farmers to switch out
of poppy cultivation into alternative crops. The British were working out of Kabul in close liaison with the US DEAs Operation
Containment.
The UK sponsored crop eradication program is an obvious smokescreen. Since October 2001, opium poppy cultivation has
skyrocketed. The presence of occupation forces in Afghanistan did not result in the eradication of poppy cultivation. Quite the
opposite.

The Taliban prohibition had indeed caused the beginning of a heroin shortage in Europe by the end of 2001, as
acknowledged by the UNODC.

Heroin is a multibillion dollar business supported by powerful interests, which requires a steady and secure commodity flow.
One of the hidden objectives of the war was precisely to restore the CIA sponsored drug trade to its historical levels and
exert direct control over the drug routes.

Immediately following the October 2001 invasion, opium markets were restored. Opium prices spiraled. By early 2002, the
opium price (in dollars/kg) was almost 10 times higher than in 2000.

In 2001, under the Taliban opiate production stood at 185 tons, increasing to 3400 tons in 2002 under the US sponsored
puppet regime of President Hamid Karzai.

While highlighting Karzais patriotic struggle against the Taliban, the media fails to mention that Karzai collaborated with the
Taliban. He had also been on the payroll of a major US oil company, UNOCAL. In fact, since the mid-1990s, Hamid Karzai
had acted as a consultant and lobbyist for UNOCAL in negotiations with the Taliban. According to the Saudi newspaper Al-
Watan:

Karzai has been a Central Intelligence Agency covert operator since the 1980s. He collaborated with the CIA in
funneling U.S. aid to the Taliban as of 1994 when the Americans had secretly and through the Pakistanis
[specifically the ISI] supported the Talibans assumption of power.

- Quoted in Karen Talbot, U.S. Energy Giant Unocal Appoints Interim Government in Kabul, Global Outlook, No. 1,
Spring 2002. p. 70. See also BBC Monitoring Service, 15 December 2001

History of the Golden Crescent Drug Trade

It is worth recalling the history of the Golden Crescent drug trade, which is intimately related to the CIAs covert operations in
the region since the onslaught of the Soviet-Afghan war and its aftermath.

Prior to the Soviet-Afghan war (1979-1989), opium production in Afghanistan and Pakistan was directed to small regional
markets. There was no local production of heroin. (Alfred McCoy, Drug Fallout: the CIAs Forty Year Complicity in the
Narcotics Trade. The Progressive, 1 August 1997).

The Afghan narcotics economy was a carefully designed project of the CIA, supported by US foreign policy.

The story of the take down of the BCCI was told in the excellent film "The International"

As revealed in the Iran-Contra and Bank of Commerce and Credit International (BCCI) scandals, CIA covert operations in
support of the Afghan Mujahideen had been funded through the laundering of drug money. Dirty money was recycled
through a number of banking institutions (in the Middle East) as well as through anonymous CIA shell companies , into
covert money, used to finance various insurgent groups during the Soviet-Afghan war, and its aftermath:
 Because the US wanted to supply the Mujahideen rebels in Afghanistan with stinger missiles and other military
hardware it needed the full cooperation of Pakistan. By the mid-1980s, the CIA operation in Islamabad was one of
the largest US intelligence stations in the World.

`If BCCI is such an embarrassment to the US that forthright investigations are not being pursued it has a lot to do
with the blind eye the US turned to the heroin trafficking in Pakistan, said a US intelligence officer."

(The Dirtiest Bank of All, Time, July 29, 1991, p. 22.)

Researcher Alfred McCoys study confirms that within two years of the onslaught of the CIAs covert operation in Afghanistan
in 1979;

The Pakistan-Afghanistan borderlands became the

worlds top heroin producer, supplying 60 per cent of
U.S. demand. In Pakistan, the heroin-addict
population went from near zero in 1979 to 1.2 million
by 1985, a much steeper rise than in any other
nation.

CIA assets again controlled this heroin trade. As the

Mujahideen guerrillas seized territory inside
Afghanistan, they ordered peasants to plant opium
as a revolutionary tax.

Across the border in Pakistan, Afghan leaders and

local syndicates under the protection of Pakistan
Intelligence operated hundreds of heroin
laboratories. During this decade of wide-open drug-
dealing, the U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency in
Islamabad failed to instigate major seizures or
arrests.

U.S. officials had refused to investigate charges of

heroin dealing by its Afghan allies because U.S.
narcotics policy in Afghanistan has been
subordinated to the war against Soviet influence
there.

In 1995, the former CIA director of the Afghan

operation, Charles Cogan, admitted the CIA had
indeed sacrificed the drug war to fight the Cold
War..."

"...Our main mission was to do as much damage as possible to the Soviets. We didnt really have the resources or
the time to devote to an investigation of the drug trade, I dont think that we need to apologize for this. Every
situation has its fallout.

There was fallout in terms of drugs, yes. But the main objective was accomplished. The Soviets left Afghanistan.

(McCoy, op cit)

The role of the CIA, which is amply documented, is not mentioned in official UNODC publications, which focus on internal
social and political factors. Needless to say, the historical roots of the opium trade have been grossly distorted.
- See UNODC The Opium Economy In Afghanistan

According to the UNODC, Afghanistans opium production has increased, more than 15-fold since 1979. In the wake of the
Soviet-Afghan war, the growth of the narcotics economy has continued unabated. The Taliban, which were supported by the
US, were initially instrumental in the further growth of opiate production until the 2000 opium ban.

- See UNODC The Opium Economy In Afghanistan

This recycling of drug money was used to finance the post-Cold War insurgencies in Central Asia and the Balkans including
Al Qaeda.

Narcotics: Second to Oil and the Arms Trade

The revenues generated from the CIA sponsored Afghan drug trade are sizeable. The Afghan trade in opiates constitutes a
large share of the worldwide annual turnover of narcotics, which was estimated by the United Nations to be of the order of
$400-500 billion.

(Douglas Keh, Drug Money in a Changing World, Technical document No. 4, 1998, Vienna UNDCP, p. 4. See also United
Nations Drug Control Program, Report of the International Narcotics Control Board for 1999, E/INCB/1999/1 United Nations,
Vienna 1999, p. 49-51, and Richard Lapper, UN Fears Growth of Heroin Trade, Financial Times, 24 February 2000).

At the time these UN figures were first brought out (1994), the (estimated) global trade in drugs was of the same order of
magnitude as the global trade in oil.

The IMF estimated global money laundering to be between 590 billion and 1.5 trillion dollars a year, representing 2-5 percent
of global GDP. (Asian Banker, 15 August 2003). A large share of global money laundering as estimated by the IMF is linked
to the trade in narcotics.

Based on recent figures (2003), drug trafficking constitutes:

The third biggest global commodity in cash terms after oil and the arms trade.
 - The Independent, 29 February 2004

Moreover, the above figures including those on money laundering, confirm that the bulk of the revenues associated with the
global trade in narcotics are not appropriated by terrorist groups and warlords, as suggested by the UNODC report.

There are powerful business and financial interests behind narcotics. From this standpoint, geopolitical and military control
over the drug routes is as strategic as oil and oil pipelines.

However, what distinguishes narcotics from legal commodity trade is that narcotics constitutes a major source of wealth
formation not only for organised crime but also for the US intelligence apparatus, which increasingly constitutes a powerful
actor in the spheres of finance and banking.

In turn, the CIA, which protects the drug trade, has developed complex business and undercover links to major
criminal syndicates involved in the drug trade.

In other words, intelligence agencies and powerful business syndicates allied with organized crime, are competing for the
strategic control over the heroin routes. The multi-billion dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited in the Western banking
system.

Most of the large international banks together with their affiliates in the offshore banking havens launder large amounts of
narco-dollars.

This trade can only prosper if the main actors involved in narcotics have political friends in high places. Legal and illegal
undertakings are increasingly intertwined, the dividing line between businesspeople and criminals is blurred.

In turn, the relationship among criminals, politicians and members of the intelligence establishment has tainted the structures
of the state and the role of its institutions.
Where does the money go? Who benefits from the Afghan opium trade?

This trade is characterized by a complex web of intermediaries. There are various stages of the drug trade, several
interlocked markets, from the impoverished poppy farmer in Afghanistan to the wholesale and retail heroin markets in
Western countries. In other words, there is a hierarchy of prices for opiates.

This hierarchy of prices is acknowledged by the US administration:

Afghan heroin sells on the international narcotics market for 100 times the price farmers get for their opium right
out of the field.

(US State Department quoted by the Voice of America (VOA), 27 February 2004).

According to the UNODC, opium in Afghanistan generated in 2003 an income of one billion US dollars for farmers and US$
1.3 billion for traffickers, equivalent to over half of its national income.

Consistent with these UNODC estimates, the average price for fresh opium was $350 a kg. (2002); the 2002 production was
3400 tons.

The UNDOC estimate, based on local farmgate and wholesale prices constitutes, however, a very small percentage of the
total turnover of the multibillion dollar Afghan drug trade.

The UNODC, estimates the total annual turn-over of international trade in Afghan opiates at US$ 30 billion. An examination
of the wholesale and retail prices for heroin in the Western countries suggests, however, that the total revenues generated,
including those at the retail level, are substantially higher.

Wholesale Prices of Heroin in Western Countries

It is estimated that one kilo of opium produces approximately 100 grams of (pure) heroin. The US DEA confirms that;
 SWA [South West Asia meaning Afghanistan] heroin in New York City was selling in the late 1990s for $85,000 to
$190,000 per kilogram wholesale with a 75 percent purity ratio."

- National Drug Intelligence Center

According to the US Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA):

The price of SEA [South East Asian] heroin ranges from $70,000 to $100,000 per unit (700 grams) and the purity
of SEA heroin ranges from 85 to 90 percent

(ibid).

The SEA unit of 700 gr (85-90 % purity) translates into a wholesale price per kg. for pure heroin ranging between $115,000
and $163,000.

The DEA figures quoted above, while reflecting the situation in the 1990s, are broadly consistent with recent British figures.
According to a report published in the Guardian (11 August 2002), the wholesale price of (pure) heroin in London (UK) was of
the order of 50,000 pounds sterling, approximately $80,000 (2002).

Whereas as there is competition between different sources of heroin supply, it should be emphasized that Afghan heroin
represents a rather small percentage of the US heroin market, which is largely supplied out of Colombia.

Retail Prices

United States
 The NYPD notes that retail heroin prices are down and purity is relatively high. Heroin previously sold for about
$90 per gram but now sells for $65 to $70 per gram or less.

Anecdotal information from the NYPD indicates that purity for a bag of heroin commonly ranges from 50 to 80
percent but can be as low as 30 percent.

Information as of June 2000 indicates that bundles (10 bags) purchased by Dominican buyers from Dominican
sellers in larger quantities (about 150 bundles) sold for as little as $40 each, or $55 each in Central Park.

DEA reports that an ounce of heroin usually sells for $2,500 to $5,000, a gram for $70 to $95, a bundle for $80 to
$90, and a bag for $10. The DMP reports that the average heroin purity at the street level in 1999 was about 62
percent.

The NYPD and DEA retail price figures seem consistent. The DEA price of $70-$95, with a purity of 62 percent translates into
$112 to $153 per gram of pure heroin. The NYPD figures are roughly similar with perhaps lower estimates for purity.

It should be noted that when heroin is purchased in very small quantities, the retail price tends to be much higher. In the US,
purchase is often by the bag; the typical bag according to Rocheleau and Boyum contains 25 milligrams of pure
heroin.( Office of National Drug Control Policy )

A $10 dollar bag in NYC (according to the DEA figure quoted above) would convert into a price of $400 per gram, each bag
containing 0.025gr. of pure heroin. (op cit). In other words, for very small purchases marketed by street pushers, the retail
margin tends to be significantly higher. In the case of the $10 bag purchase, it is roughly 3 to 4 times the corresponding retail
price per gram.($112-$153)

United Kingdom

In Britain, the retail street price per gram of heroin, according to British Police sources, has fallen from 74 in 1997 to 61 [in
2004]. [i.e. from approximately $133 to $110, based on the 2004 rate of exchange] (Independent, 3 March 2004).
In some cities it was as low as 30-40 per gram with a low level of purity. (AAP News, 3 March 2004). According to
Drugscope ( www.drugscope.org.uk ), the average price for a gram of heroin in Britain is between 40 and 90 ($72- $162
per gram) (The report does not mention purity). The street price of heroin was 60 per gram in April 2002 according to the
National Criminal Intelligence Service.

The Hierarchy of Prices

We are dealing with a hierarchy of prices, from the farmgate price in the producing country, upwards, to the final retail street
price. The latter is often 80-100 times the price paid to the farmer.

In other words, the opiate product transits through several markets from the producing country to the transshipment
country(ies), to the consuming countries. In the latter, there are wide margins between the landing price at the point of entry,
demanded by the drug cartels and the wholesale prices and the retail street prices, protected by Western organized crime.

The Global Proceeds of the Afghan Narcotics Trade

In Afghanistan, the reported production of 3,600 tons of opium in 2003 would allow for the production of approximately
360,000 kg of pure heroin. Gross revenues accruing to Afghan farmers are roughly estimated by the UNODC to be of the
order of $1 billion, with 1.3 billion accruing to local traffickers.

When sold in Western markets at a heroin wholesale price of the order of $100,000 a kg (with a 70 percent purity ratio), the
global wholesale proceeds (corresponding to 3600 tons of Afghan opium) would be of the order of 51.4 billion dollars.

The latter constitutes a conservative estimate based on the various figures for wholesale prices in the previous section.

The total proceeds of the Afghan narcotics trade (in terms of total value added) is estimated using the final heroin retail price.
In other words, the retail value of the trade is ultimately the criterion for measuring the importance of the drug trade in terms of
revenue generation and wealth formation.
A meaningful estimate of the retail value, however, is almost impossible to ascertain due to the fact that retail prices vary
considerably within urban areas, from one city to another and between consuming countries, not to mention variations in
purity and quality (see above).

The evidence on retail margins, namely the difference between wholesale and retail values in the consuming countries,
nonetheless, suggests that a large share of the total (money) proceeds of the drug trade are generated at the retail level.

In other words, a significant portion of the proceeds of the drug trade accrues to criminal and business syndicates in Western
countries involved in the local wholesale and retail narcotics markets. And the various criminal gangs involved in retail trade
are invariably protected by the corporate crime syndicates.

90 percent of heroin consumed in the UK is from Afghanistan. Using the British retail price figure from UK police sources of
$110 a gram (with an assumed 50 percent purity level), the total retail value of the Afghan narcotics trade in 2003 (3,600 tons
of opium) would be the order of 79.2 billion dollars. The latter should be considered as a simulation rather than an estimate.

Under this assumption (simulation), a billion dollars gross revenue to the farmers in Afghanistan (2003) would generate global
narcotics earnings, accruing at various stages and in various markets of the order of 79.2 billion dollars.

These global proceeds accrue to business syndicates, intelligence agencies, organized crime, financial institutions,
wholesalers, retailers, etc. involved directly or indirectly in the drug trade.

In turn, the proceeds of this lucrative trade are deposited in Western banks, which constitute an essential mechanism in the
laundering of dirty money.
A very small percentage accrues to farmers and traders in the producing country. Bear in mind that the net income accruing
to Afghan farmers is but a fraction of the estimated 1 billion dollar amount. The latter does not include payments of farm
inputs, interest on loans to money lenders, political protection, etc.

- See also UNODC, The Opium Economy in Afghanistan, The Opium Economy In Afghanistan, Vienna, 2003, p. 7-8.

The Share of the Afghan Heroin in the Global Drug Market

Afghanistan produces over 70 percent of the global supply of heroin and heroin represents a sizeable fraction of the global
narcotics market, estimated by the UN to be of the order of $400-500 billion.
There are no reliable estimates on the distribution of the global narcotics trade between the main categories: Cocaine,
Opium/Heroin, Cannabis, Amphetamine Type Stimulants (ATS), Other Drugs.

The Laundering of Drug Money

The proceeds of the drug trade are deposited in the banking system. Drug money is laundered in the numerous offshore
banking havens in Switzerland, Luxembourg, the British Channel Islands, the Cayman Islands and some 50 other locations
around the globe.

It is here that the criminal syndicates involved in the drug trade and the representatives of the worlds largest commercial
banks interact. Dirty money is deposited in these offshore havens, which are controlled by the major Western commercial
banks.
The latter have a vested interest in maintaining and sustaining the drug trade. (For further details, see Michel Chossudovsky,
The Crimes of Business and the Business of Crimes, Covert Action Quarterly, Fall 1996)

Once the money has been laundered, it can be recycled into bona fide investments not only in real estate, hotels, etc, but also
in other areas such as the services economy and manufacturing. Dirty and covert money is also funneled into various
financial instruments including the trade in derivatives, primary commodities, stocks, and government bonds.

Concluding Remarks: Criminalization of US Foreign Policy

US foreign policy supports the workings of a thriving criminal economy in which the demarcation between organized capital
and organized crime has become increasingly blurred.

The heroin business is not filling the coffers of the Taliban as claimed by US government and the international community:
quite the opposite!

The proceeds of this illegal trade are the source of wealth formation, largely reaped by powerful business/criminal
interests within the Western countries. These interests are sustained by US foreign policy.

Decision-making in the US State Department, the CIA and the Pentagon is instrumental in supporting this highly profitable
multibillion dollar trade, third in commodity value after oil and the arms trade.

The Afghan drug economy is protected.

The heroin trade was part of the war agenda. What this war has achieved is to restore a compliant narco-State, headed by a
US appointed puppet.

The powerful financial interests behind narcotics are supported by the militarisation of the worlds major drug triangles (and
transshipment routes), including the Golden Crescent and the Andean region of South America (under the so-called Andean
Initiative).

Opium Poppy Cultivation in Afghanistan

Year Cultivation in hectares Production (tons)

 1994 71,470 3,400

1995 53,759 2,300

1996 56,824 2,200

1997 58,416 2,800

1998 63,674 2,700

1999 90,983 4,600

2000 82,172 3,300

2001 7,606 185

2002 74,000 3,400

2003 80,000 3,600

Source: UNDCP, Afghanistan, Opium Poppy Survey, 2001, UNOCD, Opium Poppy Survey, 2002. Afghanistan Opium Survey
2002

See also the 2003 Survey: Afghanistan Opium Survey 2003

And: The Spoils of War: Afghanistan's Multibillion Dollar Heroin Trade

Inflation: The Most Evil Threat = Governments Robbing Their Citizens

October 8 2016 | From: FinalWakeUpCall

Inflation, is an invisible, secret tax that not even 1% of common people understand. It is dangerous
and most of the time a fatal disease.
If not under control in time, it can destroy society. No government is willing to accept responsibility for causing
inflation. They always find an excuse; such as greedy businessmen, selfish trade unions, spendthrift consumers,
Arab sheiks that have raised the price of oil, bad weather, or anything else that seems plausible.

Although all these can temporarily produce higher prices for individual items; they cannot produce continuing inflation for
one very simple reason; None of the above alleged culprits possesses a printing press, to turn out pieces of paper called
money; None can legally authorise a bookkeeper to make entries on ledgers that are the equivalent of those pieces of
paper.

Over time, the result will be an immensely lower standard of living, resulting from the declining purchasing power and
increasing commodity prices. Real wages will be much lower, as employers will not readily increase wages to keep up with
inflation.

Under a paper system without backing, the entire monetary system is controlled by the political class, which has
the power to allocate capital or to deny it.

This implies that the people heading the worlds capital markets, rather than acting as capital allocators, have become mere
speculative marionettes, whose strings are controlled by the well connected and the influential.

Inflation is a printing press phenomenon. The two important basic questions are:

Why do governments increase the quantity of money?

Why do they produce inflation when they understand the potential harm?

If the quantity of goods and services available for purchase for short-term output were to increase as rapidly as the
quantity of money, prices would tend to be stable.

Prices may fall gradually, as more became available, while people keep their wealth in the form of money. Inflation occurs
when the quantity of money rises more rapidly than output and the more rapid the rise in the quantity of money, the greater
the rate of inflation.
Output is limited by the physical and human resources available, and by the improvement in knowledge and capacity to use
them. At best the output can grow only fairly slowly. The same is the case, although always temporarily and for a brief period
of time, for money backed by a commodity. While, paper money has no limitation as does commodity-backed money.

Inflation is a Monetary Phenomenon:

In short; Inflation is primarily a monetary phenomenon, produced by a more rapid increase in the quantity of money than in
output. Excessive monetary growth produces inflation, caused by governments. In general, inflation is worse than a
financial crisis.

Taxpayers money is spent for nothing without reform in sight; Increase in unemployment, as businesses go bankrupt.
Bankers that caused the 2008 financial crisis were bailed out with peoples money and their managers were left in
charge who in turn were taking on even more risks with taxpayers deposits in order to rake up even larger
bonuses.

Eventually these schemes will result in a massive inflation, never witnessed before. The debt is structural; its irresolvable,
there is no way to repair this economy.

Inflation is Legalised Theft:

Inflation is nothing more than legalised theft by your government; inflation is only two percent, is what the Statistics suggest.
But these numbers dont show the truth. Todays real inflation rate is probably closer to 9 %, maybe even higher.

Who knows? All published inflation data are a blatant lie, as these numbers are made up to suit the government.

Showing lower inflation in statistics looks better. The theft committed by governments is concealed.

When central banks print reserves far in excess of domestic savings, the result is inevitably inflation. The more they print,
the more capital is available forinstitutions central banks to invest.
Related: Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?

This creates massive asset inflation, in the price of assets, as central bankers buy bonds, stocks, and real estate to push
economies upwards all around the world. Instead of triggering an immediate currency flight, as seen in Argentina or
Zimbabwe, this inflation has produced an investment-generated boom.

The ongoing financial boom is a fallacy of historic portions. Nobody knows exactly when, but eventually the world will lose
faith in central banks ability to boost markets.

A Better Way Than Creating Inflation:

If additional government spending was financed either by taxes or by borrowing from the public, that would not lead to more
rapid monetary growth. In this case the government would have more to spend, while the public would have less.

But the easy way out is increasing the quantity of money, because thats more attractive since the public doesnt understand
the severe implications, and it seems like magic, like getting something for nothing! But the fact of the matter is that the
holders of the money pay for the extra spending, as the extra money raises prices when it is injected into the economy.
Moreover, inflation indirectly yields extra revenue by automatically raising effective tax revenues, as income from the people
goes up to compensate for inflation, and people are consequently pushed into higher tax rate brackets.

Additionally, there is the benefit of paying off debt with less valuable currency less purchasing power as less valuable
units are paying for original units that were more valuable.

Reduction of Monetary Growth:

The cure for inflation is the reduction in the rate of monetary growth, as this is the cause of inflation. Eventually it is
a curable disease. Although the bad effects a temporarily lower economic growth, and higher unemployment would be felt
first, the good effects a lower to zero inflation would come later.

This would result in a healthier economy, with the potential for rapid noninflationary growth.
But as usual there is the lack of a true desire to cure the addiction of free money, resulting in this disease. In a sense people
enjoy inflation. Although they would like to see the prices of goods they buy go down, or at least stop going up, they are
more than happy to see the prices of the things they own or sell go up.

Inflation is Destructive:

One reason inflation is so destructive is because while some people benefit greatly, other people suffer. Society is divided
into winners and losers. The winners regard the good things that happen to them as the natural result of their own foresight,
prudence, and initiative.

They regard the bad things; the rise of prices of goods purchased, as caused by forces outside their control. Almost
everyone will say they are opposed to inflation. What they generally mean is that they are opposed to the bad things that
have happened to them due to certain effects of inflation.
The paper value of homes is rising. With a mortgage, the interest rate generally is below the rate of inflation. As a result of
this, inflation in effect is paying off the mortgage interest payments as well the principal. This effect is an advantage to the
home owner, as his equity in the house goes up rapidly. The flip side of the coin is that an interest rate below inflation results
in a loss for savers.

As inflation accelerates, rather sooner than later, it is causing so much damage to the fabric of society, by creating so much
injustice, and suffering.

The Side-Effects:

Everywhere one looks it is repeatedly published that unemployment and slow growth are cures for inflation; that all
alternativemeasures taken will result in more inflation or higher unemployment, which is nonsense. The truth is that slow
growth and high unemployment are not cures for inflation. They are the side-effects of a successful cure of a diseased
economy.

The general signal of increasing demand will be confused with the specific signals reflecting changes in relative demands.
That is why the initial side effect of faster monetary growth is the appearance of prosperity and greater employment.

When it is discovered that the rise in wages does not coincide with higher demand, the flaw in the system is discovered.
Wages and prices are higher not because of higher demand, but primarily to allow for the rises in the prices of goods they
buy.
Subsequently people are off on a price-wage spiral that itself effectively is inflation, and by no means the cause of it. If
monetary growth does not speed up faster, the initial stimulus to employment and output will be replaced by the opposite;
both will go down in response to the higher prices and wages.

By the way; governments can actually not create jobs, they can only steal from people and give it to others.

If it were politically profitable and feasible to generate a 10% inflation rate, the temptation would be great if inflation indeed
reached this level, to raise it to 11, or 12 or 15 %. Zero inflation is a politically feasible objective; 10% is not.

This is the verdict of experience. Nevertheless, central bankers create excessive quantities of money, as they tell us the
world needs more inflation to fight deflationary forces, which basically is nonsense as the deflationary forces are the result of
the increase of monetary supply.

The Best Solution to Create Inflation:

Moreover, if they want to create inflation, there is no need for excessive money printing. They can create inflation instantly
byraising the price of gold, which is the easiest way to create inflation.

A higher dollar price for gold is practically the definition of inflation. The Fed would just declare the price of gold to be, say,
$5,000 an ounce and make the price stick using the gold in Fort Knox assuming it is still there? Their printing press
would maintain a two-way market.
The Fed could sell gold when it hits $5,050 an ounce and buy gold when it hits $4,950 an ounce. Thats a 1% band around
the target price of $5,000 an ounce. The band and the use of physical gold would make the target price stick.

A higher price for gold is the same as a lower value for the dollar. The world of $5,000-per-ounce gold also means $10 per
gallon gas at the station and $40 for a movie ticket. Nothing happens without consequences.

Santa Claus Doesnt Exist:

Inflation, in contrast to what economic leaders lead us to believe, is not equivalent to Santa Claus. It cant bring gifts to
everyone. All it does is shift the benefits of the economy around. In the immortal words of President Obama: inflation
spreads the wealth around a little.

Inflation penalises wage earners, savers, and retirees to the benefit of asset owners. It benefits debtors at the expense of
creditors. Theres no net increase in the nations wealth. One group is merely taxed for the benefit of the other. This is sold
as a benefit to the country by governments. They have to sell it to the people because without inflation they wont be able to
pay their bills.
However, wealth cannot be created by a printing press. This will cause price inflation, asset inflation, credit collapse or a
mixture of all three. Everyone knows this. Nevertheless, our leaders pretend otherwise.

If credit is expanded in excess of savings, it historically always ends in a collapse. So there should be no surprise. When
creditors begin to ask the critical question: Can these debts really be financed? Will we get our savings back? If credit has
been expanded radically beyond savings, as is the case today in the developed world, the answer is always NO.

It is true that dramatic increases in the money supply eventually lead to inflation. But the key word here is eventually.
Sometimes it can take a while. The extent of the delay depends on general conditions, and a very important concept known
as monetary velocity.

Velocity of Money:

Inflation and deflation are not purely products of how much money is in the system. They are products of how fast this
moneyis moving through the system.

When banks are lending, businesses are borrowing, and consumers are spending, money changes hands quickly. Under
these conditions, the monetary velocity is high.

Conversely, when banks dont lend the money, businesses are hunkered down, and consumers are saving or paying down
debt, money does not change hands quickly. It moves slowly. If the economy grinds to a near halt, as is the case today,
eventually money stops changing hands completely.

Inflation is not purely from an increase in the money supply. Sufficient monetary velocity is required to spur a general and
persistent increase in the price of goods and services. Without velocity if money doesnt move through the system there
is no reason for prices to rise.

The point is that its not just about how many units are being printed. Its about where those units go and how fast they are
moving through the system. The end game may indeed be accelerating monetary velocity. The cumulative effect on the rise
in prices and a spectacular loss of faith in the system will result in a decline in the desire for owning dollars will plummet, and
that means hyperinflation.
How Much Money is in Circulation?

Ever wondered how much money exists? This video compares the worlds richest people, the biggest companies, physical
currency, the gold market, the stock market, global debt, and more to give you a sense of the quantity of money that actually
exists.

The Flawed Germ Theory; Unfortunately The Basis Of Modern Medicine

October 8 2016 | From: Tbyil

Ever wonder why modern medicine is not helping the populations of the western world to become
healthier? Maybe the foundation for health is wrong.

Pasteur's germ theory of disease has helped forward the one germ for one disease concept that has raised Big
Pharma to the wealthy business of developing drugs for one germ to purportedly cure one disease while causing
autoimmune and chronic diseases to flourish from destroyed immune systems.

Related:The Medical Dictatorship of Australia, New Zealand, Canada, England and the USA

Germ phobia, here comes the flu, get your flu shots or you may wind up as one of the 36,000 who manage to die from it
each year according to the CDC. It's never more, never less - 36,000 deaths each flu season. Isn't there something fishy
about that?

Then get out the antibiotics for every case of the sniffles. Don't forget the pharmaceutical antiviral Tamiflu, expensive, not so
effective, and dangerous. The germ theory has turned out to be great for the pharmaceutical business model.

Related: Patients at risk and billions of dollars being wasted because of tests, scans and procedures that don't
work

Now we have those nasty mosquitoes carrying the Zika virus, which has no real history of being problematic. So spray
everything and everyone with toxic chemicals that do cause disease. And let's not forget those new vaccines. Over a billion
dollars of government money has been recently set aside for Zika virus research and vaccines.

Why the Germ Theory is Flawed

The following quote is used by Dr. Robert O. Young in his book Sick and Tired?: Reclaim Your Inner Terrain:

If I could live my life over again, I would devote it to proving that germs seek their natural habitat - diseased tissue
- rather than being the cause of the diseased tissue; e.g., mosquitoes seek the stagnant water, but do not cause
the pool to become stagnant.

- Dr. Rudolph Virchow (Father of Pathology 1821 - 1902)

Related:Shocking Report from Medical Insiders: a shocking amount of published research is unreliable at best, if
not completely false, as in, fraudulent

Pasteur was the original scammer of the germ theory, not considered a worthy scientist by his peers. But he had good
press. Media bias and corruption are nothing new.
Other scientists, especially Claude Bernard, claimed the inner terrain, which includes overall and organ specific pH levels
and all facets of the immune system countered Pasteur's one germ for one disease theory with claims of pleomorphism
within damaged or diseased tissue, which the Medical Mafia and Big Pharma refused to acknowledge.

Pleomorphism was proven when Royal Raymond Rife's universal microscope in the late 1930s revealed structural changes
in microbes, up to 16, according their host's environment. Microbes can start out as benign then alter themselves to
survive if one's inner terrain is unhealthy.

In other words, inflammation and tissue degeneration with acidic pH levels attract pathogenic microbes or encourage
existing ones into morphing as pathogenic microbes if already present and harmless or even beneficial. The germ theory
hoax is the basis of modern pharmaceutical medicine and killing good food with pasteurization and irradiation.

Not only do our highly acidic junk and processed foods with add sugars promote acidic pH levels under 7.3, so do
overworking, stress, and anger. The combination of our environmental toxic load and inadequate nutrition lead to the
stagnant pools within our tissues that become the breeding grounds for existing or new pathogenic microbes to thrive.

Detoxing and seeking fresh whole foods with the proper supplements offer more disease protection from germs than all the
vaccines in the world.
Vaccinations offer the following tradeoffs for thwarting germs: Death, lifelong disability, or most commonly
autoimmune disease vulnerability.

Haven't you noticed? Autoimmune diseases and allergies have risen with the rise in vaccination schedules.

There have been studies in the USA among Amish children and in Europe among those raised on small dairy farms that
demonstrate how being exposed to germs at an early age exercises the immune system and make it stronger, thus
rendering natural immunization.

This is where rude, crude, over the top and hilarious George Carlin comes in:

Another Reason to Not Trust the CDC's Fear Mongering

Sharyl Attkinson was the news producer for CBS's Washington Bureau. During the Swine Flu pandemic of 2008-9, she
was intent at getting to the truth of just how much of an epidemic it really was. Sharyl, who is now independent with her own
website and her book Stonewalled in circulation, questioned the authenticity of the CDC's reportage on incidents of Swine
Flu.
Related: Sharyl Attkinson On The Hypnotic Power Of Germ Propaganda

After being stonewalled by the CDC with her Freedom of Information (FOI) requests for detailed statistics on the Swine Flu,
she and her CBS Washington Bureau news staff did an end around they went directly to state health departments and
discovered only a very few flu cases, mostly single digit numbers, tested positive for Swine Flu.

Those numbers were not nearly enough to justify claims of a level 6 pandemic, considered the most severe and
dangerous international pandemic level.

Then the CDC attempted damage control by announcing they had stopped counting because there were millions of Swine
Flu cases and they couldn't keep up with it.
Related: Flu Vaccines are Toxic

Wow, if the first lie doesn't work then tell a bigger one, even if it doesn't make any sense at all. This incident forced Sharyl
out of mainstream news. Can't question the CDC on mainstream TV.

You're better off sticking with alternative media and holistic health approaches for establishing a stronger immune system by
lessening your toxic chemical load and increasing your nutritional level with organic foods and supplements.

See also:

Louis Pasteur, Antoine Bechamp and the True Causes of Disease

Modern Medicine: How Healing Illness became Managing Symptoms for Profit

Smoking Gun For Christchurch Killer Quake: Hillary Clinton Emails Show Advance
Warning Of Christchurch Earthquake
October 7 2016 | From: MediaWhores / TheContrail

Recently releases Hillary Clinton emails show US State Department advanced knowledge of the big
Christchurch Earthquake on 22nd February 2011. This appears to be proof that the killer
earthquake was a planned disaster "And on cue..."
The first email sent by the State Department to head of the department Hillary Clinton was sent a full 6 hours before
the actual quake hit. Washington being 18 hours behind NZST. The second email was sent as the quake hit.

Related: Christchurch: The Man-Made Earthquakes - What Really Happened, How And Why

On the presumption the emails are real this proves advanced knowledge by the US State Department of the Christchurch
Earthquakes.
Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Clinton Christchurch Earthquakes Emails Source, Wikileaks

Sources for these emails are being actively and aggressively blocked worldwide. It seems they even knew the size of the
quake: 6.3 a possible reference to the Freemasonic Kabbalah number 666. There is substantial evidence that the quake
was in fact much bigger than 6.3 magnitude.

Interestingly the US disaster relief team FEMA was also in Christchurch the week before the big earthquake, and they
flew out just hours before the earthquake hit leaving behind their head disaster coordinator

Related: FEMA In Christchurch At Time Of Earthquake Using Natural Disasters To Bring In A Police State?

If this all sounds unbelievable to you you probably need to do some research on HAARP the radio wave technology
being used to influence weather, storms and some say even earthquakes world wide and nothing new, Tesla was using
similar technology last century.

Related: HAARP: Earthquakes, Hurricanes and Mind Control

EMF conditions before the Christchurch Earthquake on 14/2/16

More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, Theyre Coming For Your
Democracy"
October 7 2016 | From: ZeroHedge

Twelve years ago, John Perkins published his book, Confessions of an Economic Hit Man.
Today, he says things have just gotten so much worse.

Twelve years ago, John Perkins published his book, Confessions of an Economic Hit Man, and it rapidly rose
up The New York Times best-seller list.

Related: The Poisoned Chalice: From Eurozone to Dead Zone

In it, Perkins describes his career convincing heads of state to adopt economic policies that impoverished their countries
and undermined democratic institutions. These policies helped to enrich tiny, local elite groups while padding the pockets of
U.S.-based transnational corporations.

Perkins was recruited, he says, by the National Security Agency (NSA), but he worked for a private consulting company. His
job as an undertrained, overpaid economist was to generate reports that justified lucrative contracts for U.S. corporations,
while plunging vulnerable nations into debt.

Countries that didnt cooperate saw the screws tightened on their economies. In Chile, for example, President Richard
Nixon famously called on the CIA to make the economy scream to undermine the prospects of the democratically
elected president, Salvador Allende.
If economic pressure and threats didnt work, Perkins says, the jackals were called to either overthrow or assassinate the
noncompliant heads of state. That is, indeed, what happened to Allende, with the backing of the CIA.

Related: London Named Most Corrupt Place on Earth by Italian Mafia Expert

Perkins book has been controversial, and some have disputed some of his claims, including, for example, that the NSA was
involved in activities beyond code making and breaking.

Perkins has just reissued his book with major updates. The basic premise of the book remains the same, but the update
shows how the economic hit man approach has evolved in the last 12 years.

Among other things, U.S. cities are now on the target list. The combination of debt, enforced austerity, underinvestment,
privatization, and the undermining of democratically elected governments is now happening here.

I couldnt help but think about Flint, Michigan, under emergency management as I read The New Confessions of an
Economic Hit Man.

I interviewed Perkins at his home in the Seattle area. In addition to being a recovering economic hit man, he is a grandfather
and a founder and board member of Dream Change and The Pachamama Alliance, organizations that work for a world that
future generations will want to inherit.

Sarah van Gelder: Whats changed in our world since you wrote the first Confessions of an Economic Hit Man?

John Perkins: Things have just gotten so much worse in the last 12 years since the first Confessions was written.
Economic hit men and jackals have expanded tremendously, including the United States and Europe.

Back in my day we were pretty much limited to what we called the third world, or economically developing countries, but now
its everywhere.

And in fact, the cancer of the corporate empire has metastasized into what I would call a failed global death economy. This
is an economy thats based on destroying the very resources upon which it depends, and upon the military. Its become
totally global, and its a failure.
Related: Why Young Americans Are Giving Up on Capitalism

van Gelder: So how has this switched from us being the beneficiaries of this hit-man economy, perhaps in the past, to us
now being more of the victims of it?

Perkins: Its been interesting because, in the past, the economic hit man economy was being propagated in order to make
America wealthier and presumably to make people here better off, but as this whole process has expanded in the U.S. and
Europe, what weve seen is a tremendous growth in the very wealthy at the expense of everybody else.

On a global basis we now know that 62 individuals have as many assets as half the worlds population.

We of course in the U.S. have seen how our government is frozen, its just not working. Its controlled by the big
corporations and theyve really taken over. Theyve understood that the new market, the new resource, is the U.S. and
Europe, and the incredibly awful things that have happened to Greece and Ireland and Iceland, are now happening here in
the U.S.

Were seeing this situation where we can have what statistically shows economic growth, and at the same time increased
foreclosures on homes and unemployment.
van Gelder: Is this the same kind of dynamic about debt that leads to emergency managers who then turn over the reins of
the economy to private enterprises? The same thing that you are seeing in third-world countries?

Perkins: Yes, when I was an economic hit man, one of the things that we did, we raised these huge loans for these
countries, but the money never actually went to the countries, it went to our own corporations to build infrastructure in those
countries.

And when the countries could not pay off their debt, we insisted that they privatize their water systems, their sewage
systems, their electric systems.

Now were seeing that same thing happen in the United States. Flint, Michigan, is a very good example of that. This is not a
U.S. empire, its a corporate empire protected and supported by the U.S. military and the CIA. But it is not an American
empire, its not helping Americans. Its exploiting us in the same way that we used to exploit all these other countries around
the world.
van Gelder: So it seems like Americans are starting to get this. What is your sense about where the American public is in
terms of readiness to do something?

Perkins: As I travel around the U.S., as I travel around the world, I see that people are really waking up. Were getting it.
Were understanding that we live on a very fragile space station, and its got no shuttles; we cant get off. Weve got to fix it,
weve got to take care of it, and were in the process of destroying it.

The big corporations are destroying it, but the big corporations are just run by people, and theyre vulnerable to us. If we
really consider it, the market place is a democracy, if we just use it as such.

van Gelder: I want to push back on that one a little bit because so many corporations dont sell to ordinary consumers, they
sell to other companies or to governments, and so many corporations have such an entrenched reward system where if one
person doesnt perform by exploiting the earth theyll simply get replaced with somebody else who does.

Perkins: Ive recently been speaking at a number of corporate conferences. I hear time after time after time that many of
them want to leave a green legacy. Theyve got children, theyve got grandchildren, they understand we cant go on like this.

So what they say is;

Go out there, start consumer movements. What I want is to receive a hundred thousand emails from my
customers saying, Hey, I love your product but Im not going to buy it anymore until you pay your workers a fair
wage in Indonesia, or wherever, or clean up the environment, or do something.

And then I can take that to my board of directors and my big stockholders, to the people who really control whether
I get hired or fired.
van Gelder: I agree, and those campaigns, as you know, have been going on for decades now, and sometimes they have
little incremental changes around the edge. But then we look back on it later and we see that theres enormous resistance
because of the profits to be made in continuing the system.

Perkins: I think weve seen tremendous changes, though. Just in the last few years, weve seen organic foods become very
big. Twenty years ago they couldnt make a go of it. Weve seen women having bigger positions in corporations, and
minorities, and we need to get better at this.

Weve seen the labeling of many foods. GMOs arent included yet, but nutrition and calories and so forth are. And what we
really need to do is convince corporations that theyve got to have a new goal.

Weve got to let corporations know what their job is: Its to serve a public interest, and make a decent rate of return for
investors. We need investors, but beyond that, every corporation should serve a public interest, should serve the earth,
should serve future generations.
van Gelder: I want to ask you about the Trans-Pacific Partnership, and other trade deals. Is there any way that we can beat
these things back so they dont continue supercharging the corporate sphere at the expense of local democracies?

Perkins: Theyre devastating; they give sovereignty to corporations over governments. Its ridiculous.

Were seeing terrible desperation from people in Central America trying to get away from a system thats broken, primarily
because our trade agreements and our policies toward Latin America have broken them.

And were seeing, of course, those similar things in the Middle East and in Africa, these waves of immigrants that are
swarming into Europe from the Middle East. These terrible problems that have been created because of the greed of big
corporations.

I was just in Central America and what we talk about in the U.S. as being an immigration problem is really a trade
agreement problem.

Theyre not allowed to impose tariffs under the trade agreements - NAFTA and CAFTA - but the U.S. is allowed to subsidize
its farmers. Those governments cant afford to subsidize their farmers. So our farmers can undercut theirs, and thats
destroyed the economies, and a number of other things, and thats why weve got immigration problems.

van Gelder: Can you talk about the violence that people are fleeing in Central America, and how that links back to the role
the U.S. has had there?

Perkins: Three or four years ago the CIA orchestrated a coup against the democratically elected president of Honduras,
President Zelaya, because he stood up to Dole and Chiquita and some other big, global, basically U.S.-based corporations.
He wanted to raise the minimum wage to a reasonable level, and he wanted some land reform that would make sure that his
own people were able to make money off their own land, rather than having big international corporations do it.

The big corporations couldnt stand for this. He wasnt assassinated but he was overthrown in a coup and sent to another
country, and replaced by a terribly brutal dictator, and today Honduras is one of the most violent, homicidal countries in the
hemisphere.

Its frightening what weve done. And when that happens to a president, it sends a message to every other president
throughout the hemisphere, and in fact throughout the world: Dont mess with us.

Dont mess with the big corporations. Either cooperate and get rich in the process, and have all your friends and family get
rich in the process, or go get overthrown or assassinated. Its a very strong message.
van Gelder: I wanted to ask about your time spent in Ecuador with indigenous people. Im wondering if you could talk about
how that experience has changed you?

Perkins: Many years ago when I was a Peace Corps volunteer in the Amazon with the Shuar indigenous people there, I
was dying.

I got very ill, and my life was saved in one night by a shaman. Id come out of business school this is 1968, 69, and I had no
idea what a shaman was, but it changed my life by helping me understand that what was killing me was a mindset - what
they would call the dream.

I spent many years studying all this, and working with many different indigenous groups, and what I saw was the power of
the mindset.

The shamans teach us - the indigenous people teach us - once you change the mindset, then its pretty easy to have the
objective reality change around it. So, instead of the kind of economy we have now, a death economy, if we can change the
mindset we can very quickly move into a life economy.
van Gelder: So what are the mechanisms by which a change in consciousness actually shifts things on the ground?

Perkins: Well, in my opinion the biggest catalyst that needs to go forward to change this is weve got to change the
corporations. Weve got to move from that goal that was stated by Milton Friedman in the 1970s, that the only responsibility
of corporations is to maximize profits regardless of social and environmental costs.

We change the big corporations by telling them were not going to buy from you anymore unless you change your goal. No
longer should your goal be to maximize profits regardless of social and environmental costs. Make a decent rate of return for
your investors, but serve us, we the people, or were not buying from you.

van Gelder : You quote Tom Paine in your book: If there must be trouble let it be in my day that my child may have
peace. Why did you decide to use that quote?

Perkins : Well, I think Tom Paine was brilliant in that statement. He understood how that would impact people. And he wrote
that statement in December 1776.

Washington had lost just about every battle he ever fought; he wasnt getting any support from the Continental Congress;
they werent giving his men guns or ammunition or even blankets and shoes, and he was bogged down at Valley Forge.
Paine realizes that hes got to somehow write something that will rally people, and theres nothing that rallies people more
than to think about their children.
That to me is where were at right now. Ive got a daughter and Ive got an 8-year-old grandson. Bring on the trouble for me,
OK, but lets create a world theyre going to want to live in. And lets understand that my 8-year-old grandson cannot have
an environmentally sustainable and regenerative, socially just, fulfilling world unless every child on the planet has that.

And this is new. It used to be all we had to worry about was our local community, maybe our country. But we didnt have to
worry about the world. But what we know now is that we cant have peace anywhere in the world, we cant have peace in
the U.S., unless everybody has peace.

Propaganda Techniques Of Empire + Politically Correct Language Control And The

Rise Of The Third Reich
October 6 2016 | From: EurasiaReview / NaturalNews

Washingtons quest for perpetual world power is underwritten by systematic and perpetual
propaganda wars.
Every major and minor war has been preceded, accompanied and followed by unremitting government propaganda
designed to secure public approval, exploit victims, slander critics, dehumanize targeted adversaries and justify its
allies collaboration.

In this paper we will discuss the most common recent techniques used to support ongoing imperial wars.

Role Reversal

A common technique, practiced by the imperial publicists, is to accuse the victims of the same crimes, which had been
committed against them.

The well documented, deliberate and sustained US-EU aerial bombardment of Syrian government soldiers, engaged in
operations against ISIS-terrorist, resulted in the deaths and maiming of almost 200 Syrian troops and allowed ISIS-
mercenaries to overrun their camp.

In an attempt to deflect the Pentagons role in providing air cover for the very terrorists it claims to oppose, the propaganda
organs cranked out lurid, but unsubstantiated, stories of an aerial attack on a UN humanitarian aid convoy, first blamed on
the Syrian government and then on the Russians.
The evidence that the attack was most likely a ground-based rocket attack by ISIS terrorists did not deter the propaganda
mills. This technique would turn US and European attention away from the documented criminal attack by the imperial
bombers and present the victimized Syrian troops and pilots as international human rights criminals.

Hysterical Rants

Faced with world opprobrium for its wanton violation of an international ceasefire agreement in Syria, the imperial public
spokespeople frequently resort to irrational outbursts at international meetings in order to intimidate wavering allies into
silence and shut down any chance for reasonable debate resolving concrete issues among adversaries.
The current US Ranter-in-Chief in the United Nations, is Ambassador Samantha Power, who launched a vitriolic diatribe
against the Russians in order to sabotage a proposed General Assembly debate on the US deliberate violation (its criminal
attack on Syrian troops) of the recent Syrian ceasefire. Instead of a reasonable debate among serious diplomats, the rant
served to derail the proceedings.

Identity Politics to Neutralize Anti-Imperialist Movements

Empire is commonly identified with the race, gender, religion and ethnicity of its practioners. Imperial propagandists have
frequently resorted to disarming and weakening anti-imperialist movements by co-opting and corrupting black, ethnic
minority and women leaders and spokespeople.

The use of such symbolic tokens is based on the assumption that these are representatives reflecting the true interests of
so-called marginalized minorities and can therefore presume to speak for the oppressed peoples of the world.

The promotion of such compliant and respectable minority members to the elite is then propagandized as a revolutionary,
world liberating historical event witness the election of US President Barack Obama.
The rise of Obama to the presidency in 2008 illustrates how the imperial propagandists have used identity politics to
undermine class and anti-imperialist struggles.

Under Obamas historical black presidency, the US pursued seven wars against people of color in South Asia, the Middle
East and North Africa.

Over a million men and women of sub-Saharan black origin, whether Libyan citizens or contract workers for neighboring
countries, were killed, dispossessed and driven into exile by US allies after the US-EU destroyed the Libyan state in the
name of humanitarian intervention.

Hundreds of thousands of Arabs have been bombed in Yemen, Syria and Iraq under President Obama, the so-
called historic black president.

Obamas predator drones have killed hundreds of Afghan and Pakistani villagers. Such is the power of identity politics that
ignominious Obama was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize.
Meanwhile, in the United States under Obama, racial inequalities between black and white workers (wages, unemployment,
access to housing, health and educational services) have widened. Police violence against blacks intensified with total
impunity for killer cops.

Over two million immigrant Latino workers have been expelled breaking up hundreds of thousands of families and
accompanied by a marked increase of repression compared to earlier administrations.

Millions of black and white workers home mortgages were foreclosed while all of the corrupt banks were bailed out at a
greater rate than had occurred under white presidents.

This blatant, cynical manipulation of identity politics facilitated the continuation and deepening of imperial wars, class
exploitation and racial exclusion. Symbolic representation undermined class struggles for genuine changes.

Related: Globalists are pitting blacks against whites in America to incite a bloody race war... here's how we can all
win together by refusing to be manipulated into hatred and rage

Past Suffering to Justify Contemporary Exploitation

Imperial propagandists repeatedly evoke the victims and abuses of the past in order to justify their own aggressive imperial
interventions and support for the land grabs and ethnic cleansing committed by their colonial allies like Israel, among
others.

The victims and crimes of the past are presented as a perpetual presence to justify ongoing brutalities against
contemporary subject people.

The case of US-Israeli colonization of Palestine clearly illustrates how rabid criminality, pillage, ethnic cleansing and self-
enrichment can be justified and glorified through the language of past victimization.
Propagandists in the US and Israel have created the cult of the Holocaust, worshiping a near century-old Nazi crime
against Jews (as well as captive Slavs, Gypsies and other minorities) in Europe, to justify the bloody conquest and theft of
Arab lands and sovereignty and engage in systematic military assaults against Lebanon and Syria.

Millions of Muslim and Christian Palestinians have been driven into perpetual exile. Elite, wealthy, well-organized and
influential zionist Jews, with primary fealty to Israel, have successfully sabotaged every contemporary struggle for peace in
the Middle East and have created real barriers for social democracy in the US through their promotion of militarism and
empire building.

Those claiming to represent victims of the past have become among the most oppressive of contemporary elites. Using the
language of defense, they promote aggressive forms of expansion and pillage.

They claim their monopoly on historic suffering has given them a special dispensation from the rules of civilized conduct:
their cult of the Holocaust allows them to inflict immense pain on others while silencing any criticism with the accusation of
anti-Semitism and relentlessly punishing critics.

Their key role in imperial propaganda warfare is based on their claims of an exclusive franchise on suffering and
immunity from the norms of justice.

Entertainment Spectacles on Military Platforms

Entertainment spectacles glorify militarism. Imperial propagandists link the public to unpopular wars promoted by otherwise
discredited leaders. Sports events present soldiers dressed up as war heroes with deafening, emotional displays of flag
worship to celebrate the ongoing overseas wars of aggression.

These mind-numbing extravaganzas with crude elements of religiosity demand choreographed expressions of national
allegiance from the spectators as a cover for continued war crimes abroad and the destruction of citizens economic rights at
home.
Much admired, multi-millionaire musicians and entertainers of all races and orientations, present war to the masses with a
humanitarian facade. The entertainers smiling faces serve genocide just as powerfully as the Presidents benign and friendly
face accompanies his embrace of militarism.

The propagandist message for the spectator is that your favorite team or singer is there just for you because our noble
wars and valiant warriors have made you free and now they want you to be entertained.

The old style of blatant bellicose appeals to the public is obsolete: the new propaganda conflates entertainment with
militarism, allowing the ruling elite to secure tacit support for its wars without disturbing the spectators experience.

Do the Imperial Techniques of Propaganda Work?

How effective are the modern imperial propaganda techniques? The results seem to be mixed. In recent months, elite black
athletes have begun protesting white racism by challenging the requirement for choreographed displays of flag worship. . .
opening public controversy into the larger issues of police brutality and sustained marginalization.

Identity politics, which led to the election of Obama, may be giving way to issues of class struggle, racial justice, anti-
militarism and the impact of continued imperial wars. Hysterical rants may still secure international attention, but repeated
performances begin to lose their impact and subject the ranter to ridicule.
The cult of victimology has become less a rationale for the multi-billion dollar US-tribute to Israel, than the overwhelming
political and economic influence and thuggery of billionaire Zionist fundraisers who demand US politicians support for the
state of Israel.

Brandishing identify politics may have worked the first few times, but inevitably black, Latino, immigrant and all exploited
workers, all underpaid and overworked women and mothers reject the empty symbolic gestures and demand substantive
socio-economic changes and here they find common links with the majority of exploited white workers.

In other words, the existing propaganda techniques are losing their edge the corporate media news is seen as a sham.
Who follows the actor-soldiers and flag-worshipers once the game has begun?

The propagandists of empire are desperate for a new line to grab public attention and obedience. Could the recent domestic
terror bombings in New York and New Jersey provoke mass hysteria and more militarization? Could they serve as cover for
more wars abroad . . .?
A recent survey, published in Military Times, reported that the vast majority of active US soldiers oppose more imperial
wars. They are calling for defense at home and social justice. Soldiers and veterans have even formed groups to support
the protesting black athletes who have refused to participate in flag worship while unarmed black men are being killed by
police in the streets.

Despite the multi-billion dollar electoral propaganda, over sixty percent of the electorate reject both major party candidates.
The reality principle has finally started to undermine State propaganda.

Politically Correct Language Control And The Rise Of The Third Reich

Stunning new documentary reveals why we must stop the rise of safe spaces, social justice
warriors and progressive fanaticism.
In a stunning new documentary released just today, I reveal how politically correct speech control (thought control)
gave rise to Adolf Hitler and the Third Reich.

The film reveals how the phenomenon of progressive fanaticism -- safe spaces, social justice warriors, microaggressions,
generation snowflake crybullies -- mirrors the Brownshirts of Nazi Germany and escalates demands for obedience into
physical violence against innocents.

We're already seeing a similar phenomenon today with numerous Black Lives Matter terrorist shootings of police officers,
beatings of innocent people merely because they are white, and calls for extreme acts of violence against police officers and
Caucasians.

The aggressive, violent behavior of "progressive fanatics" is now mirroring the rise of the Third Reich that eventually led to
genocide and the mass murder of millions.
FYI, "Nazi" means "National Socialism." The Third Reich is often incorrectly described as a "far right" regime. It was actually
an extreme rendition of corporate-government fascism, a powerful centralized socialist government, and the kind of strict
demands for cultural obedience that we frequency see from the extreme left.

Some of the big issues that characterized the Nazi government were gun control, forced euthanasia, an expansion of
entitlement handouts and the invocation of "science" as the justification behind genocide. We see all these same theme
today from the political left.

California SB 277, for example, a genocidal medical experiment conducted on children by the state government, was
pushed by a radical leftist child killer named Sen. Richard Pan (who would have been right at home in the Third Reich).

America's social justice warriors are intolerant, racist bigots who are a real threat to a peaceful
society

Just as in Nazi Germany, today's "social justice warriors" are intolerant, racist, bigoted instigators of violence, and they seek
political power at the expense of innocents.

While disavowing the legitimacy of law in a peaceful society, today's P.C. fanatics - including lunatic leftist university
students - demand the mass disarmament of private citizens by a totalitarian government, following in lockstep with the early
days of Nazi Germany when gun confiscation preceded genocide.

With students in the United States now being vilified for saying that "all lives matter," we have entered a realm of extreme
leftist lunacy that cannot be ended with reason or any appeal to logic. The violent rhetoric and destructive actions of the
political left have now gone beyond the point of no return, leading America to the exact outcome desired by globalist
instigators like George Soros: civil war.

Soros and other seek to tear America apart from within. Seething with hatred for humanity, destructive people of high
influence -- like Adolf Hitler, George Soros and Barack Obama - use their positions to enslave people rather than setting
them free.

They create conflict rather than preventing it... and they use words as weapons to keep people down rather than as
tools to empower individuals.

America has now entered a very dangerous chapter of its history, and conformity to P.C. language is a surrender to the
fanaticism of the radical left. Now is the time for all Americans to reject P.C. language control, reject the leftist thought
police and assert your right to exercise cognitive diversity with a vast array of ideas and dissenting speech.

At this critical moment in history, we must defend speech freedom or lose it forever, because the Nazi-like
P.C. language police on the left demand that you either surrender to them or DIE.

Sound familiar? History has been here before, and it didn't end without massive bloodshed. Eventually, the USA, Russia
and other allies had to use kinetic weapons to destroy the Nazi regime and end its "politically correct" genocide against
humanity.

Let us hope it doesn't come to that again.

Why Capitalism Creates Useless Jobs

October 6 2016 | From: Strikemag

Ever had the feeling that your job might be made up? That the world would keep on turning if you
werent doing that thing you do 9-5? Anthropology professor and best selling author David
Graeber explored the phenomenon of bullshit jobs for our recent summer issue everyone whos
employed should read carefully
In the year 1930, John Maynard Keynes predicted that technology would have advanced sufficiently by centurys
end that countries like Great Britain or the United States would achieve a 15-hour work week.

Theres every reason to believe he was right. In technological terms, we are quite capable of this. And yet it didnt happen.
Instead, technology has been marshaled, if anything, to figure out ways to make us all work more. In order to achieve this,
jobs have had to be created that are, effectively, pointless.

Huge swathes of people, in Europe and North America in particular, spend their entire working lives performing tasks they
secretly believe do not really need to be performed. The moral and spiritual damage that comes from this situation is
profound.

It is a scar across our collective soul. Yet virtually no one talks about it.

Why did Keynes promised utopia still being eagerly awaited in the 60s never materialise? The standard line today is
that he didnt figure in the massive increase in consumerism.

Given the choice between less hours and more toys and pleasures, weve collectively chosen the latter. This presents a nice
morality tale, but even a moments reflection shows it cant really be true.

Yes, we have witnessed the creation of an endless variety of new jobs and industries since the 20s, but very few have
anything to do with the production and distribution of sushi, iPhones, or fancy sneakers.

So what are these new jobs, precisely? A recent report comparing employment in the US between 1910 and 2000 gives us
a clear picture (and I note, one pretty much exactly echoed in the UK). Over the course of the last century, the number of
workers employed as domestic servants, in industry, and in the farm sector has collapsed dramatically.
At the same time, professional, managerial, clerical, sales, and service workers tripled, growing from one-quarter to three-
quarters of total employment. In other words, productive jobs have, just as predicted, been largely automated away (even if
you count industrial workers globally, including the toiling masses in India and China, such workers are still not nearly so
large a percentage of the world population as they used to be).

But rather than allowing a massive reduction of working hours to free the worlds population to pursue their own projects,
pleasures, visions, and ideas, we have seen the ballooning not even so much of the service sector as of the administrative
sector, up to and including the creation of whole new industries like financial services or telemarketing, or the
unprecedented expansion of sectors like corporate law, academic and health administration, human resources, and public
relations.

And these numbers do not even reflect on all those people whose job is to provide administrative, technical, or security
support for these industries, or for that matter the whole host of ancillary industries (dog-washers, all-night pizza
deliverymen) that only exist because everyone else is spending so much of their time working in all the other ones.
These are what I propose to call bullshit jobs.

Its as if someone were out there making up pointless jobs just for the sake of keeping us all working. And here,
precisely, lies the mystery.

In capitalism, this is exactly what is not supposed to happen. Sure, in the old inefficient socialist states like the Soviet Union,
where employment was considered both a right and a sacred duty, the system made up as many jobs as they had to (this is
why in Soviet department stores it took three clerks to sell a piece of meat).

But, of course, this is the very sort of problem market competition is supposed to fix. According to economic theory, at least,
the last thing a profit-seeking firm is going to do is shell out money to workers they dont really need to employ. Still,
somehow, it happens.

While corporations may engage in ruthless downsizing, the layoffs and speed-ups invariably fall on that class of
people who are actually making, moving, fixing and maintaining things; through some strange alchemy no one can
quite explain, the number of salaried paper-pushers ultimately seems to expand, and more and more employees
find themselves, not unlike Soviet workers actually, working 40 or even 50 hour weeks on paper, but effectively
working 15 hours just as Keynes predicted, since the rest of their time is spent organising or attending
motivational seminars, updating their facebook profiles or downloading TV box-sets.

The answer clearly isnt economic: its moral and political. The ruling class has figured out that a happy and
productive population with free time on their hands is a mortal danger (think of what started to happen when this
even began to be approximated in the 60s).

And, on the other hand, the feeling that work is a moral value in itself, and that anyone not willing to submit themselves to
some kind of intense work discipline for most of their waking hours deserves nothing, is extraordinarily convenient for them.

Once, when contemplating the apparently endless growth of administrative responsibilities in British academic departments,
I came up with one possible vision of hell. Hell is a collection of individuals who are spending the bulk of their time working
on a task they dont like and are not especially good at.
Say they were hired because they were excellent cabinet-makers, and then discover they are expected to spend a great
deal of their time frying fish. Neither does the task really need to be done at least, theres only a very limited number of fish
that need to be fried.

Yet somehow, they all become so obsessed with resentment at the thought that some of their co-workers might be spending
more time making cabinets, and not doing their fair share of the fish-frying responsibilities, that before long theres endless
piles of useless badly cooked fish piling up all over the workshop and its all that anyone really does.

I think this is actually a pretty accurate description of the moral dynamics of our own economy.

Now, I realise any such argument is going to run into immediate objections:

Who are you to say what jobs are really necessary? Whats necessary anyway? Youre an anthropology
professor, whats the need for that?

(And indeed a lot of tabloid readers would take the existence of my job as the very definition of wasteful social expenditure.)

And on one level, this is obviously true. There can be no objective measure of social value.

I would not presume to tell someone who is convinced they are making a meaningful contribution to the world that, really,
they are not. But what about those people who are themselves convinced their jobs are meaningless? Not long ago I got
back in touch with a school friend who I hadnt seen since I was 12.

I was amazed to discover that in the interim, he had become first a poet, then the front man in an indie rock band. Id heard
some of his songs on the radio having no idea the singer was someone I actually knew. He was obviously brilliant,
innovative, and his work had unquestionably brightened and improved the lives of people all over the world.

Yet, after a couple of unsuccessful albums, hed lost his contract, and plagued with debts and a newborn daughter, ended
up, as he put it, taking the default choice of so many directionless folk: law school.

Now hes a corporate lawyer working in a prominent New York firm. He was the first to admit that his job was utterly
meaningless, contributed nothing to the world, and, in his own estimation, should not really exist.

Theres a lot of questions one could ask here, starting with, what does it say about our society that it seems to generate an
extremely limited demand for talented poet-musicians, but an apparently infinite demand for specialists in corporate law?

(Answer: if 1% of the population controls most of the disposable wealth, what we call the market reflects
what they think is useful or important, not anybody else.)

But even more, it shows that most people in these jobs are ultimately aware of it. In fact, Im not sure Ive ever met a
corporate lawyer who didnt think their job was bullshit. The same goes for almost all the new industries outlined above.

There is a whole class of salaried professionals that, should you meet them at parties and admit that you do something that
might be considered interesting (an anthropologist, for example), will want to avoid even discussing their line of work
entirely.

Give them a few drinks, and they will launch into tirades about how pointless and stupid their job really is.

This is a profound psychological violence here. How can one even begin to speak of dignity in labour when one secretly
feels ones job should not exist? How can it not create a sense of deep rage and resentment.
Yet it is the peculiar genius of our society that its rulers have figured out a way, as in the case of the fish-fryers, to ensure
that rage is directed precisely against those who actually do get to do meaningful work.

For instance: in our society, there seems a general rule that, the more obviously ones work benefits other people,
the less one is likely to be paid for it.

Again, an objective measure is hard to find, but one easy way to get a sense is to ask: what would happen were this entire
class of people to simply disappear?

Say what you like about nurses, garbage collectors, or mechanics, its obvious that were they to vanish in a puff of
smoke, the results would be immediate and catastrophic.

A world without teachers or dock-workers would soon be in trouble, and even one without science fiction writers or ska
musicians would clearly be a lesser place.

Its not entirely clear how humanity would suffer were all private equity CEOs, lobbyists, PR researchers, actuaries,
telemarketers, bailiffs or legal consultants to similarly vanish. (Many suspect it might markedly improve.)
Yet apart from a handful of well-touted exceptions (doctors), the rule holds surprisingly well.

Even more perverse, there seems to be a broad sense that this is the way things should be. This is one of the secret
strengths of right-wing populism.

You can see it when tabloids whip up resentment against tube workers for paralysing London during contract disputes: the
very fact that tube workers can paralyse London shows that their work is actually necessary, but this seems to be precisely
what annoys people.

Its even clearer in the US, where Republicans have had remarkable success mobilizing resentment against school
teachers, or auto workers (and not, significantly, against the school administrators or auto industry managers who actually
cause the problems) for their supposedly bloated wages and benefits.

Its as if they are being told but you get to teach children! Or make cars! You get to have real jobs! And on top of that you
have the nerve to also expect middle-class pensions and health care?

If someone had designed a work regime perfectly suited to maintaining the power of finance capital, its hard to see
how they could have done a better job.
Real, productive workers are relentlessly squeezed and exploited.

The remainder are divided between a terrorised stratum of the universally reviled unemployed and a larger
stratum who are basically paid to do nothing, in positions designed to make them identify with the perspectives
and sensibilities of the ruling class (managers, administrators, etc) and particularly its financial avatars but, at
the same time, foster a simmering resentment against anyone whose work has clear and undeniable social value.

Clearly, the system was never consciously designed [actually you were right up until this statement]. It emerged from
almost a century of trial and error. But it is the only explanation for why, despite our technological capacities, we are not all
working 3-4 hour days.

David Graeber is a Professor of Anthropology at the London School of Economics. His most recent book, The Democracy
Project: A History, a Crisis, a Movement, is published by Spiegel & Grau.

Western Banks Crumble While Yuan Joins The IMF SDR Basket
October 5 2016 | From: Geopolitics

The gradual Global Reset continues with the official inclusion of the Chinese Yuan (RMB) as prime
alternative to the US dollar as global currency of exchange which should provide a smooth
transition away from fiat dollar.
While this SDR inclusion was preannounced months ago, still the multiple investigations of fraudulent bank
services, and the ongoing fall of the Big Banks suggest that the ongoing Global Reset will continue no matter the
geopolitical noise, which are all part of the hybrid World War 3 being fought against the outgoing Nazionist Word
Order.

Related: Bix Weir On Global Financial Collapse: Its Happening, Right on Time

When one considers the fact that the Chinese Yuan is backed with real, tangible hard assets, e.g. gold and industrial
infrastructure, it would be very easy to say that the US dollar is doomed as it should be since its integrity and real value are
nil at this point in time.

Yes, the Khazarian bankers cant hide it anymore. They have a problem, a very big one, and they want to pass it on to the
Western taxpayers, one more time.
 Deutsche Bank Troubles Raise Fear of Global Shock

"Germanys largest bank appears in danger, sending stock markets worldwide on a wild ride. Yet the biggest
source of worry is less about its finances than a vast tangle of unknowns - not least, whether Europe can muster
the will to mount a rescue in the event of an emergency.

In short, fears that Europe lacks the cohesion to avoid a financial crisis may be enhancing the threat of one.

The immediate source of alarm is the health of Deutsche Bank, whose vast and sprawling operations, are
entangled with the fates of investment houses from Tokyo to London to New York.

Deutsche is staring at a multibillion-dollar fine from the Justice Department for its enthusiastic participation in Wall
Streets festival of toxic mortgage products in the years leading up to financial crisis of 2008.

Given Deutsches myriad other troubles - a role in the manipulation of a financial benchmark, claims of trades that
violated Russian sanctions and a generalized sense of confusion about its mission - the American pursuit of a stiff
penalty comes at an inopportune time.

It heightens the sense that Deutsche - whose shares have lost more than half their value this year - needs to
secure additional investment, lest it leave itself vulnerable to some new crisis."

- Deutsche Bank Troubles Raise Fear of Global Shock

Who will provide the additional investment if not the German people who will be forced to swallow a slew of legislated
austerity measures later on?

But the bigger problem for the Banking Canal is: Deutsche bank is just one domino in the entire fraudulent fractional banking
system that is visibly in turmoil, and it is expected to bring down the entire fiat financial system with it.

Related: Some Deutsche Bank Clients Unable To Access Cash Due To "IT Outage"
 Why Deutsche Bank is Now the Biggest Worry in the Financial World

"Shares in Deutsche have lost more than half their value so far this year. The IMF hasnt helped matters, saying in
June that the bank is the greatest contributor to systemic risk in the worlds biggest lenders.

Q How is Deutsche Bank reacting?

A John Cryan, the Briton who became chief executive last summer, has set out a five-year restructuring plan that
will cut about 15,000 of Deutsches 101,000-strong workforce. Its dividend has been suspended for two years, and
Cryan expects to close dozens of overseas sites. It sold Abbey Life, its old portfolio of British life insurance
products, for euros 1billion on Wednesday.

Q What else can the bank do?

A Rumours surfaced over the summer of a possible merger between Deutsche and Commerzbank, its biggest
competitor, and more recently the idea of another multi-billion-euro rights issue has been floated. Again, these
reports have been played down by the bank.

Deutsche also has the option to switch off regular coupon payments on its coco bonds, providing a small amount
of breathing space. Analysts at Autonomous have also suggested that the bank could save euros 2.8billion by not
paying staff bonuses."

- Why Deutsche Bank is now the biggest worry in the financial world

However, the possible merger between Deutsche Bank and Commerzbank can only go as far as the next collapse

Is Another German Bank in Trouble? Commerzbank to Cut 9,600 Jobs and Suspend
Dividend
"Commerzbank, the second-biggest bank in Germany, has suspended its dividend and revealed more than 9,000
job losses as it tries to shore up its business in the face of ultra-low interest rates and sagging client activity.

The bank said its decision to cut almost one in five of its employees worldwide and merge two of its largest
businesses will result in a 700m write-off and a loss for this quarter.

The banks Mittelstand division, seen as the engine room of Germanys mid-sized corporate economy, will be
combined with its corporate branch, while investment activity will be scaled back.

Commerzbank also warned that ongoing weakness in the shipping markets would push up its loan loss
provisions in the coming months. The bank decided four years ago to exit the ship financing business but still has
about 8bn on its books.

We simply dont earn enough money to lead the bank sustainably and successfully into the future. And this
situation will get worse if we dont do something about it, chief executive Martin Zielke said in a draft note to
employees, according to Reuters.

The bank will cease dividend payments for the time being, prompting analysts at RBC Capital Markets to scrap
their forecasts for payments until at least 2018."

- Is another German bank in trouble? Commerzbank to cut 9,600 jobs and suspend dividend

ING Plans Thousands of Job Cuts

"ING Groep NV, the largest Netherlands lender, will announce thousands of job cuts at its investor day on Monday,
Dutch newspaper Het Financieele Dagblad reported Friday, citing unidentified people with knowledge of the
matter.

The reorganization will result in more central management and may generate billions of euros in savings, the paper
said. Raymond Vermeulen, a spokesman for the Amsterdam-based bank, declined to comment on the report. The
bank employs about 52,000 people, according to its website."

- ING Plans Thousands of Job Cuts

Stanford Endowment Joins Long List of College Funds Doing Poorly

"The Stanford University endowment posted a 0.4 percent loss on its investments for fiscal 2016, underperforming
some large rivals but doing better than Harvard Universitys 2.0 percent loss. The median return for foundations
and endowments tracked by the Wilshire Trust Universe Comparison Service was negative 0.3 percent.

Harvard is the largest university endowment, with $35.7 billion in assets. Harvard president Drew Faust said the
disappointing investment return would constrain our budgets, according to the Harvard Crimson.

Harvard Management Co. is seeking a new chief executive after the departure this summer of Stephen Blyth after
a short, year-and-a-half stint. The endowment manager is under pressure to boost performance; Blyth had said it
needed to produce at least a 5 percent return annually to meet its obligations to Harvards annual operating
budget."

- Stanford endowment joins long list of college funds doing poorly

 Reckoning Comes for U.S. Pension Funds as Investment Returns Lag

"The $1.9 trillion shortfall in U.S. state and local pension funds is poised to grow as near record-low bond yields
and global stock-market turmoil reduce investment gains, increasing pressure on governments to put more money
into the retirement systems.

With the Federal Reserve deciding to hold interest rates steady at its meeting Wednesday, the funds will continue
to be squeezed by rock-bottom payouts on fixed-income securities just as stocks fall overseas and post only
modest U.S. gains.

As a result, pensions in Illinois, Missouri and Hawaii this year have moved to roll back the assumed rate of return
on their investments, joining the dozens that have taken that step over the past two years.

Theres little light at the end of the tunnel as far as pension funding is concerned, said Vikram Rai, head of
municipal-bond strategy at Citigroup Inc. in New York.

I expect funded ratios will drop further. Itll require increased pension contributions on the part of the states and
local government, but most state and local governments dont have the ability to do so.

- Reckoning Comes for U.S. Pension Funds as Investment Returns Lag

Related: Its Not Just Deutsche Bank. The Entire Financial Sector Is Sick

This expanding financial time bomb is being exposed one more time with the US senate investigations on Wells Fargos
highly deceptive sales strategies victimizing even its long-time customers.
 Wells Fargo Problems Far From Over as Investigations and Lawsuits Expand

"Alex Polonsky was watching Senator Elizabeth Warren of Massachusetts lay into Wells Fargos chief executive,
John Stumpf, on 20 September when he finally had enough.

He picked up the phone and called Jonathan Delshad, who would soon become his lawyer. Polonsky used to work
for Wells Fargo, but according to his lawsuit, he was demoted and later terminated for not meeting his sales
quotas.

The bank has recently come under scrutiny for such quotas after it was revealed that for years, thousands of its
employees had been opening unauthorized accounts in order to meet them.

More than 2m such accounts were opened without customers permission and more than 5,300 Wells
Fargo employees have been fired with about 1,000 being dismissed each year over the past five years.

At the same time, employees like Polonsky were fired for not meeting their quotas."

- Wells Fargo problems far from over as investigations and lawsuits expand

Surely, the complete Western financial collapse will just be a matter of time, and contrary to some assertions, its not
something that the Khazarian bankers are fretting much about.

They have already invested their loot in China, India and even in Russia. They have profited from every systemic shift which
have happened before.
But unlike before, they will now have a two-pronged approach which assures their continued occupation of the Halls of
Power in the West.

Aside from the simple transfer of financial assets to the winning side which they dont have full control of anymore, they will
also be using the event to install in the West what they have been eagerly egging on, and that is the full digitization of fiat
currencies, and the full integration of European human resources into their quantum supercomputer AI-based economic
system.

In order to effect this gigantic automated NWO plan, the United States has recently transferred its authority over the ICANN;

A nonprofit organization that is responsible for coordinating the maintenance and procedures of several databases
related to the namespaces of the Internet thereby ensuring the networks stable and secure operation...

- to the United Nations, in addition to all measures already in the pipeline, e.g. drone squadron, surveillance mechanisms,
armed police, etc.

This march towards Technocratic Dictatorship will continue unless the people in the US and Europe will take a decisive
action against the PuppetMasters right in their own countries.

To make these regressive changes happen, the United Nations is already conditioning the minds of its subjects about the
3rd leg of the global financial crisis with prospect of epic debt defaults.
Related: European banks cutting 20,000 staff as they get hammered

UN Fears Third Leg of the Global Financial Crisis With Prospect of Epic Debt Defaults

"The third leg of the worlds intractable depression is yet to come. If trade economists at the United Nations are
right, the next traumatic episode may entail the greatest debt jubilee in history.

It may also prove to be the definitive crisis of globalized capitalism, the demise of the liberal free-market
orthodoxies promoted for almost forty years by the Bretton Woods institutions, the OECD, and the Davos fraternity.

Alarm bells have been ringing over the explosion of corporate debt levels in emerging economies, which now
exceed $25 trillion. Damaging deflationary spirals cannot be ruled out, said the annual report of the UN
Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD).

We know already that the poisonous side-effect of zero rates and quantitative easing in the US, Europe, and Japan
was to flood developing nations with cheap credit, upsetting their internal chemistry and drawing them into a snare.
What is less understood is just how destructive this has been.

Much of the money was wasted, skewed towards highly cyclical and rent-based sectors of limited strategic
importance for catching up, it said.

Worse yet, these countries have imported the deformities of western finance before they are ready to cope with the
consequences. This has undermined what UNCTAD calls the profit-investment nexus that ultimately drives
growth and prosperity.

The extraordinary result is that some countries are slipping backwards, victims of premature deindustrialisation.
Many of them have fallen further behind the rich world than they were in 1980 despite opening up their economies
and following the global policy script diligently.
 The middle income trap closed in on Latin America and the non-oil states of the Middle East a long time ago, but
now it is beginning to close in such countries as Malaysia and Thailand, and in some respects China. The benefits
of a rushed integration into international financial markets post-2008 are fast evaporating, it said.

If policymakers fail to mitigate the negative impacts of unchecked global market forces, then a turn to protectionism
could trigger a vicious downward spiral for everyone.

What is clear is that world will soon need a massive and coordinated spending push by governments to create
demand and bring the broken global system back into equilibrium. UNCTAD is entirely right about that.

If this does not happen, it is sauve qui peut."

- UN Fears Third Leg of the GLobal Financial Crisis with Epic Debt

The key phrase of that article is the next traumatic episode may entail the greatest debt jubilee in history which may
sound good until we realize that they are just resetting the same old fiat debt-based slavery system because the derivative
bubble numbers are getting so large, it complicates the manipulations even more, much like they reset the calendar from
BCE to CE, or AD, to hide those countless genocides that their bloodlines have committed thousands of years ago.

At the same time, and in addition to simplifying the whole corrosive system, what these economic gurus are trying to project
is that economics and finance are so complicated, but the solution still lies within that same grossly defective monetary
system of controlling resources.

There can never be anything better than this debt slavery quicksand in spite of the existence of exotic technologies that
would render the whole economic system obsolete.

It must be known to all, that the progressive BRICS are not suppressing these same exotic technologies but are gradually
raising global awareness to the fact, as some Russian scientists have already announced the discovery of an industrial
method to produce any element, known and unknown, which runs counter to the economics of scarcity, at the press of a
button.

China, for its part, is already manufacturing and selling HHO kits to increase the fuel efficiency of existing internal
combustion engines, or eliminate the use of fossil fuels altogether.
A HHO system is basically a small device that uses electricity to release hydrogen based gas from water, called HHO, which is then directed into a
vehicles air intake system. The new air, is enriched with hydrogen now and it is highly explosive. This enriched air can now be mixed with less
fuel in order to achieve the same explosive inside the engine. This is basically how HHO kits save fuel.

The dense fog of highly distractive lies and deceptions is covering both sides of the Atlantic. But here in Asia, the options
are pretty clear, i.e. continued participation of the Globalist Empire, or the total separation through a parallel system of the
BRICS Alliances New Silk Roads, CIPS bank transfer system, and a separate internet backbone.

But just like the Syrian crisis, the ultimate solution to the Western financial crisis is the total defeat of the Khazarian Criminal
Syndicate which has full control of the Western governments, before the march towards global prosperity can commence in
earnest.

Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed

Neurologist
October 5 2016 | From: BePure / Sott

Last week I attended a conference by Dr Julia Rucklidge from the University of Canterbury where
she presented her groundbreaking research on the treatment of mental health disorders such as
ADHD, bipolar, depression and anxiety using therapeutic doses of micronutrients.
More and more we are seeing that what we eat, and what we absorb from our food choices, affect more than our
physical appearance and physical fitness.

Related: Nutrition And Mental Health

Yes these things are important, but actually there are numerous benefits to eating a nutrient-dense diet with supporting
products that dont get mentioned. And they should. Our mental health is something that affects every interaction we have
with ourselves, our families, our work colleagues and our friends.

The takeaway message from this conference is the prevalence of mental health problems in the modern world is
concerning. According to Dr Rucklidge:

There is a very real danger of mental health care bankrupting our society in terms of cost and social implications.

In this blog Im going to address the link between nutrition and mental health. There are many other factors involved in the
prevention and treatment of mental illness. We are only addressing nutrition in this blog as it is such an important factor to
consider.

The Whole Picture

One in ten New Zealanders are on antidepressants. This is an eight-fold increase in total prescription numbers from 1998.

There has been a four-fold increase in claimed disability financial support due to psychiatric disorders in New Zealand from
1991 to now. Both these figures are supplied through Statistics New Zealands annual reports.
Related: Getting Real About What Depression IS and ISN'T

In a period of time where more cutting edge medicines have been researched, developed and trialled on our population,
rates of mental health disorders continue to rise.

The long term results from the National Institute of Mental Healths (NIMH) MTA study found that children taking medication
for ADHD for longer than 24 months showed significant markers not of beneficial outcome, but of deterioration medicated
children were also slightly smaller, and higher delinquency scores. Source: The MTA cooperative randomised clinical trial.

Its fair to say our current gold standards are not working, so what else has changed in this time period?

Food And Stress

This increase in mental health conditions follows the same exponential rise of obesity and type two diabetes from the 1970s
to now. We know that the rise in medical knowledge and the availability of medications hasnt resolved the problem, nor has
a 300% increase in gym memberships, so what has changed to negatively affect our mental and metabolic health?
Related: A Mind of Your Own with Guest Dr. Kelly Brogan

I firmly believe, and the evidence supports this idea, that what we are eating and the nutrients we give to our bodies
drastically affect our weight, energy, metabolic health AND mental health in both negative and positive ways.

For many people gluten, refined grains and sugar can cause problems affecting everything from digestion, mood, skin
disorders like rashes and eczema, to joint pain, weight gain, migraines, thyroid disorders, mental health disorders and
behavioural issues such as ADHD.

For an extensive list of gluten-related symptoms, check out this list.

Gluten is a protein found in wheat, barley, and rye, and is what gives bread its stretch. Many nutritionists now believe many
people - not just those with gluten intolerance or Celiac Disease - should avoid gluten as it is a known contributor to leaky
gut.
Related: Simple changes to your diet can help with mental health issues

This is problematic for mental health conditions because if serotonin is not kept within your gut and digestive tract, it cannot
engage in chemical reactions within your brain to increase your mood.

Refined grains and sugar cause blood sugar spikes and energy crashes as insulin is produced to mitigate the quick rush of
glucose and fructose. You can read in length about the problem with refined grains and sugar.

Lastly, the stress of modern living has a huge impact on our mental health. Cortisol is a stress hormone that is activated by
everything from traffic, fighting with a loved one, worry, anxiety, excessive caffeine intake and even exercise. Cortisol
initiates our fight or flight response in our nervous system. In ancestral times this response was necessary for fleeing from
danger.
Related: Sadness: The Problem and The Solution

In the modern world, we perceive danger to be everywhere (i.e we release cortisol) despite the fact we arent running away
from a lion. This constant flood of cortisol prevents our rest and digest nervous system from operating. This prevents
recovery from exercise or the days stressors, the production of growth hormone and serotonin as well as preventing sleep
and digestion.

Managing stress is critical for those people with mental health concerns.

The Brain Gut Connection

Current research in the field of microbiome health and mental health conditions confirms the theory our stomach is our
second brain. There are several reasons for this. The first is Serotonin.

Related: What Does Your Illness Mean?

Serotonin is your happiness hormone. It is a neurotransmitter that relays messages from all areas of your brain to your cells.
An imbalance or deficiency in serotonin is thought to influence the brain in a way that causes depression.

Up to 70% of your bodies total serotonin lives in your digestive tract. If you have leaky gut, a food intolerance or gut
dysbiosis through poor diet or antibiotic use, the serotonin can leak out of your gut and is then unable to do its job in your
brain.

The second factor has to do with the nutritional and energy demands of our brains. Our brains are approximately 2% of our
body weight. However, it consumes 20-40% of our metabolism. In other words, it is constantly and disproportionately
demanding nutrients and oxygen. One litre of blood enters your brain every minute, carrying whatever nutrients it has
access to.

Giving it nutrient dense food and access to as many nutrients as possible is critical for mental health.

So What Can We Do?

Dr Rucklidges research suggests we need to ensure good nutrient-density in our diets and use therapeutic doses of
micronutrients to support mental health conditions.
Related: 5 Stages of Transformation

Micronutrients such as zinc, vitamin D, Essential Fatty Acids and many more have been used in many open label
trials across anxiety, sleep issues, bipolar disorder and ADHD.

All have shown significant reductions in psychiatric and psychological symptoms. Response rates range from 50-
80% improvements."

Source: Dr Julia Rucklidge at the University of Canterbury.

The current medical model seeks to use medication first before addressing stress, food, sleep and nutrient deficiencies. I
would personally love to see this equation flipped. If we can address dietary and lifestyle factors first, along with nutrient
support, while using medication sparingly on a case-by-case basis, we can greatly improve the mental health of our nation.

If you or a loved one are currently struggling with depression-like symptoms, bipolar ADHD or anxiety please seek
assistance. You can contact your GP or health care provider, the BePure team at
info@bepure.co.nz, www.depression.org.nz or the depression helpline at 0800 111 757.

Related: German psychologists declare "the drugs don't work"

Renowned Harvard Psychologist Calls ADHD A Fraud That Only Benefits The
Pharmaceutical Industry

Viewed by academics as one of the most influential psychologists of the 20th century, Jerome
Kagan ranked above Carl Jung (the founder of analytical psychology) and Ivan Pavlov (who
discovered the Pavlovian reflex) in a 2002 American Psychological Association ranking of the
eminent psychologists.

He is well-known for his pioneering work in developmental psychology at Harvard University, where he has spent
decades documenting how babies and small children grow, and is an exceptional and highly-regarded researcher.

So it may be surprising to learn that he believes the diagnosis of ADHD (attention deficit hyperactivity disorder) is
an invention - and only benefits the pharmaceutical industry and psychiatrists.

Mislabeling Mental Illness

"That is the history of humanity: Those in authority believe they're doing the right thing, and they harm those who
have no power", says Jerome Kagan.

In an interview with Spiegel, Kagan addressed the skyrocketing rates of ADHD in America, which he attributes to "fuzzy
diagnostic practices."

He illustrated his point with the following example:

Say fifty years ago you have a 7-year-old who is bored in school and exhibits disruptive behavior. Back then, he would be
labeled as lazy. But today, that same child is said to suffer from ADHD. That's why we've seen such a dramatic increase in
the disorder.

Every child who is having problems in school is sent to see a pediatrician, who then claims it's ADHD and
prescribes Ritalin.
 "In fact, 90 percent of these 5.4 million kids don't have an abnormal dopamine metabolism. The problem is,
if a drug is available to doctors, they'll make the corresponding diagnosis," he said.

"We could get philosophical and ask ourselves: "What does mental illness mean?"

If you do interviews with children and adolescents aged 12 to 19, then 40 percent can be categorized as anxious or
depressed.

But if you take a closer look and ask how many of them are seriously impaired by this, the number shrinks to 8 percent.

Describing every child who is depressed or anxious as being mentally ill is ridiculous.

Adolescents are anxious, that's normal. They don't know what college to go to. Their boyfriend or girlfriend just
stood them up. Being sad or anxious is just as much a part of life as anger or sexual frustration," Kagan told
Spiegel.

What are the implications for the millions of children who are inaccurately diagnosed as mentally ill? Kagan believes it's
devastating because they think there is something fundamentally wrong with them.

He's not the only psychologist to raise the alarm about this trend, but Kagan and others feel they're up against:

"An enormously powerful alliance: pharmaceutical companies that are making billions, and a profession
that is self-interested."

Kagan himself suffered from inner restlessness and stuttering as a child, but his mother told him: "There's nothing wrong
with you. Your mind is working faster than your tongue." He thought at the time: "Gee, that's great, I'm only stuttering
because I'm so smart." If he had been born in the present era, he most likely would have been classified as mentally ill.

Jerome Kagan

ADHD isn't the only mental illness epidemic among children that worries Kagan, depression is another.

In 1987, about one in 400 American teenagers was using an antidepressant. By 2002, the numbers leaped to one in
40.

He feels it's another overused diagnosis, simply because the pills are available.

Instead of immediately resorting to pharmaceutical drugs, he thinks doctors should take more time with the child to find out
why they aren't as cheerful, for instance. At the very least, a few tests should be carried out - and an EEG for certain,
especially since studies have shown that people who have heightened activity in the right frontal lobe respond poorly to
antidepressants.
Kagan remembers going into a textbook-type depression after a major research project he was involved with failed. He had
insomnia and met all the other clinical criteria for depression. But since he knew what the cause was, he didn't seek
professional help. After six months, the depression was gone.

Under normal circumstances, he would have been diagnosed as mentally ill by a psychiatrist and put on
medication.

But here lies an important distinction: when a life event overwhelms us, it's common to fall into a depression for a while. But
there are those who have a genetic vulnerability and experience chronic depression; they are mentally ill.

It's crucial to look not only at the symptoms, but the causes.

This is where psychiatry drops the ball, as it's the only medical profession that establishes illness on symptoms
alone.

Such a blind spot opens the door for new maladies - like bipolar disorder, which we never used to see in children. As it
stands today, nearly a million Americans under the age of 19 are diagnosed with it.

"A group of doctors at Massachusetts General Hospital just started calling kids who had temper tantrums
bipolar. They shouldn't have done that. But the drug companies loved it because drugs against bipolar
disorders are expensive. That's how the trend was started. It's a little like in the 15th century, when people
started thinking someone could be possessed by the devil or hexed by a witch," said Kagan.

When asked if there are alternatives to pharmaceutical drugs for behavioral abnormalities, Kagan said we could look at
tutoring, as an example, for kids diagnosed with ADHD. After all, it's never the ones who are doing well in school that are
diagnosed, it's always the children who are struggling.

Related: ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist

$40 Billion US In Aid To Israel: For Whom And For What? + Documentary Reveals How
Israel Convinces Americans: Palestine Occupies Israel
October 4 2016 | From: Sott / GlobalResearch / Various

Recently, the United States just renewed military aid to Israel in a decade-long, $38 billion deal -
the largest of its kind in American history.

It represents a significant increase in aid, roughly $3.8 billion a year - expected to be supplemented by additional
assistance through US Congress - up from $3 billion per year previously.

Related: Israel - A Nation Founded Upon A Monumental Lie

The Atlantic in an article titled, Why Does the United States Give So Much Money to Israel?, attempted to explain the
reasoning behind the otherwise unreasonable and unprecedented assistance by claiming:

Defenders of the deal would say it's necessary. Dalton described the uptick in spending as a natural extension of
the long-standing relationship between the United States and Israel, "as well as close ties between those countries
and their peoples."

She described the "fraught neighborhood" surrounding Israel: war-torn Syria to the northeast, Hezbollah-influenced
Lebanon to the north, and an Islamist insurgency in Egypt's Sinai to the south, all of which help explain the
historically high promise of $5 billion in missile funding over the next 10 years."

However, experienced geopolitical analysts will point out that the United States does not have "friends," "allies," or
"relationships" - only interests and those who serve them.

And while The Atlantic attempts to explain the deal as a means of maintaining a "relationship," it and other publications
admit that there are "strings attached." If examined carefully, these strings reveals just what interests this supposed
"relationship" serves.
Related: New IDF chief rabbi: Soldiers can rape Arab women to boost morale

CNBC would say just that in its article, Big US military aid package to Israel has strings attached, claiming:

...it's structured so that more Israeli defense spending goes to U.S. companies. Israel's long-standing special
arrangement for funds from the United States previously allowed Israel to spend 26 percent of the money in Israel -
on Israeli-made defense products. But that provision is being phased out over the first five years of the deal."

In other words, the ten year, $38 billion aid package is first and foremost welfare for US defense contractors, not
Israel whose own defense spending adds up to $16 billion per year - dwarfing annual US "aid." The deal is to encourage
further Israeli dependency on America - dependency that lends Washington further leverage over both Israel and the
region.

The purpose of aid and those who have arranged it on both the Israeli and American sides of the negotiating table is to
continue directing Israel's domestic and foreign policy to suit America's interests, not the Israeli people's.

An Israel at peace with its neighbors in a stable Middle East and North Africa is an Israel that negates the supposed
need of a US presence in the region. It also negates the need for such extravagant defense spending in both Israel and
the United States.
Related: $40 billion aid to Israel is largest ever to any country, says Susan Rice

CNBC would also reveal that the new assistance package would include provisions making it difficult for Israel to lobby
for additional spending unless war broke out.

Considering the track record of various Israeli regimes, does one suppose this is an incentive for Israel to avoid conflict,
or actively seek it out?

In every way the aid deal is meant to perpetuate unpopular regimes, unpopular and inhumane policies, as well as
perpetuate conflict and human misery.

The role the US plays in "stabilizing" the Middle East is revealed instead as a constant conspiracy to overturn it.

US, Israel, and Saudi Arabia - Trifecta of Conflict and Instability

The only other nation in the Middle East sowing as much conflict and instability as Israel's current regime is Saudi
Arabia. It has flooded Iraq and Syria with militant groups triggering years of devastating war as well as directly launched an
extensive air and ground war against neighboring Yemen.
Saudi Arabia - like Israel - is the recipient of extensive US backing. While the US made history by granting Israel
unprecedented foreign aid, it sealed with Saudi Arabia recently an equally historic and unprecedented weapons
deal amounting to some $60 billion - a single deal significantly larger than the 10 year aid package the US is providing
Israel.

Israel's Haaretz would report in its article, U.S. Announces $60b Arms Sale to Saudi Arabia, Says 'Israel Doesn't Object',
that:

The United States plans to sell up to $60 billion worth of military aircraft to Saudi Arabia, the U.S. State
Department announced on Wednesday in a move designed to shore up a region overshadowed by Iran.

Andrew Shapiro, the assistant secretary of state for political-military affairs, told a news conference the U.S.
administration did not anticipate any objections to the sale from Israel, traditionally wary of arms sales to nearby
Arab countries."

Indeed, Israel does not object to US weapon deals with Saudi Arabia. Despite feigned adversity between the two regimes,
the governments of Israel and Saudi Arabia work in tandem toward a singular regional vision with very few points of
contention and with the common denominator being the way each nation's role enhances their joint sponsor - the United
States - and its hegemony over the region.

It is then not surprising to see US-funded Israeli forces defending Saudi subsidized terrorists on the Golan Heights
coordinating violence against Syrian forces throughout the destructive, ongoing Syrian conflict.
Unlike Saudi Arabia, which does not exist as a functioning legitimate nation-state beyond its petrodollars and its US-backed
military power, Israel does possess the economic infrastructure and human capital to transition into a functioning,
independent nation-state - if only its population can overcome the engineered strategy of tension that has ensnared it for
decades and the regime behind it.

The United States' $38 billion is to ensure that regime remains in power for another 10 years, the strategy of tension
continues to play out, and the Israeli people, as well as their neighbors are denied any opportunity to live in peace and move
forward in progress for another decade to come.

Rather than underwriting Israel's security for the next decade, the US is ensuring Israel struggles under another 10 years
of uncertainty, perpetually impending war, all while its regime continues to partner with neighboring regimes - including
Saudi Arabia and Turkey - to undermine regional stability and further threaten the future of the Israeli people and the
survival of the Israeli nation.

The Israeli regime's signing of yet another compromising, dependency-inducing aid package with the United States is proof
once again that Israel's own government constitutes the Israeli nation's worst enemy.
Related: Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israels Crimes Against Palestinians + Parallels Between Israel &
1930's Germany & Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A Rogue State

Comment: Perhaps Israel has been given too little credit here for its manipulative controls, global infiltration and
concentration of pathocracy.

Documentary Reveals How Israel Convinces Americans: Palestine Occupies Israel

In this episode of Behind the Headline, host Mint Press Mnar Muhawesh meets Sut Jhally, an
expert on media manipulation and propaganda. In the film The Occupation of the American Mind,
Jhally and others examine how high-paid spin doctors control the media message on Israel.
Following the Holocaust, the world community - led by the United States and Britain - sought to create a European
Jewish-only state.

This humanitarian move, though, utterly failed in respecting the humanity of the lands indigenous inhabitants - Christian and
Muslim Palestinians.

Starting in December of 1947, their land and property was seized and destroyed to make way for the state of Israel, where
white only European Jews would live . Over 750,000 Palestinians were expelled and over 10,000 were killed by the British
and US armed Zionist militias, and later Israeli forces, during the Nakba, an Arabic word meaning catastrophe.

Those expelled by the Nakba and their Palestinian descendants who make up the worlds largest refugee population in the
world are not allowed to return to their land.

Yet a recent poll found that nearly half of Americans believe Palestine occupies Israel - not the other way around.

Thats because the mainstream, corporate-owned media continues to spin a propaganda wheel that dehumanizes
Palestinians and paints Israel as a beacon of democracy.
Related: Google under fire for replacing Palestine from its maps with Israel

Meanwhile, special interest groups like the American Israel Public Affairs Committee, or AIPAC, buy their way into the
hearts and minds of our elected officials. Ever wonder why Israel gets $3 billion in annual military funding from Uncle Sam?
Connect the dots from the campaign contributions to the spending bills.

Theres a lot riding on our relationship with Israel: Apart from serving as a proxy for U.S. relations in the Middle East and
Africa, Israel is Americas second-top destination for arms exports. Yep - the countrys thats no bigger than the state of New
Jersey is basically a black check for the military-industrial complex.

But not all Americans are on board with the notion of Israel as the victim of Palestinian oppression.

Important: Gaza In Context

Another study showed that 62 percent of the population now believes Israel gets too much foreign aid, and the Boycott,
Divestment and Sanctions movement has made waves across the world, imposing a kind of sanction against Israels
economy by targeting Israeli products.

A new documentary, The Occupation of the American Mind, brings attention to how Israels public relations campaign has
successfully manipulated the narrative of the Israel-Palestine conflict in that, its not a conflict at all but a matter of
modern-day colonialism, ethnic cleansing and apartheid.
Today Im joined by Sut Jhally, executive producer of The Occupation of the American Mind and a professor of
communication at the University of Massachusetts. The film was produced, written and directed by Loretta Alper and Jeremy
Earp.

I asked Jhally to explain how Americans are being kept in the dark about Palestine, and how that prevents a mass
movement against Israeli apartheid from forming in the U.S.

Learn more about the US war in Afghanistan fueling the worldwide heroin crisis, and Israels occupation of American minds:

Related Articles:

How Israel Benefits from Living with Terror

 The 1967 Israeli Attack on the USS Liberty

This is not Gaza After Israeli Invasion

Palestinians inside Israel Are under Attack

October 2016: The Most Consequential Month Of The Millennium

October 3 2016 | From: CosmicConvergence

Never in the history of the world has so much anticipation and anxiety been focused on the
outcomes of a single month.

According to astrologers and oracles, psychics and prophets, pundits and politicos, October of 2016 has been
foreordained as a month of great events and awesome surprises.

Not only does the astrology stack up in such a way so as to indicate a month of HUGE happenings, so, too, have many
powerful predictions been made by various oracles as compelling prophecies have been uttered by modern-day prophets.

Just why is October so Momentous?

First it happens to perfectly align with the Hebrew month of Tishri. Elul 29 falls on October 2nd which means the rest of the
month until the 31st matches up with Tishri. This single point of fact means that the whole month of October has the
potential to unfold in a manner that brings major revelations and unparalleled change.

The primary reason for this is that the end of the Biblical Shemitah Jubilee (also known as the Super Shemitah) takes place
on Sunday, October 2. This sole calendrical event will set up the rest of the month for an anything goes, anytime,
anywhere context.

However, most of the real action is guaranteed to occur right here in the good ole USA (as well as Europe and the
Mideast). Because the destiny of the Modern State of Israel (MSI) is joined at the hip with that of the United States,
outcomes for one will greatly affect the other. And those outcomes will come fast and furiously.

The upshot of this quite lopsided relationship (between the USA and Israel) is that one can easily take down the other, just
as they have supported each other since the birth of the MSI in 1947. It is, however, the Super Shemitah that holds the
key for the great unraveling that is about to take place.

For the utter predictability of the Shemitah years is a well established pattern and cannot be denied in view of the historical
events of epic proportions which always occur.

For the newcomer, witness 9/11 in the Shemitah year of 2001; witness the stock market crash of 2008, witness the various
market crashes of 2015 along with the bankruptcies of Greece and Puerto Rico. Going back to 1994 there was the great
bond market crash and bankruptcy of Orange County. All of these were Shemitah years.

777.7 SHEMITAH Numerology Explained and Decoded

The critical point here is that 2016 represents the end of a major Shemitah cycle making it the Super Shemitah. Therefore,
what takes place during the month of October (Tishri according to the Judaic tradition) will have great consequence for the
entire world community of nations.
Whatever occurs will likely be triggered on Monday, October 3rd since October 2nd is a Sunday. We may not even see that
trigger in the MSM, although something quite HUGE just happened on Friday.

HISTORIC IMF ANNOUNCEMENT: Reminbi Now Included in the SDR Basket of Currencies

Astrology for October is Quite Tumultuous and Validates the Shemitah

This October will see a number of transits and other astrological events that will create extraordinary tension and opportunity
for change. Most real change comes at the barrel of a gun. Isnt that true in life in general? Who ever gives up their comfort
food unless a serious health condition forces them to?

Does the sugarholic (or alcoholic, or caffeine addict, or nicotine addict, or coke addict, or gambler, or Smartphone addict, or
endorphin addict, etc.) ever just stop gratifying their addiction unless it becomes truly life-threatening?! Sounds like a
certain politician presently running for POTUS irrespective of her diagnosed Parkinsons disease, Subcortical vascular
dementia and Post concussive syndrome.

Well thats exactly where things are for the Oligarchy of 1% that currently runs Planet Earth. For it is the pathological love of
money (and psychopathic addiction to power) that has pushed them firmly into the seats of power and influence around the
globe.
However, their grip on that virtually absolute power is now loosening.

And the astrology shows us how this is happening. Nevertheless, its even more important to understand that it is the
ruled (the 99%) who ultimately permitted the tyrannical rulers to run their tyranny on them.

Oligarchs Gone Wild

With Uranus, Neptune and Pluto in houses controlled by the 1%, the 1% decided what if anything ever warranted
protest or needed reform (Uranus). They were empowered to choose which ideals would guide us (Neptune). They
also decided who should hold power, how it should be wielded and why (Pluto).

For much of the time, the oligarchs also decided what was logical and legal (Saturn), who would become wealthy,
how wealthy they would become, who would share in that wealth and why (Jupiter).

For going on half a century, the oligarchs made virtually all the rules. They won every hand. They decided every
case. By the end, they called every shot.

But that was us, drinking our own oligarchic koolaid. We followed the yellow brick road that we ourselves had
paved to global oligarchy.

(Source: October 2016 The Deep Astrological Context)

Only by understanding that it is the 99% who also walked down the very same yellow brick road, can the spell of
the love of money be broken. Theres absolutely nothing inherently wrong with money itself; rather, it is the energetic
charge associated with HOW it is earned, and HOW it is spent.

Each Month has its own Astrological Imprint

The following breakdown of the primary days in October may not be comprehensible to most. Nonetheless each one serves
as a critical marker during a month - October - that is typically full of surprises. This month will be no different and will quite
likely see some of the most kariotic surprises of all time.
The following short description of the primary astrological makers for October ought to be kept handy throughout the
month. Each of these days has the potential for being a defining moment for the 3rd Millennium.

October unfolds with a series of collapses, astrologically tied to these dates:

October 5th - when Mars squares Jupiter.

October 7th - when Sun squares Pluto

October 15 - when Sun conjuncts Uranus

Then the big one on October 19 - when Mars conjuncts Pluto. This alignment happens every 2 years, but in light
of the earlier October dates this is the one that will give a big kick to all the Pluto aspects in October.

The Gray Swans of 2016

There is no question about the many and diverse gray swans that now lurk in every location across the planetary
civilization.

They were set up this way so that when the other shoe dropped every single resident of the planet would be affected by
something, somewhere. In this way, each individual will be challenged to respond to the coming events in a
proactive, courageous and life-affirming manner.
Related: Deutsche Bank Charged By Italy For Market Manipulation, Creating False Accounts

For instance, who can deny that a collapse of Deutsche Bank would affect every German and every European. Talk
about a massive gray swan flying over the Continent.

The Controlled Demolition of Deutsche Bank And Financial Collapse Of Europe

What follows is the current list of Gray Swans, as per the intelligence briefing platform Deep Connections

Grey Swans: The Clear and Present Danger List

1. European banking collapse with immediate global contagion (ground zero: Deutsche Bank). [Analysis]

2. European banking collapse (ground zero: Italian banking sector).[Analysis]

3. Economic collapse of Japan. [Analysis]

4. Cyberterrorism/cyberwarfare/sabotage affecting US infrastructure (e.g. financial markets, power grid,

internet). [Analysis]
 5. The collapse of the European Union due to a successful Brexit-like referendum in France or Italy. [Analysis]

6. Escalation of a war between the US/NATO and Russia originating from the Syrian conflict or from the eastern European
border countries (Balkans/Poland).[Analysis]

7. Bursting of the global sovereign bond bubble and the interconnected fixed-income derivatives network.

8. Escalation of a war between the US and China originating from the South China Sea territorial water disputes.

9. A large and rapid Chinese currency devaluation.

10. A failure to physically deliver (force majeure) on the New York Comex precious metals market exchange (monetary
metals: gold and/or silver).

11. Organized civil unrest that escalates to prolonged violence in multiple US cities which triggers martial law and a
permanent re-calibration of the social consciousness vis--vis a collective, national awakening to a starkly different definition
of America on all levelsfrom its 1776, constituent DNA to the US perceived status through the eyes of the rest the world.

(Source: Prevailing Gray Swans: The Clear and Present Danger List for the Week Ending September 23, 2016)

This list was taken from the following essay which recently appeared under the title: October 2, 2016 = Elul 29, 5776: HUGE
Window of Opportunity and/or Collapse. This post provides much more vital understanding about this decisive month of
October 2016.

The U.S. Presidential Election

Lets face it, it doesnt get any bigger than this one. November 8th is surely the biggest election in the history of the USA.
Hence, what occurs (or does not occur) during the month of October will dictate the final outcome of this election cycle.
As for dramatic political surprises, heres one that just happened:

Send for Nigel! Trump flies in Farage to help sharpen up his debating skills for his next clash with Hillary Clinton

We havent seen October Surprises like those that will be dropping out of the sky over the next 30 days. If ever there was
a time to really hang onto your hat, this month is it.

Of course, the real $64,000 question is whether Obama will wag the dog for Hillary? There are many concerning
developments in Syria that point directly to the Obama Administration deliberately inflaming a regional war as a distinct
prelude to a World War III. These folks seem hellbent to do whatever is necessary to shoehorn Hillary Clinton into
the Oval Office.
Why did the NWO ruling cabal really select Hillary Clinton - a politically defective, medically unfit, notoriously untrustworthy
and dangerously misguided candidate?

As for Donald Trumps response to her presidential aspirations, the following video portrays The Donald as such a no-
nonsense speaker of the truth that his performance is entirely UNPRECEDENTED IN ELECTION HISTORY.

Should he continue to increase the number and intensity of these truth bombs over the course of October, Hillary will have
acquired the worst case of political PTSD ever!

Video: Trump Demands That Obama Not Pardon Hillary! This Video Will Blow You Away! Best 15 min of Trump to Date!

Special Note:

Since this essay focuses on astrology, it is of paramount importance to understand that 2016 - until January 27, 2017 - is
the Chinese Year of the Red Fire Monkey. Yes, Donald Trump is a quintessential Fire Monkey tearing apart the whole
jungle as it should be.
Bernie Sanders had a similar energy on his side, but he wimped out. The key point is that everyone needs to awaken their
inner Red Fire Monkey because that is exactly what its going to take.

The energies are conspiring to create a surprising reversal of fortune for the ruling elites, but the job must be performed
byWe the People.

However, there is only one way to pull off such a reversal. Every concerned soul must step up when they are called to do
so. In the Year of the Red Fire Monkey there is simply no stopping those who truly align with the dharma of the indomitable
Monkey.

In ancient Eastern lore, Lord Hanuman, perhaps the greatest Fire Monkey of all time, was known to be supremely
powerful, unrivaled off the battlefield, and invincible in war.

Conclusion
October 2016 will be written about in future history books as the most consequential time frame of the era.

Whether the events are dramatic or the developments are paradigm-shattering, what does transpire in the next four plus
weeks will radically alter society, profoundly change Western civilization and deeply transform the planetary order.

Whats Happening Outside Keenans Reach - The Illegal Casinos Are Closing Down
October 3 2016 | From: Farouk

Currently the global Stock Market capitalization stands about USD 69 Trillion, with an average daily
turnover of around USD 190 Billion. The size of the international Bond Markets in outstanding
issues is USD 140 Trillion and with daily trading volumes around USD 700 Billion.
Global Currency Trading dwarfs Stock and Bond Markets with an estimated turnover of USD 5.3 Trillion DAILY. And
as this is essentially an unregulated market based on pair swaps (one currency swapped for another) it is
impossible to estimate actual annual turnover and market capitalization.

The global Derivatives Market is another unregulated financial hedge market with an essentially an unknown number of bets
being placed on any number of hedging situations associated with Stock, Bond, Commodity and/or Currency Market
conditions. Global Derivative market size estimates vary between USD 800 Trillion to over USD 4-6 Quadrillion in
outstanding bets most of which are backed by NOTHING.

And to all this can be added Commodity Exchanges, Credit Card Companies and interlocking International Corporations in
various major economic sectors.
All of these markets are simple gambling operations. They produce virtually nothing except BETS in poorly or un-regulated
markets dominated by Central Banks, major international banks, large hedge funds and trusts, pension funds and insurance
companies who automatically trade using computer algorithms and direct collusions between these main traders resulting in
price fixing scams.

There is no real Free Market Trading.

It is all rigged.

What would happen if all that daily traded money were to be spent on real productive development?

OH! I can hear the screams from Wall Street! WE NEED FREE TRADING MARKETS!

1,001 Excuses will come. Rats trying to save their sinking ship and their cushy jobs that produce nothing. Most of
these shysters have never run a productive business and cannot see beyond their adrenalin gambling addictions
and money playpens.

It is clear that the World is transitioning from the Debt Slavery Model to a newer paradigm of more equitable balancing of
financial wealth, particularly within the Middle Class populations that are the productive backbone of all economies.
This will result in a reduction of funds flowing into gambling markets and an increase in funding real projects that produce
real things.

We do not expect these global markets to close completely, except for Currency and Derivative Markets, but merely down-
size their trading activities by channeling funds to productive or new investment opportunities and because currencies will be
asset (GOLD) backed in accordance with the Paris Accords.

Stock Markets that have been FIAT INFLATED by Central Banks and the FED will have to fall as stocks and companies
they represent will fall back to historic and real value levels.

Related: The Fed's destabilizing, wealth-shifting policies amount to the biggest heist in human history
Expect 50+% drops in US, European and Japanese stocks as a direct result of real revaluation and a major decline in bank
liquidity to these markets resulting in margin calls and further downward pressures.

Bond markets will also fall because of the lack of market liquidity and corporate revaluations but will rebound with higher
interest rates. Underwriting for new issues will be difficult but due to a lack of new issues, those that do get underwritten will
enjoy higher margins and increased market demand. New Bonds may face a Sellers Market if they can find underwriters.

The derivatives market is, in a word, gigantic, often estimated at more that $1.2 quadrillion. Some market analysts estimate the derivatives market at
more than 10 times the size of the total world gross domestic product, or GDP. The reason the derivatives market is so large is because there are
numerous derivatives available on virtually every possible type of investment asset, including equities, commodities, bonds and foreign currency
exchange.

We do advocate closing down the Derivative Markets entirely as these produce only hedge bets currently far beyond the
Global GDP and thus are absolutely un-recoverable. This is clearly bringing down the Too Big To Bailout Banks like
Deutsche Bank who will collapse the entire derivatives market, not IF, but When it goes into receivership or financial
restructuring.
Similarly, Currency Markets will be totally unnecessary once a countrys currency is gold backed and issues are pegged to
that value or to the value of a single international reserve currency (International Trade Dollars issued by a new International
Central Clearing Bank).

Currency Pegging eliminates trading margins and the ability of major financial players from influencing currency price
movements. Gold and real asset backing together with internationally agreed currency revaluation rates essentially freezes
exchange rates.

What these financial market changes will do is to release TRILLIONS in capital investments into real development projects
globally.
This will sprout new industries in renewable and free energy, electric autonomous vehicles, vertical farming, sea ranching,
cities in the sea, and advances in AI and virtual reality networking. These and many more are known technologies that just
have yet to be fully financed. All that is about to change.

Generally through various financial redistribution programs and the Golden Dragon Familys gold backing of all currencies,
there will be a financial re-saturation of the Middle Class on a global basis.

Not everyone will be rich all of a sudden, but wealth dispersion at all lower levels will be gradually accomplished. Happy
Days ahead for most of humanity.

Happy Days will not be coming to many Governments though. These governments will be kicked out as they were
part of the primary cause for the raping of the middle classes through ever increasing taxation and over-spending.

The announcement of the US returning to its REPUBLiC roots will be the harbinger call for global political reform.

Where does Neil Keenan come in?

To learn about Neil Keenan and Group K visit www.neilkeenan.com - particularly the History & Events Timeline

Neil Keenan is a very important pin prick in this Western Financial Fiat Bubble. His and his teams efforts to reclaim control
over the Global Collateral Accounts are fundamentally altering the Western Banking World by financially restructuring the
underlying assets that the Western Banking is based on.

Related: The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts

Before the ink dried on the Bretton Woods Agreement, the Western Banksters were already stealing and illegally using
these account funds, legally negating and voiding the Agreement and any subsequently related agreements. The theft and
abuse of these GCAs is well documented, thus a day in Court can never be avoided (and that is coming soon).

Neils organizing the first BRICS boat trip has forever altered the financial World. A whole new financial structure has quickly
emerged that almost all the countries of the World have now signed onto the BRICS Group, AIIB and its secure financial
transfer network.
All countries are now well prepared for the gold backed RVs and GCRs that are to follow shortly.

Neil still has some unfinished business to attend to with officially taking charge of the Global Collateral Accounts (GCA).

That has been made much easier with the pending final ratification of the Paris Accords that now launches the global gold
and asset backed currencies, RVs and GCRs as this causes a mandatory compliance and the abandonment of issuing fiat
currencies.
Here is a primer on the BIS and the Central Banking system

The next step for Neil is to secure the GCAs which is basically a legal battle of house cleaning with the FED, Bank of
England, Bank of International Settlements, the top Swiss Banks and the rest of the European Banks and financial services
organizations that have been illegally and fraudulently feeding at this financial trough for the past 50-years.
If there has ever been a bigger ball of string to unwind, this one takes top spot.

Neils job is not to pull the financial underpinnings out from under the Western financial empire, but is more to place the
ownership of these financial institutions into the proper hands of those depositors whose money actually funded these
institutions through the GCAs.

This will most likely be some serious negotiations concerning transfers of ownership from those who illegally and fraudulent.

US Dollar Disaster Looms? China And Russian Currencies Break Away

October 2 2016 | From: TheDailyBell / Various

Russia leaves the Dollar based monetary system and adopts a system of Sovereign Currency.

The implications are phenomenal! In 1990 the first priority of Washington and the IMF was to pressure Yeltsin and
the Duma to privatize the State Bank of Russia, under a Constitutional amendment that mandated the new
Central Bank of Russia, like the Federal Reserve or European Central Bank, be a purely monetarist entity whose
only mandate is to control inflation and stabilize the Ruble. In effect, money creation in Russia was removed from
state sovereignty and tied to the US dollar.

Comment: Insiders report that the Cabal in the US is planning on dropping the US Dollar but before that they must
have control over much of the gold in the Global Collateral Accounts, however this is not going to be allowed to
happen.

Related: The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts

2016: "The Stolypin club report advises to increase the investment, pumping up the economy with money from the state
budget and by the issue of the Bank of Russia. Putin decided to follow the Stolypin club advice as the new monetary policy
of the country.

Money is changing fast and the US dollar is going to crash.

Heres an excerpt from yet another recently published article (translated from the Russian) describing how the ruble may
now evolve (here).
 We must nationalize the ruble. What does it mean? It means that we must separate the internal markets from the
external ones.

Thus, the first step for Russia is secession from the IMF and others similar institutions designed to keep the
entire world in bondage. The dollar noose must be cut.

Now the amount of printed rubles will not be determined by how many dollars we have but by the actual needs of
our economy.

We have absolutely no need in the central bank in its current form, but we do need a financial regular.

Under any regime, it was the Treasury that performed this function. Let it remain the same now regardless of the
official name. It may continue to be called the Central Bank. If the essence is changed, there is no need in
changing plaques."

Related: This Is How Much Liquidity Deutsche Bank Has At This Moment, And What Happens Next

You can also see an article (here) that goes into this issue more deeply and claims that Putin has in mind backing a portion
of the ruble with gold as well. (We should note there are claims the ruble is backed by gold already.)

The dramatic historical Russian currency changes (if these articles are accurate) seem a little difficult to discern in full at
this moment, but obviously things are changing fast. And they are changing for Chinas money as well. In fact, some have
speculated China and Russia could launch a joint, gold-backed currency (here, see bottom of article).

At the beginning of October, the yuan joins the IMFs SDR basket (here). This means that major international institutions can
issue bonds payable in yuan (actually RMB, the Chinese external currency).

IMF SDR Currency Basket as at: 1 October 2016

Source: IMF
Related: IMF Launches New SDR Basket Including Chinese Renminbi, Determines New Currency Amounts

And that is just what has happened already. The World Bank is issuing a large yuan/RMB tranche and this will be the first of
many (here).

Investors who want to place funds in RMB rather than dollars will use the new yuan/RMB-based instruments. The US will
continue to print dollars but those dollars may not find a home abroad so easily. Instead they may circulate back into the US
economy creating significant price inflation.

The US was able to do so much damage domestically and abroad because of its virtually unlimited spending power. Its
been able to prosecute endless, horrible wars and imprison up to five percent of its adult population at any one time.

Now things are changing. Between the Russian announcement and yuan/RMB convertibility, the US will gradually have
more trouble printing money at will. Perhaps the corrupt military-industrial complex will be impelled to shrink and large-scale
social programs like the wretched Obamacare will have more difficulty with funding as well.

We are well aware that the same banking influences that created the monstrous, modern state is ruining US and the West
generally in order to build up a more febrile internationalism.

Related: Deutche Bank approaches catastrophic collapse - Trillions in debt exposure will burn through European
banks like a raging firestorm

It seems natural, of course, as directed historyalways does. But it is not natural in the slightest. From what we can tell, it is
pre-planned.

Remember both the IMF and the World Bank are controlled by the US. And yet it is these two organizations that are
facilitating the rise of the yuan/RMB.

[Important Point: "Pre-planned" does not always mean by the Cabal, nor that if it was the Cabal who pre-planned it,
that it will go their way - as numerous insiders will attest.]
Also, please pay attention to how Russia will issue rubles into the economic system (from the same translated article we
quoted previously):

How can we calculate [how many rubles Russia needs]? In exactly the same way as the United States calculates
the amount of dollars needed for its economy. Just as the European Union does the same.

The best justification would be that from now on Russia issues rubles based on the value (in rubles) of all natural
resources explored on its territory. It is quite amusing that subsequent steps are no rocket science; they are
dictated by common sense itself. Since we are breaking down the disadvantageous system."

Putin may be taking a big step, but by circumventing his central bank (initially imposed by the West) he can be seen as
moving toward more state control of Russian currency.

And for years, we have debated heatedly with people like Ellen Brown (here) who believe that federal governments can do a
much better job of printing money than quasi-independent central banks. Good Lord! Whats wrong with a little monetary
freedom?

All Putin has to do if he wants a healthy currency is declare that the new ruble will be backed by gold and that its issuance
will be a private or regional matter.

Related: Cryan Defends Deutsche Bank as Some Clients Pare Back Exposure

Let a thousand gold mines bloom. Let the circulation of gold and its related paper notes travel up or down depending on
quantity and demand not the determinations of yet another shadowy, elite clique.

This is the way the US ran before the Civil War and created one of the worlds most prosperous and freest cultures. Those
in the US live yet on the dregs of that golden period.
But this is not well understood. As time goes on the often-illiterate alternative media may join in hosannas for Putins
upcoming currency shift. But, again, just because Russia will now control its currency instead of a central bank reporting to
the IMF, doesnt necessarily create a better system.

Of course, the argument will be made this sort of system is what Hitler installed in Nazi Germany in order to create the
German miracle of the 1930s (which we are supposedly not able to talk about). But that system might have destroyed itself
over time. Surely it would have.

Related: Deutsche lifted by CEO letter, settlement report

To begin with, such systems may work very well. But since the money is being created by human deciders rather than the
competitive market, distortions are inevitable. Price-fixing, which is what it is, never works.

And while we are making the point that this newfound ruble freedom may not be so profound as advertised, let us note that
the advent of a currency war is being accompanied by military tension as well.

Conclusion: Whether such tensions are legitimate or dramatized is difficult to say. But given elite banking control of so
much around the world, we would not be surprised if we are simply being exposed to a gigantic performance of sorts
directed from the top down.Ironically, despite apparent setbacks, Londons City surely leads the way.

Related: Stocks jump, euro edges up as Deutsche Bank rebounds

Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000
Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And
Science Lie
October 2 2016 | From: Infowars / NaturalNews

Any opposition to the party line constitutes "culpable insanity."

Dr. Roy Spencer of the University of Alabama at Huntsville annoyed the climate-extremist establishment a couple
of years ago by describing them as climate Nazis.

Related: Climate Swindle - Who wants to be a carbon trillionaire?

Recently several of these creatures wrote a supposedly learned paper in an obscure journal, saying that anyone who, like
Roy and me, raises legitimate questions about the magnitude of Mans influence on climate or the disproportionate cost of
making largely non-existent global warming go away, must be suffering from a psychiatric disorder.

These climate Nazis said that those who dare to question the Party Line on the weather should be regarded as suffering
from identity-protective cognition and conspiracist ideation. I was among those they named.

In Communist Russia, before its defeat at the hands of the triumvirate of liberty Ronald Reagan, Margaret Thatcher and
Pope John Paul II opponents of the regime whom the dictators had not executed were instead flung into psychiatric
institutions, on the ludicrous ground that any opposition to the Party Line constituted culpable insanity.
Lord Christopher Monckton (Author if this article)

The intellectual pygmies who are the inheritors of the dictators, conveniently forgetting the 250 million people whom
communist and fascist socialism sent to their deaths in the 20th century, are now whining that we who have exposed their
climate scam should be locked away in state psychiatric prisons, there to be re-educated to cure us of the wicked notion
that science, not politics, is the way to determine the magnitude (if any) and cost (if any) of the climate problem (if any).

Well, Ive had enough.

Ive written to the editor of the obscure journal, to the president of the editors university and to the presidents of the
universities that provide nests for two of the papers authors, to warn them that in Europe, to ensure that the arrogant and
un-self-critical totalitarianism that killed so many in the last century will kill none in this, we now have hate-speech laws that
make the publication of the offending paper falsely accusing us of lunacy an imprisonable criminal offense.

One of the co-authors, one Cook, recently appointed to a third-rank university in the United States, falsely stated in an
earlier paper that 97% of climate scientists had said recent global warming was mostly man-made, when his own records
now in the hands of the fraud police show he knew the true figure was not 97% but 0.5%.
Lest you should think that my comparing these wretches with the totalitarians of old is unjust, I have obtained a picture of
Cook dressed up in his favorite uniform, a parody of a Nazi SS uniform. The photograph bears the self-describing caption
Reichsfhrer-SS J. Cook.

I have sent copies of this photograph to the president of Cooks new university, together with a request that I should be
permitted to set straight the crooked record of poisonous and criminal hate-speech that Cook and his ghastly co-authors
have published to my detriment.

Watch this space!

Footnote: My recent speech to the London climate conference exposing a huge error at the heart of the climate models an
error without which no one will ever worry about our effect on the climate is causing major concern among the ranks of the
ungodly. Its unusual for a mathematical presentation to gather 10,000 hits in a week, but its happened. If you havent seen
it yet:

Dont miss the speech that makes the climate Nazis squirm.

If you like Classical music, youll enjoy a recording of the piece I played onstage in the conference hall during the closing-
night party. Its Schuberts Sechs Ecossaisen der Ehemaligen, six little Scottish dances played as an oran talaidh or lullaby
in the dreamy Highland style. If baby wont sleep, play this resonant recording and all will be well. Enjoy!

Just click to listen: Lord Monckton Plays Schubert

Lord Christopher Monckton is a well-known journalist, public speaker, UKIP activist and global warming skeptic who also
invented the mathematical puzzle Eternity. You can find him at the Lord Monckton Foundation.

Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete

Hoax And Science Lie
The highly-politicized climate change debate rages on as we approach the crucial 2016 U.S.
presidential election, despite an ever-growing body of evidence revealing the fact that
"catastrophic man-made global warming" is nothing more than an elaborate hoax.

And the November election may prove to be a victory for the hoaxers, according to experts who happen to be
among those who dare to challenge the spurious climate change narrative.

[Note: David Wilcock, within his vast body of research and writings has pointed out that: "[He] used official NASA
sources to prove that the Sun, planets, and satellites [moons, asteroids etc.] in our system are becoming brighter,
hotter, and more magnetic at a remarkable speed."]

Related: When Plutocrats Own The Weather & Nobody Is Buying The Climate Change Hoax Anymore

One of these experts is Weather Channel founder John Coleman, who is now warning that the election could prove to be a
"tipping point" in favor of people like Al Gore, who continues to amass vast fortunes based on the global warming scam.

In a recent interview with Climate Depot, Coleman said:

Al Gore may emerge from the shadows to declare victory in the 'global warming' debate if Hillary Clinton moves
into the White House. Yes, if that happens and the new climate regulations become the law of the land, they will be
next to impossible to overturn for four to eight years."

Climate change proponents remain undeterred in their mission, ignoring numerous recent scientific findings indicating that
there has been no warming trend at all for nearly two decades.
Related: Meteorologists And Climate Engineering Denial: Perpetuating The Lie For A Paycheck And A Pension +
Why The "Chemtrail Conspiracy" Is Real

Al Gore's dire predictions of the melting of polar ice on a massive scale have proved to be completely false. In fact, in 2014 -
a year that was touted as being "the hottest ever" in the Earth's history - there were record amounts of ice reported in
Antarctica, an increase in Arctic ice, and record snowfalls across the globe.

Debunking the "97 Percent" Lie

On top of those "inconvenient truths," the White House's assertion that 97 percent of scientists agree that global warming is
real has been completely debunked. Several independently-researched examinations of the literature used to support the
"97 percent" statement found that the conclusions were cherry-picked and misleading.

More objective surveys have revealed that there is a far greater diversity of opinion among scientists than the global
warming crowd would like for you to believe.
From the National Review:

"A 2008 survey by two German scientists, Dennis Bray and Hans von Storch, found that a significant number of
scientists were skeptical of the ability of existing global climate models to accurately predict global temperatures,
precipitation, sea-level changes, or extreme weather events even over a decade; they were far more skeptical as
the time horizon increased."

Other mainstream news sources besides the National Review have also been courageous enough to speak out against the
global warming propaganda - even the Wall Street Journal published an op-ed piece in 2015 challenging the Anthropogenic
Global Warming (AGW) pseudoscience being promulgated by global warming proponents.

And, of course, there are the more than 31,000 American scientists (to date) who have signed a petition challenging the
climate change narrative and 9,029 of them hold PhDs in their respective fields. But hey, Al Gore and his cronies have also
ignored that inconvenient truth, as well.
Related: Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Tapped To Dramatize Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into
Voting For Climate Totalitarians

Many of those scientists who signed the petition were likely encouraged to speak out in favor of the truth after retired senior
NASA atmospheric scientist John L. Casey revealed that solar cycles are largely responsible for warming periods on Earth -
not human activity.

Al Gore and Cronies Continue Getting Richer from the Global Warming Hoax

But the global warming crowd continues to push their agenda on the public while lining their pockets in the process. If you're
still inclined to believe what Al Gore has to say about global warming, please consider the fact that since he embarked on
his crusade, his wealth has grown from $2 million in 2001 to $100 million in 2016 - largely due to investments in fake "green
tech" companies and the effective embezzlement of numerous grants and loans.
You might want to take all of this information into serious consideration before casting your vote in the November election.

Related: Al Gore Sued By 30,000 Scientists For Global Warming Fraud

Red Cross Built Exactly 6 Homes For Haiti With Nearly Half A Billion Dollars In
Donations
October 1 2016 | From: Propublica / Various

The neighborhood of Campeche sprawls up a steep hillside in Haitis capital city, Port-au-Prince.
Goats rustle in trash that goes forever uncollected. Children kick a deflated volleyball in a dusty lot
below a wall with a hand-painted logo of the American Red Cross.
In late 2011, the Red Cross launched a multimillion-dollar project to transform the desperately poor area, which was
hit hard by the earthquake that struck Haiti the year before. The main focus of the project called LAMIKA, an
acronym in Creole for A Better Life in My Neighborhood was building hundreds of permanent homes.

Related: Wheres the $500 mn? Red Cross promises houses for 130,000 Haitians, builds only 6

Today, not one home has been built in Campeche. Many residents live in shacks made of rusty sheet metal, without access
to drinkable water, electricity or basic sanitation. When it rains, their homes flood and residents bail out mud and water.

The Red Cross received an outpouring of donations after the quake, nearly half a billion dollars.

The group has publicly celebrated its work. But in fact, the Red Cross has repeatedly failed on the ground in Haiti.
Confidential memos, emails from worried top officers, and accounts of a dozen frustrated and disappointed insiders show the
charity has broken promises, squandered donations, and made dubious claims of success.

The Red Cross says it has provided homes to more than 130,000 people. But the actual number of permanent homes the
group has built in all of Haiti: six.

After the earthquake, Red Cross CEO Gail McGovern unveiled ambitious plans to develop brand-new communities. None
has ever been built.
Haitians outside a Red Cross field hospital in Carrefour, Haiti, on Dec. 14, 2010, 11 months after a magnitude 7.0 earthquake hit the country's capital,
Port-au-Prince

Aid organizations from around the world have struggled after the earthquake in Haiti, the Western Hemispheres poorest
country. But ProPublica and NPRs investigation shows that many of the Red Crosss failings in Haiti are of its own making.

They are also part of a larger pattern in which the organization has botched delivery of aid after disasters such
as Superstorm Sandy. Despite its difficulties, the Red Cross remains the charity of choice for ordinary Americans and
corporations alike after natural disasters.

One issue that has hindered the Red Cross work in Haiti is an overreliance on foreigners who could not speak French or
Creole, current and former employees say.

Documents: Inside The Red Cross Haiti Failures

Confidential memo warns of failed results

Report on key project finds no contributions of any sort to the well being of households

Red Cross CEO emails about wonderful helicopter idea to spend money

In a blistering 2011 memo, the then-director of the Haiti program, Judith St. Fort, wrote that the group was failing in Haiti and
that senior managers had made very disturbing remarks disparaging Haitian employees. St. Fort, who is Haitian American,
wrote that the comments included, he is the only hard working one among them and the ones that we have hired are not
strong so we probably should not pay close attention to Haitian CVs.
The Red Cross wont disclose details of how it has spent the hundreds of millions of dollars donated for Haiti. But our
reporting shows that less money reached those in need than the Red Cross has said.

Where did the half billion raised for Haiti go? The Red Cross wont say.

Related: In Search Of The Red Cross' $500 Million In Haiti Relief

Lacking the expertise to mount its own projects, the Red Cross ended up giving much of the money to other groups to do the
work. Those groups took out a piece of every dollar to cover overhead and management. Even on the projects done by
others, the Red Cross had its own significant expenses in one case, adding up to a third of the projects budget.

In statements, the Red Cross cited the challenges all groups have faced in post-quake Haiti, including the countrys
dysfunctional land title system.

Like many humanitarian organizations responding in Haiti, the American Red Cross met complications in relation
to government coordination delays, disputes over land ownership, delays at Haitian customs, challenges finding
qualified staff who were in short supply and high demand, and the cholera outbreak, among other challenges, the
charity said.

The group said it responded quickly to internal concerns, including hiring an expert to train staff on cultural competency after
St. Forts memo.
Minouche Lamour, a member of the Community Platform for Development in Campeche, says she doesn't see how millions of dollars from the Red
Cross could have been spent in her neighborhood

While the group wont provide a breakdown of its projects, the Red Cross said it has done more than 100. The projects
include repairing 4,000 homes, giving several thousand families temporary shelters, donating $44 million for food after the
earthquake, and helping fund the construction of a hospital.

"Millions of Haitians are safer, healthier, more resilient, and better prepared for future disasters thanks to generous
donations to the American Red Cross, McGovern wrote in a recent report marking the fifth anniversary of the
earthquake."

In other promotional materials, the Red Cross said it has helped more than 4.5 million individual Haitians get back on their
feet.
Oops. Busted - The Order of St. John; a secret society under deep cover - hidden in plain sight, a classic esoteric 'laughing at the goyim who are too
stupid to see' hallmark. Compare the St. John logo with the flag above. St. John is admittedly run by The Knights of Malta. Similarly, Red Cross has
it's origins in the esoteric and was influenced by John D Rockefe;ler. While the Freemasons are lees inclined to admit their stewardship directly.
Charities? Throw your money away if you like. It is quite well known nowadays that most of the money given to charity organisations never get's to
where it was intended. Those pulling the strings simply play on peoples good nature

For those interested in the occult history of the Red Cross see: The Knights Templar

It has not provided details to back up the claim. And Jean-Max Bellerive, Haitis prime minister at the time of the earthquake,
doubts the figure, pointing out the countrys entire population is only about 10 million.

"No, no, Bellerive said of the Red Cross claim, its not possible.

When the earthquake struck Haiti in January 2010, the Red Cross was facing a crisis of its own. McGovern had become
chief executive just 18 months earlier, inheriting a deficit and an organization that had faced scandals after 9/11 and Katrina.
Gail McGovern

Inside the Red Cross, the Haiti disaster was seen as a spectacular fundraising opportunity, recalled one former official who
helped organize the effort. Michelle Obama, the NFL and a long list of celebrities appealed for donations to the group.

The Red Cross kept soliciting money well after it had enough for the emergency relief that is the groups stock in trade.
Doctors Without Borders, in contrast, stopped fundraising off the earthquake after it decided it had enough money. The
donations to the Red Cross helped the group erase its more-than $100 million deficit.

The Red Cross ultimately raised far more than any other charity.
A year after the quake, McGovern announced that the Red Cross would use the donations to make a lasting impact in Haiti.

We asked the Red Cross to show us around its projects in Haiti so we could see the results of its work. It declined. So earlier
this year we went to Campeche to see one of the groups signature projects for ourselves.

Street vendors in the dusty neighborhood immediately pointed us to Jean Jean Flaubert, the head of a community group that
the Red Cross set up as a local sounding board.

Sitting with us in their sparse one-room office, Flaubert and his colleagues grew angry talking about the Red Cross. They
pointed to the lack of progress in the neighborhood and the healthy salaries paid to expatriate aid workers.

"What the Red Cross told us is that they are coming here to change Campeche. Totally change it, said Flaubert.

Now I do not understand the change that they are talking about. I think the Red Cross is working for themselves.

The Red Cross initial plan said the focus would be building homes an internal proposal put the number at 700. Each
would have finished floors, toilets, showers, even rainwater collection systems. The houses were supposed to be finished in
January 2013.
The Red Cross promised to build hundreds of new homes in Campeche but none have been built. Many residents still live in
crude shacks. (Marie Arago, special to ProPublica)

None of that ever happened. Carline Noailles, who was the projects manager in Washington, said it was endlessly delayed
because the Red Cross didnt have the know-how.

Another former official who worked on the Campeche project said, Everything takes four times as long because it would be
micromanaged from DC, and they had no development experience.

Shown an English-language press release from the Red Cross website, Flaubert was stunned to learn of the projects $24
million budget and that it is due to end next year.

"Not only is [the Red Cross] not doing it, Flaubert said, now Im learning that the Red Cross is leaving next year. I
dont understand that.

(The Red Cross says it did tell community leaders about the end date. It also accused us of creating ill will in the community
which may give rise to a security incident.)

The project has since been reshaped and downscaled. A road is being built. Some existing homes have received earthquake
reinforcement and a few schools are being repaired. Some solar street lights have been installed, though many broke and
residents say others are unreliable.

The groups most recent press release on the project cites achievements such as training school children in disaster
response.

The Red Cross said it has to scale back its housing plans because it couldnt acquire the rights to land. No homes will be
built.
Other Red Cross infrastructure projects also fizzled.

In January 2011, McGovern announced a $30 million partnership with the U.S. Agency for International Development, or
USAID. The agency would build roads and other infrastructure in at least two locations where the Red Cross would build new
homes.

But it took more than two and a half years, until August 2013, for the Red Cross just to sign an agreement with USAID on the
program, and even that was for only one site. The program was ultimately canceled because of a land dispute.

A Government Accountability Office report attributed the severe delays to problems in securing land title and because
of turnover in Red Cross leadership in its Haiti program.

Other groups also ran into trouble with land titles and other issues. But they also ultimately built 9,000 homes compared to
the Red Cross six.

Asked about the Red Cross housing projects in Haiti, David Meltzer, the groups general counsel and chief international
officer, said changing conditions forced changes in plans. If we had said, All were going to do is build new homes, wed still
be looking for land, he said.

The USAID projects collapse left the Red Cross grasping for ways to spend money earmarked for it.

"Any ideas on how to spend the rest of this?? (Besides the wonderful helicopter idea?), McGovern wrote to
Meltzer in a November 2013 email obtained by ProPublica and NPR.

Can we fund Conrads hospital? Or more to PiH[Partners in Health]? Any more shelter projects?
Jean Jean Flaubert says the Red Cross promised to transform his neighborhood. Now I do not understand the change that
they are talking about, he said. (Marie Arago, special to ProPublica)

Its not clear what helicopter idea McGovern was referring to or if it was ever carried out. The Red Cross would say only that
her comments were grounded in the American Red Cross strategy and priorities, which focus on health and housing.

Another signature project, known in Creole as A More Resilient Great North, is supposed to rehabilitate roads in poor, rural
communities and to help them get clean water and sanitation.

But two years after it started, the $13 million effort has been faltering badly. An internal evaluation from March found
residents were upset because nothing had been done to improve water access or infrastructure or to make contributions of
any sort to the well being of households, the report said.

The Red Cross says 91% of donations went to help Haitians. Thats not true.

So much bad feeling built up in one area that the population rejects the project.

Instead of making concrete improvements to living conditions, the Red Cross has launched hand-washing education
campaigns. The internal evaluation noted that these were not effective when people had no access to water and no soap.
(The Red Cross declined to comment on the project.)
The groups failures went beyond just infrastructure.

When a cholera epidemic raged through Haiti nine months after the quake, the biggest part of the Red Cross response
a plan to distribute soap and oral rehydration salts was crippled by internal issues that go unaddressed, wrote the
director of the Haiti program in her May 2011 memo.

Throughout that year, cholera was a steady killer. By September 2011, when the death toll had surpassed 6,000, the project
was still listed as very behind schedule according to another internal document.

The Red Cross said in a statement that its cholera response, including a vaccination campaign, has continued for years and
helped millions of Haitians.

But while other groups also struggled early responding to cholera, some performed well.

"None of these people had to die. Thats what upsets me, said Paul Christian Namphy, a Haitian water and
sanitation official who helped lead the effort to fight cholera. He says early failures by the Red Cross and other
NGOs had a devastating impact.

These numbers should have been zero.

So why did the Red Cross efforts fall so short? It wasnt just that Haiti is a hard place to work.

"They collected nearly half a billion dollars, said a congressional staffer who helped oversee Haiti reconstruction.

But they had a problem. And the problem was that they had absolutely no expertise.
Lee Malany was in charge of the Red Cross shelter program in Haiti starting in 2010.

He remembers a meeting in Washington that fall where officials did not seem to have any idea how to spend millions of
dollars set aside for housing. Malany says the officials wanted to know which projects would generate good publicity, not
which projects would provide the most homes.

"When I walked out of that meeting I looked at the people that I was working with and said, You know this is very
disconcerting, this is depressing, he recalled.

The Red Cross said in a statement its Haiti program has never put publicity over delivering aid.

Malany resigned the next year from his job in Haiti.

"I said theres no reason for me to stay here. I got on the plane and left.
Transitional shelters like these on the outskirts of Port-Au-Prince, paid for by the Red Cross, typically last three to five years.

Sometimes it wasnt a matter of expertise, but whether anybody was filling key jobs. An April 2012 organizational chart
obtained by ProPublica and NPR lists 9 of 30 leadership positions in Haiti as vacant, including slots for experts on health and
shelter.

The Red Cross said vacancies and turnover were inevitable because of the security situation, separation from family for
international staff, and the demanding nature of the work.

The constant upheaval took a toll. Internal documents refer to repeated attempts over years to finalize and complete a
strategic plan for the Haiti program, efforts that were delayed by changes in senior management. As late as March 2014,
more than four years into a six-year program, an internal update cites a revised strategy still awaiting final sign-off.

The Red Cross says it provided homes to more than 130,000 Haitians. But they didnt.

The Red Cross said settling on a plan early would have been a mistake. It would be hard to create the perfect plan from the
beginning in a complicated place like Haiti, it said. But we also need to begin, so we create plans that are continually
revised.

Those plans were further undermined by the Red Cross reliance on expats. Noailles, the Haitian development professional
who worked for the Red Cross on the Campeche project, said expat staffers struggled in meetings with local officials.

"Going to meetings with the community when you dont speak the language is not productive, she
said. "Sometimes, she recalled, expat staffers would skip such meetings altogether.
The Red Cross said it has made it a priority to hire Haitians despite lots of competition for local professionals, and that over
90 percent of its staff is Haitian. The charity said it used a local human resources firm to help.

Yet very few Haitians have made it into the groups top echelons in Haiti, according to five current and former Red Cross
staffers as well as staff lists obtained by ProPublica and NPR.

That not only affected the groups ability to work in Haiti, it was also expensive.

Related: Senator's Report Finds 'Fundamental Concerns' About Red Cross Finances

According to an internal Red Cross budgeting document for the project in Campeche, the project manager a position
reserved for an expatriate was entitled to allowances for housing, food and other expenses, home leave trips, R&R four
times a year, and relocation expenses. In all, it added up to $140,000.

Compensation for a senior Haitian engineer the top local position was less than one-third of that, $42,000 a year.

Shelim Dorval, a Haitian administrator who worked for the Red Cross coordinating travel and housing for expatriate staffers,
recalled thinking it was a waste to spend so much to bring in people with little knowledge of Haiti when locals were available.

"For each one of those expats, they were having high salaries, staying in a fancy house, and getting vacation trips
back to their countries, Dorval said.

A lot of money was spent on those people who were not Haitian, who had nothing to do with Haiti. The money
was just going back to the United States.

Soon after the earthquake, McGovern, the Red Cross CEO, said the group would make sure donors knew exactly what
happened to their money.
The Red Cross would lead the effort in transparency, she pledged. We are happy to share the way we are spending our
dollars.

That hasnt happened. The Red Cross public reports offer only broad categories about where $488 million in donations has
gone. The biggest category is shelter, at about $170 million. The others include health, emergency relief and disaster
preparedness.

After the earthquake, Red Cross CEO Gail McGovern unveiled plans to develop brand-new communities. None has ever been built.

It has declined repeated requests to disclose the specific projects, to explain how much money went to each or to say what
the results of each project were. There is reason to doubt the Red Cross claims that it helped 4.5 million Haitians.
 An internal evaluation found that in some areas, the Red Cross
reported helping more people than even lived in the
communities.

In other cases, the figures were low, and in others double-

counting went uncorrected.

In describing its work, the Red Cross also conflates different

types of aid, making it more difficult to assess the charitys
efforts in Haiti.

For example, while the Red Cross says it provided more than
130,000 people with homes, that includes thousands of people
who were not actually given homes, but rather were trained in
proper construction techniques. (That was first reported by the
Haiti blog of the Center for Economic and Policy Research.)

The figure includes people who got short-term rental assistance

or were housed in several thousand transitional shelters,
which are temporary structures that can get eaten up by
termites or tip over in storms.

It also includes modest improvements on 5,000 temporary

shelters.The Red Cross also wont break down what
portion of donations went to overhead.

McGovern told CBS News a few months after the quake,

Minus the 9 cents overhead, 91 cents on the dollar will be
going to Haiti.

And I give you my word and my commitment, Im banking my

integrity, my own personal sense of integrity on that statement.

But the reality is that less money went to Haiti than 91 percent.

Thats because in addition to the Red Cross 9 percent

overhead, the other groups that got grants from the Red Cross
also have their own overhead.

In one case, the Red Cross sent $6 million to the International

Federation of the Red Cross for rental subsidies to help
Haitians leave tent camps.

The IFRC then took out 26 percent for overhead and what the
IFRC described as program-related administration, finance,
human resources and similar costs.

Beyond all that, the Red Cross also spends another piece of each dollar for what it describes as program costs incurred by
the American Red Cross in managing the projects done by other groups.

The American Red Cross management and other costs consumed an additional 24 percent of the money on one project,
according to the groups statements and internal documents. The actual work, upgrading shelters, was done by the Swiss
and Spanish Red Cross societies.

"Its a cycle of overhead, said Jonathan Katz, the Associated Press reporter in Haiti at the time of the earthquake
who tracked post-disaster spending for his book, The Big Truck That Went By.

It was always going to be the American Red Cross taking a 9 percent cut, re-granting to another group, which
would take out their cut.
Given the results produced by the Red Cross projects in Haiti, Bellerive, the former prime minister, said he has a hard time
fathoming whats happened to donors money.

"Five hundred million dollars in Haiti is a lot of money, he said. Im not a big mathematician, but I can make some
additions. I know more or less the cost of things. Unless you dont pay for the gasoline the same price I was
paying, unless you pay people 20 times what I was paying them, unless the cost of the house you built was five
times the cost I was paying, it doesnt add up for me.

A resident in a Port-Au-Prince transitional shelter paid for by the Red Cross.

This story was co-published with NPR. Mitzy-Lynn Hyacinthe contributed reporting. Design direction by David Sleight,
production by Hannah Birch.

Read about how the Red Cross botched key elements of its mission after Superstorm Sandy and Hurricane Isaac in PR Over
People: The Red Cross' Secret Disaster. And about how the Red Cross' CEO has been serially misleading about where
donors' dollars are going.

If you have information about the Red Cross or about other international aid projects, please email justin@propublica.org.

Can Russia Learn From Brazils Fate? Cabal Meddling In South America
October 1 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / NewEasternOutlook / Various

William Engdahl recently explained how Washington used the corrupt Brazilian elite, which
answers to Washington, to remove the duly elected President of Brazil, Dilma Rousseff, for
representing the Brazilian people rather than the interests of Washington [see follow up article
below].

Unable to see through the propaganda of unproven charges, Brazilians acquiesced in the removal of their
protector, thereby providing the world another example of the impotence of democracy.

Everyone should read Engdahls article. He reports that part of the attack on Rousseff stemmed from Brazils economic
problems deliberately created by US credit rating agencies as part of Washingtons attack to down grade Brazilian debt,
which set off an attack on the Brazilian currency.

Brazils financial openness made Brazil an easy target to attack. One might hope that Vladimir Putin would take note of the
cost of economic openness. Putin is a careful and thoughtful leader of Russia, but he is not an economist. He has
confidence in neoliberal Elvira Nabiulina, Washingtons choice to head the Russian central bank.

...

Note: The rest of Paul Craig Robert's article has not been republished here. Whilst he is a very smart man on many matters
the rest of this article demonstrates his fundmental lack of understanding of the central banking system. His belief that
Russia needs to rely upon it's central bank, while it is still under the unfluence of the Rothschild cabal - is woefully
misinformed.

He is right in the idea that any country would be better to rely on itself for financing itself - doing that by using a privately-
owned foreign central bank is insane - and how we have come to be in this mess in the first place. Mr. Roberts is not playing
the game with all of the pieces on this matter but you can read his full article here.

Washington Tries To Break BRICS Rape Of Brazil Begins

Washingtons regime change machinery has for the time being succeeded in removing an
important link in the alliance of large emerging nations by railroading through a Senate
impeachment of the duly elected President, Dilma Rousseff.
On August 31 her Vice President Michel Temer was sworn in as President. In his first speech as president, the
cynical Temer called for a government of national salvation, asking for the trust of the Brazilian people. He
indicated plans to reform, and has also signaled his intention to overhaul the pension system and labor laws, and
cut public spending, all themes beloved of Wall Street banks, of the International Monetary Fund and their
Washington Consensus.

Related: Brazilian Senate approves Rousseffs impeachment

Now after less than three weeks at the job, Temer has unveiled plans for wholesale privatization of Brazils crown
jewels, starting with oil. The planned Wall Street rape of Brazil is about to begin.

Its important to keep in mind that elected President Rousseff was not convicted or even formally charged with any
concrete act of corruption, even though the pro-oligarchy mainstream Brazil media, led by OGlobo Group of the
billionaire Roberto Irineu Marinho, ran a media defamation campaign creating the basis to railroad Rousseff into
formal impeachment before the Senate.

The shift took place after the opposition PMDB party of Temer on March 29 broke their coalition with Rousseffs Workers
Party, as accusations of Petrobras-linked corruption were made against Rousseff and former president Luiz Incio Lula da
Silva.

On August 31, 61 Senators voted to remove her while 20 voted against removal. The formal charge was manipulation of
the state budget before the 2014 elections to hide the size of the deficit.

She vehemently denies the charge.

Indeed, the Senate issued its own expert report that concluded there was:

"No indication of direct or indirect action by Dilma in any illegal budgetary maneuvers. According to the Associated
Press, Independent auditors hired by Brazils Senate said in a report released Monday that suspended President
Dilma Rousseff didnt engage in the creative accounting she was charged with at her impeachment trial.
Under an honest system that would have ended the impeachment then and there. Not in Brazil.

In effect, she was impeached for the dramatic decline in the Brazilian economy, a decline deliberately pushed along as US
credit rating agencies downgraded Brazilian debt, and international and mainstream Brazilian media kept the Petrobras
corruption allegations in the spotlight.

Importantly, the Senate did not ban her from office for 8 years as Washington had hoped, and she has promised an electoral
return. The Washington-steered Temer has until end of 2018 to deliver Brazil to Temers foreign masters before his term
legally ends.

Related: There Has Been A Coup In Brazil

Notably, Temer himself was accused of corruption in the Petrobras state oil company investigations. He reportedly asked
the then-head of the transportation unit of Petrleo Brasileiro SA in 2012 to arrange illegal campaign contributions to
Temers party which was running a Washington-backed campaign to oust Rousseffs Workers Party.

Then this June, only days into his serving as acting president, two of Temers own chosen ministers, including the Minister
of Transparency, were forced to resign in response to allegations that they sought to subvert the probe into massive graft
at Petrobras.

One of the two, Temers extremely close ally Romero Juc, was caught on tape plotting Dilmas impeachment as a way to
shut down the ongoing Petrobras corruption investigation, as well as indicating that Brazils military, the media, and the
courts were all participants in the impeachment plotting.

In brief, the removal of Dilma Rousseff and her Workers Party after 13 years in Brazils leadership was a new form of Color
Revolution from Washington, one we might call a judicial coup by corrupt judges and congressmen.

Of the 594 members of the Congress, as the Toronto Globe and Mail reported, 318 are under investigation or face charges
while their target, President Rousseff, herself faces no allegation of financial impropriety.
And the cabal moves in - Michel Temer

Related: Brazil: Rousseff ousted, VP assembles right-wing government

The day after the first Lower House impeachment vote in April, a leading member of Temers PSDP party, Senator Aloysio
Nunes, went to Washington, in a mission organized by former Bill Clinton Secretary of State Madeline Albrights lobbying
firm, Albright Stonebridge Group.

Nunes, as president of the Brazilian Senates Foreign Relations Committee, has repeatedly advocated that Brazil once
again move closer to an alliance with the US and UK.

Madeline Albright, a Director of the leading US think-tank, Council on Foreign Relations, is also chair of the prime US
Government Color Revolution NGO, the National Democratic Institute (NDI). Nothing fishy here, or? Nunes reportedly went
to Washington to rally backing for Temer and the unfolding judicial coup against Rousseff.

A key player from the side of Washington, Rousseffs de facto political executioner, was, once again, Vice President Joe
Biden, the Dick Cheney dirty operator-in-chief in the Obama Administration.

Bidens fateful Brazil trip

In May, 2013, US Vice President Joe Biden made a fateful visit to Brazil to meet with President Rousseff. In January 2011
Rousseff had succeeded her Workers Party mentor, Luis Inacio Lula da Silva, or Lula, who constitutionally was limited to
two consecutive terms.
Related: New Political Earthquake in Brazil: Is It Now Time for Media Outlets to Call This a Coup?

Biden went to Brazil to discuss oil with the new President. Relations between Lula and Washington had chilled as Lula
backed Iran against US sanctions and came economically closer to China.

In late 2007 Petrobras had discovered what was estimated to be a mammoth new basin of high-quality oil on the Brazilian
Continental Shelf offshore in the Santos Basin.

In total the Brazil Continental Shelf could contain over 100 billion barrels of oil, transforming the country into a major world
oil and gas power, something Exxon and Chevron, the US oil giants wanted to control.
Related: Brazils Democracy to Suffer Grievous Blow as Unelectable, Corrupt Neoliberal is Installed

In 2009, according to leaked US diplomatic cables published by Wikileaks, the US Consulate in Rio wrote that Exxon and
Chevron were trying in vain to alter a law advanced by Rousseffs mentor and predecessor in her Brazilian Workers Party ,
President Luis Inacio Lula da Silva.

That 2009 law made the state-owned Petrobras chief operator of all offshore oil blocs. Washington and the US oil giants
were not at all pleased at losing control over potentially the largest new world oil discovery in decades.
Related: Another one bites the dust: Brazil's anti-corruption minister quits over leaked recordings

Lula had not only pushed ExxonMobil and Chevron out of the controlling position in favor of the state-owned Petrobras, but
he also opened Brazilian oil exploration to the Chinese, since 2009 a core member of the BRICS developing nations with
Brazil, Russia, India and South Africa.

In December, 2010 in one of his last acts as President, Lula oversaw signing of a deal between the Brazilian-Spanish
energy company Repsol and Chinas state-owned Sinopec. Sinopec formed a joint venture, Repsol Sinopec Brasil, investing
more than $7.1 billion towards Repsol Brazil.

Already in 2005 Lula had approved formation of Sinopec International Petroleum Service of Brazil Ltd as part of a new
strategic alliance between China and Brazil.

In 2012 in a joint exploration drilling, Repsol Sinopec Brasil, Norways Statoil and Petrobras made a major new discovery in
Po de Acar, the third in block BM-C-33, which includes the Seat and Gvea, the latter one of the worlds 10 largest
discoveries in 2011. USA and British oil majors were nowhere to be seen.

Bidens task was to sound out Lulas successor, Rousseff, about reversing that exclusion of US major oil companies in favor
of the Chinese. Biden also met with leading energy companies in Brazil including Petrobras.
Related: BRICS Should Prepare for 'Braxit': A Brazilian Exit

While little was publicly said, Rousseff refused to reverse the 2009 oil law in a way that would be suitable to Biden,
Washington and US oil majors. Days after Bidens visit came the Snowden NSA revelations that the US had also spied on
Rousseff and top officials of Petrobras.

She was livid and denounced the Obama Administration that September before the UN General Assembly for violating
international law. She cancelled a planned Washington visit in protest. After that, US-Brazil relations took a dive.

After his May 2013 talks with Rousseff, Biden clearly gave her the kiss of death.

Before Bidens May 2013 visit Dilma Rousseff had 70% of popularity rating. Less than two weeks after Biden left Brazil,
nationwide protests by a very well-organized group called Movimento Passe Livre, over a nominal 10 cent bus fare increase,
brought the country virtually to a halt and turned very violent.

The protests bore the hallmark of typical Color Revolution or Twitter social media destabilizations that seem to follow Biden
wherever he makes a presence. Within weeks Rousseffs popularity plummeted to 30%.

Washington had clearly sent a signal that Rousseff had to change course or face serious problems.
Related: Rousseff's impeachment may be about stopping a massive corruption investigation

The Washington regime change machine, including its entire array of financial warfare operations ranging from a leaked
PwC audit of Petrobras to Wall Street credit rating agency Standard & Poors downgrade of Brazil public debt to junk in
September 2015, went into full action to remove Rousseff, a key backer of the BRICS New Development Bank and of an
independent national development strategy for Brazil.

Selling the Crown Jewels

The man who has now manipulated himself into the Presidency, the corrupt Michel Temer, worked as an informer for
Washington the entire time.

In documents released by Wikileaks, it was revealed that Temer was an informant to US intelligence since at least
2006, via telegrams to the US embassy in Brazil classified by the Embassy as sensitive and for official
use only.
Washingtons man in Brazil, Temer, has lost no time appeasing his patrons in Wall Street. Even as acting President this
May, Temer named Henrique Meirelles as Minister of Finance and Social Security.

Meirelles, a Harvard-educated former President of the Brazilian central bank, was President of BankBoston in the USA until
1999, and was with that bank in 1985 when it was found guilty of failing to report $1.2 billion in illegal cash transfers
with Swiss banks.

Meirelles is now overseeing the planned selloff of Brazils crown jewels to international investors, a move that is intended
to gravely undercut the power of the state in the economy.

Another of Temers key economic advisers is Paulo Leme, former IMF economist and now Goldman Sachs Managing
Director of Emerging Markets Research. Wall Street is in the middle of the Temer-led economic rape of Brazil.

On September 13, Temers government unveiled a massive privatization program with the cynically misleading comment,

"It is clear the public sector cannot move forward alone on these projects. We are counting on the private sector.

He omitted to say the private sector he meant were his patrons.

Temer unveiled plans that would complete the countrys largest privatization in decades. Conveniently, the process us to be
completed by end of 2018, just before Temers term must end.

The influential US-Brazil Business Council detailed the privatization list on its website. The US-Brazil Business
Council was founded forty years ago by Citigroup, Monsanto, Coca-Cola, Dow Chemicals and other US
multinationals.
Related: Rousseff on RT, first interview since impeachment: 'Brazilian oligarchy is behind coup'

Tenders for the first round of concessions will be issued before the end of this year. They will include privatization of four
airports and two port terminals, all auctioned in the first quarter of 2017.

Other concessions include five highways, one rail line, bidding on small oil blocks and a later round for large, mainly
offshore, oil development blocks. As well the government will sell selected assets currently controlled by its Minerals
Research Department plus six electric power distributors and three water treatment facilities.

The heart of his planned privatization are, not surprisingly, Joe Bidens coveted state oil and gas companies along with
chunks of the state Eletrobrs power company. Temer plans to get as much as $24 billion from the selloff. Fully $11 billion
of the total are to come from sale of key oil and gas state holdings.
Related: Defiant Rousseff says Brazil's democracy on trial with her

Of course, when state assets such as huge oil and gas resources are sold off to foreign interests in what will clearly be a
distress sale, it is a one-off deal.

State oil and gas or electric power projects generate a continuing revenue stream many times any one-off
privatization gains. Brazils economy is the ultimate loser in such privatization. Wall Street banks and multinationals are of
course, as planned, the winner.

On September 19-21, according to the US-Brazil Business Council website, the Brazilian governments key ministers for
infrastructure including Minister Moreira Franco; Minister Fernando Bezerra Coelho Filho, Minister of Mines and Energy; and
Minister Mauricio Quintella Lessa, Minister of Transport, Ports and Civil Aviation, will be in New York City to meet with Wall
Street infrastructure investors.

This is Washingtons way, the way of the Wall Street Gods of Money, as I title one of my books. First, destroy any
national leadership intent on genuine national development such as Dilma Rousseff.
Replace them with a vassal regime willing to do anything for money, including selling the crown jewels of their own
nation as people like Anatoli Chubais did in Russia in the 1990s under Boris Yeltsins shock therapy.

As reward for his behavior, Chubais today sits on the advisory board of JP MorganChase. What will Temer and associates
get for their efforts remains to be seen. Washington for now has broken one of the BRICS that ultimately threaten her global
hegemony. It is not likely to bring any lasting success if recent history is any guide.

F. William Engdahl is strategic risk consultant and lecturer, he holds a degree in politics from Princeton University
and is a best-selling author on oil and geopolitics, exclusively for the online magazine New Eastern Outlook.

Related: The price of oil just wiped out Venezuelas economy was it orchestrated?

Dangerous Products That Were Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life

+ The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those
Who Dont
September 30 2016 | From: NewEasternOutlook / EnvirowatchRangitikei / Varous

In todays highly controversial and aggressive world, virtually anything can present a threat to the
life of a human being, not just wars, climate change, or short-sighted and often criminal actions of
certain politicians.
As it has been shown by a number of scientific studies, the activities of a number of American corporations
present a very real threat the well-being of the population mainly due to the use of genetically modified substances
in their products while manufacturing substandard health and beauty aids.

The truth is that its the people of developing countries that are being affected by these fraudulent business practices the
most, since Western corporations try to suppress any information about the health effects of their products to obtain
maximum profit.

At the end of the twentieth century British scientists have come to a sensational conclusion that parabens are capable of
penetrating the skin barrier and are being accumulated in the tissues of the body, causing cancer, hormone system failures,
endocrine system suppression, and skin diseases.
Related: Johnson & Johnson Hid Talcum Powder Link to Ovarian Cancer for 40 Years

Research made this finding while studying malignant tumors in breast tissue, all of which contained parabens, Later
on, these findings were confirmed by Canadian and French scientists.

Parabens are artificial preservatives that are often used in the pharmaceutical and cosmetic industry by a number of
Western corporations.

Even though they are effectively increasing the shelf life of a product, while remaining relatively cheap to use, parabens
pose a serious threat to human health and well-being.

From time to time one can come across articles on the harmful effects of parabens in Europe and the United States, forcing
certain companies to replace parabens with less harmful preservatives. However, the markets of developing countries,
especially those with hot and humid climates, are flooded with Western cosmetic products that contain the dangerous
substance.

In order to attract international attention to this danger, the French Le Monde went as far as to publish a list of the 400
Western pharmaceutical products containing parabens and that are, therefore, dangerous for use or consumption.

Related: A New Study Links Benadryl to Serioud Mental Health Diseases Such as Dementia

In this list one may find the baby cream Biafine, such cough medicines as Clarix, Codotussyl, Drill, Hexapneumine, Humex,
Pectosan, and Rhinathiol, stomach relief medicine such as Maalox, Gaviscon, Josacine, and antibiotic Zinnat, along with a
list of other drugs produced by Western corporations and actively advertised for mass consumption.

As it has been pointed out by French journalists, numerous studies have shown that drugs from this list compromise the
functioning of the hormone system, especially the reproductive ability of men and women, and may result in cancer.

At the same time, scientists are stressing the danger of hydro-alcoholic gels which were brought to the market in the wake of
the artificially created hysteria around the danger of the so-called bird flu, the H1N1. These gels are advertised as the
ultimate solution for sanitizing hands and body in the absence of soap.
Related: Hydrogen Peroxide Or Soap And Water To Clean Your Wound? + Why You Should Think Twice Before
Using Antibacterial Soap

A study carried out by the University of Missouri and published in the Plos ONE journal shows that hydro-alcoholic gels
make a person more susceptible to Bisphnol-A.

In 2010, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) officially recognized that Bisphnol-A is harmful to human health due
to the negative effect it has on brain functions and the reproductive system. It also causes a number of cancers (in both
women and men) in particular, prostate cancer, breast cancer as well as autism, depression, reproductive and endocrine
systems failure, delays in brain development, diabetes, obesity, and cardiovascular disease.
Yet another study conducted in Argentina showed that 85% of the womens hygienic pads presented a serious
threat to women since they contain the chemically hazardous substance known as glyphosate.

This fact was revealed by researchers of the National Argentine University of La Plata at a recent congress of physicians in
Buenos Aires, upon examining sanitary towels and sanitary pads produced with the use of genetically-modified cotton that
was grown using Roundup herbicide of the American company Monsanto-Bayer.

As we learn from this study,after the use of this herbicide, all cotton products contain this carcinogenic substance. For this
reason, theres been a massive movement in many countries through the collection of signatures to force such producers as
Tampax or Always to state the composition of their products.
Related: Why Are These 25 Carcinogens Still Being Sold?

The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those
Who Dont
This information is from well known Dr Mercola. If you go to the link you can download his free
ebook, an excellent resource that will show you how to protect yourself and your loved ones from
health risks by choosing the best water to drink and bathe in.

Need I repeat? We need to be vigilant in what we expose ourselves to today because corporate interests are such
that they will focus on profits not on your health. Be vigilant and be informed.

Related: 'Brockovich' carcinogen found at unsafe levels in tap water supplies of 218mn Americans report

What if that clear, clean-looking liquid you use every day to quench your thirst, to bathe and shower in, and to wash your
dishes and laundry in contributed to dozens of everyday ailments, includingheart attacks, tiredness, sinus problems,
sperm count, risk of miscarriage, a weakened immune system and many more.

Truth is, the water we use in and around our homes is far from the fresh, pure resource you might assume. And the worst
part is

Americans are ingesting from 300 to 600 times what the Environmental Protection Agency considers a safe amount while
chlorine itself is relatively benign, and was created to help keep us free from infectious diarrheas, it reacts with organic
materials which already dissolve in water, forming chemicals (known as DBPs) that are over 100 times more toxic than
chlorine
 According to the U.S. Council of Environmental Quality, the cancer risk to people who drink chlorinated water is
93 percent higher than among those whose water does not contain chlorine.

The residents of a small town in Pennsylvania who ate diets rich in saturated animal fats and milk had no heart
attacks until they switched from mountain spring water to fluoridated water.

Research from the University of Nijmegen in the Netherlands discovered that people who swam in chlorinated
pools or polluted waters as children had 2.2 to 2.4 times the risk of developing melanoma compared to those who
did not swim in chlorinated waters.

Male smokers who drank chlorinated tap water for more than 40 years had double the risk of bladder cancer as
smoking males who drank non-chlorinated water.

Related: Get this FREE report "Is Your Water Safe? How Modern Water Sanitation Can Damage Your Health and
How To Protect Yourself"

Presidential Debate Check: 12 Hillary Lies Debunked + Lots More

September 29 2016 | From: Lifezette

Clinton's debate performance was riddled with mistruths that got a pass from Lester Holt.

While the moderator focused on interrupting and fact-checking Trump, Hillary Clinton offered a litany of lies to the
nation on Monday night during her first debate against Donald Trump.

Related: Infowars Predicted Lester Holt Would Help Hillary Before the Debate Began

Clintons nose began to grow from the very start, as she asserted that the nation needs to finally guarantee equal pay for
equal work for women in her opening statement. The notion that women on average do not receive the same pay as men -
the 77 cents to a dollar myth - has been proven false repeatedly.

The fact is that it is already illegal to pay men and women different wages for the same work if they have the same
experience. The 77 cents myth is derived from looking merely at average income accrued over a lifetime, and ignores the
fact that men on average tend to work longer hours, often work in higher paying industries, and spend more active years in
the work force.

Related: Rigged: CNN Poll Claiming Hillary Won the Debate Sampled 41% Democrats Compared to 26%
Republicans

"When confronted by Trump about her former strong support for the Trans-Pacific Partnership, Clinton claimed that
she hoped it would be good deal.

The truth of course is that she called it the gold standard of trade deals.

Clinton also advocated raising taxes on the wealthy based on the premise that they do not currently pay enough. I think its
time to suggest that the wealthy pay their fair share, she said. The truth is that America has the most progressive tax
system in the developed world - the top 10 percent contribute over half of all income tax revenue.

Bizarrely, Clinton claimed that "slashing taxes on the wealthy hasn't worked." Her comment implied that slashing taxes on
the wealthy is why the economy is in such poor shape currently. This is an odd thing to say, considering Obama has been in
office for the better part of eight years and has done anything but slash taxes for anyone.

When Trump said he wished to lower the corporate tax rate, Hillary said: "We've looked at your tax proposals. I don't see
changes in the corporate tax rates you're referring to that would cause the repatriation."

Clinton and her team couldn't have been looking very hard, as Trump's plan to lower to corporate tax rate from 35 percent to
15 is written quite clearly on the economic plan posted on his website.

Taking time to remind the country that Clinton's success is due in large part to her surname, she asserted that "my husband
did a pretty good job in the 1990s." Clinton, like all Democrats, loves to take credit for the financial stability of her husband's
presidency. Of course, it was the Republican-controlled Congress led by Newt Gingrich that blocked Clinton's desired
spending measures and balanced the budget.

Only Hillary: With Hillary Clinton campaigning for the White House, its hard to determine the truth from the lies - especially
with the biased media. But we know the truth - it is only Hillary who has a questionable and incriminating track record.
Clinton also claimed that in being party to the Iran deal she helped "put the lid on Iran's nuclear program." But many said the
deal guarantees no such thing. Indeed, it rests entirely on Iran's acting in good faith and upholding their end of the bargain.

When Trump defended the use of stop-and-frisk policies in New York City, Clinton attacked them as unconstitutional and
asserted "it was uneffective it did not do what it needed to do."

This is simply false.

"Data from the few cities that report police stops show their effectiveness," Dennis C. Smith, professor of public policy at the
Robert F. Wagner Graduate School of Public Service at New York University, wrote in The New York Times in 2012 .

"My trend analysis with SUNY Albany professor Robert Purtell found that the increased use of stops correlated significantly
with accelerating drops in most of the major crimes. A Harvard study of policing in Los Angeles under William Bratton, when
crime dropped significantly, reported a surge in stops by the L.A.P.D. [with per capita stop rate higher than N.Y.P.D.]," Smith
continued.
Related: Who does the world vote for U.S. president? + Cast YOUR vote here

Perhaps Clinton's most egregious lies were two concerned with emails. "I made a mistake using a private email," Clinton
said.

Of course, Clinton didn't use a "private email." She used multiple private email servers. The word mistake implies
Clinton didn't know she was doing anything wrong, a claim belied entirely by the fact that so many of her aides and
associates pleaded the Fifth or were granted immunity by the FBI - not to mention the fact that many of them
engaged in the destruction of evidence and that she herself made false exculpatory statements.

Finally, in visiting her favorite Trump-Putin conspiracy theory, Clinton claimed that "Donald publicly invited Putin to hack into
Americans."

The truth, as is obvious from the context of his words, is that Trump was calling on the Russians to release Clinton's missing
emails in the event that they already had them.

Clinton may have proven her ability to hold her own against Trump one-on-one Monday night, but she also proved
her complete disregard for the truth and willingness to lie to the American people.

Related Statements:

Limbaugh: Clinton a witch with a capital B

Rudy Giuliani Statement On Donald J. Trumps Debate Victory

 Congressman Lou Barletta Statement On Donald J. Trumps Debate Victory

Congressman Frank Guinta Statement On Donald J. Trumps Debate Victory

Donald J. Trump for President Celebrates Massive $18 Million Haul After Debate Win

Another Thunderous Dump of Related Articles on The Clintons:

And these reports are increasingly taking less and less time to accumulate as more and more people wake up to
their crimes...

Lester Holt: android, wisdom figure, computer brain

Special Report: This Video Could Bring Hillary Down

FBI calls Clinton email probe different as key witness ditches House hearing

How a smartphone camera changed the discussion on Clinton's health

The Madness of Queen Hillary: Mental as Well as Physical Breakdown

"Clinton Foundation Is Charity Fraud Of Epic Proportions", Analyst Charges In Stunning Takedown

BOOM! Navy Veteran Just DESTROYED HILLARY CLINTON at Forum: I Would Have Been Prosecuted and
Imprisoned (VIDEO)

Clinton receives millions from Dow Chemical; backs away from effort to ban toxic chemical that harms women

Hillary Clinton may swap White House for prison

Heres the Proof that Hillary Clinton is a Mass Murderer

The absurdity of Hillary Clinton blaming Putin for vast 'far-right conspiracy' in the U.S.

Democratic Pundits Downplay Serious Ethical Issues Raised by the Clinton Foundation

If this doesn't disqualify Killary for president, what will?

Poll: Record High Number Of Voters Cant Stand Hillary

DONALD J. TRUMP STATEMENT ON FBI RELEASING CLINTON INTERVIEW NOTES

SEVEN MORE DISCOVERIES FROM THE FBI REPORT ON CLINTONS EMAILS

ICYMI: ALL THREE NETWORK NEWSCASTS SLAM CLINTON ON EMAILS

FBI Releases Hillary Clinton Email Investigation Files

Clinton's story is unravelling, FBI reveals Hillary's inability to recall briefings due to "blood clot" and health
problems

A Brain-damaged US President with Finger on the Nuclear Button?

Heres All 40 Times Hillary Clinton Told the FBI She Couldnt Remember Something

Hillary Threatens Russia With War - Neocon Media Doesn't Even Notice
 WIKILEAKS: Hillary Clinton Sent THOUSANDS of Classified Cables Marked (C) for Confidential

Dr. Drew threatened by CNN to retract his medical analysis of Hillary... 'scary and creepy' phone calls... then his
show was pulled

Hillary Clintons Illness Revealed

The Hillary Files: How special interests that violate health, human rights and the environment have pre-purchased
the Clinton presidency

Clinton Foundation is False Philanthropy In-depth Analysis

Over 70% Of US Doctors Surveyed Say Hillary's Health Concerns Are "Serious, Possibly Disqualifying"

Hillary the CHEAT! Clinton caught wearing covert earpiece during last night's debate with Trump... brazen
dishonesty on display yet again

John McCains Daughter Meghan Just Set Fire to Hillarys Campaign. Shes Vicious!

Trump: Hillary Running Global Criminal Enterprise And Spreading Terrorism

BREAKING: DR. TED NOEL REACTS TO 'PNEUMONIA' CLAIMS FROM CRIPPLED HILLARY'S DOCTOR

Clinton Medical Episode at 9/11 Memorial, Rushed to Hospital

Hillary Clinton Email Archive

Dr. Milton Wolf: Hillarys Doctor Claimed Hillary Got a Perfect Score on TEST THAT DOES NOT EXIST

How the Clinton Foundation, UN, NGOs Ripped off Haiti & Other HAARP Victims

Clinton Foundation Distributed Watered-Down HIV/AIDS Drugs to Patients in Africa

Nigel Farage: Hillary Clinton a Truly Horrible Candidate Quite Frankly the Worst Ive Ever Seen

Haitian President EXPOSES the Clinton Foundation: "Hillary Clinton tried to bribe me!

Obama used a pseudonym in emails with Clinton, FBI documents reveal

Western Media Credibility In Free Fall Collapse: Case In Point: UN Peace Council: The
US Media Is Lying To The American people: The War In Syria Is Not A Civil War, It's A
Proxy Invasion By The United States
September 28 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / RedFlagNews

The latest from the Gallup Poll is that only 32% of Amerians trust the print and TV media to tell the
truth. Republicans, 18 to 49 year old Americans, and independents trust the media even less, with
trust rates of 14%, 26%, and 30%.
The only group that can produce a majority that still trusts the media are Democrats with a 51% trust rate in print
and TV reporting. The next highest trust rate is Americans over 50 years of age with a trust rate of 38 percent.

Related: YouTube Has Quietly Begun Censoring Journalists Who Criticize Government

The conclusion is that old people who are Democrats are the only remaining group that barely trusts the media. This
mistaken trust is due to their enculturation. For older Democrats belief in government takes the place of Republican belief in
evangelical Christianity.

Older Democrats are firm believers that it was government under the leadership of President Franklin D. Roosevelt that
saved America from the Great Depression. As the print and TV media in the 21st century are firmly aligned with the
government, the trust in government spills over into trust of the media that is serving the government.

As the generation of Democrats enculturated with this mythology die off, Democratic trust rates will plummet toward
Republican levels.
It is not difficult to see why trust in the media has collapsed. The corrupt Clinton regime, which we might be on the verge of
repeating, allowed a somewhat diverse and independent media to be 90% acquired by six mega-corporations. The result
was the disappearance of independence in reporting and opinion.

The constraints that corporate ownership and drive for profits put on journalistic freedom and resources reduced reporting to
regurgitations of government and corporate press releases, always the cheapest and uncontroversial way to report.

With journalistic families driven out of journalism by estate taxes, the few remaining newspapers become acquisitions like a
trophy wife or a collector Ferrari.
Jeff Bezos, CEO and founder of amazon.com, handed over $250 million in cash for the Washington Post. Jeff might be a
whiz in e-commerce, but when it comes to journalism he could just as well be named Jeff Bozo.

On September 12, Washington Post reporter Cindy Boren dropped the Washington Post below the level of the supermarket
tabloid, National Enquirer. One must wonder where her editor was.

Drunk perhaps? The Washington Post actually reported that a Nigerian MD, Bennet Omalu, whose credentials and tenacity
are well known, has concluded that Hillary Clintons obvious medical problems could be due to her being poisoned by a
Putin-Trump conspiracy.

Related: The man who discovered CTE thinks Hillary Clinton may have been poisoned

One could possibly conclude that Cindy Boren and her Washington Post editor were having fun with Omalu, except that the
article repeated the unfounded allegation that circumstantial evidence according to a UK inquiry associates Putin with the
poisoning death of Litvinenko.
In other words, first Litvinenko, now Hillary.

If circumstantial evidence is to be the Washington Posts guide, then clearly that evidence suggests that the
neoconservatives, well-ensconced in high government positions and desperate for a New Pearl Harbor in order to launch
their wars of hegemony in the Middle East, are responsible for 9/11.

Yet the Washington Post has a full-time reporter whose job is to disparage conspiracy theories while the Washington Post
itself launches the conspiracy theory of the century: Putin And Trump Conspiracy Poisons US Democratic Candidate for
President.

Related: Washington Post Grasps at Crazy Conspiracy Theory in Support of Hillary Clinton

If intelligence, or perhaps simply sufficient time in Americans lives to investigate the news, were not in such short supply,
possibly Americans would reflect on what the benefit is of being driven by Washington into conflict with Russia and China.

UN Peace Council: The US Media Is Lying To The American People. The War In Syria Is
Not A Civil War, It's A Proxy Invasion By The United States.

US Peace Council Representatives CONFRONT a hostile American press after visiting Syria, and
learning that the American people are being lied to, grossly lied to.
A long video, but worth watching if you care to know the truth about what is going on in Syria and how Obama has
been lying to us... again.

Tribalism: New Mini-Documentary Reveals How Globalist Manipulators Hijack The

Animalistic Control Centers Of Your Brain
September 28 2016 | From: NaturalNews

My new mini-documentary unveils exactly how globalist manipulators hijack the animalist control
centers of your brain.
If you're ever wondered how globalists manage to convince the masses that Islamic terrorism doesn't exist, that
half the population is gay or transgender, that national security is hatred and bigotry or that government
dictatorships are rooted in love and compassion, you must see this video.

This video joins the series of mini-documentaries I've recently released on the subject of mass awakening.

Be sure to watch the other videos in the series:

The War on Reality: How globalists occupy your mind to control everything

The Government is a PARASITE on society

Faith Money and the Coming Collapse

Whatever You Do, Do Not Use Google "Allo": Snowden

September 27 2016 | From: RT

Google Allo, the new smart chat app launched on Wednesday, is dangerous and should be
avoided, according to whistleblower Edward Snowden.
The ex-NSA contractor posted a series of Tweets to warn everyone away from the chat app, which he says
will record every message you ever send and make it available to police upon request.

Related: Delete Google Maps? Go ahead, says Google, we'll still track you

Related: Commentary: Evidence points to another Snowden at the NSA

Allo, designed to unseat chat pack leader WhatsApp, promises to deliver quick conversations with features like; Smart
Reply that can guess your answers and respond to messages with just the tap of a button, and Google Assistant, which
answers your questions and helps you search for things directly in your chat.

Related: Tech firms distancing themselves from spies thanks to Snowden MI6 chief
How does Allo plan on predicting your every word and witty emoji, you ask? The more you use it, the more it improves over
time, which basically means theyll collect and store as much of your data as possible and then use artificial intelligence to
guess your replies.

Related: Inside Menwith Hill: The NSAs British Base at the Heart of U.S. Targeted Killing

However, the efficiency of time-saving typing may end up costing customers their already compromised privacy.

When Google first announced the introduction of Allo earlier this year they, too, had planned end-to-end-encryption in
Incognito Mode and assured they would only store messages transiently, rather than indefinitely.

However, it now appears that Google wont be doing that after all. Wednesdays announcement revealed Google plans to
store all conversations that arent specifically started in incognito mode by default.

Related: Terrorism investigation Court lets NSA collect telephone records data

As Snowden pointed out, last year every single one of the NSA and FBIs 1,457 surveillance requests was granted by the
US foreign intelligence surveillance court and Allos stored data (i.e. your data) will be fair game too.
In contrast, all of WhatsApps chats are encrypted and unreadable - although they did announce last month that they will
now be sharing your contacts and who you talk to with Facebook.

Related: Betrayal of trust'? WhatsApp to start sharing user data with Facebook, corporations

The War On Reality: How Globalists Occupy Your Mind To Control Everything
September 26 2016 | From: TheHealthRanger

There is a war going on for reality and the battlefield for that war is your consciousness.
Almost everything you see going on in society or from official sources is fabricated or rigged. It's fictional. It's all
designed to weave this artifical tapestry of beliefs and ideas and truths in your mind that actually are not true. They
are not based on reality.

The point of this it to create a prison for your mind that gives you the illusion of thinking you have freedome of thought,
freedom of choice or that you live in a democracy when in reality thie entire system around you is all fabricated to force you
into making certain decisions or taking certain actions or avoiding certain actions, all of which further the desires and the
consolidation of power of the totalitarian regime in power...

Crash Predictor Ann Pettifor: 'We're No Longer Citizens, We're Customers'

September 24 2016 | From: RadioNewZealand

One of the few analysts to correctly predict the 2008 global financial crash says we need to start
worrying about the economic attempts to turn citizens into consumers.
UK economist Ann Pettifor was also one of the leaders of the Jubilee 2000 debt campaign that successfully pushed
to cancel $100 billion worth of debt owed by some of the world's poorest nations.

Ms Pettifor, the director of left-wing economic think tank Policy Research in Macroeconomics, has been in New Zealand to
deliver public lectures on the current state of the financial world.

Speaking to Nine to Noon today, she said many of the current issues facing the world came from attempts by economists
and the finance sector to 'marketise' society and to "turn us all into customers for everything".

"We're no longer citizens, we're no longer workers, we're customers, all along the line. And all of our relationships
must, they argue, be marketised.

They're also turning us into 'rentiers', so when we rent out our house as part of Airbnb, or we rent out our car as
part of Uber, we are learning that with the ownership of an asset, it becomes possible, almost effortlessly, to earn
rent."

She said the global economy was increasingly about earning rent from money, property and any other assets people owned.
 "We are using up everything we have to earn a bit more money, and that is partly because the way the system is
geared, and those who do have assets are able to earn rent on those assets, whether it's interest rates or
whatever, and those without assets are poor, and those people are cross, they are very cross."

Ms Pettifor said people were feeling increasingly desperate due to low wages and salaries.

"I'm not against people using Airbnb, and I understand why they are doing it, and the reason they are doing it is
because they are getting poorer, because they cannot live on their existing income, because we don't pay wages
or salaries that allow people to live a decent life. So they have to supplement that, with all of these additional
marginal activities.

That's what's wrong with the way we have allowed the markets to take control of our economies and for the
invisible hand to decide who gets what, is those who are left behind - and the left-behinders voted for Brexit, the
left-behinders are voting for Trump, and they're voting for Le Pen, the fascist in France - we need to worry about
that."

Related: Why working class Americans are supporting Donald Trump

Former Kissinger CEO Says The World Is Run By 30 Families

September 24 2016 | From: Hiduth

A former CEO for Henry Kissinger has said that he believes just 30 families run the world, and that
these families are the driving force behind the New World Order.
David Rothkopf, author of Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They Are Making, and former CEO of
Kissinger Associates, says that 30 families and their 6,000 minions control the entire human race of six billion
people.

Related: Obama At United Nations Calls For America To Be Bound By International Laws Give Up Control

His findings mirror a study conducted by the Federal Institute of Technology in Zurich which found that a mere 147
corporations (out of 40,000 studied) had real power and influence in the world economy. All of these 147 companies had
interlocking Boards of Directors.

Related: The 147 Companies That Control Everything

Video Rebels Blog reports:

Currently, this One World Corporatocracy uses the United States and the European Union to consolidate and wield power
over the entire globe. But there are vulnerabilities in the world of Wall Street Globalism. The EU appears to be
disintegrating.

The ECB (European Central Bank) under the ex-Goldman Sachs VP Mario Draghi seems to be as suicidal as His Japanese
counterpart. And America is stretched thin by its constant warfare. Russia Today said the US had military operations in 134
countries in 2014.

Wikileaks, Snowden and others have revealed way more truth than the public can digest.

The US has been funding Al Qaeda and ISIS. And now Putin has shown his superiority by being able to actually
find ISIS and bomb them into oblivion.
The only economic and military advantage America had is about to disappear. Dr Michael Hudson wrote Super Imperialism
in 1972. That was the year after Nixon closed the Gold Window on August 15, 1971 and the year before Henry Kissingers
invention of the Petrodollar in 1973 after the Arab-Israeli war.

Hudson went to the Pentagon and the State Department in 1972 to explain that the US was making nations overseas pay
for their occupation by American troops by accepting worthless Federal Reserve Notes in exchange for real goods and
services.

When an American general finally understood what Dr Hudson was saying about foreigners paying for their own occupation,
he exclaimed, Were ripping people off.

The days when The Federal Reserve could print stacks of dollars to the moon and the Saudis could fund the US budget
deficit with their oil revenues are rapidly coming to an end. Very soon American politicians will have to recognize that we can
no longer afford all of those wars and forget about over 700 military bases overseas.

The American consumer will have to deal with the doubling of the price of imported goods. Of course that will mean a drastic
drop in the American standard of living which will lead to instability at home. This cold light of economic reality will force
America to either start WW III or go home.
Most sane people would like to avoid either a thermonuclear war with Russia or a conventional one as they have far
superior weapons. American politicians and the Pentagon spent $400 billion on the F-35 which does not work. Russia is too
poor to spend trillions of dollars on failed projects so the Elite can line their pockets at our expense.

What would be nice is for American voters to join with the citizens of Europe, Asia, Latin America, Africa and the Mideast in
their revolt against Globalism. That is to say the workers of the world unite to end Global Occupation by Bankers.

The following describes an eleven point program to undo what has been done to us by design. But first I need to explain
what causes Depressions.

Related: Motives for the Conspiracy

Ask your friends what a Depression is. Most answers will describe the effects, such as, unemployment, starvation and
bankruptcies. Depressions are solved by cancellation of debts either through discharge in bankruptcy court or by inflation
devaluing the real value of the burden of debt.
The third alternative would be for the government to void Unpayable Debts as the Kings of ancient Babylon and Sumer did.
We would need to devise a more sophisticated plan as those were relatively simpler agricultural societies.

I would like to make 11 suggestions which can both end a Depression and take down our Banker
Occupied governments:

1) Offer $25,000 in debt cancellation to every adult US citizen who is not institutionalized. This should be an
international effort so people in foreign countries will get equivalent amounts in pounds, euros and other local currencies.

This is to be financed by seizing the assets of financial war criminals that were stashed in Liechtenstein, the Cayman Islands
and other such offshore money laundering centers.

We need to get the assets of the private banks and the account numbers of all the corporations and the trusts the criminals
who declared war against us.

2) Seize all the assets of war criminals. A lot of assets have been converted into real estate. In America we also have
problems with mortgages. To evade taxes and to intentionally create clouded titles to homes the war criminals created the
Mortgage Electronic Registration System (MERS). I would suggest that MERS be made illegal and require all mortgages be
registered at reduced rates at the local county courthouse. I would give everyone 90 days to register for a clear title.

I would also challenge the title to every property to show that it did not belong to a corporation or trust fund owned by a war
criminal. For example, if a shopping mall is owned by a corporation, the actual people who own the shares must identify
themselves.
The World Bank did a study of 213 banking scandals and found that 150 were traced bank to offshore trusts linked either to
drug cartels or to the 30 or so families whose wealth has been fully invested in slave trading, drug smuggling and other
crimes against humanity for centuries.

All of these assets need to be seized so we can cancel debts and get the economy moving again. We also need to take
away their assets not just because they were stolen from us but to reduce their ability to wage war against us to zero.

We can take the seized real estate and use it to fund Social Security and stolen pension funds.

The seized stock and bond assets should also be used to fund public and private pensions and to cancel government debts.
I would also use the tens of trillions of dollars in government agency assets listed at www.CAFR1.com to cancel debts and
fund pensions.

3) All federal, sate and local government debt should be made illegal. President Lincoln (and Kennedy (both
assassinated)) issued Greenbacks which bore no interest. Greenbacks eliminated the need for bonds to be issued.

4) I would issue a non-interest bearing currency in America and require the same of any foreign country that
would want our assistance to cancel their government and personal debts.

It was the Federal Reserve Act of 1913 that allowed bankers to create money out of nothing and charge us interest.

That interest was designed to transfer all wealth from us to the bankers. It created Unpayable Debts which grow at
exponential rates due to the law of compound interest.

Since prices are a ratio of the Money Supply to goods and services for sale, if we increase both at the same rate, we would
have price stability. We could at current rates spend 535 billion dollars a year into circulation. We could create 535 billion
dollars and spend it without raising taxes to pay for it. If we increased the GDP and the Money Supply to twice our current
levels, then we could spend a trillion dollars a year into circulation while maintaining stable prices.

Related: Theres something behind that

 5) I would spend 200 billion dollars a year to repair Americas infrastructure. We have spent too much money on
foreign wars so our infrastructure is collapsing.

I would divide up 100 billion dollars a year amongst the 50 states on a proportional basis so a state with 2% of the US
population would get 2 billion dollars to spend on bridges, roads, dams, levees, water purification plants, sewers and school
buildings. This would be matched by another 100 billion dollars in federal infrastructure repair.

6) I would make pensions illegal. A pension is a promise to pay you something in 20 or 30 years. These pension funds
currently attract maggots seeking to feed on your retirement funds. I would pass a law saying that your employer must pay
you this year for any money that was intended to be set aside for your retirement. This money would go into a retirement
account in your name at a local cooperative trust. Neither politicians nor anyone from Wall Street should ever be allowed to
touch your retirement funds.

7) Use those cooperative trusts to overpower Wall Street and the City of London. Allow them to offer low interest
credit cards and consumer loans.
Let them issue simple life, fire and auto insurance. Plow the profits back into retirement funds. Commercial banks would be
geared to small businesses.

8) To boost the economy release all of the secret government technology to new corporations that would receive
the patents and a 5 billion dollar grant to bring cheap and abundant energy and other advances onto the market. If
needed, they could trade patent rights for regions overseas in exchange for the machinery needed to produce products in
America.

Shares should be issued to American citizens who are over 35. If a stock valued at $50 splits 6 times in 20 years, then it will
be worth $3,200 and ten original shares would be valued at $32,000. They will need the extra growth in their stock portfolio
more than couples 18 to 30 who have longer growth curves and can expect to retire with a million dollars in stocks.

Young people would no longer contribute to Social Security. Their employer would pay into their retirement account at their
cooperative trust but they would pay nothing to Social Security.

If a married couple making no more than the minimum wage were able to set aside everything they paid into Social Security
into a mutual fund, they would retire at age 65 with a million dollars. That had to be said for the benefit of those who do not
understand money and compound growth.

9) Make fractional reserve banking illegal. In 1348 the people of Venice were on a gold standard. If you deposited one
gold coin, the banker could loan 50 certificates said to be equal to 50 gold coins. The banker was allowed to collect interest
on that paper note as if it were 50 gold coins.
This system collapsed even though the people had a gold standard. Bankers pay people to spread false doctrines about the
gold standard. The bankers have stolen most of the gold and would love a return to the gold standard. But to function as
money the medium of exchange must be plentiful enough so everyone can buy and sell.

The only way a gold standard could work is if we allowed bankers to loan out 100 or more paper certificates in exchange for
each gold coin. That would impoverish us with interest payments on money the Bankers created out of nothing. Sound
familiar?

Related: Experimental drug likely saved Ebola patients

10) Make property taxes on a primary residence illegal. A home should be one of the primary savings plans for
retirement. Taxing homes harms taxpayers. It should no longer be the policy of the government to do harm to us.

Property tax revenues would be more than balanced by the cancellation of state and local debts and 200 billion dollars a
year in federal capital grants. And all those new infrastructure workers will be paying taxes.

11) Establish an incomes policy. My goal is self-determination for the working class. The current government is
bankrupting small businesses and the middle class while encouraging welfare dependency.

I would make the first $30,000 a year on a single person or $60,000 for a married couples tax free. I would give the custodial
parent $600 a month for the first child and $400 a month for the second child. Nothing for additional children except in cases
of twins and triplets.

I would also change the name of the IRS to Internal Revenue and Benefits Services. I would also take away their armed
agents and their police powers. A separate police force would be responsible for arresting tax cheats. The IRS has killed too
many innocent Americans for them to survive without a serious overhaul.
I would also pass a negative income tax. Under this system a person making $8.50 an hour would be paid $1.50 an
additional hour by the employer from federal sources. Under this plan a married couple both working 40 hours a week would
earn a guaranteed $40,160 a year tax free. If they had 2 children, they would receive $1,000 a month or $12,000 a year for
a total of $52,160 tax free.

I would pay for this in part by ending the wars and the surveillance state. Someone said we spent 7 trillion dollars on wars
we did not need after we allowed Israel to blow up the World Trade Center. I also would no longer allow bankers to steal 3
billion or more dollars a week from unaudited federal spending.

We should also eliminate a lot of federal, state and local jobs and even entire departments. We currently have 30 million
federal, state and local government workers if you count contractors.
I would eliminate most tax deductions. I would trade your interest rate deduction on a home mortgage for the elimination of
property taxes on a principal residence. And I would trade your tax exemptions for children by paying you $12,000 a year for
the first two children.

Eliminating tax deductions would pay for a greater part of the reforms we need. Any deduction that gives you a thousand
dollars gives others $100,000 in tax breaks.

An oil man once paid $17.95 in federal income tax on an income of $75,000,000. That was when tax rates were higher but
deductions still shifted the burden to the middle class. By giving married couples $12,000 for children, we will make the flat
rate tax fair for the middle class.

We need strong middle and working classes to counter the power of Wall Street. By creating our own currency and making
home ownership more affordable and getting control of our retirement funds and savings in co-operative trusts, we will
guarantee that the Elite stop all this nonsensical talk of killing a few billion of the common people.

Syria: Attack on Aid Convoy Kills Twenty, Destroys Aid, And Obliterates US War
Crimes In Support Of ISIS-Daesh Terror Group?
September 23 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

The President does not have power under the Constitution to unilaterally authorize a military
attack in a situation that does not involve stopping an actual or imminent threat to the
nation. Candidate Barack Obama, December, 2007

As the US heaps blame and accusations on Russia and Syria for the alleged air strike on the aid convoy on Monday
19th September, as ever there are more questions than answers and whatever US spokespersons state,
absolutely no certainties.

Related: Voices from Syria: This Country is being Violated by Terrorists who Destroy History, and People
The only undeniable fact is that another tragedy killed at least twenty Syrian Arab Red Crescent volunteers and the
organisations local Director Omar Barakat, father of nine. At least eighteen of the thirty one-truck convoy were destroyed
with the warehouse where humanitarian aid was stored.

The Russian Defence Ministry has categorically denied any attack and claims the convoy caught fire:

"We have studied video footage from the scene from so-called activists in detail and did not find any evidence that
the convoy had been struck by ordnance, commented Igor Konashenkov, a Ministry spokesman.

There are no craters and the exterior of the vehicles do not have the kind of damage consistent with blasts caused
by bombs dropped from the air.

Related: Russian defense ministry confirms US drone was present in area of attack on UN convoy

His observations are hard to challenge, anyone who has studied the assaults of the "international community" on far away
countries over the last decades knows what a bombed truck looks like, what fragments remains of it .

Photographs of the affected lorries show burned out vehicles, metal skeleton intact.

Related: After Bombing Syrian Army, US Accuses Russia of Bombing Aleppo Aid Convoy

Konashenkov said that damage visible in footage was instead the result of cargo igniting oddly occurring at the same
time as militants (formerly Nusra Front) had started a big offensive in nearby Aleppo, backed by tanks, artillery and other
heavy equipment.

He added:
 "Only representatives of the White Helmets organization close to the Nusra Front who, as always, found
themselves at the right time in the right place by chance with their video cameras can answer who did this and
why.

Indeed the White Helmets boasted in a video of being on the scene within moments.

The White Helmets who have had the gall to entitle themselves the Syrian Civil Defence Force are seemingly neither
Syrian, nor Civil, nor Defence. Vanessa Beeley who has meticulously charted their antics points out:

"This is an alleged non-governmental organization that so far has received funding from at least three
major NATO governments, including $23 million from the US Government and $29 million (19.7 million)
from the UK Government, $4.5 million (4 million) from the Dutch Government.

In addition, it receives material assistance and training funded and run by a variety of other EU Nations.

Related: Ceasefire in ruins: Putin - the US can not separate "healthy" opposition in Syria from terrorists

She informs of such concerns regarding the organization that:

"A request has been put into the EU Secretary General to provide all correspondence relating to the funding and
training of the White Helmets. By law this information must be made transparent and available to the public.

Beeley points out: There has been a concerted campaign by a range of investigative journalists to expose the true roots of
the White Helmets. The most damning statement, however (comes from) their funders and backers in the US State
Department who attempted to explain the US deportation of the prominent White Helmet leader, Raed Saleh, from Dulles
airport on the 18th April 2016.

Of the incident, Mark Toner, State Department spokesman stated:

"And any individual again, Im broadening my language here for specific reasons, but any individual in any group
suspected of ties or relations with extremist groups or that we had believed to be a security threat to the United
States, we would act accordingly. But that does not, by extension, mean we condemn or would cut off ties to the
group for which that individual works for.

Figure that one, Dear Reader.

The Ron Paul Institute has pointed out:

"We have demonstrated that the White Helmets are an integral part of the propaganda vanguard that
ensures obscurantism of fact and propagation of Human Rights fiction that elicits the well-intentioned and
self righteous response from a very cleverly duped public.

A priority for these NGOs is to keep pushing the No Fly Zone scenario which has already been seen to have
disastrous implications for innocent civilians in Libya, for example.

What better chance to push the No Fly Zone scenario than arriving within moments of the convoy tragedy, filming it and
creating a propaganda scenario before any meaningful forensic investigation could even be started, since the trucks were
still burning. And of course, the White Helmets, aka Syrian Defence Force, were filming rather than attempting to put out
the fire and rescue those in the burning trucks.

The Russian Defence Ministry subsequently caused outrage by claiming that Drone footage: shows bombed Syrian aid
convoy included truck full of militant fighters carrying mortar guns.

However: The footage emerged as the United Nations rowed back from describing the attack on the aid convoy as air
strikes, saying it did not have conclusive evidence about what had happened.
It must be asked, why on earth, after long and protracted negotiations over the convoy would Syria and or their
Russian ally risk the wrath of US and coalition further decimation of the country by laying themselves open to
accusations of bombing and aid convoys?

The tragedy has emphatically achieved one thing, however. Wiped from the headlines is another atrocity the US bombing
which killed over sixty Syrian soldiers and wounded over a hundred others just two days earlier, on Saturday
17th September, causing Russian Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Maria Zakharova to comment:

We are reaching a really terrifying conclusion for the whole world: That the White House is defending
Islamic State. Now there can be no doubts about that, according to the RIA Novosti news agency.

Again Quis custodiet ipsos custodes?

Who will guard the guards?

UN Security Council Holds High-Level Meeting On Syria

The United Nations Security Council is held a high-level meeting on Syria in New York on
Wednesday, September 21, on the sidelines of the UN General Assembly.

The meeting, chaired by New Zealands Prime Minister John Key, started with a briefing on Colombia, followed by a
discussion of the situation in the Middle East, with special focus on Syria, after the US-Russia brokered ceasefire collapsed
due to US bombing of Syrian government forces, and the subsequent attack on the Aleppo aid convoy.
Why Washington Had To Wreck The Syrian Ceasefire

Finian Cunningham explains that the CIA and Pentagon had to wreck the Syrian ceasefire in order
to prevent the world discovering that there are no moderate Syrian rebels.

All of the so-called rebels are part of a US organized group of jihadists tasked with bringing chaos to Syria.

Cunningham makes clear that the US has no print and TV media, just a collection of whores who lie for their living. For the
article visit: StrategicCulture

Related: Lavrov Makes History: 'Ceasefires' were bogus, nixes future 'unilateral measures'

Paul Craig Roberts "Russia Didn't Attack The UN Aid Convoy, It's A False Flag"!
Related: Russian Defense Ministry: Aid convoy in Aleppo followed by terrorists truck with mortar

Unlawful Killing - The Murder Of Princess Diana And Why It Matters

September 23 2016 | From: Sott / Various

The mystery surrounding the deaths of Princess Diana and Dodi al-Fayed 22 years ago
was revived by the claims of a British SAS sniper whose testimony was part of the trial of another
SAS soldier who was convicted of illegal weapons possession.

The parents-in-law of the SAS sniper in question, known only as "Soldier N", claim that he boasted to his wife that
the "SAS was behind Princess Diana's death".

Unsurprisingly, the media reaction to the story has been to dismiss it, citing, incorrectly, that the investigation into Diana and
Dodi's deaths was conclusive, that it was an accident, and that there was "no evidence of conspiracy".

In fact, this alleged "new evidence" has done little more than provide the media with an opportunity to, once again, ridicule
any idea that there was anything strange about the events in Paris that night.
The general consensus among the great British and world public seems to be that Diana and Dodi and their driver Henri
Paul died as a result of a car crash caused by pursuing paparazzi.

It's rather perplexing that this should be the case because the jury in the official 3-month-long inquiry into their
deaths returned a verdict of "unlawful killing" and the paparazzi were exonerated .

How does this happen? Well, how did it come to pass that 50% of American citizens believed that Saddam Hussein was
involved in the 9/11 attacks, despite the fact that no one, not one person, ever made such a statement publicly?

Answer: The mainstream media's real job is not to report the news but to 'catapult the propaganda' that the 'elite'
hope will become the new 'reality' or historical record .

Five years ago British film director Keith Allen made an attempt to release a documentary about the death of Diana and
Dodi. Due to the content of the film however, Allen was legally prevented from making it widely available to the public.

Attempts to upload it to video hosting sites like Youtube and Vimeo have also been thwarted. The documentary provides
fairly damning evidence that Diana and Dodi were murdered by the British 'elite', with the support and connivance of their
French counterparts.

Just some of the details revealed in the documentary include:

All CC TV cameras at the entrance to the Alma tunnel in Paris (alma means 'soul' in Spanish) were mysteriously switched
off at the time of the 'crash'.

The seat-belts in the back of the Mercedes in which Diana and Dodi were traveling may have been tampered with to make
them inoperable.
 The paparazzi were left far behind Diana and Dodi's Mercedes by the time they entered the Alma tunnel. However, four
motorbikes and a white Fiat Uno car surrounded the Mercedes in the tunnel. One of these vehicles (or one of the drivers)
emitted an intensely bright flash of light (similar to a strobe light). The Fiat Uno then hit the Mercedes from the side, causing
it to crash violently into one of the central pillars of the tunnel.

French doctor Jean Marc Martino took immediate control of the crash scene and the victims. It took him 37 minutes,
however, to extract the still conscious Diana from the back of the car, despite the fact that the back of the car was
undamaged, so there should have been no significant delay in removing her.

81 minutes elapsed before the ambulance departed the scene of the crash for the nearest hospital.

It was 103 minutes (a further 22 minutes) before the ambulance arrived at the nearby hospital (a journey that should
have taken no more than 5 minutes).

At the official inquest, experts agreed that Diana's life could have been saved if she had received normal and
prompt medical attention.

The doctors Dr. Pepin and Professor LeComte who conducted tests on the blood samples of the driver Henri Paul appear
to have used someone else's blood to determine that Paul was drunk, when he was not. Both of these doctors were legally
required to attend the inquest, but refused to appear. The French Ministry of Justice protected them, citing reasons of
"public order" for their refusal to attend and officially the reason was "protection of state secrets and the essential
interests of the nation."
A government that withholds information in the interest of "national security" or to "protect state secrets" is essentially
saying that they realise that if the information became publicly available, it could provoke mass public
disturbances, or even revolution. In short, "protecting state secrets" and "national security" are euphemisms for
protecting the 'elite' from the people, and what the people might do if they knew the truth.

In 2006, a team of scientists offered to conduct tests on the samples to determine who they belonged to. The French
government declared, however, that the blood samples in question "no longer existed". There is also clear evidence that
French police planted alcohol in Paul's apartment to support the claim that he was an alcoholic.

British intelligence had developed a plan to assassinate a Serbian politician by causing his car to crash in a tunnel by
flashing a strobe light at the driver.

Many members of the British establishment, including the judiciary, police force and politicians, conspired to cover up the
truth about the crash and the fact that Diana suspected she was going to be killed.

British MP Nicholas Soames appears to be a psychopathic misogynist (one among many in the British establishment) who
hated Diana. Soames was British Defence Minister under Conservative Prime Minister John Major (1994-97). Soames
threatened Diana that she should back off from her high-profile campaign to end the use of land mines in third world
countries and warned her that "accidents can happen". Soames is the Chairman of Aegis Defence Services, a British private
mercenary company with overseas offices in Afghanistan, Bahrain, Iraq, Kenya, Nepal and the United States. As evidenced
by video footage released in 2005, Aegis mercenaries were involved in the indiscriminate shooting and murder of Iraqi
civilians during 'Operation Iraqi Freedom'.

According to the book Women in Parliament published in 2005, Soames has been named as the 'most sexist' MP, with
several female MPs stating that he has made vulgar comments to them. In other accusations of sexual harassment, it has
been alleged that Soames makes repeated cupping gestures with his hands, suggestive of female breasts, when women
are trying to speak in parliament, in order to distract them.
Nicholas Soames: a repellant excuse for a human being

If there is a flaw in Keith Allen's excellent documentary investigation into the murder of Diana and Dodi, it is the emphasis
given to the role of the British monarchy in the murder. It is unlikely that the British royals had any significant role in the
murder of Diana and Dodi because the British royals do not wield significant power in the UK, and have not done so for
centuries.

Since the de facto end of absolutist monarchy in England at the turn of the 18th century, the role of British royalty has been
one of serving the interests of the established lay authorities, a.k.a. 'the elite'.

Diana and Dodi were murdered to "protect the British monarchy" only insofar as the continued existence of the British
monarchy is important to the civilian 'elite' because it lends legitimacy to their claim of 'natural' or 'divinely ordained'
superiority over the inferior rabble.
It is, after all, the Queen that appoints governments and bestows knighthoods, peerages and other 'honors' on the chosen,
and thereby confers 'regal legitimacy' on those so honored and appointed.

Of course, behind the scenes, it is 'her majesty's government' (i.e. the self-same civilian 'elite') that advises the sovereign
on who gets what and when. Without this royal pomp and circumstance, the bestowing of titles by civilians on
other civilians would look, for all the world, like a bunch of undeserving bureaucrats pumping themselves up far
beyond their station. And the people may not be so eager to sanction it.

Diana's divorce from Charles, her impending marriage to Dodi al-Fayed (a Muslim) and the possibility that she might expose
some of the less than regal goings-on inside Windsor Castle threatened the public image, reputation and very existence of
the British Royal establishment, but the threat was felt most keenly among the high-level securocrats in Whitehall
and assorted pedophile peers who jealously guard their immoderate privileges and lifestyles.
Dodi al-Fayed was a film-maker (he produced the multi-Oscar-winning Chariots of Fire). His father was a wealthy man. Had
he and Diana been allowed to live, we can only imagine what kind of films or documentaries he may have turned his hand to
with Diana as his wife and inspiration.

Given Diana's outspoken and compassionate nature, combined with her world-wide public appeal, what might she have said
or done, and what might she have achieved had she been allowed to live?

With the world as her stage and having the ears of billions, might the last 16 years that have brought us the interminable
'war on terror', the invasions of other nations, the slaughter of so many innocents and the institution of a global police state,
have been any different?
But it is certainly a sad indictment on the nature and structure of our modern society that an open and loving heart coupled
with a natural and widespread popularity is perceived as such a threat by our entrenched 'leaders' that their minds invariably
turn to murder and cover-ups to 'solve the problem'.

But that appears to be precisely what happened in the case of Diana, and she was certainly not the first victim. This
particular story of the summary assassination of a popular hero is anything but new. Julius Caesar was one such hero, and
there have been many others over the course of the last 2000 years.

Unfortunately, their lives all seem to tell the same story of unfulfilled potential for themselves, the millions they could have
inspired, and human society in general.

Watch the 'Unlawful Killing' documentary for yourself below:

The Real Reason Why Princess Diana Was Assassinated: Ex MI5 Agent Testifies

The Ritualistic Assassination of Princess Diana - David Icke

Bayer's Monsanto Deal To Be Closely Watched By New Zealand Farmers As Agri-
Chemical Players Dwindle
September 22 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview

Bayer's US$66 billion acquisition of Monsanto, creating the world's biggest supplier of seeds and
agri-chemicals to farmers, will be closely watched by New Zealand's rural sector as the latest in a
series of deals that has shrunk the number of competitors in the market.

Bayer and Monsanto are two of the big seven companies selling agricultural chemicals in New Zealand.

Related: Monsanto to be acquired by Bayer, the Nazi-era IG Farben 'crimes against humanity' poison chemical
company

Of the other five, Dow Chemical is in the process of a global merger with DuPont and Swiss seed giant Syngenta is close to
being acquired by China National Chemical Corp, which already owns Adama.

Of the others, ASX-listed Nufarm had a distribution agreement with Monsanto for its Roundup glyphosphate products up
until 2013, while Bayer rival BASF reportedly held inconclusive talks with Monsanto earlier this year

Bayer chief executive Werner Baumann has indicated the companies would need to file for clearance in about 30
jurisdictions for the deal and get antitrust approval in the US, Canada, Brazil and the EU, the Financial Times reports. The
deal has stoked concern among US farmer groups that they may face price increases for agricultural products.

Federated Farmers arable farming chair Guy Wigley called it:

"A significant development for New Zealand farming. It's a very finely tuned marketplace and farmers are highly
sensitive to pricing," he said. "The costs and benefits of using all their products are keenly understood."
Wigley likened agri-chemicals to the pharmaceuticals industry, where there was plenty of competition for older products that
had come off patent while companies sought a premium to cover research and development costs for new products.

The Commerce Commission said it is unable to comment on whether the transaction would require its scrutiny. However,
John Hampton, professor of seed technology and director of the Lincoln University Seed Research Centre, said it may
require antitrust approval.

While Monsanto is the world's largest seed company, its GM crops such as Roundup-ready Canola, soybean and maize
aren't sold in New Zealand and its local sales in that market are confined to vegetable seeds produced by its Seminis and
De Ruiter units.

Related: The Complete History Of Monsanto, The Worlds Most Evil Corporation

Bayer has a smaller seeds business but is mainly in the pest and disease product side of the agri-chemical market, including
seed treatments, while Monsanto's chemicals were more in the herbicide and weed control side of the market.

All up there were about half a dozen major companies in the seed sector, "so I can't see there would be a major impact in
what's happening in seeds in New Zealand," Hampton said, adding that he speculated that Monsanto's GM technology was
a major driver for Bayer's takeover offer.

Globally, there was no new herbicide chemistry emerging and increased resistance and regulatory hurdles for some existing
ones. At the same time growing demand "for more sustainable methods of weed and pest control," he said.

Chemicals aren't the future. Now the industry is looking at interactions between microbes and plants -
biocontrols," he said.
The past five years have been marked by a number of acquisitions of small biocontrol companies by big agri-chemical
producers "being astute and looking to the future". Research was now focussed in two main areas - GM technology and the
use of bacteria and fungi to control pests and diseases and to promote plant growth, he said.

Industry group Agcarm, which represents about 85 percent of the New Zealand agri-chemicals market, has 14 members
listed as crop protection companies. It estimates the New Zealand market is worth $250 million to $300 million.

Bayer's offer for Monsanto of US$128 a share in cash is about 20 percent more than the last trading price of US$106.76.
Bayer said the deal would create "significant value" with annual synergies of about US$1.5 billion after three years "plus
additional synergies from integrated solutions in future years".

Related: Monsanto and Bayer: Why Food And Agriculture Just Took A Turn For The Worse

Listen Up Truth-Seekers: Were On The Same Team

September 22 2016 | From: WakingTimes

The justice-seeking community are a funny bunch. Weve all got our differences, including the
various beliefs we have, but ultimately were on the same team. Youd think we would be acting
like it too, but unfortunately were not.
Its clear that the divide and conquer strategy is in full swing, even among the truth and freedom movements.
Whats the D&C strategy I can hear some of you ask?

Related: Combating The Elite Rulers Divide And Conquer Tactics

Its when the powers-that-think-theyre-the-overlords use informational tactics to divide the people so they fight one another,
instead of collectively facing the real issues.

And god dammit theyve been successful.

Theres covert powers who are in control? I would suggest we engage some simple logic with this one. To start, money rules
the world. better put, they can digitally punch numbers into a computer and POOF, currency is created.

Now these banksters control the central banks and therefore control the governments. Enter the two-party tyranny system
we call democrSo, who owns the money? The banksters of course. Their scam is so brilliant that they can create money out
of thin air, oracy. Both sides work for the same financial interests, which are not just limited to the banking industry, but the
energy, pharmaceutical and media corporations too, among many others.
Essentially, we are ruled via a highly integrated corporatocracy, regardless if you understand it, or believe it to be true.

This control-system is a sick beast. Its out of alignment with natural law, which essentially means that it disrespects the
golden rule. In laymans terms, this universal law is to do no harm, respect each others shit, honor your contracts; that sort
of thing.

Because the matrix of control aims to impose their centralized global dictatorship on all of us, including the disgraceful
methods theyre choosing to achieve it, theyve broken this divine contract. Therefore, their so-called power is undermined
by their own actions.

They essentially make themselves obsolete.

But we cannot keep our heads in the sand and do nothing; we still have to deal with this layer of truth in one way or another.
After all, no great organizational change occurred by riding unicorns and staring at pretty fucking rainbows.

Simply, we have both a material and energetic responsibility to face this cancer of an order and replace it with something
truly made out of justice and honor.
What then, should we replace it with? Well, this is one of the million dollar questions.

Some people are fundamentalist anarchists who want zero government. Now I might be off target, but at least hear me out
and then disagree with me if you wish.

Personally I find that proposition unrealistic, especially until every person in every country is at some stage of enlightenment
where they wont try to monopolize, tyrannize, subjugate or apply an array of other tactics of suppression, coercion and
control.

In other words my view is that we ned to utilize the current operational system, at least in the transitional phase, because
groups of people still exist who will fuck others over given the chance. So it makes more sense for the people to ethically
take control of the governmental system and transform it into one that honors the golden rule, at least initially.

Now I might be wrong about this, and Im perfectly okay with that. And thats my point; we can disagree about exactly where
we go from here, but we still need to mobilize a voluntary team otherwise were all likely to be royally fucked.

I also see the inherent value of a money-less society because money itself is an evidence-based tool of scarcity, and
therefore enslavement. It also naturally breeds excessive competition, inequality and greed. This approach could be
achieved via some form of abundance-based economy, but I do realize this futurist design is unrealistic, at least in the short
term.
But once again, I dont have all the answers. No one does. I would suggest that most of us dont want to be ruled, and
therefore were all anarchists in the pure sense of the word, and thats the first principle we can unite on. But how we
transition to a ruler-less world is yet to be determined.

After all, oligarchical and tyrannical systems have been the norm throughout our so-called civilized history, not the
exception.

So, given we need to integrate to undermine the mechanisms of the control-system, where are we at?

Unfortunately, the alternative media is in tatters. Weve recently had a couple of big names surrounded by big
controversy, causing further division. Many people are violently arguing about the shape of our reality. The conspiracy rabbit
hole and its multiple tunnels of truth and untruth have left many people poorly focused, as well as the truth-seekers
significantly divided. The competing views on Trump has also resulted in more infighting.

In addition, many people think they have their shit sorted and are enlightened, but few appear to remember theyve
continuously changed their minds and behaviors since birth. Even if they have a good idea of what the fuck is going on,
many fail to realize that this ride of waking up is a journey, not a destination.

For example, theres a couple of quotes which have been shared tens of millions of times, which say something like be the
change and Im wise so I change myself, but theyve been disgraced by all those who dont bother to truly live by them.

The hypocrisy and inaction among the truth-seekers is painfully obvious.

Yet, were all hypocrites to one degree or another. Were all going to evolve our beliefs in some way too. If we truly accept
that we all have our weaknesses and contradictions, and that weve got philosophical and behavioral refinements that were
yet to undertake, then it makes it very easy to accept one another as comrades.
And its absolutely necessary at this point too. The concerning reality is that the entire freedom movement is in danger of
becoming a running joke, not just to the outsider curtain hangers, but internally as well.

Thats one of the reasons why we really need to start fresh. If we begin by accepting that none of us 100% know what has,
is and should be, then we will create a level playing field where we all have an opportunity to volunteer as equals on the
team of truth and freedom.

If so, we will actually have a strong shot at finally unifying, which is the only bloody way were going to get anything seriously
done.

Of course were already moving in a general direction, and theres many agreements already subtly made. For example, its
fairly clear there are certain concepts and primary targets that have manifested as a pattern within the independent media
and the progressive mindsets. What follows, therefore, is a simple merger strategy thats based on a few core values, and a
few core systemic areas.

So lets see how this resonates. In terms of values, do you personally agree with the following?

1. We value love over hate.

2. We value truth over lies.

3. We value freedom over enslavement.

4. We value happiness over suffering.

5. We value honor over disrespect.

6. We value cooperation over competition.

7. We value family and community over money.

8. We value health over business.

9. We value peace over war.

10 We value justice over injustice.

Sound fair? Im going to assume thats a yes, because otherwise you need some serious self-healing. Sorry (not sorry) to be
so blunt, but your-self and your fellow-man are not your enemy.

In addition, if we agree on these values, they must be applied in every area of discourse. Of course there are areas where
competition for example has its place, such as sport, but there is still cooperation first and foremost otherwise the game
wouldnt even be played.

So if these values can stand the test of time, that also means they will naturally dissolve any so-called rules and laws that
contradict them.

In terms of the systemic issues, lets see if we can at least agree on the Four Ms as our primary targets for change, which
are Money, Medicine, Media and Management:

1. Money should be a sovereign public utility, not hijacked by private stakeholders and converted into a
transnational banking cartel.

2. Medicine (including food) should be as natural as possible, as well as be inexpensively available to all who
need it, not monopolized by the multinational giants and perverted into the toxin-rich, addictive and unnatural
substances we have today.

3. Media should be based on truth, authentic journalism and whats best for the people, not propagandized to
create minions of the failing system.

4. Management of our society should be designed by and for the people, not by and for the corporate and
oligarchical structures.

Is that fair too? Does the whole lot sit well with you? Lets bloody well hope so.

So in saying all this, and of the thousands of people who read it, what will actually change to unite the worlds justice-
seeking communities?
To be straightforward and realistic, most likely fuck all. In truth, I actually could care less if its this proposal either; if a group
would like to design a basic unification strategy that we can agree on, please do so. No matter how it happens, it just needs
to happen, and thats the most important thing.

However, we really do need to show some solidarity, so this has been created as an opportunity for the fragmented
independent media to stand together on some core values and systemic focal points. Were all in the position to share this
information through our networks too, so if you more or less agree with this strategy for unification then there is nothing
stopping you from doing so.

In addition, the recent issues arising from two key voices in the independent media has further shown that we shouldnt be
rallying around individuals, but instead be binding around some very simple and key agreements. If so, we could use them
as a framework for publicly debating how they relate to the behavior of governments, corporations, oligarchs and the system
itself.

By continuously saturating our agreements and discussions into the collective consciousness, more and more people
working both inside and outside of the system will be emancipated from the delusions theyve been programmed to have.
After all, people are just people, and most of them deep down want the best for their fellow-man.

It would then continue as an education process for everybody who needs it, based on any agreements made. And as Max
Igan suggests in the below interview, we could also organize a global day of protest to show unification around our quest for
truth and freedom.

In any case, I primarily wrote this as an energetic injection because I know that somewhere lurking just beyond the veil, the
many movements for truth and freedom have an innate capacity to put their differences to the side and come together as a
peaceful force to radically transform our world into one of honor and justice.

Could this happen soon? Who knows; weve all been pleasantly surprised before.

For further information regarding where were at, and where were going, watch this new interview with the
infamous Max Igan.
Italians Blow Chemtrails Secret War Lid Off With Film
September 21 2016 | From: PakAlertPress

A new Italian film, Chemtrails: The secret war has been released showing a disturbing covert
military agenda behind the sinister phenomenon, one that according to evidence presented
includes far more than weather manipulation for climate change.

Lets stand up and defend our rights! say Italian filmmakers Antonio and Rosario Marciano.

Related: NASA admits to spraying Americans with poisonous chemtrails

The Marcianos, of the Italian website Tanker Enemy (Tanker-Enemy.eu) have produced the documentary film, Chemtrails:
the secret war (below) to show scientific evidence related to the chemtrails phenomenon. While much of the documentation
has been presented in previous years by Professor Michel Chossudovsky, head of Global Research, no film captures the
covert war against We the People as well as the Marcianos do.

Weather manipulation is only one (collateral) aspect of this phenomenon, say the Marcianos. What is at stake is a covert
military agenda.

This HD documentary film is the first Italian professional film on illegal geo-engineering aka chemtrails.

It has been realized thanks to many friends and collaborators. For years this issue has been denied and mocked but the
chemical spraying of our sky is still happening, the couple say.

In September 2014, Jacques Daidi, a French activist, went to Italy where he met the Marcianos, well-known Italian activists
against geo-engineering. The French translation was born from that meeting and then, produced by several members of the
French association Ciel voil, (www.cielvoile.fr).

Other contributors of the films translation include Jacques, Dominique from Avignon, Mary from Monteux, Sebastien from St
Firmin in Valgaudemard and Danielle from Gap.
In 2012, Dupre reported in the article, Geoengineered climate change heats up debate:

The US Air Force has the capability of manipulating climate either for testing purposes or for outright military-
intelligence use, economist Chossudovsky wrote. These capabilities extend to the triggering of floods, hurricanes,
droughts and earthquakes."

In recent years, large amounts of money have been allocated by the US Department of Defense to further developing and
perfecting these capabilities.

Christchurch, New Zealand, 2011

Ironically, Chossudovsky remarked, the Pentagon, while recognizing its ability to modify the Worlds climate for military
use, has joined the global warming consensus." (This disguises the Pentagons perfidy.) In a major study (now mysteriously
unavaliable), the Pentagon has analyzed in detail the implications of various global warming scenarios.

Weather-modification, according to US Air Force document AF 2025 Final Report, offers the war fighter a wide range of
possible options to defeat or coerce an adversary and, it says, extend to the triggering of floods, hurricanes, droughts and
earthquakes:

Weather modification will become a part of domestic and international security and could be done
unilaterally It could have offensive and defensive applications and even be used for deterrence purposes. The
ability to generate precipitation, fog, and storms on earth or to modify space weather, and the
production of artificial weather all are a part of an integrated set of technologies which can provide
substantial increase in US, or degraded capability in an adversary, to achieve global awareness, reach, and power.
Air University at Maxwell Air Force Base in Alabama provides the full spectrum of Air Force education, from pre-
commissioning to the highest levels of professional military education, including degree granting and professional continuing
education for officers, enlisted and civilian personnel throughout their careers.

AUs PME programs educate Airmen on the capabilities of air and space power and its role in national security. AU conducts
research in air, space and cyberspace power, education, leadership and management. AU also provides citizenship
programs and contributes to the development and testing of Air Force doctrine, concepts and strategy.

The significant expansion in Americas weather warfare arsenal, which is a priority of the Department of Defense
is not a matter for debate or discussion, stated Chossudovsky in 2004, calling the subject matter a scientific
taboo.

This taboo constitutes a human rights violation as much as fossil fuel companies and other polluters dismissing climate
change today. The Marcianos hope their new movie, Chemtrails, the secret war, will catapult chemtrail deniers out of their
comfort zone and into reality, at least for more open public debate if not action against the covert war.

Related Articles:
Geoengineering Watch Global Alert News, September 3, 2016

High Bypass Turbofan Jet Engines, Geoengineering, And The Contrail Lie
What Do Smart Meters And Vaccinations Have In Common? + Another Vaccine Dump
September 20 2016 | From: NaturalBlaze / Various

Jerry Day of Freedom Taker.com has produced an exceptional new video wherein he explains in
detail what Smart Meters and Vaccinations have in common.

Its called Conditional Acceptance, a term and a legal tactic whereby you can refuse anyone who pressures you
to sign either an opt-out agreement for a Smart Meter or demands you to accept a vaccination.

Related: Del Bigtree: Our Children Are Being Sold To The Pharmaceutical Industry

Opt-out contracts are ones big corporations give you when you refuse corporate offers. Jerry explains what he calls
highway robbery in this video.

Listen carefully to what Jerry explains, plus take notes, because his logic may be one that you can utilize under Right of
Contract. Jerry says;

Always remember that you have Right of Contract. That is the legal term used to describe the fact that on any
contract or agreement your signature must be fully voluntary and not coerced in any way. If youre pressured into
signing or agreeing, your signature and agreement technically have no authority or effect."

And legally, there is no contract or agreement if you can show there was coercion or pressure causing you
to sign that contract. So your Right of Contract means that you and only you may decide whether you
sign something or not. And you may not be penalized in any way for refusing to sign anything.

They [utilities and governments] are criminally violating utility customers and they know it. So when they
refuse to insure the damage, their equipment will cause to you, you have every right to refuse that equipment.

If the equipment they are installing was really not harmful and did not violate your rights, the insurance would cost
almost nothing. But electronic utility meters are known to be hazardous and harmful so much so that no
insurance company will provide insurance for any price [more about insurance here], because they know
that advanced utility metering is a ticking time bomb of damages and litigation. Vaccinations represent a
very similar situation to utility metering.
Listen intently to what Jerry says about Conditional Acceptance because thats the bargaining chip in the song and dance
you will have to engage in to protect yourself and your family from AMI Smart Meter RFs/EMFs, dirty electricity they produce
, plus possible fire loss to your home from Smart Meters proclivity to malfunction.

The same logic regarding Right of Contract and Conditional Acceptance applies with regard to vaccinations. Jerry delves
into vaccinations like you may not have heard before.

Homeowners insurance and health insurance do not cover you for losses from AMI Smart Meters or injured health from
receiving a vaccine! The unfair fact about bullying and harassment from utilities and the medical profession has to be
understood fully for what it is: You are liable for all damages unless you are prepared not to be left helpless and demand
your legal rights by taking Jerrys advice into consideration.

After listening to the above video, please be certain to check out thedownloadable documents A-2 and A-4 regarding Smart
Meters. Theres also a Vaccination Notice Jerry talks about. All are offered as templates at www.FreedomTaker.com.

Related Articles

Yes, they just keep coming - the evidence is in the order of a flood of biblical proportions for this with the eyes to see:

Shocking research confirms vaccines are contaminated with Monsanto's RoundUp herbicide

Anthony Samsel on Vaccines contaminated with Glyphosate

Vaccines: Prevention or Curse?

Vaccination: Serious Concerns

Another Vaccine Bombshell Glyphosate Think Monsantos Roundup Confirmed in Most Vaccines

Intelligent Parents are Refusing Vaccinations

The Average Flu Shot Left This 9-Year-Old Girl Paralyzed And Non-Verbal

Flu deaths continue to mount in people vaccinated against it

Vaccine Quackery Bombshell: Key studies cited to 'prove' vaccines are safe were funded almost entirely by
vaccine manufacturers

New vaccines will permanently alter human DNA

New Vaccine Whistleblower Film Premieres To Standing Ovation

How Big Pharma Targets Your Kids!

Actor Rob Schneider Speaks Out Against the Dangers of Vaccines

Shock Report: Testing Reveals Glyphosate Present in Childhood Vaccines

Shocking Research Confirms Vaccines Are Contaminated With Monsanto's RoundUp

Herbicide

Folks, I have written about the problems with vaccines in previous blog posts. Now, a new serious
contamination problem with our vaccines has been identified.
Researcher Anthony Samsel has published five peer-reviewed articles on the herbicide Glyphosate (the active
ingredient in Roundup). A yet-to-be published sixth paper found various commonly-used vaccines contaminated
with the herbicide glyphosate.

Yes, you read that correctly: Our vaccines are contaminated with an herbicide that the World Health Organization
characterized as"probably carcinogenic to humans."

How can this happen? That answer is easy.

Many vaccines contain animal byproducts such as gelatin, bovine casein, bovine serum, bovine calf serum, or chicken egg
protein. The animals from which these products come from are fed grains sprayed with glyphosate. It does not take a rocket
scientist to come to the conclusion that these animals, fed glyphosate in their diet, would contain glyphosate in their
byproducts.

Samsel sent a letter to Congress that stated:

I have run numerous groups of vaccines and identified several vectors of contamination. These include the
excipient gelatins, egg protein and or similar substrates used to grow vaccines.

I have found gelatins and egg proteins contaminated with Glyphosate-based herbicides from animals fed a
glyphosate contaminated diet.

This contamination carries into thousands of consumer products i.e. vitamins, protein powders, wine, beer and
other consumables which use gelatins as part of the product or in fining and processing."

What did Samsel hear back?

He heard nothing.

In other words, our do-nothing Congress, so far, has failed to respond. In his letter to Congress, Samsel also stated that
Glyphosate is a synthetic amino acid. It bioaccumulates and is found in all tissue types, particularly the bone and marrow of
animals fed a diet contaminated with Glyphosate residues.
You can see Dr. Samsel talk about his research by clicking here.

The following vaccines were found to be contaminated with the herbicide glyphosate:

1. MMR

2. Varicella (chicken pox)

3. Zostavax (shingles)

4. Proquad (MMR, rubella, varicella)

5. Fluzone Quad (flu vaccine)

6. Hepatitis B (B Energix-B)

Multiple vaccines from different manufactures were found to be contaminated. Folks, this is a big deal. Injecting a
vaccine contaminated with a known herbicide that is "probably carcinogenic to humans" should be prohibited. We need a
Congressional investigation into our vaccines.

We keep hearing the mantra that vaccines are safe. Injecting a vaccine containing an herbicide is safe? Give me a break!
It is time to call your political representatives and tell them to investigate this matter. I can assure you that it is not safe to
inject a known neurotoxin such as mercury or aluminum. Nor is it safe to inject a known carcinogen such as formaldehyde.

Guess what? It is not safe to inject an herbicide that is a probable human carcinogen.

Follow Dr. Brownstein's blog for more great articles by clicking here.

Anthony Samsel on Vaccines contaminated with Glyphosate

Scientists Anthony Samsel and Stephanie Seneff have just gotten the fifth peer reviewed paper on Glyphosate published. Its
named "Glyphosate pathways to modern diseases V: Amino acid analogue of glycine in diverse proteins".

In this regard Tony Mitra interviewed Anthony Samsel, to cover the newly emerging scientific findings on Glyphosate and
how it can and does hurt creatures including humans.

In the course of the interview, Anthony Samsel mentioned the issues being covered in their next paper, the 6th one. This
covers a number of vaccines that use animal byproducts such as egg protein and gelatine. He suspected these products
might be contaminated with Glyphosate, if the vaccine makers were using factory farmed animals fed with Glyphosate laced
GMO feed.

To verify, he got a large number of vaccines that do use egg proteins and gelatine and got them analyzed in multiple labs.
The results confirmed his doubt. The vaccines themselves are largely contaminated with Glyphosate and pose serious
hazard to those that are and will be vaccinated using these products.

Not So Smart Technology: Safety Inspector Blows The Whistle On Fire Hazards Of
'Smart' Electronics
September 20 2016 | From: Sott /

If you think your "smart" appliances are the "cat's whiskers," then please think again! Actually, in
my opinion, they are the dumbest things ever invented that have been able to buffalo consumers
into spending their hard-earned money to purchase, but have the greatest potential for causing
consumers harm and grief.
Recently, I received an email from one of my readers who had to attend a fire safety training session for 'their' job.
That instructional course was given by none other than a Delaware County, Pennsylvania Fire Investigator, who
was quite explicit in his presentation about certain fire causes.

Related: Smart Meters Not Needed After All For European Power Grid + How To Opt Out From Smart Meters

Here's what the email said for which this sender gave permission to share:

He [the trainer] mentioned in the beginning of his presentation how fire deaths were down, but house fires were
up dramatically across the nation. [CJF emphasis added]

Later during the Q&A, I asked him in front of the whole group [what were] the causes of these fires. He
mentioned all the electronics - WiFi/Bluetooth gadgets, cheap phone chargers, iPads, wide screen TVs, etc.

I interrupted to say "how about smart meters" to which he replied: Anything "smart" is a fire hazard.

This [smart] technology is so new, and they haven't tested or developed it adequately enough yet.

He went on to poke fun at "smart" wired houses having everything linked and what a hazard that can cause.

Then after the presentation, I commented how I heard that as this technology ages, it becomes even more
potentially hazardous, which he affirmed, and also mentioned that

More car fires occur because of all the electronic gadgetry now.

All the above information is yet another confirmation with implications for Consumer Protection Law(s) at local and state
levels regarding "smart" consumer appliances and fires, which insurance companies - especially AMI Smart Meter fires -
are declining coverage for!

But there is even more serious damage happening every minute of the day from microwave technology, which smart
appliances operate on. It's called electromagnetic frequencies (EMFs/RFs) that emit non-ionizing radiation which cause
adverse health effects known as "non-thermal" effects.

Comment: Dr. Barrie Trower, a British physicist has acquired a great deal of expertise in the microwave field, extending his
research to common electronic systems, including cell phones, iPods, computer games and microwave ovens. His research
has shown that microwave radiation is extremely hazardous, especially to pregnant women and young children.

The risks are so great that the use of WiFi can lead to permanent genetic damage to our children and subsequent
generations.

WiFi to kill millions, with its effects being cumulative over generations

Neurosurgeon Shows How Low Levels of Radiation Such As Wi-Fi, Smart Meters And Cell Phones Cause The
Blood Brain Barrier To Leak

The BioInitiative Report - The Dangerous Health Impacts of Microwave Radiation

EMF pollution: The health impacts of wireless RF radiation

Consumers, when they really learn the downside of "smart technology," obviously will have to beef up their activism to get
the protection they need for their health and properties, as the industries involved - and more sadly - states public utility
commissions - really don't give a hoot about the harms caused, otherwise they would be enacting legislation to deal with
them.

And then there's this information that I received from readers whose privacy I respect and honor, but will share their
information. In sharing information like the following from a reader in Canada, it is that consumers become aware, physically
safer plus empowered:

People need to be getting documentation about all of these fires. Media articles are often the starting point, but
 they are anecdotal. Once there is what sounds like a smart meter fire, request and obtain the official fire report
from the state or provincial fire commissioner.

Find out what the legal reporting and investigating requirements are. If the fire is believed to be electrical, who
does the investigation and how is he informed about the fire? Are the laws being followed?

Are meters being removed? It takes time and digging but I can't find anyone else who is getting this sort of info for
fires in their areas. It is only when this documentation is obtained for many fires and patterns are found that
things will be taken seriously.

In the US the Consumer Affairs Dept. [1] has agreed to gather reports on smeter fires. I have sent her a few
because the ITRON meters we use are the same used in many places in the US. But in Canada our meters are
not considered "consumer" goods since the utilities own them.

This agency should be informed but it requires full documentation - not just media reports."

Note that here's what I think our kind and thoughtful Canadian neighbor is referring to:

The US Consumer Products Safety Commission (CPSC) is a federal agency that will take complaints on utility
smart meters from all US states. If you have or had smart meter electrical or fire problems CALL: (800) 638-
2772 Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. ET or submit your complaint by email. "

However, I must caution a consumer that, if or when you experience an AMI Smart Meter ('smeter') fire, immediately after
the fire has been extinguished and it is safe to do so, take photographs with your cell phone and a regular camera, so you
can have "secured" documentation because things can get 'lost' in cyberspace! Remember to attach copies of those photos
with the smeter fire report you file with the US Consumer Products Safety Commission.

Additionally, I must share that I've heard stories that the power company immediately removes the fire-damaged meter
and does not allow consumers access to it or to keep a fire-damaged meter as 'proof' for insurance purposes. It
seems that 'games' are being played, and insurance companies 'buy' into them too!

Fire safety regarding all 'smart' technology should be enforced by consumer products safety commissions, municipalities
and code enforcement departments at local and state levels. Obviously they are not doing that when it comes to AMI Smart
Meters made with heat-sensitive plastic parts. Analog meters were made of glass and steel parts.

Learn how to protect yourself from smart technology EMFs/RFs and fire hazards.
Related Articles:

Radiation emitted from smart meters 100 times greater than cell phones - and exposure is constant, doctors warn

AMI Smart Meter Testing Video Disputes Safety Claims for Smart Meter EMFs

ZigBee Radio Transmitter: How Many Do You Have?

Teslas Anti-Gravity Research In Use In Dozens Of Secretive Military Projects

September 19 2016 | From: WakingTimes

Doctor Richard Boylan, and numerous others have already let the cat out of the bag when it comes
to anti-gravity space flight, so why do Boeing and Lockheed, two of Americas largest military
industrial contractors, and the recipient of trillions in tax payer black budget dollars still hide that
they are operating at least 12 anti-gravity aerospace platforms?

It seems that Boeing hides this advanced aerospace technology because it would prove what many free energy
enthusiasts have said about Nikola Tesla that he discovered anti-gravity, and learned how to utilize it as an
abundant, if not free, energy source.

Related: Unraveling Nikola Teslas Greatest Secret: Radiant Energy

Objects can even be levitated easily with anti-gravity, and its numerous applications are just beginning to be understood
by the public at large.
The late genius and inventor even explained the fact prior to his death. William R. Lynewrites in Occult Ether
Physics (Creatopia Productions), that a lecture Tesla prepared for the Institute of Immigrant Welfare (May. 12, 1938), dealt
with his Dynamic Theory of Gravity.

Tesla said in his lecture that he had developed, one of two far-reaching discoveries, which I worked out in all details
in the years 1893 and 1894. Indeed, Tesla held a patent in 1928, for a flying machine which resembled both a helicopter
and an airplane and is thought to have run with the benefit of anti-gravity.

Boeing has loosely revealed that they have already developed this technology in a veiled admittance that it is working on
experimental anti-gravity projects that could overturn a century of conventional aerospace propulsion technology. And Ben
Rich, once the CEO of Lockheed Martin, admitted on his deathbed that aliens were real, and the US military already
travels to the stars, explaining where this technology could have been sourced, aside from terrestrial beings like Tesla.

This means that for more than 130 years we have been kept in the dark about a known free energy source so that the
powers-that-be can profit from our ignorance. Every time you see a rocket ship go up in space, it is essentially no different
from the false flag attempts orchestrated by six media companies controlling the media to alter your perception of reality.
So Where Did All that Research Go?

Theodore C. Loder, PhD, posits in one paper that since the 1950s (known to some as the brain drain era) almost all
research into anti-gravity seems to have disappeared.

None other than Professor Hermann Oberth, considered by some to be one of the fathers of the space age (and who later
worked in the US with Wernher von Braun, the Army Ballistic Missile Agency and NASA), stated the following in 1954: It is
my thesis that flying saucers are real and that they are space ships from another solar system.

Perhaps of more interest to our present discussion on the secrets Boeing and Lockheed have kept, Oberth states:

They are flying by the means of artificial fields of gravity. . . . They produce high-tension electric charges in
order to push the air out of their paths, so it does not start glowing, and strong magnetic fields to influence the
ionized air at higher altitudes. First, this would explain their luminosity . . . Secondly, it would explain the
noiselessness of UFO flight.

Indeed, you can see the crumbs of government contractors special operatives at work when you look into the work of John
Hutchison. He discovered, highly-anomalous electromagnetic effect which causes the jellification of metals, spontaneous
levitation of common substances, and other effects, which echo Teslas findings. These strange effects were later dubbed
the Hutchison effect.

As is usually the case when silencing the curious, a Vancouver businessman, George Hathaway heard of the Hutchison
effect around 1980, and hired an engineer from Boeing Aerospaceto work with the Canadian government to form a
company that would promote technology developed from the effect. They called this company Pharos Technology. You
likely havent heard of what they have created since then.

12 Special Aerospace Platforms Incorporating Anti-Gravity Technology

Dr. Boylan explains:

At this time, I am aware of the existence of 12 kinds of special-technology advanced aerospace platforms [mil-
speak for craft], all incorporating antigravity technology in some form.

These 12 are: the Northrop Grumman B-2 Spirit Stealth Bomber, the F-22 Raptor advanced stealth fighter, and its
successor, the F-35 Lightning II advanced stealth fighter; the Aurora, Lockheed-Martins X-33A, the Lockheed X-
22A two-man antigravity disc fighter, Boeing and Airbus Industries Nautilus, the TR3-A Pumpkinseed , the TR3-B
Triangle , Northrops Great Pumpkin disc, Teledyne Ryan Aeronauticals XH-75D Shark antigravity helicopter,
and the Northrop Quantum Teleportation Disc.

Since at least 1956, the press has been trying to manage public awareness by staying hush-hush about anti-gravity
research, or discounting those who attempted to show that it was real. However, a trade press magazine, the Aviation
Report, made numerous references to anti-gravity projects, and listed many of the companies pursuing research into anti-
gravity technologies.

Quotes from the Aviation Report listed in the Aviation Studies (International) Ltd. report[8] are suggestive of what was truly
going on at Boeing, Lockheed and other agencies despite what the public was being told.

What Anti-Gravity Means to the World at Large

Anti-gravity, first and foremost would make petrol-guzzling cars, crumbling electric grids, and other outdated and dirty fuels a
total waste of time. Anti-gravity, as Nikola Tesla made clear, would make space flight to other heavenly bodies as simple as
driving your car to a nearby city, today.

It would also turn Einsteins E=MC2 theory on its head, and it also suggests, as Tesla explained, that the ether is given to us
to use responsibly by a life-giving creative force.

We know where that went - and it's for the record

Just so you know.

In short, everything we need is already out there, in abundant supply. We just need to tap into it and free these
technologies from the grip of the military industrial complex.

Related: It's Not All About the Cabal Flunky that is Fucking Elon Musk: Russian Scientists Revive Nikola Tesla's
Designs With Help From Crowdfunding

US Global Hegemony Is Officially Dead

September 18 2016 | From: Geopolitics

Humanity is now in the cusp for a massive globalwide revolution in engineering and scientific
development as divisively regressive geopolitics are being shamed in the global stage, and
instigations for new wars are effectively suppressed.
For the last 4 years, or so, railways and sea/airports were being built across Asia, and these projects will only
accelerate in the coming months as the Khazarian transnational crime syndicate is being pinned down at every
level.

Related: The Transatlantic Trade & Investment Partnership (TTIP) Is Dead + Earthquakes

The Khazarian Mafias attempts at controlling governments through the TTIP was, in multiple occasions, rejected and rightly
so.

Related: The Transatlantic Trade & Investment Partnership (TTIP) Is Dead

The Clinton Foundations false philanthropy is being exposed,

Related: Clinton Foundation is False Philanthropy | In-depth Analysis

and Wikileaks will be releasing more expos very soon, as former DND Secretary Colin Powell is being dragged to the
Clinton email controversy.
Hitlery is just getting the update...

The massive resignations of bankers have already occurred four years ago, as punctuated by the World Bank president
Zoellicks own resignation months later and the Papal resignation in 2013.

And no matter how much it tries, NATO could not start a new war anywhere in the world. All of Eurasia are now poised to
give their full support to the China-led One Belt, One Road massive economic programs to redevelop the planet for the
benefit of all its inhabitants.

Related: The Ultimate 21st Century Choice: One Belt One Road or War

To White Houses surprise, Turkey pivoted towards its rival Kremlin in the middle of this year. The subsequent CIA military
coup in cooperation with embedded 5th columnists inside Turkey was unsuccessful, due in part to a timely Russian
intelligence report which gave Erdogan the upperhand early on.

But so far, the biggest geopolitical event this year is the epic expressed rejection of US interference in the ASEAN-China
region.
US President Barack Obama and Chinese President Xi Jinping (L) look on after formally joining the Paris Climate deal at Ruyi Hall at the West Lake
State House in Hangzhou on September 3, 2016.The United States and China on September 3 formally joined the Paris climate deal, with US
President Barack Obama hailing the accord as the moment we finally decided to save our planet. World leaders are gathering in Hangzhou for the
11th G20 Leaders Summit from September 4 to 5. / AFP / SAUL LOEB (Photo credit should read SAUL LOEB/AFP/Getty Images)

Xi officially denied Obama the luxury of insulting Asia right on its doorsteps. The phrase This is our country. This is our
airport being shouted against Obamas entourage should summarize Chinas assertion of its geopolitical and financial
sovereignty. Forcing Obama to descend through the ass of Air Force One was just the icing on the cake.

China positively responded to the ASEAN Communitys establishment of a well-defined Code of Conduct in the West
Philippine Sea to avoid miscommunications in the area, and all parties have agreed that the best way to find resolution in
the conflict zone where an estimated $5 trillion of physical commerce passes annually, is only through dialogue, trade
cooperation, and the sharing of natural resources in these contested areas, as it had been done for thousands of years prior
to Westerns divide and conquer intervention.

The straight talking Duterte complemented the whole covert and not-so-covert anti-Khazarian advances in the region by
directly confronting Obama and Ba Ki Moon during the East Asian Summit, with photos of human rights violation against
600,000 Muslim Moro, 6,000 of whom were massacred and buried in a common pit, at the turn of the 20th century, which is
the root cause of the secessionist movements in Southern Philippines.
Obama and Ban Ki Moon were caught off guard and the two found themselves out of ammunition to respond accordingly.
Heres the mainstream media summary of the event:

All headline hugging Duterte tirades prior to the ASEAN Summit 2016 were meant to underscore the fact that the
Philippines is no longer a US vassal state.

To Dutertes credit, Indonesia is buying up weapons after its Police Anti-Narcotics Chief Budi Waseso announced that the
largest Muslim country in the region will duplicate Dutertes methods of dealing with drug trafficking.

Duterte has just visited Indonesia in order to discuss the two countries coordination in the field of economics and terrorism.
Both countries share a border where CIA-ISIS affiliated Abu Sayyaf is operating.
Here in the Philippines, it is our understanding that the Chinese government will eventually abide by the UNCLOS arbitral
ruling in the future when the subject is already properly explained to its people, and if the Philippines maintains its
independence from the US beyond Dutertes presidency.

Ironically, China is a signatory to the UNCLOS, but not the perennial conflict instigator known as the United States.

All of these great milestones occurred while Americans were busy watching the Kardashians.

The official declaration of the Fall of the US Empire has been held in the peace loving countries of Asia.

It is now up to the Americans, and the entire Western population, to reciprocate what has been made here .

How To Become Immune To Mind Control | How TV Affects Your Brain Chemistry For
The Worse
September 18 2016 | From: SitsShow

Television has been used as a medium for dispensing news, entertainment and information for
over 90 years at this point.
The effects of this nearly pandemic device are little acknowledge by mainstream society, but within a growing
population of inquisitive individuals the mind altering attributes of this seemingly benign device are well
understood.

Related: The New Mind Control: Subliminal Stimulation; Controlling People Without Their Knowledge

They call it tell-a-vision for a reason, because our minds at a certain level of consciousness, are unable to distinguish
between the images on screen and reality itself. Additionally the unconscious mind becomes stimulated via focused
attention on the items presented, generating a wealth of internal insights, ideas, and concepts.

If these are left unprocessed, if we do not analyze the internal generated products as a result of watching TV, they settle into
our being, altering our perception and distorting our values. And so, TV, like all things can be a powerful tool for expanding
consciousness or it can create chaos and strife if the powers of our discernment are never used.
Related Divine Feminine in Distress - She is waiting for your Divine Masculine! | All human beings are divided into
four general classes by Manly P. Hall

The ALL Seeing Attributes of the Unconscious Mind

In the below linked article on A.I. Robots, we discuss mirror neuron's and how they suggest a biological component to
empathy; the basis of morality. This part of the brain receives information as if observed events are happening to us directly,
in other words we are hard wired for empathy.

The unconscious mind is hardwired to receive all information from within and without, storing it as memories that alter our
conscious mind's processes.

In other words there is an aspect of us that is literally all seeing, which provides us a wealth of data that can be consciously
analyzed and distilled, eventually allowing us to gain knowledge of all things in our experience; if we but do the inner work
of philosophy, contemplation and discernment.

Related 'Killer robots' with AI must be banned, urge Stephen Hawking, Noam Chomsky and thousands of others in
open letter

Here is an excerpt from the article:

Enter the AI drone or soldier debate. The military industrial complex has long desired a highly obedient yet
adaptable soldier, able to execute commands without question and anticipate needs so as to change tactics of
battle real time.
 Human beings are programable, but human nature allows us to change, providing an unending source of risk and
error for military activities.

For example, in the Civil War, 50% of soldiers froze when aiming at a living target, and in some cases instinctually
missed. This was despite standard training and practice shooting. What was the problem? - empathy.

"Lt. Col. Dave Grossman, a psychologist and professor of military science, looked at this evidence and concluded
that there is within most men an intense resistance to killing their fellow man. A resistance so strong that, in many
circumstances, soldiers on the battlefield will die before they can overcome it.

In some ways this isnt all that surprising. Very few people would seek out an opportunity to kill others. At the same
time, you may find it hard to believe that it is sometimes impossible for soldiers to kill others even when their own
lives are at risk." - The Psychology of Killing and the Origins of War

Empathy is 'hardwired' into living organisms, with increasing levels of actualization in higher order life. Modern
science has acknowledged this in discovering the so called mirror neurons, which fires when an action is taken by
an organism or when it is observed.

This is why when we watch another getting hurt we react as if we have been hurt. This subconscious and
unavoidable process is the foundation for empathy processing, which concordantly is the basis for morality."

The brain is profoundly affected by what we experience, even if it comes from TV. As the below article discusses, the
brainwave patterns of movie goers actually synchronizes from the hypnotic effects of watching images and sound on film.

Related TV Side Effects | 12 Little-Known Ways That Television Stifles Spiritual Awakening [and the Mind]

Related What you Believe may be a False Memory (Subliminal Mind Control) | Study shows how easily false
memories can be planted to frame individuals for crimes

Does this mean all video, film and movies are bad?
Related: NY Times Reporter Found Murdered After Exposing MKUltra?

In my view, the programing of one's mind using TV is due to lack of conscious processing. Often the worldviews, ideals and
opinions offered are not questioned or contemplated, we do not engage in philosophy as a civilization any longer; thats what
TV is for!

This also applies to any other source of information, such as school, literature, advertising and even mild conversation.
Anytime an idea enters the mind and it is not contemplated and reconciled with our knowledge base, it settles into the
unconscious as is.

The Technique For Dispelling Suggestion and Mind Control

The mind has two primary modes of expression, conscious thought and unconscious absorption. The conscious mind is
where two or more ideas can be compared, revealing patterns and inconsistencies.

The unconscious mind is a powerful observer, able to receive and store all information streaming in as insight and intuition
(random thoughts), and without as sensory data. Science has proven that even though we may not notice something
consciously, the unconscious mind does, settling into the total consciousness; effecting our behavior.

Therefore, the key to undoing any form of mind control (unconsciously accepted suggestions) is through the conscious
mind. Essentially a subliminal suggestion is an illusion or magic trick, it only fools us into thinking it's real so long as we
never investigate it.

But once we know how the trick is done, we see the whole truth more clearly, and now we are conscious of the subtle
suggestion, able to dismiss it with ease. Ignorance is the foundation upon which all forms of mind control and subtle
suggestion work, therefore dispelling it with knowledge - the conscious act of seeking the truth - is the primary tool for
gaining freedom.

In my own experience, after researching these topics in earnest over the past five years, it is now clear how many
suggestions are spread liberally into almost all media. For example, often in police dramas the cops show up at the door of a
suspect or witness needing to conduct a search or look for someone inside.

When answering the door, rarely if ever do the police have a warrant. The person answering the door usually just lets the
police in without a word of question; never asking to see a warrant. This fictional story sends a subtle suggestion to the
watcher, that most people don't ask for warrants.
And since the vast majority of people base their behavior on what everyone else does, they are effectively being programed
to never ask for a warrant. Even if they do have the notion to ask for one, the social pressure from this suggestion will
require a major act of will to overcome.

But all of this can only work on an unconscious mind; an unawake person. Once the sleeper has awakened, and we begin to
consciously investigate the mind control all around us, it becomes very easy to spot subliminal suggestion when
encountered.

Just like it can become easy to tell when someone is lying to us after we've passed through the initiative experience of being
lied to, in this way, the efforts of our would-be masters to control the masses actually provides us with the information we
need to become immune to such forms of control.

The solution to external control, therefore, is to become conscious, awaken and active. To use the power of philosophy - the
exploration of meanings, to analyze and discern the suggestions constantly pouring into our minds. A deception, illusion or
fraud, once recognized, is forever dissolved by the now wise and discerning mind.

And these skills of self mastery and sovereignty can now be shared with others. In essence each of us who accepts the
mission of facing these forms of control, can now become a force to counter them, an epicenter of awakened and active
consciousness.
In my view, reviewing mainstream TV, especially news, is an essential part of training discernment and strengthening mental
discipline. We can literally watch TV looking for suggestions. Try doing this with scenes in your favorite show, attempt to
observe the events of the story and what they are implying about the characters in it.

Often there are flagrant examples of suggestion such as symbols or words flashed on the screen at a point in the story that
when put together creates a subtle suggestion. In any popular TV series or film there are many layers of suggestion to
discover and gain mastery over by exercising these skills of internal discernment .

Related Decoding Fiction - Science of Meaning | As Above So Below (Fractal) Symbolism in Once Upon A Time TV
Series

One final point on TV is the actual technology used. In our modern age Cathode Ray Tube televisions have been almost
completely phased out. These devices produce an extremely intense electromagnetic field that disrupts the bodies delicate
organic field.

These fields govern a huge amount of processes within our bodies and minds. It has been demonstrated that the minds
ability to create a stable image or thought is significantly reduced after exposure to older TV's. But this effect also happens
when viewing any imagery for prolonged periods of time, without also exercising the imagination using discernment.

Imagination Is Essential

It is during philosophy, contemplation, investigation, insight and meditation that these innate imaginative powers are
exercised and honed.

The imagination is an essential aspect of our beingness, the foundation of holistic intelligence, balanced emotional states
and even psi-abilities.

Any adverse affects of TV on the mind, by way of implantation of thought forms, belief systems and values, can be almost
totally reversed by a dedicated and active process of mental activity.
We must think about what we're watching, sift through meanings and reveal insights, develop an appreciation for symbolism
and the power of consciousness to explore ideas.

In this way TV becomes a powerful tool for expanding consciousness, so long as we learn to use the discerning powers of
the mind and healing energy of the heart.

As I often like to say: "learn to use your mind, or someone else will."

Global Financial Meltdown - One Of The Best Financial Crisis Documentary Films
September 17 2016 | From: RebelMystic

Meltdown is a four-part investigation into a world of greed and recklessness that brought down the
financial world. The show begins with the 2008 crash that pushed 30 million people into
unemployment, brought countries to the edge of insolvency and turned the clock back to 1929.

It's a bloody good watch and goes into specific detail as to how the house of cards was built and
subsequently fell.

Caveat Emptor.
But how did it all go so wrong? Lack of government regulation; easy lending in the US housing market meant
anyone could qualify for a home loan with no government regulations in place. Also, London was competing with
New York as the banking capital of the world. Gordon Brown, the British finance minister at the time, introduced
"light touch regulation" - giving bankers a free hand in the marketplace.

Related: The Reasons Why The Globalists Are Destined To Lose

Meltdown moves on to examine the epidemic of fear that caused the world's banks to stop lending and how the people
began their fight back. Finally, it asks how the world can prepare for the next crisis even as it recognises that this one is far
from over.

We hear about the sheikh who says the crash never happened; a Wall Street king charged with fraud; a congresswoman
who wants to jail the bankers; and the world leaders who want a re-think of capitalism.

5G Telecomm Radiation The Perfect Tool To Mass Modify Human Brain Waves + More
Studies Reveal Dangers
September 16 2016 | From: WakingTimes / Mobilize

On 14 July 2016 the FCC (Federal Communications Commission) of the USA made space available
in the radio spectrum for consumer devices to operate within the 25 GHz to 100 GHz of the
electromagnetic spectrum.
It went on to say: The Commission has struck a balance between new wireless services, current and future fixed
satellite service operations, and federal uses. The item adopts effective sharing schemes to ensure that diverse
users including federal and non-federal, satellite and terrestrial, and fixed and mobile can co-exist and expand.

Related: This Is What WIFI, Cell Phones, iPads And More Are Doing To Your Childs Brain 100 + Scientists Are
Now Petitioning The UN

Nowhere in its document is mention made of consumer safety or well-being. I guess that is fair of the FCC because
historically, it is not interested in matters of microwave radiation and consequent thermal and non-thermal effects on the
population.

Lets face it, and most people find this hard to believe, the FCC works purely on behalf of the telecoms industries in
granting them access to the airwaves, no more and no less.

Industry was very happy to hear the FCC announcement on granting access of large portions of the radio spectrum for yet
more of its toys and other consumer devices. Qualcomm for example talks much about the massive internet of things, yet
nowhere on its 5G musings is mention made of consumer safety or well-being.

That pink elephant in the living room regarding safety brings me to the point of this article. The FCC and the telecomms
industry rub their hands with glee because lots of money is going to be made as 5G devices rollout yet no recent safety
studies have been carried out on consumer safety.
Yes, their official logo is actually that shit

Related: Gestapo In The USA: FCC Intimidates Press And Kills Free Speech At 5G Rollout

No doubt both the FCC and industry will point regulators to the old, out-dated and one-dimensional so-called safety studies
(thermal effects) produced by the ICNIRP. This private organisation is comprised of people and individuals who work in the
telecommunications industries with no background in epidemiology, toxicology, radio frequency safety or medical practice.

The implications of 5G on consumer well-being and safety do not look good for one reason: devices that will operate within
the 5G electromagnetic spectrum will use antennas that are physically small i.e. from a few millimetres to a centimetre in
length.

This means that industry will produce a variety of different antenna systems to do different things.

Qualcomms 5G Vision

5G is much more than higher peak rates - it needs to enable new classes of services, connect new devices and
industries, and empower new user experiences while fully leveraging 4G investments. The envisioned unified
platform needs to support all spectrum, below 6 GHz as well as above 6 GHz and mmWave."

Everything is awesome!

The weird fact of operating within this very high frequency range is that signals are mostly line of sight or they are easily
reflected, refracted or lost within the differing build composition of urban environment structures.

In other words, without careful antenna design and recognition of many of the pitfalls trying to propagate microwave signals
within urban environments, the signal can be easily degraded or completely lost. In response to these challenges, the
advantages in using very small physical size antennas in the millimetre wavelength is you can feed many antennas in various
configuration arrays e.g. vertical or horizontal arays, waveguide, coned or highly directional beam type designs.

These types of antenna designs focus most of the transmitted power into specified directions. This is bad news for
consumers because these very small physical size antennas will pack a mighty punch to our biological systems if we step
into them.

Getting back to consumer safety and well-being and all things microwave, it is clear that the latency period for adverse
biological effects from devices using microwave frequencies from say 1 GHz to 5 Ghz is approximately 10 - 20 years.
 In 2016 there are now many thousands of peer-reviewed
medical and epidemiological studies that show, illustrate or
correlate, adverse biological effects with use of mobile
phone technology or WIFI.

Using frequencies even higher than 5 GHz (and up to 100

GHz) will compress the timeframe in which cancers and
other biological effects show themselves within society.

It is anyones guess on what might happen in terms of

biological safety yet it is clear to see that the pulsed nature
of these high frequency, high signal intensity signals do not
harbour good news for humanity, particularly in relation to
the functioning of our DNA.

Nowadays, exposure to microwave radiation or

frequencies used by WIFI, mobile phones, smart
phones, smart meters, WIFI-enabled audio devices,
WIFI-enabled fridges, most baby monitors and a whole
host of other esoteric electrical devices were recently
classed as Class 2B carcinogens.

Point of sale literature excludes this fact on any advertising

blurb and it is also fascinating that the small print embedded
deep within mobile phone product literature say that you
should not put these devices directly to your skin, body or
face.

If you do, you exceed the so-called safe exposure

thresholds put in place for these devices.

Getting back to the very small physical length of the antennas that will be used for 5G devices, it is very clear to surmise that
if these devices talk to each other using highly efficient, directional antennas, the ERP (effective radiated power) will be
huge.

If you happen to walk into this intensely focused beam of microwave radiation, what will this level of signal intensity do to
your biology?

Yet again, time will tell unless we get our arses into gear and demand proper safety studies from industry and
independent academia that focus on thermal and non-thermal effects on our biology.

Just like the advent of modern mobile phone technology, it is us, the consumers, who provide the guinea pig role in terms of
safety.

Sufferers of EHS (electro-hyper-sensitivity) will need to be aware of any 5G device simply because the electron volt assault
on their compromised bodies will be easily and instantly felt.

It is they who will suffer first and in time, everyone will be affected because one other fact the telecoms industries have not
mentioned is that in order to develop an efficient network of signals within an urban environment, many thousands of new
transmitter sites will need to be installed.
Related: WiFi Radiation New Device Makes It Visible At Last

The physical small size of these antennas means they can be covertly installed into all sorts of urban structures which
suggest that for urban dwellers at least, there will be no escape from exposure to these highly damaging microwave
frequencies. I also feel that when these antennas are in place, it will be relatively easy to alter and manipulate brain wave
function of its users and others close by.

The amount of ancillary information that can be piped or attached to the main carrier frequency of such a telecommunications
network system is potentially, huge.

Police forces the world over use Tetra as a systems of communication. This system also includes a sub-carrier
frequency of about 16 Hz which is very close to our natural brainwave patterns.

Could this 16 Hz ancillary pulsed ELF (extremely low-frequency) be responsible for instilling aggressive behaviours
in our police force personnel?

The zombie apocalypse might just be around the corner unless of course, we refuse to comply. That is our choice.

Mobilize

Mobilize is an investigative documentary that explores the long-term health effects of cell phone radiation, including
cancer and infertility.

Clear Light Ventures is sponsoring free viewing of Mobilize from September 15 to October 16, 2016 - enter promo code
"ClearLight".

Film Synopsis
In 2011 the World Health Organization stated, The electromagnetic fields produced by mobile phones are classified by the
International Agency for Research on Cancer as possibly carcinogenic to humans. The cell phone industry has vigorously
disputed these findings.

Mobilize is an explosive investigative documentary that explores the potential long-term health effects from cell phone
radiation, including brain cancer and infertility.

The politically charged film examines the most recent scientific research and the harsh challenges politicians face trying to
pass precautionary legislation. Featuring interviews with expert researchers, mobile phone industry representatives, and
prominent politicians, MOBILIZE illuminates how industrys economic and political influence can corrupt public health.

Featuring Gavin Newsom Lt. Governor of California, Lawrence Lessig, Esq., Steve Wozniak, Richard Branson, Devra Davis,
PhD, MPH and many more.

To watch Mobilize click here

How Much Of This Junk Are You Exposed To?

September 16 2016 | From: Inquisitr / Sott / NaturalNews / GreenMedInfo

We all know about toxins and poisons in the environment - the slow kill. Keep the populace sick
while the globalist corporatocracy bleeds us dry of money for power whilst they get off on their
depopulation Eugenics agenda.

Awareness of 'environmental toxins' that are literally all around us helps you keep some of the crap out of your
system...

Related: Lawsuit reveals extent of DuPont's C8 Teflon cover-up

Antibacterial Soap Banned By FDA, Commonly Used Chemicals May Do More Harm
Than Good
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has banned antibacterial soap sales in the United
States, and the reason why is incredibly disturbing.

Many people have turned to antibacterial soap for years, believing them to be a safe and effective way to remove
dirt and germs from the body and hands, and more effective than traditional soap and water. However, when the
FDA banned the popular soaps, they informed the public that they might not be so effective after all.

Whats more and infinitely more disturbing, according to the FDA, the chemicals most commonly used in antibacterial soaps
may not even be safe.

A total of 19 chemicals often used in antibacterial soaps have been targeted by the FDA, and the agency has given
manufacturers only a year to remove them all from the products they are selling (and marketing as safe and effective) to the
public.

As The New York Times reports, while nearly 20 chemicals were involved in the decision that led to the antibacterial soap
being banned by the FDA, two are the primary culprits. Triclosan and triclocarban are used in both bar and liquid
antibacterial soap, and they are almost everywhere.

When the FDA banned antibacterial soap this week based on the risks of using the product often outweighing the benefits,
they didnt ban the questionable chemicals from all products.

Reportedly, at least one toothpaste uses a now-banned chemical, but according to the FDA, in that product its risks are less
than the benefits it provides to consumers.
While the news that antibacterial soap has been banned by the FDA may be shocking and sudden to some, the truth of the
matter is that there have been questions about its safety for years and years.

As Smithsonian Magazine reports, the FDA has been threatening to ban antibacterial soap for years. In the article,
published in 2014, cited questions that the FDA had about the safety and effectiveness of antibacterial soap.

Even then, the FDA warned that antibacterial soap would be banned if manufacturers didnt prove that it was both safe and
more effective than using soap and water.

Apparently, the industry was unable to prove that antibacterial soap is safe or provides a public benefit that outweighs the
potential risk of exposure of the chemicals used in the product.

At the time of the Smithsonian Magazine article, triclosan (with is banned as part of the FDAs sweeping decision on
antibacterial soap) was used in roughly 30 percent of all bar soap and 75 percent of liquid antibacterial soap. In 2014, the
antibacterial soap industry, now banned by the FDA, was worth about $1 billion.

In 2014, the antibacterial soap industry was put on notice by the FDA. They were told to prove the safety of their product by
2016 or see their product banned. Despite the fact that manufacturers had turned antibacterial soap into a $1 billion industry
and were given two years, they chose not to put together the required proof that they were selling a product that is safe and
effective.
And plenty of people are speculating that the reason that the antibacterial soap industry didnt prove to the FDA that their
product is safe is that they know that it isnt.

But rather than simply removing it from the market themselves (or demonstrate its safety), the antibacterial soap industry
continued to use the questionable chemicals and sell personal hygiene products that may not be safe until the FDA
announced that the products were banned.

Even now, antibacterial soap can be legally sold, despite questions about its safety.

In the aftermath of the announcement that the FDA had banned antibacterial soap, public health professionals have
overwhelmingly supported the decision, adding that the chemicals in antibacterial soap can alter the hormones of children
and even contribute to the problem of antibiotic-resistant superbugs.

It has boggled my mind why we were clinging to these compounds, and now that they are gone I feel liberated
 They had absolutely no benefit but we kept them buzzing around us everywhere. They are in breast milk, in urine,
in blood, in babies just born, in dust, in water.

Recent studies into the chemicals found in antibacterial soap products have resulted in some very disturbing discoveries
regarding the harm they can do to animals and likely to humans, too.

Among the problems caused by the now-banned products include severe abnormalities having to do with metabolism and
reproduction. According to the CDC, the chemicals found in FDA banned antibacterial soap have been found in the bodily
waste of 75 percent of U.S. residents.

Related: Why Touching Receipts Can Harm Your Health

Kinder and Lindt Chocolate Bars Revealed to Contain Cancer-Causing Carcinogens

Tests carried out by a German watchdog revealed Kinder chocolate bars and two other brands
tested positive for a hazardous cancer-causing substance.

Surprise!

Foodwatchcalled for Ferrero's Kinder Riegel, Lindt's Fioretto Nougat Minis, and Sun Rice Classic Schokohappen by
Rbezahl to be taken off the shelves on Monday after tests found "possible carcinogens."

The sweet treats had been contaminated with "so-called aromatic mineral oils (MOAH)," says Foodwatch, but the
manufacturers are allegedly reluctant to recall their products.
 "The manufacturer is guilty of gross negligence. Instead of clearing the dangerous candy from the shelves
and alerting consumers, they [postulate]... that everything was undertaken legally," said Foodwatch's
John Heeg.

Foodwatch tested more than 20 different kinds of potato chips and chocolate snacks and found saturated
mineral oils (MOSH) which it warned can "accumulate in the human body and [cause] long term damage to
organs" with children particularly at risk.

"There is no acceptable levels of mineral oils in food for consumption," Heeg told the German edition of The Local,
citing the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) who he says considers MOAHs "likely carcinogenic and
mutagenic."

"You can't see it, you can't taste it, but it's in there," warned Hegg. "We recommend not purchasing these products
because the levels are simply unacceptable for consumption."

Kinder Riegel, "one of the best-selling chocolate bars in Germany," had the worst MOSH and MOAH values. The chemicals
are usually transferred to foods through recycled packaging that previously had been printed with inks which may contain
oils.

Foodwatch is calling for strict limits on saturated mineral oils (MOSH) in food and a zero tolerance for aromatic mineral oils
(MOAH).

Brain Damaging Heavy Metal Mercury Found in Grocery Products Made With High
Fructose Corn Syrup (HFCS)

HFCS is ubiquitous in the modern processed food supply. It's added to pizza sauce, salad
dressings, ketchup and "whole wheat" breads. Did you know it's often contaminated with the toxic
heavy metal mercury?
The following excerpt is from my new book Food Forensics, available now for preorder on Amazon.com or Barnes
& Noble.

Watch the video trailer for Food Forensics at this Youtube link. What follows is extracted from a near-final manuscript of the
book:

HFCS and Mercury Contamination

High-fructose corn syrup (HFCS) is a highly processed sweetener made primarily from corn and found in a plethora of food
and beverages on grocery store shelves.

The U.S. Department of Agriculture's Economic Research Service estimated in 2011 that the average consumer per capita
consumes nearly 42 pounds of high fructose corn syrup per year. Not one, but two studies in 2009 found that HFCS
commercially produced in America and American-bought HFCS products were tainted with mercury.

The first study published in the peer-reviewed journal Environmental Health found that, of twenty samples collected and
analyzed from three different manufacturers, nine, or 45 percent, came back tainted with mercury.
The second study by watchdog group Institute for Agriculture and Trade Policy (IATP) purchased fifty-five food items from
popular brands off grocery store shelves in the fall of 2008 -- items in which HFCS was the first or second principal
ingredient -- and detected mercury in nearly a third of them.

The contamination may have been due to the fact that mercury cells are still used in the production of caustic soda, an
ingredient used to make HFCS.

The HFCS mercury plot thickens, however. Online news outlet Grist reported that the lead researcher in the Environmental
Health study, Renee Dufault, previously worked as an FDA researcher.

Dufault had apparently turned over the information contained in her HFCS mercury study to the agency back in 2005, but
the FDA reportedly sat on it and did nothing, so Dufault went public with it after she retired in 2008.

How Big Food Cornered the Market with a Liquid Sweetener

Initial attempts to get corn syrup widely dispersed into the U.S. food supply in the 1970s didn't really take off because sugar
was so cheap and abundant at the time. However, this changed, as U.S.- imposed tariffs decreased sugar imports
throughout the 1970s and early 1980s, making sugar significantly more expensive in America than in other parts of the
world.

The surface explanation for these tariffs was to protect American sugar farmers; behind the scenes, however, Big Agra
interests had lobbied for the policy to promote what would become a new source of sugar - derived from corn - which soon
emerged as a popular commodity that was sold at a price significantly cheaper than cane sugar or beet sugar.
Archer Daniels Midland opened the first large-scale plant in 1978 (before they acquired the Clinton Corn Processing
Company) to produce 90 percent HFCS and 55 percent HFCS. By January 1980, Coca-Cola began allowing high fructose
corn syrup to be used as a sweetener at 50 percent levels with regular sugar; Pepsi Cola followed suit by 1983.

By November 1984, both major soft drink brands had approved full sweetening with HFCS, and HFCS quickly captured 42
percent of the sweetener market. The rising dominance of HFCS allowed it to maintain commercial prices similar to sugar
until the 1990s.

Government Money Subsidizing Corn Syrup

For the past several decades, the U.S. government has paid subsidies to American farmers to grow tons of corn (much of
which -- nearly 90 percent -- is genetically modified) and shifted domestic agricultural policy to maximize corn crops. This
made high-fructose corn syrup and other corn-derived processed ingredients much cheaper for industrial food
manufacturers to use.

Today, HFCS is nearly ubiquitous on American grocery store shelves. It can be found in a wide range of items, including
candy, ice cream, bread, chips, snacks, soups, soft drinks, fruit drinks and other beverages, condiments, jellies, deli meats,
and much, much more.
Overall, Americans consume about fifty to sixty pounds of high fructose corn syrup per capita an insane amount. HFCS
has been linked in scientific research to obesity, diabetes, heart disease, fatty liver and other contributors of bad health and
early death.

As the biggest dietary source of fructose, HFCS also promotes insulin resistance and increasing uric acid levels, which
contribute to metabolic dysfunction and type 2 diabetes. Further, researchers in 2008 found a correlation between high
fructose consumption and liver scarring in non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), which is present in nearly a third of
American adults.

Corn Refiners Association Attempts to Hoodwink Consumers

On top of lobbying efforts, the Corn Refiners Association, an industry organization of which Archer Daniels Midland a is a
key member, launched the website sweetsurprise.com as a media relations ploy to debunk "myths" about HFCS and clarify
"The Facts about High Fructose Corn Syrup."

It also ran well-funded TV advertising starting in 2008 sticking up for the industry's favorite sweetener and asserting that
"sugar is sugar," which prompted a lawsuit by sugar producers claiming false advertising in 2011. The FDA also demanded
the corn industry stop using the term "corn sugar" without approval.

In 2012, the FDA rejected a petition filed by the Corn Refiners Association in 2010 to change the name of high-fructose corn
syrup to "corn sugar" for the purposes of food labeling and advertising. The Corn Refiners Association claims that it wanted
the name change to "educate consumers," the majority of whom are "confused about HFCS."

To keep reading, get my new book Food Forensics, available now for pre-order everywhere books are sold.

How Sucralose (Splenda) Affects Health [Artificial Sweeteners in General]

The emergence of sucralose came from the fight against obesity, but did we trade one problem for
another?

This video was originally published on NutritionFacts.org and republished with permission.

In the United States, sucralose (the sweet tasting chemical in Splenda brand artificial sweeteners) was approved for use by
the FDA in 1998. It was deemed safe, but we no have over a decades worth of research to prove that sucralose affects
health in a very negative and very unique way.

The only effect they thought it would have on health was that it could potentially trigger migraines in a small percentage of
people.

This, they decided, was a small enough issue that the FDA allowed the substance into the marketplace, citing obesity as a
more pressing issue. They could not have been more wrong.

One of the major complications that can come from obesity is diabetes, where the body no longer responds to insulin
properly. Originally meant to combat issues like obesity-caused diabetes, lab tests show that insulin resistance increases by
as much as 20% after ingesting the sugar substitute.
The cause can be traced back to gut bacteria and how sucralose and other artificial sweeteners can alter their
environments. For example; Aspartame is another type of artificial sweetener which studies have shown is metabolized in
the body as formaldehyde, a known carcinogen.

Furthermore, alterations in gut bacteria are also very likely the culprit behind the rise in inflammatory bowel diseases
like Crohns disease.

In every part of the world where sucralose has been approved, inflammatory bowel disease has increased. Clearly, there is
a causal link between this substance and the health of our gut.

Though the alternative to sugar was created in an effort to combat obesity, with all of the complications and damage it can
cause, its clear that how sucralose affects health negatively. This just further proves that we can all do ourselves a service
by sticking to natural foods whose benefits dont have to be decided on by a committee.

'They [Parliamentary Service] Have No Right To Be Screening Emails' - Hipkins

September 15 2016 | From: RadioNewZealand

Parliament's Speaker is expected to report back to an urgent request about MPs emails being
monitored, and even blocked, by Parliamentary Service.
Labour's chief whip Chris Hipkins says Parliamentary Service told him it had blocked one of his emails because of
a security classification of the attached document, which he says is 'outrageous'.

Related: Speaker to investigate whether MP's emails are monitored

Mr Hipkins has asked the Speaker of the House to urgently investigate what he says is a clear breach of parliamentary
privilege.

He told the House that Parliamentary Service was monitoring, and in some cases blocking, emails to and from MPs based
on government security classifications.

When he sought clarification from Parliamentary Service, Mr Hipkins said he was told they had blocked it on the basis the
document attached to his email contained "sensitive words" that were in violation of government security classifications.
 And therefore I was not allowed to send the email - that's outrageous, they have no right to be screening the
emails being sent by Members of Parliament."

He said the incident had "tipped us [Labour] off" to the fact MPs emails were being monitored. Mr Hipkins said the document
he was sending to a journalist had been released under the Official Information Act.

Speaking to Morning Report today, Mr Hipkins said there was room for abuse in the new system.

He said other MPs and staff have had emails blocked in the last two months, but no-one was informed about a new system.

"They shouldn't be monitoring the emails that I am sending and receiving anyway. I'm not a member of
government, I'm an opposition member of the parliament, and from time to time we will be handling information that
is embarrassing to the government, that's the nature of what we do."

Mr Hipkins said he expected the Speaker David Carter, to come to the House with a response today, as it was a breach of
Parliament's rules, even if software was being used to screen communications.

And it's something he needs to put an immediate stop to."

The Speaker is responsible for Parliamentary Service, which provides administrative and management services to
Parliament.

Mr Hipkins said since he raised it in Parliament, Labour Party staff had been contacting him with other examples of their
emails being blocked. Those had all been in the last few weeks so he was not sure how far back this went.

Parliament's Privilege Committee considered how Parliamentary Service handled MPs information, in the wake of the
controversy over Peter Dunne and the journalist Andrea Vance.

Mr Hipkins, who was on that committee, said there was discussion among committee members during those hearings about
the fact Parliamentary Service should not be monitoring either the metadata or content of MPs communications, and to do
so could be matter of privilege.
The National Party's senior whip said it would be concerning if Parliamentary Service has overstepped the mark when
dealing with MPs' communications.

Tim Macindoe said he would be interested to hear the Speaker's response this afternoon.

I think all MPs would be concerned to ensure their legitimate activities are not being interfered with, so I'm hoping
that the issue will be resolved quickly."

Parliamentary Service said it had no comment to make, except that it was working with the Speaker on the matter and would
know more in the next couple of days.

10 Biggest Corporations Make More Money Than Most Of World Combined

September 15 2016 | From: RT / Various

The worlds top ten corporations, including Apple, Shell and Walmart, have a combined revenue
that is greater than the combined income of the 180 poorest countries out of the worlds total
195 sovereign states.
The figures, which reveal that Walmart, Apple and Shell alone are now richer than Russia, Belgium and Sweden,
were released by the campaign group Global Justice Now.

Related: The United Nations 2030 Agenda decoded: It's a blueprint for the global enslavement of humanity under
the boot of corporate masters

Sixty-nine of the worlds 100 top economic entities are now corporations instead of countries a rise from last years
staggering figure of 63. Out of the top 200 entities in the world, a whopping 153 were found to be corporations.

The US, China, Germany, Japan, France and the UK comprise the top six economic entities followed by Italy, Brazil and
Canada.

The vast wealth and power of corporations is at the heart of so many of the worlds problems like inequality and
climate change, said Nick Dearden, director of Global Justice Now.

The drive for short-term profits today seems to trump basic human rights for millions of people on the planet.
These figures show the problem is getting worse, he added.
Related: Revealed: the biggest companies in the world in 2016

The London-based campaign group released the figures in an effort to put increased pressure on the British government
ahead of their working group with the UN.

The meeting, led by Ecuador, was established with the aim of working towards a binding treaty that would
ensure transnational corporations abide by the full range of human rights responsibilities.

The UK government has facilitated this rise in corporate power through tax structures, trade deals and even aid
programmes that help big business, said Dearden.

Related: No compromise from US, no TTIP with EU this year France & Germany on trade deal

The Corporation

The Corporation is a Canadian documentary film written by Joel Bakan, and directed by Mark
Achbar and Jennifer Abbott. The documentary examines the modern-day corporation, considering
its legal status as a class of person and evaluating its behavior towards society and the world at
large as a psychiatrist might evaluate an ordinary person.
This is explored through specific examples. Bakan wrote the book, The Corporation: The Pathological Pursuit of
Profit and Power, during the filming of the documentary.

Further to this, the documentary provides insighst into very poignant hostorical points, including the role of IBM in providing
computational hardware and services to the Nazis - and some very interesting truths about the Nazi creation of Coca Cola's
Fanta. Enjoy. If possible.

We Are The Death Merchant Of The World: Ex-Bush Official Lawrence Wilkerson
Condemns Military-Industrial Complex
September 14 2016 | From: Salon / Various

The military-industrial complex "is much more pernicious than Eisenhower ever thought," says the
retired US colonel.
Col. Lawrence Wilkerson is tired of the corporate interests that we go abroad to slay monsters for.

Related: Who Really Owns and Controls the Military-Industrial Complex and What Are They Doing? An Extensive
Research Report

As the former chief of staff to Secretary of State Colin Powell, Wilkerson played an important role in the George W. Bush
administration. In the years since, however, the former Bush official has established himself as a prominent critic of U.S.
foreign policy.

I think Smedley Butler was onto something, explained Lawrence Wilkerson, in an extended interview with Salon.

In his day, in the early 20th century, Butler was the highest ranked and most honored official in the history of the U.S. Marine
Corps. He helped lead wars throughout the world over a series of decades, before later becoming a vociferous opponent of
American imperialism, declaring war is a racket.
Wilkerson spoke highly of Butler, referencing the late generals famous quote:

Looking back on it, I might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do was to operate his racket in
three districts. I operated on three continents.

I think the problem that Smedley identified, quite eloquently actually, Wilkerson said, especially for a Marine - I
had to say that as a soldier, the retired Army colonel added with a laugh;

I think the problem is much deeper and more profound today, and much more subtle and sophisticated.

Today, the military-industrial complex is much more pernicious than Eisenhower ever thought it would
be, Wilkerson warned.

In his farewell address in 1961, former President Dwight D. Eisenhower famously cautioned Americans that the military and
corporate interests were increasingly working together, contrary to the best interests of the citizenry. He called this
phenomenon the military-industrial complex.
As a case study of how the contemporary military-industrial complex works, Wilkerson pointed to leading weapons
corporations like Lockheed Martin, and their work with draconian, repressive Western-allied regimes in the Gulf, or in
inflaming tensions in Korea.

Was Bill Clintons expansion of NATO - after George H. W. Bush and [his Secretary of State] James Baker had
assured Gorbachev and then Yeltsin that we wouldnt go an inch further east - was this for Lockheed Martin, and
Raytheon, and Boeing, and others, to increase their network of potential weapon sales? Wilkerson asked.

You bet it was, he answered.

Is there a penchant on behalf of the Congress to bless the use of force more often than not because of the
constituencies they have and the money they get from the defense contractors? Wilkerson continued.

Again, he answered his own question: You bet.

Its not like Dick Cheney or someone like that went and said lets have a war because we want to make money for
Halliburton, but it is a pernicious on decision-making, the former Bush official explained.

And the fact that they donate so much money to congressional elections and to PACs and so forth is another
pernicious influence.

Those who deny this are just being utterly naive, or they are complicit too, Wilkerson added.

And some of my best friends work for Lockheed Martin, along with Raytheon, Boeing and Halliburton, he
quipped.

Wilkerson - who in the same interview with Salon defended Edward Snowden, saying the whistle-blower performed an
important service and did not endanger U.S. national security - was also intensely critical of the growing movement
to privatize public functions, like prisons.
Col. Lawrence Wilkerson

I fault us Republicans for this majorly, he confessed - although a good many prominent Democrats have also
jumped on the neoliberal bandwagon.

In a 2011 speech, for instance, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton declared, Its time for the United States to start
thinking of Iraq as a business opportunity for U.S. corporations.

Wilkerson lamented, Weve privatized the ultimate public function: war.

In many respects it is now private interests that benefit most from our use of military force, he continued.

Whether its private security contractors, that are still all over Iraq or Afghanistan, or its the bigger-known defense
contractors, like the number one in the world, Lockheed Martin.

Journalist Antony Loewenstein detailed how the U.S. privatized its wars in Iraq and Afghanistan in another interview with
Salon. There are an estimated 30,000 military contractors working for the Pentagon in Afghanistan today;
they outnumber U.S. troops three-to-one. Thousands more are in Iraq.

Lockheed Martin simply plans to sell every aspect of missile defense that it can, regardless of whether it is needed,
Wilkerson said. And what is best to maximize corporate interest is by no means necessarily the same as what is best for
average citizens.

We dwarf the Russians or anyone else who sells weapons in the world, the retired Army colonel continued.
 We are the death merchant of the world.

Related: The Greatest Threat to Our Freedoms: Governments of Scoundrels, Spies, Thieves, Ruffians, Rapists and
Killers

Gene Roddenberry Based Star Trek On Secret US Navy Space Fleet

September 14 2016 | From: Exopolitics

September 8 marked the 50th anniversary of the creation of the Star Trek science fiction series that
began in 1966. There is significant evidence that its creator, Gene Roddenberry, did not simply
come up with the idea of Star Trek on his own.

Instead he was encouraged to create the series based on classified information surrounding the development of a
secret U.S. Navy space fleet that would build a broad extraterrestrial alliance.

This led Roddenberry to come up with the idea of a United Federation of Planets, with its military headquarters in San
Francisco.

Roddenberry began developing ideas for a science fiction show after one of his series had bombed in 1964:

The only reason Roddenberry created Star Trek, at least initially, was to sell another series to a network. He was,
if not desperate, anxious He had just failed with The Lieutenant, for Norman Feltons Arena Productions.

No one was clamoring for another series from Roddenberry, or even his scripts. His agent suggested he come
 up with a space series

This may have led to what The Outer Limits historians insist are the accurate - if generally unknown - accounts of
Roddenberry hanging out at times on the set of The Outer Limits. When I learned this, it wasnt hard to imagine
that series creator, and executive producer, Leslie Stevens was someone that Roddenberry may have sought to
emulate."

This account is confirmed by Tom Seldon, one of the production assistants of The Outer Limits:

Star Trek was in fact an outgrowth of The Outer Limits. Gene Roddenberry watched our dailies all the time and
took a lot of phone calls from our screening room.

He was spurring his imagination and checking on the incredible quality control we had.

I wondered why he was there but he was there more often than not during the time he was coming up with Star
Trek."

The following firmly suggests that Roddenberry and Stevens had reached a business arrangement for the planned sci-fi
series, Star Trek:

Bearing in mind that Roddenberry was contracted to a rival studio and a rival network, the odds are essentially
slim to none that the two men didnt have some kind of business arrangement, whether in writing or not."

If Stevens and Roddenberry had indeed developed a business arrangement for the new Star Trek series, this is where
Stevens background becomes critical in understanding the nature of their arrangement. Stevens was the son of a U.S. Navy
Vice Admiral Leslie Stevens who died in 1956.

Vice Admiral Stevens was a contemporary of Rear Admiral Rico Botta who according to a former aerospace engineer,
William Tompkins, oversaw a covert Navy espionage program out of Nazi Germany to learn about Nazi flying saucers during
World War II.
The 29 Navy spies in the program had not only learned that the Nazis had developed up to 30 different flying saucer
prototypes, but were also being directly assisted by an extraterrestrial civilization comprising Reptilian hominoids in building
secret bases in Antarctica.

Both Admirals Botta and Stevens were leading experts in aerospace engineering and headed top Navy aerospace facilities
at various points during their careers. In 1946, both were retroactively promoted to the rank of Rear Admiral as of 1943, for
their wartime duties.
Botta went on to head the Naval Air Material Center out of Philadelphia Shipyard from 1950 to 1952. It is from this and
similar command assignments that plans began for a secret Navy space fleet aimed to counter what the Nazis had
developed in Antarctica.

Similarly, Admiral Stevens was known for his accomplishments in aeronautics and is quoted as having had a hand in the
design or conception of all naval aircraft, aircraft carriers and carrier landing apparatus. Admiral Stevens aeronautics
expertise meant that he was almost certainly aware of what Botta had learned about Nazi aerospace projects.

It is more than likely that Admirals Botta and Stevens were the first to comprise a covert Navy leadership group that would
oversee the development of a U.S. Navy space fleet based on modern aircraft carrier battle groups that would in time join an
interplanetary alliance.
This is precisely what Tompkins says he was asked to do at the Douglas Aircraft Company on behalf of the Navy from 1952
to 1963. Tompkins says that he was covertly assisted by Nordic extraterrestrials while he was helping design kilometers-
long spacecraft for future U.S. Navy space battle groups. In interviews, Tompkins has revealed that Nordic extraterrestrials
were working directly with senior officers within the U.S. Navy.

Admiral Stevens went on to occupy important positions with the national security council system, including the Psychological
Strategy Board where he became Director.

Formally established in 1951 by President Truman, it is one of the interagency boards that was set up to disinform the
general public about the reality of flying saucers, while secretly gathering information about what other nations were doing in
response to the phenomenon.

William Tompkins confirmed, in a private phone call on August 24, that Admiral Stevens was aware of what the Navy had
learned about Nazi Germanys flying saucer programs. He further confirmed that Admiral Stevens played a direct role in
setting up a secret U.S. Navy space program, and that his son, Leslie Stevens, IV, was aware of what was happening.

Tompkins claims here are consistent with what he says happened from 1985 to 1999, when he ran an extraterrestrial related
Special Projects out of the U.S. Navy League center in Medford, Oregon. He said that it was common for Navy officers to
have their children briefed about secret space programs and alliances with different extraterrestrial races.
This was done in order to prepare the next generation of navy officers and/or leaders for a world where extraterrestrial life
was common knowledge. This is similar to another program happening on the U.S. East Coast as described by Catherine
Austin Fitts, a former Assistant Secretary of Housing and Urban Development.

She was asked to participate in strategy sessions that were being conducted by the Arlington Institute, a non-profit
organization headed by John Peterson that was assigned a number of US Navy contracts. Fitts says:

John asked me to help him with a high level strategic plan Arlington was planning to undertake for the
Undersecretary of the Navy
 I met with a group of high level people in the military in the process - including the Undersecretary.

According to John, the purpose of the plan - discussed in front of several military or retired military officers and
former government officials - was to help the Navy adjust their operations for a world in which it was commonly
known that aliens exist and live among us."

Tompkins has supplied a document confirming that he ran a Special Projects Committee with the U.S. Navy League.
Additionally, two retired Navy Officers, Art Lumley (Commander), and Larry Boeck (Captain) have confirmed that Tompkins
did discuss extraterrestrial projects at Navy League meetings, and was regarded as an expert on these issues.
Minutes of Board Meeting refers to Special Projects Committee

Tompkins testimony confirms that it was common practice for Navy officers, briefed about extraterrestrial life, to pass on
some of this highly classified information to their children.

Consequently, it is almost certain that Admiral Stevens revealed to his son, Leslie Stevens, some of the classified details
about the existence of extraterrestrial life and secret space programs prior to his death.

It is furthermore very possible, that Stevens, Jr., was part of a Navy sanctioned soft disclosure process that would use the
television/movie industry to reveal elements of the Navys planned secret space program.

All this helps considerably in finally understanding the nature of the business relationship between Roddenberry and Leslie
Stevens, Jr. Stevens could not himself directly create a science fiction show revealing details of the classified information
given to him by his deceased father, but he very likely received tacit permission by Navy officials, to share it with
television/movie producers such as Roddenberry who would fictionalize the information.

Consequently, the business relationship between Gene Roddenberry and Leslie Stevens, suggests that Star Trek was
initially based on information gained by Admirals Botta and Stevens. A future U.S. Navy space fleet would be developed that
would actively cooperate with Nordic extraterrestrials in an alliance that would counter the Nazis and their Reptilian allies.

In the Star Trek series, the Nordics were depicted as Vulcans, the Reptilians as Klingons, while the Nazis were represented
as genetically enhanced humans.

Furthermore, it is topical to recognize that Roddenberry chose the beautiful, iconic city of San Francisco as the military
headquarters for his fictional Starfleet Command in Star Trek, elevating this U.S. city in the hearts and minds of generations
as a symbol of humanitys bright future achievements.

It would also directly represent the Navys plan for its secret space program becoming a model for integrating other nations
in a united partnership.

Two independent sources, former Asian Bureau chief for Forbes Magazine, Benjamin Fulford in 2011, and an anonymous
source called the Hidden Hand in 2009, have revealed that the Illuminati/Cabal specifically named San Francisco (along
with Damascus) as a city that will be made uninhabitable in its Armageddon agenda.
Does San Francisco pose a double threat as both a symbol of hope within the collective psyche, and the truth of a reality it
mirrors in the militarys accomplishments? If so, then the Cabals goal is not to destroy a city, but to break the collective spirit
of a peaceful human vision for a spacefaring future that begins with full disclosure.

The above evidence suggests Star Trek was no mere science fiction series, but was actively encouraged through a
business arrangement between Roddenberry and the son of a deceased U.S. Navy admiral, who was directly involved in
developing a secret U.S. Navy Space Fleet called Solar Warden.

As we celebrate the 50th anniversary of Star Trek on Thursday, it is worth remembering the roles of U.S. Navy admirals that
helped launch the real secret space program upon which Star Trek was modeled.

Further Reading

Navy Admiral oversaw 29 Spies in Nazi Germany & started US Secret Space Program

US Navy League Conducted Extraterrestrial Special Projects from 1985 to 1999

US Navy plan to prepare for extraterrestrials among us secretly developed in 1998

US Navy Spies Learned of Nazi Alliance with Reptilian Extraterrestrials during WWII

GALACTIC COINTELPRO Exposing the Covert Counter-Intelligence Program against Extraterrestrial Contactees

Putin Bans Rothschilds From Russia + Hungary Becomes First European Nation To
Ban Rothschild Banks
September 13 2016 | From: NosComunicamos / WakingTimes / Various

Brave Vladimir Putin has banned Jacob Rothschild and his New World Order banking cartel family
from entering Russian territory under any circumstances.
Putin recently reminded his cabinet that he paid off the Rothschilds debt and grabbed them by the scruff of the
neck and kicked them out Russias back door.

Related: Vladimir Putin to George Soros: Thank God we kicked you out of Russia

This meeting featured the President pounding his fist on the table and vowing to destroy the New World Order, and
according to a Kremlin source Putin is making great strides towards this goal.

They do not own the world, and they do not have carte blanch to do whatever they want. If we do not challenge
them there will be other issues. We will not be bullied by them.

It is understood that the Rothschild banking racket was a noose tied around the neck of the Russian economy. Once the
knot was tightened, the economy would struggle and choke.

Early in his presidency he made a priority of uniting Russia socially, spiritually, and economically. He ordered the arrest of
the Rothschild backed oligarch Mikhail Khodorkovsky who had made Rothschild, Henry Kissinger and Arthur Hartman
directors of the Open Russia foundation.

He was so upset with the banksters in his temple, he tipped over their tables and drove them out with a whip.
A keen student of history, well versed in world affairs, the Russian President has studied the history of the worlds most
elusive organisation and understands the central role their financial collaborators have played in fomenting the major
international conflicts of the 20th century.
Mikhail Khodorkovsky

Related: Leaked Memo Exposes George Soros' Plan To Overthrow Putin & Destabilise Russia

Now they want to plunge us into World War III.

The New World Orders invasive roots and branches keep spreading around the world, but President Putin has stopped
them expanding into Russia. This is a major blow to their plans for world domination and now they view him as a real threat.
Hes got them running scared, which is why he is degraded in the Western media at every opportunity.

The reality is that Putin is leading us towards a multi-polar world, far from the one government, one religion future plotted by
the New World Order. When he took his forces into Syria to protect a sovereign state he further enhanced his reputation as
a powerful leader.

People around the world have started to wake up and notice.

Putin's Eye-Opening Speech About US Foreign Policy

This video goes back to a Russian TV show in 2011, when Putin's foreign policy wasn't quite as clear to the Russian public
as it is today. Nevertheless, he makes his stance known on US foreign policy, and notably, his feelings toward Mr McCain.

Related: Putin Politely Expresses His Amazement At Western Stupidity

Related Articles:

Related: Leaked Memo Proves Soros Ruled Ukraine In 2014: Minutes From "Breakfast With US Ambassador Pyatt"
Related: Russian Doping Scandal Orchestrated to Isolate Russia

Related: Breedlove and His Gang of Russophobes on their way to Start World War III

Related: Russian Su-34 kills ISIS leader

Related: ITCCS Directorate to issue a public appeal to President Vladimir Putin: Help us stop the child killers

Related: Putin Speaks at the Meeting of the Valdai International Discussion Club

Related: Secret History Revealed - Putin Played Critical Role After The Pre-Planned Collapse Of The USSR

Hungary Becomes First European Nation To Ban Rothschild Banks

The name Rothschild is literally associated with wealth. This is because for over 200 years, the
family has remained the most powerful and wealthy family in the world.

The head of Hungarys central bank has called for the International Monetary Fund to close its office in Budapest

Most of the Rothschild fortune has been made in the world of banking, but investments in other industries, such as
coal, real estate, and construction, have helped secure the familys wealth and immense power.

Related: An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan

One of the banks owned by the Rothschild group (the biggest banking group in the world) is the International Monetary
Fund (IMF), AKA Imposing Misery and Famine.

Not only does the group make money off usurious interest rates at the misfortune of crumbling economies, it literally owns
Governments and people of power. Because its nearly impossible to escape the clutches of the banking group, news
of IMF being booted from Hungary is being heralded as a victorious happening.
Related: Capitalism Has Become Socially Dysfunctional - How We Have Fallen Victim To "Economic Hit Men"

TapNewsWire reports that in 2008, Hungary survived economic turmoil by relying on a 20 billion ($26 billion) loan from the
IMF and aid from the EU. This was before Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbn was elected into office.

In 2013, however, the former economy minister and current central bank governor, Gyorgy Matolcsy, wrote a letter to IMF
Managing Director Christine Lagarde calling for the fund to close its representative office in Budapest. Matolcsy noted that it
was not necessary to maintain it any longer. In addition, he said in July of 2016 that Hungary would repay the 2008 loan in
full by the end of the year.

Prime Minister Orbn hasnt had a good relationship with IMF since taking office, and this latest move has taken it to a new
low. However, many are hailing Hungarys decision to boot the IMF from the country as an intelligent decision.

NeonNettle reports:

Paying the loan back early has meant Hungary have saved 11.7 million worth of interest expenses, but Gordan
Bajnai, leader of the electoral alliance E14-PM, claimed that they had actually lost 44.86 million by March 2014
because of the early repayment as all they did was replace the loan from the [IMF] with a more expensive one,
labelling the stunt as Propaganda.

And what made further nonsense; another loan at high interest rates was signed to finance a nuclear upgrade,
which will mean not only higher repayments but also high electricity costs. But they do have economic sovereignty
now.

The central bank governor says that the government succeeded in pushing its budget deficit below the EU ceiling of 3% in
GDP and reduced government debt. Though the EU Commission expected it to return to weak growth shortly after the
decision, the unorthodox system of imposing heavy special taxes on large companies seems to be working for the country.

YourNewsWire relays that Iceland joined Hungary in 2014 when it paid back its $400 million loan ahead of schedule after
the collapse of the banking sector in 2008.

In addition, Russia has refused to bow down to any Western puppeteer and gained financial independence in 2005.
 Reportedly, this is the FIRST time a European country has stood up to the international fund, since Germany did so in the
1930s.

Race Relations In New Zealand

September 12 2016 | From: NZPCR

Last week the Race Relations Commissioner Dame Susan Devoy wrote an open letter to all New
Zealanders. She wants to hear your views on racism in New Zealand. The letter is part of the Human
Rights Commissions first nationwide anti-racism campaign.

Dame Susan says the Thats Us campaign, which asks Kiwis to share their own stories about racism, intolerance
and hatred in New Zealand, is about the kind of people we want to be, and the kind of country we want our kids
growing up in.

If you would like to reply to Dame Susans letter to you, her email address is SusanD@hrc.co.nz or feedback can be
provided through the special website www.thatsus.co.nz.

The Human Rights Commission has justified the campaign on the basis that New Zealand is an extremely diverse society,
and since diverse societies elsewhere have become more racially intolerant, they expect it to occur here too. With around
400 formal complaints about racism received every year, the Commission wants public feedback: if were going to better
understand racism then we need to know what it is which in itself seems extraordinary!

In particular, they highlight casual or quiet racial intolerance the type that they say occurs in everyday life and often goes
unreported. As an example they cite the case of a woman registering students at a university, who smiles at every other
student but the brown ones.
Clearly this campaign is an exercise in redefining racism to become substantially wider than what most rational people would
assume it to be. It is a further example of the arrant nonsense emanating from the Race Relations Commissioner and the
Human Rights Commission.

This weeks NZCPR Guest Commentator, broadcaster Lindsay Perigo, who shares with us a speech he delivered at
a recent debate with Dame Susan Devoy, believes the Race Relations Commissioner and the Human Rights
Commission should be abolished:

Id abolish Dame Susan. Nothing personal! Id just abolish the office of Race Relations Commissar and with it, the
entire Human Rights Commission, to which I routinely refer as the Human Wrongs Commissariat.

This cossetted coterie of taxpayer-supported fascists of the left just want to impose their precious, prissy,
puritanical Political Correctness upon all of us. Theyre our Thought Police, prattling on about diversity when
theyre attempting to outlaw the most important diversity of all, ideological diversity and make their Political
Correctness compulsory.

Everything in their universe would be either illegal or compulsory. In my universe theyd have to find real jobs and
the legislation that set them up would be repealed.

The legislation under which the Race Relations Commissioner and the Human Rights Commission operate is the Human
Rights Act 1993, which essentially enshrines the United Nations human rights agenda into our domestic law.

As a result, the Commission is now promoting the highly controversial United Nations Declaration on the Rights of
Indigenous Peoples, which Helen Clarks Labour Government considered too radical to support.

While the National Government signed up in 2010 at the behest of the Maori Party Prime Minister John Key went to some
lengths to assure the New Zealand public that it was a non-binding aspirational goal. Yet here we are with the Human
Rights Commission now proactively promoting the Declaration, including through brochures which advocate Maori self
determination and self government.

One of the Human Rights Commissions main roles is to pursue those they claim are discriminating against others.
 Dr Paul Moon, a professor of history at the Maori
Development Unit of the Auckland University of
Technology, explained how, as a result of the publication of
his book, This Horrid Practice, in 2008 which portrayed
cannibalism as a violent and widespread practice among
traditional Maori he was the subject of an anonymous
complaint to the Human Rights Commission.

But it doesnt even need a person to lay a complaint for the

Human Rights Commission to act as the Thought Police
as a former Massey University Economist, Dr Greg
Clydesdale found out.

The Commission got so worked up about a research paper

he had prepared from Statistics New Zealand data, showing
that Polynesian immigration was fuelling an underclass, that
a 69 page report was compiled on his case without a
single complaint about his paper ever being received.

Such investigations, supposedly to prevent discrimination,

can not only destroy reputations and careers, but they
create an atmosphere of fear and intimidation that seriously
undermines our fundamental right to free expression a
freedom, that is especially critical in an academic
environment.

There also remains an on-going concern that these

government officials are overly biased in favour of
minorities. This was certainly the case back in 1988, when a
scandal over a Maori activists call to kill a white, forced the
government to change the law.

According to the Hansard of the Parliamentary debates at the time, the Race Relations conciliator refused to censure
Hannah Jackson, who made her inflammatory statement at the University of Auckland marae he only censured a
newspaper editor for reporting the event.

The incident was considered to be so serious, that it caused Parliament to repeal section 9A of the Race Relations Act,
which made it illegal to publish, broadcast or make public statements likely to excite hostility or ill-will against, or bring into
contempt or ridicule, any group of persons on the ground of their colour, race, or ethnic or national origins, since it did not
apply on a marae.

As Winston Peters, then MP for Tauranga, explained in the debate;

The Race Relations Conciliator, when asked to consider an offensive statement Go out and kill a white and be
a hero did nothing.

He said that he had no role whatever to play. He then attacked the Auckland Star. A person in Auckland made a
totally outrageous statement that offended 99 percent of New Zealanders, and said that someone should go out
and kill a white and be a hero.

The Race Relations Conciliator could not be moved to say one word of opprobrium about it The view and the
myth that if one belongs to a minority one cannot be guilty of racist behaviour are being reinforced, and they are
rubbish.

As a result of that controversy, Section 9A of the Race Relations Act was eventually replaced by Sections 61 and 131 of the
Human Rights Act 1993.
Section 61 addressed the kill a white issue by prohibiting the use of words which are threatening, abusive, or insulting or
likely to excite hostility against any group of persons on the ground of race, not only in public places, but also in any place
where the person using the words knew or ought to have known that the words were reasonably likely to be published

In addition, the new law clarified the fact that the media can legally report on such matters.

Section 131 of the Act established the fact that inciting racial disharmony is a criminal offence punishable by a fine of up to
$7,000 or imprisonment of up to 3 months. As a safeguard, however, under Section 132, the consent of the Attorney General
is needed before any prosecution can be instituted.

However, in spite of there being a high threshold for prosecution, the activities of the Race Relations Commissioner continue
to have a chilling effect on free speech especially their media monitoring project, aimed at naming and shaming news
outlets critical of Maori rights.

Over the years, vested Maori interests have learnt to use human rights laws to seek advantage, by using accusations of
racism or intolerance to close down the debate, whenever anyone speaks out against their agenda.

The New Zealand Centre for Political Research has been the subject of such accusation when commenting on important
matters such as the governments plan to establish iwi control of the countrys fresh water. More recently we have been
criticised for publishing details of where local body candidates stand on the vexed question of unelected representatives
with voting rights being appointed onto Councils.

As an independent organisation we remain undeterred, and congratulate our newsletter readers, who are also standing up to
the racism being expressed by iwi and the likes of Dame Susan.
Our Local Government Election Project is a community service thanks to the help of newsletter readers, the Vote 2016
index HERE provides details of which candidates around the country oppose the appointment of unelected representatives
who cannot be held to account by their local community onto their councils.

With voting papers due to be sent out next week, we are encouraging readers to visit the website and vote for candidates
brave enough to stand up against iwi control of councils. The direct link to this resource is www.nzcpr.com/local-body-
elections-2016 so please feel free to spread the word and help assist others in making their voting decisions.

Some iwi regard the notion that only elected representatives should have the right to vote on councils as old world thinking.
They seem to believe that Treaty settlement money and resources gives them a supreme right to by-pass democracy and
have their representatives appointed to sit and vote at council decision-making tables.

They are not only pressuring councils for this, but some are threatening them as well:

If iwi are not valued by their local community and encouraged, rather than discouraged, to participate and invest in
decision-making at all levels of council they will rightfully invest their economic and political influence in other
regions.

But in our view it is tribalism that is old world thinking, not democracy. A progressive society needs to respect cultural
differences but move into the future as one society with one sovereign and common laws. That view will no doubt continue to
attract the criticism of those who profit from a separatist agenda, and those like the Race Relations Office who are part of
that industry.
Iwi are also pushing for seats on local councils through the Treaty settlement process and central government is
capitulating with legislation to that effect.

Probably the best known case is that of the Independent Maori Statutory Board, which was established during Aucklands
amalgamation in 2010. The legislation states that the nine member board was set up as an advisory body with a
maximum of 2 persons to sit as members on each of the Auckland Councils committees that deal with the management and
stewardship of natural and physical resources.

The new Auckland Council however, appointed members onto many other Council committees and gave them voting rights.

The interesting question, therefore, is whether the candidates standing for the new Auckland Council would support a motion
to return the Statutory Board to the advisory role envisioned by the Government when the legislation was drawn up. In other
words, would they be prepared to take away the Boards representation on many of the Council committees and their voting
rights?

The reality is that New Zealand society does not want to be divided by race, even though this is being aggressively
promoted by the Human Rights Commission including putting increasing pressure on every local authority in the
country to adopt Maori wards.

While this move might find favour with the iwi elite, it most certainly is not supported by the vast majority of
communities, who simply want to keep race out of local politics.

So back to Lindsay Perigos question should our Human Rights laws be axed?

Its also question that is being asked in Australia and in Britain, where there is a growing recognition that there is no need to
protect individuals from the actions of others through human rights legislation.

With New Zealand already having an established Bill of Rights to limit the power of the state and protect our freedom, surely
its now time to abandon the legislative human rights approach, which is increasingly doing the opposite expanding the
power of the state and limiting our freedom!

The Transatlantic Trade & Investment Partnership (TTIP) Is Dead + Earthquakes

September 12 2016 | From: Geopolitics / VeteransToday

This is one of those incremental changes that we can celebrate on, but it doesnt mean that we can
let our guards down already.

The enemy is very cunning and knows how and when to play dead only to rise at some opportune time in the
future.

Related: Good News for the People of Europe: The Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP) Is Dead:.
Negotiations have Failed

This has been the case of the banishment of the Jesuits in the mid-18th century. Look where in the pyramid they are now.
Mass actions against corporate tyranny should be decisive and perpetual. Even better, refuse all rigged political exercises,
and legalized extortions.

Good News for the People of Europe: The Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP) Is Dead. Negotiations
have Failed.

The German Minister of Economy and Vice-Chancellor, Mr. Sigmar Gabriel, a few days ago has declared that the
European Union should not submit to the demands of the United States, referring to the negotiations on the TTIP
(Transatlantic Trade and Investments Partnership). He said the negotiations failed. By saying so, he joined French
Prime Minister, Manuel Valls, as well as French Secretary of State for External Trade, Mr. Matthias Fekl.

Related: The [Attempted] Final Control: TPP, TTIP, TISA Global Corporate Takeover

Negotiations started in 2013. After 14 rounds of talks dealing with 27 points, no agreement has been reached, none
whatsoever, leading to the conclusion that the deal is dead. Even though Mme. Merkel defended the treaty with all her heart
up to the end of July 2016, both Germany and France now request a definite end to the negotiations.

The collapse of the TTIP is one of the best news for Europe and I mean the people of Europe in recent times; an
initiative of the two major players in the EU.

This decision has several meanings:

1. European countries are gradually taking back their sovereignty from Brussels and decide for themselves what
is good for them and for Europe;

2. With a failed TTIP Europe escapes, or avoids, being enslaved by US corporatism, financial institutions and US
legislation;

3. Europe may now continue making its proper policies on socioeconomy, environment, food safety, agriculture -
and
 4. Europe is now freer to pursue its own monetary policy. Under the grip of the TTIP, it would have been difficult,
say impossible, to adopt a monetary policy outside of the Euro which many countries would like, openly or covertly
some without making a lot of noise for fear of being reprimanded by Brussels.

Related: The TPPA Is Worse Than We Thought: Environmental Risks, Runaway Corporate Power, Weakened
Democracy: A Total Corporate Power Grab

The fact that authorities of both, France and Germany, stated in unison that the negotiations failed, is a sign that there is still
a spirit of autonomy in Europe.

What is called negotiations were never really negotiations a give and take between equal partners. It was from the
beginning a one-way street, where the exceptional nation imposed its rules. There was no way of getting the slightest
concession from them not an iota.

No doubt Washington had no intention to share any of the benefits of this Free Trade Agreement with Europe.
The exceptional people wanted it all. For example, the term Appelation Contrle for wine and cheese in France and other
European countries, used to protect the farmers of a given region would have disappeared. The US wanted everything to
be open for the ever dictating market.

Nothing was to be clearly defined, as far as Europe was concerned. No transparence just a vast base for cheating,
consumers and nations.

TTIP talks were held in top secret, behind closed doors. Not even politicians, let alone the public at large which eventually
would have had to bear the consequences of the deal, had access to the documents being negotiated. It showed the
Machiavellian nature of empire at its best.

Related: TPP Posing Serious Threat To Global Internet Users

China knew very well why they were not even interested in participating in the TPP (Transpacific Partnership), a similar
trade agreement with eleven Pacific nations and the US.

Lets recall the key point that would have meant disaster for Europe:
 A private corporate tribunal that would have had supremacy over sovereign government legislation. For example,
the tribunal could have imposed sanctions or fines on governments, whose legislation, say for health, environmental
protection and other social reasons, would have reduced corporations profit margins.

Similar in the banking sector, monetary policy would have been firmly dictated by the FED, Wall Street (i.e.
Goldman Sachs see Greece and the head of the ECB, a former GS exec) and the European Central Bank. This for
now is still the case, but with an unsustainable and unreformable EU and Euro, both are destined to disappear sooner or
later. It is likely that many countries are already quietly and clandestinely arranging for Plan B preparing exit strategies.
Indeed, since BREXIT, there are numerous political movements to this effect under way and this not only in the most
devastatingly affected southern European countries, but also in northern Europe.

Agriculture policy would have been dictated by Washington, especially with regard to GMOs and ag-subsidies.
Monsanto and the like would have had free access to all of Europe, and none of the EU members could have passed
legislation prohibiting genetically modified seeds.

Standards for health and nutrition would have been imposed by Washington, i.e. by the Food and Drug
Administration (FDA). Most of these standards are considerably weaker than European equivalents, potentially exposing
European citizens to greater health risks than current EU standards foresee.

Labor laws would have been weakened in according to US standards which foresee virtually no protection for
workers. The Brussels imposed new labor law in France, dubbed as the El Khomri law, after the French Minister of Labor,
Myriam El Khomri, would reduce significantly French labor rights, fought for and attained with decades of efforts literally
sweat and tears by French workers and unions.

Related: Auckland University Law Professor Jane Kelsey: Government Spin Won't Stop TPP Facts Emerging

The new French labor law, signed as a decree by PM Manuel Valls under a dubious special provision in the Constitution
(instead of being passed through Parliament), was a precursor for things to come in the rest of Europe had the TTIP gone
forward.

This controversial law is currently at the demand of more than 60 French Parliamentarians being reviewed by the
French Conseil dEtat (equivalent to other countries Supreme Court) and may quite possibly be either canceled or sent to
Parliament for a decision. Now that the TTIP is dead, it is possible that the law will be repealed.

Related: The Final Leaked TPP Text Is All That We Feared / What We Always Knew: The TPPA Is An Attack On
Sovereignty, Intellectual Property And Healthcare Just For Starters

The day the TTIP died was a great day for Europe. Although Europe is far from being out of the woods. Her own problems
keep piling up, many of them also a direct or indirect consequence of empire.
To mention just a few:

Immigration from US-NATO war-destroyed countries;

The never ending financial cum economic crisis;

The complete absence of solidarity among EU nations;

The lack of EU countries sovereignty; the missing EU Constitution giving member countries a common
perspective and political agenda;

The increasing (false flag) terror attacks throughout Europe; and not least NATO which through its
aggression towards Russia is increasingly becoming a risk of war of WWIII that would for the third time in 100
years devastate Europe.

Related: Obama Tries To Sneak Through TPP In Lame-Duck Congress

This time the rest of the world would very likely not be spared. Many countries are conscious of this danger and would like to
get out of NATO, but dont dare say so, because of fear from the boots of Washington.

Lets hope the death of the TTIP will bring a new breeze of fresh air and ideas into European sovereignty.

Related: The TPPA: New Zealands Democracy

Italy, The Phillipines And Oklahoma Get An Earthquake

If the tsunami in Sumatra in 2004 and the earthquakes in the Pacific Rim during 2011- 2012 taught
me anything, it is that tsunamis and earthquakes happen for a reason.

Related: Countries Sign The TPPA: Whatever Happened To The 'Debate' We Were Promised Before Signing?
As a recap, with regard to the former. The northern part of Sumatra was going to break away from the southern part
and nationalize their oil resources and free themselves from ExxonMobil. They were the worst hit in the tsunami of
2004. To quote from Wikipedia:

"Aceh has substantial natural resources, including oil and natural gas; some estimates put Aceh gas reserves as
being the largest in the world. Aceh was the closest point of land to the epicenter of the 2004 Indian Ocean
earthquake and tsunami, which devastated much of the western coast of the province.

Approximately 170,000 Indonesians were killed or went missing in the disaster. The disaster helped precipitate the
peace agreement between the government of Indonesia and the Free Aceh Movement (GAM).

A little bit too convenient dont you think?

With regard to the latter, the Pacific Rim and the countries within it just happen to also be party to the TPP agreements
which Obama is attempting to get signed and sealed before he leaves office.

Christchurch earthquake, New Zealand

I have to conclude that the earthquakes and tsunamis that hit this region, two examples being Christchurch in February
2011 and Fukushima in March and April of that year, were and in many instances still are weather warfare and methods of
persuasion against those who have attempted to resist the Pivot to Asia and the Trans Pacific Partnership Agreement.

With regards to the Fukushima catastrophe, most people outside the loop cannot conceive or accept that such evil could be
perpetrated against the Japanese people. Those within the loop, many considered to be the tin foil hat brigade, are fully
aware that such evil intentions are not out of the realm of the global, corporate fascists agenda.

Japan, the only country who has experienced a full frontal nuclear attack, not once, but twice, in spite of being in the process
of surrendering at the end of WW2, has no such illusions.
For an in depth analysis of the TPP see: In The Court That Rules The World by Chris Hamby. Here is an extract:

Imagine a private, global super court that empowers corporations to bend countries to their will.

Say a nation tries to prosecute a corrupt CEO or ban dangerous pollution. Imagine that a company could turn to this super
court and sue the whole country for daring to interfere with its profits, demanding hundreds of millions or even billions of
dollars as retribution.

Imagine that this court is so powerful that nations often must heed its rulings as if they came from their own
supreme courts, with no meaningful way to appeal. That it operates unconstrained by precedent or any significant
public oversight, often keeping its proceedings and sometimes even its decisions secret.

That the people who decide its cases are largely elite Western corporate attorneys who have a vested interest in
expanding the courts authority because they profit from it directly, arguing cases one day, and then sitting in
judgment another. That some of them half-jokingly refer to themselves as The Club or The Mafia.

And imagine that the penalties this court has imposed have been so crushing - and its decisions so unpredictable - that
some nations dare not risk a trial, responding to the mere threat of a lawsuit by offering vast concessions, such as rolling
back their own laws or even wiping away the punishments of convicted criminals.

This system is already in place, operating behind closed doors in office buildings and conference rooms in cities
around the world. Known as investor-state dispute settlement, or ISDS, it is written into a vast network of treaties
that govern international trade and investment, including NAFTA and the Trans-Pacific Partnership, which
Congress must soon decide whether to ratify.

On the 24th of August 2016 an earthquake hit central Italy.

My condolences and sympathies go out to the Italians. But what interests me more here is the political and economic
background noise. On the 5th of July an Italian minister said:

"A free trade deal being negotiated by the European Union and the United States is at a dead end and an
agreement with Canada is also at risk.

I think (the TTIP deal) will fall through, and the agreement with Canada is at risk of doing the same. We have been
negotiating it for too long, Carlo Calenda, Italys industry minister said at an event in Rome.

Calenda said confidence in the negotiations was lacking.

The TTIP is the EU-US equivalent of the Pacific Rim/ Pivot to Asia/ TPP agreements.

On the 8th of July Alessandro Nicolette pointed out that the TTIP would be a disaster for the Italian economy.
 "The TTIP approval would see European markets invaded by approximately 1,300 chemical substances which are
forbidden by European law. In fact, there are more than 80 pesticides that are used in the US whose production
was blocked by the European Commission for being hazardous.

Moreover, there are animal growth hormones and genetically modified organisms among the banned substances
which are allowed in the US. Other EU banned practices, such as feeding antibiotics to animals or washing
chickens with chlorine are also permitted in the US

As the Italian Department of Economic Development pointed out, it entails the counterfeiting of Italian products in
the US and pushing the consumer to associate such products with the Italian original ones. According to the official
body, about 75% of Italian products abroad are not authentic, and it damages Italian production. The signing of
TTIP would bring Italian sounding products to Europe: another blow to Italian agro-food producers.

With regard to the Phillipines they have had ongoing weather disasters.
Philippines' President Rodrigo Duterte

Before Typhoon Hagupit struck in 2014, the government voted not to allow a US military base in their country. Shortly
afterwards a US military base was established. Since then they have had a number of earthquakes. The most recent on the
4th of September 2016.

Newly elected President Rodrigo Duterte is a mixed bag. He is cracking down on illegal drug trafficking, possibly paving the
way for Big Pharma patents on narcotics such as opium. Heroin junkies that are increasing world wide are not the only
market for this commodity, opium is an essential component in health care medication and pain relief for those who really
need it.

It is also big money for anyone with a patent on this product and when freely available through drug traffickers undermines
their profit margins.

So you have to wonder about the Philippine governments war on narco-politics, and the killing of over 400 drug dealers
that has reportedly led to an additional 500,000 turning themselves in

Duterte: Ill really have you killed My order is shoot to kill you. I dont care about human rights, you
better believe me.my mouth has no due process.

Duterte has also promised the voters free wi-fi (more opportunity for Google and social media brainwashing), lower taxes,
polygamy being legalised, (will pedophilia and child marriages also be included considering that child sex trafficking is rife in
Asia?) and higher wages for government employees.
He wants to lift foreign investment limitations and join the TPP. This is in stark contrast to current legislation:

Duterte has expressed interest in granting foreign investors access to sectors currently restricted to
Philippine nationals and allowing them to own at least 70 percent and possibly up to 100 percent of
companies they establish in the country, up from the current limit of 40 percent. Getting rid of the so-
called 60:40 rule should pose a challenge, however, as it requires amending the countrys 1987
constitution."

Sectors that are currently heavily restricted to foreign access include:

Mass media and broadcasting

Retail trade

Domestic shipping

Pharmaceuticals

Advertising

Public services

Small-scale mining

Private security

Utilization of marine resources

While there is no guarantee that all or even many currently restricted industries will be opened to foreign investment if
Duterte successfully amends the constitution, there could still be significant opportunities on the horizon in these largely
untapped sectors.

Further, Duterte has also indicated support for joining the TPP, which in itself could require altering the constitution due to
foreign ownership restrictions. However, it appears that he will maintain restrictions on foreign ownership of land, which is
currently limited to long-term leasing.

Which makes me conclude that Duterte is a Trojan Horse.

In many of his campaign promises he has said that he will make congress illegal. This would pave the way towards getting
rid of major obstacles and politicians that currently block TPP agreements and getting rid of foreign investment limitations as
they currently stand.

If the newly appointed President, who shows all the signs of becoming yet another CIA Kissingertype dictator and
Pinochet/ Videla/ Suharto clone, does not succeed in bringing the country into compliance with corporate fascist
monopolistic globalist ambitions, then a few more earthquakes and a couple more tornadoes just might be needed in order
to get the message across.

Weather Warfare

"The significant expansion in Americas weather warfare arsenal, which is a priority of the Department of Defense
is not a matter for debate or discussion.

While, environmentalists blame the Bush administration for not having signed the Kyoto protocol, the issue of
weather warfare, namely the manipulation of weather patterns for military use is never mentioned."

The US Air Force has the capability of manipulating climate either for testing purposes or for outright military-intelligence
use. These capabilities extend to the triggering of floods, hurricanes, droughts and earthquakes.
In recent years, large amounts of money have been allocated by the US Department of Defense to further developing and
perfecting these capabilities.

"Weather modification will become a part of domestic and international security and could be done unilaterally It
could have offensive and defensive applications and even be used for deterrence purposes.

The ability to generate precipitation, fog, and storms on earth or to modify space weather, and the production of
artificial weather all are a part of an integrated set of technologies which can provide substantial increase in US, or
degraded capability in an adversary, to achieve global awareness, reach, and power."

- US Air Force, Air University of the US Air Force, AF 2025 Final Report

Dady Chery (News Junkie Post) who has investigated the activities of the Clinton Family Foundation, the
earthquake and the rape of Haiti said in a recent interview @ 85 mins:

I think the reason that they do not want people to look too closely at Haiti is because Haiti is such a perfect
example of what a Clinton administration would be. And I want people to keep in mind that we are heading toward
a situation where we are going to have more planetary change disasters.

We are going to have more floods, we are going to have more hurricanes if Clinton becomes president and stays
president for the next eight years.

We can expect that there might be a major hurricane that causes a major disaster in the Gulf for example and
other kinds of disasters in the United States. In Haiti we have a pretty good idea how the Clintons would handle
this
On the Saturday the 3rd of September an earthquake struck Green County Oklahoma.

The strongest out of hundreds that have occurred since 2009. Other than their land what else does the Pawnee nation have
that anyone could possibly want? Or have the Pawnee been too active in stopping the Dakota oil pipeline for comfort and is
this an earthquake war?

Dakota Access Pipeline Sage Turns Violent Amid Largest Gathering Of Native Americans Since The Little
Bighorn

In what has become the largest gathering of Native Americans in more than 100 years, a coalition of dozens of
tribes across the country oppose the pipelines construction, citing concerns that it would put the Missouri River
as well as the network of lakes and tributaries that the Big Muddy is connected to at risk of contamination via oil
spill and lead to the destruction of culturally significant sites for the Sioux tribes in the area.

Saturdays clash began when a group of several hundred protestors gathered near construction crews on Saturday
afternoon at a site close to the Standing Rock Sioux Reservation. The demonstrators aimed to act as a human
shield against the pipelines further development, after the removal of topsoil from a 150-feet wide and 2-mile long
portion of land caused devastating damage to the tribes sacred lands.

Stop construction of the Dakota Access Pipeline which endangers the water supply to Native American
reservations.

The Dakota Access pipeline is set to be constructed near the Standing Rock Sioux Reservation in North
Dakota, crossing under the Missouri River which is the only source of water to the reservation. The
 pipeline is planned to transport approximately 470,000 barrels of crude oil per day. The potential of oil
leaks would contaminate the only source of water for the reservation.

While Dakota Access claims oil leaks are unlikely, an oil leak from a separate pipeline in North Dakota was
discovered (8/15/16) to have leaked over 500 barrels of oil since the leak began on July 19, 2016. You can
read the article here: http://bit.ly/2aVm5cv. A leak like this from the Dakota Access pipeline would leave the
Standing Rock Sioux without any clean water.

Or - are we talking natural gas reserves and Fracking in Green County, which the Pawnee would be correct in resisting.

Space Weather makes an oh so brief reference to it when covering the earthquake in Oklahoma at 1.50 mins and if you
are not up to speed on the damage that Fracking does to the groundwater, soil, air and contributes to health hazards
causing cancer for one, here is what Bernie Saunders thinks of it.

The 5th Eye

September 11 2016 | From: NZIFF / CutCutCut

This densely packed doco from the directors of Operation 8 questions the price of New Zealands
involvement in the Five Eyes intelligence alliance, and relates the improbable tale of its 2008
sabotage by the Waihopai Three.
If our PM or the relevant public servants feel truly comfortable about New Zealands participation in the Five Eyes
intelligence alliance, it doesnt show when they are seen explaining it, defending it, or downright refusing to talk
about it in this documentary.

The disavowals we see are a matter of public record, but filmmakers Errol Wright and Abi King-Jones (Operation 8) embed
those TV interviews, parliamentary declamations and media ops in a concise history of New Zealands post war dependency
on the United States.

For lucid, more confidently-held commentary, the filmmakers turn to inveterate watchdogs such as Nicky Hager, Jane
Kelsey, Murray Horton and Paul Buchanan, but evolve a position of their own through the accumulation and agile
juxtaposition of some very telling material.

They also thread an unlikely tale of protest through this scenario, following the actions of the three earnest bumblers who,
against all odds, successfully damaged the Waihopai spy station in 2008. A priest, a subsistence farmer and a teacher, they
acted out of Christian conviction, claiming Five Eyes implicated New Zealanders in the murder of children in Iraq.
When they ran that argument in court, the jury acquitted them. No Crown witness was summoned to contradict them. When
the GCSB has been so often in the news, with Kim Dotcom frequently in tow, theres likely to be an audience, less heroic
perhaps, thats simply grateful to this film for providing a blow-by-blow account of the GCSBs misadventures and their
expanding powers to make suspects of all of us.

For screening information visit: NZIFF

Jeremy Corbyn: 9/11 Was 'Manipulated' + Russia Presents Evidence Against US, UK
And Israel As Being The Actual 9/11 Terrorists & RT Declares 9/11 An Inside Job
September 29 2015 | From: TheTelegraph / MethodicalDeception / WorldTruthTV / RT

In comments that will raise questions about his suitability to lead the Labour Party, Mr Corbyn
appeared to blame George Bush and Tony Blair for using the September 11 attacks in New York to
allow them to go to war. Comment: If you are like me you are sick of the flogging of the 9/11 horse -
however busting this wide open is a key necessity and the developments just keep coming...
Jeremy Corbyn has claimed that 9/11 was "manipulated" to make it look like Osama Bin Laden was responsible to
allow the West to go to war in Afghanistan. [And he has the corrupt cabal-western governments crapping
themselves].

Note: This article and the following article are archival

They have been reposted because of their importance and significance given the date today. Anybody who
now cannot see that the events of September 11 2001 were visited upon the world by 'the cabal' is either in
dential or they have rocks in their head.

New Related Articles:

Scientific Study: Towers Collapsed Due To Controlled Demolition

The Tyranny of 9/11: The Building Blocks of the American Police State from A-Z

9/11 Unanswered Questions: Mysterious September 11, 2001 Breakfast Meeting on Capitol Hill

The Destruction of All Three World Trade Center Skyscrapers on September 11, 2001, The Collapse of
WTC 7

The Post 9/11 Era: Fifteen Years of Americas War on Terror. Years of Horror inflicted on the People of
the Middle East

Video: 9/11 Opens up an Era of Crisis, Social Upheaval and Global Warfare. The Crimes Committed in the
Name of 9/11

September 11, 2001: The 15th Anniversary of the Crime and Cover-up of the Century

Saudi Arabias Alleged Involvement in the 9/11 Attacks and the 28 Pages: Red-Herring, Propaganda Ploy
 The Propaganda Preparation of 9/11: The Mysterious Death of John ONeill, FBI Counterterror Chief in
Charge of the Osama bin Laden Investigation

Given the exceptionally grave nature of this admission and its repercussions, one would suppose that Baer has
been questioned by other media and/or the FBI and made to discuss in detail precisely who it was who cashed out
and how he knew about the 9/11 plot in advance. But one would be wrong. Since making this stunning admission to
the cameras of We Are Change Los Angeles, no one has ever asked Baer for more information about the case.

In comments that will raise questions about his suitability to lead the Labour Party, Mr Corbyn appeared to blame George
Bush and Tony Blair for using the September 11 attacks in New York to allow them to go to war.

In a series of further articles, Mr Corbyn also appears to endorse controversial conspiracy theories about a New World
Order.

...

Mr Corbyn was heavily criticised in the days before winning the Labour leadership after suggesting that the [apparent] death
of Osama Bin Laden was a tragedy. In the 2003 article for The Morning Star newspaper, Mr Corbyn wrote:

"Historians will study with interest the news manipulation of the past 18 months. After September 11, the claims
that bin Laden and al-Qaida had committed the atrocity were quickly and loudly made.

This was turned into an attack on the Taliban and then, subtly, into regime change in Afghanistan.

However, in previous years he wrote a series of articles which appear to have endorsed the conspiracy theory about the New
World Order.

The New World Order conspiracy is frequently linked to theories about the so-called Illuminati and claims about a
totalitarian world government.

In an article for Labour Briefing in 1991, Mr Corbyn wrote:

"We now know that the Gulf War was a curtain-raiser for the New World Order: the rich and powerful, white and
western will be able to maintain the present economic order with free use of all the weapons they wish for.

That same year, he said in Socialist Campaign Group News:

"The aim of the war machine of the United States is to maintain a world order dominated by the banks and
multinational companies of Europe and North America.
The following year, in a piece for Labour Peace Action, Mr Corbyn said:

"What is required now is a bold, democratic alternative to the New World Order. The US veto at the Earth summit
in Rio... shows just who calls the shots in this New World Order and who will be asked to foot the bill.

Mr Corbyn has previously shared a platform with Ken O'Keefe, who has alleged that President Bush was a member of The
New World Order who had orchestrated the September 11 attacks for personal gain.

The phrase was also used in a speech by George H.W Bush. Mr Corbyns spokesman refused to deny that the new Labour
leader was referring to the New World Order conspiracy theory in his articles.

Related: Gordon Campbell on the PMs TPP concessions on medicines

9/11: From Cheney to MOSSAD

From: MethodicalDeception

On Thursday, September 9, 2015 author Rebekah Roth was interviewed about her new book 'Methodical Deception'.
New information she has recovered about the 9/11 false flag event will shock you to your core. This bombshell
evidence destroys the "official story", forever. Israeli Mossad involvement in the 9/11 false flag attacks can no longer
be denied.

Further Related Detail: Preparing the WTC for Destruction

To watch the FULL 75+ minute SGT Report interview click here.

Russia Presents Evidence Against US, UK And Israel as Being The Actual 9/11
Terrorists
Undoubtedly the 9/11 attacks on New York City and Washington DC are the most misrepresented by officialdom in
US history.
 "9/11 was an Anglo-American black operation executed in collusion with Israeli Secret Services and Saudi Arabian
financiers.

- 9/11 Investigator

Whereas the assassination of John F. Kennedy is now understood to have been a classic CIA Execution Plan, it does not
come close to 9/11 in terms of the number and magnitude of outright falsehoods, misleading statements, fake science and
fraudulent facts submitted by officials and agents of the US Government.

The official 9/11 Commission Report stands as the most fabricated document ever produced by US tax dollars. Not only did
the investigation avoid every serious inquiry about how two steel frame building came down after being dustified in NYC, it
also subverted every initiative to ferret out the truth.

It appears that Russia has been conducting systematic data dumps on 9/11, the release of which represents more factual
information on the attacks than any US Government source. In the wake of the Anglo-American coup dtat conducted by the
CIA and MI6 in Kiev, it appears that Russia has no more patience for Western interference.

Especially when nations are destabilized on Russias borders do the stakes in this highly consequential geopolitical chess
match go up.

Since Vladimir Putin has no intention of starting World War 3, he can only respond to US-EU meddling by using asymmetric
warfare on the internet. Were the American people to understand that the US Federal Government perpetrated the 9/11
destruction, everything would change in a heartbeat.

Because the Obama Administration has shown no sign of aborting its planned takeover of the Ukraine, Russia is left with very
few, but still quite potent options.
 Operation Terror
The 9/11 story you are not supposed to
know.
Based on actual under-reported 9/11 events.

James McCullough from the mysterious "Council" gives

a special assignment to CIA agent Aaron Delgado to
attack the World Trade Center and the Pentagon and
pin the blame on Muslim Terrorists.

Delgado and fellow agents, Phillip Singer and Chase

Jordan, work with a group of unsuspecting engineers to
develop unmanned jets that will hit their assigned
targets.The Army and the FBI begin to uncover the plot,
forcing Delgado to intervene.

The CIA agents also have to deal with an increasingly

suspicious George Poole, the lead engineer working on
the drones, who becomes skeptical on how the remote
controlled planes will be used. A

battle between good and evil ensues as the plot to

attack America becomes a hard-hitting reality.

See the trailer below and the full movie

at: OperationTerror

The following excerpt recently appeared on an alternative news website - Veterans Today - under the subtitle Too Classified
to Publish. Essentially this unprecedented release of ultra-secret and highly classified information illustrates Putins new tack
toward Western intractability. Simply put, Russia will no longer stand by idly while the Anglo-American Juggernaut projects it
power wherever it so chooses.

"Too Classified to Publish"

According to a retired FXX agent specializing in Israeli counter intel: The type of nuclear devices used on 911 were a modified
version of the W-54 nuclear artillery shells that were covertly provided to the Israelis between 1988 and 1998 from US surplus
stockpiles illegally exported during the Bush/Clinton era.

Chemical analysis done by DOE Sandi was able to identify the chemical/radiation footprint or fingerprint of the warheads
based on samples taken after 911 of the fallout at ground zero. (Editors note: Nuclear weapon use at ground zero is
confirmed from multiple sources)

All plutonium based warheads have a chemical fingerprint that can identify the type of design and where the PU was made
and how old it is. This was the 911 blackmail on Bush 1 and 2, the illegal transfer of surplus US nuclear weapons to the
Israelis and why the continued cover up, along with the stolen gold and stock fraud that was going on Wall Street etc.
According to file ENW57.pdf on page 66. (Editors note: Document received and confirmed)
Only a 2 kiloton device was needed to drop the buildings. A 2 kiloton device will produce a fireball of apx 150 to 200 feet in
diameter at over 4000 degrees Centigrade. Just large enough to melt the I beams of the central core of the building and drop
them in place.

The light flash would last less than 1 second and primarily be in the UV light range. Overpressure would only be at 60PSI max
and directed upwards with the blast. See underground effect.

Fallout would be minimal and located to within ground zero range only. Radiation would drop to acceptable levels within 72
hrs. after the blast. Most fall out was trapped in the cement dust thus causing all of the recent cancer deaths that we are now
seeing in NYC amongst first responders. (Editors note: Consistent with site data)
High FluxIsotope Reactor Core Cross Section

Melted steel and iron oxide or nano thermite is a byproduct of the very high gamma ray / Neutron flux induced into the
central steel core. The radiation dissolves the steel into iron oxide consuming the carbon and silicone in the steel.

This explains the missing steel columns and the very important clue of the vaporized 20 ton antenna tower atop the south
tower. The upward blast of radiation literally vaporized it. Video evidence proves this to be true. (Editors note: Tower issue a
vital one.)

The total XXOO data file from DOE Sandia on the 911 event is well over 72 MB. P.S. Snowden didnt have a Q clearance so
he missed this one. Carnaberry had a pretty good stash of documents on the subject. (All under the transit stuff.) The entire
nuclear nonproliferation story of stolen nuclear material coming from Russia was an Israeli cover story to hide the original
source of weapons material coming from the US stock piles. (Editors note: Fully confirmed)

Illegal distribution of US nuclear material to foreign allies was not limited to Israel. Virtually all NATO allies were in on this
scam too. Dick Cheney was the bad guy on this one. Bush2/Cheney traded nuclear pits to foreign country as IOUs in order to
get what they wanted. Tom Countryman a well-known Israeli operative is curiously now in charge of N.N.P. at the State
Department under Obama.(?) He was put there by Ram Emanuel.
 It appears that the weapon of choice for the Israelis were
the W-54 and follow on series of nuclear pits taken from the
Amarillo TX storage dump. This was what Carnaberry was
working on for Bush senior in Houston.

A total of over 350 pits were transferred to the Israelis over

a 10 to 20 year period of time. The W-54 type of pit design
were the most desirable due to the 2 point implosion pit
design.

This is the easiest to re manufacture and modify as

compared to other circular pit designs.

The pill shaped design of the W-54 type weapon contains

over 1.5 times more plutonium than a standard pit. This
Early Israeli core model would allow enough Plutonium to be recovered that was still
of weapons grade use even after 32 plus years of age.
Americium build up in the pit over time eventually makes the Pit unusable as a weapon so they have a limited shelf life based
on how fast or slow the Plutonium was produce in the reactor at Stanford.

Usually it was about 150 days max. Irradiation time in the reactor during production determines the shelf life of the pit as
weapons grade material. All of the micro nukes used by the Israelis are re-manufactured W-54 type series devices.

Khazelov confirmed this a micro nuke bombing

These devices were used in the Bali bombing and the London bombing and in Japan on their reactors. (Editors note: Nuclear
weapon use in Bali confirmed) Also used in Damascus, Iraq and Afghanistan by the US. (Editors note: Multiple confirmation
including site samples.)
These are stored in most Israelite embassies for ease of deployment. The ones used on 911 were kept at the Israeli
consulate in NYC until put in place. After 911 the FBI now checks all diplomatic pouches with a Geiger counter before
entering or leaving the US.

The South African weapons were also surplus W-54 artillery shells acquired from Israeli and final assembly and testing was
done in South Africa with Israel assistance. (Editors note: This explains Pelendaba production issues.)

Note the melted rock under the foundations of the WTC in the two images above - this can only be caused by the extremely intense heat generated in
a nuclear detonation

This was done because the Israelis needed a testing ground in order to make sure that there rebuilt weapons would work as
designed. (Editors note: Testing on Sept. 22, 1979 multiple confirmations.) The North Korean weapons are also of the 155
mm artillery design as provided by Israel.

The true North Korean nuclear weapons program is based on nuclear artillery use and not missiles. The plan is to use a
massive artillery barge on South Korea if war breaks out this include the use of small nuclear artillery shells to counter US
tanks rockets and artillery.

The Saudis also have a stash of W-54s acquired from the US under Bush2. (Editors note: Confirmed) The Israelis have also
provided them to India, Brazil, China, Taiwan, Japan, North and South Korea etc. (Editors note: All but South Korea
confirmed. Canada had been believed to be the source of Brazilian nuclear weapons.) Dimona is a standard 75 megawatt
thermal open top reactor as used in France for their plutonium weapons production program, their version of
Stanford (Editors note: Probably Hanford).
Dismona, Israel

Due to over use as a fast breeder reactor by the Israelis, Dimona suffered a steam explosion IE a flash over indecent due to
neutron criticality back in the late 1980s under Bush 1. This shut down its operation for many years until repairs could be
made.

It know only operates at very low power levels due to neutron absorption damage to the containment vessel. Now mainly use
for isotope production. This forced the Israelis to turn to stolen nuclear stock piles from the US for the continuation of their
nuclear program.

The Israelis knowing that the nuclear material that they had acquire only had a limited shelf life left before it was no longer
usable as weapons grade then tried to dump it on the surplus market as fast as possible before it was of no use to them. So
they dumped it on unsuspecting nations who would only sit on it and not be able to test it. These were the fissile tests in North
Korea. (Editors note: Confirmed, multiple sources)

When everybody caught on to the scam such as Japan and Korea. (IE the Korean sub sinkings etc) they were angry because
they paid big bucks for junk. This started a mini cold war with Israel and her old clients. However with micro nukes even as
the plutonium ages it will still fissile producing a smaller size detonation well under 2 kiloton in size.
So they can still be used as small dirty bombs or as very small tactical nukes such as the nuclear artillery strikes on
Damascus with rocket assisted W-54s. (Editors note: Confirmed strike, May 4, 2013) On the W-54 pit design it is pill shaped
and it is only about 4 inches in diameter and weighs about 24 pounds.

Most of the fuel is consumed in the plasma fire ball when detonated so there is very little plutonium fallout left to escape. If it is
salted with other materials the fallout can be even reduced to lower levels such as in an enhanced radiation device or the so
called neutron bomb. This is what was used on 911.

The primary purpose of the nuclear weapon used on 911 was to produce a massive Gamma ray / neutron flux that would
vaporize about 150 to 300 feet of 6 inch thick steal I-beams that constituted the central core of the WTC buildings. This
created a free fall event as seen on TV that day.
Evidence was also found of demolition charges being placed on an angle on key structural suports. This was confirmed by demolition experts as being
a technique used to generate a free-fall demolition within a buildings own footprint

The flash would be hidden from sight due to the underground detonation. Most of the light was in the non-visible light
spectrum any way. Over pressure would be reduced to 6 psi due to the blast traveling up the central core and neutron
radiation vaporizing the TV antenna at the top of the building as see on TV.

The fallout would be mainly vaporized concrete cement and iron oxide. This is why after 911 they told everyone on TV that
the beta radiation burns that people were getting were due to the caustic cement dust and not due to the radiation effects
from the radioactive cement fallout. (Editors note: Fully confirmed)
The iron oxide found all over the place was what was left of the steel I beams. This was the so called Nano Thermite that was
found everywhere. Fallout was limited to a 1 mile area around down town NYC. See charts. (Editors note: Received)

Radiation decay was reduced to safe low levels after 72 hrs., (Editors note: Fully confirmed) outside of ground zero its self.
This is why the area was blocked off from the public for 3 days after the event, in order to let the radiation drop to safe levels.

If you read this excerpt closely, you can clearly see that Russia means business. It is what they did not say - directly - that
makes this data-dump so poignant and dangerous to the Anglo-American power structure.

RT Declares 9/11 Was An Inside Job

United States Government Intentionally Destroyed 9/11 Evidence

June 9 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / WashingtonsBlog

If the story that the US government told us about 9/11 were true, why did the government destroy
the evidence, lie to the 9/11 Commission, and prevent a real investigation?

The clear and indisputable answer is that if the evidence had not been destroyed and a real investigation had
occurred, the conclusion would have been that 9/11 was an inside job designed to give the neoconservatives their
new Pearl Harbor necessary to launch their wars in the Middle East.

Related: Is the War on Terror a Falsity?

The extraordinary gullibility of the American people is responsible for 15 years of warfare, destroyed countries, and millions
of dead, maimed, orphaned, and displaced people, and for the rise of a police state in the United States. The ignorance and
gullibility of the American people are responsible for these massive crimes against humanity and for Americans loss of their
constitutionall protections.

Presumption of a Cover-Up

Judges and lawyers know that if someone intentionally destroys evidence hes probably trying to hide his
crime. American law has long recognized that destruction of evidence raises a presumption of guilt for the person who
destroyed the evidence.

So what does it mean when the US government intentionally destroyed massive amounts of evidence related to 9/11?

Related: CIA Veteran Announces Live on RT That All Terrorist Attacks in US Are False Flags

Judge and Prosecutor Destroy Evidence

For example, it was revealed last week that the judge overseeing the trial of surviving 9/11 suspects conspired with the
prosecution to destroy evidence relevant to a key suspects defense. And see this.

(The Defense Department has also farmed out most of the work of both prosecuting and defending the surviving 9/11
suspects to the same private company. And the heads of the military tribunal prosecuting the 9/11 suspects said that the
trials must be rigged so that there are no acquittals.)

Destruction of Videotapes

The CIA videotaped the interrogation of 9/11 suspects, falsely told the 9/11 Commission that there were no videotapes or
other records of the interrogations, and then illegally destroyed all of the tapes and transcripts of the interrogations.
Related: Obama Administration Caught Conspiring to Destroy Key 9/11 Evidence in Trial at Gitmo

9/11 Commission co-chairs Thomas Keane and Lee Hamilton wrote:

Those who knew about those videotapes - and did not tell us about them - obstructed our investigation."

And:

Daniel Marcus, a law professor at American University who served as general counsel for the Sept. 11
commission and was involved in the discussions about interviews with Al Qaeda leaders, said he had heard
nothing about any tapes being destroyed."

If tapes were destroyed, he said, its a big deal, its a very big deal, because it could amount to obstruction of
justice to withhold evidence being sought in criminal or fact-finding investigations."

Related: How the CIA Writes History

Destruction of Air Traffic Control Tapes

The tape of interviews of air traffic controllers on-duty on 9/11 was intentionally destroyed by crushing the cassette by hand,
cutting the tape into little pieces, and then dropping the pieces in different trash cans around the building as shown by this
NY Times article (summary version is free; full version is pay-per-view) and by this article from the Chicago Sun-Times.
Black Boxes

The FBI long ago found and analyzed the black box recorders from the airplanes which hit the Twin Towers, but
has consistently denied that they were ever found.

Pentagon Fibs

The 9/11 Commissioners concluded that officials from the Pentagon lied to the Commission, and considered
recommending criminal charges for such false statements.

Soviet-Style Minders

The chairs of both the 9/11 Commission and the Official Congressional Inquiry into 9/11 said that Soviet-style government
minders obstructed the investigation into 9/11 by intimidating witnesses (and see this).

In other words, the minders obstructed witnesses from openly and candidly talking about what they knew.

Undermining Investigation

President Bush and Vice-President Cheney took the rare step of personally requesting that congress limit all 9/11
investigation solely to intelligence failures.
The administration also opposed the creation of a 9/11 commission. Once it was forced (by pressure from widows of 9-11
victims) to allow a commission to be formed, the administration appointed as executive director an administration insider,
whose area of expertise is the creation and maintenance of public myths thought to be true, even if not actually true, who
was involved in pre-9/11 intelligence briefings, and who was one of the key architects of the pre-emptive war doctrine.

This executive director, who controlled what the Commission did and did not analyze, then limited the scope of the
Commissions inquiry so that the overwhelming majority of questions about 9/11 remained unasked (see this and this).

The administration then starved the commission of funds. The government spent $175 million over $300 million in todays
dollars investigating the Challenger space shuttle disaster. It spent $152 million on the the Columbia disaster
investigation. It spent $30 million investigating the Monica Lewinsky scandal. But the government only authorized $15
million for the 9/11 Commission.
The government also failed to provide crucial documents to the 9/11 investigators. And see this.

The government refused to share much information with the Commission, refused to force high-level officials to testify under
oath, and allowed Bush and Cheney to be questioned jointly.

Moreover, as reported by ACLU, FireDogLake, RawStory and many others, declassified documents shows that Senior
Bush administration officials sternly cautioned the 9/11 Commission against probing too deeply into the terrorist
attacks of September 11, 2001.

The 9-11 Commission took this warning to heart, and refused to examine virtually any evidence which contradicted the
administrations official version of events. As stated by the State Departments Coordinator for Counterterrorism who was
the point man for the U.S. governments international counterterrorism policy in the first term of the Bush administration
there were things the [9/11] commissions wanted to know about and things they didnt want to know about.

Saudi Role
Investigation into Saudi government aid to 9/11 conspirators was also obstructed.

For example, Philip Shenon the 20-year New York Times reporter who wrote a book on the 9/11 Commission reports:

The [911] commissioner said the renewed public debate could force a spotlight on a mostly unknown chapter of
the history of the 9/11 commission: behind closed doors, members of the panels staff fiercely protested the
way the material about the Saudis was presented in the final report, saying it underplayed or ignored
evidence that Saudi officials especially at lower levels of the government were part of an al-Qaida
support network that had been tasked to assist the hijackers after they arrived in the US.

In fact, there were repeated showdowns, especially over the Saudis, between the staff and the
commissions hard-charging executive director, University of Virginia historian Philip Zelikow, who joined
the Bush administration as a senior adviser to the secretary of state, Condoleezza Rice, after leaving the
commission.

The staff included experienced investigators from the FBI, the Department of Justice and the CIA, as well as the
congressional staffer who was the principal author of the 28 pages.

Zelikow fired a staffer, who had repeatedly protested over limitations on the Saudi investigation, after she
obtained a copy of the 28 pages outside of official channels.

Other staffers described an angry scene late one night, near the end of the investigation, when two
investigators who focused on the Saudi allegations were forced to rush back to the commissions offices
after midnight after learning to their astonishment that some of the most compelling evidence about a
Saudi tie to 9/11 was being edited out of the report or was being pushed to tiny, barely readable footnotes
and endnotes.
 The staff protests were mostly overruled.

***

But Kean, Hamilton and Zelikow clearly do not speak for a number of the other commissioners, who have
repeatedly suggested they are uncomfortable with the perception that the commission exonerated Saudi
Arabia and who have joined in calling for public release of the 28 pages."

Indeed, an FBI informant hosted and rented a room to two hijackers in 2000. Specifically, investigators for the Congressional
Joint Inquiry discovered that an FBI informant had hosted and even rented a room to two hijackers in 2000 and that, when
the Inquiry sought to interview the informant, the FBI refused outright, and then hid him in an unknown location, and
that a high-level FBI official stated these blocking maneuvers were undertaken under orders from the White House.

As the New York Times notes:

Senator Bob Graham, the Florida Democrat who is a former chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee,
accused the White House on Tuesday of covering up evidence.

The accusation stems from the Federal Bureau of Investigations refusal to allow investigators for a Congressional
inquiry and the independent Sept. 11 commission to interview an informant, Abdussattar Shaikh, who had been the
landlord in San Diego of two Sept. 11 hijackers."
Letting Terrorists Go Free

A former FBI translator who Senators Leahy and Grassley, among others, have claimed is credible, and who the
administration has gagged for years without any logical basis - has stated that this administration knowingly and
intentionally let many directly or indirectly involved in that terrorist act [September 11th] go free untouched and
uninvestigated?

Destruction of Physical Evidence

The former head of fire science and engineering for the agency responsible for finding out why the Twin Towers and World
Trade Center 7 collapsed on 9/11 (the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology) who is one of the worlds
leading fire science researchers and safety engineers, with a Ph.D. in mechanical engineering wrote that evidence
necessary to determine the cause of the collapse of the World Trade Centers was being destroyed. And see this.

Note the demolition charges going off...

In addition, the official investigators themselves were largely denied access to the site and the evidence contained there, or
even access to such basic information as the blueprints for the World Trade Center.

The government has also refused to release the computer models showing how the trade centers fell, making it impossible
for anyone to double-check its assumptions.
Whether you believe the Twin Towers and World Trade Center building 7 were brought down with explosives or by airplanes
and fires, destroying evidence prevented engineers and scientists from figuring out what went wrong to prevent
skyscrapers from collapsing in the future.

9/11 Commissioners Disgusted and Call For a New Investigation

The 9/11 Commissioners publicly expressed anger at cover ups and obstructions of justice by the government into
a real 9/11 investigation:

9/11 Commission co-chair Lee Hamilton says I dont believe for a minute we got everything right, that the
Commission was set up to fail, that people should keep asking questions about 9/11, and that the 9/11 debate
should continueThe 9/11 Commission chair said the Commission was set up to fail

The Commissions co-chairs said that the CIA (and likely the White House) obstructed our investigation
 9/11 Commissioner Bob Kerrey said that There are ample reasons to suspect that there may be some alternative
to what we outlined in our version . . . We didnt have access . . . .

9/11 Commissioner Timothy Roemer said We were extremely frustrated with the false statements we were
getting

9/11 Commissioner Max Cleland resigned from the Commission, stating: It is a national scandal; This
investigation is now compromised; and One of these days we will have to get the full story because the 9-11
issue is so important to America. But this White House wants to cover it up. When asked in 2009 if he thought
there should be another 9/11 commission, Cleland responded: There should be about fifteen 9/11 commissions

The Senior Counsel to the 9/11 Commission (John Farmer) who led the 9/11 staffs inquiry said At some level
of the government, at some point in timethere was an agreement not to tell the truth about what happened. He
also said I was shocked at how different the truth was from the way it was described. The tapes told a radically
different story from what had been told to us and the public for two years. This is not spin. This is not true.

The Co-Chair of the congressional investigation into 9/11 Bob Graham and 9/11 Commissioner and former
Senator Bob Kerrey are calling for either a PERMANENT 9/11 commission or a new 9/11 investigation to get to
the bottom of it

9/11 Commissioner John Lehman says that a new investigation should be vigorously pursued

Planting False Evidence

Planting false evidence is another act which creates presumption of guilt.

The type of torture used by the U.S. on alleged surviving 9/11 co-conspirators is of a special type. Senator Levin revealed
that the the U.S. used Communist torture techniques specifically aimed at creating FALSE confessions. (and
see this, this, this and this).

According to NBC News:

Much of the 9/11 Commission Report was based upon the testimony of people who were tortured

At least four of the people whose interrogation figured in the 9/11 Commission Report have claimed that they told
interrogators information as a way to stop being tortured

One of the Commissions main sources of information was tortured until he agreed to sign a confession that he
was NOT EVEN ALLOWED TO READ

The 9/11 Commission itself doubted the accuracy of the torture confessions, and yet kept their doubts to
themselves

Pulitzer-prize winning reporter Seymour Hersh who broke the Iraq torture and Vietnam massacre stories writes:

Many of the investigators believe that some of the initial clues that were uncovered about the terrorists identities
and preparations, such as flight manuals, were meant to be found.

A former high-level intelligence official told me, Whatever trail was left was left deliberately - for the F.B.I. to
chase.

I Am A Syrian Living In Syria: It Was Never A Revolution Nor A Civil War: The
Terrorists Are Sent By Your Government
September 10 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

"Your Obama and whoever is behind him or above him are supporting al Qaeda and leading a
proxy war on my country. We thought you are against al Qaeda and now you support them."
Two years ago, Majd wrote these words on a Facebook posting:

Related: 10 Facts the Mainstream Media Wont Tell You About the War in Syria

I am Syrian living in Syria in the middle of everything. We have seen horrors. It was never a revolution nor a civil
war. The terrorists are sent by your goverment.

They are al Qaeda Jabhat al Nusra Wahhabi Salafists Talibans etc and the like extremists jihadists sent by the
West and the Saudis and Qatar and Turkey.

Your Obama and whoever is behind him or above him are supporting al Qaeda and leading a proxy war on my
country. We thought you are against al Qaeda and now you support them.

The majority here loves Assad. He has never committed a crime against his own peoplethe chemical attack was
staged by the terrorists helped by USA and UK etc..everyone knows that here. American soldiers and people
should not be supporting barbarian al Qaeda terrorists who are killing Christians, Muslims in my country and
everyone.

Every massacre has committed by them. We were all happy in Syria= we have free school and university
education available for everyone, free healthcare, no GMO, no fluoride, no chemtrails, no Rothschild IMF-
controlled bank, state owned central bank which gives 11% interest, we are self-sufficient and have no foreign debt
to any country or bank.

Life before the crisis was so beautiful here. Now it is hard and horrific in some regions.

I do not understand how the good and brave American people can accept to bomb my country who has never
harmed them and therefore help the barbarian al Qaeda . These animals slit throats and behead for pleasure
they behead babies and rape young kids.

They are satanic. Our military helped.by the millions of civilian militias are winning the battle against al Qaeda..but
now the usa want to bomb the shit out of us so the al Qaeda can get the upper hand .

Please help us American people. They are destroying the cradle of civilization. Stop your government.
 Impeach that bankster puppet ape you have as president support Ron Paul or Rand or anyone the like who are
true American patriots. but be sure of one.thing.. if they attack and I think they will.it will be hell.

Be sure that it be world war and many many will die. Syria can and will defend itself and will sink many US ships.
Iran will go to war..Russia and China eventually if it escalates and all this for what ? For the elites who created al
Qaeda through the US gvt and use it to conduct proxy wars and destabilize countries who do not go along with
their new world order agenda !!!?!!

American peopleyou gotta regain control of your once admirable country. Now everyone hates you for.the.death
you bring almost everywhere.

Ask the Iraqisthe Afghansthe Pakistanisthe Palestiniansthe Syriansthe Macedonians and Serbsthe
Libyansthe Somalisthe Yemenis .all the ones you kill with drones everyday. Stop your wars stop wars.
Enough wars. Use diplomacy..dialoguehelp..not force.

Consistent testimonies from Syrians, as well as well-documented, open-source Western sources, and historical memory, all
serve to reinforce the accuracy of the aforementioned testimony.

Syrians are living the horror brought to them by the criminal West. They can not afford the complacency of shrugging their
shoulders in indecision, not when their lives and their ancient civilization is being threatened by Western-paid terrorist
mercenaries of the worst kind.

Related: Washingtons Attempted Murder Of Syria

Our proxies, slit throats, chop heads, and take no prisoners as we waffle in indecision, ignore empirical evidence, and take
the comfortable easy road of believing the labyrinth of lies promulgated by Western media messaging.

The veil of comfortable confusion, nested in an unconscious belief that our government knows best or that it is patriotic to
believe the lies and fabrications implicit in the hollow words of politicians (who no longer represent us) and the false
pronouncements of Imperial messengers, is concealing an overseas holocaust.
Western societies are rotting from the inside out because of these lies and this barbarity. We are protecting a criminal cabal
of corporate globalists who do not serve our interests and never will.

Related: US Admits Paying Terrorists For Services Rendered In Syria

Our democracies, which we should be protecting, have long disappeared except in the hollow words of newspaper
stenographers. Instead we are supporting transnational corporate elites and their delusional projects.

Poverty and disemployment are all soaring beneath the fakery of government pronouncements, as the public domain
evaporates beneath words like efficiency or the economy - all false covers that serve to enrich elites and destroy
us. Internal imperialism at home is a faded replica of the foreign imperialism abroad.

As countries are destroyed, and its peoples are slaughtered - think Syria, Libya, Ukraine, and others - by abhorrent Western
proxies - public institutions are contaminated, and ultimately replaced by parasitical privatized facsimiles.

Public banking is looted and destroyed in favour of transnational banksterism, World Bank funding, and IMF usury.

Food security is destroyed and replaced by biotech tentacles and engineered dependencies on cash crops and unhealthy
food. Currencies are destroyed, sanctions are imposed, and the unknown, unseen hand of totalitarian control imposes itself,
amidst the cloud of diversions and confusions, aided by comprador regimes, oligarch interests, and shrugging domestic
populations.

Syria refuses to submit. That is why the West is taught to hate her, and the rest of the world learns to love and respect her.
Related: Liberating Syrias Ancient Pentagram Vortex & Its Geopolitical Effects

Yet, Syrias struggles are our struggles. Syria represents international law, stability, and integrity: the same values that
western peoples overtly cherish but stubbornly reject, as our countries wilt beneath suffocating veils of lies and delusions.

I support Syria, because I respect what remains of international law.

I support Syria because I reject Wahhabism, Sharia law, and terrorism.

I support Syria because I reject the undemocratic, transnational oligarchies that are subverting our once
flourishing, now dead, democracies.

I reject the lies of our propagandizing media, the hollow words of our politicians, and the fake humanitarian messaging
that demonizes non-belligerent countries and their populations.
In the name of justice, humanity, and the rule of law, I support the elected government of Syria led by its President, Bashar
al-Assad. Syria, an ancient cradle of civilization, is leading the way towards a better future for all of us.

All we have to do is open our eyes.

Related: We Know About The Lies Over Iraq But What About Syria?

The Tide Is Turning: The Official Story Is Now The Conspiracy Theory + A Conference
To Clear The Mind Of The 9/11 Brainwashing
September 10 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Tomorrow it will be the 15th anniversary of 9/11, and this November 22 will be the 53rd anniversary
of the assassination of President John F. Kennedy in Dallas, Texas. These two state crimes against
democracy destroyed American democracy, accountable government, and the Constitutions
protections of civil liberty.
Years after the damage done by these events the American people no longer believe the official stories. Neither
does the government, but the government will never validate the distrust that Americans now share of the
oligarchs government by acknowledging the truth.

Related: Architect Richard Gage On 9/11: TVNZ Close Up

The official explanation of the assassination of President Kennedy never made any sense. Videos of the assassination
contradicted the official story, as did witnesses, and many credible people challenged the governments story.

The CIA was faced with the official explanation becoming unglued and launched its media program stigmatizing doubters as
conspiracy theorists.

Related: Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge?

The CIAs psych warfare against the public succeeded at the time and for a number of years during which witnesses had
mysterious deaths and the trail grew cold. But by the late 1970s there was so much public skepticism of the official story that
the US Congress took the risk of being labeled conspiracy kooks.

The House Select Committee on Assassinations reopened the inquiry into JFKs murder. The House Committee concluded
that the Warren Commissions investigation was seriously flawed, that there was more than one person firing at President
Kennedy and that there was a conspiracy to assassinate JFK.
Related: Lee Harvey Oswald Innocent

The corrupt US Department of Justice (sic) contradicted the House Select Committees report. However, the American
people believed the Select Committee and not the corrupt Justice (sic) Department, which never tells the truth about
anything.

By 2013 polls showed that most Americans are conspiracy kooks who do not believe the official government line on JFKs
assassination. So with regard to JFKs assassination, the conspiracy theorists are in the majority. The minority are the
Americans who cannot escape their brainwashing.

Related: Poll: 62 percent believe broader plot killed Kennedy

In a few days it will be the 15th anniversary of the alleged al Qaeda attack on the World Trade Center and Pentagon, and
we are witnessing the fading protection that the charge of conspiracy theorist provides for the officlal government story.
Indeed, the official 9/11 story is collapsing before our eyes.

Europhysics, the respected publicaton of the European physics community has pubished an article by scientists who
conclude that:
 The evidence points overwhelmingly to the conclusion that all three [World Trade Center] buildings were
destroyed by controlled demolition.

Few American scientists can admit this, because their careers depend on US government and military/security complex
research contracts. Independent scientists in the US are a vanishing breed, an endangered species.

The scientists say that in view of their findings, it is morally imperative that 9/11 be the subject of a truly scientific and
impartial investigation by responsible authorities.

Related: 15 Years Later: On The Physics Of High-Rise Building Collapses

So now we are faced with a peculiar situation. The scientifically ignorant two-bit punk American presstitutes claim to know
more than the editors of the journal of the European physics community and the scientists who did the investigation.

Dont you think it farfetched that ignorant, corrupt, and cowardly American journalists who lie for money know
more than physicists, chemists, 2,700 high-rise architects and structural engineers who have called on the US
Congress to launch a real investigation of 9/11, firefighters and first responders who were on the WTC scene,
military and civilian pilots and former high government officials, all of whom are on record challenging the
unbelievable and physically impossible official story of 9/11?

What kind of a dumbshit moron does a person have to be to believe that the United States government and its media
whores know better than the laws of physics?

The ability of the presstitutes to influence Americans seems to be on the decline. The media ganged up on Donald Trump
during the Republican primaries, intending to deny Trump the nomination.

But the voters ignored the presstitutes. In the current presidential campaign, Hillary is not the run-away winner that the
presstitutes are trying to make her. And despite the propaganda ministry, the legs under the official 9/11 story are wobbly, to
say the least.
Indeed, the official 9/11 story already has lost credibility with the American public. Last April a Rasmussen Poll found that
Americans doubt theyve been told all the facts about the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks on the United States and
strongly believe the government should come clean.

Related: Americans Want Government To Tell All About 9/11

A YouGov poll in 2013 found that 50 percent of Americans have doubts about the governments account of 9/11, which
shows that the public is far more intelligent and less corrupt than the presstitutes who are paid to lie to the public.

This poll also found that as a consequence of the cover-up job performed by the American presstitutes, 46 percent of
Americans were not even aware that a third WTC building, Building 7, collapsed on September 11. After viewing films of
WTC 7s collapse, 46 percent saw it as a controlled demolition.

By a margin of two to one, poll respondants support a new investigation of Building 7s collapse.

So, in America today conspiracy kooks outnumber those who believe the official lies.
As the official lies are themselves conspiracy theories, Americans who disbelieve the official conspiracy theories outnumber
Americans who believe official conspiracy theories.

The question is: who are the real conspiracy kooks, the majority who disbelieve the official lies or the minority who
believe the official lies?

It is curious that the CIAs psych-op mind-controll has broken down in the cases of the JFK assassination and 9/11, but is
still effective in more recently orchestrated events, such as San Bernardino, Orlando, Paris, and Nice. Perhaps this is
because not enough time has passed for the public to pay attention to the vast difference between the stories and the
evidence.

The Internet offers many refutations of the official accounts. With regard to Nice, France, the Nice police officials themselves
are having problems with the official story. The French Anti-Terrorist Sub-Directorate in Paris has ordered the public
authorities in Nice to delete the video recordings from security cameras of the Nice Terror Truck Attack. The Nice
authorities refused on the grounds that this would be destruction of criminal evidence.

Related: French Anti-Terrorist Police Demand Destruction Of Nice Evidence

This story has disappeared from the news. I have asked friends in France how this conflict was resolved and have not heard
anything. The French like to live life well and faced with the refugees from Washingtons wars, they seem to be focused on
living life well while it can be done. If I hear anything, I will pass it on.

Apparently, the order to delete the video evidence of the attack was not sufficient for the French Ministry of the Interior.
According to a senior Nice police officer, Sandra Bertin, the Interior Ministry pressured her to falsify her police report on the
Nice truck massacre.

Officer Bertin told the Journal du Dimanche that he ordered me to put in [the report] the specific positions of the national
police which I had not seen on the screen.
Related: French officer claims interior ministry made her alter Nice attack report

The Interior Minister, Bernard Cazeneuve is suing the Nice police official for defamation, as if it is possible to defame any
politician anywhere in the corrupt West.

Related: French Interior Minister Bernard Cazeneuve To Sue Police Officer Over Nice Attack Claims

Moreover, why would a senior Nice official make up a story about being ordered to change a report? It doesnt make any
sense, does it? Clearly, the central government is trying to hide the evidence against the official story.

Related: French government denies cover-up of Nice police deployment

It seems that the French media is disposing of the Nice police official by branding her a rightwing racist opposed to the
current government.

Related: Nice attack CCTV manipulation controversy a new blow to French govt

How the "Nice Truck Attack Hoax" was Orchestrated

Watch this video and ignore the narrators four-letter vocabulary.

What you will learn is that all those people you saw running in the presstitute TV reports had no idea why they were
running. The presstitutes created the impression that they were running away from the truck.

However, as the interviews show, they were running because other people were running, because the police told them
terrorists, run, and because they heard shots (apparently police firing blanks). Those interviewed reported;

You run with them even though you have no idea what you are running from. You cant help it, you run with them.
None of those running away ever saw a truck.

According to the foul-mouthed narrator, the film of the people running away was taken prior to the time the truck allegedly
mowed down 185 people, killing 85 of them.

The narrator appears to be correct if the time stamps on videos are correct. The narrator says the streets needed to be
cleared for the crisis actors to put on their show that is used to control our minds about what happened.

I have pointed out that a truck that hit 185 people, killing 85 of them would be covered in blood and that bodies would be
splattered all over the street with blood everywhere. Yet, the photos and videos that we are shown show no such evidence.
The stopped truck on which police are directing gunfire is as white as snow.

Independently of the vast analysis online of the video evidence of the alleged Nice attack, I suspect the Nice terror
attack for the same reason that the Pentagon attack is suspect.

Despite all the contrary evidence against the official stories, the authorities refuse to release the video evidence that, if it
shows what the authorities claim, would shut up the skeptics and prove the official story.

When a government claims it has video evidence that proves its official story but refuses to release it, indeed, demands the
destruction of the video evidence, we know for an absolute fact that the video evidence totally contradicts the official story.
That is the only possible conclusion.

My readers will write to me asking how the government expects to get away with its faked, and in the case of 9/11 false flag,
terror orchestrations?
The answer, perhaps, is that just as it took a long time for the JFK assassination and 9/11 lies to catch up with the
government, the recent orchestrations will also take some time for a slowly awakening public to catch on.

In the meantime the orchestrated events will serve the agendas that they are intended to serve, and by the time that the
public sees through the orchestrations, a new situation will be in place with new orchestrations.

Keep in mind that the public thinks it is shown evidence.

Newspapers need photos to give a visual dimension to their coverage, and TV needs videos of the events. News
organizations are under a time pressure, and they have to use what they are handed or what is at hand. There is no time to
scrutinize the visual material or to raise questions about it.

Most of the public thinks that the photos and videos shown to them are evidence or would not be shown and accepts the
visual evidence without question. In an earlier column I linked to the vast array of Nice photos provided in the UK Daily Mail.
The photos show a calm situation.
There are a few people lying in the street without any sign of bodily damage or blood and there are covered objects that the
public assumes are dead people. But the streets are devoid of the splattered blood and mangled bodies that would be the
consequence of a truck hitting 185 people.

Similarly, we have been shown very few videos and their origin is unknown except for the one attributed to Richard Gutjahr
who was apparently pre-positioned to film inconclusively both the Nice and German terror attacks.

Online analysis of the videos shows that the videos are not evidence for the storyline. The real question is why the
French Interior Minister has prevented the release and demanded destruction of the security camera videos that
filmed the entire event, an order that brought the central government in Paris in conflict with the public authorities
in Nice.

There has been no US media interest whatsoever in this very strange event. It is not a conspiracy theory to ask why the
public cannot see the video evidence that shows what actually happened.

Related: Frances Minister of the Interior Is Withholding All Security Camera Evidence of the Nice Truck Massacre
and Demands that the Evidence be Destroyed
Related: Weapon Used in November 13 Paris Attacks Came From CIA-linked Arms Dealer

What agenda is served by the Paris and Nice attacks? This is the question everyone should be asking and the media, if we
had one, should be investigating. With the information currently available to me, my answer is this. Of all the peoples of
Western Europe, the French are the most independently minded. French independence has taken a number of recent hits
from Washington:

The largest French bank was forced to hand over $9 billion to Washington for doing business with a country on
Washingtons disapproval list.

Washington forced France to cancel a lucrative ship-building program for Russia, to the detriment of French companies and
shipyard workers.

Related: France Moves To Strip Citizens Of Civil Liberties After Paris Attacks

Washington has forced France into a diplomatic conflict with Russia that the French do not want and into a looming military
conflict which the French want even less, as the conflict would mean the vaporization of France. As one Russian SS-18 can
wipe out three-fourths of the state of New York, how many do you think it would take to wipe France off of the face of the
Earth? Not even a handful.

Keep in mind that in 1966 President Charles de Gaulle pulled France out of NATO on the grounds that it was necessary to
preserve French independence in world affairs. France did not again submit to Washingtons control until 2009 when
Washington-owned Nicolas Sarkozy, put into the French presidency by Washingtons money, followed his orders and
rejoined NATO.
The Paris and Nice orchestrated events serve to scare France back into Washingtons arms. Dreams of independence
become nightmares when independence leaves the French people at the mercy of both terrorists and Russians.
Washington, who owns Sarkozy, who is once again Washingtons candidate for president of France, intends to keep France
in NATO.

The article in Europhysics pointing out the impossibility of the official 9/11 story could possibly lead to a rebirth of skepticism
among Europeans. Only a skeptical media willing to investigate government storylines can bring a halt to the staged terror
events that serve secret agendas.

Keep in mind that the US government has plentiful video evidence of the 9/11 attack on the Pentagon but refuses to
release the evidence that it says support its story.

Similarly, the French federal government has prohibited Nice authorities from releasing the security camera videos of the
Nice truck attack and has ordered the video evidence destroyed. How can we believe governments that refuse to show us
the hard evidence?

Related: A Brief 100 Year History Of 9/11 And The Jekyll Island Banks

A Conference To Clear The Mind Of The 9/11 Brainwashing

If any of my readers are still brainwashed about 9/11, they need to attend this conference. Tickets
are still available.
A 2-Day Symposium | Sept. 10-11, 2016 | Cooper Union New York City

Fifteen years after the events of 9/11, wars and cultural conflicts caused by the U.S. response and questionable alliances
continue to create global tensions. Furthermore, questions of how the attacks took place continue to surface. For these
reasons, a historic event highlighting the blatant discrepancies of the official narrative will be held to critique science-based
evidence of the most consequential event of our time.

A stellar lineup of credentialed experts will also review new evidence of a cover up such as is revealed in the declassification
of the 28 pages, and raise the bar literally, with an unprecedented level of legal analysis. As youll see, this event has an
international component, since 9/11 was such a world-changing event. Full details and tickets are
at www.911justiceinfocus.org.

The Day 1 Program will feature:

Keynote address by renowned public interest attorney, Daniel Sheehan, who litigated the Pentagon Papers case, the
Karen Silkwood case, Iran/Contra scandal, and Three Mile Island.

Keynote address by Judge Ferdinand Imposimato, head of the Supreme Court of Italy, with experience prosecuting
conspiratorial crimes, notably Operation Gladio.

Richard Gage, AIA, founder of Architects & Engineers For 9/11 Truth, which currently has over 2,600 professionals from
the building trades as signatories
.
Professor Leroy Hulsey, from the University of Alaska, who is conducting a unique, unbiased, independent modeling of the
collapse of WTC 7.

Unique analysis of ISIS, the latest on the secret 28 pages and related legislation which has begun to reveal the official
deceptions and questionable geopolitical alliances to the widest audience ever reached in this 15-year effort.
 The 9/11 Truth Action Project the next level of national organizing.

Speakers include:

Government whistleblowers Wayne Madsen, former NSA analyst, and J. Michael Springmann, former State Department
foreign services officer.

TV news personality, media critic, and attorney known as Lionel.

Bob McIlvaine, 9/11 family member.

Dylan Avery, creator of the globally renown 9/11 documentary Loose Change.

Master of Ceremony will be Mark Crispin Miller, professor of Media, Culture and Communication at New York University.

For the Day 2 Program there will be a sequence of legal presentations analyzing key strategies and many yet-
unaddressed evidentiary issues. These include:

Presentation of Legal Standards and Key Evidence.

9/11 Related Litigation to Date.

Pending and Planned FOIA Requests, Appeals, and Litigation.

Future U.S. Litigation Options.

Potential for an International Investigation.

Speakers include:

Public interest attorney , Daniel Sheehan.

Judge Ferdinand Imposimato, Honorary President of the Supreme Court of Italy.

Mick Harrison, whistleblower litigation expert.

William Veale and Mustapha Ndanusa, attorneys for April Gallop, Pentagon survivor.

David Meiswinkle, New Jersey litigator and former police officer.

Barbara Honegger, State Department whistleblower, author of October Surprise.

Andrew Kreig, journalist and attorney.

Engineers David Chandler, Jonathan Cole, Tony Szamboti.

Architect Richard Gage, AIA.

Master of Ceremony will be Dr. William Pepper, international civil rights attorney, litigator for the family of Martin Luther
King, and author of Act of State.

Why should you attend this powerful event? Since justice and rule of law is the foundation of any civilized society, the
commitment to face all the facts of 9/11 will empower us as a culture to move forward and re-establish our position of trust
and integrity in the world. In so many ways, our future depends on it. Make plans today.

Sept. 10 & 11, 2015 | 10am 6:30pm | Cooper Union,

7 East 7th Street, Manhattan
(7th St. and 3rd Avenue)

For more details and tickets: www.911justiceinfocus.org

Does John Key Run The NZ Meth Trade?
September 9 2016 | From: MediaWhores

Meth has never been so big in New Zealand, and John Key is the man pretending to lead the
Country so this seems like a fair question in our view, does John Key run the NZ meth industry?

Lets look at the evidence: New Zealand now has one of the highest meth usage rates in the World.

Obviously meth was introduced here prior to the bankers putting their puppet John Key in power, but it has grown and grown
under the John Key regime, presumably because the John key regime wants it that way.

New Zealand has very easy borders to protect, being a small island Nation. There is no cocaine flooding the streets of NZ,
because the shadow Government/ bankers do not want cocaine flooding the streets.

Same goes for ecstasy and other drugs, if the shadow government do not want it here, it is policed and kept out.

They even do a pretty good job policing marijuana, a weed that can be grown in the backyard, investing 10s of millions each
year in helicopters and police pulling out those plants Nationwide.

Somehow though they just cant seem to be able to keep out the meth, or the precursors to make meth. Strange
isnt it?

Meth is obviously a huge business, not just in the estimated $50 million each week generated in cash sales, but it also
creates a huge state / Crown run business in terms of policing, mental health, WINZ (the governments biggest business),
courts and jails.

An estimated $900 million generated in burglaries, crime, policing, court and jails each year as a direct result of the meth
trade in NZ. Not to mention the insurance companies who make a killing off the burglaries and ever increasing premiums.
Its big big business, and the last thing the Crown wants, is for it to end.

Indeed in recent years the Nazi like government of John Key, along with all the other puppet Zionist regimes controlling the
Western World, have implemented sweeping new spy laws which gives them the right to spy on their own citizens.

Cell phone towers in every neighborhood pick up all text messages and cell phone calls made in that region, and
the police & GCSB now have software which can go through and pick up any keywords they plug into the system
e.g. meth, bag, hundy bag, point, puff, fire, burn, pipe, gram etc etc.

Not to mention the ability to categorize and identify those who regularly send strange text messages all night another
indication of possible meth dealers. Yet with all of those new spy laws and technology, the Government cant seem to get the
problem under control.

Ridiculous isnt it. They could be doing huge busts everyday with that technology and quickly clean up every major
dealer in every town but they clearly choose not to.

Because business is good!

So clearly the state is allowing the meth trade in NZ if not directly encouraging it via their WINZ payments and by allowing
the same dairies Nationwide to sell the glass pipes for the past 15 + years but that alone is not evidence that John Key
runs the meth trade.

So is there any real evidence of this?

The Government clearly allows the meth trade, but could John Key be the man actually running it?
Numerous stories have made it clear that the Auckland Casino is a central hub for meth trafficking and money laundering
the Casino being one of John Keys favorite projects, giving them tax cuts, funding and special grants to build bigger and
bigger. Key is also a regular to the place, where many of NZs biggest meth lords gather to buy and sell and launder their
profits.

Many of these meth lords are Chinese of course, and we all know John Key does a lot of business with the Chinese, selling
us out to them each week. We also see wealthy Chinese businessmen paying off and bribing our pathetic corrupt Justice
system these days.

Related: William Yan agrees to pay $43 million

Still- that is not hard evidence that John Key is running the meth trade in NZ. Lets look at more evidence.

The posts below came from a Facebook thread doing the rounds the other week (source withheld for obvious reasons -
these bastards are very dangerous people).

Meth in New Zealand: All the meth leaders who have gangs underneath are meeting in the elite VIP sky casino
room like citizen tan in yesterdays herald 11/20 of Chinas most wanted are now in New Zealand like citizen tan.

Shun Key knows they are here because they pay $ to meet him and approve their visas.

Shun Key knows what they are doing also. You cant tell me Shun Key didnt know Dotcom existed. Why is shun
key protecting Chinese meth leaders? The bust on northland beach was sacrificed to get people off what is really
happening with meth and Chinese in VIP room at casino

Again Auckland VIP casino room is potentially the most powerful meeting room in the country because they own
MPs politicians and control Chinese policy by buying national party!

So the national party not winston in my opinion set that meth bust up to get heat off with meth because you have to
show the media some wins now and then Correct?

I dont trust anything re Key he knows about the Auckland vip casino he knows about citizen bill spending
$128m at casino in a year he could have shut him down and sent him to China then for extradition why didnt he ?
Because the govt is in bed with these meth pushers at VIP casino somehow.

A lot of them are Chinas fugitives committing money fraud and cleaning their dirty money here in housing and
 meth ! Two very very profitably industries monopolized by these wealthy Chinese fugitives who use front men
trusts etc and they are controlling it all, while the national government protect them and even represent them in the
media.

So that blogger seems pretty sure John Key is in with the Chinese meth gangs. Still - no hard evidence of such.

The record bust of meth in Northland mentioned in the above posts seemed to go nowhere didnt it? There was talk of a few
arrests, then no court trial we have heard of. If the police were doing their jobs they should have been able to clean up the
whole ring, but dont think they did.

Related: More arrests made in country's record meth haul

Someone also reported that one of the cars pulled up during that accidental bust was registered to the Masala restaurant
chain. Winston Peters is apparently a good mate of many of those Indian businessmen, who are also famous for running visa
and illegal worker scams. Perhaps the Indians are into the meth business also?

Seems everyone is really. Also interesting Winston Peters never mentioned NZs largest meth haul in his own electorate
(having taken over post Mike Sabin). Perhaps Northland is the main gateway for the meth trade, and the bankers just put
Winston in there to keep things going? Certainly strange he never mentioned it.

Perhaps someone should have searched Winstons boat also?

And lets not forget the previous top cop in Northland, Michael Blowers in charge of the regions organised crime unit lol
who stole millions of dollars of meth from a police evidence room and tried to sell it. What a bloody joke.

Related: Cop swapped meth for salt, says Crown

Presumably the latest record haul will also find its way onto the streets of NZ, with the help of more corrupt cops.

In fact there have been numerous NZ police busted both taking and selling meth even police prosecutors working straight
out of the court room.

Related: Police prosecutor sold meth during court breaks

And top lawyers:

Related: Former senior lawyer sentenced over meth possession

It seems fairly clear that meth is here because the establishment is hooked on both the money and the actual drug.
Fucking meth heads running the country.

And what about Mike Sabin?- Mike Sabin was the Governments lead man in the war on meth via MethCon a government
subsidized company.

Probably no accident they called it Meth Con in our view. Sabin was also chairman of the governments powerful Law and
Order Select Committee which meets with police each month to discuss problems and strategy.

He then went on to become the National MP for Northland but suddenly stepped down under a cloud of allegations and court
appearances, all the details of which were suppressed. There was then a secret trial, more name suppression and eventually
a promotion to a job running an International/ luxury gold course in the Far North, for a Chinese company.

The judiciary, media and government all did a stellar job keeping that whole story suppressed. Still no hard evidence linking
Mike Sabin to John Key and the meth trade. Just speculation and name suppression really.

Oddly enough, it was NZ author Greg Hallett who first said the NZ police and judiciary run the meth trade in NZ. This was
before John Key came along, so perhaps it is possible that Key just took over the management of the meth trade from Hellin
Clark (another criminal posing as a leader)? Lets look at that video...

Greg Hallett has also claimed online that Winston Peters was involved with the real Mr Asia that being Peter Williams QC,
and his heroin trafficking operations. No mention of Winston or John Key and the meth trade though.

So no hard evidence that it is John Key running it all it appears more that it is the judiciary, Criminal Bar Association and
the police who run the meth trade in NZ, and have done so since before John Key was placed here by the foreign bankers as
a smiling dictator.

Having said that it is impossible to think that John Key doesnt know how the trade works and who is running it. Perhaps he
even smokes it himself? His son Max Key has lost enough weight to be on meth, and his favorite DJ track is called Cut me
another line (by his own admission).

Our conclusion is that there is reasonable grounds to suspect John Key is very close to the meth trade and meth traffickers
operating in NZ giving them a free pass to operate here and destroy our communities and Kiwi lives, because it is all just
good business at the end of the day.

But we have no direct evidence yet that John Key is actually running the whole business.

Much like the Opium Wars in China, where the Zionist controlled British Government used opium to take over China and
destroy their royal family, it seems clear that meth is being used to do the same in NZ - wiping out Kiwis and their
communities while John Key sells everything off to the Chinese, on the instruction of his Zionist handlers the Zionists being
the people who have run the illicit drugs trades around the globe for at least the past 200 years and John Key himself
being a Zionist puppet leader in NZ.

And why are the Zionists selling NZ off to China you ask? Because it fits their globalization agenda, destroying all
sovereign nations around the world, bringing them all under their new global corporate (fascist) control.

In other news: Young National Part member close to

John Key dies suddenly recently.

RIP #SarahHiggins, poor girl was mixing with the

mafia.

But dont panic John Key had an alibi he got his Son
Max Key to film him cleaning his cars and put it online as
soon as he heard the news .so he clearly had nothing to do
with her death.

Left: Sarah Higgins and John Key.

Did The Neocon Criminal Cabal Just Send A Message To President Vladimir Putin?
September 9 2016 | From: MilleniumReport

Vladimir Putins official car is involved in a head-on crash in Moscow which killed the Russian
presidents favourite chauffeur.

The offending Mercedes Benz S Class

Its not very often that the head of state of a superpower nation is sent such a dramatic and violent message.

Related: Putin Politely Expresses His Amazement At Western Stupidity

That appears to have just happened with the killing of Russian President Vladimir Putins favorite chauffeur while he was
driving the presidents official automobile.

Such an audacious threat to the life of President Putin can only be coordinated by an inside group of foreign secret service
agents who have proxies operating within Moscow. Moscow is so large that the agents themselves may have planned and
carried out the attack from right inside of the city.

In any event it is quite clear that those who reside at the peak of the pinnacle of the Anglo-American Axis (AAA) power
pyramid will stop at nothing to control Russia and its destiny.

They know that as long as Putin remains at the helm of the Russian government, there is very little they can do to stealthily
usurp the sovereignty of that nation. Nevertheless, they have continued to attempt to chip away at Russian territorial
integrity by employing Islamic extremism and ISIS terrorism in countries that are located on the outskirts of the Russian
Federation.

Putin's BMW 7 Series

The AAA leadership has shown time and again that they are populated by a number of criminally insane psychopaths who
will stop at nothing until they have taken back Russia (they owned it once under the rubric of Soviet communism as the
USSR). Now the same misguided cabal wants to take ownership again by way of a capitalistic political economy.

Through a combination of predatory capitalism, economic sanctions, monetary sabotage, financial terrorism, weather
warfare, as well as strategically located unprovoked wars of aggression and jihadi terrorism, they are focused on bringing
down the present government.

Is There Anything The Criminal Cabal Will Not Do?

Because of the grave state of the Global Economic & Financial System (GE&FS), those who control the underlying control
matrix are in an extremely desperate condition. Although they have somehow been successful at artificially propping up the
whole House of Cards for decades, there is now a mathematical certainty of a global collapse.

There is simply no stopping it.

Given the enormity and profundity of the coming breakdown (economic, financial and social), this misguided crowd is
looking to steal everything in sight before anarchy takes over.

They know that there is no bigger prize than the Russian Motherland. Even as it shrunk substantially from its previous
boundaries delineated by the borders of the old Soviet Union, Russia is still a humongous landmass.
From the Pacific Ocean to the Gulf of Finland, from the Arctic Ocean to the Caspian Sea, Russia is by far the largest country
on Earth at over 17 million square km. Thats almost twice as large as Canada, China and the USA.

Much of the Russian Motherland is uninhabited and rich in natural resources. Oil and gas, gold and silver, uranium and coal,
diamonds and various precious gems, timber and granite, marine life and other wildlife, are all available in great
abundance.

Each of these is greatly coveted by the AAA cabal since they have sold most of their natural resource assets off since the
very beginning of the Industrial Revolution.

Hence, they are making extremely desperate moves in every direction at the present moment, from deepening the Second
Great Depression to triggering World War III. Taking out their arch-enemy Vladimir Putin, then, pales in comparison to the
vast amount of death and destruction that they have already caused around the world.

The ongoing cold phase of WW3 has, in fact, produced pain and suffering on a massive scale. Because the global
population is larger than ever, it is fair to say that the planet has never seen so much adversity on every continent.

Conclusion
Putin and his Kremlin team represent the greatest obstacle [or one of them at least] to the ever-unfolding New
World Order agenda.

In fact the current round of unlawful economic sanctions by the U.S., Canada, EU member nations and others were
instituted in order to target many of the key players in Putins inner circle.
The cabals immediate goal was to soften up as many Putin loyalists as possible thinking that some might leave the Russian
establishment. However, they greatly underestimated the determination of the people of Russia to reassert their sovereignty
and take back their power from the Western banksters.

This is why the cabal has now gotten much closer to Putin himself with the premeditated car crash.

With each passing month the Russian president upstages the AAA leaders, as he just did at the G20 meeting in China.

Not only did Putin make Obama look like a foolish child, he has continually won the chess games being played out on the
global geopolitical chessboard since he first became prime minister. While Putin plays world-class chess, his Western
counterparts look like they are barely playing checkers.

The bottom line here is that the Neocon criminal cabal is always willing to do something very stupid, regardless of the
consequences.
Few geopolitical analysts truly understand that a cabal of criminally insane psychopaths will only mutually reinforce each
others psychopathology until they collectively do something really stupid like start WW3, after plunging the entire planetary
civilization into an even deeper phase of the 2nd Great Depression - unless We the People unite, arrest them, try them
by jury on land jurisdiction, and incarcerate them,

Welcome to 2016! The year of the grand finale of The Greatest Show on Earth, taking place in real time and in living color
on a TV set or computer screen near you.

Notes:

The reality here is that the ruling cabal has had the entire planet hardwired for millennia. As such they can perpetrate any
crime, any time, any where and get away with it. Taking out Putins own chauffeur and personal conveyance is quite easy
for them.

They know it. Putin knows it. They know that Putin knows it, and Putin knows that they know it.

Therefore, the real $64,000 question that must be asked is just how far will these perps go? They know Putin has a
conscience. Theyre also aware of his unusual magnanimity which they continually exploit by creating desperate situations
around the world.

In this way, Putin commits himself to putting out one fire after another. Now the fire is very close to home right down the
road from the Kremlin itself. Therefore, its quite likely that things will get very ugly, before they get better.

Lets face it, during the final decline and fall of the Anglo-American Empire anything goes. From 2016 onward, things will get
even more unpredictable and surprising.

Some of those surprises will be very good for the 99%. Many of them will be very disheartening for the 1%. After all, the
wealthy elites have everything to lose and very little to acquire, whereas the 99% have much to gain since they have already
lost practically everything.

The critical point here is that Vladimir Putin has been held up extremely high by the Universe itself as a glowing example of
detachment and grace under pressure.

As President of Russia, he just puts his head down, charges ahead and does his work. Putin knows all there is to know
about the existential threats that he faces, that Russia faces and that the whole of civilization faces.
Yeah, hes got access to the best intel in the world since Russian technology can systematically hack the NSA, CIA, DIA,
etc. And yet he seems unfazed and yogically dispassionate even knowing what he knows.

Putin is also standing up quite well to all the assaults and attempted takedowns that are aimed at him and his nation.
Perhaps its about time that the rest of the world followed his exemplary self-sacrifice and enlightened leadership,
unparalleled equanimity and ever-present equipoise.

The Anglo-American Axis is represented, first and foremost, by the major English-speaking countries of
the world: USA, UK, Canada, Australia, New Zealand and Israel.

The European member nations of NATO, such as Germany, France, Italy, Spain, Portugal, Belgium, Luxembourg
and the Netherlands are also closely aligned with the AAA as are all the Scandinavian countries.

So are the Asian Pacific Rim nations of Japan, South Korea, Taiwan and the Philippines. Saudi Arabia, Turkey,
Egypt, Pakistan, Kuwait, Jordan, Bahrain, United Arab Emirates, and Qatar also owe their allegiance to the AAA
but some of these may be changing.

The World Shadow Government is an ultra-secret, supranational organization which completely controls
the Anglo-American Axis, as well as the European Union, NATO, among many other institutional entities
which constitute the Global Control Matrix."

Source: Vladimir Putins Russia: Perfect Foil To The Anglo-American Axis And Their New World Order

Who Is Obamas Boss? And Why It Matters

September 8 2016 | From: JonRappoport

Its called the Trilateral Commission, and its original stated goal was to create a new international
economic order"
Here is another question that has the same answer: who is in charge of destroying economies? Who keeps
pushing new economy-destroying trade treaties, like the upcoming TPP? Who is in the business of killing jobs and
hope? Who demands that these treaties must be ratified?

Related: The Conspiracy to Rule the World: #58. The Trilateral Commission

Who is breathing down Obamas neck, as he stages a last-ditch effort to ratify the TPP and further bury US sovereignty
under the weight of global corporations? Who demands that more US jobs disappear overseas and never come back?

One group has been virtually forgotten. Its influence is enormous. It has existed since 1973. Its called the Trilateral
Commission (TC).

Keep in mind that the original stated goal of the TC was to create a new international economic order.

In the run-up to his inauguration after the 2008 presidential election, Obama was tutored by the co-founder of the
Trilateral Commission, Zbigniew Brzezinski.

Four years before birthing the TC with his boss of bosses, David Rockefeller, Brzezinski wrote:

[The] nation state as a fundamental unit of mans organized life has ceased to be the principal creative force.
International banks and multinational corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in advance of the
political concepts of the nation state.

Goodbye, separate nations.

Any doubt on the question of TC goals is answered by David Rockefeller himself, the founder of the TC, in his Memoirs
(2003):

Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my
family and me as internationalists and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political
and economic structure - one world, if you will. If that is the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.
Patrick Wood, author of Trilaterals Over Washington, points out there are only 87 members of the Trilateral Commission
who live in America. Obama appointed eleven of them to posts in his administration.

For example:

Tim Geithner, Treasury Secretary

James Jones, National Security Advisor

Paul Volker, Chairman, Economic Recovery Committee

Dennis Blair, Director of National Intelligence

Here is the payoff. The US Trade Representative (appointed by Obama in 2013), who is responsible for negotiating the TPP
with 11 other nations, is Michael Froman, a former member of the Trilateral Commission.

Dont let the word former fool you. TC members resign when they take positions in the Executive Branch of government.
And when they serve in vital positions, such as US Trade Representative, they arent there by accident. Theyre TC
operatives with a specific agenda.
Im now going to print a stunning piece of forgotten history, a 1978 conversation between a US reporter and two members of
the Trilateral Commission. (Source: Trilateralism: The Trilateral Commission and Elite Planning for World Management; ed.
by Holly Sklar, 1980, South End Press, Pages 192-3).

The conversation was public knowledge at the time. Anyone who was anyone in Washington politics, in media, in think-
tanks, had access to it. Understood its meaning.

But no one shouted from the rooftops. No one used the conversation to force a scandal. No one protested loudly.

The conversation revealed that the entire basis of the US Constitution had been torpedoed, that the people who were
running US national policy (which includes trade treaties) were agents of an elite shadow group. No question about it.

And yet: official silence. Media silence. The Dept. of Justice made no moves, Congress undertook no serious inquiries, and
the President, Jimmy Carter, issued no statements.

Carter was himself an agent of the Trilateral Commission in the White House. He had been plucked from obscurity by David
Rockefeller, and through elite TC press connections, vaulted into the spotlight as a pre-eminent choice for the Presidency.
The 1978 conversation featured reporter, Jeremiah Novak, and two Trilateral Commission members, Karl Kaiser and
Richard Cooper. The interview took up the issue of who exactly, during President Carters administration, was formulating
US economic and political policy.

The careless and off-hand attitude of Trilateralists Kaiser and Cooper is astonishing. Its as if theyre saying;

What were revealing is already out in the open, its too late to do anything about it, why are you so worked up,
weve already won

NOVAK (the reporter): Is it true that a private [Trilateral committee] led by Henry Owen of the US and made up of [Trilateral]
representatives of the US, UK, West Germany, Japan, France and the EEC is coordinating the economic and political
policies of the Trilateral countries [which would include the US]?

COOPER: Yes, they have met three times.

NOVAK: Yet, in your recent paper you state that this committee should remain informal because to formalize this
function might well prove offensive to some of the Trilateral and other countries which do not take part. Who are
you afraid of?

KAISER: Many countries in Europe would resent the dominant role that West Germany plays at these [Trilateral]
meetings.

COOPER: Many people still live in a world of separate nations, and they would resent such coordination [of policy].

NOVAK: But this [Trilateral] committee is essential to your whole policy. How can you keep it a secret or fail to try
to get popular support [for its decisions on how Trilateral member nations will conduct their economic and political
policies]?

COOPER: Well, I guess its the press job to publicize it.

NOVAK: Yes, but why doesnt President Carter come out with it and tell the American people that [US] economic
and political power is being coordinated by a [Trilateral] committee made up of Henry Owen and six others? After
all, if [US] policy is being made on a multinational level, the people should know.

COOPER: President Carter and Secretary of State Vance have constantly alluded to this in their speeches. [a lie]

KAISER: It just hasnt become an issue.

This interview slipped under the mainstream media radar, which is to say, it was buried.

US economic and political policy run by a committee of the Trilateral Commission - the Commission had been created in
1973 by David Rockefeller and his sidekick, Zbigniew Brzezinski.

When Carter won the presidential election, his aide, Hamilton Jordan, said that if after the inauguration, Cy Vance and
Brzezinski came on board as secretary of state and national security adviser, Weve lost. And Ill quit.

Lost because both men were powerful members of the Trilateral Commission and their appointment to key positions would
signal a surrender of White House control to the Commission.

Vance and Brzezinski were appointed secretary of state and national security adviser, as Jordan feared. But he
didnt quit. He became Carters chief of staff.
 The nation state as a fundamental unti of man's organized life has ceased to be the principal creative
force: Internaiotnal banks and multinational corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in
advance of the political concepts of the nation-state.

- 1972, 'Between Two Ages: America's Role in the Technetronic Era

Now consider the vast propaganda efforts of the past 40 years, on so many levels, to install the idea that all nations and
peoples of the world are a single Collective.

From a very high level of political and economic power, this propaganda op has had the objective of grooming the
population for a planet that is one coagulated mass, run and managed by one force. A central engine of that force is the
Trilateral Commission.

How does a shadowy group like the TC accomplish its goal?

One basic strategy is: destabilize nations; ruin their economies; ratify trade treaties that effectively send millions and millions
of manufacturing jobs off to places where virtual slave labor does the work; adding insult to injury, export the cheap products
of those slave-factories back to the nations who lost the jobs and undercut their domestic manufacturers, forcing them to
close their doors and fire still more employees.

And then solve that economic chaos by bringing order. What kind of order?
Related: The Round Table: The Hub Of The CFR, Trilateral Commission, RIIA, Club Of Rome, Bilderberg Group And
The UN

Eventually, one planet, with national borders erased, under one management system, with a planned global economy, to
restore stability, for the good of all, for lasting harmony.

The top Trilateral players, in 2008, had their man in the White House, another formerly obscure individual like Jimmy Carter:
Barack Obama. They had new trade treaties on the planning table. Obama was tasked with doing whatever was necessary
to bring those treaties, like the TPP, home. To get them passed. To get them ratified. No excuses.

Thats why, over a year ago, when anti-TPP criticism and rhetoric were reaching a crescendo, when Obama was seeking
Congressional fast-track authority for the treaty, he was in a sweat and a panic.

He and his cabinet were on the phones night and day, scrambling and scraping for votes in Congress. This was the Big
One. This was why he was the President. To make this happen.

His Trilateral bosses were watching. These men run US policy, when and where it counts. They dont like failure.

This is also why, after Obama was inaugurated for his first term, he shocked and astonished his own advisors, who
expected him, as the first order of business, to address the unemployment issue in America.
He shocked them by ignoring the number-one concern of Americans, and instead decided to opt for his disastrous
national health insurance policy - Obamacare.

Obama never had any intention of trying to dig America out of the crash of 2008.

That wasnt why he was put in the Oval Office. He could, and would, pretend to bring back the economy, with
fudged numbers and distorted standards.

But really and truly, create good-paying jobs for many, many Americans? Not on the TC agenda. Not in the cards.

It was counter-productive to the TC plan: torpedo the economy further.

Obama is on the move. Hes traveling to far-flung places, trying to shore up global consensus on the TPP treaty. His people
are working around the clock to round up the necessary votes for TPP ratification in Congress.

Obama plans to sneak through the treaty during Congress lame-duck session after the November election, before newly
elected Congressional members take office.

Pushing through Globalist trade treaties: this is why he was put in the White House. This is his appointed task. This
is his real job. His bosses are watching.

I pledge allegiance to the Trilateral Commission, and to the domination for which it stands, one planet, indivisible,
with tyranny and poverty and top-down order for all

Related: An Expose: The Council On Foreign Relations (CFR) & The Trilateral Commmission

Xis Epic Snub Of Obama At G20 Summit + After Snubbing Obama, China Gives Putin
Red Carpet Treatment, Warns Against Protectionism At G-20
September 7 2016 | From: Geopolitics / ZeroHedge
Xis Epic Snub vs. Obama at G20 Summit Reflects Asias Collective Wrath Over US Interference in
the Region.

Every high-profile meeting like the G20 involves an elaborate preparation, from security down to the minutest detail
of providing the red carpet welcome to every invited leader of member countries and guests.

Related: Philippines President Duterte Calls Obama 'Son Of A Whore'

It would be unthinkable to not provide a mobile staircase to stick onto the side of a presidential plane that would led the
guests to the red carpet down below.

Thats exactly what happened to the arrival of the US president Barack Soetoro Obama.

Chinas leaders have been accused of delivering a calculated diplomatic snub to Barack Obama after the US president was
not provided with a staircase to leave his plane during his chaotic arrival in Hangzhou before the start of the G20.

Chinese authorities have rolled out the red carpet for leaders including Indias prime minister, Narendra Modi, the Russian
president, Vladimir Putin, the South Korean president, Park Geun-hye, Brazils president, Michel Temer, and the British
prime minister, Theresa May, who touched down on Sunday morning.
But the leader of the worlds largest economy, who is on his final tour of Asia, was forced to disembark from Air Force One
through a little-used exit in the planes belly after no rolling staircase was provided when he landed in the eastern Chinese
city on Saturday afternoon.

Campaigners hail key moment in battle against global warming as presidents Obama and Xi announce deal on eve of G20
summit in Hangzhou

When Obama did find his way on to a red carpet on the tarmac below there were heated altercations between US and
Chinese officials, with one Chinese official caught on video shouting:

This is our country! This is our airport!

 The reception that President Obama and his staff got when they arrived here Saturday afternoon was bruising,
even by Chinese standards, the New York Times reported.

Jorge Guajardo, Mexicos former ambassador to China, said he was convinced Obamas treatment was part of a calculated
snub.

These things do not happen by mistake. Not with the Chinese, Guajardo, who hosted presidents Enrique Pea
Nieto and Felipe Caldern during his time in Beijing, told the Guardian.

Ive dealt with the Chinese for six years. Ive done these visits. I took Xi Jinping to Mexico. I received two Mexican
presidents in China. I know exactly how these things get worked out. Its down to the last detail in everything. Its
not a mistake. Its not.

Guajardo added: Its a snub. Its a way of saying: You know, youre not that special to us. Its part of the new
Chinese arrogance. Its part of stirring up Chinese nationalism. Its part of saying: China stands up to the
superpower. Its part of saying: And by the way, youre just someone else to us. It works very well with the local
audience."

Why [did it happen]? the former diplomat, who was ambassador from 2007 until 2013, added. I guess it is part of
Xi Jinping playing the nationalist card. Thats my guess.

Bill Bishop, a China expert whose Sinocism newsletter tracks the countrys political scene, agreed that Obamas welcome
looked suspiciously like a deliberate slight intended to make the Americans look diminished and weak.

It sure looks like a straight-up snub, Bishop said. This clearly plays very much into the [idea]: Look, we can
make the American president go out of the ass of the plane.

Related: Barack Obama 'deliberately snubbed' by Chinese in chaotic arrival at G20

The pro-Western medium South China Morning Post [here] tried to attenuate the glaring snub by saying that it was the US
delegation who requested to not provide the ramp in the first place.

You have a lot of scuzzy sort-of thieves for whom this is a way to hit the jackpot.

It was Washingtons decision to have US President Barack Obama disembark from his plane through a small bare metal
stairway instead of the usual rolling red-carpet staircase that state leaders get, a Chinese foreign ministry official has
revealed.

Related: G20 staircase snub for Obama was United States decision, reveals Chinese official

But what about the shouting, This is my country and my airport?

Related: Row on tarmac an awkward G20 start for U.S., China

Did the US delegation requested that, too?

The truth of the matter is, theres now a consensus in Asia not to welcome anymore geopolitical inference from the United
States government, or its Khazarian benefactors.

Indonesia has known early on that it was the US extortionists who caused the Indian Ocean Tsunami. Its very consistent in
its refusal against more Western company mining on it soil.

For Japan, it was a frontal extortion with Fukushima nuclear tsunami right from the start. Thats why it is now collaborating
with Russia and other stakeholders in the establishment of a unified alternative energy grid in order to defeat the financial
backbone of the Khazarian oil financiers causing wars for oil in the Middle East.

In late March, Russias Rosseti Company, the China State Grid Corporation, the Korea Electric Power Corporation and
Japans Softbank Group agreed to establish and interconnected energy system to encompass the entire region of
Northeastern Asia and eventually to build a number of separate energy bridges, including one between Russias Sakhalin
Island and Japan.

Speaking on the sidelines of a GAZTECH conference earlier this year, the International Energy Agencys former director
Tanaka Nobuo said that after the disaster at Japans Fukushima nuclear power plant in March 2011, Japan shut down
almost all its nuclear power stations, thus making the country dependent on energy supplies from abroad.
 Without nuclear energy we have become too dependent on fuel supplies, above all from the Middle East, but the
current political instability there is a big risk, thats why we are diversifying both our energy resources, such as oil,
gas and coal, and the countries where we are buying fuel.

Staking on natural gas imports, we could shift our focus from the Middle East to suppliers in North America,
Australia, the ASEAN countries and Russia, which could become a major supplier, he said.

Related: Asian Energy Super Ring Opens Up New Horizons for Economic Growth

This level of cooperation ensures that no wars of aggression will ever be permitted just so another Khazarian oil pipeline is
laid on anypart of Eurasia.

On the other hand, Duterte has acknowledged in one media ambush interview that he is more excited of meeting Vladimir
Putin than Obama, when asked about his talking points with the latter once they met at the outset of the ASEAN Summit in
Laos this month.

This statement came hours after he confirmed to have talked with the Chinese ambassador to the Philippines for 4 straight
hours. Obviously, they were not talking about Pokemon Go.

It would be wrong to assume that terror and earthquake attacks could change the current Philippine geopolitical trajectory.
The Asian leaderships are now visibly standing up to the arrogance of the Exceptionalists who still think the rules
do not apply to them.

Change is Ongoing!

After Snubbing Obama, China Gives Putin Red Carpet Treatment, Warns Against
Protectionism At G-20

Roughly at the same time as China's infamous snub of Obama's arrival at Hangzhou for the G-20
summit, when the G-20 host nation's delegation first made sure there was no staircase for Obama
to exit the plane and descend on the red carpet; forcing the president of the world's most powerful
nation to use an emergency exit...

...followed by a shouting match by a Chinese official who unleashed on the US Press corps and national security
advisor Susan Rice, blocking them from crossing a blue rope holding back press and saying "This is our country.
This is our airport", Chinese officials had no such problems greeting Russian president Vladimir Putin with full
honors, whose arrival - on the red carpet - took place without a glitch.
The favor was returned: according to RT, Putin brought a box of Russian ice-cream as a gift to Chinese leader Xi Jinping:

I promised you Id bring some ice-cream, Putin said. Ive brought for you a box of it as a gift.

Xi Jinping is a real fan of Russian ice-cream.

Thank you very much for the gift, for the tasty ice-cream. In my every trip to Russia I always ask to buy Russian
ice-cream. And then, at home, we eat it, the Chinese leader said.
 You have the best cream, and it makes it so tasty. I like it very much. Thank you for this courtesy, he added.

Having brought no ice cream of his own, and his embarrassing arrival in China making front page news over the weekend,
Obama quickly tried to talk down the embarrassing incident, saying the tensions were the result of different approaches to
the media, as well as the sheer scale of the US operation when he travels, according to AFP.

Obama pivoted away from the snub, instead accusing China of once again showing little respect for human rights:

Washington stands up for press freedom and human rights and - whatever the fallout - does not leave our values
and ideals behind when we take these trips" he said.

"It can cause some friction. The seams are showing a little more than usual in terms of some of the
negotiations and jostling that takes place behind the scenes," Obama told reporters on Sunday.

The justification continued: "Part of it is we also have a much bigger footprint than a lot of other countries. And
we've got a lot of planes, a lot of helicopters, a lot of cars, a lot of guys. You know, if you're a host country,
sometimes it may feel a little bit much."
Obama said it was not the first time Washington's differences with Beijing had erupted during a visit, and that clashing
values were also on display in his discussions with Xi.

Obama concluded by expressing hope the world would quickly move on and forget China's snub of Obama on his last
official visit to the country:

"And so I wouldn't over-crank the significance of it," he said.

"None of this detracts from the broader scope of the relationship (with China)," he told a news conference.

"The bilateral discussions that we had yesterday were extremely productive and continue to point to big areas of
cooperation."

Obama's "explanation" aside, China took the initiative to continue piling its critisim of the US, when Chinese President Xi
Jinping said at the open of a two-day G-20 summit that the global economy is being threatened by rising
protectionism and risks from highly leveraged financial markets.

He was referring to recent US trade war escalations, and Washington's recent response to Chinese dumping with duties
on cold-rolled steel as high as 522%. As for highly leveraged financial markets, pretty much anyone could be at fault there.
His warning on Sunday followed bilateral talks with Barack Obama that the U.S. president described as "extremely
productive", but which failed to bring both sides closer on thornier topics such as tensions in the South China Sea.

In addition to the previously leaked communique details, which as reorted last night will call for more fiscal and monetary
stimulus, observers expect G20 leaders to mount a defense of free trade and globalization and warn against isolationism,
eyeing Britain's vote in June to exit the
European Union and before the U.S. presidential election in November. The global economy has arrived "at a crucial
juncture", Xi said, in the face of sluggish demand, volatile financial markets and feeble trade and investment.

"Growth drivers from the previous round of technological progress are gradually fading, while a new round of
technological and industrial revolution has yet to gain momentum," he said.

Xi's speech:

As Reuters confirmed last night's report, G20 countries are set to agree in a communique at the end of the summit that all
policy measures - including monetary, fiscal and structural reforms - should be used to achieve solid and sustainable
economic growth, Japanese Deputy Chief Cabinet Secretary Koichi Hagiuda said.

Commitment will be made to utilizing all three policy tools of monetary and fiscal policies and structural reforms to
achieve solid, sustainable, balanced and inclusive growth," Hagiuda told reporters on the sidelines of the summit.
What he was really doing is hinting that the BOJ may no longer abide by the demands of the US Treasury to not
engage in significant currency devaluations potentially leading to a major surprise announcement out of the BOJ in
its September meeting.

Xi also called on G20 countries to match their words with actions.

We should turn the G20 group into an action team, instead of a talk shop," he said.

Considering that the G-20 has been equated with the UN in terms of efficiency, we hope Xi isn't holding his breath.

Meanwhile, some of the G20 leaders have begun drawing battle lines in disputes over issues ranging from trade and
investment to tax policy and industrial overcapacity, suggesting there was far less smiling by world leaders going on behind
the scenes.

According to Reuters, Xi held talks with Australian Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull and told him he hoped Australia would
continue to provide a fair, transparent and predictable policy environment for foreign investors.

China was angered when Australia blocked the A$10 billion ($7.7 billion) sale of the country's biggest energy grid to
Chinese bidders last month.

China has accused Australia of bowing to protectionist sentiment in blocking the bid for Ausgrid, as well as an earlier one by
a China-led consortium to buy cattle company Kidman & Co. Beijing has also criticized Australia, a staunch U.S. ally, for
running surveillance flights over disputed islands in the South China Sea.

Meanwhile, European Commission President Jean-Claude Juncker shot back at China saying the G-20 host nation must set
up a mechanism to address its problem of industrial overcapacity, adding it was "unacceptable" the European steel industry
had lost so many jobs in recent years.

Overcapacity is a global problem but there is a particular Chinese element," he told a news conference.
Britain's future after its departure from the European Union was also subject to discussion. Obama reassured Prime Minister
May that Britain's closest political, commercial and military ally would stand by her, tentatively backing off his infamous line
that Brexit would leave the UK "in the back of the queue."

However, Obama did not shrink away from his stance that Brexit was a mistake and that London would not be able to jump
the queue to arrange a bilateral trade deal.

Juncker said that if Britain wanted access to the European Union's common market, it needed to respect the rules of the
common market.

Turnbull, meanwhile, said Australia wanted an early free trade agreement with Britain so markets could remain open
between them when Britain formally left the European trading bloc.
Jean-Claude Juncker is a Luxembourgish politician who has been President of the European Commission, the executive branch of the European
Union, since 2014

Snubbed or not, Obama held talks with Xi on Saturday that ran late into the night focusing mostly on the recent geopolitical
tensions surrounding the disputed islands. He urged Beijing to uphold its legal obligations in the disputed waters of the
South China Sea, and stressed U.S. commitments to its regional allies.

Xi responded by saying China would continue to safeguard its sovereignty and maritime rights in the South China Sea. But
China is keen to keep the summit focused on economic issues and to prevent other disputes from overshadowing it.

According to a "fact sheet" on China-U.S. relations issued on Sunday, the two sides agreed on a range of issues, including
avoiding competitive currency devaluations and not limiting deal opportunities for foreign information and communication
technology providers.
Obama, in the last five months of his presidency, is using the visit to put a final stamp on his signature policy shift toward the
Pacific, setting the tone for his White House successor, who will be elected in November and take office on Jan. 20. Judging
by this weekend's incidents, Chinese opinion of the highest US political institutions has never been lower.

Perhaps just as bizarre as the now infamous Obama snub, however, was China's decision to convert parts of the city of
Hangzhou, with its 9 million people, into a virtual ghost town as China sought to ensure that the G20 summit stays incident-
free.

The Court That Rules The World

September 7 2016 | From: Buzzfeed

A parallel legal universe, open only to corporations and largely invisible to everyone else, helps
executives convicted of crimes escape punishment.
Part one of a BuzzFeed News investigation - Read the whole series here.

Imagine a private, global super court that empowers corporations to bend countries to their will.

Say a nation tries to prosecute a corrupt CEO or ban dangerous pollution. Imagine that a company could turn to this super
court and sue the whole country for daring to interfere with its profits, demanding hundreds of millions or even billions of
dollars as retribution.

Imagine that this court is so powerful that nations often must heed its rulings as if they came from their own supreme courts,
with no meaningful way to appeal.

That it operates unconstrained by precedent or any significant public oversight, often keeping its proceedings and sometimes
even its decisions secret.

That the people who decide its cases are largely elite Western corporate attorneys who have a vested interest in expanding
the courts authority because they profit from it directly, arguing cases one day and then sitting in judgment another.

That some of them half-jokingly refer to themselves as The Club or The Mafia.

And imagine that the penalties this court has imposed have been so crushing - and its decisions so unpredictable - that some
nations dare not risk a trial, responding to the mere threat of a lawsuit by offering vast concessions, such as rolling back their
own laws or even wiping away the punishments of convicted criminals.
This system is already in place, operating behind closed doors in office buildings and conference rooms in cities around the
world.

Known as investor-state dispute settlement, or ISDS, it is written into a vast network of treaties that govern international trade
and investment, including NAFTA and the Trans-Pacific Partnership, which Congress must soon decide whether to ratify.

These trade pacts have become a flashpoint in the US presidential campaign. But an 18-month BuzzFeed News
investigation, spanning three continents and involving more than 200 interviews and tens of thousands of documents, many
of them previously confidential, has exposed an obscure but immensely consequential feature of these trade treaties, the
secret operations of these tribunals, and the ways that business has co-opted them to bring sovereign nations to heel.

The BuzzFeed News investigation explores four different aspects of ISDS. In coming days, it will show how the mere threat
of an ISDS case can intimidate a nation into gutting its own laws, how some financial firms have transformed what was
intended to be a system of justice into an engine of profit, and how America is surprisingly vulnerable to suits from foreign
companies.

The series starts today with perhaps the least known and most jarring revelation:

Companies and executives accused or even convicted of crimes have escaped punishment by turning to this special forum.
Based on exclusive reporting from the Middle East, Central America, and Asia, BuzzFeed News has found the following:

A Dubai real estate mogul and former business partner of Donald Trump [not that that means anything, he's had
hundreds of business partners] was sentenced to prison for collaborating on a deal that would swindle the Egyptian
people out of millions of dollars - but then he turned to ISDS and got his prison sentence wiped away.

In El Salvador, a court found that a factory had poisoned a village - including dozens of children - with lead, failing
for years to take government-ordered steps to prevent the toxic metal from seeping out. But the factory owners
lawyers used ISDS to help the company dodge a criminal conviction and the responsibility for cleaning up the area
and providing needed medical care.

Two financiers convicted of embezzling more than $300 million from an Indonesian bank used an ISDS finding to
fend off Interpol, shield their assets, and effectively nullify their punishment.

When the US Congress votes on whether to give final approval to the sprawling Trans-Pacific Partnership, which President
Barack Obama staunchly supports, it will be deciding on a massive expansion of ISDS. Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton
oppose the overall treaty, but they have focused mainly on what they say would be the loss of American jobs.
Clintons running mate, Tim Kaine, has voiced concern about ISDS in particular, and Sen. Elizabeth Warren has lambasted
it. Last year, members of both houses of Congress tried to keep it out of the Pacific trade deal. They failed.

ISDS is basically binding arbitration on a global scale, designed to settle disputes between countries and foreign companies
that do business within their borders. Different treaties can mandate slightly different rules, but the system is broadly the
same.

When companies sue, their cases are usually heard in front of a tribunal of three arbitrators, often private attorneys. The
business appoints one arbitrator and the country another, then both sides usually decide on the third together.

Conceived of in the 1950s, the system was intended to benefit both developing nations and the foreign companies
that sought to invest in them.

The companies would gain a fair, neutral referee if a rogue regime seized their property or discriminated against them in
favor of domestic companies. And the countries would gain the roads or hospitals or industries that those foreign
corporations would, as a result, feel confident building.

It works, said Charles Brower, a longtime ISDS arbitrator. Like any system of law, there will be disappointments;
youre dealing with human systems. But this system fundamentally produces as good justice as the federal courts
of the United States. [Not a benchmarch which should be aspired to.]
 He defended the lawyers who often serve as arbitrators, saying
they:

"Are very aware of their responsibilities. Unlike

politicians, we are up for election every minute of
every day - somewhere in the world, somebody is
trying to figure out whom to appoint in a case. Were
only as good as our reputations.

As proof that ISDS delivers justice, Brower pointed to a wave of

nationalizations by the Venezuelan government, many while
Hugo Chvez was in charge, that led to:

"Huge awards against them for uncompensated

expropriation.

ISDS has not only put rapacious leaders on notice, its

defenders say, but it has also encouraged investment,
especially in poor countries, helping to raise overall economic
development.
Charles Brower
Some even say that it helps avoid gunboat diplomacy and tense
international showdowns because countries have agreed on a
forum where they can resolve disputes involving major
investments.

But over the last two decades, ISDS has morphed from a rarely used last resort, designed for egregious cases of
state theft or blatant discrimination, into a powerful tool that corporations brandish ever more frequently, often
against broad public policies that they claim crimp profits.

Because the system is so secretive, it is not possible to know the total number of ISDS cases, but lawyers in the field say it is
skyrocketing. Indeed, of the almost 700 publicly known cases across the last half century, more than a tenth were filed just
last year.

Driving this expansion are the lawyers themselves. They have devised new and creative ways to deploy ISDS, and in the
process bill millions to both the businesses and the governments they represent. At posh locales around the globe, members
of The Club meet to swap strategies and drum up potential clients, some of which are household names, such as
ExxonMobil or Eli Lilly, but many more of which are much lower profile.
In specialty publications, the lawyers suggest novel ways to use ISDS as leverage against governments. Its a sort of
sophisticated, international version of the plaintiffs attorney TV ad or billboard: Has your business been harmed by an
increase in mining royalties in Mali? Our experienced team of lawyers may be able to help.

A few of their ideas: Sue Libya for failing to protect an oil facility during a civil war. Sue Spain for reducing solar energy
incentives as a severe recession forced the government to make budget cuts. Sue India for allowing a generic drug company
to make a cheaper version of a cancer drug.

In a little-noticed 2014 dissent, US Chief Justice John Roberts warned that ISDS arbitration panels hold the alarming power
to review a nations laws and effectively annul the authoritative acts of its legislature, executive, and judiciary. ISDS
arbitrators, he continued, can meet literally anywhere in the world and sit in judgment on a nations sovereign acts.
That fate has not yet befallen the United
States - but largely because of sheer luck,
former government lawyers said.

In theory, ISDS arbitrators must follow the

rules laid down in trade pacts.

But in practice, they have interpreted the

vague language of many treaties as
enshrining broad, unwritten rights far beyond
protections against property seizures and
blatant discrimination - even finding, in one
case, a right to a reasonable rate of return.

Some entrepreneurial lawyers scout for ways

to make money from ISDS.

Selvyn Seidel, an attorney who represented

clients in ISDS suits, now runs a specialty
firm, one that finds investors willing to fund
promising suits for a cut of the eventual
award.

Some lawyers, he said, monitor

governments around the world in search of
proposed laws and regulations that might
spark objections from foreign companies.

"Huge awards against them for

uncompensated expropriation.

You know its coming down the

road, he said, so, in that year
before its actually changed, you
can line up the right claimants
and the right law firms to bring a
number of cases.

The US officials who negotiated the Trans-

Pacific Partnership have argued that it
contains new ISDS safeguards, including
opening up hearings and legal filings to the
public.

The changes, however, have loopholes, and

lawyers at some big firms are already
advising clients how they might use the new
deal to their benefit.

Opposition to ISDS is spreading across the

political spectrum, with groups on the left
and right attacking the system.

Around the world, a growing number of

countries are pushing for reforms or pulling
out entirely.

But most of the alarm has been focused on

the potential use of ISDS by corporations to
roll back public-interest laws, such as those
banning the use of hazardous chemicals or
raising the minimum wage.
The systems usefulness as a shield for the
criminal and the corrupt has remained
virtually unknown.

Reviewing publicly available information for

about 300 claims filed during the past five
years, BuzzFeed News found more than 35
cases in which the company or executive
seeking protection in ISDS was accused of
criminal activity, including money laundering,
embezzlement, stock manipulation, bribery,
war profiteering, and fraud.

Among them: a bank in Cyprus that the US

government accused of financing terrorism
and organized crime, an oil company
executive accused of embezzling millions
from the impoverished African nation of
Burundi, and the Russian oligarch known as
the Kremlins banker.
Some are at the center of notorious scandals, from the billionaire accused of orchestrating a massive Ponzi scheme in
Mauritius to multiple telecommunications tycoons charged in the ever-widening 2G scam in India, which made it
into Time magazines top 10 abuses of power, alongside Watergate.

The companies or executives involved in these cases either denied wrongdoing or did not respond to requests for comment.

Most of the 35-plus cases are still ongoing. But in at least eight of the cases, bringing an ISDS claim got results for the
accused wrongdoers, including a multimillion-dollar award, a dropped criminal investigation, and dropped criminal charges. In
another, the tribunal has directed the government to halt a criminal case while the arbitration is pending.

Of course, there are governments that dont have clean hands themselves, and some claims by businesses have been
justified. The legal systems of some countries are flagrantly unfair or riddled with corruption.

Moreover, authoritarian or kleptocratic regimes sometimes do use their justice systems as political weapons. For example,
arbitrators ordered Russia to pay compensation after finding that Vladimir Putin and his administration had used criminal and
tax proceedings to destroy his political rival Mikhail Khodorkovskys oil company.

Lawyers say that some governments, faced with a legitimate ISDS claim, will even trump up a criminal charge to deflect from
their own wrongdoing. For example, arbitrators found there was evidence suggesting that Bolivia had launched a fraud case
against mining-company executives as a ploy to get the companys ISDS claim thrown out.

But even some members of The Club said they were concerned by how often credible allegations of criminality arise. Many
ISDS lawyers say that the system helps promote the rule of law around the world.

If ISDS is seen as protecting criminals, they fear, it could delegitimize a system that is working well for many others.

One lawyer who regularly represents governments said hes seen evidence of corporate criminality that he
couldnt believe.

Speaking on the condition that he not be named because hes currently handling ISDS cases, he said;
 You have a lot of scuzzy sort-of thieves for whom this is a way to hit the jackpot.

Read the full accounts of what happened in the cases of Egypt, El Salvador and Indonesia at: Buzzfeed

Be advised: If the TPPA / TTIP et al were ratified, it would be these pricks coming to rape our countries.

1080: NZ Animals Killed For No Reason In $80m Yearly 1080 Drops

September 6 2016 | From: Various

Over 80 million dollars, including farmers hard earned cash, is spent every year eradicating a
disease, that by World standards, doesn't exist...

The Agency considered that acute exposures to 1080 in humans and animals may give rise to irreversible adverse,
target organ [heart and brain] effects. These effects are severe.

Related: Satanists Escape Plan Involves Killing Natives Of New Zealand

Continued presence of predators (rats, mice, cats, stoats) [on Rangitoto Island after 1080 cereal operation]..ongoing
predation..less than expected bird population recoveries (2004)

Related Links & Information on 1080:

What DOC doesnt want you to know about 1080 Poison

"The recent post about 89 dead Kiwis that DOC didnt bother to test for 1080 poisoning relates to this report of birds that
actually were tested. Thanks to the person with a conscience who let the public know what is going on!"

TVwild.co.nz

More 1080 videos + If you have your pets, farm stock, deer, trout or eels, native wildlife (including birds), poisoned on or
near your property or have any information to share with regard to aerial 1080 poison drops taking place near you, please let
us know
1080Science.co.nz

Introduction Environmental Risk Management Authoritys 1080 Documents + factual evidence against 1080.

Monsanto Promoting Worldwide Infertility? + Academic GMO Shills Exposed: Fraud

And Collusion With Monsanto
September 6 2016 | From: Sott / NaturalNews

Monsanto has a long and infamous history of manufacturing and bringing to market such
chemicals as DDT, Agent Orange, aspartame, Roundup and dioxin - chemical compounds from
which society continues to feel the effects.

In an effort to distance the current corporation from past deeds, Monsanto refers to the company prior to 2002 as
"the former Monsanto" in their news releases. However, nothing has really changed aside from their PR machine.
While Monsanto has branched into genetic engineering (GE) of plants, the sale of patented GE seeds simply feeds the need
for the company's pesticides. Monsanto is STILL primarily a purveyor of toxins, not life.

Monsanto began forging a unique and financially advantageous relationship with the U.S. government starting with the
company's involvement in the Manhattan Project that produced the first nuclear weapons during World War II. During the
Vietnam War they were the leading producer of Agent Orange.

Related: The Complete History Of Monsanto, The Worlds Most Evil Corporation

The specialization in the production and distribution of toxic chemicals continues today.

Their influence over government runs so deep that despite the fact 64 other countries have been labeling genetically
engineered (GE) foods for years, the U.S. now has the distinction of being the first country to un-label GE foods at
the urging of a company producing mass amounts of GE seeds.

Monsanto and Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)

In the latter part of the 1920s, Monsanto was the largest producer of PCBs. This chemical was used in lubricant for electric
motors, hydraulic fluids and to insulate electrical equipment. Old fluorescent light fixtures and electrical appliances with PCB
capacitors may still contain the chemical.

During the years PCB was manufactured and used, there were no controls placed on disposal. Since PCBs don't break
down under many conditions, they are now widely distributed through the environment and have made the journey up the
food chain.

Between the inception and distribution of the product and its subsequent ban in the late 1970s, an estimated 1.5 billion
pounds were distributed in products around the world.

Monsanto was the primary manufacturer of PCBs in the U.S. under the trade name Aroclor. Health problems associated
with exposure to the chemical were noted as early as 1933 when 23 of 24 workers at the production plant developed
pustules, loss of energy and appetite, loss of libido and other skin disturbances.
According to Monsanto's public timeline, it was in 1966 that "Monsanto and others began to study PCB persistence in the
environment." However, seven years earlier, Monsanto's assistant director of their Medical Department wrote:

... [S]ufficient exposure, whether by inhalation of vapors or skin contact, can result in chloracne which I think we
must assume could be an indication of a more systemic injury if the exposure were allowed to continue."

In 1967, Shell Oil called to inform Monsanto of press reports from Sweden, noting that PCBs were accumulating in
mammals further up the food chain. Shell asked for PCB samples to perform their own analytical studies.

With full knowledge of the devastation expected to the environment and humanity, it wasn't until 11 years later, in 1977, that
Monsanto reportedly pulled production on PCB.

PCBs Are Probable Human Carcinogens

The International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC), the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the National
Toxicology Program, and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIEHS) have identified PCBs as either
probable, potential or reasonably likely to cause cancer in humans.

If it seems like these agencies are couching their words, they are. Human studies have noted increased rates of liver
cancer, gall bladder cancer, melanomas, gastrointestinal cancer, biliary tract cancer, brain cancer and breast
cancer when individuals had higher levels of PCB chemicals in their blood and tissue.

However, the EPA limits the ability of researchers to link a chemical as a carcinogen unless there is conclusive proof. While
this proof is evident in animal studies, you can't feed these chemicals to humans and record the results. Thus PCBs are a
"probable" carcinogen in humans.

Other health effects from PCBs include:

Babies born with neurological and motor control delays including lower IQ, poor short-term memory and poor
performance on standardized behavioral assessment tests
 Disrupted sex hormones including shortened menstrual cycles, reduced sperm count and premature puberty

Imbalanced thyroid hormone affecting growth, intellectual and behavioral development

Immune effects, including children with more ear infections and chickenpox

Once PCBs are absorbed in the body they deposit in the fat tissue. They are not broken down or excreted. This means the
number of PCBs build over time and move up the food chain. Smaller fish are eaten by larger ones and eventually land on
your dinner table.

Chemical Poisoning Begins Before Birth

A recent study at the University of California demonstrated that PCBs are found in the blood of pregnant women. Before
birth, the umbilical cord delivers approximately 300 quarts of blood to your baby every day.

Not long ago, researchers believed the placenta would shield your developing baby from most pollutants and chemicals.
Now we know it does not.

The umbilical cord is a lifeline between mother and child, sustaining life and propelling growth. However, in recent research
cord blood contained between 200 and 280 different chemicals; 180 were known carcinogens and 217 were toxic to the
baby's developing nervous system.

The deposits of chemicals in your body or the body of your developing baby are called your "body burden" of chemicals and
pollution.

A steady stream of chemicals from the environment during a critical time of organ and system development has a
significant impact on the health of your child, both in infancy and as the child grows to adulthood.

Tracey Woodruff, Ph.D., director of the University of California San Francisco Program on Reproductive Health and the
Environment, was quoted in a press release, saying:

It was surprising and concerning to find so many chemicals in pregnant women without fully knowing the
implications for pregnancy. Several of these chemicals in pregnant women were at the same concentrations that
have been associated with negative effects in children from other studies.
 In addition, exposure to multiple chemicals that can increase the risk of the same adverse health outcome can
have a greater impact than exposure to just one chemical."

Butyl Benzyl Phthalate - Another Monsanto Product

Butyl benzyl phthalate (BBP), also manufactured by Monsanto, was recently implicated in cell fat storage. This specific
phthalate was found in human fluids and had an effect on the accumulation of fat inside cells.

BBP is used in the manufacture of vinyl tile, as a plasticizer in PVC pipe, carpets, conveyer belts and weather stripping in
your home and office.

Like other phthalates used in the production of plastics, BBP is not bound to the product and can be released into your
environment. It may be absorbed by crops and move up the food chain. The biggest source of exposure is food.

Drive-through hamburgers and take-out pizzas may be increasing your intake of phthalates. The danger is not in the food
itself but in the products used to handle it. The study analyzed data from nearly 9,000 individuals, finding the one-third who
had eaten at a fast food restaurant had higher levels of two different phthalates.
Potentially, BBP may adversely affect your reproductive function. However, at lower doses it also has an effect on your
kidneys, liver and pancreas. Increased risks of respiratory disorders and multiple myelomas have also been reported in
people who have exposure to products manufactured with BBP. An increasing waistline from BBP exposure may also
reduce your fertility.

Low Sperm Count and Infertility Affecting Animals and Humans

A 26-year study of fertility in dogs, published recently, has distinct similarities to infertility rates in humans. In this study,
researchers evaluated the ejaculate of nearly 2,000 dogs. Over the 26 year period, they found a drop in sperm motility of 2.4
percent per year.

Additionally, both the semen and the testicles of castrated dogs contained by PCBs and phthalates, implicated in other
studies to reduction in fertility. Phthalates have been implicated in both decreased sperm motility and quality of your sperm,
affecting both fertility and the health of your children.

Researchers used dogs in this study as they live in the same environment as their owners, and often eat some of the same
food. This correlation between sperm function and concentration, and environment and food in dogs and humans is
significant.

In those 26 years there was also a rise in cryptorchidism in male pups (a condition where the testicles don't descend into the
scrotum) born to stud dogs who experienced a decline in sperm quality and motility.
Cryptorchidism and undescended testicles, occurs at a rate of 1 in 20 term male human infants and 1 in 3 pre-term babies.

Problems with infertility are also affecting marine animals at the top of the food chain. In the western waters of the Atlantic,
the last pod of Orcas are doomed to extinction. High levels of PCB have been found in the fat of over 1,000 dolphins and
Orcas in the past 20 years. Now taking a toll on the animal's fertility, this pod of Orcas has not reproduced in the 19 years it
has been under study.

Orcas were living in the North Sea until the 1960s. At that time PCB pollution peaked in the area and the Orca whales
disappeared. The same happened in the Mediterranean Sea, where the whales flourished until the 1980s. This pod off the
coast of the U.K. is the last living pod in that area.

Monsanto's Argument in PCB Lawsuits

Although Monsanto denies culpability and knowledge of the danger behind the chemical PCB, you'll discover internal
documentation in this video that they did, in fact, know of the danger while manufacturing and distributing the product.
Monsanto is currently embroiled in several lawsuits across eight cities and the argument is over who owns the rain. The
cities are suing Monsanto in Federal Court, saying PCBs manufactured by Monsanto have polluted the San Francisco Bay.

Monsanto attorney Robert Howard argues that because the city does not own the water rights, the city does not have the
right to sue. And, because the PCBs have not damaged city property, such as corroding pipes, Howard claims it is a state
problem. Scott Fiske, attorney for three cities, countered with the city's regulatory interests in management of storm water as
a fundamental function of the city.

While Fiske claims he can prove Monsanto knew the product was hazardous as early as 1969, Howard maintains the
company should not be liable for the use of the chemicals it produced.

In 2001, Monsanto attorneys in the Owens v. Monsanto case, acknowledged only one health threat from exposure to PCBs:
chloracne, and instead argued that since the entire planet has been contaminated, they are innocent of all liability. The
attorney for Monsanto was quoted in the Chemical Industry Archives, saying:
 The truth is that PCBs are everywhere. They are in meat, they are in everyone in the courtroom, they are
everywhere and they have been for a long time, along with a host of other substances."

The cities currently engaged in lawsuits against Monsanto for damage to the environment and waterways include Berkley,
Oakland, San Jose, Portland, Spokane, Seattle, Long Beach and San Diego. All eight cities attempted to combine their
cases against the agrochemical giant but were unsuccessful when one judge found the issues were different enough to
warrant separate cases.

Monsanto's Deep Pockets

Monsanto petitioned the Federal Court to dismiss Portland's lawsuit, claiming it would countersue, adding years to the
process. It is likely Monsanto would increase the scope of the case and include companies who used the product and
released the PCBs.

Meanwhile, three plaintiffs in St. Louis received better news in May 2016 when a jury awarded them a total of $46.5
million, finding Monsanto negligent in the production of PCBs.

This suit claimed Monsanto sold PCBs even after it learned about the dangers, bringing to court internal documents dated
1955, which stated: "We know Aroclors [PCBs] are toxic but the actual limit has not been precisely defined."33 To date this
win over Monsanto has been rare. Williams Kherkher, attorney for the plaintiffs, explained in EcoWatch:

The only reason why this victory is rare is because no one has had the money to fight Monsanto."

Kherkher and other firms pooled their resources in this case and expect wins in upcoming lawsuits. The firm has
accumulated the names of approximately 1,000 plaintiffs with claims against Monsanto and PCBs.
Related: The Daily Show takes on Monsanto

SAD NEWS: House Passes DARK Act Compromise

The House passed a compromise to the DARK Act that will force food distributors to disclose the presence of genetically
engineered (GE) ingredients with a smartphone scan code. President Obama has signed the bill that removes states' rights
for labeling GMOs. The bill is full of loopholes, which may allow genetically modified ingredients to slip through
unannounced.

Genetically modified organisms (GMOs), aka GE foods, are live organisms whose genetic components have been artificially
manipulated in a laboratory setting through creating unstable combinations of plant, animal, bacteria and even viral genes
that do not occur in nature or through traditional crossbreeding methods.

GMO proponents claim that genetic engineering is "safe and beneficial," and that it advances the agricultural industry. They
also say that GMOs help ensure the global food supply and sustainability.

But is there any truth to these claims? I believe not. For years, I've stated the belief that GMOs pose one of the
greatest threats to life on the planet. Genetic engineering is NOT the safe and beneficial technology that it is touted
to be.

Related: GMO ban expands in Russia as Putin halts all production and imports

The FDA cleared the way for GE Atlantic salmon to be farmed for human consumption. Thanks to added language in the
federal spending bill, the product will require special labeling so at least consumers will have the ability to identify the GE
salmon in stores. However, it's imperative ALL GE foods be labeled clearly without a smartphone scan code because not
everyone owns a smartphone.

The FDA is threatening the existence of our food supply. We have to start taking action now. I urge you to share this article
with friends and family. If we act together, we can make a difference and put an end to the absurdity.

Related: Venezuela passes new law rejecting GMOs and seed patents nationwide

Boycott Smart Labels Today

When you see the QR code or so-called Smart Label on a food product, pass it by. Products bearing the Grocery
Manufacturer's Association's (GMA) Smart Label mark are in all likelihood filled with pesticides and/or GMO ingredients.

The GMA's 300-plus members include chemical technology companies, GE seed and food and beverage companies.
Monsanto, Dow and Coca-Cola are just some of the heavy-hitters in this powerful industry group, which has showed no
qualms about doing whatever it takes to protect the interest of its members.

Don't waste your time searching through their website, which may or may not contain the information you're looking for. If
they insist on wasting your time and making your shopping difficult, why reward them with a purchase?

A little known fact is that the GMA actually owns the "Smart Label" trademark that Congress has accepted as a so-called
"compromise" to on-package GMO labeling, and that's another reason why I believe the Smart Label mark is the mark of
those with something to hide, such as Monsanto.

Will you financially support a corrupt, toxic and unsustainable food system, or a healthy, regenerative one? There are many
options available besides big-brand processed foods that are part of the "GMA's verified ring of deception."

You can:

Shop at local farms and farmers markets

Only buy products marked either "USDA 100 percent Organic" (which by law cannot contain GMOs), "100 percent
Grass-Fed" or "Non-GMO Verified"

If you have a smartphone and you don't mind using it, download the OCA's Buycott app to quickly and easily
identify the thousands of proprietary brands belonging to GMA members, so you can avoid them, as well as
identify the names of ethical brands that deserve your patronage

Last but not least, encourage good companies to reject QR codes and to be transparent and clear with their labeling. This
will eventually ensure that all GMO foods can easily be identified by the GMA's "verified ring of deception" mark that is the
Smart Label.

Campbell's, Mars, Kellogg's, ConAgra and General Mills all vowed to voluntarily comply with Vermont's GMO labeling law by
labeling all of their foods sold across the U.S.

Will their plans change now that the law has been passed by Congress and signed by the President? That remains to be
seen, but if you like these companies, I would encourage you to reach out to them and ask them to remain steadfast in their
promise.

Non-GMO Food Resources by Country

If you are searching for non-GMO foods, here is a list of trusted sites you can visit:

Organic Food Directory (Australia)

Eat Wild (Canada)

Organic Explorer (New Zealand)

Eat Well Guide (United States and Canada)

Farm Match (United States)

Local Harvest (United States)

Weston A. Price Foundation (United States)

Comment: Check out the informative videos in the following article America's monster: Monsanto

Few corporations in the world are as loathed - and as sinister - as Monsanto. But the threat it poses to people and planet
could be reaching new heights, as the World Health Organization has recently upgraded Monsanto's main product as
carcinogenic to humans. With protests against the agrochemical giant held in more than 40 countries in May, learn why the
global movement against Monsanto is of critical importance to our future.

In this episode of The Empire Files, Abby Martin issues a scathing expose on the corporate polluter, chronicling it's rise to
power, the collusion of its crimes by the US government and highlighting the serious danger it puts us in today.
Academic GMO Shills Exposed: Once-Secret Emails Reveal Gross Collusion With
Monsanto, Academic Fraud At The Highest Levels Inside U.S. Universities
U.S. Right to Know (USRTK), a non-profit organization dedicated to exposing the fraud and
corruption surrounding the food industry, launched an investigation into the intimate and
unethical relationship between the biotech industry and university faculty and staff, which is used
to manipulate public opinion about GMOs and to coerce the government into passing legislation
supportive of Big Ag's patented seeds and pesticides.

The investigation, which is still ongoing, reveals how biotech industry giants Monsanto, DuPont, Syngenta, Dow
AgroSciences and others, buy academics employed by taxpayer-funded universities to push GMOs and lobby
Congress to pass legislation favorable of their products, with one of the most high-profile examples including
attempts to derail states' rights to enact GMO-labeling laws.

The collusion between Big Food, its front groups and university staff has been exposed through thousands of emails and
documents obtained through a USRTK Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request, which was meticulously filed over a six-
month period.

USRTK: Public deserves to know about flow of money and level of coordination between Big Ag
and public university scientists

The FOIA request sought to obtain emails and documents from 43 public university faculty and staff to learn more about the
biotech industry's public relations strategies. Records were requested from scientists, economists, law professors, extension
specialists and communicators, all of whom are employed by taxpayer-funded public institutions and steadily promote GMO
agriculture under the "independent" research.

Currently, USRTK has received thousands of documents in nine of their requests; however, much more information is
expected to be released as FOIA requests continue to be answered.

The documents received thus far expose how the biotech industry funds expenses for university faculty to travel the globe
promoting and defending GMOs and their associated pesticides, highlighting the shift that scientists have made from being
researchers to being actors in Big Ag PR campaigns.
Named the "Biofortified boys" by Alicia Maluafiti, executive director of Hawaii Crop Improvement Association (HCIA), a
biotech front group, the academics were awarded thousands, and in some cases, hundreds of thousands of dollars in
unrestricted grant money.

Dr. Kevin Folta, professor and chairman of the Horticultural Sciences Department at the University of Florida, Gainesville, is
one of the biotech industry's most cooperative "Biofortified boys." Emails show that Folta was enlisted to travel to Hawaii and
later to Pennsylvania to "testify to government bodies to oppose proposed mandatory genetically modified labeling
measures."

Folta has repeatedly denied ties to Monsanto or having accepted funds from them; however, newly released documents
prove otherwise, exposing him as a bald-faced liar and attack dog for the biotech industry.

Sponsored and organized by the HCIA, which includes Monsanto, DuPont, Dow AgroSciences, Syngenta and BASF, Folta
and others were recruited to meet with local business execs to lobby against Hawaii's proposed GMO-labeling law.

HCIA's Maluafiti writes:

"So please know that you are part of our overall public education strategy and specifically how do we use your
valuable time wisely while you are here in Hawaii (besides hitting the beaches!) I'd love to hear your thoughts.
Aloha!"

A second email authored by Renee Kester, wife of Dow AgroSciences R&D Leader Kirby Kester, who is also president of
the HCIA, thanks them for their support:

"First off I would like to thank you for all of the support you have given us over here in Hawaii with regards to our
recent legislative battles, it means a lot to all of us over here."
Monsanto asks academics to author articles promoting GMOs

In an effort to influence "thought leaders and influencers," Monsanto reached out to Dr. Folta and other academics, asking
them to author a series of pro-GMO policy briefs to be used for "outreach and engagement with policy makers and
consumers." The briefs were to be promoted as being authored by "independent scientists."

Eric Sachs, the chief of Monsanto's global scientific affairs group wrote:

"The key to success is participation by all of you recognized experts and leaders with the knowledge,
reputation and communication experience needed to communicate authoritatively to the target groups."

"You represent an elite group whose credibility will be strengthened by working together."

Recognizing participants' careers are at stake, Sachs offers the academics assurance by promising that he will protect their
"independence," as well as their reputations.

Some of the topics the academics were asked to write on include:

Meeting World Challenges (discuss how GMOs will save the world by addressing shrinking agricultural resources, food
security, food affordability and environmental sustainability).

Stifling Innovation (discuss how GM crop regulations stifle technological advancements and prevent GMOs from
improving overall quality of life).

Holding Activists Accountable assigned to Kevin Folta (discuss how anti-GMO activist campaigns spread false
information and if left unchallenged will limit consumer choice, increase food prices, decrease farmer viability and undermine
global food security).

GM Crop Safety (address consumer and policy maker concerns that GM crops aren't tested for safety, convince public
that they are proven safe).
 Consequences of Rejecting GM Crops (address public health fears and political resistance and concerns about
biodiversity and biological safety and intellectual property rights that create barriers to GM acceptance).

Sustainable Crop Systems (discuss how GM crop technology provides environmental benefits, increases yields and
improves productivity).

Responsible Choice (highlight the role GM crop technology plays in ensuring increase production and how it balances
our needs for food, feed, fiber and fuel). Academics were asked to include a "call to action," which would be used in the
briefs to influence the public on a variety of platforms including social media, blogs, websites and allied organizations.

Montano enlists university scientists to pressure EPA to abandon proposed pesticide regulations

Documents reveal that Monsanto also used academics to put pressure on regulatory agencies like the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) in one instance pressuring the EPA to abandon its proposal to tighten regulations regarding
pesticide use on insect-resistant crops.

"Is there a coordinated plan to maintain pressure and emphasis on EPA's evolving regulations?" asked Sachs in
an email to Dr. Bruce Chassy, a professor emeritus at the University of Illinois at Urbana - Champaign.

Sachs continued, "Have you considered having a small group of scientists request a meeting with Lisa Jackson
[referring to the EPA's administrator at the time]?"

With the help of an industry lobbyist, Chassy was eventually able to set up a meeting with Jackson, after which the agency's
proposal was ultimately dropped.

Stay tuned for more as Natural News continues to dissect documents exposing the incestuous relationship between the
biotech industry and university scientists.

Related Articles:
The sheer volume of information exposing Monsanto is overwhelming - yet where are the mainstream media on
this?

Owned and censored is where - impotent to report on anything but PR spin, lies, fluff and sports.

World Health Organization Admits Roundup Probably Causes Cancer

MIT Researcher: Glyphosate Herbicide Will Cause Half Of All Children To Have Autism By 2025

Union Of 30,000 Doctors In Latin America Wants Monsanto Banned!

Zika HOAX exposed by South American doctors: Brain deformations caused by larvicide chemical linked to
Monsanto; GM mosquitoes a 'total failure'

The Case of Glyphosate: Product Promoters Masquerading as Regulators?

Bill Gates, Monsanto & Saudi Arabia are Raping Nigeria with Terror & GMO

Monsanto Exposed as Source for White Phosphorus Used in Gaza Massacre

Glyphosate Herbicide Found in 14 Popular Beer Brands from Germany

Venezuela passes new law rejecting GMOs and seed patents nationwide

Glyphosate: Pathways to Modern Diseases

Supermodel Christie Brinkley Christie Brinkley Slams Monsanto, Speaks Out in Favor of GMO Labeling

Genetically Engineered Destruction: The Hidden Agenda of Genetic Manipulation

 How GMO Foods Turn Your Intestines Into an Insecticide Factory

Oakland sues Monsanto for long-standing contamination of San Francisco Bay

EPA Raises Alarm Over GMO Crops that Are Breeding Swarms of These Mutant Bugs

Academic GMO shills exposed: Once-secret emails reveal gross collusion with Monsanto, academic fraud at the
highest levels inside U.S. universities

New England Journal of Medicine article calls for labeling of GM foods

Avengers actor Mark Ruffalo is aggressively fighting the Bayer, Monsanto merger

Zika virus or insecticide Pyriproxyfen - which is behind rise in microcephaly cases?

What is the Zika Virus Epidemic Covering Up?

Autism - Made in the U S A - Gary Null's Remarkable Documentary

MIT States That Half of All Children May be Autistic by 2025 due to Monsanto

Bayer defies critics with $62 billion Monsanto offer

Nazi-founded Bayer chemical company wants to buy Satan-inspired Monsanto for $42 billion... it's a perfect match
made in chemical Hell

How Monsanto stifles criticism

Monsanto To Merge With Whole Foods For New Health Store 365

How The Frankfurt School Changed American / Western Culture

September 5 2016 | From: GarretGalland

How many times have you heard someone lament how much the world has changed from the good
old days? You know, the simpler pre-PC period when the world operated according to fairly
predictable principles.
But then we woke one day in a world with every bastion of what some might call normalcy under attack. Institutions
that 100 years ago appeared unassailable - marriage, for example - are increasingly seen as antiquated. Even the
idea of a national character is viewed as wrong-minded and, in the successful societies of the West, as exclusionary
and even racist.

How did all this come about? Or, more colloquially, what was the number of the bus that hit us? This article shines the light
on the Frankfurt School, an insidious movement that set down roots in the early 1900s.

As youll read, it is at the feet of the Frankfurt School that we can lay much of the blame for setting the modern world
culturally adrift. After reading, please pass this edition along. People need to understand the agenda behind much of what is
now accepted as the new normal.

How the Frankfurt School Changed American [Western] Culture

The 1950s were a simple, romantic, and golden time in America. California beaches, suburbia, and style. Atlas
Shrugged was published, NASA was formed, and Elvis rocked the nation. Every year from 19501959 saw over 4 million
babies born. The nation stood atop the world in every field.
It was an era of great economic prosperity in The Land of the Free. So, what happened to the American traits of confidence,
pride, and accountability?

The roots of Western cultural decay are very deep, having first sprouted a century ago. It began with a loose clan of
ideologues inside Europes communist movement. Today, it is known as the Frankfurt School, and its ideals have perverted
American society.

When Outcomes Fail, Just Change the Theory

Before WWI, Marxist theory held that if war broke out in Europe, the working classes would rise up against the bourgeoisie
and create a communist revolution.

Well, as is the case with much of Marxist theory, things didnt go too well. When war broke out in 1914, instead of starting a
revolution, the proletariat put on their uniforms and went off to war.

After the war ended, Marxist theorists were left to ask, What went wrong?
Marx

Two very prominent Marxists thinkers of the day were Antonio Gramsci and Georg Lukcs. Each man, on his own, concluded
that the working class of Europe had been blinded by the success of Western democracy and capitalism. They reasoned that
until both had been destroyed, a communist revolution was not possible.

Gramsci and Lukcs were both active in the Communist party, but their lives took very different paths.Gramsci was jailed by
Mussolini in Italy where he died in 1937 due to poor health.

In 1918, Lukcs became minister of culture in Bolshevik Hungary. During this time, Lukcs realized that if the family
unit and sexual morals were eroded, society could be broken down.

Lukcs implemented a policy he titled cultural terrorism, which focused on these two objectives. A major part of the policy
was to target childrens minds through lectures that encouraged them to deride and reject Christian ethics.

In these lectures, graphic sexual matter was presented to children, and they were taught about loose sexual conduct. Here
again, a Marxist theory had failed to take hold in the real world. The people were outraged at Lukcs program, and he fled
Hungary when Romania invaded in 1919.

The Birth of Cultural Marxism

All was quiet on the Marxist front until 1923 when the cultural terrorist turned up for a Marxist study week in Frankfurt,
Germany. There, Lukcs met a young, wealthy Marxist named Felix Weil. Until Lukcs showed up, classical Marxist theory
was based solely on the economic changes needed to overthrow class conflict. Weil was enthused by Lukcs cultural angle
on Marxism.

Weils interest led him to fund a new Marxist think tank - the Institute for Social Research. It would later come to be known as
simply The Frankfurt School.
Freud (above) was the uncle of Edward Bernays who was an Austrian-American pioneer in the field of public relations and propaganda, referred to in
his obituary as "the father of public relations". Bernays' public relations efforts helped to popularize Freud's theories in the United States.
Coincidence?

In 1930, the school changed course under new director Max Horkheimer. The team began mixing the ideas of Sigmund
Freud with those of Marx, and cultural Marxism was born.

In classical Marxism, the workers of the world were oppressed by the ruling classes. The new theory was that everyone in
society was psychologically oppressed by the institutions of Western culture. The school concluded that this new focus would
need new vanguards to spur the change. The workers were not able to rise up on their own.
As fate would have it, the National Socialists came to power in Germany in 1933. It was a bad time and place to be a Jewish
Marxist, as most of the schools faculty was. So, the school moved to New York City, the bastion of Western culture at the
time.

Coming to America

In 1934, the school was reborn at Columbia University. Its members began to exert their ideas on American culture.

It was at Columbia University that the school honed the tool it would use to destroy Western culture: the printed word.

The school published a lot of popular material. The first of these was Critical Theory. Critical Theory is a play on
semantics. The theory was simple: criticize every pillar of Western culture - family, democracy, common law,
freedom of speech, and others. The hope was that these pillars would crumble under the pressure.
The schedule of damaged created by Marx. Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Next was a book Theodor Adorno co-authored, The Authoritarian Personality. It redefined traditional American views on
gender roles and sexual mores as prejudice. Adorno compared them to the traditions that led to the rise of fascism in
Europe.

Is it just a coincidence that the go-to slur for the politically correct today is fascist?

The school pushed its shift away from economics and toward Freud by publishing works on psychological repression. Their
works split society into two main groups: the oppressors and the victims. They argued that history and reality were shaped by
those groups who controlled traditional institutions. At the time, that was code for males of European descent.

From there, they argued that the social roles of men and women were due to gender differences defined by the oppressors.
In other words, gender did not exist in reality but was merely a social construct.

A Coalition of Victims

Adorno and Horkheimer returned to Germany when WWII ended. Herbert Marcuse, another member of the school, stayed in
America. In 1955, he published Eros and Civilization.

In the book, Marcuse argued that Western culture was inherently repressive because it gave up happiness for social
progress. The book called for polymorphous perversity, a concept crafted by Freud. It posed the idea of sexual pleasure
outside the traditional norms.
 Eros and Civilization would become very influential in shaping the sexual
revolution of the 1960s.

Marcuse would be the one to answer Horkheimers question from the 1930s:
Who would replace the working class as the new vanguards of the Marxist
revolution? Marcuse believed that it would be a victim coalition of minorities -
blacks, women, and homosexuals.

The social movements of the 1960s - black power, feminism, gay rights, sexual
liberation - gave Marcuse a unique vehicle to release cultural Marxist ideas into
the mainstream.

Railing against all things establishment, The Frankfurt Schools ideals

caught on like wildfire across American universities.

Marcuse then published Repressive Tolerance in 1965 as the various social

movements in America were in full swing. In it, he argued that tolerance of all
values and ideas meant the repression of correct ideas.

It was here that Marcuse coined the term liberating tolerance. It called for
tolerance of any ideas coming from the left but intolerance of those from the
right.

It was here that Marcuse coined the term liberating tolerance. It called for tolerance of any ideas coming from the left but
intolerance of those from the right.

One of the overarching themes of the Frankfurt School was total intolerance for any viewpoint but its own. That is
also a basic trait of todays political-correctness believers.

To quote Max Horkheimer, Logic is not independent of content.

Recalling the Words of Winston (Not That One)

The Frankfurt Schools work has had a deep impact on American culture. It has recast the homogenous America of the
1950s into todays divided, animosity-filled nation.

In turn, this has contributed to the undeniable breakdown of the family unit, as well as identity politics, radical feminism, and
racial polarization in America.

Its hard to decide if todays Western culture is more like Orwells 1984 or Huxleys Brave New World.

Never one to buck a populist trend, the political establishment in America has fully embraced the ideas of the
Frankfurt School and has pushed them on American society through public miseducation. Barack Obama and
Hillary Clinton, the beacons of progressivism, are both disciples of Saul Alinsky, a devoted cultural Marxist.
And so we now live in a hyper-sensitive society in which social memes and feelings have overtaken biological and objective
reality as the main determinants of right and wrong.

Political correctness is a war on logic and reason.

To quote Winston, the protagonist in Orwells dystopia, Freedom is the freedom to say that 2+2=4. Today, America, and the
West, are not free.

Here Come the Clowns

Canadian lawmakers vote to make the national anthem gender neutral. Because after all, folks, budget deficits are too much
work, and well, its 2016.

Segregation is back! At this school, white children are taught about their privilege while black children are coddled and
brought to dedicated spaces to voice their feelings. Thank God for their diversity director.

Even 22 years after the end of apartheid, there is still racist architecture in Cape Town.

Ever wish you were a child again? Well, now it is possible. Just attend adult playschool in NYC! Prices range from $333
$999 per class. A bargain!

How To Stay Rich In Europe: Inherit Money For 700 Years

September 5 2016 | From: Bloomberg

The richest Florentine families in 1427 still are: New research shows Europe leads the world in
inherited wealth.
Lamberto Frescobaldi sets two wine glasses atop a wooden barrel in the spacious cellar of his company's winery in
a 1,000-year-old castle not far from Florence. Uncorking a bottle of Nipozzano, he takes a sip and nods. The red that
his family supplied to Michelangelo and Pope Leo X still tastes pretty darn good.

Related: The Venetian Black Nobility And The Concept Of Oligarchy

To Frescobaldi, 53, directing the family business is something of a trust. Its a way to preserve a dynasty that began with
wool traders in about the year 1000 and made its money financing the English crown almost 200 years later.

You have to feel that what you have inherited, you actually do not own, he said, seated on a wine cask.

You only have to run it properly, and to carry on to something else.

Maintaining inherited wealth has worked for generations of Frescobaldis over 700 years, and it has let the descendants of
Jakob Fugger in Germany continue to run the social-housing complex the Emperors banker founded almost half a
millennium ago.

Its less of a blessing for Europe as a whole, where family fortunes are more prevalent than in the U.S. or Asia [not
correct regarding Asia]. Their relatively high level is a sign of the continents low social mobility, keeping education, income
and social connections from evolving over generations.
Lamberto Frescobaldi

The richest Florentine families today were already at the top of the socioeconomic ladder almost 600 years ago, according
to a recent study by the Bank of Italy.

And research by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development shows that in many European countries, not
only wealth and income but even occupations tend to be sticky, passed on from generation to generation.
More than one-third of Italys richest people inherited their fortunes, compared with just 29 percent in the U.S. and 2 percent
in China, according to a 2014 study of the worlds billionaires by the Peterson Institute for International Economics. Germany
has the highest share of inheritor-billionaires among developed economies, 65 percent. Overall, heirs and heiresses make
up about half of Western Europes billionaires.

Europes income classes arent much more rigid than in the U.S. The lack of social mobility is more of a concern, though,
because economic output and the number of available jobs are smaller.

The U.S. has grown 9.9 percent in real terms since 2007; the comparable figure for the European Union over the same
period, based on Eurostat data, is 2.8 percent. Gross domestic product per capita in the EU is almost one-third lower than in
the U.S when adjusted for purchasing power; the unemployment rate is nearly twice that of the U.S.

Because Americas economy is expanding, they need more engineers, more chemists, more economists, more analysts,
more bankers than in Europe, said Antonio Schizzerotto, professor emeritus of sociology at the University of Trento and
scientific director of the Research Institute for the Evaluation of Public Policies in the same city. The number of positions
open is higher than the number of sons and daughters of.
At a time when some European economies are stalling, wealth and social inheritance must be closely watched because if
inequality reaches a certain limit, it can further constrain countries' ability to revive growth, Schizzerotto said.

For Frescobaldi, the family patrimony can be summed up in one word: wine. His first experience with red came at the age of
six, when he got drunk and fainted at a summer party with vineyard workers.

I almost feel a little bit more like a trustee,'' said Fugger-Babenhausen, head of one the three surviving family
branches that still run the housing complex through a foundation.

As for the family business, I become very frugal in what I take for myself.

They couldnt give me water, I was the son of the boss! he said.

Today, after getting a degree in viticulture at the University of California, Davis, he chairs a company, Marchesi Frescobaldi
Group, that produces 11 million bottles a year, one of the biggest in Italy. He even named his dog Brunello, after the
Brunello di Montalcino the company makes.
Nipozzano Castle, owned by the Frescobaldi family

Before entering winemaking in 1308, the Frescobaldis were wool traders and bankers, financing King Edward Is wars in
Wales and France. The family - which also built Florences first-ever bridge, Santa Trinita -- also includes Girolamo
Frescobaldi, one of the main composers of keyboard music in the late Renaissance and early Baroque periods, as well as
poet Dino Frescobaldi.

The latter collected and conserved the first seven Canti of the Divine Comedy for Dante Alighieri when he was sent to exile,
allowing him to complete the work.

The Frescobaldis long lineage is hardly unique in Florence, Tuscanys capital. Bank of Italy researchers Guglielmo Barone
and Sauro Mocetti compared tax records of Florentine taxpayers in 1427 and 2011 to track inter-generational mobility, and
found that there was meaningful persistence of socioeconomic status across the centuries.
Piazza di Santa Croce in Florence

The huge political, demographic and economic upheavals that have occurred in the city across the centuries were
not able to untie the Gordian knot of socioeconomic inheritance, the authors wrote.

Germany may be prone to even more concentrations of inherited wealth, research shows.

In hardly any other country does social origin influence ones income as much as in Germany, wrote Marcel
Fratzscher, head of the Berlin-based German Institute for Economic Research, in a recent book.

The richest citizens are also those with the highest income. For to everyone who has, more shall be given.
Count Alexander Fugger Babenhausen

Germanys high share of family wealth is in part a consequence of a tax system that until this year allowed family-owned
businesses - including a large proportion of the medium-sized companies that are the backbone of its economy - to pass on
their financial assets while paying almost no estate tax.

Count Alexander Fugger-Babenhausen, a descendant of arguably Europes richest man in the 16th century, says
maintaining the fortunes integrity is a responsibility. The 34-year old returned to Germany to manage the familys wealth
and charitable activities after working in investment banking and private equity in London.

Its not the fast-lived, dynamic sector that forces you to take high risks, he said at the Fuggerei, the affordable-
housing complex founded by Jakob Fugger in 1521.

In every decision we make for the Fuggerei, we try to consider that and be prudent. It would be disastrous if a
mistake brought sustainability to an end after 19 generations.
The Fuggerei social housing complex in Augsburg, Germany

Jakob Fugger ordered the construction of the Fuggerei to give back to his city, and try to save his soul in the meantime.
Those living in the complex of cozy, two-story terrace houses pay a yearly rent of 0.88 euros, as per Fugger's decree that
the cost be one Rhenish florin, and must make three daily prayers for the founders soul and family.

Similarly, the Frescobaldis, who since the Renaissance have commissioned works from artists such as Filippo Brunelleschi,
have introduced a contemporary art award called Artists for Frescobaldi. For this project, 999 special bottles are produced
every year and some of the proceeds are reinvested to support contemporary art.
A bronze bust of Jakob Fugger, founder of the Fuggerei social housing complex, stands in a communal garden area in Augsburg, Germany

The Fuggereis 140 apartments have survived innumerable wars and partial destruction during World War II. While they
have been renovated, they still follow the original floor plans and feature some unique Renaissance decor, such as a lever-
activated door-opening mechanism that in the past let tenants allow visitors in without leaving the apartments only heated
room.

I almost feel a little bit more like a trustee,'' said Fugger-Babenhausen, head of one the three surviving family
branches that still run the housing complex through a foundation. As for the family business, I become very frugal
in what I take for myself.

The War On Cash & The Politics Of Negative Interest Rates

September 4 2016 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / ProjectSyndicate

Wealth confiscation: The War on Cash and negative interest rates are radical and insane
measures. They are a sign of desperation.
They are also huge threats to your financial security. Central planners are playing with fire and inviting a currency
catastrophe. Most people have no idea what really happens when a currency collapses, let alone how to prepare.

Related: The Real Reasons Behind Negative Interest Rates And Banning Cash

Throughout the Western world the financial system has become an exploiter of the people and a deadweight loss on
economies. There are only two possible solutions. One is to break the large banks up into smaller and local entities such as
existed prior to the bank deregulation. The other is to nationalise them and operate them solely in the interest of the general
welfare of the population.

However, the TBTF-banks are too powerful for either solution to be allowed to occur. But the greed, fraud, and self-serving
behaviour of Western financial systems, aided and subsidised by governments, could be leading to such a complete
breakdown of economic life, that the idea of a private financial system will become as unacceptable in the future as Nazism
is today.
Meanwhile, it should be clear that the RKM-cabal want you to use money that they can easily control, tax, and confiscate
and paper currency is getting in their way. Governments are instructed to confiscate your wealth, by steadily debasing the
currency via printing money or in other words inflation. Its a stealthy way to confiscate from savers and hard working
people.

Imagine the car you have paid to someone before driving off. Imagine the rent to be paid to someone before moving into a
home. When you pay someone to take their claim off your hands, you experience how much your money really is worth.

Eliminate Paper Currency:

Governments might collectively attempt to eliminate paper currency in favour of an electronic currency transferred from
party to party solely through licensed banks. Sound farfetched? Well, maybe, but what if the U.S. and EU agreed on an
overall plan, and then suggest it to other governments?

On the face of it, this may seem like a conspiracy theory, but all governments would benefit from this control and would be
likely to get on board. They might say that this will prove to be the only way out of their present economic problems.
And when your bank the RKM-cabal wants to confiscate your money, who will stop them from implementing the P-R-
S myth: Problem Reaction Solution, that links the free movement of cash to terrorism, creating a consciousness that any
movement of large sums of money suggests criminal activity?

Designate a maximum amount of money that may be moved without reporting to some government investigatory agency;
Periodically lower these limits; Accustom people to making all purchases, however small or large, with a bank card; Create a
consciousness that the mere possession of cash is suspect, since its no longer necessary.

And thus start; the War on Cash.

Running out of Time:

Governments are running out of time. The one reason why theyd rush a programme that normally would be given more time
for people to accept, is that they see a crash coming before the completion of their new programme to be implemented.

The next step is the intent of creating a definitive false flag event that demonstrates how physical cash is the primary means
of funding evil acts in the world so that they can declare a date on which paper currency will become illegal. Until that date, it
may be deposited into a bank.

Thereafter, it will become criminal to possess it. Once all cash has been deposited in the banks, negative interest rates
will be increased, as interest rates can only be lowered further if cash currency is banned; Confiscation of deposits can
then be implemented, as desired by banks, because recently the confiscation of deposits has been legalised in Canada, the
U.S., New Zealand, the EU and other countries.;
Confiscate contents of selected safe deposit boxes; End voluntary taxation. All taxation will in future be by direct debit;
Declare money to be the property of the State that issued it, as people are only allowed to trade with it, but it is not truly
theirs. The State therefore can freeze or confiscate the funds in any account, if any crime is suspected.

Once completed, state wealth control will exist. This may seem a mere fiction. But then, less than a year ago, the War on
Cash was regarded by only a few as being even within the realm of possibility, let alone right around the corner. Now it is
accepted as being an unsettling reality.

If you have cash in a bank, dont think of it as your own. This is not the case. It is wealth that you have loaned to the bank.
In the near future, the bank, with governmental approval, will have the power to decide if and when they return all, or a part
of this cash to you. They will set the rules as to how this decision will be determined and the rules will be changed
periodically.

At least if you possess your money in cold, hard cash, they will have to come and physically get it from you. When it is in
the bank existing in the form of electronic account balances all they have to do is push a button.
Thats what happened in Cyprus. The banks were about to fall off the cliff so they confiscated deposits to help make
themselves whole again. Who will stop the same thing from happening again wherever you may reside?

The judge is RKM appointed. The police are on the RKMs payroll. The politicians are RKM bought and paid-off to do what is
required by them. When cash is outlawed, only outlaws will have cash. And the best advice to you is; intend to be among
them.

Escape Confiscation:

Seek alternatives, the War on Cash will be international, but it wont be fully global. There will still be jurisdictions that,
following tradition, will not fall in line with the worlds foremost powers. They will not wish to go off the same cliff as the
others and will take a different course. They will be the safe havens for those people who seek to escape the collapsing
system.

If youre a resident of any country thats presently going down this anti-cash road, move your money to a jurisdiction that has
a consistent history of a stable government, low, or no direct taxation, and minimal interference or regulation of wealth;
Convert your wealth into those forms of assets that are most difficult for greedy governments to confiscate, like foreign-held
precious metals and real estate.
Only a tiny fraction of the population owns gold. This wasnt the case in 1933, when the U.S. was still on a variation of the
original gold standard. This is why the government will probably not repeat the 1933 rip-off. Its simply not worth the effort.

If governments want to confiscate wealth, its far more likely they will go for the easy option, by steadily debasing the
currency by printing money, in other words: Inflation. Its a stealthy way of confiscating from savers. This does not mean
gold owners are invincible.

This time, governments are likely to try a new scam: taxing windfall profits on gold. This would make it much easier for
governments to accomplish something similar to its 1933 heist. In short, they will apply a windfall taxation on profits they
dont like.
Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

The whole concept is a scam. It is camouflaged, legalized theft. If the price of gold explodes, Parliaments will pass a Fair
Share Gold Windfall Profit Tax Act, levying a tax of 80%, to 90%, or more on gold profits.

Fortunately, there are some practical steps be taken in order to protect yourself from this form of politically motivated
expropriation. When such a law is discussed in Parliament, its time to sell your gold, or better still, move your gold
beforehand into a tax-free jurisdiction zone.

What is most important is that governments cannot destroy golds value with reckless policies. Their destructive actions only
lead people to buy more gold.

Ousting the Cabal:

Germany, after Turkey has turned its back on the Khazarians and NATO, with its largest European base in Ramstein, now
the 2nd closure is, after the NATO base in Turkey, both of which are actively used by the Bushes and Clinton for drugs
smuggling activities include opium from Afghanistan into Western markets to prop up finances.

The Germans decided for this decisive break with the RKM-mafia, after receiving a request for a massive false flag attack on
its territory involving Angela Merkel, creating the argument for attacking Russia and start WW3.

Good willing leaders in Germany decided to refuse this request and to allying themselves with the Russians. Effectively,
joining the UK and Turkey in a Western led move against the RKM controlled US-government, while ordering citizens to
stockpile 10 days worth of emergency food supplies in preparation for a war of independence, for which the German
government is mobilising 600,000 militias.

So the good news is; Germany separates itself as a Khazarians vassal state.

Schnell! Schnell!
That is a huge blow to the RKM, after the first failed coup in Turkey earlier on. Expect similar moves in many other countries
during this autumn, watch France, Italy, Japan, Saudi Arabia and Brazil among other countries that are going to follow.

Russia is aware of all this, and has mobilised itself too. Merkel appears to have lost effective power, accordance to
statements made by her vice president on Sunday, and the Minster of Trade who said that TTIP is finished and off the table.

Mr. Brexit Nigel Farage Speaks at Donald Trumps Rally in Jackson, MS - USA:

There is hope, as the ordinary people stand up and fight the big banks. We did it on June 23rd when we smashed the
establishment. Not wanting to be run by a bunch of unelected old men in Brussels. They told us our economy would fall off a
cliff. We might even well get WW3.

We reached those people that felt let down by government. We have taken back our country and our borders and self
respect.

Related: Excellent Trump / Farage Speech & Hillary Thinks Mr. Brexit Is Just Another Right-wing, Xenophobic,
Sexist, Bigot That You Should Promptly Ignore

Obama came to tell the Brits not to leave. If I was an American citizen, I wouldnt vote for Hillary Clinton, not even if she paid
me. You can defeat Washington, by doing what we did in Britain by voting for change, and remember anything is possible, if
enough decent people are prepared to stand up against the establishment.

U.S. Elites Are Losing All Their Power:

In the video below, Dr Willie explains that not if, but WHEN the United States Dollar loses its status as the Global Reserve
Currency, the U.S. government will be forced to increase its activities in an area most dont like to talk about: its narcotic
sales.

The United States government does a tremendous amount of narcotic trafficking around the world, but it will be forced to do
even more so, because their economy is already in a shambles, and their military still devours over $800 BILLION per year
to be maintained.
Under Obama the economy has grown at an average of 1.5% annually, and that is using the numbers Obama provides,
which means in all likelihood, that the economy has actually been shrinking throughout his entire term. It is known that
Obama tends not to be honest about much of anything.

Turkey has quietly turned East, and Germany is slowly following suit, frustrating NATO in the process, eliminating the
largest NATO base in Europe, in Ramstein, Germany. This will be the second base to be withdrawn after Turkey, both
bases heavily involved in drug trafficking for the Bushes and Clintons.

The Politics Of Negative Interest Rates

Yanis Varoufakis: Objects of desire come at a cost. Only bad things, like toxic waste, have a
negative price, the equivalent of a fee payable to anyone willing to make them disappear. Does this
mean that negative interest rates embody a new perspective on money that it has gone bad?
In market economies, money is the measure of the value of goods and services. And the interest rate is the price of
that metric of money itself. When the price is zero, it makes no difference whether money is kept under a mattress
or lent, because there is no cost to holding or borrowing cash.

Related: DiEM25: Bring it on!

But how can the price of money which, after all, makes the world go round, or, as Karl Marx put it, transforms all my
incapacities into their contrary be zero? And how can it possibly ever become negative, as it now is in much of the global
economy, with the worlds moneyed people bribing governments to borrow from them more than $5.5 trillion?

The answer can only be of a type that economists loathe: philosophical, political, and thus irreducible to neat positivist
explanation. In other words, the answer must concern the essence of money.

In a farmers market, sellers with many unsold potatoes start dropping the price until a level is reached (possibly very low,
but still positive) at which all of the potatoes are bought. In contrast, since the 2008 global financial crisis, every time the
price of money has been reduced, demand for it falls and excess savings rise. Clearly, money is not like potatoes or any
other well-defined thing.
To understand how money can be our societies supreme good while fetching a negative price, it helps to start with the
realization that, unlike potatoes, money has no intrinsic private value. Its utility comes from what its holder can make others
do. Money, to recall Lenins definition of politics, is about who does what to whom.

Imagine you are an entrepreneur with money in the bank, or have a bank eager to lend large sums to invest in your
business. You spend sleepless nights wondering whether you should invest in a new product that is, whether you should
exploit your access to money to cause an array of others to work on your behalf.

In our current Great Deflation, what worries you most is your customers future purchasing power and sentiment. Will they
be able and willing to buy your new product at high enough prices and quantities?

Suppose that, sleep-deprived, you then switch on the radio or TV only to hear that US Federal Reserve Chair Janet Yellen
and European Central Bank President Mario Draghi are considering reducing interest rates further. Will you rejoice at the
prospect that your financing costs will fall? Will you be motivated to invest your own money now that it earns lower (perhaps
even negative) interest?
No and no. Your reaction is most likely to be one of alarm: Oh, my God! If Janet and Mario are considering another interest-
rate cut, they must have good reason to believe that demand will remain low!

So you abandon your investment plan. Better to borrow money at almost no cost, you think, and buy back a few more of
my companys shares, boost their price, earn more on the stock exchange, and bank the profits for the rainy days that are
coming.

And so it is that the price of money falls, even as the supply of it burgeons. Central bankers who never predicted the Great
Deflation are now busily trying to find a way out with economic and econometric models that could never explain it, let alone
point to solutions.

Unwilling to question the political dogma that central banks must be apolitical, they refuse to think of money as more than a
thing. And so they continue the search for a technocratic fix to a problem crying out for a philosophically astute political
solution.
Its a futile quest. Once the price of money (interest rates) hit zero, central banks tried buying mountains of public and
private debt from commercial banks to give them an incentive to lend freely. The ECB went so far as to pay banks to lend to
business while, at the same time, punishing them for not lending (via negative interest rates for excess reserves).

But bankers and businesses, viewing these measures as desperate responses to self-fulfilling deflationary expectations,
went on an investment strike, while using the central-bank money to inflate the prices of their own assets (stocks, art, real
estate, and so forth).

This did nothing to defeat the Great Deflation; it only made the rich richer, an outcome that somehow reinforced central
bankers belief in central bank independence.

Not all central bankers, thankfully, are incapable of responding creatively to the Great Deflation. Andy Haldane, Chief
Economist at the Bank of England, has courageously suggested that all money should become digital, which would permit
real-time negative interest rates to be imposed on all of us, thus forcing everyone to spend at once.
John Williams, President and CEO of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, recently argued that the Great Deflation
could be beaten only by targeting the price level and nominal national income simultaneously a New Deal-like approach
featuring joint action by the Fed and the government.

What separates these central bankers from the herd is their readiness to jettison the myth of independent monetary policy,
to accept that money is the most political of commodities, to challenge the sanctity of cash, and to concede that defeating
the Great Deflation requires a progressive policy agenda.

Simone Weil once said, If you want to know what a man is really like, take notice of how he acts when he loses money.

Likewise, if we want to know what our societies are really like, we must take notice of how they react to negative interest
rates.

Related: Shocking Government Report Finds $6.5 Trillion In Taxpayer Funds "Unaccounted For"

Farage: Establishment Losing Control Over The People

September 3 2016 | From: Infowars

The Empire didnt believe Brexit was possible, Farage pointed out.

Brexit leader Nigel Farage said the globalist establishment is bewildered over Brexit and clueless on how to regain
control.

The Empire is befuddled, he said on The Alex Jones Show Tuesday. The Empire doesnt get Brexit because the
Empire didnt believe Brexit was possible. Now the Empires problem is that its fighting this argument on several
 fronts at once.

Weve got the American elections going on, weve got a big referendum coming up in Hungary on migrant quotas
from Germany, weve got a rerun of the Austrian presidency where the right-wing candidate was cheated by false
votes, Farage said.

So theyve got a real problem, theyre fighting us now on a whole series of fronts. What will they do to fight back? I
dont know the answer to that yet, and you know something? Nor do they.

And the real takeaway from Brexit? Its the first victory, Farage pointed out.

Brexit is the first strike-back against this phenomenon of the big banks, the big businesses, effectively owning
politics, willfully destroying nation-state democracy, getting rid of that thing our forbearers actually fought and shed
their blood to create and to preserve our liberties and our freedoms, he continued.

All of that being taken away and suddenly in a referendum that no one said we could win, and weve done it.What
weve done is given inspiration to freedom fighters right across the Western World.

Farage then broke down how Hillary is aligned with the globalist agenda and how the US elections are crucial to the fight
against globalism.

Related: Nearly Naked Hillary Clinton Portrayed as the "Beast" in Hollywood Street Art

Hillary represents everything that has gone wrong in our lives over the last couple of decades, he said. She is
part of that phenomenon where all that seems to matter now is corporatism.

The big, global companies who want to set the rulebooks to effectively put out of business any small or medium-
size competitors.
And Hillary loves the supranational global-type bodies which are accountable to nobody, Farage continued.

I think she sees the European Union as a prototype for an even bigger form of world government, he stated.

If you want nothing to change at all, if you want to continue with the kind of cronyism that we see with the Clinton
Foundation, if you want things to stay the same, vote for Hillary.

Farage went on to clarify his decision to leave UKIP and take the fight for national sovereignty worldwide.

Im not retiring, Im not living in a tin shed, but Im going to step back from leadership and its going to leave me
free to make this argument not just in the United Kingdom, not just in the EU Parliament, but around other parts of
the Western world.

Farage also commented on Hillarys public criticism of his recent US visit to speak at a Trump rally in Mississippi.

Can I please use this opportunity to thank Hillary Clinton from the bottom of my heart for doing what shes
done? asked Farage with a chuckle. Shes raised my profile massively in this presidential election. So Hillary,
thank you.
New Zealand Intelligence And Security Bill
September 3 2016 | From: TheContrail

This draconian Bill, currently in the process of being passed by our Parliament, effectively merging
the GCSB and SIS intelligence agencies, and giving them greatly increased surveillance powers
with the police - operating independently of the normal judicial system; has all happened before
and is further linked to the Kim Dotcom appeal trial at the High Court in Auckland at present.

Basically it is transferring the entire country into a police surveillance state, such as was previously operated in
Nazi Germany.

Related: New Zealand Intelligence and Security Bill

New Zealand Intelligence and Security Bill - First Reading

While this process is happening in many other countries at present as well, that is no excuse for us here in NZ to be
indifferent about it.

I thought I would briefly summarize what is happening using a brief timeline of short YouTube
clips:

On September 2012, after Kim Dotcom had been illegally arrested through the SIS and GCSB spying on him on behalf of
the American NSA, he attended the New Zealand Parliament hearing on a new intelligence Bill grilling John Key about it.
In July 2013, Kim Dotcom, while his extradition battle was continuing, spoke to Parliaments Intelligence and Security Select
Committee & NZ PM John Key arguing against the increased draconian extension of GCSB powers.

Here is a brief clip of the Kim Dotcom Protest and his speech July 27, 2013:

Here is the Campbell Live TV program dissecting the GCSB Bill with Kim Dotcom Scandal. (This is in part why John
Campbell is no longer employed on NZ public television!):

Hitlers police state gained so much evil power by merging the SS and Gestapo (secret intelligence agencies and private
police) (as is recommended in this evil NZ Bill).

This allowed them to arrest anyone SEPARATE from the normal judicial system which, was allowed to continue to
operate and coexist making Germans think they were still living in a democracy when the truth was it was a brutal
dictatorship.

Following the merger of the intelligence agencies under the SS, they were then linked with the Gestapo (private secret
police) who arrested anyone they liked, and brought them before a new, special court called the Peoples Court
(Volksgerichtshof) in Berlin.

This court wickedly condemned thousands of good people to death as Volk Vermin for even briefly criticizing Hitler. That is
what they are trying to do with Kim Dotcom and his colleagues now by having them extradited to the United States where
they will be tried by a kangaroo court.

Fascism is very cunning isnt it? We often think Germans en mass were incredibly stupid to follow Hitler and Fascism. But
now, we, the WW2 victor nations, are doing it ourselves. What a pack of idiots!

The New Zealand Prime Minister, John Key, is the son of a Jewish Holocaust Survivor [supposed son, supposed holocaust].
What a disgrace. He, above all of us, should know more about the full implications of what he is doing!

In Nazi Germany, the great paradox was that many of those who were most loyal to the Fuhrer were the first to get a
bullet in the back of the head, not only the Jews.

On both counts, the New Zealand Prime Minister should know better. This is what a career in banking does to the mind.
Other than filthy lucre severe amnesia!

So yes. Just carry on watching the football on TV you men, and Soaps on TV you women and one chilling evening [should
they have their way] there might be a brisk knock on your door from the new resurrected SS or New World Order Gestapo to
take you or your children away forever, for being a threat to national security using the new GCSB / SIS draconian
warrants.

This is the option they want to be able to exercise.

Inquisition 2.0: The Internet Is Being Taken Hostage By The NWO
September 2 2016 | From: Infowars

The globalists may have officially obtained total control of the internet?

Lets go over the mounting evidence that the internet as we know it will be commandeered by globalist censors
beginning midnight October 1st, when an entirely new era of the internet will begin.

Originally, President Obama promised that the Feds handover of the antitrust protected Internet Corporation for Assigned
Names and Numbers or ICANN would not involve the United Nations.

Was this, yet again, a naive move by an incompetent President of the United States?

Or has this been the plan all along?

Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? + The Term Conspiracy Theory Was
Invented By The CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories
September 2 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Do you smirk when you hear someone question the official stories of Orlando, San Bernardino,
Paris or Nice? Do you feel superior to 2,500 architects and engineers, to firefighters, commercial
and military pilots, physicists and chemists, and former high government officials who have raised
doubts about 9/11?
If so, you reflect the profile of a mind-controlled CIA stooge.

The term conspiracy theory was invented and put into public discourse by the CIA in 1964 in order to discredit the many
skeptics who challenged the Warren Commissions conclusion that President John F. Kennedy was assassinated by a lone
gunman named Lee Harvey Oswald, who himself was assassinated while in police custody before he could be questioned.

The CIA used its friends in the media to launch a campaign to make suspicion of the Warren Commission report a target of
ridicule and hostility. This campaign was one of the most successful propaganda initiatives of all time.

So writes political science professor Lance deHaven-Smith, who in his peer-reviewed book, Conspiracy Theory in
America, published by the University of Texas Press, tells the story of how the CIA succeeded in creating in the
public mind reflexive, automatic, stigmatization of those who challenge government explanations.

This is an extremely important and readable book, one of those rare books with the power to break you out of The Matrix.

Professor deHaven-Smith is able to write this book because the original CIA Dispatch #1035-960, which sets out the CIA
plot, was obtained through a Freedom of Information Act request. Apparently, the bureaucracy did not regard a document
this old as being of any importance.

The document is marked Destroy when no longer needed, but somehow wasnt. CIA Dispatch #1035-960 is reproduced in
the book.
The success that the CIA has had in stigmatizing skepticism of government explanations has made it difficult to investigate
State Crimes Against Democracy (SCAD) such as 9/11.

With the public mind programmed to ridicule conspiracy kooks, even in the case of suspicious events such as 9/11 the
government can destroy evidence, ignore prescribed procedures, delay an investigation, and then form a political committee
to put its imprimatur on the official story.

Professor deHaven-Smith notes that in such events as Kennedys assassination and 9/11 official police and
prosecutorial investigations are never employed. The event is handed off to a political commission.

Professor deHaven-Smiths book supports what I have told my readers: the government controls the story from the
beginning by having the official explanation ready the moment a SCAD occurs. This makes any other explanation a
conspiracy theory. This is the way Professor deHaven-Smith puts it:

A SCAD approach to memes assumes further that the CIA and other possibly participating agencies are
formulating memes well in advance of operations, and therefore SCAD memes appear and are popularized very
quickly before any competing concepts are on the scene.

The CIAs success in controlling public perception of what our Founding Fathers would have regarded as suspicious events
involving the government enables those in power positions within government to orchestrate events that serve hidden
agendas.

The events of September 11 created the new paradigm of endless war in behalf of a Washington-dominated world. The
CIAs success in controlling public perceptions has made it impossible to investigate elite political crimes. Consequently, it is
now possible for treason to be official US government policy.
Professor deHaven-Smiths book will tell you the story of the assassination of President Kennedy by elements of the US
military, CIA, and Secret Service. Just as the Warren Commission covered up the State Crime Against Democracy,
Professor deHaven-Smith shows why we should doubt the official 9/11 story. And anything else that the government tells us.

Read this book. It is short. It is affordable. It is reality preparation. It will innoculate you against being a dumbshit, insouciant,
brainwashed American. I am surprised that the CIA has not purchased the entire print run and burned the books.

Perhaps the CIA feels secure from its success in brainwashing the public and does not believe that American democracy
and accountable government can be restored.

The Term Conspiracy Theory Was Invented By The CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief
Of Official Government Stories
The Term Conspiracy Theory Was Invented by the CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief of Official
Government Stories
Ron Unz reports on the cold shoulder given to an extensively researched book that concludes that World War II
hero General George Patton was murdered by the CIA because he became a powerful critic of Washington.

The book was ignored because the US media and public have been programmed to regard the US government as a truth-
teller and those who expose government crimes as conspiracy theorists.

In 2013 Professor Lance Dehaven-Smith in a peer-reviewed book published by the University of Texas Press showed that
the term conspiracy theory was developed by the CIA as a means of undercutting critics of the Warren Commissions
report that President Kennedy was killed by Oswald. The use of this term was heavily promoted in the media by the CIA.

See: Conspiracy Theory in America (Discovering America)

It is ironic that the American left is a major enforcer of the CIAs strategy to shut up skeptics by branding them conspiracy
theorists.

Kim Dotcom Wins Bid To Livestream On YouTube His Extradition Appeal

September 1 2016 | From: TVNZ

Internet entrepreneur Kim Dotcom has won a bid to livestream on YouTube his battle against
extradition to the United States.
The 42-year-old Megaupload founder has this week returned to court to appeal a decision allowing him to be
extradited from New Zealand over criminal copyright charges.

Related: Genius move: Live-stream file-sharing chaos will play into Dotcoms hands

Comment: The final outcome of this court case here in New Zealand right now ultimately will decide the freedom
of the entire global Internet as we know it!

On top of that, at issue is national sovereignty, and whether multinational corporations can be allowed to
manipulate the sovereign laws of one country or through international trade agreements etc. to take precedence
over the sovereign laws of another independent country in this case New Zealand.

Incredibly, against strong opposition from the US Government yesterday, the judge is allowing this appeal trial to
be live-streamed to the world on YouTube, starting today, but as yet, I havent been able to find it.

So all this means, if the live-streaming goes ahead, the multinational corporate media cannot CENSOR the truth
about the case as they have been.

Today, the presiding judge gave permission for the entire six weeks of the appeal hearing to be broadcast on YouTube by a
cameraman hired by Dotcom.

Between the direct effect on millions of Megaupload users as well as the precedent the case would set, the public interest
merited complete coverage standard media channels could not provide, Dotcom's lawyer, Ron Mansfield, had argued at the
High Court in Auckland.
Advertisement
 This is a case of the internet age," he said.

Lawyers for the United States oppose the livestream, saying Dotcom was not sufficiently accountable for the coverage - as a
media organisation would be - and that the footage could prejudice a criminal case in the US if the extradition went ahead.

But Justice Murray Gilbert allowed the stream to go ahead, on the grounds the comments and live-chat features for the
video were disabled, the video was taken down after the trial and the broadcast was delayed for 20 minutes to avoid
publishing of sensitive material.

"This is breaking new ground. New Zealand at the forefront of transparent justice! Leadership!" Dotcom tweeted
moments later.

The livestream will start tomorrow. In December, Judge Nevin Dawson ruled Dotcom and his three associates - Mathias
Ortmann, Finn Batato and Bram van der Kolk - had criminal charges to face in the US over their part in running file-sharing
website Megaupload.

The four men face charges of conspiracy to commit racketeering, conspiracy to commit money laundering, wire fraud and
two kinds of criminal copyright infringement based on an FBI investigation going back to 2010.

If extradited and found guilty in the US, the men could be up for decades in jail.

Australia Becomes First Country To Begin Microchipping Its Public

August 31 2016 | From: NeonNettle

Australia is to become the first country in the world to microchip its public. NBC news predicted
that all Americans would be microchipped by 2017, but it seems Australia may have beaten them
to the post. These idiots must be some of the most stupid people alive.

News.com.au reports: It may sound like sci-fi, but hundreds of Australians are turning themselves into super-
humans who can unlock doors, turn on lights and log into computers with a wave of the hand.

Shanti Korporaal, from Sydney, is at the centre of the phenomenon after having two implants inserted under her skin.

Now she can get into work and her car without carrying a card or keys, and says her ultimate goal is to completely do away
with her wallet and cards.

You could set up your life so you never have to worry about any password or PINs she told news.com.au.

Its the same technology as Paypass, so Im hoping youll be able to pay for things with it.

With Opal you get a unique identification number that could be programmed into the chip. Any door with a swipe
card... it could open your computer, photocopier. Loyalty cards for shops are just another thing for your wallet.

The microchips, which are the size of a grain of rice, can act like a business card and transfer contact details to
smartphones, and hold complex medical data.

Shanti has had some messages from ultra-conservative Christians on Facebook telling her shes going to hell, but the
reaction has mainly been one of intrigue.
 My nana wants one, laughs Shanti. Ive had more opposition to my tattoos than Ive ever had to the chip. My
friends are jealous.

When the 27-year-old realised just how coveted the implants were, she set up an Australian distribution service
called Chip My Life with her husband, Skeeve Stevens.

It costs between $80 and $140 depending on the sophistication of the technology, and (while you can do it at home) they
work with doctors who charge $150 to insert the implant.

They do minor surgery, Botox and so on, says Shanti. They give you a local, an injection and a quick ultrasound
to make sure its in place.

The biohacking couple both have RFID (radio-frequency identification) chips in their left hands and NFC (near-field
communication) chips in the right. The implant is almost impossible to spot, leaving a mark as small as a freckle.

The Pioneer

Shanti is appearing at todays Sydney launch of cyborg-themed video game Deus Ex Mankind Divided alongside US
implantable technology pioneer Amal Graafstra.
Amal considers himself a guinea-pig for human augmentation, making headlines in the US last week with a prototype of the
worlds first implant-activated smart gun.

He became one of the worlds first RFID implantees in 2005, and has since founded an online store to sell the at home kits
to people who want to upgrade their body. Hes written a book, spoken at TEDx and appeared in documentaries.
On a psychological level, this is completely different to a smartphone or a Fitbit, because it goes in you, he told
news.com.au.

Your kidneys are working hard but youre not thinking about them, its not something you have to manage.

Its given me the ability to communicate with machines. Its literally integrated into who I am.

He is aware of the ethical and security concerns, but points out that the data is encrypted, and most of your access cards
are not secure anyway. This is simply a case of computing in the body.

Rather than worry about people being forced to be microchipped, hes now busy advocating for the rights of citizens who
use them.

He believes the destruction of the chip could in some cases classify as assault (as with a pacemaker) and other dangers
might be governments forcibly extracting implants or data from them.
 I want to make sure its treated as part of the body, like an organ, he says.

One firm in Sweden has allowed employees to choose chips over a work pass, with 400 taking up the offer, but Amal says
he more often hears from interested individuals who want to try it out.

At the moment, its mainly access - house, computer motorcycle. But in the future theres the potential to use it for
transit, payment. You could get rid of your keys and maybe your wallet.

Other uses might include children tapping to let parents know they are at school safely, refugees checking in at camps or
women at shelters.

It can share diet, exercise and sleep inform ation with you and your doctor, and the next generation could even release
medicine as and when you need it. For Shanti, adding an extra dimension to life is a childhood fantasy come true.

Ever since watching movies like the Terminator, Matrix and Minority Report I wondered if we could actually live
like that. I always wondered why we all werent living as super-humans.
5 Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe
August 31 2016 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

Every single day we are bombarded with thousands of advertisements, whether we realize it or not.

Being accustomed to their constant presence, we dont consciously pay attention to them and cant realize the
tremendous negative impact they have on us and the world.

Below are five quite damaging lies that advertisements want you to believe and which you should be aware of so as to avoid
falling into their trap.

1. You are incomplete. Advertisements do their best to convince you that you are not enough as you are. Once they
achieve to make you feel bad about yourself, they provide you with a solution to make you feel well again: that of buying the
products they sell.
2. Everything you need is on sale. Advertisements want to persuade you to think that anything you desire can be bought.
Do you want to feel confident? Then buy this shiny car! Do you feel youre not attractive to the opposite sex? Then get
yourselves some hip shoes! Are you stressed? Then consume these magic pills!

3. Material possessions are all that matters in life. Another damaging lie promoted through advertising is that acquiring
material things is the key to living well. You neednt search anywhere else for happiness and fulfillment, such as in pursuing
your passions or building healthy relationships with people - theres always a product that can substitute for all those things.

4. Success is measured by the stuff you own. Advertisements try to fool you into believing that if you have less and
worse stuff than those around you, then you are a person to be looked down upon, and that the only way to prove your
importance is to get more and better stuff than others.
Thus advertisements are urging you to constantly compare yourself to others and compete with them.

5. Consuming without end is normal. Lastly yet perhaps most importantly, advertisements are trying to convince you that
your purpose in life is to consume, and that only by doing so will you fit in society. As a result, they can immensely
complicate your life by stressing you to constantly hunt for the next best thing, regardless of how wasteful that behavior
is and the negative consequences it has on the planet.

As you can understand, the sole purpose of advertisements is to sell you stuff so that companies and corporations can
make an economic gain, and the tactics they use to achieve that are hideous and deceptive.
The quicker you realize this fact and stop buying into their lies, the more youll be able to live free, without feeling the
constant pressure to mindlessly waste your time, energy, and the earths finite resources to satisfy your artificial needs.

When Plutocrats Own The Weather & Nobody Is Buying The Climate Change Hoax
Anymore
August 30 2016 | From: MyEClinik

There are at least two notable human pursuits that have endured across the ages, i.e. physical
immortality and the ability to tame nature.
The hunt for the fountain of youth and the ability to please and summon the gods to alter the weather so that rain
may fall and crops may grow, have encouraged barbaric rituals, propelled sciences to greater heights, and
motivated wars and conflict causing the rise and fall of empires.

Such is the frailty of man, ignorant about his own spiritual immortality, oblivious about his being part of Nature, herself
immortal and godly. So, he ventured upon the complete control of Science and all the technological advancements only for
himself and himself alone.

At least 100 years ago, humanity has already acquired the ability to control all planetary parameters, e.g. weather
engineering, longevity, fuel less engines and light speed travel, which should qualify us as a Type 1 civilization.

But, as the old adage says, a little knowledge is very dangerous, his incomplete understanding of himself and Nature
pushes him to misuse the ability to control the weather to eliminate others as if his eventual exclusive reign on the planet
would make him immortal.

The present empire is far resilient than its predecessors combined. Thats because it has mastered the art of controlling the
mind above all other sciences.
We, too, are equally irresponsible to have allowed the reign of these plutocrats who have not toiled to make these scientific
achievements a reality. We fall for the deceptive excuse of climate change, overpopulation, silly concept of gods will, and
the unbreakable limits of dogmatic science.

We consented to the madness of the unwise.

"Here is the Bureau of Reclamations promotional video entitled Mountain Skywater discussing the effectiveness
of the US. government program.

Weather Warfare, March 20, 1967 - July 5, 1972

Operation Popeye first came to public light in March 1971, when reporter Jack Anderson published a story based
on a secret 1967 memo from the Joint Chiefs of Staff to President Johnson. The memo read: Laos operations
Continue as at present plus Pop Eye to reduce the trafficability [sic] along infiltration routes & Authorization
requested to implement operational phase of weather modification process previously successful tested and
evaluated in some area. (US Senate, Subcommittee on Oceans and International Environment; 26 July 1972; p.
5).

Members of Congress pressed the Pentagon to unveil details of the weather modification program. Senator
Claiborne Pell, chairman of the Senate Subcommittee on Oceans and International Environment, and later
chairman of the Foreign Relations Committee, was the engine behind that effort, although there were others, both
in the Senate and the House, who devoted energy to it.

Rainmaking operations were a source of concern not only because the impact of the operations themselves, but
because they were seen as opening the door to a new and dangerous type of warfare. Severe rains and typhoons
in North Vietnam in 1971 added to concern, a link to the U.S. cloud seeding operations was suspected. According
to Pell:

Rainmaking as a weapon of war can only lead to the development of vastly more dangerous environmental
techniques whose consequences may be unknown and may cause irreparable damage to our global environment.
This is why the United States must move quickly to ban all environmental or geophysical modification techniques
from the arsenals of war.

(US Senate, Subcommittee on Oceans and International Environment; July 26, 1972; p. 4)

On 23 September 1971, Pell sent a letter to the Defense Department requesting information on Operation Popeye.
After waiting 4 months to answer, the Defense Department declined to reply on the basis that it would threaten
national security. (US Senate, Subcommittee on Oceans and International Environment; 26 July 1972; p. 4).
Testifying to the Senate on 18 April 1972, Secretary of Defense Melvin Laird denied any weather modification in
Northern Vietnam, saying we have never engaged in that type of activity over Northern Vietnam.

(Quoted in: US Senate, Subcommittee on Oceans and International Environment; March 20, 1974; p. 109.).

Laird wasnt the only official whose 1972 weather modification testimony was untruthful.

Benjamin Forman, a senior Department of Defense lawyer, reiterated Lairds denial later that year: We have not,
as Secretary Laird has previously said, ever engaged in weather modification activities in Northern
Vietnam.

At the same hearing, the Deputy Director of the US Arms Control and Disarmament Agency had similar difficulties.
Asked by Senator Pell if rainmaking projects had been approved by Laos and Thailand, Philip Farley replied: I
dont wish even to admit, sir, that there were such projects. [13]

The Vietnam wars cloud-seeding bombs were made at Naval Air Weapons Station China Lake, California.
International Ban on Weather Warfare and (some) transparency in Weather Modification

As a result of the weather warfare over Vietnam and the lies told by top brass at the U.S. military during Congressional
testimony, an international ban on weather warfare was drafted and signed in 1978 and numerous weather modification
reporting laws were passed in the United States of America.

Weather Modification Reporting Act of 1972 Public Law 92-205 AN ACT To provide for the reporting of weather
modification activities to the Federal Government [14] 15 CFR Part 908 Maintaining Records and Submitting Reports on
Weather Modification Activities [15] NOAA reporting forms [16][17]

National Weather Modification Policy Act of 1976 Public Law 94-490 AN ACT To authorize and direct tlie Secretary
of Commerce to develop a national policy on weather modification, and for other purposes [18] 15 U.S. Code Chapter 9A
Weather Modification Activities or Attempts; Reporting Requirement [19]

ENMOD 1978 Convention on the Prohibition of Military or Any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification
Techniques International ban on weather modification for the purpose of warfare. [20]

In addition, Congress ordered a full accounting of weather modification activities across the United States of America.

Weather Modification: Programs, Problems, Policy, and Potential Prepared at the Request of Hon. Howard W.
Cannon, Chairman Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation, United States Senate [21]

Summary of Weather Modification Activities Reported in 1979, U.S. Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration Office of Research and Development [22]
Cloud seeding went from invention, to nationwide experimentation, and finally weaponization in less than thirty years.

Related: How Texas Stole Californias Rain!

While they manipulate the weather to support the global warming, or climate change false narratives, they are also
establishing trillion dollar industries that would reduce carbon emissions, on top of the the carbon taxes floated before, all
purposely to siphon funds from UN member countries into their pockets.

The heart of the issue (for those who need it elaborated) is this: the future of $90 trillion of energy infrastructure
investments and the $1 trillion green bond market and the multi-trillion dollar carbon trading market and the $391
billion (and growing) climate finance industry hangs in the balance.

Of course it does. What else explains the convergence of interest in the organizations, structures and mechanisms
for global governance that the magical global thermostat narrative affords?

Its why Enron and Goldman Sachs pioneered the emissions trading swindles (thatsurprise, surprise!are
a complete and total fraud from top to bottom).

Its why General Electric, DuPont, Johnson & Johnson, Pepsi, Siemens, AIG and a host of other Fortune 500/CFR
companies joined BP, ConocoPhillips, GM and a host of other oiligarch companies as founding members of the US
Climate Action Partnership whose Blueprint for Legislative Action became the backbone of the Wall Street-
backed Waxman-Markey bill of 2009.

Its why the Rockefellers and Rothschilds are at the forefront of the climate hysteria.

Its why over 400 global institutional investors worth over $25 trillion have decided to cash in on the bonanza with
their Investment Platform for Climate Actions.

Heck, its why EDF, Engie, Air France, Renault, BNP Paribas and a host of other oiligarch companies footed 20%
of the bill for the Paris conference itself (and why the French government bent over backwards to point out their
green credentials).

Take just one structural element of the climate swindle: the Green Climate Fund. Never heard of it? Hardly
surprising. Its just the facility through which the UN is expected to be clearing $100 billion in climate funding per
year by the end of the decade. Thats right: $100 billion per year. Every year.

The Fund was established at the 2010 edition of the UN Climate Conference (COP16) in Mexico in order to
support concrete mitigation actions by developing countries that are implemented in a transparent way, which is
UN Newspeak for create a bottomless trough of pork for corrupt kleptocrats, bureaucrats, kakistocrats and tyrants
to siphon off before funneling some loose change into some makework projects.

And it brags that it represents a new and equitable form of global governance to respond to the global challenge
of climate change which you hardly need the globalist decoder to figure out.

The Fund is headquartered in the Songdo Business District of Incheon, South Korea, because the Korean
Secretary-General of the UN and the Korean President of the World Bank probably just threw darts at a map
(since, as we all know, blatant political nepotism never happens at those institutions).

Even the Funds biggest supporters are criticizing the transparent way it is handling its first disbursement. The
Fund claims it consulted indigenous communities before approving $6.2 million for a Peruvian wetlands resilience
programme, but there is no verification that this ever took place. Worse, details of the projects it has decided to
fund so far have not been publicly released, only proposal documents (and in two cases, only a summary).

But for those who still believe this money is being handled by angels with nothing but the best interests of humanity
in mind, note this passage from the Nature article on the Funds shadiness:
 For some, another contentious issue is that the GCF is flowing its money mainly through international
organizations, such as multilateral or private banks such as the World Bank and Deutsche Bank rather than
sending it directly to institutions in developing countries where the projects are taking place.

For some? You mean, for people with their head screwed on straight?

Oh, and the kicker? The Funds Executive Director just happens to be an ex-Citibank investment banker. Who
woulda thunk it?

Yes, the global climate swindle is well under way, brought to you by the same trustworthy folks in the banking
industry and in the Fortune 500 / CFR / globalist jetset who have been steering us into the happy economic,
political and environmental conditions that we enjoy today

Corbett Report: And Now For The 100 Trillion Dollar Bankster Climate Swindle

Not only that theyll gain considerable liquidity, but also justify the need to reduce the population, the number one source of
carbon emissions according to vaccine advocate Bill Gates.

All is well and good in Kleptoland until the non-aligned nations on Earth, together with the BRICS Collective, started
planning for the systematic downfall of the Bilderbergers, by moving away from fiat dollar, among other strategic covert
measures now forcing the Western Oligarchy to sit on the table with Russia about the Syrian issue, and the successful
conclusion of the Iran Nuclear Deal.

This is the cause why those who have expressed commitment to the Paris Climate Conference last year are not about to put
substance to the save the planet rhetoric yet.
 If theres any bright spot in all of this its that so far the Fund has only managed to raise just over $10 billion in
pledges from the developed countries. And even that is an inflated number which includes the $3 billion which
Obama made a big show of pledging in 2014 but so far hasnt actually delivered. Its a long way to go to get to that
$100 billion/year mark theyre hoping to reach by 2020.

Dont feel too sorry for the globalists, though. Their game is a war of attrition, and as long as people continue to
buy into the narrative that all of this money is going to help the poor and downtrodden (by way of the UN and the
World Bank and their corporate crony Wall Street financial institutions) then its only a matter of time before this
thin edge of climate cronyism turns into the full wedge of global kleptocracy.

Corbett Report: And Now For The 100 Trillion Dollar Bankster Climate Swindle

They are now waiting for the unfolding of something big, hopefully within the next quarter, or the second half of this year.

The recent defeat of the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia in the Middle East, the global crime syndicate that controlled world
finance and corporate governments around the world for the last 80 years, or so, has also crippled its ability to control the
climate change narrative as the coercion factor dissipates.

Although, theres still a lot of work to be done before the formal announcement of the global reset, its still good to know that
we are now moving towards a more positive future for humanity.

One of the suppressed technologies that will soon be released has to do with longevity.

Weve been here before. Countless archaeological evidences are showing we have undergone so many cycles of decays
and repopulations, because we have never learned yet that passivity, too, is a disease which needs to be cured.
Never forget that the enemy still has access to weather weapons, and carbon is not the culprit, but an essential component
of life on this planet.

We can mitigate the effects of any chemicals and neutralized all types of parasites without using highly toxic drugs and
expensive procedures, but only with a very simple and complete protocol that defeats all known and unknown diseases for
good, without any long-term side-effects. Find more about it here.

The Overthrow Of America - By Its Enemies Within

August 30 2016 | From: Sott

My recent article exposes a brand new propaganda infomercial starring Angelina Jolie and 15
other high profile card-carrying members of the treasonous elitist "think tank" the Council on
Foreign Relations.

I outed the its obvious attempt at an image makeover, upgrading its Mr. Burns-David Rockefeller image of wrinkled,
old white men ruling the world to a new generation of bright young stars brilliantly working together to solve the
planet's most daunting challenges and problems facing humanity in the 21st century.

Yet a brief US history of the last 100 years with a more detailed focus on the last decade and a half since 9/11 reveals the
true story in plain sight of how infiltrated traitors within our own government have long had scheming eyes on their sinister
prize of one world government tyranny.

Council on Foreign Relations' new PR video - that still can't undo its NWO one world government agenda

This article will demonstrate how a subhuman class of murderous psychopaths epitomized in the modern day era by the
likes of the Bush-Clinton-Obama-CIA crime cabal family have treasonously overthrown America's democratic republic and
replaced it with today's technocratic fascist totalitarian police state oligarchy.
But the story could just as easily begin the same year America's Founding Fathers signed the Declaration of Independence
in July 1776. Another historically significant figure in Bavaria in southern Germany barely two months earlier was busy
founding the secret Order of the Illuminati.

The son of a rabbi but trained in Jesuit tradition he later came to despise, German philosopher Adam Wieshaupt dabbled in
Freemasonry and the Cabbala before developing his own secret society. With fellow Jewish [read: Khazarian
Zionist] Rothschild money, they plotted an ambitious, highly subversive plan for their anti-Catholic secret society of elitists to
implement global governance.

Influenced by both ancient Talmudic roots and Egyptian occult nearly two and a half centuries ago, prior to the United States
even becoming a sovereign, independent nation, Weishaupt and his "illumined" order already identified the three major
barriers deemed the true enemy of one world government.

For well over a century traitors within the US federal government have persistently sought to undermine and vanquish
Weishaupt's three declared enemy obstacles to one world government - American citizens' love of God and their
predominant Christian religion, patriotic love of country and national sovereignty, and love of family and parents that include
private property inheritance.
What is striking is that Karl Marx in his Communist Manifesto also calls for abolishment of family, private property,
countries/nationalities and religion as well. One world government is the fait accompli umbrella that unites Marxists, Zionists,
Fabian Socialists, the United Nations, the EU, the Parliamentary Group for World Government, Trilateral Commission, CFR,
Bilderberg Group, Trans-Pacific Partnership, the TTIP, the Vatican and the World Council of Churches.

Obviously this globalist agenda has been winning on all accounts, overcoming aforementioned barriers targeted centuries
earlier. Subsequently with the direction this nation has taken since 9/11 under the Bush-Obama regime, the US populace is
more confused, polarized and conflicted than ever before.

The ruling elite has historically used US Empire to do its dirty bidding as both global bully and nation exterminator. From
behind a thinly veiled curtain, the CFR's been the Intel handler directing all US wars in a nonstop foreign policy conquest
of global unipolar hegemony for the last 95 years now.

The same founders of the 1921 Council on Foreign Relations a few years earlier had deceitfully snuck through their secret
Jekyll Island masterplan called the Federal Reserve Act as its financial WMD on the eve of Christmas Eve 1913 right after
most Congress members had already left Washington on holiday break.
Thus a band of powerful thieves was stealthily successful in infiltrating the government and hijacking America on their way
to destroying our democratic republic. For good measure, during that same fateful year that our republic took it first fatal
blow, they also finagled passage of their unconstitutional "1%" Federal Income Tax Act when they took license to begin
stealing, misappropriating and bleeding working class Americans dry while monopolizing mega-giant corporations enjoy tax-
free, corporate welfare subsidies.

The US government oligarchy squeezes ten times more out of overburdened taxpayers for obscene corporate welfare
programs than for welfare for America's most poverty-stricken families. The rich get richer while a growing disenfranchised
class of Americans are thrown to the Wall Street wolves as purged useless eaters as part of the elite's eugenics endgame.

Once their Ponzi schemed 1913 Federal Reserve Act was in place, it took the parasitic traitors only a few months
to began what was to become history's deadliest "war to end all wars" killing 17 million people. Little more than a decade
later the bankers' intentionally manipulated the Great Depression and the treasonous failed coup of 1934 that "war is a
racket" General Smedley Butler heroically stopped and exposed.
Then the banking vultures like George W's grandpa Prescott Bush turned to financing Hitler's rise to power in order to cause
history's bloodiest of all wars in WWII killing over 60 million, followed immediately by the elite's contrived cold war against
their next bankrolled enemy the Communists that included both the Korean and Vietnam Wars.

Fact based evidence clearly shows time and time again that all of America's wars have been brought to us exclusively by
the bankster gangsters who hijacked our government a century ago and been in the driver's seat ever since.

Related: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars

In 1913 private bankers were able to seize control over America's money supply, allowing them to print it out of thin air and
over the years loaning the government trillions of dollars the US taxpayers would forever be footing the bill to pay
off interests on all those war loan debts and big government pork barrel spending that keep mounting into the colossal,
unpayable US debt (standing at near $20 trillion that's doubled under Obama to match all previous presidencies
combined!).

The corrupt system of thievery has taxpayers paying for wars that bankers create, always financing both sides as in
Germany's pre-WWI militarization and the Bolshevik Revolution and later Hitler's prewar rise to power. Washington and its
allies have been busted for all along secretly funding America's so called war on terror enemy - the al Qaeda/ISIS terrorists.
By elite design, virtually every military conflict in US history has been intentionally started by bankers using false flag
operations as their deceptive pretext for nonstop war 93% of the time.

After inventing al Qaeda (then mujahedeen) as paid CIA mercenaries that proved instrumental in breaking up the Soviet
Empire in the "graveyard of empires" Afghanistan throughout the 1980's, and again throughout the 90's balkanizing a
shattered Yugoslavia into a half dozen broken pieces, Washington's Zionist neocons in control of foreign policy then decided
to reinvent al Qaeda and their hitherto proxy war ally Osama bin Laden as the latest post-Soviet era bogeymen - Islamic
terrorists.

Using 19 box-cutting patsies on 9/11 led not by Osama but by CIA and 9/11 mastermind and former CFR president who was
then Vice President Dick Cheney, with direct assistance from both Israel's Mossad as well as the Saudi government, the
infamous Bush regime traitors sloppily staged their pre-plotted PNAC "new Pearl Harbor" as the biggest false flag in history
on 9/11 murdering 3,000 of their own citizens and, in one fell swoop, began scapegoating over 2 billion Muslims worldwide
in order to launch their "endless war on terror" that's still raging stronger than ever today.
Their inside 9/11 job along with their anthrax terrorism (produced in a federal lab) was then used to rush through their Patriot
Act, already pre-penned by the Bush-Cheney-Rumsfeld war criminal chain gang to finish the task begun back in 1913
to destroy the US as a democratic republic . The same secret societies like the Freemasons, Skull and Bones disciples and
CFR lifers that infiltrated and hijacked our federal government a century earlier are even more firmly in control today.

The Bush-Clinton-Obama crime cabal dynasty has been calling the shots ever since the assassination of John F. Kennedy,
and they're currently in the final stages of implementing their long awaited one world government tyranny. Recognizing that
Americans are finally catching on to their endless crime cabal debauchery, the globalists are rushing to their NWO finish
line.

A year after 9/11-Patriot Act inside job, the Department of Homeland Security artificially emerged to ostensibly protect
Americans, but like all things Orwellian, does exactly the opposite. As part of the bloated, self-serving, bureaucratic security
state apparatus, and terminal cancer to our lost democratic republic, it's done little to none in stopping terrorism.

What it does do is purge any records linking the Muslim Brotherhood to terrorism. Local San Bernardino and nearby Orlando
Fort Myers mosques that had connections to the alleged false flag shooters were ordered erased. DHS has been repeatedly
caught bussing unvetted illegal aliens from Somalia and who knows where else.
The Orlando shooter was employed for nearly a decade at the world's largest private security company GS4 that's under
contract with DHS transporting illegals from the border into America's heartland as part of its catch and release policy.

An eyewitness video captured a UPS plane under the cover of darkness flying in human cargo presumably from the Middle
East, loading them onto 30 busses and whisking them away from the Harrisburg, PA airport. State governors are
complaining Obama is secretly sending refugees into states without even notifying the governors.

With 6,227 Syrian refugees arriving this year as of July, Obama promised the UN he'd take in an additional 10,000 Syrians
by the end of next month. Fulfilling promises to the global elite and UN obviously mean everything, unlike all his broken
campaign promises like transparency to the American people. During Obama's first five years in office alone, green cards
were issued to 680,000 immigrants arriving from Muslim nations.
Each year the US admits a quarter million Muslim migrants. Thanks to our treasonous commander-in-chief, unvetted and set
free, ISIS cells in America are alive and well.

For the first time in a decade, near half the total refugees arriving in the US this year are Muslims outnumbering Christians.
Obama's open border policy has DHS ordering Border Patrol officers to stand down, permitting known drug traffickers and
MS13 criminal gang members to freely enter and commit crimes against Americans.

DHS is treasonously working with the UN to allow criminals and potential terrorists into our country at the same time DHS is
targeting law abiding citizens who happen to be patriots, veterans, gun owners, constitutionalists and dissidents as its
homegrown enemy.

Meanwhile, returning to those three sworn Illuminati enemies, through mass media propaganda and the likes of fourth wave
feminism and the LBGT-PC agenda, the elite's been busily engaging in social engineering that has globally undermined
male-female relations, confused gender roles and sexuality, and subsequently by design seriously weakened the family
bond.

As a former licensed therapist working within the child welfare system, I can attest to deep state authoritarianism
perpetrated by overzealous child protective services Nazis that wrongfully break up families and further abuse children who
were my victimized clients.

Oppressive overreach in both education and social services at federal, state and county levels has clearly usurped
autonomous rights of America's parents. The "progressive" idea being pushed nowadays insists that children no
longer belong to their parents but the globalized community.
Much has been written about the subversive forces of social indoctrination heavily tainted in communist and socialist
ideology now being so aggressively deployed by the so called progressive left. As an example, the Obama
administration coerced 46 out of 50 states into accepting Common Core standards as a condition to receiving much needed
federal aid funding.

The systemic brainwash of today's youth through a purposely dumbed down public education system is insidiously polluting
impressionable young minds with Common Core garbage.

The collectivist dogma frowns upon individuality and individual achievement as one's value is only as good as one's
contribution and benefit toward the collective group. Unthinking conformity, group mindset and the Political Correctness
agenda have suppressed, stifled and supplanted critical thinking, innate creativity and natural inquiry in pursuit of truth that
dare questions authority.

The brainwash factory in America goes to work early on in our schools to churn out mindless little robots who simply do what
they're told as zombified cogs in the factory wheel, only to find out that when they graduate the factory's been
closed, outsourced overseas for cheaper slave labor.
For over a decade US Homeland Security Department and FEMA have been recruiting and training America's clergy to align
as deep state propagandist oppressors during a national emergency under martial law. Many religious leaders have sold out
on both God and their flock of worshippers to covertly join forces with the feds' treasonous authoritarian tyranny.

In order to retain their 501c3 IRS tax-exempt status, churches, synagogues, temples and mosques across America have
been co-opted into nefariously leading their religious followers to the eugenics slaughterhouse, consequently forcing pastors
and clerics to betray their own spiritual principles and teachings as taught by Jesus, Muhammad, Buddha.

Per a whistleblowing pastor, FEMA enlisted the biblical passage Romans 13 as the preaching talking point to use in
sermons to brainwash their congregations into blindly obeying both them and the federal authorities as preparation for the
[intended] coming crises.

It's an over-the-top, all too obvious government ploy to turn community religious leaders into secret police enforcers,
rehearsing preparedness for potential bio-terrorist attacks, natural as well as unnatural disasters, declared national
emergencies and martial law.
Religious leaders will be counted on by the feds to help tame the "cowboy mentality" of American citizens determined to
stand up for their property and Second Amendment rights when by executive order under martial law forced relocation, gun
confiscation and property and livestock confiscation will be enforced.

The training sessions call upon the religious community to preach subservience well in advance of what's coming and that
the planned forced relocation of citizens will be "for their own good," evoking benevolent Orwellian Big Brother assurance of
guaranteed safety and protection as the lure to foster sheep-like obedience.

FEMA trainers emphasize that the program is part of a nationwide preparedness directive under the umbrella of the National
Voluntary Organizations Active in Disaster (NVOAD) and ten years ago already had over 13,000 counties in the US on
board. FEMA reps also reassure the religious leaders that they will receive full backup and cooperation from law
enforcement at all levels when and where citizen resistance is encountered.

A year after this story broke mainstream television station KSLA 12 confirmed the existence of these Clergy Response
Teams operating as extensions of the federal government to help quell civil unrest and rebellion under national emergency
conditions.

Meanwhile while the feds have been brainwashing pastors to become martial law pacifiers, Obama's practically made it a
sin to be a Christian in America. In the US military it literally is against the law to openly share your Christian faith,
punishable by court martial. Obama has destroyed troop morale and devastated retention rates in the armed forces.
Biblical scenes and Merry Christmas greetings as an annual Americana tradition has been outlawed in communities across
America, replaced by the contrite PC clich "happy holidays." Daily prayer and a "God"-less Pledge of Allegiance has been
surgically removed from every public education classroom across America.

The rigid intolerance enforced in the name of PC radicalism that's taken hold of America today shuns any display remotely
Christian while going to extreme lengths not to offend Muslims seems oddly hypocritical, one-sided and unfair.

And to those who succumb to ignorance and hate toward 2 million plus Muslims around the world because the US
hired a few Godless mercenary thugs to commit heinous atrocities for the US Empire of Chaos and Destruction of
course makes no logical or moral sense either.

Obama's bizarre reaction last year to a Jordanian pilot burned alive by the Islamic State terrorists that he and Hillary created
and the slaying and selling of children by ISIS is very telling.

He told Christians to "get off your high horse" in response to the ISIS savagery, adding that Christians committed terrible
deeds in the name of Christ referring to the Crusades and Inquisition against Islam and hanging blacks during Jim Crowism.

But an astute critic asked, "Has he ever said ISIS has committed terrible deeds in the name of Muhammad?"

Despite his repeated actions that indicate otherwise, Obama insists that he's a Christian. But he has many doubters. In a
poll taken last September, 29% of Americans (43% of the Republicans) think Obama is a Muslim while 43% of Americans
believe he's a Christian.

Having been caught telling over a thousand proven lies, Obama is a pathological liar and psychopath. His notorious
character is shady from the get-go, a complete fraud demonstrated by his refusal to produce a valid birth certificate to
illegally using a dead immigrant's social security number issued in Connecticut where he's never lived. But then
psychopaths lie all the time.

Barry and Micheal

It's their second nature, their Modus Operandi and a primary symptom of their mental illness that only feeds their self-
serving drive for power, advantage and self-aggrandizement. Incapable of possessing either empathy or a moral
conscience, hence Obama the actor's only capable of shedding those crocodile artificially induced tears.

As a condition of his and others like the Clintons and the Bushes, their callous, coldhearted, destructive actions that have
harmed and murdered millions of humans produce zero guilt or remorse.

So no matter how many times Obama attempts to explain he's really a Christian, people pay far more attention to his actions
speaking louder than any of his deceitful words. In a C-SPAN speech last year in Turkey as well as a 2008 ABC interview
with George Stephenopoulos, Obama momentarily let his guard down and rare honest words slipped out. The 2008 "my
Muslim faith" admission was immediately corrected by Democratic faithful George.

In addition to these faux pas, Obama once assured an Egyptian foreign minister that "I am a Muslim" and at another Islamic
State dinner he uttered, "I am one of you." And once a Pakistani government minister asked Obama to be the world leader
for all Muslims.

His alleged Kenyan biological father was Muslim and in his youth from 6-10 he lived as Barry Soetoro in the most Muslim
populated country on earth Indonesia with a Muslim stepfather. His third grade teacher told the LA Times he was a Muslim,
stating that he registered as such in school and attended Muslim classes.
Obama repeatedly omits Christian references to God and Creator when reciting historic passages like the Declaration of
Independence. On a number of occasions he has mocked biblical scripture but even more frequently defends Islam. Before
speaking at Georgetown and Notre Dame Universities, he ordered that the cross and religious symbols be covered yet
whenever he visits mosques, he never requests a dcor adjustment where Allah is posted everywhere.

Vatican court's highest ranking Cardinal Raymond Burke accuses Obama of being "hostile toward Christian civilization" and
"promotes anti-life and anti-family policies." Recall Illuminati and Marxist foremost NWO enemies - family and religion.

If that's not enough to question where Obama's loyalty lies, his Kenyan half-brother Malik Obama is a known Muslim
Brotherhood member affiliated with a group the State Department classifies as terrorist. That might also explain why
Obama's DHS is wiping clean all incriminating records linking terrorism to Muslim Brotherhood.

Additionally, Obama's longtime senior advisor perhaps exerting the most influence and control over the president is Iran-
born Muslim Valerie Jarrett.
Through a freedom of information request, Judicial Watch obtained FBI investigative files showing that Jarrett's father,
father-in-law and maternal grandfather are/were Communists.

Fellow Chicagoan Valerie Jarrett and her family also have ties to Obama's old mentors terrorist Bill Ayers and Communist
Frank Marshall Davis as well as the Muslim Brotherhood.

Last year former Admiral James "Ace" Lyons, Jr. went public accusing Barack Hussein Obama as anti-American, pro-
Islamic, pro-Muslim Brotherhood, outing both Valerie Jarrett as well as CIA director John Brennan as Muslims.

According to a former FBI agent, Obama's choice of CIA director John Brennan converted to Muslim while stationed in
Saudi Arabia years ago. A military intelligence whistleblower also outed the Muslim Brennan while he was CIA station chief
in Jeddah maintaining that Brennan approved visas for the [supposed] 19 alleged 9/11 terrorists.

A couple of other credible sources have also come forth to further corroborate the veracity of these Muslim claims, among
them former naval intelligence officer turned investigative journalist Wayne Madsen. Madsen contends that there's "growing
evidence" the CIA director's a Wahhabist convert.

Also recall the highly suspicious death in June 2013 of muckraking journalist Michael Hastings who at the time was writing
an expose on Brennan and US intelligence when his car was very likely remotely hacked and accelerated up to 80 MPH on
an LA surface street before it suddenly exploded blowing the engine 100 feet from the charred body and vehicle.
A WikiLeaks leak from Stratfor, a CIA linked global intelligence firm, mentioned how Brennan was on "a witch hunt" against
snooping journalists. A nervous Hastings knew he was being investigated by the FBI and even had asked a friend to borrow
her car earlier that same day. Michael Hastings had written two very high profile, unflattering Rolling Stone articles on two
prominent generals in charge of the Afghanistan War.

General Stanley McChrystal lost his job over Hastings' revealing portrayal and then a second piece on General David
Petraeus who seven months earlier was forced to resign as Brennan's CIA predecessor after Petraeus' scandalous
affair with his biographer broke. Again, truth becomes the enemy to dark evil forces.

Having a standing US president and US head of intelligence both treasonous Muslims covertly promoting terrorism around
the world amounts to the worst breach of both national as well as global security this planet's ever known.

Understanding the profound damage being done to the world by these two partners-in-crime working in tandem, this The
New York Times article noting how close Obama and Brennan are suddenly makes more sense:

"In the 67 years since the CIA was founded, few presidents have had as close a bond with their intelligence
chiefs."

Other deeply disturbing influences on Obama's life are his mentors. His longtime mentor Bill Ayers who first got him started
in politics is a well-known terrorist from the Weather Underground back in the 1960's and 70's that somehow managed to
avoid jail time. Ayers told an FBI informant that had infiltrated his group that once Weather Underground overthrew the US
government, 50 million Americans would need to be rounded up and taken to re-education camps.

If re-education failed, Ayers estimated that 25 million Americans would need to be exterminated. The informant was
interviewed revealing Ayers diabolical plan in the 1982 documentary No Place to Hide: The Strategy and Tactics of
Terrorism.

With his white mother a CIA employee, his grandparents CIA assets and raised among CIA handlers in both Hawaii,
Indonesia and perhaps his entire life, Obama was carefully groomed as the Manchurian president selected by the elite to
suddenly catapult out of obscurity onto the national stage.
Early in Obama's life from adolescence into young adulthood his closest mentor (and possibly his biological father) was
African American Communist, poet and journalist Frank Marshall Davis. Davis was a victim of racism and hated it and
America for that reason. As an alternative to the racist pecking order of imperialistic elitism, Frank Marshall Davis turned to
Communism Soviet Stalinism style where he believed a black man would be on a more equal footing.

During the time Obama knew him he'd become old and bitter. How much of that resentment and political ideology rubbed off
on the young impressionable mulatto Barack struggling to find his blackness growing up in a white family without a black
father? Probably quite a bit.

Obama mentions Frank (only by his first name) in his autobiography Dreams from My Father 22 times. But when it came
time for his book to go audio in 2005 leading up to his run for presidency, Obama cunningly chose to totally erase Frank the
Communist out of his life.
With a violent subversive white radical terrorist and an angry bitter black Stalinist Communist most influential in making him
the man he is today, steeped and bred in Manchurian CIA candidacy to become the most "powerful" front man in the world
as long as he on cue successfully destroys racist Christian America for his ruling masters, I'd say he's followed his script like
the dutiful puppet he is to the T.

His horrendous track record at deceit speaks volumes that only his demonic handlers can be proud of.

By the way, as power hungry puppets spawned from the same criminally psychopathic pond, the Muslim
Brotherhood waters still run deep in crime boss Hillary's shady world as well. Look no further than her right hand Muslim gal-
pal who's been her top aide the last 20 years - Huma Abedin. When Huma was two-years old her family moved from
Michigan to Saudi Arabia where she lived until 18, returning to America to attend college.
It turns out all the while Huma was working for Clinton, she also had a gig as assistant editor of the Journal of Muslim
Minority Affairs from 1995 through 2008, a radical Sharia law publication where her Pakistani-born mother is editor out of
offices in Jeddah. Mama Abedin also sits on the staff of an organization run by the leader of the Muslim Brotherhood.

The New York Post just ran a detailed article uncovering the family's extremist views endorsing female circumcision,
opposing women's rights, attributing domestic violence to men's stress in the world and blamed 9/11 on the US. This
shocker is just the latest from the scandal-ridden Clinton campaign.

While using a private internet server, Abedin helped Hillary sell off America to dangerous foreign interests. For more than a
dozen years Huma Abedin worked for an organization whose stated objective is to infiltrate and conquer the West in the
name of Islam.

The elite has seen to it that all its major players are in place to destroy the United States from within by traitors who secretly
hate America. Welcome to New World Disorder [but it won't be allowed to run it's course].
While practicing Christianity openly under Obama's watch is becoming criminalized, or even displaying the American flag in
front of your home on Flag Day can get you arrested, Obama and his Attorney General Loretta Lynch are making the politics
of Political Correctness the new American law and religion.

Uttering statements that may potentially offend someone in the universe is fast becoming a crime. Being critical of Muslims,
apartheid Israel, the LGBT agenda or the federal government are increasingly construed as so called hate crimes that could
land you in prison, especially if uttered by potential "homegrown extremists" deemed enemies of the state.

Even filming the police in a police state can get you arrested.

The assault on free speech and flagrant violations of the US Constitution that they took sworn oaths to uphold and protect is
overwhelming. The First Amendment right of free speech, freedom of religion, freedom of assembly for peaceful protest
are no longer recognized as our rule of law, and exercising those rights increasingly runs the risk of being beaten, thrown in
jail or even killed. Freedom of press amongst the 6-oligarch owned MSM mega-media corporations is completely
nonexistent.

MSM puppets on each network read from the same disinformation script. And if the Trans-Pacific Partnership passes, the
last vestige of a free press and free speech that still can be found on the internet will be totally censored, banned and lost. In
this age of tyrannical deceit, truth becomes the enemy.

Our Fourth Amendment rights to unreasonable search and seizure as well as the right to privacy have been completely
obliterated with electronic tracking and storing our every move, communicated utterance and transaction. Through civil asset
forfeiture laws, police are able to legally rob us blind without warrants or probable cause, literally stealing our cash with no
connection to any crime.

But now since May law enforcement has taken it a step further with new scanning devices electronically capable of
snatching money right out of our bank accounts. Cops took more assets from Americans in 2014 than all the burglars
combined. Eminent domain allows the government at any level from local to federal to steal our home and property not
always for public use but for private development as well.

Executive Order 13603 authorizes Obama and his traitors to confiscate our 2nd Amendment right to bear firearms, to
confiscate our stored food and water, our vehicles and all our property. Without pay until further notice, the presidential
dictator can also literally conscript Americans into slavery.
2012 NDAA ended the 1878 Posse Comitatis law that prohibited US military from interfering in civil affairs. It authorizes
military troops to break into our homes without warrant, without charges, arrest and imprison citizens without due process,
without legal representation and without trial for an unlimited length of time... Gulag USA.

Bail-in laws give the criminal banksters the right to literally steal all our life savings right out of our "private" unsecured bank
accounts. We're now living in a lawless age of New World Disorder where grand theft rape and pillaging everything
American citizens always cherished as our freedoms are gone.

The treasonous traitors from within our own government have openly declared an apartheid war on Americans of every
persuasion, color, creed, criminalizing anyone who demands accountability for the egregious acts of treason committed by
agents from the federal as well as state and municipal levels.

After decades of war in the Middle East and North Africa, the globalists manufactured the migration crisis of near two million
and counting (1.3 million in 2015 alone) in Europe and per Obama many more to come to America. The globalist plan is to
weaken and destroy the West, creating such a clash of civilizations that a volatile enough racial and religious divide will
foment race/religious civil wars.

Speaking of race war, in addition to being a top financier of Hillary's crooked path to a rigged presidency, billionaire George
Soros first helped fund her and her assistant Nuland's illegal 2014 Ukraine coup, singlehandedly ushering in cold war 2
against Russia.
Related: Dark Lord: Hacked Documents Reveal Magnitude Of George Soross Domestic Influence

Backing the fascist corrupt Kiev regime, Soros, Hillary and Obama have caused the bloody civil war still raging in eastern
Ukraine that could easily ignite World War III that Hillary promises to deliver. And in recent weeks the war in the Donbass
region is intensifying.

A recently released CIA report has surfaced pointing the finger at Soros financing a series of bombing attacks in
Czechoslovakia during 1986 and 1987 in efforts to overthrow the then Communist government. Meet the terrorist behind the
terrorists who's been free to operate his paid for violence evil with impunity throughout the world now for 30 years.

Let us not forget Soros' evil misdeeds in America with his intention to incite race wars on US soil. He dropped 33 million in a
single year to deploy his paid army of bussed in agitators and co-opted Black Lives Matter protesters to invade inner cities
whenever Obama's coldblooded police force murder another unarmed black man.
With near weekly incidents now of police killing unarmed Americans and Intel handled MK Ultra patsies killing police, at this
point Obama, Hillary and Soros' wet dream has almost been fulfilled. While racism exists in America, deep state is using it
as an exploited, divide and conquer weapon to intentionally cause such out of control civil and racial violence that it will then
be used as the convenient trigger for dictator Obama or dictator Hillary to declare martial law.

Comment: While it is true that police state USA is exacerbating racial tensions we would be doing BLM an injustice if we
were to paint its existence with one Soros-dipped brush stroke. See this.

With ma and pa neighborhood stores selling made-in-America products long dead now, and America's malls fast
becoming dying ghost towns minus a disappearing, once vibrant middle class, times ahead look mighty grim for America.
All 133 Target stores in Canada were closed last year and 154 Walmarts in the US are boarded up under contract
with Homeland Security, most likely waiting to be reopened when the SHTF as FEMA roundup processing centers.

With Obama dropping doom and gloom hints ominously warning Americans to be prepared for impending coming disasters,
get ready for a series of rapid fire false flag crises, like a so called massive cyber-hack attack breaching America's bank
security declaring on Friday a banker's holiday and inaccessibly frozen ATM's and private bank account assets on Monday.

Or an EMP attack that's been waiting to happen on America's extremely vulnerable power grid that the feds have known
about for years but refuse to invest in infrastructure to protect the 90% of Americans who would likely die without electricity
within 12 months.

Or the highly amplified weaponized cell towers capable of delivering non-thermal, radioactive heat that could fry us in our
own backyard neighborhoods. Or the black ops Tesla inspired pulsar weapons technology related
to HAARP weather warfare through diabolically staged unnatural disasters like earthquakes, volcanos, tsunamis, floods and
droughts, combined with towers that resonate with brain frequencies for massive mind control using heavy metals as EMF
conductors from geoengineered chemtrails.

Or any fake or real human-made Zika, Ebola or any other virus in the military's vast array that can easily be aerially
launched as biological and/or chemical warfare on large swaths of the human population.

Nuclear weapons could begin disappearing in Turkey into unaccounted hands potentially with ISIS fingerprints on them.
After all, the US has consistently been the main supplier of terrorists' weapons - always "mysteriously" ending up in their
hands.

Speaking of weapons and supplies, recent sightings of massive movement of UN military vehicles and weapons in the US
have been sighted perfectly timed with recent authorization for UN troop deployment on US soil under backdoor stipulation
to "protect" civilians but could just as easily kill us under martial law orders when they come to lock us up and confiscate our
guns.

Or another flimsily veiled executive order signed on July 1st that authorizes new rules of engagement for deadly drones
eradicating declared combatants moving amongst civilian populations that under Obama's loose definition could easily be
applied to homegrown civilians believing in the sanctity of our US Constitution and national sovereignty.
The most eminent danger of them all posed by the elite's meticulously planned perfect storm of global economic
collapse co-timed with World War III against Russia, China and Iran carrying the very real threat of nuclear annihilation [but
again, this is very unlikely to eventuate].

This growing collection of extremely plausible doomsday scenarios seem as endless as the globalists' war on terror, except
the terror being perpetrated on us is nothing short of premeditated human genocide by a Satan worshipping, pedophilia-
addicted, trans-human elitist crime cabal syndicate.

When history keeps repeating itself, more than convincingly demonstrating that the ruling elite possesses both the criminal
means and willful intention to purge 90% of the global population, while enslaving the rest under absolute tyrannical one
world government control, it's time to wake up from this nightmare and start fighting back for our very lives.
Comment: Ultimately - the wost case scenario simply will not be allowed to happen. There are far too many contingency
plans in place - BUT the masses need to be awakened to the full gravity of the situation and what was planned for them.

Joachim Hagopian is a West Point graduate and former US Army officer. He has written a manuscript based on his unique
military experience entitled "Don't Let The Bastards Getcha Down." It examines and focuses on US international relations,
leadership and national security issues. After the military, Joachim earned a master's degree in Clinical Psychology and
worked as a licensed therapist in the mental health field with abused youth and adolescents for more than a quarter century.
In recent years he has focused on his writing, becoming an alternative media journalist. His blog site is
at: empireexposed.blogspot.co.

Does The Local Government Act Amendment Bill Result In Amalgamation By Stealth?
Local Body Developments
August 29 2016 | From: KiwiWatch / NZPCR

After Amalgamation failures in Northland, Hawkes Bay and Wellington is the National government
attempting to do this via the backdoor while everyone was watching the Rio Olympics?
It seems that Hastings Mayor and Mr. UN Agenda 21 / UN Agenda 30 New Zealand Laurence Yule is planning to
force amalgamation on Hawkes Bay. The following letter was in the Dominion Post:

Submitted by a reader:

Letters to the Editor

Dominion Post
2 August 2016

Local Govt Bill

At the recent local government conference widespread concern was expressed about the potential loss of local
democracy if a revamped Local Government Commission (LGC) is authorised to amalgamate various bodies and
require the establishment of commercial agencies with little if any elected directors.

Discussion almost entirely ignored the most radical proposal now before the House: to make the LGC a Crown
agent (that is, subject to explicit direction by a minister) and to exempt from the Official Information Act any
information from or about the process leading to a decision of the LGC, for example, to amalgamate.

Perhaps the bill is just provocative; perhaps fears of making local government a creature of the central executive
are groundless. If not, this is a significant constitutional change.

Judith Aitken
Retiring Wellington Regional Councillor
Te Aro

I do not recall seeing anything in the HB Today about submissions which have, of course, closed. The bill is before
parliament on its second reading before reaching a Select Committee.

This is of great concern because, once again, our democracy is being challenged BEHIND CLOSED DOORS and the
unwanted result will be presented to us as fait accompli too late for us to do anything, again.

This is the Link sent to me from parliament: Local Government Act 2002 Amendment Bill (No 2)
Local Body Developments
"If at first you dont succeed, try, try again. Then quit. Theres no point in being a damn fool about
it!" - W.C. Field, American comedian

Not content with the failure of the Local Government Commission to merge councils in Northland, the Hawkes Bay,
and Wellington, National is now proposing to put their amalgamation agenda into effect via the back door, by using
a new local government bill to increase the power of the Commission, while removing important democratic rights.

The Local Government Act 2002 Amendment Bill (No 2) is now in front of Parliaments Local Government and Environment
Select Committee and is open for submissions until Thursday 28 July full details can be seen here.

The Bills preamble explains that it aims to lift local authority performance, as part of the Governments overall objective of
improving public services and building a more productive and competitive economy. It does this by streamlining the process
for combining and co-ordinating services, infrastructure and resources across regions and towns, through a greater use of
Council-Controlled Organisations (CCOs).

As the Local Government Minister Sam Lotu-Iiga explained in his first reading speech:

"Communities in Northland, Hawkes Bay, and Wellington have told us that they do not want full-scale
amalgamation, but this bill provides a middle ground. Communities will retain their elected councils; the councils, in
turn, will be able to work more collaboratively to manage infrastructure and services across our regions. This will
deliver more joined-up, cost-effective services and better value for our ratepayers.

So while the present legislation promotes council amalgamations as the way to gain the scale required to combine services,
the new Bill facilitates the sharing of services between councils, without the need for amalgamation unless it is agreed by
all councils.
While under the present law only individuals, groups, councils, and the Minister can propose amalgamations, the Bill
extends that power to the Local Government Commission. To balance that, the Bill includes an automatic poll of citizens
over any Commission-led re-organisation proposal, including the transfer of water, transport, or Resource Management Act
functions from one local authority to another.

However, theres a catch. The Bill removes an important democratic safeguard, namely the automatic right of residents and
ratepayers to petition councils for a binding poll on any amalgamation proposal if supported by 10 percent of electors.

As a result, under the new Bill, if a number of councils jointly agree on amalgamation, local citizens will have no
right to call for a poll. This has already led to speculation that councils might be encouraged to collude in order to
circumvent a public poll.

We strongly recommend that the ability of residents and ratepayers to petition their local authority for a poll
on any amalgamation or reorganisation proposals should either be re-instated, or the provision for an automatic poll on
Commission-led changes should be extended to cover all amalgamation and re-organisation proposals.

The point is that local ratepayers have a fundamental right to have a say in the structure of representative decision-making
in their communities, since they are the ones who fund council infrastructure and assets.

There is also a concern that a central requirement in the current law, that there must be demonstrable community support
for an amalgamation proposal to proceed, has been removed. Instead, the new Bill focuses on the likelihood of
significantcommunity opposition to any reorganisation

In effect, this change in presumption from an amalgamation needing community support to proceed, to the lesser hurdle that
it should go ahead, unless there is significant opposition, dramatically lowers the threshold.

We suggest that the old standard is the correct one new local government re-organisation proposals should have to
demonstrate that they have the support of their community in order to proceed.

When community support was used as a benchmark by the Commission in the last three amalgamation attempts,
the results were conclusive: in Northland, 93 percent of submitters opposed a single council, in Wellington, 89
percent were opposed, and in the Hawkes Bay, where a poll was held, 66 percent of voters were opposed.

In defence of the new Bill, the Local Government Minister explained:

"The projected costs of maintaining and building core infrastructure such as water, sewerage, flood protection and
roading are growing exponentially faster than the ability of local ratepayers to bear.
 The bill enables the development of shared infrastructure ownership and management across regions. This is
essential for developing regions and communities.

But this is also a key reason why communities should remain closely involved in the reform process the creation of CCOs
for the delivery of water and roading services, could remove a major part of the budget of many small councils, signalling
their radical downsizing into largely regulatory agencies.

Further, since concerns remain that the Commission, on behalf of the Minister, could create CCOs, without the approval of
the council or the community, it is imperative that community involvement and support remains a priority in the Bill
especially given the dreadful problems that are still evident in Auckland, where residents and ratepayers had
amalgamation forced upon them.

Meanwhile, the Local Government Commission is wasting no time. Although their plans for Auckland-style super cities and
Maori Statutory Boards in Northland, Wellington and the Hawkes Bay were rejected, they are now informing councils that
they intend to reconsider other restructuring options to promote greater efficiencies in the regions. They plan to progress
their re-organisation proposals under the new law.

If you are concerned about the potential erosion of local democracy, and the failure of the proposed law to adequately
safeguard public involvement in major council reorganisation decision-making, we would urge you to send in a quick
submission on the Bill outlining your concerns by Thursday.

With local body elections just weeks away, local government reform is not the only thing being dumped on councils.

This weeks NZCPR Guest Commentator, Fiona Mackenzie, an Auckland-based political commentator, outlines how
councillors in the region are having to battle against a power grab by tribal interests for control of the crucial Hauraki Gulf.
The Hauraki Gulf is a massive coastal area covering 1.2 million hectares from Mangawai in the North, to Waihi in the South,
and Great Barrier Island in the East, encompassing Auckland, the Hauraki Plains and the Coromandel Peninsula. It includes
the Ports of Auckland, shipping routes, marinas, fisheries, marine farms, and other commercial and recreational facilities.

At the present time, as Fiona explains, the area is controlled by the Hauraki Gulf Marine Park Act:

"Since 2000, the Gulf has been managed by the Hauraki Gulf Forum with Auckland Council as its administering
authority. Its 21-member board includes Ministry bureaucrats, elected representatives of all the regions councils,
plus 6 self-nominated tribal representatives appointed by the Minister of Conservation.

She outlines how, at their meeting last month, iwi tried to force through a re-organisation proposal for a new 16-member
Board, constituted on the 50:50 Maori sovereignty co-governance model, whereby 8 members would represent Maori and 8
members would represent everyone else, giving tribes unassailable control of the Board and the Hauraki Gulf.

Under their scheme, the number of iwi representatives on the new Forum would be increased from 6 to 8. The number of
councillors representing the vast Auckland region would be cut from 7 to 1. Representatives of the five other councils in the
area the Hauraki District Council, the Matamata-Piako District Council, the Thames-Coromandel District Council, the
Waikato District Council, and the Waikato Regional Council would be cut from 5 to 2.

And the number of public servants representing the Minister of Maori Affairs, the Minister of Conservation, and the Minister
of Fisheries, would be increased from 3 to 5.
All in all, only 3 of the 16 representatives on the proposed new governance body would be elected to represent the public
interest and the almost 2 million people who live in the area.

Under the proposal the new iwi-controlled Board would demand statutory authority to enact legislation over the entire area.

Why, in a democracy based on equal rights and the rule of law, such a racist proposal could have progressed to the point
where it is being seriously considered, is hard to fathom although its not altogether surprising, given that the long-term
agenda of Maori tribal leaders is to gain sufficient status and power to control the countrys major resources.

According to Fiona:

"The meeting became rather acrimonious when some expressed concern at this attempt to shove the
recommendations through. Understandably, they wished to have it reviewed by their respective organisations and
obtain a mandate before voting. The inevitable claims of racism were made.

She is concerned that those in positions of power on the Auckland Council, who support the sovereignty cause, might
manipulate the process so the proposal may not be decisively defeated, as it should be:

"At the time of writing, the Forums Auckland City Councillors did not yet know if this Report would be reviewed and
voted on by their Councils governing body. Theres a chance it could be directed to a sub-committee for an easier
passage from carefully selected participants, plus the two votes from the unelected, unaccountable and totally
conflicted members of the Independent Maori Statutory Board.
It is clear that the group wanting control of the Gulf were pushing Forum members to approve their new governance model
on the spot, ahead of the local body elections, as they clearly believe they have the numbers to get their proposal through
and do not want to risk having their compliant representatives replaced by others who might oppose their plan.

If they succeed in gaining support for their 50:50 Maori sovereignty-style co-governance proposal, the next step in their
march for tribal control of the Hauraki Gulf, will be to seek the approval of the Government for a change to the Act. With the
National Partys history of caving in to iwi demands, whether they would stand up against this blatant power grab is anyones
guess.

This whole debacle shows only too clearly how important it is that our local body representatives are prepared to act on
principle and stand up for the public interest against radicals.

By offering themselves for office, candidates are pledging to work in the best interests of their community. That means
opposing anyone threatening the principle of one person one vote.

With an on-going campaign underway to pressure councillors to support the appointment of un-elected iwi representatives
with voting rights onto local authorities, it is important that potential candidates are well prepared. Standing up to iwi and
their supporters is not always easy, so we suggest the following questions should be asked:

1. If you are elected would you oppose iwi representatives being appointed onto your Council with voting rights?

2. If you are elected and a proposal to appoint iwi representatives with voting rights onto your Council wins majority
support, would you propose that the final decision should be made by local electors through a public referendum
process?

3. If your Council has already established iwi representatives with voting rights, will you move that the positions be
disestablished so they can be reconsidered by the new council?

If you send email responses from candidates to us, we will add the details to our website here as a public service in the
run up to the elections.

New Zealand needs strong local government politicians. But be warned as Fionas article indicates only too clearly, you
need to be prepared to stick to your principles and not cave in to bullying or intimidation.
Most of all you must never forget that you are there to represent the best interests of your community and those
who voted you into office.

Largest Pedophile Ring In History, 70,000 Members, Heads Of State, The Rats
Scramble
August 28 2016 | From: VeteransToday

VT and Keshe take the lead in breaking the most insidious human trafficking gang on the planet

Millions read the news today, the pedophile ring busted or the earlier article about how the FBI actually ran it for
several weeks, expanding it, drawing in tens of thousands. Those who read it thought they knew, thought they were
getting the story but as is so often the case, the truth goes so much further.

Related: Australia v New Zealand and United Kingdom The Royal Commission v The Art of Cover-up

When Veterans Today tied the murder of Supreme Court Justice Anthony Scalia to a White House blackmail plot and a
strange tale involving the Keshe Foundation, it became clear that the highest and most powerful in Europe, the US and
around the world, were tied together in a web of ritual child abuse on a massive scale. For the Scalia tale, refer to Appendix
I.

Todays story is one more aspect of this. VTs involvement goes back to 1991 when key VT staffers worked for Americas
intelligence community. A GOP high level staffer approached the CIA claiming that President George H.W. Bush was being
blackmailed.

It was said that the President was at a political fundraiser in St. Louis where, unknown to the President, top GOP campaign
donors were having sex with young males, some of whom had been spirited away from Boys Town in Nebraska of Father
Flanagan fame.
The rumors became more than rumors when Bush 2 took office and brought with him, according to a high level White House
informant, a virtual army of Neocon pedophiles and nancyboys who set the tone for 8 years of crushed civil liberties.
staged economic crashes and the dirtiest wars in Americas history.

The door didnt open again until Iranian physicist, Mehran T. Keshe came to us with his own story. Invited to Belgium,
sponsored by the Royal Family, Keshe was introduced to internet guru Sterling Allen and Belgian fixer, Dirk Lauressens.

Mehran T. Keshe

Within a short time, it became clear that he was there as a prisoner, not a guest, having fallen into a web of pedophiles that
control public life in Belgium and the Netherlands, control corporations, courts, the police and do so rather publicly.

With Keshes story, we traced Sterling Allen, through his work with Belgiums Royal Family, to his questioning by the FBI, to
the seizure of his computers and eventually to his real task in life, webmaster for a massive pedophile ring that supplied
children for the members of secret societies that control our daily lives through suppression of technology and the waging of
endless war.

From NBC News:

"Massive pedophile ring busted; 230 kids saved US news Crime & courts | NBC News

An Internet pedophile ring with up to 70,000 members thought to be the worlds largest has been uncovered
by police, a security official said Wednesday.

The European police agency Europol said in a statement that Operation Rescue had identified 670 suspects and
that 230 abused children in 30 countries had been taken to safety. More children are expected to be found,
Europol said."

A pedophile ring, 70,000 strong, has been identified and hundreds arrested, an organization run on the internet, centered in
the Free Energy Community, including websites run out of Paris, the Netherlands and Belgium.

What isnt being told is that this same organization, also known as the Red Circle, runs through secret societies
around the world:

Bilderberg
 St. Hubertus

Federalist Society

Knights of Malta (Rome, not KMFAP in Budapest)

Council on Foreign Relations

Federal Reserve Bank

NATO

Royal Families of Belgium and Netherlands

SCOTUS (Supreme Court of the United States)

So much of this story revolves around Mehran T. Keshe, whose plasma related defense technologies, threaten the military
balance of power, disabling American stealth drones and even leaving an AEGIS destroyer floating, dead in the water, in the
Black Sea.

Anti-Keshe troll and convicted pedophile Sterling Allen, former Rense Radio host, now serving a life sentence, is said to
have supplied the encryption keys that allowed the FBI to take over the Netherlands based site. From NBC:

"The website operated from a server based in the Netherlands and, at its height, boasted up to 70,000 members
worldwide, it added.

It attempted to operate as a discussiononly forum where people could share their sexual interest in young boys
without committing any specific offences, thus operating below the radar of police attention, Europol said.
 Police infiltrated site

The Europol statement said U.K. and Australian police infiltrated the site to identify the members who posed the
greatest danger to children. Police also sometimes posed as children online as part of the investigation.

Law enforcement authorities from 13 countries, including the United States, Australia, Canada, Italy, Spain and the
U.K., were involved in the case, Europol said.

The statement said Europol analysts had cracked the security features of a key computer server at the center of
the network which uncovered the identities of suspected child sex offenders.

And, after his arrest, the forums Dutch administrator helped police break encryption measures that shielded users
identities, allowing police to begin their covert investigations.

Europol subsequently issued over 4,000 intelligence reports to police authorities in over 30 countries in Europe
and elsewhere, which has led to the arrests of suspects and the safeguarding of children, Europol said.

In September 2015, Iranian physicist Mehran T. Keshe met with the FBI in Rome, a meeting set up by VT. From a source at
Europol:

"It was this from Veterans Today that helped push this forward:

It was Keshes information given to the FBI in Italy that led to the seizure of Sterling Allans computer back in
January of 2016, which led to the Obama White House getting files tying Justice Tony Scalia to a child sex ring
and demonstrating that it was Scalia that had protected Allan.

With Justice Scalia exposed to Obama blackmail, his own friends smothered him to death with a pillow, and
walked past police, while the world moved on, no autopsy, no investigation."

That explains why Hollande (President of the French Republic) was scared he is linked to child abuse in France,
via Belgium as well. Abdessalem (Foreign Minister of Tunisia) was traded by the FBI so Hollande can stay in
power, sign the tafta and much more allow American military presence in France, which is now turning against
him

That explains why the US military unit near Milan was behind us to see what we had in stock against Bibi
(Netanyahu) and Hollande now that they have Hollande, they are pushing him to the edge, using pressure on
Sarkozy, right hand of Bibi, they moved in Tripoli, blackmailing Roma.

Thus, what begins as a hundred arrests, when you peel the levels, involves the French elections and even the recent
Bataclan attack in Paris now tied to, if you can imagine it, a police informant smuggled into France through Italy by Tunisia,
who out of curiosity runs an anti-Keshe website. Why do they hate Keshe?

Appendix I - From March 1, 2016

[Editorial note: Revelations on the Allan case, which led to Scalia now lead into the entire Koch network, including the
Federalist Society, said to be operating not simply in law schools but Americas high schools as well, and into the Heritage
Foundation.

We dont know when it began, maybe at the Presidio under Michael Aquino and the Temple of Set or before. We do know it
has victimized thousands of children around the world, not only in America but channeling children through Belgium and the
Netherlands into sexual slavery and death.

What is it that makes the powerful desire what is so hurtful and obscene? When we ignored the Franklin Coverup, we
opened ourselves to this.]

Related:Did Judge Lowell Goddard Lie to Parliament?

Judge Scalia What really happened?

Justice Antonin Scalia was surprised when he was ordered to the White House. This was not a man you gave
orders to, especially not President Obama. It was Justice Antonin Scalia who vacated the long sacrosanct
immunity from civil lawsuits, opening the door for a weakened presidency.
Related: The Glorification of Antonin Scalia

Sources say that Scalia was the single actor behind the impeachment of Bill Clinton. President Obama was aware of this
and had ordered the FBI to set out traps for Scalia. We will now outline the downfall of Antonin Scalia.

Yes, this is a story of secret societies, operating worldwide and ritual Satanic child abuse that permeates Washington.

When Scalia left the White House after a meeting with the president just before flying to Texas, the manila envelope
he was carrying had printouts from a computer seized by FBI Special Agent Jeff Ross of the Salt Lake City, Utah
field office, or so informants tell us.

Scalia left the White House carrying slam dunk proof that would lead to the arrest, conviction and, of course, impeachment
of a seated Supreme Court Justice, files that contained names of victims and details on sex acts, preferred types along
with dates and places. All of this was on the seized computer and these files went up hill from the FBI to the Department of
Justice and directly over to the White House.

"There, political advisors leapt on them, seeing a chance to leverage a justice and, in this case, and this is very
important, bring down Scalia in such a way that conservatives would be forced to accept virtually any Obama
nomination."

When Scalia arrived in Houston and chartered a plane after ditching his US Marshall protection detail, Scalia and his
companion, C. Allen Foster.

Foster heads the Order of Hubertus and is co-owner with John Poindexter of the Cibolo Creek Ranch, 25,000 plus acres
free for anyone to use, according to John Poindexter, free of charge, so long as they are a supreme court justice, A list
celebrity like Mick Jagger or billionaires, others need not apply.
St. Hubertus ritual mask taken from Cibolo Creek ranch

"The crux of the story is how they got Scalia. According to sources, Scalia had been providing protection for an
international pedophile ring and was murdered by friends who he had informed of the nature of his visit with
Obama and the doom it signaled for those around Scalia, prosecution, ruin and Citizens United reversed."

The mechanism Scalia used to provide this protection was the Federalist Society which chooses the judges throughout the
US judiciary system so should any unfortunate pedophile find himself in court, the judge was under Scalias control, thus
making a successful prosecution difficult to achieve.

The Federalist Society grooms and recruits candidates to become judges at a young age college age kids; they
specifically seek out suitable candidates who have certain moral ambiguities that can be exploited.

Thus a stranglehold is placed on the judicial system of the United States by a group which serves the interests of big
business corrupt corporations, big pharma, the oil and coal barons; this is how their interests are, time and again, placed
ahead of those of we, the people with the result that our environment and our bodies are polluted by the products of these
corporations, be it poisons like aspartame and GMO crops in our food, toxins in our ground water (see Flint, MI) or just plain
old exploitation of poor people such as the coal miners of West Virginia and Kentucky.

Scalia met with the Order of Saint Hubertus, the patron saint of million dollar dude ranch hunting.
As of yet, no one has identified who was there, it seems that Supreme Court justices are found all the time with pillows over
their faces and nobody asks a thing, but this was Texas and they make their own rules down there.

"We remember former FBI director and founder, J Edgar Hoover, the man who said ritual satanic child abuse was
a conspiracy theory. He is also the man who said the mafia didnt exist.."

Scalias talk in Texas was said to have gone like this: They have us, we are all going down unless we can give them what
they want and they are holding all the cards, they have everything.

There was no negotiation with the White House, instead Scalia got, we are told and multiple sources confirm, a pillow over
the face and a heroic funeral, one that President Obama refused to attend. Now we know why. For a seated president to not
attend the funeral of a pedophile is unthinkable.

The computer itself belonged to a Sterling David Allen, arrested and charged with child rape and sodomy by the FBI after an
investigation that began with a meeting in Rome, Italy. The FBI had known about Allen for some time, had wanted to arrest
him since 2014 but had been blocked, they just didnt know why or who was behind it, not until Justice Scalia died.
Within 9 days, Allen was jailed, and the evidence he held began to yield gold.

Allen is being held on these charges with bail set at $250,000.

We were shown an email from Allen where he tells of his January 15, 2016 meeting with Agent Ross at which time his
computers were seized by the FBI.

What we are told was on Allens computer and what Allen told agents is astounding. Allen confessed, we are told, not only
to his own sex crimes but to being recruited by a powerful international organization that provided him broad protection from
prosecution.

From Ian Greenhalgh:

"It is very sick, but if you really want to watch and hear the ramblings of a mad man just watch this video where
Sterling D. Allan says he is GOD in the flesh, admits to being a paedophile, admits he has committed sexual abuse
with an underage child, and says that he is waiting to be arrested.

Mr. Allan claims he chose this life before coming to Earth to be a scapegoat which of course is all foretold in his
insane alphabetics.""

We are told that Allen became increasingly unstable as his own feelings of guilt and his own public confessions of child sex
crimes were inadequate to bring about his own arrest, an arrest he openly asked for time and time again.

Allen, who using his computer skills helped fellow pedophiles scour the internet for vulnerable children.

High level sources confirm that Supreme Court Justice Antonin Scalia was murdered, that in itself is neither an original claim
nor beyond the realm of likelihood based on circumstances allegedly tied to his death. By that, we are speaking of the
pillow over the head and allegations of a cover-up autopsy, well outside legal requirements for someone of Scalias
position.

Sources in the White House confirm that immediately prior to his flight to Texas, ostensibly for a hunting trip with 35 close
friends, many of whom are members of the highly secret Order of Saint Hubertus.

As is being reported, initially in the Washington Post with broader allegations made on the InfoWars website, tying the
Hubertus Order to Bohemian Grove antics, long subject to speculation in the alternative media.

We became aware of the case in August 2015 when we were shown correspondence between Allen and representatives of
the Keshe Foundation. Allen ran several popular websites on alternative energy and was a popular speaker, often appearing
on the Coast to Coast radio show with Detroit native, George Noory.

Increasingly it became obvious that Allen had been using these venues for sexual trafficking of children. It wasnt hard to
figure out, he did it openly spoke of it constantly (as seen in the YouTube above) and lived as though he were above the
law.

Over the next few months, particularly when confronted by Iranian born physicist MT Keshe, who ordered Allen and those
around him banned from all Keshe forums, Allen openly flaunted his criminal activities.

What made this particularly insidious is that it was obvious not only that Allen was not acting alone but that he had broad
support not only in his home state of Utah, where he was able to avoid prosecution, but in Belgium as well. There, Allen and
associates Hans Bracquene, Dirk Laureyssens and Ad Van den Elshout moved against the Keshe group, securing against
Keshes wishes technologies with defense related applications and passing them on to MI5 in Britain.
When Keshe moved against this group and tried to secure his patents, he found himself being chased down the highway,
shots fired, his car run off the road.

Police arrested and soon misplaced the culprits, and soon thereafter, representatives of Belgiums royals told Keshe to
leave Belgium or be buried there.

On the European end of the FBI investigation, the trail, all of which is easily followed by the breadcrumbs Sterling David
Allen has left, leads to the highest and most powerful of the scientific communities where blackmail, kidnapping and torture,
threats against families and in particular, threats against children, have placed members of secret societies in positions of
power at universities, think tanks, police and counter-terrorism agencies and even the European Space Agency.

Related: New Zealand Child Abuse Ring Exposed

The Real Reason Your Rural Banks Are Closing Kiwis - Its Not Lack Of Funds
August 28 2016 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei

Recent reports tell us that in spite of $1 billion Profit, Westpac is still looking to close 19 rural
Branches. So it isnt because theyre not making money.
Same scenario with Housing NZ. Those homes are being hocked off by the thousands currently, not because they
are an encumbrance, in fact the Housing Corporation is/was running at a profit.

Related: Kiwisaver Providers Investing in Weapons Manufacturers

Cast your eye back to the late 80s and the new Neoliberal rip-off economy that promised us they were working smarter
amidst a whole palaver about restructuring aka structural adjustment that seemed to mysteriously only affect the workers
and equally as mysteriously fatten the purses of the already wealthy. The gap is getting wider, watch.

These closures began back in the aforementioned late 80s when banks, hospitals, pharmacies, postal, transport and
medical services and so on, collapsed slowly, one by one, like a house of cards. Folks at the time put up a huge fight to
retain these services and were successful for a time, however, they eventually closed.

The seemingly inevitable. And back then, like now, they were simply decisions from the top echelon in Wellington
economic priorities, not inevitabilities at all.

And slowly, as was the intended effect, folks drifted to the cities in order to support themselves and their families. Kiwis are
resourceful and not lazy like the current regime would have you believe. We had full employment before the new banking /
corporate government took control.
Slowly, as services were closed, the result of economic decisions in Wellington, people moved to the cities in order to
support their families

If you would like to know the agenda behind those decisions you need to look at the UN Long Term Plan, called
specifically Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030. It is very long hence few will have read it. However there are many commentaries
/ exposes / critiques of it online fortunately, by those who have read it cover to cover, notable people like ex Aussie
politician, Anne Bressington.

This is the forward thinking plan that superficially looks great and touts sustainability and global cooperation. Be assured it is
everything but. Look now at our District Councils, our Local Governing bodies and see how they flout the
term sustainability (in practice that is).

Their websites however have all the right spin. People are now waking up to the fact and the reality that our nation is being
in fact, severely polluted to the extent we can only swim safely in 40% of our rivers.

And so in line with this change of regime that has been creeping on us since the late 80s
Mangaweka in the central North Island, a once thriving town, drastically affected historically by the closure of servicesand
Rogernomics, the closure of facilities in rural areas is designed to drive us to the cities. Friends tell me their rates in the rural
towns are far dearer than city rates with less amenities.

If you take the time to research Agenda 21/30 you will see the long term plan in short is for us to live in high rise city
apartments and riding bicycles for transport. That is the general shift that is in motion.

Related: Agenda 2030 Translator: Decoding The UNs New Sustainable Development Goals

For a local expose of the plan visit our Agenda 21 / 30 in NZ pages. Dr Naomi Jacobs has written an ebook about it
(downloadable from that page), triggered by the rising rates scenario (an increasingly familiar theme) in Kaipara in the North.
No this is not conspiracy theory, it is a documented UN Agenda fact. You owe it to yourself to read it. It concerns you & your
descendants.

Related Articles:

Westpac looking to close 19 rural branches union

Elderly face 180km journey if bank closes

Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Zionist Mafia Top Command (Part III)
August 27 2016 | From: VeteransToday

A core edict of the Khazarian Zionist Mafia Top Command is to transform the masses into self-
hating, self-defeating, mind-kontrolled dupes who can never understand what is being done to
them by the Khazarian Zionist Mafia.

The Khazarian Zionist Mafia (KM) has an age-old inter-generational agenda, and it us necessary for the KM to
maintain abject secrecy otherwise the masses will revolt with pitchforks:

Related: Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Mafia Top Command (Part II)

We now know for certain there is a method and an age-old inter-generational agenda behind the seeming madness and
unimaginable evil of the KMs Top Chieftains, the soulless criminal psychopaths that control the Khazarian Mafia and set
USG policy.

"Yet the individual is handicapped by coming face to face with a conspiracy so monstrous he cannot
believe it exists. The American mind simply has not come to a realization of the evil which has been
introduced into our midst.

It rejects even the assumption that human creatures could espouse a philosophy which must ultimately
destroy all that is good and decent.

- FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover, The Elks Magazine, August 1956.

The Khazarian Zionist Mafia agenda is specific:

It is now known that the KM has a specific Agenda. That agenda is to establish the KMs desired end state, a One-world
Global NWO system governed by Lucifer. These Top KM Chieftains believe they will be regenerated to immortality upon the
arrival of their descended master Lucifer.

And the Khazarian Zionist Mafia has a select set of methodologies deployed to attain this evil agenda:

And it is now known that the KM has a set of select methodologies used over the last 1,000 years to attain their agenda
which is now close to attainment.

And these methodologies include sophisticated mind-kontrol, deployment of synthetic terror and manufactured wars,
induced drug addiction slavery, Fiat debt slavery, and a general strategy of divide and conquer to create ongoing chaos.

They would perhaps already have attained their unimaginably evil agenda but for recent blockages due to the alternative
news of the Internet and a spontaneously emerging populism inside America and Europe because of it.
In their quest to always improve their ability to spy on the masses, the Secret Shadow Government (SSG) which is
a KM creation, set up the Internet, believing it would be the greatest spy tool yet devised.

That turned out to be true, but there was a serious side-effect that the Top Chieftains of the KM never expected. That was
the quick emergence of the alternative media on the Internet and the steady increase in its users who left their Controlled
Major Mass Media (CMMM) to habitually use it to get the news and to start researching current events as well as historical
events of the past.

The KM countered this by setting up hundreds of misinformation websites. However, in order to gain any following at all they
had to play the limited hangout game. They had to include a fair proportion of truth in their stories or no one would use
their sites or be subject to any of their propaganda as bad payloads.

A lot of these misinformation websites supported by KM Cutouts and proprietaries would put out about 70-80% good info
with a periodic very bad misinforming payload. Glenn Beck has been fingered by some as a typical example, others identify
Alex Jones too, but there are likely many others. It is known that both periodically do carry some good stories too.

Top of the Pyramid kissing their god of the black sun Satan

What ended up happening with many users was that they became so sophisticated in their processing and
understanding of how the world really works that they were not fooled by thislimited hangout strategy.

Many of these alternative news website users have been able to ignore the bad payloads and select the truth nuggets and
connect these dots from many different websites in their heads, and come up with composites of what is really happening
that are fairly accurate.

Plus, there are some alternative media websites like Veterans Today or Rense.com which are often the first to dump serious
hidden facts and Intel out there for all to use as they wish.

What is the specific end game for the Top Chieftains of the Khazarian Zionist Mafia?

These Select Few KM criminal psychopaths believe that as they seat Lucifer in their NWO temple in Jerusalem to be their
ruling world master, they will personally be transformed into eternal gods, and will rule the universe forever with their master
Lucifer.

The sad fact is that this Khazarian Mafia is just the current expression of this secret sect of Luciferians, going back all the
way to ancient Babylonia and beyond. It is the Order of the Snake, but has many other names and is ancient Baal worship
driven by a set of root beliefs called Babylonian Talmudism, but it is also known as Luciferianism, Satanism, High
Freemasonry, OTO, and many more.

The big problem the KMs top Chieftains now face is the fact that slowly but surely the masses are finding
out about who they are specifically and what their evil agenda is.

Should these KM Top Chieftains be surprised when Goyim find out about this and want them indicted, arrested, jailed and
executed for a whole laundry list of unimaginably evil capital crimes including mass-murder, war crimes, terrorism and
crimes against humanity, and before the KM can complete its notoriously anti-human, anti-Goyim Globalist NWO Agenda?

More actual core belief patterns of the KM Top Chieftains

The actual core belief patterns of the KM Top Chieftains are based on their deep Babylonian Talmudic
(Luciferian/Satanic) values which they use to determine their Core Edicts by which they establish policies while sitting at
the top of their pyramidal Establishment Hierarchy.
The actual core belief patterns of the KM Top Chieftains is an age old secret of these inbred bloodline families that form
the nexus of the Khazarians and old black nobility. It is allegedly all based on their common secret occult network which
insiders call the Order of the Snake.

Others have called it the Black Sun, the Reich of the Black Sun, the Great Dragon (the alien ET beast, Draco), the
Serpent, but they all represent the Order of the Snake and ancient Babylonian Talmudism, aka secret Baal worship.

It has been reported that this occult network which covers most of the world, is nothing more than the deep secret of the
worldwide Satanic Cult network that is centered in the USA, the UK and Europe that serves up little kids to pedophiles to
abuse and more than rarely tortures and sacrifices them.
Here is a secretly recorded, later leaked video clip from a High Freemason ritual in which the first part involved hired women
to provide special entertainment. You can only guess what is not included in this video clip, former High Freemasons who
have attended such special meetings have suggested that these events ended up getting pretty spicy with top floors of
expensive hotels rented and prepaid high class hookers for all.

The UK is run by High Freemasonry top to bottom, the police, the courts, the government and this is a poorly kept
secret.

In America a lot of these institutions are run by smaller numbers of High Freemasons and OTO members, but this is a
closely guarded secret. Some are openly members of the Satanic / Pedophile network that traffics in child sex victims over
the whole western world and much of the rest of the world too.
Related: The Jesuits & The Vatican

Hitler and his top Nazi command were deeply involved in the Reich of the Black Sun, believed by some researchers to be
covert Satanism. Some researchers believe human sacrifice rituals were done in the basement pit of Wewelsberg Castle.
And during a short time, it was reported that 17,000 political prisoners were sacrificed in a special building that had
hydraulically operated guillotines.

"The only reference I could find was a UK story that documented 16,500 executions by guillotine, but no mention of
the hydraulic guillotines."

The Core Edicts of the KM Top Chieftains are oriented to managing Western institutions and culture in such a way to
mind-kontrol and manipulate the masses and We The People become dirtied up with drugs and alcohol and self-defeating,
shameful behaviors.

But these destructive behaviors also appear to cause individuals to self-hate, self-abuse further, and can lead also
individuals to become self-defeating enemies of themselves, their families and society. This of course makes the KMs
attainment of their evil Globalist NWO Agenda so much easier.

In order for the Khazarian Zionist Mafia to attain it Globalist NWO Agenda, the KM must attain its
goals:

Destruction of normal male female sex roles;

Diversity, perversity and political correctness as the new normal;

Loss of American borders, culture and language;

Out of control medical costs and costs of living due to inflation built created and mandated by the private Federal
Reserve System;

No more living wages for employment;

The destruction of the family unit;

 No more interest on saving and investments that will match the inflation caused by FRS FIAT fake money;

Massive unemployment and no more job security;

The end of unions;

And massive taxation, massive debt slavery and usurious credit card loans;

Corruption of the Judiciary and discarding of the US Constitution by the USG and the Judiciary at all levels;

Proliferation of weird occult networks and sometimes secret promotion of strange blood practices to extend the
life of the rich super-elites;

Massive weapons and drug trafficking into American Urban centers by the CIA and the promotion of gangs and
use of terror entrapment ops to gain more central power and taxpayer financing;

Socially engineered massive addiction to legal and illegal drugs and alcohol to promote gangs, foment massive
chaos, and to destroy the general morality and character of the American Masses;

A generally poor and completely irrelevant public education system secretly designed inside the beltway to dumb
kids down and make them good KM mind-kontrolled debt-slaves;

To poison the food and water with GMOs and endocrine disruptors;

To over-vaccinate with toxic vaccines that often cause mini-strokes and autism spectrum disorders in alarmingly
high rates in innocent children unable to give adequate consent for themselves with parents too dumbed-down to
know better; and

To entrain the masses through super high tech psychotronic induction means, including orbital based Helium 3
powered scalar transmitters, use of cell phone systems and WI-FI, mass-mind-kontrol through TV programming,
as well as certain secretly deployed ELF ground wave systems and the little understood Lilly waves which can be
transmitted through the power grid.

But all these KM curses being deployed against the American Masses have only been able to be deployed because
they first got control of almost every single institution, including those of the Federal and State governments, the Judiciary,
the Congress, private business, the NGOs and private foundations and think-tanks, the Administration, the High Military
Command, American Intel and a now largely militarized LE system absorbed by the new KM-created and -run Homeland
Security (DHS).

Related: The Khazarian Mafias System Of Cartels

"Unless people wake up soon and start standing against these KM monsters en masse at every level
inside and outside the governments and even within the KM itself, the West will be soon destroyed,
depopulated by 90% and there will be no future for our young children at all."

Your mind is always the main target of the Top Command of the Khazarian Zionist Mafia, then your
assets and then your very life...

Without the Earth shattering disclosures made by Gordon Duff at the International Counterterrorism Conference in
2014, you would never be reading about the Khazarian Mafia by name anywhere on the Internet, even here.

It was VT Chairman Gordon Duff that first disclosed that the root cause of so-called world terrorism was actually the
worlds largest organized crime syndicate.

Gordon Duff did not specifically name this worlds largest organized crime syndicate in the first part of his speech which was
unclassified and made public. Within minutes of its delivery, this historical ground-breaking speech was scrutinized by every
major government and Intel agency, and sent shock-waves around the world.
A short time later it was VTs Financial Editor and Talk Show host Mike Harris that named this worlds largest
organized crime syndicate publicly for the first time ever, and referred to it specifically by its proper name as the
Khazarian Mafia.

Without these bold first-time disclosures of Gordon Duff and Mike Harris, VT readers would not have been able to connect
the dots and begin to understand what the Khazarian Mafia (KM) is or how it has parasitized America and most of the world.

Comment: Some of these statements are a bit blow-hard, as many have been aware of the 'New World Order'
agenda for some time now. All these people really have done is to identify the Khazarian / Zionist element.

Nor would they be able to understand what the KM has done to rise to such world power and where it is within striking
distance to take down the whole world and complete its evil Globalist NWO one-world agenda.

And without these bold disclosures you would continue seeing and feeling the negative effects of this worlds largest
organized crime syndicate the KM everywhere in your daily life, but you would not know its name, its history, its composition,
what empowers it.

Nor would you understand what the overall agenda of this worlds largest organized crime syndicate is. And this syndicates
agenda just happens to be asset stripping, induced death, war and destruction for profit, power, and world domination, all
intended to produce Globalist NWO one-world government end-state run by this worlds largest organized crime syndicate.
And it is now pretty clear that without the emergence of some very high level, very informed and very disgusted Intel
Cowboys from all over the world, there would be no major leaks of the secret evil that the Khazarian Mafia (KM) has been
perpetrating all over the world and in America, their home economic and military base.

The KM has always known that if various renegade Intel disclosed their secret evil this could be a serious threat to
their syndicates power.

"That is why they set up so many advanced procedures to compartmentalize all areas of Intel - the higher
you go, the more narrow the scope."

This has all been done in an effort to keep high ranking Intel from connecting the dots and understanding that they are
working as part of system to destroy their own nation, their own families and humankind itself.

Because when some Intel gain too much information about the KM crimes committed under the cover of invoked national
security a certain percentage will secretly rebel. That secret rebellion can take the form of sandbagging (working hard but
producing little) or leaking damaging information through various complex means.

In recent years Intel Cowboys from all over the world have rebelled because they could not accept the big picture
they discovered in their jobs. Some have organized into groups which have become such powerful factions that are
able to openly speak out and resist the evils of the Khazarian Zionist Mafia.

It is now known beyond any shadow of a doubt that the KM Top Chieftains who sit at the top of the pyramidal
Establishment Hierarchy are the top policy-makers and maintain a set of Core Edicts upon which they base their policy
mandates on. These are reflected in USG Laws and most large corporate policies.

This series of articles has disclosed many of their Core Edicts. Its a fact that the Top Chieftains of the KM control the CIA
and other Intel agencies and use so-called National Security as cover for their crimes.
The KM cannot continue to exist without their ability to maintain abject secrecy and everyday the Internet, the
worlds New Gutenberg Press is eroding that secrecy.

Use of National Security as cover for these serious RICO and International crimes by the KM is itself a most serious crime
against the USA, We The People and the World.

The KM is the biggest RICO crime syndicate in America and commits the most serious US and International crimes ever.

Some of these crimes are so serious that they are almost unimaginable such as engineered staged wars with millions of
dead and wounded with many are innocent civilians, women and children.

Right now the main Intel agency used by the KM inside America is the Central Intelligence Agency. The CIA is bifurcated
and employs many innocent analysts and agents who collect Intel by various means but do not engage in evil, anti-human
covert operations.

But there is an evil covert part of the CIA which engages in frequent wetwork, abroad and inside the USA, massive
mind-kontrol operations against We The People using super high tech Psychotronics, working with the US Military to traffick
in trillions of dollars of illegal narcotics and weapons to raise off the books black ops money.
Limitless off-the-books Black Ops money underwrites synthetic terror and advances fascistic agendas

Related: Shocking Government Report Finds $6.5 Trillion In Taxpayer Funds "Unaccounted For"

"But the most important function that the CIA and the other Intel agencies that are completely controlled by the KM
are the covert operations deployed to create synthetic terror, fake enemies, which are needed to start wars and
justify huge military deployments. Mercenaries are hired for this, but there are even more sinister methods used."

Saudi Arabia has always provided a great deal of funding to pick up young orphans off the street and place them in special
schools to raise them and mind-kontrol them to function as crazed, suicidal terrorist bombers, painted as Islamic extremists.

These mind-kontrolled subjects can then be triggered anytime they are needed to sacrifice themselves and produce the
mass terror needed to start wars and justify more and more centralization of KM power exhibited as invisible Secret Shadow
Government (SSG) power and visible USG power.

The Khazarian Zionist Mafia Top Chieftains love to consolidate institutions, and industries in order centralize power
and make it much easier for themselves to exert control over the USG and We The People.

That is why they used their Gladio-style, inside-job false-flag attack on America on 9-11-01 as an excuse to consolidate all
American Alphabets and Law Enforcement into one centralized hierarchy they labelled Homeland Security (DHS). The
name Homeland Security itself a mockery of the US Constitution and everything our Founding Fathers fought for in the
Revolutionary War.
This new Centralized hierarchical control of all such agencies by the KMs Top Chieftains makes it easy for the KM to
implement their Core Edicts as USG policies (many remaining secret, some made public).

These Top Chieftains of course installed perverted, deeply compromised doofuses at the head of DHS to run it, soulless
dupes who will do whatever the KM Top Chieftains mandate, no matter the US Constitution and common decency.

Anyone who crosses them significantly gets whacked by their soulless wetboy teams, usually arkencided, a term
that arose because of all the Dixie Mafia murders for the CIA surrounding the Mena operation and the Clintons.

The term arkencide is when the CIA wetboys murder a whistle-blower or someone deemed as a potential threat for
knowing too much that they could become an unnecessary risk later on, or someone who has stepped outside allowed
parameters.

In the typical arkencide, it is customary for local police to stand-down at the request of Intel and for a crooked coroner and
mortuary to be used. Absurd circumstances are knowingly created to serve as a warning message to anyone else who
might be tempted to step outside of allowed parameters.

Here is the bottom line of the Core Edicts of the KM Top Chieftains: To foment large criminal operations to make
vast fortunes by which they plan to buy up the whole world and run it themselves, step by step.

These operations include: massive counterfeiting (their own private Fiat Currency rented out to the American users);
massive illegal drug trafficking; massive illegal and legal arms trafficking; massive money laundering; bust out schemes
against the American People using color of law like the S&L scam, the Enron Scam, the Mortgage Bubble/MERS scam, and
the Bailouts; Wall Street Plunge Protection Street scam where the USG has acquired about 1/2 of all US stocks through
proprietaries, thus driving the stock prices up synthetically; sophisticated eugenics programs to promote obesity, disease
and mass death in order to thin the herd by 90%; a secret space war program and secret alliances with certain Alien ET
groups; electronic weather control and warfare; and last but the most important operation, large scale psychotronic mind-
kontrol.

This Jesse Ventura interview with Dr. Robert Duncan can not be embedded in this article, but for the time being can be
watched here.

Conclusion

The bottom line is that the KM is driven by an unimaginably evil inter-generational Globalist NWO Agenda to create
a one-world government run by them alone.
Their power is gained and exercised through their counterfeit FIAT Money Power. They have been able to capture most
of the world in their spider web of fake money which is nothing but printed and issued debt notes.

And the rest of the world is now catching on, especially the Russian Federation and China. Khadafy caught on, and the KM
murdered him and plundered his nation through US Dept. of State doofus Cutouts.

Assad and Syria have caught on and the KM is working overtime trying to depose Assad and destroy Syrias infrastructure
and Putin and the Russian Federation have now completely checkmated the KM in Syria and have decimated the
KM/Israeli/USG created ISIS mercenaries.

Iran has caught on and you can bet that the Russian Federation will also protect this ally from KM destruction like
they have Syria. The whole world is now closing in on the KM, and its going to be a battle to the end; the KM is going to go
down hard, but it will go down.

The KMs game has always been to take over the whole world and rule it themselves as kings running a feudal kingdom,
with everyone else their serfs and slaves at least those remaining 10% who have not all been mass murdered by the time
they plan to exercise complete world control.

To complete their evil Globalist NWO one-world Agenda, the KM must continue creating massive wars and running large
scale international organized crime scams. They must control the lives and hearts and minds of We The People and
convince us that our serfdom is desirable, or at least we are powerless to do anything about it.

Every day the KMs control is waning, as more and more of their Colossal lies are revealed. We are now all in a race to the
finish point, there is only room for one victor, We the People or the Top Chieftains of the Khazarian Mafia. You can be sure
of this one thing however.

"If the KM were to have won and complete their agenda they would whack all their doofus Cutouts because they
would no longer need them. None of these folks would ever expect such a result, but its a given if the KM would
have won this battle for Planet earth."
Looking at you John - you are just "the help" - no matter what your higher-up psychopaths have sold you in on

Yes, its now a major race between the KMs efforts to control the people and the peoples public activism to
expose these large scale KM crimes anstop them before they mass-murder most of us.

If We The People lose this battle, darkness will ded scend completely over America and the rest of the world.

Putin and the Russian Federation and the Chinese are now hip to this KM evil Agenda and have created a major
financial firewall against the KM consisting of the BRICS Nations, the AIIB and new Chinese money wire system
and the coming silk road railway and commerce lanes.
In time, this will likely produce an end to the US Petro Dollar as the worlds exchange currency, and may push America over
a financial cliff. That alone could mean the end of the KM hegemony.

How much better it would be if We The People rose up at every level and organized to take control of our
government before that happens.

Why Are Prices So High In New Zealand? + Homeless In New Zealand - Thousands
Living In Garages And Cars
August 27 2016 | From: MediaWhores / Aljazeera

Dear Leader Knows Best and the Stats (Satanists) dont lie.

Luciferian Zionists are incapable of speaking the truth

The media today are debating why prices are so high in New Zealand. They have decided to ask the experts. The
experts are all pretty sure there is no inflation. The Government told us so. And the experts all work for the
Government or for the banks, who run the Government.

Related: The British Banking Conspiracy Part 2 - America, Israel and The Federal Reserve (9/11)

Sounds like a story out of Soviet Russia doesnt it?

Prices in NZ have in fact risen by at least 200% since the 2008 Global financial crisis. 400+ % on my favorite cheese, and
my honey for example. 200% plus on housing, and power bills some say also. Yet somehow the Government and the
corporate media all agree that there hasnt really been any inflation at all in the past 10 years.

It should be noted that wages and salaries are almost unchanged in that same period in economics speak, this translates
to lower real wages or the amount of purchasing power of your money / pay.
If prices are 200% or more up, and your wages remain the same you might be experiencing budgeting problems.

And the bottom 5% will all be living in their cars. Which is precisely the case under this Soviet like John Key regime who
pose as capitalists.

We need to explain why those prices have been rising (money counterfeiting by the banks essentially) but first, lets consider
the other thing putting upwards pressure on our prices exports.

New Zealand is now feeding upwards of 60,00, 000 people overseas. That is how much food we produce a massive
amount. One of the biggest food producers per capita in the entire World.

We are a giant farm really, with some traffic jams in the middle. All of the very best food is exported to the likes of 5 star
hotels across Asia and Europe, and thousands of tonnes more to supermarkets and chain stores all over.

You can of course buy anything you want here but you just have to pay the same price as top corporate executives are
offering for it in Tokyo and London.

If that makes you feel a little queasy, also keep in mind that most of the corporates shipping all of our food and resources
overseas, are paying almost no tax these days. They all have advanced offshore licensing fees and trusts to launder the
profit through to.
Assholes like Graeme Hart (above) are held up for us as some kind of hero when he is in fact one of the single biggest
causes of poverty in our modern day history.

In fact - Kiwis are now not only dealing with 100-200 % lower real wages these days but are also paying around 65% net
taxes on their salaries and wages. That includes 20-30% income tax, 15% GST, ACC rates, petrol taxes, tobacco taxes,
alcohol taxes, local rates, and on and on. Then thanks to privatisation you have to pay for most Government Services
anyway.

It is in fact beyond madness it is looking more and more like some type of Corporate Fourth Reich. A corporate holocaust
being run by our Government in conjunction with their Corporate partners.

The Corporate Fourth Reich is apparently well underway in New Zealand and under a Prime Minister who claims to be
Jewish oddly enough. Zionists I hear some people refer to them as. Which looks suspiciously like the word Nazi to me.
Turns out now the experts in the media want to tax sugar as well. The poor can only afford cheap foods full of sugar these
days. So the new tax is clearly designed to make their lives even harder. Fact is, if they had any interest in keeping people
healthy, they would simply remove taxes off fruit and vegetables.

That is the reality of New Zealand these days a small handful of apparently very well connected and financed people are
doing just great, overseas trips, baches, overseas homes, etc and everyone else is being slowly killed off via a
scientifically designed and deployed corporate extermination program.

The others have nice large distilled water (h2o) treatment plants for them and their family, and everyone else is drinking
sodium fluoride and chlorine if they are lucky the unlucky rate payers are actually dying from preventable diseases in
their water supplies. This is apparently the new standard.

Interesting to note that no one has been held responsible for the Havelock North Water Crisis these leaders are
now poisoning everyone and still get to keep their jobs.

Hapless sellout idiot and Mr. Agenda 21 New Zealand, Lawrence Yule expects to be re-elected and he cannot even tell 5,000 + people why they are
sick for weeks from a poisoned water supply
One wonders how bad it is going to get?

One thing is for sure the amount of crap that Kiwis are prepared to put up with has increased exponentially in just 25
years. Probably at the same rate as the size of their TV screens.

And why do we have inflation on our remaining food ? Mostly due to the money printing / counterfeiting operations of the
foreign banks that money you sign for and they lend you, at interest?

Yeah, it came out of thin air... a very sophisticated magic trick, that only certain qualified magicians are apparently allowed
to do.

Homeless In New Zealand - Thousands Living In Garages And Cars

Once a pioneer of the social welfare state, New Zealand now has over 40,000 people who are
homeless, forced to live in their cars and in garages as a result of rapid house price and rent rises
and a shortage of social housing.

Al Jazeera correspondent Tarek Bazley visits South Auckland and meets two families one with six children living
in a derelict garage, the other who lived with three teenagers for months in their car and charts the countrys fall
from and egalitarian society to one with deep divisions of wealth.

Finally, The CIA Admits Covering Up JFK Assassination

August 26 2016 | From: TrueActivist / Politico

Yes, the CIA Director Was Part of the JFK Assassination Cover-Up: Even if you have to wait over 50
years, eventually the truth will out. [While they have not admitted to everything - the red links below
fill in the gaps.]
Suspicions that the CIA covered up JFKs murder have finally been confirmed, according to an explosive Politico
report (further below) out this week.

Related: JFK Jr. Told The World Who Murdered His Father - But Nobody Was Paying Attention

Fifty-two years after the Presidents death, declassified documents show that the CIA were in communication with alleged
assassin Lee Harvey Oswald before JFKs murder in 1963, and they were monitoring his mail since 1959.

Not only that but John McCone, who was Chief of the CIA at the time, allegedly hid evidence from the Warren commission,
set up by Lyndon Johnson to investigate JFKs assassination. The spymaster and other senior CIA officials are accused of
withholding incendiary information from the commission and therefore perverting the course of justice.

The CIA has admitted this.

The Politico report is based on evidence given by CIA historian David Robarge. He has claimed the cover-up was intended to
keep the commission focused on:

"What the agency believed at the time was the best truth - that Lee Harvey Oswald, for as yet undetermined
motives, had acted alone in killing John Kennedy.

McCone directed the CIA to provide only passive, reactive and selective assistance to the Warren commission, meaning the
investigation was severely compromised and did not follow up any other leads which may have been crucial in the search for
truth.

Robarge also believes that John McCone, who died in 1991, withheld vital information relating to various CIA plots to
assassinate Fidel Castro. The historian points out that these plots may well be linked to JFKs assassination - theres a strong
chance his murder was a revenge attack for CIA operations in Cuba - but McCones unwillingness to explore other
potentialities outside of prime suspect Lee Harvey Oswald could have resulted in a grave miscarriage of justice.

JFK was Americas youngest ever and most charismatic President, and his death shocked the nation. Alternative murder
theories are popular across the States:

A 2013 poll found that only 30% of Americans believe Oswald shot JFK, and that he acted alone. 61% believed that
others were involved in a conspiracy (see the embedded video to find out why).

David Robarge first published these exclusive claims in a secret internal CIA magazine in 2013. His claims have now been
declassified and can be publicly accessed here on the George Washington Universitys National Security Archive.

Robarge has also written a biography of John McCone, but his book continues to be classified. What else might the historian
have uncovered? Heres hoping that the full truth of what happened in Dealy Plaza on that fateful day will very soon be
common knowledge.

Yes, The CIA Director Was Part Of The JFK Assassination Cover-Up

John McCone was long suspected of withholding information from the Warren Commission. Now
even the CIA says he did.

John McCone came to the CIA as an outsider. An industrialist and an engineer by training, he replaced veteran
spymaster Allen Dulles as director of central intelligence in November 1961, after John F. Kennedy had forced out
Dulles following the CIAs bungled operation to oust Fidel Castro by invading Cubas Bay of Pigs.

McCone had one overriding mission: restore order at the besieged CIA. Kennedy hoped his management skills might prevent
a future debacle, even if the Californian - mostly a stranger to the clubby, blue-blooded world of the men like Dulles who had
always run the spy agency - faced a steep learning curve.

After JFKs assassination in Dallas in November 1963, President Lyndon Johnson kept McCone in place at the CIA, and the
CIA director became an important witness before the Warren Commission, the panel Johnson created to investigate
Kennedys murder.
McCone pledged full cooperation with the commission, which was led by Chief Justice Earl Warren, and testified that the CIA
had no evidence to suggest that Lee Harvey Oswald, the assassin, was part of any conspiracy, foreign or domestic.

In its final report, the commission came to agree with

McCones depiction of Oswald, a former Marine and self-
proclaimed Marxist, as a delusional lone wolf. But did
McCone come close to perjury all those decades ago?

Did the onetime Washington outsider in fact hide agency

secrets that might still rewrite the history of the
assassination?

Even the CIA is now willing to raise these questions.

Half a century after JFKs death, in a once-secret report

written in 2013 by the CIAs top in-house historian and
quietly declassified last fall, the spy agency acknowledges
what others were convinced of long ago:

That McCone and other senior CIA officials were

complicit in keeping incendiary information from the
Warren Commission.

According to the report by CIA historian David Robarge,

McCone, who died in 1991, was at the heart of a:

"Benign cover-up at the spy agency, intended to

keep the commission focused on what the Agency
believed at the time was the best truth - that Lee
Harvey Oswald, for as yet undetermined motives,
had acted alone in killing John Kennedy.

The most important information that McCone withheld from the commission in its 1964 investigation, the report found, was the
existence, for years, of CIA plots to assassinate Castro, some of which put the CIA in cahoots with the Mafia. Without this
information, the commission never even knew to ask the question of whether Oswald had accomplices in Cuba or elsewhere
who wanted Kennedy dead in retaliation for the Castro plots.

While raising no question about the essential findings of the Warren Commission, including that Oswald was the gunman in
Dallas, the 2013 report is important because it comes close to an official CIA acknowledgement - half a century after the fact -
of impropriety in the agencys dealings with the commission.

The coverup by McCone and others may have been benign, in the reports words, but it was a cover-up nonetheless,
denying information to the commission that might have prompted a more aggressive investigation of Oswalds potential Cuba
ties.

Initially stamped SECRET/NOFORN, meaning it was not to be shared outside the agency or with foreign governments,
Robarges report was originally published as an article in the CIAs classified internal magazine, Studies in Intelligence, in
September 2013, to mark the 50th anniversary of the Kennedy assassination.

The article, drawn from a still-classified 2005 biography of McCone written by Robarge, was declassified quietly last fall and
is now available on the website of The George Washington Universitys National Security Archive.
In a statement to POLITICO, the CIA said it decided to declassify the report to highlight misconceptions about the CIAs
connection to JFKs assassination, including the still-popular conspiracy theory that the spy agency was somehow behind the
assassination. (Articles in the CIA magazine are routinely declassified without fanfare after internal review.)

Robarges article says that McCone, quickly convinced after the assassination that Oswald had acted alone and that there
was no foreign conspiracy involving Cuba or the Soviet Union, directed the agency to provide only passive, reactive and
selective assistance to the Warren Commission.

This portrait of McCone suggests that he was much more hands-on in the CIAs dealings with the commission - and in the
agencys post-assassination scrutiny of Oswalds past - than had previously been known. The report quotes another senior
CIA official, who heard McCone say that he intended to handle the whole (commission) business myself, directly.

The report offers no conclusion about McCones motivations, including why he would go to lengths to cover-up CIA activities
that mostly predated his time at the agency. But it suggests that the Johnson White House might have directed McCone to
hide the information.

McCone;shared the administrations interest in avoiding disclosures about covert actions that would
circumstantially implicate [the] CIA in conspiracy theories and possibly lead to calls for a tough US response
against the perpetrators of the assassination, the article reads.

If the commission did not know to ask about covert operations about Cuba, he was not going to give them any
suggestions about where to look.

In an interview, David Slawson, who was the Warren Commissions chief staff investigator in searching for evidence of a
foreign conspiracy, said he was not surprised to learn that McCone had personally withheld so much information from the
investigation in 1964, especially about the Castro plots.

"I always assumed McCone must have known, because I always believed that loyalty and discipline in the CIA
made any large-scale operation without the consent of the director impossible, says Slawson, now 84 and a
 retired University of Southern California law professor.

He says he regrets that it had taken so long for the spy agency to acknowledge that McCone and others had
seriously misled the commission. After half a century, Slawson says, The world loses interest, because the
assassination becomes just a matter of history to more and more people.

Related: The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts

The report identifies other tantalizing information that McCone did not reveal to the commission, including evidence that the
CIA might somehow have been in communication with Oswald before 1963 and that the spy agency had secretly monitored
Oswalds mail after he attempted to defect to the Soviet Union in 1959.

The CIA mail-opening program, which was later determined to have been blatantly illegal, had the code name HTLINGUAL.
 "It would be surprising if the DCI [director of central intelligence] were not told about the program after the
Kennedy assassination, the report reads.

If not, his subordinates deceived him. If he did know about HTLINGUAL reporting on Oswald, he was not being
forthright with the commission - presumably to protect an operation that was highly compartmented and, if
disclosed, sure to arouse much controversy.

John McCone

In the 1970s, when congressional investigations exposed the Castro plots, members of the Warren Commission and its staff
expressed outrage that they had been denied the information in 1964. Had they known about the plots, they said, the
commission would have been much more aggressive in trying to determine whether JFKs murder was an act of retaliation by
Castro or his supporters.

Weeks before the assassination, Oswald traveled to Mexico City and met there with spies for the Cuban and Soviet
governments - a trip that CIA and FBI officials have long acknowledged was never adequately investigated. (Even so, Warren
Commission staffers remain convinced today that Oswald was the lone gunman in Dallas, a view shared by ballistics experts
who have studied the evidence.)

In congressional testimony in 1978, after public disclosures about the Castro plots, McCone claimed that he could not have
shared information about the plots with the Warren Commission in 1964 because he was ignorant of the plots at the time.
Other CIA officials;

"Withheld the information from me, he said. I have never been satisfied as to why they withheld the information.

But the 2013 report concluded that McCones testimony was neither frank nor accurate, since it was later
determined with certainty that he had been informed about the CIA-Mafia plots nine months before his appearance
before the Warren Commission.

Robarge suggests the CIA is responsible for some of the harsh criticism commonly leveled at the Warren Commission for
large gaps in its investigation of the presidents murder, including its failure to identify Oswalds motive in the assassination
and to pursue evidence that might have tied Oswald to accomplices outside the United States.
Dealey Plaza

For decades, opinion polls have shown that most Americans reject the commissions findings and believe Oswald did not act
alone. Four of the seven commissioners were members of Congress, and they spent the rest of their political careers
badgered by accusations that they had been part of a coverup.

"The decision of McCone and Agency leaders in 1964 not to disclose information about CIAs anti-Castro schemes
might have done more to undermine the credibility of the commission than anything else that happened while it
was conducting its investigation, the report reads.

In that sense - and in that sense alone - McCone may be regarded as a co-conspirator in the JFK as sassination
cover-up.

If there was, indeed, a CIA cover-up, a member of the Warren Commission was apparently in on it: Allen Dulles, McCones
predecessor, who ran the CIA when the spy agency hatched the plots to kill Castro.

"McCone does not appear to have any explicit, special understanding with Allen Dulles, the 2013 report says. Still,
McCone could rest assured that his predecessor would keep a dutiful watch over Agency equities and work to
keep the commission from pursuing provocative lines of investigation, such as lethal anti-Castro covert actions.

(Johnson appointed Dulles to the commission at the recommendation of then-Attorney General Robert Kennedy.)
In fact it is doubtful that Castro had anything to do with the assassination of JFK other than being used as false flag cover. See the red related links for
more detail

The 2013 report also draws attention to the contacts between McCone and Robert Kennedy in the days after the
assassination. In the wake of the Bay of Pigs disaster in 1961, the attorney general was asked by his brother, the president,
to direct the administrations secret war against Castro, and Robert Kennedys friends and family acknowledged years later
that he never stopped fearing that Castro was behind his brothers death.

"McCone had frequent contact with Robert Kennedy during the painful days after the assassination, the report
says. Their communication appears to have been verbal, informal and, evidently in McCones estimation, highly
personal; no memoranda or transcripts exist or are known to have been made.

Because Robert Kennedy had overseen the Agencys anti-Castro covert actions - including some of the
assassination plans - his dealings with McCone about his brothers murder had a special gravity, the report
continues.

Did Castro kill the president because the president had tried to kill Castro? Had the administrations obsession
with Cuba inadvertently inspired a politicized sociopath to murder John Kennedy?

The declassification of the bulk of the 2013 McCone report might suggest a new openness by the CIA in trying to resolve the
lingering mysteries about the Kennedy assassination.

At the same time, there are 15 places in the public version of the report where the CIA has deleted sensitive information -
sometimes individual names, sometimes whole sentences. It is an acknowledgement, it seems, that there are still secrets
about the Kennedy assassination hidden in the agencys files.

Related: The Most Important Financial Meeting Since JFKs Death Just Took Place
Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Tapped To Dramatize Fictional Climate Change To Scare
Everybody Into Voting For Climate Totalitarians
August 26 2016 | From: NaturalNews

I'm almost rolling with laughter watching all this unfold: Because democrats refuse to face the real
threats facing America - Islamic terrorism, debt spending, illegal immigration and job-crushing
federal mandates like Obamacare - they have to invent their own fake emergencies to try to win the
votes of people who don't have any clue about the real world.

So-called "climate change" - previously known as "global warming" but renamed after the data revealed no
warming trend at all - is entirely rooted in false mythologies, official narratives and creative storytelling.

Related: Engineer: Decarbonization Will Result in Mass Starvation, Poverty, Civil Strife

That's precisely why democrats had to hire James Cameron, Arnold Schwarzenegger and Sigourney Weaver to present a
climate change scary in a new short film. These are the very same people whose films depict time-traveling Terminator
robots, interplanetary aliens with green acid blood, and poltergeists that could be captured with vacuum cleaners (the
original "Ghostbusters" movie... the one that didn't suck).

If you believe in time-traveling robots from the future, you might also believe in the climate change narrative, too.

That narrative is based entirely on ridiculous, absurd, make-believe notions such as:

The hilariously ignorant idea that polar bears can't swim (or even that their numbers are plummeting). In truth,
polar bears are champion swimmers, and their population numbers are on the rise.

The scientifically illiterate notion that carbon dioxide is bad for the planet. In reality, it's the No. 1 nutrient source
of all forests, food crops, herbal plants and green zones across the planet. CO2 reforests deserts and amplifies
food production.

It's also impossible for humans alone to raise CO2 levels much at all for the simple reason that plants are starving for it
and keep consuming it as fast as we can make it. (This is Botany Science 101.)

The laughably anti-science narrative that says oceans are going to rise so quickly, they'll drown out coastal cities
and devastate human civilization. In reality, even during warming periods of Earth's history, oceans barely creep up at the
pace of only about 1-2mm per year. That's about 1-2 DECADES for a single inch of ocean level rise. (Yep, not exactly the
tidal wave apocalypse depicted in climate change scare films, is it?)
There is no man made climate change
You have hopefully realized by now that everything the democrats invoke in their political campaigning is based on lies.Man
made climate change is a cult science myth rooted in a convenient political narrative, not scientific facts.

That's why their climate change scare film had to be made: to stir up the imagination of climate change and make it seem
visually real even though it is scientifically false. It sort of reminds me of the original "Reefer Madness" film which was also
created as a propaganda political film to scare people away from medical marijuana.

That film was also based on quack science hysteria, just like the climate change films being made today.

Yep, you heard me right: There is no legitimate scientific evidence whatsoever to support their climate change
narrative. The data that have been presented to the public are all "corrected" (i.e. fraudulent altered) to artificially insert new
"data points" that fit the political narrative we're all being spoon fed by the corrupt democrats.

Remember: The climate changing pushing politicians are all exactly the same people who lie to us all about vaccines,
GMOs, fluoride, government debt and antidepressant drugs.
Why on Earth would anyone believe they are magically and selectively telling the truth only about climate change
when we all know they are constantly lying about everything else?

The pro climate change position is truly just climate superstition masquerading as science. It should be obvious at this
point, but everything the democratic establishment insists is TRUE is almost certainly FALSE.

Read this excellent article entitled Climate Superstition Is Weaponizing The Ignorant.

It states, "Climate alarmists are no different from 16th century Europeans who burned 15,000 witches for 'cooking
the weather.' They observe ordinary events, and convince themselves that it is unprecedented and somebody's
fault."

From this 2014 Natural News article:

"Planetary temperatures have remained largely stable throughout the past several decades, according to new data
released by the Remote Sensing Systems (RSS) satellite.

Mean temperatures gauged across multiple measurement platforms including GISS, HadCRUt4, NCDC, UAH and
RSS definitively show that the planet has not been warming for nearly 18 years, taking the wind out of the sails of
the global warming fallacy.

And from another Natural News article:

"The US government's Global Historical Climate Network reversed the results of temperature recordings to
suggest that the temperature was rising through 60 years of research. These recordings were amplified by two
official surface records.

The Goddard Institute for Space Studies and the National Climate Data Center amplified surface records to
estimate temperatures across entire regions of the Earth where temperatures aren't even recorded. By falsifying
 records and then amplifying the data, these large data centers misrepresented temperatures records across an
entire region of the earth.

And finally, from Global warming data FAKED by government to fit climate change fictions:

"Now, in what might be the largest scientific fraud ever uncovered, NASA and the NOAA have been caught red-
handed altering historical temperature data to produce a "climate change narrative" that defies reality.

We now know that historical temperature data for the continental United States were deliberately altered
by NASA and NOAA scientists in a politically-motivated attempt to rewrite history and claim global
warming is causing U.S. temperatures to trend upward.

The data actually show that we are in a cooling trend, not a warming trend (see charts below).

This story is starting to break worldwide right now across the media, with The Telegraph now reporting, "NOAA's
US Historical Climatology Network (USHCN) has been 'adjusting' its record by replacing real temperatures with
data 'fabricated' by computer models."

Because the actual historical temperature record doesn't fit the frenzied, doomsday narrative of global warming
being fronted today on the political stage, the data were simply altered using "computer models" and then
published as fact.

Related: Bill Gates backs climate scientists lobbying for large-scale geoengineering

Here's the actual scientific temperature data BEFORE the data were altered:

And here's the "official narrative" version of the data AFTER they were altered for political reasons:
And here is the EPA's own chart depicting heat waves throughout U.S. history. Notice that the heat waves were far, far
worse in the 1930's than they are today?
How to counter the climate change narrative with actual logic and real data

From RealClimateScience.com (go there to see all the graphs and charts that accompany this text):

1) There is no 97% consensus of scientists. In a 2013 survey of the professional members of the American
Meteorological Society, only 52% believed that global warming was primarily man-made much less dangerous. No group
in the survey came anywhere close to reaching 97%.

2) Heatwaves are not getting worse. According to the EPA, the worst heatwaves in the US (by far) occurred during the
1930's - when the Midwest commonly saw temperatures over 110 degrees, and as high as 120 degrees.

3) Droughts are not getting worse. According to NOAA, the US has been getting steadily wetter over the past century. In
the 1930's, drought covered 80% of the US, as poignantly described by John Steinbeck in "The Grapes of Wrath."

4) Scientists say that California has had much more severe droughts in the past, lasting as long as 200 years. The
past 100 years was the wettest century on record in California.

5) Hurricanes are not getting worse. The US is experiencing a record quiet period for hurricanes.

6) According to the Danish Meteorological Institute, the Arctic Ocean is full of thick ice. There is more ice on the
Russian side than there has been in years, and a group of global warming sailors are currently blocked by impenetrable ice
in the Northeast Passage.
 7) Polar Bear populations are not decreasing. (They are steadily rising, year after year.)

8) Sea level has been rising for 20,000 years, since the end of the last ice age. Most of that time much faster than
now. It has nothing to do with humans.

9) According to NOAA, sea level is only rising 1.7 to 1.8 mm/year. At that rate, it will take thousands of years for
Manhattan to drown.

10) According to NOAA, sea level at Manhattan has been rising at about the same rate (2.8 mm/year) since the
1850's. There is no indication that humans are affecting the rate of sea level rise.

11) Glaciers have been melting for a very long time. In 1879, John Muir (founder of the Sierra Club) found that Alaska's
largest glacier had retreated 48 miles since 1794. Twenty thousand years ago, Chicago was buried under a mile of glacial
ice.

12) Forest fires are not getting worse over the long term. According to USDA, the US had five times as much burn
acreage in the 1930's as we do now. The New York Times confirmed this.

13) Climate models have failed, and greatly over-predict warming.

14) Our most accurate systems for measuring global temperature, satellites, show that this year is no warmer
than 1998.

15) NASA shows that global surface temperatures have fallen 0.54 degrees C over the last four months. The
largest drop on record in such a short time.

Sites to visit where you can get educated about climate change:

ClimateDepot.com

RealClimateScience.com

In fact, the biggest threat to our climate is Geoengineering.

Western Propaganda - So Simple But So Effective

August 25 2016 | From: JournalNeo

When some time ago Noam Chomsky and I met at MIT, in order to write a book On Western
Terrorism: From Hiroshima to Drone Warfare and to produce a film with the same title together,
the topic we mainly aimed at discussing was that of the countless genocides the West has
committed all over the world since the end of the WWII. The second topic was impunity.

But no matter what atrocities we re-visited, our conversation kept slipping towards one crucial theme: the
propaganda that has been manufactured in media centers like New York, Paris, London and other North American
and European cities; the propaganda created in order to twist both the past and the present.

Related: Trump: The Media is Rigged

Without such brainwashing and the almost total indoctrination of the Western general public and the elites in all of the
client states, no imperialist and neo-colonialist policies would have become truly successful.

We spoke about US commercial advertising and its influence on German Nazi propaganda, and about Nazi propaganda
influencing by return both the US and European propaganda-makers.

Noam kept asking me about my childhood in socialist Czechoslovakia, and I explained to him, honestly, how indoctrinated I
was as a teenager: not by the Communist dogmas, but by the BBC, the Voice of America and the Radio Free Europe all of
them relentlessly spreading the Western political and market gospel to all corners of the socialist world.

Both Noam and I have created dozens of essays on the topic, as well as several books. My latest one, basically written
about all the corners of the world where the Empire is spreading destruction and followed by indoctrination, has more than
800 pages, and is called Exposing Lies of the Empire.
And I always feel that even this massive book just touches the tip of the iceberg, that it is only a beginning!

Western propaganda is actually a perfect apparatus! It is effective and it is almost fully bulletproof. It works! European
empires have been refining it for many long centuries, and the European offspring the United States has elevated it to
almost total perfection.

One precondition for its success is, of course, that the Western political and economic regime owns almost all the major
media channels and distribution outlets of the world. Diversity can never be tolerated. It could smash the idiocy! Once this
prerequisite is completed, things get relatively relaxed and cozy for the demagogues in Washington, London and Paris.

Here is just an example of how easy it is to smear a world leader who resists the imperialist designs of the Empire:

Imagine that one sunny morning, some 10 major newspapers and television stations declare that various
anonymous but highly reliable sources in Moscow have informed them that the Russian President Vladimir Putin is
a vampire!
This news would fly all over the world. Many readers and viewers would at first roll around on the floor laughing, but some
would not. And even several of those who found the information thoroughly bizarre and unbelievable would at some point
realize that seeds of doubt were beginning to grow inside their brains: OK, it is absurd, of course, but what if? What if? How
awful that would be!

But how can one really prove that he or she is not a vampire? Or how can one prove that he or she has not been visited by
some evil extra-terrestrial flying saucers on several occasions?

At some point, the Russian President would feel that he had enough of the charade. Hed go to the best university clinic in
Moscow, and ask for a certificate that clearly stated that he is not a vampire. Several leading academics and doctors would
get involved and produce a complex and thorough scientific conclusion, resolutely stating that President Putin is not a
vampire.

Shocked by and reacting to the vulgarity demonstrated by the Western propaganda tsars, most of the Russian media outlets
would offer some commonsense and logic:

"Cant we all see clearly that he cannot be a vampire? All his teeth are of approximately equal length, he socialized
during the day, he does not sleep in a coffin, he eats garlic and he is not scared of crosses; be they Orthodox,
Protestant or Catholic ones!

Others would argue that there are actually no real vampires inhabiting our Planet.

This is when the Western mass media would go into overdrive. Sarcastically it would declare that the Russian
academia, Russian doctors and Russian media cannot be trusted they are all under the heel of the state, and on
top of it they have been infiltrated by nations secret services and former KGB agents.

"And doesnt Vlad sound somehow similar to Bran, which is the castle in Romania, which in turn used to be the
home base of the commander-in-chief of all militant vampires - Count Dracula?
There would still be some rational resistance: No, Vlad does not really sound like Bran, and anyway, nobody in Russia
calls Mr. Putin Vlad only the Western media does. But such voices of reason would never reach the general public all
over the world! And on it goes.

In the end, a few billions of human brains would register and subconsciously store the vampire theory, and they would
never again look at the President of Russia, or at his country, with the same eyes!

Of course the Russian leadership is not the only one that the West is targeting. There is a relentless flow of shocking
rumors and derogatory remarks made by the mainstream media against the President of China, of Byelorussia, against the
leadership of Iran, South Africa, Eritrea, Zimbabwe, Syria, and North Korea as well as against all the left-wing governments
of Latin America.

After being repeated hundreds of times, the rumors, at least for many people, get confused with facts, and get
accepted as facts.

When still leading Cuba, Fidel Castro was constantly dying or disappearing. The North Korean government has been
relentlessly portrayed as a desperate gang of bloodthirsty sexual maniacs, executing and raping all that moves.

The ANC and especially President Zuma have done nothing to close that staggering social divide in South Africa. In South
America, the pro-Western media outlets invented and then perfected a new lucrative industry: manufacturing corruption
scandals and implicating in them virtually all of the popular socialist leaders.

Nihilism, darkest news, and scenarios have been force-fed to the public, in order to eradicate all zeal and optimism that
comes when one is building a great independent and egalitarian nation.
 "I never forget that day, an Eritrean cameraman exclaimed, during my visit to his country. I had just finished an
assignment inside the Presidential Palace. Then I met my friends and we were having coffee in front of the main
gate. Suddenly the Western networks began broadcasting that there is a coup in Asmara.

Social media went bananas. It was the Breaking News story everywhere. And here we were, right there, on a
lazy sunny afternoon, in front of the Palace I had just seen the President. All was quiet!

They just invented it, in order to get people out onto the streets! They were trying to manufacture a coup via their
media outlets.

It is mainly fear, implanted into the brains of its subjects and slaves; fear that allows the Empire to control almost the entire
Planet. Often it is subconscious fear, but it is fear nevertheless. Fear can be that of the Empire as a whole, or of its might
and brutality, or even of the alternatives, portrayed in the most unsavory and frightening colors by the propaganda.

In order to rule unopposed, one has to be feared! And one has to smear the alternatives. The task to spread fear, slander
diversity and dissent, was given to the official media, academia and artists.

Of course the biggest threat to the Empire has been the two sisters who were born under the same star, from the same
mother called Humanism. Their names are Communism and Socialism. And I am not only talking about the Western Marxist
concept. There are many great concepts that put life and the well-being of the people first, all over the world!

In fact, a few decades ago, it was becoming crystal clear that Western colonialism, imperialism and capitalism were finished.
Their time was up! Socialism was the natural and logical way forward for most of humanity.
Realted: 25 Rules Of Disinformation, Propaganda, PSYOPS, Debunking Techniques

But then the West and its Empire fought back. They employed extreme violence and brutality, as well as cunning divide and
rule tactics. Tens of millions died, and progress was stopped, although hopefully, only for a limited period of time. And not
everywhere!

One of many reasons why Russia is perceived as a great threat is because it inherited the humanist and internationalist
foreign policy of the Soviet Union. But, also because it itself is actually becoming socialist again (although it is moving in that
direction by taking extremely short steps). Russia is recovering irreversibly from those dark days of the free marketer and
Wests lackey, Boris Yeltsin.

Russia is also hated because it is setting the wrong example; proving to the world that one can develop and prosper
without taking orders from the West, without serving its governments and corporations. Or more precisely: it can do it
exactly because it broke itself free!
The demonization of Russia is relentless. Every little negative detail is multiplied and magnified by the mainstream media
and film industry. The worlds public is being nourished by bizarre stereotypes and fabrications. And so one of the most
compassionate, deep, artistic and passionate nations on Earth, Russia, is depicted as being cold, robotic, heartless and
inherently evil.

Massive NATO military forces are now dispatched along Russias western border, and they include German troops.
Periodically there are maneuvers and exercises, not far from the borderline.

It is clearly a provocation, and it all brings back the horrific memories of the years right before World War II, the war in which
the Russian nation lost between 25 and 30 million lives. A few hundred kilometers south, an old ally, in fact a Slavic sister,
Ukraine, is being forced to confront Russia by its Western handlers, something that is being done against the will of the
great majority of the Ukrainian people.

The US is heavily involved in the destabilizing of Central Asia, including a group of nations that used to form part of the
Soviet Union. But thanks to Machiavellian Western propaganda, it is actually Russia that is being portrayed as the aggressor
and a danger to world peace!

And it is China, which is being depicted as some kind of a ruthless and unpredictable monster that is now ready to swallow
the world! In fact China is an extremely predictable country, and any unbiased student of world history would clearly see
how peacefully it has been behaving, for centuries!

But to prove that China is not a Communist country, anymore, and at the same time that it is one of the greatest threats to
world peace and stability (read: to Western control of the World), is one of the most important tasks given to the Western
media, academia and propaganda tsars by the Empire.
And they are succeeding! Indoctrination tactics are working flawlessly. The Western pubic is by now thoroughly brainwashed
(at worst) or confused (at best) when it comes to China.

In recent years I engaged hundreds of French, Italian, Spanish, German, British and Czech people in discussions about
China, just to receive (with extremely few exceptions) a barrage of standardized, patronizing, mass-produced opinions.

It often felt like talking to the people who were forced to live for decades under the Taliban or under the spiritual guidance
of some fundamentalist evangelical Protestant sect.

In fact, China is both Communist (Communism or Socialism, but with Chinese characteristics) as it is breathtakingly
successful! Analyzing this marvelous country, together with my China-based colleagues and comrades, I am coming to the
conclusion that Beijing often uses capitalist means in order to achieve socialist goals (to borrow a quote from Jeff J Brown,
which is actually the sub-title of his latest book).

And an enormous, independent, successful Communist or Socialist country that is absolutely the worst nightmare for the
Empire! It is something that has to be stopped, derailed, destroyed, isolated and demonized by all means! Chinas
Communist success
You would never hear about that on CNN, BBC or Fox TV! Just as you would never hear that Indonesia, India, Rwanda and
any of the other Empires allies and client nations, are in fact the most brutal fascist failed states, and that the genocides in
Papua, Kashmir and the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) are the bloodiest extermination campaigns anywhere in the
world.

I have worked in all these countries, intensively, I can testify. As this is being written, the people of Kashmir are being
murdered and tortured. Right at this moment! I am wondering how many of my readers are aware of it?

Perhaps Im obsessed with exposing lies of the Empire. A second volume will soon follow my 820-page long book. I cannot
stop travelling, investigating and amassing the evidence. Because I am shocked; because I am outraged and because there
are so few, so desperately few people that are actually working in the most desperate parts of the world!

Virtually all stereotypes about the world that have been domesticated in the West are wrong, terribly wrong.

The story of the Russian Revolution is told in the most twisted way, and so is the story of the Ukrainian famine and of the
gulags. Not everything is wrong, of course, but the facts and numbers are twisted. I will soon resume my work in the
Russian Far East, to write on this subject.
The story of China is grotesquely wrong, from the Great March to the present day!

The story of Cambodias Commie slaughter under the Khmer Rouge is a thoroughly idiotic manipulation! The slaughter
was there, but more people died from the US carpet-bombing, and then from being displaced from their farms by US mines
and cluster bombies, than from Pol Pots atrocities.

The great majority of Khmer Rouge men and women had nothing to do with Communism. They were just settling scores
with the capital, which they saw as responsible for selling the country to the US, and for the bombing of the countryside. In
the jungle, I recently met Pol Pots personal guard.

He told me frankly that he was simply pissed off (the bombing killed his relatives), and had no clue what Communism was:

Pol Pot came and said Communism! Lets fight the traitors! And we did. How could someone call us a
Communist country if we did not even know what Communism was?

What we hardly ever hear is the most important story of mankind: the story of Western colonial plunders, of imposed
slavery, genocides that lasted for centuries, of British-triggered famines that killed tens of millions in the Sub-Continent, of
virtually the entire Europe and Christianity systematically committing global holocaust.
We are not told that it actually happened, and that it is still going on and on and on! In order to shelter the Western public
from the horrendous truth about the past and the present of their countries and culture, new and newer stories about those
evil others are being invented and circulated.

Perhaps, soon, we will be really told that Mr. Putin is a vampire, or that Kim Jong Un is eating Korean virgins for breakfast.
We may not be far from such a new wave of propaganda zeal. It all makes sense: the more evil the Empire becomes; the
more it has to smear its adversaries.

The mass media and Hollywood are asked to perform. And they do! Reality and fiction are now being systematically mixed,
and everything gets blurred and finally the great confusion and intellectual chaos are managing to overwhelm both reason
and logic.
The Empire is killing millions and destroying countries and continents. But California is falling off a cliff, and clouds of huge
insects are invading the entire North America. While millions of alien terrorists are now engulfing the tolerant and
democratic Europe! So what is more terrible?

Plus there are those sinister monsters like Count Vlad and Comrade Kim, waiting with their daggers behind a corner!
Therefore, The Empire and its people have to protect themselves. They have to be tough, even tougher than before! And to
put their interests first! America (North America) first! Germany first! France first!

Primitive? Does it all sound primitive? Yes, certainly. But it works! At least for the Europeans and North Americans it does.
And the rulers dont give a damn what works or doesnt for the rest of the Planet.

The Eradication Of Natural Alternatives: Big Pharma Wants To Eliminate The

Competition
August 25 2016 | From: Sott

Everyone has the simple desire to find happiness within themselves - to find a state of well-being
that can be carried throughout their lives. Sara is no different. Sara is a teacher who struggles with
mental conditions for which she has been prescribed a bevy of medications.

Over the years she has struggled, as most in her situation have, with addiction and the unbearable side-effects of
her FDA-approved "safe" medications.

Related: FDA wants to jail Amish man 48 years for selling herbal remedies people love

Her absolute passion in this life is for the children whom she molds and develops with an unrivaled dedication. As she
began to grapple further with the unexpected effects and growing addiction to her medications, she began to see it affecting
her ability to be present in her responsibilities, while also stealing her creativity that she so greatly treasured.

So when she discovered kratom, which successfully replaced not one, but all of her medications, with zero side-effects, she
thanked God for providing this miracle and natural alternative.

In a time when much of what Westerners thought they knew about themselves and their health has begun to prove
unfounded, the ever-present natural and homeopathic alternatives are once again gathering attention.
Due largely in part to the continual effort of the pharmaceutical industry, many are unaware that the majority of natural
alternatives to the overwhelming amount of different pharmaceutical medications are not only very effective, but in many
cases, a far better option.

To some this might seem a fantastical claim, yet that is exactly what people have been conditioned to think.

Big Pharma has been caught in kickback schemes, exposed for bribery, fraud, and price-fixing, and has made it quite clear
to the American people that their primary concern is not the health of the nation, but their own bottom line. Yet the
pharmaceutical giants march on, increasing their profit with every passing year.

To think that this or any other company would not attempt to stomp out competition that threatened to rival their products is
just nave. This is seen in business every day.

Yet people seem to cast Big Pharma in a light of righteousness, as if they are some benevolent caregiver providing
the country with loving healthcare; as if they are somehow exempt from the cutthroat nature of big business simply
because their efforts are incorrectly seen as a public service, even though Big Pharma is not concerned with
anything above and beyond its own profits.

What is being witnessed is an all-out assault on any possible natural alternative to Big Pharma medications; and currently in
their crosshairs, being heralded as a miracle drug, is the natural root extract kratom.

Just as the nation is witnessing with cannabis, the pharmaceutical industry is beginning to wage war against this natural
substance because it threatens to expose the simple fact that natural remedies actually work; and work well.
Kratom has shown to work wonders for pain relief, anxiety, insomnia, and much more. In addition to its list of uses, it has a
long and respected history; kratom has been used in Southeast Asia for centuries and is perfectly safe, especially when
compared to the obvious dangers known to exist with opiate use.

Opiates are an epidemic in this county, causing more 16,000 deaths a year, and according to the National Institute on Drug
Abuse, an estimated 36 million people abuse opioids worldwide, with an estimated 2.1 million Americans suffering from
opiate addiction.

The number of unintentional overdose deaths from prescription pain relievers has soared in the United States, more than
quadrupling since 1999.

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention report that more Americans now die from painkillers than from heroin and
cocaine combined. This is due in large part to the industry's efforts to over-prescribe opiate based medications; and this is
not a hypothetical.

Many doctors have been arrested, charged, and shut down do to running what is called a "pill-mill," or a location where
doctors unanimously and haphazardly hand out prescriptions for opiate painkillers for a multitude of reasons, primarily and
most commonly, the pharmaceutical company's direct compensation for being one of their best salesmen.

Americans now consume more than 84 percent of the world's supply of oxycodone and almost 100 percent of
hydrocodone opioids.

These "painkillers," which most doctors will tell you do a poor job of living up to that title, are currently listed as a Schedule II
controlled substance.

Currently cannabis, the plant being shown to have more health benefits than all of Big Pharma's medications combined, is
listed as a Schedule I controlled substance, implying that the plant has zero medical value and is highly addictive - both of
which are categorically untrue.

To add insult to injury, the Federal government has a patent on the medical use of cannabis, all while arresting those who
use cannabis for its medical value. It's laughably absurd.
Related: Cancer Update: There Are Now 100 Scientific Studies That Prove Cannabis Cures Cancer + Watch What
Happens When Cannabis Is Injected Into Cancer Cells

To the resounding cheers of the American people, Big Pharma has been losing the battle to keep cannabis in the dark
shadowy recesses of the illegal drug world and out of the hands of those in desperate need of its healing properties.

That in itself is a perfect example of how the industry is not focused on the needs and desires of the people they claim to
help, but rather on telling them what they need and creating a situation in which that need becomes a reality; and their
profits soar at the expense of real cures as opposed to prolonged treatments.

As kratom continues to rise and its value begins to be clearly demonstrated, Big Pharma has now made it their
number one enemy.

It may seem illogical and unnecessary to label a natural root extract that has been used for thousands of years as
dangerous while this country's number one prescribed medication is killing people in the millions, yet that is exactly what's
happening.

In Alabama, Governor Robert J. Bentley signed a bill Tuesday that would make kratom a Schedule I controlled substance,
right alongside heroin, and amazingly, with the same penalties.

The stark contrast between painkillers and a natural substance such as kratom is painfully obvious.
It's clear that opiates are the real problem; so all should be asking themselves why law enforcement chooses to
focus on the natural substances alone: It always comes back to money.

There are billions of dollars in profit that the government stands to lose with the rise of natural substances such as cannabis,
kratom, or kava, on both a medical and an industrial level. This is why Americans are exposed to fast-tracked drugs with
countless known (as well as unknown) side-effects that fly through the FDA, only to be pulled years later due to terrible and
often terminal results.

This has almost become an accepted practice. Yet there are drugs with the potential to cure and not just treat that get
shelved at the FDA for decades, shrugged off as just the backlogged efforts of the FDA. They can only do so much, right?

The FDA just approved a new super-Vicodin type drug called Zohydro. This drug contains up to five times the amount of
hydrocodone and does not have time-release protection, so it can be easily crushed up and snorted or injected by those
who would abuse it.

This drug was approved after only one twelve-week trial in which five of the people involved died as a result.

Yet kratom, which has been used for centuries and is widely accepted as extremely safe, is dangerous and unlawful in the
eyes of the Feds.

When you talk to pain specialists in our field, they will all tell you one indisputable fact: opiates are lousy drugs to
treat chronic pain" said one FDA committee member who voted against Zohydro approval.

The hypocrisy within this country's medical field, as well as many others, has become something of an established
American business model. Lie long enough, with enough confidence and with enough force, and the Truth no
longer matters.

Recently the Editor-in-Chief of The Lancet released information showing how at least 50% of all scientific research today is
false.

This is becoming business as usual, and it is at the expense of the nation's health. They are bogging down drugs that can
cure while fast-tracking highly addictive treatments, producing the perfect return customer.

With Alabama's new law deeming kratom illegal and with other states soon to follow, Sara is left falling back into her old rut
of addiction and mental fog brought on by the prescribed "healthcare" that so often left her feeling lost in a world full of
potential.
So many fall victim to the pacification and addiction almost certain to rear its ugly head when being subjected to daily and
prolonged pharmaceutical drug use. Kratom was the one natural substance that gave her zero side-effects and completely
relieved her of her anxiety while rendering her other drugs unnecessary.

It is not hard to see why Big Pharma saw this substance as a threat to its ongoing domination of the drug trade in the United
States.

Related: What The Amish Can Teach Us About Modern Medicine

The Truth Of ISIS Exposed In Four Minutes + Leaders On Both Sides Have Already
Exposed The Truth - Where Is The Mainstream Media On This?
August 24 2016 | From: GlobalResearch / AustralianNationalReview / Geopolitics / Various

They never attack Israel. The evidence that ISIS is a Zionist creation of the cabal that runs the US
(and the Western allies) and Israel (using radical Islam as a scapegoat) is overwhelming - And
here's a data dump.
British Labor Leader Corbyn: ISIS Created by UK and US: British Labor leader Jeremy Corbyn has risked
sparking fresh controversy after blaming the rise of ISIS on Britain and the United States.

Related: Tracking ISIS to DCs Doorsteps

The veteran anti-war campaigner said ISIS hadnt come from nowhere and was partly a creation of Western interventions
in the region.

The Truth Of ISIS Exposed In Four Minutes

Related: British government IPs found linked to ISIS Twitter accounts

Corbyn, 66, said attacking the fanatical group would only make things worse and instead claimed Britain would be safer it if
declared that it supported the diversity of faith and diversity of aspirations around the world.

Corbyn was roundly condemned on for refusing to sing the national anthem at a memorial to Battle of Britain heroes. The
veteran socialist, speaking to the obscure website Middle East Eye, said Labor needed to stick to its principles and vowed
to stay on as Labor leader for the next five years.

But he risks a major rebellion over a proposed vote on extending the military action against ISIS into Syria.

In 2013 Cameron was left humiliated after MPs including Corbyn rejected airstrikes. Speaking in 2015, Corbyn said he
would not change his position.

Corbyn said:
 "ISIS did not come from nowhere. They have got a lot of money thats come from somewhere. Theyve got a huge
supply of arms that have come from somewhere. They are not in total, but in part a creation of Western
interventions in the region.

What I would do is try to economically isolate them. And also try to unite the other groups in the region by
supporting autonomy for the Kurdish groups and recognize the vast amount of arms that we have sold
particularly to Saudi Arabia end up somewhere and those are now being used.

Bombing by the West in Syria now would create more mayhem. Its very unclear who the alliances would be with
and it would make the situation worse. I opposed the bombing of Syria in that historic 2013 vote and would
continue that position."

Despite his position Corbyn insisted he would keep Britain safe. He said:

"We make ourselves safer by not being part of US foreign policy at every single turn. We make ourselves safer by
saying we understand the diversity of faith and diversity of aspirations around the world. And also by becoming a
force for human rights rather than military interventions around the world. I think that would make us safer.

Corbyn has previously sparked fury by comparing ISIS brutality to US military action in Iraq; Daily Mail reported.

Related: Israeli Colonel Caught with IS Pants Down

ISIS Leader Admits to Being Funded by the US

In early 2015, Yousaf al Salafi, a man believed to be the Pakistani commander of the Islamic State,
confessed during investigations that he has been receiving money through the United States.

"Captured" US military hardware

A few months after al Salafi revealed the funding he was receiving was routed through the United States, Michael
Flynn, former director of Obamas Defence Intelligence Agency, said he warned the Obama administration three
years ago that the groups they were funding in Syria were actually Islamic jihadists.

Related: Guess Who is Behind the Islamic State: Israeli IDF Colonel Leading ISIS Terrorists Arrested in Iraq

Now, a group of 50 intelligence analysts working out of the U.S. militarys Central Command have complained that their
reports on Islamic State and the Syrian branch of Al-Qaeda were being incorrectly changed by senior officials.

On January 22, law enforcing agencies in Pakistan claimed they arrested not only al Salafi, but also two other people during
a raid in the city of Lahore. A source familiar with the investigation told Daily Express that during the investigation al Salafi
admitted he received funding to run the organisation in Pakistan and recruit young people to fight in Syria.

The Pakistani-Syrian entered Pakistan via Turkey last year, but it was previously reported that he crossed into Turkey from
Syria, was caught there but managed to escape and went to Pakistan to establish ISIS in the region.

Daily Express cited sources as saying that John Kerry, the U.S. Secretary of State was familiar with al Salafis revelations
and so was CENTCOM chief General Lloyd Austin. Al Salafi confessed he was recruiting people with a Pakistani
accomplice to send them to Syria and was receiving around US$600 per person.

ISIS was created by the CIA and Mossad

A recently declassified 2012 document shows that Salafist, the Muslim Brotherhood and AQI [Al-Qaeda in Iraq] were listed
as the major forces driving the insurgency in Syria. The document also revealed that the West, Gulf countries and Turkey
support the opposition while Russia, China and Iran support the regime.

According to the declassified document, the Obama administration was warned in 2012 that these Islamic jihadists wanted
to create a:

"Salafist principality in eastern Syria and that ISI [Islamic State of Iraq] could declare an Islamic State through its
union with other terrorist organizations in Iraq and Syria, which will create grave danger in regards to unifying Iraq
and the protection of its territory.

Now, over 50 intelligence analysts have formally claimed their reports on Islamic State and al-Qaedas branch in Syria were
altered by senior officials, The Daily Beast reported. An investigation into the alleged manipulation of intelligence has been
opened.
More "Captured" US military hardware

A couple of months ago, two senior analysts at CENTCOM claimed in a written complaint to the Defence Department
inspector general that the reports described the terror groups as weaker than they believe they are.

The reports, some of which were briefed to the U.S. president, were altered by CENTCOM senior officials to make sure it
adheres to the presidential administrations public line that the United States is winning the fight against Islamic State and an
al-Qaeda branch in Syria named al-Nusra, the analysts told the publication. The written complaint was supported by 50
other intelligence analysts.

In recent months, members of the Obama administration have tried to convince the population that the fight against ISIS
may soon be over. ISIS is losing, John Allen, retired Marine general charged with coordinating the Islamic State campaign
said in July.

Related: Reality Check: Proof U.S. Government Wanted ISIS To Emerge In Syria

We Fabricated ISIS CIA Contractor

Former CIA contractor Steven Kelley has said on record that ISIS/ISIL are a fabricated terrorist
group made and funded by the CIA in the United States.
According to the video description: This is a completely fabricated enemy, he said in a phone interview with
Press TV from Anaheim, California on Thursday.

Related: Twenty-six Things About the Islamic State (ISIS) that Obama Does Not Want You to Know About

"The funding is completely from the United States and its allies and for people to think that this enemy is something
that needs to be attacked in Syria or Iraq is a farce because obviously this is something that we created, we control
and only now it has become inconvenient for us to attack this group as a legitimate enemy, Kelley added.

He made the remarks as US President Barack Obama is under pressure to seek congressional approval before expanding
Washingtons military air campaign against ISIL targets from Iraq into neighboring Syria.

The Pentagon has already launched at least 100 airstrikes on ISIL positions in northern Iraq since Obama authorized the
use of force against the terrorist group earlier this month.
The White House insists it does not need explicit congressional authorization for those operations because they are
intended to protect American personnel and interests inside the Arab country.

White House press secretary Josh Earnest said Monday that Obama will not hesitate to use his authority to keep
Americans safe, but added that the president was committed to coordinating and consulting with Congress on a decision to
hit ISIL targets in Syria.

If you want to get to the root of the problem and remove this organization, the first thing they need to do is to
remove the funding and take care of entities responsible for the creation of this group, Kelley said.

I believe that this ISIS group would probably go away, would be easily defeated by the armies of [Syrian
President] Bashar Assad, he said.

ISIS fabricated by US!: Former CIA contractor

Related: Delivery of US Weapons and Ammunition to ISIS: Iraqi Commander Wiretaps ISIS Communications with
US Military
Everything the West has done was to create ISIS - John Pilger

Related Articles:

Shock Report: Pentagon Defies Obamas Policy of Arming ISIS Jihadists

Everything the West has done was to create ISIS John Pilger

Breaking Bullcrap - Episode 1: ISIS Islamic State Worldwide Deception Exposed

Rouhani calls on Muslims to correct image of Islam worldwide

Bombshell! Norway Confirms ISIS Oil Sold into Turkey at Low Prices

Why is a Hate Campaign being Waged against Muslims?

Israel is the Main Purchaser of ISIS Oil

ISIS vows to destroy New Zealand and other enemies in new propaganda video

How Turkey Exports ISIS Oil To The World: The Scientific Evidence

Humanitarian Supplies for the Islamic State (ISIS): NATOs Terror Convoys Halted at Syrian Border

The Unexpected Explanation How "That Ford Truck" Ended Up In ISIS Hands

Israeli military showcases 3-year-long medical support operations for Islamic State terrorists

Saving their sworn enemy: Heartstopping footage shows Israeli commandos rescuing wounded men from Syrian
warzone - but WHY are they risking their lives for Islamic militants?

Obama Tries To Sneak Through TPP In Lame-Duck Congress / Trade Deals Getting
Derailed
August 24 2016 | From: JonRappoport / TheGuardian / Various

First: know that the TPP (Trans-Pacific Partnership) is a huge Globalist trade deal among 12
nations that would a) phase out thousands of tariffs (NY Times, 6/1/16) and b) set up corporate
tribunals to punish nations that refuse to import goods (e.g., toxic pesticides, toxic medical drugs,
GMOs).
In short, its a nightmare. Wiping out tariffs is the cornerstone of the Globalist agenda. It allows companies in
industrial countries to move their factories to Third World hell holes, pay slave wages, ignore environmental
conditions, and then export their products back to the countries they abandonedwith no tariffs. No taxes. No
penalties.

Related: 8 Terrible Things About the Trans-Pacific Partnership

The absence of tariffs is the gift that keeps on giving. Its the ONLY way these corporations can exports products from their
factories in the Third World and make a profit. Its the un-level playing field. It creates a world run by and for mega-
corporations.

Obama is the Rockefeller Globalists man in the White House. Hes tasked with pushing through Congressional ratification of
the TPP, come hell or high water.

He sees hell on the horizon and the water is rising. If Trump wins, the TPP is likely toast. If Hillary wins, who knows whatll
happen? Her latest flip-flop was to come out against the TPP. That was her strategy as she tried to win over Bernie Sanders
supporters. Sanders was virulently against the TPP treaty.

SoObama is aiming to have Congress ratify the TPP during its lame-duck session, which takes place after the November
election and before new winners assume office in January.

In other words, during the lame-duck session, all members of Congress who occupy office at this current moment will still be
there, before the newly elected Congress (whoever they are) takes over. Obama calculates his best chance of passing the
TPP is with the present membership of Congress.
Twilight Zone? You bet. Heres the picture: the election is over, the newly elected Congress is ready to take charge in
January, but in November, with the old Congress still there (the lame ducks), Obama will make his last-ditch stand to leave
the US and 11 other Pacific nations with one final exploding disaster, as he moves to a lavish home near one of his favorite
golf courses.

As we speak, hes on a nationwide tour, drumming up support among recalcitrant Congressional members and fence sitters,
offering whatever he can to turn the tide in his favor.

Imagine this: youre a member of Congress whos just been voted out of office. Youre still there in November, though, one
of the lame ducks sitting in chambers, sipping good scotch, watching Law&Order reruns, boxing up mementos, playing
poker, running out the string on your expense account. One of Obamas people drops by to convince you to vote for the
TPP.

What can he offer you? Youre done in Congress.

So whatever the deal is, chances are its going to be sleazy. Maybe youd like a cushy gig with a big pharmaceutical
company. Maybe youd like a seat on the board of a Wall St. firm. Maybe you can score a great price on a house in the
Bahamas. Maybe your neer-do-well son can get into Harvard, once hes out of drug rehab. Maybe the video of you and that
three-thousand-dollar hooker in a DC hotel will vanish Whatever it takes.
Because of these Globalist trade deals, good jobs in the US have been running away like marathon runners from the
starting line. But who cares? The sinking US economy is a fact of life. Youre a lame duck. You need comfort and gifts in
the next phase of your life. Inside the Beltway, its make-a-deal all the time. Nothing new.

You need to grab whatever is on the table before you go out the door. By the process of Washington DC alchemy, lame
ducks can become vultures and buzzards and even eagles.

Thank you, Mr. President. Your mission is nearly done. Thank you for this one final messianic miracle. The American worker
is in your debt. Literally.

Protest Never Changes Anything? Look At How TTIP Has Been Derailed
People power has taken on big business over this transatlantic stitch-up and looks like winning.
We should all be inspired
For those of us who want societies run in the interests of the majority rather than unaccountable corporate
interests, this era can be best defined as an uphill struggle.

So when victories occur, they should be loudly trumpeted to encourage us in a wider fight against a powerful elite of big
businesses, media organisations, politicians, bureaucrats and corporate-funded thinktanks.

Today is one such moment. The Transatlantic Trade Investment Partnership (TTIP) that notorious proposed trade
agreement that hands even more sweeping powers to corporate titans lies wounded, perhaps fatally. It isnt dead yet, but
TTIP is a tangled wreckage that will be difficult to reassemble.

Those of us who campaigned against TTIP not least fellow Guardian columnist George Monbiot were dismissed as
scaremongering. We said that TTIP would lead to a race to the bottom on everything from environmental to consumer
protections, forcing us down to the lower level that exists in the United States. We warned that it would undermine our
democracy and sovereignty, enabling corporate interests to use secret courts to block policies that they did not like.
Scaremongering, we were told. But hundreds of leaked documents from the negotiations reveal, in some ways, that the
reality is worse and now the French government has been forced to suggest it may block the agreement.

The documents imply that even craven European leaders believe the US demands go too far. As War on Want puts it, they
show that TTIP would open the door to products currently banned in the EU for public health and environmental reasons.

As the documents reveal, there are now irreconcilable differences between the European Unions and Americas positions.
According to Greenpeace, the EU position is very bad, and the US position is terrible.

The documents show that the US is actively trying to dilute EU regulations on consumer and environmental protections. In
future, for the EU to be even able to pass a regulation, it could be forced to involve both US authorities and US corporations,
giving big businesses across the Atlantic the same input as those based in Europe.

With these damning revelations, the embattled French authorities have been forced to say they reject TTIP at this stage.
President Hollande says France would refuse the undermining of the essential principles of our agriculture, our culture, of
mutual access to public markets. And with the countrys trade representative saying that there cannot be an agreement
without France and much less against France, TTIP currently has a bleak future indeed.

"David Cameron is [was] happy to undermine British sovereignty and democracy, as long as it is corporate
interests who benefit"

There are a number of things we learn from this, all of which should lift hopes. First, people power pays off. European
politicians and bureaucrats, quite rightly, would never have imagined that a trade agreement would inspire any interest, let
alone mass protests.

Symptomatic of their contempt for the people they supposedly exist to serve, the negotiations over the most important
aspects of the treaty were conducted in secret. Easy, then, to accuse anti-TTIP activists of scaremongering while revealing
little of the reality publicly.

But rather than give up, activists across the continent organised. They toxified TTIP, forcing its designers on the defensive.
Germany the very heart of the European project witnessed mass demonstrations with up to 250,000 people
participating.

For all President Obamas hope-change rhetoric, his administration which zealously promoted TTIP has all too often
championed corporate interests. However, though Bernie Sanders is unlikely to become the Democratic nominee, the
incredible movement behind him shows particularly among younger Americans a growing desire for a different sort of
US.
Protesters wear masks of Barack Obama and Angela Merkel as they demonstrate against TTIP free trade agreement

In the coming months, those Europeans who have campaigned against TTIP should surely reach out to their American
counterparts. Even if TTIP is defeated, we still live in a world in which major corporations often have greater power than
nation states: only organised movements that cross borders can have any hope of challenging this unaccountable
dominance.

From tax justice to climate change, the protest never achieves anything brigade have been proved wrong. Heres a
potential victory to relish, and build on.

Related Articles:

72,000 New Zealanders sign a petition against the TPPA. Here is a video about some of them

TPPA: Re-Colonisation of New Zealand: Guest article by Alan Hamilton, Australia

Republicans drop TPP from platform

TPP The Economic Case

Leaked TTIP documents cast doubt on EU-US trade deal

Our people powered submission on the TPPA

Regulation of financial industry is history if Trade In Services Agreement passes

One Million Anti-TPP Petitions Delivered to Congress

The NSA Leak Is Real, Snowden Documents Confirm
August 23 2016 | From: TheIntercept

Last Monday a group calling itself the ShadowBrokers announced an auction for what it claimed
were cyber weapons made by the NSA. Based on never-before-published documents provided
by the whistleblower Edward Snowden, The Intercept can confirm that the arsenal contains
authentic NSA software, part of a powerful constellation of tools used to covertly infect computers
worldwide.

The provenance of the code has been a matter of heated debate this week among cybersecurity experts, and while
it remains unclear how the software leaked, one thing is now beyond speculation: The malware is covered with the
NSAs virtual fingerprints and clearly originates from the agency.

The evidence that ties the ShadowBrokers dump to the NSA comes in an agency manual for implanting malware, classified
top secret, provided by Snowden, and not previously available to the public.

The draft manual instructs NSA operators to track their use of one malware program using a specific 16-character string,
ace02468bdf13579. That exact same string appears throughout the ShadowBrokers leak in code associated with the same
program, SECONDDATE.

SECONDDATE plays a specialized role inside a complex global system built by the U.S. government to infect and monitor
what one document estimated to be millions of computers around the world.
Its release by ShadowBrokers, alongside dozens of other malicious tools, marks the first time any full copies of the NSAs
offensive software have been available to the public, providing a glimpse at how an elaborate system outlined in the
Snowden documents looks when deployed in the real world, as well as concrete evidence that NSA hackers dont always
have the last word when it comes to computer exploitation.

But malicious software of this sophistication doesnt just pose a threat to foreign governments, Johns Hopkins University
cryptographer Matthew Green told The Intercept:

"The danger of these exploits is that they can be used to target anyone who is using a vulnerable router. This is the
equivalent of leaving lockpicking tools lying around a high school cafeteria. Its worse, in fact, because many of
these exploits are not available through any other means, so theyre just now coming to the attention of the firewall
and router manufacturers that need to fix them, as well as the customers that are vulnerable.

So the risk is twofold: first, that the person or persons who stole this information might have used them against us.
If this is indeed Russia, then one assumes that they probably have their own exploits, but theres no need to give
them any more. And now that the exploits have been released, we run the risk that ordinary criminals will use them
against corporate targets."

The NSA did not respond to questions concerning ShadowBrokers, the Snowden documents, or its malware.

A Memorable SECONDDATE

The offensive tools released by ShadowBrokers are organized under a litany of code names such as POLARSNEEZE and
ELIGIBLE BOMBSHELL, and their exact purpose is still being assessed. But we do know more about one of the weapons:
SECONDDATE.

SECONDDATE is a tool designed to intercept web requests and redirect browsers on target computers to an NSA
web server. That server, in turn, is designed to infect them with malware. SECONDDATEs existence was first reported
by The Intercept in 2014, as part of a look at a global computer exploitation effort code-named TURBINE.
The malware server, known as FOXACID, has also been described in previously released Snowden documents.
Other documents released by The Intercept today not only tie SECONDDATE to the ShadowBrokers leak but also provide
new detail on how it fits into the NSAs broader surveillance and infection network. They also show how SECONDDATE has
been used, including to spy on Pakistan and a computer system in Lebanon.

The top-secret manual that authenticates the SECONDDATE found in the wild as the same one used within the NSA is a
31-page document titled FOXACID SOP for Operational Management and marked as a draft. It dates to no earlier than
2010. A section within the manual describes administrative tools for tracking how victims are funneled into FOXACID,
including a set of tags used to catalogue servers. When such a tag is created in relation to a SECONDDATE-related
infection, the document says, a certain distinctive identifier must be used:

The same SECONDDATE MSGID string appears in 14 different files throughout the ShadowBrokers leak, including in a file
titled SecondDate-3021.exe. Viewed through a code-editing program (screenshot below), the NSAs secret number can be
found hiding in plain sight:
All told, throughout many of the folders contained in the ShadowBrokers package (screenshot below), there are 47 files with
SECONDDATE-related names, including different versions of the raw code required to execute a SECONDDATE attack,
instructions for how to use it, and other related files.

After viewing the code, Green told The Intercept the MSGID strings occurrence in both an NSA training document and this
weeks leak is unlikely to be a coincidence.

Computer security researcher Matt Suiche, founder of UAE-based cybersecurity startup Comae Technologies, who has
been particularly vocal in his analysis of the ShadowBrokers this week, told The Intercept there is no way the MSGID
strings appearance in both places is a coincidence.
Where SECONDDATE Fits In

This overview jibes with previously unpublished classified files provided by Snowden that illustrate how SECONDDATE is a
component of BADDECISION, a broader NSA infiltration tool. SECONDDATE helps the NSA pull off a man in the middle
attack against users on a wireless network, tricking them into thinking theyre talking to a safe website when in reality theyve
been sent a malicious payload from an NSA server.

According to one December 2010 PowerPoint presentation titled Introduction to BADDECISION, that tool is also designed
to send users of a wireless network, sometimes referred to as an 802.11 network, to FOXACID malware servers.

Or, as the presentation puts it, BADDECISION is an 802.11 CNE [computer network exploitation] tool that uses a true man-
in-the-middle attack and a frame injection technique to redirect a target client to a FOXACID server. As another top-secret
slide puts it, the attack homes in on the greatest vulnerability to your computer: your web browser.

One slide points out that the attack works on users with an encrypted wireless connection to the internet.

That trick, it seems, often involves BADDECISION and SECONDDATE, with the latter described as a component for the
former. A series of diagrams in the Introduction to BADDECISION presentation show how an NSA operator uses
SECONDDATE to inject a redirection payload at [a] Target Client, invisibly hijacking a users web browser as the user
attempts to visit a benign website (in the example given, its CNN.com).

Executed correctly, the file explains, a Target Client continues normal webpage browsing, completely unaware, lands on a
malware-filled NSA server, and becomes infected with as much of that malware as possible - or as the presentation puts it,
the user will be left WHACKED! In the other top-secret presentations, its put plainly: How do we redirect the target to the
FOXACID server without being noticed? Simple: Use NIGHTSTAND or BADDECISION.

The sheer number of interlocking tools available to crack a computer is dizzying. In the FOXACID manual, government
hackers are told an NSA hacker ought to be familiar with using SECONDDATE along with similar man-in-the-middle wi-fi
attacks code-named MAGIC SQUIRREL and MAGICBEAN. A top-secret presentation on FOXACID lists further ways to
redirect targets to the malware server system.

To position themselves within range of a vulnerable wireless network, NSA operators can use a mobile antenna system
running software code-named BLINDDATE, depicted in the field in what appears to be Kabul.

The software can even be attached to a drone. BLINDDATE in turn can run BADDECISION, which allows for a
SECONDDATE attack:
Elsewhere in these files, there are at least two documented cases of SECONDDATE being used to successfully infect
computers overseas: An April 2013 presentation boasts of successful attacks against computer systems in both Pakistan
and Lebanon.

In the first, NSA hackers used SECONDDATE to breach targets in Pakistans National Telecommunications Corporations
(NTC) VIP Division, which contained documents pertaining to the backbone of Pakistans Green Line communications
network used by civilian and military leadership.

In the latter, the NSA used SECONDDATE to pull off a man-in-the-middle attack in Lebanon for the first time ever, infecting
a Lebanese ISP to extract 100+ MB of Hizballah Unit 1800 data, a special subset of the terrorist group dedicated to
aiding Palestinian militants.
SECONDDATE is just one method that the NSA uses to get its targets browser pointed at a FOXACID server. Other
methods include sending spam that attempts to exploit bugs in popular web-based email providers or entices targets to click
on malicious links that lead to a FOXACID server.

One document, a newsletter for the NSAs Special Source Operations division, describes how NSA software other than
SECONDDATE was used to repeatedly direct targets in Pakistan to FOXACID malware web servers, eventually
infecting the targets computers.

A Potentially Mundane Hack

Snowden, who worked for NSA contractors Dell and Booz Allen Hamilton, has offered some context and a relatively
mundane possible explanation for the leak: that the NSA headquarters was not hacked, but rather one of the computers the
agency uses to plan and execute attacks was compromised.

In a series of tweets, he pointed out that the NSA often lurks on systems that are supposed to be controlled by others, and
its possible someone at the agency took control of a server and failed to clean up after themselves. A regime, hacker group,
or intelligence agency could have seized the files and the opportunity to embarrass the agency.
Documents

Documents published with this story:

NSA Central Security Service: FOXACID SOP for Operational Management of FOXACID Infrastructure (Draft)

Wireless LAN / CNE Tool Training Course and Evaluation

Course introduction
Introduction to WLAN / 802.11 Active CNE Operations
Introduction to BADDECISION

NSA: Expeditionary Access Operations: NSAs Close Access Network Exploitation Program (CNO Course EAO)

NSA Remote Operations Center: FOXACID Overall Briefing

NSA SIGINT Development (SIGDEV): SIGINT Development Support II Program Management Review, 24 April 2013
(select slides)

Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists

Part 1: Click here Part 2: Click here Part 3: Click here Part 4: Click here

Part 5: Click here Part 6: Click here Part 7: Click here Part 8: Click here
 Part 9: Click here Part 10: Click here Part 11: Click here Part 12: Click here

Part 13: Click here Part 14: Click here

http://www.wakeupkiwi.com/cabal-nwo-watch-12.shtml